Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 1 June 2022.

File No.             

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number:

 

 

Haleon plc*

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

c/o 980 Great West Road

Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS

(Address of principal executive offices)

+44 20 8047 5000

company.secretary@gsk.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Title of each class

 

Trading
symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Ordinary Shares, nominal value £1.25 per share   —     New York Stock Exchange1
American Depositary Shares, each representing two ordinary shares  

 

HLN

  New York Stock Exchange 

 

1 

Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of the American Depositary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

Not applicable

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ☐

 

Accelerated filer  ☐

 

Non-accelerated filer  ☒

   

Emerging growth company☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards † provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15. U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ☐   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☒   Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17  ☐    Item 18  ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

 

*

Haleon plc is the registrant filing this Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Following Separation, Haleon plc will be the new holding company of the consolidated consumer healthcare business of which GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited is currently the holding company. The securities issued to investors in connection with Separation will be ordinary shares and American Depositary Shares of securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS

     1  

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

     4  

SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     11  

SEPARATION

     13  

PART I

     21  

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     21  

1.A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

     21  

1.B. ADVISERS

     21  

1.C. AUDITORS

     21  

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     21  

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

     21  

3.A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     21  

3.B. CAPITALISATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

     35  

3.C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     37  

3.D. RISK FACTORS

     37  

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

     70  

4.A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

     70  

4.B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

     81  

4.C. ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

     146  

4.D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     146  

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     146  

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

     146  

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

     199  

6.A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

     199  

6.B. COMPENSATION

     210  

6.C. BOARD PRACTICES

     214  

6.D. EMPLOYEES

     217  

6.E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

     228  

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     231  

7.A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

     231  

7.B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     235  

7.C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

     237  

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     237  

8.A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     237  

8.B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

     240  

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

     240  

9.A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS

     240  

9.B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     240  

9.C. MARKETS

     240  

9.D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

     240  

9.E. DILUTION

     240  

9.F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

     241  

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     241  

10.A. SHARE CAPITAL

     241  

10.B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     249  

10.C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS

     254  

10.D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

     268  

10.E. TAXATION

     268  

 

i


Table of Contents

10.F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

     276  

10.G. STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS

     276  

10.H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

     277  

10.I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

     277  

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     277  

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     277  

12.A. DEBT SECURITIES

     277  

12.B. WARRANTS AND RIGHTS

     277  

12.C. OTHER SECURITIES

     277  

12.D. AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

     277  

PART II

     288  

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     288  

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     288  

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     288  

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

     288  

16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

     288  

16B. CODE OF ETHICS

     288  

16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     288  

16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

     288  

16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

     288  

16.F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     288  

16.G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     288  

16.H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

     288  

16.I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

     288  

PART III

     289  

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     289  

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     289  

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

     289  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

ii


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS

In this registration statement, “the Company” refers to Haleon plc, the company that following Separation (as defined below) will be the new holding company of the Consumer Healthcare Business (as defined below) of which GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited is currently the holding company, “CH JVCo” refers to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited, “the Group,” and “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms, prior to Separation, refer to CH JVCo together with its consolidated subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, and following Separation, refer to the Company together with its consolidated subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time.

References to “Pounds Sterling,” “pence,” “£” or “p” are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom, references to “€” are to the common currency of the European Monetary Union, and references to “USD,” “$” or “cents” are to the lawful currency of the United States.

We have prepared this registration statement to register the ordinary shares of the Company (the “Haleon Shares”), with two Haleon Shares represented by one American depositary share (“Haleon ADSs”), under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), in connection with the listing and trading of the Haleon ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) as a result of Separation. The Separation is conditional on, amongst other things, the approval by holders of ordinary shares of GSK plc (“GSK” and “GSK Shares,” respectively) at the general meeting of GSK proposed to be held at 2.30 p.m. London time on 6 July 2022 (“GSK General Meeting”).

We are furnishing this registration statement solely to provide information to holders of GSK Shares and holders of American depositary shares of GSK, each representing two GSK Shares (“GSK ADSs”), who will receive Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, respectively, in Separation. You should not construe this registration statement as an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities or any securities of GSK. We believe that the information contained in this registration statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover. Changes to the information contained in this registration statement may occur after that date, and neither we nor GSK undertakes any obligation to update the information except in the normal course of our respective public disclosure obligations and practices.

In addition, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply throughout this registration statement:

 

“Consumer Healthcare Business”

  prior to Separation, the business of researching and developing, manufacturing, distributing, marketing, selling, promoting and/or otherwise commercialising Consumer Healthcare Products (as defined in “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts”), in each case as conducted by CH JVCo and its consolidated subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings as at the date of this registration statement; and

 

   

following Separation, the business of researching and developing, manufacturing, distributing, marketing, selling, promoting and/or otherwise commercialising Consumer Healthcare Products, in each case as conducted by the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings, together with any assets and/or entities that will form part of the Group pursuant to the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement (as defined below) and other ancillary and implementing agreements;

 

1


Table of Contents

“Demerger”

the proposed demerger of at least 80 per cent. of GSK’s interest in CH JVCo and its consolidated subsidiaries, to be effected by way of an interim dividend (the “Demerger Dividend”), in specie, proposed to be declared by the board of directors of GSK to be satisfied by the transfer by GSK of the GSKCHH A Ordinary Shares (as defined below) to the Company in consideration for the issuance by the Company of Haleon Shares to the holders of GSK Shares as of the Record Time (as defined below) in accordance with the Demerger Agreement (as defined below);

 

“Deposit Agreement”

the deposit agreement to be entered into between the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary, and all holders and beneficial owners from time to time of Haleon ADSs issued thereunder;

 

“Directors”

the directors of the Company as at the date of this registration statement and those persons who will become directors of the Company on UK Admission, as set out in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—6.A. Directors and Senior Management—Directors,” as the context requires;

 

“EU”

the European Union;

 

“EU Member State” or “Member State”

a member state of the EU;

 

“FDA”

the US Food and Drug Administration;

 

“FMCG”

fast-moving consumer goods;

 

“GSK ADS Custodian”

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., custodian of the GSK Shares underlying the GSK ADSs;

 

“GSK Depositary”

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary for the GSK ADSs;

 

“GSK Group”

in respect of any time prior to Separation, GSK and its consolidated subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time; and in respect of any period following Separation, GSK and its consolidated subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding those companies which form part of the Group;

 

“Haleon ADS Custodian”

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., custodian of the Haleon Shares underlying the Haleon ADSs;

 

“Haleon Depositary”

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary for the Haleon ADSs;

 

“Haleon Shareholder”

a holder of Haleon Shares from time to time;

 

“IFRS”

the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the United Kingdom;

 

2


Table of Contents

“LSE”

London Stock Exchange plc or the market conducted by it, as the context requires;

 

“Pfizer”

Pfizer Inc.;

 

“Pfizer Group”

Pfizer together with its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

 

“SEC”

the US Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

“SLPs”

(i) GSK (No. 1) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035527 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP1”); (ii) GSK (No. 2) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035526 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP2”); and (iii) GSK (No. 3) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035525 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP3”), being the Scottish limited partnerships that will each receive shares in the Company pursuant to the SLP Exchange Agreement, and “SLP” shall be construed accordingly.

 

“Separation”

the Demerger, Share Exchanges (as defined below), UK Admission (as defined below) and other steps pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will become a listed company holding the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

“subsidiary”

a subsidiary as that term is defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 of the UK, as amended (the “Companies Act”);

 

“subsidiary undertaking”

a subsidiary undertaking as that term is defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act;

 

“UK Admission”

admission of the Haleon Shares to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority of the UK (the “Official List” and the “FCA,” respectively) and to trading on the LSE’s main market for listed securities;

 

“United Kingdom” or “UK”

the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland; and

 

“United States,” “USA” or “US”

the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States of America, the District of Columbia and all other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

3


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Overview

The audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019 (the “Financial Statements”) included in this registration statement and the related financial information presented herein have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and reflect the financial results of CH JVCo prior to Separation and the Consumer Healthcare Business that will be consolidated under the Company as the new holding company of the Group after Separation.

Reporting Framework

The financial information presented in this registration statement reflects the operating and financial performance of the Group, its cash flows and financial position and resources. The Group’s results as reported in accordance with IFRS represent the Group’s overall performance. The Group also uses a number of adjusted, non-IFRS, measures to report the performance of its business, as described below.

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 included in the Financial Statements have been restated for adjustments related to receivables and cost of sales arising from transitional service agreements. See Note 1 to the Financial Statements.

Description of Key Line Items in the Group’s Financial Statements

The following descriptions of key line items in the Financial Statements are relevant to the discussion of the Group’s results of operations in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

 

Item

  

Represents

Revenue

   Revenue from sales of goods to external customers against received orders. Revenue represents net invoice value including fixed and variable consideration. Variable consideration arises on the sale of goods as a result of discounts and allowances given and accruals for estimated future returns and rebates. Revenue is not recognised in full until it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur. The methodology and assumptions used to estimate rebates and returns are monitored and adjusted regularly in light of contractual and legal obligations, historical trends, past experience and projected market conditions. Once the uncertainty associated with the returns and rebates is resolved, revenue is adjusted accordingly. Value added tax and other sales taxes are excluded from revenue.

Cost of sales

   Cost of sales includes all costs directly related to bringing products to their final selling destination. This includes purchasing and receiving costs and direct and indirect costs to manufacture products, including materials, labour and overhead expenses necessary to acquire and convert purchased materials and supplies into finished goods. Cost of sales also includes royalties on certain licenced products, inspection costs, freight charges, costs to operate equipment and depreciation and amortisation.
Selling, general and administration (“SG&A”)    SG&A expenses comprise advertising and promotion costs, selling costs, warehouse and distribution costs, corporate overheads, other administrative expenses and depreciation and amortisation.
Research and development (“R&D”)    R&D expenditure comprises expenditure that is directly attributable to the research and development of new products, including the costs attributable to the generation of intellectual property and product registrations, and depreciation and amortisation of equipment, real estate and IT assets used by the R&D function.

 

4


Table of Contents

Item

  

Represents

Other operating (expense)/income    Other operating (expense)/income includes income and expense from all other operating activities which are not related to the ordinary course business of the Group, such as gains/losses from disposals and transaction costs.

Net finance costs

   Net finance costs comprise finance costs and finance income, including net finance costs in relation to pensions and similar obligations. Finance income includes income on cash and cash equivalents and income on other financial assets. Finance costs include interest costs in relation to financial liabilities. This includes interest on lease liabilities, which represents the unwind of the discount rate applied to lease liabilities.

Income tax

   Income tax is the expense resulting from the corporate income tax payable in the different countries in which the Group operates.

Adjusted Results and other non-IFRS financial measures

This registration statement contains a number of non-IFRS measures to report the performance of the Group’s business. Non-IFRS measures exclude amounts that are included in, or include amounts that are excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS, or are calculated using financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted Results and other non-IFRS measures may be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for or superior to, information presented in accordance with IFRS.

Management considers these metrics to be the non-IFRS financial measures used by the Group to help evaluate growth trends, establish budgets and assess operational performance and efficiencies. We believe that these non-IFRS financial measures, in addition to IFRS measures, provide an enhanced understanding of the Group’s results and related trends, therefore increasing transparency and clarity of the Group’s results and business.

There are no generally accepted accounting principles governing the calculation of these measures and the criteria upon which these measures are based can vary from company to company. The non-IFRS financial measures presented in this registration statement may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies, have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Group’s operating results as reported under IFRS. We encourage investors and analysts not to rely on any single financial measure but to review the Group’s financial and non-financial information in its entirety.

The following non-IFRS measures are presented in this registration statement:

Measure

 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the measures used by management to assess the financial performance of the Group’s business. It is defined as profit after tax excluding income tax, finance income, finance expense, Adjusting Items (as defined in “Item 3. Key Information—3.A. Selected Financial Data—Adjusting Items”), depreciation of property plant and equipment, impairment of property plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and computer software net of reversals, depreciation of right-of-use assets, and amortisation of software intangibles.

 

5


Table of Contents
  Adjusted EBITDA eliminates differences in performance caused by variations in capital structures (affecting net finance costs), tax positions (such as the availability of net operating losses against which to relieve taxable profits), the cost and age of tangible assets (affecting relative depreciation expense) and the extent to which intangible assets are identifiable (affecting relative amortisation expense). Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating the Group’s operating results in the same manner as the Group’s management.

 

  Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as a financial measure and investors should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Group’s results of operations as reported under IFRS. In addition to the limitations inherent to all Adjusted Results (as defined below), some other limitations are:

 

   

Although depreciation and amortisation are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortised may have to be replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure or lease extensions; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect net finance expense/income, cash requirements for the Group’s working capital, transaction related costs, separation and admission costs and disposal costs.

 

Adjusted Results

Adjusted Results comprise Adjusted gross profit, Adjusted gross profit margin, Adjusted operating profit, Adjusted operating profit margin, Adjusted profit before taxation, Adjusted profit after taxation, Adjusted profit attributable to shareholders, Adjusted basic earnings per share, Adjusted diluted earnings per share, Adjusted cost of sales, Adjusted SG&A, Adjusted R&D, Adjusted other operating income, Adjusted net finance costs, Adjusted taxation charge, and Adjusted profit attributable to non-controlling interests. Adjusted Results exclude Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, Restructuring costs, Transaction-related costs, Separation and Admission costs, and Disposals and others, in each case net of the impact of taxes (where applicable) (collectively, the “Adjusting Items”, which are defined in “Item 3. Key Information—3.A. Selected Financial Data—Adjusting Items”).

 

 

We believe that Adjusted Results, when considered together with the Group’s operating results as reported under IFRS, provide investors, analysts and other stakeholders with helpful complementary information to understand the financial performance and position of the Group from period to period and allow the Group’s performance to be more easily compared against the majority of its peer competitors. As Adjusted Results include the benefits of restructuring programmes but exclude significant costs (such as Restructuring costs, Transaction-related costs and Separation and Admission costs) they should not be regarded as a complete picture of the Group’s

 

6


Table of Contents
 

financial performance as presented in accordance with IFRS. In particular, when significant impairments, Restructuring costs and Separation and Admission costs are excluded, Adjusted Results will be higher than IFRS results. For information on the Adjusting Items and further commentary on Adjusted Results, see “Item 3. Key Information—3.A. Selected Financial Data”).

 

Constant currency

The Group’s reporting currency is Pounds Sterling, but the Group’s significant international operations give rise to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. To neutralise foreign exchange impact and to better illustrate the change from one year to the next, the Group discusses its results both on an “as reported basis” or using “actual exchange rates” (“AER”) (local currency results translated into Pounds Sterling at the prevailing foreign exchange rate) and using constant currency exchange rates (“CER”). To calculate results on a constant currency basis, prior year exchange rates are used to restate current year comparatives. The currencies which most influence the constant currency results of the Group and their exchange rates are shown in the below table.

 

     2021      2020      2019  

Average rates:

        

USD/£

     1.38        1.29        1.28  

Euro/£

     1.16        1.13        1.14  

CNY/£

     8.86        8.91        8.82  

Swiss Franc/£

     1.25        1.21        1.27  

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is calculated as net cash inflow from operating activities plus cash inflows from the sale of intangible assets, the sale of property, plant and equipment and interest received, less cash outflows for the purchase of intangible assets, the purchase of property, plant and equipment, distributions to non-controlling interests and interest paid.

 

  We believe free cash flow is meaningful to investors because it is the measure of the funds generated by the Group available for distribution of dividends, repayment of debt or to fund the Group’s strategic initiatives, including acquisitions. The purpose of presenting free cash flow is to indicate the ongoing cash generation within the control of the Group after taking account of the necessary cash expenditures for maintaining the capital and operating structure of the Group (in the form of payments of interest, corporate taxation and capital expenditure).

 

Free cash flow conversion

Free cash flow conversion is calculated as free cash flow, as defined above, divided by profit after tax.

 

  Free cash flow conversion is used by us to evaluate the cash generation of the business relative to its profit, by measuring the proportion of profit after tax that is converted into free cash flow as defined above.

 

7


Table of Contents

Net debt

Net debt at a period end is calculated as short-term borrowings (including bank overdrafts and short-term lease liabilities), long-term borrowings (including long-term lease liabilities), and derivative financial liabilities less cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial assets.

 

  We analyse the key cash flow items driving the movement in net debt to understand and assess cash performance and utilisation in order to maximise the efficiency with which resources are allocated. The analysis of cash movements in net debt allows us to more clearly identify the level of cash generated from operations that remains available for distribution after servicing the Group’s debt.

 

Organic revenue growth

Organic revenue growth represents the change in organic revenue at CER from one accounting period to the next.

 

  Organic revenue represents revenue, as determined under IFRS and excluding the impact of acquisitions, divestments and closures of brands or businesses, revenue attributable to manufacturing service agreements (“MSAs”) relating to divestments and the closure of sites or brands, and the impact of currency exchange movements.

 

  Revenue attributable to MSAs relating to divestments and production site or brand closures has been removed from organic revenue because these agreements are transitional and, with respect to production site closures, include a ramp-down period in which revenue attributable to MSAs gradually reduces several months before the production site closes. This revenue reduces the comparability of prior and current year revenue and is therefore adjusted for in the calculation of organic revenue growth.

 

  Organic revenue is calculated period-to-period as follows, using prior year exchange rates to restate current year comparatives:

 

   

current year organic revenue excludes revenue from brands or businesses acquired in the current accounting period;

 

   

current year organic revenue excludes revenue attributable to brands or businesses acquired in the prior year from 1 January to the date of completion of the acquisition;

 

   

prior year organic revenue excludes revenue in respect of brands or businesses divested or closed in the current accounting period from 12 months prior to the completion of the disposal or closure until the end of the prior accounting period;

 

   

prior year organic revenue excludes revenue in respect of brands or businesses divested or closed in the previous accounting period in full; and

 

   

prior year and current year organic revenue excludes revenue attributable to MSAs relating to divestments and production site closures taking place in either the current or prior year,

 

  each an “Organic Adjustment”.

 

8


Table of Contents
  To calculate organic revenue growth for the period, organic revenue for the prior year is subtracted from organic revenue in the current year and divided by organic revenue in the prior year.

 

  By way of example:

 

   

The Pfizer Transaction (as defined in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key factors affecting the group’s results of operations and financial position—Pfizer Transaction”) completed on 31 July 2019. Organic revenue growth for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020 excludes revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction in respect of the period 1 January 2020 to 31 July 2020.

 

   

The Group completed the disposal of Breathe Right on 1 October 2020. Organic revenue growth for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020 excludes revenue attributable to Breathe Right from the period 1 October 2019 to 31 December 2019. Organic revenue growth for the period FY 2020 to FY 2021 excludes revenue attributable to Breathe Right in FY 2020.

 

  The Group believes that discussing organic revenue growth contributes to the understanding of the Group’s performance and trends because it allows for a year-on-year comparison of revenue in a meaningful and consistent manner

For a reconciliation of the closest measures prepared in accordance with IFRS to the applicable non-IFRS measures, see “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Financial Data”.

Rounding of Figures

Certain financial information presented in tables in this registration statement has been rounded to the nearest whole number or the nearest decimal place. Therefore, the sum of the numbers in a column may not conform exactly to the total figure given for that column. In addition, certain percentages presented in the tables in this registration statement reflect calculations based upon the underlying information prior to rounding, and, accordingly, may not conform exactly to the percentages that would be derived if the relevant calculations were based upon the rounded numbers. Certain percentage shareholdings have also been rounded and therefore totals of such percentage shareholdings may vary slightly from their actual arithmetic totals.

Pfizer’s Interest in the Group

As at the date of this registration statement, Pfizer’s 32 per cent. interest in the Group is held by PFCHH (as defined below), which holds all of the JVCo B Ordinary Shares (as defined below), representing 32 per cent. of the voting rights in CH JVCo. PFCHH is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Anacor”) and both are wholly owned subsidiaries of Pfizer. Prior to the Demerger, Pfizer intends to undertake an intragroup reorganisation resulting in Pfizer becoming the direct sole owner of PFCHH.

Accordingly, except where otherwise stated, references in this registration statement, including in the structure charts in the section entitled “Separation” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company—The Demerger and Further Preparatory Steps,” to the ownership of, or transfer to the Company (pursuant to the terms of the Pfizer Exchange Agreement (as defined below)), of PFCHH by Pfizer and to the issuance of Haleon Shares and Non-Voting Preference Shares (as defined below) to Pfizer assume that this reorganisation takes place prior to the Demerger as expected. However, in the event that the

 

9


Table of Contents

PFCHH Transfer (as defined below) is not completed by the time of completion of the Demerger, then Anacor shall be the entity holding the ownership interests in PFCHH that are to be transferred to the Company pursuant to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement and, in consideration of such transfer, the Company shall issue Haleon Shares and Non-Voting Preference Shares to Anacor.

In addition, references in this registration statement to Pfizer’s or Anacor’s interest in 32 per cent. of the Haleon Shares include both Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs in respect of such Haleon Shares.

Pfizer will continue to own its 32 per cent. ownership interest in the Company following the Separation. Pfizer has informed the Company that it intends to exit its position in the Company in a disciplined fashion, with an objective of maximising value for Pfizer shareholders.

No Incorporation of Website Information

The contents of any website mentioned in this registration statement or any website, directly or indirectly, linked to these websites have not been verified and do not form part of this registration statement, and information contained therein should not be relied upon.

Market and Industry Data

Other than in respect of statements of the type described in the paragraph below, unless the source is otherwise stated, the market and industry data in this registration statement constitute our estimates, using underlying data from independent third parties. Such data includes market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys (including publications and data compiled by Nicholas Hall and Euromonitor). Estimates extrapolated from this data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors.

Unless otherwise stated, statements of market position are on the basis of sales to consumers in the relevant geographical market or product category in 2021, as reported by: (i) in the case of statements relating to Over the Counter (“OTC”) medicines and Vitamins, Minerals and Supplements (“VMS”), Nicholas Hall’s DB6 Consumer Healthcare Database at manufacturer’s selling prices; and (ii) in the case of statements relating to Oral Health, Euromonitor Passport ‘Oral Care’ at retail selling prices. The value of a market or product category and market size are provided on the basis of sales to consumers in 2021 in the relevant geographical market or product category, as reported by: (i) in the case of statements relating to OTC/VMS, Nicholas Hall’s DB6 Consumer Healthcare Database at manufacturer’s selling prices; and (ii) in the case of statements relating to Oral Health, Euromonitor Passport ‘Oral Care’ at manufacturer’s selling prices.

The Group confirms that all third-party data contained in this registration statement has been accurately reproduced and, so far as the Group is aware and able to ascertain from information published by that third party, no facts have been omitted that would render the reproduced information inaccurate or misleading.

Where third-party information has been used in this registration statement, the source of such information has been identified. While industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed.

This registration statement includes trade marks, trade names and trade dress of other companies. Use or display by us of other parties’ trade marks, other parties’ trade names or other parties’ trade dress or products is not intended to and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by the Group of, the trade mark, trade name or trade dress owners. Solely for the convenience of investors, the Group’s brands are referred to in this registration statement without the ® symbol, but the absence of these references is not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert our rights to these brands to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

10


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This registration statement includes forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give the Group’s current expectations or forecasts of future events. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, prospective products or product approvals, future performance or results of current and anticipated products, sales, efforts, expenses, the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings, dividend payments and financial results. You should not place undue reliance on these statements as no assurance can be given that any particular expectation or forecast will be met. Nor can there be any guarantee that the Company will be able to realise any of the potential strategic benefits or opportunities as a result of Separation. In addition, in the future we, and others on our behalf, may make statements that constitute forward-looking statements and, except as may be required by applicable legal or regulatory obligations, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Such forward-looking statements may include, without limitation, statements relating to the following:

 

   

our plans, objectives and goals;

 

   

our future economic performance and prospects;

 

   

the potential effect on our future performance of certain contingencies; and

 

   

assumptions underlying any such statements.

You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “estimates,” “plans,” “will,” “projects,” and “targets” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of future operating or financial performance are intended to identify forward-looking statements but these are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

Forward looking statements are subject to assumptions, inherent risks and uncertainties, many of which relate to factors that are beyond our control or precise estimate. We caution you that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statement. Some of the factors that could cause actual results or events to differ from current expectations include the following:

 

   

domestic and global economic and business conditions, including inflation and deflation;

 

   

geopolitical developments;

 

   

risks relating to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related hedging activities;

 

   

failure to manage disruptions in the supply chain, including due to environmental events, widespread health emergencies (such as COVID-19), strikes, cybersecurity failures, industrial accidents and global shipping, logistics, transport and warehousing constraints;

 

   

failure to realise any or all of the anticipated benefits of Separation;

 

   

significant product innovations, technical advances or the intensification of price competition by our competitors, and any failure on our part to adequately respond to any such price competition or to develop commercially successful products or to deliver additional uses for existing products, including after significant resources have been invested;

 

   

changes in consumers’ discretionary spending on consumer healthcare products and any consequent changes in retailers purchasing stocks of consumer healthcare products;

 

   

failure to adapt to changes in consumer preferences, purchasing patterns and market dynamics;

 

   

increasing awareness of the environmental impact of products and ingredients in our products;

 

   

changes in, and any failure to comply with, applicable law and regulation governing the consumer healthcare industries and affecting the cost of product development and the time required to reach the market and the uncertainty of successfully doing so;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

the outcome of, or provisions made for or costs incurred in relation to, litigation and government investigations, including those with respect to product liability, antitrust matters, the use of certain ingredients in manufacturing of our products and sales and marketing;

 

   

failure to appropriately collect, review or report human safety information and to act on any relevant findings in a timely manner;

 

   

failure to ensure appropriate controls and governance of quality in product development;

 

   

failure to comply with good manufacturing or good distribution practice regulations in commercial or clinical trials, manufacturing and distribution activities;

 

   

failure to comply with the terms of our product licences and supporting regulatory activities;

 

   

failure to deliver a continuous supply of compliant finished product;

 

   

inability to respond effectively to a crisis incident in a timely manner to recover and sustain critical operations;

 

   

failure to successfully acquire and integrate other businesses, licence rights to technologies or products, form and manage alliances, or divest businesses;

 

   

failure to report accurate financial information in compliance with accounting standards and applicable legislation;

 

   

failure to comply with current tax law, or incurring significant losses due to treasury activities;

 

   

failure to comply with applicable and international anti-bribery and corruption legislation;

 

   

failure to comply with pricing and antitrust regulations in commercial practices, including trade channel activities and tendering for business;

 

   

failure to obtain, maintain and enforce sufficient intellectual property rights to protect our business;

 

   

failure to control releases of substances harmful to the environment in both the short and long term, leading to incidents which could disrupt our R&D and supply activities, harm employees, and harm the communities and the local environment in which we operate;

 

   

failure in the management of physical climate and environmental risks, current and future regulatory requirements for environmental policies and taxes, and delivery and performance of management environmental objectives;

 

   

failure to collect, secure, use and destroy personal information in accordance with data privacy laws, which can lead to harm to individuals, including financial harm, stress and prejudice, and to us, including fines and operational, financial and reputational harm;

 

   

unauthorised disclosure, theft, unavailability or corruption of our information or key information systems, which may lead to harm to our workforce and customers, disruption to our business and/or the loss of commercial or strategic advantage, damage to our reputation or regulatory sanctions; and

 

   

new and possibly increasing levels of price controls, pricing pressures or price restrictions with respect to our products in various markets.

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors is not exhaustive. When evaluating forward-looking statements, you should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events, as well as the risk factors relating to our business, industry and Separation that are set out in “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors” of this registration statement.

 

12


Table of Contents

SEPARATION

The following provides only a summary of and certain questions relating to the terms of Separation. You should read the section entitled “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company—The Demerger and Further Preparatory Steps” below in this registration statement for a more detailed description of the matters identified below.

Overview

On 23 June 2021, GSK announced its intention to effect the separation of the Consumer Healthcare Business by way of a demerger of at least 80 per cent. of the GSK Group’s 68 per cent. holding in the Group. The Demerger is conditional on, amongst other things, the approval of holders of GSK Shares at the GSK General Meeting, the receipt of certain mandatory governmental/regulatory approvals in India, Japan and South Korea, and the approval of the Demerger Dividend by the board of directors of GSK.

Pursuant to the proposed Demerger, holders of GSK Shares and holders of GSK ADSs as of 6 p.m. London time for the GSK Shares and as of 5 p.m. New York time for the GSK ADSs on 15 July 2022 (the “Record Time”) will be entitled to receive Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, respectively. Holders of GSK Shares and GSK ADSs will continue to own their GSK Shares and GSK ADSs, respectively, unless they sell or transfer them in the usual course.

Pursuant to the proposed Demerger and subsequent Share Exchanges described below, the Company will come to own the entire issued share capital and other equity interests of each of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, the GSK subsidiary which holds GSK’s interests in CH JVCo (“GSKCHH”) and PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pfizer which holds Pfizer’s interest in CH JVCo (“PFCHH”) which, together, own the entire issued share capital of CH JVCo, the current parent company of the Group.

Questions and Answers about Separation

What is Separation?

Separation is the Demerger, Share Exchanges (as defined below) and other steps pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will become a listed company holding the Consumer Healthcare Business.

At the date of this registration statement, the ownership of the Group is as follows:

 

LOGO

 

13


Table of Contents

The share capital of CH JVCo is comprised of: (i) 680,000 fully paid A Ordinary Shares in the capital of CH JVCo of £1 each (“JVCo A Ordinary Shares”); (ii) 300,000 non-voting fully paid Preference Shares in the capital of CH JVCo of £1 each (“JVCo Preference Shares”); and (iii) 320,000 fully paid B Ordinary Shares in the capital of CH JVCo of £1 each (“JVCo B Ordinary Shares”). The JVCo A Ordinary Shares and JVCo B Ordinary Shares each carry one vote per share. All JVCo A Ordinary Shares and JVCo Preference Shares are held by GSKCHH. Holders of the JVCo Preference Shares are entitled to 0.01% of the aggregate amount of any dividends declared by CH JVCo, and are not entitled to any proportion of the assets of CH JVCo available for distribution to shareholders on a return of capital on a winding-up of CH JVCo (excluding any intra-group re-organisation on a solvent basis). All JVCo B Ordinary Shares are held by PFCHH, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Pfizer.

Accordingly, the share capital of CH JVCo is held as follows:

 

Shareholder

  

Class

  

Number of shares

  

Voting rights

GSKCHH   

JVCo A Ordinary Shares

JVCo Preference Shares

  

680,000

300,000

  

68 per cent.

N/A

PFCHH    JVCo B Ordinary Shares    320,000    32 per cent.

GSKCHH has a share capital comprised of three classes of shares: (i) the fully paid A Ordinary Shares in the capital of GSKCHH (“GSKCHH A Ordinary Shares”); (ii) the fully paid B Ordinary Shares in the capital of GSKCHH (“GSKCHH B Ordinary Shares”); and (iii) the fully paid C Ordinary Shares in the capital of GSKCHH (“GSKCHH C Ordinary Shares”). As of the date of this registration statement, all of the GSKCHH A Ordinary Shares and GSKCHH B Ordinary Shares are held by GSK. As part of certain arrangements to fund GSK’s UK pension benefit obligations, on 25 March 2022, GSK transferred its entire holding of GSKCHH C Ordinary Shares to the SLPs, being the Scottish limited partnerships controlled by GSK.

The Demerger will be implemented by GSK declaring an interim dividend in specie to be satisfied by: (i) the transfer by GSK of the GSKCHH A Ordinary Shares to the Company in return for (ii) the issuance of Haleon Shares by the Company to holders of GSK Shares as of the Record Time (including GSK Shares held by the GSK ADS Custodian) on the basis of one Haleon Share for each GSK Share held by such holders of GSK Shares at the Record Time, save that the number of Haleon Shares to be allotted and issued to each of the four initial shareholders of the Company will be reduced by the number of Haleon Shares already held by them at the Record Time. In connection with the Demerger, each holder of GSK ADSs as of the Record Time will be entitled to receive one newly-issued Haleon ADS for each GSK ADS held by such holder of GSK ADSs as of the Record Time. The distribution of Haleon Shares is expected to occur on 18 July 2022 (the “UK Distribution Date”). The distribution of Haleon ADSs is expected to occur on 21 July 2022 (the “ADS Distribution Date”).

 

14


Table of Contents

Shortly following completion of the Demerger, a series of share-for-share exchanges will occur, under which the Company will come to own the entire issued share capital of GSKCHH and PFCHH, which together own the entire issued share capital of CH JVCo. The purpose of the share-for-share exchanges is to rationalise the Company’s shareholder structure such that all persons with an interest in the Group do so through holding shares in the Company, as listed parent company, and not further down the Group structure. Accordingly:

 

   

GSK will transfer its entire shareholding of GSKCHH B Ordinary Shares, representing an 8.01 per cent. stake in the ordinary share capital of GSKCHH, to the Company in exchange for 502,868,434 Haleon Shares, less a number of Haleon Shares that is equal to the number of Excess GSK Shares1 2. As at 30 May 2022, the number of Haleon Shares expected to be held by GSK at UK Admission is expected to represent up to 6 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company;

 

   

each of the SLPs will transfer their respective holdings of GSKCHH C Ordinary Shares, representing 11.03 per cent. in aggregate of the ordinary share capital of GSKCHH, to the Company in consideration for such number of new Haleon Shares as is required so that, after completion of the

  Share Exchanges, the SLPs will together hold Haleon Shares representing 7.5 per cent. (in aggregate and to the nearest whole Haleon Share) of the total issued share capital of the Company; and

 

   

Pfizer will transfer its entire holding in PFCHH to the Company in consideration for (i) such number of new Haleon Shares as is required so that, on UK Admission, Pfizer will hold Haleon Shares representing 32 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company (to the nearest whole Haleon Share) and (ii) 25 million fully paid non-voting preference shares of £1 each in the capital of the Company (“Non-Voting Preference Shares” and the “Pfizer Share Exchange,” respectively).

together, the “Share Exchanges.”

Immediately following the Pfizer Share Exchange, Pfizer will sell its entire holding in the Non-Voting Preference Shares to one or more third party investor(s) (the “NVPS Sale”).

 

1 

“Excess GSK Shares” any GSK Shares in issue at the Record Time in excess of (X) ((X) being the number of GSK Shares in issue on 30 May 2022).

2 

To the extent any shares are issued by GSK (e.g. in respect of GSK employee share options) between 30 May 2022 and the Record Time, this would affect the post-Separation shareholdings in the Company. In summary, the effect of any such issuance would be that: (i) the total number of Haleon Shares issued to shareholders under the Demerger would increase by the number of GSK Excess Shares; and (ii) there would be a corresponding reduction in the total number of Haleon Shares issued to GSK under the GSK Share Exchange.

 

15


Table of Contents

Through the Demerger, the Share Exchanges and the NVPS Sale, the ordinary share capital of the Company will be held as follows3:

 

LOGO

 

Shareholder

  

Class

  

Number of

shares(1)

  

Voting rights

Pfizer

   Ordinary    2,955,063,626    32 per cent.
SLPs (Scottish partnerships controlled by GSK)    Ordinary    692,593,037    7.5 per cent.
GSK    Ordinary    502,868,434(2)    up to 6 per cent.
Other holders of Haleon Shares (including Haleon Shares held by the Haleon ADS Custodian, which includes all Haleon Shares represented by Haleon ADSs)    Ordinary    5,084,048,734(2)    at least 54.5 per cent.

 

(1) 

As at 30 May 2022.

(2) 

The shareholdings of GSK and other holders of Haleon Shares (excluding Pfizer and SLPs) as at UK Admission may be different, with corresponding adjustments in the relevant voting rights, as illustrated in the right column. For example, to the extent any shares are issued by GSK (e.g., in respect of GSK employee share options) between 30 May 2022 and the Record Time, this would affect the post-Separation shareholdings of GSK and other holders of Haleon Shares (excluding Pfizer and SLPs).

 

3 

In addition, immediately following the NVPS Sale, 25,000,000 Non-Voting Preference Shares will be held by one or more third party investor(s).

 

16


Table of Contents

Will the Group incur financial indebtedness in connection with Separation?

As part of the preparation for the Demerger, on 16 March 2022, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc (the “UK Issuer”) and GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. acting as issuers and each of which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CH JVCo (together with the UK Issuer, the “EMTN Issuers”), established a £10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme (the “Programme”) pursuant to which the EMTN Issuers may issue notes from time to time. As at the date of this registration statement, the EMTN Issuers have issued under the Programme: £300,000,000 2.875 per cent. notes due 29 October 2028, £400,000,000 3.375 per cent. notes due 29 March 2038, €850,000,000 1.250 per cent. notes due 29 March 2026, €750,000,000 1.750 per cent. notes due 29 March 2030 and €750,000,000 2.125 per cent. notes due 29 March 2034 (together, the “Pre-Separation Programme Notes”).

In addition, on 24 March 2022, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CH JVCo (the “US Issuer”), issued $700,000,000 3.024 per cent. callable fixed rate senior notes due 2024, $300,000,000 callable floating rate senior notes due 2024, $2,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2027, $1,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. notes due 2029, $2,000,000,000 3.625 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2032 and $1,000,000,000 4.000 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2052 and the UK Issuer issued $1,750,000,000 3.125 per cent. notes due 2025 (the “Pre-Separation USD Notes”) in each case, pursuant to a private placement to institutional investors in the USA and outside the USA.

The payment of all amounts owing in respect of: (i) notes issued under the Programme (including the Pre-Separation Programme Notes); and (ii) the Pre-Separation USD Notes is, as at the date of this registration statement, guaranteed by GSK. Following completion of the GSK Share Exchange, the guarantee provided by GSK will cease to be effective and a guarantee provided by the Company will come into full force and effect. Further details of the terms and conditions governing the notes issued under the Programme and the Pre-Separation USD Notes can be found in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness”.

The net proceeds of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes and the Pre-Separation USD Notes have been made available to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited in order to fund the making of certain upstream loans to wholly-owned subsidiaries of GSK and Pfizer. As such:

 

   

on 24 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited made a loan of £4,465,197,183.55 to GlaxoSmithKline Finance plc and a loan of £2,101,269,262.85 to Pfizer Service Company Ireland Unlimited Company; and

 

   

on 29 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited made a loan of £1,798,139,950.68 to GlaxoSmithKline Finance plc and a loan of £846,183,506.20 to Pfizer Service Company Ireland Unlimited Company (together, the “Notes Proceeds Loans”) pursuant to certain upstream loan agreements as amended from time to time (the “Notes Proceeds Loan Agreements”).

The terms of the Notes Proceeds Loan Agreements require, among other things, that the Notes Proceeds Loans will be repaid in full to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited on 13 July 2022 or such other date as agreed between the parties in writing. Following repayment of the Notes Proceeds Loans, the amounts received by GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited will be made available to CH JVCo in order to fund a portion of the Pre-Demerger Dividend (as defined below).

See also “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company—The Demerger and Further Preparatory Steps—Pre-Separation bond issuances.”

In addition, on 18 February 2022, CH JVCo entered into the Term Loan Facility (as defined in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and

 

17


Table of Contents

Indebtedness”) with various relationship banks of the Group. The Term Loan Facility will be made available on customary ‘certain funds’ terms and the proceeds of any utilisation under the Term Loan Facility will be available for use, directly or indirectly, towards the payment of the Pre-Demerger Dividend.

What are the costs the Group expects to incur in connection with Separation?

The Group has incurred certain costs in connection with Separation, UK Admission and registration and listing of Haleon ADSs on the NYSE. In FY 2020, such costs (pre-tax) amounted to £66 million (£53 million net of tax). In FY 2021, such costs (pre-tax) amounted to £278 million (£231 million net of tax). In Q1 2022, such costs (pre-tax) amounted to £127 million (£103 million net of tax). The Group expects to incur additional costs in connection with such matters between 2022 and 2024.

Who is entitled to receive Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs in the Demerger?

Pursuant to the proposed Demerger, holders of GSK Shares and holders of GSK ADSs as of the Record Time will be entitled to receive Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, respectively.

What is the expected date for distribution of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs in the Demerger?

The distribution of Haleon Shares is expected to occur on the UK Distribution Date. The distribution of Haleon ADSs is expected to occur on the ADS Distribution Date.

What do I have to do to participate in the Demerger?

If you hold GSK Shares or GSK ADSs as of the Record Time, you will not be required to take any action, pay any cash, deliver any other consideration, or surrender any existing GSK Shares or GSK ADSs in order to receive Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs in the connection with the Demerger.

If I sell my GSK Shares or GSK ADSs on or before the respective UK Distribution Date or ADS Distribution Date, will I still be entitled to receive Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs in the Demerger with respect to the sold GSK Shares or GSK ADSs?

To receive Haleon Shares in connection with the Demerger, you must hold GSK Shares at the Record Time.

If you hold GSK ADSs at the Record Time, you will be entitled to receive newly-issued Haleon ADSs in the Demerger. Beginning on the trading day prior to the Record Time and continuing up to (but excluding) the trading day that is two trading days prior to the ADS Distribution Date, we expect that GSK ADSs will trade on the “regular-way” market with the entitlement to receive Haleon ADSs in connection with the Demerger. Beginning on the trading day that is two trading days prior to the ADS Distribution Date and continuing up to and including the ADS Distribution Date, we expect that GSK ADSs will trade on the “ex-distribution” market without the entitlement to receive Haleon ADSs in connection with the Demerger. Therefore, if you sell GSK ADSs on the “regular-way” market, you will also be selling your right to receive Haleon ADSs in connection with the Demerger.

If you own GSK ADSs as of the Record Time and sell or otherwise dispose of your GSK ADSs on the “ex-distribution” market, up to and including the ADS Distribution Date, you will still receive the Haleon ADSs that you would be entitled to receive in respect of your ownership, as of the Record Time, of the GSK ADSs that you sold. You are encouraged to consult with your financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling your GSK ADSs prior to the ADS Distribution Date.

 

18


Table of Contents

When will Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs begin to trade on a standalone basis?

We expect that the Haleon Shares will commence trading on a standalone basis on the main market of the LSE at market open on 18 July 2022.

We expect that Haleon ADSs will commence “regular-way” trading on a standalone basis on the NYSE at market open on 22 July 2022. In addition, we expect that Haleon ADSs will begin trading on a “when-issued” basis on the NYSE from market open on 18 July 2022 and continue up to and including the ADS Distribution Date. “When-issued” trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorised but not yet issued. If you own GSK ADSs at the Record Time, you would be entitled to receive Haleon ADSs in connection with the Demerger. You may trade this entitlement to receive Haleon ADSs, without trading the GSK ADSs you own, in the “when-issued” market at market open. On the first trading day following the ADS Distribution Date, we expect “when-issued” trading with respect to Haleon ADSs will end and “regular-way” trading in Haleon ADSs will begin.

What will be the ticker symbol of the Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs?

We intend to apply to list the Haleon Shares on the main market of the LSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.” We intend to apply to list the Haleon ADSs on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.”

Will the GSK Depositary suspend the issuance and cancellation of GSK ADSs in connection with the Demerger?

Yes. The GSK Depositary will suspend the issuance and cancellation of GSK ADSs from 14 July 2022 until 25 July 2022. This means that during this time, you will not be able to convert your GSK ADSs into GSK Shares, surrender your GSK ADSs and receive underlying GSK Shares, or deposit your GSK Shares and receive GSK ADSs. However, the closing of the issuance and cancellation books does not impact trading, and you may continue to trade your GSK ADSs during this period.

What are the tax consequences to me of the Demerger?

See “Item 10. Additional Information—10.E. Taxation” for information regarding certain tax consequences of the Demerger.

Are there risks associated with holding Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs?

Yes. Among other things, holding of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs is subject to risks relating to the Group’s business and industry, changes in law and the political and economic environment, regulation and legislation and Separation. Accordingly, you should carefully read the information set forth under “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors” in this registration statement.

Does the Company intend to pay dividends to holders of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs after the Demerger?

Following the Demerger, the Company will adopt a dividend policy. The initial dividend is expected to be at the lower end of a 30 to 50 per cent. pay-out ratio, subject to Board approval. The Company expects to pay a dividend to Haleon Shareholders in relation to the second half of 2022 in 2023, subject to Board approval and following approval of the Company’s FY 2022 results. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.B. Business Overview—Dividend Policy” for information regarding our dividend policy.

 

19


Table of Contents

Where can I get more information?

Helplines are available for holders of GSK Shares and GSK ADSs who have questions in relation to the Separation.

Please note that the helpline operators will not provide advice on the merits of the Demerger and Separation or give any legal, financial or taxation advice, for which you are recommended to consult your own legal, financial or taxation adviser. Alternatively, consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant and/or other independent professional adviser.

Holders of GSK Shares

Holders of GSK Shares should call the helpline operated by Equiniti which is available on +44 (0) 800 917 0937. The helpline will be available from 8.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. (UK time) Monday to Friday (except public holidays in England and Wales) and will remain open until 12 August 2022. Calls to the helpline from outside of the UK will be charged at applicable international rates. Different charges may apply to calls made from mobile telephones and calls may be recorded and monitored for security and training purposes.

Alternatively, holders of GSK Shares can go to https://www.shareview.co.uk/clients/gskshareholder for copies of relevant documents, frequently asked questions and other useful information.

If you hold GSK Shares via a bank, broker or nominee you should contact your respective bank, broker or nominee service provider for further information.

Holders of GSK ADSs

Holders of GSK ADSs registered with the GSK Depositary may refer queries relating to their accounts to the GSK Depositary. The telephone number is +1 877 353 1154 (from inside the USA) or +1 651 453 2128 (from outside the USA) or via the website log-in at www.shareowneronline.com.

If you hold GSK ADSs with a bank, broker or nominee you should contact your bank, broker or nominee service provider for further information.

For further information, please visit GSK’s website at www.gsk.com.

 

20


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1.    IDENTITY

OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

1.A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

For information regarding our directors and senior management, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—6.A. Directors and Senior Management.”

1.B. ADVISERS

Our English counsel is Slaughter and May, One Bunhill Row, London EC1Y 8YY, United Kingdom. Our US legal counsel is Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, 2 London Wall Place, London EC2Y 5AU, United Kingdom.

1.C. AUDITORS

CH JVCo’s auditor is Deloitte LLP (“Deloitte”), whose registered office is at 1 New Street Square, London EC4A 3HQ, United Kingdom. Deloitte is an independent registered public accounting firm, registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in the United States. See “Item 10.G. Statements by Experts.”

 

ITEM 2.    OFFER

STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3.    KEY

INFORMATION

3.A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Overview

The following unaudited consolidated income statement relating to the Group for the quarters ended 31 March 2022 (“Q1 2022”) and 31 March 2021 (“Q1 2021”) and the following unaudited consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2022 have been extracted, without material adjustment, from the Group’s accounting records (the “Interim Financial Information”). The Interim Financial Information has been prepared in accordance with the measurement and recognition principles of IFRS and the Group’s accounting policies. The Interim Financial Information is neither audited nor reviewed by an external accountant. The following selected consolidated financial data relating to the Group as at, and for the years ended, 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 has been extracted, without material adjustment, from the Financial Statements. The selected non-IFRS financial information and operating information relating to the Group set out below has been calculated on the basis set out in “Presentation of Financial and Other Information”. The selected financial and operating information presented below should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating Financial Review and Prospects”.

 

21


Table of Contents

Consolidated income statement

For the quarters ended 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2021.

 

 

£m    2022     2021  

Revenue

     2,627       2,306  

Cost of sales

     (1,014     (904

Gross Profit

     1,613      
1,402
 

Selling, general and administration

     (1,086     (1,009

Research and development

     (64     (54

Other operating income

     3       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     466       348  

Finance income

     7       6  

Finance expense

     (8     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance (costs)/income

     (1     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     465       350  

Income tax

     (108     (101

Profit after tax for the quarter

     357       249  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to shareholders

     343       233  

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     14       16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated income statement

For the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019.

 

£m    2021     2020     2019  

Revenue

     9,545       9,892       8,480  

Cost of sales

     (3,595     (3,982     (3,678

Gross Profit

     5,950       5,910       4,802  

Selling, general and administration

     (4,086     (4,220     (3,596

Research and development

     (257     (304     (292

Other operating income/(expense)

     31       212       (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     1,638       1,598       897  

Finance income

     17       20       24  

Finance expense

     (19     (27     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance costs

     (2     (7     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     1,636       1,591       886  

Income tax

     (197     (410     (199

Profit after tax

     1,439       1,181       687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to shareholders

     1,390       1,145       655  

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     49       36       32  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheet

As at 31 March 2022 and 31 December 2021.

 

£m    2022     2021  

Non-current assets

                     
 

            

 

Property, plant and equipment

     1,587       1,563  

Right of use assets

     100       99  

Intangible assets

     27,692       27,195  

Deferred tax assets

     314       312  

Post-employment benefit assets

     11       11  

Derivative financial instruments

     8       12  

Other non-current assets

     13       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     29,725       29,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

    

Inventories

     986       951  

Trade and other receivables

     2,415       2,207  

Loan amounts owing from related parties

     11,330       1,508  

Cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments

     383       414  

Derivative financial instruments

     18       5  

Current tax recoverable

     166       166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     15,298       5,251  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     45,023       34,451  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

    

Short-term borrowings

     (80     (79

Trade and other payables

     (3,142     (3,002

Loan amounts owing to related parties

     (1,461     (825

Derivative financial instruments

     (15     (18

Current tax payable

     (242     (202

Short-term provisions

     (86     (112
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     (5,026     (4,238
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

    

Long-term borrowings

     (9,363     (87

Deferred tax liabilities

     (3,472     (3,357

Pensions and other post-employment benefits

     (256     (253

Derivative financial instruments

     (21     (1

Other provisions

     (30     (27

Other non-current liabilities

     (6     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     (13,148 )      (3,733 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (18,174)       (7,971
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     26,849       26,480  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    

Share capital

     1       1  

Other reserves

     (11,502     (11,632

 

23


Table of Contents
£m    2022      2021  

Retained earnings

     38,211        37,986  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     26,710        26,355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

     139        125  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     26,849        26,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated balance sheet

As at 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019.

 

£m    2021     2020     2019  

Non-current assets

     29,200       29,122       29,900  

Current assets

     5,251       5,008       5,811  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

     34,451       34,130       35,711  

Current liabilities

     (4,238     (4,014     (4,269

Non-current liabilities

     (3,733     (3,893     (4,030
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (7,971     (7,907     (8,299
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     26,480       26,223       27,412  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated cash flow statement

For the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019.

 

£m    2021     2020     2019  

Cash flow from operating activities

                       

Profit after tax

     1,439       1,181       687  

Adjustments reconciling profit after tax to cash generated from operations

     227       780       408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     1,666       1,961       1,095  

Taxation paid

     (310     (554     (309
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

     1,356       1,407       786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

     (33     1,030       291  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities

     (1,236     (2,437     (925
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and bank overdrafts

     87       —         152  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and bank overdrafts at the beginning of the year

     323       329       191  

Exchange adjustments

     (5     (6     (14

Increase in cash and bank overdrafts

     87       —         152  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     405       323       329  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Non-IFRS financial measures

Adjusted Results

Q1 2022 Adjusted Results

 

£M

  IFRS
Results
    Net Amortisation
and Impairment
of Intangible
Assets
    Restructuring
Costs
    Transaction
Related Costs
    Separation and
Admission Costs
    Disposal and
others
    Adjusted
Results
 
Operating profit     466       28       13       —         127       (3     631  
Profit before tax     465       28       13       —         127       (3     630  
Profit after tax for the quarter     357       29       10       —         103       (8     491  
The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted operating profit

 

   
Cost of sales     (1,014     28       1       —         —         —         (985

Selling, general and administration

    (1,086     —         14       —         127       —         (945
Research and development     (64     —         (2     —         —         —         (66

Other operating income

    3       —         —         —         —         (3     —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit before tax

 

   
Net finance costs     (1     —         —         —         —         —         (1
The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit after tax

 

   

Income tax

    (108     1       (3     —         (24     (5     (139
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Q1 2021 Adjusted Results

 

£M

  IFRS
Results
    Net Amortisation
and Impairment
of Intangible
Assets
    Restructuring
Costs
    Transaction
Related Costs
    Separation and
Admission Costs
    Disposal and
others
    Adjusted
Results
 
Operating profit     348       11       48       —         34       41       482  
Profit before tax     350       11       48       —         34       41       484  
Profit after tax for the quarter     249       9       38       —         27       41       364  
The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted operating profit

 

   
Cost of sales     (904     11       14       —         —         —         (879

Selling, general and administration

    (1,009     —         32       —         34       50       (893
Research and development     (54     —         2       —         —         —         (52

Other operating income

    9       —         —         —         —         (9     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit before tax

 

   
Net finance income     2       —         —         —         —         —         2  
The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit after tax

 

   

Income tax

    (101     (2     (10       (7     —         (120
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

2021 Adjusted Results

 

£M

   IFRS
Results
    Net Amortisation
and Impairment
of Intangible
Assets
    Restructuring
Costs
    Transaction
Related
Costs
    Separation
and
Admission
Costs
    Disposals
and
others
    Adjusted
Results
 

Gross profit

     5,950       8       44       —         —         —         6,002  

Operating profit

     1,638       16       195        —         278       45       2,172  

Profit before tax

     1,636       16       195       —         278       45       2,170  

Profit after tax for the year

     1,439       24       159       —         231       (152     1,701  

Profit attributable to shareholders

     1,390       24       159       —         231       (152     1,652  

Basic earnings per share

     139,000     2,400     15,900     0     23,100     (15,200 )p      165,200

Weighted average number of shares

     1,000,000                 1,000,000  

Diluted earnings per share

     139,000     2,400     15,900     0     23,100     (15,200 )p      165,200

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)

     1,000,000                 1,000,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted gross profit

 

 

Cost of sales

     (3,595 )      8       44       —         —         —         (3,543
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted operating profit

 

 

Selling, general and administration

     (4,086     —         150       —         278       76       (3,582

Research and development

     (257     8       1       —         —         —         (248

Other operating income / (expense)

     31       —         —         —         —         (31     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit before tax

 

 

Net finance costs

     (2     —         —         —         —         —         (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit after tax

 

     

Income tax

     (197     8       (36     —         (47     (197     (469
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit attributable to shareholders

 

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     49       —         —         —         —         —         49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents

2020 Adjusted Results

 

£M

  IFRS Results     Net Amortisation
and Impairment
of Intangible
Assets
    Restructuring
Costs
    Transaction
Related Costs
    Separation and
Admission Costs
    Disposals and
others
    Adjusted
Results
 

Gross profit

    5,910       81       89       91       —         2       6,173  

Operating profit

    1,598       97       411       91       66       (189     2,074  

Profit before tax

    1,591       97       411       91       66       (189     2,067  

Profit after tax for the year

    1,181       78       321       71       53       (120     1,584  

Profit attributable to shareholders

    1,145       78       319       71       53       (120     1,546  

Basic earnings per share

    114,500p       7,800p       31,900p       7,100p       5,300p       (12,000 )p      154,600p  

Weighted average number of shares

    1,000,000                 1,000,000  

Diluted earnings per share

    114,500p       7,800p       31,900p       7,100p       5,300p       (12,000 )p      154,600p  

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)

    1,000,000                 1,000,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted gross profit

 

Cost of sales

    (3,982     81       89       91       —         2       (3,719

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted operating profit

 

Selling, general and administration

    (4,220     —         314       —         66       21       (3,819

Research and development

    (304     16       8       —         —         —         (280

Other operating income

    212       —         —         —         —         (212     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit before tax

 

Net finance costs

    (7     —         —         —         —         —         (7

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit after tax

 

Income tax

    (410     (19     (90     (20     (13     69       (483
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit attributable to shareholders

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

    36       —         2       —         —         —         38  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

2019 Adjusted Results

 

£M

  IFRS Results     Net Amortisation
and Impairment
of Intangible
Assets
    Restructuring
Costs
    Transaction
Related Costs
    Separation and
Admission Costs
    Disposals and
others
    Adjusted
Results
 

Gross profit

    4,802       36       69       366       —         —         5,273  

Operating profit

    897       36       330       366       —         25       1,654  

Profit before tax

    886       36       330       366       —         25       1,643  

Profit after tax for the year

    687       31       271       285       —         4       1,278  

Profit attributable to shareholders

    655       31       271       285       —         4       1,246  

Basic earnings per share

    65,500p       3,100p       27,100p       28,500p       0p       400p       124,600p  

Weighted average number of shares (basic)

    1,000,000                 1,000,000  

Diluted earnings per share

    65,500p       3,100p       27,100p       28,500p       0p       400p       124,600p  

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)

    1,000,000                 1,000,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted gross profit

 

Cost of Sales

    (3,678     36       69       366       —         —         (3,207

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted operating profit

 

Selling, general and administration

    (3,596     —         236       —         —         8       (3,352

Research and development

    (292     —         25       —         —         —         (267

Other operating expense

    (17     —         —         —         —         17       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit before tax

 

Net finance costs

    (11     —         —         —         —         —         (11

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit after tax

 

Income tax

    (199     (5     (59     (81     —         (21     (365
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following adjustments are made in arriving at Adjusted profit attributable to shareholders

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

    32       —         —         —         —         —         32  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Adjusting Items

Adjusted Results exclude the following items (net of the impact of taxes, where applicable):

Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

Impairment of intangibles and goodwill and amortisation of intangibles excluding computer software. Intangible amortisation and impairments arising from intangibles acquired in business combinations are adjusted to reflect the performance of the business excluding the effect of acquisition accounting.

It is the Group’s view that acquired intangible assets by their nature are fundamentally different from other depreciating assets that are replaced on a predictable cycle. The Group excludes the impact of non-cash amortisation associated with acquired intangible assets as this is not directly attributable to the sale of the Group’s products and varies from period to period, which affects comparability of the Group’s financial results. The costs to operate, maintain and extend the life of acquired intangible assets and purchased intellectual property are reflected in the Group’s operating costs as labour, overheads, etc.

Restructuring costs

Include personnel costs, associated with restructuring programmes, impairments of tangible assets and computer software relating to specific programmes approved by the board of the Company from time to time (the “Board”) that are structural and of a significant scale, where the costs of individual or related projects exceed £15 million. Restructuring costs also include integration costs following an acquisition, including in relation to personnel, manufacturing sites, real estate and IT infrastructure. These programmes can take several years to complete and are not directly attributable to the sale of the Group’s products. Further, costs associated with these programmes vary from period to period, which affects comparability of the Group’s financial results.

Restructuring costs do not include Separation and Admission costs (see “—Separation and Admission costs” below).

Transaction-related costs

Transaction-related accounting or other adjustments related to significant acquisitions. These costs are adjusted as they arise as a result of business combinations. In FY 2019 and FY 2020, these costs were related to the unwind of inventory fair value adjustments in connection with the Pfizer Transaction (as defined below), which was completed by the end of FY 2020. These costs are not directly attributable to the sale of the Group’s products and vary from period to period, which affects comparability of the Group’s financial results.

Separation and Admission costs

Costs incurred in relation to and in connection with Separation, UK Admission and registration of Haleon Shares represented by Haleon American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) under the Exchange Act and listing of Haleon ADSs on the NYSE (the “US Listing”). These costs are not directly attributable to the sale of the Group’s products and specifically relate to the foregoing activities, affecting comparability of the Group’s financial results in historic and future reporting periods.

Disposals and others

Gains and losses on disposals of assets, businesses and tax indemnities related to business combinations, and other items. These gains and losses are not directly attributable to the sale of the Group’s products and vary from period to period, which affects comparability of the Group’s financial results.

 

29


Table of Contents

Organic revenue growth

The following tables reconcile reported revenue growth for the quarters ended 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2021 and for the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 to organic revenue growth for the same period by geographical segment and by product category.

 

     Geographic Segments        
£m    APAC     EMEA/LatAm      N America     Total  

Q1 2022 vs Q1 2021 (%)

         

Revenue Growth

     15.8     8.0      20.1     13.9

Organic Adjustments

     0.2     2.0      0.8     1.2

of which:

         

Effect of Acquisitions

     —         —          —         —    

Effect of Divestments

     —         1.1      0.5     0.6

Effect of MSAs

     0.2     0.9      0.3     0.6

Effect of Exchange Rates

     (0.8 )%      4.5      (3.6 )%      0.5

Organic Revenue Growth

     15.2     14.5      17.3     15.6

 

     Geographic Segments        
£m    APAC     EMEA/LatAm     N America     Total  

2021 vs 2020 (%)

        

Revenue Growth

     4.3     (4.5 %)      (6.7 %)      (3.5 %) 

Organic Adjustments1

     2.0     3.4     1.45       2.7

of which:

        

Effect of Acquisitions

     —         —         —         —    

Effect of Divestments

     2.2     3.1     2.5     2.7

Effect of MSAs

     (0.2 %)      0.3     (0.1 %)      —    

Effect of Exchange Rates

     2.8     4.6     5.6     4.6

Organic Revenue Growth

     9.1     3.5     1.3     3.8

 

     Geographic Segments        
£m    APAC     EMEA/LatAm     N America     Total  

2020 vs 2019 (%)

        

Revenue Growth

     20.7     4.1     31.2     16.7

Organic Adjustments1

     (15.9 %)      (5.0 %)      (32.1 %)      (16.6 %) 

of which:

        

Effect of Acquisitions

     (19.9 %)      (8.8 %)      (33.9 %)      (19.7 %) 

Effect of Divestments

     4.0 %      4.5 %      1.2 %      3.2

Effect of MSAs

     —         (0.7 %)      0.6 %      (0.1 %) 

Effect of Exchange Rates

     0.9 %      4.0 %      1.6 %      2.7

Organic Revenue Growth

     5.7     3.1     0.7     2.8

 

     Product Categories  
£m    Oral
Health
     VMS     Pain
Relief
     Respiratory
Health
     Digestive
Health
and Other
    Total  

Q1 2022 vs Q1 2021 (%)

               

Revenue Growth

     5.7      16.4     18.0      51.0      0.6     13.9

Organic Adjustments1

     —          0.1     0.3      —          4.8     1.2

of which:

               

Effect of Acquisitions

     —          —         —          —          —         —    

Effect of Divestments

     —          —         0.3      —          2.5     0.6

Effect of MSAs

     —          0.1     —          —          2.3     0.6

Effect of Exchange Rates

     2.2      (1.6 )%      0.6      1.9      (1.1 )%      0.5

Organic Revenue Growth

     7.9      14.9     18.9      52.9      4.3     15.6

 

30


Table of Contents
     Product Categories        
£m    Oral
Health
    VMS      Pain
Relief
     Respiratory
Health
    Digestive
Health
and Other
    Total  

2021 vs 2020 (%)

              

Revenue Growth

     (0.8 %)      0.5      2.1      (12.8 %)      (9.8 %)      (3.5 %) 

Organic Adjustments1

     —         0.3 %       0.3 %       6.4 %      7.6 %      2.7

of which:

              

Effect of Acquisitions

     —         —          —          —         —         —    

Effect of Divestments

     —         0.3      0.3      6.4     7.5     2.7

Effect of MSAs

     —         —          —          —         0.1     -  

Effect of Exchange Rates

     5.2     3.4      4.1      4.6     5.3     4.6

Organic Revenue Growth

     4.4     4.2      6.5      (1.8 %)      3.1     3.8

 

     Product Categories  
£m    Oral
Health
     VMS     Pain
Relief
    Respiratory
Health
    Digestive
Health
and Other
    Total  

2020 vs 2019 (%)

             

Revenue Growth

     3.3      150.3     25.8     (1.5 %)      (0.1 %)      16.7

Organic Adjustments1

     —          (133.5 %)      (23.5 %)      (6.7 %)      (5.4 %)      (16.6 %) 

of which:

             

Effect of Acquisitions

     —          (133.9 %)      (23.7 %)      (10.5 %)      (14.2 %)      (19.7 %) 

Effect of Divestments

     —          0.4     0.2     3.8     9.4     3.2

Effect of MSAs

     —          —         —         —         (0.6 %)      (0.1 %) 

Effect of Exchange Rates

     2.6      2.5     2.6     1.9     3.0     2.7

Organic Revenue Growth

     5.9      19.3     4.9     (6.3 %)      (2.5 %)      2.8

Notes:

 

1.

As defined in “Presentation of Financial Information—Adjusted Results and other non-IFRS financial measures.

 

2.

Organic revenue growth for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020 excludes revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction for the period 1 January 2020 to 31 July 2020 and includes revenue attributable to these brands for the period 1 August 2020 to 31 December 2020. Sales patterns during these two periods were materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic with increased sales during the former period driven by accelerated purchases by consumers combined with increased consumption and sales during the latter period negatively impacted by a reduction in consumer inventories and weak cold and flu incidence (see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review—Key factors affecting the Group’s results of operations and financial position—Impact of macroeconomic factors and market trends on discretionary consumer spending”, “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review—Key factors affecting the Group’s results of operations and financial position Impact of COVID-19” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review—Results of Operations—Description of the Group’s results of operations”).

 

31


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

The reconciliation between profit after tax for the year and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 is provided below.

 

£m    2021     2020     2019  

Profit after tax

     1,439       1,181       687  

Add Back: Income Tax

     197       410       199  

Less: Finance Income

     (17     (20     (24

Add Back: Finance Expense

     19       27       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Profit

     1,638       1,598       897  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Amortisation and Impairment of Intangible Assets

     16       97       36  

Restructuring Costs

     195       411       330  

Transaction Related Costs

     —         91       366  

Separation and Admission Costs

     278       66       —    

Disposals and Others

     45       (189     25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Operating Profit

     2,172       2,074       1,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Add Back: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     139       167       167  

Add Back: Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     35       48       31  

Add Back: Amortisation – of software intangible assets

     54       40       35  

Add Back: Impairment of property, plant and equipment, rights of use assets and computer software net of impairment reversals

     13       22       (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     2,413       2,351       1,884  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

The reconciliation of net cash inflow from operating activities to free cash flow for the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 is provided below.

 

£m    2021     2020     2019  

Net cash inflow from operating activities

     1,356       1,407       786  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (228     (222     (190

Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment

     12       6       51  

Purchase of intangible assets

     (70     (96     (53

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

     137       924       120  

Distributions to non-controlling interests

     (35     (31     (28

Interest paid

     (15     (19     (29

Interest received

     16       19       24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

     1,173       1,988       681  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow conversion

The reconciliation of free cash flow conversion for the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 is provided below.

 

£m    2021     2020     2019  

Free cash flow

     1,173       1,988       681  

Profit after tax

     1,439       1,181       687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow conversion

     82     168     99

 

32


Table of Contents

Net debt

The reconciliation of net debt to the different balance sheet items for the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 is provided below.

 

£m    2021     2020     2019  

Short-term borrowings

     (79     (82     (64

Long-term borrowings

     (87     (105     (121

Derivative financial liabilities

     (19     (25     (2

Cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments

     414       334       340  

Derivative financial assets

     17       6       12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net debt1

     246       128       165  

Note:

1.

The sum of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments and derivative financial assets were greater than the sum of its short-term borrowings, long-term borrowings and derivative financial liabilities in the period 2019-2021 (a net cash position). ‘Net debt’ is defined differently to ‘indebtedness’ referenced in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Other selected financial and operating information

Regional performance

The table below sets out the Group’s regional revenue for the quarters ended 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2021.

 

     Revenue (£m)      Revenue change Q1 21 - Q1 22 %  
     Q1 2022      Q1 2021      Reported
rates
    Constant
currency
    Organic  

North America

     940        783        20.1     16.5     17.3

EMEA and LatAm

     1,057        979        8.0     12.5     14.5

APAC

     630        544        15.8     15.0     15.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2,627        2,306        13.9     14.4     15.6

The tables below set out the Group’s regional revenue and Adjusted operating profit for the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019. 1

 

     Revenue (£m)      Revenue change FY20-FY21 %     Revenue change FY19-FY20 %  
     2021      2020      2019      Reported
rates
    Constant
currency
    Organic     Reported
rates
    Constant
currency
    Organic2  

North America

     3,525        3,779        2,880        (6.7     (1.3     1.3       31.2       32.6       0.7  

EMEA and LatAm

     3,877        4,059        3,898        (4.5     —         3.5       4.1       8.4       3.1  

APAC

     2,143        2,054        1,702        4.3       7.1       9.1       20.7       21.8       5.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     9,545        9,892        8,480        (3.5 %)      1.0     3.8     16.7     19.3     2.8

 

33


Table of Contents
     Adjusted operating profit
(£m)
     Adjusted operating
profit margin %
 
     2021      2020      2019      2021     2020     2019  

North America

     828        897        660        23.5     23.7     22.9

EMEA and LatAm

     960        857        746        24.8     21.1     19.1

APAC

     461        377        311        21.5     18.4     18.3

Central and unallocated

     (77      (57      (63      n/a       n/a       n/a  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2,172        2,074        1,654        22.8%       21.0     19.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciling items3

     (534      (476      (757      n/a       n/a       n/a  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Group operating profit

     1,638        1,598        897        17.2     16.2     10.6

Notes:

1.

On a segment basis, Adjusted operating profit is the measure of segment profit or loss reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Adjusting Items are not allocated by segment, as these items are managed and funded centrally by the Group, and therefore are not part of the measure of segment profit or loss reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker. See note 6 to the Financial Statements beginning on page F-23.

2.

Organic revenue growth for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020 excludes revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction for the period 1 January 2020 to 31 July 2020 and includes revenue attributable to these brands for the period 1 August 2020 to 31 December 2020. Sales patterns during these two periods were materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic with increased sales during the former period driven by accelerated purchases by consumers combined with increased consumption and sales during the latter period negatively impacted by a reduction in consumer inventories and weak cold and flu incidence (see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key factors affecting the Group’s results of operations and financial position—Impact of macroeconomic factors and market trends on discretionary consumer spending”).

3.

Reconciling items for these purposes are the Adjusting Items, which are defined at “—Adjusting Items” above. A reconciliation between IFRS and Adjusted Results is included at “—Adjusting Results” above.

Revenue by product category

The table below sets out the Group’s revenue by product category for the quarters ended 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2021.

 

     Revenue (£m)      Revenue change Q1 21 - Q1 22 %  
     Q1 2022      Q1 2021      Reported
rates
    Constant
currency
    Organic  

Oral Health

     741        701        5.7     7.9     7.9

VMS

     405        348        16.4     14.8     14.9

Pain Relief

     635        538        18.0     18.6     18.9

Respiratory Health

     367        243        51.0     52.9     52.9

Digestive Health and Other

     479        476        0.6     -0.5     4.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2,627        2,306        13.9     14.4     15.6

 

34


Table of Contents

The table below sets out the Group’s revenue by product category for the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019.

 

     Revenue (£m)      Revenue change FY20-FY21 %     Revenue change FY19-FY20 %  
     2021      2020      2019      Reported
rates
    Constant
currency
    Organic     Reported
rates
    Constant
currency
    Organic  

Oral Health

     2,724        2,745        2,657        (0.8     4.4       4.4       3.3       5.9       5.9  

VMS

     1,501        1,494        597        0.5       3.9       4.2       150.3       154.6       19.3  

Pain Relief

     2,237        2,192        1,742        2.1       6.2       6.5       25.8       28.6       4.9  

Respiratory Health

     1,132        1,298        1,318        (12.8     (8.6     (1.8     (1.5     0.5       (6.3

Digestive Health and Other

     1,951        2,163        2,166        (9.8     (5.0     3.1       (0.1     2.5       (2.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     9,545        9,892        8,480        (3.5 %)      1.0     3.8     16.7     19.3     2.8

3.B. CAPITALISATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

The following table sets forth the Group’s consolidated capitalisation as at 31 March 2022 on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to illustrate the effects of: (1) additional borrowings to fund the Pre-Demerger Dividend, (2) the Pre-Demerger Dividend, the Balancing Dividend and the Sweep-Up Dividend (each as defined in “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company—The Demerger and Further Preparatory StepsPre-Separation dividends”), (3) the issuance of Non-Voting Preference Shares and (4) the net settlement of related party loans prior to Separation, in each case, on the capitalisation of the Group as if these transactions had taken place on 31 March 2022. The “As Adjusted” information below is for illustrative purposes only and therefore does not represent the Group’s actual capitalisation as at that date.

 

35


Table of Contents

Financial information set forth in the “Actual” column was derived from the Group’s accounting records as at 31 March 2022. This information should be read in conjunction with information included elsewhere in this registration statement, including the Financial Statements, “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” “Item 3. Key Information—3.A. Selected Financial Data” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

            As at 31 March 2022  

£m

   Note      Actual     As
adjusted
 

Share capital

                     1       1  

Share premium

        —         —    

Other reserves

        (11,502     (11,502

Retained earnings

     1        38,211       27,147  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

        26,710       15,646  

Non-controlling interests

        139       139  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        26,849       15,785  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

       

Lease Liabilities

        30       30  

Total Secured

        30       30  

Bank loan and overdrafts

        50       50  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan amounts owing to related parties

     2,6        1,461       —    

Total Unsecured

        1,511       50  

Total short-term borrowings and loan amounts owing to related parties

        1,541       80  

Long-term borrowings

       

Lease Liabilities

        88       88  

Total Secured

        88       88  

£300,000,000 2.875 per cent. notes due 2028

     3,6        299       299  

£400,000,000 3.375 per cent. notes due 2038

     3,6        398       398  

€850,000,000 1.250 per cent. notes due 2026

     3,6        711       711  

€750,000,000 1.750 per cent. notes due 2030

     3,6        632       632  

€750,000,000 2.125 per cent. notes due 2034

     3,6        628       628  

$700,000,000 3.024 per cent. callable notes due 2024

     3,6        533       533  

$300,000,000 floating rate callable notes due 2024

     3,6        229       229  

$2,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. notes due 2027

     3,6        1,516       1,516  

$1,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. notes due 2029

     3,6        753       753  

$2,000,000,000 3.625 per cent. notes due 2032

     3,6        1,515       1,515  

$1,000,000,000 4.000 per cent. notes due 2052

     3,6        741       741  

$1,750,000,000 3.125 per cent. notes due 2025

     3,6        1,320       1,320  

Additional borrowings

     4,6        —         1,435  

Non-Voting Preference Shares

     5        —         25  

Total Unsecured

        9,275       10,735  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

        9,363       10,823  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

        10,904       10,903  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalisation

     7        37,753       26,688  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Retained earnings in the “As adjusted” column reflects the following adjustments:

   

An adjustment to reflect the estimated payment of the Pre-Demerger Dividend to GSK and Pfizer of £10,345 million, in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer SHA, which, requires an amount equal to the Pre-Separation Debt Proceeds (as defined in “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company—The Demerger and Further Preparatory Steps—Pre-Separation dividends”) less £300 million to be paid to GSK and Pfizer prior to Separation. The Pre-Separation

 

36


Table of Contents
 

Debt Proceeds are comprised of the Notes Proceeds Loans of £9,210 million and estimated additional borrowings of £1,435 million.

   

An adjustment of £78 million comprised of a non-cash dividend of £25 million to Pfizer through the issuance of Non-Voting Preference Shares and the Balancing Dividend of £53 million in cash to GSK.

   

An adjustment to reflect the estimated payment of the Sweep-Up Dividend to a subsidiary of each of GSK and Pfizer of approximately £641 million. This amount relates to the distribution of remaining cash available in excess of £300 million after payment of the Pre-Demerger Dividend, Balancing Dividend, net cash settlement of loan amounts owing to and from related parties, and transaction costs.

(2)

Loan amounts owing to related parties will be fully settled against outstanding loan amounts owing from related parties as part of Separation. As a result, this adjustment reflects a remaining nil balance of loan amounts owing to related parties.

(3)

Unsecured long-term borrowings include the net proceeds from the issuance of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes and the Pre-Separation USD Notes (the “Pre-Separation Notes”). Long-term borrowings reflect the proceeds received from the Pre-Separation Notes, less transaction costs of £34 million incurred which are capitalised and will be amortised over the term of each note. The net proceeds received will ultimately be used to fund payment of the Pre-Demerger Dividend.

(4)

Additional borrowings in the “As adjusted” column reflects an estimated £1,435 million of borrowings required to fund the payment of the Pre-Demerger Dividend based on requirements defined in the Pfizer SHA.

(5)

The amount in the “As adjusted” column in relation to Non-Voting Preference Shares includes an adjustment to reflect the issuance of £25 million in Non-Voting Preference Shares to Pfizer as a non-cash dividend.

(6)

Had the Pre-Separation Notes been issued, additional borrowings been raised, and loan amounts owing to and owed from related parties been settled on 1 January 2021, net finance costs would have been £336 million, the income tax charge would have been £125 million, and profit after tax would have been £1,177 million, resulting in a basic and diluted earnings per share of 112,819p, for the year ended 31 December 2021.

(7)

Total capitalisation is the sum of total equity and total borrowings.

3.C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

3.D. RISK FACTORS

The risks and uncertainties relating to the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs, the Group’s business and the industry in which it operates, described below, together with all other information contained in this registration statement, should be carefully considered in evaluating the Group, the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs.

The risks and uncertainties described below represent those we consider to be material as at the date of this registration statement. However, these risks and uncertainties are not the only ones facing the Group. You should carefully consider the information in this registration statement in light of your personal circumstances.

Risks Relating to the Group’s Business and Industry

The Group operates in a highly competitive market and failure to successfully compete with competitors could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business

The Group faces substantial and increasing competition in all of its product categories and geographic markets. There are relatively low barriers to entry in certain product categories in many of the markets in which the Group operates (particularly in the VMS category) and accordingly the Group’s businesses compete with companies of all sizes on many different fronts, including cost-effectiveness, product effectiveness and quality, brand recognition and loyalty, technological innovations, consumer convenience, promotional activities, new product introductions and expansion into new markets and channels.

 

37


Table of Contents

The Group expects to continue to see heightened activity from its competitors worldwide, including an increase in the introduction and aggressive marketing of new products in high demand healthcare areas. In particular, the Group expects to experience: (i) increasing and aggressive competition from smaller, high growth companies which often operate on a regional basis, and may disrupt existing route-to-market models; (ii) increasing competition from multinational corporations moving for the first time into, or expanding or focusing their presence (whether through acquisitions, disposals, demergers or other means) in the global consumer healthcare market in order to benefit from the higher profit margins on offer and greater consumer interest in health products and services; and (iii) continuing competition from “private label” products, which are brands sold exclusively by a particular retailer.

Some of the Group’s competitors may spend more aggressively on, or have more effective, advertising and promotion activities than the Group does, introduce competing products more quickly and/or respond more effectively to business and economic conditions and changing consumer preferences, including by launching innovative new products. The Group’s ability to compete also depends on the strength of its brands and on its ability to enforce and defend its intellectual property against infringement and legal challenges by competitors.

The Group may be unable to anticipate the timing and scale of the threats posed by the many competitors across its markets or to successfully respond to them, which could harm the Group’s business. In addition, the cost of responding to the increasingly significant and widespread competition worldwide, including management time, out-of-pocket expenses and price reductions, may materially and adversely affect the Group’s performance. Ultimately, a prolonged failure by the Group to compete effectively in its key markets could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

The Group’s success depends on its ability to anticipate and respond to changes in consumer preferences and a failure to adapt its strategy appropriately may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and/or financial condition

As a consumer products business, the Group relies on its ability to leverage its existing brands and products to drive increased sales and profits. This in turn depends on the Group’s ability to identify and offer products at attractive prices that appeal to consumer tastes and preferences, which are difficult to predict and evolve over time. The Group’s ability to implement this strategy depends on, among other things, its ability to:

 

   

continue to offer products that consumers want at competitive prices;

 

   

develop and maintain consumer interest in its brands and increase its brand recognition and loyalty;

 

   

innovate successfully on its existing products; and

 

   

effectively utilise a range of distribution channels in its key markets.

The Group may not be able to execute this strategy successfully, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and/or financial condition.

In addition, any reduction in consumer demand for the types of products which the Group offers as a result of changes in consumer lifestyle, environmental concerns, economic downturns or other considerations could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in recent years, there is increasing awareness of the environmental impact and sustainability of practices and products in the market (see “—Failure to respond effectively to the challenges raised by climate change and other sustainability matters may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and results of operations”).

 

38


Table of Contents

The Group’s business results are impacted by the Group’s ability to manage disruptions in the Group’s global supply chain and a failure to manage disruptions appropriately may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and/or financial condition

The Group is engaged in manufacturing and sourcing of products and materials on a global scale. The Group’s operations and those of its suppliers, contract manufacturers and logistics providers have been and may continue to be disrupted by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

increased and/or changing regulation, as well as regulatory compliance issues;

 

   

environmental events, including natural disasters (such as fires, floods and earthquakes) and any potential effect of climate change;

 

   

widespread health emergencies, such as COVID-19 or other pandemics or epidemics, leading to delays in deliveries and constraints on shipping and logistics due to local lockdowns, such as the recent lockdowns in China may impact the delivery to and from China of the Group’s products, as well as resources required for its products;

 

   

strikes and other labour disputes;

 

   

disruptions in logistics;

 

   

cybersecurity failures or incidents;

 

   

loss, impairment, closure or disruption of key manufacturing sites;

 

   

loss of key suppliers or contract manufacturers;

 

   

supplier capacity constraints;

 

   

raw material and product quality or safety issues (see “—The Group may incur liabilities or be forced to recall products as a result of real or perceived product quality or other product-related issues” below);

 

   

industrial accidents or other occupational health and safety issues;

 

   

the impact on the Group’s suppliers of tighter credit or capital markets;

 

   

the lack of availability of qualified personnel;

 

   

global shipping, logistics, transport and warehousing constraints;

 

   

governmental incentives and controls (including import and export restrictions, such as new or increased tariffs, sanctions, quotas or trade barriers);

 

   

acts of war (see “—Risks Applicable to the Group relating to Changes in Law and the Political and Economic Environment, Regulation and Legislation —The Group’s business may be impacted by the effects of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine”) or terrorism, political unrest or uncertainty, fires or explosions, and other external factors over which the Group has no control; and

 

   

increases in ingredient, commodity and oil prices.

While the product ranges of the Group’s leading brands are manufactured by multiple sources, some of the Group’s products are currently primarily manufactured at a single location. The loss of the use of all or a portion of any of the Group’s manufacturing facilities or the loss of the use of key suppliers could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Group purchases certain raw and packaging materials from single-source suppliers or a limited number of suppliers and new suppliers may have to be qualified under industry, governmental and its own standards, which can require additional investment and take a significant period of time.

 

39


Table of Contents

Although the Group has contingency plans in place, such as dual sourcing programmes and alternative supply arrangements, those plans may not be sufficient to mitigate manufacturing or supplier interruptions, and the Group may also be limited in its ability to pass on any price increases in the prices it charges for its products. For example, the Group has entered and may in the future enter into fixed price contracts or hedging arrangements in order to address increases in commodity prices and their effect on the Group’s ability to source materials for its products. However, if prices decrease, the Group will be unable to realise the benefit of the decrease due to fixed price contracts in place.

A significant disruption to the manufacturing or sourcing of products or materials for any reason, including those mentioned above, could interrupt product supply and, if not remedied, could lead to litigation or regulatory action, product delistings by retailers, financial penalties, and reputational damage that could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Increasing dependence on key retail customers, changes in the policies of the Group’s retail customers, the emergence of alternative retail channels and the rapidly changing retail landscape may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business

The Group’s products are sold in a highly competitive global marketplace which has experienced increased trade concentration and the growing presence of large-scale retailers, including pharmacies, as well as discounters and e-commerce retailers. With the growing trend towards retail trade consolidation, increased cross-border trade, the rapid growth of e-commerce and the integration of traditional and digital operations at key retailers, the Group is increasingly dependent on certain retailers, and some of these retailers have and may continue to have greater bargaining strength than the Group does. For example, similar to its competitors, while the Group maintains relationships with a variety of significant retailers across its key markets, sales attributable to its top five largest retailers account for over half of the Group’s revenue in the US market.

The Group’s large-scale retail customers, including pharmacies, may use their leverage to demand higher trade discounts, allowances, display fees or increased investment, including through display media, paid search, preparation fees and other programmes, which could lead to reduced sales or profitability. The loss of a key retailer or a significant reduction in sales to a key retailer could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. The Group’s business might also be negatively affected by the growing presence and bargaining strength of customers who operate internationally and retail buying alliances (horizontal alliances of retailers, retail chains or entire retailer groups that cooperate in pooling their resources) and the enhanced leverage that such alliances possess.

The Group has also been and may continue to be negatively affected by changes in the policies or practices of the Group’s retail trade and pharmacy customers, such as inventory de-stocking, limitations on access to shelf space, delisting of the Group’s products, or environmental, sustainability, supply chain or packaging initiatives and other conditions. For example, a determination by a key retailer that any of the Group’s ingredients should not be used in certain consumer products or that the Group’s packaging does not comply with certain environmental, supply chain or packaging standards or initiatives could materially and adversely impact the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

“Private label” products sold by the Group’s retail customers, which are typically sold at lower prices than branded products, are a source of competition for certain of the Group’s products. In addition, the retail landscape in many of the Group’s markets continues to evolve as a result of the rapid growth of e-commerce retailers (who are able to generate “private label” products and capitalise on access to data) and price comparison sites, changing consumer preferences (as consumers increasingly shop online), and, in certain categories (particularly VMS), the increased presence of alternative retail channels, such as subscription services, sales through social media platforms and direct-to-consumer businesses (especially those which specialise in rapid

 

40


Table of Contents

distribution). The strong growth in e-commerce and the emergence of alternative retail channels may create pricing and margin pressures and/or adversely affect the Group’s relationships with key retailers. If the Group is not able to successfully manage and adapt to these changes in the retail landscape, the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

The Group may not be able to develop and commercialise new products effectively, which may materially and adversely affect the results of the Group’s operations and financial condition

The future growth of the Group is to a significant extent dependent on its ability to develop new products or new formulations of existing products. The Group’s ability to launch new products and to expand into adjacent categories, channels of distribution or markets is affected by whether the Group can successfully:

 

   

identify, develop and fund technological innovations;

 

   

obtain and maintain necessary intellectual property protection and avoid infringing intellectual property rights of others;

 

   

obtain and maintain approvals and registrations of regulated products, including from the FDA, the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”), China’s National Medical Products Administration (“NMPA”) and other regulatory bodies in the countries in which the Group has business operations, including in relation to switches of products requiring a prescription to products with OTC status (“Rx-to-OTC switches”);

 

   

anticipate, quickly respond to, and benefit from the needs and preferences of consumers and customers by, among other things, effectively utilising digital technology and marketing and data analytics to gain new commercial insights and develop relevant marketing and advertising to identify new products that will align with consumer preferences; and

 

   

successfully compete to in-licence products.

The identification, development and introduction of innovative new products that drive incremental sales involves considerable costs and effort, and any new product may not generate sufficient customer and consumer interest and sales to become a profitable product or to cover the costs of its development and promotion. The Group’s ability to achieve a successful launch of a new product could also be adversely affected by pre-emptive actions taken by competitors in response to the launch, such as increased promotional activities and advertising. In addition, new products may not be accepted quickly or significantly in the marketplace.

The product development process is both time-consuming and costly and involves a high degree of business risk. In particular, the Group’s OTC products, including those in respect of which it is undertaking an Rx-to-OTC switch, are subject to lengthy development programmes and regulatory approval periods which can restrict the Group’s ability to innovate in this product area. The Group must develop, test and manufacture products to meet its own internal specifications and standards as well as all applicable regulatory and safety requirements, and it is possible that a new product can fail to make it to market at any stage of this process. Whilst the Group has a good track record of developing new products and executing Rx-to-OTC switches, there can be no guarantee that the Group will continue to be able to develop and commercialise new products at the rate required to retain or grow market share or that suitable opportunities for further Rx-to-OTC switches will become available to the Group. Any failure to develop and commercialise new products in a timely fashion may decrease revenue and/or increase R&D costs and, consequently, may materially and adversely affect the results of the Group’s operations and financial condition.

Failure to retain key personnel or attract new personnel may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business

The Group relies upon a number of key executives and employees who have an in-depth understanding of the consumer healthcare industry and the Group’s technologies, products, programmes, collaborative relationships

 

41


Table of Contents

and strategic goals. While the Group follows a disciplined, ongoing succession planning process and has succession plans in place for those individuals identified in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—6.A. Directors and Senior Management—Senior Management” (“Senior Management”) and other key executives, these do not guarantee that the services of qualified senior executives will continue to be available to the Group at all times. Competition for such personnel in the consumer healthcare industry is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Group will be able to continue to attract and retain such personnel, particularly as competitors may attempt to recruit them.

Further, the Group’s ability to implement its strategy depends on the ability and experience of its Senior Management and other key employees. If the Group is unable to recruit, attract and retain talented, highly qualified Senior Management and other key people, including through competitive remuneration and benefits packages, appropriate career development, employee resilience and engagement programmes, the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. The Group is also working to advance cultural change through the implementation of diversity, equality and inclusion initiatives and through the implementation of a new purpose, strategy and culture programme throughout the organisation. If the Group does not (or is perceived not to) successfully implement these plans and initiatives, its ability to recruit, attract and retain talent may be materially and adversely impacted, which may in turn materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Damage to the Group’s reputation could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business

Maintaining the Group’s strong reputation and trust with consumers and the Group’s customers globally is critical to selling the Group’s branded products. Negative publicity about the Group, the Group’s industry, the Group’s brands and products, the Group’s advertising and promotion practices, the Group’s use, storage and securing of technology and data, including personal data, the Group’s supply chain, the Group’s ingredients, the Group’s packaging, the Group’s research practices, threatened or pending litigation or regulatory proceedings, the Group’s public policy engagement, the Group’s environmental, social and governance practices, including as they relate to diversity, equality and inclusion, the health, safety and welfare of employees or other stakeholders, or relations with the Group’s employees, or regulatory infractions, violations of sanctions or anti-bribery rules, whether or not deserved, could jeopardise the Group’s reputation and/or expose it to adverse press and social media attention.

The Group’s reputation may also be adversely affected if third parties with whom the Group contracts, including its suppliers, manufacturers and customers, fail to maintain high ethical, social and environmental standards, comply with local laws and regulations or become subject to other negative events or adverse publicity. Such third parties may also enter into relationships with or be acquired by other third parties whose values, business practices and/or reputation expose the Group to the risk of adverse publicity and damage to its existing relationships by association. While the Group has policies and procedures for managing third party relationships, it may not be possible to fully ensure that third parties adhere to the same standards and values as the Group or to replace third party relationships in a timely and/or cost-effective manner.

In addition, widespread use of digital and social media by consumers has greatly increased the accessibility of information and the speed of its dissemination. Negative publicity, posts or comments on social media about the Group, the Group’s brands, the Group’s products, including any ingredients used in its products, the Group’s packaging or the Group’s employees, whether true or untrue, could damage the Group’s brands and its reputation and/or lead to boycotts of its products. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, sales of Advil (an ibuprofen-based product) were adversely impacted by negative media coverage regarding the use of ibuprofen products in treating the symptoms of COVID-19. Moreover, the Group’s reputation could be harmed as a result of inappropriate use of its branded products being promoted on social media and any associated negative publicity. The success of the Group’s brands could also suffer if the Group’s marketing initiatives do not have the desired impact on a brand’s image or its ability to attract consumers.

 

42


Table of Contents

Counterfeiting is a common issue for successful brands and has been amplified by the growth of e-commerce. Although the Group has an anti-counterfeiting programme in place, third parties continue to sell counterfeit versions of the Group’s products, such as Sensodyne, Panadol and ENO, including on online platforms and on social media. These counterfeits are inferior in quality to the genuine Group products and may pose safety risks to consumers. Consumers of the Group’s brands could confuse the Group’s products with these counterfeit products, purchasing the counterfeit products in error instead of the genuine Group products. The consumption of inferior quality products, which consumers believe to be genuine (and, in some instances, may cause consumer safety issues) could also damage the reputation of the Group and its brands and lead to a reduction in market share with affected consumers choosing in the future to buy competitors’ brands instead.

Damage to the Group’s reputation or loss of consumer confidence in the Group’s products for these or any other reasons could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, as well as require resources to rebuild the Group’s reputation.

Failure to respond effectively to the challenges raised by climate change and other sustainability matters may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and results of operations

Concern over climate change has increased the focus on the sustainability of practices and products in the market and may result in new or additional legal and regulatory requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of climate change on the environment. Areas of focus relevant to the Group’s business include, among others, responsible sourcing and deforestation, the use of plastic, energy and water, the recyclability or recoverability of packaging, including single-use and other plastic packaging, and the use of certain materials, such as palm oil where the sourcing or environmental impact of the material can attract scrutiny. If new or additional legal and regulatory requirements relating to sustainability matters are more stringent than the Group’s current legal and regulatory obligations and/or the Group’s existing practices and procedures are inadequate to meet these requirements, this may require the Group to revise its operations and supply chain management, including, for example, by collecting used products, packaging or other materials from consumers and reintroducing them to the Group’s manufacturing cycle. There may also be financial impacts as governments implement taxation such as extended producer responsibility taxes or carbon taxes to help to recover the cost of managing plastic waste and the impacts of climate change. These developments may result in increased costs and disruption to the Group’s operations, which could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

The Group’s reputation is also affected by its perceived sustainability credentials and its ability to meet its sustainability goals. There is increased public attention, including by non-governmental organisations, investors, customers, consumers, the Group’s employees and other stakeholders, on climate change and other sustainability matters. Despite the Group’s sustainability efforts, any failure or perceived failure to achieve its sustainability goals, including, among others, to reduce scope 1 and 2 emissions by 100 per cent. by 2030 (versus its 2020 baseline) and to make all product packaging recyclable or reusable by 2030 (versus its 2020 baseline and quality, safety and regulations permitting), or the perception (whether or not valid) that the Group has failed to act responsibly with respect to such matters or to effectively respond to new or additional legal or regulatory requirements regarding climate change, could result in adverse publicity and/or litigation which could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business and reputation. This could result in product delistings with customers or loss of preference with consumers, investors, employees or other stakeholders, which could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

The Group is dependent on shifts in the wider industry to meet some of its sustainability goals and there is a risk that the Group will not meet its goals if those shifts do not take place. In order to reduce its scope 3 carbon footprint, the Group depends on shifts in the energy grid away from fossil fuels and towards renewable sources in the areas the Group sources from and sells its products. The Group’s transition to more sustainable packaging

 

43


Table of Contents

formats and circular business models is dependent on, among other things: the supply of recycled content or alternative non-virgin petroleum-based plastic materials; regulatory approval for use of alternative materials; the availability of new packaging technologies; and improvements in recycling infrastructure. In order to meet its sustainable sourcing goals, the Group also depends on the availability of sustainably sourced commodities at a reasonable cost. Adverse developments in respect of such dependencies may result in the Group failing to meet its sustainability goals and could lead to a material adverse effect on the Group’s reputation which, in turn, could materially and adversely affect its business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

The Group may not be successful in obtaining, maintaining and enforcing sufficient intellectual property rights to protect its business, or in avoiding claims that the Group infringes on the intellectual property rights of others

The Group relies on various types of intellectual property rights such as trade marks, patents, copyrights and designs, whether registered or unregistered, as well as unpatented proprietary knowledge and trade secrets, to protect its business. However, these rights do not afford complete protection against third parties’ claims and infringements. For example, trade marks, patents, copyrights and designs are territorial; thus, the Group’s business can only claim optimal intellectual property protection in jurisdictions where the Group has obtained trade mark, patent, design and copyright registrations, or has obtained licences to use third-party trade marks, patents, copyrights or registered designs. While intellectual property laws are fairly harmonised around the world, certain countries’ laws may not protect the Group’s intellectual property rights to the same extent as afforded in the UK and the USA. Additionally, there can be no assurance that third parties will not independently develop knowledge and trade secrets that are similar to the Group’s, or develop products or brands that compete effectively with the Group’s products and brands without infringing, misusing or otherwise violating any of the Group’s intellectual property rights.

We cannot be certain that any of the Group’s registered (granted or pending) or unregistered trade marks, patents, copyrights, or designs will provide the Group with sufficient protection from competitors, or that any intellectual property rights which the Group does hold will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged in the future. In the event of such a challenge, the Group could incur significant costs to defend its intellectual property rights, even if it is ultimately successful. Additionally, there is a risk that the Group will not be able to obtain and perfect or, where appropriate, obtain licences for the intellectual property rights necessary to support new product introductions and product innovations. Additionally, the Group has licenced, and may licence in the future, trade marks, patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights to third parties. While the Group attempts to ensure that its intellectual property rights are protected when entering into business relationships, third parties may take actions that could materially and adversely affect the Group’s rights or the value of its intellectual property rights.

The Group also uses intellectual property rights in-licenced from licensors. The Group’s licences to such intellectual property rights may not provide exclusive or unrestricted rights in all fields of use and in all territories in which the Group may wish to develop or commercialise its products in the future and may restrict its rights to offer certain products in certain markets, including through non-compete provisions, or impose other obligations on the Group in exchange for its rights to the licenced intellectual property. In addition, the Group may not have full control over the maintenance, protection, enforcement or use of the intellectual property rights in-licenced from licensors, and therefore the Group may be reliant on the licensors to conduct such activities.

Disputes may arise between the Group and its licensors regarding the scope of rights or obligations under the relevant intellectual property licence agreements, including the scope of the Group’s rights to use the licenced intellectual property, the Group’s rights with respect to third parties, the Group’s and its licensors’ obligations with respect to the maintenance and protection of the licenced intellectual property, financial obligations of the Group to the licensor, and other interpretation-related issues. The agreements under which the Group licences

 

44


Table of Contents

intellectual property rights from others are complex, and the provisions of such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of the Group’s rights to the intellectual property being licenced, or increase what we believe to be its financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Termination of or disputes over such licences could result in the loss of significant rights.

Third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and misuse the Group’s proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, trade marks, patents, designs or copyrights, or infringe or otherwise violate the Group’s intellectual property rights. For example, the Group’s brands are well-established in the market and have attracted trade mark and patent infringers in the past. Additionally, the Group may not be able to prevent current and former employees, contractors and other parties from misappropriating the Group’s confidential and proprietary knowledge. Infringement, misuse or other violation of any of the Group’s intellectual property rights may dilute or diminish the value and goodwill of its brands and products in the marketplace, which could materially and adversely affect the Group’s results of operations and make it more difficult for the Group to maintain a strong market position. While the Group protects its intellectual property rights, including through litigation, where necessary, it cannot economically prevent all infringements, misuses or other violations, and any litigation could be protracted and costly and could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and results of operations regardless of its outcome.

The Group may incur liabilities or be forced to recall products as a result of real or perceived product quality or other product-related issues

Failure to comply with good manufacturing or good distribution practices and regulations, as well as other regulations in relation to product quality, throughout the Group’s in-house and contract manufacturing supply and distribution chains could lead to product supply interruptions, product recalls or withdrawals, litigation and/or regulatory enforcement action and fines from regulators, such as the FDA, EMA and NMPA, despite employee training, promotion of a health and safety culture, and control measures and systems being in place that are designed to ensure that the safety and quality of the Group’s products is maintained. By way of example, raw materials which the Group sources for production may become contaminated through the supply chain and other product defects may occur due to human error or equipment failure, among other things. Additionally, products may be contaminated or tampered with during distribution or at stores. The Group is increasingly using new technology to enhance the manufacture and testing of its products, such as the deployment of new electronic documentation systems and advanced laboratory information management tools. Such technology is inherently susceptible to the threat of cyberattacks which pose an ongoing risk to the integrity of product quality data and its audit trail. The Group also continues to be reliant on third parties and is continuing to undertake a global network rationalisation programme to reduce the number of manufacturing sites it uses, both of which are factors that may increase the risks to safe and timely supply of products.

Product recalls or withdrawals arising as a result of real or perceived product quality or other product related issues, whether initiated on a voluntary basis or otherwise, can result in a range of adverse consequences to the Group, including lost sales, the requirement to hold increased inventories of substitute products, damaged relationships with regulators, loss of market share to competitors, adverse publicity and reputational harm, in addition to the direct costs of implementing any recall. Furthermore, such product quality or other product related issues also expose the Group to a significant risk of litigation, particularly product liability claims, and regulatory action (see “—Litigation, disputes and regulatory investigations may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects).

Failure by the Group to manufacture its products in accordance with good manufacturing practices could have the potential to do significant damage to the Group’s reputation and materially and adversely affect the results of its operations and financial condition. In addition, if any of the Group’s competitors or customers supply faulty

 

45


Table of Contents

or contaminated products to the market, the Group’s industry could be negatively impacted, which in turn could have material adverse effects on the Group’s business.

A cyber-security incident, data breach or a failure of a key information technology system could materially and adversely impact the Group’s business

The Group relies extensively on information technology systems (“IT Systems”), including some which are managed, hosted, provided and/or used by third parties, including cloud-based service providers, and their vendors, in order to conduct its business.

Although the Group has a broad array of information security measures in place, the Group’s IT Systems, including those of third-party service providers with whom it has contracted, have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to computer viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorised access attempts, phishing and other cyber-attacks.

Cyber-attacks and other cyber incidents are occurring more frequently, are constantly evolving in nature, are becoming more sophisticated and are being made by groups, individuals and nation states with a wide range of expertise and motives. Such cyber-attacks and cyber incidents can take many forms, including cyber extortion, social engineering, password theft or introduction of viruses or malware, such as ransomware through phishing emails. For example, the Group experienced an increase in cyber-attacks and other cyber incidents in the months before Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, and there is a heightened risk of further cyber-attacks, including from state actors (see “—Risks Applicable to the Group relating to Changes in Law and the Political and Economic Environment, Regulation and Legislation—The Group’s business may be impacted by the effects of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine” below). While the Group has implemented systems, monitoring and training to prevent cyber-attacks and other cyber-incidents from being successful, the Group cannot guarantee that its security efforts will protect against breaches or breakdowns of its, or its third-party service providers’, IT Systems since the techniques used in these attacks change frequently and may be difficult to detect for periods of time, and so such cyber-attacks may from time to time succeed. In addition, the Group cannot guarantee that it or its third-party service providers’ response to any such incidents will fully remedy the extent of the damage caused by these incidents. Although the Group has policies and procedures in place to ensure that all personal information collected by it or its third-party service providers is securely maintained, data breaches due to human error or intentional or unintentional conduct may still occur in future.

Furthermore, the Group periodically upgrades its IT Systems or adopts new technologies. If such an upgrade or new technology does not function as designed, does not go as planned or increases the Group’s exposure to a cyber-attack or cyber incident, it may adversely impact the Group’s business, including its ability to ship products to customers, issue invoices and process payments or order raw and packaging materials. If the Group were to suffer a significant loss or disclosure of confidential business or stakeholder information as a result of a breach of its IT Systems, including those of third-party service providers with whom it has contracted, or otherwise, the Group may suffer reputational, competitive and/or business harm, incur significant costs and be subject to government investigations, litigation, fines and/or damages, which may materially and adversely impact the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

While the Group has disaster recovery and business continuity plans in place, if its IT Systems were damaged, breached or were to cease to function properly for any reason, including the poor performance of, failure of or cyber-attack on, third-party service providers, catastrophic events, power outages, cyber-security breaches, network outages, failed upgrades or other similar events and if the disaster recovery and business continuity plans do not effectively resolve such issues on a timely basis, the Group may suffer interruptions in its ability to manage or conduct business as well as reputational harm, and may be subject to governmental investigations and litigation, any of which may materially and adversely impact the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

 

46


Table of Contents

The Group relies on third parties in many aspects of its business and ineffective management of these relationships could increase the Group’s financial, legal, reputational and operational risk

Due to the scale and scope of the Group’s business, the Group relies on relationships with third parties, including its suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, contractors, commercial banks, joint venture partners and external business partners, for route to market and for certain functions (including the outsourcing of certain back office and consumer relations services). If the Group is unable to effectively manage and maintain its third-party relationships and the agreements under which the Group’s third-party partners operate, its results of operations could be adversely impacted.

For example, in China, part of the Group’s business is conducted through Sino-American Tianjin Smith Kline & French Laboratories Ltd., which is a joint venture between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited, the Tianjin Pharmaceutical Group and the Tianjin Zhongxin Pharmaceutical Group (the “TSK&F Joint Venture”), pursuant to a joint venture agreement which is due to expire in September 2024. If the Group does not renew these arrangements or implement alternative measures, in either case on acceptable terms, then the continuity and development of part of its operations and route to market in China, as well as its business, results of operations and cash flows in that market, may be adversely affected.

Failure of third parties to meet their obligations to the Group or substantial disruptions in the relationships between the Group and third parties could adversely impact the Group’s operations and financial results. Additionally, while the Group has policies and procedures for managing these relationships, they inherently involve a lesser degree of control over business operations, and compliance with laws, regulations and Group policies and practices than is available for the Group’s own operations and compliance, thereby potentially increasing the Group’s financial, reputational, operational and legal risk, including in respect of health and safety, environmental, social and governance issues, modern slavery, anti-bribery and corruption.

The Group faces various risks related to pandemics, epidemics or similar widespread public health concerns, the ultimate impact of which is outside the Group’s control and which may materially and adversely affect the Group’s operations, cash flows and financial condition

The Group faces various risks related to pandemics, epidemics or similar widespread public health concerns, including the COVID-19 pandemic. A pandemic, epidemic or similar widespread health concern could have, and COVID-19 has had and will continue to have, a variety of impacts on the Group’s business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, including:

 

   

the Group’s ability to continue to maintain and support the health, safety and well-being of the Group’s employees, including key employees;

 

   

volatility in the demand for and availability of the Group’s products, which may be caused by the temporary inability of the Group’s consumers to purchase the Group’s products due to illness, financial hardship, quarantine, government actions mandating the closure of the Group’s distributors or retailers or imposing travel or movement restrictions, shifts in demand and consumption away from more discretionary or higher priced products to lower-priced products, or pantry-loading activity;

 

   

increases in demand for certain of the Group’s products requiring the Group to increase its production capacity or acquire additional capacity at an additional cost and expense;

 

   

decreases in demand and sales for certain of the Group’s key products such as Theraflu and Robitussin due to a particularly weaker cold and flu season;

 

   

changes in regulatory policy, including restrictions on sales of certain products. For example, amid the COVID-19 pandemic, in certain countries specific restrictions were introduced on the sale of cough and cold medicines in an attempt to prevent patients from self-medicating against COVID-19 at home. In

 

47


Table of Contents
 

China, in early 2020, certain local authorities introduced temporary restrictions on the sale of such medicines, which limited sales of Contac (nasal decongestant tablets that also relieve pain and reduce fever) and Fenbid (ibuprofen-based relief medicine) by the Group in 2020, adversely affecting the Group’s revenue in Asia Pacific (“APAC”) in FY 2020. See also “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key factors affecting the Group’s results of operations and financial position—Regulation;”

 

   

changes in purchasing patterns of the Group’s consumers, including the frequency of in-store visits by consumers to retailers and dental and skin health professionals and a shift to purchasing the Group’s products online from e-commerce retailers;

 

   

disruptions to the Group’s global supply chain (including the closure of manufacturing and distribution facilities) due to, among other things, the availability of raw and packaging materials or manufacturing components; a decrease in the Group’s workforce or in the efficiency of such workforce, including as a result of illness, travel restrictions, absenteeism or governmental regulations and transportation and logistics challenges, including as a result of port and border closures and other governmental restrictions or reduced shipping capacity;

 

   

failure of third parties on which the Group relies, including the Group’s retailers, suppliers, contract manufacturers, logistics providers, customers, commercial banks, joint venture partners and external business partners, to meet their obligations to the Group, or significant disruptions in their ability to do so, which may be caused by their own financial or operational difficulties;

 

   

significant changes in the economic and political conditions of the markets in which the Group operates, which could restrict and have restricted the Group’s employees’ ability to work and travel, could mandate and have mandated or caused the closure of certain distributors or retailers, the Group’s offices, shared business service centres and/or operating and manufacturing facilities, or otherwise could prevent and have prevented the Group as well as the Group’s third-party partners, suppliers or customers from sufficiently staffing operations, including operations necessary for the manufacture, distribution, sale and support of the Group’s products;

 

   

disruptions and volatility in the global capital markets, which may increase the cost of capital and/or adversely impact the Group’s access to capital; and/or

 

   

volatility in foreign exchange rates and in raw and packaging materials and logistics costs.

Despite the Group’s efforts to manage these impacts, their ultimate impact also depends on factors beyond the Group’s knowledge or control, including the duration, severity and geographic scope of an outbreak, such as COVID-19, the availability, widespread distribution and use of safe and effective vaccines and the actions taken to contain its spread and mitigate its public health and economic effects.

The implementation of complex strategic, operational and/or change initiatives gives rise to significant execution risks, which may affect the operational capacity of the Group and may materially and adversely impact the Group if these initiatives fail to meet their objectives

The Group has undertaken a number of, and may from time to time commence, strategic, operational and/or change initiatives. For example, the Group has previously implemented strategic initiatives to effectively integrate the Novartis International A.G. (“Novartis”) and Pfizer consumer healthcare businesses and execute a targeted programme of non-core asset divestments. There may be financial, operational, regulatory, customer and reputational implications if such initiatives fail (either wholly or in part) to meet their objectives, which could place strain on the operational capacity of the Group. The scale and nature of the programmes and management challenges may cause disruption to resourcing through heightened uncertainty, increased workloads and short-term resource stretch, which, in turn, could result in the disruption of business as usual activities. Implementing further strategic, operational and/or change initiatives may amplify these risks.

 

48


Table of Contents

Any disruption caused by, or failure to successfully implement any such initiatives could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s ordinary course business and, consequently, its financial condition, results of operations and prospects, or otherwise harm the Group’s reputation.

The Group’s business is affected by seasonality, which could have a negative impact on the Group’s financial condition

Portions of the Group’s business are seasonal. This is driven by seasonal demand for certain products, including its cough, cold and flu, allergy and decongestant products, such as Theraflu and Robitussin. In respect of such products, if the seasonal effects which help to deliver performance are negatively impacted, including due to unfavourable economic conditions, this could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations for the entire year. Government measures imposed in response to COVID-19, such as lockdowns and social distancing restrictions, have tempered the usual seasonal spikes in the incidence of flu and cold, thus reducing demand for the Group’s cold and flu product lines during FY 2021. Because of quarterly fluctuations caused by these and other factors, comparisons of the Group’s operating results across different fiscal quarters may not be accurate indicators of the Group’s future performance.

The Group may not successfully acquire and integrate other businesses, licence rights to technologies or products, form and manage alliances, or divest businesses

The Group may decide in the future to pursue acquisitions, technology licensing arrangements, strategic alliances or divestitures as part of its business strategy. The Group may not complete these transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis or at all. In addition, the Group may be subject to regulatory constraints or limitations or other unforeseen factors that prevent it from realising the expected benefits of such transactions. Even if the Group is successful in completing an acquisition, the products, intellectual property and technologies that are acquired may not be successful or may require significantly greater resources and investments than originally anticipated. The Group may be unable to integrate acquisitions successfully into its existing business, and the Group may be unable to achieve expected operating margin improvements, synergies or efficiencies. The Group could also incur or assume significant debt and unknown or contingent liabilities in connection with acquisitions. The Group’s reported operating results could be negatively affected by acquisition or disposition-related charges, amortisation of expenses related to intangibles and charges for impairment of long-term assets. The Group may be subject to litigation in connection with, or as a result of, acquisitions, dispositions, licences or other alliances, including claims from terminated employees, customers or third parties, and the Group may be liable for future or existing litigation and claims related to the acquired business, disposition, licence or other alliance because either the Group is not indemnified for such claims or the scope or availability of indemnification is limited. These effects could cause the Group to incur significant expenses and could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Group’s leverage and debt service obligations could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition or results of operations

Prior to the date of this registration statement, the Group has incurred financial indebtedness in order to fund the Pre-Demerger Dividend. As a result, the Group has higher leverage levels than are reflected in the Group’s longer-term strategy and has significant debt service obligations. The Group’s longer-term strategy to improve its financial risk profile, including by reducing levels of indebtedness, may not be successful.

As at 30 May 2022, the Group had the following financial indebtedness outstanding:

 

   

£300,000,000 2.875 per cent. notes due 29 October 2028 and £400,000,000 3.375 per cent. notes due 29 March 2038, each issued by the UK Issuer pursuant to the Programme;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

€850,000,000 1.250 per cent. notes due 29 March 2026, €750,000,000 1.750 per cent. notes due 29 March 2030 and €750,000,000 2.125 per cent. notes due 29 March 2034, each issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. pursuant to the Programme;

 

   

$700,000,000 3.024 per cent. callable fixed rate senior notes due 2024, $300,000,000 callable floating rate senior notes due 2024, $2,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2027, $1,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2029, $2,000,000,000 3.625 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2032 and $1,000,000,000 4.000 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2052, each issued by the US Issuer pursuant to a private placement to institutional investors in the USA and outside the USA;

 

   

$1,750,000,000 3.125 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2025 issued by the UK Issuer pursuant to a private placement to institutional investors in the USA and outside the USA;

 

   

£nil under the Term Loan Facility (noting the Term Loan Facility is expected to be drawn on or prior to the date of the Pre-Demerger Dividend); and

 

   

£nil and $nil of RCF Loans (as defined in Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facilities”).

Following payment of the Pre-Demerger Dividend, an amount equal to the Pre-Separation Debt Proceeds less £300 million will have been distributed out of the Group, with no recourse, to GSK and Pfizer and none of the Group’s debt will continue to benefit from guarantees provided by GSK.

The degree to which the Group is leveraged could have important consequences to the Group’s business, including, but not limited to:

 

   

increasing the Group’s vulnerability to, and reducing its flexibility to respond to, a downturn in the Group’s business or general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

limiting the Group’s ability to obtain additional financing in the longer term;

 

   

requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of the Group’s cash flow from operations to the payment of interest on the Group’s indebtedness and the repayment of principal, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund capital expenditures, dividends, joint ventures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;

 

   

increasing the cost of future borrowings for the Group;

 

   

a downgrade in the Group’s credit rating, which may, in turn, increase the cost of the Group’s financing arrangements and make it difficult for the Group to access financing on commercially acceptable terms or at all;

 

   

limiting the Group’s flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the Group’s business and the competitive environment and the industry in which it operates; and

 

   

placing the Group at a competitive disadvantage as compared to some of its competitors, to the extent that they are not as highly leveraged.

Any of these or other consequences or events could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Group may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Programme, the EMTN Issuers have capacity to issue up to £10,000,000,000 in principal amount of notes (inclusive of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes that have already been issued) which could further increase the Group’s leverage and financial indebtedness. In addition, the Group’s Revolving Credit

 

50


Table of Contents

Facilities make available £1,000,000,000 and $1,400,000,000 of commitments to provide RCF Loans which remain undrawn as at 30 May 2022. The covenants in existing financing instruments do not fully prohibit the Company or its subsidiaries from incurring more indebtedness. If new debt is added to the Group’s debt levels, the risks that it faces could intensify. The incurrence of additional indebtedness would increase the leverage-related risks described herein and would increase the risk of a downgrade in the Group’s credit rating.

The Group’s business and results of operations are affected by fluctuations in interest rates

The Group is subject to risk from financial instruments that bear interest at floating rates, including one series of the Pre-Separation USD Notes and borrowings under the Group’s bank financing facilities (see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness”). These interest rates could rise significantly in the future, thereby increasing the Group’s interest expenses associated with these obligations and reducing cash flow available for other purposes.

The Group expects to hedge a portion of the interest rates on its financial instruments with the aim of achieving an appropriate balance of fixed-rate and floating-rate exposures. However, it may not be able to enter into, replace or extend such hedges on terms that are acceptable to the Group, or at all, and either the Group’s overall strategy or any individual hedge may not be fully effective, which would expose the Group to interest rate risk.

Goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets are a material component of the Group’s balance sheet and impairments of these assets could have a significant impact on its results

The Group has recorded a significant amount of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets, representing £26.45 billion as of 31 December 2021, on its balance sheet. The Group tests the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The estimates and assumptions about future results of operations and cash flows made in connection with impairment testing could differ from future actual results of operations and cash flows. While we have concluded that the Group’s goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets are not impaired, future events could cause us to conclude that the goodwill associated with a given segment, or one of the Group’s indefinite-life intangible assets, may have become impaired. Any resulting impairment charge, although non-cash, could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Changes in Law and the Political and Economic Environment, Regulation and Legislation

The Group’s business is subject to legal and regulatory risks in all the markets in which it operates, which may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business operations and financial condition

The Group’s business is subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements in all the markets in which it operates. Such legal and regulatory requirements apply to most aspects of the Group’s products, including their development, ingredients, formulation, manufacture, packaging content, labelling, storage, transportation, distribution, export, import, advertising, promotion beyond therapeutic indications, sale and environmental impact. Many different governmental and regulatory authorities in the Group’s markets regulate and have jurisdiction over different aspects of the Group’s business activities. In addition, the Group’s selling practices are regulated by competition law authorities in the UK, as well as in the EU, the USA and other markets.

For example, in China, where the Group has significant sales and operations, governmental authorities introduced changes in regulations relating to registrations of all generic medicines (including OTC products) and recently introduced changes for oral health products. These affect both new and existing products and impose increased data submission requirements for products the Group markets in China. There is a risk that commercialisation of certain products of the Group may be restricted in China if the Group is unable to comply with these regulatory changes on the required timetable.

 

51


Table of Contents

New or more stringent legal or regulatory requirements, or more restrictive interpretations of existing requirements, could materially and adversely impact the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, regulators have decided, and might decide in the future, that certain products of the Group should be prescription only or otherwise reclassified, resulting in new regulations and laws, including in respect of claims, becoming applicable to such products.

Because of the Group’s extensive international operations, the Group could be materially and adversely affected by violations of worldwide anti-bribery laws, including those that prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials or other third parties for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, such as the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other laws that prohibit commercial bribery. Additionally, in certain jurisdictions, the Group’s engagement with healthcare professionals and other external leaders is subject to applicable restrictions. While the Group’s policies mandate compliance with such laws, the Group cannot provide assurance that the Group’s internal control policies and procedures will always protect the Group from reckless or criminal acts committed by its employees, joint venture partners or agents. Similarly, due to the Group’s international operations, the Group could also be materially and adversely affected by any violations of international sanctions laws, which continue to evolve in response to geopolitical events (see also see “—The Group’s business may be impacted by the effects of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine”) Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt the Group’s business and materially and adversely affect its reputation and the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

While it is the Group’s policy to comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to the Group’s business, there can be no guarantee that the Group will always achieve full compliance and a finding that the Group is in violation of, or out of compliance with, applicable laws or regulations could subject the Group to civil remedies, including fines, damages, injunctions or product recalls, or criminal sanctions, any of which could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Even if a claim is unsuccessful, is without merit or is not fully pursued, the cost of responding to such a claim, including management time and out-of-pocket expenses, and the negative publicity surrounding such assertions regarding the Group’s products, processes or business practices could materially and adversely affect the Group’s reputation, brand image and the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

The Group faces risks relating to the regulation and perception of the ingredients it uses in its products, which could materially and adversely impact the Group’s business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations

Regulatory bodies and consumer groups may, from time to time, request or conduct reviews of the use of certain ingredients that are used in manufacturing the Group’s products, the results of which may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business as the Group may need to reformulate its products. For example, certain materials in consumer products are under scrutiny in the EU, such as Titanium Dioxide, Synthetic Amorphous Silica and the potential in medicines for Nitrosamine formation in medicines. If the result of such reviews is an inability to use or restrictions on the use of certain ingredients and/or any requirement for remedial action, the Group may incur significant additional costs and/or need to invest substantial resources to make formulation adjustments to its products. Additionally, the Group may be adversely affected by the findings and any remedial actions resulting from the EU’s ongoing investigations into the impact of pharmaceuticals in the environment, such as the levels of diclofenac measured in water in the EU.

While the Group monitors and seeks to respond to and address the impact of any emerging regulatory and legislative developments, new or more stringent ingredient legislation could have a negative impact on the Group’s business, undermine the Group’s reputation and goodwill and affect consumer demand or trade customer demand for products containing such ingredients. If the Group voluntarily removes, or is required to remove, certain ingredients from its products, it may not be able to develop an alternative formulation, successfully modify its existing products or obtain necessary regulatory approvals on a timely basis, or at all, which could materially and adversely impact the Group’s business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

52


Table of Contents

The Group’s business is subject to market fluctuations and general economic conditions, including inflationary pressures, each of which may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects

Uncertainty, fluctuations or negative trends in the international economic climate have had and could continue to have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and profitability. There will be market fluctuations and economic factors that will be beyond the Group’s control, but that will have the potential to materially and adversely affect its business, revenue, financial condition and operating results.

Such factors include: (i) inflation or deflation; (ii) changes in government, fiscal and monetary policies; (iii) changes in the financial standing of the Group’s customers, suppliers and consumers, including levels of employment, real disposable income, salaries and wage rates; (iv) consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions; (v) retailers’ perception of consumer spending habits; (vi) technological change; (vii) exposure to possibly adverse governmental or regulatory actions in countries where the Group operates or conducts business; (viii) levels of volatility in global markets; (ix) exposure to the effects of economic sanctions or other restrictive economic measures as a result of the Group’s global presence; and (x) any change or development in global, national or regional economic and political conditions.

For example, the Group is exposed to inflationary pressures and commodity prices, which generally effect the Group through their impact on payroll and supply costs (including freight). Inflationary pressures in FY 2021 increased the Group’s commodity, freight and payroll costs, which had an adverse impact on the Group’s operating profit and operating profit margin. Whilst the Group may increase product prices in order to mitigate the impact of inflation, competitive pressures may constrain the Group’s ability to fully recover any increased costs in this way, and so the Group may remain subject to market risk with respect to inflationary pressures and increases in commodity prices. In addition, the Group’s initiatives to offset headwinds from inflation in input prices and commodities, including forward buying, value engineering and alternative supply arrangements, may not be sufficient to mitigate these risks.

Whilst the Group’s diversified geographic presence, product offering and consumer profile may help to mitigate its exposure to risks that are localised or product- or consumer group-specific, there can be no assurance that these risks would arise in such a way. The occurrence of any of these risks could materially and adversely affect the business, revenue, financial condition and operating results of the Group.

Litigation, disputes and regulatory investigations may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects

The Group is, and may in the future be, subject to legal proceedings, disputes and regulatory and governmental investigations in various contexts, including consumer fraud actions, competitor and regulatory challenges to product and marketing claims, competition law investigations, product liability and quality claims, human resources claims, contractual disputes and other disputes or claims arising in the ordinary course of its business operations. These legal actions, disputes and investigations may relate to aspects of the Group’s businesses and operations that are specific to the Group, or that are common to companies that operate in the Group’s markets, and this risk may be enhanced in circumstances where the Group is operating in new markets. Legal actions and disputes may arise under contracts, regulations or from a course of conduct taken by the Group, and may be class actions.

For example, in the USA, the Group is a defendant in ongoing proton pump inhibitor (“PPI”) litigation, in which plaintiffs have alleged that their use of PPIs caused serious bodily injuries. The Group has filed motions to dismiss several hundred cases, but the court has not yet ruled on those motions. In addition, certain members of the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group are party to proceedings relating to the detection of N-Nitroso-dimethylamine in Zantac (ranitidine) products. Pursuant to the Pfizer SAPA, CH JVCo is required to indemnify the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group in respect of “Purchaser Liabilities” and “Assumed Liabilities” (each as

 

53


Table of Contents

defined in the Pfizer SAPA), which may include liabilities related to OTC Zantac (see “—The Group has indemnification obligations in favour of the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group, which could be significant and have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects of the Group” below). Further, in 2013, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare GmbH & Co. KG and other members of a German trade mark association were fined by the Federal Cartel Office of Germany, as a result of the exchange of certain information during meetings from 2004 to 2006. Following the fine, the Group has become party to several civil proceedings in Germany for follow-on damages. An adverse outcome in such proceedings (or any other related proceedings) may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

Although the Group has developed and implemented a set of standards, controls, and policies and procedures that are highly tailored to the specific requirements of the Group and the regulatory regimes of the jurisdictions in which it operates, there is no guarantee that those standards, controls, and policies and procedures will totally shield the Group from liability, and the Group remains exposed to the risk of potential civil and/or criminal actions leading to damages, fines and sanctions. For example, the risk of consumer fraud class actions, competitor, regulatory and governmental challenges to product and marketing claims, and product liability lawsuits remains significant. Governmental agencies such as the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) are very active in oversight of consumer products as they seek to prevent consumer fraud. The FTC may have changing enforcement priorities in this area, for example, the use of expert endorsements/testimonials, COVID-19-related marketing claims, all-natural marketing claims and environmental marketing claims. Consumer fraud actions, and competitor, regulatory and governmental challenges to product and marketing claims, and class action lawsuits affecting the Group have the potential to do significant damage to the Group’s reputation and materially and adversely affect the results of its operations and financial condition.

Given the large or indeterminate amounts of damages sometimes sought by claimants, other sanctions that might be imposed (including the Group no longer being able to use key claims) and the inherent unpredictability of litigation and disputes, it is possible that an adverse outcome to any litigation, dispute, government or regulatory investigation could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. At 31 December 2021, the Group had £14 million of provisions for legal disputes and matters, including amounts relating to legal and administrative proceedings, which are included within “Other provisions” as set out in Note 26 to the Financial Statements.

The Group faces risks associated with significant international operations, which could negatively impact the Group’s business

The Group operates on a global basis with 96.6 per cent. of the Group’s revenue in FY 2021 originating in markets outside the United Kingdom. While geographic diversity helps to reduce the Group’s exposure to risks in any one country or part of the world, it also means that the Group faces risks associated with significant international operations, including, but not limited to:

 

   

changes in exchange rates for foreign currencies (as set out in more detail at “—The Group is exposed to risks relating to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related hedging activities, which could negatively impact the Group’s financial condition and prospects” below);

 

   

exchange controls, export controls, economic sanctions and other limits on the Group’s ability to import or export raw materials or finished products, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or to repatriate earnings from overseas;

 

   

political or economic instability, geopolitical events (such as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine), environmental events, widespread health emergencies, such as the COVID-19 pandemic or other pandemics or epidemics, natural disasters or social or labour unrest;

 

   

rising geopolitical trade tensions in the Group’s key markets, such as between the USA, Western Europe and China;

 

54


Table of Contents
   

changing macroeconomic conditions in the Group’s markets;

 

   

lack of well-established, reliable and/or impartial legal systems in certain countries where the Group operates and difficulties in enforcing contractual, intellectual property or other legal rights;

 

   

foreign ownership and investment restrictions and the potential for nationalisation or expropriation of property or other resources;

 

   

changes to trade policies and agreements and other foreign or domestic legal and regulatory requirements, including those resulting in potentially adverse tax consequences or the imposition of and/or the increase in onerous trade restrictions, tariffs and/or price controls (including requirements to exclusively utilise local manufacturing); and

 

   

changes to labour laws, travel or immigration restrictions, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or other pandemics or epidemics.

Any or all of the foregoing risks could have a significant impact on the Group’s ability to sell its products on a competitive basis in international markets and may materially and adversely affect its business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, a number of these risks may adversely impact consumer confidence and consumption, which could reduce sales volumes of the Group’s products or result in a shift in its product mix from higher margin to lower margin product offerings.

Volatility in material and other costs could materially and adversely impact the Group’s profitability

Increases in the costs of and/or a reduction in the availability of materials, including active pharmaceutical ingredients and excipients and raw and packaging material commodities, as well as labour, energy, logistics and other necessary services, such as those seen during the COVID-19 pandemic, may adversely affect the Group’s profit margins. If material and other cost increases continue in the future and the Group is unable to pass along such higher costs in the form of price increases, achieve cost efficiencies, such as in manufacturing and distribution, or otherwise manage the exposure through sourcing strategies, ongoing productivity initiatives and the potential use of commodity hedging contracts, the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted. In addition, even if the Group were able to increase the prices of its products in response to material and other cost increases, the Group may not be able to sustain the price increases. Also, sustained price increases may lead to declines in sales volumes as competitors may not adjust their prices or consumers may decide not to pay higher prices, which could lead to sales declines and loss of market share and could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Group’s business may be impacted by the effects of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine

The Group is monitoring the effects of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, with the board of directors of GSK overseeing and monitoring key risks. The board of directors of the Company will assume oversight and management of these risks after Separation. The Group’s operations and presence in Russia and Ukraine is limited and these markets accounted for less than 3 per cent. of each of the Group’s revenue and Adjusted operating profit in FY 2021. However, the broader economic consequences of the invasion are currently difficult to predict, and geopolitical instability, the imposition of sanctions and other restrictive measures against Russia and any retaliatory actions taken by Russia in response to such measures could adversely affect the global markets and the global geopolitical and economic environment, which could in turn adversely impact the Group’s business and/or the trading prices of its securities. Specifically, the Group faces the following risks:

 

   

The Group’s business includes employees based in Russia and Ukraine and revenue deriving from sales in Russia and Ukraine. The situation remains highly uncertain and the Group is actively monitoring the situation, the risks to its employees and the significant risk of disruption to its

 

55


Table of Contents
 

operations, including in relation to the importation and distribution of its products, in Russia and Ukraine and other countries in the region.

 

   

The Group generates revenue from sales of its products in Russia in the Russian Ruble, while significant costs (notably, manufacturing and supply chain costs) associated with those products are denominated in other currencies, such as Euro and US Dollar. The international response to the invasion, including the imposition of international sanctions against Russia, has had a significant adverse effect on the value of the Russian Ruble, which has reduced the Group’s revenue from its operations in Russia without a corresponding reduction in costs, and the Group may not be able to offset the devaluation of the Russian Ruble through increased prices of its products. In addition, the imposition of exchange controls may limit the Group’s ability to repatriate profits from its operations in Russia.

 

   

The Group’s customers in Russia and Ukraine have been significantly negatively affected by the factors described above, which exposes the Group to increased counterparty risk in relation to these customers and receivables from these customers.

 

   

Given the Group’s international presence, it is subject to various global sanctions regimes, and similar laws, regulations or orders imposed in response to the invasion, many of which are evolving rapidly. The Group is monitoring changes to applicable global sanctions regimes to ensure it remains in compliance with its obligations, as any failure to comply with the evolving sanctions could present legal and reputational risks, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business. In addition, there is a risk that Russia’s response to the global sanctions regime, as well as additional international sanctions against Russia, creates regulatory uncertainty and presents further compliance challenges for the Group’s operations, which will increase compliance costs and make it difficult to continue operations in Russia.

 

   

There may be certain reputational risks associated with the Group’s continued presence in the Russian market. Negative publicity surrounding the Group’s continued presence and/or supply of products to the general public in Russia could damage the Group’s brands and its reputation, lead to boycotts of its products outside of Russia and/or have consequences on the continuation of operations and/or sales in Russia, including a determination by the Group to discontinue all sales in Russia.

 

   

As of the date of this registration statement, the Russian government has indicated it has drawn up plans to seize the assets of western companies leaving Russia. While the scope of such measures is not presently clear, if the Group ceased its activities and/or suspended its operations in Russia and did not resume its presence in Russia within a certain period of time, there is a risk the Russian government could (i) nationalise the Group’s assets located in Russia, (ii) allow the Group’s patents and trade marks to be used within Russia without the Group’s consent and/or (iii) introduce restrictions on, or impose unfavourable terms in respect of, payments made from Russia or relating to assets in Russia.

In addition to the specific implications for the Group’s operations in Russia and Ukraine, the Group may be affected by broader impacts on the global geopolitical and economic environment, including (but not limited to) changes in commodity, freight, logistics and input costs.

The situation remains highly uncertain and there may be additional risks to the Group arising out of or relating to the Russian invasion of Ukraine, and the escalating military conflict in the region, which could also have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business.

Failure to comply with regulation regarding the use of personal data could lead to significant fines and regulatory action against the Group

The Group is subject to regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates regarding the use of personal data. The Group collects and processes personal data from its consumers, customers, business contacts and employees

 

56


Table of Contents

as part of the operation of its business, and therefore it must comply with data protection and privacy laws. Those laws generally impose certain requirements on the Group in respect of the collection, retention, use and processing of such personal information. Notwithstanding its efforts, the Group is exposed to the risk that this data could be wrongfully appropriated, lost, disclosed, retained, stolen or processed in breach of data protection laws. In addition, increased regulatory restrictions on the use of cookies may materially and adversely affect the Group’s marketing practices as well as the cost efficiency of such strategies. Failure to operate effective data collection controls could potentially lead to regulatory censure, fines, reputational and financial costs.

Regulation (EU) No 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation), as amended (the “EU GDPR” or “GDPR”) (and the GDPR as it forms part of retained EU law in the UK, as defined in the EU (Withdrawal) Act 2018) (“UK GDPR”)), as well as the increased data protection regulation in other jurisdictions, such as the Personal Information Protection Law 2021 in China, the Federal Law No. 152-FZ on Personal Data in Russia, and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 in California, USA, introduced the potential for significant new levels of fines for non-compliance based on turnover. The Group will continue to review and develop existing processes to ensure that customer personal data is processed in compliance with applicable requirements, and it may be required to expend significant capital or other resources and/or modify its operations to meet such requirements, any or a combination of which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and financial results, or otherwise harm its reputation.

Failure to comply, or the costs of complying, with environmental and health and safety regulations could materially and adversely affect the Group’s operations

The Group is subject to regulation relating to the protection of the environment and health and safety, including regulations governing air emission, effluent discharge, and the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of certain materials. We believe that the Group is in compliance in all material respects with all such laws, rules, regulations and policies applicable to the Group. However, there can be no assurance that the Group will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with such environmental and health and safety laws and regulations in the future. Additionally, failure to manage environmental, health and safety and sustainability risks could lead to significant harm to people, the environment and communities in which the Group operates, fines, failure to meet stakeholder expectations and regulatory requirements, litigation or regulatory action and damage to the Group’s reputation and could materially and adversely affect the Group’s financial results. Additionally, working conditions in global supply chains are subject to increased scrutiny and growing regulatory and legislative requirements, including for companies to evidence their human rights due diligence assessments. Failure to comply with such requirements could result in sanctions, including injunctions, fines, civil liability and exclusion from public procurement being imposed on the Group.

In addition, most product, component and raw material supply chains present a number of potential reputational risks relating to: labour standards; health, safety and environmental standards; raw material sourcing; and the social, ethical and environmental performance of third party manufacturers and other suppliers. The Group mandates minimum requirements regarding these issues, in line with international guidelines, for the Group’s own manufacturing sites, third party manufacturers and suppliers. If it is perceived that the Group is not respecting or advancing the economic and social progress and safety of the local communities it works in, the Group’s reputation could be damaged, which could have a negative impact on the Group’s “social licence to operate”, the Group’s ability to secure new resources and labour and the Group’s financial performance.

 

57


Table of Contents

The Group is exposed to risks relating to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related hedging activities, which could negatively impact the Group’s financial condition and prospects

As further described at “—The Group faces risks associated with significant international operations, which could negatively impact the Group’s business” above, the Group operates internationally and holds assets, incurs liabilities, generates sales and pays expenses in a variety of currencies other than Pounds Sterling (the currency in which it reports its financial results). The most significant foreign currency exposures are to the USD, Euro, Swiss Franc and Chinese Renminbi, including $8,669 million of USD-denominated debt and €2,331 million of Euro denominated debt incurred by the Group as at 31 March 2022. The Group’s operations outside the United Kingdom generated 96.6 per cent. of revenue in FY 2021.

Fluctuations in exchange rates for foreign currencies have reduced and could continue to reduce the Pounds Sterling value of sales, earnings and cash flows the Group receives from markets outside the United Kingdom, increase its supply costs (as measured in Pounds Sterling) in those markets, negatively impact its competitiveness in those markets or otherwise materially and adversely impact its business or financial condition. The Group’s foreign currency exposure will be greater for so long as the leverage levels of the Group are higher than are reflected in the Group’s longer-term strategy, the success of which cannot be guaranteed. The Group aims to manage this risk through hedging where possible and practical; however, there are risks associated with the use of hedging instruments (including derivative financial instruments). While limiting to some degree the Group’s risk from fluctuations in currency exchange, such hedging activities may be ineffective or may not offset more than a portion of the adverse financial effect resulting from variations to such rates. The Group is also exposed to counterparty credit (or repayment) risk in respect of counterparties to hedging contracts.

To the extent any hedging activities of the Group are wholly or partially ineffective, or to the extent a hedging counterparty fails to meet its obligations under any hedging agreement, this could result in losses which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Determinations made by the Group with respect to the application of tax law may result in challenges from or disputes with tax authorities which result in the payment of additional amounts for tax

The Group has a significant exposure to business operations which are subject to taxation across multiple jurisdictions. The worldwide nature of the Group’s operations means that intellectual property, R&D and manufacturing operations are centred in a number of locations. A consequence of this is that the Group’s cross-border supply routes, which are necessary to ensure supplies of healthcare products into numerous end markets, can be subject to complex tax laws and can result in conflicting claims from tax authorities as to the profits to be taxed in individual countries. Additionally, the Group is subject to many different forms of taxation within any given jurisdiction in which it operates (including, but not limited to, corporate income taxes, capital gains taxes on direct or indirect transfers of ownership, stamp duty and similar transfer taxes, value added taxes, property taxes and social security and other payroll taxes) and many tax regimes—domestically as well as cross-border—are increasingly complex (such that the proper interpretation and application of tax laws is not always clear). This means that the Group may be subject to domestic and cross-border tax authority disputes (potentially including disputes between tax authorities), including with respect to the actions taken, or to be taken, in connection with Separation, which could result in the payment of additional amounts of tax. Such potential disputes and the resulting payment obligations could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

At 31 December 2021, the Group had recognised provisions of £150 million in respect of uncertain tax positions.

 

58


Table of Contents

The Company is a foreign private issuer and, as a result, it is not subject to US proxy rules and is subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a US domestic public company

The Company is a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined under the Exchange Act. As a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, the Company is exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to US domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorisations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while US domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year and US domestic issuers that are large accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, which is intended to prevent issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of all of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of a company that is not a foreign private issuer.

In addition, as a foreign private issuer, the Company will also be entitled to rely on exceptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

If the Company loses its foreign private issuer status in the future, it may incur significant additional expenses which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition

The Company is a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined under the Exchange Act, and, therefore, the Company is not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. See “—The Company is a foreign private issuer and, as a result, it is not subject to US proxy rules and is subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a US domestic public company.” Under the Exchange Act, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to the Company on 30 June 2022.

In the future, the Company would lose its foreign private issuer status if a majority of its shares are owned by US residents and: (i) a majority of its directors or executive officers are US citizens or residents; (ii) more than 50 per cent. of its assets are located in the USA; or (iii) its business is administered principally in the USA. As of 31 December 2021, 37 per cent. of the Group’s assets were located in the USA. The regulatory and compliance costs to the Company under US securities laws as a US domestic issuer may be significantly more than costs the Company incurs as a foreign private issuer. If the Company is not a foreign private issuer, it would be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on US domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. The Company would also have to mandatorily comply with US federal proxy requirements, and its executive officers, directors and principal shareholders would become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Further, the Company would be required under current SEC rules to prepare its financial statements in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles and modify certain of its policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with US domestic issuers. In addition, the Company may lose its ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on US stock exchanges that are available

 

59


Table of Contents

to foreign private issuers. Such transition and modifications would involve additional costs and may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Separation

The Group may fail to realise any or all of the anticipated benefits of Separation

The extent to which the anticipated benefits of Separation, including, among others, the creation of a standalone public company with a leadership team with independent control of its strategy and capital allocation decisions and the maximisation of shareholder value, may be realised, is subject to a number of factors, including many which are outside of the Group’s control. There can be no guarantee that the anticipated benefits of Separation will be realised in full or in part, or as to the timing when any such benefits may be realised. Failure to realise the anticipated benefit of Separation, in full or in part, or in a timely manner, could result in a delay in the execution of the strategic objectives of the Group and/or have a disruptive effect on the Group’s management and employees. This could in turn have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

The Company will incur new costs in its transition to a standalone public company and its management team will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters

As a standalone public company, the Company will incur additional legal, accounting, financing and other expenses, including the costs of recruiting and retaining non-executive directors, costs resulting from public company reporting obligations and the rules and regulations regarding corporate governance practices, including the listing requirements of the LSE and the NYSE. There can be no assurance that, under a changed Board structure and ownership, and in an environment where it is subject to greater scrutiny and disclosure requirements, the Group will be able to manage its operations in the same manner as it has done as part of the GSK Group (see also “—Following Separation, the Company will need to operate as an independent publicly listed company and the Group could fail to meet the challenges involved in operating successfully as a standalone business”).

In particular, the Group will be subject to increased regulatory obligations as a result of being listed, and its management team will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that the Group complies with all of these requirements. The implementation of new policies and procedures across the Group could require significant time and energy that would otherwise be devoted to the business’ operating activities and strategy. In addition, the reporting requirements, rules and regulations will increase the Group’s legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”), as well as regulations subsequently adopted by the SEC and the NYSE, have imposed various requirements on public companies, including rules regarding corporate governance practices. Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that the Group maintain and periodically evaluate its internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. The Group and its management team will have to perform system and process evaluation and testing of the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting to allow management and the Group’s reporting accountants to report on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting, as required by section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley.

The Group currently tests its internal controls over financial reporting on a regular basis, in accordance with the financial reporting practices and policies of the GSK Group. However, doing so as a standalone entity may require the Group’s management team and other employees to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements and also increase the Group’s legal and financial compliance costs. In particular, compliance with section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley after Separation will require additional expenses and management efforts.

 

60


Table of Contents

Following Separation, the Company will need to operate as an independent publicly listed company and the Group could fail to meet the challenges involved in operating successfully as a standalone business

Following Separation, the Company will need to operate as an independent publicly listed company.

The Group’s operations have historically benefited from certain GSK central office resources, including, among other things, access to its larger finance and treasury, corporate secretariat, legal, procurement, information technology, investor relations and human resources teams. The Group has also benefited from negotiated arrangements with third-party suppliers, distributors, licensors, lessors, other business partners and/or counterparties as part of the larger GSK Group. It cannot be assured that the Group will be able to maintain such arrangements or replace them on similar terms.

Following Separation, the Group will take on additional responsibility for these activities and, in preparation, it has enhanced its standalone arrangements in a wide range of areas, including finance and treasury, corporate secretariat and investor relations. Further, the Group will continue to have access to certain resources of the GSK Group under the terms of the Transition Services Agreement (see “—For a period following Separation, the Company will be reliant on the GSK Group for the provision of certain services and any disruption to such services could be costly and materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations, financial conditions and prospects” below).

However, there remains a risk that the Group could suffer operational difficulties without access to the support and services from GSK following Separation, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business. These challenges include: (i) demonstrating to interested parties that Separation will not result in adverse changes in standards of business and impairment of relationships with consumers, customers, regulators or employees; (ii) retaining key personnel; (iii) distraction of management; (iv) difficulty in marketing and communicating effectively the capabilities of the Group as a standalone business; and (v) successfully negotiating the rebranding exercise such that consumers accept the new branding under the Company name. Furthermore, there remains a risk that operating as an independent group may reduce the Group’s flexibility to deal with unexpected events and require additional resources.

In addition, there is a risk that the actual costs of the standalone arrangements could be higher than expected, that there could be unanticipated dis-synergies and/or that the Group will need to further invest in new services and functions. These risks, individually or together, could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

For a period following Separation, the Company will be reliant on the GSK Group for the provision of certain services and any disruption to such services could be costly and materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations, financial conditions and prospects

In connection with the Demerger and Separation, GSK and the Company entered into a Transition Services Agreement. Services to be procured by the Group under the Transition Services Agreement include certain information services, back office services and distribution services for a transitional period as required by the Group. The majority of services will be provided for a fixed period of not more than 12 months, and certain services may be extended subject to certain conditions. As the Group does not currently have the capabilities to provide these services internally, on a standalone basis, without third-party support, the Transition Services Agreement provides contractual protections for the continued provision of these services during the relevant transitional period, absent which the Group would need to procure these services from other third-party providers. As a result, any significant disruption or other issues in the services provided by the GSK Group under the Transition Services Agreement, even if they give rise to a contractual claim, may cause operational difficulties that could negatively impact the Group’s performance and results of operations.

 

61


Table of Contents

Following the transitional periods set out in the Transition Services Agreement, the Group will be required to provide these services internally or obtain these services from a third-party provider. If the Group does not effectively develop and implement these capabilities, or it is unable to source further arrangements from third-party providers, its business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

The Group has indemnification obligations in favour of the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group, which could be significant and have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects of the Group

GSK, Pfizer and CH JVCo, entered into the Pfizer SAPA on 19 December 2018 pursuant to which GSK, Pfizer and CH JVCo agreed to form a new global consumer healthcare joint venture. The Pfizer SAPA, as amended from time to time, including by the Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement, contains certain cross indemnities among the GSK Group, the Pfizer Group and the Group. Among other provisions, CH JVCo is required to indemnify the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group in respect of “Purchaser Liabilities” and “Assumed Liabilities.” The Company is also required to guarantee such indemnity obligations of CH JVCo which may include liabilities related to OTC Zantac. Certain members of the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group are party to certain proceedings relating to the detection of N-Nitroso-dimethylamine in Zantac (ranitidine) products. While Pfizer and GSK have each served the Group with notice of potential claims under the relevant indemnification provisions in the Pfizer SAPA in relation to possible liabilities connected with OTC Zantac, it is not possible, at this stage, to meaningfully assess whether the outcome will result in a probable outflow, or to quantify or reliably estimate what liability (if any) that the Group may have to the GSK Group and/or the Pfizer Group under the relevant indemnities.

Pursuant to certain other agreements entered into between the GSK Group and the Group in connection with Separation, including the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement, the GSK Group and the Group have provided certain cross indemnities in relation to certain businesses, assets, liabilities and employees transferring from the GSK Group to the Group, as well as from the Group to the GSK Group. For example, these include certain manufacturing sites in Argentina and Brazil to be transferred from the GSK Group to the Group following Separation. Among other requirements, CH JVCo is required to indemnify GSK in respect of losses resulting from or arising out of past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct of certain aspects of such assets and/or businesses transferring from the GSK Group to the Group.

In addition, on or around the date of this registration statement, GSK, Pfizer, Haleon, CH JVCo and GSKCHH entered into a tax covenant (the “Tax Covenant”), which is to be effective from the time of the Demerger. The Tax Covenant contains certain indemnities (subject to certain financial and other limitations) in respect of taxation given from GSK and Pfizer to Haleon (and vice versa).

Such indemnities will survive completion of the Demerger and Separation. If any amounts payable by the Group under the indemnities (or additional taxes imposed on the Group that are not indemnified by GSK and/or Pfizer under the Tax Covenant) are substantial, this could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects of the Group.

GSK and Pfizer may compete with the Group

GSK and Pfizer will not be restricted from competing with the Group in the consumer healthcare business, including as a result of acquiring a company that operates a consumer healthcare business. Due to the significant resources of GSK and Pfizer, including brand recognition, financial resources and know-how resulting from the previous management of the Group’s business, GSK and Pfizer could have a significant competitive advantage over the Group should they decide to engage in the type of business the Group conducts, which may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

62


Table of Contents

If the Demerger does not qualify for its intended US tax treatment, US Holders of GSK Shares and/or GSK ADSs could be subject to tax in connection with the receipt of Haleon Shares and/or Haleon ADSs

The rules for determining whether a distribution such as the Demerger qualifies for tax-free treatment for US federal income tax purposes are complex and depend on all the relevant facts and circumstances. GSK intends for the Demerger to qualify as a tax-free reorganisation under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). GSK applied for an IRS private letter ruling confirming such qualification, in part because the Demerger and related transactions raise certain technical issues under these rules (including the satisfaction of the “active trade or business” requirement and certain other requirements under section 355 of the Code). On 31 March 2022, the IRS notified GSK that the IRS had determined, in the exercise of its discretion, not to issue the requested ruling. At the same time, the IRS indicated that it had not concluded whether the proposed Demerger would be taxable and therefore was not ruling adversely on the request. Given the discretionary nature of the IRS’s ruling standards, the IRS has wide discretion in deciding to decline a ruling request with respect to a particular transaction. Obtaining an IRS ruling is generally not a legal requirement for a transaction to qualify as tax-free for US federal income tax purposes.

GSK expects to receive a tax opinion from KPMG LLP to the effect that the Demerger should qualify as a tax-free reorganisation under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code (the receipt of such tax opinion not being a condition to the Demerger). The tax opinion will be subject to customary qualifications and assumptions, and will be based on factual representations and undertakings. The failure of any factual representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete in all material respects, or any undertakings to be fully complied with, could affect the validity of the tax opinion. Moreover, the tax opinion will not be binding on the IRS or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the conclusions set forth in the tax opinion. Therefore, no assurances can be given that the Demerger will qualify for its intended US tax treatment.

If the Demerger were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain or loss under section 355 and related provisions of the Code, then if you are a US Holder (as defined below in “Item 10. Additional Information—10.E Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) who receives Haleon Shares and/or Haleon ADSs in the Demerger, generally you would be treated as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Haleon Shares and/or Haleon ADSs received. The distribution would be treated as a taxable dividend to the extent of your share of GSK’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under US federal income tax principles). GSK does not calculate its earnings and profits under US federal income tax principles; you should therefore expect that the distribution of Haleon Shares and/or Haleon ADSs would be reported as a dividend for US federal income tax purposes. See below in “Item 10. Additional Information—10.E Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

The Company’s status as a non-US corporation for US federal income tax purposes could be affected by a potential change in law

Corporations such as the Company that are organised outside the United States are generally treated as non-US corporations for US federal income tax purposes. However, section 7874 of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder can cause a corporation organised outside the United States to be treated as a US corporation for US federal income tax purposes if (i) the corporation (the “Acquiring Non-US Corporation”) directly or indirectly acquires substantially all of the properties of a US corporation (the “Acquired US Corporation”), (ii) the shareholders of the Acquired US Corporation are treated as holding at least 80% of the shares of the Acquiring Non-US Corporation after the acquisition by reason of holding shares in the Acquired US Corporation (adjusting, for this purpose, for certain transactions such as certain contributions and distributions and for certain fact patterns) and (iii) certain other requirements are met.

A corporation that is treated as a US corporation as a result of the application of these rules generally is subject to US federal income tax on its worldwide income, and dividends it pays to shareholders that are not US Holders

 

63


Table of Contents

(as defined below in “Item 10. Additional Information—10.E. Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) are subject to US withholding taxes, among other adverse consequences. Because such a corporation would be a dual resident for tax purposes, these taxes may apply in addition to (and not instead of) the taxes imposed by the jurisdiction in which such corporation is otherwise resident, and there may be other adverse tax consequences of being dual resident for tax purposes (such as restrictions on use of certain reliefs). In addition, even if the Acquiring Non-US Corporation is not treated as a US corporation under the test described above, in certain circumstances section 7874 can instead cause the Acquiring Non-US Corporation to be subject to different adverse US federal income tax consequences (including the unavailability of the preferential rate applicable to “qualified dividends” discussed below in “Item 10. Additional Information—10.E. Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”).

The rules for determining whether a transaction is subject to section 7874 are complex and subject to varying interpretations and potential legislative and regulatory changes. The Company believes that under current law the Company should be treated as a non-US corporation (and should not be subject to the other adverse consequences of section 7874 as described above). However, several proposals to significantly expand the scope of section 7874 have been advanced over the years, including by the Biden administration and most recently in December 2021 as part of the US Senate’s consideration of the Build Back Better Act, which was not enacted into law. Accordingly, it is possible that such a proposal will be enacted (possibly with retroactive effect), and there can be no assurance that section 7874 and the Treasury regulations thereunder will not be amended in a way that could cause the Company, as a result of Separation, either to be treated as a US corporation or to be subject to the other adverse consequences of section 7874 as described above.

The Tax Covenant will restrict the Company’s ability to engage in certain transactions

As discussed above, the Company entered into the Tax Covenant on or around the date of this registration statement, which is to be effective from the time of the Demerger. The Tax Covenant imposes certain restrictions on the Company, including certain restrictions with respect to actions following completion of the Demerger that could cause Separation to fail to qualify for its intended US federal income tax treatment. The restrictions primarily require the Company to maintain the corporate structure of certain parts of the Group as it was immediately prior to the Demerger. For example, there are restrictions on liquidating certain subsidiaries of the Company, or issuing or redeeming shares in those subsidiaries. In addition, there are restrictions on some intra-group disposals as well as certain non-ordinary course of business transactions. As a result of these restrictions (some of which could be in place for at least two years), the Company’s ability to engage in certain transactions, such as the disposition of certain assets and certain repurchases of its stock, may be limited (although the Group will nonetheless be entitled to take actions which would otherwise be restricted if the Company first (i) obtains the consent of (or, in certain instances, if it consults with) GSK or Pfizer (as applicable) or, in some cases, (ii) obtains an opinion from an appropriately qualified adviser or a ruling from the IRS regarding the tax consequences of the proposed actions which, in either case, is reasonably satisfactory to GSK or Pfizer (as applicable)). Although the Company does not currently anticipate that these restrictions would have a material adverse impact on the Company, these restrictions may reduce the Company’s ability to engage in certain business transactions that otherwise might be advantageous.

Risks Relating to the Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs

There is no existing market for the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs and an active trading market for the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs may not develop or be sustained

Prior to admission to trading, there has been no public trading market for the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs. Although the Company intends to apply to the FCA for admission to the premium listing segment of the Official List, intends to apply to the LSE for admission to trading on its main market for listed securities and also intends to list the ADSs on the NYSE, the Company can give no assurance that an active trading market for the

 

64


Table of Contents

Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs will develop or, if developed, could be sustained following the completion of Separation. If an active trading market is not developed or maintained, the liquidity and trading price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs could be materially and adversely affected.

The Pfizer Group will retain a significant interest in the Company immediately after Separation and its interests may differ from those of the other holders of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs

The Pfizer Group will retain a significant interest in the Company immediately after Separation, including 32 per cent. of the Haleon Shares and thus of the voting rights of the Company. As a result, the Pfizer Group will possess sufficient voting power to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election or removal of directors and advisers, the declaration of dividends, whether to accept the terms of a takeover offer and other matters to be determined by the Haleon Shareholders.

In addition, the Pfizer Group has the right to nominate two persons to be appointed to the Board as representative directors for so long as it continues to hold 20 per cent. or more of the Haleon Shares in issue and a right to nominate one person to be appointed to the Board as a representative director for so long as it continues to hold less than 20 per cent. but at least 10 per cent. of the Haleon Shares in issue. As at the date of this registration statement, the Pfizer Group has nominated Bryan Supran and John Young, who will become directors on UK Admission. In exercising its voting rights, the Pfizer Group may be motivated by interests that differ from those of the other holders of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs and the interests of the Pfizer Group could conflict with or differ from the Company’s interests. The Company entered into an agreement to regulate its relationship with the Pfizer Group following Separation and, in particular, to help ensure that the Company will be capable of operating and making decisions for the benefit of Haleon Shareholders as a whole and independently of the Pfizer Group following Separation (the “Pfizer Relationship Agreement”). Notwithstanding the Pfizer Relationship Agreement, the concentration of ownership in the Pfizer Group may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company or impeding a merger, takeover or other business combination which may otherwise be favourable for the Company or the Group. This in turn could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs.

So long as the Pfizer Group continues to own, whether directly or indirectly, a significant amount of the equity of the Company, the Pfizer Group will continue to be able to substantially influence the Group’s ability to enter into any corporate transactions.

There can be no assurance that dividends will be paid to holders of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs

The Company may determine not to pay dividends. If it determines that it will pay dividends, there can be no assurance that it will be able to pay dividends in the future. Under UK company law, a company can only pay cash dividends to the extent that it has distributable reserves and cash available for this purpose. As a holding company, the Company’s ability to pay dividends in the future will be affected by a number of factors, including having sufficient distributable reserves (see also “—The Group’s leverage and debt service obligations could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition or results of operations” above) and its ability to receive sufficient dividends from subsidiaries.

The ability of companies within the Group to pay dividends and the Company’s ability to receive distributions from its investments in other entities are subject to restrictions, including, but not limited to, the existence of sufficient distributable reserves and cash. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on the market price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs.

 

65


Table of Contents

The market price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs may fluctuate

Holders of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs should be aware that the value of an investment in the Group may fluctuate and could be highly volatile. The price at which Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs may be quoted and the price which investors may realise for their Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs will be influenced by a large number of factors, some specific to the Group and its operations, and some which may affect the Group’s industry as a whole, other comparable companies or publicly traded companies as a whole.

The sentiments of the public market regarding Separation will be one such factor. Following admission of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs to trading, there may be a period of relatively high-volume trading in the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs as the Company’s shareholder register finds its natural composition. For example, the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs may become less attractive to certain classes of existing investors. The Company is unable to predict whether substantial amounts of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs will be sold in the open market following admission to trading. Sales of a substantial number of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs in the public market after admission to trading, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs. See also “—Future sales of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, or the perception such sales might occur, could depress the market price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs” below.

This potential factor, together with other factors including actual or anticipated fluctuations in the financial performance of the Group and its competitors, market fluctuations and/or factors generally affecting consumers could lead to the market price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs fluctuating.

Future sales of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, or the perception such sales might occur, could depress the market price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs

Immediately after Separation, GSK will hold up to 6 per cent. of the Company’s issued share capital and Pfizer will hold 32 per cent. of the Company’s share capital. Furthermore, as part of certain arrangements pursuant to which GSK will provide additional support to the UK Pension Schemes (as defined below), the SLPs (being Scottish limited partnerships controlled by GSK and set up to provide a funding mechanism pursuant to which GSK will provide additional funding for GSK’s UK Pension Schemes) will in aggregate hold 7.5 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company.

The Haleon Shares owned by GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs are subject to certain lock-up restrictions. Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, or the waiver of such lock-up restrictions, GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs will be able to sell their respective Haleon Shares. During the period immediately prior to expiration of, and following the periods of sales restrictions provided for by these lock-up arrangements, the market price for the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs may fall in anticipation of a sale of Haleon Shares. The perception that such sales could occur may also materially and adversely affect the market price of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs. This may make it more difficult for holders of the Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs to sell the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs, respectively, at a time and price that they deem appropriate, and could also impede the Company’s ability to issue equity securities in the future.

The Company may decide to offer additional Haleon Shares (including in the form of Haleon ADSs) in the future, diluting the interests of existing holders of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs and potentially materially and adversely affecting the market price of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs

Other than in connection with Separation or pursuant to employee share plans, the Company has no current plans for an offer of shares (including in the form of Haleon ADSs). However, if the Company decides to offer additional Haleon Shares (including in the form of Haleon ADSs) or other securities convertible into Haleon Shares in the future, including as consideration for any acquisitions, this could dilute the interests of existing

 

66


Table of Contents

holders of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs and/or have an adverse impact on the market price of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, as could the public perception that an offering may occur.

Holders of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs may not be able to exercise pre-emption rights or participate in certain future issues of Haleon Shares

In the case of a future allotment of new Haleon Shares for cash, existing Haleon Shareholders have certain statutory pre-emption rights, unless those rights are disapplied by a special resolution of the Haleon Shareholders at a general meeting. An issue of new Haleon Shares not for cash or when pre-emption rights have been disapplied could dilute the interests of the then-existing Haleon Shareholders.

Securities laws of certain jurisdictions may restrict the Company’s ability to allow participation by Haleon Shareholders in future offerings. In particular, shareholders in the USA and holders of the Haleon ADSs may not be entitled to exercise these rights, unless either the Haleon Shares, the Haleon ADSs and any other securities that are offered and sold are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Haleon Shares, the Haleon ADSs and such other securities are offered pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Company cannot assure prospective investors it will register any such offers or sales under the Securities Act, that any exemption from the securities law requirements would be available to enable US or other Haleon Shareholders or holders of the Haleon ADSs to exercise their pre-emption rights or, if available, that the Company will utilise any such exemption.

The ability of holders of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs outside the UK to bring actions or enforce judgments against the Company or the Directors may be limited

The ability of holders of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs outside the UK to bring an action against the Company may be limited under law. The Company is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. The rights of holders of the Haleon Shares are governed by English law and by the articles of association of the Company from time to time (“Articles of Association”). The rights of holders of the Haleon ADSs are governed by the Deposit Agreement. See “—Holders of the Haleon ADSs are not treated as holders of the Haleon Shares” below. The rights of holders of the Haleon Shares differ from the rights of shareholders in typical US corporations and some other non-UK companies. In particular, English law currently limits significantly the circumstances under which the shareholders of English companies may bring derivative actions. Under English law, in most cases, only the Company may be the proper plaintiff for the purposes of maintaining proceedings in respect of wrongful acts committed against it and, generally, neither an individual shareholder, nor any group of shareholders, has any right of action in such circumstances. English law does not afford appraisal rights to dissenting shareholders in the form typically available to shareholders in a US company. In addition, it may not be possible for holders of the Haleon Shares and the Haleon ADSs outside the UK to enforce any judgments in civil or commercial matters or any judgments in securities laws of countries other than the UK against some or all of the Directors or executive officers of the Company who are resident in the UK or countries other than those in which judgment is made.

Haleon Shareholders outside the UK may be subject to exchange rate risk

The Haleon Shares are, and any dividends to be paid in respect of them will be, denominated in Pounds Sterling. An investment in Haleon Shares by an investor whose principal currency is not Pounds Sterling exposes the investor to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Any depreciation of Pounds Sterling in relation to such foreign currency will reduce the value of the investment in the Haleon Shares or any dividends in foreign currency terms.

 

67


Table of Contents

Holders of the Haleon ADSs are not treated as holders of the Haleon Shares

Holders of the Haleon ADSs are not treated as holders of the Haleon Shares, unless they withdraw the Haleon Shares underlying such Haleon ADSs in accordance with the Deposit Agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The Haleon Depositary is the holder of the Haleon Shares underlying the Haleon ADSs. Holders of the Haleon ADSs therefore do not have any rights as holders of the Haleon Shares, other than the rights that they have pursuant to the Deposit Agreement. See “Item 12. Description of Securities other than Equity Securities—12.D. American Depositary Shares.

Holders of the Haleon ADSs will not have the same voting rights as the holders of the Haleon Shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise their right to vote

Except as described in this registration statement and the Deposit Agreement, holders of the Haleon ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the Haleon Shares represented by the Haleon ADSs. Under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary irrevocably appoints each holder of Haleon ADSs on the voting record date fixed by the Depositary in respect of any meeting at which holders of the Haleon Shares are entitled to vote as its proxy to attend, vote and speak at the relevant meeting in respect of the Haleon Shares represented by their Haleon ADSs. Accordingly, holders of the Haleon ADSs may (i) attend, vote and speak at a meeting of Haleon Shareholders as the proxy of the Depositary, (ii) appoint any other person as the substitute proxy or (iii) renounce the proxy initially provided by the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to vote the Haleon Shares underlying their Haleon ADSs (see “Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities—12.D. American Depositary Shares—Voting”). Otherwise, holders of the Haleon ADSs will not be able to exercise their right to vote unless they withdraw the Haleon Shares underlying Haleon ADSs to vote them in person or by proxy in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and the Articles of Association. Even so, holders of Haleon ADSs may not know about a meeting far enough in advance to withdraw those Haleon Shares.

As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting at which Haleon Shareholders are entitled to vote, or of solicitation of consents or proxies from Haleon Shareholders, the Depositary shall fix the voting record date in respect of such meeting or solicitation. The Depositary or, if the Company so determines, the Company shall, distribute to the holders of Haleon ADSs on such voting record date, among other things, such information as is contained in such notice of meeting or in the solicitation materials and a statement as to the manner in which holders of Haleon ADSs may exercise their right to vote.

We cannot guarantee that holders of Haleon ADSs will receive the voting materials with sufficient time to enable such holders to instruct the Depositary to vote the Haleon Shares underlying their Haleon ADSs or for the holders of Haleon ADSs to arrange to attend, vote and/or speak at the relevant meeting.

A shareholder is only entitled to participate in, and vote at, the meeting of shareholders, provided that it holds the Haleon Shares as of the record date set for such meeting and otherwise complies with our Articles of Association. In addition, the Depositary’s liability to holders of ADSs for failing to execute voting instructions or for the manner of executing voting instructions is limited by the Deposit Agreement. As a result, holders of Haleon ADSs may not be able to exercise their right to give voting instructions or to vote in person or by proxy and they may not have any recourse against the Depositary or us if their Haleon Shares are not voted as they have requested or if the Haleon Shares underlying their Haleon ADSs cannot be voted.

Holders of the Haleon ADSs may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their Haleon ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying Haleon Shares

Haleon ADSs are transferable on the books of the Depositary. However, the Depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient. The Depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of Haleon ADSs generally when the Company’s books or the books of the Depositary are closed, or at

 

68


Table of Contents

any time if the Company or the Depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the Deposit Agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the right of holders of Haleon ADS to cancel their Haleon ADSs and withdraw the underlying Haleon Shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of Haleon ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying Haleon Shares may arise because the Depositary has closed its transfer books or the Company has closed its transfer books in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting or the payment of a dividend on Haleon Shares. In addition, holders of Haleon ADSs may not be able to cancel their Haleon ADSs and withdraw the underlying Haleon Shares when they owe money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to Haleon ADSs or to the withdrawal of Haleon Shares or other deposited securities. See “Item 12. Description of the Securities other than Equity Securities—12.D. American Depositary Shares.”

Holders of the Haleon ADSs may not receive distributions on the underlying Haleon Shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to holders of the Haleon ADSs

The Depositary has agreed to pay to holders of Haleon ADSs any cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on the Haleon Shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. Holders of Haleon ADSs will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of the Haleon Shares that the respective Haleon ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Deposit Agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of Haleon ADSs. The Company has no obligation to take any other action to permit distribution on the Haleon ADSs, the Haleon Shares, rights or anything else to holders of the Haleon ADSs. This means that holders of Haleon ADSs may not receive the distributions the Company makes on the Haleon Shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to holders of Haleon ADSs. These restrictions may have an adverse effect on the value of the Haleon ADSs.

Holders of Haleon ADSs may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the Deposit Agreement, which could result in less favourable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any such action

The Deposit Agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Haleon ADSs irrevocably waive the right to a jury trial with respect to any claim that they may have against us or the Depositary arising out of or relating to the Haleon Shares, the Haleon ADSs or the Deposit Agreement, including any claim under the United States federal securities laws.

If we or the Depositary oppose a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the Deposit Agreement and the Haleon ADSs. It is advisable that you consult your legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the Deposit Agreement.

If you or any other holders or beneficial owners of Haleon ADSs bring a claim against us or the Depositary in connection with matters arising under the Deposit Agreement or the Haleon ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us or the Depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us or the Depositary under the Deposit Agreement, it may be heard

 

69


Table of Contents

only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favourable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the Deposit Agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the Deposit Agreement or the ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of Haleon ADSs or by us or the Depositary of compliance with any substantive provision of the United States federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Forum selection provisions in the Deposit Agreement could limit the ability of holders of Haleon ADSs to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company and the Depositary

The Deposit Agreement provides that, by holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, holders and beneficial owners each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving the Depositary and/or the Company brought by holders or beneficial owners, arising out of or based upon the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated therein or thereby, including, without limitation, claims under the Securities Act, may be only instituted in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or in the state courts of New York County in New York if either (i) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute or (ii) the designation of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the exclusive forum for any particular dispute is, or becomes, invalid, illegal or unenforceable). The enforceability of similar federal court choice of forum provisions has been challenged in legal proceedings in the United States, and it is possible that a court could find this type of provision to be inapplicable, unenforceable, or inconsistent with other documents that are relevant to the filing of such lawsuits. If a court were to find the federal choice of forum provision contained in the Deposit Agreement to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, the Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions. If upheld, the forum selection clause in the Deposit Agreement, may limit the ability of holders of Haleon ADSs to bring a claim against the Company and/or the Depositary in their preferred judicial forum, and this limitation may discourage such lawsuits. In addition, the Securities Act provides that both federal and state courts have jurisdiction over suits brought to enforce any duty or liability under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accepting or consent to this forum selection provision does not constitute a waiver by a holder of Haleon ADSs of compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. A holder of Haleon ADSs may not waive compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

ITEM 4.    INFORMATION

ON THE COMPANY

4.A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

General Corporate Information

The Company was incorporated and registered in England and Wales under the Companies Act 2006 of the UK, as amended, (the “Companies Act”) as a private company limited by shares on 20 October 2021 under the name DRVW 2022 Limited with registered number 13691224. The Company was re-registered as a public limited company (DRVW 2022 plc) on 23 February 2022 and changed its name to Haleon plc on 28 February 2022. The principal legislation under which the Company operates is the Companies Act and regulations made thereunder.

Following Separation, the principal activity of the Company will be to act as the ultimate holding company of the Group.

 

70


Table of Contents

The Company is domiciled in England and Wales with its registered and head office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, United Kingdom. The telephone number of the Company’s registered office is +44 20 8047 5000 and its website is www.haleon.com, which will go live following Separation. The information on the Company’s website does not form part of this registration statement.

Evolution of the Group

The Group has been transformed since 2012 through progressive strategic M&A and divestments to create a world leader in consumer healthcare.

The Group’s scale has greatly expanded through the successful combination of the legacy GSK consumer healthcare business with the Novartis consumer healthcare business in 2015, and the subsequent combination of this business with the Pfizer consumer healthcare business in 2019, reaching revenue of £9.5 billion in FY 2021. In addition, the Group’s focus has been sharpened since 2012 through the progressive divestment of the GSK Group’s Nutritionals businesses (including Lucozade, Ribena and Horlicks) and the divestment by the Group of non-strategic OTC brands including its recent programme of divestments of non-strategic and growth-dilutive brands (with aggregate net proceeds from divested brands of £1.1 billion and examples of divested brands including Breathe Right, Physiogel and Venoruton) during the period from FY 2019 to FY 2021. This deliberate strategy has resulted in a portfolio more focused on higher-growth categories, markets and channels. These transactions also provided a catalyst for a broader transformation of the Group as set out below.

The key M&A milestones since 2012 in the Group’s business are summarised below:

 

LOGO

Legacy GSK consumer healthcare business

Prior to its combination with the Novartis consumer healthcare business in 2015, GSK’s consumer healthcare business was already one of the world’s leading OTC and Oral Health companies with a long heritage in consumer healthcare products dating back to the 18th century, when its founding companies in Britain, the USA and Germany sold herbal products, laxatives, vitamins and soaps.

 

71


Table of Contents

The Group sold a range of leading OTC brands (including Panadol, Fenbid, Tums and ENO) across Respiratory Health, Pain Relief, Digestive Health, Skin Health and Smokers’ Health, together with a strong portfolio of Oral Health brands (including Sensodyne, Polident and parodontax). Geographically, GSK’s consumer healthcare business had a strong presence in higher-growth emerging markets in the Middle East, Africa and Asia, which complemented its businesses in Europe and North America.

Joint venture with Novartis

On 2 March 2015, GSK and Novartis formed a consumer healthcare joint venture to combine the majority of GSK’s consumer healthcare business and all of Novartis’ OTC business (the “GSK/Novartis JV”). Novartis’ business provided the GSK Group with a meaningful incremental presence in OTC, including several major brands, notably Voltaren4, Theraflu, Excedrin and Otrivin. The combination added a leading portfolio of globally recognised consumer-preferred and expert-recommended brands in the Pain Relief, Respiratory Health, Smokers’ Health and Skin Health categories to the Group’s business. Geographically, Novartis’ presence in Central and Eastern Europe combined with GSK’s strength in these and other emerging markets presented multiple new growth opportunities across the combined portfolio.

In June 2018, GSK acquired Novartis’ shareholding in the GSK/Novartis JV for $13 billion, enabling GSK to take full operational and strategic control of the business.

Joint venture with Pfizer

On 31 July 2019, the GSK Group completed a transaction with Pfizer to combine substantially all of the GSK Group’s and Pfizer Group’s respective consumer healthcare businesses into a new world-leading consumer healthcare joint venture (as further described in “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C.—Material Contracts—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement”).

The transaction, which was transformational to the scale of the Group’s business, brought together two businesses with highly complementary geographic footprints and brand portfolios. While the Group retained its strong European footprint, completion of the transaction also provided the Group with incremental geographical scale in the USA, where it became the leader in OTC/VMS, and in China, where it became the leading OTC/VMS multinational. From a portfolio perspective, the transaction provided the Group with global leadership in the higher-growth VMS market (key brands: Centrum, Caltrate and Emergen-C), as well as a leading presence in the US pain relief market through the acquisition of Advil, complementing the Group’s existing Pain Relief portfolio under the Panadol, Voltaren, Fenbid and Excedrin brands. Since completion, GSK has owned 68 per cent. of the ordinary shares in CH JVCo, being the entity through which both GSK and Pfizer hold their equity interests in the joint venture and the current holding company of the Group’s business, with Pfizer holding the remaining 32 per cent. of the ordinary shares in CH JVCo. The legacy Pfizer business has now been fully integrated into the Group.

Divestment of OTC and skin care non-core brands

Alongside integration of the Pfizer consumer healthcare business, the Group exited approximately 50 non-strategic and growth-dilutive OTC and skincare assets from 2019 to 2021 to raise £1.1 billion of net proceeds. These disposals have further focused the business on higher-growth categories, markets and channels and thereby enhanced the growth profile of the Group.

 

4 

Voltaren is a Novartis brand licensed to the Group exclusively for OTC products.

 

72


Table of Contents

Transformation of the Group

The transactions summarised above have acted as a catalyst for a much broader transformation of the Group, which is summarised below.

Portfolio reshaped, well positioned for growth

The portfolio changes since 2015 have resulted in a group that has been repositioned towards higher,

above-market growth. The share of sales driven from the Group’s nine large-scale multinational power brands: Panadol, Voltaren, Advil, Otrivin, Theraflu, Sensodyne, Polident, parodontax and Centrum (collectively, the “Power Brands”), which together have higher revenue growth rates than the overall Group (and generally have higher gross margins), has increased from 44 per cent. in 2015 to 58 per cent. in FY 2021 and the 2019-2021 divestment programme has eliminated a significant drag on overall growth5. The Pfizer Transaction provided the Group with a significantly greater presence in higher-growth categories, notably building a leadership position in VMS which has a higher growth rate than other categories6 and represented 16 per cent. of Group revenue in FY 2021 compared to 1 per cent. in 2015. Similarly, investments made in digital commerce have meaningfully increased the Group’s presence in the high growth e-commerce / digital channel, which grew from less than 1 per cent. of revenue in 2015 to 8 per cent. of revenue in 2021. The Group is also well-positioned in key geographies following the Novartis and Pfizer transactions. The Group has leading positions in the world’s top two OTC /VMS markets with OTC /VMS market leadership in the USA (first in 2021 compared to fourth in 2015) and the leading OTC / VMS multinational position in China (second overall in 2021 compared to fourteenth in 2015). These two markets accounted for over 40 per cent. of Group revenue in FY 2021 and its leading presence in these two markets provides the Group with a strong platform for future growth.

Optimised operating model, lean cost base and capabilities improved

Since 2015, the Group has made significant improvements to its footprint and operating model, thereby delivering a sustainable increase in operating profit margin to support reinvestment in brands, capabilities and tools to support growth.

The Group has significantly reduced its manufacturing site footprint. The 41 sites inherited from the legacy Novartis, Pfizer and GSK consumer healthcare businesses since 2015 have been reduced to 24 in 2022. Similarly, warehousing and distribution centres have been reduced from over 200 inherited to approximately 90 in 2022 and R&D sites have been consolidated from nine inherited to four in 2022.

In parallel, the Group has significantly improved the efficiency and effectiveness of its advertising and promotion spend. In particular, the Group doubled its digital media spend between FY 2019 and FY 2021, with enhanced targeting and a focus on return on investment. Digital media spend represented approximately 50 per cent. of total media expenditure in FY 2021 and in the USA and China in particular, most of the Group’s advertising and promotion spend is now digital with more to come in other markets. The Group has also rebalanced the spend behind its Power Brands to drive future growth from its biggest opportunities, and increased consumer facing advertising and promotion.

Finally, the Group has evolved its operating model and enhanced its capabilities to support stronger execution. Local markets have been increasingly empowered to innovate, improving the Group’s agility to adapt to changing local needs. Significant investments have been made in data and tools to drive improved data-led

 

5 

Over 90 per cent. of the sales of OTC and skincare brands divested had negative growth based on compound revenue growth on a CER basis over the two years prior to divestment for brands divested in 2019 and three years for brands divested in 2020 or 2021.

6 

Source: Nicholas Hall Consumer Healthcare 2017-21 sales growth at manufacturer’s selling prices.

 

73


Table of Contents

decision-making and stronger returns on the Group’s investments. In addition, specialised tools have been built that enable better execution, including, for example the Group’s shopper science lab which enable commercial teams to experiment with retail experiences and provide category management analysis in partnership with retailers in each of the Group’s regions.

Delivering momentum while investing for growth

The Group’s strategy since 2019 has delivered strong financial results with good momentum for the future, despite a net negative effect from the COVID-19 pandemic and the focus on integration of the Pfizer assets and separation activities.

Since FY 2019, the Group’s revenue has increased by 12.6 per cent. to £9.5 billion in FY 2021. This reflects the incorporation of the Pfizer business (only 5 months was included in FY 2019 as the transaction closed on 31 July 2019) and underlying business growth, partially offset by divestments and adverse foreign exchange movements. The Group’s organic revenue growth exceeded 2019-2021 market growth, with 2.8 per cent. organic revenue growth in FY 20207 and 3.8 per cent. organic revenue growth in FY 2021. The Group’s FY 2020 organic revenue growth does not, however, fully reflect the FY 2019 to FY 2020 growth of the current brand portfolio as it excludes the January to July revenue for the legacy Pfizer brands in FY 2019 and FY 2020 and the figures also include growth-dilutive brands which no longer form part of the Group’s portfolio.

In terms of profitability, the Group delivered a robust gross profit margin of 62 per cent. and Adjusted gross profit margin at 63 per cent. in FY 2021, demonstrating the strength of its brands, its optimised manufacturing footprint, and continued focus on price, cost of goods sold and efficiencies to offset inflation. We believe this margin is sustainable. In addition, the Group has almost fully delivered on the £500 million synergies projected at the time of the Pfizer Transaction in 2019 and expects to realise around a further £120 million of synergies in 2022, taking the total to around £600 million. Overall, the Group delivered an operating profit margin of 17.2 per cent. and Adjusted operating profit margin of 22.8 per cent. in FY 2021, an increase of 6.6 percentage points and 3.3 percentage points, respectively, since FY 2019 despite adverse currency impacts. Over the same period, the Group reinvested a share of operating cost savings into advertising and promotion spend on brands to support future growth. Finally, in terms of cash flow, the Group delivered £1.4 billion net cash inflow from operating activities in both FY 2020 and FY 2021 driven by the underlying profitability of the business, a disciplined approach to working capital (including a reduction in inventory and debtor days) and stable capital expenditure.

Preparing for a standalone Group with distinctive purpose and culture

On 19 December 2018, the GSK Group announced its intention to separate the Group into a standalone business within three years of the acquisition of the Pfizer consumer health business (which ultimately closed on 31 July 2019). Since then, the Group has commenced a broad range of initiatives to ensure that the Group is able to operate independently of its two corporate owners. As part of this separation process, the Group has also

 

7

The FY 2020 growth rate calculated on an organic basis was negatively impacted by uneven consumer buying patterns in FY 2020 during the COVID-19 pandemic which overlapped with the first twelve months following the Pfizer Transaction. Specifically, the calculation of organic revenue in FY 2020 excludes revenue attributable to the brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction in the period 1 January 2020 to 31 July 2020 (see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Adjusted Results and other non-IFRS financial measures”) and includes revenue attributable to these brands for the period 1 August 2020 to 31 December 2020. Revenue during the former period was high driven by accelerated consumer purchases at the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic. Revenue during the latter period was negatively impacted by a reduction in consumer inventories (see “Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review”). The calculation also includes revenue up to the point of sale for low growth divested brands, which no longer form part of the Group’s portfolio.

 

74


Table of Contents

implemented a number of further initiatives to create a distinct business which are already driving increased organisational agility and a more focused culture premised on performance and purpose.

The Demerger and Further Preparatory Steps

On 23 June 2021, the GSK Group announced its intention to effect the separation of the Consumer Healthcare Business by way of a demerger of at least 80 per cent. of the GSK Group’s 68 per cent. holding in the Group. The Demerger is conditional on, amongst other things, the approval of holders of GSK Shares at the GSK General Meeting, the receipt of certain mandatory governmental/regulatory approvals in India, Japan and South Korea, and the approval of the Demerger Dividend by the board of directors of GSK.

Pursuant to the proposed Demerger, holders of GSK Shares and holders of GSK ADSs at the Record Time will be entitled to receive Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, respectively. Holders of GSK Shares and GSK ADSs will continue to own their GSK Shares and GSK ADSs, respectively, unless they sell or transfer them in the usual course.

Pursuant to the proposed Demerger and subsequent Share Exchanges described below, the Company will come to own the entire issued share capital and other equity interests of each of GSKCHH and PFCHH which, together, own the entire issued share capital of CH JVCo, the current parent company of the Group.

Current ownership of the Group

At the date of this registration statement, the ownership of the Group is as follows:

 

 

LOGO

The share capital of CH JVCo consists of: (i) 680,000 JVCo A Ordinary Shares of £1 each; (ii) 300,000 non-voting JVCo Preference Shares of £1 each; and (iii) 320,000 JVCo B Ordinary Shares of £1 each. The JVCo A Ordinary Shares and JVCo B Ordinary Shares each carry one vote per share. Holders of the JVCo Preference Shares are entitled to 0.01 per cent. of the aggregate amount of any dividends declared by CH JVCo, and are not entitled to any proportion of the assets of CH JVCo available for distribution to shareholders on a return of capital on a winding-up of CH JVCo (excluding any intra-group re-organisation on a solvent basis). All JVCo A Ordinary Shares and JVCo Preference Shares are held by GSKCHH. All JVCo B Ordinary Shares are held by PFCHH, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Pfizer.

 

75


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the share capital of CH JVCo is held as follows:

 

Shareholder

   Class    Number of shares    Voting rights
GSKCHH    JVCo A Ordinary Shares

JVCo Preference Shares

   680,000

300,000

   68 per cent.

N/A

PFCHH    JVCo B Ordinary Shares    320,000    32 per cent.

The share capital of GSKCHH is comprised of three classes of shares: (i) GSKCHH A Ordinary Shares; (ii) GSKCHH B Ordinary Shares; and (iii) GSKCHH C Ordinary Shares. As of the date of this registration statement, all of the GSKCHH A Ordinary Shares and GSKCHH B Ordinary Shares are held by GSK. As part of certain arrangements to fund GSK’s UK pension benefit obligations, on 25 March 2022, GSK transferred its entire holding of GSKCHH C Ordinary Shares to the SLPs.

Demerger

The Demerger will be implemented by GSK declaring an interim dividend in specie to be satisfied by: (i) the transfer by GSK of the GSKCHH A Ordinary Shares to the Company in return for (ii) the issuance of Haleon Shares by the Company to holders of GSK Shares who are registered on the register of members of GSK (the “Register”) at the Record Time (including the GSK ADS Custodian as a holder of GSK Shares) on the basis of one Haleon Share for each GSK Share held by such holders of GSK Shares at the Record Time, save that the number of Haleon Shares to be allotted and issued to each of the four initial shareholders of the Company will be reduced by the number of Haleon Shares already held by them at the Record Time. In connection with the Demerger, each holder of GSK ADSs as of the Record Time will be entitled to receive one newly-issued Haleon ADS for each GSK ADS held by such holder of GSK ADSs as of the Record Time. The distribution of Haleon Shares is expected to occur on the UK Distribution Date. The distribution of Haleon ADSs is expected to occur on ADS Distribution Date.

If you hold GSK Shares or GSK ADSs as of the Record Time, you will not be required to take any action, pay any cash, deliver any other consideration, or surrender any existing GSK Shares or GSK ADSs in order to receive Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs in the connection with the Demerger.

If you hold GSK Shares

To receive Haleon Shares in connection with the Demerger, you must hold GSK Shares at the Record Time.

If you hold GSK ADSs

If you hold GSK ADSs at the Record Time, you will be entitled to receive newly-issued Haleon ADSs in the Demerger. Beginning on the trading day prior to the Record Time and continuing up to (but excluding) the trading day that is two trading days prior to the ADS Distribution Date, we expect that GSK ADSs will trade on the “regular-way” market with the entitlement to receive Haleon ADSs in connection with the Demerger. Beginning on the trading day that is two trading days prior to the ADS Distribution Date and continuing up to and including the ADS Distribution Date, we expect that GSK ADSs will trade on the “ex-distribution” market without the entitlement to receive Haleon ADSs in connection with the Demerger. Therefore, if you sell GSK ADSs on the “regular-way” market, you will also be selling your right to receive Haleon ADSs in connection with the Demerger. If you own GSK ADSs as of the Record Time and sell or otherwise dispose of your GSK ADSs on the “ex-distribution” market, up to and including the ADS Distribution Date, you will still receive the Haleon ADSs that you would be entitled to receive in respect of your ownership, as of the Record Time, of the GSK ADSs that you sold. You are encouraged to consult with your financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling your GSK ADSs prior to the ADS Distribution Date.

 

76


Table of Contents

Holders of GSK ADSs through DTC

Following its receipt of the Haleon Shares, the Haleon Depositary will instruct The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to credit your custody account with the whole number of Haleon ADSs you are entitled to receive in the Demerger. The allocation of Haleon ADSs to your custody account will settle via the DTC system shortly after the ADS Distribution Date.

If you hold GSK ADSs in a securities account with a financial institution that is a participant in DTC (a “DTC Participant”), the DTC Participant through which you hold your GSK ADSs will allocate the Haleon ADSs to your broker or other securities intermediary’s account, and your broker or other securities intermediary will credit the number of Haleon ADSs to which you are entitled to your account. Please contact your broker or other securities intermediary for further information about your account and when you will be able to begin trading your Haleon ADSs.

Registered Holders of Haleon ADSs

If your GSK ADSs are registered with the GSK Depositary, the Haleon Depositary will distribute a book entry statement to you reflecting your entitlement to Haleon ADSs. You will not receive a certificate in respect of your Haleon ADSs.

If your GSK ADSs are registered with the GSK Depositary and you have automatic withdrawals for optional cash purchases set up, please note these will not be carried over to your Haleon ADSs.

Suspension of Issuance and Cancellation of GSK ADSs

The GSK Depositary will suspend the issuance and cancellation of GSK ADSs from 14 July 2022 until 25 July 2022. This means that during this time, you will not be able to convert your GSK ADSs into GSK Shares, surrender your GSK ADSs and receive underlying GSK Shares, or deposit your GSK Shares and receive GSK ADSs. However, the closing of the issuance and cancellation books does not impact trading, and you may continue to trade your GSK ADSs during this period.

Treatment of Fractional Haleon ADSs

The Demerger may result in fractional entitlements of Haleon ADSs for certain holders of GSK ADSs. Fractional Haleon ADSs will not be distributed. Instead, the Haleon Depositary will aggregate fractional Haleon ADSs into whole Haleon ADSs, sell such whole Haleon ADSs in the open market at prevailing rates as soon as administratively feasible following the Demerger and distribute the net cash proceeds from the sales pro rata to each GSK ADS holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional Haleon ADSs in the distribution.

Listing of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs

As of the date of this registration statement no public market for the Haleon Shares or the Haleon ADSs exists. We intend to apply to list the Haleon Shares on the main market of the LSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.” We intend to apply to list the Haleon ADSs on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.”

We expect that the Haleon Shares will commence trading on a standalone basis on the main market of the LSE at market open on 18 July 2022.

We expect that Haleon ADSs will commence “regular-way” trading on a standalone basis on the NYSE at market open on 22 July 2022. In addition, we expect that Haleon ADSs will begin trading on a “when-issued” basis on the NYSE from market open on 18 July 2022 and continue up to and including the ADS Distribution Date. “When-issued” trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorised but not yet issued. If you own GSK ADSs at the Record Time, you would be entitled to receive Haleon ADSs in connection with the Demerger. You may trade this entitlement to receive Haleon ADSs, without trading the GSK ADSs you own, in the “when-issued” market at market open. On the first trading day following the ADS Distribution Date, we expect “when-issued” trading with respect to Haleon ADSs will end and “regular-way” trading in Haleon ADSs will begin.

 

77


Table of Contents

We may use a specialist firm to make a market in the Haleon ADSs on the NYSE to facilitate sufficient liquidity and maintain an orderly market in Haleon ADSs throughout normal NYSE trading hours.

The Haleon ADSs distributed to GSK ADS holders will be freely transferable, except for Haleon ADSs received by individuals or entities that are our affiliates. Individuals or entities that may be considered our affiliates after Separation include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with us, as those terms generally are interpreted for US federal securities law purposes. These individuals or entities may include some or all of our directors and executive officers and significant shareholders. Individuals or entities that are our affiliates will be permitted to sell their Haleon ADSs only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Share Exchanges

Shortly following completion of the Demerger, the Share Exchanges will occur, under which the Company will come to own the entire issued share capital and other equity interests of GSKCHH and PFCHH, which together own the entire issued share capital of CH JVCo. The purpose of the Share Exchanges is to rationalise the Company’s shareholder structure such that all persons with an interest in the Group do so through holding shares in the Company, as listed parent company, and not further down the Group structure. Accordingly:

 

   

GSK will transfer its entire shareholding of GSKCHH B Ordinary Shares, representing an 8.01 per cent. stake in the ordinary share capital of GSKCHH, to the Company in exchange for 502,868,434 Haleon Shares, less a number of Haleon Shares that is equal to the number of Excess GSK Shares8. As at 30 May 2022, the number of Haleon Shares expected to be held by GSK at UK Admission is expected to represent up to 6 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company;

 

   

each of the SLPs will transfer their respective holdings of GSKCHH C Ordinary Shares, representing 11.03 per cent. in aggregate of the ordinary share capital of GSKCHH, to the Company in consideration for such number of new Haleon Shares as is required so that, after completion of the Share Exchanges, the SLPs will together hold Haleon Shares representing 7.5 per cent. (in aggregate and to the nearest whole Haleon Share) of the total issued share capital of the Company; and

 

   

Pfizer will transfer its entire holding in PFCHH to the Company in consideration for (i) such number of new Haleon Shares as is required so that, on UK Admission, Pfizer will hold Haleon Shares representing 32 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company (to the nearest whole Haleon Share) and (ii) 25 million Non-Voting Preference Shares.

Immediately following the Pfizer Share Exchange described in the third bullet above, Pfizer will implement the NVPS Sale by selling its entire holding in the Non-Voting Preference Shares to one or more third party investor(s).

 

8 

To the extent any shares are issued by GSK (e.g. in respect of GSK employee share options) between 30 May 2022 and the Record Time, this would affect the post-Separation shareholdings in the Company. In summary, the effect of any such issuance would be that: (i) the total number of Haleon Shares issued to shareholders under the Demerger would increase by the number of GSK Excess Shares; and (ii) there would be a corresponding reduction in the total number of Haleon Shares issued to GSK under the GSK Share Exchange.

 

78


Table of Contents

Through the Demerger, the Share Exchanges and the NVPS Sale, the ordinary share capital of the Company will be held as follows9:

 

LOGO

 

Shareholder

  

Class

  

Number of

shares(1)

  

Voting rights

Pfizer

   Ordinary    2,955,063,626    32 per cent.
SLPs (Scottish partnerships controlled by GSK)    Ordinary    692,593,037    7.5 per cent.
GSK    Ordinary    502,868,434(2)    up to 6 per cent.
Other holders of Haleon Shares (including the Haleon Shares held by Haleon ADS Custodian, which includes all Haleon Shares represented by Haleon ADSs)    Ordinary    5,084,048,734(2)    at least 54.5 per cent.

 

(1) 

As at 30 May 2022.

(2) 

The shareholdings of GSK and other holders of Haleon Shares (excluding Pfizer and SLPs) as at UK Admission may be different, with corresponding adjustments in the relevant voting rights, as illustrated in the right column. For example, to the extent any shares are issued by GSK (e.g., in respect of GSK employee share options) between 30 May 2022 and the Record Time, this would affect the post-Separation shareholdings of GSK and other holders of Haleon Shares (excluding Pfizer and SLPs). Also see the section entitled “Separation” above.

 

9 

In addition, immediately following the NVPS Sale 25,000,000 Non-Voting Preference Shares will be held by one or more third party investor(s).

 

79


Table of Contents

Pre-Separation dividends

Prior to Separation, the Group will pay certain dividends to GSKCHH and/or PFCHH. These dividends will

include:

 

   

a cash dividend to be paid by the Group to GSKCHH in connection with the issuance of the Non-Voting Preference Shares to Pfizer (the “Balancing Dividend”);

 

   

a cash dividend to be paid by the Group to GSKCHH and PFCHH, in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer SHA, which, in summary, requires an amount equal to the pre-separation debt proceeds of the Group (meaning the amounts received by members of the Group on repayment of the Notes Proceeds Loans together with any amounts drawn by members of the Group under any additional borrowings (including, but not limited to, the Term Loan Facility) as at the date of the Pre-Demerger Dividend) (“Pre-Separation Debt Proceeds”) less £300 million to be paid to GSKCHH and PFCHH prior to Separation (the “Pre-Demerger Dividend”); and

 

   

following the payment of the Balancing Dividend and the Pre-Demerger Dividend, a cash dividend to be paid by the Group to GSKCHH and PFCHH, in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer SHA which, in summary, requires all readily available cash in excess of £300 million to be paid to GSKCHH and PFCHH prior to Separation (the “Sweep-up Dividend”).

The minimum cash amount of £300 million in the calculation of the Sweep-Up Dividend reflects the base cash amount required under the Pfizer SHA. The recipients of the Pre-Separation Dividends reflect the current structure of the Group, as set out above.

Prior to the Pre-Separation Dividends, the Group will continue to pay its ordinary course, quarterly dividends to GSKCHH and PFCHH in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer SHA (including, a dividend to be paid in respect of the Group’s financial performance for Q1 2022).

Pre-Separation bond issuances

As part of the preparation for the Demerger, on 16 March 2022, the EMTN Issuers established the Programme pursuant to which the EMTN Issuers may issue notes from time to time. As at the date of this registration statement, the EMTN Issuers have issued the Pre-Separation Programme Notes under the Programme: £300,000,000 2.875 per cent. notes due 29 October 2028, £400,000,000 3.375 per cent. notes due 29 March 2038, €850,000,000 1.250 per cent. notes due 29 March 2026, €750,000,000 1.750 per cent. notes due 29 March 2030 and €750,000,000 2.125 per cent. notes due 29 March 2034.

In addition, on 24 March 2022, the US Issuer and the UK Issuer issued the Pre-Separation USD Notes: the US Issuer issued $700,000,000 3.024 per cent. callable fixed rate senior notes due 2024, $300,000,000 callable floating rate senior notes due 2024, $2,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2027, $1,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2029, $2,000,000,000 3.625 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2032 and $1,000,000,000 4.000 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2052 and the UK Issuer issued $1,750,000,000 3.125 per cent. notes due 2025 in each case, pursuant to a private placement to institutional investors in the USA and outside the USA.

The payment of all amounts owing in respect of: (i) notes issued under the Programme (including the Pre-Separation Programme Notes); and (ii) the Pre-Separation USD Notes is, as at the date of this registration statement, guaranteed by GSK. Following completion of the GSK Share Exchange, the guarantee provided by GSK will cease to be effective and a guarantee provided by the Company will come into full force and effect. Further details of the terms and conditions governing the notes issued under the Programme and the Pre-Separation USD Notes can be found in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness”.

 

80


Table of Contents

The net proceeds of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes and the Pre-Separation USD Notes have been made available to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited in order to fund the making of the Notes Proceeds Loans pursuant to the Notes Proceeds Loan Agreements. As such:

 

   

on 24 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited made a loan of £4,465,197,183.55 to GlaxoSmithKline Finance plc and a loan of £2,101,269,262.85 to Pfizer Service Company Ireland Unlimited Company; and

 

   

on 29 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited made a loan of £1,798,139,950.68 to GlaxoSmithKline Finance plc and a loan of £846,183,506.20 to Pfizer Service Company Ireland Unlimited Company.

The terms of the Notes Proceeds Loan Agreements require, among other things, that the Notes Proceeds Loans will be repaid in full to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited on 13 July 2022 or such other date as agreed between the parties in writing. Following repayment of the Notes Proceeds Loans, the amounts received by GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited will be made available to CH JVCo in order to fund a portion of the Pre-Demerger Dividend.

The Group’s asset perimeter

On or around the date of this registration statement, GSK, GSKCHH and CH JVCo entered into the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement, which sets out the framework for transferring certain businesses, assets, liabilities and employees that were excluded from the original perimeter of the GSK/Pfizer JV as contemplated in the Pfizer SAPA and others that were included in the original perimeter of the GSK/Pfizer JV but had not yet legally transferred or to record the transfer of “wrong pocket” assets under the Pfizer SAPA, in each case from the GSK Group to the Group (where a “wrong pocket” asset or liability is one that parties have identified as incorrectly being transferred, or not transferred, to the other party in line with the principles of the Pfizer SAPA) (see also “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement”).

The Asset Transfer Framework Agreement also sets out the framework for transferring certain businesses, assets, liabilities and employees from the Group to the GSK Group to record the transfer of “wrong pocket” assets under the Pfizer SAPA, and to remove assets from the Group that do not relate to the Consumer Healthcare Business, in each case from the Group to the GSK Group. For further information on the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement, please see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Asset Transfer Framework Agreement”.

Capital Expenditures and Divestures

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Capital Expenditure.”

Public Information

See “Item 10. Additional Information—10.H. Documents on Display.”

4.B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Item 4.B should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Market and Industry Data” for further information on the use of market and industry data in this registration statement.

 

81


Table of Contents

Key highlights

We believe that the Group is an exceptional business: a business with significant global scale and reach with leading market share positions, differentiated by its 100 per cent. focus on consumer healthcare and driven by its purpose of delivering better everyday health with humanity. Its leading brands are built on science, innovation and human understanding and are trusted by millions of consumers globally.

The Group is a world leader in consumer healthcare and is the leading business by sales in OTC, VMS and Therapeutic Oral Health.10 The Group’s portfolio of category-leading brands includes the world’s number one Toothpaste for sensitivity11, the world’s leading Multivitamin, the world’s leading Topical Pain Relief brand, the world’s leading Denture Care brand and a broad range of other large-scale, well-known consumer healthcare brands with a leading global or regional presence.

The Group operates in a market that was worth over £160 billion in 2021 and is more relevant than ever following the COVID-19 pandemic. Consumers are increasingly conscious of their health and, supported by greater digital resources, are willing to take greater ownership of treatment and prevention. This trend is further accelerated in emerging markets by a growing middle-class population with a greater willingness to pay for OTC and wellness products. In addition, an ageing population across many countries, drives greater demand for many of the products in the Group’s categories; for example, the requirements for arthritis pain relief and for Denture Care products are linked with age. Similarly, governments, facing pressure on healthcare spending driven by an ageing population, have adopted policy measures designed to increase the use of OTC drugs (which are not generally reimbursed by governments) relative to prescription drugs (typically reimbursed). We expect these trends to continue. Underpinned by these and other favourable market factors, we anticipate typical annual market growth of between 3 and 4 per cent. in the medium term.

The Group has a strong footprint in the world’s consumer healthcare markets, including a commercial presence in over 170 markets and a number one or two OTC/VMS market position in countries which represented over 70 per cent. of the world’s OTC/VMS markets by value in 2021. This includes OTC/VMS market leadership in the USA and the leading OTC/VMS multinational position in the higher-growth markets of China and India.

The Group’s scale and brand portfolio is complemented by its well-developed capabilities in trusted science and human understanding. The Group has a longstanding in-house scientific capability deriving from its pharmaceutical heritage, which allows it to both innovate and build trust through constructive engagement with the scientific community. The Group’s scientific capabilities are combined with a deep understanding of the health needs of its consumers, supported by consumer insights and broad engagement with healthcare professionals. Significantly, the Group engages directly with approximately one third of the approximately 10 million healthcare professionals relevant to its categories. The power of this combination is illustrated by the double-digit growth of Sensodyne over the past decade, which has been driven by increasing public awareness of tooth sensitivity as a treatable condition, consumer-centric scientific innovation and the generation of evidence-based claims to support expert recommendations.

The Group has been transformed through the synergistic combination of three leading consumer healthcare businesses since 2015, alongside a targeted programme to optimise its operating model, cost base and capabilities for the future. An extensive programme of divestments has sharpened the focus of the business through the divestment of growth-dilutive brands and those outside of its core categories. In addition, the extensive scientific and consumer products experience of its legacy businesses has been significantly enhanced by targeted investment in commercial and scientific capabilities, technologies and facilities, most notably in the digital

 

10 

Source: Therapeutic Oral Health ranking is based on Group analysis of third party data from Nielsen, IRI, Intage, IQVIA Consumption Sales Data (2021-2022). Therapeutic Oral Health is defined as Therapeutic Toothpaste and Total Dental Appliance Care.

11 

Source: Group’s analysis of 2020 third party market data.

 

82


Table of Contents

sphere. The separation of the Group from the GSK Group now offers a number of further intangible benefits, including increased management focus, an infrastructure and organisational design more closely aligned to consumer healthcare requirements, capital allocation priorities tailored to the needs of the business and management incentives which can be focused on the specific priorities of the Group.

Despite a net negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the business delivered above market organic revenue growth in both FY 2020 and FY 2021 whilst successfully integrating the Pfizer consumer healthcare business which became part of the Group on 31 July 2019. Over the period FY 2019 to FY 2021, the Group also achieved a meaningful improvement in Adjusted operating profit margin driven by the delivery of integration synergies and operational efficiencies while still increasing investment in its brands and capabilities. This was achieved in spite of adverse currency movements and the dilutive impact of divestments. Building on this base, the Group has a clear and focused strategy which we believe will drive sustainable above-market growth and attractive shareholder returns based on four key pillars:

 

   

Driving portfolio growth by increasing household penetration. While the Group’s category-leading brands touch millions of consumers around the world, there remains significant headroom for further penetration12 across the portfolio. The Group has a clear strategy for driving penetration-led growth with the consumer as its focus and which it plans to accelerate and apply across its broader portfolio.

 

   

Capitalising on new and emerging growth opportunities. The Group plans to build on its significant recent growth in e-commerce, leveraging its rapidly developing capabilities in this area. Additionally, the Group’s brand portfolio, extensive scale and powerful route to market provide the opportunity to expand brands into new markets where it has the reach and scale to succeed. Similarly, the greater size of the combined legacy GSK and Pfizer consumer healthcare businesses in certain markets (relative to the legacy GSK and Pfizer businesses alone) continues to offer the opportunity to scale up key brands which previously lacked local distribution scale. Further opportunities exist in Rx-to-OTC switches in the USA, an area where the Group has led the market over the last decade, and in accelerating consumer trends such as the growth of the Naturals segment (as defined below), where multiple launches are already underway with more planned.

 

   

Performance underpinned by strong execution and financial discipline. The Group is focused on first-class commercial execution, increasingly supported by digital tools. In addition, it has a strong culture of financial discipline and continuous improvement. This combination has allowed it to deliver meaningful margin improvements since FY 2019, whilst increasing investment in its brands. The Group’s strategy is to build on this track record, maintaining its focus on commercial execution, business optimisation and cost control, thereby enabling it to deliver sustainable moderate margin expansion while continuing to invest for future growth.

 

   

Running a responsible business. Running a responsible business is integral to the Group’s purpose of delivering better everyday health with humanity and we believe the Group is well placed to have a positive impact. The Group’s environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) goals focus on tackling the environmental and social barriers to everyday health and driving health inclusivity through the promotion and delivery of sustainable solutions.

The listing of the Haleon Shares on the LSE is the culmination of a seven year journey since the merger of the legacy GSK and Novartis consumer healthcare businesses to create a global leader in consumer healthcare. The Group’s world-class portfolio of brands, attractive geographic footprint and strong capabilities leave it well positioned to benefit from favourable underlying sector fundamentals.

 

12 

Penetration is the proportion of a population (in a defined geographic market or product category) that has purchased the relevant category, brand or product at least once in the stated period.

 

83


Table of Contents

Market Overview

Consumer Healthcare: a £160+ Billion Market

The global consumer healthcare market is one of the largest, most resilient and fastest-growing across the FMCG sectors. However, unlike other standard FMCG markets, its definition varies across competitors and common industry data sources. OTC/VMS is a major part of the market, a primary focus of the Group’s key competitors and is currently valued at over £135 billion. In addition to OTC/VMS, many peer companies compete in adjacent consumer healthcare markets. For example, the Group and two of its largest consumer healthcare peers compete in Oral Health, currently valued at £25 billion globally.

Therefore, the Group’s definition of the consumer healthcare market comprises: OTC/VMS and Oral Health, which have an aggregate global market size of over £160 billion.13 Further information on the Group’s categories is set out in “—The Key Market Categories for the Group” below.

 

LOGO

The Group’s largest single market is the USA, which is the number one consumer healthcare market globally with £41 billion in consumer sales in 2021, representing approximately 27 per cent. of the global market. The Group also has strong presence across Europe and China, as well as in many other higher-growth markets, in particular China, which present an attractive opportunity to increase household penetration of the consumer healthcare category.

Key Market Drivers

The market fundamentals shaping future growth in the consumer healthcare market, which current expectations suggest could grow at a rate of 3-4 per cent. per annum over the medium-term, include the five key drivers below.

Increased consumer focus on health and wellness

In the period prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, global consumers were increasingly taking a more active role in self-management of their health and wellbeing. Since the outbreak of the pandemic, personal healthcare has become even more relevant and this trend has accelerated. 2020 customer research found that 42 per cent. of consumers try to make wellness a priority in their day-to-day life, and 79 per cent. think wellness is important. 71 per cent. of those consumers place a higher priority on their health than they did two to three years ago, and 70 per cent. anticipate health growing in their list of priorities looking forward.14 This represents an important driver in the growth of self-care and underpins favourable trends for the sector as a whole.

 

13 

Total 2021 market size of £161 billion based on Group analysis of third party market data.

14 

Source: McKinsey & Company, The Future of Wellness H1 2021 Report. Based on consumer research in Brazil, China, Germany, Japan, the US and the UK.

 

84


Table of Contents

Ageing populations

The proportion of people aged 65 years and over is expected to increase from 9.3 per cent. of the global population in 2020 to 16.0 per cent., or approximately one in six people globally, in 2050.15 This change in demographics brings with it increased need for self-care and preventative care.

Emerging middle class

The emerging middle class in higher-growth economies has been a long term growth driver for the consumer healthcare market as greater buying power has led to greater per capita usage. Emerging and higher-growth economies continue to represent a sizeable growth opportunity for the industry: per capita usage for combined OTC/VMS products in the USA was £110 per capita in 2021; and Western European OTC/VMS usage per capita was £53 in the same period.16 By comparison, per capita usage in higher-growth markets, including China (2021 OTC/VMS of £22 per capita), Central and Eastern Europe (2021 OTC/VMS of £29 per capita), India (2021 OTC/VMS of £2 per capita) and Latin America (2021 OTC/VMS of £13 per capita),17 is still relatively low, which presents an attractive opportunity to increase household penetration of the consumer healthcare category.

Growing self-care in the face of increasing pressure on public health systems

Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, pressure on public health had been rising over the long term. In 2018, global spending on health reached $8.3 trillion, or 10 per cent. of global GDP, growing slightly below GDP for the first time in five years. The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is continuing to have, a significant adverse impact on health systems globally, and the aftermath of the pandemic may be accompanied by a potentially deep global economic crisis which could have a long-lasting impact on future health financing.18 As such, the consumer healthcare market, and more specifically the ability to help consumers to self-care in general, represents a major opportunity to reduce the current significant burden on public health.

Sizeable unmet consumer needs

Competition in the consumer healthcare market is partly driven by innovation designed to meet unmet consumer needs. Through targeted innovation to address emerging trends—such as the growing demand for natural ingredients, as well as premiumisation (where consumers switch their purchases to premium alternatives), increased consumer interest in personalised products, and emerging technologies that allow consumers to more directly manage their own health—we believe there is a sizeable opportunity for further growth.

The Key Market Categories for the Group

OTC/VMS

Within the consumer healthcare market, OTC is distinct in that it is defined primarily by its regulatory status (see also “—Regulatory Overview” below for further information on relevant regulations). OTC medicines are readily available to consumers in retail distribution channels (including pharmacies) without the need for a doctor’s prescription. OTC comprises several categories defined by specific consumer needs and competition is at the category level. The Group’s OTC business is focused on three of the largest categories: Respiratory Health (£23 billion market), Pain Relief (£16 billion market) and Digestive Health and Other (£44 billion market). In Digestive Health and Other, the Group has a significant presence in Digestive Health (£15 billion market), Skin Health (OTC Dermatologicals only, £17 billion market) and Smokers’ Health (£1.3 billion market of the broader

 

15 

Source: UN Population Facts, October 2020.

16 

Source: Nicholas Hall’s DB6 Consumer Healthcare Database at manufacturer’s selling prices.

17 

Source: Nicholas Hall’s DB6 Consumer Healthcare Database at manufacturer’s selling prices.

18 

Source: WHO, 2020.

 

85


Table of Contents

£13 billion Lifestyle OTC market). Current expectations suggest that the OTC sector could grow by approximately 2-3 per cent. per annum in the medium term19.

In contrast to the broader FMCG marketplace, OTC is highly regulated, with a regulatory environment that differs by country and respective regulator. Most OTC innovations and consumer benefit claims must pass a rigorous approval process including pharmaceutical-like clinical testing. Distribution is also heavily regulated: in many countries, OTC medicines are typically available only via the pharmacy channel, although the USA, Australia and UK, where mass market distribution is permitted, are notable exceptions. While the associated regulatory environment tends to lead to a slower innovation cycle versus typical FMCG, it provides a significant competitive advantage to businesses such as the Group with strong scientific capabilities and strong pharmacy and retail channel execution infrastructure and capabilities.

Competition in OTC is characterised by scientific innovation designed to fulfil unmet consumer needs and is supported by FMCG consumer branding and marketing. Innovations can include improved efficacy, new product formats, innovative packaging, and new consumer benefit claims. Historically, the Rx-to-OTC switch, through which a medicine or class of medicines previously only available via prescription is made readily available to retail consumers, has been a significant growth driver. Switches take a relatively long time and require specific capabilities and expertise, including scientific and regulatory resources, the ability to manage clinical trials, and the ability to actively engage with key opinion leaders and regulators.

Respiratory Health comprises several sub-categories. The Group is the market leader in global Respiratory Health with a global number two position (excluding traditional Chinese medicine) in the largest sub-category, Seasonal Cold and Flu, the number one position in Topical Decongestants and the number four position in Allergy Care.

Pain Relief can be further segmented into Systemic Pain Relief (where the medicine is ingested) and Topical Pain Relief (where the medicine is applied to the skin). The Group is the global market leader in Pain Relief overall as well as in both of these sub-categories.

Digestive Health comprises a range of treatments to support healthy functioning of the gastrointestinal tract including, amongst others: Antacids, Laxatives, and fibre products. The Group is the market leader in Digestive Health globally, due to strong leadership in immediate relief antacids in both developed and emerging markets.

Skin Health is highly fragmented, with multiple subcategories. The largest of these are Wound Healers (the Group is number three globally), Antiseptics and Disinfectants, Anti-itch (number four globally), Acne Remedies, General Antifungals (number three globally), Feminine Intimate Care and Lip Care (number two globally). Additionally, the Group holds a global leadership position in OTC Cold Sore Treatments.

Smokers’ Health, in which the Group holds the global number two position20, is one of several sub-categories comprising the Lifestyle OTC category.

VMS is a £52 billion market and is broad-based, highly fragmented and aligned to multiple specific consumer benefits. While it forms part of the broader OTC/VMS market, it is also adjacent to the broader Nutrition market and, as a result, different competitors may take different views of the market (Nutrition, Dietary Supplements, etc.). The current expectation is that the VMS sector could grow by 4-5 per cent. per annum in the medium term21. The Group

 

19 

Group’s projection for medium term (3-5 year) market growth rates based on analysis of third party data and based on the Group’s current brand / market footprint.

20 

Note the Group’s US Nicorette trade mark, under which the Group’s US Smokers’ Health business is commercialised, is licensed from Johnson & Johnson.

21 

Group’s projection for medium term (3-5 year) market growth rates based on analysis of third party data and based on the Group’s current brand / market footprint.

 

86


Table of Contents

competes in VMS products usually intended to supplement a consumer’s diet, containing one or more dietary ingredients (including vitamins, minerals, herbs or other botanicals, amino acids, and other supplements). Formats can include pills, powders, food-like forms (e.g., gummies), capsules, tablets, or liquids. The Group holds global number one positions in three of the five largest VMS sub-categories: Multivitamins, Vitamin C Supplements and Calcium Supplements. Unlike OTC medicines, VMS products are generally regulated in the same way as foods by relevant government authorities (see “—Regulatory Overview—Food (dietary supplements)”), and products within this category are distributed across a wide range of consumer channels, including pharmacy, mass and specialty retail, and e-commerce. The less complex VMS regulatory environment allows for a more rapid innovation cycle. However, the comparatively limited constraints and barriers to entry enable smaller or local players to enter and compete within this growing category.

Oral Health

The £25 billion Oral Health market is the most representative of a “true” FMCG category within the Group’s consumer healthcare portfolio, albeit one that often requires differentiating scientific capabilities to successfully compete for market share. The Group holds the global number three market share position in Oral Health overall and the number one position in the Therapeutic Oral Health sub-category22. The Group also has leading positions in Toothpaste (number two in a £13 billion market) and Denture Care (number one in a £915 million market). Other major sub-categories include Toothbrushes, Mouthwash, and Whitening. The current expectation is that the Oral Health sector could grow by approximately 3-4 per cent. per annum in the medium term23.

Regulation in relation to innovation, consumer benefit claims, and distribution is generally less complex in the Oral Health market when compared to the OTC market, although some products in the Group’s portfolio are classified as medicines and medical devices, particularly in Therapeutic Oral Health and Denture Care. Therefore, innovation cycles are typically shorter and outperforming the market requires differentiation and strong consumer marketing capabilities combined with a high degree of agility. Distribution is relatively widespread, with most Oral Health brands readily available to consumers across all major distribution channels (including e-commerce).

Other Key Themes Impacting the Consumer Healthcare Market

Competitive environment

Competitive dynamics: The consumer healthcare market is highly competitive, with brands differentiating themselves through scientific claims, consumer-driven innovation (including new product development and claims), premiumisation and distinguished branding. Competition also leverages traditional FMCG capabilities including consumer and channel marketing.

Market consolidation: The OTC/VMS market is highly fragmented, with the top five players holding a combined global share of 17 per cent. in 2021. Smaller competitors are also highly regionalised, slowing the pace of consolidation. In contrast, Oral Health is highly consolidated with the five largest competitors holding 61 per cent. of the market in 2021.

Major competitors: The Group’s competitors fall into four major groups: consumer healthcare businesses within large pharmaceutical companies; FMCG companies with businesses in overlapping or adjacent categories; local competitors in specific markets (particularly in China); and retailer private label companies in the USA, UK, and Australia.

 

22 

Source: Therapeutic Oral Health ranking is based on Group analysis of third party data from Nielsen, IRI, Intage, IQVIA Consumption Sales Data (2021-2022). Therapeutic Oral Health is defined as Therapeutic Toothpaste and Total Dental Appliance Care.

23 

Group’s projection for medium term (3-5 year) market growth rates based on analysis of third party data and based on the Group’s current brand / market footprint.

 

87


Table of Contents

Regional dynamics: The Group’s two most significant markets are the USA and China. These markets had aggregate market revenue of £41 billion and £35 billion24 respectively in 2021. In the USA, the Group holds the number one position in OTC/VMS and the number four position in Oral Health, with a number three position in Toothpaste and the leading position in Denture Care. In China, the Group holds the number two position in OTC/VMS (the number one multi-national) and is among the top ten in Oral Health.

Retail and distribution

OTC distribution is heavily weighted to the pharmacy channel globally (68 per cent. of global revenue), with approximately 25 per cent. in other retail (primarily mass market in the USA and UK and hospitals in China) and 7 per cent. of revenue in e-commerce. By contrast, VMS has a greater weighting in e-commerce, with 30 per cent. in e-commerce, 28 per cent. in other retail and 42 per cent. in pharmacy. Oral Health distribution closely mirrors the broader FMCG space, with 55 per cent. of 2021 revenue in mass/grocery, 22 per cent. in pharmacy, and 12 per cent. in e-commerce. A further 11 per cent. of Oral Health distribution comes from other much smaller channels, such as convenience25.

Pharmacy channel: Pharmacy is the primary distribution channel for both OTC and VMS, comprising 68 per cent. and 42 per cent. respectively of distribution globally. The Western European pharmacy channel is both

fragmented and highly regulated: Germany, France, and Spain do not permit corporate ownership of pharmacies and, as a result, market participants must have the capabilities and infrastructure required to partner effectively with a large number of individual store owners. While Italy is similarly regulated, corporate ownership of pharmacies is permitted. The UK operates a parallel model, with mass market sales for some OTC/VMS products permitted, while other OTC products are confined to the traditional pharmacy. Similar to Western Europe, the bulk of Central and Eastern Europe operate on a pharmacy-regulated model, with some corporate ownership permitted. This is also the predominant model in Latin America and Asia. China also follows a primarily pharmacy model with a significant portion of OTC medicines distributed through in-hospital pharmacies. In North America, the pharmacy channel primarily consists of large drug store chains (for example, CVS, Walgreens). These chains share many similarities with the mass/grocery channel (see below).

Mass / grocery channel: Mass sales of OTC medicines are widely permitted in the USA and permitted for most OTC/VMS products in the UK and Australia. As a result, competition in these markets requires strong FMCG-based customer marketing capabilities, including category management and collaborative planning with major retailers; and the scale necessary to partner with the world’s largest retailers. Notably, mass market retailers are both a distribution channel and direct competition in the form of private label, making the ability to compete with private label via differentiating innovation and strong brand loyalty critical to success in the mass market.

E-commerce: Online consumer healthcare sales have consistently grown at double digit rates since 2018 and this trend was accelerated by the pandemic in 2020 and 2021 across all regions. Online revenues are most significant to the Group in the USA and China, with Germany and the UK leading online revenues in Europe. While this trend could be viewed as disruptive to the traditional status quo and distribution, the resulting increased consumer availability also represents an opportunity to drive a longer-term increase in both penetration and category growth. Increasing market share in this evolving segment is dependent on having the right capabilities to capitalise on this trend, as well as having invested sufficiently to equip the business to adapt to fulfilling consumer needs in this channel.

 

24 

Sales of traditional medicines are included where they are packaged and positioned alongside registered OTCs.

25 

Source: Euromonitor Passport 2021 consumer sales at manufacturer’s selling prices. Mass/grocery as per Euromonitor’s Grocery Retailers definition, pharmacy & drugstores as per Euromonitor’s Health and Beauty Specialist Retailers, e-commerce as per Euromonitor’s e-commerce definitions.

 

88


Table of Contents

Strengths

The Group is one of the world’s leading consumer healthcare businesses with an exceptional portfolio of brands across its key categories and a strong footprint across the world’s largest and fastest growing OTC/VMS and Oral Health markets.

The Group is further distinguished by leading consumer healthcare-focused scientific capabilities, a well-developed organisational understanding of human health behaviours, strong capabilities in brand building, innovation and digital commerce and a powerful route to market.

We believe these represent important competitive strengths, which will support sustainable above-market medium-term growth and attractive shareholder returns.

Exceptional portfolio of category-leading brands

The Group’s business is built on an exceptional and focused portfolio of trusted consumer healthcare brands in attractive categories which provide meaningful opportunities for growth.

The Group is a global leader in the consumer healthcare market with number one global category positions in Therapeutic Oral Health26, VMS, Pain Relief, Respiratory Health and Digestive Health. Across these key categories, the Group has an exceptional portfolio of trusted brands with category-leading positions at a global or local level, including four out of the world’s top ten OTC/VMS brands by revenue.27

The Group’s leading brands

 

LOGO

The Group’s portfolio includes nine large-scale multinational Power Brands which represented 58 per cent. of revenue in FY 2021. Of these nine brands, Voltaren, Advil, Otrivin, Sensodyne, Polident and Centrum are the number one or number two brand in their respective sub-categories globally28. In addition, Panadol is the leading

 

26 

Source: Group analysis of third party data from Nielsen, IRI, Intage, IQVIA Consumption Sales Data (2021-2022). Therapeutic Oral Health is defined as Therapeutic Toothpaste and Total Dental Appliance Care.

27 

Excluding traditional Chinese medicine.

28 

Global rankings: Sensodyne #1 Sensitive Toothpaste (ZS 2021), Polident #1 Denture Care (Euromonitor 2021), Centrum #1 VMS, Voltaren #1 Topical Pain Relief, Otrivin #1 Topical Decongestant, Advil #2 Systemic Pain Relief (Nicholas Hall 2021).

 

89


Table of Contents

Systemic Pain Relief brand outside of the USA, Theraflu has a strong regional European and North American presence in Systemic Cold and Flu and parodontax is amongst the fastest growing global Toothpaste brands29.

The Power Brands are complemented by local strategic brands, which have scale and leadership positions in key markets. These include, among others, Fenbid (the number two Systemic Pain Relief brand in China), Emergen-C (the number one immunity VMS brand in the USA), Grand-Pa (the number one Pain Relief brand in South Africa), Dr.BEST (the leading Manual Toothbrush brand in Germany), ENO (the number one Digestive Health brand in Brazil and India) and Tums (the leading Heartburn brand in the USA)30.

The combination of the Power Brands and local strategic brands provides the Group with a focused, complementary and trusted portfolio which offers scale advantages, meaningful opportunities for growth and positions the Group well to maximise the return on innovation, advertising and promotion.

Attractive geographic footprint with strong presence in large and higher-growth markets

The Group has an extensive footprint across the global consumer healthcare market and a leading position in the large US and Chinese markets. The Group’s revenue is well-balanced between developed and emerging markets.

The Group has market-leading scale in the world’s consumer healthcare markets, including a commercial presence in over 170 markets and a number one or two OTC/VMS position in countries representing over 70 per cent. of the global OTC/VMS market by value in 2021.

The Group holds a leadership position in key scale and growth markets. This includes leadership in the approximately £37 billion US OTC/VMS market (the largest market, representing over 27 per cent. of the total OTC/VMS market) and regional leadership in the approximately £31 billion European OTC/VMS market (approximately 23 per cent. of the total OTC/VMS market). The Group also holds the leading multinational (“MNC”) position in the key OTC/VMS growth markets of China and India (in both cases the Group is number two overall), together with market leadership in the Asia Pacific region and in the Middle East and Africa (“MEA”), (together, representing 44 per cent. of the total OTC/VMS market). In China, the Group is currently the number one multi-national consumer healthcare business.

 

  

 

29 

parodontax is amongst the world’s fastest growing global Toothpaste brands based on Group’s analysis of Euromonitor Passport data (2021).

30 

Source: Nicholas Hall’s DB6 Consumer Healthcare (OTC/VMS) Database (other than with respect to Dr. BEST); Euromonitor Passport Database with respect to Dr. BEST.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following map shows the Groups combined market ranking in OTC and VMS.31

 

 

LOGO

The Group’s scale in OTC/VMS is reinforced through its leadership position in Therapeutic Oral Health32 and overall number three position in Oral Health.

The Group benefits from a balance of revenue between developed and emerging markets with approximately one third of the Group’s revenue delivered from emerging markets in FY 2021.

Human understanding and trusted science, exclusively focused on consumer health

The Group has leading scientific capabilities focused exclusively on consumer healthcare combined with well-developed human understanding generated through dedicated in-house expertise and a range of proprietary consumer insight tools. We believe that the combination of human understanding and trusted science drives better innovation and meaningful and positive engagement with both consumers and experts.

Given the Group’s pharmaceutical heritage, trusted science is firmly embedded in the Group’s culture and approach, and we believe it possesses scientific capabilities that differentiate it from other FMCG companies. The Group has a dedicated consumer healthcare R&D organisation with a multidisciplinary talent pool of approximately 1,400 highly skilled scientists and a strong network of external partnerships. This is further supported by high quality R&D facilities which provide a range of capabilities, including fast prototyping, imaging, product chemistry, microbiology, stability analysis and scale-up and technical transfer.

Since 2017, the Group has conducted nearly 70 clinical studies involving approximately 6,000 participants and has a strong track record of peer-reviewed journal publications and patent applications. In addition, through its regulatory organisation which has a direct presence across approximately 60 markets, it has completed

 

31 

Source: Nicholas Hall’s DB6 Consumer Healthcare (OTC/VMS) Database, 2021 Store and E-commerce sales.

32 

Source: Group analysis of third party data from Nielsen, IRI, Intage, IQVIA Consumption Sales Data (2021-2022). Therapeutic Oral Health is defined as Therapeutic Toothpaste and Total Dental Appliance Care.

 

91


Table of Contents

approximately 19,000 regulatory applications and approvals since 2019 in support of both new launches and the continuation of existing products.

The Group’s focus on trusted science and the generation of evidence-based claims supported by scientific research is also critical to the Group’s ability to engage with experts and healthcare professionals with whom it is widely recognised as a partner of choice. Trust is fundamental to these relationships and is embedded in the Group’s culture.

Alongside its scientific strengths, the Group has developed a range of capabilities focused on understanding the health needs of its consumers and the barriers to treatment, and has invested heavily in consumer insights, data analytics and a range of digital tools. These include in-house shopper research facilities which enable sophisticated testing of consumer responses to different retail scenarios, future trend spotting capabilities, and highly developed sensory labs to source consumer feedback on the taste, texture and smell of the Group’s products. Its social listening capability draws insights from over 70 million posts a year and its proprietary ‘Observatory’ library holds 53,000 findings on concepts, conditions or culture, as they relate to health. The Group’s extensive expert engagement generates further insights, including early visibility of unmet consumer needs.

We believe the synthesis of trusted science and human understanding provides the Group with competitive advantages in product development and commercialisation. The Group’s consumer understanding supports the identification and development of products addressing real consumer needs. Through its scientific capabilities, the Group is able to develop innovative products which address these needs with claims backed by science and supporting expert recommendation which is a key driver of consumer healthcare performance. In parallel, the Group’s consumer understanding supports product messaging which appeals to consumers on an emotional level, as well as allowing the Group to target products and product messaging to the relevant consumer audiences.

Strong brand building, innovation and digital capabilities combined with a leading route to market

The Group has well-proven capabilities in building brands and campaigns that resonate with consumers and in delivering innovation to meet consumer healthcare needs together with the ability to reach across all key channels for consumer healthcare products, including e-commerce.

The Group has a track record of building trusted and enduring brands across different geographies and consumer populations and seeks to build real and personal connections in its communications with consumers, underpinned by its trusted science. This means making a link to the broader context of consumers’ needs, not merely focusing on functional benefits. One example is the successful 2020 launch of Voltaren Arthritis Pain in the USA, following its successful switch from prescription status. The promotional campaign focused on the brand’s ability to restore the joy of movement to sufferers of arthritis pain, building upon the strong functional claims of the product but focusing on the human impact of pain relief. The launch was supported by an innovative website, tailored to the needs of arthritis sufferers with voice search functionality, large tap targets, scalable font sizes, and the ability to view hands-free content via videos and head-gesture-scrolling. In its first year of sales the launch outperformed any competitive OTC launch in the US Pain Relief market since 201133 and drove more than 80 per cent. of Topical Pain Relief category growth in the US market in the year of launch.34

The Group’s commercial organisation is supported by innovative facilities and tools including its shopper science labs, the Group’s own in-house content production studio, “CaST,” and proprietary artificial intelligence (“AI”) tools which support dynamic content and media optimisation.

 

33 

Source: IRI Consumption Data from Market Advantage and Xlerate, FY2011-FY2021.

34 

Source: Group’s analysis based on external data (IRI Market Advantage, Consumption Data).

 

92


Table of Contents

The foundations of the Group’s business lie in addressing real everyday health needs and thereby delivering penetration and growth. The Group has demonstrable capabilities in the delivery of innovation based on human insights to address consumer needs. For example, in North America, the Group launched Tums Chewy Bites in 2017 having identified that millennials, whilst having high rates of heartburn, were reluctant to treat the condition due to negative perceptions of the product taste and perceived lack of relevance to them. The colourful and fruit-flavoured chewy bites format addressed this perception whilst providing convenience, a characteristic highly valued by this group. Building on the launch in 2017, the Group has continued to innovate through products with new flavours and sensory properties (for example, Chewy Bites Cooling Sensation), as well as products treating both heartburn and bloating. Continued innovation brought 3.8 million new consumers into the category in the USA35 and drove US Tums Chewy 3 year compound consumer sales growth of 31 per cent. to November 202136.

In addition to its marketing and innovation capabilities, the Group has a strong and established presence in all key channels relevant for consumer healthcare and a scale which allows it to effectively engage with retail partners of all sizes, buying groups, distributors, pharmacy chains and individual pharmacies. In Europe, where the Group’s products are primarily sold through small-scale pharmacies, this supports the Group’s number one ranking in the pharmacy channel and, in key European markets, country average weighted distribution37 levels in pharmacy for the Group’s Power Brands of between 70 and 98 per cent. In mass market retail, the Group is ranked second and has weighted distribution in key European markets for its Power Brands of between 76 and 94 per cent38. In the mass channel in the USA and elsewhere, the Group benefits from strategic partnerships with large retailers, supported by its state-of-the-art shopper science labs which facilitate joint business planning.

The Group has also invested significantly in building local e-commerce capabilities and strengthening strategic partnerships with global and local leaders. Alongside its digital marketing capabilities, this has enabled the Group to more than double its e-commerce sales between FY 2019 and FY 2021.

A key part of the Group’s global reach is also its ability to engage with experts and healthcare professionals who play a significant part in product recommendation. For example, in OTC/VMS, 85 per cent. of pharmacist recommendations lead to a purchase, and in Oral Health, studies have shown that dentist recommendations have a significant influence over oral health behaviours. As a result of its reach and focus on trusted science, many of the Group’s leading brands across the portfolio are the number one recommended in their categories by experts in the Group’s major markets39.

Strategy

The Group has a clear and focused strategy to drive sustainable above-market growth and attractive returns, guided by its purpose of delivering better everyday health with humanity. This strategy is built on four pillars: growing the portfolio by driving household penetration, capitalising on new and emerging growth opportunities, strong execution and financial discipline and running a responsible business.

 

35 

Source: IRI National Consumer Panel Data, FY2016-FY2021.

36 

Source: IRI point of sale data, multi-outlet (MULO) + convenience + ecommerce Nov 2021.

37 

Weighted distribution is the percentage of points of sale where a product is available, assigning to each point of sale, a weight proportional to its sales.

38 

Based on the Group’s analysis of distribution data for the Group’s Power Brands (excluding Advil which is primarily a North American brand) in a cross section of European markets, including Poland, Germany, Great Britain, Italy and Spain.

39 

Based on surveys of healthcare professionals carried out in 2020 by Ipsos across 30 markets in the OTC and/or Oral Health categories. In the majority of cases, the Group’s brands covered emerged as the brand recommended most often to patients by the healthcare professionals surveyed.

 

93


Table of Contents

Drive portfolio growth by increasing household penetration

We believe there is significant opportunity for further penetration of its brands across its categories. The Group has a clear and proven approach to driving penetration growth.

Penetration in some of the Group’s key categories is still relatively low, and we expect to deliver significant continued growth from its current portfolio. In Oral Health, nearly 1 in 3 adults have experienced sensitive teeth, but only 1 in 3 of those experiencing sensitivity use a sensitivity toothpaste like Sensodyne40. In Pain Relief, 9 out of 10 people suffer from pain, but only 1 in 3 of them immediately treat their pain41. In China, where calcium intake is less than 50 per cent of the daily recommended level42 only approximately 17 per cent. of people take a calcium supplement like Caltrate.43

The Group has a clear and proven approach to driving penetration growth which utilises its key capabilities in human understanding, trusted science, innovation and marketing, supported by strong commercial execution. This can be illustrated by the successful growth of Sensodyne, which delivered over 10 per cent. compound revenue growth between FY 2011 and FY 2021.

The Group’s strategy for Sensodyne incorporates the building of condition awareness and relevance. Many sufferers of tooth sensitivity do not recognise it as a health condition and one which can be treated. The Group’s communications address all sensitivity sufferers, using a data-driven approach to tailor relevant messages for different target audiences across channels.

 

LOGO

Product innovation based on consumer insights has been a key driver of Sensodyne’s growth. The Sensodyne product range has expanded well beyond the original formulation to offer a range of benefits in response to different consumer needs. The range now includes, amongst others, Sensodyne Rapid Relief offering pain relief within 60 seconds; Sensodyne Pronamel which protects teeth against acid erosion; Sensodyne Repair and Protect which repairs, strengthens and protects sensitive teeth; and, more recently, Sensodyne Sensitivity and Gum, which has a clinically proven dual action formula for sensitive teeth and gum problems.

In addition, expert advocacy has been a core strength of Sensodyne which is the number one dentist-recommended brand for sensitive teeth in 24 of 30 markets tracked44. Dental recommendation has been built on the foundation of the Group’s trusted science with science-backed claims developed by the Group and a large expert field force combined with Healthpartner, the Group’s website for healthcare professionals ensuring awareness of the benefits of Sensodyne products.

Finally, the Group’s commercial execution, both online and in-store, ensures that Sensodyne has high levels of visibility and the right assortment of packs to support commercial opportunities.

 

40 

Source: Oral Health Population Data – IPSOS Incidence Study Calculations 2015; figures are averages.

41 

Source: Edelman Intelligence, GPI4, 2020, 19 markets, 19,000 respondents.

42 

Source: Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention (2021).

43 

Source: Penetration data from Kantar (2020).

44 

Source: Group’s analysis based on Ipsos data from expert performance tracking study 2019-2020.

 

94


Table of Contents

The Group is applying the same approach as on Sensodyne across other brands and markets. For example, the Group’s parodontax messaging focuses on raising consumer awareness of gum disease with many sufferers of bleeding gums unaware that this is a sign of gum disease with the long-term risk of tooth loss. This has been supported by science-based product claims (“parodontax is a toothpaste that is clinically proven to help reduce bleeding gums”) and innovation of a range of different products focusing on different consumer needs including gum health, whitening, gum repair and complete protection.

Capitalise on new and emerging growth opportunities

 

The Group plans to leverage its growing capabilities in e-commerce and expand its key brands across leading markets. It will continue to pursue Rx-to-OTC switches in the USA and capitalise on accelerating consumer trends.

Channel expansion: e-commerce

Over recent years, partly driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, there has been a significant consumer shift to e-commerce with market compound e-commerce growth of approximately 24 per cent. per annum between 2018 and 2021.45 The Group expects this momentum to continue.

As a result of the investments made in digital capabilities and strategic partnerships with leading e-commerce companies, the Group considers itself to be well positioned to capitalise on e-commerce growth. This is grounded in the Group’s strong recent performance. Since 2019, the Group has delivered above-market growth in e-commerce sales, which have grown from 4 per cent. of revenue in FY 2019 to 8 per cent. in FY 2021 (constituting growth of over £0.4 billion in digital revenue). Significantly, the Group holds strong positions in more developed e-commerce markets, such as China and the USA. In China, e-commerce revenue represented 20 per cent. of FY 2021 revenue with FY 2020 to FY 2021 growth of over 40 per cent. In the USA, e-commerce revenue represented 12 per cent. of FY 2021 revenue and with FY 2020 to FY 2021 growth of over 35 per cent. For further details on the Group’s digital commerce capabilities, see “—Engagement with Consumers—Digital Capabilities” below. E-commerce growth is a clear priority and an area where the Group aims to build on the investments it has already made.

Geographic expansion

We believe that the Group’s brand portfolio and powerful route-to-market capabilities offer multiple opportunities to expand its brands beyond their existing geographies.

For example, in India and in many MEA markets, the business has a consistent performance track record and strong route to market with 4 million distribution points in India and 80 per cent. weighted distribution across MEA. The Group has experienced double digit growth in MEA over the last two years and strong double digit growth in India over the last five years. In each case, however, the majority of the Group’s revenue in these markets currently comes from a small number of brands. In FY 2021, over 75 per cent. of revenue in India was accounted for by ENO and Sensodyne and over 48 per cent. of revenue in MEA was derived from Panadol and Sensodyne. The Group believes there is significant opportunity to leverage local capabilities to expand other brands in its portfolio into these and other markets.

We believe that the Group’s leading portfolio includes a number of brands which are well-positioned for geographic expansion. For example, poor gum health, a common condition worldwide, offers opportunity for the expansion of parodontax into additional markets through application of the same growth model as Sensodyne. The brand was launched in India in the second quarter of 2021 and has delivered strong initial performance.

 

45 

Source: Group’s analysis based on market data sourced from Nicholas Hall and Euromonitor.

 

95


Table of Contents

Additionally, Centrum, although present in over 70 markets, is highly concentrated geographically with approximately two thirds of revenue in FY 2021 coming from five markets. We see an opportunity to grow the brand within its existing footprint by leveraging the Group’s scale and route to market. This is supported by recent experience in the Europe, Middle East and Africa and Latin America (“EMEA and LatAm”) region with approximately 14 per cent. Centrum revenue growth in this region in FY 2021 compared to FY 2020.

Portfolio expansion: Rx-to-OTC switches

The Group continues to pursue Rx-to-OTC switches which have historically been a key source of innovation and growth in OTC, especially in the USA. The Group has a strong track record of switching both GSK and non-GSK products driven by a long-standing dedicated in-house team and has implemented four Rx-to-OTC switches in the USA since 2014. This includes the most recent switch of Voltaren Arthritis Pain in 2020, which drove 80 per cent. of market revenue growth in the Topical Pain Relief category in the USA in 2020. The Group currently has two active switch projects in its pipeline with expected launches (if successful and approved) in 2025 and 2026 and is exploring further opportunities both within and outside of its key categories.

Portfolio expansion: emerging consumer trends including Naturals

The Group intends to continue to capitalise on accelerating consumer trends, for example, the growing consumer trend for natural products. Consumer healthcare products that are non-medicated, ‘free from’ particular ingredients, or that include plant-based, herbal or other naturally occurring ingredients (“Naturals”) are increasingly popular, especially amongst younger consumers, with growth exceeding the market average. Consumers are increasingly looking for natural products across disease prevention, treatment and recovery and we believe this trend will continue.

The Group sees an opportunity to expand its Naturals offering across relevant portfolios and has launched 10 Naturals innovations since the beginning of FY 2021 including launches such as Voltanatura, Centrum Whole Food, Sensodyne Nourish and Tums Naturals. 25 further Naturals products are in the pipeline.

Underpin performance with strong execution and financial discipline

The Group will continue to focus on driving efficiency, effectiveness and agility to make every investment count.

The Group has made significant progress in recent years in driving efficiency and effectiveness across its operations. Over the last seven years, the Group has optimised the manufacturing footprint inherited from the legacy GSK, Novartis and Pfizer consumer healthcare businesses from 41 sites to 24, whilst restructuring its supply chain such that manufacturing is increasingly co-located in the same region as the end consumer (80 per cent. of product supply sourced within the same region). This allows the Group to manufacture at scale, whilst retaining the cost and responsiveness benefits of local sourcing. In the same period, the Group has more than halved its number of distribution centres and has reduced its contract manufacturers from approximately 250 inherited from the legacy GSK, Novartis and Pfizer businesses to approximately 180 in 2022, thereby gaining scale benefits and reducing management costs.

Similarly, between 2019 and 2021, the Group’s marketing organisation reduced its creative media and production agencies from 200 to 56 and the organisation has continued to optimise how advertising and promotion spend is deployed with an increased focus on digital (doubling between FY 2019 and FY 2021 to almost half of advertising and promotion spend in FY 2021). Investments in AI tools such as People-Cloud and consumer data have significantly increased the efficiency of this expenditure. In 2021, the Group was able to deliver a 185 per cent. return on data-driven media spend.46

 

46 

Data-driven media spend is digital media spend targeting new consumers identified by data driven consumer segmentation. These consumers are served with media and messaging relevant to their specific profiles. The 185 percent. return refers to incremental revenue generated relative to digital media expenditure.

 

96


Table of Contents

In terms of in-market commercial execution, the Group’s management has empowered the Group’s local markets to innovate, increasing the Group’s agility in adapting to changing consumer healthcare needs. 800 R&D and category roles have been moved or re-aligned to local markets for FY 2022 and in the USA, for example, approximately 68 per cent. of FY 2022 innovation projects are expected to be locally managed. The Group has also built specialised tools that enable better local commercial execution. For example, the Group’s sales teams across EMEA and LatAm are supported by a customer relationship management system which ensures sales representative calls are efficient and effective. Through this system, representatives are able to complete their commercial activities, capture instore excellence key performance indicators, and deliver category and product training and education. The Group is also now utilising image recognition and machine learning across many retail stores in order to ascertain distribution and visibility metrics that can then drive improvements with the objective of optimising sales. Similarly, the Group’s shopper science labs inform its commercial practices to improve the experience of retailers and consumers.

A sharp focus on net revenue management has been a further lever through which the Group has sought to optimise its margins, including strategic initiatives such as increased penetration of Power Brands in key markets such as India (typically Power Brands have higher margins than the Group as a whole) and increased focus on improving returns on trade investment spend. These initiatives have positively impacted margins and supported approximately 2.2 per cent. price growth in 2021 (excluding divested brands and at CER), complementing an approximately 1.8 per cent. growth in volumes (excluding divested brands).

The Group’s strategy of efficient commercial execution and cost discipline allows it to deliver moderate operating profit margin expansion whilst reinvesting a share of cost savings delivered in future growth through targeted investment in advertising and promotion, and innovation. This in turn supports delivery of increased growth and growth in free cash flow creating further operating leverage and efficiencies.

Between FY 2019 and FY 2021, the Group successfully increased operating profit margin and Adjusted operating profit margin by 6.6 percentage points and 3.3 percentage points, respectively, despite an adverse foreign exchange movement and an adverse impact from divestment of growth-dilutive brands which received limited advertising and promotion support. Over the same period, the Group reinvested a share of operating cost savings into advertising and promotion spend on brands to support future growth.

The Group has additionally delivered net cash inflow from operating activities of £3.5 billion and free cash flow of £3.8 billion, in each case, across the period FY 2019-2021. Healthy cash flows from operations have been strongly supported by a sharp focus on working capital discipline and stable capital investment.

The Group is a business with a strong operating profit margin (FY 2021: operating profit margin of 17.2 per cent. and Adjusted operating profit margin of 22.8 per cent.) with above-market growth supported by robust investment in its brands (FY 2021: advertising and promotion expenditure as a percentage of revenue of 20.3 per cent., R&D costs as a percentage of revenue of 2.7 per cent. and Adjusted R&D costs as a percentage of revenue of 2.6 per cent.). The Group’s strategy is to maintain its sharp focus on business optimisation and cost control whilst reinvesting a share of savings for future growth. This includes the delivery of the remaining synergies from the integration of the Pfizer consumer healthcare business, other ongoing projects in net revenue management and manufacturing and further operational costs savings.

Run a responsible business

The Group’s responsible business agenda is intrinsically linked to its sector focus and its purpose of delivering better everyday health with humanity. The Group has a structurally advantaged environmental footprint in its sector and is strongly positioned to advance health inclusivity. The Group is committed to building strong corporate governance across the business.

 

97


Table of Contents

Running a responsible business is intrinsically linked to the Group’s purpose and integral to how the organisation operates. The Group recognises that the health of the world’s environment affects the health of people and is committed to tackling the environmental and social barriers to everyday health. The Group’s brands have clear and positive roles to play in protecting and improving everyday health and doing so in inclusive and responsible ways.

The Group has a relatively small environmental footprint in terms of carbon intensity (2020 Carbon intensity scope 1-3 0.2kg CO2e / £ of revenue) and plastic packaging (2020 plastic packaging footprint of approximately 50,000 tonnes). This is driven by the nature of its product portfolio, a significant part of which is made up of precisely-dosed, small-sized premium products which are bought and typically used over an extended period of time and which therefore utilise less energy for manufacturing and plastic for packaging per £ of revenue. A further structural advantage is that the Group’s products are less exposed to agricultural ingredients which require high resource intensity in manufacturing. Such structural advantages provide the Group with a strong foundation in terms of reduced risk exposure and the required capital expenditure to further advance its environmental and social agenda. In addition, the Group has a lower financial exposure to carbon taxation, plastic regulations or taxation, and rising energy costs.

The Group’s environmental focus is to tackle the barriers to everyday health, focusing on carbon footprint and climate change, sustainable healthcare packaging, and using trusted ingredients that are sustainably sourced. The Group’s targets include: 100 per cent. reduction in scope 1 & 2 (internal operational) carbon emissions by 2030 (versus its 2020 baseline); 42 per cent. reduction in scope 3 (from source to sale) by 2030; and 100 per cent. recyclable or reusable packaging by 2030 (versus its 2020 baseline) (where quality, safety and regulations permit, given the strict regulation of packaging requirements for certain healthcare products). As a standalone business, the Group will set a longer-term carbon net zero goal informed by the latest Science Based Targets initiative (“SBTi”)47 guidance.

The Group has a track record of delivering against these targets: 100 per cent. of electricity used by the Group comes from renewable sources; renewable electricity generation has been implemented at 12 out of its 24 manufacturing sites; and new solutions are being developed to support delivery of a significant reduction in the use of virgin petroleum-based plastic.

The Group sees health inclusivity or a lack of it as a critical factor for everyday health and believes its leading global position in the consumer healthcare market offers it the opportunity to make a meaningful positive impact in this area. The Group has set a target to help 50 million people per annum by 2025 to gain access to opportunities for better everyday health irrespective of their age, physical and mental capabilities, gender, ethnicity or sexual orientation.

The Group has identified a range of different programmes to achieve this. Across its brand portfolio the Group will seek to provide inclusive products, services and resources that help more people to access the care and support they need. The Group will continue to focus on educating consumers and empowering self-care, supporting health literacy and educational programmes for individuals and healthcare professionals. Finally, the Group will utilise its reach, resources and expertise to cooperate with other experienced partners in the field of healthcare and inclusivity. One such example is its partnership with the Economist Intelligence Unit and leading academics to create the Health Inclusivity Index which is expected to launch in July 2022 to facilitate dialogue with and among key stakeholder groups and to identify opportunities and actions.

 

47 

SBTi is a collaboration between the United Nations, the World Resources Institute, the World Wide Fund for Nature and CDP, an environmental reporting charity. SBTi provides companies with accreditation of science-based climate targets. SBTi however does not accept separate targets for business divisions within a wider company and therefore the Group will seek SBTi accreditation post demerger from GSK.

 

98


Table of Contents

Within its own organisation, the Group is committed to inclusion, equality and diversity. This will include, but not be limited to, the setting of ambitious targets on female and ethnic minority representation in leadership roles.

The Group has a robust operational governance structure and is committed to building strong corporate governance practices across its business.

Categories and Brands

The Group operates across five categories. These are (i) Oral Health; (ii) VMS; (iii) Pain Relief; (iv) Respiratory Health; and (v) Digestive Health and Other.

 

LOGO

The Group is the global market leader in OTC/VMS (which includes Pain Relief, Respiratory Health, Digestive Health and VMS), as well as the third ranked player in Oral Health.

The Group has a portfolio of established consumer brands with strong brand equities at a national, regional and global level. Following a progressive rationalisation and focusing of the Group’s portfolio, 58 per cent. of the Group’s 2021 revenue was accounted for by nine Power Brands: Panadol, Voltaren, Advil, Otrivin, Theraflu, Sensodyne, Polident, parodontax and Centrum. These are large-scale brands that drive the greatest growth for the Group with market-leading positions, an attractive geographic footprint and long-term growth potential.

 

LOGO

  The world’s leading Sensitivity Toothpaste (and no.2 overall toothpaste)

LOGO

 

The world’s leading Denture Care brand.

LOGO

 

Among the world’s fastest growing Toothpaste brands.48

 

48 

parodontax is amongst the world’s fastest growing global Toothpaste brands based on Group analysis of Euromonitor Passport data (2021).

 

99


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The world’s leading Topical Pain Relief brand.

LOGO

 

The world’s no. 2 Systemic Pain Relief brand.

LOGO  

The leading Systemic Pain Relief brand outside the US.

LOGO

 

Europe’s no. 2 Systemic Cold and Flu brand.

North America’s no. 3 Systemic Cold and Flu brand.

LOGO

 

The world’s leading Nasal Decongestant brand.

LOGO

 

The world’s leading Multivitamin.

Additionally, the Group has a range of local strategic brands which have scale and leadership positions in key markets and contribute significantly to the Group’s business, particularly in the USA and China.

The Group’s leading brands are detailed by category below.

Oral Health

The Group has one of the world’s leading Oral Health businesses, with operations in over 120 markets and a nearly 100-year track record in successful innovation and manufacture of quality Oral Health products. The Group specialises in Therapeutic Oral Health, where it is the global market leader50, providing therapeutic solutions to consumers for the prevention and treatment of specific oral health conditions including sensitivity, acid erosion, gum disease, denture care and dry mouth. This focus both allows the Group to leverage its leading capabilities in scientific research, expert engagement and human understanding and allows it to focus on some of the fastest growing, premium Oral Health segments. This approach has enabled the Group to command a price premium over the market and grow ahead of the global Toothpaste market every year since 201551.

The Group operates in a highly competitive Oral Health market, estimated to be worth £25 billion worldwide. The Group focuses primarily on Toothpaste and Denture Care, although it also has a significant presence in the Mouthwash and Manual Toothbrush markets (including its leading Manual Toothbrush brand in Germany, Dr.BEST). In Toothpaste, the Group is one of a small number of global players and it is ranked second in the market worldwide. In Denture Care it is the market leader.

In FY 2021, the Group generated revenue of £ 2.724 billion across its Oral Health portfolio.

 

50 

Source: Group analysis of third party data from Nielsen, IRI, Intage, IQVIA Consumption Sales Data (2021-2022). Therapeutic Oral Health is defined as Therapeutic Toothpaste and Total Dental Appliance Care.

51 

Growth rates for both Toothpaste market size and the Group performance calculated in Retail Value RSP, GBP Million, fixed 2021 exchange rates.

 

100


Table of Contents

Sensodyne

Sensodyne is the number two Toothpaste brand globally and the number one dentist-recommended Toothpaste worldwide for sensitivity. Its purpose is to “help humanity reclaim life’s small pleasures without the restrictions of sensitive teeth” and, since its launch in 1961, it has become the brand most associated by consumers with the care of sensitive teeth across virtually all of its key markets.

Tooth sensitivity is a common condition with nearly one third of the global population experiencing symptoms, nevertheless only one third of sufferers purchase a sensitivity toothpaste, thereby offering the opportunity for significant penetration-led growth.52 The combination of growing consumer awareness, recommendations of sensitivity toothpastes by dental experts, favourable demographics and rising incomes in higher-growth economies, provides an opportunity for the Group to leverage Sensodyne’s brand recognition and innovation capability.

Building on its long history of innovation and pioneering science, Sensodyne has moved beyond a primary focus on sensitivity-related conditions to encompass other oral health conditions. These include innovative products developed in response to a range of identified consumer needs, such as speed of relief and whitening. For the former, the Group first launched Sensodyne Rapid Relief in 2010 offering fast pain relief from sensitivity within 60 seconds. An improved, clinically proven formulation providing rapid relief combined with the additional benefit of long-lasting protection was launched in 2017. For the latter, the Group has launched tailored whitening variants of Sensodyne Repair and Protect, a product that can repair sensitive areas of teeth to relieve dentine hypersensitivity. These have increased penetration with sensitivity sufferers who also want the benefit of whitening.

The Group continues to enhance Sensodyne’s product mix (which also includes mouthwashes and toothbrushes) and increase value through premiumisation. Most recently, Sensodyne Nourish was launched, which is formulated with a bio-active mineral to nourish and strengthen teeth, and is blended with natural mint and essential oils. The range is vegan-friendly with a recycle-ready tube, cap and carton.

The brand has continued to outperform the global toothpaste market, reflecting underlying brand strength, successful innovation and strong consumer uptake in traditional retail and e-commerce channels.

Polident

The Group is the global market leader in Denture Care (fixatives and cleansers) with leadership positions in eight of the top ten Denture Care markets. Denture Care products are sold under three major brands—Polident, Corega and Poligrip (“Poli / Corega”)—across approximately 60 countries. Poli / Corega is the leading Denture Care brand family, operating in both cleansers and fixatives at a global scale, and is highly recommended by dentists.

The Group has a deep human understanding of the profound impact and burden that wearing a denture can have on people’s lives. Poli / Corega’s purpose is to lighten the load for all dental appliance wearers, providing solutions that give people the confidence to live life without worrying about their dentures or appliance, granting them the security to eat, speak, kiss and smile freely. Polident denture cleansers have a low-abrasive formula and help keep dentures clean and fresh, killing 99.99 per cent. of odour-causing bacteria in lab tests. Polident denture fixatives provide strong hold, food seal and comfort. The Poli / Corega range includes products for denture wearers who wear either full or partial dentures, as well as for people with appliances including mouthguards and retainers.

The Group continues to innovate and develop new product offerings under the Poli / Corega brand family. In the USA, Poligrip Max Seal was developed as a fixative with a precision nozzle to help block out food particles. Poligrip Cushion and Comfort utilises Adaptagrip technology and forms a unique gel layer which acts as a cushion to help provide gum comfort. Polident ProGuard and Retainer has been launched in the USA as a fast and easy-to-use cleanser in both tablet and foam form, and is compatible with materials often used for removable dental appliance.

 

52 

Source: Oral Health Population Data—IPSOS Incidence Study Calculations 2015.

 

101


Table of Contents

parodontax family

parodontax is among the world’s fastest growing global Toothpaste brands53 and the largest gum health brand (outside of China). parodontax is dedicated to winning the fight against the devastating progression of gum disease and, alongside its sister brands, Corsodyl and Chlorhexamed (together, the “parodontax family”), it offers a range of specialist gum care products, which are designed for people looking to keep their gums healthy. While the Group has successfully built a sizeable presence in certain markets, including the USA, the parodontax family is yet to be introduced in many others which offer the potential for geographic expansion.

There are 2.5 billion people globally who suffer from gum disease, with an incidence of one in three people spitting blood when they brush their teeth (a sign of gum disease).54 parodontax has a distinctive brand equity which seeks to de-normalise bleeding gums and thereby help address the world’s sixth largest disease. Developed in 1937, parodontax has a long heritage in Europe in the prevention of gum disease. parodontax Original, in most markets outside of the US, is formulated with sodium bicarbonate to help break down plaque, making it easier to remove, and it is clinically proven to be four times more effective at targeting the cause of bleeding gums compared to regular toothpaste. In the USA, stannous fluoride is used as the active ingredient, making parodontax toothpaste three times more effective than a sodium monofluorophosphate toothpaste at removing plaque bacteria.

The parodontax family product range also includes mouthwash, toothbrushes, gel and spray. Corsodyl Intensive Treatment is used to treat the one third of gum sufferers who have persistent bleeding gums. Corsodyl Treatment mouthwash contains 0.2 per cent. chlorhexidine, which starts to kill the bacteria that cause plaque within 30 seconds; it also forms a protective antibacterial layer over the teeth and gums to prevent plaque build-up for up to 12 hours. The Group continues to expand its product range under parodontax. In response to growing consumer demand for natural ingredient-based products, parodontax Herbal toothpaste was launched in 2019 and continues to be rolled out across key EMEA markets in 2020. In Q1 2021, in the USA, the Group launched parodontax Active Gum Repair Toothpaste, a formulation designed to help reverse early signs of gum damage by killing plaque bacteria at the gum line.

Other Oral Health brands

The Group also has a number of locally important brands, which complement the Power Brands above. For example, Dr.BEST is the leading Manual Toothbrush brand in Germany. Reflective of its ambition to become the most sustainable toothbrush manufacturer globally, in 2021 the Group launched its first externally certified climate neutral toothbrush, Dr.BEST GreenClean, which features a handle made from renewable cellulose and wood-based bioplastic, bristles made of 100 per cent. renewable castor oil, and 100 per cent. plastic-free packaging.

VMS

The Group is the global market leader in the VMS category, owning three of the top 20 global brands: Centrum, Caltrate and Emergen-C, which together delivered revenue of £1.3 billion in FY 2021. Importantly, approximately 54 per cent. of the Group’s VMS portfolio revenue in FY 2021 was in the key markets of the USA and China, which are expected to account for approximately 72 per cent. of total VMS market growth between 2021 and 2026.

Consumers around the world are taking an increasingly proactive approach to managing their own health. The Group’s vision is to empower consumers to do this by providing solutions to help them achieve their holistic wellness goals. With its market leadership, recognised brands, innovation capabilities and scientifically supported claims, the Group is well positioned to support consumers on this journey.

 

53 

Source: Group’s analysis of Euromonitor Passport data (2021).

54 

Source: Oral Health Population Data—IPSOS Incidence Study Calculations 2015.

 

102


Table of Contents

In addition to the favourable market dynamics and geographic reach of its business, the Group has identified a number of key opportunities to grow its VMS portfolio, including increasing the penetration of the Group’s VMS brands across digital channels. Since the formation of the GSK/Pfizer JV, which incorporated the Group’s leading VMS brands, the Group has made meaningful investments in its digital capabilities, which are now beginning to favourably impact performance.

In FY 2021, the Group generated revenue of £ 1.501 billion across its VMS portfolio.

Centrum

Centrum is the world’s number one selling multivitamin brand, offering a wide variety of formulations that support energy, immunity and metabolism, as well as eye, heart, bone and brain health. Launched in the USA in 1978, Centrum has built on decades of research and innovation and its purpose is to “build every body from the inside out.” Centrum is now available in over 50 markets and is the best-selling multivitamin brand in over 25 markets. It is the most clinically studied multivitamin in the world.

Centrum multivitamin products are designed to help adults and children meet their diverse nutritional needs and contain a variety of essential nutrients. They are devised with formulas which take into account the latest dietary guidelines, scientific research, and recommended dietary allowances from the US National Academy of Sciences and other regional/country specific nutrition bodies. Exemplary of its long history of innovation, Centrum was the first major brand to add many key nutrients to its products, such as beta-carotene in 1988, lutein in 1999 and lycopene in 2003.

Centrum has continued to innovate by introducing products which target the distinct needs of consumers. For example, the Centrum Benefit Blends range was launched in eight variants in Australia in 2021. Available in the form of tablets or capsules to meet differing consumer preferences, Centrum Benefit Blends supplements are tailored to deliver specific health benefits, for example, to support immune function or to reduce tiredness and fatigue. A further example is Centrum Minis which were launched in the USA in 2020 in order to address the consumer need for smaller pills which are easier to swallow.

As part of its growth strategy, the Group aims to maximise the reach of the Centrum brand by targeting wellness-focused consumers. In the USA, such consumers constitute 25 per cent. of consumers in the VMS market. The Group continues to develop its innovation and communication eco-system to support these consumers on their healthcare journey, including through engagement with social and healthcare influencers. The sustainable eco-system combines new product and content innovation with proactive data insights to deliver an increasingly frictionless, personalised experience for consumers.

Other VMS brands

In addition to Centrum, a number of other locally important brands also provide the Group with leading positions in key markets. Two of these brands, Emergen-C and Caltrate, are highlighted below.

In the USA, Emergen-C leads the Vitamin C Supplement market. Its purpose is to “fortify immune health to help consumers emerge their best.” Starting as a niche vitamin dietary supplement drink (sold as an effervescent powder), Emergen-C has since demonstrated strong, consistent growth by expanding its penetration with more diverse consumer segments, increasing year-round usage and delivering innovation such as the gummy format and the botanicals line made from natural, plant-based ingredients.

Caltrate is a leading brand for bone and joint supplements and the Group’s largest brand in China. In China, Caltrate, with its efficient high-volume calcium formula, is the second ranked Calcium Supplement brand and the fifth largest VMS brand overall. Caltrate is focused on providing support for strong bones and healthy and active

 

103


Table of Contents

movement. It has a wide range of products containing bone-essential nutrients such as calcium and vitamin D3 in the form of tablets, gummies and chewable tablets, with dedicated offerings for pregnant women, children and the elderly. The brand has a longstanding equity in bone health and a core consumer base of females over 45. However, since 2018, Caltrate has successfully expanded into joint health with its Caltrate Gluco range offering products that contain nutrients such as glucosamine and undenatured type II collagen (UC II). Caltrate has also successfully expanded its consumer base beyond females and into younger age groups.

Pain Relief

The Group is the global market leader in OTC pain relief, leading in both topical (creams and gels) and systemic (ingested products) pain relief with a portfolio of well-known and trusted products to relieve pain and reduce inflammation. Its global Power Brands, Panadol, Voltaren and Advil, as well as its other market-leading brands, including, among others, Fenbid, Excedrin and Grand-Pa, bring comfort and ease to millions through clinically proven therapeutic benefits, helping people manage their symptoms so that they can enjoy life to the full. Pain Relief is a focused category, with the Group’s top five brands accounting for 95 per cent. of the Group’s total Pain Relief category revenue in FY 2021.

In FY 2021, the Group generated revenue of £2.237 billion across its Pain Relief portfolio.

Voltaren55

Voltaren is dedicated to restoring the “joy of movement” for body pain sufferers worldwide and is the number one OTC Topical Pain Relief brand and the third largest OTC brand globally. The brand has a global footprint with sales in over 87 countries, including the USA where there was a successful Rx-to-OTC switch of Voltaren products in 2020. Voltaren and its active ingredient enjoy high levels of recommendation by health care professionals and medical associations worldwide, such as the American College of Rheumatology and the European League against Rheumatism.

Voltaren is primarily sold as a topical gel and it offers a range of other products across different markets, including patches, pills and liquid capsules. Most products contain diclofenac, a powerful nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (“NSAID”) recommended for the treatment of osteoarthritis, musculoskeletal disorders, soft-tissue injuries and acute or chronic pain. The Voltaren range has been expanded through continual innovation and includes a wide range of formulations for different consumer needs; for example, Voltaren 12 Hour Emulgel provides consumers with an extended release formulation. Voltaren 12 Hour Emulgel has been formulated for optimal absorption from skin to the site of pain and is also the only clinically proven formulation to achieve deep penetration. It provides up to 12 hours of pain relief and the active ingredient diclofenac reduces inflammation directly at the source.

The Group continues to respond to consumer needs under the Voltaren brand based on insights generated from both consumers themselves and from the feedback of healthcare professionals. The US launch of Voltaren Arthritis Pain was the first switch of a prescription-strength OTC NSAID topical gel for arthritis pain, helping the nearly 30 million people in the USA with osteoarthritis. This product followed the global launch of a new easy-open cap for Voltaren products to cater for the ageing consumer—an inclusive innovation that won the prestigious Drum Award for Packaging. In 2021, the Group introduced Voltanatura, an organic plant-based gel for soothing tense, contracted muscles.

Advil

Advil is the number two Pain Relief brand in North America and the fourth largest OTC brand globally. The brand is dedicated to helping people “reclaim life’s possibilities” and for over 35 years, consumers and doctors

 

55 

Voltaren operates under multiple different brand names around the world, including Iodex (India), Voltadol (Italy, Spain), Voltarol (United Kingdom, Ireland, Norway) and Cataflam (Brazil).

 

104


Table of Contents

have trusted Advil to deliver powerful relief from various kinds of acute pain, including headache, muscle ache, backache, minor arthritis, other joint pain and menstrual cramps, as well as the aches and pains of the common cold. Advil, which is ibuprofen-based and effective at relieving pain and fever, is the number one doctor-recommended NSAID among OTC adult Pain Relief brands in the USA.

The Advil product range includes tablets, caplets, gel caplets, liquid-filled capsules, suspensions and children’s drops to address a broad range of pain relief needs. Advil PM combines the number one selling ibuprofen brand with the number one selling sleep medicine (diphenhydramine) to help relieve night time pain and sleeplessness. In 2017, the Group introduced Advil Liqui-Gels Minis for consumers who find capsules difficult to swallow, providing the concentrated power of Advil in a capsule that is 33 per cent. smaller than the standard Liqui-Gels. The Group also sells Advil Migraine, which is clinically proven to relieve migraine pain and related symptoms, and Children’s Advil, for effective fever reduction, providing up to 8 hours of relief in one dose.

In 2020, the Group launched the first ingredient innovation in the US OTC Systemic Pain Relief category in 25 years. Advil Dual Action is the first and only FDA-approved pain relief medication to combine the top two doctor-recommended and most widely used OTC pain relievers, acetaminophen (paracetamol) and ibuprofen, into a single pill. The Group’s research shows that consumers want to take as few medicines as possible, yet many use both ibuprofen and acetaminophen—which work in different ways—when treating their pain. Advil Dual Action allows consumers to take a lower daily dose of each medication in a single product that is scientifically proven to provide greater efficacy than the individual components, providing powerful, 8-hour relief.

As part of the Group’s work to achieve greater sustainability, in 2021 Advil announced it was using a first-of-its-kind technology for OTC medicines which decreases the amount of plastic resin required to mould and craft 80 million Advil bottles by 20 per cent. This innovation is expected to reduce the amount of plastic in the environment by nearly 227 tonnes by 2022 alone.

Panadol

Panadol has a global footprint covering over 90 countries and it is the number one systemic pain reliever outside of the USA and the sixth largest OTC brand globally. Panadol offers leading paracetamol-based products that provide fast and effective pain relief from headache, joint pain, fever and cold symptoms.

Panadol’s purpose is to “bring freedom from pain so the human spirit can shine” and, with a track record of over 65 years in delivering innovative, high-quality and efficacious products, and a reputation for being effective but gentle, it has established itself as the most trusted pain relief brand in many of the Group’s markets.

Panadol’s expanding product range is designed to satisfy diverse and evolving consumer needs, with products also dedicated to night pain and period pain. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group built additional capacity to respond to the growing demand for Panadol to help treat the symptoms of pain and fever associated with COVID-19, including a highly successful post-vaccine programme, which won gold in Nicholas Hall’s APAC Marketing Awards. Unlike standard paracetamol tablets, Panadol Advance ranges contain innovative Optizorb technology. This allows the tablets to disperse up to five times faster compared to ordinary paracetamol tablets, enabling rapid relief and helping consumers enjoy life to the full again.

Other Pain Relief brands

The Group’s global Power Brands are augmented by a number of locally important brands which provide market-leading positions in key markets. Three of these are highlighted below.

Excedrin is a leading Systemic Pain Relief brand in the USA (ranked fifth overall) focused on the relief of headaches and migraines, and has been providing trusted, fast headache and migraine relief to US consumers for over 60 years.

 

105


Table of Contents

Excedrin’s purpose is to deliver fast relief for different types of headaches, with consumers having the choice between Excedrin Extra Strength, Excedrin Migraine, Excedrin Tension Headache and Excedrin PM Headache. The research-backed effectiveness of Excedrin’s products makes the brand a trusted leader in head pain relief, with Excedrin Migraine being the number one neurologist-recommended OTC migraine treatment approved by the FDA.

Fenbid is the number two Systemic Pain Relief brand in China and the market-leading Pain Relief brand in China outside of traditional Chinese medicine. Its purpose is to “enable consumers to move forward and leave their pain behind.” Fenbid provides solutions and formulations that are backed by science, including its popular 12-hour sustained release formula.

Grand-Pa is the number one Pain Relief brand and largest OTC brand in South Africa. Used by families for over 100 years, Grand-Pa’s purpose is to “liberate people to keep moving their communities forward,” by providing fast and effective relief for different types of pain, driven by formats that deliver fast absorption. Grand-Pa’s headache powder provides symptomatic relief from mild to moderate pain and fever. In 2021, supported by consumer-tested concepts, the Group modernised the Grand-Pa brand with the introduction of stick packs, which use sleek design packaging for ease of consumption on the go.

Respiratory Health

The Group is the global market leader in Respiratory Health. Respiratory Health is a more fragmented category, with local needs and consumer preferences in treating respiratory ailments far more diversified compared to other consumer healthcare categories. The Group’s portfolio is accordingly positioned, with a larger number of brands catering to local needs. Key areas of the category where the Group competes include the £5.6 billion seasonal cold and flu market, the £3.9 billion Topical Nasal Decongestants market and the £3.6 billion Allergy Care market.

The Group’s focused approach to the Respiratory Health category is highlighted below through its Power Brands, Otrivin and Theraflu, as well as through examples of its other locally important brands, such as Flonase, Robitussin and Contac. In FY 2021, the Group generated revenue of £1.132 billion across its Respiratory Health portfolio. Unlike the Group’s other categories, seasonality has a significant impact on Respiratory Health revenue. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key factors affecting the group’s results of operations and financial position—Seasonality” for a discussion of seasonality in relation to the Group’s Respiratory Health portfolio.

Otrivin56

Otrivin is the number one Topical Nasal Decongestant brand worldwide, with a presence in over 40 markets and exists to “release the wonders of breathing well.” Otrivin provides consumers with a complete suite of nasal care products, including both medicated and non-medicated nasal sprays for adults and children. The medicated sprays, such as the Medicated Complete Nasal Care Triple Action Nasal Spray, are designed to rapidly relieve the symptoms of nasal congestion rhinorrhoea and provide long-lasting benefits. This is achieved using the active ingredients xylometazoline and ipratropium, which unblock the nose within minutes, and lasts 6-8 hours, for better breathing. For consumers who prefer a non-medicated solution, Otrivin Naturals uses seawater and sea salt solutions to cleanse away excess mucus, gently restoring nasal function.

In 2021, the Group launched the Otrivin BreatheClean range in response to growing consumer concerns about the impact of environmental pollution on breathing. Otrivin BreatheClean contains isotonic seawater that helps to remove the trapped particulate pollution by washing it away. The range was successfully launched in India and Poland in December 2020 and is contributing to strong growth for the brand across both markets.

 

56 

Otrivin operates under multiple different brand names around the world, including Rinazina (Italy), Rhinomer (Spain), ProRhinel (France) and Vibrocil (Portugal).

 

106


Table of Contents

Theraflu57

Theraflu is one of the world’s leading brands in the seasonal cold and flu market, operating in over 50 markets with over 50 years of history and innovation. Its purpose is rooted in “fighting for a flu-safe world,” with products that deliver effective relief from cold and flu symptoms. The Theraflu range, consisting of syrups, hot liquid powders, caplets and capsules, provides products in multiple forms to meet consumer as well as market preferences.

The leading format in the Theraflu product range is its Hot Liquid Powders. Available in a range of flavours and drawing on extensive flu expertise, Theraflu provides symptomatic relief from cold and flu.

Other Respiratory Health brands

The Group’s global Respiratory Health Power Brands are augmented by a number of locally important brands, which provide the Group with leading positions in key markets. Three of these, Flonase, Robitussin and Contac, are highlighted below.

Flonase is a leading allergy remedy in the USA with a presence across multiple other markets. Its purpose is to deliver allergy relief that lasts. Flonase nasal sprays provide 24-hour all-in-one non-drowsy allergy relief, targeting sneezing, runny nose, itchy and watery eyes plus nasal congestion, which most allergy pills are unable to treat. The Flonase range consists of the Flonase Allergy Relief Nasal Spray, an OTC medicine which incorporates fluticasone propionate, the number one prescribed allergy medicine, and the Flonase Sensimist Allergy Relief, made with MistPro Technology that creates a fine, gentle mist that is scent free.

Robitussin is a leading US cough remedy (ranked second in the US) with a history of over 70 years and a purpose to “deliver cough and other cold symptom relief solutions consumers can count on.” It has a portfolio of products that provide effective relief for multiple needs. The product range includes both medicated and 100 per cent. natural, drug-free remedies for both adults and children, available in a variety of formats. Robitussin is also available across multiple markets outside the USA.

Contac is a well-known cold and flu brand in China. It has a range of Respiratory Health products known for their strong efficacy, including multi-symptom cold and flu medicines, nasal decongestion sprays and topical decongestion products.

Digestive Health and Other

Digestive Health

The Group is the market leader in the global Digestive Health market with a portfolio of trusted, leading brands focused on key markets, in particular the USA (ranked first), India (ranked first) and Brazil (ranked second), each of which are in the top ten markets for Digestive Health products globally. The Group’s key brands are described below.

In FY 2021, the Group generated revenue of £1.951 billion across its Digestive Health and Other portfolio.

Tums

Tums is the leading OTC Heartburn Treatment in the USA with a range of products for the fast and effective treatment of heartburn and acid indigestion. Its purpose is to enable consumers to “fight back against heartburn fast.” To maintain its position as the market leader, the 90-year-old brand continues to reinvent itself through

 

57 

Theraflu operates under multiple different brand names around the world, including NeoCitran (Canada and Switzerland).

 

107


Table of Contents

innovation and creative communications. Tums offers a varied portfolio of products in order to attract different consumer groups and broaden its utility. For example, Tums Chewy Bites, an antacid with a tasty outer shell and soft centre, aims to provide an enjoyable taste experience, attracting young category entrants, whereas Tums Naturals is an antacid containing no artificial flavours or dyes, appealing to health-conscious consumers seeking a more natural solution to their medicinal needs.

ENO

ENO is the number one OTC Heartburn Treatment in India and Brazil, with a range of antacid products (powders, liquids and tablets) that provide temporary relief from the symptoms of heartburn and gastric discomfort. ENO’s purpose is to “free appetite for life” for people suffering from acid reflux or heartburn, through delivery of smart solutions to aid healthier digestion. ENO powder is notable for its speed of relief as it begins to work in six seconds post-consumption. In India, it is the Group’s single most distributed consumer healthcare brand, with presence in over four million outlets. In Brazil, despite the challenges faced during the COVID-19 pandemic, the brand continued to increase its market share in 2020. This growth was partly driven by the launch of new products with innovative flavours and formats, such as ENO in liquid format.

The Group also sells a broad range of other Digestive Health products, particularly in the USA, where in addition to Tums its portfolio includes Nexium, Gas-X and Benefiber, among other brands.

Nexium is the leading PPI heartburn treatment in the USA (ranked third in Heartburn overall) and the number one choice for doctors for their own heartburn.58 Nexium 24HR is an effective treatment for frequent heartburn. It works by blocking acid directly at the source to provide consumers with 24-hour protection, and potentially preventing heartburn before it even starts. As a long-acting treatment, the brand complements the Group’s Tums portfolio, which is an effective treatment for occasional heartburn, and its antacid formulation provides consumers with fast-acting relief. The Group holds worldwide OTC rights to Nexium (excluding Brazil) under an agreement with AstraZeneca, which involved an Rx-to-OTC switch for the brand in 2014.

Gas-X and Benefiber broaden the Group’s Digestive Health portfolio beyond heartburn relief. Gas-X is the number one Antiflatulent brand in the USA and Benefiber is a leading laxative in the USA (ranked fourth).

Other

The Group focuses on certain sub-categories in Skin Health, including Lip Care, Haemorrhoid Treatments and Wound Healers. In each of these sub-categories, the Group has leading positions in key markets as illustrated by some of its locally important brands including: ChapStick, the number two Lip Care brand in the USA; Bactroban, the leading Wound Healers brand in China; Preparation H, the market-leading haemorrhoid treatment in the USA; and Zovirax and Abreva, the world’s two leading Cold Sore Treatments, Further important Skin Health brands include the Lamisil antifungal brand and Fenistil, a treatment for skin irritations.

The Group also has leading positions in Smokers’ Health through brands such as Nicorette, the leading brand in the USA, and Nicotinell, the number two brand globally.

Global reach

Overview

As one of the world’s leading consumer healthcare businesses, the Group has a broad global reach with a number 1 or number 2 OTC/VMS presence in countries which represented over 70 per cent. of the world’s OTC/VMS markets by value in 2021.

 

58 

Among primary care physicians who use a branded OTC proton pump inhibitor (Report by FRC, A Lieberman Company, September 2020).

 

108


Table of Contents

The Group’s commercial organisation leverages the benefits of its global scale whilst maintaining accountability and agility at a local level. A global commercial organisation provides global brand management and marketing, insights and analytics, and digital commerce capabilities, where centralised expertise, scale and consistency provide value. Commercial execution is driven by business units at a local level structured into three regions: (i) North America; (ii) EMEA and LatAm; and (iii) APAC. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations—Regional performance” for a discussion of revenue for each region in FY 2020 and FY 2019.

The Group is the leading OTC/VMS business across all three regions, as well as one of the leading businesses in Oral Health, on the basis of sales to consumers in FY 2021.

Group ranking by region

 

         

Oral Health

Region

  

OTC/VMS

  

Overall

  

Therapeutic59

North America

   1st   

3rd60

   1st

EMEA and LatAm

   1st    3rd    1st

APAC

   1st    4th61    1st

Overall

   1st    3rd    1st

North America

The North America region includes the USA, Canada and Puerto Rico, and is home to 5 per cent. of the world’s population and 27 per cent. of global GDP.62 The region is distinguished by a well-developed consumer healthcare market with a significant presence of mass retail and large drug store chains. Key market trends include a growing consumer interest in wellness products and alleviating healthcare issues, increased product personalisation to meet specific needs, and a growing e-commerce market, partially driven by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The North America region delivered £3.5 billion in revenue in FY 2021, representing 37 per cent. of the Group’s total revenue.

The Group is the market leader in North America in OTC/VMS benefitting from a 7.6 per cent. market share, with leadership in Digestive Health and leading positions across Pain Relief (ranked second), Respiratory Health (ranked fifth), Skin Health (ranked second) and VMS (ranked third). It is ranked within the top four companies in Oral Health (ranked third equal63) with a top three ranking in Toothpaste and leadership in Denture Care.

 

59 

Group analysis based on third party data from Nielsen, IRI, Intage, IQVIA Consumption Sales Data (2021-2022). Therapeutic Oral Health is defined as Therapeutic Toothpaste and Total Dental Appliance Care.

60 

The Group is ranked 3rd in Oral Health in North America by Euromonitor in 2021 but the difference with the 4th ranked player is within the margin of error.

61 

The Group is ranked 4th in Oral Health in Asia Pacific+Australasia combined by Euromonitor in 2021 but the difference with the 5th ranked player is within the margin of error.

62 

Source: World Bank (2020).

63 

The Group is ranked 3rd in Oral Health in North America by Euromonitor in 2021 but the difference with the 4th ranked player is within the margin of error.

 

109


Table of Contents

The Group has an extensive portfolio of brands in the region, including four of the top 20 OTC/VMS brands in the USA and a number of category-leading positions in the region, some of which are highlighted below.

 

 

LOGO

Consistent with its scale, the Group has broad distribution capability with over 245,000 points of distribution in the USA across all channels, including mass retailers, pharmacies, clubs, food and convenience stores and digital commerce. While the Group maintains relationships with a variety of significant retailers across its key markets, sales attributable to its top five largest retailers accounted for 60 per cent. of the Group’s revenue in the North American market in 2021, reflecting the concentrated retailer landscape in the USA. Nevertheless, the Group’s revenue is relatively balanced across key customers, with no customer accounting for more than 25 per cent. of the Group’s revenue in the region in 2021.

The Group is a partner of choice among its top ten customers in North America. The Group has dedicated multifunctional top customer and channels teams in the region that cover sales, category development, consumer engagement, supply and finance.

Close partnerships are supported by the Group’s two shopper science labs in New Jersey and Arkansas and through its consumer insights platforms, which enable the Group to conduct joint-business planning with key retailers. The Group’s strategic partnership with Walgreens in the Pain Relief category supported the training of 75,000 in-store retail team members in the delivery of empathetic fit-for-purpose treatment for pain sufferers based on insights derived from the Group’s shopper science lab. A similar partnership seeks to upskill the store sales teams in the VMS category based on the Group’s science and insights generated in the shopper science lab. The Group has been recognised by several leading retailers since 2019, including Walmart, Walgreens and CVS with awards including “Supplier of the Year.”

In the USA, the Group has invested heavily in digital commerce capabilities and marketing support and has significantly grown e-commerce sales since FY 2019, for example, having achieved market-leading positions on Amazon in Toothpaste and Topical Pain with Voltaren. Increased first-party data in the USA is facilitating the generation of insights that are leveraged back into the business. The Group has also made progress towards improving its customer experiences, including launching its first direct-to-consumer online store for ChapStick in the USA in 2020.

 

 

64 

Source: Group analysis based on Euromonitor Passport (2021).

65 

Proton pump inhibitor, a class of drug which reduces acid production by the stomach and has a longer duration of action than traditional antacids.

 

110


Table of Contents

EMEA and LatAm

The EMEA and LatAm region is managed as a segment within the Group’s structure. This is a large and diverse region, which is home to 44 per cent. of the world’s population and 37 per cent. of global GDP.66 Covering approximately 150 markets, the region is managed under seven business units: Northern Europe, Southern Europe, Central and Eastern Europe (including the Commonwealth of Independent States), Russia, DACH (Germany, Austria and Switzerland), Middle East and Africa and LatAm (Brazil, Colombia, Wider LatAm).

The EMEA and LatAm regions delivered £3.9 billion of revenue in FY 2021, representing 41 per cent. of the Group’s revenue. Approximately 12,300 employees67 work in the EMEA and LatAm regions and the business is supported by 13 regional manufacturing sites located across the region, enabling local innovation and closer response to consumer demands.

 

 

LOGO

The Group is the largest consumer healthcare business across EMEA and LatAm with leading positions across multiple categories, including Pain Relief (ranked first), Respiratory Health (ranked first), VMS (ranked third) and Oral Health (ranked third).

 

66 

Source: World Bank (2020).

67 

Full-time equivalent employees and agency staff as at 31 March 2022 (rounded to the nearest 100).

 

111


Table of Contents

 

LOGO 68

In many EMEA and LatAm markets, OTC products are exclusively sold through the pharmacy channel. Nevertheless, mass market retail is significant for Oral Health and VMS products and, in certain markets, for OTC products, notably in the UK, Netherlands and Mexico. Overall the pharmacy channel represented approximately 60 per cent. of revenue in the region in FY 2021, mass market retail represented approximately 35 per cent. in FY 2021 and e-commerce made up the remaining approximately 5 per cent.69

Given the importance of independent pharmacies and pharmacy chains in EMEA and LatAm, the Group maintains a large, dedicated sales force. The sales force provides account management, and drives excellence in store execution and expert advocacy on the Group’s brands. In mass market retail, the Group has a weighted distribution level of over 80 per cent. and is ranked second by share of sales. E-commerce is a relatively smaller proportion of the region’s sales, but is growing at around 23 per cent. per year and its contribution to the overall sales mix in the region varies from 1 per cent. to 15 per cent. given the variety of regulatory environments and digital maturity across the countries.

As in North America, the Group supports its customers to improve their category performance, leveraging its shopper science and advanced technologies to support ranging, merchandising and space planning. For example, it uses Dragonfly AI to replicate the human eye and understand what grabs shoppers attention, as well as augmented and virtual reality to present new concepts for point of sale both instore and on line. The Group is also using image recognition technology to track distribution and the visibility of key products, across the points of sale. This enables the Group to collect insights to deliver efficient in-store execution of its brands.

 

68 

Sensodyne is ranked second across EMEA and LatAm combined. Within this, Sensodyne is ranked second in toothpaste in EMEA and third in LatAm.

69 

Source: Group analysis based on external data (Nielsen).

 

112


Table of Contents

APAC

APAC is a large, diverse and higher-growth region, home to 51 per cent. of the world’s population and 36 per cent. of global GDP.70 The region is split across five business units serving 22 markets incorporating both well-established markets such as Japan, South Korea and Australia, as well as rapidly growing markets including China, India and South East Asia. The region is distinguished by a rapidly emerging middle class fuelling a demand for increased self-care and product premiumisation, together with high levels of e-commerce in key markets, most notably China.

Asia Pacific region

 

LOGO

APAC markets delivered £2.1 billion of revenue in FY 2021, representing 22 per cent. of the Group’s revenue. Approximately 5,900 people71 work in the APAC region and the Group’s R&D centre in Suzhou, China develops new products for the region based on local needs and insights and collaborates with the six regional manufacturing sites to facilitate their introduction.

The Group is the market leader in the APAC region in OTC/VMS, with leading positions in Pain Relief (ranked first) and VMS (ranked second). In Oral Health, the Group holds the leadership position in Denture Care and Sensitivity Toothpaste (among the top five in Toothpaste overall). This has been achieved through a highly focused portfolio in which nine brands72 with market leadership positions accounted for 84 per cent. of total APAC revenue in FY 2021.

 

70 

Source: World Bank (2020).

71 

Full-time equivalent employees and agency staff as at 31 March 2022 (rounded to the nearest 100).

72 

Sensodyne (#1 sensitive Toothpaste brand in APAC), Caltrate (#2 Calcium Supplement in APAC), Centrum (#1 Multivitamin in APAC), Panadol (# 1 systemic analgesic in APAC), Polident (#1 Denture care brand in APAC), Voltaren (#3 Topical Analgesic in APAC and leading pain brand outside traditional Chinese medicine (“TCM”)), ENO (#1 number one Digestive Health brand in India), Fenbid (#2 Systemic Pain Relief brand in China and leading Pain Relief brand outside of TCM), Bactroban (#1 wound healer in APAC).

 

113


Table of Contents

LOGO

The Group’s business in APAC is supported by broad local capabilities and expertise which provide it with the agility to respond to evolving consumer needs across the dynamic markets of the region. In addition to local commercial execution, the region’s employees also support R&D, marketing strategy and manufacturing. The Group’s R&D centre in Suzhou, China develops new products for the region based on local needs and insights and collaborates with the six regional manufacturing sites to facilitate their introduction. Through a strong regional supply network, approximately 80 per cent. of the Group’s business in APAC is supplied within the APAC region.

In recognition of the diverse retailer and regulatory market landscape within APAC, the Group takes a varied approach to its distribution strategy across the region, which variously consists of direct sales to retailers, indirect sales made through distributors, or a combination of both methods depending on the channel dynamic of the given market and the scale of the Group’s operations. In India, the Group’s products are distributed by Hindustan Unilever Ltd.

The sales force within APAC is also deployed according to the structure of the relevant market. Centralised buying functions are managed by centralised account management in more developed markets, whereas smaller, independent customers are managed by territory managers and sales representatives. The Group’s sales force in

 

73 

Source: Group analysis based on third party data from Nielsen, IRI, Intage, IQVIA Consumption Sales Data (2021-2022).

74 

Sensodyne is ranked 1st in toothpaste in Japan by Euromonitor in 2021 but the difference with the 2nd ranked player is within the margin of error.

 

114


Table of Contents

APAC consists of approximately 2,500 employees who are further supported by distributor sales representatives in certain markets. These teams are supported by the Group’s shopper science lab in Singapore, which enables category management partnerships with key retail partners.

The APAC region leads the world in digital commerce with 61 per cent. of global retail e-commerce sales in 2020 (according to eMarketer, May 2021). The Group has invested heavily in this area. Through the prioritisation of digital programmes in APAC, e-commerce revenue grew by 36.3 per cent. in FY 2021.

One such programme in China is based on the latest developments in the online-to-offline (“O2O”) services market. O2O services enable a seamless digital purchase experience for the consumer by combining physical retail pharmacy locations for sourcing and platform courier teams for collection and delivery. These services enable consumers to find product information and order medicines through O2O platforms and receive at home or to office delivery, typically within 30 minutes. The Group identified the potential for O2O services and established a dedicated O2O team to establish strategic collaborations with leading O2O platforms such as Meituan and Eleme (part of the Alibaba group).

The Group has established flagship e-commerce brand-specific stores run on Alibaba’s T-mall platforms and collaborates with online health and consultation platforms such as We-Doctor and JD Health to enable consumer access to online advice, educational content, brand content and on some platforms also direct product purchase.

The Group has also developed strategic collaborations with the Alibaba group where its Digital Captaincy status in the VMS category enables access to a greater degree of data granularity, better informing its planning and commercial execution capability.

Besides its strong position on established e-commerce platforms such as T-mall, the Group is also actively expanding into social commerce75 on popular social engagement platforms such as Douyin. The Group has recently established stores for several of its brands on Douyin’s platform so that consumers can immediately purchase products on the platform whilst engaging with the brand through content and livestreaming.

The Group has also established an in-house audience management platform that collates data to provide a single source of information on consumers and healthcare professionals in order to deliver personalised experiences. This enables richer and better targeted consumer engagement to meet consumers’ healthcare needs more effectively through CRM and marketing programmes.

Engagement with Consumers

As a leading consumer healthcare business, the Group has broad capabilities in marketing, expert marketing, design, and consumer and business insights and analytics. These capabilities are complemented by a strong and growing capability in digital commerce.

Marketing

The Group has a clear purpose to deliver better everyday health with humanity and this drives the way the Group develops and commercialises its products. We believe the Group has a competitive advantage in everyday health with its human understanding, combined with its trusted science. The Group’s brands are purposeful, founded in science and focused, not only on care, but on quality of life, empathy and inclusion.

 

75 

Selling products via e-commerce through social media.

 

115


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

By putting brand purpose at the centre of highly integrated campaigns, which are aligned across commercial, expert, marketing and R&D, the Group’s human-centric brands help to deliver more emotional connections and relatable consumer-centric experiences to support better health outcomes.

For example, Voltaren’s purpose is to restore the joy of movement for body pain sufferers worldwide.

 

LOGO

 

116


Table of Contents

A number of the Group’s campaigns are enduringly famous, reflected in and recognised by the wide range of global and national marketing awards the Group has received. Sensodyne’s famous dentist testimonial advertising was launched in 2005 and continues to offer authentic dentist recommendation to consumers across the world. Over 5,000 dentists have offered to recommend Sensodyne in the media, reflecting the significant numbers who do so every day.

Newer campaigns have also received considerable acclaim. For example, Theraflu’s “roll up your sleeves” campaign and #FightingFluTogether to better meet the needs of underserved communities drove reappraisal of the brand and improved social sentiment scores for Theraflu.

 

LOGO

The Group prioritises marketing with a positive social or environmental impact and incorporates social and sustainability goals aligned with brand purpose within its marketing strategies. For example, Otrivin’s brand purpose is to “release the wonders of breathing well.” Accordingly, Otrivin aims to raise awareness of the impact of air pollution on health reflecting growing consumer concerns. In 2021, Otrivin partnered with a European biotech company to build a playground that actively purifies the air as more children play in it. This is particularly pertinent given that 93 per cent. of the world’s children play in spaces with unacceptable levels of air quality. This installation featured at COP26 and drove significant levels of earned media.

Historically, the Group has achieved multiple successes for its marketing campaigns, including design, creative impact, effectiveness and digital. This includes high-profile Gold and Grand Prix awards at Cannes Lions, the Institute of Practitioners in Advertising, The Effies, Red Dot and D&AD.

The Group continues to evolve its marketing operations and in 2021 it opened its pioneering in-house content studio, CaST. CaST provides end-to-end content production, allowing the Group to be agile and cost-effective in its content development, delivered via in-house subject matter experts and underpinned by technology. This production model also helps the Group to advance its creative effectiveness through dynamic creative optimisation (“DCO”). Since 2021, CaST has delivered nearly 30 DCO campaigns across 13 markets, with 90 per cent. of these delivering performance improvements against benchmarks (e.g. cost per click, cost per completed view and ‘viewability’). The marketing function also continues to embrace technology, such as AI and in 2020, Sensodyne launched Trio, the world’s first machine learning and AI-enabled mobile experience, which assesses people’s risk of having tooth sensitivity. Trio is designed to give users personalised treatment advice and a sample product or coupon, based on a picture of a user’s mouth and a short questionnaire filled out by the user. Trio has been launched as a pilot across multiple markets, including some of Sensodyne’s fastest growth markets, such as China and India. Additionally, the Group utilises an industry-leading AI tool designed in partnership with Google and Picasso Labs – Creative X – which scans over 20,000 video assets in 56 markets and provides recommendations for creative improvements following YouTube best practices.

Commercial insights and analytics

Achieving a deep understanding of consumers, shoppers, experts and retailers is pivotal to the mission of the Group.

 

117


Table of Contents

The Group benefits from investments in in-house research facilities to solicit live shopper feedback. This is used to improve pack designs, point of sale materials and shelf layouts, including research tools to reach shoppers in their own homes, which the Group utilised extensively during the COVID-19 pandemic.

In addition, the Group’s shopper science labs provide real-life and digital store environments across all retail channels to recreate shopping scenarios to understand shopping behaviour, so that it can tailor and personalise category and brand execution. This is supported by its centre of excellence for shopper psychology, shopping insights and category management.

The Group uses its observatory tool to provide marketers, R&D and other teams across the organisation with direct access to the full breadth and depth of its knowledge base and to support their collaboration. This tool encompasses over 8,000 insight and analytics projects, nearly 1,000 tested concepts, over 20 specialist subject libraries, and links to over 30 other dashboards and research sources. It is updated in real time and new insights are added nearly every day.

Consumer insight and understanding are further built through a number of complementary marketing initiatives. For example, by partnering externally with InSites Consulting, the Group has developed an extensive toolset to provide enhanced consumer insight. This has been supported by more traditional large-scale key audience survey data and qualitative interview information.

By enabling on-demand engagement with almost “any audience anywhere” via established external partnerships to provide insight globally, the marketing organisation has flexibility to identify and utilise the optimal market research approaches to identify commercial opportunities, while taking into consideration commercial objectives, target audiences and timing requirements.

The Group uses an extensive toolset to spot emerging consumer trends with disruptive potential in order to help it shape the future of everyday health. Its toolset is designed to discover and frame trends impacting health and wellness, to monitor their expression over time and to prioritise those that will rise and endure. The Group’s proprietary and comprehensive global trends framework monitors forces of change, trend territories and over 20 trends which have the highest adoption and disruption potential. Combined with tools to monitor fresh trend signals from search, social and in market competitor activity, this enables the Group to identify and react to global and local innovation opportunities, thereby driving incremental sales.

Digital capability

Deep human understanding attained through the Group’s data partnerships and insights process is enhanced by digital capability. The Group was an early adopter of the Tech Stack (Google), creating direct ownership of and access to audience data. Additionally, the Group uses Publicis’ PeopleCloud (cloud-based marketing platform) to leverage relevant data sets to better identify and connect with its growth audiences. The Group has systematically applied a data-driven approach to marketing via PeopleCloud across its markets, which enables it to target similar customers and continuously learn and grow its customer base. By responsibly balancing privacy and personalisation, the Group is able to build long-term relevant relationships with consumers across all of its brands.

Marketing campaigns are planned via digital-first connection planning, generating and placing content made relevant for events, seasons, formats, cultural occasions and even weather patterns. One of the Group’s advancements in predictive marketing is a proprietary tool called TRGR, or Trigger. This pulls in data signals that help pinpoint where and when the Group’s audiences are more or less receptive to its messages. It employs a set of bespoke and customised business rules to provide dynamically personalised content designed to drive the Group’s visibility in key moments, while delivering improved cost efficiency and stronger performance. Digital media spend has reached approximately 50 per cent. of media spend, fuelled by robust return on investment metrics from marketing effectiveness tools.

 

118


Table of Contents

More broadly, the Group has increased its investment in digital capability across the business to improve overall speed and efficiency. Data, a key enabler for growth, is a particular area of focus as it allows the Group to better understand its consumers and customers. In 2020, a dedicated data team of data scientists, innovation specialists, user experience designers and data apprentices was set up to build the data strategy and governance processes in readiness for a future standalone business. The team is also focused on building data literacy across the business to enable it to extract the most value from its data, which will accelerate the Group’s digital transformation and support more effective decision making.

As part of the recent transformation of the business, the Group places significant focus on enhancing the digital capability and literacy of all of its people. In 2020, it launched the Digital Commerce Academy, an online learning platform with training modules, playbooks, planning frameworks and other resources to help embed core digital commerce learnings and behaviours. Since launch in August 2020, more than 5,600 employees across over 84 countries have completed training through the platform as of March 2022. The academy complements the digital accelerator programme, which rolled out in 2020 in the EMEA region, following a successful launch in APAC in 2019. The programme is designed to drive sales through digital commerce and promote a digital-first culture by integrating external digital experts within teams. Building on this, in 2021, the Group announced a partnership with University College London to create an industry first, exclusive digital commerce mini-MBA, which is available for all of the Group’s employees. As a university-level educational certification, the programme represents a first for the consumer industry.

The acceleration of investments into digital infrastructure and media channels has created a more efficient, transparent and connected path to consumers. The Group has re-balanced its digital investment to reflect consumer changes, while the increased use of digital channels has also enabled it to analyse data to a greater degree, delivering key consumer insights and enabling the targeting of specific audiences and consumer needs that previously may not have been addressed.

The Group has begun to see significant success where it has made investments in digital. In the 2020 launch of Voltaren in the USA, e-commerce formed a key pillar of the successful brand launch. Two billion media impressions were earned through traditional TV and online video advertisements. Similarly, during the Advil Dual Action launch, 588 million YouTube impressions were made.

Notably, the Group’s first US website for Voltaren, VoltarenGel.com, was recognised by the Arthritis Foundation as the world’s first arthritis-friendly website and obtained Gold Distinction in the 13th Annual Shorty Awards. Among other features, the website implemented accessibility features such as voice search and scalable font sizes to account for the possibility that users might have arthritis in their hands that would make it difficult to navigate a website.

Overall, the Group’s e-commerce revenue grew from 4 per cent. of overall revenue in 2019 to 8 per cent. in 2021.

Engagement with Experts

Overview

The ability to engage appropriately with experts within the healthcare community is a key driver of the Group’s performance. The Group’s capabilities in expert engagement are one of its key strengths and it is widely recognised as a partner of choice by healthcare professionals.

There are approximately 10 million healthcare professionals globally addressing the conditions the Group serves and collectively they have the capacity to make an astonishing 52 billion recommendations every year. Importantly, consumers take these expert recommendations seriously and often act upon them. For example, 85 per cent. of pharmacist recommendations lead to a purchase.

 

119


Table of Contents

The Group has a dedicated approach to building relationships with experts, healthcare professionals and external leaders based on trusted advice, recommendations and trial of its products. This is supported by its purpose to “deliver better everyday health with humanity” and is sustained by the knowledge that expert engagement has a direct impact on everyday health behaviours. The Group is differentiated by its commitment to trusted science and strict policies on scientific engagement, both of which provide a strong foundation for its engagement with the healthcare community.

Nurturing genuine relationships with the scientific and healthcare community also generates significant benefits for the Group which go beyond the direct generation of sales through expert recommendations. Expert engagement generates insights that inform product design and support clear communication of product benefits to consumer populations. It also helps to ensure that the Group has early visibility on unmet category needs.

Expert field force

The Group maintains a large, dedicated consumer healthcare expert field force that engages with doctors, dentists, pharmacists and other healthcare professionals across all of its key markets and has a reputation that scores positively in terms of service. The Group’s research indicates that the field force’s “called-on” experts make more recommendations per week than experts that are not called on and this has a direct impact on product performance.

Digital

In addition to its expert field force, the Group engages with a broad group of healthcare professionals through its digital tools. The Group has dedicated digital channels for experts in 38 markets and has a specialist digital team that engages with experts and healthcare professionals via a dedicated portal, webinars, personalised learning, email marketing, social media, searches and paid media channels.

Conferences and events

We believe that one of the most effective ways of ensuring that consumers and patients feel heard and reassured is by respecting, valuing and supporting the experts that care for them. As a result, it runs a number of above brand and audience-led initiatives that support the wellbeing, professional development and, where appropriate, business acumen of expert audiences.

In addition, the Group has a presence at all major healthcare professional conferences, which are growing in reach with the addition of virtual capabilities. The Group also presents symposiums on topics relevant to its products and categories and publishes in peer-reviewed publications globally.

Partnerships and initiatives

The Group also engages with experts across a range of global and regional initiatives which are relevant to its brands and categories. These allow the Group to build trust with the healthcare community and they also provide useful insights to support future innovation and increase engagement for the Group and its products.

The Group recently partnered with the International Federation of Pharmacists (“FIP”) to commission research amongst their four million professional members on the impact of air pollution on respiratory health. FIP is the global federation of national associations of pharmacists and pharmaceutical scientists and it has 146 member organisations worldwide. The partnership has resulted in pioneering research on the impact of air pollution on respiratory health and a thorough understanding of the barriers that exist to optimal self-care, including health literacy.

In a similar way, the Group’s partnership with world-leading scientific experts and Smile Train, a non-profit organisation providing corrective surgery for children with cleft lips and palates, led to the first comprehensive

 

120


Table of Contents

cleft care guidelines that helped provide the evidence for the inclusion of orofacial clefts as a priority issue in the World Health Organization (“WHO”) resolution and resulting Global Oral Health Strategy.

R&D

The Group’s dedicated consumer healthcare R&D organisation has a track record of successful innovation and the generation of product claims supported by scientifically robust clinical evidence. It also has a critical role in supporting the compliance of the Group’s existing and new products with varied, complex and moving regulatory requirements in over 170 markets in which the Group operates. It is differentiated by its global reach, broad capabilities, its leading position in Rx-to-OTC switches and its ability to combine cutting edge science with deep consumer understanding.

Capabilities

The Group’s R&D organisation’s multidisciplinary talent pool of approximately 1,400 highly skilled scientists combines OTC and FMCG experience and represents a wide range of scientific disciplines including scientists, medics, dentists, nutritionists, formulators, engineers, regulatory professionals and flavour scientists. The Group’s category-level marketing and R&D teams lead the strategic agenda of the Power Brands and drive and execute at scale the Group’s innovation pipeline. Local marketing and R&D teams drive the growth and innovation agenda of the local strategic brands and execute local market-relevant innovations for the Power Brands. This organisational setup maximises speed of implementation and tailors for consumer specificities. See also “—Global Reach” above, and “—Quality and Supply Chain” below.

The Group has three state-of-the-art R&D centres in Richmond, Virginia, USA (OTC/VMS), Weybridge, UK (Oral Health), and Suzhou, China (all categories in the Chinese market) providing it with a broad range of in-house scientific capabilities. Among other capabilities, these sites possess: (i) fast prototyping and pilot scale equipment for early stage development; (ii) imaging capability with high specification instrumentation; and (iii) analytical chemistry, product chemistry, sensory, packaging, process engineering, microbiology and stability capabilities. The R&D centres also support scale-up and technical transfers to manufacturing and provide end-to-end support for small-scale manufacturing. These capabilities are augmented by further consumer-centric capabilities, including consumer behavioural facilities and sensory and flavour science laboratories. In addition, the Group has embedded innovation resources which support local business units and enable the Group to recruit R&D talent globally to develop products closer to its consumers and tailor innovation for local consumer needs.

We believe that the ability to support its products and claims with trusted science is critical to its relationship with consumers and healthcare professionals. In support of this, the Group has dedicated capabilities to support both clinical trials and real world studies of its products and innovations. The Group has conducted over 65 clinical studies involving over 6,000 participants over the last five years, whilst the successful Rx-to-OTC switch of Voltaren in the USA in 2020 was supported using data in markets where Voltaren is already an OTC medicine. The R&D function’s expertise is also reflected in its track record of publications, peer-reviewed journal contributions and patents, including 296 publications and over 70 patent applications filed within the five years to end of 2021.

The Group’s R&D organisation places the understanding of the consumer at the heart of its innovation processes and draws on its dedicated in-house sensory and flavour science labs and consumer and shopper facilities to design products with the consumer in mind. The Group’s R&D scientists regularly connect with consumers via digital channels to obtain early feedback on innovation and the Group also monitors e-commerce reviews and utilises data-driven tools to better understand trends, unmet needs and areas of opportunity. Advanced visualisation techniques enable the Group to translate scientific benefits to consumers in an accessible manner.

 

121


Table of Contents

The Group also maintains world class regulatory and medical teams who are embedded across multiple markets in each region. This enables the Group to rapidly launch innovations, maintain compliance on existing products, and engage in and enhance the self-care regulatory landscape—a capability which is a barrier for other smaller players. To illustrate this point, the Group has completed over 19,000 regulatory applications and approvals around the world in the last three years.

The Group augments its internal capabilities through dedicated business development and external innovation teams that scout and in-licence leading technologies. Innovation is further supported by a large external ecosystem including established suppliers and contract manufacturing organisations. Over 30 per cent. of the Group’s pipeline originates from external partnerships.

Rx-to-OTC switches

The Group has an enduring and world-leading capability in Rx-to-OTC switches. The switch of prescription products to OTC status is a key source of innovation and growth in OTC and requires expertise in medical, regulatory and commercial matters. The Group has a differentiated switch and direct-to-OTC consumer capability with a proven track record, having successfully completed four switches (Nexium, Flonase, Sensimist and Voltaren) in the USA in the last eight years, more than twice as many as any other business. The Group’s capabilities in switches are long-standing, with the Group and its predecessors having switched 19 products since 1990. Additionally, the Group successfully completed one new drug application in 2020 (Advil Dual Action). These capabilities are a key differentiator and the Group has a long-standing dedicated in-house team composed of R&D and commercial experts, with a track record of switching both GSK and non-GSK products.

Going forward, the Group expects new switch opportunities to be increasingly supported by digital technology to increase product awareness and availability, to enable better self-care and to deepen direct relationships with consumers.

Selected innovations

The Contac product range includes a tablet that gives effective relief of seven cold and flu symptoms. In China, to address the Ministry of Health’s policy restricting pseudoephedrine-containing OTC medicines, the Group was able to in-licence appropriate technology and use its scientific and market expertise to overcome significant regulatory and technical challenges to launch the Contac Revive innovation in August 2021.

In 2021, the Group upgraded its core Sensodyne Repair & Protect franchise with the launch of Sensodyne Repair & Protect Deep Repair. The Group leveraged a previously acquired novel technology, NovaMin, which was based on findings from bone implant technology. This enables a deep and targeted occlusion of dentine tubules, in turn helping to reduce dentine hypersensitivity.

A further recent innovation in Oral Health is the launch of Sensodyne Complete Protection in January 2022, where the Group has created a formulation which offers all-round oral care benefits, such as cavity protection and enamel strengthening, while still providing Sensodyne’s clinically proven sensitivity protection.

In February 2021, the Group launched its Centrum Probiotics range in China. The R&D function developed the products using certified probiotic strains imported from Denmark. The launch was the Group’s first major move to expand Centrum beyond being a purely multi-vitamin and minerals brand, and was achieved within seven months from project initiation, reflecting the Group’s agile R&D capabilities.

In 2020, the FDA approved Advil Dual Action with acetaminophen as an OTC product for pain relief. The exclusive formula, launched in September 2020, is the first FDA-approved OTC combination of ibuprofen and acetaminophen in the USA.

 

122


Table of Contents

Across 2019 and 2020, the Group upgraded its Voltaren franchise across Europe with the introduction of two award winning packaging solutions (with the one launched in 2019 already patented, and a patent application pending for the one launched in 2020). Detailed consumer work highlighted that convenience and ease of opening were key trial barriers. A “no mess” applicator removed the need for direct product contact with hands. Additionally, observing the target arthritis group’s use of the original product led to the introduction of the arthritis friendly “easy open” cap.

As part of its wider sustainability strategy, the Group has committed to developing solutions for all of its packaging to be fully recyclable or reusable by 2030 (where quality, safety and regulations permit). Within Oral Health, extensive stability and quality testing is underway to ensure that all of the one-billion-plus toothpaste tubes produced by the Group each year are made recyclable (first wave launched in July 2021 for Sensodyne Pronamel in Europe). The Group is also redesigning its toothpaste caps with ergonomic upgrades to reduce plastic use by more than 10 per cent. The Dr.BEST bamboo toothbrush (launched in 2020) and the Dr.BEST first climate-neutral toothbrush made from renewable resources (launched in 2021) are further recent innovations highlighting the Group’s sustainability strategy.

For further information on the Group’s R&D-driven innovations, see“—Categories and Brands.”

Quality and Supply Chain

Overview

The Group operates a supply chain which combines a network of 24 in-house dedicated consumer healthcare manufacturing sites with a number of third-party contract manufacturing organisations (“CMOs”).The Group derives important commercial and competitive benefits from the large historical investments it has made in its footprint, infrastructure, quality control systems and people. It benefits both from the economies of scale from its large multi-region manufacturing sites and from its ability to manufacture with agility and scale on a regional level, close to its consumers. In addition, the quality and supply chain organisation’s track record in consistently meeting the rigorous compliance requirements of national regulatory bodies, demonstrated via successful quality inspection outcomes, is the result of investment, expertise and a cultural commitment to quality which are difficult to replicate. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key factors affecting the Group’s results of operations and financial position—Supply chain” for a discussion of the key factors impacting the Group’s supply chain.

 

123


Table of Contents

Group Internal Supply Network76

 

LOGO

Scale manufacturing at a local level

As one of the largest consumer healthcare companies in the world, the Group is able to deliver the cost benefits of scale manufacturing both at multi-region supply sites such as Dungarvan and Nyon, and through regionally focused sites close to its customers such as Suzhou and Oak Hill.

Every year, the Group supplies more than 3.5 billion consumer packs globally, including approximately 1.7 billion tubes of toothpaste, approximately 55 billion individual tablets and high volumes of liquid doses, gels and creams. Approximately 70 per cent. of consumer packs are sourced internally within the Group, with the remainder through a network of CMOs.

The Group’s ability to manufacture locally at scale is illustrated by some of the Group’s key sites:

 

Levice, Slovakia

   Supply of the Group’s full portfolio of toothpaste at competitive cost across EMEA at a volume in excess of 600 million tubes annually

Dungarvan, Ireland

   Supply of up to six billion tablets of Panadol annually in addition to the full range of denture cleansers and fixatives.

Nyon, Switzerland

   Supply of more than 200 million units of the Power Brands Voltaren and Otrivin

Guayama, Puerto Rico

   Supply of all Advil, Centrum and Emergen-C products for North America. The production of Emergen-C was consolidated into Guayama as part of the Group’s ongoing supply chain efficiency programme following completion of the Pfizer Transaction to add further scale leverage.

Suzhou, China

   Dedicated China supply site combining agility for new product introduction and manufacturing at scale for key local products. The recent addition of a second facility was designed to support growth and expansion of the VMS product range.
 

 

76 

The manufacturing sites in Argentina and Brazil will be transferred to the Group following Separation. See “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Asset Transfer Framework Agreement” for further information.

 

124


Table of Contents

The Group’s manufacturing footprint is well aligned geographically with its key markets around the world. This allows products to be regionally sourced and more easily tailored to local needs whilst also reducing the costs and risks associated with single-sourced global manufacturing. For example, the six in-region manufacturing sites in APAC supply 82 per cent. of the region’s products and work closely together with the Suzhou R&D organisation to facilitate the rapid introduction of innovative region-specific products. The geographically aligned sourcing of products also provides a natural currency hedge, helping to mitigate the impact of foreign exchange movements.

Complementary mix of internal and external supply

The Group’s supply chain includes approximately 180 external CMOs which supply approximately 30 per cent. of its consumer packs. While the Group has consolidated its CMO network in recent years as part of its ongoing supply chain efficiency programme, it has many ongoing long-established relationships with high quality and trusted CMOs. These relationships allow the Group to access specialist dose forms, for example, in sprays and patches, while supporting the Group’s agility in meeting changing consumer demands and providing innovation and responsive new product introduction in all geographies.

Fully invested systems infrastructure

In support of the internal and external network of manufacturing sites, the Group maintains a robust and up-to-date systems infrastructure including a single SAP enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system at 22 of its 24 internal sites, separate from that of the GSK Group and covering demand forecasting, supply planning, new product introduction and artwork management. These investments enable seamless interaction across the supply chain whether production is sourced internally or externally from CMOs.

Ongoing synergy delivery from the integration of the Novartis and Pfizer consumer healthcare businesses

The Group continues to benefit from the scale advantages arising from the combination of both the Novartis and Pfizer consumer healthcare businesses with GSK’s consumer healthcare business. Over the past six years, the network rationalisation programme has reduced the Group’s internal network from 41 sites inherited from the legacy GSK Group, Novartis and Pfizer businesses to 24 and the Group’s supply network continues to deliver significant synergies from the integration of the six legacy Pfizer sites and CMO network. In FY 2021, over £90 million cost of sales synergies were delivered with additional synergies projected in 2022.

Robust quality and compliance

The Group’s supply chain infrastructure is distinguished by high quality standards and rigorous compliance procedures which are applied both to internal sites and the Group’s CMO partners. These allow consumers, healthcare professionals and regulators to be confident in the Group’s products.

The effectiveness of the Group’s quality management systems is validated by ongoing strong performance in external regulator audits. The Group’s supply chain is subject to multiple regulatory inspections every year by national medical regulatory bodies including the FDA and the UK Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency. Since 2019, there have been more than 200 inspections by national regulatory bodies with a 99.5 per cent. success rate across the internal supply network.

The Group has continued to invest to sustain this strong quality and compliance record in order to keep ahead of evolving regulatory requirements. Recent investments include an updated quality management system, enabling enhanced end-to-end compliance capability and efficiency and electronic batch records deployment into key internal manufacturing sites.

 

125


Table of Contents

Efficient and customer-oriented warehousing and logistics network

Following the integration of both the Pfizer and Novartis consumer healthcare businesses, the Group’s warehousing and logistics network has been reviewed and optimised to meet efficiency and customer service requirements for the combined portfolio and channel mix.

In markets with well-developed infrastructure and established third-party OTC distribution capabilities, for example in North America and Western Europe, the Group operates through large-scale distribution centres. In Europe, to further leverage scale and to enable efficient inventory and service management, the Group operates warehouses covering multiple markets, often in conjunction with multi-language packs. Typically, distribution centres are operated with expert third parties in order to leverage scale, expertise and technology platforms. In all cases, distribution centres, whether in house or third-party, must comply with the Group’s rigorous quality compliance standards and are subject to the Group’s audit process.

Ensuring supply continuity

The Group benefits from a comprehensive risk management programme which applies across all of its sites to minimise potential disruption of supply to customers and patients. This is supported by independent risk assessment of each manufacturing site. The Group continues to drive down risk in its sites with a robust risk management approach and a strong environmental, health and safety risk reduction programme. Supply continuity is also supported by the Group’s history of strong relations with its site-based employees and union representatives—presently, fewer than 50 per cent. of the Group’s sites are unionised.

The Group sources from approximately 2,500 direct material suppliers in approximately 65 countries. While, in broad terms, packaging supply and raw material supply takes place at a local or regional level, the sourcing and supply of active pharmaceutical ingredients and excipients is typically at a global level. To assist the mitigation of packaging and raw material sourcing risks, the Group operates a dual-sourcing programme, which prioritises critical items where risk is highest and revenue dependency is significant. In FY 2021, 75-80 per cent. of the Group’s materials supply by spend was sourced from more than one supplier and it expects this to increase to 85-90 per cent. by the end of 2023. Where dual sourcing is not expedient or feasible, for example with unique specification materials (such as supplier IP-owned flavours, or bespoke/IP-owned packaging applications), the Group mitigates risk through holding higher inventories and sourcing from multiple production sites owned by the same supplier.

Enabling the Group’s sustainability agenda

The supply network plays a key part in the delivery of the Group’s ambitious sustainability goals with a number of key initiatives.

To support the global efforts to mitigate the impacts of climate change, the Group has implemented renewable electricity generation at 12 of its 24 internal sites and is aiming to reduce its net Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 100 per cent. by 2030 (versus its 2020 baseline).

The Group’s supply network is also implementing a broad range of other environmental and sustainability initiatives. For example, the Group achieved Zero Waste to Landfill certification across its network in 2021 and expects to achieve sustainable sourcing of palm oil in 2025. From a product perspective, the introduction of 100 per cent. recyclable toothpaste tubes and carbon-neutral plastic-free toothbrushes has commenced in Europe and the Group is working towards the implementation of pioneering recycling solutions for tubes and blister packs by 2030.

 

126


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Trade marks

The Group’s meaningful and distinctive brands are of central importance to its business. Accordingly, the Group employs a global trade mark strategy to ensure that it has extensive and geographically wide-reaching trade mark coverage to protect their reputation and goodwill. As of 1 March 2022, the Group owns 30,368 trade mark registrations and applications in multiple jurisdictions worldwide. These are managed centrally at Group level in order to ensure robust portfolio management and consistency.

The Group’s Power Brands have the most extensive level of trade mark coverage, with rights filed to cover relevant word marks and logos in all major markets. Local strategic brands in the Group’s key markets have coverage in their relevant markets. There is also substantial coverage for the Group’s other leading brands worldwide. Along with the comprehensive worldwide coverage, the Group has particularly extensive trade mark protection for its products in the USA and China, both being key markets for the Group.

The Group has adopted the trade mark HALEON as its corporate name. Prior to adoption, extensive brand clearance work was carried out in all key markets across the full range of goods and services that the Group operates in, and anticipates operating in, and clearance in such key markets was obtained. Trade mark applications have been filed in all countries in which the Group operates.

The Group has worldwide exclusive, royalty-free and sub-licensable licences for certain OTC products from both Novartis (including Voltaren and Lamisil) and the GSK Group (including Flixonase, Bactroban and Zovirax). These licences to the shared brands are perpetual, subject to material breach by or insolvency of the relevant member of the Group, and exclusive in relation to consumer healthcare products, subject to customary exclusions.

Additionally, the Group licences certain brands to and from third parties, including Nexium (OTC only), which is a worldwide in-licence from AstraZeneca (excluding Brazil); Nicorette, which is a US in-licence from Johnson & Johnson; and Nicoderm, which is a US in-licence from Sanofi.

The TSK&F Joint Venture in China markets several of the Group’s OTC brands locally (including Contac, Fenbid and Bactroban). The main trade marks for the marketed products are generally owned by, or licenced to (from the GSK Group or Novartis as shared brands), the Group and licenced to the TSK&F Joint Venture.

The Group routinely monitors the trade mark activities of competitors and takes timely legal action to appropriately enforce its trade mark rights against infringing third parties and ensure that the Group’s brand reputation, goodwill and value are protected. This action is employed through infringement litigation in courts, enforcement actions at national intellectual property authorities or by direct negotiations.

Patents

The Group employs a global patent strategy that endeavours to protect the Group’s R&D innovations and commercial products and strengthen the Group’s competitive position in the global consumer healthcare market. The Group currently has, as of 1 March 2022, approximately 1,500 granted patents and approximately 300 patent applications globally, including patents and patent applications relating to many of the Group’s Power Brands.

Patents in consumer healthcare play a vital, but different, role than patents in other health-oriented fields such as pharmaceuticals and vaccines. Consumer health-based patents rarely, if ever, solely cover a new active pharmaceutical compound by itself, because nearly all consumer health-based products use well-known, established active pharmaceutical compounds whose original patents have long since expired. Instead, consumer health-based patents focus on all aspects of a product itself, such as the formulation, method of manufacturing, delivery device, packaging,

 

127


Table of Contents

method of treatment, and design. Through careful evaluation of the different unique features of each consumer healthcare product, the Group’s products are often protected by multiple patents covering a variety of distinct features of the product. This results in less reliance on individual patents for a product’s commercial success, and the inability to obtain patent protection for one feature of the product can often be offset by patent protection of a different feature. Consequently, the Group does not consider any single patent to be critical to its overall financial health and success.

The Group’s global patent portfolio provides a number of competitive advantages in the consumer healthcare industry. The Group’s diversified approach of patenting multiple features of a product make the market entry of competitors with copy products difficult. Moreover, many of the Group’s patents cover technology closely related to the Group’s products, creating a further buffer of patent protection. Particularly during the early stages of new product launches, patent protection delays competitor entry into the marketplace and provides a competitive advantage of time for exclusive development of brand goodwill and market share prior to later entry of competing products. The existence of granted patent rights also enables the Group to advertise, promote, and mark its products as being patented. This supports the Group’s marketing campaigns, builds endorsements from healthcare professionals and increases consumer awareness of innovative technology being used in the Group’s products. Further, some of the Group’s US patents, including certain patents covering some Advil products, cover products which qualify for listing in the US FDA Orange Book, which provides statutory exclusivity periods.

In addition to mitigating patent infringement risks, including through the active use of Freedom to Operate clearances early in the R&D process to assess potential liabilities presented by competitor patents, the Group’s global patent strategy invests resources in offensively enforcing patent rights. The Group routinely monitors the activities of competitors and takes timely legal action to assert the Group’s patent rights when appropriate. This allows the Group to retain the competitive advantages provided by the patent portfolio and to protect market share by seeking legal remedies, such as injunctions or monetary damages, to deter, prevent, or delay competitor entry.

The Group’s patent portfolio further generates value to the Group through the licensing of patents to outside parties covering technology that is not of commercial value to the Group. The patent portfolio can also be utilised as leverage during business negotiations, facilitating the creation of cross-licensing arrangements with competitors in lieu of litigation.

The Group in-licences certain third-party patents that support the Group’s business goals, including patents from companies with technical expertise in particular areas that the Group seeks to commercialise. The Group also partners with third parties to accelerate, develop, and/or commercialise new products in a cost-effective manner by utilising the knowledge of external experts in a particular field.

Designs and other intellectual property

In addition to the Group’s large patent and trade mark portfolios, the Group further strengthens brand value through protection of distinct brand designs, such as packaging designs. As of 1 March 2022, the Group has 1,057 granted and pending designs which are managed centrally at Group level. There is also copyright and unregistered intellectual property protection for pack designs and unregistered brands to the extent available in a given country.

Domains

As of 1 March 2022, the Group owns 5,815 domain names, which are managed centrally at Group level.

Domain names for the Group’s corporate names have also been reserved, including “Haleon.com” and

“Haleon.cn”.

 

128


Table of Contents

Environmental, social and governance

The Group’s purpose is to deliver everyday health with humanity and this informs the Group’s relationships with all of its stakeholders as well its approach to stewardship of natural resources. The Group has ambitious goals in relation to health inclusivity, its environmental impact, and supporting the communities where it operates together with a commitment to robust corporate governance practices across its business so as to enable it to maximise its positive impact on society.

The Group’s ESG strategy is led centrally by a core team of experts with representation on the management team and with a track record of ESG programme delivery in the consumer goods and healthcare industries. Central strategy and coordination is complemented at a business unit level by the incorporation of ESG objectives into the Group’s operational and performance targets, ensuring that ESG is integral to how it manages its business and drives value creation for all of its stakeholders.

Tackling environmental issues impacting everyday health

The Group’s commitments to a healthy environment can be seen in four areas in particular: (i) carbon and climate change; (ii) sustainable healthcare packaging: (iii) trusted ingredients, sustainably sourced; and (iv) operational waste and water. The commitments are brought to life through product innovations.

With respect to carbon and climate change, the Group understands the impacts of fossil fuel emissions and a warming planet on human health, whether it be through the impacts of extreme weather events, the exposure of new regions to climate-driven infectious diseases or the direct risks posed by air pollution to respiratory and cardiovascular health. Building on the steps already taken while part of the GSK Group, the Group is taking a robust approach to addressing its carbon footprint.

To support the global efforts to mitigate the impacts of climate change, the Group has implemented renewable electricity generation at 12 of its 24 internal sites and is aiming to reduce its net Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 100 per cent. by 2030 (versus its 2020 baseline). The Group intends to self-generate renewable electricity or purchase renewable energy certificates to cover the Group’s total electricity usage by the end of 2022. In addition, the Group aims to reduce its Scope 3 emissions by 42 per cent. from source to sale by 2030 (versus its 2020 baseline). This level of carbon emissions reduction is aligned to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 1.5°C pathway. Following Separation, the Group intends to seek formal accreditation of its carbon commitments by the SBTi. The Group will also set a long-term carbon net zero goal informed by the latest SBTi guidance.

In packaging, the Group aims to develop solutions for all of its product packaging to be recycle-ready by 2025 and to be fully recyclable or reusable by 2030 where quality, safety and regulations permit. The Group aims to reduce its use of virgin petroleum-based plastic by 10 per cent. by 2025 and one-third by 2030 versus its 2020 baseline. The Group will work with partners to drive global and local initiatives to collect, sort and recycle consumer healthcare packaging at scale by 2030.

The Group looks to leverage external partnerships to achieve its environmental goals. It is part of the Pulpex partner consortium with Diageo, Unilever and PepsiCo, which looks at introducing first-in-class pulp packaging made from sustainably sourced pulp. The Group is further exploring the design and piloting of Pulpex bottles across several key brands in its Oral Health and OTC/VMS portfolios, including its global Power Brand Centrum.

The Group aims for all of its agricultural, forest and marine-derived materials to be sustainably sourced and deforestation free by 2030. In 2020, the Group’s sites that were its largest users of glycerine, its most material

 

129


Table of Contents

palm oil derivative, achieved Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil77 mass balance certification. As a next step in continuously improving the Group’s sourcing of sustainable palm oil, it is progressing towards buying physically certified palm oil derivatives. From 2022, the Group is providing funding towards several projects with ASD (Action for Sustainable Derivatives) to drive positive impact on the ground by improving the livelihoods of smallholders and providing support to increase the availability of sustainable sourced palm oil.

With respect to operational waste and water, the Group aims for all of its sites to achieve the Alliance for Water Stewardship (“AWS”) Standard78 by 2025, with all sites in water-stressed basins to be water-neutral by 2030. One achievement in this area is at the Cape Town site, which is located in a high-stress water basin. Here, the Group has reduced its water consumption by over 50 per cent. since 2010 and the site is on track to become the first water-neutral site across the manufacturing network by the end of 2022. The Group aims for all of its manufacturing sites to achieve TRUE certification by 203079.

Additionally, the Group has been implementing its sustainability agenda through its product innovations. The carbon-neutral Dr.BEST Green Clean toothbrush is an example of sustainable innovation. It begins with renewable raw material sourcing from sustainable forests and bio-composite material from the woodwork industry for the handle, has bristles made from 100 per cent. castor oil, and has plastic-free packaging.

To better understand the brush’s improved carbon footprint, the Group engaged with specialist consultancy firm, Climate Partner, which found the footprint was reduced by more than 50 per cent. when compared with the standard Dr.BEST toothbrush. The remaining footprint is offset through a community-based Climate Partner project in Madagascar. The Group is working on further innovation to reduce the carbon footprint even further with the ultimate goal of reducing it to zero.

Inclusivity

Health inclusivity is fundamental to the Group’s purpose to deliver everyday health with humanity, as everyday health is impacted by social exclusion and as bias and stigma prevent people from accessing better everyday health. The Group is taking a leading position in educating and empowering people to achieve better self-care and to provide accessible, affordable health care solutions through its products.

The Group aims to empower millions of people a year to be more included in opportunities for better everyday health, empowering 50 million people a year by 2025. It aims to achieve this in three key ways (i) driving change through its brands (ii) empowering self-care; and (iii) investing in thought leadership and research. The Group’s social impact from such activities will be measured according to the nature of the activity. For example, the Group developed an inclusive easy-to-open cap for Voltarol pain relief gel and will count the number of potential arthritis sufferers rather than the total number of purchases in its reporting.

 

77 

Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil (“RSPO”) is a not-for-profit organisation with over 4000 members, dedicated to developing and implementing global standards for sustainable palm oil. The RSPO has developed a set of environmental and social criteria which companies must comply with in order to produce Certified Sustainable Palm Oil. When they are properly applied, these criteria can help to minimize the negative impact of palm oil cultivation on the environment and communities in palm oil-producing regions.

78 

AWS is a global alliance between businesses, NGOs and the public sector promoting good water stewardship. The AWS Standard is a globally applicable framework for major water users to understand their water use and impacts, and to work collaboratively and transparently for sustainable water management.

79 

TRUE is the first zero waste certification programme dedicated to measuring, improving and recognising zero waste performance by encouraging the adoption of sustainable materials management and reduction practices which contribute to positive environmental, health and economic outcomes.

 

130


Table of Contents

The Group is collaborating with The Economist Group to develop an index to promote awareness of health inclusivity and ongoing and productive dialogue with policymakers and healthcare professionals. The programme assesses the state of health inclusivity in 40 countries across four to five indicators (increasing to 80 countries in later phases), with the data being made available to consumers and stakeholders though an interactive index hub.

The index will be hosted on The Economist website in an interactive hub to enable open access so that stakeholders can use the data to perform their own analyses. In the first year, this output will be used to raise awareness and build further understanding of the drivers of health inclusivity. It is intended to facilitate meaningful dialogue with and among key stakeholder groups who share an interest in improving health inclusivity, particularly investors, policymakers, healthcare professionals and external experts, as well as the media, consumers and customers. The outputs will equip the Group with insights to inform its own actions and help identify opportunities for partnerships and wider coalitions of action in the medium to longer term to drive health inclusivity.

The Group has also seen the synergistic benefits of its inclusivity focus in driving preference and growth among retailers in multiple markets. For example, the US Tums “Bring Diversity to the Table” campaign run at Walmart in 2020, which donated culinary and nutrition scholarships with the Thurgood Marshall College fund, was awarded incremental displays in over 3,300 Walmart stores during the competitive holiday period and helped to deliver an increase in revenue for the Tums brand.

Corporate governance

The Group strives for best-in-class corporate governance, which can be illustrated in three areas. First, at a Board level, the Chair and Directors have been selected based upon the capabilities, experience, diversity and regulatory requirements for a consumer healthcare company. The Directors have a commitment to transparent reporting and disclosure and are subject to a robust code of conduct.

Second, Board-level governance and committees have been established to ensure alignment with all requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code (see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—6.C. Board Practices—The Board and Corporate Governance”).

Third, the Group’s internal and external operational governance, links in directly to Board-level governance, enabling rapid escalation and visibility. This includes a focus on key performance indicators, principal risks, supplier code of conduct and quality requirements, internal employee training, and the use of responsibility scorecards to promote the right behaviours.

Dividend Policy

Should the Demerger proceed, the Company expects to adopt a dividend policy, which will reflect the long-term earnings and cash flow potential of the Group, consistent with maintaining sufficient financial flexibility and meeting the Group’s capital allocation priorities. The initial dividend is expected to be at the lower end of a 30 to 50 per cent. pay-out ratio, subject to Board approval. The Company expects to pay a dividend to its shareholders in relation to the second half of 2022 in 2023, subject to Board approval and following approval of the Company’s FY 2022 results.

Regulatory Overview

The Group’s activities are subject to a rigorous regulatory framework on a local and international level that conditions and affects the Group’s activities. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and ongoing compliance with applicable laws, regulations and other requirements require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

 

131


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the regulatory landscape applicable to the Group’s business in the key markets in which the Group operates. Where there are material differences, the applicable local regulatory framework is also summarised in respect of the USA, EU and/or China, being key markets for the Group’s business from a regulatory perspective. See “—OTC Medicines,” “—Medical Devices,” “—Food (dietary supplements),” “—Cosmetics” below which summarise the applicable laws, regulations and other requirements that are materially relevant to the Group’s consumer healthcare products.

The Group has products in a number of different regulatory classifications. From a regulatory perspective, the majority of the Group’s products can be categorised according to four principal regulatory classifications: (i) OTC medicines; (ii) medical devices; (iii) foods; and (iv) cosmetics. These classifications and their application to a given product in a given market may vary according to jurisdiction, the nature of the product and changes in law, among other variables. For example, while supplements are typically regulated as foods, in certain jurisdictions they may be regulated as medicines where they mitigate disease states or their ingredient levels exceed locally defined maximum thresholds for supplements. Accordingly, certain products will be subject to varying levels of regulation in different markets.

Additional laws, regulations and other requirements materially relevant to the Group’s business are summarised in “Clinical Trials for OTC Medicines,” “Claims and labelling,” “—Consumer Safety and Quality,” Pricing,” “Environment, Health and Safety,” “ABAC, AML and Sanctions” and “Data Privacy” below.

OTC Medicines

Medicines are broadly defined as any product (or any ingredient(s) of such product) with an intended use to treat, prevent or cure a disease or medical condition. There are two main classifications of medicines: (i) those requiring a prescription; and (ii) those that can be bought over-the-counter without a prescription. Examples of OTC medicines include analgesics such as ibuprofen and paracetamol (known as acetaminophen in the USA); indigestion remedies such as antacids; and decongestants such as xylometazoline and oxymetazoline.

Regulation of OTC medicines

In general, regulations applicable to prescription medicines also apply to OTC medicines. Regulations relating to manufacturing, testing, facility registration and inspection, clinical trials, importation, safety monitoring and risk management apply equally to both classifications. The principles followed are the guidelines and standards published by the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (“ICH”), of which the USA, the EU and China are all members. The ICH brings together regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals and to develop ICH guidelines. The ICH guidelines cover quality, efficacy and safety aspects, among other topics. There are additionally often specific regulations that apply to OTC products to address unique issues common to these types of medicines.

USA

In the USA, the Group must comply with laws, regulations and other requirements promulgated by numerous federal and state authorities, including the FDA and other agencies and divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Drug Enforcement Administration and other agencies of the Department of Justice, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Environmental Protection Agency, Customs and Border Protection (for imports and exports), the FTC and state agencies. Applicable legal requirements govern, to varying degrees, the research, development, manufacturing, commercialisation and sale of the Group’s products, including pre-clinical and clinical testing, approval, production, labelling, sale, distribution, import, export, post-market surveillance, advertising, dissemination of information and promotion. Failure to comply with applicable legal requirements can result in product recalls, seizures, injunctions, refusal to approve or withdrawal of approval of product applications, monetary fines or criminal prosecution.

 

132


Table of Contents

The FDA is the principal regulator of OTC medicines. Its authority comes primarily from the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act of 1938, as amended. In addition to reviewing New Drug Applications (“NDAs”) for branded drugs and Abbreviated New Drug Applications (“ANDAs”) for generic drugs and overseeing the OTC drug monograph framework, the FDA has the authority to ensure that drugs introduced into interstate commerce are not “adulterated.” For these purposes, adulterated means that the product or its manufacture does not comply with FDA quality and related standards. A drug is adulterated if, among other things: (i) it is prepared under unsanitary conditions such that it may have been contaminated or may cause injury to patients; (ii) its manufacture does not comply with Good Manufacturing Practice (“GMP”); (iii) it does not comply with an official compendium; (iv) its strength, purity or quality differs from that which it purports to possess; or (v) it is manufactured, processed or held in a facility which refuses FDA inspection.

EU

In the EU, medicinal products are subject to extensive pre- and post-marketing regulation by regulatory authorities at both the EU and Member State (national) levels. The EU system is based on a closely coordinated regulatory network of national competent authorities in the European Economic Area working together with the EMA and the European Commission, whose principal role is to take binding decisions based on the scientific recommendations delivered by the EMA. The network was built to help ensure that safe, effective and high-quality medicines are authorised throughout the EU, and that patients, healthcare professionals and citizens are provided with adequate and consistent information about medicines.

China

In China, the NMPA is the primary regulatory authority. Its objectives are: (i) to supervise the safety of drugs (including traditional Chinese medicines and ethno-medicines), medical devices and cosmetics; (ii) to regulate the registration of drugs, medical devices and cosmetics; and (iii) to undertake associated standards management. There are a number of institutions affiliated with the NMPA, including: the National Institutes for Food and Drug Control; the Chinese Pharmacopoeia Commission; the Center for Drug Evaluation (“CDE”); the Center for Food and Drug Inspection; the Center for Drug Reevaluation; and the Center for Medical Device Evaluation. China has significantly updated its regulatory framework under the Drug Administration Law of 2019, issuing new regulations to modernise the healthcare system.

Marketing authorisation process

A licence is generally required to market a medicine. Regulatory agencies issue a product licence based on a marketing authorisation application (“MAA”) dossier. A dossier is compiled and submitted to regulatory authorities in accordance with local regulations. Once a licence is granted, the marketed product must be compliant with its registered details and any change to the technical details requires an update to the registration. However, in some instances, local regulations may allow marketing without a specific prior approval, provided defined criteria are met.

The licence indicates the legal status of the product: prescription or OTC, as well as any other restrictions on the marketing or use of the product. Regulatory agencies may have different views on whether a particular product is appropriate to be marketed as OTC in their countries.

In some instances, a regulatory agency may issue certain conditions for approval, referred to as post-marketing commitments or obligations. This may mean that the company must conduct a Phase IV (or post-marketing) study in order to provide the agency with additional information about the use of the medicine in the general population under marketing conditions. Failure to comply can result in licence revocation.

 

133


Table of Contents

Site inspections

Site inspections are a routine aspect of a regulatory authority’s review of the MAA to ensure medicines are manufactured in accordance with GMP. Inspections by the FDA or EU agencies may be recognised for registration in international markets outside of the USA and EU. However, some local regulatory authorities require conduct of their own site inspections. Scheduling and waiting for the results of these site inspections is time consuming, often adding one to two years to the registration process.

USA

In order to market and sell a new drug product in the USA, a drug manufacturer must either: (i) file an NDA that shows the quality, safety and effectiveness of the new drug; (ii) file an ANDA that demonstrates equivalence of a generic to another company’s branded drug product; or (iii) comply with the OTC drug monograph requirements, which are the rules for each therapeutic category establishing conditions, such as active ingredients, uses, doses and testing, under which an OTC drug is generally recognised as safe and effective and can be marketed without an NDA and FDA pre-market approval.

EU

In the EU, application dossier content requirements for medicinal products are set by the European Commission and, like the USA and many other markets, are aligned with ICH guidelines. There are several administrative mechanisms to request regulatory approval of a medicine (both prescription and non-prescription): (i) the centralised procedure, which is an EU authorisation route resulting in a single marketing authorisation valid in all EU Member States and EEA countries; (ii) the mutual recognition procedure, resulting in a mutually recognised product (used where a product is already authorised in at least one Member State and approval is sought in at least one other Member State); (iii) the decentralised procedure, resulting in a mutually recognised product (used where a product is not already authorised in any Member State and the centralised procedure is not available or selected); and (iv) the standalone national procedure for authorisation in a single Member State.

China

In China, applications to market medicinal products are covered under the Drug Registration Regulation 2020, which covers, among other requirements, GMP and requirements of good clinical practice (“GCP”). “Technical guidance”, issued by the CDE, indicates Chemistry, Manufacturing and Control data and both clinical and non-clinical requirements. The key elements of any regulatory application are quality, safety and efficacy, and, until recently, there has been one process for the registration of all medicines in China, irrespective of prescription or OTC status. However, the new Drug Registration Regulation 2020 provides an alternate process for OTC medicines, which maintains the principles of quality, safety and efficacy.

Post-marketing authorisation

Compliance with registered details and post-marketing changes

Once the marketing authorisation licence is granted, the company is required to comply with the conditions of approval and must always ensure that the product label used in the market is compliant with the registration and that the product is manufactured and supplied in compliance with registered details.

Non-compliance can lead to product recalls or other action by the regulatory authority, often posted publicly. This may involve fines, licence revocation and/or increased inspection of the manufacturing sites and/or other products marketed by the company.

Any changes to registered details relating to the marketing authorisation require registration updates, which may require regulatory authority approval (and potentially a review fee) prior to implementation. This mostly applies

 

134


Table of Contents

to changes that could impact product quality (manufacturing implications), safety or efficacy (e.g. a new indication). When such approval is required, the review times vary depending on the type and extent of the change. Following approval, the changes form part of the licence requirement and must be implemented within the timeframe required by the local regulator.

Licence maintenance and expiration

Many regulatory authorities grant licences that are effective for a specified period of time, after which a renewal application must be submitted to continue to market the product. This renewal period is typically every five years. Once a licence is granted, it is the company’s obligation to keep the licence effective. If a product is never marketed or if a renewal application is not submitted on time, the licence is lost.

Other OTC medicines regulations

Rx-to-OTC switches

An Rx-to-OTC switch refers to the process by which the legal classification of a drug changes from Rx (prescription) to OTC (non-prescription) status. This involves the generation of extensive supportive data to establish that the drug can be used safely and effectively by consumers based only on their understanding of the product labelling and without the intervention of a healthcare professional.

Rx-to-OTC switches require in-depth consideration of the inherent safety profile and efficacy of a drug, balanced with mitigation of the potential increased risks associated with OTC availability. They also require consideration of the capability of consumers to use the product appropriately based on labelling and associated instructions.

For a drug to be suitable for OTC status: (i) the indication must be for a condition that a consumer can recognise themselves; (ii) the benefit of the product must exceed the risks (including any potential adverse events being of low incidence and easily identifiable by consumers); (iii) the potential to misuse or abuse the drug must be low; (iv) the labelling of the product must be compliant (see “—Claims and labelling” below); and (v) there must be data demonstrating the efficacy and safety of the product. This supporting data includes detailed analysis of the drug’s safety from clinical studies and in-market use, as well as label comprehension studies and sometimes “actual use” studies, which demonstrate appropriate consumer selection/deselection and product use that complies with label instructions.

Other market-specific requirements

National authorities sometimes have requirements and internal procedures for assessing product quality, efficacy and safety for marketing authorisations, for example, requiring local market study data to demonstrate relevance to the target market population. However, many requirements can be managed by providing additional certificates or notarising documentation to provide assurance of data authenticity from markets where permits or approvals have already been obtained.

Certificate of Pharmaceutical Product

The WHO, in an effort to assist smaller regulatory authorities with marketing authorisation applications, particularly those that may not have the ability to assess product quality independently, established a recommended format for a Certificate of Pharmaceutical Product (“CoPP”). This certificate is required by the importing country as part of the local registration procedure in certain markets. CoPPs are issued for each drug product. Many countries require, or strongly prefer, a CoPP issued by the regulatory authority in the country of manufacture (or “source” CoPP). Some countries accept a “non-source” CoPP, but this is typically by exception. Before requesting a CoPP, the medicine must first be registered and, in many cases, marketed.

 

135


Table of Contents

Import and export

USA

Importers of medicines to the USA must comply with United States Customs and Border Protection documentation requirements and examination. Perceived violations will be refused admission and a notice of detention and hearing may be issued. If the FDA ultimately refuses admission, a redelivery notice may be received with a notice for damages for up to three times the product value.

Products for export from the USA are subject to the import requirements of the importing foreign country and, if the product is not approved in the USA, the company must apply to the FDA for appropriate export documentation.

EU

Manufacturers and importers of medicinal products located in the EEA must hold a manufacturing authorisation issued by the national competent authority of the Member State where such activities are being carried out. The manufacturer or importer must have a qualified person who is responsible for certifying that each batch of product has been manufactured in accordance with EU GMP before releasing the product for commercial distribution in the EU or for use in a clinical trial. Manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the competent regulatory authorities for compliance with GMP.

China

Imports to and exports from China follow the same principles as the USA and EU. Chinese importers must provide necessary documents (including, for example, import drug licence, GSP licence, business licence, imported batch product’s certificate of analysis/country of origin/order/commercial invoice/packing list/bill of lading, local drug test report and historical import evidence, in each case as applicable) to the provincial healthcare authorities or NMPA, who in turn provide a customs form for the importer to present at China customs. Failure to meet the requirements results in the rejection of goods at the border.

Where medicines are being imported, an import drug licence is required, which grants the manufacturer the right to register, import, sell and use the imported drug in China. In the application process for the import drug licence, the NMPA: reviews a dossier documenting the quality, safety and efficacy of the drug; verifies the quality specification of the drug; and performs a sample test on three batches of the drug. Once granted, the licence remains active for a five-year renewable period.

Medical Devices

Medical devices are broadly defined as products which a manufacturer intends to be used to diagnose, prevent, monitor, predict, treat or alleviate disease. Devices generally achieve their purpose by physical modes of action; the principal intended action may not be pharmacological, immunological or metabolic.

Classification of medical devices

Although different regulatory authorities have different systems of review before a medical device can be marketed, they all apply a risk management approach to classify devices. All medical devices must satisfy safety and performance, quality system (some low-risk devices may be exempt) and labelling requirements. The degree of regulatory scrutiny increases with the potential risks of the medical device.

The purpose of risk classification is to ensure that the regulatory controls applied to a medical device are proportionate to the risk. Most markets have an overall I-III classification system, with class I being the lowest

 

136


Table of Contents

risk and class III being the highest. Class III devices usually support life, present high risk of illness or injury, or are implanted. Examples include pacemakers and catheters. Class II devices present more moderate risk to the user and include, for example (under the MDR (as defined below) in the EU), denture cleansers, denture adhesives, pain-relieving heat patches and therapeutic toothpastes. Class I devices have the lowest perceived risk and include devices such as, liquid medicine measuring cups, spectacles and bandages. The Group’s products, throughout its global portfolio, are largely classified nationally as Class II or Class I medical devices.

The regulatory requirements increase as the device risk class increases. These regulatory controls may include, for example, those in relation to: (i) the operation of a quality system for all devices; (ii) the need for and frequency of independent external audit of the manufacturer’s quality system; (iii) a reference technical file with support data defining performance and controls; (iv) independent external review of the technical data; (v) product testing using in-house or independent resources; and (vi) documentation of relevant clinical evidence to support the manufacturer’s claims.

Market Authorisation

USA

In the USA, most Class III devices and new devices that are not substantially equivalent to an already legally marketed product require clearance through a Pre-Market Approval (“PMA”). There must be documented safety and effectiveness data for the device and clinical data is required. Where a PMA is not needed, most Class II and some Class I devices require a 510k submission, which must demonstrate how the proposed medical device is substantially equivalent to a medical device that is already on the US market and an FDA clearance decision is generally received within 150 days. Most Class I and some Class II devices are exempt from a 510k submission before sale, but are still subject to general control requirements. For low-risk products for which there is no legally marketed substantially equivalent device in the USA (and therefore the 510k submission is inappropriate or has resulted in a not substantially equivalent determination), there is the De Novo classification request. This provides a pathway to classify novel medical devices for which general controls alone, or general and special controls, provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness for the intended use. The De Novo review is a stringent process. Devices that are classified into Class I or Class II through a De Novo request may be marketed and used as predicates for future 510k submissions.

EU

In the EU, manufacturers may self-certify compliance of Class I devices with simple notifications to the competent authority, with files open to inspection should a competent authority wish to do so. Class II devices, as well as some Class I devices (those with a measuring function or sterility requirements), require the involvement of an approved notified body which audits files / manufacturers on behalf of the competent regulatory authority. Class III devices generally require the involvement of a notified body and often the competent authority as well. Following product clearance, the manufacturer signs a declaration of conformity and places the Conformité Européenne CE mark on or with the device.

In May 2021, the Medical Device Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2017/745) (“MDR”) came into effect in the EU, with new in-vitro diagnostic regulations anticipated in 2022. The MDR is more comprehensive than the Medical Device Directive (93/42/EEC). The MDR greatly increases the rigor and robustness of the regulations governing medical device products in EU markets. There is no “grandfathering” of products: all products are expected to meet the MDR requirements. Additionally, all products and their manufacturers are subject to re-review by the notified body on a yearly cycle (for Class IIb and Class III devices) or every two years (for Class IIa devices) or a “periodic” review up to every four years (for Class I devices).

 

137


Table of Contents

China

In China, the NMPA is the institution responsible for both medical devices and medicines. For locally manufactured devices in China, Class I and Class II devices go respectively to the municipal and provincial authorities to obtain market authorisation approval. All Class III devices and devices not manufactured in China go to the NMPA. In the latter case, manufacturers must send the appropriate documentation showing that the device has been approved in its country of origin.

To register a device, type testing is required. In most cases, device samples are provided to an NMPA-accredited institute for testing. It may also be required to provide supportive clinical data along with the application, especially for higher risk devices.

Foreign manufacturers must also have China-based agents that will represent their interests in China. The responsibilities of the designated agents include providing technical service and maintenance support for the device, assisting with device recall (if recall is required), overseeing the registration process, and providing support for the manufacturer in case adverse events occur due to device malfunction.

Medical device registrations in China are valid for five years. Market authorisation holders must: (i) ensure the quality of their products; (ii) show that their products meet all applicable requirements; (iii) submit self-inspection reports to relevant authorities every year; and (iv) maintain their products’ information in the NMPA’s unique device identification database.

Food (dietary supplements)

General

Products in the food classification include VMS to be ingested as part of a daily diet. Most food products do not require pre-market authorisation, although specific categories of foods (such as food supplements, foods for special medical purposes or dietary supplements in China) may require notification of sale to applicable regulatory bodies. In some countries, such as China, products classified as functional health foods also require a formal pre-market review and registration process.

The food industry typically avoids registration as a form of food control in favour of systems based on Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (“HACCP”), an internationally recognised method of assessing, preventing and managing food safety risks, with low-risk foods subject to few controls and high-risk foods subject to more controls.

The majority of products marketed by the Group in this classification are regulated as dietary supplements. However, some supplements may instead be regulated as medicines, for example where they mitigate disease states or their ingredient levels exceed locally defined, e.g. recommended dietary allowances, to be categorised as a supplement.

Market Authorisation

Dietary supplements

A dietary supplement is a product taken by mouth that contains a dietary ingredient intended to supplement the diet. A “dietary ingredient” is one, or any combination, of a vitamin, a mineral, a herb or other botanical, an amino acid, a dietary substance for use by the consumer to supplement the diet by increasing the total dietary intake (e.g. enzymes or tissues from organs or glands), or a concentrate, metabolite, constituent or extract.

In most markets, dietary supplements do not require a submission or approval prior to launch, although novel ingredients may require supporting submissions, as may new claims. Notification procedures prior to or immediately after sale commences are typically required.

 

138


Table of Contents

Food safety

Safety and packaging

For the most part, food laws adopt a principled, risk-management approach to ensure safety of the food chain. They lay down basic good hygiene and safety prerequisites, and require food businesses to assess ingredient risk and to remove or mitigate those risks following the HACCP framework.

One area of food safety that poses a specific risk to consumers different from most cosmetics or medicinal devices and some products is the degree of exposure to substances that migrate from food contact packaging materials into foodstuffs. Therefore, primary food packaging in contact with food is subject to a suite of complex, food-specific legislation driven by these safety concerns.

Composition

Composition is intimately linked to safety. Any food ingredient without a history of safe consumption is termed a novel food or new dietary ingredient and cannot be sold as a food or added to a food without pre-authorisation by relevant regulatory agencies. This authorisation requires the applicant to rigorously demonstrate the safety of the substance, and this complex process can sometimes take years to accomplish.

Food products often require and use additives (e.g. colours, preservatives, stabilisers, emulsifiers). There are lists of permitted additives that are regularly evaluated and many have maximum permitted levels. The use of a new additive, or the use of an existing additive for a purpose not explicitly permitted by law, requires pre-authorisation, and food manufacturers are required to demonstrate both safety and technical need before a new additive use is authorised.

Cosmetics

General

Cosmetics are products that are applied to external parts of the human body (generally also including the teeth and mucous membranes of the oral cavity) for cleansing, beautifying, promoting attractiveness or altering the appearance without affecting the body’s structure or functions. They typically include examples such as shampoo, deodorant, perfume and some toothpastes. However, products can be classified differently by country or region, and a cosmetic in one country may be classified as a medicine, or even a medical device, in another country. For example, fluoride toothpaste is a cosmetic in the EU and a drug in the USA. Other products regulated as drugs in the USA include mouthwashes marketed with therapeutic claims, skin protectants (such as lip balms) and treatments for dandruff or acne.

Market Authorisation

Regulations on market authorisation for cosmetics differ by country or region. Some countries require pre-market approvals, while others require no registration. Where approval is required, the standard of documentation required to market cosmetics differs by country. For example, some countries require a robust dossier (which will include safety assessments, detailed manufacturing information, raw material functionality and other pertinent information) where manufacturers present documentation to the health ministries to be approved or denied. In some other countries, documentation is not required to be presented and can remain on file with the manufacturer.

Clinical Trials for OTC Medicines

The beginning of the development phase for a new drug involves pre-clinical in vitro and in vivo laboratory studies to assess the potential effects of substances and examine chemical-physical properties, toxicological data

 

139


Table of Contents

and other information. Following positive pre-trial results and approval, the drug in question is tested in humans in clinical trials which consist of four phases, each phase requiring increasingly large, complex, costly and time-consuming clinical studies. The first three phases must take place before market authorisation is obtained (see“—OTC Medicines—Marketing authorisation process”).

Clinical trials are subject to the GCP requirements set out by the ICH in the USA, the EU, China and other ICH markets. These include the requirement that all research patients provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial.

USA

The pre-clinical and clinical development paths in the USA are broadly similar to those in the EU (described below) and are governed by the same GCP requirements. Before commencing the clinical trial, an Investigational New Drug Application is submitted to the FDA and the sponsor must also obtain a favourable opinion from an independent ethics committee. A protocol and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA. In addition, an institutional review board at each institution participating in the trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health for public dissemination on their website. Regulatory authorities, institutional review boards or the sponsors may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

EU

In the EU, prior to commencing a clinical trial, the sponsor must obtain a Clinical Trial Authorisation (“CTA”) from the competent authority of the Member State in which the trial will be conducted, and a positive opinion from an independent ethics committee. In the EU, the EMA manages this process centrally through the Clinical Trials Information System (“CTIS”) which allows assessment, authorisation and maintenance of clinical trials through a single entry point for both health authority and ethics committee considerations across all Member States. This harmonises the process for all Member States and ensures the same GCP standards are applied across all Member States. Every clinical trial must have a sponsor and any sponsor that is not established within the EEA must appoint a legal representative in the jurisdiction. The CTA application includes, among other things, a trial protocol detailing the objectives, design, methodology, statistical considerations and organisation of the trial, and an investigational medicinal product dossier with information about the manufacture and quality of the drug being investigated. During the trial, any substantial changes to the protocol or any adverse side effects reported must be notified to the competent authority and ethics committee via the CTIS portal. Following the trial, the sponsors must post clinical trial results in the European Union Drug Regulating Authorities Clinical Trials database.

China

As in the EU and USA, clinical trials in China require compliance with ICH and GCP principles and pre-trial approval from both the regulator, the NMPA, and an ethics committee. For certain studies, approval from both central and local ethics committees may be required. Approval may also be required before commencing studies of certain cosmetics, such as toothpaste, or when new claims or ingredients are being proposed. For clinical studies collecting human biological samples, additional approval is needed from the Office of Human Genetic Resources Administration. China has stringent requirements relating to site governance, managed through GCP offices located within hospitals. Any amendments to trial protocol or safety concerns must be reported to the relevant authorities, who have the power to suspend or terminate a trial based on various grounds. Following a clinical trial, the sponsor must publish the trial results in a publicly accessible registry.

 

140


Table of Contents

Claims and labelling

The labelling for all product classifications which the Group markets, including OTC medicines, medical devices, foods and cosmetics, is subject to applicable laws in all of the markets in which the Group operates. Labelling regulations differ by market and product classification. They may specify text format and the order of information, as well as require specific information and statements. For example, they may require inclusion of, among other things, product identity, product ingredients, the name and place of business of the manufacturer, packer or distributor, net quantity of contents, expiry date, batch number, registration number and instructions for appropriate use.

Claims in advertisements and on labels must be truthful, not misleading, not unfair, and substantiated, and regulatory authorities may take enforcement action against businesses which fail to comply with relevant rules. The extent of substantiation required for a claim, as well as the level of regulatory scrutiny applied by authorities, is dependent on the product classification and product’s risk profile, with OTC medicines typically requiring greater substantiation, and varies from country to country.

USA

The FTC, FDA and other government agencies enforce compliance with applicable laws on product claims, which broadly require claims to be truthful, not misleading and sufficiently substantiated with scientific evidence on the benefits and safety of the product. The FTC will also consider how consumers will interpret claims, including in circumstances where the claim may be technically true, but the advertisement and what is implied may nonetheless be misleading.

There are specific requirements for different product classifications. For example, while cosmetic labelling does not require FDA approval prior to going on market, the FDA regulates cosmetic labelling claims and monitors, and takes action against, claims which are not truthful, are misleading or make medicinal claims. Under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the FDA may take action against “misbranding” violations, which include where the cosmetic’s label does not include all required information or such information is not adequately prominent and conspicuous. Similarly, for foods, businesses are responsible for evaluating the safety and labelling of their products before marketing to ensure that they meet all the requirements of applicable FDA regulations and the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994. The FDA is responsible for taking action against any adulterated or misbranded dietary supplement product after it reaches the market.

EU

Advertising of products is subject both to general consumer advertising requirements pursuant to the Unfair Commercial Practices Directive (Directive 2005/29/EC), which states a general prohibition on misleading and aggressive advertising, as well as more specifically in respect of each product classification. For example, advertisements of medicinal products must: (i) be set out in such a way that it is clear that the message is an advertisement and that the product is clearly identified as a medicinal product; (ii) not refer, in improper, alarming or misleading terms, to claims of recovery; and (iii) not give the impression that a medical consultation or surgical operation is unnecessary (pursuant to Directive 2001/83/EC).

The advertising and promotion of a medical device must be undertaken in accordance with its intended purpose. The MDR prohibits use of text, names, trade marks, pictures and figurative or other signs that may mislead the user or the patient with regard to the device’s intended purpose, safety and performance.

New health claims made on foods need to be reviewed with a positive opinion by the European Food Safety Agency and approved by the European Commission. The objective is to ensure that any claim made on a food’s labelling, presentation or advertising in the EU is clear, accurate and based on scientific evidence. The EU has

 

141


Table of Contents

also established a legal framework for cosmetic labelling claims based on the Cosmetics Products Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 1223/2009). Responsible persons must ensure that a cosmetic product made available on the market is safe for human health when used under normal or reasonably foreseeable conditions of use, taking into account, in particular: (i) presentation; (ii) labelling; (iii) instructions for use and disposal; and (iv) any other indication or information provided by the responsible person.

China

In China, there is similarly an extensive regulatory framework on advertising and product claims. Among other requirements, OTC medicine advertisements must not contain difficult or confusing medical or pharmaceutical terms which may mislead the public about the effect and safety of the proposed products. An advertisement must make clear that the product is OTC by including the OTC logo. All medical device advertisements must contain the name of the approved medical device, name of the manufacturing enterprise, registration certificate number and advertisement licence number. All information must conform to the product certificate issued by the NMPA. The Cosmetic Supervision Administration and Regulation, which came into force on 1 January 2021, enhances regulatory requirements in respect of cosmetic claims, including that applicants must submit sufficient scientific evidence on the NMPA’s website for claim substantiation. The NMPA also enforces categories of permissible and prohibited claims in respect of foods.

Consumer Safety and Quality

Consumer safety

Manufacturers of OTC medicines, cosmetics, medical devices and foods must ensure that their products are safe for consumers to use. Vigilance regulations across the world play an important role in ensuring the safety of all products whether in the development pipeline, already approved for marketing, or post-launch. These regulations are different for each type of product but in all cases require the collection, detection, assessment, monitoring and prevention of adverse events/undesirable effects. Once approved for marketing, the holder of a medicinal marketing authorisation must also establish and maintain a pharmacovigilance system as described in ICH guidelines. The obligations include expedited reporting of adverse reactions, submission of periodic safety update reports and proactive detection of signals/trends. Pharmacovigilance systems can be subject to inspection by health authorities and corrective actions may be required to address any deficiencies identified. For medical devices, manufacturers must also expedite reporting of serious safety events, prepare periodic safety update reports and proactively analyse trends, with documentation held at manufacturing facilities for inspection. For cosmetics and foods, “serious undesirable events”/adverse events are tracked and analysed to ensure that products are fit for use.

Quality

Quality regulations across the world play an important role in ensuring the safety and efficacy of consumer healthcare products. The regulations are required both for new innovations and already existing products. Every country has its own regulations which apply to innovation, manufacturing/good manufacturing practices, testing, marketing, post-marketing studies and reporting by product classification (e.g. medicines, medical devices, cosmetics and dietary supplements).

Regulators conduct pre-approval and post-approval inspections of facilities involved in the development, manufacturing, packaging and testing of drugs to ensure GMP compliance. If an inspection results in a finding, corrective actions to address the deficiencies must be performed. Adverse inspections can lead to inspectional observations, warning letters, seizure, recalls, injunctions and shutdown of facilities.

Medical devices are subject to quality system regulations. A quality system is the organisational structure, responsibilities, procedures, processes and resources needed to implement quality management for medical

 

142


Table of Contents

devices. Quality system regulations cover the methods, facilities and controls used by the manufacturer in the design, manufacture, packaging, labelling, storage, installation, servicing and post market handling of medical devices. Quality system requirements can impact all phases in the medical device life span, including approval of the device. Applicable requirements depend on the risk class of the device and on the regulatory system of the country.

Pricing

The Group’s activities are subject to price control laws and regulations in some of the markets in which it operates. The range and extent of these requirements vary by market.

In China, prices are determined by a mix of regulations and market competition. In respect of medicines (both Rx and OTC) in the hospital channel, the government regulates prices through a centralised procurement mechanism, medical insurance reimbursement standards and strengthened regulation of medical and pricing practices.

In November 2018, China introduced a national volume-based procurement pilot programme for medicines that are sold in the hospital channel in which companies submit bids for several generic drugs, with the winners gaining a guaranteed sale volume of the total market for those drugs for 1-3 years. Since 2019, this pilot programme has been expanded nationwide and also includes a provincial volume-based procurement programme that allows provincial governments to include drugs that are outside the national volume-based procurement scope.

Outside the hospital channel, some medicine prices are indirectly managed by certain policies. In certain cities, such as Shanghai and Nanjing, retail prices are indirectly affected by volume-based procurement and price control policies, such that the prices are to varying degrees linked to the hospital channel bidding prices. In many other provinces retail pharmacies can set prices freely but with an upper limit to reimbursement.

Environment, Health and Safety

The Group’s operations, like those of other healthcare companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws, primarily in manufacturing processes and, as such, the Group is subject to numerous local, national and international environmental protection and health and safety laws and regulations. Environmental laws are complex, frequently amended and have generally become more stringent over time.

Certain environmental laws impose strict (i.e. may be imposed regardless of fault) and joint and several liability on current or previous owners of real property and current or previous owners or operators of facilities for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous substances or materials at such properties or at properties at which parties have disposed of hazardous substances. These laws may require that the Group reimburses the government for costs incurred at these sites or otherwise pays for the cost of investigation and clean-up of these sites, including compensation for damage to natural resources.

In addition, the Group is subject to increasingly extensive reporting obligations in respect of its relationship with the environment and climate change. These include, among others, reporting requirements under the framework of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures, as well as legislation in relation to Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting. Disclosure and reporting requirements in relation to wider ESG matters are also increasingly extensive and subject to greater regulatory scrutiny. For example, the Group must comply with the Modern Slavery Act 2015 and make specific disclosures on its engagement with stakeholders, including employees.

The Group must also comply with applicable safety laws to protect employees against occupational injuries. Under such laws, employers typically must establish and maintain working conditions and workplaces that

 

143


Table of Contents

effectively prevent danger to employees. In particular, employers must comply with certain medical and hygiene standards and meet certain health and safety requirements at work, such as carrying out risk assessments and implementing measures for the safety of employees.

ABAC, AML and Sanctions

The Group is required to comply with applicable anti-bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering and sanctions regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates. These include, among others, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, the UK Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing and Transfer of Funds (Information on the Payer) Regulations 2017, and the China Criminal Law of the PRC 2020. Additionally, in certain jurisdictions, the Group’s engagement with healthcare professionals and other external leaders is subject to applicable restrictions. For example, in the USA, there are federal and state anti-kickback laws that prohibit the payment or receipt of kickbacks, bribes or other remuneration intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of healthcare products and services covered by government healthcare programmes or reward past purchases or recommendations.

Data Privacy

USA

In the USA, the Group is subject to a range of consumer privacy laws, whose specific requirements vary from state to state. For example, in California, the Group is subject to the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”). The CCPA requires businesses to comply with various requirements relating to the collection, use and disclosure of personal information of California consumers. Notably, the CCPA grants consumers the right to opt-out of the sale of their personal information by businesses. “Selling” is defined broadly to include almost any transfer of personal information to a third party for valuable consideration, including through intra-group transfers. Businesses are required to have a “do not sell my personal information” button available to consumers on their website homepage, and consumers must be given explicit notice when their personal information is sold. Companies subject to the CCPA must also create and publish a privacy policy that discloses: (i) the categories of personal information the business collects; (ii) the sources(s) from which the personal information is collected; and (iii) the purpose for which the personal information is collected and/or sold. The CCPA has been amended by the California Privacy Rights Act 2020 (“CPRA”), which will come into effect in 2023. The CPRA expands consumer privacy rights and includes an opt-out for any sharing of personal data for cross-contextual behavioural advertising, whereby businesses track consumer behaviour across unaffiliated websites and use the data collected for advertising purposes. Virginia, Colorado and Utah have also passed similar comprehensive privacy laws, and several more states may join them in the coming months. Like CPRA, the Virginia, Colorado and Utah laws each include a provision allowing consumers to, among other things, opt out of the use of their personal information for purposes of online tracking and targeted advertising. These comprehensive privacy laws are in addition to an existing set of multi-state laws requiring notification in cases of personal data breach.

EU and UK

Both the EU GDPR and the UK GDPR regulate the processing of the personal data of living individuals (“Data Subjects”) by, among others: (i) companies that collect or receive personal data and control the use of that data (“Data Controllers”); and (ii) companies that process personal data on behalf of Data Controllers (“Data Processors”). The Group is a data controller and is required to comply with both the EU GDPR (as the Group carries out certain activities in the EU) and the UK GDPR.

According to the EU GDPR and the UK GDPR, personal data includes any information relating to Data Subjects who can be identified from that information. It can therefore include: personal details such as name, address, email address, telephone number and date of birth; information relating to the individual, whether in their

 

144


Table of Contents

personal, family or professional life; and any expression of opinion about an individual or indications of a company’s (or any other person’s) intentions in respect of that individual; and it includes persistent online identifiers such as IP address, machine ID and other technical data that can be tied to an individual. The processing of personal data covers any activity done to or in relation to the personal data. In addition, to the extent a company processes, controls or otherwise uses “special category” personal data (including individuals’ health or medical information, genetic information and biometric information), more stringent rules apply, further limiting the circumstances and the manner in which a company is legally permitted to process that data.

EU GDPR and UK GDPR entail strict requirements, including with respect to (i) international data transfers, (ii) data mapping and accountability obligations, (iii) the involvement of a Data Processor, (iv) the appointment of a data protection officer, (v) Data Subjects’ rights (e.g., notices, right to data portability and right to be forgotten), (vi) the need to carry out a data privacy impact assessment regarding data processing activities using new technologies likely to result in a high risk to the rights and freedom of natural persons, and (vii) notification obligations in case of a data breach.

There are costs and administrative burdens associated with compliance with the EU GDPR and the UK GDPR. Any failure or perceived failure to comply carries with it the risk of significant penalties and sanctions, of up to £17.5 million or 4 per cent. of global turnover for failure to comply with UK GDPR and up to €20 million or 4 per cent. of global turnover for failure to comply with EU GDPR.

In addition, the EU is in the process of agreeing a new e-Privacy Regulation (“ePR”), which will replace the e-Privacy Directive. This will be directly implemented in the laws of each Member State without the need for further enactment and it is conceivable that the UK will also consider alignment. The draft ePR imposes new rules around, among other areas, confidentiality of online communications, the use of cookies and direct marketing. EU regulators recently have focused attention on advertising technologies that track user behaviour and serve ads based on online activities and profiles. These initiatives will increase the regulatory burden in respect of certain business activities including, in particular, the way a business conducts online research, and online marketing and advertising activities, including efforts to understand users’ internet usage and online purchasing habits.

China

In China, the Group is also subject to a range of data privacy and security regulations, including the Personal Information Protection Law 2021, the Cybersecurity Law 2016 and the Data Security Law 2021. Such data regulations have a significant impact on the processing of data in China, as well as the cost of dedicated systems, teams and infrastructure that may be required for businesses to comply.

The Personal Information Protection Law 2021 is the first comprehensive legislation on personal information protection in China. It specifies the scope of personal information, clarifies the legal bases for processing personal information, lays down the obligations and responsibilities imposed on Data Processors, and imposes stringent requirements on data localisation. Consequences of non-compliance may include monetary fines of up to 5 per cent. of the previous year’s turnover, termination of data transfers and personal liability imposed on those directly responsible.

The Group must also comply with the Cybersecurity Law 2016, which requires the establishment of internal security management systems that meet the requirements of a classified protection system for cyber security. This includes: appointing dedicated cyber security personnel; taking technical measures to prevent computer viruses, network attacks and intrusions; taking technical measures to monitor and record network operation status and cyber security incidents; and adopting data security measures, such as data classification, back-ups and encryption. Where facilities are deemed to be part of China’s “critical information infrastructure,” the Cybersecurity Law sets high requirements for operational security, including data localisation and national security review requirements for any products or services that may impact national security.

 

145


Table of Contents

The Data Security Law 2021 regulates core state data and other important data. It sets out requirements for data security management and requires that security assessment reports are submitted to regulators. In addition, it prohibits an entity from providing any such data stored in China to a foreign judicial or law enforcement agency without the approval of the relevant Chinese regulator. Penalties for non-compliance may include monetary fines, cessation of business and revocation of business licences.

4.C. ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

As a result of Separation, the Company will become the ultimate holding company of the Group. For additional information on the structure of Separation, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company—The Demerger and Further Preparatory Steps.”

The Group’s international presence is organised into three geographic regions: North America, EMEA and LatAm, and APAC. Each geographic region consists of a number of countries, clusters of countries and markets. In particular, the North America region consists of the USA, Canada and Puerto Rico. The diverse EMEA and LatAm region is divided into seven business units: Northern Europe, Southern Europe, Central and Eastern Europe (including the Commonwealth of Independent States), Russia, DACH (Germany, Austria and Switzerland), Middle East and Africa and LatAm (Brazil, Colombia and Wider LatAm). The APAC region covers the Asia Pacific markets and is divided into five business units: Greater China, Australia and New Zealand, Indian Sub-Continent, North Asia (Japan and South Korea) and South East Asia and Taiwan.

The Group operates through various subsidiaries. A list of significant subsidiaries of the CH JVCo is included in Exhibit 8.1 to this registration statement.

4.D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The Group has interests in properties in numerous countries. None of these interests is individually material in the context of the Group as a whole. Such properties are used by the Group predominantly for manufacturing, distribution and R&D activities. In particular, the Group owns a supply chain of 24 in-house dedicated consumer healthcare manufacturing sites, with key sites located in Levice (Slovakia), Dungarvan (Ireland), Nyon (Switzerland) and Guayama (Puerto Rico). In addition, the Group owns three R&D centres in Richmond, Virginia (USA), Weybridge (UK) and Suzhou (China) providing it with a broad range of in-house scientific capabilities. The Group also owns 14 other R&D hubs which support local business units and enable the Group to recruit R&D talent globally to develop products closer to its consumers and tailor innovation for local consumer needs.

The Group is not aware of any environmental issues affecting its properties which would have a material impact upon the Group, and there are no material encumbrances on its properties. The Group believes its existing facilities are satisfactory for its current business and it currently has no plans to construct new facilities or expand or improve its current facilities in a manner that is material to the Group.

See also “Item 4.B. Business Overview—R&D, ” “Item 4.B. Business Overview—Quality and Supply chain, ” “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Capital Expenditure” and notes 16 and 17 to our Financial Statements beginning on page F-32.

 

ITEM 4A.    UNRESOLVED

STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5.    OPERATING

AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Item 5 should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Presentation of Financial and Other Information”, as well as “Item 3. Key Information—Item 3.A. Selected Financial Data”, “Item 4. Information on the Company—

 

146


Table of Contents

Item 4.B. Business Overview” and the Financial Statements, including accompanying notes. Unless otherwise indicated, the financial information contained in this Item 5 is extracted from the Financial Statements.

The following discussion of the Group’s results of operations and financial condition contains certain forward-looking statements. The Group’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed elsewhere in this registration statement, particularly in “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors”. The Group does not undertake any obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements.

Overview

The Group is a world-leading consumer healthcare business, with a portfolio of category leading brands and approximately 23,000 people worldwide engaged in the research and development, manufacture and sale of a broad range of consumer healthcare products.

The Group conducts business internationally across five consumer healthcare categories: Oral Health, Pain Relief, VMS, Respiratory Health and Digestive Health and Other.

The Group’s international presence is organised into three geographic regions, which are the Group’s reporting segments: North America, EMEA and LatAm and APAC. Each geographic region consists of a number of countries, clusters of countries and markets.

North America

The North America region consists of the USA, Canada and Puerto Rico. As at 31 March 2022, approximately 4,600 personnel80 were engaged in the Group’s operations in North America.

North America represented 36.9 per cent. of the Group’s revenue for FY 2021. Revenue attributable to North America fell by 6.7 per cent. at AER and 1.3 per cent. at CER from FY 2020 to FY 2021. Organic revenue growth in North America was 1.3 per cent. for this period, as compared to 0.7 per cent for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020.

EMEA and LatAm

The diverse EMEA and LatAm region is divided into seven business units: Northern Europe, Southern Europe, Central and Eastern Europe (including the Commonwealth of Independent States), Russia, DACH (Germany, Austria and Switzerland), Middle East and Africa and LatAm (Brazil, Colombia and Wider LatAm). As at 31 March 2022, approximately 12,300 personnel81 were engaged in the Group’s operations in EMEA and LatAm.

EMEA and LatAm accounted for 40.6 per cent. of the Group’s revenue for FY 2021. Revenue attributable to EMEA and LatAm fell by 4.5 per cent. at AER and remained flat at CER from FY 2020 to FY 2021. Organic revenue growth in EMEA and LatAm was 3.5 per cent. for this period, as compared to 3.1 per cent. for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020.

APAC

The APAC region covers the Asia Pacific markets and is divided into five business units: Greater China, Australia and New Zealand, Indian Sub-Continent, North Asia (Japan and South Korea) and South East Asia and Taiwan. As at 31 March 2022, approximately 5,900 personnel82 were engaged in the Group’s operations in APAC.

 

80 

Full-time equivalent employees and agency staff (rounded to the nearest 100).

81 

Full-time equivalent employees and agency staff (rounded to the nearest 100).

82 

Full-time equivalent employees and agency staff (rounded to the nearest 100).

 

147


Table of Contents

APAC contributed 22.5 per cent. of the Group’s revenue for FY 2021. Revenue attributable to APAC grew by 4.3 per cent. at AER and 7.1 per cent. at CER from FY 2020 to FY 2021. Organic revenue growth in APAC was 9.1 per cent. for this period, as compared to 5.7 per cent. for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020.

Key factors affecting the Group’s results of operations and financial position

The Group’s results of operations and financial condition are affected by a variety of factors, a number of which are outside the control of the Group. Set out below is a discussion of the most significant factors that have affected the Group’s financial results during the periods under review and which the Group currently expects to affect its financial results in the future. Factors other than those presented below could also have a significant impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition in the future.

Impact of macroeconomic factors and market trends on discretionary consumer spending

The Group’s business is impacted by fluctuations in demand for the Group’s products as a result of changes in discretionary consumer spending.

Demand for the Group’s products is generally impacted by macroeconomic conditions which affect disposable income of consumers and discretionary consumer spending. The prevailing global economic climate, inflation, levels of employment, disposable income, salaries, wage rates, interest rates, geopolitical and political uncertainty, fiscal policy (particularly on public healthcare), taxation, consumer confidence, consumer perception of economic conditions and global pandemics, are all factors that affect the Group’s business. For example, in FY 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact on the Group’s operations (see “—Impact of COVID-19” below). In addition, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has had an adverse effect on the global geopolitical and economic environment, although the broader economic consequences of the invasion are currently difficult to predict (see “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors—Risks Applicable to the Group relating to Changes in Law and the Political and Economic Environment, Regulation and Legislation—The Group’s business may be impacted by the effects of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine” above).

Demand is also influenced by evolving consumer tastes and trends in discretionary consumer spending on consumer healthcare products. Trends evidenced during the periods under review include an increasing focus on self-management of health and wellbeing, an ageing population, an increasing demand for natural products (consumer healthcare products that are non-medicated, ‘free from’ particular ingredients, or that include plant-based, herbal or other naturally occurring ingredients), premiumisation (where consumers switch their purchases to premium alternatives) and the countervailing trend toward “private-label” products (brands sold exclusively by a particular retailer, which are typically sold at lower prices than branded products), sustainability, and the convergence of digital and healthcare.

The Group benefits from the increasing consumer focus on health and wellbeing, with the most pronounced impact in the Pain Relief and VMS categories. Further, increased demand for preventative and therapeutic products associated with an ageing population has a positive impact on the Group’s Pain Relief and Oral Health categories. In the periods under review, the Group’s results were impacted by premiumisation trends. For example, in FY 2020, this trend adversely impacted sales of Aquafresh, the Group’s everyday toothpaste brand, whereas Sensodyne, as a premium brand, benefited from the trend. Revenue in FY 2020 and FY 2021 was also affected by a number of “private-label” product launches; for example, such launches resulted in reduced demand in the USA for Abreva in FY 2020 and Voltaren in FY 2021.

The success of the Group depends on its ability to navigate and respond to changes in discretionary consumer spending. In turn, this ability is contingent on a number of factors, including competitive and market dynamics, brand strength, product offering, innovation and pricing (see “—Competition in the Consumer Health Market”, “—Brand and product portfolio” and “—Innovation” below, as well as “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk

 

148


Table of Contents

Factors—The Group’s success depends on its ability to anticipate and respond to changes in consumer preferences and a failure to adapt its strategy appropriately may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and/or financial condition.

Competition in the Consumer Healthcare Market

The Group’s operating and financial performance is affected by competition in the geographic regions and product categories in which it operates. The Group faces competition from companies that produce and sell competing products in an industry that is experiencing consolidation. Consumer preference for branded, generic or private label products sold by competitors adversely impacts the Group’s financial performance.

The Group’s competitors, which differ within individual geographic markets, include large-scale retailers, smaller high-growth companies (which often operate on a regional basis and offer aggressive competition), multinational corporations moving into or expanding their presence in the consumer healthcare market, and “private-label” products sold by retailers (principally in the US market) (see “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors—Increasing dependence on key retail customers, changes in the policies of the Group’s retail customers, the emergence of alternative retail channels and the rapidly changing retail landscape may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business”). While the convergence of digital commerce and health aids the prospects for consumer healthcare market size growth, the Group faces considerable competition from e-commerce retailers and large-scale retailers with expansive digital operations.

Competitive factors impacting the Group’s business include market dynamics and evolving consumer preferences, brand image, a diversified product portfolio, new product innovations and product development, pricing that is attractive to consumers, and cost inputs (see “—Impact of macroeconomic factors and market trends on discretionary consumer spending,” “Brand and product portfolio,” “—Innovation,” and “—Commercial execution and financial discipline”). Other competitive factors include supply chain (procurement, manufacturing and distribution) (see “—Supply chain” below), the management of sales and marketing activities, and access to cash for investment in the Group’s business (see “—Cash generation” below).

Brand and product portfolio

The Group’s success is driven, to a large extent, by the strength of its brands and its ability to leverage its diversified portfolio to drive increased sales, profits and cash generation. The Group invests in R&D and marketing activities in order to maintain the long-term health of its brands and products and grow value, with investment allocation varying year-to-year across the portfolio.

The Group’s product portfolio is split among five categories: Oral Health, Pain Relief, VMS, Respiratory Health and Digestive Health and Other. The Group’s largest category by revenue is Oral Health, which accounted for 28.5 per cent. of the Group’s revenue in FY 2021. The Pain Relief and Digestive Health and Other categories also significantly contribute to revenue, respectively contributing 23.4 per cent. and 20.4 per cent. of revenue in FY 2021. VMS and Respiratory Health respectively accounted for 15.7 per cent. and 11.9 per cent. of revenue in FY 2021. Operating profit margin also varies across the Group’s portfolio.

The Group’s sales volumes and profits depends in part on its ability to identify and offer products at prices that appeal to changing consumer needs and preferences. Through net revenue management, the Group analyses pricing, discounting and promotional initiatives across the regions in which it operates in order to optimise sales volumes and revenue and support revenue growth and margin expansion. Pricing and discounting of the Group’s products is influenced by a number of factors, including competitive and market dynamics (including competitive pricing behaviours), brand recognition and brand loyalty, innovation and marketing activities, supply chain (procurement, manufacturing and distribution), regulation and other cost inputs (see “—Impact of macroeconomic factors and market trends on discretionary consumer spending,” “—Competition in the

 

149


Table of Contents

consumer healthcare market,” “—Brand and product portfolio,” “—Innovation,” “—Supply chain,” “—Commercial execution and financial discipline,” and “—Regulation”). Price increases contribute to revenue growth and cash generation and support operating profit margin. Conversely, discounting dilutes operating profit margin and impacts revenue growth and cash generation. During the periods under review, a number of price increases and discounting initiatives affected the Group’s financial performance.

The Group’s Power Brands (as defined in “Item 4.A. History and Development of the Group—Evolution of the Group”) benefit from strong brand recognition and loyalty among consumers. While maintaining this recognition and loyalty requires greater investment in advertising and promotion relative to the rest of the portfolio, the Power Brands have higher gross margins. The Power Brands also typically account for the majority of the Group’s revenue and have the highest growth. Accordingly, the Power Brands contribute significantly to revenue growth. The Group’s local strategic brands also benefit from strong brand recognition and loyalty among consumers. As a result, the profitability of local strategic brands is typically comparable to the profitability of the Power Brands, and a number of the local strategic brands in particular contribute significantly to revenue across the regions (for example, Tums, Emergen-C, Flonase and Excedrin in the US, Caltrate and Fenbid in China and Dr. BEST in Germany). Investment in and growth rates of local strategic brands vary. Other brands in the Group’s portfolio typically have lower levels of investment and have lower gross margins, but these brands support overall profitability and consolidate the Group’s competitive position in the geographic regions and categories in which it operates. The Group’s results may fluctuate from year to year depending on the proportion of sales volume represented by higher-margin brands.

The Group relies on its ability to leverage brand recognition and consumer loyalty in responding to changing consumer trends and unmet consumer needs. Further, the success of new product launches depends in part on the strength of the Group’s existing brands. In the periods under review, a number of products were launched under the Group’s Power Brands and local strategic brands (see “Item 4.B. Business Overview—Categories and Brands—Oral Health”). These launches contributed significantly to growth in FY 2020 and FY 2021.

Competitive pressures from companies that produce and sell competing branded, generic and “private-label” products affect consumer preference for the Group’s brands and products, which in turn impacts the Group’s operating and financial performance (see “—Competition in the Consumer Healthcare Market” above).

The Group’s performance is also influenced by consumer perception of its brands and products. In FY 2020, negative media coverage impacted consumer perception of the efficacy of ibuprofen products in treating the symptoms of COVID-19, which adversely impacted sales of Advil (an ibuprofen-based product) in FY 2020. The impact of this on the Group’s overall performance during this period was more than mitigated by growth in Panadol (a paracetamol-based product), illustrating that the Group’s diversified and balanced portfolio of products can provide a certain level of protection against negative consumer trends and adverse macroeconomic factors. However, the Group’s reliance on the strength of its brands to drive revenue, operating profit margin and cash generation makes it vulnerable to reputational damage and changes in consumer perception.

The Group actively manages its portfolio. In the periods under review, the brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction made an important contribution to the Group’s geographic presence, revenue and operating profit margin (see “—Pfizer Transaction” below). Alongside the acquisition of Pfizer brands, the Group continued to optimise and rationalise its portfolio by divesting a number of lower-growth brands with limited synergies with the rest of the portfolio (see “—Divestments” below). The Group will continue to assess further brand acquisitions and disposals in the context of its strategy and capital allocation priorities.

Innovation

The development and introduction of new products to the Group’s portfolio contributes to revenue growth and cash generation and supports operating profit margins. Product development also supports portfolio

 

150


Table of Contents

diversification, which helps to minimise the effect of negative consumer trends and adverse market cycles (see “—Brand and product portfolio” above). The Group typically incurs incremental R&D costs in the period prior to the launch of a new product, with advertising and promotion costs generally incurred in connection with the launch and in subsequent periods. Investment in advertising and promotion impacts visibility of the product in the market, which in turn influences the success of a new product. Revenue growth attributable to a newly launched product is typically higher in the period immediately following launch, reflecting peak consumer interest, following which sales of the product begin to stabilise and the impact of market factors (such as competition from competitors) on revenue becomes more pronounced.

Throughout the periods under review, the Group continued to develop and diversify its product portfolio. As a consequence, the Group benefited from a number of product launches, particularly in relation to the Power Brands and local strategic brands. For example, in APAC, Caltrate revenue growth in the periods under review was partly driven by new product development and launches, such as the launch of a range of Caltrate calcium supplements with gender specific positioning.

The switch of prescription products to OTC status (see “Item 4.B. Business Overview—R&D”) forms part of the Group’s innovation strategy. The process for such switches is highly regulated and requires significant organisational resource and expenditure over a number of years. This includes expenditure to support clinical studies, label comprehension (in order to ensure that consumers understand the product and any side effects) and consumer studies.

Following approval by the regulator, the Group typically incurs advertising and promotion costs in connection with the launch of an Rx-to-OTC switch product and in subsequent periods. Any failure to develop and commercialise new products in a timely fashion may decrease revenue and/or increase R&D costs (see “Item 3. Key Information3.D. Risk FactorsThe Group may not be able to develop and commercialise new products effectively, which may materially and adversely affect the results of the Group’s operations and financial condition”). The Group may face competition from similar “private-label” products following launch of an Rx-to-OTC switch product, which may negatively impact revenue growth attributable to the product. Typically, the launch of similar “private-label” products following an Rx-to-OTC switch results in a steep short-term reduction in the revenue growth attributable to the product followed by a return to growth albeit not at the same level as prior to the private label launch.

In FY 2020 the Group successfully completed the Rx-to-OTC switch of Voltaren in the USA, which was a key driver for growth in North America that year. In FY 2021, Voltaren revenue was adversely impacted by reduced demand in the USA resulting from increased competition from “private-label” products and the stabilisation of revenue streams following launch. The FDA approval in 2020 (and the subsequent launch in H2 2020) of Advil Dual Action as an OTC product contributed to revenue growth in the second half of FY 2020. The Group increased marketing investments in order to support these launches.

Expansion of e-commerce and digital capabilities

Growing the Group’s e-commerce sales has been and will continue to be a key focus for the Group. Revenue from e-commerce has grown from approximately 4 per cent. of total revenue in FY 2019 to around 8 per cent. of total revenue in FY 2021. The majority of the Group’s e-commerce sales are generated on third party platforms (e.g., Amazon, Alibaba), as opposed to platforms hosted by the Group.

During the periods under review, the Group also increased its investment in digital media and digital capabilities across the business, including in relation to advertising and promotion, R&D and supply chain. For example, in the context of advertising and promotion, digital media advertising accounted for approximately half of the Group’s total media spend in FY 2021. The Group also invested in a range of digital tools and training programmes in order to enhance its digital capability and support growth of the business in an increasingly digital world.

 

151


Table of Contents

Geographic market presence

The Group has a strong global footprint and is focused on growth across the markets in which it already operates. The Group serves approximately 170 markets, with 36.9 per cent. of the Group’s revenue in FY 2021 generated in North America, 40.6 per cent. in EMEA and LatAm, and 22.5 per cent. in APAC. Adjusted operating profit margin across the geographic regions varies. In FY 2021, Adjusted operating profit margin was 23.5 per cent., 24.8 per cent., and 21.5 per cent. in North America, EMEA and LatAm and APAC, respectively. This variation is ultimately driven by a number of factors, including sales volume of higher margin brands, supply chain (procurement, manufacturing and distribution) and competitive dynamics, together with required investment in R&D and marketing activities and other cost inputs.

North America

The North America region accounted for 36.9 per cent (£3,525 million) of Group revenue in FY 2021. The region includes the Group’s largest single market, the USA, which accounted for 89.0 per cent. (£3,138 million) of revenue in North America and 32.9 per cent. of Group revenue in FY 2021. During the periods under review, the majority of the Group’s revenue in North America was attributable to the Oral Health, Pain Relief and Digestive Health and Other categories. The strength of brands such as Sensodyne, Tums and Flonase was a key driver of growth during these periods. The Pfizer Transaction provided the Group with meaningful incremental scale in North America, and brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Centrum and Emergen-C) have also contributed significantly to Group revenue since it completed.

EMEA and LatAm

The EMEA and LatAm region was the largest contributor to Group revenue in FY 2021, accounting for 40.6 per cent. (£3,877 million) of Group revenue. The region is equally split between emerging and developed markets83 with emerging markets making up four of the seven business units (Central and Eastern Europe, Russia, Middle East and Africa and LatAm).

During the periods under review, the majority of the Group’s revenue in EMEA and LatAm was attributable to the Oral Health and Pain Relief categories. The strength of brands such as Sensodyne, parodontax, Panadol and Voltaren was a key driver of growth during these periods.

APAC

The APAC region accounted for 22.5 per cent. (£2,143 million) of the Group’s revenue in FY 2021. China is the largest market in APAC, accounting for 37.4 per cent. (£801 million) of revenue in APAC and 8.4 per cent. of Group revenue in FY 2021. During the periods under review, the majority of the Group’s revenue in APAC was attributable to the Oral Health, VMS and Pain Relief categories. The strength of brands such as Sensodyne, Panadol and Voltaren, as well as brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction, such as Centrum and Caltrate, was a key driver of revenue during these periods.

Supply chain

The Group relies on global supply chains and manufacturing and distribution operations which are complex and subject to increasing regulatory requirements. The Group is exposed to a number of factors that affect the sourcing, manufacturing, supply and pricing of the Group’s products on a short-term basis, including macroeconomic events. In particular, the Group has experienced and may continue to experience delays in deliveries due to supply chain interruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, recent lockdowns in China may have an impact on delivery of the Group’s products and resources required for the manufacture of the Group’s products to and from China. Further, the Group has been exposed to increases in commodity and oil

 

83 

Classification of developed and emerging markets sourced from The International Monetary Fund DataMapper 2022.

 

152


Table of Contents

prices following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine (see “—Recent Developments” below). The Group has entered and may in the future enter into fixed price contracts or hedging arrangements in order to address increases in commodity prices and their effect on the Group’s ability to source materials for its products. However, if prices decrease, the Group will be unable to realise the benefit of the decrease due to fixed price contracts in place. The Group may also be limited in its ability to pass on these price increases in the prices it charges for its products. Competitive factors relating to the distribution of the Group’s products also influence the Group’s performance (see also “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors—The Group’s business results are impacted by the Group’s ability to manage disruptions in the Group’s global supply chain and a failure to manage disruptions appropriately may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and/or financial condition”).

The Group prioritises reliability of supply to ensure its customers and consumers receive the Group’s products. The Group is exposed to factors that may affect its ability to provide this reliable supply from time to time. These factors include interruptions in supply from the Group’s own facilities or from third party facilities. Examples include issues at certain of the Group’s own facilities affecting Advil supply in FY 2019 and FY 2021, Excedrin supply in FY 2019 and FY 2020 and Preparation H supply in FY 2021.

The Group also manages its supply chain with a focus on supply continuity. For example, where feasible, the Group aims to manage packaging and raw material sourcing risks through dual sourcing (where key inputs are sourced from more than one location in order to limit the risk of supply chain disruption). In FY 2021, 75-80 per cent. of the Group’s materials supply by spend was sourced from more than one supplier and it expects this to increase to 85-90 per cent. by the end of 2023. The Group also runs capacity planning processes in order to proactively identify pressures on supply chain capacity and conducts assessments in order to assist management in determining the appropriate levels of investment in facilities and equipment.

The Group has manufacturing sites located around the world. However, where possible, the Group seeks to bring the manufacturing of its products within the region of sale. As a result, more than 80 per cent. of the Group’s products are sourced in the region in which they are sold. Not only does this enable the Group to respond more efficiently to the needs of consumers, but it also forms part of the Group’s natural hedging strategy.

Inflationary pressures and commodity prices

The Group is exposed to inflationary pressures and commodity prices, which generally affect the Group through their impact on payroll and supply costs (including freight). For example, inflationary pressures in FY 2021 increased the Group’s commodity, freight and payroll costs, which had an adverse impact on the Group’s operating profit and operating profit margin. While the Group may increase product prices in order to mitigate the impact of inflation, competitive pressures may constrain the Group’s ability to fully recover any increased costs in this way, and so the Group may remain subject to market risk with respect to inflationary pressures and increases in commodity prices. Where possible, the Group aims to manage its exposure to this risk primarily through forward buying of commodities.

Seasonality

Revenue and cash flow in Respiratory Health is typically driven by seasonal demand for certain of the Group’s products, including its cough, cold and flu, allergy and decongestant products. The impact of seasonality on revenue in the Respiratory Health category is largely the same across the Group’s geographic regions. However, as Respiratory Health revenue accounts for a larger percentage of total revenue in North America and EMEA and LatAm, the impact of seasonality is greater in these regions than in APAC. For example, FY 2021 Respiratory Health revenue accounted for 11.9 per cent. and 14.2 per cent. of total revenue in North America and EMEA and LatAm, respectively, and 7.6 per cent. of total revenue in APAC.

Sales in countries in the Northern Hemisphere typically peak from September through to March, driven mainly by consumers purchasing products to self-medicate against cold and flu symptoms. Most of the seasonality

 

153


Table of Contents

impact is experienced in the Northern Hemisphere, where the Group’s operations are concentrated. Because of the timing of these seasonal peaks, the Group’s first and fourth quarter results tend to show significantly more revenue in the Respiratory Health category compared to its second and third quarter results, although this trend was less pronounced in FY 2021, when 53.2 per cent. of the Group’s sales in Respiratory Health occurred in the first and fourth quarters. It follows that the Group’s results for the first and fourth quarters of each year may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be expected for a full financial year.

The Group incurs significant additional expenses in advance of and during September through to Q1 of the following financial year in anticipation of higher sales during that period, including costs of additional inventory and marketing. Further, the Group’s cash flow is affected by this seasonality, with the Group experiencing lower cash flow during the second and third quarters of the financial year due to increases in seasonal inventory and lower sales during this period, in preparation for increased sales during the fourth quarter of the financial year and the first quarter of the following financial year.

Although the Group’s SG&A and R&D costs, including personnel costs and administrative costs, are more evenly distributed during the financial year, these costs are exposed to some variations. Cash flows in these areas also experience some variation. For example, employee bonus payments are accrued throughout the year but settled in March.

The seasonality effect of cold and flu season was impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. This had a material adverse effect on revenue in the Respiratory Health category in the period 1 August 2020 to and including the first half of FY 2021, reflecting the historically weak cold and flu season driven by government restrictions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic (see –“Impact of COVID-19” below). However, revenue in Respiratory Health recovered during the second half of FY 2021, with Respiratory Health revenue returning to levels broadly consistent with the corresponding period in FY 2019 towards the end of the year. During the period FY 2019 to FY 2020, the seasonality impact was more pronounced on an organic revenue growth basis. This is because organic revenue for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020 excludes revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (such as Robitussin) in respect of the period 1 January 2020 to 31 July 2020, which significantly contributed to Group revenue in the period. Organic revenue for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020 includes revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction in respect of the period 1 August 2020 to 31 December 2020, however this period was significantly affected by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including in relation to the seasonality effect of cold and flu season (as described above).

The Group is also impacted by the allergy season, the severity of which varies from year to year across the geographic regions in which the Group operates depending on a number of factors, including the weather and the intensity, timing and length of pollen season. A stronger allergy season tends to result in higher revenue attributable to the Group’s Topical Decongestant and Allergy Care products. For example, a stronger allergy season in Q2 2021 relative to the prior year comparator was a key driver for revenue growth in Flonase.

Commercial execution and financial discipline

The Group’s cost inputs are influenced by a number of factors, including competitive and market dynamics, commercial capabilities, innovation and marketing activities, supply chain (including procurement, manufacturing and distribution), acquisitions and divestments, and seasonality. As an innovation-led business, R&D activities account for a significant proportion of the Group’s costs. Further, the continued strength of the Group’s brands is contingent on a competitive level of expenditure on advertising and promotion.

The Group seeks to drive the disciplined and efficient use of resources in order to provide funding for brand growth and innovation, while delivering sustainable margin expansion and cash generation (see “—Cash generation” below). Following the transactions with Novartis and Pfizer (on which see “Item 4.A. History and

 

154


Table of Contents

Development of the Group—Evolution of the Group” above), the Group has continued to implement a number of initiatives to drive sustainable manufacturing and supply chain efficiency improvements including:

 

   

Streamlining of the Group’s manufacturing and supply footprint from 41 manufacturing sites (inherited by the Group through arrangements as part of the GSK Group and the transactions with Novartis and Pfizer) to 24 in 2021.

 

   

Reducing the number of contract manufacturing partners from more than 250 (inherited by the Group through arrangements as part of the GSK Group and the transactions with Novartis and Pfizer) to approximately 180 in 2022.

 

   

Streamlining and refreshing of the Group’s distribution centre footprint from more than 200 in 2015 (inherited by the Group through arrangements as part of the GSK Group and the transactions with Novartis and Pfizer) to approximately 90 in 2021.

 

   

Implementing ongoing initiatives to drive value from third-party expenditure and offset headwinds from inflation in input prices and commodities, including forward buying, value engineering and new supplier introduction, as well as initiatives to ensure continuity of supply from the Group’s third party partners through programmes such as the approval of alternate suppliers for critical materials.

 

   

Implementing ongoing initiatives to drive site productivity and/or security of supply, including dual sourcing and localisation of Power Brands such as Voltaren, Sensodyne and Centrum.

The Group has also sought to drive effective and efficient use of resources in the research, development, advertising and promotion of its brands, as well as the administration of the Group’s operations, through initiatives including:

 

   

Cost synergies generated by the Pfizer Transaction (see “—Pfizer Transaction” below).

 

   

De-duplication of R&D functions, localisation of R&D roles and projects and rationalisation of the Group’s R&D footprint from 9 sites in 2015 (inherited by the Group through arrangements as part of the GSK Group and the transactions with Novartis and Pfizer) to 4 sites in 2021.

 

   

Rationalisation of creative production and media agencies from greater than 200 in 2019 to an expected total of 56 by the end of 2022.

 

   

Optimisation of e-commerce strength through increased investment in digital media, as well as strengthening execution in other channels, such as retail and pharmacy. For example, in the pharmacy channel, where engagement with pharmacy and healthcare professionals is a core tenet of the Group’s strategy, the Group has expanded its digital capabilities in order to support these relationships and expand reach (e.g., the proprietary Healthpartner portal and webinars).

 

   

Ongoing non-manufacturing procurement initiatives leveraging the Group’s global scale and strategic supplier relationships, as well as targeted efforts to maximise the effectiveness of its investment in media and the efficiency of its support functions.

During the periods under review, costs incurred in connection with the delivery of synergies arising out of the transaction with Novartis and the Pfizer Transaction were reflected as Restructuring costs and are treated as an Adjusting Item for the purposes of Adjusted operating profit. Other costs incurred in connection with the initiatives referred to in this paragraph were not excluded from Adjusted operating profit.

 

155


Table of Contents

Cash generation

The Group took a number of steps in the periods under review to drive cash generation from its operations, including:

 

   

Tight management of receivables, inventory and payables;

 

   

Disciplined capital expenditure, with strategic investment focused on supply chain and digital capabilities. This was reflected in a small increase in capital expenditure as a percentage of revenue to 3.1 per cent. in FY 2021 from 2.9 per cent. in FY 2019; and

 

   

The receipt of proceeds from the divestment of a number of the Group’s non-core brands (see “—Divestments” below).

Pfizer Transaction

On 31 July 2019, the Group completed the consumer healthcare joint venture transaction with Pfizer (the “Pfizer Transaction”, as further described in “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company—Joint venture with Pfizer”).

The Pfizer Contributed CH Business (as defined in “Item 10. Additional Information10.C. Material ContractsAsset Perimeter: Pfizer Contributed CH Business”) was consolidated within the Group’s financial statements from 1 August 2019.

The Group’s results of operations and financial position have been affected in the periods under review, and will continue to be affected, as a consequence of the Pfizer Transaction, including steps taken in connection with and following the transaction. For example, in FY 2022 Group expects to continue to benefit from synergies arising in connection with the Pfizer Transaction.

The Group’s revenue in FY 2020 was £9,892 million. The Group’s revenue in FY 2019 (including the revenue of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £8,480 million. From FY 2019 to FY 2020, the Group’s revenue increased by 16.7 per cent. (£1,412 million) at AER. The increase was primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of revenue of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months of revenue in FY 2019, together with other factors (see “—Results of Operations – Description of the Group’s results of operations - Revenue” below). The impact of the Pfizer Transaction therefore limits the comparability of the financial information of the Group for FY 2019 and FY 2020.

In the periods under review, the Group has achieved cost synergies as a consequence of the Pfizer Transaction. In particular, the Group has adopted a leaner structure to drive cost savings across a number of areas of the Group’s business, including the supply chain network, logistics and infrastructure, advertising and marketing, sales and distribution and functional support (see “—Commercial execution and financial discipline” above). GSK previously announced that the Pfizer Transaction was expected to realise annual cost savings of £0.5 billion by 2022 for expected total cash costs of £0.9 billion and non-cash charges of £0.3 billion. The Group has realised substantial cost synergies and expects to exceed this target to realise a total of £0.6 billion of annual cost savings. The total cash costs are expected to be £0.7 billion and non-cash charges are expected to be £0.1 billion, plus additional capital expenditure of £0.2 billion. Up to 25 per cent. of the cost savings are intended to be reinvested in the business to support innovation and other growth opportunities.

Restructuring costs and Transaction-related costs incurred by the Group during the period FY 2019 to FY 2021 were largely as a consequence of the Pfizer Transaction. Restructuring costs were primarily attributable to steps taken in connection with the integration of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business. Restructuring costs and Transaction-related costs are treated as Adjusting Items for the purposes of Adjusted operating profit. Integration and restructuring related to the Pfizer Transaction was substantially completed by the end of FY 2021, and the Group expects the final charges to occur in FY 2022.

 

156


Table of Contents

Divestments

As part of the Group’s strategy in the periods under review, the Group made a number of divestments in order to bring greater focus to its portfolio of brands. Divestments have a negative impact on revenue growth year-on-year. Operating profit margin is also affected as a result of gains and/or losses arising from divestments, together with costs incurred in connection with the divestments. These costs are treated as an Adjusting Item for the purposes of Adjusted operating profit.

The Group’s programme of disposals realised £1.1 billion in proceeds net of costs and taxes from FY 2019 to FY 2021. The disposal programme had a negative impact on the Group’s operating profit margin as the Group no longer received the associated revenue following the divestments, but due to the relatively low investment in these brands and the lack of dedicated resources supporting them, the majority of the costs previously attributed to these brands remained following their disposal.

The sale of ThermaCare and related manufacturing sites, which completed in Q1 2020, was a key divestment in the context of the Group’s operations and was made in connection with certain regulatory conditions imposed on the Group as a result of the Pfizer Transaction. Following the sale, restrictions on the integration of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business were lifted. Other disposals included brands in the Group’s Skin Health portfolio.

The Group continues to actively manage its portfolio (see “—Brand and product portfolio” above).

Impact of COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic and the implementation of associated responsive measures by governments in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates affected the Group’s performance in FY 2020 and FY 2021.

Widespread consumer stockpiling in Q1 2020 resulted in an increase in revenue across all of the Group’s categories in North America and EMEA. Stockpiling was followed by falls in demand, driven by consumers using up stockpiled supplies, together with fewer consumer visits to pharmacies and retail outlets during government-imposed lockdowns. This negatively impacted revenue in Q2 to Q4 of FY 2020, with the largest impact in Q2. Lockdowns also impacted the market for Denture Care products at certain points during FY 2020 and FY 2021, given the reduced incidence of social occasions.

The performance of the Group’s Respiratory Health category in FY 2020 and the first half of 2021 was materially adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Revenue in Respiratory Health is typically driven by seasonal demand for certain of the Group’s products (see “—Seasonality” above). However, Government measures imposed in response to COVID-19, such as the widespread use of face masks and implementation of lockdowns, social distancing measures and improved hygiene practices, lead to a significant reduction in the number of respiratory illnesses, such as the common cold and flu, in the Group’s key geographic markets. The introduction of specific restrictions on the sale of cough and cold medicines in China further depressed the Group’s revenue (see “—Results of Operations” below). Respiratory Health revenue consequently decreased by 1.5 per cent. at AER and increased by 0.5 per cent. at CER from FY 2019 to FY 2020. Whilst revenue grew at CER due to the inclusion of full year revenue of the brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Robitussin), the category experienced negative organic revenue growth of 6.3 per cent. in FY 2020. In FY 2021, while Respiratory Health revenue continued to be adversely impacted in the first half of the year, revenue recovered in the second half, as restrictions began to ease and seasonal virus levels began to return to more normalised levels of respiratory illnesses.

The COVID-19 pandemic caused a surge in demand for certain OTC and VMS products, as consumers became concerned with bolstering their immune systems and treating the symptoms of COVID-19 and side effects of COVID-19 vaccinations. In particular, in FY 2020 and FY 2021, an increase in demand for Panadol (a

 

157


Table of Contents

paracetamol-based product) led to growth in the Group’s Pain Relief category. This growth in Panadol revenue may also have been attributable to negative media coverage regarding the use of ibuprofen products in treating the symptoms of COVID-19, which adversely impacted sales of Advil (an ibuprofen-based product) during FY 2020. In the VMS category, the increasing trend towards self-management of health and wellbeing, which was accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic, contributed to increased demand for Centrum and Emergen-C during FY 2020 and FY 2021.

Among its far-reaching impacts, COVID-19 has also accelerated the convergence of the digital environment and health, including the rapid expansion of e-commerce for consumer healthcare products. Sales of the Group’s products through the online channel grew from around 4 per cent. of revenue in FY 2019 to around 8 per cent. of revenue in FY 2021. In the periods under review, the Group continued investment in the Group’s e-commerce platforms, including in relation to digital content for online retailer platforms, the direct-to-consumer channel in the USA (e.g., personalised ChapStick), and tools to measure the performance of the Group’s “digital shelf” (e.g., presence of imagery, quality of content and shelf availability).

Costs associated with the Group’s supply chain were also impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, with increased costs in relation to freight and staffing. Increased staffing costs were driven by increased demand for the Group’s products, the purchase of additional personal protective equipment, and changes to staff shift patterns in order to accommodate social distancing requirements. Further, the Group’s shipping costs increased as a result of the global macroeconomic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Foreign exchange

The Group operates internationally and holds assets, incurs liabilities, generates sales and pays expenses in a variety of currencies other than Pounds Sterling, which is the currency in which it reports its consolidated financial results. As a result, the Group’s results of operations are affected by exchange rate fluctuations between Pounds Sterling and other currencies in which it conducts and will continue to conduct transactions, including US Dollar, Euro, Swiss Franc and Chinese Renminbi. For example, the impact of movements in foreign currencies against Pounds Sterling had a negative effect on the Group’s results of operations in FY 2021, with a £443 million unfavourable revenue impact driven primarily by the depreciation of a number of currencies, including the US Dollar, certain currencies in Latin America, the Japanese Yen, the Turkish Lira, the Euro and the Russian Ruble, in each case against Pounds Sterling during that period. As discussed in “Recent Developments” below, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has had an adverse effect on the value of the Russian Ruble, which may negatively impact the Group’s operations in Russia, as revenue from products sold in Russia are incurred in Russian Rubles, while costs associated with those products are denominated in other currencies, such as Euro or US Dollars.

In order to reduce foreign currency translation exposure, the Group seeks to denominate borrowings in the currencies of its principal assets and cash flows. The Group manages foreign currency transactional exposure by selectively hedging exposure arising on external and internal trade flows. The Group also adopts a natural hedging strategy and, to the extent reasonably possible, seeks to align the currency of inflows and outflows to minimise foreign exchange exposure. In certain cases (such as the purchase of some manufacturing inputs or some export sales made to distributors in markets where the Group does not have an entity presence) transactional foreign exchange exposure exists (see “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Changes in Law and the Political and Economic Environment, Regulation and Legislation—The Group is exposed to risks relating to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related hedging activities, which could negatively impact the Group’s financial condition and prospects”).

 

158


Table of Contents

Regulation

The consumer healthcare market is heavily regulated by governments and other regulatory bodies in the countries in which the Group operates. Within the consumer healthcare market, the OTC segment tends to be subject to greater regulation, including in relation to pricing.

The Group expends significant resources within SG&A to support compliance with a broad and varied range of regulatory requirements, including pharmacovigilance obligations, maintenance of product registrations and compliance with rigorous quality standards. The Group is also subject to periodic requirements to assess and address new potential risks to consumers, such as the recent requirement imposed by a number of regulators to assess nitrosamine levels in OTC medicines. Failure to comply with regulations could lead to supply interruptions, product recalls and/or regulatory enforcement action and fines from regulators. See “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Changes in Law and the Political and Economic Environment, Regulation and Legislation—The Group’s business is subject to legal and regulatory risks in all the markets in which it operates, which may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business operations and financial condition”.

Changes to the laws and regulations to which the Group and its operations are subject, whether as a result of new or more stringent requirements, or more stringent interpretations of existing requirements, can also impose significant compliance costs and impact the way in which the Group conducts its business. For example, in China in early 2020, certain local authorities introduced temporary restrictions on the sale of certain cough and cold medicines in an attempt to prevent patients from self-medicating against COVID-19 at home, which limited sales of Contac (nasal decongestant tablets that also relieve pain and reduce fever) and Fenbid (ibuprofen-based pain relief medicine) by the Group in 2020. These restrictions had an adverse impact on the Group’s revenue in FY 2020 and FY 2021. Similar restrictions may be imposed in the future, depending on the development of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The Group has also been impacted, and expects to continue to be impacted, by recent reforms regarding government price management of drugs in China (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.B. Business Overview—Regulatory Overview—Pricing”). The nationwide volume-based procurement programmes, which was introduced in 2018, has negatively impacted revenue in respect of Fenbid sold in the country through the state-owned hospital channel, and other brands may be brought within the scope of this initiative in future. In order to mitigate the impact of this, the Group seeks to increase sales through retail and e-commerce channels.

Separation and future restructuring

The Group has taken a number of actions in preparation for Separation, including to ensure that the Group has the necessary infrastructure to operate as an independent publicly listed company. These actions include the establishment of independent IT infrastructure and independent corporate functions and governance of the Group, including building key technology infrastructure and capability within corporate functions to support a publicly-listed group.

During FY 2020 and FY 2021, the Group incurred costs in connection with preparation for Separation of £66 million and £278 million, respectively. The Group expects to incur Separation and Admission costs of approximately £0.4 billion between FY 2022 and FY 2024 (including UK Admission and US Listing costs of up to £0.1 billion), most of which are expected to be incurred in FY 2022.

Following Separation, we expect the Group to incur Restructuring costs of approximately £0.2 billion between FY 2022 and FY 2024 in connection with projects to support further efficiencies in its operations. We do not currently anticipate further significant restructuring programmes. Restructuring costs are treated as an Adjusting item for the purpose of calculating Adjusted operating profit.

 

159


Table of Contents

The Group also expects to incur recurring operating costs of approximately £175 million to £200 million per annum from 2022 onwards to provide the capabilities to operate successfully as a standalone UK public listed company following Separation, including in technology and infrastructure, and in corporate functions.

The Group has historically benefited from negotiated arrangements with third-party suppliers, distributors, licensors, lessors, other business partners and/or counterparties as part of the larger GSK Group. While certain of these arrangements will change as a result of Separation, the cost impact is not expected to be material.

The Group has entered into the Transition Services Agreement with the GSK Group in connection with Separation. The Transition Services Agreement is short-term and limited in scope (see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Transition Services Agreement”). Additionally, the Group has entered into manufacturing and supply agreements with the GSK Group, which are also limited in scope.

Recent developments

Russia’s invasion of Ukraine

The Group is monitoring the effects of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, with the board of directors of GSK overseeing and monitoring key risks. The board of directors of the Company will assume oversight and management of these risks after Separation. The Group’s operations and presence in these markets is limited and Russia and Ukraine accounted for less than 3 per cent. of each of the Group’s revenue and Adjusted operating profit in FY 2021. The Group has no manufacturing operations in these markets and imports products sold there. Since the start of the conflict, the Group has been constantly evaluating its activities in Russia and has stopped advertising and promotional activity in Russia. The Group is prioritising supply of OTC medicines and reducing its oral health products, ensuring the Group continues to meet basic consumer health needs. The Group is no longer importing food supplements and vitamins into Russia.

There is a significant risk to disruption of the Group’s operations in Russia and Ukraine.

 

   

Despite the limited scope of the Group’s activities in Russia and the Group’s focus on meeting consumers’ everyday health needs, there may be certain reputational risks associated with the Group’s presence in the Russian market.

 

   

The Group generates revenue from sales of its products in Russia in the Russian Ruble, while significant costs (notably, manufacturing and supply chain costs) associated with those products are denominated in other currencies, such as Euro and US Dollar. The international response to the invasion, including the imposition of international sanctions against Russia, has had a significant adverse effect on the value of the Russian Ruble, which has reduced the Group’s revenue from its operations in Russia without a corresponding reduction in costs, and the Group may not be able to offset the devaluation of the Russian Ruble through increased prices of its products. In addition, the imposition of exchange controls may limit the Group’s ability to repatriate profits from its operations in Russia.

 

   

The Group’s ability to supply customers may be negatively affected by disruption to supply and distribution channels.

 

   

The Group’s customers in Russia and Ukraine have been significantly negatively affected by the factors described above, which exposes the Group to increased counterparty risk in relation to these customers and receivables from these customers.

 

   

The imposition of sanctions and other restrictive measures against Russia, Russia’s response to the global sanctions regime, as well as additional international sanctions against Russia, may create regulatory uncertainty and present further compliance challenges for the Group’s operations, which may increase compliance costs and make it difficult to continue operations in Russia.

 

160


Table of Contents
   

The Group tested all assets that presented impairment indicators as a result of the conflict between Russia and Ukraine in Q1 2022 and recognised write-downs and impairments of assets representing less than 0.1 per cent. of the Group’s total assets as at 31 March 2022 in relation to certain brands, finished goods inventory and receivables. Depending on the long term outlook of the Group’s business in Russia and Ukraine, the carrying value of certain of the Group’s intangible assets may be impacted. However, any such impact is not anticipated to be material to the Group.

 

   

As of the date of this registration statement, the Russian government has indicated it has drawn up plans to seize the assets of western companies leaving Russia. While the scope of such measures is not presently clear, if the Group ceased its activities and/or suspended its operations in Russia and did not resume its presence in Russia within a certain period of time, the Russian government could: (i)

  nationalise the Group’s assets located in Russia, (ii) allow the Group’s patents and trade marks to be used within Russia without the Group’s consent; and/or (iii) introduce restrictions on, or impose unfavourable terms in respect of, payments made from Russia or relating to assets in Russia.

In addition to the specific implications for the Group’s operations in Russia and Ukraine, the Group may be affected by broader impacts on the global geopolitical and economic environment, including (but not limited to) changes in commodity, freight, logistics and input costs.

Current trading update

Revenue

Revenue for the three months ended 31 March 2022 compared to the three months ended 31 March 2021

The Group’s revenue in Q1 2022 and Q1 2021 was £2,627 million and £2,306 million, respectively.

The Group’s revenue increased by 13.9 per cent. at AER and increased by 14.4 per cent. at CER during Q1 2022. The Group’s organic revenue growth was 15.6 per cent.

Revenue growth at AER and CER reflected growth across all regions and categories, and benefited from favourable prior year comparators especially in Respiratory Health which saw a strong rebound following the historically low cold and flu season in Q1 2021, with cold and flu sales contributing approximately five percentage points to total growth. In addition, advance retailer and wholesaler stock-in, and initial distributor sell-in due to the systems cutover and distribution business model change ahead of Separation contributed approximately two percentage points to total growth. Strong sales growth in Pain Relief benefited from increased demand during the COVID-19 Omicron wave and an improved capacity in VMS.

Organic revenue growth was primarily driven by the same factors but excluded a 0.5 per cent. decrease in revenue growth as a result of the net adverse exchange rate movements (included in AER) and a 1.2 per cent. decrease in revenue growth as a result of the impact of divestments and MSAs (included both in AER and CER).

 

161


Table of Contents

Revenue by product category

The table below sets out the Group’s revenue by product category for the three months ended 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2021.

 

     Revenue (£m)      Revenue change Q1 21 - Q1 22 %  
     Q1 2022      Q1 2021      Reported
rates
    Constant
currency
    Organic  

Oral Health

     741        701        5.7     7.9     7.9

VMS

     405        348        16.4     14.8     14.9

Pain Relief

     635        538        18.0     18.6     18.9

Respiratory Health

     367        243        51.0     52.9     52.9

Digestive Health and Other

     479        476        0.6     -0.5     4.3

Total

     2,627        2,306        13.9     14.4     15.6

Oral Health

Revenue in the Oral Health category grew by 5.7 per cent. at AER and 7.9 per cent. at CER.

Sensodyne delivered high-single digit per cent. revenue growth reflecting underlying brand strength, continued innovation and strong growth across key markets including the US, India, Japan, Middle East and Africa. Gum Health delivered high-single digits per cent. revenue growth. Denture Care grew low teens per cent. following the decrease of sales during the COVID-19 pandemic.

VMS

Revenue in the VMS category grew by 16.4 per cent. at AER and 14.8 per cent. at CER.

Centrum grew high-teens per cent., with particularly strong growth in China due to consumer focus on immunity as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Emergen-C grew high-thirties per cent. versus a high-twenties per cent. decrease in Q1 2021. Caltrate revenue growth declined low-single digits per cent., with mid-single digit per cent. growth in China being insufficient to offset a decline in the US and South East Asia.

Pain Relief

Revenue in the Pain Relief category grew by 18.0 per cent. at AER and 18.6 per cent. at CER.

Panadol grew low-forties per cent. due to a successful campaign aimed at post vaccination use and increased demand during the COVID-19 Omicron wave. Advil grew high-twenties per cent. benefitting from retail stocking patterns in the US versus a decrease in Q1 2021. Excedrin grew high-single digit per cent. and Voltaren was stable with growth in China offset by a decrease in Germany.

Respiratory Health

Revenue in the Respiratory Health category grew by 51.0 per cent. at AER and 52.9 per cent. at CER.

The category rebounded strongly from the historically low demand for cold and flu products in Q1 2021. Cold and flu product sales more than doubled in the US and were strong in Europe, Middle East and Africa and Latin America, with sales ahead of pre-pandemic levels in 2019.

 

162


Table of Contents

Digestive Health and Other

In Digestive Health and Other, revenue grew by 0.6 per cent. at AER and declined by 0.5 per cent. at CER. This was primarily driven by strong revenue growth in Tums and Eno partially offset by a low-single digit per cent. decline in Nexium.

Revenue by region

The table below sets out the Group’s revenue by region for the quarter ended 31 March 2022 and 31 March

2021.

 

     Revenue (£m)      Revenue change Q1 21 - Q1 22 %  
     Q1 2022      Q1 2021      Reported
rates
    Constant
currency
    Organic  

North America

     940        783        20.1 %      16.5 %      17.3

EMEA and LatAm

     1,057        979        8.0 %      12.5 %      14.5

APAC

     630        544        15.8 %      15.0 %      15.2

Total

     2,627        2,306        13.9     14.4     15.6

North America

The Group’s revenue attributable to North America was £940 million and £783 million in Q1 2022 and Q1 2021, respectively. The Group’s revenue grew 20.1 per cent. at AER and 16.5 per cent. at CER. Organic revenue growth was 17.3 per cent.

Revenue growth at AER and CER was largely driven by mid-fifties per cent. growth in Respiratory Health as a result of strong execution and a rebound following the historically low cold and flu season in Q1 2021, and low-twenties per cent. growth in Pain Relief driven by sales in Advil. VMS also experienced low-twenties per cent. revenue growth, reflecting sales growth of Centrum and Emergen-C.

Organic revenue growth was primarily driven by the same principal factors but excluded a 3.6 per cent. increase in revenue growth as a result of favourable exchange rate movements (included in AER) and a 0.8 per cent. decrease in revenue growth as a result of the impact of divestments and MSAs (included both in AER and CER).

EMEA and LatAm

The Group’s revenue attributable to EMEA and LatAm was £1,057 million and £979 million in Q1 2022 and Q1 2021, respectively. The Group’s revenue grew 8.0 per cent. at AER and 12.5 per cent. at CER. Organic revenue growth was 14.5 per cent.

Revenue growth at AER and CER was largely driven by high-fifties per cent. growth in Respiratory Health, which saw a strong rebound following the historically low cold and flu season in Q1 2021, which led to an increase in consumption of Otrivin, Panadol and Theraflu. In addition, Panadol sales were also supported by a campaign aimed at post vaccination use and increased demand during the COVID-19 Omicron wave. This drove high-single digit per cent. growth in the Pain Relief category and offset a decline in sales of Voltaren. Low-teens per cent. revenue growth in VMS and high single digit per cent. revenue growth in Oral Health were driven by higher consumption. A sell-in ahead of a systems cutover and distribution model change contributed approximately 4 percentage points to revenue growth in the region.

 

163


Table of Contents

Organic revenue growth was primarily driven by the same principal factors but excluded a 4.5 per cent. decrease in revenue growth as a result of adverse exchange rate movements (included in AER) and a 2.0 per cent. decrease in revenue growth as a result of the impact of divestments and MSAs (included both in AER and CER).

APAC

The Group’s revenue attributable to APAC was £630 million and £544 million in Q1 2022 and Q1 2021, respectively. The Group’s revenue grew 15.8 per cent. at AER and 15.0 per cent. at CER. Organic revenue growth was 15.2 per cent.

Revenue growth at AER and CER was largely driven by high-thirties per cent. growth in Pain Relief principally in Australia. Low double-digit per cent. revenue growth in VMS was driven by continued consumption increases of Centrum in China and South East Asia. High-single digit per cent. revenue growth in Oral Health was driven by increased Sensodyne consumption, with growth principally coming from China, India, Japan and South East Asia.

Organic revenue growth was primarily driven by the same principal factors but excluded a 0.8 per cent. increase in revenue growth as a result of favourable exchange rate movements (included in AER) and a 0.2 per cent. decrease in revenue growth as a result of the impact of MSAs (included both in AER and CER).

Operating profit and operating profit margin

Operating profit and operating profit margin for the three months ended 31 March 2022 compared to the three months ended 31 March 2021

The Group’s operating profit was £466 million in Q1 2022 and £348 million in Q1 2021, with an operating profit margin of 17.7 per cent. and 15.1 per cent. in each of those periods respectively. Adjusted operating profit was £631 million in Q1 2022 and £482 million in Q1 2021, with an Adjusted operating profit margin of 24.0 per cent. and 20.9 per cent. in each of those periods respectively.

The increase in operating profit and operating profit margin primarily reflected organic revenue growth, strong leverage from volume growth and product price increases, supply chain efficiencies and increases in incremental synergy benefits from the Pfizer Transaction of approximately £30 million. This was partially offset by increased commodity and freight costs, increased advertising and promotion investment and approximately £20 million of costs associated with providing the Group with the capabilities to operate as a standalone UK public listed company following Separation.

Adjusting Items within operating profit totalled £165 million and £134 million in Q1 2022 and Q1 2021 respectively. The £31m increase is driven by an increase in Separation and Admission costs and Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, partially offset by decreases in restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction and other operating income from disposal and others.

The increases in Adjusted operating profit and Adjusted operating profit margin were driven by the same principal factors affecting operating profit and operating profit margin but excluded the impact of the increase in Adjusting Items.

 

164


Table of Contents

Profit after tax

Profit after tax for the three months ended 31 March 2022 compared to the three months ended 31 March 2021

Taking into account net finance costs, which included the impact of the issuance of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes and the Pre-Separation USD Notes, profit after tax was £357 million in Q1 2022, increasing by £108 million from £249 million in Q1 2021. This reflected higher operating profit during the period, as described above, and a lower effective tax rate in Q1 2022.

Adjusted profit after tax was £491 million in Q1 2022, increasing by £127 million from £364 million in Q1 2021. This reflected increased Adjusted operating profit during the period, as described above, and a lower Adjusted effective tax rate in Q1 2022, which decreased from 25 per cent. in Q1 2021 to 22 per cent. in Q1 2022.

Non-current assets

The Group’s non-current assets as at 31 March 2022 and 31 December 2021 were £29,725 million and £29,200 million, respectively. The Group’s non-current assets increased by £525 million, primarily driven by an increase in intangible assets, due to exchange rate fluctuations and the transfer of two local brands from GSK into the JV as part of the Separation, offset by amortisation.

Current assets

The Group’s current assets as at 31 March 2022 and 31 December 2021 were £15,298 million and £5,251 million, respectively. The Group’s current assets increased by £10,047 million, primarily driven by an increase in loan amounts owing from related parties in connection with the Notes Proceeds Loans. In addition, trade receivables increased due to higher sales and exchange rate fluctuations.

Non-current liabilities

The Group’s non-current liabilities as at 31 March 2022 and 31 December 2021 were £13,148 million and £3,733 million, respectively. The Group’s non-current liabilities increased by £9,415 million, primarily driven by an increase in long-term borrowings, attributable to the issuance of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes and the Pre-Separation USD Notes during the period and exchange rate fluctuations.

Current liabilities

The Group’s current liabilities as at 31 March 2022 and 31 December 2021 were £5,026 million and £4,238 million, respectively. The Group’s current liabilities increased by £788 million, largely due to higher loan amounts owing to related parties as part of the Group’s existing banking arrangements with GSK finance entities and exchange rate fluctuations.

 

165


Table of Contents

Key Performance Indicators and non-IFRS Financial Measures

In evaluating the Group’s results of operations, management considers the following key performance indicators and non-IFRS financial measures. Further information on the definition and purpose of these metrics is included in the section entitled “Presentation of Financial and Other Information”. For a reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures, see “Item 3. Key Information—3.A. Selected Financial Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures”).

 

     2021     2020      2019  

Revenue (£m)

     9,545       9,892        8,480  

Revenue growth (%)

     (3.5     16.7        —    

Organic revenue growth (%)

     3.8       2.8        —    

Gross profit (£m)1

     5,950       5,910        4,802  

Adjusted gross profit (£m)

     6,002       6,173        5,273  

Gross profit margin (%)1

     62.3       59.7        56.6  

Adjusted gross profit margin (%)

     62.9       62.4        62.2  

Operating profit (£m)1

     1,638       1,598        897  

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

     2,172       2,074        1,654  

Operating profit margin (%)1

     17.2       16.2        10.6  

Adjusted operating profit margin (%)

     22.8       21.0        19.5  

Profit after tax (£m)1

     1,439       1,181        687  

Adjusted EBITDA (£m)

     2,413       2,351        1,884  

Net cash inflows from operating activities (£m)1

     1,356       1,407        786  

Free cash flow (£m)

     1,173       1,988        681  

Free cash flow conversion (%)

     82       168        99  

Note:

 

1.

Not considered to be key performance indicator, but included as the nearest IFRS measure to the relevant non-IFRS measure presented in the table above.

Results of Operations

Description of the Group’s results of operations

Revenue

Revenue for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

The Group’s revenue in FY 2021 and FY 2020 was £9,545 million and £9,892 million, respectively.

The Group’s revenue decreased by 3.5 per cent. at AER, and increased by 1.0 per cent. at CER reflecting dilution from divestments given the completion of the divestment programme during FY 2021. The Group’s organic revenue growth was 3.8 per cent.

The decline in revenue at AER reflected adverse exchange rate movements of £443 million as Pounds Sterling, the Group’s reporting currency, strengthened against other currencies such as the US Dollar, Euro, certain currencies in Latin America, the Japanese Yen, the Turkish Lira and the Russian Ruble. Revenue growth at AER and CER was impacted by a decline attributable to the full year revenue effect of divestments made during the course of FY 2020, including Physiogel, Breathe Right, Venoruton and Coldrex, as well as a number of divestments made during FY 2021 including Transderm Scop, Acne Aid, Baldriparan and Spectraban.

 

166


Table of Contents

Organic revenue growth was primarily driven by growth in revenue attributable to brands in the Oral Health, Pain Relief and VMS categories (including Sensodyne, parodontax, Voltaren, Panadol, Excedrin, Centrum and Caltrate), as well as growth in Otrivin, Flonase, Tums, ENO and brands in the Smokers’ Health sub-category of Digestive Health and Other. This reflects the underlying strength of brands across the Group’s portfolio and categories and continuing growth in e-commerce.

The Group delivered revenue growth at CER in the Oral Health, Pain Relief, and VMS categories. Respiratory Health experienced a decline in revenue at CER due to the revenue impact of divestments of brands in that category, as well as the continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated responsive measures, while the Digestive Health and Other category experienced revenue decline at CER due to the revenue impact of divestments of brands in that category.

 

   

In Oral Health, revenue declined by 0.8 per cent. at AER and grew by 4.4 per cent. at CER. Revenue growth at CER was driven by continued strong demand in Sensodyne. Sensodyne delivered mid-single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER, which reflected underlying brand strength, continued innovation (for example, the Repair and Protect and Pronamel products), and increased consumption, particularly in India and China. Additionally there was growth in respect of parodontax. This growth was partially offset by a decline in Aquafresh revenue at CER, which was attributable to a shift in promotional focus to other brands in the Oral Health category. Denture Care revenue was flat year-on-year, driven by measures implemented in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic and increased competition in certain markets, although growth returned in the last quarter of FY 2021.

 

   

Revenue in the VMS category grew by 0.5 per cent. at AER and 3.9 per cent. at CER. Growth at CER built on the significant revenue growth experienced by the category in FY 2020. Revenue growth in FY 2021 was primarily attributable to the sustained, double-digit year-on-year per cent. growth in Centrum and mid-single digit growth in Caltrate, partially offset by a high-single digit per cent. decline in Emergen-C. The strong performance of Centrum reflected the increasing consumer trend towards self-management of health and wellbeing, particularly in the APAC region, as well as successful innovation and improved supply capacity in the US. The decline in Emergen-C revenue was due to a particularly strong comparator in FY 2020, when Emergen-C revenue increased by half compared to FY 2019 as a result of a surge in demand during the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic. However, Emergen-C revenue in FY 2021 was significantly above revenue attributable to the brand in FY 2019.

 

   

Revenue in the Pain Relief category grew by 2.1 per cent. at AER and 6.2 per cent. at CER. Revenue growth at CER was largely due to growth in revenue attributable to Panadol, Voltaren, and Excedrin. Panadol revenue growth at CER in the low mid-teens was driven by the strength of the brand and an increase in demand driven by self-medication of symptoms associated with COVID-19 and the COVID-19 vaccination. Voltaren experienced double-digit per cent. revenue growth at CER, with growth in EMEA and LatAm and APAC partially offset by the impact of the introduction of “private-label” products in the US in FY 2021. Excedrin revenue recovered during FY 2021 following temporary supply chain interruption in FY 2020. Advil revenue was impacted by temporary disruption in third party supply.

 

   

Revenue in the Respiratory Health category declined by 12.8 per cent. at AER and 8.6 per cent. at CER. The decline at CER was primarily attributable to the full year revenue impact of the divestment of Breathe Right. While revenue in Respiratory Health was adversely impacted by an exceptionally low cold and flu incidence in the first half of FY 2021, revenue for the category recovered in the second half of the year (see “—Impact of COVID-19” above). Flonase experienced single-digit per cent. revenue growth year-on-year, driven by a stronger allergy season relative to the prior year comparator.

 

   

In Digestive Health and Other, revenue declined by 9.8 per cent. at AER and 5.0 per cent. at CER. Revenue decline at CER was largely attributable to the full year revenue impact of the divestments of Physiogel, Venoruton and Coldrex during FY 2020. This was partially offset by an increase in revenue

 

167


Table of Contents
 

attributable to Tums, ENO and ChapStick. Tums revenue growth was largely due to growth in the market for Antacids, improved supply chain capacity, and innovation launches in the Naturals segment. ENO revenue growth was due to product price increases and increased consumption. An increase in ChapStick revenue was attributable to an increase of in-store purchases, coinciding with the easing of COVID-19 lockdowns.

Revenue for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

The Group’s revenue in FY 2020 was £9,892 million. The Group’s revenue in FY 2019 (including the revenue of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £8,480 million.

The Group’s revenue increased by 16.7 per cent. at AER and 19.3 per cent. at CER, and the Group’s organic revenue growth was 2.8 per cent.

Revenue growth at AER and CER was primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of revenue of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months of revenue in FY 2019, together with growth in revenue attributable to Sensodyne, Voltaren and Panadol. Revenue growth at AER and CER was partially offset by a decline in revenue attributable to divestments made during the course of FY 2020, including Physiogel, Breathe Right, Venoruton, Oilatum and Coldrex. Growth in revenue at AER was further offset by adverse exchange rate movements as Pounds Sterling, the Group’s presentation currency, strengthened against other currencies such as the US Dollar, certain currencies in Latin America, the South African Rand and the Russian Ruble.

Organic revenue growth was primarily attributable to growth in organic revenue across the Group’s VMS, Pain Relief and Oral Health categories (including in respect of Sensodyne, Centrum, Voltaren and Panadol). Revenue growth in the VMS and Pain Relief categories was stronger in the period 1 January 2020 to 31 July 2020 as a result of increased demand for products during the COVID-19 pandemic designed to address fever symptoms, together with the impact of consumer stockpiling (described further below). Organic revenue for the period excludes revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction in the period 1 January 2020 to 31 July 2020 (see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information”), which made a significant contribution to the Group’s revenue in the VMS and Pain Relief categories during the period, with the effect that the overall revenue growth of the Group was reduced on an organic basis. Furthermore, brands divested in FY 2021 (notably Transderm Scop in the Digestive Health and Other category, in respect of which revenue declined due to competition from generic products) are included in organic revenue growth for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020, and this also had a significant impact on the organic growth measure in this period.

The Group delivered strong revenue growth at CER in the VMS and Pain Relief categories, single-digit growth in the Oral Health and Digestive Health and Other categories, and flat revenue growth in Respiratory Health.

 

   

In Oral Health, revenue grew by 3.3 per cent. at AER and 5.9 per cent at CER. Growth at CER was driven by strong demand in Sensodyne, as well as growth in respect of parodontax, largely offset by a decline in Aquafresh revenue and revenue attributable to brands in the Denture Care sub-category of Oral Health, the latter of which was driven by fewer opportunities for social occasions during the COVID-19 pandemic (see “—Impact of COVID-19” above).

 

   

In the VMS category, revenue grew by 150.3 per cent. at AER and 154.6 per cent. at CER. Growth at CER was primarily attributable to the inclusion of the full year revenue of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Centrum, Caltrate and Emergen-C), together with an increasing consumer trend towards self-management of health and wellbeing, which was accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic. The Group also increased advertising and promotion investment in the VMS category.

 

168


Table of Contents
   

Revenue grew by 25.8 per cent. at AER and 28.6 per cent. at CER in the Pain Relief category. Growth at CER was largely attributable to the inclusion of the full year of revenue of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Advil), together with the Rx-to-OTC switch of Voltaren and a strong performance from Panadol. Advil revenue was adversely affected by negative media coverage regarding the use of ibuprofen products in treating the symptoms of COVID-19 (see “—Brand and product portfolio” above). Excedrin revenue in North America was affected by temporary supply chain interruption.

 

   

In Respiratory Health, revenue declined by 1.5 per cent. at AER and was flat at CER. Flat revenue at CER was primarily attributable to the inclusion of a full year of revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Robitussin). This was largely offset by a decline in revenue attributable to Otrivin and Theraflu, which were negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the impact of the divestment of certain brands in this category. In particular, there was an exceptionally weak cold, cough and flu season in Q3 and Q4 of 2020 as a result of measures taken in response to COVID-19, together with fewer consumer visits to stores following the implementation of lockdowns.

 

   

In Digestive Health and Other, revenue decreased by 0.1 per cent. at AER and increased by 2.5 per cent. at CER. Growth at CER was largely attributable to the inclusion of a full year of revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Preparation H and ChapStick). This was partially offset by a decrease in revenue attributable to Fenistil and Abreva, driven by fewer consumer visits to stores following the implementation of lockdowns during the COVID-19 pandemic. These factors also negatively impacted Preparation H and ChapStick revenue. Further, revenue was negatively impacted as a result of the divestment of certain brands.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

The Group’s cost of sales was £3,595 million and £3,982 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. The Group’s cost of sales decreased by 9.7 per cent. (£387 million). This decrease reflects a reduction in Adjusting Items (as outlined below), the full year impact of divestments in FY 2020 and further integration savings driven by the Pfizer Transaction, which more than offset investment in supply chain to improve continuity and capacity, as well as inflationary pressures, principally in relation to commodity and freight costs.

Adjusting Items within costs of sales totalled £52 million in FY 2021, which predominantly related to costs of restructuring programmes, together with Net impairment and amortisation of intangible assets across a number of the Group’s brands. Adjusting Items within costs of sales totalled £263 million in FY 2020. The decrease primarily reflected reduced costs relating to the Pfizer Transaction (mainly Transaction-related costs and Restructuring costs), as well as reduced Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets across a number of the Group’s brands.

Adjusted cost of sales was £3,543 million and £3,719 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. Adjusted cost of sales decreased by 4.7 per cent. (£176 million). This was primarily driven by the full year impact on cost of sales of divestments made in FY 2020 and further synergies from the Pfizer Transaction, which more than offset increased investment in supply chain, inflationary pressures and the increase in sales and freight costs in each region due to disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue reduced to 37.7 per cent. from 40.3 per cent. in FY 2020, largely driven by the reduction in Adjusting Items, further synergies from the Pfizer Transaction, product price increases and supply chain efficiencies. This was partially offset by increased investment in supply chain and increases in

 

169


Table of Contents

freight, commodities and other costs (for example, employee costs), which reflected inflationary pressures in the supply chain. Adjusted cost of sales as a percentage of revenue reduced to 37.1 per cent. in FY 2021 from 37.6 per cent. in FY 2020.

Cost of sales for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

The Group’s cost of sales in FY 2020 was £3,982 million. The Group’s cost of sales in FY 2019 (including the cost of sales of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £3,678 million.

The Group’s cost of sales increased by 8.3 per cent. (£304 million). This increase was primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of cost of sales of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019, partially offset by a reduction in Adjusting Items (as outlined below), as well as the impact of divestments and ongoing supply chain productivity efforts.

Adjusting Items within costs of sales totalled £263 million in FY 2020, which predominantly related to further Adjusting Items associated with the Pfizer Transaction (mainly Transaction-related costs and Restructuring costs), together with Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets across a number of Group’s brands. Adjusting Items within cost of sales totalled £471 million in FY 2019. These Adjusting Items principally related to the Pfizer Transaction (mainly Transaction-related costs and Restructuring costs).

Adjusted cost of sales was £3,719 million and £3,207 million in FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively. Adjusted cost of sales increased by 16.0 per cent. (£512 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of Adjusted cost of sales of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019.

Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue reduced to 40.3 per cent. in FY 2020 from 43.4 per cent. in FY 2019, largely driven by a reduction in Transaction-related costs, product price increases, improvements in brand mix, synergies and ongoing supply chain productivity efforts. These factors were partially offset by increased freight and staffing costs driven by the COVID-19 pandemic. Adjusted cost of sales as a percentage of revenue reduced to 37.6 per cent. in FY 2020 from 37.8 per cent. in FY 2019.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

The Group’s gross profit in FY 2021 was £5,950 million, producing a gross profit margin of 62.3 per cent. The Group’s gross profit in FY 2020 was £5,910 million, producing a gross profit margin of 59.7 per cent.

The Group’s gross profit increased by 0.7 per cent. (£40 million) in FY 2021, which primarily reflected a reduction in Adjusting Items within cost of sales associated with the Pfizer Transaction (mainly Transaction-related costs and Restructuring costs). This more than offset the year-on-year decline in the Group’s revenue at AER. Gross profit margin increased by 2.6 percentage points, largely reflecting the reduction in these Adjusting Items associated with the Pfizer Transaction, as well as product price increases, improvements in brand mix (including the divestment of several brands) and synergies from the Pfizer Transaction, as well as other ongoing supply chain and manufacturing efficiency efforts. These factors were partially offset by investment in the supply chain, as well as increased freight costs, commodity prices and staffing costs arising in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic.

Adjusted gross profit was £6,002 million and £6,173 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. Adjusted gross profit decreased by 2.8 per cent. (£171 million), broadly in line with the year-on-year decline in the Group’s revenue at AER.

 

170


Table of Contents

Adjusted gross profit margin for the Group was 62.9 per cent. and 62.4 per cent. for FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. The factors driving the year-on-year increase of 0.5 percentage points were the same as for gross profit margin, except in respect of changes in Adjusting Items, which are excluded from Adjusted gross profit margin.

Gross profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

The Group’s gross profit was £5,910 million in FY 2020, producing a gross profit margin of 59.7 per cent. The Group’s gross profit for FY 2019 (including the gross profit of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £4,802 million, producing a gross profit margin of 56.6 per cent.

The Group’s gross profit increased by 23.1 per cent. (£1,108 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of gross profit of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction in FY 2020, compared to five months of gross profit in FY 2019. Gross profit margin increased by 3.1 percentage points from FY 2019 to FY 2020. This increase was largely driven by a reduction in Adjusting Items in relation to the Pfizer Transaction (mainly Transaction-related costs and Restructuring costs), product price increases, improvements in brand mix, synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction, and ongoing supply chain productivity efforts. These factors were partially offset by increased freight and staffing costs arising as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Adjusted gross profit was £6,173 million and £5,273 million in FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively. Adjusted gross profit increased by 17.1 per cent. (£900 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of gross profit of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019.

Adjusted gross profit margin for the Group was 62.4 per cent. and 62.2 per cent. for FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively. The factors driving the year-on-year increase of 0.2 percentage points were the same as for gross profit margin, save in respect of changes in Adjusting Items, which are excluded from Adjusted gross profit margin.

Selling, general and administration

SG&A costs for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

The Group’s SG&A costs were £4,086 million and £4,220 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. The Group’s SG&A costs decreased by 3.2 per cent. (£134 million) in FY 2021, primarily driven by the continued benefit of synergies from the Pfizer Transaction and the tight control of ongoing costs, partially offset by an increase in Adjusting Items, primarily in respect of Separation and Admission costs.

Adjusting Items within SG&A totalled £504 million in FY 2021. These principally related to Separation and Admission costs as well as further Restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction. Adjusting Items within SG&A totalled £401 million in FY 2020. These principally related to Restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction, as well as the initial costs in connection with Separation, UK Admission and US Listing.

Adjusted SG&A costs were £3,582 million and £3,819 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. Adjusted SG&A costs decreased by 6.2 per cent. (£237 million). This primarily reflected the continuing benefit of synergies from the Pfizer Transaction and tight control of ongoing costs.

SG&A costs as a percentage of revenue increased to 42.8 per cent. in FY 2021 from 42.7 per cent. in FY 2020. This primarily reflected the impact of an increase in Adjusting Items, in particular costs related to the Pfizer Transaction and in connection with Separation, UK Admission and US Listing. This was partially mitigated by

 

171


Table of Contents

synergies from the Pfizer Transaction and tight cost control. While the Group decreased advertising and promotion investment in the Respiratory Health category in response to reduced demand resulting from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated responsive measures (see “—Impact of COVID-19” above), investment was redirected to the VMS and Pain Relief categories. Adjusted SG&A costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 37.5 per cent. in FY 2021 from 38.6 per cent. in FY 2020.

SG&A costs for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

The Group’s SG&A costs in FY 2020 were £4,220 million. The Group’s SG&A costs in FY 2019 (including the SG&A costs of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) were £3,596 million.

The Group’s SG&A costs increased by 17.4 per cent. (£624 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of SG&A costs of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019, as well as an increase in Adjusting Items (as outlined below), partially offset by synergy savings following the Pfizer Transaction and cost control.

Adjusting Items within SG&A totalled £401 million in FY 2020. These principally related to further Restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction, as well as the initial costs in connection with Separation, UK Admission and US Listing. Adjusting Items within SG&A costs totalled £244 million in FY 2019. These principally related to Restructuring costs arising from the Pfizer Transaction.

Adjusted SG&A costs were £3,819 million and £3,352 million in FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively. Adjusted SG&A costs increased by 13.9 per cent. (£467 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of Adjusted SG&A costs of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019.

SG&A costs as a percentage of revenue increased to 42.7 per cent. in FY 2020 from 42.4 per cent. in FY 2019. This reflected an increase in Adjusting Items, partially offset by synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction and cost control, in each case as referred to above. At a category level, the Group increased advertising and promotion investment in the VMS and Pain Relief Categories. In respect of the latter, this was in part to support the OTC launch of Voltaren and Advil Dual Action in North America (see “—Innovation” above). This increase in advertising and promotion spend in the VMS and Pain Relief categories was in turn partially offset by decreased investment in certain brands in the Group’s portfolio where the COVID-19 pandemic had a temporary negative impact on demand for certain of the Group’s products. Adjusted SG&A costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 38.6 per cent. in FY 2020 from 39.5 per cent. in FY 2019.

Research and development

R&D costs for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

The Group’s R&D costs were £257 million and £304 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. The Group’s R&D costs decreased by 15.5 per cent. (£47 million) in FY 2021, which primarily reflected continuing Pfizer synergies (including in relation to rationalisation of the site footprint and de-duplication of certain functions) and a decrease in Adjusting Items, partially offset by costs associated with an increased focus on innovation at a regional level.

Adjusting Items within R&D costs totalled £9 million in FY 2021. These primarily related to Net impairment and amortisation of intangible assets. Adjusting Items within R&D costs totalled £24 million in FY 2020. These principally related to Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, in addition to Restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction.

 

172


Table of Contents

Adjusted R&D costs were £248 million and £280 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. Adjusted R&D costs decreased by 11.4 per cent. (£32 million), primarily driven by Pfizer synergies, and partially offset by costs associated with an increased focus on local innovation at a regional level.

R&D costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 2.7 per cent. in FY 2021 from 3.1 per cent. in FY 2020. This reflected the full year benefit of the Pfizer synergies and reduced Restructuring costs. Adjusted R&D costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 2.6 per cent. in FY 2021 from 2.8 per cent in FY 2020.

R&D costs for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

The Group’s R&D costs in FY 2020 were £304 million. The Group’s R&D costs in FY 2019 (including the R&D costs of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) were £292 million.

The Group’s R&D costs increased by 4.1 per cent. (£12 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of R&D costs of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019, partially offset by headcount reduction and optimisation of the Group’s R&D operations, which included laboratory closures in Warren (New Jersey, USA) and Barnard Castle (UK).

Adjusting Items within R&D costs totalled £24 million in FY 2020. These primarily related to Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, in addition to further Restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction. Adjusting Items within R&D costs totalled £25 million in FY 2019. These principally related to Restructuring costs in connection with the Pfizer Transaction.

Adjusted R&D costs were £280 million and £267 million in FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively. Adjusted R&D costs increased by 4.9 per cent. (£13 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of a full year of Adjusted R&D costs of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business, partly offset by headcount reduction and optimisation of the Group’s R&D operations, which included laboratory closures in Warren (New Jersey, USA) and Barnard Castle (UK).

R&D costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 3.1 per cent. in FY 2020 from 3.4 per cent. in FY 2019. This reflected headcount reduction and optimisation of the Group’s R&D operations, as referred to above. Adjusted R&D costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 2.8 per cent. in FY 2020 from 3.1 per cent. in FY 2019.

Other operating (expense)/income

Other operating income of £31 million in FY 2021 primarily reflected the net gain on the disposal of Transderm Scop, Acne-Aid, Spectraban and Baldriparan.

Other operating income of £212 million in FY 2020 primarily reflected the net gain on the sale of a number of brands of the Group, including ThermaCare, Breathe Right, Physiogel, Coldrex, Venoruton and Oilatum.

Other operating expenses of £17 million in FY 2019 predominantly related to transaction costs incurred in connection with the disposal of ThermaCare. Transaction costs in relation to the disposal of certain other businesses and assets of the Group also contributed to operating expenses in FY 2019.

Operating profit and operating profit margin

Operating profit and operating profit margin for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

The Group’s operating profit in FY 2021 was £1,638 million, producing an operating profit margin of 17.2 per cent. The Group’s operating profit in FY 2020 was £1,598 million, producing an operating profit margin of 16.2 per cent.

 

173


Table of Contents

The Group’s operating profit increased by 2.5 per cent. (£40 million) in FY 2021, primarily reflecting organic revenue growth, a reduction in Adjusting Items and tight cost control, largely offset by the impact of divestments during FY 2021 and FY 2020, increased advertising and promotion investment, and increased commodity and freight costs. Operating profit margin increased by 1.0 percentage point, primarily driven by the benefit of a full year of Pfizer synergies, product price increases, product and pricing mix and tight cost control, which more than offset the increased advertising and promotion investment, increased commodity and freight costs, and investment in manufacturing sites.

Adjusting Items within operating profit totalled £534 million in FY 2021, which represented costs totalling £565 million in relation to Restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction, Separation and Admission costs and Net impairment and amortisation of intangible assets, offset by income from divestments of £31 million. Adjusting Items within operating profit totalled £476 million in FY 2020, which represented £688 million in relation to Transaction-related costs and Restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction and Separation and Admission costs, as well as Net impairment and amortisation of intangible assets, partially offset by income from divestments of £212 million.

Adjusted operating profit was £2,172 million and £2,074 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. Adjusted operating profit increased by 4.7 per cent. (£98 million), primarily reflecting organic revenue growth, reductions in SG&A costs and R&D costs resulting from synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction, increased gross profit margins and tight cost control, partially offset by increased advertising and promotion investment and increased commodity and freight costs.

The Group’s Adjusted operating profit margin was 22.8 per cent. and 21.0 per cent. in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. Adjusted operating profit margin increased by 1.8 percentage points. The principal factors affecting Adjusted operating profit margin were the same as for operating profit margin.

Operating profit and operating profit margin for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

The Group’s operating profit in FY 2020 was £1,598 million, producing an operating profit margin of 16.2 per cent. The Group’s operating profit for FY 2019 (including the operating profit of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £897 million, producing an operating profit margin of 10.6 per cent.

The Group’s operating profit increased by 78.1 per cent. (£701 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of operating profit of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction in FY 2020, compared to five months of operating profit in FY 2019, together with related synergies, a net reduction in Adjusting Items in relation to cost of sales, R&D and SG&A as described above (mainly related to the Pfizer Transaction) and other operating income from the sale of brands. Operating profit margin increased by 5.6 percentage points from FY 2019 to FY 2020. This increase was primarily driven by synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction, as well as business growth and product pricing and mix, partially offset by the full year impact of the brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (albeit reduced as a result of cost controls implemented by the Group), the impact of divestitures and additional supply chain costs. Operating profit margin was also affected by changes in Adjusting Items.

Adjusting Items within operating profit totalled £476 million in FY 2020, which represented Transaction costs, Restructuring costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction and Separation and Admission costs, as well as Net impairment and amortisation of intangible assets, partially offset by income from divestments of £212 million. Adjusting Items within operating profit totalled £757 million in FY 2019, which mainly reflected costs totalling £696 million in relation to Restructuring costs and Transaction-related costs associated with the Pfizer Transaction.

 

174


Table of Contents

Adjusted operating profit was £2,074 million and £1,654 million in FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively. Adjusted operating profit increased by 25.4 per cent. (£420 million). As above, this principally reflected the inclusion of the full year of operating profit of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction in FY 2020, compared to five months of operating profit in FY 2019, together with related synergies, combined with business growth and tight cost control, partially offset by the impact of divestments. The Adjusting Items in respect of operating profit are described above.

The Group’s Adjusted operating profit margin was 21.0 per cent. and 19.5 per cent. in FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively. Adjusted operating profit margin increased by 1.5 percentage points. The factors affecting Adjusted operating profit margin were the same as for operating profit margin, except in respect of changes in Adjusting Items, which are excluded from Adjusted operating profit margin.

Net finance costs

Net finance costs for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

Net finance costs on both an IFRS and Adjusted basis reduced to £2 million in FY 2021 from £7 million in FY 2020, primarily due to a decrease in payable balances with finance entities in the GSK Group and other loans.

There were no Adjusting Items that affected Net finance costs in FY 2021 and FY 2020.

Net finance costs for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

Net finance costs on both an IFRS and Adjusted basis reduced to £7 million in FY 2020 from £11 million in FY 2019, primarily attributable to the revaluation of derivatives and financial instruments.

There were no Adjusting Items that affected Net finance costs in FY 2020 and FY 2019.

Profit before tax

Profit before tax for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

Taking into account net finance costs, profit before tax was £1,636 million in FY 2021, increasing by £45 million from £1,591 million in FY 2020. This reflected increased operating profit during the period, as described above.

Adjusted profit before tax was £2,170 million in FY 2021, increasing by £103 million from £2,067 million in FY 2020. This reflected increased Adjusted operating profit during the period, as described above.

Profit before tax for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

Taking into account net finance costs, profit before tax was £1,591 million in FY 2020, increasing by £705 million from £886 million in FY 2019. This reflected increased operating profit during the period, as described above.

Adjusted profit before tax was £2,067 million in FY 2020, increasing by £424 million from £1,643 million in FY 2019. This reflected increased Adjusted operating profit during the period, as described above.

 

175


Table of Contents

Income tax and effective tax rate

In FY 2021, the corporate tax charge was £197 million on profit before tax of £1,636 million. The IFRS effective tax rate was 12.0 per cent, which reflected the impacts of the applicable tax treatment on Adjusting Items. Permanent differences on disposals, acquisitions and transfers, including tax credits relating to an uplift in the tax basis of certain brands transferred intragroup, resulted in a reduction of the IFRS effective rate. The Adjusted effective tax rate of 21.6 per cent. was higher than the UK statutory rate of 19.0 per cent. due to profit generated in jurisdictions with higher tax rates (such as the USA and China), tax losses not recognised, and changes in tax rates in certain jurisdictions, partially offset by the benefits of tax rulings in territories such as Switzerland and Puerto Rico, the availability of R&D credit, re-assessments of prior year estimates and other permanent differences.

In FY 2020, the corporate tax charge was £410 million on profit before tax of £1,591 million. The IFRS effective tax rate was 25.8 per cent, which reflected the impacts of the applicable tax treatment on Adjusting Items, and was also adversely impacted by revaluing the rates applicable to various deferred tax balances. The Adjusted effective tax rate of 23.4 per cent. was higher than the UK statutory rate of 19.0 per cent. due to profit generated in jurisdictions with higher tax rates (such as the USA and China), partially offset by the benefits of tax rulings in territories such as Switzerland and Puerto Rico, the availability of R&D credit, re-assessment of prior year estimates and other permanent differences.

In FY 2019, the corporate tax charge was £199 million on profits before tax of £886 million. The IFRS effective tax rate was 22.5 per cent., which reflected the impacts of the applicable tax treatment on Adjusting Items. The Adjusted effective tax rate of 22.2 per cent. was higher than the UK statutory rate of 19.0 per cent. due to profit generated in jurisdictions with higher tax rates (such as the USA, Italy and China), partially offset by the benefits of tax rulings in territories such as Switzerland and Puerto Rico, the availability of R&D credits and other non-taxable items.

Profit after tax

Profit after tax for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

Profit after tax was £1,439 million in FY 2021, increasing by £258 million from £1,181 million in FY 2020. This reflected the reduced effective tax rate and tax charge in FY 2021, as well as increased operating profit during the period, as described above.

Adjusted profit after tax was £1,701 million in FY 2021, increasing by £117 million from £1,584 million in FY 2020. This reflected the reduced effective tax rate and tax charge in FY 2021, as well as increased Adjusted operating profit during the period, as described above.

Profit after tax for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

Profit after tax was £1,181 million in FY 2020, increasing by £494 million from £687 million in FY 2019. This reflected increased operating profit during the period, as described above, partially offset by an increased effective tax rate and tax charge in FY 2020.

Adjusted profit after tax was £1,584 million in FY 2020, increasing by £306 million from £1,278 million in FY 2019. This reflected increased Adjusted operating profit during the period, as described above, partially offset by the increased Adjusted effective tax rate and tax charge in FY 2020.

 

176


Table of Contents

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests in FY 2021 was £49 million, increasing by £13 million from £36 million in FY 2020. Adjusted profit attributable to non-controlling interests in FY 2021 was £49 million, increasing by £11 million from £38 million in FY 2020. These increases reflect reduced Adjusted effective tax rate and tax charge in FY 2021, in addition to higher Adjusted operating profit during the period, as described above.

There were no Adjusting Items that affected non-controlling interests in FY 2021, as compared to £2 million in FY 2020 (as described below).

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests in FY 2020 was £36 million, increasing by £4 million from £32 million in FY 2019. Adjusted profit attributable to non-controlling interests in FY 2020 was £38 million, increasing by £6 million from £32 million in FY 2019. These increases reflect higher Adjusted operating profit during the period, as described above, partially offset by the increased Adjusted effective tax rate and tax charge in FY 2020.

Adjusting Items attributable to non-controlling interests totalled £2 million in FY 2020. These principally related to costs incurred in relation to restructuring programmes in respect of certain Group subsidiaries with non-controlling interests.

Earnings per share (“EPS”)

Earnings per share for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

In FY 2021, Basic EPS and Diluted EPS were both 139,000p. On an Adjusted basis, these were 165,200p. In FY 2020, Basic EPS and Diluted EPS were both 114,500p. On an Adjusted basis, these were 154,600p. The year-on-year increase reflected increased profit after tax during the period, as described above.

The number of shares in issue used to calculate these amounts may not be representative of the number of shares in issue in the future.

Earnings per share for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

In FY 2020, Basic EPS and Diluted EPS were both 114,500p. On an Adjusted basis, these were 154,600p. In FY 2019, Basic EPS and Diluted EPS were both 65,500p. On an Adjusted basis, these were 124,600p. The year-on-year increase reflected increased profit after tax during the period, as described above.

The number of shares in issue used to calculate these amounts may not be representative of the number of shares in issue in the future.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

The Group’s Adjusted EBITDA was £2,413 million and £2,351 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020 respectively.

 

177


Table of Contents

The Group’s Adjusted EBITDA increased by 2.6 per cent. (£62 million), primarily driven by the increase in the Adjusted operating profit during the period, as described above, partially offset by a net decrease in depreciation and amortisation.

Adjusted EBITDA for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

The Group’s Adjusted EBITDA was £2,351 million in FY 2020. The Group’s Adjusted EBITDA in FY 2019 (including the Adjusted EBITDA of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business from 1 August 2019,

when it was consolidated) was £1,884 million.

The Group’s Adjusted EBITDA increased by 24.8 per cent. (£467 million), primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of profit of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019. The remaining growth largely resulted from synergies arising from the Pfizer Transaction and an increase in depreciation and amortisation, partially offset by increased supply chain costs arising as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Regional performance

Regional performance for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to 31 December 2020

North America

(a)    Revenue

The Group’s revenue attributable to North America was £3,525 million and £3,779 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively.

The Group’s revenue declined 6.7 per cent. at AER, and 1.3 per cent. at CER.

Organic revenue growth in North America was 1.3 per cent for the period FY 2020 to FY 2021. This principally reflected growth across the Oral Health, Pain Relief and Digestive Health categories, partially offset by a decline in revenue in the VMS and Respiratory Health categories.

The decline in revenue at AER and CER was primarily driven by the full year revenue impact of divestments made in FY 2020, principally the divestment of Breathe Right, ThermaCare, Dimetapp and Anbesol. This was compounded by a further decline in Respiratory Health revenue as compared to FY 2020, driven by an exceptionally low incidence of cold and flu in the first half of FY 2021 (see “—Impact of COVID-19” above). Revenue at AER was further impacted by adverse currency exchange movements of £204 million as Pounds Sterling strengthened against the US Dollar. These negative trends were partially offset by continued growth in Sensodyne, Tums, Centrum and Flonase revenue and recovery in Excedrin revenue following supply chain disruption in FY 2020.

The decline in revenue at CER was attributable to several factors across the categories in which the Group operates:

 

   

Mid-single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Oral Health category was primarily driven by Sensodyne, which reflected the strength of the brand in the USA, continued innovation and product price increases. Increased demand for parodontax also contributed to growth in Oral Health. Revenue in respect of brands in the Denture Care sub-category declined due to increased competition.

 

   

There was a low-single digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in the VMS category driven by reduced demand for Emergen-C, partially offset by growth in Centrum. Emergen-C revenue decreased relative

 

178


Table of Contents
 

to a particularly strong comparator in FY 2020, when Emergen-C experienced a surge in demand associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. The continued growth in Centrum revenue reflected the continued consumer trend towards self-management of health and wellbeing, as well as successful innovation and improved supply capacity in the US.

 

   

Mid-single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Pain Relief category was mainly driven by a recovery in Excedrin following supply chain interruption in FY 2020. This was partially offset by revenue decline in Advil due to the impact of temporary disruption in third party supply. Voltaren revenue declined due to increased competition from “private-label” Diclofenac (see “—Impact of macroeconomic factors and market trends on discretionary consumer spending” above).

 

   

In the Respiratory Health category, a mid-teens per cent. revenue decline at CER was mainly attributable to a decline in Robitussin and Theraflu revenue, driven by exceptionally low cold and flu incidence, together with the full year revenue impact of the divestment of Breathe Right and other cold and flu brands in FY 2020. This was partially offset by increased demand for Flonase, driven by a stronger allergy season relative to the prior year comparator.

 

   

In Digestive Health and Other, the low-single digit per cent. revenue decline at CER was primarily attributable to the full year impact of the divestments of ThermaCare, Dimetapp and Anbesol in FY 2020, as well as a decline in Preparation H revenue, in part due to a temporary supply chain disruption. ChapStick revenue started to recover, after being negatively impacted by fewer consumer visits to stores in FY 2020 during the earlier stages of the COVID-19 pandemic. Revenue attributable to Tums continued to grow, driven by an increase in the size of the antacids market.

(b)    Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit for the North America region in FY 2021 was £828 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 23.5 per cent. Adjusted operating profit for the North America region in FY 2020 was £897 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 23.7 per cent. The year-on-year decrease in Adjusted operating profit margin of 0.2 percentage points reflected a number of factors, including investment in brands in the VMS and Pain Relief categories and inflationary pressures (such increased commodity prices, supply chain costs and payroll), partially offset by:

 

   

synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction;

 

   

continued lower levels of travel, meeting and other expenses due to the COVID-19 pandemic; and

 

   

net savings in advertising and promotion spend as a percentage of revenue, resulting from the continuation of cost containment measures in respect of the Digestive Health and Other and Respiratory Health categories and divested brands.

EMEA and LatAm

(a)    Revenue

The Group’s revenue attributable to EMEA and LatAm was £3,877 million and £4,059 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively.

In FY 2021, the Group’s revenue attributable to EMEA and LatAm decreased by 4.5 per cent. at AER, whilst revenue growth at CER was flat.

Organic revenue growth in EMEA and LatAm was 3.5 per cent. This was principally driven by growth across the Pain Relief and Digestive Health categories, combined with lower revenue growth in the Oral Health, VMS and Respiratory Health categories.

 

179


Table of Contents

The decline in revenue at AER and flat growth in revenue at CER were largely a result of the full year revenue impact of divestments made during FY 2020, including Physiogel, Breathe Right, ThermaCare, Venoruton and Coldrex, partially offset by growth in a number of brands, including Sensodyne, parodontax, Voltaren, Panadol and Centrum. Revenue at AER was negatively impacted by adverse currency exchange movements of £183 million as Pounds Sterling strengthened, primarily against the Brazilian Real, Turkish Lira, Russian Ruble, Argentine Peso and South African Rand.

The EMEA and LatAm region delivered flat revenue at CER, which was attributable to several factors across the categories in which the Group operates:

 

   

Single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Oral Health category was driven by an increase in revenue attributable to Sensodyne, parodontax, and, to a lesser extent, the Denture Care sub-category. Sensodyne revenue growth reflected price increases, as well as new product launches. Growth was partially offset by a decline in other brands in the Oral Health category.

 

   

Revenue growth at CER in the VMS category was flat. There were increases in Centrum and Calsource revenue, which were offset by declines in revenue of smaller brands, and the impact of divestments.

 

   

Mid-single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Pain Relief category was primarily driven by growth in Panadol revenue, which reflected the strength of the brand and increased demand for paracetamol during the COVID-19 pandemic. Voltaren also benefited from strong revenue growth, which reflected price rises in key markets and a combination of innovation and promotional activity.

 

   

A mid-single digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in the Respiratory Health category was largely attributable to the full year revenue impact of divestments made in FY 2020, including Breathe Right and Coldrex. In addition, there was an exceptionally weak cold and flu season. However, revenue for the category recovered in the second half of the year (see “—Impact of COVID-19” above).

 

   

A high-single digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in Digestive Health and Other revenue was primarily as a result of the full year revenue impact of a number of divestments made during FY 2020, (including ThermaCare, Physiogel and Venoruton) and the impact of the divestment of brands in FY 2021 (including Transderm Scop and Baldriparan), in addition to a decrease in third party contract manufacturing sales related to previous divestments. This decline was partially offset by an increase in revenue attributable to smaller brands.

(b)    Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit for EMEA and LatAm in FY 2021 was £960 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 24.8 per cent. Adjusted operating profit for EMEA and LatAm in FY 2020 was £857 million, with an Adjusted operating profit margin of 21.1 per cent. The increase in Adjusted operating profit margin of 3.7 per cent. reflected the following factors:

 

   

the further benefit of synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction and tight cost control; and

 

   

a favourable product mix and net revenue management initiatives, together with manufacturing efficiencies.

The increase in Adjusted operating profit margin was partially offset by increased advertising and promotion spend to drive greater demand in a number of markets in the region.

 

180


Table of Contents

APAC

(a)    Revenue

The Group’s revenue attributable to APAC in FY 2021 and FY 2020 was £2,143 million and £2,054 million, respectively.

In FY 2021, the Group’s revenue attributable to APAC increased by 4.3 per cent. at AER, and 7.1 per cent. at CER.

Organic revenue growth in APAC was 9.1 per cent. in the period FY 2020 to FY 2021. This principally reflected growth across the Pain Relief and VMS categories, combined with lower revenue growth in the Oral Health, Digestive Health and Other and Respiratory Health categories.

Growth in revenue at AER and CER was primarily driven by growth in revenue attributable to the VMS, Oral Health and Pain Relief categories. Revenue growth at AER was affected by adverse foreign exchange movements of £56 million as Pound Sterling strengthened against the Japanese Yen, Indian Rupee, Philippine Peso and certain other currencies in the region.

Revenue growth at CER was attributable to several factors across the categories in which the Group operates:

 

   

A single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Oral Health category was primarily due to growth in Sensodyne, driven by India, China and Japan, combined with revenue growth of parodontax, as well as growth in Denture Care, where reduced social occasions impacted demand.

 

   

In the VMS category, low mid-teens per cent. revenue growth at CER was primarily attributable to growth in Caltrate, and low twenties per cent. growth in Centrum, supported by campaigns focused on educating consumers about their immune systems.

 

   

In the Pain Relief category, low teens per cent. revenue growth at CER was principally a result of revenue growth at CER in Panadol, which benefited from increased demand associated with COVID-19 vaccination campaigns in South East Asia and Taiwan and Australia, and revenue growth at CER in Voltaren, driven by distribution expansion in China and Australia and new product launches in India. Fenbid sales in China were flat, due to the continuation of a temporary ban on the sale of fever medicine in parts of the country during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

A low single digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in the Respiratory Health category was primarily due to the full year impact of the disposal of Breathe Right and a decline in Theraflu revenue, driven by low cold and flu incidence. Contac revenue was adversely impacted by the continuation of specific bans on the over-the-counter sale of cough and cold medicines in China.

 

   

A low single digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in the Digestive Health and Other category was largely driven by the full year revenue impact of the divestment of Physiogel in FY 2020 and the divestment of Acne Aid in FY 2021. This decline was partially offset by growth in ENO revenue, mainly as a result of growth in India.

(a)    Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit for the APAC region in FY 2021 was £461 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 21.5 per cent. Adjusted operating profit for the APAC region in FY 2020 was £377 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 18.4 per cent.

The increase in the Adjusted operating profit margin of 3.1 percentage points principally reflected synergies arising from the Pfizer Transaction, disciplined overhead cost control and other operational efficiencies within manufacturing.

 

181


Table of Contents

This was partially offset by higher advertising and promotion investment as a percentage of revenue, reflecting the Group’s launch of targeted public campaigns (for example, to educate consumers about their immune systems), increased digital advertising to drive growth in Sensodyne and Voltaren, and increased freight costs resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Regional performance for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to 31 December 2019

North America

(a)    Revenue

The Group’s revenue attributable to North America in FY 2020 was £3,779 million. The Group’s revenue attributable to North America in FY 2019 (including the revenue of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business attributable to North America from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £2,880 million.

The Group’s revenue grew 31.2 per cent. at AER and 32.6 per cent. at CER.

Organic revenue growth in the North America region was 0.7 per cent. for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020. This principally reflected growth in organic revenue across the VMS, Pain Relief and Oral Health categories. This was partly offset by a decline in revenue in the Respiratory Health category, due to the impact of the exceptionally low cold and flu incidence, and in the Digestive Health and Other category, including in respect of the brand Transderm Scop, which experienced revenue decline as a result of generic competition. Transderm Scop was subsequently disposed of during FY 2021. Furthermore, organic revenue growth for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020 excludes revenue attributable to brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction for the seven months to 31 July 2020, during which these brands experienced a strong positive revenue impact from consumer stockpiling and increased consumption as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, the overall growth of the North America region in the period FY 2019 to FY 2020 was reduced when measured on an organic basis.

Growth in revenue at AER and CER was primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year revenue of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Advil, Centrum and Emergen-C) in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019, together with growth in revenue attributable to Sensodyne and Voltaren, partially offset by a decline in Excedrin revenue and a number of divestments, including the divestment of Breathe Right. Revenue growth at AER was further offset by adverse currency exchange movements of £42 million as Pounds Sterling strengthened against the US Dollar.

The North America region delivered revenue growth at CER, which was attributable to a number of factors across the categories in which the Group operates:

 

   

High single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Oral Health category was primarily driven by Sensodyne and parodontax, while revenue in respect of brands in the Denture Care sub-category of Oral Health and Biotène remained broadly stable. Growth in Sensodyne was reflective of the strength of the brand in the USA, as well as a number of launches, including Sensodyne Sensitivity and Gum and Sensodyne Pronamel Intensive Enamel Repair.

 

   

Significant triple digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the VMS category was primarily attributable to the inclusion of the full year revenue of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Emergen-C and Centrum), together with a growing consumer trend towards self-management of health and wellbeing.

 

   

High double digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Pain Relief category was mainly driven by the Rx-to-OTC switch of Voltaren, together with the inclusion of the full year of revenue of Advil, which was acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction. This was partially offset by temporary disruption to Excedrin supply.

 

182


Table of Contents
   

In the Respiratory Health category, mid-teens per cent. revenue growth at CER was mainly attributable to the inclusion of the full year revenue of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Robitussin). Revenue in this category was however adversely impacted by the exceptionally low cold and flu incidence (see “—Impact of COVID-19” above).

 

   

Similarly, in Digestive Health and Other, mid-teens per cent. revenue growth at CER was primarily attributable to the inclusion of the full year revenue of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including ChapStick and Preparation H). Abreva revenue declined due to the launch of a number of private-label brands in the USA, as well as fewer consumer visits to stores following the implementation of lockdowns during the COVID-19 pandemic. ChapStick revenue was also negatively impacted by fewer consumer visits to stores during the COVID-19 pandemic.

(b)    Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit for the North America region in FY 2020 was £897 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 23.7 per cent. Adjusted operating profit for the North America region in FY 2019 (including the operating profit of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business attributable to North America from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £660 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 22.9 per cent.

The year-on-year change in Adjusted operating profit margin of 0.8 percentage points reflected a number of factors, including:

 

   

synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction, principally in relation to reductions in SG&A costs as a result of headcount reductions; and

 

   

net savings in advertising and promotion spend as a percentage of revenue, resulting from cost containment measures taken in respect of the Digestive Health and Other and Respiratory Health categories and divested brands, partially offset by investment in the VMS category and Advil and Voltaren in the Pain Relief category.

EMEA and LatAm

(a)    Revenue

The Group’s revenue attributable to EMEA and LatAm was £4,059 million in FY 2020. The Group’s revenue attributable to EMEA and LatAm in FY 2019 (including the revenue of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business attributable to EMEA and LatAm from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £3,898 million.

In FY 2020, the Group’s revenue attributable to EMEA and LatAm increased by 4.1 per cent. at AER, and 8.4 per cent. at CER. Organic revenue growth in EMEA and LatAm was 3.1 per cent. for the period FY 2019 to FY 2020.

Growth at AER and CER was primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of revenue in FY 2020 of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction, compared to five months in FY 2019, together with growth in Sensodyne, parodontax and Panadol revenue, partially offset by declines in Fenistil and Otrivin revenue. Revenue at AER was negatively impacted by adverse currency exchange movements of £166 million primarily due to Pounds Sterling strengthening against the Brazilian Real, Russian Ruble, Argentine Peso and South African Rand.

Organic revenue growth principally reflected double-digit per cent. growth in the VMS category, together with growth across the Pain Relief and Oral Health categories, partially offset by decline in organic revenue in the Respiratory Health and Digestive Health and Other categories.

 

183


Table of Contents

The EMEA and LatAm region delivered revenue growth at CER, which reflected a number of factors across the categories in which the Group operates:

 

   

Mid-single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Oral Health category was driven by an increase in revenue attributable to Sensodyne and parodontax.

 

   

Low triple digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the VMS category was primarily attributable to the inclusion of the full year of revenue of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Centrum), together with an increasing consumer trend towards self-management of health and wellbeing.

 

   

Low-teens per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Pain Relief category was primarily driven by Panadol, reflecting the strength of the brand and increased demand for paracetamol during the COVID-19 pandemic. Voltaren revenue remained broadly flat.

 

   

A mid-single digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in the Respiratory Health category was attributable to a reduction in respiratory illnesses such as cold and flu as a result of measures implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. This negatively impacted Otrivin revenue. Theraflu remained broadly stable.

 

   

There was a mid-single digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in the Digestive Health and Other category, with a reduction in Fenistil and brands in the Smokers’ Health sub-category of Digestive Health and Other, largely stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic. This was partially offset by growth in ENO, driven by the Group’s growth strategy in Brazil and increased consumption in the Middle East and Africa.

(b)    Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit for EMEA and LatAm in FY 2020 was £857 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 21.1 per cent. Adjusted operating profit for EMEA and LatAm in FY 2019 (including the Adjusted operating profit of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business attributable to EMEA and LatAm from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £746 million, with an Adjusted operating profit margin of 19.1 per cent.

The increase in Adjusted operating profit margin of 2.0 percentage points reflected the following factors:

 

   

synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction, principally in relation to reductions in SG&A costs as a result of headcount reductions; and

 

   

disciplined resource allocation in advertising and promotion spend as a percentage of revenue and net revenue management initiatives.

APAC

(a)    Revenue

The Group’s revenue attributable to APAC in FY 2020 was £2,054 million. The Group’s revenue attributable to APAC in FY 2019 (including the revenue of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business attributable to APAC from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £1,702 million. The Group’s revenue attributable to APAC increased by 20.7 per cent. at AER and 21.8 per cent. at CER. Organic revenue growth in APAC was 5.7 per cent. in the period FY 2019 to FY 2020.

Growth in revenue at AER and CER was primarily driven by the inclusion of the full year of revenue of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020, compared to five months in FY 2019, particularly in the VMS

 

184


Table of Contents

category, together with growth in revenue attributable to Sensodyne and Voltaren. Revenue growth at AER was further affected by adverse foreign exchange movements of £19 million as Pounds Sterling strengthened against Japanese Yen, Taiwan Dollar and Philippine Peso and certain other currencies in the region.

Growth in organic revenue principally reflected strong, mid-thirties per cent. growth in the VMS category, together with low single digit per cent. revenue growth in the Pain Relief category and high single digit per cent. revenue growth in the Oral Health category, partially offset by a single digit per cent. revenue decline in the Digestive Health and Other categories and a double digit per cent. revenue decline in the Respiratory Health category. The latter reflected the historically weak cold and flu season and government restrictions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Revenue growth at CER was attributable to a number of factors across the categories in which the Group operates:

 

   

High single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Oral Health category was primarily driven by Sensodyne, while revenue in respect of brands in the Denture Care sub-category of Oral Health remained broadly stable. Sensodyne growth was principally driven in China, Japan, Australia and India.

 

   

Low triple digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the VMS category was primarily attributable to the inclusion of the full year of revenue of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction (including Centrum), together with an increasing consumer trend towards self-management of health and wellbeing. Growth in Centrum was driven by China, the Philippines, Taiwan and Korea, where in FY 2020 the Group launched a public awareness campaign with the purpose of educating consumers about their immune systems. Caltrate revenue was also driven by increased penetration in the online and retail channels.

 

   

Mid-single digit per cent. revenue growth at CER in the Pain Relief category was driven by strong growth in Voltaren, supported by price increases, together with product launches in India, partially offset by a reduction in Fenbid sales in China as certain local authorities introduced temporary restrictions on the sale of cough and cold medicines during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

A low double digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in the Digestive Health and Other category reflected a decline in Zentel and Physiogel, which was divested part way through FY20, partially offset by growth in Bactroban and ENO.

 

   

A low double digit per cent. revenue decline at CER in the Respiratory Health category was due to lower instances of respiratory illnesses as a result of the implementation of measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Contac and Robitussin were also impacted by COVID-19 related temporary restrictions on the sale of cough and cold medicines in certain parts of China.

(b)    Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit for the APAC region in FY 2020 was £377 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 18.4 per cent. Adjusted operating profit for the APAC region in FY 2019 (including the Adjusted operating profit of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business attributable to APAC from 1 August 2019, when it was consolidated) was £311 million, producing an Adjusted operating profit margin of 18.3 per cent.

The increase in the Adjusted operating profit margin of 0.1 percentage points reflected synergies resulting from the Pfizer Transaction, principally in relation to reductions in SG&A costs as a result of headcount reductions and higher gross margin due to product mix, supply chain efficiencies and tight cost control. The increase was partially offset by greater advertising and promotion investment as a percent of revenue, reflecting targeted public campaigns launched by the Group to educate consumers about their immune systems, increased digital advertising to drive growth in Sensodyne and Voltaren, and increased advertising in relation to the launch of new products.

 

185


Table of Contents

Adjusting Items

Adjusting Items for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2020

Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets charges (pre-tax) decreased to £16 million (£24 million, net of tax) in FY 2021 from £97 million (£78 million net of tax) in FY 2020. This reflected decreased impairment charges on indefinite and definite life brands, which reduced to £12 million in FY 2021 from £45 million in FY 2020, in addition to a smaller decrease in amortisation of definite life brands to £40 million in FY 2021 from £50 million in FY 2020, partially offset by an increase in the reversal of impairments of definite life brands to £36 million in FY 2021 from £18 million in FY 2020. In FY 2020, the impairment charge mainly included impairments of Zyrtec, capitalised costs for a discontinued oral care project and a discontinued pain relief device and the reversal of impairments related to Transderm Scop.

Restructuring costs (pre-tax) decreased to £195 million (£159 million net of tax) in FY 2021 from £411 million (£321 million net of tax) in FY 2020. This reflected the reduction in integration costs related to the Pfizer Transaction.

There were no Transaction-related costs FY 2021, compared to £91 million (£71 million net of tax) in FY 2020. This was due to completion of the fair value unwind on inventory acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction that took place during FY 2019 and FY 2020.

Separation and Admission costs (pre-tax) increased to £278 million (£231 million net of tax) in FY 2021 from £66 million (£53 million net of tax) in FY 2020. These costs in FY 2021 mainly consisted of £257 million of costs in connection with Separation and £19 million of costs in connection with UK Admission and US Listing, which reflected an increase in operational separation activity, compared with £66 million of costs in connection with Separation in FY 2020. The £191 million year-on-year increase in Separation costs reflected an increase in operational separation activity ahead of Separation, UK Admission and US Listing.

Disposals and others (pre-tax) resulted in net expense of £45 million (£152 million net of tax) in FY 2021, compared to net income of £189 million (£120 million net of tax) in FY 2020. In FY 2021, permanent differences on disposals, acquisitions and transfers including tax credits relating to an uplift in the tax basis of certain brands transferred intragroup resulted in a reduction in the corporate tax charge of £164 million in the year. Additionally, this included £60 million of historical adjustments, mainly relating to the write-off of expired tax indemnities, £14 million of loss on the disposal of Transderm Scop and Scopoderm and £16 million relating to a tax indemnity payment to Pfizer. These were partially offset by £42 million of profit on the disposal of a number of brands and other credits of £4 million.

Adjusting Items for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 compared to the financial year ended 31 December 2019

Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets charges (pre-tax) increased to £97 million (£78 million net of tax) in FY 2020 from £36 million (£31 million net of tax) in FY 2019. This primarily reflected increased impairment charges on indefinite and definite life brands, which grew to £45 million in FY 2020 from £19 million in FY 2019, in addition to an increase in amortisation of definite life brands to £50 million in FY 2020 from £27 million in FY 2019, partially offset by an increase in the reversal of impairments of definite life brands to £18 million in FY 2020 from £10 million in FY 2019. In FY 2020, the impairment charge mainly included impairments of Zyrtec, capitalised costs for a discontinued oral care project and a discontinued pain relief device and the reversal of impairments related to Transderm Scop. In FY 2019, the impairment charge included impairments of Savlon, Eurax and Abreva and the reversal of impairments related to Prevacid.

 

 

186


Table of Contents

Restructuring costs (pre-tax) increased to £411 million (£321 million net of tax) in FY 2020 from £330 million (£271 million net of tax) in FY 2019, reflecting increased integration costs following the Pfizer Transaction, in addition to other restructuring and programme costs.

Transaction-related costs (pre-tax) decreased to £91 million (£71 million net of tax) in FY 2020 from £366 million (£285 million net of tax) in FY 2019. This was due to the fact that the majority of the fair value unwind on inventory acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction took place during FY 2019.

Separation and Admission costs (pre-tax) of £66 million (£53 million net of tax) in FY 2020 relate to preparation for Separation, UK Admission and US Listing, which was commenced in FY 2020.

Disposals and others (pre-tax) resulted in net income of £189 million (£120 million net of tax) in FY 2020, compared to a net expense of £25 million (£4 million net of tax) in FY 2019, arising from the net profit from the disposal of a number of consumer healthcare brands.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

The principal source of the Group’s liquidity is cash generated from operations. The Group also has access to the debt capital markets through the Programme (as described below), as well as the Revolving Credit Facilities (as described below) and a number of local borrowing facilities in a variety of currencies and at floating rates in order to meet specific funding needs of certain subsidiaries in the Group. As at the date of this registration statement, certain notes have been issued under the Programme, an overview of the terms of which are set out under “—Capital Resources and IndebtednessBond issuances” below. The Group also expects to establish ‘Euro’ and US Dollar commercial paper programmes, pursuant to which subsidiaries of the Group may issue commercial paper from time to time. It is expected that the Company will guarantee payment of amounts owing in respect of any commercial paper issued under such programmes.

The Group’s liquidity requirements primarily relate to servicing its ongoing debt obligations (including under the Programme, Pre-Separation USD Notes and the Revolving Credit Facilities), its working capital requirements, funding its operating expenses and capital expenditures (including its investments in R&D and advertising and promotion activities), funding dividend payments, and implementing the Group’s growth strategies. In addition, it is expected that the Term Loan Facility will be drawn in order to fund the Pre-Demerger Dividend.

From completion of the Pfizer Transaction, liquidity management has been governed by certain provisions of the shareholders’ agreement in relation to CH JVCo entered into on 31 July 2019 among GSKCHH, Pfizer, PFCHH, GSK and CH JVCo (the “ Pfizer SHA”), including in relation to borrowings, cash management and shareholder funding and dividend payments. In order to manage any shortfall between cash in hand and an agreed amount of readily available cash of £300 million, the Group entered into an uncommitted facility with a relationship bank, which has not been utilised. The Group manages liquidity risk through cash management and forecasting processes under which the Group reviews its cash balances and measures its actual performance against forecasts in order to manage liquidity risk. The Group also monitors its exposure to foreign exchange rates and adopts hedging when it deems appropriate.

The Group intends to continue to apply a disciplined approach to capital allocation, investing for growth whilst maintaining an investment grade credit rating. The Group’s first capital allocation priority will be focused on reinvestment to drive sustainable revenue growth and attractive returns. Second, the Group will pursue a dividend policy which will reflect the long-term earnings and cash flow potential of the Group, consistent with maintaining sufficient financial flexibility and meeting the Group’s capital allocation priorities (see Item 4. Information on the Company—4.B. Business Overview—Dividend Policy). Third, the Group intends to pursue selective “bolt-on” acquisitions where the opportunities are commercially compelling and consistent with its strategy.

 

187


Table of Contents

As part of the Group’s existing banking arrangements, a significant proportion of the Group’s cash is on-lent to the GSK Group. As of 31 December 2021, cash and cash equivalents (including those amounts on-lent to the GSK Group) were primarily comprised of US Dollar, Chinese Yuan, Euro and Pounds Sterling. Cash and cash equivalents included £67 million not available for general use due to restrictions applying in the subsidiaries where it is held, including exchange controls and taxes on repatriation.

Cash Flow

The table below summarises the principal components of the Group’s consolidated cash flows for the periods under review, which has been extracted from the Financial Statements.

 

£m    2021     2020     2019  

Cash flow from operating activities

      

Profit after tax

     1,439       1,181       687  

Adjustments reconciling profit after tax to cash generated from operations

     227       780       408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     1,666       1,961       1,095  

Taxation paid

     (310     (554     (309
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

     1,356       1,407       786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from investing activities

     (33     1,030       291  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities

     (1,236     (2,437     (925

Increase in cash and bank overdrafts

     87       —         152  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and bank overdrafts at the beginning of the year

     323       329       191  

Exchange adjustments

     (5     (6     (14

Increase in cash and bank overdrafts

     87       —         152  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     405       323       329  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

Net cash inflow from operating activities was £1,356 million and £1,407 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. Net cash inflow from operating activities was £786 million in FY 2019.

The year-on-year decrease of £51 million from FY 2020 to FY 2021 was largely due to a decrease in cash generated from operations, which decreased by £295 million to £1,666 million in FY 2021 from £1,961 million in FY 2020, partially offset by a £244 million reduction in tax paid. The decrease in cash generated from operations was primarily attributable to a larger net outflow from working capital, as outlined below, partially offset by higher operating profits.

The year-on-year increase of £621 million from FY 2019 to FY 2020 was largely due to cash generated from operations, which increased by £866 million to £1,961 million in FY 2020 from £1,095 million in FY 2019, primarily attributable to the full year impact in FY 2020 of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction, as compared to five months in FY 2019. The increase was also due to strong underlying growth in each of EMEA and LatAm, North America and APAC. In addition, reductions in working capital had a positive impact on cash flow, as outlined below.

Working capital

The Group’s working capital movements comprise movements in trade and other receivables, inventory and trade and other payables.

 

188


Table of Contents

The following table sets out changes in the Group’s working capital for the periods indicated:

 

     Financial Year  

£m

   2021      2020      2019  

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

     (17      130        232  

Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables

     14        18        (57

(Decrease)/increase in trade payables

     41        140        (256

Net change in other receivables and payables

     (190      (273      (380

Changes in working capital

     (152)        15        (461

Inventory

Inventory increased by £2 million to £951 million at 31 December 2021 from £949 million at 31 December 2020. This resulted in a negative cash flow of £17 million in FY 2021. This impact on cash flow was principally driven by inventory available in North America following increases in manufacturing output. Inventory was also affected by non-cash movements, including inventory transferred to assets held for sale and foreign exchange movements.

Inventory reduced by £262 million to £949 million at 31 December 2020 from £1,211 million at 31 December 2019. This resulted in a positive cash flow of £130 million in FY 2020. This impact on cash flow was driven by activities designed to optimise inventory levels across the supply chain, as well as the divestment of a number of brands and a reduction in inventories for brands that experienced higher demand driven by the COVID-19 pandemic. Inventory was also affected by non-cash movements, including fair value adjustments related to the Pfizer Transaction and exchange rate movements.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables declined by £30 million to £1,318 million at 31 December 2021 from £1,348 million at 31 December 2020, driven by improvements to cash collection and exchange rate changes. This resulted in a positive cash flow of £14 million in FY 2021. Non-cash movements were related to foreign exchange fluctuations.

Trade receivables declined by £49 million to £1,348 million at 31 December 2020 from £1,397 million at 31 December 2019, driven by exchange rate changes, customers of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business agreed to adopt the shorter payment settlement periods of the GSK Group in the USA and accelerated settlement in APAC. This resulted in a positive cash flow of £18 million in FY 2020. Cash movements included the positive impact of customers of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business adopting the lower payment settlement periods of the GSK Group in the USA, partially offset by higher receivables associated with increased sales in APAC. Trade receivables were also impacted by non-cash movements related to foreign exchange fluctuations.

Trade payables

Trade payables increased by £29 million to £1,369 million at 31 December 2021 from £1,340 million at 31 December 2020. This was driven by higher marketing spend in the fourth quarter of 2021, partially offset by changes in exchange rates. This resulted in a positive cash flow impact of £41 million in FY 2021.

Trade payables increased by £139 million to £1,340 million at 31 December 2020 from £1,201 million at 31 December 2019. This was driven by higher marketing spend and capital expenditure in the second half of the year, together with payables balances acquired by the Group as part of the Pfizer Transaction after 31 July 2019. This resulted in a positive cash flow impact of £140 million in FY 2020.

 

 

189


Table of Contents

Other receivables and payables

Other receivables declined by £121 million to £889 million at 31 December 2021 from £1,010 million at 31 December 2020. Other receivables primarily consist of prepayments and receivables with Pfizer, GSK and other third parties. Other payables decreased by £295 million to £1,633 million at 31 December 2021 from £1,928 million at 31 December 2020. Other payables primarily consist of customer return and rebate accruals, wage, salary and social security accruals, VAT and deferred income. The net change in other receivables and payables resulted in a negative cash outflow of £190 million. This was primarily driven by an increase in balances receivable from GSK in relation to the Group’s right to receive profits of certain brands and businesses still legally owned by GSK and a decrease in operating balances payable to GSK in relation to certain payments made by GSK on behalf of the Group. Non-cash movements related to foreign exchange fluctuations.

Other receivables declined by £72 million to £1,010 million at 31 December 2020 from £1,082 million at 31 December 2019. Other receivables were the same as set out above. Other payables decreased by £291 million to £1,928 million at 31 December 2020 from £2,219 million at 31 December 2019. Other payables were the same as set out above. The net change in other receivables and payables resulted in a negative cash outflow of £273 million, primarily driven by a decline in third party receivables related to the Pfizer Transaction. Non-cash movements related to foreign exchange fluctuations.

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities was a £33 million outflow and a £1,030 million inflow in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. Net cash generated from investing activities was £291 million in FY 2019.

The year-on-year decrease of £1,063 million from FY 2020 to FY 2021 principally reflected a decrease in the proceeds from the sale of intangible assets and proceeds from the divestment programme. The net cash of £33 million used in investing activities in FY 2021 was primarily related to investment in property, plant and equipment and software.

The year-on-year increase of £739 million from FY 2019 to FY 2020 was principally driven by proceeds from the sale of intangible assets, which increased by £804 million to £924 million in FY 2020 from £120 million in FY 2019, reflecting the divestment of a number of smaller brands in the Group’s portfolio, including Breathe Right and Physiogel. Disposal of businesses increased to £221 million in FY 2020 due to the disposal of ThermaCare. (see “—Divestments” above).

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

Net cash used in from financing activities decreased by £1,201 million to £1,236 million in FY 2021 from £2,437 million in FY 2020, reflecting decreased dividend payments. Dividends paid to shareholders decreased by £1,223 million to £1,148 million in FY 2021 from £2,371 million in FY 2020, which, to a large degree, reflects the decrease in proceeds from the sale of intangible assets and proceeds from the divestment programme. The quantum of dividend payments made during the period also reflected arrangements entered into as part of the Pfizer Transaction, which will terminate with effect from UK Admission.

Net cash used in from financing activities increased by £1,512 million to £2,437 million in FY 2020 from £925 million in FY 2019 due to increased dividend payments. Dividends paid to shareholders increased by £1,219 million to £2,371 million in FY 2020 from £1,152 million in FY 2019, which reflected the increased cash generation of the business following completion of the Pfizer Transaction. The quantum of dividend payments made during the period also reflected arrangements entered into as part of the Pfizer Transaction, which will terminate with effect from UK Admission. Whilst no capital contributions were made in FY 2020, in FY 2019 a capital contribution of £335 million was made into the Group relating to the completion of the Pfizer Transaction.

 

190


Table of Contents

Free cash flow and free cash flow conversion

During the periods under review the Group delivered a total of £3.8 billion free cash flow, driven by proceeds from divestments, a sharp focus on working capital discipline and stable capital investment of approximately 3 per cent. of revenue per annum, partially offset by spend in relation to Restructuring costs and Separation and Admission costs.

 

     Financial Year  
     2021      2020      2019  

Net cash inflows from operating activities (£m)1

     1,356        1,407        786  

Free cash flow (£m)

     1,173        1,988        681  

Free cash flow conversion (%)

     82        168        99  

 

1.

Included as the nearest IFRS measure to the non-IFRS measures presented in the table above.

Free cash flow in FY 2021 was £1,173 million, with a free cash flow conversion rate of 82 per cent. Free cash flow in FY 2020 was £1,988 million, with a free cash flow conversion of 168 per cent. Free cash flow in FY 2019 was £681 million, with a free cash flow conversion of 99 per cent.

Free cash flow decreased by 41.0 per cent. (£815 million) from FY 2020 to FY 2021. The decrease in free cash flow was primarily attributable to a decline in the proceeds from sale of intangible assets, proceeds from the divestment programme and the decrease in net cash inflow from operating activities. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in the purchase of intangible assets.

Free cash flow increased by 191.9 per cent. (£1,307 million) from FY 2019 to FY 2020. The increase in free cash flow was primarily attributable to the impact of proceeds received from the disposal of a number of brands (see “Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities” above) of £924 million (FY 2019: £120 million). The increase in free cash flow was also attributable to the inclusion of the full year of operating cash flows in FY 2020 of brands acquired as part of the Pfizer Transaction and strong performance in the Group’s VMS, Pain Relief and Oral Health categories, together with synergy savings and cost control. These factors were partially offset by increased capital expenditure (see “—Capital expenditure” below).

Net debt

During the periods under review, the Group’s principal source of liquidity was cash generated from operations. The Group did not have any long-term debt, excluding lease liabilities, in its capital structure. In the period following completion of the Pfizer Transaction, excess cash was distributed to GSKCHH and PFCHH by way of dividends in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer SHA, which will terminate with effect from UK Admission. Cash and cash equivalents retained on the balance sheet following the payment of these dividends was primarily used by the Group for working capital purposes, funding operating expenses and capital expenditures, and implementing the Group’s growth strategies. As at 31 December 2021, the Group’s net debt consisted of lease liabilities, short-term bank borrowings and derivative financial liabilities, more than offset by cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments and derivative financial assets.

In preparation for Separation, the UK Issuer, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. and GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC each issued notes, the net proceeds of which have been made available to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited in order to fund the making of certain upstream loans to wholly-owned subsidiaries of GSK and Pfizer (see “—Capital Resources and Indebtedness”).

 

191


Table of Contents

As at 31 December 2021, the Group had £991 million of outstanding gross indebtedness84, comprising £79 million of short-term borrowings, £87 million of long-term borrowings and £825 million of loan amounts owing to related parties. As at 31 March 2022, the Group had £10,904 million of outstanding gross indebtedness85, comprising £80 million of short-term borrowings, £9,363 million of long-term borrowings and £1,461 million of loan amounts owing to related parties.

Capital Resources and Indebtedness

See “Item 3. Key Information—3.B. Capitalisation and Indebtedness” for details relating the Group’s capitalisation and indebtedness as at the dates indicated therein. Further details of the capital resources of the Group are set out in the summaries below.

Bond issuances

As part of the preparation for Separation, on 16 March 2022, the EMTN Issuers established the Programme pursuant to which the EMTN Issuers may issue notes from time to time. As at the date of this registration statement, the EMTN Issuers have issued the notes described under “Pre-Separation Programme Notes” below under the Programme.

In addition, on 24 March 2022, the US Issuer and the UK Issuer issued a number of standalone bonds pursuant to a private placement to institutional investors in the USA and outside the USA in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (the “Pre-Separation USD Notes”) (see “Pre-Separation USD Notes” below).

The payment of all amounts owing in respect of: (i) notes issued under the Programme (including the notes in issuance as at the date of this registration statement, as described under “Pre-Separation Programme Notes” below); and (ii) the Pre-Separation USD Notes is, as at the date of this registration statement, guaranteed by GSK. Following completion of the GSK Share Exchange, the guarantee provided by GSK will cease to be effective and a guarantee provided by the Company will come into full force and effect.

Pre-Separation Programme Notes

A list of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes as at the date of this registration and an overview of the terms applicable to such notes are set out below:

 

   

£300,000,000 2.875 per cent. notes due 29 October 2028 (the “2.875 per cent. Notes”): the 2.875 per cent. Notes were issued by the UK Issuer and bear interest at a rate of 2.875 per cent. per annum, payable annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 2.875 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by the UK Issuer on 29 October 2028.

 

   

£400,000,000 3.375 per cent. notes due 29 March 2038 (the “3.375 per cent. Notes”): the 3.375 per cent. Notes were issued by the UK Issuer and bear interest at a rate of 3.375 per cent. per annum, payable annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 3.375 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by the UK Issuer on 29 March 2038.

 

   

€850,000,000 1.250 per cent. notes due 29 March 2026 (the “1.250 per cent. Notes”): the 1.250 per cent. Notes were issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. and bear interest at a rate of 1.250 per cent. per annum, payable annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and

 

84 

Indebtedness excludes loan amounts receivable from related parties of £1,508 million as at 31 December 2021 where there is no right to offset.

85 

Indebtedness excludes loan amounts receivable from related parties of £11,330 million as at 31 March 2022 where there is no right to offset.

 

192


Table of Contents
 

cancelled the 1.250 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. on 29 March 2026.

 

   

€750,000,000 1.750 per cent. notes due 29 March 2030 (the “1.750 per cent. Notes”): the 1.750 per cent. Notes were issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. and bear interest at a rate of 1.750 per cent. per annum, payable annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 1.750 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. on 29 March 2030.

 

   

€750,000,000 2.125 per cent. notes due 29 March 2034 (the “2.125 per cent. Notes”): the 2.125 per cent. Notes were issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. and bear interest at a rate of 2.125 per cent. per annum, payable annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 2.125 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. on 29 March 2034.

Each series of Pre-Separation Programme Notes additionally contains a limited negative pledge and customary events of default (including cross-acceleration provisions). The occurrence of any event of default under the Pre-Separation Programme Notes would permit, amongst other things, the acceleration of the relevant series of Pre-Separation Programme Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes.

Each series of Pre-Separation Programme Notes can be redeemed prior to maturity at the option of the relevant issuer in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Programme. In addition to other customary call features, each series of Pre-Separation Programme Notes includes a make-whole call option, which permits the relevant issuer to redeem the relevant notes on not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at any time, subject to payment of the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest through to maturity (subject to a customary discount calculated using an applicable bond reference rate plus an agreed margin).

Pre-Separation USD Notes

The $700,000,000 3.024 per cent. callable fixed rate senior notes due 2024 (the “3.024 per cent. Notes”) were issued by the US Issuer and bear interest at a rate of 3.024 per cent. per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 3.024 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by the US Issuer on 24 March 2024.

The $300,000,000 callable floating rate senior notes due 2024 (the “Floating Rate Notes”) were issued by the US Issuer and bear interest at a floating rate, payable quarterly in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the Floating Rate Notes will be redeemed by the US Issuer on 24 March 2024.

The $2,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2027 (the “2027 3.375 per cent. Notes”) were issued by the US Issuer and bear interest at a rate of 3.375 per cent. per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 2027 3.375 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by the US Issuer on 24 March 2027.

The $1,000,000,000 3.375 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2029 (the “2029 3.375 per cent. Notes”) were issued by the US Issuer and bear interest at a rate of 3.375 per cent. per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 2029 3.375 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by the US Issuer on 24 March 2029.

The $2,000,000,000 3.625 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2032 (the “3.625 per cent. Notes”) were issued by the US Issuer and bear interest at a rate of 3.625 per cent. per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 3.625 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by the US Issuer on 24 March 2032.

 

193


Table of Contents

The $1,000,000,000 4.000 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2052 (the “4.000 per cent. Notes”) were issued by the US Issuer and bear interest at a rate of 4.000 per cent. per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 4.000 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by the US Issuer on 24 March 2052.

The $1,750,000,000 3.125 per cent. fixed rate senior notes due 2025 (the “3.125 per cent. Notes”) were issued by the UK Issuer and bear interest at a rate of 3.125 per cent. per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled the 3.125 per cent. Notes will be redeemed by the UK Issuer on 24 March 2025.

The Pre-Separation USD Notes additionally contain a limited negative pledge and customary events of default (including cross-acceleration provisions). The occurrence of any event of default under the Pre-Separation USD Notes would permit, amongst other things, the acceleration of the relevant series of the Pre-Separation USD Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Pre-Separation USD Notes.

Each series of the Pre-Separation USD Notes can be redeemed prior to maturity at the option of the relevant issuer in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Pre-Separation USD Notes.

The 3.024 per cent. Notes, the 2027 3.375 per cent. Notes, the 2029 3.375 per cent. Notes, the 3.625 per cent. Notes and the 4.000 per cent. Notes include a make-whole call option, which permits the US Issuer to redeem the relevant series of notes on not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at any time prior to the applicable par call date set out in the terms and conditions of the Pre-Separation USD Notes (the “Par Call Date”), subject to payment of the greater of (i) 100 per cent. of the principal amount of the relevant notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest that would be due if the relevant series of the notes matured on the applicable Par Call Date (subject to a customary discount calculated using an applicable bond reference rate plus an agreed margin), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date. On or after the applicable Par Call Date, the US Issuer may redeem the relevant series of notes at a redemption price equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount of the applicable series of notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

The 3.125 per cent. Notes include a make-whole call option, which permits the UK Issuer to redeem the notes on not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at any time, subject to payment of the greater of (i) 100 per cent. of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (subject to a customary discount calculated using an applicable bond reference rate plus an agreed margin), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

The Floating Rate Notes include a par call option, which permits the US Issuer to redeem the Floating Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time on or after 24 March 2023 at a redemption price equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, instalments of interest on the Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed that are due and payable on a Floating Rate Notes interest payment date falling on or prior to a redemption date will be payable on the Floating Rate Notes interest payment date to the registered holders as of the close of business on the relevant regular record date according to the Floating Rate Notes and the Indenture, as applicable.

The holders of the Pre-Separation USD Notes also have registration rights in relation to the notes as further described in “Item 10.C. Material Contracts—Pre-Separation Financing Agreements.

 

194


Table of Contents

Note Proceeds Loans

The net proceeds of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes and the Pre-Separation USD Notes have been made available to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited in order to fund the making of the Notes Proceeds Loans pursuant to the Notes Proceeds Loan Agreements. As such:

 

   

on 24 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited made a loan of £4,465,197,183.55 to GlaxoSmithKline Finance plc and a loan of £2,101,269,262.85 to Pfizer Service Company Ireland Unlimited Company; and

 

   

on 29 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited made a loan of £1,798,139,950.68 to GlaxoSmithKline Finance plc and a loan of £846,183,506.20 to Pfizer Service Company Ireland Unlimited Company.

The Note Proceeds Loan Agreements provide for interest on the Note Proceeds Loans at a rate of 1.365 per cent. per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear. The Note Proceeds Loan Agreements require the relevant borrower to make limited representations and covenants and contain limited events of default (including cross-acceleration provisions) and (subject as provided below) prepayment events. The occurrence of any event of default under either Note Proceeds Loan Agreement would permit GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited to, amongst other things, accelerate the relevant Note Proceeds Loan.

The purpose of the Notes Proceeds Loans was to make the net proceeds of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes and the Pre-Separation USD Notes available to the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group in advance of the date on which they would receive those proceeds as part of the Pre-Demerger Dividend. Accordingly, the terms of the Notes Proceeds Loan Agreements require, among other things, that the Notes Proceeds Loans will be repaid in full to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited on 13 July 2022 or such other date as agreed between the parties in writing. Following repayment of the Notes Proceeds Loans, the amounts received by GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited will be made available to CH JVCo in order to fund a portion of the Pre-Demerger Dividend.

Revolving Credit Facilities

On 18 February 2022, CH JVCo entered into syndicated revolving credit facilities (the “Revolving Credit Facilities” and loans extended thereunder the “RCF Loans”). The commitments under the Revolving Credit Facilities are provided by (i) Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., London Branch; (ii) Banco Santander, S.A., London Branch; (iii) Bank of America, N.A.; (iv) Bank of America, N.A., London Branch; (v) Barclays Bank PLC; (vi) BNP Paribas, London Branch; (vii) Citibank, N.A.; (viii) Citibank, N.A., London Branch; (ix) Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch; (x) Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch; (xi) Goldman Sachs Bank USA; (xii) HSBC Bank plc; (xiii) ING Bank N.V., London Branch; (xiv) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.; (xv) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch; (xvi) Lloyds Bank plc; (xvii) Mizuho Bank, Ltd.; (xviii) Morgan Stanley Bank N.A.; (xix) Royal Bank of Canada; and (xx) Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited.

The initial borrower under each of the Revolving Credit Facilities is CH JVCo but, following completion of the GSK Share Exchange and in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Credit Facilities, the Company will accede to the Revolving Credit Facilities and replace CH JVCo as borrower under the Revolving Credit Facilities (the borrower under the Revolving Credit Facilities from time-to-time, the “RCF Borrower”). Following its accession as borrower under the Revolving Credit Facilities, the Company will guarantee the obligations of any other member of the Group that accedes to the Revolving Credit Facilities as an additional borrower.

The Revolving Credit Facilities provide the RCF Borrower with access to:

 

   

a multicurrency facility denominated in Pounds Sterling, with a commitment of £1,000,000,000 and an initial maturity date of 24 September 2025 (the “GBP Facility”); and

 

195


Table of Contents
   

a US Dollar facility, incorporating a swingline facility (the “Swingline Facility”), with an aggregate commitment of $1,400,000,000 and an initial maturity date of 24 September 2023 (the “USD Facility”).

As at 30 May 2022, each of the GBP Facility and the USD Facility is undrawn.

With certain exceptions, RCF Loans bear interest at a rate equal to the aggregate of: (i) the applicable risk free rate (which for loans drawn in sterling is the Bank of England’s Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate (‘SONIA’)) and for loans drawn in US dollars is the New York Federal Reserves Secured Overnight Financing Rate (‘SOFR’)) and (ii) a margin determined in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Credit Facilities, which is dependent on the corporate rating assigned to the Company.

The proceeds of each RCF Loan are available for the general corporate purposes of the Group and such specific purposes as may be determined by the RCF Borrower. The Swingline Facility is available for financing or refinancing the payment of (or in respect of) any indebtedness or other obligations of the Group (including commercial paper, but excluding any other drawing from the Swingline Facility).

The Revolving Credit Facilities require the RCF Borrower to make certain customary representations and warranties at various times throughout the term of the Revolving Credit Facilities. In addition, the terms of the Revolving Credit Facilities contain customary restrictions on the operations of the RCF Borrower and the Group. These include customary positive and negative covenants, including a negative pledge and, with effect from the GSK Share Exchange, restrictions on disposals. The Revolving Credit Facilities do not contain any financial covenants, but the RCF Borrower is required to comply with certain information covenants, including the delivery of financial information.

The Revolving Credit Facilities contain customary events of default, including cross-acceleration provisions. The occurrence of any event of default under the Revolving Credit Facilities at a time when any RCF Loans are outstanding would permit, amongst other things, the acceleration of all RCF Loans.

Term Loan Facility

On 18 February 2022, CH JVCo entered into a term loan facility with a total commitment of £1,500,000,000 (the “Term Loan Facility”) provided by (i) Bank of America, N.A., London Branch; (ii) Banco Santander, S.A., London Branch; (iii) Barclays Bank PLC; (iv) BNP Paribas Fortis SA/NV; (v) BNP Paribas; (vi) Citibank, N.A., London Branch; (vii) Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch; (viii) Goldman Sachs Bank USA; (ix) HSBC Bank plc; (x) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch; (xi) Mizuho Bank, Ltd.; (xii) Morgan Stanley Bank N.A.; and (xiii) Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited. The payment of amounts owing in respect of the Term Loan Facility are, as at the date of this registration statement, not guaranteed. Following completion of the GSK Share Exchange, the Company will accede to the Term Loan Facility as a guarantor of the Term Loan Facility in accordance with the terms of the Term Loan Facility.

The Term Loan Facility is denominated in Pounds Sterling and permits a single term loan to be borrowed. As at 30 May 2022 no amount has been borrowed under the Term Loan Facility, although it is expected to be drawn on or prior to the date of the Pre-Demerger Dividend.

Any loan drawn under the Term Loan Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the aggregate of: (i) the applicable risk free rate (being the Bank of England’s Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate (‘SONIA’)); and (ii) a margin determined in accordance with the terms of the Term Loan Facility, which is dependent on the corporate rating assigned to the Company.

The Term Loan Facility is made available on customary ‘certain funds’ terms and the proceeds of any utilisation under the Term Loan Facility are available for use, directly or indirectly, towards the payment of the Pre-Demerger Dividend. The Term Loan Facility has a maturity date falling 36 months after the date on which it was entered into.

 

196


Table of Contents

The Term Loan Facility requires CH JVCo and, from the point at which it accedes to the Term Loan Facility, the Company to make certain customary representations and warranties at various times throughout the term of the Term Loan Facility. In addition, the Term Loan Facility contains customary restrictions on the operations of CH JVCo, the Group and, from the point at which it accedes to the Term Loan Facility, the Company. These include customary positive and negative covenants, including a negative pledge and, with effect from the GSK Share Exchange, restrictions on disposals. The Term Loan Facility does not contain any financial covenants, but CH JVCo and, from the point at which it accedes to the Term Loan Facility, the Company are required to comply with certain information covenants, including the delivery of financial information.

The Term Loan Facility contains customary events of default, including cross-acceleration provisions. The occurrence of any event of default under the Term Loan Facility at a time when any amount is outstanding under the Term Loan Facility would permit, amongst other things, the acceleration of such amounts.

Commercial Paper Programmes

The Group expects to establish ‘Euro’ and US Dollar commercial paper programmes pursuant to which members of the Group may issue commercial paper from time to time. It is expected that the Company will guarantee payment of amounts owing in respect of any commercial paper issued under such programmes.

Capital Expenditure

During the periods under review, the Group’s capital expenditure primarily related to property, plant and equipment, including a number of projects as part of restructuring the Group’s business, and the purchase of intangible assets, largely related to computer software.

The table below summarises the Group’s capital expenditure for the periods under review.

 

     Financial Year  

£m

   2021      2020      2019  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     228        222        190  

Purchase of intangible assets

     70        96        53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditure

     298        318        243  

Total capital expenditure

The Group’s capital expenditure was £298 million and £318 million in FY 2021 and FY 2020, respectively. The Group’s capital expenditure was £243 million in FY 2019.

The year-on-year decrease in capital expenditure from FY 2020 to FY 2021 reflected a reduction in the purchase of intangible assets, partially offset by a small increase in the purchase of property, plant and equipment.

The year-on-year increase in capital expenditure from FY 2019 to FY 2020 was largely driven by investments in supply chain and technology as part of restructuring the business, as well as the full year impact of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business in FY 2020.

Property, plant and equipment

Purchase of property, plant and equipment was £228 million, £222 million and £190 million in FY 2021, FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively. Spend in FY 2019 and FY 2020 was predominantly driven by large scale integration projects following the completion of the Pfizer transaction. In FY 2021 the investment profile switched to focus on business as usual projects and investment (including continuous improvement to property, plant and equipment and the renewal of site infrastructure).

 

197


Table of Contents

The year-on-year increase of £6 million from FY 2020 to FY 2021 reflected expenditure on a large number of small projects across various sites, including in relation to site closures, technology systems integation and optimisation of supply chain.

The year-on-year increase of £32 million from FY 2019 to FY 2020 was primarily driven by the increase in large projects across various sites as part of the restructuring of the Group’s business in FY 2020, including in relation to site closures, technology systems integration and optimisation of supply chain. In FY 2019, the purchase of property, plant and equipment was primarily attributable to a number of large projects, including in relation to site closures and rationalisation and optimisation of supply chain.

Intangible assets

The Group’s purchase of intangible assets (which largely related to computer software) was £70 million, £96 million and £53 million in FY 2021, FY 2020 and FY 2019, respectively.

The year-on-year decrease of £26 million from FY 2020 to FY 2021 was driven by decreased expenditure on the integration of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business into the Group. The increase of £43 million from FY 2019 to FY 2020 was driven by increased expenses following the integration of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business into the Group. Across all three years, spend included integrating production sites and commercial entities, upgrading the system infrastructure in production sites and general software for the Group.

Risk disclosures

For a description of the Group’s management of liquidity, market, foreign exchange, wholesale and retail credit, credit and treasury-related risk, see Note 33 of the Financial Statements beginning on page F-61.

Accounting policies

The accounting policies of the Group are set out in Notes 1 and 2 of the Financial Statements beginning on page F-12. The judgements made in applying accounting policies are set out in Note 3 of the Financial Statements beginning on page F-20.

 

198


Table of Contents
ITEM 6.    DIRECTORS,

SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

6.A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

The Directors and Senior Management set out below are our designated Directors and Senior Management as of the date of this registration statement.

Directors

The Directors and their principal functions within the Company, together with a brief description of their management experience and expertise and principal business activities outside the Company, are set out below. The business address of each of the Directors (in such capacity) is 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, United Kingdom.

 

Name

  

Position

  

Age

Dave Lewis

   Non-Executive Chair    57

Brian McNamara

   Chief Executive Officer    56

Tobias Hestler

   Chief Financial Officer    50

Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga*

   Senior Independent Non-Executive Director    67

Marie-Anne Aymerich*

   Non-Executive Director    56

Tracy Clarke*

   Non-Executive Director    55

Dame Vivienne Cox*

   Non-Executive Director    63

Asmita Dubey*

   Non-Executive Director    48

Deirdre Mahlan*

   Non-Executive Director    59

Bryan Supran*

   Non-Executive Director (Pfizer nominee)    51

John Young*

   Non-Executive Director (Pfizer nominee)    58

 

*indicates

those persons who will become Directors on UK Admission.

Dave Lewis

Dave Lewis was appointed Non-Executive Chair Designate of the Company on 1 January 2022. Dave Lewis served as Group Chief Executive Officer of Tesco plc, a multinational grocery and general merchandise retailer, from 2014 until September 2020. Prior to joining Tesco, he served in a variety of management positions with Unilever plc, a global consumer products company, from 1987 to 2014, including a variety of leadership roles in Europe, Asia and the Americas, including as President, Personal Care from 2011 to 2014; President, Americas from 2010 to 2011; and Chair, United Kingdom and Ireland from 2007 to 2010. Dave has served on the Pepsico Inc. board since November 2020 and as Chair of Xlinks since September 2021. He was appointed to serve as Co-Chair of the UK government’s Supply Chain Advisory Group in October 2021. He previously served on the Sky plc board from 2012 to 2016. Dave also serves on the boards of several non-profit and charitable organisations, including as Chair of World Wildlife Fund – UK and as a trustee of Leverhulme Trust, a UK charitable foundation. He was also Chair of Champions 12.3, a UN programme seeking to add momentum to the achievement of the UN Sustainable Development Target 12.3 by 2030, and Co-Chair of the Consumer, Retail and Life Sciences Business Council, which was established to advise the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom. In recognition of his contribution to business and the food industry in the United Kingdom, Dave was knighted by Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II in the 2021 New Year’s Honours List.

Brian McNamara

Brian was appointed Chief Executive Officer designate of the Company in July 2021, having been Chief Executive Officer of the consumer healthcare division since 2016, where he focused on shaping a strategy for growth that puts purpose at its heart. He leads approximately 23,000 people across more than 100 countries, who are working every day to deliver better everyday health with humanity.

 

199


Table of Contents

Prior to joining GSK, initially as Head of Europe and the Americas in 2015, Brian spent over a decade at Novartis in senior leadership roles in the OTC division. He began his career at Procter & Gamble, where over a 16-year tenure, he gained extensive experience in product supply, brand marketing, and customer leadership. Brian is a board member of the Consumer Goods Forum. He has previously served as a board member and Chairman of the Global Self Care Federation and was an active member of the board of trustees for Treloar’s—a trust providing support and independence education for young people with physical disabilities.

Tobias Hestler

Tobias was appointed Chief Financial Officer designate of the Company in December 2021, having been Chief Financial Officer of the consumer healthcare division since 2017.

Prior to joining GSK, Tobias was the Chief Financial Officer at Sandoz—Novartis’ generics division. In 2010, he was named Chief Financial Officer for the former Novartis consumer health division, a position that evolved into Tobias’ role as Chief Financial Officer for the Novartis OTC division. Earlier in his career he held both local and global finance leadership roles at Novartis in the USA, Germany and Switzerland, for example as Global Head of Finance for the animal health business, Global Controller for Sandoz and Chief Financial Officer for Hexal.

Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga

Vindi is currently Senior Independent Director at GSK. He has been Chairman of UK Government Investments Limited (UKGI) since September 2021.

Prior to joining GSK, Vindi spent 33 years at Unilever plc in various roles, his last role was President of the Global Foods, Home and Personal Care businesses, and a member of the Unilever Executive Board. Vindi sat on the Prime Minister of India’s Council of Trade & Industry from 2004 to 2014 and was on the Board of Governors of the Indian Institute of Management (IIM), Ahmedabad.

Prior non-executive roles include Non-Executive Director of the Confederation of British Industry (CBI) and Thomson Reuters Corp, Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Mauser Group, Chairman of Kalle GmbH, Senior Independent Director of Marks & Spencer Group plc, and Chair, Exec Committee, Diversey Inc. Vindi also holds a number of external appointments, for example as Partner at Clayton Dubilier & Rice, Non-Executive Director at The Economist Newspaper Limited, Member of Hakluyt International Advisory Board, Board Member of the International Chamber of Commerce UK, Member of the Governing Board of the Indian School of Business, Hyderabad and Chair of the Board of Trustees at Marie Curie.

Marie-Anne Aymerich

Marie-Anne Aymerich has led a successful 30 plus year career in the consumer and luxury sectors, growing businesses and shaping brands through innovation and creativity. Most recently, Marie-Anne was Executive Vice President of the worldwide Oral Care category at Unilever, where she developed new brands including Zendium and Regenerate. Prior to that, Marie-Anne was General Manager of the Dior Perfume and Beauty business at LVMH where she was responsible for strategy, equity, innovation, advertising, and digital. Before joining LVMH, Marie-Anne was Marketing Director of the Home and Personal Care business at Unilever. In addition to her executive career, Marie-Anne has been a Non-Executive Director of Pierre Fabre since 2019.

Tracy Clarke

Tracy is currently Non-Executive Director and Chair of Remuneration at TP ICAP plc, Starling Bank and the All England Netball Association. She is also Chair of a start-up called SchoolOnline and Advisor and Non-Executive Director at Acin Ltd.

 

200


Table of Contents

Tracy has extensive experience in international banking and financial services and in commercial and leadership roles having held a range of senior executive positions over 30 years at Standard Chartered Bank, where her last role was Private Bank CEO and Regional CEO, Europe & Americas. During her time at Standard Chartered she served as a director of Standard Chartered Bank UK, a Non-Executive Director of Standard Chartered First Bank in Korea, director of Zodia Holdings Limited and Zodia Custody Ltd. She also chaired the Supervisory Board of Standard Chartered Bank AG and Standard Chartered Yatirim Bankasi Turk A.S.

Prior non-executive roles include Chair of the Remuneration Committees of Sky plc and Eaga plc and Non-Executive Director and Remuneration Committee member of Inmarsat plc. Tracy has also served on the boards of the China Britain Business Council and TheCityUK.

Dame Vivienne Cox

Vivienne is currently an independent Non-Executive Director, and Workforce Engagement Director at GSK.

Prior to joining GSK Vivienne worked at BP plc for 28 years, in Britain and Continental Europe in various posts, including Executive Vice President and Chief Executive of BP’s gas, power and renewable business and its alternative energy unit. Vivienne was previously a Non-Executive Director of BG Group plc and Rio Tinto plc, the Senior Independent Director of Pearson plc, Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Vallourec and the Lead Independent Director at the UK Government’s Department for International Development.

Vivienne holds a number of external appointments, including Chair of Victrex plc, Non-Executive Director of Stena AB, Vice President of the Energy Institute, Advisory Board Member of Montrose Associates and Chair of the Rosalind Franklin Institute.

Asmita Dubey

Asmita Dubey has 25 years of experience working in consumer businesses. She has worked at L’Oréal since 2013 and is currently Chief Digital and Marketing Officer and a member of the L’Oréal Executive Committee. Asmita brings extensive expertise of marketing in the digital age and is leading L’Oréal on a digital transformation journey to evolve the marketing models, adopt new data-driven solutions, and accelerate emerging business models for the largest beauty company in the world. Asmita also brings strong experience working in China where she strengthened L’Oréal’s digital footprint in the region, built L’Oréal’s first joint-business partnerships with Alibaba and Tencent and established a broader start-up ecosystem. In addition to her executive career, Asmita served on GSK’s Digital Advisory Board for two years.

Deirdre Mahlan

Deirdre is Chair of the Audit Committee at Experian plc, Non-Executive Director at Kimberly-Clark Corporation and Chair of the Audit Committee of The Duckhorn Portfolio, Inc.

Deirdre has deep finance and consumer product experience and is a qualified accountant. She has held a number of senior finance and general management roles over her 27 year career at Diageo, including President of Diageo North America, Chief Financial Officer, Deputy Chief Financial Officer, Head of Tax and treasury at Diageo plc, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer at Diageo North America, and Vice President of Finance at Diageo Guinness USA. She has also held various senior finance roles in Joseph Seagram and Sons, Inc. and PwC.

Bryan Supran

Bryan’s career as a leading corporate and transactional attorney spans more than 25 years, including 17 years at Pfizer and Wyeth. Since 2015, Bryan has served as Senior Vice President & Deputy General Counsel of Pfizer, a

 

201


Table of Contents

role that includes counselling management and the Board of Directors on strategic initiatives and business development transactions, such as Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine collaboration with BioNTech, successful split-off of its animal health business as Zoetis, and joint venture with GSK to create a premier global consumer healthcare business that has become Haleon. Bryan’s role also has included leadership of Pfizer’s intellectual property and international legal teams, as well as legal support for Pfizer’s R&D and manufacturing organizations. Previously, Bryan practiced law at Ropes & Gray LLP in Boston and New York, where he helped establish the firm’s life sciences practice.

John Young

John has had an extensive career at Pfizer over 34 years and is currently Senior Adviser to the CEO of Pfizer. In his previous role as Chief Business Officer he played an important role in cultivating the collaborations that led to the successful development and delivery of the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine. John has led many large-scale transformations, including the closing of the joint venture with GSK to create a premier global consumer healthcare business in 2019. John has extensive healthcare, commercial and international experience

Senior Management

In addition to the Directors, the current members of the senior executive team with responsibility for day-to-day management of the Group’s business are set out below. The business address of each member of the Senior Management (in such capacity) is 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, United Kingdom.

 

Name

  

Position

  

Age

Dana Bolden    Head of Corporate Affairs        55
Keith Choy    Head of Asia Pacific    54
Bart Derde    Head of Quality and Supply Chain    53
Amy Landucci    Head of Digital and Technology    48
Filippo Lanzi    Head of EMEA and LatAm    49
Jooyong Lee    Head of Strategy and Office of the CEO    45
Teri Lyng    Head of Transformation and Sustainability    60
Mairéad Nayager    Chief Human Resources Officer    47
Lisa Paley    Head of US and North America    56
Franck Riot    Head of R&D    55
Tamara Rogers    Chief Marketing Officer    53
Bjarne P Tellmann    General Counsel    55

The management experience and expertise of the Senior Management is set out below.

Dana Bolden

Dana joined GSK consumer healthcare as Head of Corporate Affairs in January 2021. He is responsible for corporate communications, government affairs and responsible business engagement.

Previously, Dana was Chief Communications Officer at Corteva Agriscience and prior to this, he worked for The Coca-Cola Company, having started his career at global PR consultancy, Cohn and Wolfe.

Dana is accredited by the Public Relations Society of America and is an active member of the Arthur W. Page Society, the world’s leading professional association for senior public relations and corporate communications executives and educators.

 

202


Table of Contents

Keith Choy

Keith was appointed Region Head of Asia Pacific for GSK consumer healthcare in 2019.

Before joining GSK, Keith was the President for international markets of Pfizer’s consumer healthcare business. He previously served as the Regional President of APAC for Pfizer consumer healthcare and before that as China General Manager, where he oversaw significant sales growth in the China OTC category. Across his 28 years of commercial experience in the consumer-packaged goods and healthcare industries, Keith has also held various roles of sales, brand marketing, and general management in Wyeth, Gillette and Joyco (acquired by Wrigley Company). He was awarded the Internationalist of the Year for 2017.

Bart Derde

Bart was appointed Head of Quality and Supply Chain for GSK consumer healthcare in 2018.

Prior to joining GSK, Bart spent 14 years at Reckitt where he was Head of Quality, Safety Sustainability and Compliance as well as Head of Global Operations for Reckitt Health and held various other roles in the global health supply chain.

Prior to joining Reckitt, Bart worked at Unilever for over a decade in a number of roles across manufacturing, procurement, planning and strategic projects in the UK and the Netherlands.

Amy Landucci

Amy was appointed Chief Digital and Technology Officer for GSK consumer healthcare in 2021.

Prior to joining GSK in 2017, as Chief Information Officer for consumer healthcare, Amy spent over a decade at Novartis, where she was most recently the Global Head of Digital Medicines. She was responsible for defining and delivering the “beyond the pill” strategy and solutions to accelerate Novartis’ entrance into digital medicines. Prior to this role, Amy was Chief Information Officer for the Novartis OTC division.

Amy previously served on the board of directors for Healthy Women, the leading independent, non-profit health information source for women in the USA with a mission to educate and empower women to make informed health choices for themselves and their families.

Filippo Lanzi

Filippo was appointed Head of EMEA and LatAm in 2021, having previously served as EMEA Lead from 2019 to 2021.

Having joined GSK consumer healthcare in 2012, he previously served in various roles across Central, Eastern and Southern Europe before leading the APAC business.

Prior to that role, he was the Operating Unit Head in Italy and Greece for Novartis’ OTC business. Previously, Filippo spent five years at Johnson & Johnson, managing the diabetes division in Italy and then as Head of Mediterranean Cluster for the Ethicon/Endo franchise. Before Johnson & Johnson, he spent a decade with Nestlé, holding various roles across marketing, sales and finance.

Jooyong Lee

Jooyong Lee joined GSK consumer healthcare as Head of Strategy and Office of the Chief Executive Officer in March 2019.

 

203


Table of Contents

Previously at Diageo, Jooyong oversaw market strategy across all global markets with particular focus on emerging markets across Asia, Africa and Latin America, and drove key corporate strategic initiatives to unlock new sources of growth. Prior to this role, Jooyong was Vice President of Strategy for InterContinental Hotels Group overseeing the Asia, Middle East and Africa growth strategy, based in Singapore.

Jooyong is a former management consultant with McKinsey & Company, having started her career at Procter & Gamble.

Teri Lyng

Teri was appointed as Head of Transformation and Sustainability at GSK consumer healthcare in 2019 and has been responsible for the development and execution of the ESG strategy, as well as the integration of the joint venture with Pfizer’s consumer healthcare business and the preparation and operational readiness of the formal separation from GSK.

Previously, Teri led the quality function for GSK consumer healthcare and before that held similar roles in the OTC division at Novartis and the consumer health divisions of both Wyeth and Merck.

Mairéad Nayager

Mairéad was appointed as Chief Human Resources Officer in March 2022 and will be responsible for developing global talent capabilities pre- and post-formal separation from GSK.

Previously, Mairéad was Chief Human Resources Officer at Diageo for over seven years, having already held a number of HR executive roles across a number of Diageo’s regional businesses over the previous decade. At Diageo she played a pivotal role in successfully leading the business through multiple business transformations, developing and delivering a dynamic performance culture and spearheading Diageo’s plans to help create a more inclusive world.

Prior to joining Diageo, Mairéad spent three years at the Irish Business and Employers’ Confederation where she represented companies across various sectors in industrial relations.

Lisa Paley

Lisa has led the North America region for GSK consumer healthcare since 2021, having previously been General Manager, USA and Puerto Rico.

She joined GSK in 2019 from Pfizer’s consumer healthcare business, where she had been President of North America, responsible for the US, Puerto Rico and Canadian markets. In her decade at Pfizer, Lisa had senior roles in sales strategy; was General Manager of Puerto Rico & Caribbean; and was the US Chief Customer Officer and leader of Global E-Commerce.

Previously, Lisa worked at Johnson & Johnson as a Vice President in US Sales and also spent 18 years with the Pfizer consumer healthcare business where she held positions of increasing responsibility in sales, customer development, sales strategy, operations, category management & insights and general management.

She is a former Certified Public Accountant and worked for Deloitte.

Lisa is a board member of several US industry association boards including CHPA Executive Committee, NACDS Retail Advisory Board, and the WE Board.

 

204


Table of Contents

Franck Riot

Franck was appointed Head of Global R&D for GSK consumer healthcare in 2019. Previously, Franck was Vice President of Research and Innovation at Danone for the essential dairy and plant-based world-wide business unit from 2017 to 2019.

Franck began his career as an R&D engineer in the beauty and personal care sector, then spent 14 years at Danone, with progressively larger R&D roles in Europe. He left Danone for six years to run the global R&D organisation for IGLO (owned by private equity firm Permira), which was sold to Nomad Foods. Franck was part of the Nomad Foods team that then took the company public in 2015, after which he returned to Danone to run research and innovation for the newly created essential diary and plant-based world-wide business unit after the acquisition of the world leading plant-based food company WhiteWave in 2017.

Tamara Rogers

Tamara was appointed Chief Marketing Officer for GSK consumer healthcare in 2019, having previously served as Region Head for EMEA.

Prior to joining GSK, Tamara spent 25 years at Unilever, having joined as a Management Trainee in the UK. She held significant leadership positions such as EVP Region Head Personal Care for Unilever North America and prior to that, EVP Global Deodorants Category.

Tamara has nearly 30 years of experience in FMCG with numerous commercial roles across marketing, advertising, customer development and general management, in local, regional and global capacities. Her experience includes the development of business growth strategies, strategic portfolio management, innovation development, brand building, design, customer development and trade marketing. Her responsibilities have also included media, consumer business insights & analytics, marketing and digital commerce capability.

Tamara is a board member of the Global Self-Care Federation, which exists to create a healthier world through better self-care.

Bjarne P Tellmann

Bjarne was appointed General Counsel of GSK consumer healthcare in 2020.

Prior to his role at GSK, Bjarne was Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and member of the executive team at Pearson, where he led the company’s legal, compliance, and company secretary functions. He previously worked in numerous locations across Europe, Asia and the USA in senior executive capacities with Coca-Cola, most recently as Associate General Counsel of The Coca-Cola Company. He has also held positions at Kimberly-Clark, and the law firms of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP and White & Case LLP.

Bjarne serves as a Non-Executive Director on the board and audit committee of Mowi ASA, the world’s leading seafood company and the largest producer of Atlantic salmon. He previously sat on the boards of Coca-Cola West Co., Ltd., Coca-Cola Erfrischungsgetränke AG and Hire an Esquire, Inc.

 

205


Table of Contents

Directorships and Partnerships Outside the Group

The details of those companies and partnerships outside the Group of which the Directors and members of the Senior Management are currently directors or partners, or have been directors or partners at any time during the five years prior to the date of this registration statement, are as follows:

 

Name

  

Current directorships and partnerships

  

Previous directorships and partnerships

Directors

     

Dave Lewis

  

Xlinks

Pepsico Inc.

World Wildlife Fund – UK

A Bird’s Eye View

   Tesco plc

Brian McNamara

   Consumer Goods Forum   

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited

Global Self-Care Federation

Treloar Trust

Tobias Hestler

     

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited

Hexal AG

Marie-Anne Aymerich

  

Pierre Fabre Group

Respire Ventures

Academy of St Martin in the Fields

  

Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga

  

UK Government Investments (UKGI)

International Chamber of Commerce UK

The Economist Newspaper Limited

GSK plc

Kedaara Capital I Limited

Kedaara Capital Investment Managers Ltd

Kedaara Holdings Ltd

Clayton Dubilier & Rice LLP

  

Kalle GmbH

Mauser Group

Parksons Packaging Limited

High Ridge Brands*

Thomson Reuters Foundation

Marks and Spencer Group plc

Tracy Clarke

  

Acin Ltd

Starling Bank Limited

School Reviewer Limited

TP ICAP plc

All England Netball Association

  

Standard Chartered AG

Standard Chartered Yatirim Bankasi Turk A.S

Zodia Holdings Limited

Zodia Custody Ltd

TheCityUK

Inmarsat plc

Sky plc

Dame Vivienne Cox

  

GSK plc

Victrex plc

Venterra Group plc

Said Business School

Stena AB

The Rosalind Franklin Institute

African Leadership Institute

Montrose Associates

  

Vallourec SA

Pearson plc

UK Government’s Department for International Development (DFID)

Asmita Dubey

  

  

Deirdre Mahlan

  

Experian plc

Kimberly-Clark Corporation

The Duckhorn Portfolio, Inc.

  

The Distilled Spirits Council

 

206


Table of Contents

Name

  

Current directorships and partnerships

  

Previous directorships and partnerships

Bryan Supran**

   Anacor
Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Array BioPharma Inc.
GenTrac, Inc.
GI Europe, Inc.
GI Japan, Inc.
Hospira, Inc.
InnoPharma, Inc. Parkedale Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  

Upjohn Inc.
Medivation LLC
JMI-Daniels Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Purepac Pharmaceutical Holdings LLC
Antioch Merger Sub, Inc. Arlington Acquisition Sub Inc. Excaliard Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

John Young

  

Johnson Controls International (JCI)
Imbria Pharmaceuticals

  

Biotechnology Innovation Organization
European Federation of Pharmaceutical Industries and Associations

 

 

 

*

Along with other Clayton, Dubilier & Rice (“CD&R,” a private equity firm) personnel, Vindi Banga was a director of High Ridge Brands Co., a portfolio company of CD&R affiliated funds, in the USA. The company filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 in December 2019, a matter of public record, upon which Vindi Banga and the other CD&R personnel ceased to be directors of the company upon confirmation of the plan.

**

Each entity outside of the Group of which Bryan Supran is currently a director or partner, or has been a director or partner at any time during the five years prior to the date of this registration statement, is a subsidiary or former subsidiary of Pfizer.

 

Name

  

Current directorships and partnerships

  

Previous directorships and partnerships

Senior Management

     

Dana Bolden

   Washington & Lee University   

Keith Choy

     

Bart Derde

     

Amy Landucci

     

Filippo Lanzi

     

Jooyong Lee

     

Teri Lyng

     

Mairéad Nayager

     

Lisa Paley

     

Franck Riot

     

Tamara Rogers

     

Bjarne Philip Tellmann

  

Mowi ASA

  

Hire an Esquire Inc.

Save as set out above, none of the Directors or members of the Senior Management has any business interests, or performs any activities, outside the Group which are significant with respect to the Group.

Service Agreements

Executive Directors

The Executive Directors have service agreements, entered into on: (i) 9 May 2022 by Brian McNamara; and (ii) 10 May 2022 by Tobias Hestler, each in anticipation of UK Admission, with GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited. The terms outlined in the Executive Directors’ service agreements and their related offer letters will take effect upon the date of the Demerger (though if, for any reason, the Demerger has not occurred by 31 December 2022, the terms set out in the offer letter will expire and the Executive Directors will remain employed on their existing terms and conditions.

 

207


Table of Contents

The key terms of their appointments are as follows:

General terms

 

Name

  

Position

  

Commencement of employment

  

Notice period

Brian McNamara

  

Chief Executive Officer

   1 September 2004    12 months

Tobias Hestler

  

Chief Financial Officer

  

1 October 2017

   12 months

The Executive Directors are each entitled to a remuneration package comprising annual basic salary (which is to be reviewed, though not necessarily increased, annually), participation in discretionary performance-related annual bonus and long-term incentives under such bonus and incentive scheme(s) as the Group operates from time to time (including any all-employee share plans established by the Group), the option of pension contributions or a fixed cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions, and participation in the Group’s benefit plans, including (but not limited to) membership of any private healthcare scheme operated by the Group (including eligibility for the Executive Director’s spouse or partner and eligible dependent children), life assurance/death in service benefit and membership of a Group Income Protection plan. The Executive Directors also benefit from the indemnity provided by the Company in the form provided to all Directors. Further details are set out in “—Remuneration policy” below).

In addition to the eight normal public holidays observed in England, the Executive Directors are entitled to 28 working days of paid holiday in each complete holiday year.

Termination Provisions

Under the service agreements, either party may terminate the relevant agreement on 12 months’ written notice. GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited in its discretion is entitled to terminate each Executive Director’s service agreement at any time by making a payment (or phased payments) in lieu of the basic salary only that would otherwise have been payable during all (or the remaining part of) the notice period. The Executive Directors can be placed on garden leave for all or part of their notice period.

In addition, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited may terminate each service agreement without notice or payment in lieu of notice in certain circumstances, including where an Executive Director is guilty of (i) wilfully neglecting his duties, or (ii) committing any serious or persistent breach of his service agreement or gross misconduct.

If GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited terminates the CFO’s employment at a time when the CFO is in receipt of payments under a Group Income Protection plan, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited will use reasonable endeavours to request consent from the applicable insurer to continue those payments to the CFO following such termination.

Each Executive Director is subject to a confidentiality undertaking which is unlimited in time and remains in effect both during (including any period of garden leave), and following the termination of, his employment under his service agreement.

In addition, each Executive Director is subject to (i) a non-compete post-termination restrictive covenant for a period of 6 months, relating to working for or setting up a business which competes with GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited or any company associated with it; (ii) a post-termination restrictive covenant for a period of 6 months, restricting his shareholding in a business which competes with GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited or any company associated with it; (iii) a non-dealing post-termination restrictive covenant for a period of 12 months, relating to dealing with customers and

 

208


Table of Contents

prospective customers of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited or any company associated with it; (iv) a non-solicitation post-termination restrictive covenant for a period of 12 months, relating to soliciting customers, prospective customers and certain key people in relation to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited or any company associated with it; (v) a post-termination restrictive covenant for a period of 12 months, in relation to interfering with suppliers to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited or any company associated with it; and (vi) a post-termination restrictive covenant which runs for an unlimited amount of time, in relation to holding himself out to be connected with, or making derogatory comments about, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited or any company associated with it. The relevant time period in the case of each post-termination restrictive covenant runs from the termination of his employment or, if earlier, the commencement of any period of garden leave.

Non-Executive Directors

On UK Admission, the Company will have nine Non-Executive Directors: the Chair and six independent Non-Executive Directors and two Non-Executive Directors nominated by Pfizer. The Non-Executive Directors (excluding the Chair) were each appointed by a letter of appointment conditional on and effective from UK Admission. The Chair was appointed as Chair Designate on 17 December 2021 and as a Non-Executive Director on 23 May 2022; his appointment as Chair will take effect on UK Admission. The key terms of these appointments are as follows:

General terms

 

Name

  

Position

  

Notice period

Dave Lewis

  

Non-Executive Chair

   Three months

Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga

   Senior Independent Non-Executive Director    Three months

Marie-Anne Aymerich

   Non-Executive Director    Three months

Tracy Clarke

   Non-Executive Director    Three months

Dame Vivienne Cox

   Non-Executive Director    Three months

Asmita Dubey

   Non-Executive Director    Three months

Deirdre Mahlan

   Non-Executive Director    Three months

Bryan Supran

   Non-Executive Director    Three months

John Young

   Non-Executive Director    Three months

The Chair is entitled to receive a fee of £700,000 per annum. The base fee for each other Non-Executive Director is £95,000 per annum. Additional fees will be payable as follows: £50,000 per annum for the Senior Independent Director, £30,000 per annum for the Workforce Engagement Director; £40,000 per annum for chairing the Audit & Risk Committee; and £40,000 per annum for chairing the Remuneration Committee. The fees for each Non-Executive Director (including the Chair) are to be reviewed annually (but with no obligation to increase them). In addition, each Non-Executive Director (including the Chair) is entitled to be reimbursed for reasonable and properly documented expenses necessarily incurred in the proper performance of their duties. They are not eligible to participate in any pension or share scheme operated by the Group or to receive any bonus. Each Non-Executive Director (including the Chair) has the benefit of: (i) a personal accident insurance policy maintained by the Company; (ii) directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company; and (iii) the indemnity provided by the Company in the form provided to all Directors.

Each Non-Executive Director (including the Chair) is subject to confidentiality undertakings without limitation in time (subject, in the case of the Pfizer-nominated directors, to the provisions of the Pfizer Relationship Agreement (see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Pfizer Relationship Agreement”)) and a non-compete restrictive covenant for the duration of their appointment.

 

209


Table of Contents

Termination Provisions

In the case of each Non-Executive Director (including the Chair), either party may terminate the appointment on three months’ written notice. Each Non-Executive Director’s (including the Chair’s) appointment terminates automatically in certain circumstances, including where (i) their office as a Director is vacated or (ii) they fail to be elected or re-elected at any annual general meeting. Their appointment may also be terminated by the Company with immediate effect in certain circumstances, including where they: (i) are convicted of an arrestable criminal offence (other than a road traffic offence for which a non-custodial penalty is imposed) or otherwise engage in conduct which brings or is likely to bring themselves or the Company into disrepute; or (ii) commit any serious or repeated breach of their duties to the Company. Their appointment may also be terminated at any time by the Company in accordance with the Articles of Association or the Companies Act or, in the case of the Pfizer-nominated directors, in accordance with the Pfizer Relationship Agreement (see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Pfizer Relationship Agreement”).

6.B. COMPENSATION

Directors’ and Senior Management’s Remuneration

The aggregate amount of remuneration paid (including any contingent or deferred compensation) and all benefits in kind granted to the Directors and the Senior Management (in Financial Year 2021 the Senior Management consisted of 11 individuals), in all capacities for services to the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021 rounded to the nearest £1,000 was £17,676,000, constituting £5,889,000 in salary and fees, £1,758,000 in benefits, £1,348,000 in retirement benefits, £2,948,000 in annual variable remuneration and £5,733,000 in share-based payments. Of this amount, £6,147,000 was paid to the Directors as set out below, and £11,529,000 was paid to the Senior Management.

Details of remuneration paid to the Directors for the year ended 31 December 2021 are set out below:

 

Name

   Salary and
fees (£000s)
     Retirement
benefits or
cash in lieu of
pension
(£000s)
    Annual
variable
remuneration
(£000s)
     Taxable
benefits
(£000s)
    Share-based
payments
(£000s) (3)
     Total
(£000s)
 

Brian McNamara

   £ 823      £ 323  (1)    £ 537      £ 618  (2)    £ 2,114      £ 4,415  

Tobias Hestler

   £ 466      £ 79     £ 221      £ 23     £ 661      £ 1,450  

Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga

   £ 109        —         —        £ 1     £ 36      £ 146  

Dame Vivienne Cox

   £ 101        —         —        £ 1     £ 34      £ 136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   £ 1,499      £ 402     £ 758      £ 643     £ 2,845      £ 6,147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

For Brian McNamara’s future pension arrangements, see summary of the directors’ remuneration policy in “—Remuneration policy below.

(2)

Brian McNamara’s benefits included international assignment related costs, healthcare cover, life assurance cover, personal financial advice, a car allowance and other expenses; for Brian McNamara’s future taxable benefits arrangements, see summary of the directors’ remuneration policy in “—Remuneration policy” below.

(3) 

Share-based payments for Brian McNamara and Tobias Hestler in respect of their vested long-term incentive awards, and for Vindi Banga and Dame Vivienne Cox include shares received as all or part of their fees.

 

 

210


Table of Contents

Remuneration Policy

The Company’s strategy is to establish a directors’ remuneration policy that:

 

   

drives the success of Haleon and the delivery of its business strategy for the benefit of consumers and other key stakeholders;

 

   

creates shareholder value;

 

   

provides an appropriately competitive package to attract, retain and motivate executive talent for a standalone consumer goods business, which will source talent globally; and

 

   

is aligned with the Company’s business priorities, culture, wider workforce pay policies, and best practice.

Consistent with this strategy, overall remuneration packages for the Executive Directors have been set at levels that are considered by the Board (having taken independent advice) to be appropriate for the size and nature of the business following UK Admission.

The information below and in “—Executive Directors” and “—Non-Executive Directors” above, together with the details of the share-based incentive plans set out in “—Item 6.D Employees—Share-Based Incentive Plans,” summarises the key components of the Executive Director and Non-Executive Director remuneration arrangements which will apply from UK Admission.

The Company’s remuneration policies and processes are fully compliant with all regulatory requirements and may be amended from time to time to ensure continued compliance with these requirements.

The Company will formally propose a directors’ remuneration policy for approval by Haleon Shareholders at the first annual general meeting of the Company following UK Admission, in accordance with section 439A of the Companies Act 2006 and regulations set out in the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended). It is currently intended that, if approved, that policy will apply for three years from the date of that annual general meeting.

That policy will allow implementation of the remuneration strategy through a combination of base salary, benefits, pensions, annual bonus, long-term incentives, and all-employee share plans.

A summary of the key terms of the directors’ remuneration policy that will operate from UK Admission until the shareholder-approved directors’ remuneration policy is put in place is provided below.

Base Salary

Base salaries for Executive Directors are set at a level appropriate to secure and retain high calibre individuals needed to deliver Haleon’s strategic priorities. Upon UK Admission, the base salaries will be £1,250,000 for the CEO and £700,000 for the CFO respectively. The CEO’s salary level takes into account the fact that he will be localised onto a UK contract and that his prior remuneration package included international assignment benefits and a US pension, both of which end under the new arrangement.

The individual’s role, experience and performance, and independently sourced data for relevant comparator groups, will be considered when determining salary levels.

There is no formal maximum limit and, ordinarily, salary increases will be broadly in line with the average increases for the wider Haleon workforce. However, increases may be higher to reflect a change in the scope of the individual’s role, responsibilities or experience. Salary adjustments may also reflect wider market conditions in the geography in which the individual operates.

 

211


Table of Contents

In line with market practice, the Remuneration Committee will review directors’ base salaries annually with the next review scheduled for 2023 and with any increase normally taking effect from 1 April.

Benefits

Executive Directors are eligible to receive benefits in line with the policy for other employees which may vary by location. These include, but are not limited to, private healthcare (including eligibility for the Executive Director’s spouse or partner and eligible dependent children), life assurance/death in service benefit, membership of a Group Income Protection plan, personal tax and financial planning, and any contractual post-retirement benefits. The Executive Directors are also entitled to car travel or a car allowance and the CEO is eligible to receive home security services. Other benefits include expenses properly incurred in the ordinary course of business, which are deemed to be taxable benefits on the individual. The Executive Directors also benefit from the indemnity provided by the Company in the form provided to all Directors.

In line with the policy for other employees, Executive Directors may be eligible to receive overseas relocation allowances and international transfer-related benefits when appropriate.

To facilitate Brian McNamara’s employment arrangements being moved from an international assignee package to a standard, local market, basis, a one-off payment of £300,000 (subject to deductions for tax and National Insurance contributions) will be made to him in 2022.

Executive Directors in the UK are also eligible to participate in any all-employee share schemes established by the Group, on the same terms as other employees.

Benefit provision is tailored to reflect market practice in the geography in which the Executive Director is based and different policies may apply if current or future Executive Directors are based in a different country.

Pension arrangements

The approach to pensions arrangements for Executive Directors is in line with the broader workforce. In the United Kingdom, Executive Directors will receive their pensions entitlements from the date of their appointment.

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Group’s defined contribution pension plan in the United Kingdom, with the employee contributing a core amount equal to 2 per cent. of their base salary and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited contributing a core amount equal to 7 per cent. of their base salary and matching additional employee contributions up to 3 per cent. of their base salary (subject to any relevant cap on tax-advantaged contributions and in line with implementation principles for other members of the pension plan). To the extent that any such cap applies, or where the Executive Director does not participate in the Group’s defined contribution pension plan, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited’s contribution of 7 per cent. of base salary not paid into that pension plan will be paid to that Executive Director as a cash allowance in lieu of the relevant part of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited’s contributions to that pension plan.

Annual bonus

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Haleon plc Annual Incentive Plan which is intended to incentivise and recognise execution of the business strategy on an annual basis.

Executive Directors are required to defer 50 per cent. of any bonus earned into an award over Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs under the Haleon plc Deferred Annual Bonus Plan 2022 (the “DABP”), which will normally vest on the third anniversary of grant.

The bonus opportunities for on-target performance are 100 per cent. of base salary for each of the CEO and the CFO. The maximum bonus opportunities for outstanding performance are two times target.

 

212


Table of Contents

Performance measures are based on a combination of financial targets and individual and business objectives, with the weighting of measures determined by the Remuneration Committee each year according to business priorities.

The Remuneration Committee may apply judgement in making appropriate adjustments to bonus outcomes (either up or down) to ensure they reflect underlying business performance.

The proportion of any bonus satisfied in cash will be subject to the malus and clawback provisions summarised in “—Malus and Clawback” below. The period during which any cash award may be recovered will be two years from the date the relevant bonus is paid. The proportion of any bonus deferred into a DABP Award will be subject to the leaver and malus and clawback provisions summarised in “—Malus and Clawback” below.

Long-term incentives

The Board has adopted the Haleon plc Performance Share Plan 2022 (the “PSP”), conditional on UK Admission. Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the PSP, which is intended to incentivise and recognise delivery of longer-term business priorities, financial growth and increases in shareholder value.

Under the PSP, awards will be in the form of conditional share awards or nil-cost options. It is the Remuneration Committee’s current intention that the normal maximum awards that may be granted under the PSP in respect of any financial year are 450 per cent. of salary for the CEO and 350 per cent. of salary for the CFO.

These awards to Executive Directors will be subject to performance conditions set by the Remuneration Committee. Further details of performance conditions and weightings will be set out in the first Directors’ Remuneration Report.

It is envisaged that awards will be granted annually to Executive Directors under the PSP and will have a three-year performance period and a further post-vesting two-year holding period.

The Remuneration Committee may adjust the formulaic vesting outcome (either up or down) to ensure that the overall outcome reflects underlying business performance over the vesting period.

Awards are eligible for dividend equivalent payments in respect of dividends that would have been paid on the Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs that vest under the PSP Awards up to the date the awards vest (or to the end of any relevant post-vesting holding period).

A PSP Award will be subject to the leaver and malus and clawback provisions summarised in “—Malus and Clawback” below.

A summary of the principal terms of the PSP is set out in “—PSP” below.

Share ownership requirements

To align their interests with those of shareholders, Executive Directors are required to build and maintain significant holdings of shares in the Company over time. The requirements for the CEO and CFO are 450 per cent. and 350 per cent. of salary respectively. Until the relevant share ownership requirements have been met, Executive Directors are required to hold all Haleon Shares acquired under the PSP and/or DABP (net of income tax and National Insurance contributions). Non-Executive Directors (including the Chair) are also encouraged to build up a personal holding in the shares of the Company equal to the value of one year of their annual base fee.

Executive Directors are required to comply with shareholding requirements for two years after departure, at a level equal to the lower of their shareholding requirement immediately prior to departure or their actual shareholding on departure.

 

213


Table of Contents

Recruitment policy

The remuneration package of new Executive Directors will be determined on a case-by-case basis, in line with the provisions of the directors’ remuneration policy in force at the time.

The Remuneration Committee is mindful of the sensitivity relating to recruitment packages and, in particular, the ‘buying out’ of rights relating to previous employment. The intent is to seek to minimise such arrangements. However, in certain circumstances, the Remuneration Committee may determine that such arrangements are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and such arrangements will, where possible, be on a like-for-like basis with the forfeited remuneration terms.

Termination policy

In the event of termination, the Executive Directors’ service agreements provide for payments of base salary, pensions and benefits over the notice period or for GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited to terminate immediately on making a payment (or phased payments) in lieu of notice equivalent to base salary only for the notice period (or the remainder of such period). Notice (or payment in lieu) will not be payable in certain circumstances, including where an Executive Director is guilty of (i) wilfully neglecting his duties, or (ii) committing any serious or persistent breach of his service agreement or gross misconduct. There is no contractual right to any bonus or long term incentive payment in the event of a notice of termination being given or received on or before the date on which the bonus or long term incentive payment would otherwise have been paid, although the Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to pay such a bonus or long term incentive payment.

Malus and clawback

In certain circumstances, the Remuneration Committee may at any time prior to the second anniversary of the date the cash element of an annual bonus is paid or a PSP, DABP or SVP Award (an “Executive Award”) vests: (i) reduce (to zero if appropriate) the cash bonus or Executive Award; (ii) impose additional conditions on the cash bonus or Executive Award; (iii) increase the length of the performance period applicable to an Executive Award (or delay the payment of a cash bonus or the vesting of an Executive Award); or (iv) require that a participant either return some or all of the Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs acquired under an Executive Award or make a cash payment to the Company in respect of the Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs delivered under an Executive Award or cash bonus paid.

The Remuneration Committee may only invoke these malus and clawback provisions in accordance with the Haleon malus and clawback policy from time to time, in circumstances such as a material misstatement of results; a failure of risk management resulting in material financial loss; an error or material misstatement which results in an overpayment (such as in the assessment of performance); a corporate failure of the Group; employee misconduct; or material reputational damage to the Group.

6.C. BOARD PRACTICES

The Board and Corporate Governance

The Board

From UK Admission, the UK Corporate Governance Code will apply to the Group and the Group will comply, and intends to continue to comply, with the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Board and Committee independence

The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that at least half the board of directors of a UK listed company (excluding the chair) should comprise ‘independent’ non-executive directors, being individuals

 

214


Table of Contents

determined by the Board to be independent in character and judgement and free from relationships or circumstances which may affect, or could appear to affect, the directors’ judgement. It also recommends that a UK listed company should establish remuneration and audit committees of independent non-executive directors, each comprising at least three members, as well as a nomination committee, the majority of members of which should be independent non-executive directors.

From UK Admission, the Board will comprise eleven members: two executive Directors and nine non-executive Directors . The Board considers Dave Lewis, Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga, Tracy Clarke, Dame Vivienne Cox, Deirdre Mahlan, Asmita Dubey and Marie-Anne Aymerich to be independent for the purposes of the UK Corporate Governance Code. The Board does not consider Bryan Supran and John Young to be independent as they are representatives of Pfizer, a significant shareholder. The Board is responsible for leading and controlling the Group and has overall authority for the management and conduct of the Group’s business and its strategy and development.

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

The UK Corporate Governance Code also recommends that the board of directors of a UK listed company should appoint one of its independent non-executive directors to be the senior independent non-executive director. The senior independent non-executive director should provide a sounding board for the chair and serve as an intermediary for the other directors and shareholders. He or she should be available to shareholders if they have concerns that the normal channels of chair, chief executive officer or other executive directors have failed to resolve or for which such channel of communication is inappropriate. Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga has been appointed as the Company’s Senior Independent Non-Executive Director subject to UK Admission.

Workforce Engagement Director

The UK Corporate Governance Code requires that the Board understands the views of the Company’s other key stakeholders, including its workforce. To facilitate effective engagement with the Company’s workforce, the UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that a listed company adopt one or a combination of: (a) a director appointed from the workforce; (b) a formal workforce advisory panel; or (c) a designated non-executive director. Dame Vivienne Cox has been appointed as the Company’s dedicated non-executive workforce engagement director subject to UK Admission.

Re-election

The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that all directors of UK listed companies should be subject to annual re-election. The Directors therefore intend to put themselves up for election at the Company’s next annual general meeting (expected to be held in the second quarter of 2023). It is also intended that the Directors will continue to put themselves up for annual re-election voluntarily at each further annual general meeting of the Company. In addition, prior to recommending their re-election to Haleon Shareholders, the Board intends to carry out an annual re-assessment of the ongoing independence of each of the non-executive Directors and to make an appropriate statement disclosing their status in the Company’s annual report.

Board committees

The Board has established a number of committees, whose terms of reference are documented formally and updated as necessary. If the need should arise, the Board may set up additional committees as appropriate.

Audit & Risk Committee

The Audit & Risk Committee of the Company (the “Audit & Risk Committee”) will be chaired by Deirdre Mahlan and its other members will be Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga, Tracy Clarke and Dame

 

215


Table of Contents

Vivienne Cox. The Audit & Risk Committee will meet at least four times a year, and otherwise as the Audit & Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities require. The external auditors or a member of the Audit & Risk Committee may also request a meeting if they consider that one is necessary.

The Audit & Risk Committee’s terms of reference state that the Audit & Risk Committee must comprise a minimum of three members all of which must be independent non-executive directors of the Company. Appointments to the Audit & Risk Committee will be made by the Board, on recommendation by the Nominations & Governance Committee (as defined below). The chair of the Board (the “Chair”), from time to time, is not eligible to be a member. At least one member of the Audit & Risk Committee shall have recent and relevant financial experience and the committee as a whole will be financially literate and have competence relevant to the sector in which the Company operates. At least annually the Board shall consider whether to designate one or more of the Audit & Risk Committee as “Audit Committee financial experts” in accordance with US federal securities laws and regulations.

The responsibilities of the Audit & Risk Committee include but are not limited to: (i) receiving and reviewing reports from the Company’s external auditors, monitoring their effectiveness and independence and making recommendations to the Board in respect of their remuneration, appointment and dismissal; (ii) monitoring and reviewing internal audit activities, reports and findings; (iii) reviewing the financial statements of the Company; and (iv) reviewing, on behalf of the Board, the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal financial controls and internal control systems.

The Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Group Financial Controller, Head of Audit & Assurance, Chief Compliance Officer, and a representative of the external auditors shall be invited to attend meetings on a regular basis, although the Audit & Risk Committee may meet without any executives of the Company being present. The Chair, Chief Executive Officer and others may be invited to attend for all or part of any meeting, as and when appropriate. The Audit & Risk Committee will also meet separately at least once a year with the Group’s external auditors, the Head of Audit & Assurance and the Chief Compliance Officer without the executive directors and other management present.

The Audit & Risk Committee will prepare a report describing the work of the Audit & Risk Committee to be included in the Company’s annual report. Among other matters, the report will include an explanation of how auditor objectivity and independence is safeguarded where the external auditor provides non-audit services. The chair of the Audit & Risk Committee will be available at annual general meetings of the Company to make a statement on the Audit & Risk Committee’s activities and to respond to questions from Haleon Shareholders on matters within the Audit & Risk Committee’s area of responsibility.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee of the Company (the “Remuneration Committee”) will be chaired by Tracy Clarke, and its other members will be Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga, Dame Vivienne Cox and Deidre Mahlan. The Remuneration Committee will meet at least four times a year, and otherwise as the Remuneration Committee’s role and responsibilities require. A member of the Remuneration Committee may also request a meeting if they consider that one is necessary.

The Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference state that the Remuneration Committee must comprise at least three independent non-executive directors. Appointments to the Remuneration Committee will be made by the Board, on recommendation by the Nominations & Governance Committee in consultation with the chair of the Remuneration Committee.

The chair of the Remuneration Committee is appointed by the Board. In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the chair should have served on a remuneration committee for at least 12 months. On UK

 

216


Table of Contents

Admission, Tracy Clarke will satisfy this provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code, having served as Chair of the Remuneration Committees of Sky plc and Eaga plc and as a member of the Remuneration Committee of Inmarsat plc.

The responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee include but are not limited to determining the policy for Directors’ remuneration and within this setting remuneration packages for the Chair, executive directors, senior management and the company secretary and such other executives as required, in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Only members of the Remuneration Committee have the right to attend Remuneration Committee meetings. The Chair, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief HR Officer, Head of Reward, external advisors and others, as appropriate, may attend meetings at the invitation of the Committee, except when issues regarding their own remuneration are discussed.

The Remuneration Committee will also prepare a report describing the activities of the Remuneration Committee to be included in the Company’s annual report. The chair of the Remuneration Committee will be available at annual general meetings of the Company to respond to questions from Haleon Shareholders on the Remuneration Committee’s activities.

Nominations & Governance Committee

The Nominations & Governance Committee of the Company (the “Nominations & Governance Committee”) will be chaired by Dave Lewis, and its other members will be Manvinder Singh (Vindi) Banga, Tracy Clarke and Deidre Mahlan. The Nominations & Governance Committee will meet at least two times a year, and otherwise as the Nominations & Governance Committee’s role and responsibilities require.

The Nominations & Governance Committee’s terms of reference state that the Nominations & Governance Committee must comprise at least three members, the majority of whom must be independent non-executive directors. The Chair is appointed by the Board and should be either the Chair of the Board or a member of the Nominations & Governance Committee. The Chair of the Board may not chair the Nominations & Governance Committee when it is dealing with the appointment of his or her successor or performance. Appointments to the Nominations & Governance Committee will be made by the Board.

The responsibilities of the Nominations & Governance Committee include but are not limited to: (i) reviewing the structure, size and composition, including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity (including of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds and cognitive and personal strengths) of the Board and its Committees and making recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes; (ii) identifying and nominating for approval candidates to fill any vacancies on the Board and its Committees; and (iii) ensuring plans are in place for orderly succession of the Board and its Committees.

The Nominations & Governance Committee will also prepare a report describing the work of the Nominations & Governance Committee to be included in the Company’s annual report. The chair of the Nominations & Governance Committee will be available at annual general meetings of the Company to respond to questions from Haleon Shareholders on matters within the Nominations & Governance Committee’s area of responsibility.

 

 

217


Table of Contents

6.D. EMPLOYEES

The average monthly number of personnel86 (including directors) employed by the Group for the three years ended 31 December 2019, 2020 and 2021 was 19,000, 21,900 and 22,800, respectively. The monthly average number of Group personnel by region is included below:

 

Region

   2021      2020      2019  

North America

     5,800        5,300        4,000  

Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), and Latin America (LatAm)

     11,700        10,900        10,000  

Asia Pacific (APAC)

     5,300        5,700        5,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22,800        21,900        19,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of personnel from 2019 to 2021 increased mainly as a result of the integration of employees from the Pfizer Group upon the completion of the Pfizer Transaction. The completion date of the Pfizer Transaction was 31 July 2019 however, the transfer of the employees took place in phases. As markets have been integrated, this has subsequently resulted in employees being transferred to the Group during the latter part of 2019 through to 2021. The increase was partially offset by a reduction in personnel due to existing restructuring programmes and synergies achieved from the Pfizer Transaction.

Total personnel in March 2022 was broadly in line with the 2021 average with North American reductions (driven by restructuring programmes and synergies) during the course of 2021 largely offset by the recruitment of additional personnel in 2022 in both EMEA and LatAm and APAC to support Group administrative operations previously carried out by GSK. Total APAC personnel also increased due to the transfer of the Pulogadung site from GSK into the Group’s manufacturing network in late 2021.

Share-based Incentive Plans

Following UK Admission, the Company intends to operate three discretionary share-based incentive plans: the PSP, the DABP and a share value plan (the “SVP”) (together, the “Executive Plans”). The Company also intends to operate two tax-advantaged all-employee share-based incentive plans: a share acquisition and free share plan, known as a UK Share Reward Plan (“Share Reward Plan”) and a savings-related share option plan, known as a UK Sharesave plan (the “Sharesave Plan”) (the Share Reward Plan and the Sharesave Plan, together with the Executive Plans, the “Plans”). The main features of each of the Plans are set out below, with the common terms of the Executive Plans set out in “—Terms common to the Executive Plans” below and the common terms of the Plans as a whole set out in “—Terms common to the Plans” below.

PSP

The PSP was adopted by the Board on 23 May 2022, conditional on UK Admission. The PSP is a discretionary share plan, under which the Remuneration Committee may grant awards over Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs (“PSP Awards”) to incentivise and retain eligible employees. The PSP will be administered by the Remuneration Committee or by any sub-committee or person duly authorised by it.

Individual limit

Awards will not be granted to an Executive Director under the PSP over Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs with a market value (as determined by the Remuneration Committee) in excess of the relevant limit set out in the prevailing directors’ remuneration policy, in respect of any financial year of the Company.

 

 

86 

Full-time equivalent employees and agency staff (rounded to the nearest 100). The average number of agency staff in 2021 was 2,400.

 

218


Table of Contents

It is the Remuneration Committee’s current intention that PSP Awards to be granted to the Executive Directors in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2022 will be calculated by reference to 450 per cent. of salary for the CEO and 350 per cent. of salary for the CFO (these amounts are exclusive of any ‘refill awards’).

In applying this limit, no account will be taken of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs representing notional dividends on PSP Awards or Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs which have been awarded to ensure that a participant is not financially disadvantaged if they agree to satisfy the employer’s national insurance or social security liability in relation to their PSP Award.

Performance conditions

The vesting of PSP Awards will be subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions. The performance conditions will normally be measured over a period of at least three financial years for PSP Awards granted to Executive Directors and any member of the Executive Team.

Any performance condition may be amended in accordance with its terms or if there is a situation which causes the Remuneration Committee to consider that any amended performance condition would be a fairer measure of performance.

Vesting of PSP Awards

Performance conditions will be assessed as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the relevant performance period. The Remuneration Committee will determine the extent to which the PSP Awards will then vest, taking into account the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied. To the extent that they vest, PSP Awards will normally vest on the vesting date set by the Remuneration Committee at grant, which will normally be the third anniversary of the date of grant.

Holding period

The Remuneration Committee may also determine at grant that a PSP Award is subject to an additional holding period following vesting. Where a holding period applies, PSP Awards will either vest at the end of the holding period or they may vest before the start of the holding period but some or all of the vested Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs will be subject to restrictions during the holding period.

DABP

The DABP was adopted by the Board on 23 May 2022, conditional on UK Admission. The DABP is a discretionary share plan implemented so that a portion of a participant’s annual bonus can be deferred into an award of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs (a “DABP Award”). The DABP will be administered by the Remuneration Committee or by any sub-committee or person duly authorised by it.

DABP Awards will normally vest on such date or dates as the Remuneration Committee may determine when the DABP Award is granted.

SVP

The SVP was adopted by the Board on 23 May 2022, conditional on UK Admission. The SVP is a discretionary share plan, under which the Remuneration Committee may grant awards over Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs (“SVP Awards”) to incentivise and retain eligible employees of the Group. Save for any ‘refill awards’ (see “Item 6.E. Share Ownership” below), SVP Awards cannot be granted to Executive Directors or to any Senior Manager who, by analogy with the corresponding GSK ‘Share Value Plan’, would not have been eligible to participate in that GSK plan. As part of its programme to incentivise and retain its employees, the Company will explore a broadly-based one-time award, subject to vesting conditions, that may be settled in newly issued Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs (not exceeding 2,600,000 Haleon Shares (or the equivalent value of Haleon ADSs) in total). The SVP will be administered by the Remuneration Committee or by any sub-committee or person duly authorised by it.

 

219


Table of Contents

Individual limit

Except in exceptional circumstances, SVP Awards will not normally be granted to an eligible employee under the SVP over Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs with a market value (as determined by the Remuneration Committee) in excess of 300 per cent. of salary, in respect of any financial year of the Company.

In applying this limit, no account will be taken of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs representing notional dividends on SVP Awards or Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs which have been awarded to ensure that a participant is not financially disadvantaged if they agree to satisfy the employer’s national insurance or social security liability in relation to their SVP Award.

Additional conditions

The vesting of SVP Awards may be subject to the satisfaction of additional conditions set by the Remuneration Committee at the time of grant. Any such condition may be amended or waived by the Remuneration Committee. It is not currently intended that vesting of SVP Awards will be subject to performance or other conditions.

Vesting of SVP Awards

The Remuneration Committee will determine the extent to which the SVP Awards will vest, taking into account the extent that any additional conditions have been satisfied. To the extent that they vest, SVP Awards will normally vest on the vesting date set by the Remuneration Committee at grant.

Share Reward Plan

The Share Reward Plan was adopted by the Board on 23 May 2022, conditional on UK Admission. The Share Reward Plan is an all-employee share ownership plan established by the Company which has been designed to meet HMRC requirements so that Shares can be acquired by UK employees in a tax-efficient manner.

Grant of Share Reward Plan awards

Under the Share Reward Plan, eligible employees may be: (i) offered the opportunity to buy Haleon Shares up to a maximum value of the lesser of £1,800 and 10 per cent. of their pre-tax salary each year (“Partnership Shares”); (ii) given up to two free Haleon Shares (“Matching Shares”) for each Partnership Share bought; (iii) awarded free Haleon Shares up to a value of £3,600 (“Free Shares”) each year; and/or (iv) allowed or required to purchase Haleon Shares using dividends received on Shares held in the Share Reward Plan (“Dividend Shares”). The Board may change these limits in the future should the relevant legislation change the maximum levels of participation referred to above.

Share Reward Plan Trust

The Share Reward Plan operates through a UK-resident trust (the “Trust”). The trustee of the Trust acquires the Haleon Shares that are awarded to or purchased on behalf of participants. A participant will be the beneficial owner of any Haleon Shares held on their behalf by the trustee of the Trust.

Eligibility

Each time the Board decides to make an award under the Share Reward Plan, all employees (including Executive Directors) of the Company and its subsidiaries participating in the Share Reward Plan, where those employees are UK resident taxpayers, must be offered the opportunity to participate. Other employees of the Group may be permitted to participate at the Board’s discretion. Employees who are invited to participate must have completed any specified minimum qualifying period of employment (as determined by the Board in line with the relevant legislation, which currently may not exceed 18 months) before they can participate.

 

220


Table of Contents

Partnership Shares

The Board may allow a participant to use pre-tax salary to buy Partnership Shares at their then market value or (where pre-tax salary is accumulated) by reference to the market value either at the start or end of the relevant accumulation period. Once acquired, Partnership Shares may be withdrawn from the Trust by the participant at any time.

Participants can stop contributing at any time. The participant’s contributions may be used to buy Partnership Shares immediately or may be accumulated for up to 12 months before they are used to buy Haleon Shares.

Matching Shares

The Board may, in its discretion, offer free Matching Shares to a participant who has purchased Partnership Shares. There is a holding period of between three and five years (or such other period as may be permitted by the relevant legislation from time to time) during which the participant cannot withdraw the Matching Shares from the Trust, unless the participant ceases to be employed by the Group. The precise duration of this holding period will be determined by the Board each time Matching Shares are awarded. The Board, in its discretion, may provide that the Matching Shares will be forfeited if the participant ceases to be employed by the Group other than because of death, retirement, injury, disability, redundancy, or the sale of the individual’s employing company or business out of the Group (each a “Good Leaver Reason”) or if the related Partnership Shares are withdrawn from the Trust.

Free Shares

There will be a holding period of between three and five years (or such other period as may be permitted by the relevant legislation from time to time) during which the participant cannot withdraw the Free Shares from the Trust unless the participant ceases to be employed by a member of the Group. The precise duration of this holding period will be determined by the Board each time Free Shares are awarded. The Board, in its discretion, may provide that the Free Shares will be forfeited if the participant ceases to be employed by the Group other than for a Good Leaver Reason. Free Shares must generally be offered to all eligible employees on similar terms, and the award may be subject to performance measures. “Similar terms” means the terms may only be varied by reference to remuneration, length of service or hours worked.

Reinvestment of dividends

The Board may allow or require a participant to reinvest (and acquire Haleon Shares with) the whole or part of any dividends paid on Haleon Shares held in the Trust on their behalf. Dividend Shares must be held in the Trust for no less than three years, unless the participant ceases to be employed by the Group.

Voting Rights

Participants may be offered the opportunity to direct the trustee of the Trust how to exercise the voting rights attached to the Haleon Shares held on their behalf. The trustee will not exercise the voting rights unless they receive the participants’ instructions.

Corporate events

In the event of a general offer being made to the Company’s shareholders (or a similar takeover event taking place), participants will be able to direct the trustee of the Trust as to how to act in relation to their Haleon Shares held in the Share Reward Plan. In the event of an internal reorganisation of the Group, any Haleon Shares held by participants may be replaced by equivalent shares in a new holding company.

Adjustments

Haleon Shares acquired on a variation of the share capital of the Company will usually be treated in the same way as the Haleon Shares originally acquired or awarded under the Share Reward Plan in respect of which the rights were conferred and as if they were acquired or awarded at the same time.

 

221


Table of Contents

Rights attaching to Haleon Shares

Any Haleon Shares issued to the trustee of the Trust will rank equally with other Haleon Shares then in issue (except for rights arising by reference to a record time or date prior to the time or date of issue). In the event of a rights issue, participants will be able to direct the trustee of the Trust as to how to act in respect of the Haleon Shares held in the Share Reward Plan on their behalf.

Sharesave Plan

The Sharesave Plan was adopted by the Board on 23 May 2022, conditional on UK Admission. The Sharesave Plan is an all-employee share option plan established by the Company which has been designed to meet HMRC requirements so that UK employees can acquire fully paid Haleon Shares in a tax-efficient manner.

Eligibility

Each time the Board decides to issue an invitation to employees to participate in the Sharesave Plan, all employees (including Executive Directors) of the Company and its subsidiaries participating in the Sharesave Plan, where those employees are UK resident taxpayers, must be offered the opportunity to participate. Other employees of the Group may be permitted to participate at the Board’s discretion. Employees who are invited to participate must have completed any specified minimum qualifying period of employment (as determined by the Board in line with the relevant legislation, which currently may not exceed five years) before they can participate.

Savings contract

Under the Sharesave Plan, eligible employees must enter into a linked savings contract to make savings over a period of three or five years. The Board has the discretion to set the length of the savings contract at three and/or five years. Monthly savings by a participant under all savings contracts linked to options granted under any tax-advantaged savings-related share option plan may not exceed the statutory maximum, which is currently set at £500 per month. The Board may set a lower limit in relation to any particular grant. At the end of the savings contract, participants may either withdraw their savings on a tax-free basis or use their savings (plus any interest or bonus) to acquire Haleon Shares.

Option price

The proceeds of the savings contract can be used to exercise an option to acquire Haleon Shares at an option price per Haleon Share. The Board sets the option price which must not be manifestly less than 80 per cent. of the market value of a Haleon Share on the business day before the date of the invitation, or on the date specified in the invitation, or the average market value over the three preceding business days.

Exercise of options

Options can normally only be exercised within six months of the date that the bonus becomes payable (or would have become payable if a bonus was due) under the terms of the savings contract. Options not exercised by the end of this period will lapse.

Leaving employment

Generally, an option will lapse on the date the eligible employee ceases to hold office or employment.

 

222


Table of Contents

However, where a participant ceases to hold office or employment because of injury, disability, redundancy, retirement or the sale of the individual’s employing company or business out of the Group, their option may be exercised within six months after the participant’s cessation of office or employment. If a participant ceases to hold office or employment more than three years after the option was granted, their option may be exercised within six months after their cessation of office or employment provided the reason for the cessation is not misconduct. If a participant dies, their option may be exercised within one year by their personal representatives.

Corporate events

On a takeover, scheme of arrangement, compulsory acquisition or certain other corporate reorganisations, options can generally be exercised early to the extent of the savings made up to the date of exercise. Alternatively, participants may be permitted to exchange their options for options over shares in the acquiring company.

Adjustments

In the event of a variation in the Company’s share capital, the Board may adjust the number of Haleon Shares subject to options and/or the option price applicable to options in such manner as it considers appropriate and as is permitted by the Sharesave legislation.

Rights attached to Haleon Shares

Options granted under the Sharesave Plan will not confer shareholder rights on a participant until that participant has exercised their option and received the underlying Haleon Shares. Any Haleon Shares issued will rank equally with other Haleon Shares then in issue (except for rights arising by reference to a record date prior to their issue).

Terms common to the Executive Plans

Eligibility

All employees (including the Executive Directors) of the Group are eligible for selection to participate in the Executive Plans at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, save for the SVP under which no awards may be granted to Executive Directors or (save for any ‘refill awards’ referred to in “Item 6.E. Share Ownership” below) to any Senior Manager who, by analogy with the corresponding GSK ‘Share Value Plan’, would not have been eligible to participate in that GSK plan.

Timing of awards

Executive Awards will normally be granted (i) during the 42 days beginning on: (a) UK Admission; (b) the first day after the announcement of the Company’s results for any period; (c) in the case of the PSP and DABP only, the day on which the directors’ remuneration policy (or amendment to it) is approved by the Company’s shareholders; (d) the day on which changes to the legislation or regulations affecting share plans are announced, effected or made; or (e) to the extent that share dealing restrictions apply in any of the preceding four periods, the first dealing day on which such dealing restrictions are lifted, or (ii) on any other day on which the Remuneration Committee determines that exceptional circumstances exist which justify the making of an Executive Award at that time.

Form of awards

The Remuneration Committee may grant Executive Awards as conditional awards of Haleon Shares, or nil-cost options over Haleon Shares. No payment is required for the grant of an Executive Award. Executive Awards

 

223


Table of Contents

structured as nil-cost options will normally be exercisable from the point of vesting (or, where a PSP Award is subject to a holding period, the end of that holding period) until the tenth anniversary of the grant date, except for SVP Awards which will normally be exercisable for six months from vesting.

Settlement

The Remuneration Committee may, in its discretion, decide to satisfy an Executive Award with a cash payment equal to the market value of the Haleon Shares that the participant would have received had the relevant Executive Award been satisfied with Haleon Shares.

Dividend equivalents

If the Remuneration Committee so determines, participants will receive an amount (in additional Haleon Shares, unless the Remuneration Committee decides it will be paid (in full or in part) in cash) equal to the value of any dividends declared during the period beginning on the grant date and ending on the date on which the Executive Award vests or, if there is a holding period applicable to a PSP Award, when that holding period ends, and which would have been paid on the Haleon Shares subject to an Executive Award which vest. This amount may assume the reinvestment of dividends and exclude or include special dividends.

Malus and clawback

The malus and clawback policy summarised in “Item 6.B.Remuneration Policy—Malus and Clawback” above will apply to Executive Awards.

Cessation of employment

PSP Awards

An unvested PSP Award will usually lapse when a participant ceases to be an employee or director of the Group.

If, however, a participant ceases to be an employee or director of the Group because of their death, ill-health, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement with the agreement of their employing company, the sale of the participant’s employing company or business out of the Group or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee (i.e. they leave as a “good leaver”), their PSP Award will normally continue to vest (and be released) on the date when it would have vested (and been released) if they had not ceased to be an employee or director of the Group.

The extent to which PSP Awards vest in these circumstances will be determined by the Remuneration Committee, taking into account the satisfaction of any performance conditions applicable to PSP Awards measured over the original performance period. The Remuneration Committee retains discretion, however, to allow the PSP Award to vest (and be released) on the individual’s cessation of office or employment or such other date as it decides, taking into account any applicable performance conditions measured up to such point as it decides.

Unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise, the extent to which a PSP Award vests will also take into account the proportion of the performance period (or, in the case of a PSP Award not subject to performance conditions, the vesting period) which has elapsed on the cessation of the participant’s office or employment with the Group.

If a participant ceases to be an employee or director of the Group during a holding period in respect of a PSP Award for any reason other than gross misconduct or summary dismissal, their PSP Award will normally be

 

224


Table of Contents

released at the end of the holding period. If a participant leaves for gross misconduct or is summarily dismissed, any outstanding PSP Awards they hold will immediately lapse.

DABP Awards

A DABP Award will vest in full as if the participant had not ceased to be an employee or director of the Group unless the Remuneration Committee determines that the DABP Award will vest in its entirety on a different date. If a participant leaves for gross misconduct or is summarily dismissed, any DABP Awards they hold will immediately lapse.

SVP Awards

An unvested SVP Award will usually lapse when a participant ceases to be an employee or director of the Group.

If, however, a participant ceases to be an employee or director of the Group because of their ill-health, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement with the agreement of their employing company, the sale of the participant’s employing company or business out of the Group or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee (i.e. they leave as a “good leaver”), their SVP Award will vest on the individual’s cessation of office or employment or such other date as the Remuneration Committee may decide (not being more than 30 days after cessation of the participant’s office or employment with the Group).

If a participant dies, their SVP Award will vest on the date of their death on the basis set out for other “good leavers” below.

Unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise, the extent to which an SVP Award vests will take into account the proportion of the vesting period which has elapsed on the cessation of the participant’s office or employment with the Group (rounded up to the nearest whole year), and vesting will occur regardless of the satisfaction of any conditions applicable to that SVP Award.

Executive Awards structured as nil-cost options

Executive Awards structured as nil-cost options which do not lapse may normally be exercised to the extent vested for a period of 12 months (six months in the case of the SVP) after vesting (or, where PSP Awards are subject to a holding period, release).

Where nil-cost options have already vested (and, where relevant, been released) on the date of cessation of office or employment, those options may normally be exercised for a period of 12 months from the date of cessation (or six months for a nil-cost option granted under the SVP), unless the participant leaves for gross misconduct or is summarily dismissed, in which case their options will lapse.

Corporate events

If there is a takeover of the Company, Executive Awards may vest (and be released) early. The proportion of any unvested PSP Awards which vest will be determined by the Remuneration Committee, taking into account performance up to that time and, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, the proportion of the performance period which has elapsed. DABP Awards will vest in full. SVP Awards will vest in full, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise.

Awards structured as nil-cost options may then normally be exercised for a period of six weeks, and will be automatically exercised at the end of that period. Alternatively, the Remuneration Committee may require that Executive Awards are exchanged for equivalent awards over shares in another company (subject to the acquiring

 

225


Table of Contents

company’s consent). In the case of PSP Awards, the replacement awards will be subject to appropriate performance conditions.

In the event of a demerger, special dividend or other transaction which in the Remuneration Committee’s opinion may affect the value of Haleon Shares, the Remuneration Committee may allow the Executive Award to vest (in full or in part) or provide for the Executive Award to be automatically exchanged for an equivalent award over shares in another company.

Variation of capital

If there is a variation of the share capital of the Company or in the event of a demerger, special dividend or other transaction which in the Remuneration Committee’s opinion may affect the value of Haleon Shares, the Remuneration Committee may make such adjustments to the number or class of shares subject to Executive Awards and/or change the identity of the company whose shares are subject to the Executive Award, in each case as it considers appropriate.

Rights attaching to Haleon Shares

Haleon Shares issued and/or transferred under the Executive Plans will not confer rights on any participant until that participant has received the underlying Haleon Shares. Any Haleon Shares issued will rank equally with Haleon Shares then in issue (except for rights arising by reference to a record date prior to their issue).

Terms common to the Plans

Overall limits

The Plans may operate over new issue Haleon Shares, treasury Haleon Shares or Haleon Shares purchased in the market. The rules of the Plans provide that, in any ten year rolling period, the number of Haleon Shares which may be issued under the Plans and any other employee share plan adopted by the Company may not exceed 10 per cent. of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company from time to time. In addition, the number of Haleon Shares which may be issued under the Executive Plans and any other discretionary employee share plan adopted by the Company may not exceed 5 per cent. of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company from time to time in the same period.

Haleon Shares used to settle ‘refill awards’ granted under the Executive Plans will count towards these limits.

Haleon Shares transferred out of treasury will count towards these limits for so long as this is required under institutional shareholder guidelines. However, awards which are relinquished or lapse will be disregarded for the purposes of these limits.

Amendments

The Board (or, in the case of the Executive Plans, the Remuneration Committee) may, at any time, amend the provisions of the Plans in any respect. The prior approval of the Company’s shareholders must be obtained in the case of any amendment which is made to the advantage of eligible employees and/or participants and relates to the provisions relating to eligibility, individual or overall limits, the basis for determining the entitlement to, and the terms of, awards, the adjustments that may be made in the event of any variation to the share capital of the Company and/or the rule relating to such prior approval. There are, however, exceptions to this requirement to obtain shareholder approval for any minor amendments to benefit the administration of the Plans, to take account of the provisions of any legislation, or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any participant or member of the Group.

 

226


Table of Contents

Non-transferability

Awards (other than where indicated otherwise in connection with the Share Reward Plan (see “—Share Reward Plan” above) are not transferable other than to the participant’s personal representatives in the event of the participant’s death.

Benefits not pensionable

Benefits received under the Plans are not pensionable.

Overseas plans

The Board may, at any time, establish further plans based on the Plans for overseas territories. Any such plan will be similar to the Plans but may be modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws. Any Haleon Shares made available under such further overseas plans must be treated as counting against the limits on individual and overall participation under the Plans.

The PSP and SVP incorporate separate schedules for employees who are resident in the United States of America, France and Switzerland in compliance with the relevant securities and tax laws.

Termination

No awards may be granted under the Plans more than ten years after UK Admission.

The Company’s employee benefit trust

The Company intends to establish following UK Admission an employee benefit trust or trusts (the “Trusts”) to operate in connection with the Plans. The Company will have the power to appoint and remove the trustee(s) of the Trusts. The Trusts will benefit current and former employees and directors (other than Non-Executive Directors) of the Group and certain members of their families (excluding any person resident in the jurisdiction where a Trust is constituted for tax purposes, as appropriate).

The trustee(s) of the Trusts will have the power to acquire Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs and, with effect from UK Admission, any Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs acquired may be used for the purposes of the Plans, other employee share plans established by the Group from time to time or otherwise for the benefit of the beneficiaries of the Trusts.

With effect from UK Admission, the Group may fund the Trusts by loan or gift to acquire Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs either by market purchase or by subscription. Any awards to subscribe for Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs granted to the Trusts or Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs issued to the Trusts will be treated as counting against the overall limits that apply to the Plans. Following UK Admission, the trustee(s) of the Trusts will not, without Haleon Shareholder approval, hold or acquire more than 5 per cent. of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital from time to time (disregarding any Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs held by it as a nominee).

Pensions

Defined benefit pension schemes

One of the former sponsoring employers in GSK’s UK pension schemes comprising the GSK Pension Scheme, the GSK Pension Fund and the SmithKline Beecham Pension Plan (the “UK Pension Schemes”), and the other material funded defined benefit pension scheme in the UK, the SmithKline Beecham Senior Executive Pension Plan (the “SBSEPP”), is a company within the Group (the “Haleon Employer”). With effect from the end of

 

227


Table of Contents

31 March 2022, the Haleon Employer ceased to participate in each of the UK Pension Schemes and the SBSEPP. All of the Haleon Employer’s liabilities in respect of the UK Pension Schemes and the SBSEPP were apportioned to GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited (another of the sponsoring employers and a company in the GSK Group following the Demerger) by way of a statutory apportionment mechanism.

The US defined benefit plan has been closed to future accrual since 1 January 2021. The US defined benefit plan liabilities and assets related to Group employees are being retained by the GSK Group following the Demerger. The majority of the US post-retirement healthcare plan liabilities will be retained by the GSK Group following the Demerger, with the exception of the liability for active Group employees which will transfer to the Group.

The majority of the legacy defined benefit pension liabilities transferring to the Group relate to arrangements outside of the UK and USA. Over 90 per cent. of these liabilities relate to the pension arrangements in Ireland, Switzerland and Germany. The Group will assume liabilities for current and (where applicable) former employees under such arrangements and, where such plans are funded, a share of the plan assets will be transferred to the plan set up by the Group.

Ongoing pension provision for Group employees

In the UK, since 1 April 2022, Group employees have been provided with ongoing accrual via LifeSight, a defined contribution master trust arrangement provided by Willis Towers Watson. Certain risk benefits, such as life assurance, are provided to Group employees through a separate arrangement with Legal & General. The Demerger does not change these arrangements with LifeSight and Legal & General.

In the USA, ongoing accrual is provided via a GSK Group defined contribution arrangement. The Group’s US employees are currently members of this plan, but a defined contribution plan is being established for them and they will join this plan at or before the date of Demerger. The US defined contribution plan assets related to Group employees will be transferred to this plan.

Outside of the UK and the USA, the Group has committed to replicating GSK Group benefits where possible. Some pension arrangements operate on a stand-alone basis for the Group, and these will continue beyond the Demerger, but other arrangements cover both GSK Group and Group employees. In the latter case, arrangements have been made to separate these plans. In most cases, the GSK Group will retain the existing plan and the Group will establish a new plan, with a transfer of the part of the assets of the GSK plan attributable to Group employees being made to the plan established by the Group.

6.E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

As at the date of this registration statement, the entire issued share capital of the Company is held and controlled by David Redfern, Adam Walker, Victoria Whyte and Subesh Williams, being the initial subscribers.

Following UK Admission, the interests of the Directors and Senior Management in the share capital of the Company will be based on the number of GSK Shares owned and the number of GSK Shares subject to awards that will be unvested at that time, which, as at 30 May 2022, is expected to be as follows.

Issued GSK share capital

Set out below are the interests as at 30 May 2022 of the Directors and the Senior Management in the share capital of GSK, including awards over GSK Shares. On completion of the Demerger, each Director and each member of the Senior Management will receive one Haleon Share for every one GSK Share held at the Record Time.

 

228


Table of Contents

Executive Directors’ interests in shares (as at 30 May 2022)

 

                          Unvested interests in GSK
Employee Share Schemes
 
     Total
Directors’
interests(1)
     Beneficial
interests(2)
            Not subject to
performance
     Subject to
performance
 
            GSK
Shares/
GSK ADSs
     GSK
Shares/
GSK
ADSs(3, 4)
     GSK
Options(5)
     GSK Shares/
GSK ADSs(6)
 

GSK ADSs

              

Brian McNamara

     139,884        121,233        18,651        —          232,810  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

GSK Shares

              

Tobias Hestler

     31,480        11,380        20,100        870        25,971  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Total directors’ interests include beneficial interests and unvested share plan interests not subject to performance.

(2)

Beneficial interests for Tobias Hestler include 997 shares purchased through the GlaxoSmithKline plc ShareReward Plan.

(3)

Unvested ADSs not subject to performance for Brian McNamara represent bonus deferrals (as described in note 8 below).

(4)

Unvested shares not subject to performance for Tobias Hestler represent GlaxoSmithKline Share Value Plan shares.

(5)

Unvested options not subject to performance for Tobias Hestler represent options granted under the GlaxoSmithKline plc ShareSave Plan 2012.

(6)

Unvested ADSs/shares subject to performance represent unvested Performance Share Plan awards.

(7)

Vested but unexercised options: none of the Directors hold vested but unexercised options.

(8)

DABP: The table below shows bonus deferrals and subsequent reinvestment of dividends under the DABP. The amounts represent the gross ADS balances prior to the sale of any ADS to satisfy tax liabilities on vesting.

 

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan

(Bonus deferrals)

   30 May
2022
 

ADS

  

Brian McNamara

     18,651  

 

229


Table of Contents

Non-Executive Directors’ interests in shares (as at 30 May 2022)

 

     Total directors
interests(1)
     Beneficial interests  

GSK Shares

     

Dave Lewis

     —          —    

Vindi Banga

     106,583        71,800  

Marie-Anne Aymerich

     —          —    

Tracy Clarke

     —          —    

Dame Vivienne Cox

     11,527        —    

Asmita Dubey

     —          —    

Deirdre Mahlan

     —          —    

Bryan Supran

     —          —    

John Young

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

For Vindi Banga and Dame Vivienne Cox, total directors’ interests include beneficial interests and any shares received as all or part of their fees under the GSK Non-Executive Directors’ share allocation plan.

Senior Management’s interests in shares (as at 30 May 2022)

 

                          Unvested interests in GSK
Employee Share Schemes
 
     Total
interests(1)
     Beneficial
interests(2)
            Not subject to
performance
     Subject to
performance
 
            GSK
Shares/
GSK ADSs
     GSK
Shares/
GSK
ADSs(3)
     GSK
Options(4)
     GSK Shares/
GSK ADSs(5)
 

GSK ADSs

              

Dana Bolden

     7,660        —          7,660                  9,330  

Amy Landucci

     17,118        5,638        11,480        —          14,801  

Teri Lyng

     32,113        18,903        13,210        —          14,801  

Lisa Paley

     20,282        7,072        13,210        —          14,801  

Bjarne Philip Tellmann

     13,806        —          13,806        —          64,080  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

GSK Shares

              

Keith Choy

     47,703        17,725        29,977        —          25,971  

Bart Derde

     49,481        21,921        27,560        745        35,611  

Amy Landucci

     18,231        18,231        —          —          —    

Filippo Lanzi

     66,886        43,766        23,120        —          25,971  

Jooyong Lee

     12,239        355        11,884        870        6,690  

Máiréad Nayager

     —          —          —          —          —    

Franck Riot

     24,815        1,365        23,450        —          25,971  

Tamara Rogers

     41,853        14,293        27,560        —          35,611  

 

(1)

Total interests include beneficial interests and unvested share plan interests not subject to performance.

(2)

Beneficial interests include shares purchased through the GlaxoSmithKline plc ShareReward Plan: 803 shares for Bart Derde; 376 shares for Amy Landucci; 355 shares for Jooyong Lee; and 902 shares for Tamara Rogers.

(3)

Unvested shares/ADSs not subject to performance represent GlaxoSmithKline Share Value Plan shares. For Keith Choy, unvested shares not subject to performance also include GlaxoSmithKline 2017 Deferred Annual Bonus Plan shares.

 

230


Table of Contents
(4)

Unvested options not subject to performance represent options granted under the GSK UK Sharesave scheme for Bart Derde and Jooyong Lee.

(5)

Unvested ADSs/shares subject to performance represent unvested GlaxoSmithKline 2017 Performance Share Plan awards.

(6)

Vested but unexercised options: none of the members of Senior Management hold vested but unexercised options.

Awards over GSK Shares

On completion of the Demerger, Directors and each member of the Senior Management with options and awards over GSK Shares will be deemed to have left employment with GSK and be treated as so-called ‘good leavers’ under the rules of the respective GSK share plans (and subject, where relevant, to GSK’s Recoupment Policy).

In accordance with those ‘good leaver’ rules, in relation to awards held by Directors and Senior Management under GSK’s ‘Share Value Plan’, the 2020 award and two thirds of the 2021 award will vest earlier than initially scheduled. Applying the equivalent rules for awards held by Directors and Senior Management under GSK’s ‘Performance Share Plan’, the 2020 award will be rounded up (as if employment with GSK had continued until the end of 2022) and will vest, subject to performance, in the first quarter of 2023, and two thirds of the 2021 award will vest, subject to performance, in the first quarter of 2023.

For senior employees covered by GSK’s Recoupment Policy (namely the CEO and certain US senior executives), vesting of the relevant GSK awards will be delayed for 12 months post-Demerger.

In addition to any ordinary course annual awards made under the Group’s discretionary share plans following the Demerger, Group employees who hold 2021 awards under the GSK plans referred to above will receive an award (referred to as a ‘refill award’) under the Group’s equivalent plans, over Haleon Shares on substantially equivalent terms and with a value equivalent to the value of GSK Shares subject to the relevant GSK award that did not vest because of the early vesting of the GSK award (and that award having been time pro-rated).

All long-term incentive grants over Haleon Shares awarded or vesting following the Demerger, including refill awards, will be under the governance of, and subject to the approval of, the Remuneration Committee.

Participants in GSK’s all-employee Share Save and Share Reward Plans will be treated in accordance with the normal rules for ‘good leavers’ under those plans.

Save as set out above, no Director or member of the Senior Management has any interests in the share capital or any other securities of the Company.

 

ITEM 7.    MAJOR

SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

7.A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

The Company was incorporated in anticipation of Separation, and is not a member of the GSK Group. As at the date of this registration statement, the entire issued share capital of the Company is held and controlled by David Redfern, Adam Walker, Victoria Whyte and Subesh Williams, who each hold four fully paid ordinary shares of £1.25 in the capital of the Company.

 

231


Table of Contents

As at 30 May 2022, and so far as is known to the Company by virtue of the notifications made to GSK pursuant to the Companies Act, the Market Abuse Regulation87 and/or the “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules88, as a result of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, the following will, immediately after Separation, be directly or indirectly interested in 3 per cent. or more of the Company’s issued share capital:

 

Name of shareholder

  

Percentage of total voting rights

  

Number of shares(1)

Pfizer   

32 per cent.

   2,955,063,626

SLP1(2)

  

4.74 per cent.

  

437,718,800

GSK

  

up to 6 per cent.

  

502,868,434(3)

BlackRock, Inc.(4)

  

3.60 per cent.

  

332,238,239

 

(1) 

As at 30 May 2022.

(2) 

The other SLPs, being SLP2 and SLP3, will each have a less than 3 per cent. holding in the Company on UK Admission so are not included in this table.

(3)

The shareholdings of GSK as at UK Admission may be different, with corresponding adjustments in the relevant voting rights, as illustrated in the left column. For example, to the extent any shares are issued by GSK (e.g., in respect of GSK employee share options) between 30 May 2022 and the Record Time, this would affect the post-Separation shareholdings of GSK. Also see the section entitled “Separation” above.

(4) 

BlackRock, Inc. is included in this table on the basis of its major shareholding in GSK of 6.40 per cent. (as at the date of notification to GSK).

Immediately after Separation, no Haleon Shareholder has or will have different voting rights from any other holder of Haleon Shares in respect of any Haleon Shares held by them and the Haleon Shares held by them will rank pari passu in all respects with all other Haleon Shares.

Any holder of Non-Voting Preference Shares will have no voting rights, other than in respect of matters that entail a variation of the class rights attaching to the Non-Voting Preference Shares, in which case each Non-Voting Preference Share will confer one vote at a separate class meeting of the holders of Non-Voting Preference Shares from time to time (“Non-Voting Preference Shareholders”) convened to consider a proposed variation of class rights.

Pfizer is expected to be the beneficial owner of 32 per cent. of the issued Haleon Shares immediately following Separation (to the nearest whole Haleon Share).

The Company entered into the Pfizer Relationship Agreement. The principal purpose of the Pfizer Relationship Agreement is to regulate the continuing relationship between the Company and the Pfizer Group after the UK Admission, including ensuring that the Company is capable at all times of carrying on its business independently from Pfizer as a controlling shareholder (as defined in the UK Listing Rules) and any of Pfizer’s associates (as defined in UK Listing Rules).

Further, pursuant to a lock-up deed entered into on or around the date of this registration statement among GSK, Pfizer, Pfizer, the SLPs (together, the “Shareholder Parties”), Citigroup Global Markets Limited (“Citi”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“Morgan Stanley”) (the “Lock-up Deed”), the Haleon Shares are subject to certain lock-up arrangements on customary terms. In particular, subject to certain exceptions, the Lock-Up

 

87 

Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on market abuse (Market Abuse Regulation) and repealing Directive 2003/6/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Commission Directives 2003/124/EC, 2003/125/EC and 2004/72/EC and the delegated acts, implementing acts and technical standards thereunder, as such legislation forms part of retained EU law as defined in the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

88 

Disclosure guidance and transparency rules made by the FCA under Part VI of FSMA (as set out in the FCA’s Handbook of Rules and Guidance), as amended.

 

232


Table of Contents

Deed prohibits the offer, sale, lending, pledging or other disposal of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs in respect of such Haleon Shares by the Shareholder Parties (and requires each of the Shareholder Parties to further procure that each member of its corporate group likewise abides by the same restrictions) for a period commencing on completion of the Share Exchanges and ending on the day after the earlier of: (i) 10 November 2022; and (ii) the date of the first announcement by Haleon of a quarterly trading update for quarterly period ending after 30 June 2022. The Lock-up Deed provides that the lock-up may be released during such period (which shall apply pro rata to the Pfizer Group, on the one hand, and the GSK Group (including the SLPs), on the other hand, in accordance with their relative ownership of Haleon Shares as of the date of the release) upon the mutual written agreement of Citi and Morgan Stanley.

On or around the date of this registration statement, GSK, Pfizer, and the SLPs entered into an orderly marketing agreement (the “Orderly Marketing Agreement”). The principal purpose of the Orderly Marketing Agreement is to regulate sales of Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs by the parties after Admission, including ensuring that, where one party proposes to sell Haleon Shares, the other parties have the opportunity to participate in any such sale, subject to certain exceptions.

The key terms of the Orderly Marketing Agreement are as follows:

 

  (A)

The parties have each undertaken that they shall (and shall procure that their respective associates shall), unless otherwise agreed, not sell any Haleon Shares (which, for the purposes of paragraphs (A) through (F), shall be deemed to include Haleon ADSs and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the Haleon Non-Voting Preference Shares) without following the procedures set out in the Orderly Marketing Agreement, other than in the case of certain excluded sales. The agreement requires Pfizer to give notice to GSK (where Pfizer and/or its associates are proposing to sell Haleon Shares) and GSK to give notice to Pfizer (where GSK, one or more of the SLPs and/or their respective associates are proposing to sell Haleon Shares) (any such notice being a “Sale Notice”, and the parties intending to sell Haleon Shares specified in such notice the “Proposing Shareholders”) of any such proposed new sale of Haleon Shares (each such proposed sale being a “Sale Tranche”) in order to give the other parties the opportunity to participate in the proposed Sale Tranche on the same terms. This arrangement applies equally to bookbuilt sales and placings as to private sales.

 

  (B)

Where one or more parties and/or their associates elect to participate in a Sale Tranche (those parties being “Participating Shareholders”), they are entitled to sell Haleon Shares as part of the Sale Tranche, up to a maximum number of Haleon Shares determined as described in paragraphs (C) to (F) (inclusive) below. For all calculations of entitlements to sell Haleon Shares under the Orderly Marketing Agreement, the Haleon Shares held by GSK and its associates are aggregated with those held by the SLPs and their respective associates and all references in paragraphs (C) to (F) (inclusive) below to GSK’s associates include the SLPs and their respective associates.

 

  (C)

The extent of a party’s right to participate in sales of Haleon Shares as part of any Sale Tranche depends upon whether the following conditions have been satisfied by the time of that Sale Tranche:

 

  (i)

at least two separate Sale Tranches, have been completed (regardless of the parties that participated in any such Sale Tranches); and

 

  (ii)

the Sale Tranche(s) completed as at the date on which the new Sale Tranche is proposed (together, the “Completed Sale Tranches”) have resulted in GSK and/or its associates receiving, in aggregate, net proceeds of not less than £1 billion or would have resulted in this threshold being met if GSK and/or its associates had participated in each Completed Sale Tranche to the fullest extent permitted under the terms of the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

(together, the “Allocation Basis Change Conditions”).

 

233


Table of Contents
  (D)

For Sale Tranches prior to satisfaction of the Allocation Basis Change Conditions, Pfizer (together with its associates) and GSK (together with its associates) are each entitled to participate in each Sale Tranche pro rata to their respective holdings of Haleon Shares as at the date of the relevant Sale Notice (the “Initial Allocation”), subject (where relevant) to the additional arrangements described in paragraph (F) below.

 

  (E)

For Sale Tranches following satisfaction of the Allocation Basis Change Conditions, the parties’ respective entitlements to participate are allocated such that Pfizer (together with its associates) may sell Haleon Shares representing up to eighty per cent. of the Sale Tranche, with the remaining twenty per cent. being allocated to GSK (together with its associates) (the “Revised Allocation”).

 

  (F)

If the Allocation Basis Change Conditions are not satisfied prior to a particular Sale Tranche, but such Sale Tranche would (taken together with any Completed Sale Tranches) result in GSK and/or its associates receiving, in aggregate, net proceeds from sales of Haleon Shares in excess of £2 billion (the “GSK Proceeds Cap”) on the notional basis that GSK and/or its associates were to participate in such Sale Tranche, and had participated in each Completed Sale Tranche, to the fullest extent permitted under the terms of the Orderly Marketing Agreement (such excess over the GSK Proceeds Cap being the “Excess Proceeds”) then, as regards that Sale Tranche, the parties respective entitlements to participate are allocated:

 

  (i)

in line with the Initial Allocation until such point as the GSK Proceeds Cap would be reached on the basis set out above; and

 

  (ii)

as regards any remaining portion of the Sale Tranche, in line with the Revised Allocation.

 

  (G)

Where only the Proposing Shareholders are participating in a Sale Tranche, the parties other than the Proposing Shareholders are prohibited from selling any Haleon Shares for a period of twenty business days from the date of the relevant Sale Notice and are required to agree to any additional prohibitions on selling their Haleon Shares on the same terms as are required of the Proposing Shareholders by any financial intermediaries facilitating the proposed Sale Tranche, up to a maximum lock-up period of ninety days from the date of completion of the relevant sales.

 

  (H)

For a bookbuilt sale or placing, the Proposing Shareholders and, if relevant, the Participating Shareholders are required to cooperate with each other in selecting the underwriter(s), bookrunner(s) and/or other adviser(s) (as required) to manage and execute a proposed Sale Tranche on the best overall terms and conditions. Where no agreement is reached, the Proposing Shareholders (acting together) are entitled to appoint one financial intermediary and the Participating Shareholders (acting together) are entitled to appoint a second financial intermediary. If the Haleon Shares to be sold by the Participating Shareholders represent, in aggregate, less than fifteen per cent. of the aggregate Haleon Shares to be sold pursuant to the Sale Tranche, the Proposing Shareholders are entitled to appoint all of the financial intermediaries.

 

  (I)

For a bookbuilt sale or placing, the Participating Shareholders are required to cooperate in good faith to determine the maximum number of Haleon Shares to be sold as part of a Sale Tranche and the appropriate terms, including by taking into account the advice of any financial intermediaries. If the financial intermediaries recommend a reduction in the total number of Haleon Shares to be sold then this reduction is applied to the Participating Shareholders so as to preserve the allocation of sales as set out above.

 

  (J)

Unless extended by written agreement between the parties, the Orderly Marketing Agreement terminates upon the earlier to occur of: (i) Pfizer and its associates holding, in aggregate, less than five per cent. of Haleon’s ordinary share capital; and (ii) GSK, the SLPs and their respective associates holding, in the aggregate, less than five per cent. of Haleon’s ordinary share capital.

 

  (K)

The SLPs are entitled, by notice in writing to GSK and Pfizer, to nominate one of their number to act on their behalf in place of GSK for the purposes of exercising rights under the agreement.

 

234


Table of Contents
  (L)

The agreement provides for GSK to act on behalf of GSK’s associates and the SLPs in respect of: (i) sales of Haleon Shares by GSK’s associates and/or the SLPs; and (ii) any sales of Haleon Shares notified by Pfizer in which GSK’s associates and/or the SLPs may wish to participate. The SLPs are entitled, acting together, to nominate one of their number to act on their behalf in place of GSK for the purposes of exercising rights under the agreement. The agreement provides for Pfizer to act on behalf of its associates in the same way and allows Pfizer to nominate one of its associates to replace it in that role.

7.B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions in Connection with Separation

In connections with Separation, the Group has entered into the following financial arrangements and other transactions with the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group.

Pre-Separation bond issuances and Pre-Demerger Dividend

As part of the preparation for the Demerger, on 16 March 2022, the EMTN Issuers established the Programme pursuant to which the EMTN Issuers may issue notes from time to time. As at the date of this registration statement, the EMTN Issuers have issued the Pre-Separation Programme Notes under the Programme.

In addition, on 24 March 2022, the US Issuer and the UK Issuer issued the Pre-Separation USD Notes.

The payment of all amounts owing in respect of: (i) notes issued under the Programme (including the Pre-Separation Programme Notes); and (ii) the Pre-Separation USD Notes is, as at the date of this registration statement, guaranteed by GSK. Following completion of the GSK Share Exchange, the guarantee provided by GSK will cease to be effective and a guarantee provided by the Company will come into full force and effect. Further details of the terms and conditions governing the notes issued under the Programme and the Pre-Separation USD Notes can be found in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness”.

The net proceeds of the Pre-Separation Programme Notes and the Pre-Separation USD Notes have been made available to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited in order to fund the making of the Notes Proceeds Loans pursuant to the Notes Proceeds Loan Agreements. As such:

 

   

on 24 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited made a loan of £4,465,197,183.55 to GlaxoSmithKline Finance plc and a loan of £2,101,269,262.85 to Pfizer Service Company Ireland Unlimited Company; and

 

   

on 29 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited made a loan of £1,798,139,950.68 to GlaxoSmithKline Finance plc and a loan of £846,183,506.20 to Pfizer Service Company Ireland Unlimited Company.

The terms of the Notes Proceeds Loan Agreements require, among other things, that the Notes Proceeds Loans will be repaid in full to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited on 13 July 2022 or such other date as agreed between the parties in writing. Following repayment of the Notes Proceeds Loans, the amounts received by GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited will be made available to CH JVCo in order to fund a portion of the Pre-Demerger Dividend.

For further information regarding the Proceeds Loan agreements and the Pre-Demerger Dividend see Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company—The Demerger and Further Preparatory Steps and Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness”.

 

235


Table of Contents

Asset Transfer Framework Agreement

For information regarding the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement, see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Asset Transfer Framework Agreement.”

Demerger Agreement

For information regarding the Demerger Agreement, see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Demerger Agreement.”

Tax Covenant

For information regarding the tax covenant, see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Tax Covenant.”

Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement

For information regarding Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement (the “SCIA”), see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement.”

Exchange Agreements

For information regarding the Exchange Agreement, see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Exchange Agreements.”

Pfizer Relationship Agreement

For information regarding the Pfizer Relationship Agreement, see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Pfizer Relationship Agreement.”

Registration Rights Agreement

For information regarding the registration rights agreement, see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Transition Services Agreement

For information regarding the Transition Services Agreement, see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Transition Services Agreement.”

Other Transactions

In addition to the above, the Group has entered into the following related party transactions.

Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement

For information regarding the Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Pfizer SAPA”), see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement.”

Pfizer Shareholders’ Agreement

On 31 July 2019, GSKCHH, Pfizer, PFCHH, GSK and CH JVCo entered into a shareholders’ agreement in relation to CH JVCo (the “Pfizer SHA”). The Pfizer SHA governs the relationship between the shareholders of CH JVCo and its ongoing management and operation. Pursuant to the SCIA (see “Item 10. Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement”), the parties have agreed that the Pfizer SHA will be terminated in its entirety with effect from the UK Admission.

 

236


Table of Contents

Prior to Separation, the Group had various arrangement with the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group entered into on an arm’s length basis. Details of such arrangements and other related party transactions entered into by members of the Group during the period covered by the Financial Statements are set out in note 30 thereto beginning on page F-59.

7.C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL

INFORMATION

8.A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Please refer to pages F-5 through F-11 of this registration statement.

Legal Proceedings

Save as described below, there are no governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings (including any such proceedings which are pending or threatened of which the Company is aware) during the period covering the 12 months preceding the date of this document which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on the Company’s and/or the Group’s financial position or profitability.

The Group is currently, and may from time to time be, involved in significant legal and administrative proceedings, principally product liability, intellectual property, tax, antitrust, securities law, employment and governmental investigations, as well as related private litigation, further details of which are set out below. The Group makes provision for these proceedings on a regular basis, as noted below. The Group may become involved in significant legal proceedings in respect of which it is not possible to make a reliable estimate of the expected financial effect, if any, that could result from ultimate resolution of the proceedings.

With respect to each of the legal proceedings described below, other than those for which a provision has been made, the Group is unable to make a reliable estimate of the expected financial effect at this stage. In particular, the Group does not believe that information about the amount sought by plaintiffs, if that is known, would be meaningful with respect to those legal proceedings. This is due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the stage of proceedings, the entitlement of parties to appeal a decision and clarity as to theories of liability, damages and governing law.

At 31 December 2021, the Group had £14 million of provisions for legal disputes and matters, including amounts relating to legal and administrative proceedings, which are included within “Other provisions” as set out in Note 26 to the Financial Statements.

The ultimate liability for legal claims may vary from the amounts provided and is dependent upon the outcome of litigation proceedings, investigations and possible settlement negotiations. The Group’s position could change over time, and, therefore, there can be no assurance that any losses that result from the outcome of any legal proceedings will not exceed by a material amount the amount of the provisions reported in the Group’s financial accounts. If this were to happen, it could have a material adverse effect on the results of operation of the Group in the reporting period in which the judgments are incurred or the settlements entered into.

Zantac litigation

In 2019, the GSK Group was contacted by several regulatory authorities regarding the detection of N-Nitroso-dimethylamine (“NDMA”) in Zantac (ranitidine) products. Based on information available at the time and

 

237


Table of Contents

correspondence with regulators, the GSK Group made the decision to suspend the release, distribution and supply of all dose forms of Zantac to all markets pending the outcome of the ongoing tests and investigations. Also, as a precautionary action, the GSK Group made the decision to initiate a voluntary pharmacy/retail level recall of Zantac products globally.

On 30 April 2020, the EMA recommended the suspension of ranitidine medicines. Following the publication of the EMA’s recommendation, the GSK Group communicated a decision not to re-enter the market. In the USA, the FDA requested that all manufacturers withdraw ranitidine products from the market.

GSK, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline (America) Inc. and/or Pfizer have been named as defendants (alongside other manufacturers of ranitidine, as well as retailers and distributors) in over 2,200 US personal injury lawsuits involving Zantac. There are also numerous unfiled claims added to a registry implemented by the court presiding over the Zantac Multidistrict Litigation (“MDL”) proceeding. Class actions alleging economic injury and medical monitoring also have been filed in federal court. Outside the USA, there are seven class actions (two active) and forty individual actions pending in Canada, along with a class action in Israel.

On 6 February 2020, the US product liability litigation was assigned MDL status in the Southern District of Florida. On 24 August 2020, the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group filed motions to dismiss the MDL claims based on innovator liability, preemption and deficiencies in the pleadings. On 31 December 2020 and 8 January 2021, the court granted the GSK Group’s and the Pfizer Group’s motion on innovator liability, the generic defendants’ motion on preemption and the motion of all defendants on deficiencies in the pleadings with leave to replead. The plaintiffs have filed notices of appeal related to the decisions on innovator liability and generic preemption. Plaintiffs filed amended master complaints, which the defendants moved to dismiss on 24 March 2021. On 30 June 2021, the court issued its rulings on the additional motions. The court granted the GSK Group’s and the Pfizer Group’s motions to dismiss on innovator liability and “failure to warn through the FDA” claims. The court also dismissed the claim under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act with prejudice.

On 20 March 2020, the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) sent the GSK Group notice of a civil investigation it had opened into allegations of False Claims Act violations by the GSK Group related to Zantac. On 18 June 2020, the DOJ served a civil investigative demand on the GSK Group, formalising its request for documents. On the same day, the New Mexico Attorney General filed a lawsuit against multiple defendants, including the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group, alleging violations of state consumer protection and false advertising statutes, among other claims. The City of Baltimore filed a similar action on 12 November 2020.

In addition to the product liability cases filed in the MDL, cases have been filed against the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group in several State Courts, including a consolidated action in California State Court. The first trial in relation to Zantac is set to commence on 22 August 2022 in the Circuit Court of the Third Judicial District, Madison County Illinois, followed by the first trial in the Superior Court of California, Alameda, scheduled to commence in February 2023, with three further bellwether trials to be scheduled in 2023.

With respect to the USA, the OTC rights to Zantac were originally owned by a joint venture established between the GSK Group and Warner Lambert in 1993. Following the grant of FDA approval for the OTC formulation in 1995, OTC Zantac was marketed by the GSK-Warner Lambert joint venture until 1998 when the joint venture was terminated and, following which, Warner Lambert retained the exclusive rights to the OTC product. In 2000, Warner Lambert was acquired by Pfizer. In 2006, Johnson & Johnson acquired Pfizer’s OTC business, including the rights to OTC Zantac, which were on-sold to Boehringer Ingelheim as a condition to merger control approval. In 2017, Boehringer Ingelheim sold its consumer healthcare business (including OTC Zantac) to Sanofi.

Under the Pfizer SAPA, CH JVCo is required to indemnify the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group in respect of “Purchaser Liabilities” and “Assumed Liabilities”, further detail on which is set out in “Item 10—Additional Information—10.C. Material Contracts—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement”.

 

238


Table of Contents

Whilst Pfizer and GSK have each served CH JVCo with notice of potential claims under the relevant indemnification provisions in the Pfizer SAPA in relation to possible liabilities connected with OTC Zantac, it is not possible, at this stage, to meaningfully assess whether the outcome will result in a probable outflow, or to quantify or reliably estimate what liability (if any) CH JVCo may have to the GSK Group and/or the Pfizer Group under the relevant indemnities. This is due to a number of factors and uncertainties, including:

 

   

the complex factual matrix relating to the third-party tort claims and the implications of the history of ownership of the US OTC Zantac rights, including: (i) the inability to establish whether the patients took the OTC and/or the prescription Zantac product and over what period(s); and (ii) the application of (and interaction between) the various liability allocation and indemnification regimes entered into in connection with the successive transfers of ownership of US OTC Zantac, as well as under the Pfizer SAPA; and (iii) how that complex factual matrix and/or ownership history interacts with the terms of the Pfizer SAPA to determine the application and scope of CH JVCo’s indemnification obligations to the GSK Group and/or the Pfizer Group; and

 

   

the current status of the respective proceedings, which remain at an early stage.

PPI litigation

Certain members of the Group are defendants in the ongoing PPI litigation, in which plaintiffs allege that their use of PPIs caused serious bodily injuries, including acute kidney injury, chronic kidney disease or end-stage renal failure. As of January 2022, there are approximately 1,500 Prevacid 24HR (OTC) personal injury lawsuits and approximately 2,300 Nexium 24HR (OTC) lawsuits filed and pending against the Group, nearly all of which are pending in an MDL in the District of New Jersey. In addition to the MDL cases, there is a small subset of cases pending in several state courts.

Manufacturers of other PPIs, including both prescription and OTC products, are named as co-defendants in the MDL. The Group has filed motions to dismiss several hundred cases, but the MDL court has not yet ruled on those motions.

The first bellwether trial in the MDL is set for October 2022 and will focus on prescription products manufactured by other co-defendants. The Group, and its Prevacid 24HR (OTC) or Nexium 24HR (OTC) products will not be involved in the first trial. Additional trials involving other defendants, including the Group, may be scheduled for 2023 or 2024.

The Group divested the rights to Prevacid in the USA in 2019, but retained certain historical litigation liabilities. Prevacid was originally acquired by the Group as part of the GSK/Novartis JV, and therefore, to the extent that the litigation, in whole or in part, gives rise to any liabilities that result from, or otherwise relate to, acts or omissions of the Novartis group, or any circumstances or events in existence or arising, in the period prior to completion of the GSK/Novartis JV, the Group may be entitled to indemnification by Novartis (subject to the applicable limitations and financial thresholds set out in the contribution agreement dated 22 April 2014 between GSK, Novartis and GSKCHH, as amended and restated on 29 May 2014 and 2 March 2015).

German competition litigation

In 2013, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare GmbH & Co. KG and other members of a working group, Körperpflege, Wasch- und Reinigungsmittel (“KWR”), of a German trade mark association, Markenverband e.V., were fined by the Federal Cartel Office of Germany, as a result of the exchange of certain information during meetings from 2004 to 2006. The information exchanged related primarily to annual terms negotiations with retailers and to the timing and the order of magnitude of list price increases. A total fine of approximately €63 million was imposed in 2013 on 15 companies, including €5.1 million against the Group.

 

239


Table of Contents

Following the fine imposed by the Federal Cartel Office in 2013, the Group is party to eight active civil proceedings in Germany for damages against the Group and other manufacturers of branded drugstore products. The claimants allege that the exchange of information within KWR led to higher purchase prices being paid by the retailers, and therefore the Group and other KWR members are jointly and severally liable for potential damages. The proceedings are taking place in different courts across Germany and are at different stages.

Separate proceedings have been brought against the Group and certain other members of KWR by the insolvency administrator of Schlecker (formerly a large drugstore retailer in Germany) and other retailers, including Müller, Rossmann, Kaufland and Budnikowsky. Two of these actions have been dismissed in lower courts but are subject to appeal. For one of these actions, the Federal Court of Justice has set a date for the oral hearing on the appeal for 5 July 2022.

Additionally, the Group has intervened as a third party on the defendants’ side in three separate proceedings brought by Bartels-Langness and Kaufland (in two separate proceedings).

Dividend Policy

Please refer to “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.B. Business Overview—Dividend Policy.”

8.B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

Other than as disclosed in note 37 to our Financial Statements beginning on page F-75 and in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness,” no significant change has occurred since 31 December 2021.

 

ITEM 9.    THE

OFFER AND LISTING

9.A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS

There is currently no public market for the Haleon Shares or the Haleon ADSs. We intend to apply to list the Haleon Shares on the main market of the LSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.”

We intend to apply to list the Haleon ADSs on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.” For a description of the rights of our ADSs, see “Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities—12.D. American Depositary Shares.

9.B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Not applicable.

9.C. MARKETS

We intend to apply to list the Haleon Shares on the main market of the LSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.” We intend to apply to list the Haleon ADSs, each representing two Haleon Shares, on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.” We make no representation that such applications will be approved or that the Haleon Shares or the Haleon ADSs will trade on such markets either now or at any time in the future.

9.D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

Not applicable.

9.E. DILUTION

Not applicable.

 

240


Table of Contents

9.F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL

INFORMATION

10.A. SHARE CAPITAL

For the purposes of this Item, “CREST” refers to the system for the paperless settlement of trades in securities and the holding of uncertificated securities in accordance with the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (SI 2001 No. 3755), as amended, operated by Euroclear UK & International Limited, and “uncertificated” or “in uncertificated form” refers to a share or other security recorded on the relevant register of the share or security concerned as being held in uncertificated form in CREST and title to which may be transferred by using CREST.

Share Capital of the Company

Issued share capital of the Company

Following the Demerger (but before performance and completion of the Exchange Agreements, as defined below), the number of Haleon Shares in issue will be equal to the number of GSK Shares in issue at the Record Time. As at 30 May 2022, there were 5,084,048,734 GSK Shares in issue (excluding ordinary shares held in treasury). Further detail on the Demerger is set out in “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company.”

Shortly following the Demerger, the Company will issue: (i) new CH Shares to each of GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs and (ii) Non-Voting Preference Shares to Pfizer, in each case pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, such that, immediately after Separation, the ordinary share capital of the Company will be held as follows:

 

Shareholder

   Class    Number of shares(1)     Voting rights  

Pfizer

   Ordinary Shares      2,955,063,626       32 per cent.  

SLPs

   Ordinary Shares      692,593,037       7.5 per cent.  

GSK

   Ordinary Shares      502,868,434 (2)      up to 6 per cent.  

Other holders of Haleon Shares (including Haleon Shares held by the Haleon ADS Custodian, which includes all CH Shares represented by Haleon ADSs)

   Ordinary Shares      5,084,048,734 (2)      at least 54.5 per cent.  

 

(1) 

As at 30 May 2022.

(2) 

The shareholdings of GSK and other holders of Haleon Shares (excluding Pfizer and SLPs) as at UK Admission may be different, with corresponding adjustments in the relevant voting rights, as illustrated in the right column. For example, to the extent any shares are issued by GSK (e.g., in respect of GSK employee share options) between 30 May 2022 and the Record Time, this would affect the post-Separation shareholdings of GSK and other holders of Haleon Shares (excluding Pfizer and SLPs). Also see the section entitled “Separation” above.

The Haleon Shares have a nominal value of £1.25 each (to be reduced to 1 pence following the Capital Reduction (as defined below)) and will be fully paid. The Non-Voting Preference Shares have a nominal value of £1 each and will be fully paid. The Non-Voting Preference Shares will not be listed on the LSE or any other exchanges.

Holders of Haleon Shares who the Company believes are or may be Designated Persons are not permitted to dispose of their Haleon Shares or any legal or beneficial interest in any of them without the prior written consent of the Company. The Haleon Shares are otherwise freely transferable and there are no restrictions on transfer.

 

241


Table of Contents

The Haleon Shares will be registered with ISIN number GB00BMX86B70 and SEDOL number BMX86B7.

History of the share capital

On incorporation, two ordinary shares of £1 each in the capital of the Company were issued and have been fully paid up in cash. Subsequently, two further ordinary shares of £1 each in the capital of the Company were issued and have been fully paid up in cash. In addition, redeemable preference shares of £1 each (the “Redeemable Shares”) were issued and were fully paid up in cash. The Redeemable Shares were redeemed by the Company on 11 April 2022.

On 23 May 2022, the Company issued 16 ordinary shares of £1 each which were fully paid up in cash. Immediately following that issuance, the Company consolidated its 20 ordinary shares of £1 each into four ordinary shares of £5 each and then sub-divided such shares into sixteen ordinary shares of £1.25 each.

Prior to UK Admission, it is expected that David Redfern, Adam Walker, Victoria Whyte and Subesh Williams, in their capacity as shareholders of the Company, will pass a special resolution of the Company approving the capital reduction in accordance with section 641(1)(b) of the Companies Act, pursuant to which the Company shall:

 

   

cancel and extinguish £1.24 of the nominal value of each Haleon Share; and

 

   

cancel and extinguish all amounts standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account,

with all amounts so reduced being credited to the Company’s profit and loss reserve (the “Capital Reduction”).

Implementation of the Capital Reduction is conditional on:

 

   

UK Admission having occurred;

 

   

the High Court of Justice in England and Wales (the “Court”) having granted an order confirming the Capital Reduction pursuant to section 648 of the Companies Act (the “Court Order”); and

 

   

Companies House in the UK having issued a certificate of registration registering the Capital Reduction.

The purpose of the Capital Reduction is to create additional distributable reserves in the Company, which the Company can then use to support future distributions to shareholders in accordance with its stated dividend policy, as set out in “Item 4. Information on the Company4.B. Business OverviewDividend Policy.” It is expected that aggregate distributable reserves of up to approximately £29.4 billion will be created by the capital reduction.

The Capital Reduction is expected to be confirmed by the Court as soon as practicable after UK Admission, subject to court availability for scheduling a hearing date, and an application to register the Capital Reduction, including a copy of the Court Order and the required statement of capital approved by the Court, will be delivered to Companies House as soon as practicable thereafter. Companies House is required to register the Capital Reduction on delivery of the Court Order and statement of capital, and must then issue a certificate of registration registering the Capital Reduction pursuant to section 649(5) and (6) of the Companies Act. The Capital Reduction will take effect upon Companies House registering the Court Order and accompanying statement of capital, at which point the nominal value of each Haleon Share will be reduced from £1.25 to 1 pence.

Following the date of this registration statement and prior to the listing and admission to trading on the LSE and the NYSE of the Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, respectively, GSK and the Company intend to implement the Demerger as described in “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company” of this registration statement, which will result in, among other things, the Company becoming the ultimate holding company of the Group and holders of GSK Shares of Record Time and GSK ADSs of Record Time receiving Haleon Shares and Haleon ADSs, respectively.

 

242


Table of Contents

Shortly following the Demerger, GSK, Pfizer, the SLPs and the Company intend to implement the Share Exchanges as described in “10.C. Material Contracts—Exchange Agreements,” which will result in, among other things, the following alterations to the share capital of the Company:

 

   

the Company will allot and issue to GSK 502,868,434 Haleon Shares less a number of Haleon Shares that is equal to the number of Excess GSK Shares. As at 30 May 2022, the number of Haleon Shares expected to be held by GSK at UK Admission is expected to represent up to 6 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company;

 

   

the Company will allot and issue to the SLPs such number of new Haleon Shares as is required so that, on UK Admission, the SLPs will together hold Haleon Shares representing 7.5 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company (to the nearest whole Haleon Share); and

 

   

the Company will allot and issue to Pfizer: (i) 25 million Non-Voting Preference Shares; and (ii) such number of Haleon Shares as will result in Pfizer holding, on UK Admission, Haleon Shares representing 32 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company (to the nearest whole Haleon Share).

Immediately following the issue of shares described in the third bullet above, Pfizer will carry out the NVPS Sale.

Further details of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges are set out in “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.A. History and Development of the Company.”

Information about Haleon Shares and Non-Voting Preference Shares

Description and type of securities

The Haleon Shares will, when issued, be fully paid ordinary shares with a nominal value of £1.25 each (to be reduced to 1 pence following the Capital Reduction). The Company has and, following Separation, will have one class of ordinary shares.

The Non-Voting Preference Shares will, when issued, be fully paid non-voting preference shares with a nominal value of £1 each carrying preferential rights in respect of both dividends and distributions of capital. The Company has and, following Separation, will have one class of preference shares in issue.

The Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares will, when issued, be credited as fully paid and free from all liens, equities, charges, encumbrances and other interests.

The Non-Voting Preference Shares will rank pari passu with all other Non-Voting Preference Shares and carry preferential dividend rights ahead of the Haleon Shares, entitling the holder to quarterly cumulative dividends at a fixed rate of 9.5 per cent. per annum for a period of five years from the date of the issue of the Non-Voting Preference Shares, following which the rate shall be reset for each subsequent period of five consecutive years at the rate which is equal to the Bank of England base rate prevailing at the time of reset plus 7.5 per cent. Dividends on the Non-Voting Preference Shares which have become due and payable in accordance with the Articles are required to be approved and paid in full before any repurchases or distributions can be made with respect to the Haleon Shares. The Non-Voting Preference Shares will also carry preferential rights to participate in any distribution of capital in the event of the insolvency of the Company (including on a winding-up of the Company) up to an amount equal to their nominal value plus accrued dividend and any arrears or deficiency in amount of the cumulative dividend.

The Haleon Shares will rank behind the Non-Voting Preference Shares, as described in the preceding paragraph, and pari passu with all other Haleon Shares for dividends and distributions on shares of the Company declared, made or paid after their issue.

 

243


Table of Contents

Further detail on the rights attaching to the Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares is set out in “—Rights attached to the Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares.

Legislation under which the Haleon Shares were created

The Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares have been created under the Companies Act.

Listing

An application will be made to the FCA for the Haleon Shares to be admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official List. An application will also be made to the LSE for the Haleon Shares to be admitted to trading on its main market for listed securities. It is expected that UK Admission will become effective and that dealings in the Haleon Shares will commence on the LSE by no later than 8.00 a.m. (London time) on 18 July 2022. The Company is expected to be eligible for inclusion in the FTSE UK Index Series from UK Admission.

We intend to apply to list the Haleon ADSs on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.”

No application has been made for admission of Haleon Shares to trading on any other stock exchange (nor is it the current intention of the Company to make any such application in future).

There is no prior trading record for the Haleon Shares.

No application has been made for admission of the Non-Voting Preference Shares to trading on any stock exchange, nor is it the current intention of the Company to make any such application in future. There is no prior trading record for the Non-Voting Preference Shares.

Form and currency of the Haleon Shares the Non-Voting Preference Shares

The Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares will be in registered form and will be capable of being held in certificated and uncertificated form. The registrar of the Company is Equiniti Limited (“Registrar”).

Title to the certificated Haleon Shares and Non-Voting Preference Shares will be evidenced by entry in the register of members of the Company and title to uncertificated Haleon Shares and Non-Voting Preference Shares will be evidenced by entry in the operator register maintained by the Registrar (which will form part of the register of members of the Company).

No share certificates will be issued in respect of Haleon Shares or Non-Voting Preference Shares in uncertificated form. No temporary documents of title have been or will be issued in respect of the Haleon Shares or the Non-Voting Preference Shares.

It is currently anticipated that the Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares will be eligible to join CREST the computerised, paperless system for settlement of sales and purchases of shares in the London securities market, with effect immediately upon UK Admission and the commencement of dealings on the LSE.

The Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares will be denominated in Pounds Sterling and the Haleon Shares will be quoted in Pounds Sterling on the LSE.

Rights attached to the Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares

Haleon Shares

All the Haleon Shares will rank pari passu in all respects. There are no conversion or exchange rights attaching to the Haleon Shares, and all the Haleon Shares will have equal rights to participate in capital, dividend and profit distributions by the Company.

 

244


Table of Contents

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, any equity securities issued by the Company for cash must first be offered to Haleon Shareholders in proportion to their holdings of Haleon Shares. The Companies Act and the rules made by the FCA in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of the UK, as amended from time to time (the “UK Listing Rules”) allow for the disapplication of pre-emption rights which may be approved by a special resolution of the Haleon Shareholders, either generally or specifically, for a maximum period not exceeding five years. A resolution to this effect was passed on 23 May 2022 and is summarised in “—Resolutions passed by initial shareholders of the Company.”

Except in relation to dividends which have been declared and rights on a liquidation of the Company, the Haleon Shareholders have no rights to share in the profits of the Company.

The Haleon Shares are not redeemable. However, the Company may purchase or contract to purchase any of the Haleon Shares on- or off-market, subject to the Companies Act and the requirements of the UK Listing Rules. The Company may purchase Haleon Shares only out of distributable reserves or the proceeds of a new issue of shares made to fund the repurchase.

Further details of the rights attached to the Haleon Shares in relation to attendance and voting at general meetings, entitlements on a winding-up of the Company, transferability of Haleon Shares and dividends are set out in “10.B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Non-Voting Preference Shares

The Non-Voting Preference Shares are fully paid non-voting preference shares with a nominal value of £1 each. Each Non-Voting Preference Share is redeemable in whole at the option of the Company or redeemable at the option of each relevant Non-Voting Preference Shareholder in respect of its entire holding of Non-Voting Preference Shares on any date falling not less than five years after the date on which that Non-Voting Preference Share was issued or, if earlier, on the Company undergoing a change of control. Such redemption shall be at the nominal value of the relevant Non-Voting Preference Shares plus the amount, if any, of all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Non-Voting Preference Shares. The Company has and, following Separation and Admission, will have, one class of non-voting preference shares.

The Non-Voting Preference Shares will not confer any voting rights, other than in respect of matters that entail a variation of the class rights attaching to the Non-Voting Preference Shares, in which case each Non-Voting Preference Share will confer one vote at a separate class meeting of the Non-Voting Preference Shareholders convened in order to consider a proposed variation of class rights.

The Non-Voting Preference Shares will rank pari passu with all other Non-Voting Preference Shares and have preferential dividend rights ahead of the Haleon Shares, entitling Non-Voting Preference Shareholders to quarterly cumulative dividends at a fixed rate of 9.5 per cent. per annum for a period of five years from the date of the issue of the Non-Voting Preference Shares, following which the rate shall be reset for each subsequent period of five consecutive years at the rate which is equal to the Bank of England base rate prevailing at the time of reset plus 7.5 per cent. Dividends on the Non-Voting Preference Shares which have become due and payable in accordance with the Articles are required to be approved and paid in full before any repurchases or distributions can be made with respect to the Haleon Shares. The Non-Voting Preference Shares will also carry preferential rights to participate in a distribution of capital in the event of insolvency (including on a winding-up) up to an amount equal to their nominal value plus accrued dividend and any arrears or deficiency in amount of the cumulative dividend.

The Haleon Shares will rank behind the Non-Voting Preference Shares, as described in the preceding paragraph, and pari passu with all other Haleon Shares for dividends and distributions on ordinary shares of the Company declared, made or paid after their issue.

 

245


Table of Contents

Resolutions passed by initial shareholders of the Company

Authorisations relating to the share capital of the Company

On 23 May 2022, David Redfern, Adam Walker, Victoria Whyte and Subesh Williams, in their capacity as the only shareholders of the Company passed the following resolutions relating to the share capital of the Company, each of which is subject to and conditional upon UK Admission occurring:

 

  (A)

an ordinary resolution that the Directors be generally and unconditionally authorised, in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act, in substitution for all subsisting authorities, to exercise all powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares in the Company up to an aggregate nominal amount of £3,847,723,920 which authority shall expire at the end of the first annual general meeting of the Company following UK Admission or, if earlier, at the close of business on 30 June 2023 (unless previously revoked or varied by the Company in general meeting) save that under such authority the Company may, before such expiry, make an offer or agreement which would or might require shares to be allotted or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares to be granted after such expiry and the Directors may allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the relevant authority conferred hereby had not expired;

 

  (B)

a special resolution that, subject to the passing of the resolution described in paragraph (A) above, and in substitution for all subsisting authorities, the Directors be empowered to allot equity securities (as defined in the Companies Act) for cash under the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the Companies Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such power to be limited:

 

  (i)

to the allotment of equity securities and sale of treasury shares in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity securities:

 

  (a)

to ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their existing holdings; and

 

  (b)

to holders of other equity securities, as required by the rights of those securities, or as the Directors otherwise consider necessary,

but so that the Directors may impose any limits or restrictions and make any arrangements which they consider necessary or appropriate to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, any territory or any other matter whatsoever; and

 

  (ii)

to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraph (i) above) up to a nominal amount of £577,158,587 (calculated, in the case of equity securities which are rights to subscribe for, or convert, securities into, ordinary shares by reference to the aggregate nominal amount of relevant shares which may be allotted pursuant to such rights),

such power to expire at the end of the first annual general meeting of the Company following UK Admission (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 30 June 2023) but, in each case, prior to its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the power expires and the Directors may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such offer or agreement as if the power had not expired;

 

  (C)

a special resolution that, subject to the passing of the authority described in paragraph (A) above, the Directors be empowered in addition to any authority described in paragraph (B) above to allot equity securities (as defined in the Companies Act) for cash under the authority described in paragraph (A) and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the Companies Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such power to be:

 

246


Table of Contents
  (i)

limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares up to a nominal amount of £577,158,587 (calculated, in the case of equity securities which are rights to subscribe for, or convert, securities into, ordinary shares by reference to the aggregate nominal amount of relevant shares which may be allotted pursuant to such rights); and

 

  (ii)

used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within six months after the original transaction) a transaction which the Directors determine to be an acquisition or other capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this registration statement,

such power to expire at the end of the first annual general meeting of the Company following UK Admission (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 30 June 2023) but, in each case, prior to its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the power expires and the Directors may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such offer or agreement as if the power had not expired;

 

  (D)

a special resolution that the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Companies Act) of its own ordinary shares provided that the:

 

  (i)

maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be purchased is 923,453,741;

 

  (ii)

minimum price, exclusive of expenses, which may be paid for each ordinary share is the nominal value of such share;

 

  (iii)

maximum price, exclusive of expenses, which may be paid for each ordinary share shall be the higher of (i) an amount equal to five per cent. above the average market value for the Company’s ordinary shares for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased; and (ii) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent purchase bid at the time on the trading venue on which the purchase is carried out; and

 

  (iv)

authority conferred as described under this paragraph (D) shall, unless renewed prior to such time, expire at the end of the next annual general meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 30 June 2023), save that the Company may, before such expiry, enter into a contract for the purchase of ordinary shares which would or might be completed wholly or partly after such expiry and the Company may purchase ordinary shares pursuant to any such contract as if this authority had not expired.

Board undertaking in relation to share capital authorities

Following the Capital Reduction, the aggregate nominal value of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital will reduce and, as a result, the headroom contained within certain of the share capital authorities above will, until the Company’s next annual general meeting (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 30 June 2023), be in excess of the level of standing annual share capital authorities generally considered to be appropriate for a listed company. Accordingly, in order to demonstrate that the Group does not intend to breach, inter alia, the guidance of investment protection committees (such as the Investment Association, Pensions and Lifetime Savings Association and Pensions & Investment Research Consultants) or the Pre-Emption Group’s “Statement of Principles” regarding routine disapplication of pre-emption rights, the Board has resolved that:

 

  (A)

to the extent that the authority conferred by the resolution described at sub-paragraph (A) above is in respect of an aggregate nominal amount which exceeds one-third of the aggregate nominal amount of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital on UK Admission (the “Admission

 

247


Table of Contents
  Capital”), it will not exercise that authority in respect of such excess without first seeking shareholder approval;

 

  (B)

it will limit the exercise of the power conferred by the resolution described at sub-paragraph (B) above, as limited by limb (ii) of that sub-paragraph, to the disapplication of pre-emption rights in respect of allotments of the Company’s shares up to an aggregate nominal amount which is not more than five per cent of the Admission Capital; and

 

  (C)

it will limit the exercise of the power conferred by the resolution described at sub-paragraph (C) above, as limited by limb (i) of that sub-paragraph, to the disapplication of pre-emption rights in respect of allotments of the Company’s shares up to an aggregate nominal amount which is not more than five per cent of the Admission Capital.

Authority to make donations to political organisations and political expenditure

On 23 May 2022, David Redfern, Adam Walker, Victoria Whyte and Subesh Williams, in their capacity as the only shareholders of the Company passed the following ordinary resolution:

for the purposes of sections 366 and 367 of the Companies Act, the Company and all companies that are or become, at any time during the period for which this authorisation has effect, subsidiaries of the Company, are authorised in aggregate to:

 

   

make political donations, as defined in section 364 of the Companies Act, to political parties and/or independent electoral candidates, as defined in section 363 of the Companies Act, not exceeding £50,000 in total;

 

   

make political donations to political organisations other than political parties, as defined in section 363 of the Companies Act, not exceeding £50,000 in total; and

 

   

incur political expenditure, as defined in section 365 of the Companies Act, not exceeding £50,000 in total,

in each case during the period beginning with the date of passing this resolution and ending at the end of the next annual general meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 30 June 2023). In any event, the aggregate amount of political donations and political expenditure made or incurred under this authority shall not exceed £100,000.

Authority to call general meetings on 14 days’ notice

On 23 May 2022, David Redfern, Adam Walker, Victoria Whyte and Subesh Williams, in their capacity as the only shareholders of the Company passed the following special resolution:

that a general meeting of the Company other than an annual general meeting may be called on no less than 14 clear days’ notice.

Authority for the Audit & Risk Committee to determine the remuneration of the auditors

On 23 May 2022, David Redfern, Adam Walker, Victoria Whyte and Subesh Williams, in their capacity as the only shareholders of the Company passed the following ordinary resolution:

that the Audit & Risk Committee of the Company be authorised to determine the remuneration of the auditors.

 

248


Table of Contents

Taxation

Certain information on taxation in the UK and the USA is set out in “—10.E. Taxation” below. The information contained in “—10.E. Taxation” is intended only as a general guide to the current tax position in the UK and the USA for the Haleon Shareholders described therein.

10.B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The Articles of Association of the Company, which were adopted on 31 May 2022, contain (amongst others) provisions to the following effect.

Unrestricted objects

The objects of the Company are unrestricted.

Limited liability

The liability of the Haleon Shareholders is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the Haleon Shares held by them.

Share rights

Subject to any rights attached to existing Haleon Shares and Non-Voting Preference Shares, the Company may issue shares with such rights and restrictions as the Company may by ordinary resolution decide, or (if there is no such resolution or so far as it does not make specific provision) as the Board may decide. Such rights and restrictions apply as if they were set out in the Articles of Association. The Company may issue redeemable shares, subject to any rights attached to existing Haleon Shares and the Non-Voting Preference Shares. The Board may determine the terms and conditions and the manner of redemption of any redeemable shares so issued. Such terms and conditions apply to the relevant shares as if they were set out in the Articles of Association.

Voting rights

Haleon Shareholders are entitled to vote at a general meeting or class meeting on a poll. Under the Articles of Association, any resolution put to a vote at a general meeting of the Company shall be decided on a poll. The Companies Act and the Articles of Association of the Company provide that on a poll every Haleon Shareholder has one vote per Haleon Share held by them and a Haleon Shareholder may vote in person or by one or more proxies. Where a Haleon Shareholder appoints more than one proxy, the proxies appointed by them taken together have the same voting rights as the Haleon Shareholder could exercise in person.

In the case of joint holders of a Haleon Share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, is accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and, for this purpose, seniority is determined by the order in which the names stand in the register in respect of the joint holding.

Non-Voting Preference Shares do not confer any right to vote at a general meeting. Non-Voting Preference Shareholders are, however, entitled to vote in respect of their Non-Voting Preference Shares at any class meeting of Non-Voting Preference Shareholders.

 

249


Table of Contents

Restrictions on voting

A Haleon Shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any Haleon Share held by them if any call or other sum then payable by them in respect of that Haleon Share remains unpaid or if that Haleon Shareholder has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the Articles of Association) after failure to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those Haleon Shares required to be provided under the Companies Act.

Dividends and other distributions

The Company may by ordinary resolution from time to time declare dividends not exceeding the amount recommended by the Board. Subject to the Companies Act, the Board may pay interim dividends, and also any fixed rate dividend, whenever the financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the Board, justifies its payment. If the Board acts in good faith, it is not liable to holders of Haleon Shares or Non-Voting Preference Shares with preferred or pari passu rights for losses arising from the payment of interim or fixed dividends on other Haleon Shares or Non-Voting Preference Shares.

The Board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of Haleon Shares from a person with a 0.25 per cent. or greater holding, in number or nominal value, of such shares (in each case, calculated exclusive of any such shares held as treasury shares) (in this paragraph, a “0.25 per cent. interest”) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the Articles of Association) after failure to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those Haleon Shares required to be provided under the Companies Act.

The Non-Voting Preference Shares rank pari passu with all other Non-Voting Preference Shares and have preferential dividend rights ahead of the Haleon Shares, entitling Non-Voting Preference Shareholders to quarterly cumulative dividends at a fixed rate of 9.5 per cent. per annum for a period of five years from the date of the issue of the Non-Voting Preference Shares, following which the rate shall be reset for each subsequent period of five consecutive years at the rate which is equal to the Bank of England base rate prevailing at the time of reset plus 7.5 per cent. Dividends on the Non-Voting Preference Shares which have become due and payable in accordance with the Articles are required to be approved and paid in full before any repurchases or distributions can be made with respect to the Haleon Shares.

Except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any Haleon Share otherwise provide, all dividends are apportioned and paid pro rata as between the Haleon Shares according to the amounts paid up on the Haleon Share during any portion of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. Dividends may be declared or paid in any currency.

The Board may, if authorised by an ordinary resolution of the Company, offer Haleon Shareholders (excluding any Haleon Shareholder holding Haleon Shares as treasury shares) in respect of any dividend the right to elect to receive Haleon Shares by way of scrip dividend instead of cash.

Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date when it was declared or became due for payment is forfeited and reverts to the Company unless the Board decides otherwise.

The Board may decide on the way dividends or other money payable in cash relating to a Haleon Share are paid, including deciding on different methods of payment for different Haleon Shareholders or groups of Haleon Shareholders. If the Board has decided on different methods of payment, it may also give Haleon Shareholders the option of choosing in which of these ways they would like to receive payment or it may specify that a particular method of payment will be used unless Haleon Shareholders choose otherwise. If Haleon Shareholders fail to provide the necessary details to enable payment of the dividend or other amount payable to them or if payment cannot be made using the details provided by the Haleon Shareholder, the dividend or other amount payable will be treated as unclaimed.

 

250


Table of Contents

The Company may cease to employ any means of payment, including intra-bank transfers or other electronic means, for dividends if (i) for any one dividend the payment by any method has failed (including where the payment has been rejected or refunded) and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new account of the registered holder; or (ii) in respect of any payments to be made via cheque, any hard copy notice, document or other information served on or sent or supplied to a member of the Company has been returned to the Company undelivered and the relevant member has not supplied to the Company (or its agent) a new registered address, or a postal address within the United Kingdom or the United States for the service of notices and the despatch or supply of documents and other information. The Company must recommence sending dividend payments if the holder or person entitled by transmission requests such recommencement in writing (and provides any information reasonably required by the Company to enable it to do so).

Rights on a winding up

The Non-Voting Preference Shares carry preferential rights to participate in a distribution of capital in the event of insolvency (including on a winding-up) up to an amount equal to their nominal value plus accrued dividend and any arrears or deficiency in amount of the cumulative dividend.

The Haleon Shares do not carry any rights to participate in a capital distribution (including on a liquidation) other than those that exist as a matter of law. Under the Companies Act, upon a liquidation, after the claims of creditors have been satisfied and subject to any special rights attaching to any other class of shares in the Company (including the Non-Voting Preference Shares), surplus assets (if any) are distributed among the Haleon Shareholders in proportion to the number and nominal amounts of their Haleon Shares.

Pre-emption rights

The rights of Haleon Shareholders to participate pre-emptively in any allotment of equity securities are prescribed by the Companies Act. Under the Companies Act, subject to certain statutory exceptions, a company proposing to allot equity securities (which includes the grant of rights to subscribe for shares) must first offer them on the same or more favourable terms to each holder of shares pro rata to their existing shareholding. The statutory pre-emption right also applies to a sale of shares that, immediately before the sale, were held by the Company as treasury shares. The Companies Act allows this statutory pre-emption right to be disapplied by special resolution so that the Directors may allot shares as if the pre-emption provisions did not apply, either in relation to a general authority to allot shares or in relation to a specified allotment of equity securities.

The statutory pre-emption regime does not apply to: the allotment or transfer of Haleon Shares under an employees’ share scheme; the allotment of bonus shares; or an allotment of equity securities that are paid up wholly or partly otherwise than in cash.

Transfer of shares

The Haleon Shares and Non-Voting Preference Shares are in registered form. Any Haleon Share or Non-Voting Preference Share may be held in uncertificated form and, subject to the Articles of Association, title to uncertificated Haleon Shares or Non-Voting Preference Shares may be transferred by means of a relevant system. Provisions of the Articles of Association do not apply to any uncertificated Haleon Shares or Non-Voting Preference Shares to the extent that such provisions are inconsistent with the holding of Haleon Shares or Non-Voting Preference Shares (as applicable) in uncertificated form, with the transfer of Haleon Shares or Non-Voting Preference Shares (as applicable) by means of a relevant system, with any provision of the legislation relating to the holding, evidencing of title to, or transfer of uncertificated shares.

Subject to the Articles of Association, any Haleon Shareholder or Non-Voting Preference Shareholder may transfer all or any of their certificated Haleon Shares or Non-Voting Preference Shares by an instrument of

 

251


Table of Contents

transfer in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. The instrument of transfer must be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and (in the case of a partly-paid Haleon Share) the transferee.

The transferor of a Haleon Share or Non-Voting Preference Share is deemed to remain the holder until the transferee’s name is entered in the register.

The Board can decline to register any transfer of any Haleon Share or Non-Voting Preference Share which is not a fully paid Haleon Share or Non-Voting Preference Share. The Board may also decline to register a transfer of a certificated Haleon Share or Non-Voting Preference Share unless the instrument of transfer:

 

   

is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the Board may reasonably require;

 

   

is in respect of only one class of Haleon Share or Non-Voting Preference Share; and

 

   

if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated Haleon Share or Non-Voting Preference Share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in the Articles of Association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated Haleon Share or Non-Voting Preference Share (as applicable) is to be transferred exceeds four. The Board may decline to register a transfer of any of the Company’s certificated Haleon Shares Share by a person with a 0.25 per cent. interest if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the Articles of Association) after failure to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Act, unless the transfer is shown to the Board to be pursuant to an arm’s length sale (as defined in the Articles of Association).

Redemption of Non-Voting Preference Shares

Each Non-Voting Preference Share is redeemable in whole at the option of the Company or redeemable at the option of each relevant Non-Voting Preference Shareholder in respect of its entire holding of Non-Voting Preference Shares on any date falling not less than five years after the date on which that Non-Voting Preference Share was issued or, if earlier, on the Company undergoing a change of control. Such redemption shall be at the nominal value of the relevant Non-Voting Preference Shares plus the amount, if any, of all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Non-Voting Preference Shares.

Sub-division of share capital

Any resolution authorising the Company to sub-divide any of its Haleon Shares may determine that, as between the Haleon Shares resulting from the sub-division, any of them may have a preference, advantage or deferred or other right or be subject to any restriction as compared with the others.

General meetings

The Articles of Association rely on the Companies Act provisions dealing with the calling of general meetings. Under the Companies Act an annual general meeting must be called by notice of at least 21 days. Upon listing, the Company will be a “traded company” for the purposes of the Companies Act and as such will be required to give at least 21 days’ notice of any other general meeting unless a special resolution reducing the period to not less than 14 days has been passed at the immediately preceding annual general meeting or at a general meeting held since that annual general meeting or, pending the Company’s first annual general meeting, at any general meeting. Notice of a general meeting must be given in hard copy form, in electronic form, or by means of a

 

252


Table of Contents

website and must be sent to every Haleon Shareholder and every Director. It must state the time and date and the place of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be dealt with at the meeting. As the Company will be a traded company, the notice must also state the website address where information about the meeting can be found in advance of the meeting, the voting record time, the procedures for attending and voting at the meeting, details of any forms for appointing a proxy, procedures for voting in advance (if any are offered), and the right of Haleon Shareholders to ask questions at the meeting. In addition, a notice calling an annual general meeting must state that the meeting is an annual general meeting.

The Board may decide to allow persons entitled to attend and participate in a general meeting to do so by simultaneous attendance and participation by means of an electronic facility with no member necessarily in physical attendance at the electronic meeting, and to permit directors or others to attend and speak, and the chair of the meeting to preside, by electronic means. Shareholders present in person or by proxy by means of such electronic facility will be counted in the quorum for, and entitled to participate in, the relevant general meeting.

Restrictions in respect of Designated Persons

The Articles of Association contain provisions empowering the Company to apply certain restrictions and to take certain actions in relation to Haleon Shares and Non-Voting Preference Shares (“Restricted Shares”) where the Company believes the holder of such shares is or may be a Designated Person89 (a “Restricted Person”).

In respect of any Restricted Shares:

 

   

all of the rights attaching to the Restricted Shares, including (but not limited to) any rights to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company, rights to receive dividends and other distributions from the Company and to otherwise participate in the assets of the Company (including on a winding up) are suspended and cease to have effect;

 

   

no interest accrues on any dividend (or capital return) paid to the Company’s shareholders generally but withheld from the Restricted Person in accordance with the above sub-paragraph;

 

   

the directors of the Company are entitled to take steps to ensure that any Restricted Shares held in uncertificated form are immediately converted into certificated form, and that any Restricted Shares held in certificated form are not converted into uncertificated form;

 

   

the Restricted Person is prohibited from disposing of the Restricted Shares or any legal or beneficial interest in any of them without the prior written consent of the Company; and

 

   

the Company may, on giving written notice to the relevant Restricted Person, authorise any director of the Company or the company secretary (who are deemed to be appointed as the Restricted Person’s attorney) to transfer the Restricted Shares to a subsidiary undertaking of the Company (a “Restricted Share Trustee”) to hold on trust for the Restricted Person on the terms set out in the Articles of Association.

The restrictions described above will apply to any Restricted Shares held by a Restricted Person unless and until the directors are satisfied that the Restricted Person has ceased to be a Designated Person (a “Released Person”). Any person whose shares in the Company are Restricted Shares and who believes that they have ceased to be a

 

89 

“Designated Person” is (A) any person listed on a Sanctions List (as defined in the Articles of Association); or (B) any other person, in each case where it would be unlawful, by virtue of any Sanctions Law (as defined in the Articles of Association) applicable to the Company, for the Company or any of its directors, officers, or employees to make available to such person, or to otherwise facilitate dealings by such person in, any shares in the company or the benefit of any rights attaching to such shares.

 

253


Table of Contents

Designated Person may give written notice to the Company confirming that they believe that they have ceased to be a Designated Person and the date(s) on which such change became effective (a “Release Notice”). However, the decision as to whether and when a person’s shares cease to be Restricted Shares is ultimately a decision for the directors (at their sole discretion); the directors do not have to receive a Release Notice, for example, before determining that a Restricted Person has become a Released Person.90

If at any time the directors determine that a Restricted Person has become a Released Person, the restrictions described above will cease to apply in respect of that person’s shares with immediate effect from the time of such determination and the Company is required, as soon as reasonably practicable and if applicable, to: (i) procure that any Restricted Shares converted into certificated form are converted back into uncertificated form; (ii) pay, without interest, to the Released Person or their nominee (provided that such nominee is not itself a Designated Person) any moneys relating to the Released Person’s shares which were withheld from the Released Person while their shares in the Company were Restricted Shares; and (iii) procure that the legal title to any Restricted Shares transferred to a Restricted Share Trustee is returned to the Released Person or their nominee (provided that such nominee is not itself a Designated Person).

10.C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS

The contracts listed below have been entered into by the Company or a member of the Group within the two years immediately preceding the date of this registration statement and are material to the Company or any member of the Group, not including contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement

Pursuant to the Pfizer SAPA dated 19 December 2018 and amended and restated on 31 July 2019, GSK, Pfizer and CH JVCo agreed to form a new global consumer healthcare joint venture (the “GSK/Pfizer JV”), through: (i) the acquisition by CH JVCo of the Pfizer Contributed CH Business (as defined below) from Pfizer and (ii) the transfer by GSK to CH JVCo of those parts of the GSK Contributed CH Business (as defined below) not already owned by GSKCHH (the former holding company of the Group) following the creation of the GSK/Novartis JV. Completion of the transaction (“Pfizer Completion”) took place on 31 July 2019 (the “Pfizer Completion Date”).

Asset Perimeter: GSK Contributed CH Business

The “GSK Contributed CH Business” has the meaning given to “Purchaser Business” in the Pfizer SAPA, which was defined as follows:

 

   

the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercialising, distributing and selling the products sold under the brand names listed for GSK in an annex to the Pfizer SAPA as conducted by GSK (directly and indirectly) as of the date of the Pfizer SAPA and as of immediately prior to Pfizer Completion;

 

   

the business reflected in certain specified financial statements of the GSK Contributed CH Business, including the assets, rights, properties, activities, operations and liabilities that comprised such business;

 

90 

In order to assist the directors with this determination, the registrar and/or another independent adviser to the Company will routinely review the register of members and section 808 register of beneficial ownership against the sanctions lists using a market-standard screening software. In addition, the register of members and section 808 register of beneficial ownership will be screened against the sanctions lists as at the record date of any dividend. Additional screening will be carried out as and when the Company and its advisers think it is necessary. If the Company receives a Release Notice from a Designated Person, the Company would verify that such person is no longer a Designated Person by checking against the sanctions lists.

 

254


Table of Contents
   

the business of marketing, commercialising, distributing and selling any over-the-counter healthcare or medicine products, wellness products and other personal care, oral care, nutrition, skin health, cosmetic and related products (the “Consumer Healthcare Products”) as conducted by GlaxoSmithKline Asia Private Limited (including pursuant to the Consignment Selling Agreement entered into between Hindustan Unilever Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Asia Private Limited dated 1 April 2020) as of the date of the Pfizer SAPA and as of immediately prior to Pfizer Completion; and

 

   

to the extent not otherwise reflected in the financial statements referred to in the second bullet above, the research and development of any Consumer Healthcare Products, as conducted by GSK (directly and indirectly) through its consumer healthcare business (directly or indirectly pursuant to a contractual arrangement with any other GSK business, to the extent of the GSK consumer healthcare business’ right pursuant to such contractual arrangement), as of the date of the Pfizer SAPA and as of immediately prior to Pfizer Completion,

but excluded:

 

   

the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercialising, distributing and selling pharmaceutical products to the extent such business and the economic benefit attached to such business was not reflected in the financial statements referred to in the second bullet above; and

 

   

the excluded assets listed for GSK in an annex to the Pfizer SAPA, namely:

 

   

the assets within the scope of (and proceeds of) GSK’s divestment of the Horlicks brand and other consumer healthcare nutrition products in India to Unilever N.V. (which completed on 1 April 2020);

 

   

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Limited (GSK’s listed subsidiary in India);

 

   

GlaxoSmithKline Bangladesh Limited;

 

   

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Nigeria plc;

 

   

Imitrex and Ventolin; and

 

   

certain manufacturing sites in Argentina, Brazil, India, Indonesia and Nigeria.

The parties subsequently agreed to transfer manufacturing sites in Indonesia, Argentina and Brazil into the Group (see “—Asset Transfer Framework AgreementAsset Perimeter—GSK Group to Group” below).

Asset Perimeter: Pfizer Contributed CH Business

The “Pfizer Contributed CH Business” has the meaning given to “Business” in the Pfizer SAPA, which was defined as the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercialising, distributing and selling:

 

   

the products sold under the brand names listed for Pfizer in an annex to the Pfizer SAPA, as conducted by Pfizer (directly and indirectly) as of the date of the Pfizer SAPA and as of immediately prior to Pfizer Completion; and

 

   

any over-the-counter consumer healthcare or medicine products, wellness products and other personal care, oral care, nutrition, skin health, cosmetic and related products, as conducted by Pfizer (directly and indirectly) through its Pfizer consumer healthcare business unit (directly or indirectly pursuant to a contractual arrangement with any other Pfizer business unit, to the extent of the Pfizer consumer healthcare business unit’s rights pursuant to such contractual arrangement) as of the date of the Pfizer SAPA and as of immediately prior to Pfizer Completion,

 

255


Table of Contents

but excluded:

 

   

any product marketed, commercialised, distributed or sold under the brands Diflucan One, Feldene Gel or Ponstan (or any other products containing the same or similar compounds as such products) in any jurisdiction;

 

   

any pharmaceutical products or pharmaceutical products that have become or may in the future become, in whole or in part, over-the-counter products (other than the products included in the definition of “Business”); and

 

   

any product containing any of the following compounds (or marketed, commercialised, distributed or sold under any of the following brands) in any jurisdiction: (a) Sildenafil citrate (Viagra); (b) Celecoxib (Celebrex); (c) Varenicline (Chantix/Champix); (d) Atorvastatin (Lipitor); (e) Gabapentin (Neutontin); and (f) Fesoterodine (Toviaz).

Representations and warranties

Pursuant to the Pfizer SAPA, GSK and Pfizer each gave customary and broadly reciprocal representations and warranties to each other and to CH JVCo. The majority of these representations and warranties have now since expired, other than certain fundamental warranties including in respect of title to the shares and assets contributed by GSK and Pfizer, respectively, to the Group, which are due to expire on 31 July 2022 (being the third anniversary of the Pfizer Completion Date).

Indemnities

Under the Pfizer SAPA, GSK and Pfizer each agreed to indemnify each other and the Group in respect of losses (other than losses relating to tax, which were subject to a separate regime—see below) relating to certain liabilities that the parties agreed would be retained by the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group, respectively, relating to, among other things: (i) the assets that were excluded from the GSK Contributed CH Business or the Pfizer Contributed CH Business respectively (as described above); (ii) liabilities under any pension or other employee benefit plans not sponsored by GSKCHH or another member of the Group, subject to certain exceptions; and (iii) any liabilities arising from any third party claim in respect of products containing talc or asbestos distributed or sold by the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group at any time before Pfizer Completion.

CH JVCo is required to indemnify the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group in respect of “Purchaser Liabilities” and “Assumed Liabilities”, which were defined as follows:

“Purchaser Liabilities” means any and all liabilities (other than certain specified exceptions – including those liabilities GSK agreed to indemnify the Group in respect of, as summarised above) of GSK or any of its affiliates, whether arising prior to, on or after Pfizer Completion, to the extent resulting from or arising out of the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct of the Purchaser Business, where “Purchaser Business” has the meaning described above under the section entitled “—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement—Asset Perimeter: GSK Contributed CH Business”; and

“Assumed Liabilities” means any and all liabilities (other than certain specified exceptions – including those liabilities Pfizer agreed to indemnify the Group in respect of, as summarised above) of Pfizer or any of its affiliates, whether arising prior to, on or after Pfizer Completion, to the extent resulting from or arising out of the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct of the Business, where “Business” has the meaning described above under “—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement—Asset Perimeter: Pfizer Contributed CH Business”.

 

256


Table of Contents

The Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement will also extend CH JVCo’s indemnification obligations in favour of GSK and Pfizer to include, among other things, all losses (other than losses relating to tax, which were subject to a separate regime (see below)) relating to liabilities to the extent resulting from or arising out of the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct of the Consumer Healthcare Business since Pfizer Completion, subject to certain exceptions (see “—Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement” below)

In respect of tax, each of GSK and Pfizer provided an indemnity, subject to customary exclusions and limitations, to the Group in respect of, amongst other things, tax liabilities of the companies contributed to the GSK/Pfizer JV arising in respect of the period prior to Pfizer Completion.

The indemnities provided by each of GSK, Pfizer and CH JVCo under the Pfizer SAPA will survive completion of the Demerger and Separation.

Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement

On or around the date of this registration statement, GSK, Pfizer, CH JVCo and the Company entered into the second amendment agreement to the Pfizer SAPA (the “Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement”) to implement certain amendments, including: (i) amendments to the Pfizer SAPA that were deemed appropriate as a result of the Group being an independent, separate business from the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group from Separation; (ii) amendments that were deemed appropriate as a result of an overlap with certain other ancillary agreements that are currently being entered into as part of the Separation; and (iii) to include the Company in the Pfizer SAPA indemnity framework by way of a guarantee given by the Company of CH JVCo’s indemnification obligations under the Pfizer SAPA.

Pursuant to the Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement:

 

   

CH JVCo’s indemnification obligations under the Pfizer SAPA (as described in “—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement—Indemnities” above), shall be extended to include, among other things, all losses (other than losses relating to tax, which were subject to a separate regime) relating to liabilities to the extent resulting from or arising out of the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct of the Consumer Healthcare Business since Pfizer Completion, subject to certain exceptions primarily related to liabilities retained by each of Pfizer and GSK, respectively, under the Pfizer SAPA; and

 

   

the Company, which is deemed a ‘Purchaser Indemnified Party’ under the Pfizer SAPA and has the benefit of the indemnities given to CH JVCo under the Pfizer SAPA, has provided a guarantee of CH JVCo’s indemnity obligations under the Pfizer SAPA (as described in “—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement—Indemnities” above), as amended by the Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement.

The Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement is conditional upon (among other things) the passing of the related party transactions resolution at the GSK General Meeting and, if such approval is not obtained by 31 December 2022 or if GSK abandons the Separation prior to completion of the Demerger, the Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement shall automatically terminate.

The Pfizer SAPA Amendment Agreement also includes provisions related to the release of guarantees given by the Pfizer Group for the benefit of companies in the Group (or vice versa).

Asset Transfer Framework Agreement

On or around the date of this registration statement, GSK, GSKCHH and CH JVCo entered into an asset transfer framework agreement setting out the framework for transferring certain businesses, assets, liabilities and employees that were excluded from the original perimeter of the GSK/Pfizer JV as contemplated in the Pfizer SAPA and others that were included in the original perimeter of GSK/Pfizer JV but had not yet legally

 

257


Table of Contents

transferred or to record the transfer of “wrong pocket” assets under the Pfizer SAPA (where a “wrong pocket” asset or liability is one that parties have identified as incorrectly being transferred, or not transferred, to the other party in line with the principles of the Pfizer SAPA), in each case from the GSK Group to the Group (the “Asset Transfer Framework Agreement”). The Asset Transfer Framework Agreement also sets out the framework for transferring certain businesses, assets, liabilities and employees from the Group to the GSK Group to record the transfer of “wrong pocket” assets under the Pfizer SAPA, and to remove assets from the Group that do not relate to the Consumer Healthcare Business, in each case from the Group to the GSK Group.

Asset Perimeter—GSK Group to Group

The businesses, assets, liabilities and employees within the perimeter of the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement has the meaning given to “Transferring Businesses” and “Transferring Assets” in the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement, which include the following:

 

   

a certain manufacturing site in Indonesia;

 

   

certain distribution businesses relating to the Consumer Healthcare Business in Chile, Egypt, Peru, Morocco, Nigeria, Singapore, Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia, Uruguay, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Jamaica and Trinidad & Tobago (referred to as “alliance markets”);

 

   

certain employees and assets providing administrative and support services to the Consumer Healthcare Business by support services entities in the UK and US, and support service centre hubs in Costa Rica, India, Malaysia and Poland; and

 

   

certain assets and liabilities relating to PPE (plant, property and equipment) and people-related fixed assets to be transferred from the GSK Group to the Group in Singapore, Philippines, Turkey, France, South Africa, Japan, Panama, Netherlands, Pakistan, Mexico and Brazil.

There are also certain “wrong pocket” assets and liabilities that relate to Consumer Healthcare Business and are within the Pfizer SAPA perimeter which transfer from the GSK Group to the Group, including:

 

   

GlaxoSmithKline Bangladesh Private Limited;

 

   

certain intellectual property rights relating to the Consumer Healthcare Business’ brands; and

 

   

certain marketing authorisations relating to the Consumer Healthcare Business’ products.

Certain manufacturing sites in Argentina and Brazil were agreed to transfer from the GSK Group into the Group following Demerger pursuant to the terms of a net economic benefit arrangement letter agreement dated on or around the date of this registration statement and a Brazil asset transfer framework agreement dated on or around the date of this registration statement (respectively). The terms on which these manufacturing sites in Argentina and Brazil will transfer into the Group are broadly in line with the terms of the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement.

Asset Perimeter—Group to GSK Group

The Asset Transfer Framework Agreement also transfers certain businesses, assets, liabilities and employees from the Group to the GSK Group, including:

 

   

certain “wrong pocket” assets and liabilities that do not relate to the Consumer Healthcare Business but currently sit within the Group (so these will be transferred from the Group to the GSK Group as part of the Separation), including certain intellectual property rights and marketing authorisations that do not relate to the Consumer Healthcare Business’ brands or products; and

 

   

certain assets and liabilities relating to GSK’s business in Sri Lanka.

 

258


Table of Contents

Warranties

Pursuant to the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement, GSK gave CH JVCo customary business warranties relating to the Transferring Assets and Transferring Business (where “Transferring Assets” and/or “Transferring Businesses” has the meaning described above in “—Asset Transfer Framework Agreement—Asset Perimeter—GSK Group to Group”) and CH JVCo gave GSK customary capacity warranties. Certain fundamental warranties given by GSK are due to expire in July 2025 (3 years following the Demerger), and the remainder of the warranties are due to expire in October 2023 (15 months following the Demerger).

Indemnities

The Asset Transfer Framework Agreement contains a substantially equivalent indemnification regime to the Pfizer SAPA indemnification regime described in “as described in “—Pfizer Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement” above.

In respect of taxes relating to the “Transferring Assets” and/or “Transferring Businesses” (where “Transferring Assets” and/or “Transferring Businesses” has the meaning described in “—Asset Transfer Framework Agreement—Asset Perimeter—GSK Group to Group” above),

 

   

GSK and CH JVCo shall each be responsible for half of any transfer taxes imposed on the businesses, assets and liabilities transferred;

 

   

the transferee shall bear the cost of any VAT imposed on the transfers (except in the case of Egypt where the parties have agreed that the amount of any irrecoverable VAT shall be split equally between them); and

 

   

CH JVCo will assume all liabilities for taxes imposed with respect to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets (other than GlaxoSmithKline Bangladesh Private Limited), other than tax liabilities relating to the period pre-closing, which are retained by GSK.

Employees and pensions

The Asset Transfer Framework Agreement provides for the transfer of employees and associated employment-related liabilities from the GSK Group to the Group in relation to any employees transferring from the GSK Group to the Group, and reciprocal provisions in relation to employees transferring from the Group to the GSK Group, including provisions in respect of the apportionment of such inherited liabilities and associated reimbursements. It also addresses the treatment of equity awards under the GSK equity plan for the employees of the Group and the allocation of certain liabilities with respect to such awards.

The Asset Transfer Framework Agreement also provides for a transfer of unfunded pension liabilities from the GSK Group to the Group in relation to any employees transferring from the GSK Group to the Group, and a transfer of pension liabilities from the Group to the GSK Group in relation to employees transferring from the Group to the GSK Group. Where an employee transferring from the GSK Group to the Group is a member of a funded pension plan, the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement requires the parties to use their reasonable endeavours to procure the transfer of pension liabilities and assets attributable to such employees from the GSK Group pension plan to the Group pension plan (and vice versa in respect of an employee transferring from the Group to the GSK Group).

Demerger Agreement

The Company and GSK entered into a demerger agreement on or around the date of this registration statement (the “Demerger Agreement”) to effect the Demerger and to govern aspects of the relationship between the Company and GSK following completion of the Demerger, including in respect of, among other things,

 

259


Table of Contents

confidentiality and certain indemnity obligations in connection with the issuance of shares by the Company in connection with the Demerger. Certain aspects of the Demerger Agreement are conditional upon (among other things):

 

  (A)

the passing of the demerger resolution and a related party transactions resolution by GSK shareholders at the GSK General Meeting;

 

  (B)

the payment of certain interim dividends required to be paid by CH JVCo to GSKCHH and PFCHH ahead of Separation (including the Pre-Demerger Dividend);

 

  (C)

approval of the Demerger Dividend by the board of directors of GSK;

 

  (D)

approval of the Competition Commission of India (the “India Condition”);

 

  (E)

approval of the South Korea Fair Trade Commission pursuant to certain South Korean merger control laws (the “South Korea Condition”);

 

  (F)

approval of the Fair Trade Commission pursuant to certain Japanese merger control laws (the “Japan Condition” and, together with the India Condition and the South Korea Condition, the “Regulatory Conditions” and each a “Regulatory Condition”);

 

  (G)

no order, injunction or decree issued by a governmental entity of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Demerger being in effect;

 

  (H)

the Sponsors’ Agreement91 and GSK Sponsors’ Agreement92 not having terminated in accordance with their terms;

 

  (I)

the FCA having acknowledged to the Company or its agent (and such acknowledgement not having been withdrawn) that the application for UK Admission (i) has been approved and (ii) will become effective as soon as a dealing notice has been issued by the FCA and any listing conditions required to be satisfied for the Haleon Shares to be approved by the FCA for a premium listing on the LSE have been satisfied;

 

  (J)

the LSE having acknowledged to the Company or its agent (and such acknowledgement not having been withdrawn) that the Haleon Shares will be admitted to trading on its main market for listed securities;

 

  (K)

(i) this registration statement having been declared effective by the SEC, and (ii) no stop order suspending its effectiveness being in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose being pending before or threatened by the SEC;

 

  (L)

the Haleon ADSs having been approved for listing on the NYSE subject only to official notice of issuance;

 

  (M)

the Exchange Agreements having been duly executed, continuing to bind all parties thereto and having become unconditional in all respects (save for any condition relating to completion of the Demerger or the Demerger Agreement being unconditional) such that the Share Exchanges shall be capable of occurring, subject only to the due performance of the relevant agreement(s), and all parties thereto shall stand ready to perform such agreements and complete the Share Exchanges no later than the Sunday after completion of the Demerger; and

 

 

91 

In connection with the Separation, the Company, CH JVCo and the joint sponsors entered into a Sponsors’ Agreement on or around the date of this registration statement.

92 

In connection with Separation, GSK and the joint sponsors entered into a Sponsors’ Agreement on or around the date of this registration statement.

 

260


Table of Contents
  (N)

the series of transactions pursuant to which the PFCHH Interests93 will be transferred, distributed or otherwise assigned from Anacor to Pfizer (the “PFCHH Transfer”) having completed (provided that such condition will be deemed satisfied if the PFCHH Transfer has not completed by 8.00 p.m. London time on the date that is three (3) business days after satisfaction of the Regulatory Conditions).

In the event that any of the Regulatory Conditions remain unsatisfied at 8.00 p.m. on 12 July 2022, then:

 

   

completion of the Demerger shall be delayed past the currently expected time;

 

   

completion of the Demerger shall instead take place at 8:00 p.m. (and in any event after the close of business in London) on the first Friday that is at least three (3) business days after satisfaction of all of the Regulatory Conditions, provided that all other conditions (except for any conditions which will only be satisfied on completion of the Demerger) are satisfied or deemed satisfied by such time, and further provided that none of the events specified in paragraphs (G), (H) and (K)(ii) above have occurred at such time (such Friday being the “Delayed Demerger Completion Date”); and

 

   

the Share Exchanges shall be scheduled to occur on the first Sunday after the Delayed Demerger Completion Date and Admission shall be scheduled to occur on the first Monday after the Delayed Demerger Completion Date.

Subject to the Pfizer SHA, GSK has the right in its absolute discretion by notice to the Company at any time prior to completion of the Demerger to terminate the Demerger Agreement in connection with an abandonment of the Demerger.

The Demerger Agreement contains certain customary indemnities under which GSK indemnifies the Company in respect of liabilities, losses demands, claims, costs, taxes and damages arising, directly or indirectly, from or in consequence of certain claims.

The Demerger Agreement also sets out how guarantees given by the GSK Group for the benefit of companies in the Group (or vice versa) will be dealt with following the Demerger.

Tax Covenant

In accordance with the SCIA, the Company, CH JVCo, GSK, GSKCHH and Pfizer entered into the Tax Covenant on or around the date of this registration statement, which is to be effective from the time of the Demerger.

Subject to certain financial and other customary limitations, the Tax Covenant contains certain indemnities in respect of taxation given from GSK and Pfizer to the Company (and vice versa) where it has been agreed that such taxes are properly allocable to the indemnifying party. Amongst other things, GSK and Pfizer provide the Company with indemnities for tax arising (if any) pursuant to certain pre-Demerger reorganisation steps within the Group and the steps which comprise the Separation. As is customary for demerger transactions, the Company provides a more limited set of tax indemnities to GSK and Pfizer.

The indemnities in the Tax Covenant cover only liabilities which have been notified by the indemnified party to the indemnifying party by the end of the period ending 30 days after the expiry of the period specified by statute during which an assessment of the relevant underlying tax liability may be issued by the relevant tax authority or,

 

93 

“PFCHH Interests” means all of the common interests in the capital of PFCHH in issue immediately prior to completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHH and all of which are held by Anacor as of the date of this registration statement and all of which, from completion of the PFCHH Transfer until the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, shall be held by Pfizer.

 

261


Table of Contents

if there is no such period, by the end of the period ending six years and 30 days after the end of the accounting period in which the Demerger occurs.

The Tax Covenant also imposes certain restrictions on the Company, including certain restrictions with respect to actions following completion of the Demerger that could cause Separation to fail to qualify for its intended US federal income tax treatment. The restrictions primarily require the Company to maintain the corporate structure of certain parts of the Group as it was immediately prior to the Demerger. For example, there are restrictions on liquidating certain subsidiaries of the Company, or issuing or redeeming shares in those subsidiaries. In addition, there are restrictions on some intra-group disposals as well as non-ordinary course of business transactions. As a result of these restrictions (some of which could be in place for at least two years), the Company’s ability to engage in certain transactions, such as the disposition of certain assets and certain repurchases of its stock, may be limited (although the Group will nonetheless be entitled to take actions which would otherwise be restricted if the Company first (i) obtains the consent of (or, in certain instances, if it consults with) GSK or Pfizer (as applicable) or, in some cases, (ii) obtains an opinion from an appropriately qualified adviser or a ruling from the IRS regarding the tax consequences of the proposed actions which, in either case, is reasonably satisfactory to GSK or Pfizer (as applicable)). Although the Company does not currently anticipate that these restrictions would have a material adverse impact on the Company, these restrictions may reduce the Company’s ability to engage in certain business transactions that otherwise might be advantageous.

The Tax Covenant also contains provisions on administrative matters and the conduct of tax authority audits or disputes (including, in each case, how the parties should bear the costs and expenses of the same). It also contains certain mechanical provisions to ensure that the tax indemnities in the Pfizer SAPA operate properly post-Demerger (i.e. once the Company is the head of a standalone group).

Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement

The SCIA was entered into on or around the date of this registration statement among GSK, Pfizer, Anacor, GSKCHH, PFCHH, CH JVCo and the Company, and details certain actions to be taken and arrangements to be implemented to effect completion of, or which otherwise relate to, Separation. The SCIA records the obligations of the parties relating to such matters and contains certain terms on which relations between the parties will be governed following completion of Separation.

The parties to the SCIA have agreed to co-operate to achieve completion of Separation and have undertaken to take all steps required, and to enter into (or procure the entry into of) all documents required, to effect Separation.

The parties to the SCIA have agreed and acknowledged that GSK has, subject to the terms of the Pfizer SHA, the right in its absolute discretion by notice in writing to the other parties to the SCIA at any time prior to completion of the Demerger to abandon Separation and, if GSK provides such notice, the SCIA shall automatically terminate.

The parties to the SCIA have agreed and acknowledged that they shall each take all actions that they are able to take (and shall procure so far as they are able to do so, that the members of each of their respective groups do the same), so that certain dividends to be declared and paid in connection with the Separation are so declared and paid prior to the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps (which include

 

  (i)

the delivery by GSK to the Company of a duly executed transfer of the GSKCHH A Ordinary Shares in favour of the Company, together with the relevant share certificate(s);

 

  (ii)

the procurement by the Company that the names of the qualifying GSK shareholders to whom Haleon Shares are to be allotted and issued are entered into the Company register of members; and

 

262


Table of Contents
  (iii)

the delivery, or procurement thereof, by each of GSK and the Company of duly executed copies of certain agreements to effect the structural and operational separation of the Consumer Healthcare Business from GSK and related ancillary agreements) and, in respect of certain dividends, following receipt of certain regulatory approvals. In the event that any such dividends are in any respect defective or are susceptible to legal challenge, the Company has agreed and has undertaken to take all possible lawful steps, (including, without limitation, distributable reserves planning and management; rectification and ratification steps; and procuring that none of CH JVCo, GSKCHH or PFCHH or any other member of the Group take steps to seek recovery of prior dividend payments), such that any amounts received by any member of the GSK Group or any member of the Pfizer Group or to which they are entitled by way of dividend can be retained by the relevant member(s) of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group (as applicable). The Company has further agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify GSK, each member of the GSK Group, Pfizer and each member of the Pfizer Group from and against any and all liabilities and certain costs arising before, on, or after completion of the Separation in respect of: (i) any defect in, or any actual or potential claim, proceeding, suit or action brought by any member of the Group that arises out of or in connection with any of the relevant dividends; and (ii) any failure by the Company to take all possible steps required by the SCIA to ensure that any amounts received by any member of the GSK Group or any member of the Pfizer Group by way of any relevant dividend can be retained by the relevant member(s) of the GSK Group and/or the Pfizer Group (as applicable).

The SCIA also sets out certain other rights and obligations of the parties relating to, among other things, information rights and confidentiality. Pursuant to the terms of the SCIA, Pfizer has certain rights to certain information regarding the Company and the Group. Subject to certain exceptions, those rights will not apply if and when Pfizer and members of Pfizer’s group cease to hold, in aggregate, Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs in respect of such Haleon Shares representing at least ten per cent. of the Haleon Shares in issue (or the ordinary shares of any ultimate holding company thereof from time to time).

The parties to the SCIA have agreed that the Pfizer SHA shall terminate with effect from UK Admission (without prejudice to any rights or liabilities arising under the Pfizer SHA prior to such termination) and that, notwithstanding any provision of the Pfizer SHA, the provisions of the Pfizer SHA that are expressly stated to continue after termination of the Pfizer SHA shall not continue and, instead, certain of such provisions shall be set out or otherwise implemented in the SCIA or other documents to be entered into in connection with the Separation.

Exchange Agreements

Subject to and shortly after completion of the Demerger, a series of share-for-share exchanges will occur pursuant to the share exchange agreements summarised below in order to rationalise the Company’s shareholding structure such that GSK, the SLPs and Pfizer will hold their remaining interests in the Consumer Healthcare Business by holding shares in the Company, as the listed parent company.

GSK Exchange Agreement

On or around the date of this registration statement, GSK and the Company entered into an exchange agreement (the “GSK Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which GSK will, conditional on completion of the Demerger, transfer all of its GSKCHH B Ordinary Shares to the Company in exchange for the issuance by the Company of 502,868,434 Haleon Shares, less a number of Haleon Shares that is equal to the number of Excess GSK Shares. As at 30 May 2022, the number of Haleon Shares expected to be held by GSK at UK Admission is expected to represent up to 6 per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company.

 

263


Table of Contents

SLP Exchange Agreement

On or around the date of this registration statement, the SLPs and the Company entered into an exchange agreement (the “SLP Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which the SLPs will, conditional on completion of the Demerger, transfer all of their GSKCHH C Ordinary Shares to the Company in exchange for the issuance by the Company of Haleon Shares, representing 7.5 per cent. (in aggregate and to the nearest whole Haleon Share) of the issued and outstanding Haleon Shares immediately following Separation.

Following completion of the Demerger Agreement, the GSK Exchange Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement, the Company will own the entire issued share capital of GSKCHH (the company that holds 68 per cent. of the ordinary shares in CH JVCo at the date of this registration statement).

Pfizer Exchange Agreement

On or around the date of this registration statement, Pfizer, Anacor and the Company entered into an exchange agreement (the “Pfizer Exchange Agreement,” and together with “GSK Exchange Agreement” and “SLP Exchange Agreement,” the “Exchange Agreements”) pursuant to which Pfizer will, conditional on completion of the Demerger, transfer all of its interests in PFCHH (the company that holds 32 per cent. of the ordinary shares in CH JVCo at the date of this registration statement) to the Company in exchange for the issuance by the Company of Haleon Shares to Pfizer and the Depositary (on behalf of Pfizer), representing in aggregate 32 per cent. of the issued and outstanding Haleon Shares immediately following Separation (to the nearest whole Haleon Share), and 25 million Non-Voting Preference Shares.

Following completion of the Demerger Agreement and the Exchange Agreements summarised above, the Company will, indirectly, own 100 per cent. of CH JVCo.

Pfizer Relationship Agreement

The Pfizer Relationship Agreement between the Company and Pfizer was entered into as a deed on or around the date of this registration statement (the “Pfizer Relationship Agreement”). The principal purpose of the Pfizer Relationship Agreement is to regulate the continuing relationship between the Company and Pfizer after UK Admission. References to aggregate interests in Haleon Shares in the Pfizer Relationship Agreement include both direct holdings of Haleon Shares and interests in Haleon Shares held indirectly through holdings of Haleon ADSs.

Pursuant to the Pfizer Relationship Agreement, Pfizer has undertaken that, for so long as Pfizer is a controlling shareholder (as defined in Appendix I to the UK Listing Rules), it shall (and shall procure that its associates (as defined in Appendix I of the UK Listing Rules) shall): (i) conduct all transactions and arrangements with the Company and the Group at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms; (ii) not take any action that would have the effect of preventing the Company from complying with its obligations under the Listing Rules; and (iii) not propose or procure the proposal of a shareholder resolution of the Company which is intended or appears to be intended to circumvent the proper application of the Listing Rules (together the “Independence Provisions”).

For so long as Pfizer is a controlling shareholder, it shall (and shall, so far as it is legally able to do so,

procure that its associates shall) not take any action which precludes the Company or any other member of the Group from carrying on an independent business as its main activity.

Under the Pfizer Relationship Agreement, Pfizer is granted the right to nominate two persons to be appointed to the Board as representative directors for so long as it and its affiliates together continue to hold 20 per cent. or more of the Haleon Shares in issue and a right to nominate one person to be appointed to the Board as a representative director for so long as it and its affiliates together continue to hold less than 20 per cent. but at least 10 per cent. of the Haleon Shares in issue. Pfizer is subject to customary standstill provisions, subject to certain exceptions, and the Pfizer Relationship Agreement imposes certain obligations on the Company in connection with seeking shareholder authority to carry out share repurchases to ensure that no such repurchases

 

264


Table of Contents

result in a requirement for Pfizer to make a general offer for Haleon Shares in accordance with Rule 9 of the City Code (provided that Pfizer has not itself entered into any disqualifying transactions).

Under the Pfizer Relationship Agreement, Pfizer agrees to procure that any member of its group holding an interest in Haleon Shares on UK Admission (including for the avoidance of doubt, Anacor) shall, for such time as that member of Pfizer’s group holds an interest in Haleon Shares, comply with the provisions of the Pfizer Relationship Agreement as if that member of Pfizer’s group were a party to the Pfizer Relationship Agreement with the same obligations as Pfizer.

The Pfizer Relationship Agreement will terminate on the date that Pfizer and its affiliates cease to hold at least 10 per cent. of the Haleon Shares in issue.

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with the Separation, GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC entered into a Transition Services Agreement on or around the date of this registration statement (the “Transition Services Agreement”), pursuant to which each group will provide limited services to the other on commercial terms and on an arms’ length basis for a transitional period, effective from completion of the Demerger.

Under the Transition Services Agreement, the GSK Group will provide services to the Group including: (i) the continued provision of and access to technology applications and platforms; (ii) the continued provision of various back office services and support across finance, facilities and office space; (iii) supply chain (including quality, warehouse, distribution and logistics support); and (iv) certain other services, including regulatory compliance and pharmacovigilance. The Group will also provide certain limited reverse services to the GSK Group.

Term and Termination

The Transition Services Agreement provides that the majority of services will be provided for a fixed period of not more than 12 months, and certain services may be extended subject to certain conditions. No fixed period service will continue beyond 24 months unless an extension is required as a result of force majeure, the service provider’s material breach, applicable law or an act or omission of a regulator. For event-based services, which are linked to an external trigger / event, the default position is that the service will be provided until such trigger / event occurs, plus an additional tail period of up to 6 months. These services can be extended for a period equaling 6 months (less the duration of any tail period).

Any service recipient under the Transition Services Agreement may, with respect to any service, terminate (in whole or in part) such service: (a) for convenience upon giving at least 90 days’ notice to the service provider (such early termination may be subject to early termination costs); and (b) for services provided in connection with a delayed asset (i.e. an asset used by the service recipient to conduct the Consumer Healthcare Business as at the Demerger but which has not yet been transferred to the service recipient on the effective date of the Transition Services Agreement) provided 60 days’ notice is given to the service provider. The service provider may terminate a service (in whole or in part) in the event its contract with a subcontractor who provides the service is terminated. In addition, if a force majeure event arises, then where the service recipient has obtained the affected service(s) from a substitute source, the service recipient may terminate the agreement in respect of such affected service(s) if the service recipient wishes to continue with such substitute source, with the relevant exit costs under the applicable work package being paid to the service provider on termination.

Either the service provider or the service recipient may terminate the Transition Services Agreement upon prior written notice (in the case of limb (ii), of at least 90 days wherever possible) to the other party if: (i) the other party has materially breached or materially failed to perform any of its obligations under the agreement, and such breach has not been remedied within a cure period of at least 45 days after receipt of written notice of such failure by the non-breaching party; or (ii) the other party suffers an insolvency event. GlaxoSmithKline Services

 

265


Table of Contents

Unlimited is not entitled to terminate the agreement due to any non-compliance of the Consumer Healthcare Business with certain policies, procedures and practices of the service provider or its affiliates or applicable laws before the effective date of the Transition Services Agreement or any circumstances or conditions with respect to the Consumer Healthcare Business that existed prior to the effective date of the Transition Services Agreement, provided that GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited must use all reasonable endeavours to remediate such noncompliance or conditions or circumstances.

Indemnities

Pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, the service provider has agreed to indemnify the service recipient and its affiliates in respect of losses resulting from the fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the service provider or the service provider’s affiliates and subcontractors and certain liabilities relating to service provider employees.

Pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, the service recipient has agreed to indemnify the service provider in respect of losses resulting from the provision of services under the Transition Services Agreement, except where such losses result from: (i) the fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the service provide or the service provider’s affiliates or subcontractors; (ii) a breach of the Transition Services Agreement or local country agreements by the service provider or the service provider’s affiliates or subcontractors; (iii) certain liabilities relating to service provider employees; or (iv) any third party IP violation resulting from the service provider not seeking a required consent.

Registration Rights Agreement

The Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) was entered into on or around the date of this registration statement among the Company, Pfizer, GSK and the SLPs. GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs, together with their respective affiliates, successors or permitted assigns, to the extent they are holders or beneficial owners of the Company’s registrable securities, are referred to in the Registration Rights Agreement as “Holders”. The Company’s registrable securities include all shares and ADSs held by the Holders in the Company after Separation and equity securities issued in exchange or replacement thereof.

The Registration Rights Agreement provides for certain demand and piggyback registration rights to the Holders. Pursuant to the demand registration rights:

 

   

the Company shall, no later than 60 calendar days after Separation, file with the SEC a shelf registration statement covering the resale under the US Exchange Act of all registrable securities and shall use its reasonable best efforts to have such shelf registration statement declared effective no later than the earlier of: (i) 90 calendar days following Separation if the SEC elects to “review” the shelf registration statement; and (ii) 10 business days after Company is notified by the SEC that such shelf registration statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review;

 

   

following the expiration of the lock-up restrictions in the Lock-up Deed, each Holder shall have the right to sell any part of its registrable securities in an underwritten offering pursuant to the shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Underwriting”) by delivering a written request to the Company. The Company shall give notice of such request to the Holders of other registrable securities registered on the shelf registration statement, and, subject to certain limitations, include in the Shelf Underwriting the registrable securities of the other requesting Holders;

 

   

if, following the expiration of the lock-up restrictions in the Lock-up Deed, the shelf registration statement is not available for use by the Holders, each Holder may require the Company to file one or more registration statements covering all or any part of its registrable securities, subject to certain limitations. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file or confidentially submit with the SEC the registration statement no later than 60 days from receipt of request from the Holder if the registration is on Form F-1 or Form S-1 (or 30 days if the registration is on Form F-3 or Form S-3); and

 

266


Table of Contents
   

the Registration Rights Agreement includes customary provisions that permit the Company to postpone filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement, or if a registration statement has been filed or confidentially submitted, suspend use of, or withdraw, such registration statement for a limited duration to avoid disclosing material non-public information in certain circumstances.

Pursuant to the piggyback registration right, if the Company registers any of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other shareholder under the Securities Act, the Company shall give written notice of its intention to do so to each of the Holders of record of registrable securities. Upon the written request from a Holder, the Company shall, subject to certain limitations, use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Holder’s registrable securities to be registered under the Securities Act.

The Registration Rights Agreement requires the Company to provide a standard indemnity to the Holders against any claims relating to any untrue statement of a material fact (or omission of a material fact) in any registration statement, a prospectus or the information conveyed by the Company to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or any violation by the Company of applicable law. The Registration Rights Agreement also requires each Holder to indemnify the Company, subject to certain limitations and with an opportunity to cure, with respect to any untrue statement of a material fact (or omission of a material fact) in any registration statement or prospectus, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder specifically for the use therein.

The Registration Rights Agreement requires the Company to pay all expenses associated with the registration of the registrable securities under the Registration Rights Agreement, but excluding transfer taxes and commissions payable in an underwritten offering, which will be payable by the Holders.

Pre-Separation Financing Agreements

Pre-Separation Programme Notes

On 16 March 2022, the EMTN Issuers established the Programme pursuant to which the EMTN Issuers may issue notes from time to time. As at the date of this registration statement, the EMTN Issuers have issued the Pre-Separation Programme Notes under the Programme. The Pre-Separation Programme Notes are constituted by a trust deed dated 16 March 2022 among the EMTN Issuers, GSK and the Company as guarantors and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee for the noteholders (the “Trust Deed”). For a description of the Programme and the Pre-Separation Programme Notes, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources— Capital Resources and Indebtedness—Pre-Separation Programme Notes.” The Pre-Separation Programme Notes were offered and sold to non-US persons in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act. The Trust Deed for the Programme includes customary covenants and events of default for financings of this type and are redeemable as described in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness—Pre-Separation Programme Notes.

Pre-Separation USD Notes

On 24 March 2022, the US Issuer and the UK Issuer issued the Pre-Separation USD Notes. The Pre-Separation USD Notes were issued under an indenture dated as of 24 March 2022 among the US Issuer, the UK Issuer, GSK and the Company as guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, registrar, paying agent, transfer agent and calculation agent (the “Indenture”). The Pre-Separation USD Notes were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to non-US persons in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act. The Indenture includes customary covenants and events of default for financings of this type and are redeemable as described in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness—Pre-Separation USD Notes.

 

267


Table of Contents

In connection with the issuance of the Pre-Separation USD Notes, on 24 March 2022, the US Issuer, the UK Issuer, GSK, the Company and the initial purchasers of the Pre-Separation USD Notes entered into a registration rights agreement, pursuant to which the Company and each of the US Issuer and the UK Issuer agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to (1) file with the SEC a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to an offer to exchange each series of the Pre-Separation USD Notes issued by the US Issuer (with respect to the US Issuer) or the Pre-Separation USD Notes issued by the UK Issuer (with respect to the UK Issuer) (the “Exchange Offer”) for new notes with the same aggregate principal amount and terms substantially identical in all material respects to the applicable series of the Pre-Separation USD Notes (except for the provisions of the Pre-Separation USD Notes relating to transfer restrictions, the GSK guarantee and the special mandatory early redemption); (2) to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act; and (3) to consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 365 days after the Guarantee Assumption Date (as defined in the registration rights agreement).

Term Loan Facility

On 18 February 2022, CH JVCo entered into the Term Loan Facility with a total commitment of £1,500,000,000 provided by various relationship banks of the Group. For a description of the Term Loan Facility, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources and Indebtedness—Term Loan Facility.

10.D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

Other than certain economic sanctions, which may be in force from time to time, there are currently no applicable laws, decrees or regulations in force in the UK restricting the import or export of capital or restricting the remittance of dividends or other payments to holders of the company’s shares who are non-residents of the UK. Similarly, other than certain economic sanctions which may be in force from time to time, there are no limitations relating only to non-residents of the UK under English law or our Articles of Association on the right to be a holder of, and to vote in respect of, the Haleon Shares.

10.E. TAXATION

UK taxation

The following summary contains a description of certain UK tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs. It is based on current UK tax law and the current published practice of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) (which may not be binding on HMRC) as at the date of this registration statement which are both subject to change at any time, possibly with retrospective effect. This summary applies to you only if:

 

   

you are a citizen or resident of the United States or a US corporation (or are otherwise subject to US federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of your holding of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs);

 

   

you are the beneficial owner of your Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs and hold them as a capital asset and not for the purposes of a trade;

 

   

if you are an individual, you are not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes, and do not hold the Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs for the purposes of a trade, profession or vocation that you carry on in the UK through a branch or agency or, if you are a corporation, you are not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes and do not hold the Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs for the purposes of a trade carried on in the UK through a permanent establishment in the UK; and

 

   

you are not domiciled in the UK for inheritance tax purposes.

 

268


Table of Contents

This summary does not constitute legal or tax advice and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to invest in Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs. It does not address the tax treatment of investors that may be subject to special rules (such as rules applicable to charities, dealers in securities, trustees, broker dealers, market makers, insurance companies, collective investment schemes, pension schemes, or persons subject to UK tax on the remittance basis).

In the following summary, references to Haleon ADRs mean American depositary receipts evidencing Haleon ADSs.

If you are in any doubt as to the tax consequences to you of the acquisition, ownership or disposal of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs, you should consult your own tax advisers without delay.

UK Tax Consequences of the Demerger

The Demerger should not have UK tax consequences for an individual or corporation holder of GSK Shares or GSK ADSs and who is not (and has not been) UK tax resident for UK tax purposes and who does not (and has not) held such GSK Shares or GSK ADSs for the purposes of a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the UK through a branch, agency or permanent establishment.

No liability to stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (“SDRT”) should be incurred by a holder of GSK Shares or GSK ADSs as a result of the issue to them of the Haleon Shares or Haleon ADRs pursuant to the Demerger. This statement applies whether or not the holder of GSK Shares or GSK ADRs is resident in the United States, the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

UK Tax Consequences of Owning and Disposing of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs Received in the Demerger

Taxation of dividends

The Company is not required under UK law to withhold tax at source from any dividend payment it makes.

Taxation of capital gains

A holder of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs who for UK tax purposes is a US corporation that is not resident in the UK will not be liable for UK taxation on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs unless, at the time of disposal, the holder carries or has carried on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment in the UK and the Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for use by or for the purposes of such trade or permanent establishment.

Subject to the following paragraph, an individual who has at no time been resident for UK tax purposes in the UK will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs unless, at the time of the disposal, that individual carries or has carried on a trade in the UK through a branch or agency and the Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs are or have been used, held, or acquired for use by or for the purposes of such trade or for the purposes of such branch or agency.

A holder of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs who is an individual who is temporarily a non-UK resident for UK tax purposes will, in certain circumstances, become liable to UK tax on capital gains in respect of gains realised while they were not resident in the UK.

The Capital Reduction should not have UK tax consequences for an individual or corporation holder of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs who is not (and has not been) UK tax resident for UK tax purposes and who does not

 

269


Table of Contents

(and has not) held such Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs for the purposes of a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the UK through a branch, agency or permanent establishment.

Inheritance tax

Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, a Haleon Share or Haleon ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the “Convention”) and who is neither domiciled in the UK nor (where certain conditions are met) a UK national (as defined in the Convention), will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual’s lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. In a case where a Haleon Share or Haleon ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

The following statements are intended as a general and non-exhaustive guide to the current UK stamp duty and SDRT position and apply whether or not the holder of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs is resident in the United States, the United Kingdom or elsewhere. It should be noted that certain categories of person, including market makers, brokers, dealers, persons connected with clearance services and depositary receipt systems and other specified market intermediaries, may not be liable to stamp duty or SDRT or may be liable at a higher rate or may, although not primarily liable for tax, be required to notify and account for it under the Stamp Duty Reserve Tax Regulations 1986.

Stamp duty may arise upon the transfer of a Haleon Share, and SDRT may arise upon the transfer or issue of a Haleon Share, to a person (or a nominee or agent of such a person) whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts or the provision of clearance services, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of the issue price or, as the case may be, of the amount or value of the consideration for or, in certain circumstances, the value of the transfer.

Following litigation, however, HMRC have confirmed that they will no longer seek to apply the 1.5% SDRT charge on an issue of shares to a depositary receipt issuer or to a person providing clearance services (or their nominee or agent) on the basis that this is not compatible with EU law. HMRC’s published view is that this remains the position under the terms of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 following the end of the transition period unless the stamp taxes on shares legislation is amended. HMRC’s view is that the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge will continue to apply to a transfer of shares or securities to a depositary receipt system or clearance service where the transfer is not an integral part of an issue of share capital.

Based on HMRC’s published practice, no UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of Haleon ADRs. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer Haleon ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

A sale of Haleon Shares (as opposed to Haleon ADRs) will generally be subject to UK stamp duty (if the Haleon Shares are held in certificated form) or SDRT (if the sale is settled electronically through the UK’s CREST system of paperless transfers), in either case at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration paid for the ordinary shares. Transfers of Haleon Shares to a connected company of a shareholder (or its nominee) may be subject to stamp duty and/or SDRT based on the market value of the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer, if that is higher than the amount or value of the consideration actually paid for the ordinary shares, subject to any relief which may be available for intragroup transfers.

 

270


Table of Contents

Any stamp duty payable (as opposed to SDRT) is rounded up to the nearest £5. No stamp duty (as opposed to SDRT) will be payable if the amount or value of the consideration is (and is certified on the instrument of transfer to be) £1,000 or under and the transfer does not form part of a larger transaction, or series of transactions, where the aggregate consideration exceeds £1,000.

Whilst stamp duty and SDRT may in certain circumstances both apply to the same transaction, if stamp duty is paid within six years of the transfer, or the transfer is exempt from stamp duty, the SDRT will generally be treated as discharged. This means that in practice, only one of either stamp duty or SDRT would be paid and is usually paid or borne by the purchaser.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of material US federal income tax considerations generally applicable to US Holders (as defined below) of: (1) the Demerger; and (2) owning and disposing of the Haleon Shares or the Haleon ADSs received in the Demerger, based on the description of the Demerger set forth herein.

This summary is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial interpretations thereof, in force as of the date hereof, and the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and on Capital Gains, in force as of 31 March 2003 (as amended by any subsequent protocols, including the protocol in force as of 31 March 2003) (the “Treaty”). Those authorities may be changed at any time, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in US federal income tax consequences different from those summarised below.

This summary is directed only to you if you are a US Holder and you hold your GSK Shares or GSK ADSs, and will hold your Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs, as capital assets and does not address particular tax consequences that may be applicable to you if you are subject to special tax rules, such as banks, brokers or dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities electing to mark to market, financial institutions, life insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, regulated investment companies, entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for US federal income tax purposes (or partners therein), holders that own or are treated as owning 10% or more of GSK’s or the Company’s stock (including indirectly through ADSs) by vote or value, persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle, or persons whose functional currency is not the USD. Moreover, this summary does not address state, local or foreign taxes, the US federal estate and gift taxes, the Medicare contribution tax applicable to net investment income of certain non-corporate US Holders, or alternative minimum tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs.

For purposes of this summary, a “US Holder” is a beneficial owner of GSK Shares or GSK ADSs or, after the completion of the Demerger, Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs, that is a citizen or resident of the United States or a US domestic corporation or that otherwise is subject to US federal income taxation on a net income basis in respect of such shares or ADSs.

You should consult your own tax advisors about the consequences to you of the Demerger and the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of Haleon Shares or Haleon ADSs, including the relevance to your particular situation of the considerations discussed below and any consequences arising under foreign, state, local or other tax laws.

 

271


Table of Contents

ADSs

In general, if you hold Haleon ADSs, you will be treated, for US federal income tax purposes, as the beneficial owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by those ADSs. References to “shares” below apply to both ordinary shares and ADSs, unless the context indicates otherwise.

US Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Demerger

The rules for determining whether a distribution such as the Demerger qualifies for tax-free treatment for US federal income tax purposes are complex and depend on all the relevant facts and circumstances. GSK intends for the Demerger to qualify as a tax-free reorganisation under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code. GSK applied for an IRS private letter ruling confirming such qualification, in part because the Demerger and related transactions raise certain technical issues under these rules (including the satisfaction of the “active trade or business” requirement and certain other requirements under section 355 of the Code). On 31 March 2022, the IRS notified GSK that the IRS had determined, in the exercise of its discretion, not to issue the requested ruling. At the same time, the IRS indicated that it had not concluded whether the proposed Demerger would be taxable and therefore was not ruling adversely on the request. Given the discretionary nature of the IRS’s ruling standards, the IRS has wide discretion in deciding to decline a ruling request with respect to a particular transaction. Obtaining an IRS ruling is generally not a legal requirement for a transaction to qualify as tax-free for US federal income tax purposes.

GSK expects to receive a tax opinion from KPMG LLP to the effect that the Demerger should qualify as a tax-free reorganisation under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code (the receipt of such tax opinion not being a condition to the Demerger). The tax opinion will be subject to customary qualifications and assumptions, and will be based on factual representations and undertakings. The failure of any factual representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete in all material respects, or any undertakings to be fully complied with, could affect the validity of the tax opinion. Moreover, the tax opinion will not be binding on the IRS or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the conclusions set forth in the tax opinion. Therefore, no assurances can be given that the Demerger will qualify for its intended US tax treatment.

Assuming that the Demerger qualifies for tax-free treatment, if you hold GSK Shares, the receipt of Haleon Shares in the Demerger will result in the following US federal income tax consequences:

 

   

You will not recognise income, gain or loss on the receipt of Haleon Shares in the Demerger, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional Haleon Shares (as discussed below).

 

   

Your aggregate tax basis in your GSK Shares and Haleon Shares immediately after the Demerger will be the same as the aggregate tax basis in the GSK Shares held by you immediately before the Demerger, allocated between such GSK Shares and Haleon Shares in proportion to their relative fair market values.

 

   

Your holding period of the Haleon Shares received in the Demerger will include the holding period of the GSK Shares with respect to which such Haleon Shares were received. If you acquired different blocks of GSK Shares at different times or at different prices, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the allocation of your aggregate tax basis in, and the holding period of, the Haleon Shares received with respect to such blocks of GSK Shares.

If you receive cash in lieu of a fractional Haleon Share as part of the Demerger, you will be treated as though you first received a distribution of the fractional share in the Demerger and then sold it for the amount of cash actually received. You generally will recognise capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the cash received for such fractional share and your tax basis in that fractional share, as determined above. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period of the GSK Shares is more than one year on the date of the Demerger.

 

272


Table of Contents

If the Demerger were determined not to qualify for tax-free treatment, then, in general, if you hold GSK Shares, the receipt of Haleon Shares in the Demerger would result in the following US federal income tax consequences:

 

   

You would generally be treated as receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the Haleon Shares (determined at the time of the Demerger) you received in the Demerger (including fractional shares). In such event, such distribution would be treated as a taxable dividend to you to the extent that such distribution is paid out of GSK’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax principles). GSK does not calculate its earnings and profits under US federal income tax principles; you should therefore expect that the entire distribution of Haleon Shares would be reported as a dividend for US federal income tax purposes. Subject to certain exceptions for short-term positions, the dividends received by an individual with respect to GSK Shares would be subject to taxation at a preferential rate if (i) GSK is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States that the US Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and that includes an exchange of information programme (including the Treaty), and (ii) GSK was not a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) in the year prior to the Demerger or in the year of the Demerger. GSK believes it is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, and, based on its audited financial statements, GSK believes that it was not treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2021 taxable year. In addition, based on GSK’s audited financial statements and its current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, and the sources and nature of its income, GSK does not anticipate becoming a PFIC for its 2022 taxable year. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular circumstances.

 

   

You would have a tax basis in your Haleon Shares equal to their fair market value.

US Federal Income Tax Consequences of Owning and Disposing of Haleon Shares Received in the Demerger

Taxation of Dividends

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status,” the gross amount of any distribution of cash or property with respect to Haleon Shares that is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) will generally be includible in your taxable income as ordinary dividend income on the day on which you receive the dividend, in the case of shares, or the date the depositary receives the dividends, in the case of ADSs, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations under the Code.

We do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles. You therefore should expect that distributions generally will be reported as dividends for US federal income tax purposes.

Dividends paid in Pounds Sterling generally will be includible in your income in a USD amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividends are distributed. Any gain or loss on your subsequent sale, conversion or other disposition of such non-US currency generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss and generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States.

If you are an individual, subject to certain exceptions for short-term positions, the USD amount of dividends you receive with respect to Haleon Shares will be subject to taxation at a preferential rate if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends paid on Haleon Shares will be treated as qualified dividends if:

 

   

we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States that the US Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and that includes an exchange of information programme; and

 

273


Table of Contents
   

we were not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a PFIC.

The US Treasury has determined that the Treaty meets the requirements for reduced rates of taxation, and we believe we will be eligible for the benefits of the Treaty. We were not treated as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes for our 2021 taxable year, and thus the PFIC rules were not applicable to us for such year. In addition, based on our audited financial statements and our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets, and the sources and nature of our income, we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC for our 2022 taxable year or in the foreseeable future. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular circumstances.

Dividend distributions with respect to Haleon Shares generally will be treated as “passive category” income from sources outside the United States for purposes of determining your US foreign tax credit limitation.

Taxation of Dispositions of Haleon Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status,” upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the Haleon Shares, you will realise gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realised on the disposition and your adjusted tax basis in such shares, as determined in USD as discussed below. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. If you are an individual, long-term capital gain you realise generally is subject to taxation at a preferential rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Gain, if any, you realise on the sale or other disposition of the shares generally will be treated as US source income for US foreign tax credit purposes.

If you sell or otherwise dispose of Haleon Shares in exchange for currency other than USD, the amount realised generally will be the USD value of the currency received at the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposition (or, if the shares are traded on an established securities market at such time, in the case of cash basis and electing accrual basis US holders, the settlement date). If you are an accrual basis US Holder that does not elect to determine the amount realised using the spot exchange rate on the settlement date, you will recognise foreign currency gain or loss equal to the difference between the USD value of the amount received based on the spot exchange rates in effect on the date of the sale or other disposition and the settlement date. You generally will have a tax basis in the currency received equal to the USD value of the currency received at the spot rate in effect on the settlement date. Any currency gain or loss realised on the settlement date or the subsequent sale, conversion, or other disposition of the non-US currency received for a different USD amount generally will be US-source ordinary income or loss, and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains. If you are an accrual basis US Holder and you make the election described in the first sentence of this paragraph, it must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the treatment of any foreign currency gain or loss realised with respect to any currency received in a sale or other disposition of the shares.

Deposits and withdrawals of shares by you in exchange for ADSs will not result in the realisation of gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes.

Capital Reduction

It is not clear whether the Capital Reduction would be treated as a realization event for US federal income tax purposes, although even if the Capital Reduction were to be treated as such a realization event, the Company

 

274


Table of Contents

intends for the Capital Reduction to qualify as tax-free under sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Code. Assuming that the Capital Reduction qualifies for tax-free treatment, (i) you will not recognise any gain or loss upon the Capital Reduction, and (ii) your aggregate adjusted basis and holding period in your Haleon Shares should be the same as your aggregate basis and holding period in the Haleon Shares exchanged therefor. If you acquired your Haleon Shares on different dates and at different prices, you should consult your tax advisors regarding the allocation of the tax basis of such Haleon Shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status

Special US tax rules apply to companies that are considered to be PFICs. We will be classified as a PFIC in a particular taxable year if, taking into account our proportionate share of the income and assets of our subsidiaries under applicable “look-through” rules, either

 

   

75 per cent. or more of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

 

   

the average percentage of the value of our assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50 per cent.

For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, gains from certain commodities transactions, rents, royalties and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets that produce passive income.

We do not expect to become a PFIC in 2022 or the foreseeable future. However, the PFIC tests must be applied each year, and it is possible that we may become a PFIC in a future year. In the event that, contrary to our expectation, we are classified as a PFIC in any year, you generally would be subject to additional taxes on certain distributions and any gain realised from the sale or other taxable disposition of Haleon Shares regardless of whether we continued to be a PFIC in any subsequent year, unless you elect to mark your Haleon Shares to market for tax purposes on an annual basis. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisor as to our status as a PFIC and the tax consequences to you of such status.

Foreign Financial Asset Reporting

If you are an individual and you own “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or $75,000 at any time during the taxable year, you are generally required to file an information statement along with your tax return, currently on Form 8938, with respect to such assets. “Specified foreign financial assets” include any financial accounts held at a non-US financial institution, as well as securities issued by a non-US issuer that are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions. Higher reporting thresholds apply to certain individuals living abroad and to certain married individuals. Regulations extend this reporting requirement to certain entities that are treated as formed or availed of to hold direct or indirect interests in specified foreign financial assets based on objective criteria. If you fail to report the required information, you could be subject to substantial penalties. In addition, the statute of limitations for assessment of tax would be suspended, in whole or part. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these rules, including the application of the rules to their particular circumstances.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

If you are a US Holder, dividends paid on, and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, your shares generally may be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Code and may be subject to backup withholding unless you provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and make any other required certification or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of

 

275


Table of Contents

any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a refund or credit against your US federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the US Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.

If you are not a US taxpayer, you may be required to comply with certification and identification procedures in order to establish your exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

10.F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

The dividend paying agent for the Haleon Shareholders is expected to be Equiniti Limited. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—4.B. Business Overview—Dividend Policy.”

10.G. STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS

The Financial Statements included in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement. Such Financial Statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Deloitte advised the Audit & Risk Committee that in 2021 and 2022, firms that are part of the Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited network provided, and continue to provide, certain non-audit services to Pfizer that cause Deloitte to be considered not independent of the Company under the SEC’s auditor independence rules. These non-audit services, which included project management office services, managed services and hosting of data, were considered permissible under local independence standards, but were impermissible management functions under the SEC’s auditor independence rules.

Deloitte informed the Audit & Risk Committee that (i) Deloitte was capable of exercising objective and impartial judgment on all issues encompassed within the entire audit and professional engagement period in relation to the Financial Statements and (ii) a reasonable investor with knowledge of all relevant facts and circumstances would conclude that Deloitte has been and is capable of exercising objective and impartial judgment on all issues encompassed within its audits of the Financial Statements, for several reasons, including:

 

   

The non-audit services provided were solely for the benefit of Pfizer. The services did not impact the Company’s operations or accounting records, result in the preparation or origination of source data underlying the Financial Statements, or involve making any management decisions or the performance of any management functions at the Company. The services are not subject to Deloitte’s audit;

 

   

The Deloitte audit engagement team is in a separate business unit from the teams providing services to Pfizer with ethical walls preventing the sharing of information between the teams (except for information needed to evaluate independence compliance); and

 

   

The fees for the non-audit services were not material to Pfizer or to any firm in the Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited network that provided the services to Pfizer.

After considering the facts and circumstances, the Audit & Risk Committee also concluded, for the reasons described above, that (i) the non-audit services did not impair Deloitte’s objectivity and impartiality with respect to the planning and execution of the audits of the Financial Statements and (ii) a reasonable investor with knowledge of all relevant facts and circumstances would conclude that Deloitte has been and is capable of exercising objective and impartial judgment on all issues encompassed within its audits of the Financial Statements.

As of 24 March 2022, KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has been appointed to conduct the audit of the Company’s financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2022.

 

276


Table of Contents

10.H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will become subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as US companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We also maintain a corporate website at www.haleon.com, which will go live following Separation. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto will not be deemed to be incorporated into this registration statement.

10.I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE

AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information set forth in note 33 to our Financial Statements beginning on page F-61 is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION

OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

12.A. DEBT SECURITIES

Not applicable.

12.B. WARRANTS AND RIGHTS

Not applicable.

12.C. OTHER SECURITIES

Not applicable.

12.D. AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

This summary of the general terms and provisions of our ADSs does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our Form F-6 filed on or around the date of this registration statement including the exhibits thereto. In the following description, a “Holder” is the person registered with the Depositary, references to American depositary receipts or ADRs mean ADRs evidencing Haleon ADSs, “ADSs” refer to the Haleon ADSs, “shares” refer to Haleon Shares, “Depositary” refer to the Haleon Depositary and “Custodian” refer to the Haleon ADS Custodian.

 

277


Table of Contents

General

ADRs evidencing ADSs are issuable pursuant the Deposit Agreement, between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary, and the Holders of the ADRs. The principal executive office of the Depositary is 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 11, New York, New York 10179. Each ADS represents the right to receive two Haleon Shares. An ADR may evidence any number of ADSs.

We intend to apply to list the ADSs on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “HLN.”

Voting

The Depositary or, if the deposited securities are registered in the name of or held by its nominee, its nominee, subject to and in accordance with the constituent documents of the Company, irrevocably appointed each Holder for the time being on the record date (the “Voting Record Date”) fixed by the Depositary in respect of any meeting (at which holders of deposited securities are entitled to vote) as its proxy to attend, vote and speak at the relevant meeting (or any adjournment thereof) in respect of the deposited securities represented by the ADSs registered on the books of the Depositary in the name of such Holder on the Voting Record Date. In respect of any such meeting each such Holder can appoint any person as its substitute proxy to attend, vote and speak on behalf of the Holder subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement and the constituent documents of the Company.

As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting at which the holders of deposited securities are entitled to vote, or of solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of deposited securities, the Depositary shall fix the Voting Record Date in respect of such meeting or solicitation. The Depositary or, if the Company so determines, the Company shall, distribute to Holders of record on such Voting Record Date: (a) such information as is contained in such notice of meeting or in the solicitation materials, (b) an ADR proxy card in a form prepared by the Depositary, (c) a statement that each Holder at the close of business on the Voting Record Date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the Company’s constituent documents and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, either (i) to use such ADR proxy card in order to attend, vote and speak at such meeting as the proxy of the Depositary or its nominee solely with respect to the ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs, or (ii) to appoint any other person as the substitute proxy of such Holder, solely with respect to the ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs, or (iii) to renounce the proxy initially provided by the Depositary or its nominee to such Holder or such Holder’s substitute proxy and to provide voting instructions to the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, pertaining to the ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by ADSs evidenced by their respective ADRs (“Voting Instructions”), and (d) if the Depositary is to be given Voting Instructions by such Holders, a brief statements as to the manner in which Voting Instructions may be given to the Depositary. Each Holder shall be solely responsible for the forwarding of voting information to the persons or entities having a beneficial ownership interest in ADSs (the “Beneficial Owner”) registered in such Holder’s name. There is no guarantee that Holders and Beneficial Owners generally or any Holder or Beneficial Owner in particular will receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable such Holder or Beneficial Owner to return any Voting Instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner or for the Holder to arrange to attend, vote and/or speak at the relevant meeting. The Company shall provide notice to the Depositary of such vote or meeting in a timely manner and at least 30 days prior to the date of such vote or meeting (unless less than 30 days’ notice of the meeting has been given in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and English law, in which case the Company will provide to the Depositary such advance notice of the meeting as may be possible under the circumstances); provided that if the Depositary receives less than 30 days’ notice of such vote or meeting, the Depositary shall only make such distribution to the extent it deems it to be practicable.

 

278


Table of Contents

Upon actual receipt by the ADR department responsible for proxies and Voting Instructions (including, without limitation, instructions of any entity or entities acting on behalf of the nominee for DTC) of a Holder on the Voting Record Date in the manner and on or before the time established by the Depositary for such purpose, the depositary shall endeavor, insofar as practicable and permitted under applicable law, the provisions of the Company’s constituent documents and the provisions of the deposited securities, to vote or cause to be voted the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs in accordance with such Voting Instructions insofar as practicable and permitted under the provisions of or governing deposited securities. The Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion in respect of any deposited securities. Ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by ADSs for which no specific Voting Instructions are received by the Depositary from the Holder shall not be voted by the Depositary but may be directly voted by such Holder in attendance at meetings of shareholders as proxy for the Depositary or its nominee, subject to, and in accordance with, the Deposit Agreement and the Company’s constituent documents.

Holders and their substitute proxy (other than the Depositary) shall only be permitted to attend, vote and speak at meetings at which holders of deposited securities are entitled to vote as the proxy of the Depositary or its nominee with respect to the whole number of ordinary shares represented by the ADSs evidenced by ADRs held by such Holders on the record date set by the Depositary. For the avoidance of doubt, when the Depositary receives Voting Instructions from a substitute proxy of a Holder (including, without limitation, instructions from Broadridge Financial Solutions or any other entity acting on behalf of participants and/or customers of participants within DTC) or their agents, and such registered Holder has notified the Depositary that it holds ADRs on behalf of such substitute proxies, the Depositary shall treat such Voting Instructions as coming from an entity that holds ADRs on behalf of such substitute proxies and the Depositary shall vote or cause to be voted the deposited securities in accordance with such instructions.

Holders are strongly encouraged to forward their Voting Instructions as soon as possible. Voting Instructions will not be deemed received until such time as the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting has received such Voting Instructions notwithstanding that such Voting Instructions may have been physically received by the Depositary prior to such time.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Deposit Agreement or any ADR, the Depositary may, to the extent not prohibited by any law, rule or regulation or the rules and/or requirements of the stock exchange on which the ADSs are listed, in lieu of distribution of the materials provided to the Depositary in connection with any meeting of or solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of deposited securities, distribute to the Holders a notice, after consulting the Company as to the form of such notice to the extent practicable, that provides Holders with, or otherwise publicises to Holders, instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon request (i.e., by reference to a website containing the materials for retrieval or a contact for requesting copies of the materials).

Procedures for Transmitting Notices, Reports and Proxy Soliciting Material

In addition to the procedures for transmitting notices discussed above under “—Voting,” the Depositary or its agent will keep, at a designated transfer office (the “Transfer Office”), (i) a register (the “ADR Register”) for the registration, registration of transfer, combination and split-up of ADRs and (ii) facilities for the delivery and receipt of ADRs. Title to an ADR (and to deposited securities represented by the ADSs), upon delivery to the Depositary of proper instruments of transfer, is transferable by delivery with the same effect as in the case of negotiable instruments under the laws of the State of New York; provided that the Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the person in whose name such ADR is registered on the ADR Register as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes and neither the Depositary nor the Company will have any obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement or any ADR to any Beneficial Owner, unless such Beneficial Owner is the Holder hereof. Such ADR is transferable on the ADR Register and may be split into

 

279


Table of Contents

other ADRs or combined with other ADRs into one ADR, evidencing the aggregate number of ADSs surrendered for split-up or combination, by the Holder hereof or by duly authorised attorney upon surrender of ADRs at the Transfer Office upon delivery to the Depositary of proper instruments of transfer, duly stamped as may be required by applicable law; provided that the Depositary may close the ADR Register at any time or from time to time when deemed expedient by it and it shall also close the issuance book portion of the ADR Register when reasonably requested by the Company in order to enable the Company to comply with applicable law.

The Deposit Agreement, the provisions of or governing deposited securities and any written communications from the Company, which are both received by the Custodian or its nominee as a holder of deposited securities and made generally available to the holders of deposited securities, are available for inspection by Holders at the offices of the Depositary and its agent or agents, at the Transfer Office, on the SEC website, or upon request from the Depositary (which request may be refused by the Depositary at its discretion). The Depositary will distribute copies of such communications (or English translations or summaries thereof) to Holders when furnished by the Company. The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and accordingly files certain reports with the SEC.

“Direct Registration ADR” means an ADR, the ownership of which is recorded on the Direct Registration System.

“Direct Registration System” means the system for the uncertificated registration of ownership of securities established by DTC and utilised by the Depositary pursuant to which the Depositary may record the ownership of ADRs without the issuance of a certificate, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto.

Sale or Exercising of Rights

The Depositary will distribute to each Holder entitled thereto on the record date set by the Depositary therefor at such Holder’s address shown on the ADR Register, in proportion to the number of deposited securities (on which the following distributions on deposited securities are received by the Custodian) represented by ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs: (i) warrants or other instruments in the discretion of the Depositary representing rights to acquire additional ADRs in respect of any rights to subscribe for additional shares or rights of any nature available to the Depositary as a result of a distribution on deposited securities (“Rights”), to the extent that the Company timely furnishes to the Depositary evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that the Depositary may lawfully distribute the same (the Company has no obligation to so furnish such evidence), or (ii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and sales of Rights are practicable, any USD available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Rights as in the case of cash, or (iii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and such sales cannot practicably be accomplished by reason of the non-transferability of the Rights, limited markets therefor, their short duration or otherwise, nothing (and any Rights may lapse).

Deposit or Sale of Securities Resulting from Dividends, Splits or Plans of Reorganisation

If the Company makes a dividend payable at the election of the holders of ordinary shares in either cash or additional ordinary shares that it wishes to be made available to the Holders, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Depositary at least 30 days prior to the proposed distribution stating whether or not it wishes such elective distribution to be made available to the Holders. The Depositary shall make such elective distribution available to the Holders only if, among other things, the Company has timely requested that the elective distribution is available to the Holders and the Depositary shall have determined that such distribution is reasonably practicable. If the conditions for making the elective distribution available to the Holders are satisfied, the Depositary shall establish a record date and procedures to enable the Holders to elect the receipt of either

 

280


Table of Contents

cash or additional ADSs. If the conditions for making the elective distribution available to the Holders are not satisfied, the Depositary shall, to the extent permitted by law, distribute either cash or additional ADSs to the Holders on the basis of the same determination as is made in the local market in respect of the ordinary shares for which no election is made. There can be no assurance that Holders or Beneficial Owners generally, or any Holder and/or Beneficial Owner in particular, will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares.

To the extent the Depositary deems distribution of securities or property available to the Depositary resulting from any distribution on deposited securities (other than cash, ordinary shares or Rights) not to be equitable and practicable, the Depositary may distribute any US Dollars available to the Depositary from net proceeds of sale of such securities or property.

The Depositary may, in its discretion, and shall if reasonably requested by the Company, distribute additional or amended ADRs or cash, securities or property to reflect any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities, any ordinary share distributions or other distributions not distributed to Holders or any cash, securities or property available to the Depositary in respect of deposited securities from (and the Depositary is hereby authorised to surrender any deposited securities to any person and, irrespective of whether such deposited securities are surrendered or otherwise cancelled by operation of law, rule, regulation or otherwise, to sell by public or private sale any property received in connection with) any recapitalisation, reorganisation, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company. To the extent the Depositary does not amend ADRs or make a distribution to Holders to reflect any of the foregoing, or the net proceeds thereof, whatever cash, securities or property results from any of the foregoing shall constitute deposited securities and each ADS evidenced by an ADR shall automatically represent its pro rata interest in the deposited securities as then constituted. Promptly upon the occurrence of any of the aforementioned changes affecting deposited securities, the Company shall notify the Depositary in writing of such occurrence and as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice from the Company, may instruct the Depositary to give notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to Holders in accordance with the provisions hereof. Upon receipt of such instruction, the Depositary shall give notice to the Holders in accordance with the terms thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable.

For all cash dividends and other cash distributions that are made available to the Depositary after the date that will be published on www.adr.com (as updated by the Depositary from time to time, “ADR.com”) and communicated to then current Holders by mail, the Depositary will distribute any cash to Holders solely via electronic funds transfer, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph. In order to receive such amounts, Holders must provide their bank deposit details to the Depositary in accordance with the instructions provided by the Depositary for this purpose. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, all such amounts owing to Holders who do not provide such bank deposit details shall be held by the Depositary on behalf of such Holders until such bank deposit details have been provided. All amounts so held by the Depositary will be reported for tax purposes as if paid to all Holders as of the date that funds are first made available to Holders and will neither accrue interest nor be invested for Holders while they are being held. A Holder will be unable to receive cash dividends or other cash distributions to which it is entitled until such time as such Holder either (i) provides its bank deposit details to the Depositary in accordance with the instructions provided by the Depositary for this purpose, (ii) transfers such Holder’s ADS position into DTC or (iii) cancels its ADSs (whereupon, in the case of a transfer to DTC or a cancellation, such Holder will receive a check for the aggregate amount of cash dividends and/or cash distributions being held on its behalf). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary shall, if instructed by the Company, distribute cash dividends and other cash distributions by check or by such other means as the Company and the Depositary may agree.

 

281


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Related Matters

To facilitate the administration of various depositary receipt transactions, including disbursement of dividends or other cash distributions and other corporate actions, the Depositary may engage the foreign exchange desk within JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) and/or its affiliates in order to enter into spot foreign exchange transactions to convert foreign currency into US Dollars (“FX Transactions”). For certain currencies, FX Transactions are entered into with the Bank or an affiliate, as the case may be, acting in a principal capacity. For other currencies, FX Transactions are routed directly to and managed by an unaffiliated local custodian (or other third party local liquidity provider), and neither the Bank nor any of its affiliates is a party to such FX Transactions.

The foreign exchange rate applied to an FX Transaction will be either (a) a published benchmark rate, or (b) a rate determined by a third party local liquidity provider, in each case plus or minus a spread, as applicable. The Depositary will disclose which foreign exchange rate and spread, if any, apply to such currency on ADR.com. Such applicable foreign exchange rate and spread may (and neither the Depositary, the Bank nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to ensure that such rate does not) differ from rates and spreads at which comparable transactions are entered into with other customers or the range of foreign exchange rates and spreads at which the Bank or any of its affiliates enters into foreign exchange transactions in the relevant currency pair on the date of the FX Transaction. Additionally, the timing of execution of an FX Transaction varies according to local market dynamics, which may include regulatory requirements, market hours and liquidity in the foreign exchange market or other factors. Furthermore, the Bank and its affiliates may manage the associated risks of their position in the market in a manner they deem appropriate without regard to the impact of such activities on the Company, the Depositary, Holders or Beneficial Owners. The spread applied does not reflect any gains or losses that may be earned or incurred by the Bank and its affiliates as a result of risk management or other hedging related activity. To the extent the Company provides US Dollars to the Depositary, neither the Bank nor any of its affiliates will execute an FX Transaction. In such case, the Depositary will distribute the US Dollars received from the Company.

Further details relating to the applicable foreign exchange rate, the applicable spread and the execution of FX Transactions will be provided by the Depositary on ADR.com. The Company, Holders and Beneficial Owners each acknowledge and agree that the terms applicable to FX Transactions disclosed from time to time on ADR.com will apply to any FX Transaction executed pursuant to the Deposit Agreement.

Amendment and Termination of the Deposit Agreement

The form of ADRs evidencing ADSs and any provisions of the Deposit Agreement relating to those ADRs may be amended by the Company and the Depositary. Any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges, other than taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses, or that otherwise prejudices any substantial existing right of the Holders or Beneficial Owners, will not take effect as to any ADRs until 30 days after notice of the amendment has been given to the Holders. Every Holder and Beneficial Owner of any ADR, at the time an amendment becomes effective, will be deemed to continue to hold such ADR and to consent and agree to the amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement or the ADR as amended. No amendment may impair the right of any Holder to surrender ADRs and receive in return the deposited securities represented by the ADSs. If any governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the Deposit Agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance therewith, the Company and the Depositary may amend or supplement the Deposit Agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations. Such amendment or supplement to the Deposit Agreement in such circumstances may become effective before a notice of such amendment or supplement is given to Holders or within any other period of time as required for compliance.

 

282


Table of Contents

Whenever the Company directs, the Depositary has agreed to terminate the Deposit Agreement as to ADRs evidencing ADSs by mailing a termination notice to the Holders then outstanding at least 30 days before the date fixed in the notice of termination. The Depositary may likewise terminate the Deposit Agreement as to ADRs evidencing ADSs by mailing a termination notice to the Company and the Holders then outstanding at least 30 days before the date of termination, under the following circumstances: (i) in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy or insolvency, (ii) if the ordinary shares cease to be listed on an internationally recognised stock exchange, (iii) if the Company effects (or will effect) a redemption of all or substantially all of the deposited securities, or a cash or share distribution representing a return of all or substantially all of the value of the deposited securities, or (iv) there occurs a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other transaction as a result of which securities or other property are delivered in exchange for or in lieu of deposited securities, except where such transaction was commenced, announced by the Company or notified to the Depositary prior to the effective date of the Deposit Agreement.

After the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the Deposit Agreement and the ADRs, except to receive and hold (or sell) distributions on deposited securities and deliver deposited securities being withdrawn. As soon as practicable after the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary shall use its reasonable efforts to sell the deposited securities and shall thereafter (as long as it may lawfully do so) hold in an account (which may be a segregated or unsegregated account) the net proceeds of such sales, together with any other cash then held by it under the Deposit Agreement, without liability for interest, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of ADRs not theretofore surrendered. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations in respect of the Deposit Agreement and the ADRs, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash. After the date so fixed for termination, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary and its agents.

Rights of Holders to Inspect the Transfer Books of the Depositary and the List of Holders

The Depositary will keep books for the registration and transfer of ADRs as well as facilities for the delivery and receipt of ADRs at the Transfer Office. These books will be open for inspection by Holders at all reasonable times. However, this inspection may not be for the purpose of communicating with Holders in the interest of a business or object other than the Company business or a matter related to the Deposit Agreement or the ADRs.

Restrictions on the Right to Transfer or Withdraw the Underlying Securities

As a condition precedent to the issue, registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of any ADR, the delivery of any distribution in respect thereof, or the withdrawal of any deposited securities, the Company, the Depositary, or Custodian may require payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to ordinary shares or other deposited securities being registered) and payment of any applicable fees as therein provided, may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature, as well as such other information, including without limitation, information as to citizenship, residence, exchange control approval, beneficial or other ownership of, or interest in any securities, compliance with applicable law, regulations, provisions of or governing deposited securities and terms of the Deposit Agreement and ADR, as it may deem necessary or proper, and may also require compliance as the Depositary may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to comply with any applicable laws, rules, regulations or industry standards or to avoid, prevent or mitigate any potential liability to the Depositary.

The issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of ordinary shares, the registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs or the withdrawal of deposited securities may be suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADR Register or any register for deposited securities is closed or when any such action is deemed advisable by the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time.

 

283


Table of Contents

Limitations on the Depositary’s Liability

The Depositary shall not incur any liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owners of ADRs, if by reason of any provision of any present or future law, rule, regulation, fiat, order or decree of the United Kingdom, US, or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, or the provisions of or governing any deposited securities, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of the Company’s charter, or by reason of any act of God, war, terrorism, epidemic, pandemic, cyber ransomware or malware attack or other circumstances beyond its control, the Depositary shall be prevented or forbidden from or be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of the Deposit Agreement it is provided shall be done or performed; nor shall the Depositary incur any liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owner of any ADR by reason of any non-performance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of any act or thing which by the terms of the Deposit Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed, or by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the Deposit Agreement.

The Depositary assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to any Holders or Beneficial Owners of any ADR (including, without limitation, liability with respect to the validity or worth of any deposited securities), except that it agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The Depositary shall not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to Holders or Beneficial Owners.

The Depositary and its agents shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities, the ADSs or in respect of the ADRs. The Depositary shall not be liable to Holders or Beneficial Owners for any action or non-action by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from the Company, legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit, any Holder or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information. The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by, or the insolvency of, any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system.

The Depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, the insolvency of any custodian that is not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The Depositary shall not have any liability for the price received in connection with any sale of securities, the timing thereof or any delay in action or omission to act nor shall it be responsible for any error or delay in action, omission to act, default or negligence on the part of the party so retained in connection with any such sale or proposed sale. The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions to act on the part of the Custodian, except to the extent that any Holder has incurred liability directly as a result of the Custodian having (i) committed fraud or wilful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary or (ii) failed to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary as determined in accordance with the standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the Custodian is located.

The Depositary and its respective agents may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction, instruction or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, presented or given by the proper party or parties.

The Depositary shall be under no obligation to inform Holders or Beneficial Owners about the requirements of the laws, rules or regulations or any changes therein or thereto of any country or jurisdiction or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system.

The Depositary and its agents will not be responsible for any failure to carry out any Voting Instructions to vote any of the deposited securities, for the manner in which Voting Instructions are given, including instructions to give a discretionary proxy to a person designed by the Company, for the manner in which any such vote is cast,

 

284


Table of Contents

including without limitation any vote cast by a person to whom the Depositary is required to grant a discretionary proxy pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, for any act or omission to act on the part of Holders, Beneficial Owners, the Company or its agents in connection with voting at a meeting, or for the effect of any such vote.

The Depositary may rely upon instructions from the Company or its counsel in respect of any approval or license required for any currency conversion, transfer or distribution.

The Depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in ADRs.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Deposit Agreement or any ADR, the Depositary and its agents may fully respond to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by or on its behalf in connection with the Deposit Agreement, any Holder or Holders, any ADR or ADRs or otherwise related hereto or thereto to the extent such information is requested or required by or pursuant to any lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules, regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking, securities or other regulators.

The Depositary shall not be liable for the failure by any Holder or Beneficial Owner to obtain the benefits of credits or refunds of non-US tax paid against such Holder’s or Beneficial Owner’s income tax liability.

The Depositary is under no obligation to provide the Holders and Beneficial Owners, or any of them, with any information about the tax status of the Company. The Depositary shall not incur any liability for any tax or tax consequences that may be incurred by Holders and Beneficial Owners on account of their ownership or disposition of the ADRs or ADSs.

The Depositary shall not incur any liability for the content of any information submitted to it by or on behalf of the Company for distribution to the Holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, for any investment risk associated with acquiring an interest in the deposited securities, for the validity or worth of the deposited securities, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of the Deposit Agreement or for the failure or timeliness of any notice from the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Deposit Agreement or any ADR, the Depositary may use third party delivery services and providers of information regarding matters such as, but not limited to pricing, proxy voting, corporate actions, class action litigation and other services in connection herewith and the Deposit Agreement, and use local agents to provide services, such as, but not limited to, attendance at meetings of holders of securities of issuers. Although the Depositary will use reasonable care (and cause their agents to use reasonable care) in the selection and retention of such third party providers and local agents, they will not be responsible for any errors or omissions made by them in providing the relevant information or services.

The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary.

By holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, Holders and Beneficial Owners each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving the Holders or Beneficial Owners brought by the Depositary, arising out of or based upon the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated herein, therein or hereby, may be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and by holding or owning an ADR or an ADS or an interest therein each irrevocably waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. By holding or owning an ADR or

 

285


Table of Contents

ADS or an interest therein, Holders and Beneficial Owners each also irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving the Depositary and/or the Company brought by Holders or Beneficial Owners, arising out of or based upon the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated therein, herein, thereby or hereby, including, without limitation, claims under the Securities Act, may be only instituted in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or in the state courts of New York County in New York if either (i) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute or (ii) the designation of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the exclusive forum for any particular dispute is, or becomes, invalid, illegal or unenforceable).

The Company has agreed to indemnify the Depositary under certain circumstances and the Depositary has agreed to indemnify the Company under certain circumstances.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deposit Agreement or the ADRs to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Depositary, nor any of their respective agents shall be liable to the other for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages or lost profits, in each case of any form incurred by any of them or any other person or entity (including, without limitation, Holders and Beneficial Owners), whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought (collectively “Special Damages”) except (i) to the extent such Special Damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party from whom indemnification is sought or (ii) to the extent Special Damages arise from or out of a claim brought by a third party (including, without limitation, Holders and Beneficial Owners) against the Depositary or its agents acting under the Deposit Agreement, except to the extent such Special Damages arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification hereunder.

Notwithstanding the limitations on the Depositary’s liability set forth in the Deposit Agreement, no provision of the Deposit Agreement is intended to constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which any Holders or Beneficial Owners of ADRs may have under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable.

Fees and charges payable by Holders

Pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, Holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. In particular, the Depositary, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, shall charge (i) a fee of U.S.$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) for the issuance, delivery, reduction, cancellation or surrender (as the case may be) of ADSs, (ii) a fee of U.S.$0.05 or less per ADS held (A) upon which any cash distribution is made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement or (B) in the case of an elective cash/stock dividend, upon which a cash distribution or an issuance of additional ADSs is made as a result of such elective dividend, (iii) a fee for the distribution or sale of securities, such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof are instead distributed by the Depositary to Holders entitled thereto, (iv) an aggregate fee of U.S.$0.05 or less per ADS per calendar year (or portion thereof) for services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against Holders as of the record date or record dates set by the Depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions), and (v) a fee for the reimbursement of such fees, charges and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary and/or any of its agents (including, without limitation, the Custodian) and expenses incurred on behalf of Holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in connection with the servicing of the ordinary shares or other deposited securities, the sale of securities (including, without limitation, deposited securities), the delivery of deposited securities or otherwise in connection with the

 

286


Table of Contents

Depositary’s or its Custodian’s compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation (which fees and charges shall be assessed on a proportionate basis against Holders as of the record date or dates set by the Depositary and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).

The Company will pay all other fees, charges and expenses of the Depositary and any agent of the Depositary (except the Custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between the Company and the Depositary, except (i) stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges (which are payable by Holders or persons depositing shares), (ii) cancellation transaction (including SWIFT, telex and facsimile transmission) fees and delivery expenses incurred at the request of persons depositing, or Holders delivering shares, ADRs or deposited securities as disclosed on the “Disclosures” page (or successor page) of www.ADR.com (which are payable by such persons or Holders) and (iii) transfer or registration expenses for the registration or transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities (which are payable by persons depositing ordinary shares or Holders withdrawing deposited securities).

Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary

The Depositary anticipates reimbursing the Company for certain expenses incurred by the Company that are related to the establishment and maintenance of the ADR programme upon such terms and conditions as the Company and the Depositary may agree from time to time. The Depositary may make available to the Company a set amount or a portion of the Depositary fees charged in respect of the ADR programme or otherwise upon such terms and conditions as the Company and the Depositary may agree from time to time.

 

287


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 13.    DEFAULTS,

DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 14.    MATERIALMODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 15.    CONTROLS

AND PROCEDURES

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16.    [RESERVED]

16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Not applicable.

16B. CODE OF ETHICS

Not applicable.

16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Not applicable.

16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

16.F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

16.G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Not applicable.

16.H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

16.I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

 

288


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 17.    FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

 

ITEM 18.    FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

See the Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.

 

ITEM 19.    EXHIBITS

We have filed the following documents as exhibits to this registration statement

 

  1.1    Articles of Association of the Registrant as in effect on the date hereof.
  2.1    Form of Deposit Agreement, among the Registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as Depositary, and all Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder.
  2.2    Form of American Depositary Receipt representing American Depositary Shares representing ordinary shares of the Registrant (included in Exhibit 2.1).
  4.1    Service Agreement between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited and Brian McNamara dated 9 May 2022.
  4.2    Service Agreement between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited and Tobias Hestler dated 10 May 2022.
  4.3    Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement between Pfizer Inc., GlaxoSmithKline plc and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited dated as of 19  December 2018. Certain confidential information contained in this exhibit has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.
  4.4    Amendment Agreement dated as of 31  July 2019 to the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Pfizer Inc., GlaxoSmithKline plc, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited dated as of 19  December 2018.
  4.5    Second Amendment Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 to the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Pfizer Inc., GSK plc, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited dated as of 19 December 2018. Certain confidential information contained in this exhibit has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.
  4.6    Asset Transfer Framework Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between GSK plc, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited. Certain confidential information contained in this exhibit has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.
  4.7    Demerger Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between the Registrant and GSK plc.
  4.8    Tax Covenant dated as of 1 June 2022 between GSK plc, Pfizer, Inc., GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited and the Registrant. Certain confidential information contained in this exhibit has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.

 

289


Table of Contents
  4.9    Separation Co-Operation and Implementation Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between GSK plc, Pfizer Inc., the Registrant, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC. Certain confidential information contained in this exhibit has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.
  4.10    Exchange Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between GSK plc and the Registrant.
  4.11    Exchange Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between GSK (No.1) Scottish Limited Partnership, GSK (No.2) Scottish Limited Partnership, GSK (No.3) Scottish Limited Partnership and the Registrant.
  4.12    Exchange Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between Pfizer Inc., Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and the Registrant.
  4.13    Pfizer Relationship Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between the Registrant and Pfizer Inc.
  4.14    Transition Services Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC. Certain confidential information contained in this exhibit has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.
  4.15    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of 1 June 2022 between the Registrant, Pfizer Inc., GSK plc, GSK (No.1) Scottish Limited Partnership, GSK (No.2) Scottish Limited Partnership and GSK (No.3) Scottish Limited Partnership.
  4.16    Trust Deed dated as of 16  March 2022 among GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V., GlaxoSmithKline plc. and the Registrant as guarantors and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee for the noteholders.
  4.17    Indenture dated as of 24  March 2022 among GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, GlaxoSmithKline plc. and the Registrant as guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, registrar, paying agent, transfer agent and calculation agent.
  4.18    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of 24  March 2022 among GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, GlaxoSmithKline plc., the Registrant and the initial purchasers of the notes.
  4.19    Term Loan Facility dated as of 18 February 2022 among GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.  2) Limited, Bank of America, N.A., London Branch, Banco Santander, S.A., London Branch, Barclays Bank PLC, BNP Paribas Fortis SA/NV, BNP Paribas, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, HSBC Bank plc, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., Morgan Stanley Bank N.A. and Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited. Certain confidential information contained in this exhibit has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.
  8.1    List of subsidiaries of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited.
15.1    Consent of Deloitte LLP.

 

290


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this registration statement on its behalf.

 

By:

  /s/ Amanda Mellor
 

 

    Name: Amanda Mellor
    Title: An Attorney for Haleon plc

Date: 1 June 2022

 

291


Table of Contents

 

F-1

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Income Statement for the Years Ended 31  December 2021, 2020 and 2019

     F-5  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended 31  December 2021, 2020 and 2019

     F-6  

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019

     F-7  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended 31  December 2021, 2020 and 2019

     F-8  

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the Years Ended 31  December 2021, 2020 and 2019

     F-11  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended 31  December 2021, 2020 and 2019

     F-12  


Table of Contents

 

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated income statements, the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, the consolidated statements of changes in equity, and the consolidated cash flow statements, for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.


Table of Contents

 

F-3

Valuation of Intangible assets related to indefinite life brands

Accounts impacted: Other Intangible assets, Cost of sales, Research and development, and Selling, general and administration

Refer to Notes 3 and 18 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

As at December 31, 2021, the Company held £18,203 million of intangible assets that are indefinite life brands. The recoverable amounts of these indefinite life brands rely on certain assumptions and estimates of future trading performance which create estimation uncertainty.

The indefinite life brands most at risk of material impairment were identified using sensitivity analysis on key assumptions and a review of potential triggering events that could be indicative of an impairment in the carrying value of associated assets. As a result of this analysis, we performed additional audit procedures on the impairment assessment of certain indefinite life Consumer Healthcare intangible assets acquired from Pfizer in 2019.

Key assumptions applied by the management in determining the recoverable amount include the future sales growth rates and profit margin levels, as well as the likelihood of successful new product innovations. Changes in these assumptions could lead to an impairment of the carrying value of these indefinite life brands.

We identified the valuation of indefinite life brands as a critical audit matter due to the inherent judgements involved in estimating the future cash flows. During the period there was increased uncertainty brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns. Auditing such estimates required extensive audit effort to challenge and evaluate the reasonableness of forecasts.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

We performed the following audit procedures, amongst others, related to the future sales growth, likelihood of successful new product innovations and profit margin levels used in the assessment of indefinite life brands for impairment:

 

   

Met with the key individuals from the senior leadership team, product category leads, and key personnel involved in the forecasting process to discuss and evaluate management’s evidence to support future sales growth rates and profitability assumptions;

 

   

Evaluated the business assumptions applied by management in estimating sales forecasts, including the macroeconomic impacts resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. This involved benchmarking of sales forecasts and product compound annual growth rates to external data for the specific market segments; this included independent market research of expected category growth rates and assessment of any sources of contradictory evidence;

 

   

Compared the forecast sales to the plan data (asset by asset internal forecasts) approved by senior management and the Board of Directors;

 

   

Assessed the historical accuracy of management’s forecasts including consumption data and estimates of new sales from innovation;

 

   

Considered whether events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date but before the reporting date affect the conclusions reached on the carrying values of the assets and associated disclosures; and

 

   

Tested management review controls over the key inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of other intangible assets, including controls over review of the revenue growth rates and profit margins.


Table of Contents

 

F-4

Valuation of uncertain tax positions, including transfer pricing

Accounts impacted: Corporation tax payable, Deferred tax liabilities and Taxation charge

Refer to Notes 3 and 13 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company operates in numerous jurisdictions and there are open tax and transfer pricing matters and exposures with UK, US and overseas tax authorities that give rise to uncertain tax positions. There is a range of possible outcomes for provisions and contingencies and management are required to make certain judgements in respect of estimates of tax exposures and contingencies in order to assess the adequacy of tax provisions, which are sometimes complex as a result of the considerations required over multiple tax laws and regulations. We identified the valuation of uncertain tax positions as a critical audit matter due to the inherent judgements involved in estimating tax exposures and contingencies. At December 31, 2021, the Company has recorded provisions of £150 million in respect of uncertain tax positions.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

With the support of tax specialists, we assessed the appropriateness of the uncertain tax provisions by performing the following audit procedures amongst others:

 

   

Evaluated provisions for uncertain tax positions, including those jurisdictions where the Company has the greatest potential exposure and where the highest level of judgement is required;

 

   

Assessed management’s policies for recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions for compliance with the guidance per IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments;

 

   

Involved our transfer pricing specialists to review the transfer pricing methodology of the Company and associated approach to provisioning;

 

   

Involved our UK, US and international tax and transfer pricing specialists to evaluate the conclusions reached by the management, both in relation to the expected outcome and the financial impact;

 

   

Considered evidence such as the actual results from the recent tax authority audits and enquiries, third-party tax advice obtained by the Company and our tax specialists’ own knowledge of market practice in relevant jurisdictions; and

 

   

Tested key controls over preparation, review and reporting of judgmental tax balances and transactions, which include provisions for uncertain tax provisions.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

11 March 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.


Table of Contents

 

F-5

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Consolidated income statement for the years ended 31 December

 

     Note    2021
£m
    20201
£m
    2019
£m
 

Revenue

   6      9,545       9,892       8,480  

Cost of sales

        (3,595     (3,982     (3,678
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        5,950       5,910       4,802  

Selling, general and administration

        (4,086     (4,220     (3,596

Research and development

        (257     (304     (292

Other operating income/(expense)

   7      31       212       (17
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   8      1,638       1,598       897  

Finance income

   10      17       20       24  

Finance expense

   11      (19     (27     (35
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance costs

        (2     (7     (11
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

        1,636       1,591       886  

Income tax

   13      (197     (410     (199
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit after tax for the year

        1,439       1,181       687  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to shareholders

        1,390       1,145       655  

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

        49       36       32  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (pence)

   15      139,000       114,500       65,500  

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

   15      139,000       114,500       65,500  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1


Table of Contents

 

F-6

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended 31 December

 

     2021
£m
    20201
£m
    2019
£m
 

Profit after tax for the year

     1,439       1,181       687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive expense for the year

      

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to income statement:

      

Exchange movements on overseas net assets and net investment hedges

     (34     (170     (708

Fair value movements on cash flow hedges

     11       —         —    

Deferred tax on fair value movements on cash flow hedges

     (2     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (25     (170     (708
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified to income statement:

      

Exchange movements on overseas net assets

     —         1       —    

Remeasurement gains/(losses) on defined benefit plan

     27       (13     (13

Deferred tax on actuarial movements in defined benefit plans

     (12     13       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     15       1       (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive expense, net of tax for the year

     (10     (169     (718
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(expense), net of tax for the year

     1,429       1,012       (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year attributable to:

      

Shareholders

     1,380       975       (63

Non-controlling interests

     49       37       32  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(expense), net of tax for the year

     1,429       1,012       (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1


Table of Contents

 

F-7

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December

 

     Note    2021
£m
    20201
£m
    2019
£m
 

Non-current assets

         

Property, plant and equipment

   16      1,563       1,486       1,470  

Right of use assets

   17      99       116       151  

Intangible assets

   18      27,195       27,218       28,012  

Deferred tax assets

   13      312       251       254  

Post-employment benefit assets

   25      11       41       3  

Derivative financial instruments

   33      12       —         —    

Other non-current assets

        8       10       10  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        29,200       29,122       29,900  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

         

Inventories

   19      951       949       1,211  

Trade and other receivables

   20      2,207       2,358       2,479  

Loan amounts owing from related parties

   30      1,508       1,119       1,461  

Cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments

   21      414       334       340  

Assets held for sale

   22      —         68       225  

Derivative financial instruments

   33      5       6       12  

Current tax recoverable

        166       174       83  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        5,251       5,008       5,811  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        34,451       34,130       35,711  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

         

Short-term borrowings

   24      (79     (82     (64

Trade and other payables

   23      (3,002     (3,268     (3,420

Loan amounts owing to related parties

   30      (825     (300     (457

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale

   22      —         —         (29

Derivative financial instruments

   33      (18     (25     (2

Current tax payable

        (202     (236     (196

Short-term provisions

   26      (112     (103     (101
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        (4,238     (4,014     (4,269
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

         

Long-term borrowings

   24      (87     (105     (121

Deferred tax liabilities

   13      (3,357     (3,373     (3,514

Pensions and other post-employment benefits

   25      (253     (336     (298

Derivative financial instruments

   33      (1     —         —    

Other provisions

   26      (27     (65     (76

Other non-current liabilities

        (8     (14     (21
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        (3,733     (3,893     (4,030
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        (7,971     (7,907     (8,299
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

        26,480       26,223       27,412  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

         

Share capital

   28      1       1       1  

Share premium

   28      —         —         20,842  

Other reserves

   28      (11,632     (11,652     1,372  

Retained earnings

        37,986       37,763       5,106  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

        26,355       26,112       27,321  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

        125       111       91  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        26,480       26,223       27,412  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1


Table of Contents

 

F-8

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended 31 December

 

    Note   Share
capital
£m
    Share
premium
£m
    Other
reserves
£m
    Retained
earnings
£m
    Shareholders’
equity

£m
    Non-controlling
interests

£m
    Total
Equity
£m
 

At 1 January 2021

      1       —         (11,652     37,763       26,112       111       26,223  

Profit after tax

      —         —         —         1,390       1,390       49       1,439  

Other comprehensive expenses

      —         —         9       (19     (10     —         (10
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      —         —         9       1,371       1,380       49       1,429  

Contribution from parent

  28     —         —         11       —         11       —         11  

Distributions to non-controlling interests

      —         —         —         —         —         (35     (35

Dividends to shareholders

  14     —         —         —         (1,148     (1,148     —         (1,148
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2021

      1       —         (11,632     37,986       26,355       125       26,480  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-9

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended 31 December

 

    Note   Share
capital
£m
    Share
premium
£m
    Other
reserves1
£m
    Retained
earnings1
£m
    Shareholders’
equity1

£m
    Non-controlling
interests

£m
    Total
Equity1
£m
 

At 1 January 2020

      1       20,842       1,372       5,106       27,321       91       27,412  

Profit after tax

      —         —         —         1,145       1,145       36       1,181  

Other comprehensive expenses

      —         —         —         (170     (170     1       (169
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      —         —         —         975       975       37       1,012  

Issue of share capital

  28     13,166       —         (13,166     —         —         —         —    

Capital reduction

  28     (13,166     (20,842     (45     34,053       —         —         —    

Contribution (non-cash) from parent

  28     —         —         187       —         187       —         187  

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

  29     —         —         —         —         —         14       14  

Distributions to non-controlling interests

      —         —         —         —         —         (31     (31

Dividends to shareholders

  14     —         —         —         (2,371     (2,371     —         (2,371
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2020

      1       —         (11,652     37,763       26,112       111       26,223  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1


Table of Contents

 

F-10

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended 31 December

 

    Note   Share
capital
£m
    Share
premium
£m
    Other
reserves
£m
    Retained
earnings
£m
    Shareholders’
equity

£m
    Non-controlling
interests

£m
    Total
Equity
£m
 

At 1 January 2019

      —         20,321       (14,841     6,321       11,801       67       11,868  

Profit after tax

      —         —         —         655       655       32       687  

Other comprehensive expenses

      —         —         —         (718     (718     —         (718
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive expenses

      —         —         —         (63     (63     32       (31

Issue of share capital

  28     1       521       16,213       —         16,735       —         16,735  

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

  29     —         —         —         —         —         20       20  

Distributions to non-controlling interests

      —         —         —         —         —         (28     (28

Dividends to shareholders

  14     —         —         —         (1,152     (1,152     —         (1,152
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

      1       20,842       1,372       5,106       27,321       91       27,412  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-11

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Consolidated cash flow statement for the years ended 31 December

 

     Note    2021
£m
    20201
£m
    2019
£m
 

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Profit after tax

        1,439       1,181       687  

Adjustments reconciling profit after tax to cash generated from operations

   31      227       780       408  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

   31      1,666       1,961       1,095  

Taxation paid

        (310     (554     (309
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

        1,356       1,407       786  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (228     (222     (190

Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment

        12       6       51  

Purchase of intangible assets

        (70     (96     (53

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

        137       924       120  

Purchase of business, net of cash acquired

   29      —         20       120  

Proceeds from sale of businesses

   29      —         221       —    

Decrease in amounts invested with GSK finance companies

        100       158       219  

Interest received

        16       19       24  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

        (33     1,030       291  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Repayment of lease liabilities

        (38     (44     (42

Interest paid

        (15     (19     (29

Dividends paid to shareholders

        (1,148     (2,371     (1,152

Distributions to non-controlling interests

        (35     (31     (28

Net contribution from parent

        4       —         335  

Repayment of borrowings

        —         (10     —    

Proceeds from borrowings

        8       38       1  

Other financing cash flows

        (12     —         (10
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash outflow from financing activities

        (1,236     (2,437     (925
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and bank overdrafts

        87       —         152  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and bank overdrafts at the beginning of the year

        323       329       191  

Exchange adjustments

        (5     (6     (14

Increase in cash and bank overdrafts

        87       —         152  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and bank overdrafts at end of year

        405       323       329  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and bank overdrafts at the end of year comprise:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   21      413       333       339  

Overdrafts

        (8     (10     (10
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and bank overdrafts at end of year

        405       323       329  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1


Table of Contents

 

F-12

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

1.

Presentation of the financial statements

 

1.1

General information

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited (“CHHL2”) and its subsidiary undertakings (collectively, the “CH Group”) is a group of companies focused on developing and marketing a range of Oral Health, Pain Relief, Vitamins, Minerals and Supplements, Respiratory Health, Digestive Health and Other products for people in more than 100 countries. CHHL2 is a private limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom on 24 April 2019 as a subsidiary of GlaxoSmithKline plc. (“GSK Group”) and is a limited company registered in England and Wales. The registered office is located at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, United Kingdom.

 

1.2

Perimeter and basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the CH Group for the three years ended 31 December 2019, 2020 and 2021. The legal entities contained within the CH Group are set out in Note 38.

On 19 December 2018, GSK Group reached an agreement with Pfizer Inc. (“Pfizer”) to combine their respective consumer health businesses into a new world-leading Joint Venture (the “GSK-Pfizer Joint Venture” or the “JV”) (the “Pfizer Transaction”). Subsequent to the Pfizer Transaction, GSK Group held and still holds a majority controlling equity interest of 68% in the CH Group whilst Pfizer held and still holds a non-controlling equity interest of 32% in the CH Group.

The Pfizer Transaction was completed on 31 July 2019 and the Pfizer consumer health business was consolidated and included in the CH Group’s consolidated financial statements from that date.

Pfizer, GSK Group and CHHL2 entered into a stock and asset purchase agreement as amended on 31 July 2019 (the “SAPA”). The SAPA reflected the fact that the majority of GSK’s consumer healthcare business already sat within a relatively standalone corporate structure within GSK Group, and under the terms of the SAPA, Pfizer agreed to transfer its consumer healthcare business into GSK’s consumer healthcare business.

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB IFRS”) and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the United Kingdom (“UK IFRS”) (together “IFRS”).

The CH Group is comprised predominantly of, but not entirely, a group of legal entities during the periods presented and the consolidated financial statements reflect the assets, liabilities and results of operations that represented Consumer Healthcare within GSK Group (“GSK Consumer Healthcare”).

The following summarises the basis of accounting applied in preparing the consolidated financial statements:

 

   

The CH Group’s financial statements have been prepared following the principles of IFRS 10 Consolidated financial statements, and comprise the assets and liabilities, income and expenses, equity and reserves and cash flows for a certain group of legal entities within GSK Consumer Healthcare business, as contemplated by the SAPA, from 1 January 2019 to 31 July 2019 and the newly formed GSK-Pfizer Joint Venture from 1 August 2019 onwards.


Table of Contents

 

F-13

   

On 20 June 2019, the existing GSK Consumer Healthcare entities identified within the SAPA were transferred from GSK Group to CHHL2. The transfer of these investments to CHHL2 was accounted for as a reorganisation of entities under common control. Accordingly, all assets, liabilities and results of operations are recorded at their carrying values within the GSK Group from 1 January 2019 to 20 June 2019 representing the continuation of GSK’s Consumer Healthcare business and hence the financial statements for this period have been prepared on a consolidated basis.

 

   

On 31 July 2019, the Pfizer Transaction closed and CHHL2 acquired Pfizer’s consumer healthcare business. The acquired assets and liabilities were accounted for under IFRS 3 at fair value.

 

   

All intercompany transactions have been eliminated between subsidiaries of the CH Group. Transactions and balances between the CH Group and the rest of the GSK Group represent third-party transactions and balances from the perspective of the CH Group. They have been presented alongside third-party transactions and balances in the appropriate financial statement line items of the consolidated financial statements to which such transactions and balances relate as well as being disclosed as related party transactions.

The consolidated financial statements presented herein do not necessarily reflect what the operating results and cash flows would have been had the CH Group been a standalone group for all periods presented.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling (‘‘GBP’’, ‘‘£’’), the functional currency of CHHL2 and presentation currency of the CH Group, and all values stated in millions of GBP (‘‘£m’’), except where otherwise indicated, and have been prepared on the historical cost basis, unless otherwise indicated in the accounting policies.

Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

Subsequent to the disposal of certain intellectual property rights, the CH Group entered into transitional service agreements with third-party buyers. Certain receivables related to these transitional service agreements were incorrectly recognised in 2020. As a result, the 2020 comparatives have been restated to reflect the write-off of these receivables along with a corresponding increase in cost of sales. Management has identified the error through balance sheet review process and determined that a restatement of its previously issued audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 was necessary. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 are therefore restated to correct these amounts, as set out below.

 

     As previously
reported
    Adjustment     As restated  
     £m     £m     £m  

Consolidated Income Statement

      

Cost of sales

     (3,940     (42     (3,982

Profit after tax for the year

     1,223       (42     1,181  

Profit attributable to shareholders

     1,187       (42     1,145  

Total comprehensive income/(expense), net of tax for the year

     1,054       (42     1,012  

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year attributable to shareholders

     1,017       (42     975  

Basic earnings per share (pence)

     118,700       (4,200     114,500  

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

     118,700       (4,200     114,500  

Consolidated Balance Sheet

      

Trade and other receivables

     2,400       (42     2,358  

Total assets

     34,172       (42     34,130  

Retained earnings

     (37,805     42       (37,763

Net impact on equity

     (26,265     42       (26,223

Consolidated Cash flow statement

      

Adjustments reconciling profit after tax to cash generated from operations

     738       42       780  


Table of Contents

 

F-14

Going concern

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention, unless otherwise indicated in the accounting policies below. The directors of the CH Group have reviewed cash flow forecasts and trading budgets and after making appropriate enquiries, have formed the view that the CH Group will generate sufficient cash to meet its ongoing requirements for at least the next 12 months; accordingly the going concern basis of preparation has been adopted.

 

2.

Accounting principles and policies

a) Consolidation

Entities over which the CH Group has the power to direct the relevant activities so as to affect the returns to the CH Group, generally through control over the financial and operating policies from either voting or contractual rights, are accounted for as subsidiaries. Interests acquired in entities are consolidated from the date the CH Group acquires control and interests sold are de-consolidated from the date control ceases.

Where, as part of a business combination, the CH Group is not able to exercise control over a particular operation due to the existence of legal or other restrictions, the associated assets and liabilities are not consolidated, and a financial asset or liability is recognised for the economic benefit or obligation to be received under the contribution agreement. The assets and liabilities are consolidated, and the associated financial asset or liability derecognised, on the date at which the CH Group is able to exercise control over these operations.

Transactions and balances between subsidiaries are eliminated and no profit before tax is recognised on sales between subsidiaries until the products are sold to customers outside the CH Group. Transactions with non-controlling interests are recorded directly in equity. Deferred tax relief on unrealised intra-group profit is accounted for only to the extent that it is considered recoverable.

b) Business combinations

Business combinations where common control exists at the time of the transaction relate to businesses that were controlled by a part of the GSK Group, other than the CH Group and then as a result of the combination were transferred into the CH Group at some point during the periods covered by the financial statements. Such business combinations are accounted for by recognising all assets and liabilities acquired at their previous carrying values within the GSK Group with effect from the beginning of the earliest period reported in the financial statements. No new goodwill arises from such transactions.

Business combinations where common control does not exist before the transaction are accounted for using the acquisition accounting method. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired are measured at fair value at acquisition date. The consideration transferred is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Where the consideration transferred, together with the non-controlling interest, exceeds the fair value of the net assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, the excess is recorded as goodwill, denominated in the currency of the operation acquired.

The costs related to business combinations are charged to the income statement in the period in which they are incurred. Where not all the equity of a subsidiary is acquired the non-controlling interest is recognised either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of the net assets of the subsidiary, on a case-by-case basis.

Changes in the CH Group’s ownership percentage of subsidiaries are accounted for within equity.


Table of Contents

 

F-15

c) Foreign currency translation

Foreign currency transactions are booked in the functional currency of the relevant company at the exchange rate ruling on the date of transaction. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are retranslated into the functional currency at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences are included in the income statement.

On consolidation, assets and liabilities, including related goodwill, of overseas subsidiaries are translated into Sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The results and cash flows of overseas subsidiaries are translated into Sterling using average rates of exchange.

Exchange adjustments arising when the opening net assets and the profits for the period retained by overseas subsidiaries are translated into Sterling are recognised in Other Comprehensive Income.

d) Revenue

The CH Group receives revenue for supply of goods to external customers against orders received. The majority of contracts that the CH Group enters into relate to sales orders containing single performance obligations for the delivery of consumer healthcare products. The average duration of a sales order is less than 12 months.

Product revenue is recognised when control of the goods is passed to the customer. The point at which control passes is determined by each customer arrangement, but generally occurs on delivery to the customer.

Product revenue represents net invoice value including fixed and variable consideration. Variable consideration arises on the sale of goods as a result of discounts and allowances given and accruals for estimated future returns and rebates. Revenue is not recognised in full until it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur. The methodology and assumptions used to estimate rebates and returns are monitored and adjusted regularly in the light of contractual and legal obligations, historical trends, past experience and projected market conditions. Once the uncertainty associated with the returns and rebates is resolved, revenue is adjusted accordingly. Value added tax and other sales taxes are excluded from revenue.

e) Expenditure

Expenditure is recognised in respect of goods and services received when supplied in accordance with contractual terms. Provision is made when an obligation exists for a future liability in respect of a past event and where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Manufacturing start-up costs between validation and the achievement of normal production are expensed as incurred. Advertising and promotion expenditure are charged to the income statement as incurred. Shipment costs on intercompany transfers are charged to cost of sales, distribution costs on sales to customers are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenditure.

Restructuring costs are recognised and provided for, where appropriate, in respect of the direct expenditure of a business reorganisation where the plans are sufficiently detailed and well advanced, and where a valid expectation to those affected has been created by either starting to implement the restructuring plans or announcing its main features.

f) Research and development

Research and development (“R&D”) expenditure is charged to the income statement in the period in which it is incurred. R&D expenditure comprises expenditure that is directly attributable to the research and development of new products, including the costs attributable to the generation of intellectual property and product registrations,


Table of Contents

 

F-16

depreciation and amortisation of equipment, real estate and IT assets used by the R&D function. Development expenditure is capitalised from when the required regulatory approvals to launch a new product are obtained and the criteria for recognising an asset are met. Property, plant and equipment used for research and development is capitalised and depreciated in accordance with the CH Group’s policy described below.

g) Legal and other disputes

Provision is made for the anticipated settlement costs of legal or other disputes against the CH Group where an outflow of resources is considered probable and a reliable estimate can be made of the likely outcome.

The CH Group may become involved in legal proceedings, in respect of which it is not possible to make a reliable estimate of the expected financial effect, if any, that could result from ultimate resolution of the proceedings. In these cases, appropriate disclosure about such cases would be included but no provision would be made. Costs associated with claims made by the CH Group against third parties are charged to the income statement as they are incurred.

h) Pensions and other post-employment benefits

The costs of providing pensions under defined benefit schemes are calculated using the projected unit credit method and spread over the period during which benefit is expected to be derived from the employees’ services, consistent with the advice of qualified actuaries. Pension obligations are measured as the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at rates reflecting the yields of high-quality corporate bonds. Pension scheme assets are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date.

The costs of other post-employment liabilities are calculated in a similar way to defined benefit pension schemes and spread over the period during which benefit is expected to be derived from the employees’ services, in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries. Future cash flows discounted at rates reflecting the yields of high-quality corporate bonds. Pension scheme assets are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date.

Actuarial gains and losses and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions, are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The CH Group’s contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to the income statement as incurred.

i) Employee share plans

Incentives, in the form of shares in the CH Group’s ultimate parent company, GlaxoSmithKline plc, are provided to employees under share option and share award schemes. These schemes are operated by GSK affiliates.

The fair values of these options and awards are calculated at their grant dates using a Black-Scholes option pricing model and charged to the income statement over the relevant vesting periods. At the end of each reporting period, the GSK Group reviews its charge and revises it accordingly based on the number of options expected to vest.

j) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) is stated at the cost of purchase or construction less provisions for depreciation and impairment. Financing costs are capitalised within the cost of qualifying assets under construction.


Table of Contents

 

F-17

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost less residual value of PP&E, excluding freehold land, using the straight-line basis over the expected useful life. Residual values and lives are reviewed, and where appropriate adjusted, annually. The normal expected useful lives of the major categories of PP&E are:

 

Freehold buildings

     20 to 50 years  

Leasehold land and buildings

     Lease term or 20 to 50 years  

Plant and machinery

     10 to 20 years  

Equipment and vehicles

     3 to 10 years  

On disposal of PP&E, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and impairments are removed from the financial statements and the net amount, less any proceeds, is taken to the income statement.

k) Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the CH Group’s share of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired subsidiaries at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently where indicators of impairment exist and is carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units (“CGU”) for the purpose of impairment testing. A CGU is identified at the lowest aggregation of assets that generate largely independent cash inflows, and that which is looked at by management for monitoring and managing the business. If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. Any impairment is immediately recognised in the consolidated income statement and an impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not subsequently reversed.

On disposal, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal.

Other intangible assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost less provisions for amortisation and impairments.

Licences, patents, know-how and marketing rights separately acquired or acquired as part of a business combination are amortised over their estimated useful lives, generally not exceeding 20 years, using the straight-line basis from the time they are available for use. The estimated useful lives for determining the amortisation charge consider patent lives, where applicable, as well as the value obtained from periods of non-exclusivity. Asset lives are reviewed and, where appropriate, adjusted annually.

Any development costs incurred by the CH Group and associated with acquired licences, patents, know-how or marketing rights are written off to the income statement when incurred, unless the criteria for recognition of an internally generated intangible asset are met, usually when a regulatory filing has been made in a major market and approval is considered highly probable.

Acquired brands are valued independently as part of the fair value of businesses acquired from third parties where the brand has a value which is substantial and long term and where the brands either are contractual or legal in nature or can be sold separately from the rest of the businesses acquired. Brands are amortised over their estimated useful lives of up to 20 years, except where it is considered that the useful economic life is indefinite.


Table of Contents

 

F-18

The costs of acquiring and developing computer software for internal use and internet sites for external use are capitalised as intangible fixed assets where the software or site supports a significant business system and the expenditure leads to the creation of an asset. ERP systems software is amortised over seven to ten years and other computer software over three to five years.

l) Leases

The CH Group recognises right of use assets under lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets. Rights to use assets owned by third parties under lease arrangements are capitalised at the inception of the lease and recognised on the balance sheet. The corresponding liability to the lessor is recognised as a lease obligation within short and long-term borrowings. The carrying amount is subsequently increased to reflect interest on the lease liability and reduced by lease payments made.

For calculating the discounted lease liability on leases with annual payments of £2 million or more, the implicit rate in the lease is used. If this is not available, the incremental borrowing rate with a lease specific adjustment is used. If neither of these is available, and for leases with annual payments of less than £2 million, the incremental borrowing rate is calculated at the rate of interest at which the CH Group would have been able to borrow for a similar term and with a similar security the funds necessary to obtain a similar asset in a similar market.

Finance costs are charged to the income statement to produce a constant periodic rate of charge on the remaining balance of the obligations for each accounting period.

Variable rents are not part of the lease liability and the right of use asset. These payments are charged to the income statement as incurred. Short-term and low value leases are not capitalised, and lease rentals are also charged to the income statement as incurred.

Non-lease components are accounted for separately from the lease components in plant and equipment leases but are not separately accounted for in land and buildings or vehicle leases.

If modifications or reassessments occur, the lease liability and right of use asset are re-measured.

Right of use assets where title is expected to pass to the CH Group at a point in the future are depreciated on a basis constant with similar owned assets. In other cases, right of use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.

m) Impairment of non-current assets

The carrying values of all non-current assets are reviewed for impairment, either on a stand-alone basis or as part of a larger CGU, when there is an indication that the assets might be impaired. Additionally, goodwill, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets which are not yet available for use are tested for impairment annually. Any provision for impairment is charged to the income statement.

Impairments of goodwill are not reversed. Impairment losses on other non-current assets are only reversed if there has been a change in estimates used to determine recoverable amounts and only to the extent that the revised recoverable amounts do not exceed the carrying values that would have existed, net of depreciation or amortisation, had no impairments been recognised.

n) Inventories

Inventories are included in the financial statements at the lower of cost (including raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related production overheads) and net realisable value. Cost is determined on a first in, first out basis.


Table of Contents

 

F-19

o) Trade payables

Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and then held at amortised cost. Long-term payables are discounted where the effect is material.

p) Taxation

Current tax is provided at the amounts expected to be paid applying tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. A separate return approach is used for calculating income tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is provided using rates of tax that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

q) Financial instruments

Financial assets

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI) or fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL). The measurement basis is determined by reference to both the business model for managing the financial asset and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. For financial assets other than trade receivables a 12-month expected credit loss (ECL) allowance is recorded on initial recognition. If there is subsequent evidence of a significant increase in the credit risk of an asset, the allowance is increased to reflect the full lifetime ECL. If there is no realistic prospect of recovery, the asset is written off.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are measured in accordance with the business model under which each portfolio of trade receivables is held. The CH Group has portfolios in two of the three business models under IFRS 9 to collect the contractual cash flows (measured at amortised cost) and to sell the contractual cash flows (measured at FVTPL).

Trade receivables measured at amortised cost are carried at the original invoice amount less allowances for ECL. ECLs are calculated in accordance with the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, using a provision matrix applying lifetime historical credit loss experience to the trade receivables. The ECL rate varies depending on whether and the extent to which settlement of the trade receivables is overdue and it is also adjusted as appropriate to reflect current economic conditions and estimates of future conditions. For the purpose of determining credit loss rates, customers are classified into groupings that have similar loss patterns. The key drivers of the loss rate are the location and type of customer.

When a trade receivable is determined to have no reasonable expectation of recovery it is written off, firstly against any expected credit loss allowance available and then to the income statement.

Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously provided for or written off are credited to the income statement. Long-term receivables are discounted where the effect is material.


Table of Contents

 

F-20

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash held in deposit accounts is measured at amortised cost. Cash and short-term deposits in the statement of financial position comprise cash at banks and on hand and short-term highly liquid deposits with a maturity of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Borrowings

All borrowings are initially recorded at the amount of proceeds received, net of transaction costs. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost, with the difference between the proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the amount due on redemption being recognised as a charge to the income statement over the period of the relevant borrowing.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging

Derivative financial instruments are used to manage exposure to market risks. The principal derivative instruments used by the CH Group are forward foreign exchange contracts and swaps. The CH Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Derivative financial instruments are classified as held-for-trading and are measured at fair value. Derivatives designated as hedging instruments are classified on inception as cash flow hedges, net investment hedges or fair value hedges.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedges are effective. Ineffective portions are recognised in profit or loss immediately. Amounts deferred in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement when the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Net investment hedges are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges.

Changes in fair values of derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement together with the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

3.

Key accounting judgements and estimates

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make judgements about when or how items should be recognised in the consolidated Financial statements and estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses reported in the consolidated financial statements. Actual amounts and results could differ from those estimates. The following are the critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty.

Taxation

Estimates

Management makes the judgement of whether there is sufficient information to be able to make a reliable estimate of the outcome of the dispute. If insufficient information is available, no provision is made.

 


Table of Contents

 

F-21

If sufficient information is available, in estimating a potential tax liability, the CH Group applies a risk-based approach to determine the transactions most likely to be subject to challenge, assuming that the relevant tax authority will review and have full knowledge of all the relevant information, and the probability that the CH Group would be able to obtain compensatory adjustments under international tax treaties. These estimates consider the specific circumstances of each dispute and relevant external advice, are inherently judgemental and could change substantially over time as each dispute progresses and new facts emerge.

Further details and the factors affecting the tax charge in future years are set out in Note 13, ‘Taxation’. Where open tax matters exist, the ultimate liability for such matters may vary from the amounts provided and is dependent upon the outcome of negotiations with the relevant tax authorities or, if necessary, litigation proceedings. At 31 December 2021, the CH Group had recognised provisions of £150 million in respect of such uncertain tax positions (2020: £124 million and 2019: £123 million). Due to the number of uncertain tax positions held and the number of jurisdictions to which these relate, it is not practicable to give meaningful sensitivity estimates.

Indefinite life brands

Estimates

Estimation of recoverable amount of indefinite life brands. The CH Group tests at least annually whether indefinite life brands have suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy. The recoverable amounts of indefinite life brands have been determined based on fair value less costs of disposal model. These calculations require the use of estimates and assumptions consistent with the most up to date budgets and plans that have been formally approved by management and are based on discounted cash flow forecasts using estimated long-term growth rates. The key assumptions used and sensitivity analysis are disclosed in Note 18, ‘Intangible assets’.

Legal and other disputes

Judgement and estimates

Management makes a judgement of whether it is remote, possible or probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle legal obligations. To the extent that the potential outflow is assessed as possible but not probable or insufficient information is available to make a judgement on whether a potential outflow is probable, no provision is made and disclosure related to the claim is provided.

For legal obligations that are assessed as leading to a probable outflow and sufficient information is available, the estimated provisions take into account the specific circumstances of each dispute and relevant external advice, are inherently judgemental and could change substantially over time as each dispute progresses and new facts emerge. Details of the status and various uncertainties involved in the significant unresolved disputes are set out in Note 27, ‘Contingent Liabilities. The CH Group’s Directors, having taken legal advice, have established provisions after taking into account the relevant facts and circumstances of each matter and in accordance with accounting requirements.

The CH Group may become involved in legal proceedings, in respect of which it is not possible to make a reliable estimate of the expected financial effect, or practicable to give a meaningful range of outcomes that could result from ultimate resolution of the proceedings. In these cases, appropriate disclosure about such cases would be provided, but no provision would be made and no contingent liability can be quantified. The ultimate liability for legal claims may vary from the amounts provided and is dependent upon the outcome of litigation proceedings, investigations, and possible settlement negotiations. The position could change over time and, therefore, there can be no assurance that any losses that result from the outcome of any legal proceedings will not exceed the amount of the provisions reported in the Group’s financial statements by a material amount.


Table of Contents

 

F-22

4.

Adoption of new and revised standards

In 2020, the CH Group implemented an amendment to IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’ which was issued in October 2018. The amendment clarifies the definition of a business and permits a simplified initial assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets is a group of assets rather than a business. The amendment did not have a material impact on the results or financial position of the CH Group in 2020.    

‘Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions (Amendment to IFRS 16)’ was issued in May 2020. It introduces a practical expedient to IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ which permits a lessee to elect not to assess whether a COVID-19-related concession in respect of rent due for periods to 30 June 2021 is a lease modification. The amendment is applicable for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 June 2020 and earlier application is permitted. The amendment did not have a material impact on the results or financial position of the CH Group in 2020.    

The CH Group previously accounted for SaaS (software as a service) configuration and customisation costs as intangible assets. Following the IFRS IC (Interpretation Committee) agenda decision on SaaS in April 2021, the CH Group has adopted the treatment set out in the IFRS IC agenda decision and expensed configuration and customisation costs where the entity does not control the software being configured. The impact of the change has not had a material impact on the results or financial position of the CH Group.

Where the retirement benefit to which an employee is entitled is capped at a specified number of consecutive years, the CH Group previously accounted for these employee benefits from the employment commencement date. Following the IFRS IC agenda decision on Attributing Benefit to Periods of Service in May 2021, the CH Group has adopted the treatment set out in the IFRS IC agenda decision to account for the employee benefits during the last specified number of years where the employee earn the benefit. The impact of the change has not had a material impact on the results or financial position of the CH Group.

During the year, the CH Group implemented ‘Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2—Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16’ which was issued in August 2020. The amendments address issues that arise from implementation of the reforms, including the replacement of one benchmark with an alternative one. A practical expedient is provided such that the change to contractual cash flows for financial assets and liabilities (including lease liabilities) is accounted for prospectively by revising the effective interest rate. In addition, hedge accounting will not be discontinued solely because of the IBOR reform. Further information is provided in note 33.

Certain new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 2021 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the CH Group. These standards, amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future reporting periods.

 

5.

Exchange rates

The CH Group operates in many countries and earns revenues and incurs costs in many currencies. The results of the CH Group, as reported in Sterling, are affected by movements in exchange rates between Sterling and other currencies. Average exchange rates, as modified by specific transaction rates for large transactions, prevailing during the year, are used to translate the results and cash flows of overseas subsidiaries into Sterling. Year-end rates are used to translate the net assets of those entities. The currencies which most influenced these translations and the relevant exchange rates were:

 

     Average rates      Period end rates  
     2021      2020      2019      2021      2020      2019  

Average rates:

                 

USD/£

     1.38        1.29        1.28        1.35        1.36        1.32  

Euro/£

     1.16        1.13        1.14        1.19        1.11        1.18  

Swiss Franc/£

     1.25        1.21        1.27        1.23        1.20        1.28  

CNY/£

     8.86        8.91        8.82        8.56        8.93        9.19  


Table of Contents

 

F-23

6.

Revenue and segment information

Analysis of revenue by geography is included below, the composition of these geographical segments is reviewed on an annual basis.

For management reporting purposes, the CH Group is organised into business units based on geographical areas and has three reportable segments, as follows:

 

   

North America

 

   

Europe, Middle East, Africa and Latin America (EMEA and LatAm)

 

   

Asia Pacific (APAC)

No operating segments have been aggregated to form the above reportable operating segments.

The primary products sold by each of the reportable segments consist of Oral Health, Pain Relief, Vitamins, Minerals and Supplements, Respiratory Health, Digestive Health and Other products and the product portfolio is consistent across the reportable segments.

The Commercial Operations Board is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) who monitors the operating results of the Group’s business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. The CODM uses a measure of adjusted operating profit to assess the performance of the reportable segments. Adjusted Operating Profit is defined as operating profit less net intangible amortisation and impairment of brands, licenses, and patents, restructuring costs, transaction related costs, separation and admission costs, and disposals and other disposal related adjusting costs. The CODM does not review IFRS operating profit or total assets on a segment basis.

 

     2021      2020      2019  

Revenue by segment

   £m      £m      £m  

North America

     3,525        3,779        2,880  

EMEA and LatAm

     3,877        4,059        3,898  

APAC

     2,143        2,054        1,702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     9,545        9,892        8,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

          2021      20201      2019  

Adjusted operating profit by segment

        £m      £m      £m  

North America

     828        897        660  

EMEA and LatAm

     960        857        746  

APAC

     461        377        311  

Corporate and other unallocated

     (77      (57      (63
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        2,172        2,074        1,654  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciling items between adjusted operating profit and operating profit:

           

Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

   18,8      (16      (97      (36

Restructuring costs

   12      (195      (411      (330

Transaction related costs

   19      —          (91      (366

Separation and admission costs

   8      (278      (66      —    

Disposals and others

   29      (45      189        (25
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Group operating profit

        1,638        1,598        897  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net finance costs

        (2      (7      (11
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

        1,636        1,591        886  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1


Table of Contents

 

F-24

Net amortisation and impairment of intangible assets includes amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, excluding computer software, and impairment of goodwill net of reversals of impairment. Transaction related costs relate to transaction related accounting including the unwind of uplift of fair value in inventory.

 

     2021      2020      2019  

Revenue by product category

   £m      £m      £m  

Oral health

     2,724        2,745        2,657  

Pain relief

     2,237        2,192        1,742  

Vitamins, minerals and supplements

     1,501        1,494        597  

Respiratory health

     1,132        1,298        1,318  

Digestive health and other

     1,951        2,163        2,166  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     9,545        9,892        8,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue attributable to the country of domicile and all foreign countries of operation greater than 10% are included below:

 

     2021      2020      2019  

Revenue by location of customer

   £m      £m      £m  

UK

     327        374        380  

US

     3,138        3,360        2,559  

China

     801        700        474  

Rest of the World

     5,279        5,458        5,067  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     9,545        9,892        8,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     North
America
     Europe,
Middle East
and Africa,
Latin
America
     Asia
Pacific
     Other
reconciling
items
     Total CH
Group
 

Other segmental information

   £m      £m      £m      £m      £m  

Year ended 31 December 2021

              

Impairment charges

     5        5        2        25        37  

Impairment reversal

     —          —          —          (48      (48

Year ended 31 December 2020

              

Impairment charges

     6        10        6        68        90  

Impairment reversal

                          (21      (21

Year ended 31 December 2019

              

Impairment charges

     5        1               19        25  

Impairment reversal

     (9                    (10      (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets attributable to the country of domicile and all foreign countries of operation greater than 10% are included below:

 

     2021      2020      2019  

Non-current assets by location of subsidiary

   £m      £m      £m  

UK

     430        410        471  

US & Puerto Rico

     7,884        7,827        8,262  

Rest of the World

     20,551        20,593        20,910  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     28,865        28,830        29,643  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets by location excludes derivatives, deferred tax assets and post-retirement benefit assets.


Table of Contents

 

F-25

7.

Other operating (expense)/ income

In 2021, as part of the continued strategic review of the business, the CH Group sold several assets including Transderm Scop, Acne-Aid and Baldriparan. The CH Group has recognised a total net gain on disposals of £31 million in the year.

In 2020, as a result of the strategic review of the business, the CH Group sold several businesses and assets including Breathe Right, Physiogel, Coldrex, Venoruton, certain intellectual property rights of Horlicks and other assets and smaller businesses. Thermacare has been disposed in 2020 to meet EMEA anti-trust requirements. The CH Group has recognised a total net gain on disposals of £212 million in the year.

In 2019 Other operating expense includes net losses of £17 million relating to the deal costs incurred for the disposal of intellectual property and businesses, mainly related to deal costs preparing Thermacare for the divestment.

Certain Horlicks intellectual property rights amounting to £16 million legally owned by an entity within the CH Group were disposed of in 2020. These intellectual property rights were legally owned by an entity within the CH Group however the GSK Group has the beneficial title to these. The intellectual property rights were sold for £74 million resulting in a gain on disposal of £58 million. The proceeds of the sale were subsequently declared and paid as a dividend to the GSK Group in 2020, refer to note 14 Dividend.

 

8.

Operating profit

 

     2021      2020      2019  

The following items have been included in operating profit:

   £m      £m      £m  

Advertising and promotion

     1,941        2,013        1,772  

Distribution costs

     209        226        194  

Impairment of assets held for sale

        

Intangible assets

     —          20        —    

Property, plant and equipment

     —          3        —    

Net foreign exchange losses

     11        12        7  

Short term lease charge

     1        1        1  

Separation and admission costs

     278        66        —    

Separation and admission costs represent costs incurred in relation to and in connection with the separation and potential listing of the CH Group as a standalone business. These costs are not directly attributable to the sale of the CH Group’s products and specifically relate to the activities mentioned above, affecting comparability of the CH Group’s financial results in historic and future reporting periods.

 

9.

Employee and Key Management Personnel costs

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Wages and salaries

     1,287        1,362        1,285  

Social security costs

     147        151        109  

Pension and other post-employment costs (Note 25)

     30        30        29  

Cost of share-based incentive plans (Note 34)

     59        63        58  

Severance costs from integration and restructuring activities

     95        77        89  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,618        1,683        1,570  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The CH Group provides benefits to employees, commensurate with local practice in individual countries, including, in some markets, healthcare insurance, subsidised car schemes and personal life insurance.


Table of Contents

 

F-26

All individuals performing services for the CH Group are employed and remunerated by CH Group companies or other members of the GSK Group. Where a management charge for wages and salaries has been made from entities outside the CH Group, such amounts are not included in wages and salaries above as it is not practical to separate such amounts from other management recharges.

Details of Key Management Personnel

Key Management Personnel comprises the Executive board members and the Consumer Healthcare leadership team (“CHLT”). The compensation of Key Management Personnel in respect of their services to the CH Group in aggregate was as follows:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Wages and salaries

     11.7        13.9        13.8  

Social security costs

     1.1        1.1        1.1  

Pension and other post-employment costs

     1.7        1.6        1.4  

Cost of share-based incentive plans

     6.9        7.8        7.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     21.4        24.4        24.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retirement benefits accrued under defined benefit schemes sponsored by sister companies within the GSK Group for one director in 2021, two directors in 2020 and two directors in 2019. Two (2020: three, 2019: three) directors received share awards under long term incentive plans in respect of qualifying services to the CH Group in 2021.

 

10.

Finance income

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Interest income arising from:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     3        2        2  

Other receivables with GSK Group companies

     10        12        18  

Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss

     4        4        4  

Net gains arising from:

        

Financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

     (35      (27      —    

Retranslation of loans

     35        29        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17        20        24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Finance income arising from:

        

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

     13        14        20  

Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

     4        4        4  

Net gains arising from:

        

Financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

     (35      (27      —    

Retranslation of loans

     35        29        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17        20        24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-27

11.

Finance expense

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Interest expense arising on:

        

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

     (3      (2      (5

Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss

     (5      (7      (12

Loans with GSK Group companies

     (4      (6      (9

Net losses arising from:

        

Financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

     —          —          (4

Retranslation of loans

     —          —          3  

Finance expense arising on lease liabilities

     (4      (7      (4

Other finance expense

     (3      (5      (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (19      (27      (35
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12.

Restructuring costs

Restructuring costs mainly relate to initiatives announced since formation of the CH Group and include Personnel costs, impairments of tangible assets and computer software relating to restructuring programmes.

Restructuring costs are those mainly related to specific Board-approved restructuring programmes, including integration costs following material acquisitions, which are structural and are of a significant scale in terms of the costs of individual or related projects. In 2021, CH Group defined such programmes to comprise of any projects exceeding £15 million whilst in prior periods, this was determined to be any projects exceeding £25 million. This change did not result in any differences in the nature of restructuring programmes included as part of restructuring costs for 2020 and 2019.

In 2021, Restructuring costs of £195 million (2020: £411 million, 2019: £330 million) have been charged to the income statement and recognised in the expense categories outlined below. Restructuring costs are mainly activities to generate synergies from the integration of Pfizer’s Consumer Healthcare business into the CH Group’s business, following the Pfizer Transaction completed on 31 July 2019.

The unutilised balances of the restructuring costs as at 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019 are included in Note 26 ‘Other provisions’.

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Cost of sales

     44        89        69  

Selling, general and administration, and other operating expenses

     150        314        236  

Research and development

     1        8        25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     195        411        330  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-28

13.

Taxation

The major components of income tax expense are:

 

     2021      2020      2019  

Taxation charge/(credit) based on profits for the period

   £m      £m      £m  

Current year charge

        361           540           196  

Charge in respect of prior periods

     (50      11        21  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current taxation

     311        551        217  

Total deferred taxation

     (114      (141      (18
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total taxation charge

     197        410        199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The tax charge on total profits amounted to £197 million (2020: £410 million and 2019: £199 million) and represented an effective tax rate of 12% (2020: 26% and 2019: 23%).

 

     2021      20201      2019  

Reconciliation of the taxation rate on the CH Group profits

   £m      £m      £m  

Profit before tax

     1,636        1,591           886  

UK statutory rate of taxation of 19%

     311        302        167  

Differences in overseas taxation rates

     105        124        97  

Benefit of substance-based tax rulings

     (18      (70      (29

R&D tax credits

     (2      (2      (2

Tax losses not recognised

     3        8        —    

Permanent differences on disposals, acquisitions and transfers

     (164      (20      —    

Items non-deductible/taxable for tax purposes

     3        25        (1

Re-assessment of prior year estimates

     (70      19        (29

Changes in tax rates

     29        24        (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax charge

     197        410        199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1

Permanent differences on disposals, acquisitions and transfers in 2021 reflects tax credits arising on the transfer of intellectual property within the CH Group.

Future tax charges, and therefore the effective tax rate, may be affected by factors such as acquisitions, disposals, restructurings, the location of research and development activity, tax regime reforms, agreements with tax authorities and resolution of open matters as the CH Group continue to bring the tax affairs up to date around the world. The CH Group operates in countries where the tax rate differs from the UK tax rate and the taxable profits earned and tax rates in those countries vary from year to year. The impact of these overseas taxes on the overall rate of tax is shown above.

Taxation matters

The integrated nature of the CH Group’s worldwide operations involves significant investment in research and manufacture at a limited number of locations, with consequential cross-border supply routes into numerous end-markets. This gives rise to complexity and delay in negotiations with revenue authorities as to the profits on which individual CH Group companies are liable to tax.


Table of Contents

 

F-29

In line with current OECD guidelines, the CH Group base its transfer pricing policy on the ‘arm’s length’ principle. However, different tax authorities may seek to attribute further profit to activities being undertaken in their jurisdiction potentially resulting in double taxation. The CH Group also has open items in several jurisdictions concerning such matters as the deductibility of particular expenses and the tax treatment of certain business transactions. The CH Group applies a risk based approach to determine the transactions most likely to be subject to challenge and the probability that the CH Group would be able to obtain compensatory adjustments under international tax treaties.

The calculation of the CH Group’s total tax charge therefore necessarily involves a degree of estimation and judgement in respect of certain items whose tax treatment cannot be finally determined until resolution has been reached with the relevant tax authority or, as appropriate, through a formal legal process.

Whilst a newly standalone CH Group may be subject to additional and/or different scrutiny from tax authorities than as part of a wider-GSK Group, the CH Group continues to believe that it has made adequate provision for the liabilities it may bear in respect of periods which are open and not yet agreed by tax authorities. The ultimate liability for such matters may vary from the amounts provided and is dependent upon the outcome of agreements with relevant tax authorities or litigation where appropriate.

At 31 December 2021, the CH Group had recognised provisions of £150 million in respect of such uncertain tax positions (2020: £124 million and 2019: £123 million).

In 2021, the aggregate amount of unremitted profits at the balance sheet date was approximately £1.7 billion (2020: £1.6 billion and 2019: £1.4 billion). UK legislation relating to company distributions provides for exemption from tax for most repatriated profits, subject to certain exceptions. Provision for deferred tax liabilities of £38 million (2020: £24 million and 2019: £14 million) has been made in respect of withholding taxation that would arise on the distribution of profits by certain overseas subsidiaries. Deferred tax is not provided on temporary differences of £147 million (2020: £135 million and 2019: nil) arising on unremitted profits as management can control any future reversal and does not consider such a reversal to be probable.

Movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

     Accelerated
capital
allowances
    Intangibles     Pensions &
other post-
employment
benefits
    Tax
losses
    Other net
temporary
differences
    Total  
     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

As at 1 January 2021

     (45     (3,451     82       26       266       (3,122

Exchange adjustments

     (6     (18     (8     —         9       (23

(Charge)/credit to income statement

     (15     31       (12     (17     127       114  

Credit to statement of comprehensive income

     —         —         (12     —         (2     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2021

     (66     (3,438     50       9       400       (3,045
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-30

     Accelerated
capital
allowances
    Intangibles     Pensions &
other post-
employment
benefits
    Tax
losses
    Other net
temporary
differences
    Total  
     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

As at 1 January 2020

     (35     (3,563     64       17       257       (3,260

Exchange adjustments

     1       11       1       1       —         14  

(Charge)/credit to income statement

     (11     131       4       8       9       141  

Credit to statement of comprehensive income

     —         —         13       —         —         13  

Transfers from liabilities directly related to assets held for sale

     —         (30     —         —         —         (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2020

     (45     (3,451     82       26       266       (3,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Accelerated
capital
allowances
    Intangibles     Pensions &
other post-
employment
benefits
    Tax
losses
    Other net
temporary
differences
    Total  
     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

As at 1 January 2019

     (39     (1,103     61       14       165       (902

Exchange adjustments

     —         212       (3     (1     —         208  

(Charge)/credit to income statement

     (1     (51     (10     (7     91       22  

Credit to statement of comprehensive income

     —         —         1       —         2       3  

Additions through business combination

     5       (2,621     15       11       (1     (2,591
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

     (35     (3,563     64       17       257       (3,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recognised tax losses comprise £9 million (2020: £26 million and 2019: £17 million) in respect of net trading losses. Other net temporary differences include accrued expenses for which a tax deduction is only available on a paid basis and deferred tax on intra-group profits arising on intercompany inventories which are eliminated within the consolidated financial statements. As intra-group profits are not eliminated from the individual entities’ tax returns a temporary difference arises that will reverse at the point in time inventory is sold externally. After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax liability comprises:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Deferred tax assets

     312        251        254  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (3,357      (3,373      (3,514
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (3,045      (3,122      (3,260
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the periods presented, US entities within the CH Group remain party to the GSK Group unitary state filing. US temporary differences therefore continue to be valued at the unitary state tax blended rate applicable to the GSK Group. As a result of the demerger, the US entities will no longer be part of the GSK Group unitary state filing and these entities will need to prepare standalone state tax filings. This may result in a higher rate of state taxes applying to the CH Group for both current and deferred tax liabilities.


Table of Contents

 

F-31

     2021      2021      2020      2020      2019      2019  
     Tax
losses
     Unrecognised
asset
     Tax
losses
     Unrecognised
asset
     Tax
losses
     Unrecognised
asset
 
Unrecognised tax losses    £m      £m      £m      £m      £m      £m  

Trading losses expiring:

                 

Within 10 years

     15        3        26        3        6        1  

More than 10 years

     326        15        335        17        349        24  

Available indefinitely

     67        10        86        15        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December

     408        28        447        35        355        25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets are recognised where it is probable that future taxable profit will be available to utilise losses, as supported by management forecasts.

 

14.

Dividends

During the years ended 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019, the CH Group declared and paid dividends as set forth below. No further dividends were declared or paid.

 

Date paid

   £ per share      £’m  

Dividends paid in 2021:

     

30 March 2021

     621        621  

28 September 2021

     49        49  

21 December 2021

     478        478  
     

 

 

 
        1,148  
     

 

 

 

Dividends paid in 2020:

     

17 June 2020

     54        54  

19 June 2020

     1,292        1,292  

22 September 2020

     20        20  

23 September 2020

     750        750  

9 November 2020

     255        255  
     

 

 

 
        2,371  
     

 

 

 

Dividends paid in 2019:

     

28 March 2019

     72        43  

24 May 2019

     1,127        338  

28 May 2019

     75,000        15  

7 June 2019

     25,470,588        432  

28 June 2019

     1,829,268        300  

28 June 2019

     3,199        24  
     

 

 

 
        1,152  
     

 

 

 

 

15.

Earnings per share

 

     2021      20201      2019  
     pence      pence      pence  

Basic earnings per share

     139,000        114,500        65,500  

Diluted earnings per share

     139,000        114,500        65,500  

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1


Table of Contents

 

F-32

Basic earnings per share has been calculated by dividing the profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the period, with 1,000,000 shares outstanding on 1 January 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Diluted earnings per share has been calculated after adjusting the weighted average number of shares used in the basic calculation to assume the conversion of all potentially dilutive shares. However, since employees’ share options are satisfied in shares of GSK Group, there are no dilutive equity instruments. The number of shares in issue above may not be representative of the number of shares in issue in the future.

The numbers of shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share are reconciled below:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
Weighted average number of shares in issue    ‘000      ‘000      ‘000  

Basic

     1,000        1,000        1,000  

Dilution for share options and awards

     —          —          —    

Diluted

     1,000        1,000        1,000  

 

16.

Property, plant and equipment

 

     Land and
buildings
     Plant,
equipment
and vehicles
     Assets under
construction
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m      £m  

Cost at 1 January 2019

     762        1,321        204        2,287  

Exchange adjustments

     14        (14      (13      (13

Additions

     22        62        118        202  

Additions through business combinations

     145        175        34        354  

Disposals and write-offs

     (10      (174      (22      (206

Reclassifications

     (4      102        (102      (4

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —          —          (9      (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost at 31 December 2019

     929        1,472        210        2,611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exchange adjustments

     (8      5        (4      (7

Additions

     4        9        217        230  

Additions through business combinations

     —          6        —          6  

Disposals and write-offs

     (27      (81      (11      (119

Reclassifications

     26        96        (130      (8

Transfer to assets held for sale

     (14      (17      (4      (35
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost at 31 December 2020

     910        1,490        278        2,678  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exchange adjustments

     15        (27      (3      (15

Additions

     1        13        215        229  

Disposals and write-offs

     (40      (132      (7      (179

Reclassifications

     34        150        (184      —    

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —          (8      —          (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost at 31 December 2021

     920        1,486        299        2,705  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation at 1 January 2019

     (195      (803      —          (998

Exchange adjustments

     (43      (16      —          (59

Charge for the year

     (33      (134      —          (167

Disposals and write-offs

     6        122        —          128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation at 31 December 2019

     (265      (831      —          (1,096
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-33

     Land and
buildings
     Plant,
equipment
and vehicles
     Assets under
construction
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m      £m  

Exchange adjustments

     1        (3      —          (2

Charge for the year

     (39      (128      —          (167

Disposals and write-offs

     20        80        —          100  

Transfer to assets held for sale

     10        19        —          29  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation at 31 December 2020

     (273      (863      —          (1,136
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exchange adjustments

     —          17        —          17  

Charge for the year

     (32      (107      —          (139

Disposals and write-offs

     28        114        —          142  

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —          6        —          6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation at 31 December 2021

     (277      (833      —          (1,110
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment at 1 January 2019

     —          (54      (8      (62

Exchange adjustments

     —          2        5        7  

Impairment losses

     (4      (1      (1      (6

Disposals and write-offs

     —          6        1        7  

Reversal of impairments

     —          8        1        9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment at 31 December 2019

     (4      (39      (2      (45
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exchange adjustments

     —          1        (1      —    

Impairment losses

     (8      (10      (1      (19

Disposals and write-offs

     3        2        —          5  

Reversal of impairments

     3        —          —          3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment at 31 December 2020

     (6      (46      (4      (56
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exchange adjustments

     (2      —          —          (2

Impairment losses

     (6      (8      (3      (17

Disposals and write-offs

     8        20        3        31  

Reversal of impairments

     —          12        —          12  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment at 31 December 2021

     (6      (22      (4      (32
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and impairment at 31 December 2019

     (269      (870      (2      (1,141

Depreciation and impairment at 31 December 2020

     (279      (909      (4      (1,192

Depreciation and impairment at 31 December 2021

     (283      (855      (4      (1,142
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2019

     660        602        208        1,470  

Net book value at 31 December 2020

     631        581        274        1,486  

Net book value at 31 December 2021

     637        631        295        1,563  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the three years ended 31 December 2021, the impairment losses principally arise from decisions to rationalise facilities and are calculated based on higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The fair value less costs of disposal valuation methodology uses significant inputs which are not based on observable market data, and therefore this valuation technique is classified as level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. These calculations determine the net present value of the projected risk-adjusted, post-tax cash flows of the relevant asset or cash generating unit, applying a discount rate of the CH Group’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) of 6%, adjusted where appropriate for relevant specific risks. For value in use calculations,


Table of Contents

 

F-34

where an impairment is indicated and a pre-tax cash flow calculation is expected to give a materially different result, the test would be re-performed using pre-tax cash flows and a pre-tax discount rate.

Impairment losses of £2 million for 2021 (2020: £11 million and 2019: £3 million) have been charged to cost of sales and £15 million for 2021 (2020: £8 million and 2019: £3 million) have been charged to selling, general and administration expenses respectively.

Reversals of impairment arise from subsequent reviews of the impaired assets where the conditions which gave rise to the original impairments are deemed no longer to apply. All of the reversals have been credited to cost of sales.

Reclassifications of £8 million for 2020 (2019: £4 million) relating to assets under construction that have been reclassified to computer software in intangible assets during the year. No reclassifications were made in 2021.

Certain assets were transferred from property, plant and equipment to assets held for sale and subsequently disposed of during the year. There were no assets and liabilities held for sale remaining as at 31 December 2021.

 

17.

Right of use assets

 

     Land and
buildings
     Plant and
equipment
     Vehicles      Total  
     £m      £m      £m      £m  

Net book value at 1 January 2019

     104        2        13        119  

Exchange adjustments

     (4      (1      (1      (6

Additions through business combinations

     27        10        2        39  

Additions

     20        1        10        31  

Depreciation

     (22      (2      (7      (31

Disposals

     —          (1      —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2019

     125        9        17        151  

Exchange adjustments

     (3      —          —          (3

Additions

     28        1        10        39  

Depreciation

     (39      (1      (8      (48

Disposals and write-offs

     (14      (4      (5      (23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2020

     97        5        14        116  

Exchange adjustments

     1        —          (1      —    

Additions

     27        4        6        37  

Depreciation

     (27      —          (8      (35

Disposals and write-offs

     (10      (8      (1      (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2021

     88        1        10        99  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

An analysis of lease liabilities is set out in Note 24, ‘Borrowings’. The total cash outflow for leases amounted to £38 million for 2021 (2020: £44 million and 2019: £42 million). There were no significant lease commitments for leases not commenced at year-ends.


Table of Contents

 

F-35

18.

Intangible assets

 

     Goodwill     Indefinite
life
brands
    Amortised
brands,
licences
and
patents
    Computer
Software
    Total  
     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

Cost at 1 January 2019

     2,613       8,524       401       279       11,817  

Exchange adjustments

     (100     (1,035     (10     (8     (1,153

Additions through business combinations

     5,658       12,357       —         31       18,046  

Other additions

     —         —         11       42       53  

Disposals and asset write-offs

     —         —         (2     (2     (4

Reclassification

     —         (18     18       4       4  

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —         (227     (14     —         (241
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost at 31 December 2019

     8,171       19,601       404       346       28,522  

Exchange adjustments

     (29     (82     (9     (3     (123

Additions through business combinations

     124       —         —         2       126  

Other additions

     —         —         7       89       96  

Disposals and asset write-offs

     (1     —         (9     (13     (23

Reclassification

     —         (572     572       8       8  

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —         (635     (253     —         (888
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost at 31 December 2020

     8,265       18,312       712       429       27,718  

Exchange adjustments

     (19     65       (2     (3     41  

Other additions

     —         —         7       66       73  

Disposals and asset write-offs

     —         —         (23     (20     (43

Reclassification

     —         (9     9       —         —    

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —         (43     (6     —         (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost at 31 December 2021

     8,246       18,325       697       472       27,740  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation at 1 January 2019

     —         —         (143     (105     (248

Exchange adjustments

     —         —         5       (1     4  

Charge for the period

     —         —         (27     (35     (62

Disposals and asset write-offs

     —         —         1       1       2  

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —         —         3       —         3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation at 31 December 2019

     —         —         (161     (140     (301

Exchange adjustments

     —         —         2       —         2  

Charge for the period

     —         —         (50     (40     (90

Disposals and asset write-offs

     —         —         5       12       17  

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —         —         44       —         44  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation at 31 December 2020

     —         —         (160     (168     (328

Exchange adjustments

     —         —         1       —         1  

Charge for the period

     —         —         (40     (54     (94

Disposals and asset write-offs

     —         —         —         3       3  

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —         —         2       —         2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation at 31 December 2021

     —         —         (197     (219     (416


Table of Contents

 

F-36

     Goodwill      Indefinite
life
brands
    Amortised
brands,
licences
and
patents
    Computer
Software
    Total  
     £m      £m     £m     £m     £m  

Impairment at 1 January 2019

     —          (240     (17     (2     (259

Exchange adjustments

     —          1       1       (1     1  

Impairment losses

     —          (2     (17     —         (19

Reversal of impairment losses

     —          —         10       —         10  

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —          53       5       —         58  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment at 31 December 2019

     —          (188     (18     (3     (209

Exchange adjustments

     —          1       4       —         5  

Impairment losses

     —          (10     (35     —         (45

Reversal of impairment losses

     —          —         18       —         18  

Reclassification

     —          39       (39     —         —    

Transfer to assets held for sale

     —          —         59       —         59  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment at 31 December 2020

     —          (158     (11     (3     (172

Exchange adjustments

     —          —         —         —         —    

Impairment losses

     —          —         (12     (8     (20

Reversal of impairment losses

     —          36       —         —         36  

Disposals and asset write-offs

     —          —         23       4       27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment at 31 December 2021

     —          (122     —         (7     (129
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation and impairment at 31 December 2019

     —          (188     (179     (143     (510

Amortisation and impairment at 31 December 2020

     —          (158     (171     (171     (500

Amortisation and impairment at 31 December 2021

     —          (122     (197     (226     (545
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2019

     8,171        19,413       225       203       28,012  

Net book value at 31 December 2020

     8,265        18,154       541       258       27,218  

Net book value at 31 December 2021

     8,246        18,203       500       246       27,195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net book value of computer software included £130 million (2020: £124 million and 2019: £8 million) of internally generated costs.

Goodwill

Goodwill mainly arose from the Novartis transaction in 2015 (£2.6 billion) and the Pfizer transaction in 2019 (£5.6 billion).

Goodwill is allocated to the CH Group’s CGUs as follows:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Asia Pacific

     2,127        2,132        2,015  

Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America

     2,902        2,908        2,919  

North America

     3,217        3,225        3,237  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December

     8,246        8,265        8,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The CH Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are assessed using a fair value less costs of disposal model. Fair value less costs of disposal is calculated using a discounted cash flow approach, with a post-tax discount rate applied to the projected risk-adjusted post-tax cash flows and terminal value.


Table of Contents

 

F-37

The discount rate used is based on the CH Group’s post-tax WACC of 6%, as most cash generating units have integrated operations across large parts of the CH Group. The discount rate is adjusted where appropriate for specific segment, country or currency risks. The valuation methodology uses significant inputs which are not based on observable market data, therefore this valuation technique is classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Details relating to the discounted cash flow model used in the impairment tests of the Asia Pacific (“APAC”), Europe, Middle East and Africa and Latin America (“EMEA and LatAm”), and North America (“N America”) cash generating units are as follows:

 

Valuation basis   Fair value less costs of disposal                           

Key assumptions

  Sales growth rates         
  Profit margins         
  Terminal growth rate         
  Discount rate         
    Taxation rate                           

Determination of assumptions

  Growth rates are internal forecasts based on both internal and external market information.

 

  Margins reflect past experience, adjusted for expected changes.

 

  Terminal growth rates based on management’s estimate of future long-term average growth rates.

 

  Discount rates based on the CH Group WACC, adjusted where appropriate.

 

    Taxation rates based on appropriate rates for each region.

 

Period of specific projected cash flows

  Five years                           

Terminal growth rate

       2021        2020        2019  
  APAC      4.5% p.a.        4.5% p.a.        4.5% p.a.  
  EMEA and LatAm      3.5% p.a.        3.5% p.a.        3.5% p.a.  
    N America      2.5% p.a.        2.5% p.a.        2.5% p.a.  

Discount rate (post tax)

       2021        2020        2019  
  APAC      6.7%        7.1%        6.8%  
  EMEA and LatAm      7.6%        7.9%        7.5%  
    N America      6.0%        6.0%        6.0%  

The terminal growth rate does not exceed the long-term projected growth rate for the CH Group, reflects the impact of future competition and takes account of new product launches. Goodwill is monitored for impairment at the segmental level. In each case the valuation indicated sufficient headroom such that a reasonably possible change to key assumptions is unlikely to result in an impairment of goodwill.


Table of Contents

 

F-38

Indefinite life brands and other amortised brands

Indefinite life brands comprise a portfolio of Consumer Healthcare products primarily acquired from GlaxoSmithKline legacy entities, Novartis businesses acquired in 2015 and Pfizer businesses acquired in 2019. The indefinite life brands are valued at historical acquisition date. The net book value of the major brands are as follows:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Advil

     3,362        3,349        3,408  

Voltaren

     2,725        2,725        2,725  

Centrum

     1,828        1,824        1,808  

Caltrate

     1,731        1,678        1,648  

Otrivin

     1,385        1,385        1,385  

Preparation H

     1,152        1,139        1,171  

Robitussin

     1,126        1,111        1,138  

Nexium

     670        668        682  

Fenistil

     598        598        598  

ChapStick

     521        512        523  

Emergen-C

     439        433        447  

Theraflu

     436        433        438  

Panadol

     395        396        397  

Lamisil

     —          —          291  

Sensodyne

     270        270        270  

Breathe Right

     —          —          251  

Nicotinell

     246        246        246  

Excedrin

     177        174        180  

Vitasprint

     117        122        135  

Biotene

     121        120        123  

Physiogel

     —          —          114  

Polident

     114        114        114  

Corega

     102        102        102  

Be-total

     85        89        99  

Other brands

     603        666        1,120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18,203        18,154        19,413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Robitussin and Preparation H were affected by lower cold & flu incidence resulting from the COVID-19 social distancing measures and by supply chain issues respectively which has resulted in a reduced level of headroom. The CH Group has performed a sensitivity analysis based on changes in key assumptions considered to be reasonably possible by management leaving all other assumptions unchanged. Sensitivity analysis for the year ended 31 December 2021 has identified these two brands as being sensitive to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions. In order for the recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying values of Robitussin and Preparation H, either the discount rate would have to be increased by 0.5% and 0.1%, or the operating margin decreased by 4.1% and 1.5%, or the long term growth rate decreased by 0.7% and 0.2% respectively. Sensitivity analysis for the year ended 31 December 2020 only identified Robitussin as being sensitive to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions. In order for the recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying value, the discount rate would have to be increased by 0.3% or operating margin decreased by 2.7% or the long term growth rate decreased by 0.4%. The CH Group considers that changes in key assumptions of this magnitude are reasonably possible in the current environment.


Table of Contents

 

F-39

During the year ended 31 December 2020, Breathe Right and Physiogel were transferred to Assets Held for Sale and subsequently disposed of. In addition, certain brands including Lamisil, were reclassified from indefinite life brands to amortised brands following a review by the CH Group on the useful life of these brands. As at 31 December 2021, Lamisil had a carrying value of £259 million (2020: £275 million and 2019: £291 million) with a remaining amortisation period of 18 years.

Except as set out above, each of these brands is considered to have an indefinite life, given the strength and durability of the brand and the level of marketing support. The brands are in relatively similar, stable and profitable market sectors, with similar risk profiles, and their size, diversification and market shares mean that the risk of market-related factors causing a reduction in the lives of the brands is considered to be relatively low. The CH Group is not aware of any material legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factor which could limit their useful lives. Accordingly, they are not amortised.

Each brand is tested annually for impairment and other amortised intangible assets are tested when indicators of impairment arise. This testing applies a fair value less costs of disposal methodology, generally using post- tax cash flow forecasts with a terminal value calculation and a discount rate equal to the CH Group post-tax WACC of 6% for 2020 and 2019 adjusted where appropriate for country and currency specific risks. This valuation methodology uses significant inputs which are not based on observable market data, and therefore this valuation technique is classified as level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The main assumptions include future sales price and volume growth, product contribution and the future expenditure required to maintain the product’s marketability and registration in the relevant jurisdictions. These assumptions are based on past experience and are reviewed as part of management’s budgeting and strategic planning cycle for changes in market conditions and sales erosion through competition. The terminal growth rates applied of between -3% and 3% are management’s estimates of future long-term average growth rates of the relevant markets.

Other than as disclosed above, the directors do not consider that any reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions would cause the fair value less cost of sale of the individually significant brands disclosed above to fall below their carrying values.

For 2021, the income statement charge for net impairment losses includes impairments of Zyrtec, Treely and capitalised costs for a discontinued research and development project, netted off by reversal of impairments in relation to Alvedon, Abreva and Solpadeine.

Certain assets were transferred from intangible assets to assets held for sale and subsequently disposed of during the year. There were no assets and liabilities held of sale remaining as at 31 December 2021.

For 2020, the income statement charge for net impairment losses mainly includes impairments of Zyrtec, capitalised costs for a discontinued oral care project and a discontinued pain relief device, netted off by reversal of impairments in relation to Transderm Scop.

For 2019, the income statement charge for net impairment losses includes impairments of Savlon, Eurax and Abreva, netted off by reversal of impairments in Prevacid.

 

     Amortisation      Net impairment
(reversals)/losses
 
     2021      2020      2019      2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m      £m      £m      £m  

Cost of sales

     57        62        38        (32      11        9  

Selling, general and administration

     37        25        24        8        —          —    

Research and development

     —          3        —          8        16        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     94        90        62        (16      27        9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-40

19.

Inventories

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Raw materials and consumables

     233        231        240  

Work in progress

     47        70        147  

Finished goods

     671        648        824  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     951        949        1,211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to £3,462 million in 2021 (2020: £3,666 million and 2019: £3,143 million). This includes inventory write-down of £174 million (2020: £141 million and 2019: £132 million).

The reversals of prior year write-downs of inventories in 2021 is £63 million (2020: £43 million and 2019: £24 million) and principally arise from the reassessment of usage or demand expectations prior to inventory expiration.

Included in the balance as at 31 December 2019 is an uplift of the fair value of the inventory acquired from Pfizer as part of the Pfizer transaction of £91 million. The uplift of the fair value was fully unwound as at 31 December 2020. For the year ended 31 December 2019, the amount of uplift of the fair value unwound was £366 million.

 

20.

Trade and other receivables

 

     2021      20201      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Trade receivables, net of expected credit loss allowance

     1,318        1,348        1,397  

Other prepayments and accrued income

     56        61        29  

Interest receivable

     1        1        2  

Employee loans and advances

     4        2        4  

Other third-party receivables

     286        452        592  

Other receivables with Pfizer Group companies

     —          2        14  

Other receivables with GSK Group companies

     542        492        441  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,207        2,358        2,479  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2021      2020      2019  

Expected credit loss allowance

   £m      £m      £m  

At 1 January

     51        35        19  

Exchange adjustments

     (1      (1      (2

Charge for the year

     33        24        19  

Subsequent recoveries of amounts provided for

     (30      (5      —    

Utilised

     —          (2      (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

     53        51        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1

Details of other receivables with Pfizer and GSK Group companies can be found in Note 30, ‘Related party transactions’.


Table of Contents

 

F-41

Set out below is the information about the credit risk exposure on the CH Group’s trade receivables using a provision matrix:

 

    Trade receivable  
          Days past due  
Year ended 31 December 2021   Current     0-30 days     31-90 days     91-180 days     181 days-1 year     Greater than
1 year
    Total  
  £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

Expected credit loss rate

    1     2     17     100     100     100  

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

    1,255       46       30       16       7       17       1,371  

Expected credit loss

    7       1       5       16       7       17       53  

 

    Trade receivable  
          Days past due  
Year ended 31 December 2020   Current     0-30 days     31-90 days     91-180 days     181 days-1 year     Greater than
1 year
    Total  
  £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

Expected credit loss rate

    1     3     18     55     100     100  

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

    1,298       30       28       20       12       11       1,399  

Expected credit loss

    11       1       5       11       12       11       51  

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1.

 

21.

Cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Cash at bank and in hand

     413        333        339  

Liquid investments

     1        1        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     414        334        340  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include £67 million in 2021 (2020: £53 million and 2019: £17 million) not available for general use due to restrictions applying in the subsidiaries where it is held. Restrictions include exchange controls and taxes on repatriation.

 

22.

Assets and liabilities held for sale

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Plant, equipment and vehicles

     —          —          23  

Other intangibles

     —          62        189  

Inventory

     —          6        13  

Other liabilities

     —          —          (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          68        196  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets and non-current liabilities are transferred to assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale when it is expected that their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through disposal and a sale is considered highly probable. They are held at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.


Table of Contents

 

F-42

Assets of £47 million were transferred from Intangible assets and subsequently disposed of during the year. There were no assets and liabilities held of sale remaining as at 31 December 2021.

Assets held for sale as at 31 December 2020, which were after impairment reversals and exchange impact, were subsequently disposed of in 2021.

Assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale in 2019 primarily reflect the Thermacare disposal group, which was acquired from Pfizer as part of its Consumer Healthcare business but had to be sold by the CH Group in 2020 to meet anti-trust requirements.

Included within assets held for sale as at 31 December 2020 were inventory assets which were written down to fair value less costs to sell of £6 million (2019: £13 million). The valuation methodology uses significant inputs which are not based on observable market data; therefore, this valuation is classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

23.

Trade and other payables

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Trade payables

     1,369        1,340        1,201  

Customer return and rebate accruals

     661        594        506  

Other accruals

     434        459        564  

Wages and salaries

     237        259        254  

Other payables

     —          —          79  

Social security

     45        76        82  

VAT payables

     35        42        30  

Deferred income

     11        11        7  

Other payables with Pfizer Group companies

     7        26        40  

Other payables with GSK Group companies

     203        461        657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,002        3,268        3,420  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Customer return and rebate accruals are provided for by the CH Group at the point of sale in respect of the estimated rebates, discounts or allowances payable to customers. Accruals are made at the time of sale but the actual amounts paid are based on claims made some time after the initial recognition of the sale. As the amounts are estimated they may not fully reflect the final outcome and are subject to change dependent upon, amongst other things, the types of buying group and product sales mix. The level of accrual is reviewed and adjusted quarterly in the light of historical experience of actual rebates, discounts or allowances given and returns made and any changes in arrangements. Future events could cause the assumptions on which the accruals are based to change, which could affect the future results of the CH Group.

Details of payables with Pfizer and GSK Group companies can be found in Note 30, ‘Related party transactions’.


Table of Contents

 

F-43

24.

Borrowings

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Short-term borrowings

        

Loan and overdrafts

     (49      (48      (24

Lease liabilities

     (30      (34      (40
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (79      (82      (64
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

        

Lease liabilities

     (87      (105      (121
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (87      (105      (121
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     (166      (187      (185
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2021, the CH Group had a short-term bank loan of £42 million (2020: £37 million and 2019: £13 million). The weighted average interest rate on the short-term bank loan as at 31 December 2020 and 2021 was 3.7% (2019: 3%).

Lease liabilities

The maturity analysis of lease liabilities recognised on the CH Group balance sheet is as follows:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Rental payments due within one year

     (30      (34      (40

Rental payments due between one and two years

     (22      (33      (45

Rental payments due between two and three years

     (15      (14      (16

Rental payments due between three and four years

     (13      (12      (15

Rental payments due between four and five years

     (10      (12      (10

Rental payments due after five years

     (27      (34      (35
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (117      (139      (161
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25.

Pensions and other post-employment benefits

 

Defined benefit pension and other post-employment costs    2021      2020      2019  
   £m      £m      £m  

German pension schemes

     4        3        4  

Swiss pension schemes

     5        7        12  

Irish pension schemes

     6        4        7  

Other overseas pensions schemes

     5        7        4  

Unfunded post-retirement healthcare schemes

     10        9        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     30        30        29  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Analysed as:

        

Defined benefit schemes

     22        26        26  

Defined contribution pensions schemes

     8        4        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-44

The costs of the defined benefit pension and post-retirement healthcare schemes are charged in the income statement as follows:

 

     Net pensions total      Other post
retirement
obligations
total
     Total post
retirement
obligations
 
     £m      £m      £m  

2021

        

Cost of sales

     10        10        20  

Research and development

     —          —          —    

Selling, general and administration

     2        —          2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

31 December 2021

     12        10        22  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2020

        

Cost of sales

     14        9        23  

Research and development

     —          —          —    

Selling, general and administration

     3        —          3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

31 December 2020

     17        9        26  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Net pensions total      Other post
retirement
obligations
total
     Total post
retirement
obligations
 
     £m      £m      £m  

2019

        

Cost of sales

     13        2        15  

Research and development

     2        —          2  

Selling, general and administration

     9        —          9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

31 December 2019

     24        2        26  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited entities operate pension arrangements which cover the CH Group’s material obligations to provide pensions to retired employees. These arrangements have been developed in accordance with local practices in the countries concerned. Pension benefits can be provided by state schemes, by defined contribution schemes, whereby retirement benefits are determined by the value of funds arising from contributions paid in respect of each employee, or by defined benefit schemes, whereby retirement benefits are based on employee pensionable remuneration and length of service.

Pension costs of defined benefit schemes for accounting purposes have been calculated using the projected unit method. In certain countries pension benefits are provided on an unfunded basis, some administered by trustee companies. Formal, independent, actuarial valuations of the CH Group’s main plans are undertaken regularly, normally at least every three years.

Actuarial movements in the period are recognised through the statement of comprehensive income. Discount rates are derived from AA rated corporate bond yields except in countries where there is no deep market in corporate bonds where government bond yields are used. Discount rates are selected to reflect the term of the expected benefit payments. Projected inflation rate and pension increases are long-term predictions based on the yield gap between long-term index-linked and fixed interest Gilts.

In addition, GlaxoSmithKline plc affiliates operate certain pension schemes in which the CH Group’s UK and US employees participate. These schemes include defined benefit arrangements where the assets are held independently of the CH Group’s finances and which are funded partly by contributions from members and partly by contributions from the GlaxoSmithKline plc affiliates at rates advised by independent professionally qualified actuaries.


Table of Contents

 

F-45

For the UK plans, there is an interest rate and inflation hedging strategy in place. The targets are based on an economic measure of the plan liabilities. Furthermore, the plans also currently hedge a portion of their equity exposure with a staggered maturity profile. The interest rate risk and credit rate risk in the US plans are partially hedged. The targets are based on an accounting measure of the plan liabilities.

In the UK, the defined benefit pension schemes operated for the benefit of former Glaxo Wellcome employees and former SmithKline Beecham employees remain separate. These schemes were closed to new entrants in 2001 and subsequent UK employees, including employees of the CH Group, are entitled to join a defined contribution scheme.

Following a period of consultation with impacted employees, it was announced on 17 December 2020 that the UK defined benefit plans would be closed to future accrual effective from 31 March 2022. As a result, post closure the accrued benefits of active participants will be revalued in line with inflation (RPI for the legacy Glaxo Wellcome plans and CPI for the legacy SmithKline Beecham plans subject to the relevant caps for each arrangement) rather than capped pay increases. In addition, all defined benefit plan participants who are still active at 1 April 2022, including participants of the CH Group, will receive a defined pension contribution of £10,000 each.

With respect to the US cash balance pension plans, it was announced on 9 September 2020 that they would be closed to future accrual from 1 January 2021.

In addition, there are a number of post-retirement healthcare schemes, the principal one of which is in the US.

The management fee from GlaxoSmithKline plc group companies includes an element relating to the pension arrangements for the CH Group’s UK and US employees calculated as if the arrangements were on a defined contribution basis. The underlying assets and liabilities of the schemes cover a number of UK and US undertakings and cannot readily be split between each Group undertaking on a consistent and reliable basis. The cost of such defined contribution arrangements is not included in the 12 million (2020: £17 million and 2019: £24 million) charge analysed above.

The average life expectancy assumed now for an individual at the age of 60 and projected to apply in the years stated below for an individual then at the age of 60 is as follows:

 

As at 31 December 2021

   Germany      Switzerland      Ireland      Rest of World  
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
 

Current

     25.4        29.2        26.6        28.5        26.7        29.3        27.2        28.5  

Projected for 2041

     28.4        31.5        28.4        30.2        29.2        31.5        28.7        30.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2020

   Germany      Switzerland      Ireland      Rest of World  
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
 

Current

     25.4        29.2        26.6        28.8        26.6        29.1        26.8        28.2  

Projected for 2040

     28.4        31.5        28.4        30.4        29.0        31.3        28.4        29.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2019

   Germany      Switzerland      Ireland      Rest of World  
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
     Male
Years
     Female
Years
 

Current

     25.3        29.1        26.5        28.7        26.5        29.1        27.1        28.8  

Projected for 2039

     28.3        31.4        28.4        30.4        29.0        31.3        28.8        30.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-46

The assets of funded schemes are generally held in separately administered trusts, either as specific assets or as a proportion of a general fund or are insurance contracts. Assets are invested in different classes in order to maintain a balance between risk and return. Investments are diversified to limit the financial effect of the failure of any individual investment.

The Pension Plans are exposed to risk that arises because the estimated market value of the Plans’ assets might decline, the investment returns might reduce, or the estimated value of the Plans’ liabilities might increase.

In line with the agreed mix of return seeking assets to generate future returns and liability matching assets to better match future pension obligations, the CH Group has defined an overall long-term investment strategy for the Plans, with investments across a broad range of assets. The main market risks within the asset and hedging portfolio are against credit risk, interest rates, long-term inflation, equities, property, and bank counterparty risk.

The Plan liabilities are a series of future cash flows with relatively long duration. On an IAS 19 basis, these cash flows are sensitive to changes in the expected long-term inflation rate and the discount rate (AA corporate bond yield curve) where an increase in long-term inflation corresponds with an increase in the liabilities, and an increase in the discount rate corresponds with a decrease in the liabilities.

The CH Group has applied the following financial assumptions in assessing the defined benefit liabilities:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     %pa      % pa      % pa  

Germany

        

Rate of increase of future earnings

     3.00        3.00        3.00  

Discount rate

     1.10        0.50        1.10  

Expected pension increases

     2.10        1.40        1.50  

Inflation rate

     2.10        1.40        1.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Switzerland

        

Rate of increase of future earnings

     1.80        1.80        2.00  

Discount rate

     0.20        0.10        0.10  

Expected pension increases

     —          —          —    

Inflation rate

     1.00        1.00        1.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

        

Rate of increase of future earnings

     2.00        2.00        2.00  

Discount rate

     1.30        0.80        1.30  

Expected pension increases

     3.00        —          —    

Inflation rate

     2.10        1.50        1.60  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rest of World

        

Rate of increase of future earnings

     N/A        N/A        N/A  

Discount rate

     2.70        1.45        1.85  

Expected pension increases

     N/A        N/A        N/A  

Inflation rate

     2.25        1.50        1.63  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-47

The amounts recorded in the income statement and statement of comprehensive income in relation to the defined benefit pension and post-retirement healthcare schemes were as follows:

 

     Pensions      Other post-
employment
benefits
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

31 December 2021

        

Amounts charged to operating profit:

        

Current service cost

     18        8        26  

Past service cost/(credit)

     (4      —          (4

Gain from settlement

     (3      —          (3

Net interest cost

     1        2        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12        10        22  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Re-measurements recorded in the statement of comprehensive income

     (8      (19      (27
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

31 December 2020

        

Amounts charged to operating profit:

        

Current service cost

     24        6        30  

Past service cost/(credit)

     (7      —        (7

Net interest cost

     —        3        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17        9        26  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Re-measurements recorded in the statement of comprehensive income

     5        8        13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Pensions      Other post-
employment
benefits
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

31 December 2019

        

Amounts charged to operating profit:

        

Current service cost

     21        2        23  

Net interest cost

     3        —          3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24        2        26  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Re-measurements recorded in the statement of comprehensive income

     5        8        13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-48

The fair values of the assets and liabilities of the German, Swiss and Irish defined benefit pension schemes, together with aggregated data for other defined benefit pension schemes in the CH Group are as follows:

 

            Germany     Switzerland     Ireland     Rest of
World
    Total  

31 December 2021

          £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

Equities:

     -Listed        54       98       102       6       260  

Property:

     -Unlisted        —         52       —         —         52  

Bonds:

     -Listed        55       89       130       19       293  

Insurance contracts

        27       55       —         —         82  

Other assets

        —         6       1       12       19  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        136       300       233       37       706  

Asset ceiling restriction

        —         (26     —         —         (26
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of assets

        136       274       233       37       680  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of scheme obligations

        (246     (274     (254     (48     (822
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recognised on the balance sheet

        (110     —         (21     (11     (142
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in post-employment benefits assets

        —         —         11       —         11  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in post-employment benefits obligations

        (110     —         (32     (11     (153
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (110     —         (21     (11     (142
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

        15       (14     (4     1       (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

            Germany     Switzerland     Ireland     Rest of
World
    Total  

31 December 2020

          £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

Equities:

     -Listed        49       91       80       9       229  

Property:

     -Unlisted        —         45       —         —         45  

Bonds:

     -Listed        52       80       167       25       324  

Insurance contracts

        29       12       —         1       42  

Other assets

        —         17       —         6       23  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of assets

        130       245       247       41       663  

Present value of scheme obligations

        (262     (212     (306     (65     (845
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recognised on the balance sheet

        (132     33       (59     (24     (182
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in post-employment benefits assets

        —         33       8       —         41  

Included in post-employment benefits obligations

        (132     —         (67     (24     (223
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (132     33       (59     (24     (182
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

        —         15       20       1       36  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-49

            Germany     Switzerland     Ireland     Rest of
World
    Total  

31 December 2019

          £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

Equities:

     -Listed        50       83       70       8       211  

Property:

     -Unlisted        —         45       —         —         45  

Bonds:

     -Listed        49       70       141       25       285  

Insurance contracts

        23       8       —         1       32  

Other assets

        —         16       —         7       23  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of assets

        122       222       211       41       596  

Present value of scheme obligations

        (239     (232     (245     (58     (774
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recognised on the balance sheet

        (117     (10     (34     (17     (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in post-employment benefits assets

        —         —         —         3       3  

Included in post-employment benefits obligations

        (117     (10     (34     (20     (181
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (117     (10     (34     (17     (178
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

        16       44       31       —         91  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The defined benefit pension obligation is analysed as follows:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Funded

     (812      (834      (709

Unfunded

     (10      (11      (65
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (822      (845      (774
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movement in the net defined benefit liability is as follows:

 

     Fair value
of assets
     Present
value of
obligation
     Net
pensions
total
     Net post
retirement
obligations
 
     £m      £m      £m      £m  

At 1 January 2019

     503        (658      (155      (56

Exchange adjustments

     (17      34        17        (4

Additions through business combinations

     5        (45      (40      (50

Service cost

     —          (21      (21      (2

Interest income/(cost)

     5        (8      (3      —    

Re-measurements:

           

Return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest

     86        —          86        —    

Gain from change in demographic assumptions

     —          7        7        —    

Gain from change in financial assumptions

     —          (88      (88      (8

Experience losses

     —          (10      (10      —    

Employers contributions

     30        —          30        3  

Scheme participants’ contributions

     7        (7      —          —    

Benefits paid

     (23      22        (1      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-50

     Fair value
of assets
     Present
value of
obligation
     Net
pensions
total
     Net post
retirement
obligations
 
     £m      £m      £m      £m  

At 31 December 2019

     596        (774      (178      (117

Exchange adjustments

     33        (44      (11      20  

Service cost

     —          (23      (23      (6

Past service cost

     —          7        7        —    

Interest income/(cost)

     5        (6      (1      (3

Settlements and curtailments

     (19      19        —          —    

Re-measurements:

           

Return on plan assets, excluding amounts include in interest

     31        —          31        —    

Gain from change in demographic assumptions

     —          26        26        —    

Gain from change in financial assumptions

     —          (59      (59      (8

Experience losses

     —          (3      (3      —    

Employers contributions

     28        —          28        1  

Scheme participants’ contributions

     8        (7      1        —    

Benefits paid

     (19      19        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2020

     663        (845      (182      (113
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exchange adjustments

     (34      48        14        (2

Service cost

     —          (18      (18      (8

Past service cost

     —          4        4        —    

Interest income/(cost)

     4        (5      (1      (2

Settlements and curtailments

     (5      8        3        —    

Assets acquired/(liability assumed) from GSK Group1

     39        (39      —          —    

Re-measurements:

           

Return on plan assets, excluding amounts include in interest

     (6      —          (6      —    

Gain from change in demographic assumptions

     —          7        7        —    

Gain from change in financial assumptions

     —          33        33        19  

Experience losses

     —          (26      (26      —    

Employers contributions

     30        —          30        —    

Scheme participants’ contributions

     7        (7      —          —    

Benefits paid

     (18      18        —          6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2021

     680        (822      (142      (100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1

There were £39 million of assets acquired and £39 million of liabilities assumed from the GSK Group during the year ended 31 December 2021, as a result of the separation of the existing GSK Group Pension Fund in Switzerland into two independent schemes for the Biopharma and Consumer Healthcare businesses in preparation of the proposed separation of the CH Group from the GSK Group. Under local plan rules the new GSK Group Scheme covering the Biopharma businesses could not accept any retired members and therefore these members were included in the CH Group scheme.


Table of Contents

 

F-51

A reconciliation of the net post-employment benefit to the balances recognised on the consolidated balance sheet is as follows:

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Net Pensions total

     (142      (182      (178

Net post retirement obligations

     (100      (113      (117
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net post-employment benefit

     (242      (295      (295
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Post-employment benefit assets recognised on the consolidated balance sheet

     11        41        3  

Post-employment benefit obligations recognised on the consolidated balance sheet

     (253      (336      (298
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net post-employment benefit

     (242      (295      (295
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employer contributions for 2022 are estimated to be approximately £28 million in respect of defined benefit pension schemes and £6 million in respect of post-retirement medical benefits.

The defined benefit pension and post-retirement obligations analysed by membership category is as follows:

 

     Pension obligations      Post-retirement obligations  
     2021
£m
     2020
£m
     2019
£m
     2021
£m
     2020
£m
     2019
£m
 

Active

     (418      (462      (388      (97      (107      (117

Retired

     (237      (202      (195      (3      (3      —    

Deferred

     (167      (181      (191      —          (3      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (822      (845      (774      (100      (113      (117
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sensitivity analysis

The approximate effect of changes in assumptions used on the benefit obligations and on the annual defined benefit and post-retirement costs are detailed below. This information has been determined by taking into account the duration of the liabilities and the overall profile of the plan membership.

 

     2021
£m
     2020
£m
     2019
£m
 

A 0.25% decrease in discount rate:

        

Increase in annual pension cost

     0.8        0.8        1.2  

Decrease in annual post-retirement benefits cost

     0.1        0.1        0.1  

Increase in pension obligation

     34.8        39.4        37.7  

Increase in post-retirement benefits obligation

     2.9        3.4        3.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A 0.25% increase in discount rate:

        

Decrease in annual pension cost

     (0.9      (1.0      (1.2

Increase in annual post-retirement benefits cost

     (0.1      (0.1      (0.1

Decrease in pension obligation

     (32.6      (37.0      (34.6

Decrease in post-retirement benefits obligation

     (2.8      (3.2      (3.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A 0.25% increase in inflation:

        

Increase in annual pension cost

     0.2        0.2        0.2  

Increase in pension obligation

     11.0        12.9        12.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-52

     2021
£m
     2020
£m
     2019
£m
 

A 0.25% decrease in inflation:

        

Decrease in annual pension cost

     (0.2      (0.2      (0.2

Decrease in pension obligation

     (10.7      (12.7      (12.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A one year increase in life expectancy:

        

Increase in annual pension cost

     0.9        1.0        1.1  

Increase in annual post-retirement benefits cost

     0.2        0.2        0.2  

Increase in pension obligation

     27.8        31.9        28.6  

Increase in post-retirement benefits obligation

     2.0        2.4        2.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is as follows:

 

     2021
years
     2020
years
     2019
years
 

Pension benefits

     18        19        20  

Post-retirement benefits

     16        17        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

26.

Other provisions

 

     Restructuring
programmes
     Other
provisions
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

Cost at 1 January 2019

     (85      (38      (123

Exchange adjustments

     3        3        6  

Charge for the period

     (92      (10      (102

Reversed unused

     22        4        26  

Utilised

     21        6        27  

Additions through business combination

     —          (13      (13

Other movements

     (2      4        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2019

     (133      (44      (177

Exchange adjustments

     (1      —          (1

Charge for the period

     (139      (10      (149

Reversed unused

     45        4        49  

Utilised

     100        13        113  

Other movements

     (4      1        (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2020

     (132      (36      (168

Exchange adjustments

     3        1        4  

Charge for the period

     (52      (9      (61

Reversed unused

     9        4        13  

Utilised

     68        9        77  

Other movements

     (8      4        (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2021

     (112      (27      (139
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

To be settled within one year

     (112      (103      (101

To be settled after one year

     (27      (65      (76
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision

     (139      (168      (177
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-53

Other provisions include employee-related, legal, environmental, and other provisions. Details of restructuring provisions can be found in Note 12, ‘Restructuring costs’.

 

27.

Contingent Liabilities

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Contingent Liabilities

     33        28        47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2021, contingent liabilities, comprising guarantees and other items arising in the normal course of business, amounted to £33 million (2020: £28 million and 2019: £47 million).

Contingent liabilities arise when the CH Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event and comprise guarantees and other items arising in the normal course of business.

Provision is made for the outcome of tax, legal and other disputes where it is both probable that the CH Group will suffer an outflow of funds and it is possible to make a reliable estimate of that outflow.

The CH Group is involved in significant legal and administrative proceedings, principally product liability. The most significant of these matters, other than tax matters, are described below.

Legal proceedings

The CH Group makes provision for these proceedings on a regular basis as summarised in Note 2 ‘Accounting principles and policies’ and Note 26 ‘Other provisions’.

The CH Group may become involved in significant legal proceedings in respect of which it is not possible to determine whether a potential outflow is probable. In these cases, appropriate disclosures about such cases would be included in this note, but no provision would be made for the cases.

With respect to each of the legal proceedings described below, other than those for which a provision has been made, the CH Group is unable to make a reliable estimate of the expected financial effect at this stage. The CH Group does not believe that information about the amount sought by the plaintiffs, if that is known, would be meaningful with respect to those legal proceedings. This is due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the stage of proceedings, the entitlement of parties to appeal a decision and clarity as to theories of liability, damages and governing law.

The CH Group’s position could change over time, and, therefore, there can be no assurance that any losses that result from the outcome of any legal proceedings will not exceed by a material amount the amount of the provisions reported in the CH Group’s financial statements. If this were to happen, it could have a material adverse impact on the results of operations of the CH Group in the reporting period in which the judgements are incurred or the settlements entered into.

Zantac Litigation

GSK Group and/or the Pfizer Group have been named as a defendant (alongside other manufacturers of ranitidine, as well as retailers and distributors) in approximately 2,150 US personal injury lawsuits involving Zantac, the bulk of which are pending in a Multidistrict Litigation (“MDL”) in the Southern District of Florida. There are also numerous unfiled claims registered in a census required by the court presiding over the MDL. Class actions alleging economic injury and medical monitoring have also been filed in federal court. In addition


Table of Contents

 

F-54

to the product liability cases filed in the MDL, cases have been filed in several State Courts, including a consolidated action in California State Court. Outside the USA, there are four class actions pending against the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group in Canada, along with a class action pending against the GSK Group in Israel. The GSK Group has also received notice of a civil investigation opened by the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) into allegation of False Claims Act violations by the GSK Group related to Zantac. The New Mexico Attorney General filed a lawsuit against multiple defendants, including the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group, alleging violations of state consumer protection and false advertising statutes, among other claims.

Under the Pfizer SAPA, the CH Group is required to indemnify the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group in respect of “Purchaser Liabilities” and “Assumed Liabilities”, which may include liabilities related to OTC Zantac. Whilst Pfizer and GSK have each served the CH Group with notice of potential claims under the relevant indemnification provisions in the Pfizer SAPA in relation to possible liabilities connected with OTC Zantac, it is not possible, at this stage, to meaningfully assess whether the outcome will result in a probable outflow, or to quantify or reliably estimate the liability (if any) that the CH Group may have to the GSK Group and/or the Pfizer Group under the relevant indemnities.

Proton Pump Inhibitor litigation

The CH Group is a defendant in the ongoing proton pump inhibitor (PPI) litigation, in which plaintiffs allege that their use of PPIs caused serious bodily injuries, including acute kidney injury, chronic kidney disease and end-stage renal failure. As of June 2021, there are approximately 1,500 Prevacid24HR personal injury lawsuits and approximately 2,300 Nexium24HR cases pending against the CH Group, nearly all of which are pending in a Multidistrict Litigation (“MDL”) proceeding in the District of New Jersey. Manufacturers of other PPIs, including both prescription and OTC products, also are named as co-defendants in the MDL. The CH Group has filed motions to dismiss several hundred cases, but the MDL court has not yet ruled on those motions. In addition to the MDL cases, a small number of cases are pending in state courts. The CH Group is unable to determine whether the outcome will result in a probable outflow.

German Competition Litigation

In 2013, the CH Group and other members of a working group, Körperpflege, Wasch- und Reinigungsmittel (“KWR”), of a German trade mark association were fined by the Federal Cartel Office of Germany, as a result of the exchange of certain information during meetings from 2004 to 2006. The information exchanged related primarily to annual terms negotiations with retailers and to the timing and the order of magnitude of list price increases. Following the fine imposed by the Federal Cartel Office in 2013, the CH Group is party to eight active civil proceedings in Germany for damages against the CH Group and other manufacturers of branded drugstore products. The claimants allege that the exchange of information within KWR led to higher purchase prices being paid by the retailers, and therefore the Group and other KWR members are jointly and severally liable for potential damages. The proceedings are taking place in different courts across Germany and are at different stages.

Separate proceedings have been brought against the CH Group and certain other members of KWR by the insolvency administrator of Schlecker (formerly a large drugstore retailer in Germany) and other retailers. Two of these actions have been dismissed in lower courts but are subject to appeal. Additionally, the CH Group has intervened as a third party on the defendants’ side in three other separate proceedings. The CH Group is unable to determine whether the outcome will result in a probable outflow.


Table of Contents

 

F-55

28.

Share capital, share premium and other reserves

 

            At 1 January
2019
     Issue of share
capital
     At 31 December
2019
 

Ordinary A shares at

     Number        —          680,000        680,000  

£1.00 each

     £’000        —          680        680  

Ordinary B shares at

     Number        —          320,000        320,000  

£1.00 each

     £’000        —          320        320  

Non redeemable

     Number        —          300,000        300,000  

Preference shares at

     £’000        —          300        300  

£1.00 each

           

C Deferred share at

     Number        —          —          —    

£13,166,038,547.00

     £’000        —          —          —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share capital

     £’000        —          1,300        1,300  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share premium

     £’000        20,321        521        20,842  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            At 31 December
2019
     Issue of
share
capital
     Capital
Reduction
    At 31 December
2020
 

Ordinary A shares at

     Number        680,000        —          —         680,000  

£1.00 each

     £’000        680        —          —         680  

Ordinary B shares at

     Number        320,000        —          —         320,000  

£1.00 each

     £’000        320        —          —         320  

Non redeemable

     Number        300,000        —          —         300,000  

Preference shares at

     £’000        300        —          —         300  

£1.00 each

             

C Deferred share at

     Number        —          1        (1     —    

£13,166,038,547.00

     £’000        —          13,166,039        (13,166,039     —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share capital

     £’000        1,300        13,166,039        (13,166,039     1,300  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share premium

     £’000        20,842        —          (20,842     —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
            At 31 December
2020
     Issue of
share
capital
     Capital
Reduction
    At 31 December
2021
 

Ordinary A shares at

     Number        680,000        —          —         680,000  

£1.00 each

     £’000        680        —          —         680  

Ordinary B shares at

     Number        320,000        —          —         320,000  

£1.00 each

     £’000        320        —          —         320  

Non redeemable

     Number        300,000        —          —         300,000  

Preference shares at

     £’000        300        —          —         300  

£1.00 each

             

C Deferred share at

     Number        —          —          —         —    

£13,166,038,547.00

     £’000        —          —          —         —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share capital

     £’000        1,300        —          —         1,300  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share premium

     £’000        —          —          —         —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ordinary A shares and Ordinary B shares carry equal rights. Share premium was recognised on shares issued by CHHL2 except where CHHL2 has applied to take merger relief under Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006. In such cases the excess of the fair value of the assets and liabilities recognised into the CH Group, over the nominal value of the share issued has been added to the merger reserve as per table disclosed below.


Table of Contents

 

F-56

During the year ended 31 December 2019, CHHL2 allotted 680,000 ordinary A shares of £1 each to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited and 320,000 ordinary B shares of £1 each to PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC. All these shares were allotted with £1 million nominal value and £20,842 million share premium.

In addition, CHHL2 also issued 300,000 preference shares of £1 each to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited during the year. The preference shares are non-redeemable with a discretionary right to receive conditional dividends in which 0.01% of the aggregate amount of dividend shall be payable to the holders of the preference shares, therefore the preference shares are classified as equity.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, CHHL2 issued one C Deferred share of £13,166,038,547 to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited. The C Deferred share is non-redeemable and does not carry any voting rights, dividend rights or rights in the event of a return of capital.

Subsequently during 2020, CHHL2 cancelled and extinguished in its entirety the share premium balance of £20,842 million in accordance with section 642 of the Companies Act. CHHL2 also cancelled and extinguished the fully paid up C Deferred share of £13,166 million in the share capital of CHHL2 held by GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited. Details of other reserves are included below:

 

     2021      2020      2019  

Other reserves

   £m      £m      £m  

As at 1 January

     (11,652      1,372        (14,841
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     9        —          —    

Issue of share capital

            (13,166      16,213  

Capital reduction

            (45      —    

Contribution from parent

     11        —          —    

Contribution (non-cash) from parent

            187        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December

     (11,632      (11,652      1,372  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Reserves include a merger reserve that arises as a result of acquisition of business.

 

29.

Acquisitions and disposals

2020

Business acquisitions

On 28 September 2020, the CH Group completed the acquisition of legal ownership of approximately 55% equity interests in the legal entity that holds the Hsinchu site in Taiwan from the Pfizer Group in a non-cash transaction, whereby the CH Group has acquired the business as part of the completion of the Pfizer Transaction on 31 July 2019. The CH Group has measured the business at fair value.

Goodwill of £124m, which is not expected to be deductible for tax purpose, has been recognised. The goodwill represents the potential for future synergies arising from combining the acquired businesses with the CH Group’s existing business together with the value of the workforce acquired.

The non-controlling interest for this acquisition recorded in the CH Group, calculated applying the proportionate interests’ method, represents Pfizer Group’s share of the net assets of the CH Group, excluding goodwill.

The majority of the Hsinchu site’s revenue was generated through manufacturing of Consumer Healthcare products for companies within the CH Group and was eliminated on consolidation. Therefore, the external


Table of Contents

 

F-57

revenue arising from the Hsinchu site since the acquisition on 28 September 2020 was immaterial and would remain immaterial if the business had been acquired at the beginning of the year. The business has been integrated into the CH Group’s existing activities and it is not practicable to identify the impact on the CH Group profit in the period.

The fair value of the assets acquired in business combinations, including goodwill, are set out in the table below.

 

     Taiwan Hsinchu
site business
 
     £m  

Net assets acquired:

  

Intangible assets

     2  

Property, plant and equipment

     6  

Inventory

     5  

Cash and cash equivalents

     20  

Other assets

     6  

Other liabilities

     (21

Non-controlling interests

     (14

Goodwill

     124  
  

 

 

 

Total

     128  
  

 

 

 

Consideration settled by shares in CHHL2

     128  

Cash consideration paid

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

     128  
  

 

 

 

2020

Business disposals

In 2020, the CH Group made several business disposals, resulting in the CH Group receiving net cash consideration of £221 million. The business disposals mainly related to the divestment of EMEA rights of Thermacare, which was acquired from Pfizer as part of its Consumer Healthcare business following the completion of the Pfizer Transaction on 31 July 2019 and was disposed by the CH Group on 30 March 2020 to meet anti-trust requirements.

The gain on the disposals of businesses in the year of £69 million was calculated as follows:

 

     Total  
     £m  

Cash consideration received

     221  

Net assets sold:

  

Goodwill

     (1

Intangible assets

     (125

Property, plant and equipment

     (12

Inventory

     (5

Other net assets

     (1
  

 

 

 
     (144

Transaction costs

     (8
  

 

 

 

Total gain on disposal

     69  
  

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-58

2019

Business acquisitions

The Pfizer Transaction was completed on 31 July 2019.

The GSK Group and Pfizer have contributed their respective Consumer Healthcare businesses into the CH Group to form a new Consumer Healthcare Joint Venture in a non-cash transaction, whereby the CH Group has acquired Pfizer’s Consumer Healthcare business in return for shares in the CH Group. CHHL2 is the parent holding company of the new Joint Venture and the CH Group is being held by the GSK Group with an equity interest of 68% and Pfizer with an equity interest of 32%.

Goodwill of £5.6 billion, which is not expected to be deductible for tax purpose, has been recognised. The goodwill represents the potential for future synergies arising from combining the acquired businesses with the CH Group’s existing business together with the value of the workforce acquired. Total transaction costs for the acquisition amounted to £77 million.

Since the acquisition on 31 July 2019, revenue of £1.2 billion arising from the Pfizer Consumer Healthcare business has been included in CH Group revenue in 2019. If the business had been acquired at the beginning of the year, CH Group revenue in 2019 would have been £1.5 billion higher. The business has been integrated into the CH Group’s existing activities and it is not practical to identify the impact on the CH Group profit in the period.

The fair value of the assets acquired in business combinations, including goodwill, are set out in the table below.

 

     Pfizer Consumer
Healthcare business
 
     £m  

Net assets acquired:

  

Intangible assets (indefinite life brands)

     12,357  

Property, plant and equipment

     354  

Rights of use assets

     39  

Inventory

     986  

Trade and other receivables

     546  

Other assets including cash and cash equivalents

     302  

Trade and other payables

     (779

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (2,591

Other liabilities

     (99

Non-controlling interests

     (20

Goodwill

     5,658  
  

 

 

 

Total

     16,753  
  

 

 

 

Consideration settled by shares in CHHL2

     16,753  

Cash consideration paid

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

     16,753  
  

 

 

 

2019

Business disposals

There were no business disposals during the year ended 31 December 2019.

 


Table of Contents

 

F-59

30.

Related party transactions

The CH Group undertook significant transactions with entities from within the GSK Group during the years ended 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 and with entities from within the Pfizer Group for the period from 1 August 2019 to 31 December 2019 and for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2021.

Entities from within the GSK Group supplied goods to and purchased goods from the CH Group during the period. The CH Group supplies goods to companies within the GSK Group under Distribution Agreements in those countries where the CH Group does not have its own local operating company. In addition, entities from within the GSK Group were engaged to provide support function services to the CH Group under Support Services Agreements (‘’SSA’’) including: regulatory and safety services, financial management and reporting, human resources, payroll services, IT support, property management, legal services, contract manufacturing, management of the CH Group’s UK and US pension schemes, and management of the CH Group’s employee share schemes. In addition, the CH Group operates separate agreements with GSK affiliates for the provision of research and development and for toll-manufacturing services. Cash amounts are also held with GSK financing companies. Entities from within the Pfizer Group supplied services and goods to and purchased goods and services from the CH Group via the Transitional Services Agreement during the period. All related party transactions are undertaken at arm’s length in accordance with the CH Group transfer pricing policy.

Where the legal completion of local transfer of assets and liabilities has been delayed, but the CH Group is able to exercise control over the relevant activities, the relevant net assets and profits have been recognised in the results.

Comparative disclosures included related party transactions with entities within the Pfizer Group for the period from 1 August 2019 to 31 December 2019. Following the completion of the Pfizer Transaction on 31 July 2019, transactions between the CH Group and Pfizer Group are deemed related party transactions and are disclosed below for the period from 1 August 2019 onwards.

 

     Pfizer Companies  
     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Sales of goods

     —          17        2  

Purchases of goods

     —          (11      (1

Services and royalty income

     —          17        6  

Services and royalty expense

     (68      (121      (62

Dividend paid

     367        735        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other amounts owing to related parties

     (7      (26      (40

Other amounts owing from related parties

     —          2        14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     GlaxoSmithKline
Companies
 
     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Sales of goods

     114        397        179  

Purchases of goods

     (81      (81      (48

Services and royalty income

     20        49        80  

Services and royalty expense

     (354      (384      (346

Interest income

     10        12        18  

Interest expense

     (4      (6      (9

Dividend paid

     781        1,636        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-60

     GlaxoSmithKline
Companies
 
     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Other amounts owing to related parties

     (203      (461      (657

Other amounts owing from related parties

     542        483        429  

Loan amounts owing to related parties

     (825      (300      (457

Loan amounts owing from related parties

     1,508        1,119        1,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

£825 million (2020: £300 million and 2019: £457 million) loan amounts owing to related parties is held with GSK Financing companies as part of the CH Group’s banking arrangements. These balances are unsecured with interest largely paid at the new risk free benchmark rates +0.10% (2020: LIBOR + 0.25% and 2019: LIBOR + 0.25%) and are repayable on demand.

£1,508 million (2020: £1,119 million and 2019: £1,461 million) loan amounts owing from related parties is held with GSK Financing companies as part of the CH Group’s banking arrangements. These balances are unsecured with interest largely received at the new risk free benchmark rate -0.05% (2020: LIBOR – 0.125% and 2019: LIBOR – 0.125%) and are repayable on demand.

 

31.

Adjustments reconciling profit after tax to operating cash flow

 

     2021      20201      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Profit after tax

     1,439        1,181        687  

Taxation charge

     197        410        199  

Net finance costs

     2        7        11  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and rights of use assets

     174        215        198  

Amortisation of intangible assets

     94        90        62  

Impairment and assets written off, net of reversals

     1        88        12  

(Gain)/loss on sale of intangible assets

     (27      (143      5  

Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

     —          3        6  

Gain on sale of business

     (4      (69      —    

Fair value adjustment from Pfizer transaction

     —          91        366  

Other non-cash movements

     (22      100        (6

Increase in other non-current financial liabilities

            —          (9

(Decrease)/increase in pension and other provisions

     (36      (27      25  

Changes in working capital:

        

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

     (17      130        232  

Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables

     14        18        (57

Increase/(decrease) in trade payables

     41        140        (256

Net change in other receivables and payables

     (190      (273      (380
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     227        780        408  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     1,666        1,961        1,095  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1


Table of Contents

 

F-61

32.

Commitments

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     £m      £m      £m  

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements:

        

Intangible assets

     68        36        48  

Property, plant and equipment

     80        90        62  

Purchase commitments

     410        745        1,035  

Future finance charges on leases

     12        16        20  

Investments

     49        53        78  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     619        940        1,243  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase commitments mainly include amounts committed for contract manufacturing agreements.

 

33.

Financial instruments and related disclosures

The CH Group reports in Sterling and paid dividends out of cash in Sterling. During the periods presented, GSK Group’s Treasury function has been employed as a service provider to manage and monitor the CH Group’s external and internal funding requirements and financial risks in support of the CH Group’s strategic objectives. Treasury activities are governed by policies approved by the CH Group Board of Directors.

The CH Group operates on a global basis, through a number of subsidiary companies and the existing sales networks of the GSK Group.

A Treasury meeting, chaired by the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Chief Financial Officer (CFO), takes place on a regular basis to review Treasury activities. Its members receive management information relating to Treasury activities. The GSK Group’s internal auditors review the Treasury internal control environment regularly as part of their review of the GSK Group’s Treasury function.

The CH Group may use a variety of financial instruments to finance its operations and derivative financial instruments to manage market risks from these operations. Derivatives principally comprise of foreign exchange forward contracts and swaps which are used to swap borrowings and liquid assets into currencies required for group purposes.

Derivatives are used exclusively for hedging purposes in relation to underlying business activities and not as trading or speculative instruments.

Capital management

During the periods presented, the CH Group managed its capital to ensure that entities in the CH Group were able to operate as going concerns whilst availing themselves of intercompany funding where appropriate. The capital structure of the CH Group consists wholly of shareholders’ equity as well as short-term bank loans (see “consolidated statement of changes in equity” and Note 24 ‘Borrowings’). The Board reviews the CH Group’s dividend policy which is established in accordance with parameters set in the Shareholders Agreement between the GSK Group and the Pfizer Group.

Selling margins are sufficient to cover normal operating costs and operations are cash generative.

Operating cash flow is used to fund investment in research and development of new products. It is also used to make routine outflows of capital expenditure, tax and dividends.


Table of Contents

 

F-62

Liquidity risk

The CH Group benefits from strong positive cash flow from its operating units and has substantial cash and cash equivalents, which amounted to £413 million at 31 December 2021 (2020: £333 million and 2019: £339 million).

Market risk

Interest rate risk management

The CH Group has no significant external debt and therefore its interest expense is not exposed to changes in interest rates. The CH Group earns interest income on its cash and therefore benefits from an increase in interest rates. The impact of a decrease in interest rates is limited (see interest rate sensitivity).

Forward starting interest rate swaps

The forward starting interest rate contracts, exchanging floating interest for fixed interest, have been designated as cash flow hedges to hedge the interest variability of the interest cash flows associated with the future fixed rate debt.

The critical terms of the forward starting interest rate swap contracts and their corresponding hedged items are materially the same. A qualitative assessment of effectiveness is performed, and it is expected that the value of the interest rate swap contracts and the value of the corresponding hedged items will systematically change in opposite directions in response to movements in the underlying interest rates. The main sources of ineffectiveness in these hedge relationships are the effects of the Group’s own credit risk on the fair value of the interest rate swap contracts, which are not reflected in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the change in interest rates. No other material sources of ineffectiveness emerged from these hedging relationships.

The following tables provide information regarding forward starting interest rate swap contracts outstanding and the related hedged items at 31 December 2021. Interest rate swap contract assets and liabilities are presented in the line ‘Derivative financial instruments’ (either as assets or liabilities) on the Consolidated balance sheet.

 

     2021  
     Average
contracted
fixed rate
    Notional
principal
value
     Change in
fair value for
recognising
hedge
ineffectiveness
     Fair value
assets/
(liabilities)
 

Hedging instruments

   %     £m      £m      £m  

5-10 years

     1.1038     668        4        4  

10-30 years

     1.3385     935        3        3  

>30 years

     1.4515     393        4        4  

 

     2021  
     Change in value used
for calculating hedge
ineffectiveness
     Balance in cash flow
hedge reserve for
continuing hedges
 

Hedged items

   £m      £m  

Pre-hedging of long-term interest rate

     (11      (9


Table of Contents

 

F-63

The following table details the effectiveness of the hedging relationships and the amounts reclassified from the hedging reserve to profit or loss:

 

    2021
    Amount reclassified to profit or loss
    Hedging
gains/(losses)
recognised in
other
comprehensive
income
    Amount of
hedge
ineffectiveness
recognised in
profit or loss
    Line item in profit
or loss in which
hedge ineffectiveness
is included
  Hedged
future cash
flows no
longer
expected to
occur
    As hedged
item affects
profit or loss
    Line item in which
reclassification
adjustment is
included
    £m     £m    

 

  £m     £m    

 

Cash flow hedges

           

Pre-hedging of long-term interest rates

           

5-10 years

    4       —       Finance (income)/expense     —         —       Finance (income)/expense

10-30 years

    3       —       Finance (income)/expense     —         —       Finance (income)/expense

>30 years

    4       —       Finance (income)/expense     —         —       Finance (income)/expense

Interest rate benchmark reform

‘Interest rate benchmark reform – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 4, IFRS 7 and IFRS 16’ Phase I and Phase II were issued by the IASB in September 2019 and August 2020. These amendments modify specific hedge accounting requirements to allow hedge accounting to continue for affected hedges during the period of uncertainty before the hedged items or hedging instruments affected by the current interest rate benchmarks are amended as a result of the ongoing interest rate benchmark reforms. Phase II also provides that, for financial instruments measured using amortised cost measurement, changes to the basis for determining the contractual cash flows required by interest rate benchmark reform should be reflected by adjusting their effective interest rate and no immediate gain or loss should be recognised.

The CH Group has closely monitored the market and the output from the various industry working groups managing the transition to new benchmark interest rates. This includes announcements made by LIBOR regulators, including the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission, regarding the transition away from LIBOR (including GBP LIBOR, USD LIBOR and EURIBOR) to the Sterling Overnight Index Average Rate (SONIA), the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), and the Euro Short-Term Rate (€STR) respectively.

At 31 December 2021, the CH Group was not directly exposed to interest rate benchmark reform as it held no interest rate derivatives or floating rate debt that referenced to LIBOR. The CH Group did not transition any material derivatives or floating rate debt into a new index as all of the instruments referencing LIBOR matured before December 2021 and new derivative instruments are referenced to SOFR.

Foreign exchange risk management

Foreign currency transaction exposures arising on internal and external trade flows are selectively hedged. The CH Group’s objective is to minimise the exposure of overseas operating subsidiaries to transaction risk by matching local currency income with local currency costs where possible and by maintaining intercompany payment terms of 30 days or less. Foreign currency cash flows may be hedged selectively as approved by the CFO. Cash surpluses or borrowing requirements of subsidiary companies are usually managed centrally using foreign exchange forward contracts and swaps to hedge future repayments back into the originating currency.


Table of Contents

 

F-64

Derivative financial instruments and hedging program

Derivative financial instruments are used to mitigate exposure to foreign exchange transactional risks of the CH Group and are classified as a current asset or liability. The fair value of a derivative financial instrument is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity is more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability if the maturity is less than 12 months. All foreign exchange contracts are for periods of 12 months or less.

 

     2021     2020     2019  
     Fair value     Fair value     Fair value  
     Assets
£m
     Liabilities
£m
    Assets
£m
     Liabilities
£m
    Assets
£m
     Liabilities
£m
 

Non-current

               

Cash flow hedges – Interest rate swap contracts (principal amount –£1,996 million (2020 – £nil, 2019 – £nil)

     12        (1     —          —         —          —    

Current

               

Cash flow hedges – Interest rate swap contracts (principal amount –£nil million (2020 – £nil, 2019 – £nil)

     —          —         —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives designated and effective as hedging instruments

     12        (1     —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

               

Embedded and other derivatives

     —          —         —          —         —          —    

Current

               

Foreign exchange contracts (principal amount –£1,854 million (2020 – £2,318 million, 2019 – £1,668 million)

     5        (18     6        (25     12        (2

Embedded and other derivatives

     —          —         —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives classified as held for trading

     5        (18     6        (25     12        (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

     17        (19     6        (25     12        (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholesale and retail credit risk

The CH Group employs the GSK Group as a service provider to monitor credit risk relating to key wholesalers. These activities include a review of their quarterly financial information and Standard & Poor’s credit ratings, development of internal risk ratings, and the establishment and periodic review of credit limits. The results of these reviews are submitted to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare’s local management to support the risk management process. No customer accounts for more than 5% of the CH Group’s trade receivables balance.

All new customers are subject to a credit vetting process and existing customers will be subject to a review at least annually. The vetting process and subsequent reviews involve obtaining information including the customer’s status as a government or private sector entity, audited financial statements, credit bureau reports, debt rating agency (e.g. Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s) reports, payment performance history (from trade references, industry credit groups) and bank references.

Historical and forward-looking information is considered to determine the appropriate expected credit loss allowance.


Table of Contents

 

F-65

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group and arises on cash and cash equivalents and favourable derivative financial instruments held with banks and financial institutions as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail customers, including outstanding receivables.

The CH Group considers its maximum credit risk to be £3,894 million (2020: £3,588 million and 2019: £4,100 million) which is the total of the CH Group’s financial assets, excluding Other investments which bear equity risk rather than credit risk. See next page for details on the CH Group’s total financial assets.

The CH Group’s greatest concentration of credit risk at 31 December 2021 is £456 million (2020: £412 million and 2019: £260 million) with GSK LLC (A/A2), and £229 million (2020: £138 million and 2019: £254 million) with GSK IHC Ltd (A+/A2).

As at 31 December 2020, there was also credit risk of £313 million (£2019: £nil) with GlaxoSmithKline (China) R&D Company Limited (A/A2). As at 31 December 2019, the CH Group was also exposed to concentration risk of £222 million with GSK Finance plc. There has been no change in the estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the current reporting period in assessing the loss allowance for financial assets at amortised cost since the adoption of IFRS 9.

Treasury-related credit risk

The CH Group has continued to maintain its conservative approach to counterparty risk throughout 2021. The aggregate credit risk in respect of financial instruments that the CH Group may have with one counterparty is limited by reference to the long-term credit ratings assigned for that counterparty by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and Standard and Poor’s. The table below sets out the credit ratings of counterparties for cash and cash equivalents.

 

     AAA/Aaa      AA/Aa      A/A      BBB/Baa      BB+/Ba1
and
below or
unrated
     Total  

2021

   £m      £m      £m      £m      £m      £m  

Bank balances and deposits

     —          —          393        14        3        410  

Money Market Funds

     3        —          —          —          —          3  

Government securities

     —          1        —          —          —          1  

Third party financial derivatives

     —          —          17        —          —          17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3        1        410        14        3        431  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     AAA/Aaa      AA/Aa      A/A      BBB/Baa      BB+/Ba1
and
below or
unrated
     Total  

2020

   £m      £m      £m      £m      £m      £m  

Bank balances and deposits

     —          —          289        36        8        333  

Third party financial derivatives

     —          —          6        —          —          6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                   295        36        8        339  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-66

     AAA/Aaa      AA/Aa      A/A      BBB/Baa      BB+/Ba1
and
below or
unrated
     Total  

2019

   £m      £m      £m      £m      £m      £m  

Bank balances and deposits

     —          27        279        27        6        339  

Third party financial derivatives

     —          12        —          —          —          12  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            39        279        27        6        351  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The credit ratings in the above tables are as assigned by Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s. Where the opinion of the two rating agencies differs, the lower rating of the two is assigned to the counterparty. Where local rating or Fitch data is the only source available, the ratings are converted to global ratings equivalent to those of Standard and Poor’s or Moody’s using published conversion tables.

The cash balances are used by subsidiary entities in funding their working capital requirements. The £3 million (2020: £8 million and 2019: £6 million) of cash categorised as held with unrated or sub-investment grade counterparties (lower than BBB-/Baa3) includes £2 million (2020: £3 million and 2019: £3 million) held with BTV (unrated) in Austria and £1 million (2020: £nil and 2019:£nil) held with Banco Popular (unrated) in Puerto Rico.

Global counterparty limits are assigned to each of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare’s banking and investment counterparties based on long-term credit ratings from Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s. The CH Group’s usage of these limits is monitored daily by GSK Group’s Corporate Compliance Officer (“CCO”) who operates independently from GSK Group’s Treasury. Any breach of these limits would be reported to the CFO immediately. The CCO also monitors the credit rating of these counterparties and, when changes in ratings occur, notifies GSK Group’s Treasury so that changes can be made to investment levels or authority limits as appropriate.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities

           
     2021      20201      2019  
     Carrying
value
     Fair
value
     Carrying
value
     Fair
value
     Carrying
value
     Fair
value
 
     £m      £m      £m      £m      £m      £m  

Financial assets measured at amortised cost:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

     410        410        333        333        339        339  

Liquid investments

     1        1        1        1        1        1  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

                 

Trade and other receivables and certain other non-current assets

     1,955        1,955        2,129        2,129        2,287        2,287  

Loan amounts owing from related parties

     1,508        1,508        1,119        1,119        1,461        1,461  

Held for trading derivatives that are not in a designated and effective hedging relationship

     5        5        6        6        12        12  

Cash and cash equivalents (Money Market Funds)

     3        3        —          —          —          —    

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:

                 

Derivatives designated and effective as hedging instruments

     12        12        —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     3,894        3,894        3,588        3,588        4,100        4,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-67

     2021     20201     2019  
     Carrying
value
    Fair
value
    Carrying
value
    Fair
value
    Carrying
value
    Fair
value
 
     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:

            

Short term loans and overdrafts

     (49     (49     (48     (48     (24     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings excluding lease liabilities

     (49     (49     (48     (48     (24     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade and other payables, Other provisions and certain other non-current liabilities in scope of IFRS 9

     (2,673     (2,673     (2,888     (2,888     (3,056     (3,056

Loan amounts owing to related parties

     (825     (825     (300     (300     (457     (457

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

            

Held for trading derivatives that are not in a designated and effective hedging relationship

     (18     (18     (25     (25     (2     (2

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:

            

Derivatives designated and effective as hedging instruments

     (1     (1     —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     (3,566     (3,566     (3,261     (3,261     (3,539     (3,539
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net financial assets and financial liabilities

     328       328       327       327       561       561  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1

The table above presents the carrying amounts and the fair values of the CH Group’s financial assets and liabilities. The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are included at the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents—approximates to the carrying amount

 

   

Short-term loans and overdrafts—approximates to the carrying amount because of the short maturity of these instruments

 

   

Forward exchange contracts—based on present value of contractual cash flows using market sourced data (exchange rates)

 

   

Receivables and payables—approximates to the carrying amount

Trade and other receivables, Other non-current assets, Trade and other payables, Other provisions and Other non-current liabilities are reconciled to the relevant balance sheet amounts in tables below.

Financial instruments held at fair value

Financial assets and liabilities held at fair value are categorised by the valuation methodology applied in determining their fair value. Where possible, quoted prices in active markets are used (Level 1). Where such prices are not available, the asset is classified as Level 2, provided all significant inputs to the valuation model used are based on observable market data. If one or more of the significant inputs to the valuation model is not based on observable market data, the instrument is classified as Level 3.


Table of Contents

 

F-68

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

At 31 December 2021

   £m      £m      £m      £m  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

           

Held for trading derivatives that are not in a designated and effective hedging relationship

     —          5        —          5  

Cash and cash equivalents (money market funds)

     3        —          —          3  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

           

Derivatives designated and effective as hedging instruments

        12           12  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3        17        —          20  

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

           

Held for trading derivatives that are not in a designated and effective hedging relationship

     —          (18      —          (18

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

           

Derivatives designated and effective as hedging instruments

     —          (1      —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          (19      —          (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

At 31 December 2020

   £m      £m      £m      £m  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

           

Held for trading derivatives that are not in a designated and effective hedging relationship

     —          6           6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          6        —          6  

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

           

Held for trading derivatives that are not in a designated and effective hedging relationship

     —          (25         (25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          (25      —          (25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

At 31 December 2019

   £m      £m      £m      £m  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

           

Held for trading derivatives that are not in a designated and effective hedging relationship

     —          12           12  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          12        —          12  

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

           

Held for trading derivatives that are not in a designated and effective hedging relationship

     —          (2         (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          (2      —          (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables and Other non-current assets in scope of IFRS 9

The following table reconciles financial instruments within Trade and other receivables and Other non-current assets which fall within the scope of IFRS 9 to the relevant balance sheet amounts. The financial assets are predominantly non-interest earning. Non-financial instruments include tax receivables and prepayments, which are outside the scope of IFRS 9.

 


Table of Contents

 

F-69

     At 31 December 2021  
     Financial
instruments
     Non-
financial
instruments
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

Trade and other receivables (Note 20)

     1,947        260        2,207  

Loans amount owing from related parties

     1,508        —          1,508  

Other non-current assets

     8        —          8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,463        260        3,723  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At 31 December 20201  
     Financial
instruments
     Non-
financial
instruments
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

Trade and other receivables (Note 20)

     2,120        238        2,358  

Loans amount owing from related parties

     1,119        —          1,119  

Other non-current assets

     9        1        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,248        239        3,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At 31 December 2019  
     Financial
instruments
     Non-
financial
instruments
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

Trade and other receivables (Note 20)

     2,278        201        2,479  

Loans amount owing from related parties

     1,461        —          1,461  

Other non-current assets

     9        1        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,748        202        3,950  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1 

Figures have been restated as described in Note 1

Trade and other payables, Other provisions and Other non-current liabilities in scope of IFRS9

The following table reconciles financial liabilities within Trade and other payables, Other provisions and Other non-current liabilities which fall within the scope of IFRS 9 to the relevant balance sheet amounts. Accrued wages and salaries are included within financial liabilities. Non-financial instruments include payments on account, tax and social security payables and provisions which do not arise from contractual obligations to deliver cash or another financial asset, which are outside the scope of IFRS 9.

 

     At 31 December 2021  
     Financial
instruments
     Non-
financial
instruments
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

Trade and other payables (Note 23)

     (2,671      (331      (3,002

Loan amounts owing to related parties

     (825      —          (825

Other provisions (Note 26)

     —          (139      (139

Other non-current liabilities

     (2      (6      (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (3,498      (476      (3,974
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-70

     At 31 December 2020  
     Financial
instruments
     Non-
financial
instruments
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

Trade and other payables (Note 23)

     (2,881      (387      (3,268

Loan amounts owing to related parties

     (300      —          (300

Other provisions (Note 26)

     —          (168      (168

Other non-current liabilities

     (7      (7      (14
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (3,188      (562      (3,750
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At 31 December 2019  
     Financial
instruments
     Non-
financial
instruments
     Total  
     £m      £m      £m  

Trade and other payables (Note 23)

     (3,044      (376      (3,420

Loan amounts owing to related parties

     (457      —          (457

Other provisions (Note 26)

     (3      (174      (177

Other non-current liabilities

     (9      (12      (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (3,513      (562      (4,075
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet where there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. There are also arrangements that do not meet the criteria for offsetting but still allow for the related amounts to be offset in certain circumstances, such as bankruptcy or the termination of a contract.

The following tables set out the financial assets and liabilities that are offset, or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements and other similar agreements but not offset, as at 31 December 2021, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019. The column ‘Net amount’ shows the impact on the CH Group’s balance sheet if all offset rights were exercised.

 

     Gross
financial
assets /
(liabilities)
    Gross
financial
assets /
(liabilities)
set off
     Net financial
assets/
(liabilities)
per
balance sheet
    Related
amounts not
offset
    Net
amount
 

At 31 December 2021

   £m     £m      £m     £m     £m  

Financial assets

           

Derivative financial assets

     17       —          17       (9     8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Derivative financial liabilities

     (19     —          (19     9       (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-71

     Gross
financial
assets /
(liabilities)
    Gross
financial
assets /
(liabilities)
set off
     Net financial
assets/
(liabilities)
per
balance sheet
    Related
amounts not
offset
    Net
amount
 

At 31 December 2020

   £m     £m      £m     £m     £m  

Financial assets

           

Derivative financial assets

     6       —          6       (6     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Derivative financial liabilities

     (25     —          (25     6       (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Gross
financial
assets /
(liabilities)
    Gross
financial
assets /
(liabilities)
set off
     Net financial
assets/
(liabilities)
per
balance sheet
    Related
amounts not
offset
    Net
amount
 

At 31 December 2019

   £m     £m      £m     £m     £m  

Financial assets

           

Derivative financial assets

     12       —          12       (1     11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Derivative financial liabilities

     (2     —          (2     1       (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts which do not meet the criteria for offsetting on the balance sheet but could be settled net in certain circumstances principally relate to derivative transactions under ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) agreements where each party has the option to settle amounts on a net basis in the event of default of the other party. As there is presently not a legally enforceable right of offset, these amounts have not been offset in the balance sheet but have been presented separately in the tables above.

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the assumption that the amount of net cash (cash and cash equivalents less overdrafts), the ratio of fixed to floating interest rates of the debt and derivatives portfolio and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant. Financial instruments affected by market risk include borrowings, cash and deposits and derivative financial instruments. The tables below illustrate the estimated impact on the income statement and equity as a result of hypothetical market movements in foreign exchange and interest rates in relation to the CH Group’s financial instruments. The range of variables chosen for the sensitivity analysis reflects management’s view of changes which are reasonably possible over a one-year period.

Foreign exchange sensitivity

The two major foreign currencies in which the CH Group’s financial instruments are denominated are US Dollars and Euros. The CH Group has considered movements in these currencies over the last three years and has concluded that a 10-cent movement in rates is a reasonable benchmark. Financial instruments are only considered sensitive to foreign exchange rates where they are not in the functional currency of the entity that holds them. Intercompany loans which are fully hedged to maturity with a currency swap have been excluded from this analysis.

 

     2021      2020      2019  
    

Increase/
(decrease)

in income

     (Decrease)/
increase in
income
     (Decrease)/
increase in
income
 
     £m      £m      £m  

10 cent appreciation of the US dollar

     2        (14      (1

10 cent depreciation of the US dollar

     (2      12        1  

10 cent appreciation of the Euro dollar

     (5      (7      (5

10 cent depreciation of the Euro dollar

     4        6        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-72

Interest rate sensitivity

The CH Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its outstanding borrowings and investments where any changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows or the fair values of financial instruments.

The table below shows the CH Group’s hypothetical sensitivity to changes in interest rates in relation to Sterling, US dollar, Euro and Swiss franc variable rate financial assets and liabilities, including derivatives. If the interest rates applicable to floating rate financial assets and liabilities were to have increased by 1% (100 basis points), and assuming other variables had remained constant, it is estimated that the CH Group’s finance income for 2021 would have increased by approximately £1 million (2020: £3 million increase and 2019: £13 million increase). A 1% (100 basis points) movement in US interest rates would cause an increase of £197 million to equity (2020 – nil and 2019- nil). A 1% (100 basis points) movement in interest rates in relation to Sterling or Euro is not deemed to have a material effect on equity.

 

     2021      2020      2019  
     (Decrease)/
increase
in income
     (Decrease)/
increase in
income
     Increase/
(decrease) in
income
 
     £m      £m      £m  

1% (100 basis points) increase in Sterling interest rates

     (13      (15      16  

1% (100 basis points) increase in US dollar interest rates

     8        14        4  

1% (100 basis points) increase in Euro interest rates

     6        4        (6

1% (100 basis points) increase in Swiss franc interest rates

     —          —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contractual cash flows for non-derivative financial liabilities and derivative instruments

The following table provides an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows including interest payable for the CH Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis. Cash flows in foreign currencies are translated using spot rates at 31 December. Cash flows associated with onerous contracts have not been included in this disclosure as the maturity of these cash flows is included in Note 32 ‘Commitments’.

 

     Debt      Lease
liabilities
     Trade
payables and
other
liabilities not
in net debt
     Total  

At 31 December 2021

   £m      £m      £m      £m  

Due in less than one year

     49        30        3,496        3,575  

Between one and two years

     —          22        2        24  

Between two and three years

     —          15        —          15  

Between three and four years

     —          13        —          13  

Between four and five years

     —          10        —          10  

After five years

     —          27        —          27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross contractual cash flows

     49        117        3,498        3,664  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-73

     Debt      Lease
liabilities
     Trade
payables and
other
liabilities not
in net debt
     Total  

At 31 December 2020

   £m      £m      £m      £m  

Due in less than one year

     48        34        3,181        3,263  

Between one and two years

     —          33        7        40  

Between two and three years

     —          14        —        14  

Between three and four years

     —          12        —        12  

Between four and five years

     —          12        —        12  

After five years

     —          34        —          34  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross contractual cash flows

     48        139        3,188        3,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Debt      Lease
liabilities
     Trade
payables and
other
liabilities not
in net debt
     Total  

At 31 December 2019

   £m      £m      £m      £m  

Due in less than one year

     24        40        3,501        3,565  

Between one and two years

     —          45        9        54  

Between two and three years

     —          16        —          16  

Between three and four years

     —          15        —          15  

Between four and five years

     —          10        —          10  

After five years

     —          35        —          35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross contractual cash flows

     24        161        3,510        3,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below provides an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows for the CH Group’s derivative instruments, using undiscounted cash flows. Cash flows in foreign currencies are translated using spot rates at 31 December. The gross cash flows of foreign exchange contracts are presented for the purposes of this table although, in practice, the CH Group uses standard settlement arrangements to reduce its liquidity requirements on these instruments.

 

     Years ended 31 December  
     2021     2020     2019  
     Receivables      Payables     Receivables      Payables     Receivables      Payables  
     £m      £m     £m      £m     £m      £m  

Foreign exchange contracts

               

Due in less than one year

     1,852        (1,865     2,321        (2,340     1,668        (1,660

Interest rate swap contracts

               

Due in less than one year

     —          (13     —          —         —       

Between one and two years

     12        (26     —          —         —          —    

Between two and three years

     24        (26     —          —         —          —    

Between three and four years

     28        (26     —          —         —          —    

Between four and five years

     28        (26     —          —         —          —    

After five years

     260        (221     —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross contractual cash flows

     2,204        (2,203     2,321        (2,340     1,668        (1,660
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

F-74

34.

Employee share schemes

Incentives in the form of shares in the CH Group’s ultimate parent company, GlaxoSmithKline plc, are provided to employees under the following share option and share award schemes. The share-based compensation charge for the above schemes has been recorded in the income statement as administrative expenses of £59 million (2020: £63 million and 2019: £58 million). This expense is incurred in the form of a charge from GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, as calculated under IFRS 2 “Share-Based Payments”.

Performance Share Plan Awards and Share value plan

The GSK Group operates a Performance Share Plan whereby share awards are granted to senior executives at no cost. The percentage of each award that vests is based upon the performance of the GSK Group and the CH Group over a three-year measurement period. Grants of Performance Share Plan awards normally vest at the end of the three-year vesting and performance period and are available for sale at that time. The GSK Group operates a Share Value Plan whereby share awards are granted to employees at no cost. There are no performance criteria attached. Grants of Share Value Plan Awards normally vest at the end of the three-year vesting period and are available for sale at that time.

 

35.

Principal CH group companies

The following represent the principal subsidiaries of the CH Group at 31 December 2021. The equity share capital of these entities is wholly owned by the CH Group except where its percentage interest is shown. All companies are incorporated in their principal country of operation except where stated. A full list of CHHL2’s subsidiaries is available in Note 38 which forms part of these financial statements.

 

England

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) Trading Limited

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) IP Limited

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance No. 2 Limited

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited

Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited

Consumer Healthcare Intermediate Holdings Limited

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

PRISM PCH Limited

Europe

Novartis Consumer Health S.A. (Switzerland)

GlaxoSmithKline Healthcare GmbH & Co. KG (Germany)

Stafford-Miller (Ireland) Limited

USA

Block Drug Company, Inc.

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare, L.P. (88%)

PF Consumer Healthcare 1 LLC

Consumer Healthcare Intermediate Holdings LLC

PRISM PCH LLC

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings No. 1 LLC

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings No. 2 LLC

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) Inc.


Table of Contents

 

F-75

Other

Pfizer Biotech Corporation (55%)

Sino-American Tianjin Smith Kline & French Laboratories Ltd (China) (55%)

Puerto Rico Consumer Branch

Wyeth Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)

 

36.

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests comprises interests in entities, of which the CH Group’s non-controlling interests are individually not material.

 

37.

Post balance sheet events

On 11 March 2022, the Company’s Directors approved the interim dividends totalling £421 million to be paid to the Company’s equity shareholders on 30 March 2022. Out of the total dividends of £421 million, £286 million is to be paid to GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, and £135 million is to be paid to PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC.

 

38.

Subsidiaries

The full list of subsidiaries and other significant holdings of CHHL2 as at 31 December 2021 are as follows:

 

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

Wholly owned subsidiaries

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare SRL

     —          100      Ordinary   

1-5 Costache Negri Street,

Opera Center One, 6th floor

(Zone 2), District 5, Bucharest, Romania

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare, Produtos para a Saude e Higiene, Lda

     —          100     

Ordinary Euro

Quota 1

  

Rua Dr Antonio Loureiro Borges

No 3, Arquiparque,

Miraflores, Alges, 1495-131, Portugal

     —          100     

Ordinary Euro

Quota 2

     —          100     

Ordinary Euro

Quota 4

GlaxoSmithKline Healthcare Ukraine O.O.O.

     —          100     

Ownership

 

interest

  

Pavla Tychyny avenue, 1-V,

Kiev 02152, Ukraine

GlaxoSmithKline Panama S.A.

     100        —        Ordinary   

Urbanizacion Industrial Juan D, Calles A Y B, Republic of

Panama, Panama

GSK CH Caricam Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada

     —          100      Participation    Urbanizacion Industrial Juan D, Calles A Y B, Republic of Panama, Panama

GlaxoSmithKline Paraguay S.A.

     —          100      Ordinary   

Oficial Gilberto Aranda 333,

Planta Alta Casi Salvador del

Mundo, Asuncion, Paraguay


Table of Contents

 

F-76

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) Inc.

     —          100      Common    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, United States

Alacer Corp.

     —          100      Common    CSC – 2710 Gateway Oaks Drive, Suite 150N, Sacramento, California, 95833-3505, United States

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC

     —          100      LLC Interests    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, United States

Block Drug Company, Inc.

     —          100      Common    Corporation Service Company, Princeton South Corporate Center, Suite 160, 100 Charles Ewing Blvd, Ewing, New Jersey, 08628, United States

Block Drug Corporation

     —          100      Common    Corporation Service Company, Princeton South Corporate Center, Suite 160, 100 Charles Ewing Blvd, Ewing, New Jersey, 08628, United States

Stafford-Miller Limited (in liquidation)

     —          100      Ordinary    55 Baker Street London W1U 7EU England

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (US) IP LLC

     —          100      LLC Interests    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, United States

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare L.L.C.

     —          100     

Limited Liability

Company -

Interests

   Corporation Service Company, 2595 Interstate Drive, Suite 103, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 17110, United States

GSK Consumer Health, Inc.

     —          100      Common - no par value    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, United States

GSK Consumer Healthcare Services, Inc.

     —          100      Common Stock    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, United States

PF Consumer Healthcare 1 LLC

     —          100      Membership Interest    Corporate Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive Wilmington DE 19808 USA

Wyeth Consumer Healthcare LLC

     —          100      Membership Interest    CT Corporation System, 600 N 2nd St, Suite 401, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 17101, United States

Pfizer PFE Colombia S.A.S

     100        —        Common    Carrera 7 No.113-43 Piso 4 Colombia


Table of Contents

 

F-77

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

PT GSK Consumer Healthcare Indonesia

     —          100      Ordinary    Graha Paramita Building, 5th F, Jalan Denpasar Raya Blok D-2, Kuningan, JAKARTA SELATAN, 12940, Indonesia

Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited

     100        —        Ordinary    980 Great West Road Brentford Middlesex TW8 9GS England

Consumer Healthcare Intermediate Holdings Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road Brentford Middlesex TW8 9GS England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.

     —          100      Shares    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK PLC

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.1) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.3) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.4) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.5) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.6) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.7) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.8) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

     —          100      LLC Interests    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington DE 19808, United States

GSK Consumer Healthcare Chile SpA

     —          100      TBC    Av. Andrés Bello N°2687, 25th floor, Las Condes, Chile

GSK Consumer Healthcare Egypt Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    North 90th street, Boomerang building, 5th District, Cairo, Egypt

GSK Consumer Healthcare Egypt LLC

     —          100      Quotas    North 90th street, Boomerang building, 5th District, Cairo, Egypt

GSK Consumer Healthcare Peru S.R.L

     —          100      Ordinary    Av Jorge Basadre 349, piso 5,San Isidro, Lima, 05W-109, Peru


Table of Contents

 

F-78

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

GSK Consumer Healthcare S.A.

     —          100      Ordinary    Route de l’Etraz, 1197 Prangins, Switzerland

GSK Consumer Healthcare Schweiz AG

     —          100      Ordinary    Suurstoffi 14, Rotkreuz, 6343, Switzerland

PRISM PCH Limited

     —          100      Voting Shares Non Voting Shares    980 Great West Road Brentford Middlesex TW8 9GS

Ferrosan S.R.L.

     —          100      Registered Capital    178/C Calea Turzii, Cluj- Napoca, Cluj County, Romania

Pfizer Consumer Healthcare GmbH

     —          100      Ordinary    Linkstrasse 10, 10785 Berlin, Germany

Pfizer Consumer Manufacturing Italy S.r.l.

     —          100      Quota    90, Via Nettunese, 04011, Aprilia (Prov. di Latin), Italy

Ferrosan ApS

     —          100     

A-Share Capital:

 

B-Share Capital

   Nykaer 68, Brondby, DK-26 05, Denmark

Ferrosan International ApS (merged into Ferrosan ApS with effect 1 Jan 2021)

     —          100      Ordinary    Nykaer 68, Brondby, DK-26 05, Denmark

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Ireland) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary Euro Redenominated    12 Riverwalk Citywest Business Campus, Dublin, 24, Ireland

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) (No.1) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) IP Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Investments (Ireland) (No.2) Unlimited Company

     —          100      Ordinary    Knockbrack, Dungarvan, Co Waterford, X35 RY76, Ireland

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GlaxoSmithKline Dungarvan Limited

     —          100      Ordinary (Euro)    Knockbrack, Dungarvan, Co Waterford, X35 RY76, Ireland


Table of Contents

 

F-79

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings No. 2 LLC

     —          100      Unit    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, DE, 19808, United States

GSK Consumer Healthcare Insurance Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    Dorey Court, Admiral Park, St Peter Port, GY1 4AT, Guernsey

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Pte. Ltd

     —          100      Ordinary    23 Rochester Park, 139234, Singapore

P.T. Sterling Products Indonesia

     —          100     

A Shares

 

B Shares

   Graha Paramita Building, 5th F, Jalan Denpasar Raya Blok D-2, Jakarta, 12940, Indonesia

GSK Consumer Healthcare Singapore Pte. Ltd.

     —          100      Ordinary    23 Rochester Park, 139234, Singapore

GSK Consumer Healthcare Trinidad and Tobago Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    5th Floor Algico Plaza, 91-93 St. Vincent Street, Port of Spain, Trinidad and Tobago

PF Consumer Healthcare Brazil Importadora e Distribuidora de Medicamentos Ltda

     —          100      Quota    Barueri, State of Sao Paulo, at Avenida Ceci, No.1900, Block lll, Part 67, Tambore District, Zip Code 06460-120, Brazil

PF Consumer Healthcare Singapore Pte. Ltd

     —          100      Ordinary    23 Rochester Park 139234 Singapore

PF Consumer Healthcare UK Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road Brentford Middlesex TW8 9GS

PF Consumer Ireland Company Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    9 Riverwalk, National Digital Park, Citywest Business Park, Dublin, 24, Ireland

Pfizer Laboratories PFE (Pty) Ltd.

     —          100      Common    Flushing Meadows Building, The Campus, 57 Sloane, Bryanston 2021, South Africa

SmithKline Beecham Research Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

Stafford-Miller (Ireland) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    Clocherane, Youghal Road, Dungarvan, Co. Waterford, Ireland

Stiefel Consumer Healthcare (UK) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

Stiefel Laboratories (Ireland) Limited (in liquidation)

     —          100      Ordinary    Finisklin Business Park, County Sligo, Ireland

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Chile SpA

     —          100      Joint Stock    Av. Andrés Bello N°2687 25th floor Las Condes Chile


Table of Contents

 

F-80

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
   

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

Treerly Health Co., Ltd

     —          100     Capital Contribution    Unit 01A, Room 3901, No 16. East Zhujiang Road,Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, the PRC, China

GSK Consumer Healthcare Export Limited

     —          100     Ordinary    980 Great West Road Brentford Middlesex TW8 9GS England

Wyeth Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd

     —          100     Registered Capital    4 Baodai West Road, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province, 215128, China

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) Trading Limited

     —          100     Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare S.A.

     —          100     Ordinary    Site Apollo, Avenue Pascal 2-4-6, Wavre, 1300, Belgium

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Thailand) Limited

     —          100 1    Ordinary    13th Floor, Unit 13.05 and 13.06 Wave Place, 55 Wireless Road, Lumpini, Pathumwan, Bangkok, 10330, Thailand

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited

     —          100     Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GSK Consumer Healthcare Levice s.r.o.

     —          100     Ordinary    Priemyselny Park Gena, Ul. E. Sachsa 4-6, 934 01, Levice, Slovakia

Duncan Consumer Healthcare Philippines Inc

     —          100     Common    23rd Flr The Finance Centre 26th Street Corner 9th Avenue Bonifacio Global City Taguig City 1634 Philippines

Ex-Lax, Inc.

     —          100     Common    The Prentice Hall Corporation System, Puerto Rico, Inc., c/o Fast Solutions, LLC, Citi Tower, 252 Ponce de Leon Avenue, Floor 20, San Juan, 00918, Puerto Rico

GlaxoSmithKline Brasil Produtos para Consumo e Saude Ltda

     —          100 1    Quotas    Av des Americas 3500, 4th Floor, Rooms 407- 420, Riode Janeiro-RJ, 22621-000, Brazil

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (China) Co. Ltd

     —          100     Ordinary    Floor 8, 168 Xizangzhong Road, Huangpu District, Shanghai, China

GlaxoSmithKline (Suzhou) Trading Co., Ltd

     —          100     Registered Capital    No.699 Gangpu Road, Wusongjiang Science and Technology Industrial Park, Wuzhong Economic & Technical Development Zone, Suzhou, China


Table of Contents

 

F-81

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Hong Kong) Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    23/F., Tower 6, The Gateway, 9 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon , Hong Kong

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare A/S

     —          100      Ordinary    Nykaer 68, Brondby, DK-2605, Denmark

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare AB

     —          100      Ordinary    Nykaer 68, DK-2605, Brondby, Denmark

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Aps

     —          100      Ordinary    Delta Park 37, 2665, Vallensbæk Strand, Denmark

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Australia Pty ltd

     —          100      Ordinary    82 Hughes Avenue, Ermington, NSW, 2115, Australia

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare B.V.

     —          100      Ordinary    Van Asch van Wijckstraat 55G Amersfoot 3811 LP, Netherlands

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Colombia SAS

     —          100      Ordinary    Carrera 7 No. 113 - 43 Piso 4, Colombia

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Czech Republic s.r.o.

     —          100      Ordinary    Hvezdova 1734/2c, Prague, 4 140 00, Czech Republic

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finance No.2 Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Finland Oy

     —          100      Ordinary    Piispansilta 9A, Fin-02230, Espoo, Finland

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare GmbH

     —          100      Ordinary    Wagenseilgasse 3, Euro Plaza, Gebaude I, 4. Stock, Vienna, A-1120, Austria

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Hellas Single Member Societe Anonyme

     —          100      Ordinary    274 Kifissias Avenue Halandri, Athens, 152 32, Greece

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Investments (Ireland) (No.3) Limited (in liquidation)

     —          100      Ordinary    Knockbrack, Dungarvan, Co Waterford, X35 RY76, Ireland

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Japan K.K.

     —          100      Ordinary    1-8-1 Asasaka Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Korea Co., Ltd.

     —          100      Ordinary    9F LS Yongsan Tower, 92, Hangang-daero, Yongsan-gu, Seoul, 140-702, Republic of Korea


Table of Contents

 

F-82

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V.

     —          100      Ordinary    Calzada Mexico-Xochimilco 4900, Colonia San Lorenzo Huipulco, Delegacion Tlalpan, Mexico, D.F. 14370, Mexico

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare New Zealand ULC

     —          100      Ordinary   

Level 11, Zurich House, 21

Queen Street, Auckland, 1010, New Zealand

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Norway AS

     —          100      Ordinary    Drammensveien 288, Lysaker, 1326 Norway

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Philippines Inc

     —          100      Common    23rd Flr The Finance Centre 26th Street Corner 9th Avenue Bonifacio Global City Taguig City 1634 Philippines

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare S.A.

     —          100      Ordinary    Severo Ochoa, 2, Parque Tecnologico de Madrid, Tres Cantos, Madrid, 28760, Spain

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Sdn. Bhd.

     —          100      Ordinary    Lot 89, Jalan Enggang, Ampang/Ulu Kelang Industrial Estate, Selangor, 54200, Malaysia

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Slovakia s. r. o.

     —          100      Ownership interest    Galvaniho 7/A, Bratislava, 821 04, Slovakia

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare South Africa (Pty) Ltd

     —          100      Ordinary    Flushing Meadows Building, The Campus, 57 Sloane Street, Bryanston 2021, South Africa

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Sp.z.o.o.

     —          100      Ordinary    Ul. Grunwaldzka 189, Poznan, 60-322, Poland

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Sri Lanka Holdings Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare S.r.l

     —          100      Ordinary    Via Zambeletti snc Baranzate 20021 Milan Italy

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Vietnam Company Limited

     —          100      Charter Capital    Floor 16, Metropolitan, 235 Dong Khoi, Ben Nghe Ward, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Private Limited

     —          100      Equity    Patiala Road, Nabha 147201, Dist Patiala, Punjab, India

GlaxoSmithKline Costa Rica S.A.

     —          100      Ordinary    San Jose 300 Este de la Rotonda Betania, Carretera a Sabanilla, Costa Rica


Table of Contents

 

F-83

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

GlaxoSmithKline Healthcare AO

     —          100      Ordinary    Premises III, Room 9, floor 6, Presnenskaya nab. 10, Moscow, 123112, Russian Federation

GlaxoSmithKline Healthcare GmbH

     —          100      Ordinary    Barthstr. 4, Munchen, 80339, Germany

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare GmbH & Co. KG

     —          100     

Partnership

 

Capital

   Barthstr. 4, Munchen, 80339, Germany

Panadol GmbH

     —          100      Ordinary    Barthstr. 4, Munchen, 80339, Germany

Kuhs GmbH

     —          100      Ordinary    Barthstr. 4, Munchen, 80339, Germany

GlaxoSmithKline Limited

     —          100      Ordinary   

Likoni Road, PO Box 78392,

 

Nairobi, Kenya

GlaxoSmithKline Sante Grand Public SAS

     —          100      Ordinary    23 rue Francois Jacob, 92500, Rueil-Malmaison, France

GlaxoSmithKline Technology (Taizhou) Co., Ltd

     —          100      Ordinary    Room 708 in Building D, Phase II of New Drug Innovation Base, Taizhou, 225300, Jaingsu, Province, China

GlaxoSmithKline Tuketici Sagligi Anonim Sirketi

     —          100      Nominative    Buyukdere Caddesi No. 173, 1.Levent Plaza B Blok 1.Levent, Istanbul, 34394, Turkey

GlaxoSmithKline-Consumer Hungary Limited Liability Company

     —          100      Membership    H-1124, Csorsz utca 43, Budapest, Hungary

GSK Canada Holding Company Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

PF Consumer Healthcare Canada ULC/ PF Soins De Sante SRI

     —          100      Common    595 Burrad Street, Three Bentall Centre, P.O Box 49314, Suite 2600, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada V7X 1L3

GSK CH Kazakhstan LLP

     —          100      Charter Capital    32 A Manasa Str., Bostandyk District, Almaty, 050008, Kazakhstan

GSK Consumer Healthcare Israel Ltd

     —          100      Ordinary    25 Basel Street, Petech Tikva 49510, Israel


Table of Contents

 

F-84

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

GSK New Zealand Holding Company Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, England

Iodosan S.p.A.

     —          100      Ordinary    Via Zambeletti snc,Baranzate, Milan, 20021, Italy

PF Consumer Healthcare B.V.

     —         

 

A - 100

 

B - 100

 

 

 

  

Class A:

 

Class B

   Van Asch Van Wjckstaat 55G, 3811 LP Amersfoort, Netherlands

PF Consumer Healthcare Holding B.V.

     —          100      Ordinary    Van Asch Van Wjckstaat 55G, 3811 LP Amersfoort, Netherlands

Pfizer Consumer Healthcare AB Wyeth Pharmaceuticals Company

    

 

—  

 

—  

 

 

 

    

 

100

 

100

 

 

 

  

Ordinary

 

Partnership shares

   Vetenskapsvagen 10, SE-191 90, Sollentuna, Sweden State Road No. 3 Kilometer 142.1, Guayama, 00784, Puerto Rico

SmithKline Beecham S.A.

     —          100      Ordinary    Ctra de Ajalvir Km 2.500, Alcala de Henares, Madrid, 28806, Spain

Sterling Drug (Malaya) Sdn Berhad

     —          100      Ordinary    Lot 89, Jalan Enggang, Ampang/Ulu Kelang Industrial Estate, Selangor, 54200, Malaysia

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Saudi Limited

     —          100      Ordinary    603 Salamah Tower, 6th Floor, Madinah Road, Al-Salamah District, Jeddah, 21425, Saudi Arabia

Vog AU PTY Ltd

     —          100      Ordinary, Redeemable Preference    82 Hughes Avenue, Ermington, NSW, 2115, Australia

NCH—Nutrition Consumer Health Ltd

     —          100      Ordinary    14 Hamephalsim St, Petach Tikva, Israel

PT BINA Dentalindo (in liquidation)

     —          100      Ordinary    Gedung Graha Ganesha Lantai 3, JI Raya Bekasi Km 17, No5, Jakarta Timur, 13930, Indonesia

Sterling products international, Incorporated

     —          100      Common    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, United States

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare ULC / GlaxoSmithKline Soins De Sante Aux Consommateurs SRI

     —          100     

A Class

 

Preference

 

Common

   595 Burrard Street Suite 2600 Three Bentall Centre P.O. Box 49314 Vancouver BC V7X 1L3 Canada

PF Consumer Healthcare Poland sp. z.o.o

     —          100      Ordinary    Rzymowskiego 53 street 02-697 Warsaw Poland


Table of Contents

 

F-85

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

PF Consumer Taiwan LLC

     100        —        Common interests    The Corporation Trust Company Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street Wilmington DE 19801 United States

Subsidiaries where the effective interest is less than 100%

Glaxo Wellcome Ceylon Limited

     —         


Ordinary:
99.9995
Ordinary
B: 100
 
 
 
 
  

Ordinary

Ordinary B

   121 Galle Road, Kaldemulla, Moratuwa, Sri Lanka

SmithKline Beecham (Private) Limited

     —          99.6462      Ordinary    World Trade Center, Level 34, West Tower, Echelon Square, Colombo 1, Sri Lanka

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare, L.P.

     —          88     

Partnership

Capital -General Partner/ Limited Partner

   Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, United States

Beecham Enterprises Inc.

     —          88      Common    Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, United States

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Pakistan Limited

     —          85.79      Ordinary    The Sykes Building, 35 Dockyard Road, West Wharf, Karachi, 74000, Pakistan

GSK-Gebro Consumer Healthcare GmbH

     —          60      Ordinary    Bahnhofbichl 13, 6391 Fieberbrunn, KitzbUhel, Austria

Sino-American Tianjin Smith Kline & French Laboratories Ltd

     —          55      Ordinary    Cheng Lin Zhuang Industrial Zone, Dong Li District, Tianjin, 300163, China

Pfizer Biotech Corporation

     54.98        —        Ordinary    24F, No.66, Sec 1, Zhong Xiao W. Rd, Taipei 100, Taiwan

Other significant shareholdings

Duncan Pharmaceuticals Philippines Inc

     —          23.27      Common    23rd Flr The Finance Centre 26th Street Corner 9th Avenue Bonifacio Global City Taguig City 1634 Philippines

GlaxoSmithKline Philippines Inc

     —          23.27      Ordinary    23rd Floor, The Finance Centre, 26th Street Corner 9th Avenue, Bonifacio Global City, Taguig City, 1634, Philippines


Table of Contents

 

F-86

Company

   Direct shares
held (%)
     Indirect
shares
held (%)
    

Security

  

Address of the registered

office

GlaxoSmithKline Landholding Company Inc

     —          9.29      Common    23rd Floor, The Finance Centre 26th Street Corner 9th Avenue Bonifacio Global City Taguig City 1634 Philippines

 

1 

The Company holds a direct shareholding in these subsidiaries of less than 0.01%


Table of Contents

LOGO

Exhibit 1.1

Company No. 13691224    

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

HALEON PLC

(As adopted by special resolution passed on 31 May 2022)


CONTENTS

 

Page

          
1.  

Exclusion of Model Articles

     8  
2.  

Definitions

     8  
3.  

Limited Liability

     15  
4.  

Change of Name

     15  
5.  

Rights Attached to Shares

     15  
6.  

Redeemable Shares

     15  
7.  

Variation of Rights

     15  
8.  

Pari Passu Issues

     16  
9.  

Shares

     16  
10.  

Payment of Commission

     16  
11.  

Trusts Not Recognised

     16  
12.  

Suspension of Rights Where Non-Disclosure of Interest

     16  
13.  

Designated Persons and Restricted Shares

     19  
14.  

Uncertificated Shares

     21  
15.  

Right to Share Certificates

     23  
16.  

Replacement of Share Certificates

     23  
17.  

Share Certificates Sent at Holder’s Risk

     23  
18.  

Execution of Share Certificates

     24  
19.  

Company’s Lien on Shares Not Fully Paid

     24  
20.  

Enforcing Lien by Sale

     24  
21.  

Application of Proceeds of Sale

     24  
22.  

Calls

     25  
23.  

Timing of Calls

     25  

 

2


24.  

Liability of Joint Holders

     25  
25.  

Interest Due on Non-Payment

     25  
26.  

Sums Due on Allotment Treated as Calls

     25  
27.  

Power to Differentiate

     25  
28.  

Payment of Calls in Advance

     25  
29.  

Notice if Call or Instalment Not Paid

     26  
30.  

Form of Notice

     26  
31.  

Forfeiture for Non-Compliance with Notice

     26  
32.  

Notice after Forfeiture

     26  
33.  

Sale of Forfeited Shares

     26  
34.  

Arrears to be Paid Notwithstanding Forfeiture

     27  
35.  

Statutory Declaration as to Forfeiture

     27  
36.  

Transfer

     27  
37.  

Signing of Transfer

     28  
38.  

Rights to Decline Registration of Partly Paid Shares

     28  
39.  

Other Rights to Decline Registration

     28  
40.  

No Fee for Registration

     28  
41.  

Untraced Shareholders

     28  
42.  

Transmission on Death

     29  
43.  

Entry of Transmission in Register

     30  
44.  

Election of Person Entitled by Transmission

     30  
45.  

Rights of Person Entitled by Transmission

     30  
46.  

Sub-division

     30  
47.  

Fractions

     31  
48.  

Convening General Meetings

     31  

 

3


49.  

Omission or Non-Receipt of Notice

     31  
50.  

Postponement of General Meetings

     31  
51.  

Electronic Meetings and Satellite Meetings

     32  
52.  

Quorum

     33  
53.  

Procedure if Quorum Not Present

     33  
54.  

Security, Health and Safety and Access Arrangements

     33  
55.  

Confidential Information

     34  
56.  

Chair of General Meeting

     34  
57.  

Orderly Conduct

     35  
58.  

Entitlement to Attend and Speak

     35  
59.  

Adjournments

     35  
60.  

Notice of Adjournment

     36  
61.  

Amendments to Resolutions

     36  
62.  

Amendments Ruled Out of Order

     36  
63.  

Votes of Members

     36  
64.  

Method of Voting

     36  
65.  

Votes of Joint Holders

     37  
66.  

Voting on Behalf of Incapable Member

     37  
67.  

No Right to Vote where Sums Overdue on Shares

     37  
68.  

Objections or Errors in Voting

     37  
69.  

Meaning of Approved Depositary

     38  
70.  

Appointment of Approved Depositaries

     38  
71.  

Register of Approved Depositaries

     38  
72.  

Approved Depositaries’ Attendance at General Meetings

     39  
73.  

Proxies of Approved Depositaries

     39  

 

4


74.  

Identifying Appointed Proxies

     39  
75.  

Appointment of Proxies

     40  
76.  

Receipt of Proxies

     40  
77.  

Maximum Validity of Proxy

     42  
78.  

Form of Proxy

     42  
79.  

Cancellation of Proxy’s Authority

     42  
80.  

Corporate Representatives

     42  
81.  

Separate General Meetings

     42  
82.  

Number of Directors

     42  
83.  

Directors’ Shareholding Qualification

     43  
84.  

Election of Directors

     43  
85.  

Power of Board to Appoint Directors

     43  
86.  

Annual Retirement of Directors

     43  
87.  

Filling Vacancies

     43  
88.  

Power of Removal by Special Resolution

     43  
89.  

Persons Eligible as Directors

     43  
90.  

Position of Retiring Directors

     44  
91.  

Vacation of Office by Directors

     44  
92.  

Alternate Directors

     45  
93.  

Executive Directors

     46  
94.  

Directors’ Fees

     46  
95.  

Additional Remuneration

     47  
96.  

Expenses

     47  
97.  

Pensions and Gratuities for Directors

     47  
98.  

Conflicts of interest requiring board authorisation

     48  

 

5


99.  

Other conflicts of interest

     49  
100.  

Benefits

     49  
101.  

Quorum and voting requirements

     50  
102.  

General

     52  
103.  

General Powers of Company Vested in Board

     52  
104.  

Borrowing Powers

     52  
105.  

Agents

     52  
106.  

Delegation to Individual Directors

     53  
107.  

Registers

     53  
108.  

Provision for Employees

     53  
109.  

Board Meetings

     54  
110.  

Notice of Board Meetings

     54  
111.  

Quorum

     54  
112.  

Directors below Minimum through Vacancies

     54  
113.  

Appointment of Chair

     55  
114.  

Competence of Meetings

     55  
115.  

Voting

     55  
116.  

Delegation to Committees

     55  
117.  

Participation in Meetings

     56  
118.  

Resolution in Writing

     56  
119.  

Validity of Acts of Board or Committee

     56  
120.  

Use of Seals

     56  
121.  

Declaration of Dividends by Company

     57  
122.  

Payment of Interim and Fixed Dividends by Board

     57  
123.  

Calculation and Currency of Dividends

     57  

 

6


124.  

Amounts Due on Shares may be Deducted from Dividends

     58  
125.  

No Interest on Dividends

     58  
126.  

Payment Procedure

     58  
127.  

Uncashed Dividends

     59  
128.  

Forfeiture of Unclaimed Dividends

     60  
129.  

Dividends Not in Cash

     60  
130.  

Scrip Dividends and Dividend Plans Generally

     60  
131.  

Power to Capitalise Reserves and Funds

     63  
132.  

Settlement of Difficulties in Distribution

     63  
133.  

Power to Choose Any Record Date

     63  
134.  

Inspection of Records

     63  
135.  

Summary Financial Statements

     64  
136.  

Method of Service

     64  
137.  

Record Date for Service

     65  
138.  

Members Resident Abroad or on Branch Registers

     65  
139.  

Service of Notice on Person Entitled by Transmission

     65  
140.  

Deemed Delivery

     66  
141.  

Notice When Post Not Available

     67  
142.  

Presumptions Where Documents Destroyed

     67  
143.  

Indemnity of Directors

     68  
144.  

Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares

     69  

 

7


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

HALEON PLC

 

 

Interpretation

 

1.

Exclusion of Model Articles

No articles set out in any statute, or in any statutory instrument or other subordinate legislation made under any statute, concerning companies shall apply as the articles of the company.

 

2.

Definitions

 

(A)

In these articles unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Additional Period

   has the meaning given in article 144(V)(i);

address

   includes a number or address used for the purposes of sending or receiving documents or information by electronic means;

alternate director

   means a person appointed to that role pursuant to article 92(A) and “alternate” shall be construed accordingly;

Appointed Number

   has the meaning given in article 71(A);

Appointed Proxy

   has the meaning given in article 71(A);

Approved Depositary

   has the meaning given in article 69(A);

arm’s length sale

   has the meaning given in article 12(J);

these articles

   means these articles of association as altered from time to time and the expression “this article” shall be construed accordingly;

associated company

   means any company (i) which is the company’s holding company or (ii) in which the company or its holding company or any of the predecessors of the company or of such holding company has any interest whether direct or indirect or (iii) which is in any way allied to or associated with the company or its holding company or any of the predecessors of the company or of such holding company, of (iv) which is a subsidiary undertaking or any other associated company;

 

8


the auditors

   means the auditors from time to time of the company or, in the case of joint auditors, any one of them;

the Bank of England base rate

   means the base lending rate most recently set by the Monetary Policy Committee of the Bank of England in connection with its responsibilities under Part 2 of the Bank of England Act 1998, as amended;

the board

   means the board of directors from time to time of the company or the directors present at a meeting of the directors at which a quorum is present;

business day

   means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and New York;

certificated share

   means a share which is not an uncertificated share and references in these articles to a share being held in certificated form shall be construed accordingly;

Change of Control

   has the meaning given in article 144(V)(ii);

clear days

   in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

the company

   means Haleon plc, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 13691224;

Conflict

   has the meaning given in article 98(A);

controlling shareholder

   has the meaning given to that term by Appendix 1 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules;

Depositary Shares

   has the meaning given in article 70;

Designated Person

  

means:

 

(A)  any person listed on a Sanctions List; or

 

(B)  any other person,

 

in each case where it would be unlawful, by virtue of any Sanctions Law applicable to the company, for the company or any of its directors, officers or employees to, directly or indirectly, make available to such person, or to otherwise facilitate dealings by such person in, any shares in the company or the benefit of any rights attaching to such shares (including, but not limited to, the right to receive dividends and other distributions or returns and the right to attend and vote at general meetings of the company);

 

9


disposal

  

shall, for the purposes of article 13, include, without limitation:

 

(A)  sale, assignment or transfer;

 

(B)  creating or permitting to subsist any pledge, charge, mortgage, lien or other security interest or encumbrance;

 

(C)  creating any trust or conferring any interest;

 

(D)  any agreement, arrangement or understanding in respect of any rights attaching to any share in the company;

 

(E)  the renunciation or assignment of any right to receive a share in the company or any legal or beneficial interest in such share;

 

(F)  any agreement to do any of the above, except an agreement to transfer shares which is conditional on compliance with these articles; and

 

(G)  the transmission of a share by operation of law,

 

and “dispose of” shall be construed accordingly;

elected Ordinary Shares

   has the meaning given in article 130(viii);

electronic facility

   means any form of electronic platform and includes, without limitation, website addresses, application technology and teleconference and video conference systems;

electronic form

   has the meaning given in section 1168 of the Companies Act 2006;

electronic means

   has the meaning given in section 1168 of the Companies Act 2006;

electronic meeting

   means a general meeting (including an annual general meeting) hosted on an electronic facility, whether that general meeting is physically hosted at a specific location simultaneously or not;

 

10


hard copy form

   has the meaning given to that term in section 1168 of the Companies Act 2006, as amended;

the holder

   in relation to any shares means the person whose name is entered in the register as the holder of those shares and “relevant holder” shall be construed accordingly;

independent director

   has the meaning given to that term by Appendix 1 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules;

Initial Period

   has the meaning given in article 144(V)(iii);

legislation

   means every statute (including any orders, regulations, rules or other subordinate legislation made under it) from time to time in force in so far as it applies to the company, including (but not limited to) the Companies Act 2006 and the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001;

the office

   means the registered office from time to time of the company;

NVPS Dividend

   has the meaning given in article 144(A);

NVPS Dividend Payment Date

   Has the meaning given in article 144(B);

NVPS Rate

   has the meaning given in article 144(V)(v);

operator

   means a person recognised as operating a relevant system for the purposes of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 and the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

Ordinary Shares

   means ordinary shares in the capital of the company carrying the rights attributed to such shares in these articles;

paid up

   means paid up or credited as paid up;

participating class

   means a class of shares title to which is permitted by an operator to be transferred by means of a relevant system;

person

   includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association, trustee, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

person appearing to be interested

   has the meaning given in article 12(J);

 

11


person entitled by transmission

   means a person whose entitlement to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or of any other event giving rise to its transmission by operation of law has been noted in the register;

person with a 0.25 per cent. interest

   has the meaning given in article 12(J);

place

   means, in relation to a general meeting, annual general meeting or board meeting, the place of a physical meeting or the electronic facility specified by the board to facilitate attendance at such meeting and, where relevant, references to the place of a general meeting, annual general meeting or board meeting include any combination of two or more such places;

Proxy Register

   has the meaning given in article71(A);

Record Time

   has the meaning given in article 74(A);

Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares

   means the redeemable non-voting preference shares of £1 each in the capital of the company carrying the rights attributed to such shares in these articles;

Redemption Date

   has the meaning given in article 144(N);

Redemption Notice

   has the meaning given in article 144(K);

Redemption Payment

   has the meaning given in article 144(V)(iv);

Reduction of Capital

   has the meaning given in article 144(T);

the register

   means the register of members of the company;

Release Notice

   has the meaning given in article 13(E);

Released Person

   has the meaning given in article 13(F);

Relevant Interest

   has the meaning given in article 101(D);

relevant period

   has the meaning given in article 12(J);

relevant restrictions

   has the meaning given in article 12(J);

Relevant Situation

   has the meaning given in article 98(D);

relevant system

   has the meaning given to that term in Regulation 2 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001;

 

12


relevant value

   has the meaning given in article 130(ii);

Restricted Person

   has the meaning given in article 13(A);

Restricted Shareholding

   has the meaning given in article 13(C)(i);

Restricted Shares

   has the meaning given in article 13(A);

Restricted Share Trustee

   has the meaning given in article 13(B)(ii)(a);

restriction notice

   has the meaning given in article 12(A);

Sanctions Authority

   means: (i) the United States; (ii) the United Nations Security Council; (iii) the European Union; (iv) any member state of the European Union; (v) the United Kingdom; or (vi) the respective governmental institutions of any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury, the United States Department of State and the Council of the European Union;

Sanctions Law

   means any financial or economic sanctions law or regulation or trade embargo in force under the law of any jurisdiction, including, but not limited to, those imposed, administered or enforced by any Sanctions Authority from time to time;

Sanctions List

   means any of the publicly available lists of specifically designated nationals or designated or sanctioned persons issued by any Sanctions Authority (including, but not limited to: (i) the list published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; (ii) the UN Security Council Consolidated Sanctions List; (iii) the Consolidated List of Persons, Groups and Entities Subject to EU Financial Sanctions; and (iv) the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets in the United Kingdom administered by Her Majesty’s Treasury), in each case as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time;

Sanctions Notice

   has the meaning given in article 13(B);

subsidiary undertaking

   has the meaning given to that term in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

seal

   means any common or official seal that the company may be permitted to have under the legislation;

 

13


the secretary

  

means the secretary, or (if there are joint secretaries) any one of the joint secretaries, of the company and includes an assistant or deputy secretary and any person appointed by the board to perform any of the duties of the secretary;

shares

  

means shares in the company (including the Ordinary Shares and the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares) and “share” shall be construed accordingly;

statutory notice

  

has the meaning given in article 12(J);

the uncertificated securities rules

  

means any provision of the legislation relating to the holding, evidencing of title to, or transfer of uncertificated shares and any legislation, rules or other arrangements made under or by virtue of such provision;

uncertificated share

  

means a share of a class which is at the relevant time a participating class, title to which is recorded on the register as being held in uncertificated form and references in these articles to a share being held in uncertificated form shall be construed accordingly; and

United Kingdom

  

means Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

 

(B)

Headings in these articles are included only for convenience and shall not affect their meaning.

 

(C)

References in these articles to writing include references to any method of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form whether sent or supplied in electronic form or otherwise and written shall be construed accordingly.

 

(D)

Words or expressions used in these articles to which a particular meaning is given by the legislation in force when these articles or any part of these articles are adopted bear (if not inconsistent with the subject matter or context) the same meaning in these articles or that part (as the case may be) save that the word “company” shall include any body corporate.

 

(E)

References in these articles to a meeting shall not be taken as requiring more than one person to be present if any quorum requirement can be satisfied by one person.

 

(F)

References in these articles to a person being “present” at or “attending” a general meeting or annual general meeting means present in person at a physical meeting or, at an electronic meeting, present in person (if the relevant electronic meeting is hosted simultaneously at a specific physical location and via an electronic facility) or via the electronic facility specified by the board in relation to that meeting, and references to “absence”, “refuse entry” and “eject” shall be read accordingly.

 

(G)

References in these articles to a document being signed or to signature include references to its being executed under hand or under seal or by any other method and, in the case of a communication in electronic form, such references are to its being authenticated as specified by the legislation.

 

14


3.

Limited Liability

The liability of members of the company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares in the company held by them.

 

4.

Change of Name

The company may change its name by resolution of the board.

Share Capital

 

5.

Rights Attached to Shares

Subject to any rights attached to existing shares, any share may be issued with or have attached to it such rights and restrictions as the company may by ordinary resolution decide or, if no such resolution has been passed or so far as the resolution does not make specific provision, as the board may decide. Such rights and restrictions shall apply to the relevant shares as if the same were set out in these articles.

 

6.

Redeemable Shares

Subject to any rights attached to existing shares, the company may issue shares which are to be redeemed, or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or the holder. The board may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any redeemable shares so issued. Such terms and conditions shall apply to the relevant shares as if the same were set out in these articles.

 

7.

Variation of Rights

Subject to the provisions of the legislation, all or any of the rights attached to any existing class of shares may from time to time (whether or not the company is being wound up) be varied or abrogated in such manner as those rights may provide or (if no such provision is made) either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of those shares. All the provisions of these articles as to general meetings of the company shall, with any necessary modifications, apply to any such separate general meeting, but so that the necessary quorum shall be two persons entitled to vote and holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), but so that at any adjourned meeting one holder entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy (whatever the number of shares held by such holder) shall be a quorum. The foregoing provisions of this article shall apply to the variation of the special rights or restrictions attached to some only of the shares of any class as if each group of shares of the class differently treated formed a separate class and their special rights or restrictions were to be varied.

 

15


8.

Pari Passu Issues

The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to those shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation, allotment or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with them or by the purchase or redemption by the company of any of its own shares in accordance with the relevant provisions of the legislation.

 

9.

Shares

Subject to the provisions of these articles and to any resolution passed by the company, and without prejudice to any rights attached to existing shares, the board may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise deal with or dispose of shares in the company to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms as the board may decide.

 

10.

Payment of Commission

The company may in connection with the issue of any shares or the sale for cash of treasury shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the legislation. Any such commission or brokerage may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly-paid shares or other securities or partly in one way and partly in the other.

 

11.

Trusts Not Recognised

Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, and excluding any trust established pursuant to article 13(B)(ii), no person (other than a Restricted Share Trustee) shall be recognised by the company as holding any share, or any part of a share, upon any trust and the company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice of it) any interest in any share, or any part of a share, or (except only as by these articles or by law otherwise provided) any other right in respect of any share other than an absolute right to the whole of the share in the holder.

 

12.

Suspension of Rights Where Non-Disclosure of Interest

 

(A)

Where the holder of any shares in the company, or any other person appearing to be interested in those shares, fails to comply within the relevant period with any statutory notice (delivered in accordance with section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, as amended) in respect of those shares or, in purported compliance with such a notice, has made a statement which is false or inadequate in any material respect, the company may give the holder of those shares a further notice (a “restriction notice”) to the effect that from the service of the restriction notice those shares will be subject to some or all of the relevant restrictions, and from service of the restriction notice those shares shall, notwithstanding any other provision of these articles, be subject to those relevant restrictions accordingly. For the purpose of enforcing the relevant restriction referred to in sub-paragraph (iii) of the definition of “relevant restrictions” set out in article 12(J) below, the board may give notice to the relevant member requiring the member to change the relevant shares held in uncertificated form to certificated form by the time stated in the

 

16


  notice and to keep them in certificated form for as long as the board requires. The notice may also state that the member may not change any of the relevant shares held in certificated form to uncertificated form. If the member does not comply with the notice, the board may authorise any person to instruct the operator to change the relevant shares held in uncertificated form to certificated form.

 

(B)

If after the service of a restriction notice in respect of any shares the board is satisfied that all information required by any statutory notice relating to those shares or any of them from their holder or any other person appearing to be interested in the shares the subject of the restriction notice has been supplied, the company shall, within seven days, cancel the restriction notice. The company may at any time at its discretion cancel any restriction notice or exclude any shares from it. The company shall cancel a restriction notice within seven days after receipt of a notice in writing that the relevant shares have been transferred pursuant to an arm’s length sale.

 

(C)

Where any restriction notice is cancelled or ceases to have effect in relation to any shares, any moneys relating to those shares which were withheld by reason of that notice shall be paid without interest to the person who would but for the notice have been entitled to them or as such person may direct.

 

(D)

Any new shares in the company issued in right of any shares subject to a restriction notice shall also be subject to the restriction notice, and the board may make any right to an allotment of the new shares subject to restrictions corresponding to those which will apply to those shares by reason of the restriction notice when such shares are issued.

 

(E)

Any holder of shares on whom a restriction notice has been served may at any time request the company to give in writing the reason why the restriction notice has been served, or why it remains uncancelled, and within 14 days of receipt of such a request the company shall give that information accordingly.

 

(F)

Where a person appearing to be interested in shares has been served with a statutory notice and the shares in which that person appears to be interested are held by an Approved Depositary, this article applies only to those shares which are held by the Approved Depositary in which that person appears to be interested and not (so far as that person’s apparent interest is concerned) to any other shares held by the Approved Depositary.

 

(G)

Where a member who is an Approved Depositary has been served with a statutory notice, the obligations of that member will be limited to disclosing to the company information relating to any person who appears to be interested in the shares held by it which has been recorded by it in accordance with the arrangement under which it was appointed as an Approved Depositary.

 

(H)

If a statutory notice is given by the company to a person appearing to be interested in any share, a copy shall at the same time be given to the holder, but the failure or omission to do so or the non-receipt of the copy by the holder shall not invalidate such notice.

 

(I)

This article is in addition to, and shall not in any way prejudice or affect, the statutory rights of the company arising from any failure by any person to give any information required by a statutory notice within the time specified in it. For the purpose of this article a statutory notice need not specify the relevant period, and may require any information to be given before the expiry of the relevant period.

 

17


(J)

In this article:

a sale is an “arm’s length sale” if the board is satisfied that it is a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a party unconnected with the holder or with any person appearing to be interested in such shares and shall include a sale made by way of or in pursuance of acceptance of a takeover offer and a sale made through a recognised investment exchange or any other stock exchange outside the United Kingdom. For this purpose an “associate” as that term is defined in section 435 of the Insolvency Act 1986, as amended shall be included amongst the persons who are connected with the holder or any person appearing to be interested in such shares;

person appearing to be interested” in any shares shall mean any person named in a response to a statutory notice or otherwise notified to the company by a member as being so interested or shown in any register or record kept by the company under the legislation as so interested or, taking into account a response or failure to respond in the light of the response to any other statutory notice and any other relevant information in the possession of the company, any person whom the company knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or may be so interested;

person with a 0.25 per cent. interest” means a person who holds, or is shown in any register or record kept by the company under the legislation as having, or whom the company otherwise knows or has reasonable cause to believe has, an interest in shares in the company which comprise in total at least 0.25 per cent. in number or nominal value of the shares of the company (calculated exclusive of any shares held as treasury shares), or of any class of such shares (calculated exclusive of any shares of that class held as treasury shares), in issue at the date of service of the restriction notice;

relevant period” means a period of 14 days following service of a statutory notice;

relevant restrictions” mean in the case of a restriction notice served on a person with a 0.25 per cent. interest that:

 

  (i)

the shares shall not confer on the holder any right to attend or vote either personally or by proxy at any general meeting of the company or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings;

 

  (ii)

the board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the shares and the holder shall not be entitled to receive shares in lieu of dividend; and/or

 

  (iii)

the board may decline to register a transfer of any of the shares which are certificated shares, unless such a transfer is pursuant to an arm’s length sale,

and in any other case mean only the restriction specified in sub-paragraph (i) of this definition;

 

18


shares” means any class of shares in the capital of the company other than the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares; and

statutory notice” means a notice served by the company under the legislation requiring particulars of interests in shares or of the identity of persons interested in shares.

 

13.

Designated Persons and Restricted Shares

 

(A)

Where a person that the company believes is or may be a Designated Person is the holder of any shares in the company (a “Restricted Person”), the following provisions shall apply in respect of such shares (“Restricted Shares”) until the relevant holder ceases to be a Restricted Person:

 

  (i)

all of the rights attaching to the Restricted Shares by virtue of these articles, including (but not limited to) any rights to attend and vote at general meetings of the company, rights to receive dividends and other distributions from the company and to otherwise participate in the assets of the company (including on a winding up) shall be suspended and cease to have effect and, without prejudice to article 125 (No Interest on Dividends), no interest shall accrue on any dividend or other distribution made to the company’s shareholders generally but withheld from the Restricted Person in accordance with this article;

 

  (ii)

the board may authorise any person to instruct the operator to: (i) immediately convert any Restricted Shares held in uncertificated form to certificated form; and (ii) decline any request by the Restricted Person to convert any Restricted Shares held in certificated form to uncertificated form; and

 

  (iii)

without prejudice to article 13(B), the Restricted Person shall not be permitted to dispose of any of their Restricted Shares or any legal or beneficial interest in any of their Restricted Shares without the prior written consent of the company, and the board may decline to register any such transfer otherwise than in accordance with this article 13(A)(iii).

 

(B)

The company may, if it appears to the directors that any Restricted Person is, or as a result of any corporate action is likely to become, the holder of any shares in the company, give written notice to such Restricted Person (a “Sanctions Notice”):

 

  (i)

explaining the restrictions which apply to their Restricted Shares in accordance with this article 13, and confirming whether the company has given, or intends to give, any instruction to the operator to convert the Restricted Person’s uncertificated Restricted Shares into certificated form; and/or

 

  (ii)

authorising any director or the secretary (and the Restricted Person shall be deemed hereby irrevocably to appoint any such director or the secretary as their attorney) to:

 

19


  (a)

execute and deliver, on the Restricted Person’s behalf, such documentation as is necessary to effect the transfer of the legal title to such Restricted Person’s Restricted Shares (subject to the restrictions set out in article 13(A)(i) above) for nil consideration to a subsidiary undertaking of the company (or such other person as the company may nominate), to be held on trust for the Restricted Person (a “Restricted Share Trustee”) on the terms set out in article 13(C), and the directors shall register the Restricted Share Trustee as the holder of the relevant Restricted Shares accordingly (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the delivery by the company of a Sanctions Notice containing the grant of authority contemplated by this article 13(B)(ii)(a) shall constitute the company’s prior written consent to the transfer for the purposes of article 13(A)(iii)); and

 

  (b)

do any other acts and/or execute any other deeds and documents on the Restricted Person’s behalf which the relevant director or the secretary (in their absolute discretion) considers necessary or desirable in connection with:

 

  (1)

the transfer of legal title to the Restricted Shares to the Restricted Share Trustee and the terms of the trust arrangements contemplated by articles 13(B)(ii)(a) and 13(C); or

 

  (2)

any action taken (or refrained from being taken) by the Restricted Share Trustee in accordance with article 13(C)(iv).

The company may at any time at its discretion cancel or amend any Sanctions Notice.

 

(C)

The terms of the trust contemplated by article 13(B)(ii)(a) over a Restricted Person’s Restricted Shares shall be as follows:

 

  (i)

The Restricted Share Trustee shall hold the relevant Restricted Shares and all rights attaching to, and all dividends and other distributions and money and assets from time to time arising in respect of, such Restricted Shares (in each case, subject to the restrictions set out in article 13(A)) (collectively, the “Restricted Shareholding”) on trust for the relevant Restricted Person.

 

  (ii)

The Restricted Share Trustee shall have no beneficial interest in the Restricted Shareholding, which beneficial interest shall, subject to article 13(C)(iv), remain the relevant Restricted Person’s absolute property.

 

  (iii)

Unless and until the Restricted Person becomes a Released Person, the Restricted Person shall have no power: (i) to require the Restricted Share Trustee to transfer the legal title to the Restricted Shareholding to the Designated Person; (ii) to make any direction to the Restricted Share Trustee on how to deal with, or act in relation to, the Restricted Shareholding; or (iii) to make any direction to the Restricted Share Trustee regarding the exercise of voting and any other rights or powers arising from the Restricted Shareholding (it being noted, however, that the Restricted Shareholding shall be subject to the restrictions set out in article 13(A)(i)).

 

20


  (iv)

The Restricted Share Trustee may, without liability to the relevant Restricted Person, take or refrain from taking any action whatsoever (including, without limitation, a sale or disposal of the same) in respect of any Restricted Shares held by it that any director or the secretary believes is required in order to comply with applicable law, regulation and/or the order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The company shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulation and/or the terms of any order of a court of competent jurisdiction, notify the relevant Restricted Person of any action taken by a Restricted Share Trustee in reliance on this article 13(C)(iv) as soon as reasonably practicable after such action is taken.

 

(D)

Once registration of a transfer of any Restricted Share has taken place in purported exercise of the power contained in articles 13(B) and/or 13(C)(iv), the validity of such transfer shall not be questioned by any person.

 

(E)

On ceasing to be a Designated Person, any person whose shares in the company are at that time Restricted Shares, may give written notice to the company (a “Release Notice”) confirming that they believe they have ceased to be a Designated Person and the date(s) on which such change became effective. A Release Notice must be accompanied by such evidence as is necessary to prove, to the satisfaction of the directors, that the sender of such notice has ceased to be a Designated Person.

 

(F)

The company shall, if the directors are aware and satisfied that any Restricted Person has ceased to be a Designated Person (a “Released Person”):

 

  (i)

instruct the operator to convert into uncertificated form any of the Released Person’s shares in the company which were, in accordance with article 13(A)(ii), converted into certificated form;

 

  (ii)

pay, without interest, to the Released Person (or the Released Person’s nominee, provided that such nominee is not itself a Designated Person) any moneys relating to the Released Person’s shares which were withheld from the Released Person while their shares in the company were Restricted Shares; and

 

  (iii)

if relevant, procure that the relevant Restricted Share Trustee transfer legal title to the Restricted Shareholding to the Released Person or the Released Person’s nominee (provided that such nominee is not itself a Designated Person) for nil consideration.

 

(G)

The provisions of this article 13 shall apply notwithstanding any other provision of these articles.

 

14.

Uncertificated Shares

 

(A)

Pursuant and subject to the uncertificated securities rules, the board may permit title to shares of any class to be evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and title to shares of such a class to be transferred by means of a relevant system and may make arrangements for a class of shares (if all shares of that class are in all respects identical) to become a participating class. Title to shares of a particular class may only be evidenced otherwise than by a certificate where that class of shares is at the relevant time a participating class. The board may also, subject to compliance with the uncertificated securities rules, determine at any time that title to any class of shares may from a date specified by the board no longer be evidenced otherwise than by a certificate or that title to such a class shall cease to be transferred by means of any particular relevant system.

 

21


(B)

In relation to a class of shares which is a participating class and for so long as it remains a participating class, no provision of these articles shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is inconsistent in any respect with:

 

  (i)

the holding of shares of that class in uncertificated form;

 

  (ii)

the transfer of title to shares of that class by means of a relevant system; and

 

  (iii)

any provision of the uncertificated securities rules,

and, without prejudice to the generality of this article, no provision of these articles shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the maintenance, keeping or entering up by the operator, so long as that is permitted or required by the uncertificated securities rules, of an operator register of securities in respect of that class of shares in uncertificated form.

 

(C)

Shares of a class which is at the relevant time a participating class may be changed from uncertificated to certificated form, and from certificated to uncertificated form, in accordance with and subject to the uncertificated securities rules.

 

(D)

If, under these articles or the legislation, the company is entitled to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, forfeit, re-allot, accept the surrender of or otherwise enforce a lien over an uncertificated share, then, subject to these articles and the legislation, such entitlement shall include the right of the board to:

 

  (i)

require the holder of that uncertificated share by notice in writing to change that share from uncertificated to certificated form within such period as may be specified in the notice and keep it as a certificated share for as long as the board requires;

 

  (ii)

appoint any person to take such other steps, by instruction given by means of a relevant system or otherwise, in the name of the holder of such share as may be required to effect the transfer of such share and such steps shall be as effective as if they had been taken by the registered holder of that share; and

 

  (iii)

take such other action that the board considers necessary or desirable to achieve the sale, transfer, disposal, forfeiture, re-allotment or surrender of that share or otherwise to enforce a lien in respect of that share.

 

(E)

Unless the board otherwise determines, shares which a member holds in uncertificated form shall be treated as separate holdings from any shares which that member holds in certificated form. However shares held in uncertificated form shall not be treated as forming a class which is separate from certificated shares with the same rights.

 

(F)

Unless the board otherwise determines or the uncertificated securities rules otherwise require, any shares issued or created out of or in respect of any uncertificated shares shall be uncertificated shares and any shares issued or created out of or in respect of any certificated shares shall be certificated shares.

 

22


(G)

The company shall be entitled to assume that the entries on any record of securities maintained by it in accordance with the uncertificated securities rules and regularly reconciled with the relevant operator register of securities are a complete and accurate reproduction of the particulars entered in the operator register of securities and shall accordingly not be liable in respect of any act or thing done or omitted to be done by or on behalf of the company in reliance on such assumption; in particular, any provision of these articles which requires or envisages that action will be taken in reliance on information contained in the register shall be construed to permit that action to be taken in reliance on information contained in any relevant record of securities (as so maintained and reconciled).

 

15.

Right to Share Certificates

Every person (except a person to whom the company is not by law required to issue a certificate) whose name is entered in the register as a holder of any certificated shares shall be entitled, without payment, to receive within the time limits prescribed by the legislation (or, if earlier, within any prescribed time limit or within a time specified when the shares were issued) one certificate for all those shares of any one class held by such person. No certificate may be issued in respect of shares of more than one class. In the case of a certificated share held jointly by several persons, the company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. A member who transfers some but not all of the shares comprised in a certificate shall be entitled to a certificate for the balance without charge to the extent the balance is to be held in certificated form.

 

16.

Replacement of Share Certificates

If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity as the board may decide and, where it is defaced or worn out, after delivery of the old certificate to the company. Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any member shall at the member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu. Any certificate representing shares of any one class held by any member may at the member’s request be cancelled and two or more certificates for such shares may be issued instead. The board may require the payment of any exceptional out-of-pocket expenses of the company incurred in connection with the issue of any certificates under this article. Any one of two or more joint holders may request replacement certificates under this article.

 

17.

Share Certificates Sent at Holder’s Risk

Every share certificate sent in accordance with these articles will be sent at the risk of the member or other person entitled to the certificate. The company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

23


18.

Execution of Share Certificates

Every share certificate shall be executed under a seal or in such other manner as the board, having regard to the terms of issue and any listing requirements, may authorise and shall specify the number and class of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up on the shares. The board may by resolution decide, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any share certificates need not be autographic but may be applied to the certificates by some mechanical or other means or may be printed on them or that the certificates need not be signed by any person. Subject to the legislation, share certificates may be executed electronically.

Lien

 

19.

Company’s Lien on Shares Not Fully Paid

The company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all amounts payable to the company (whether presently or not) in respect of that share. The company’s lien on a share shall extend to every amount payable in respect of it. The board may at any time either generally or in any particular case waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this article.

 

20.

Enforcing Lien by Sale

The company may sell, in such manner as the board may decide, any share on which the company has a lien if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within 14 clear days after a written notice has been served on the holder of the share or the person who is entitled by transmission to the share, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the share may be sold. For giving effect to the sale the board may authorise some person to sign an instrument of transfer of the share sold to or in accordance with the directions of the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall the transferee’s title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in relation to the sale.

 

21.

Application of Proceeds of Sale

The net proceeds, after payment of the costs, of the sale by the company of any share on which it has a lien shall be applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists so far as it is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale and upon surrender, if required by the company, for cancellation of the certificate for the share sold) be paid to the person who was entitled to the share at the time of the sale.

 

24


Calls on Shares

 

22.

Calls

Subject to the terms of issue, the board may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal amount of the shares or by way of premium) and not payable on a date fixed by or in accordance with the terms of issue, and each member shall (subject to the company serving upon the member at least 14 clear days’ written notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the company as required by the notice the amount called on the member’s shares. A call may be made payable by instalments. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the board may decide. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable jointly and severally with the successors in title to such person’s shares for all calls made upon them notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

23.

Timing of Calls

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the board authorising the call was passed.

 

24.

Liability of Joint Holders

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the share.

 

25.

Interest Due on Non-Payment

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it is due and payable to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding the Bank of England base rate by more than five percentage points) as the board may decide, and all expenses that have been incurred by the company by reason of such non-payment, but the board shall be at liberty in any case or cases to waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

26.

Sums Due on Allotment Treated as Calls

Any amount which becomes payable in respect of a share on allotment or on any other date fixed by or in accordance with the terms of issue, whether in respect of the nominal amount of the share or by way of premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call and, if it is not paid, all the provisions of these articles shall apply as if the sum had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

27.

Power to Differentiate

The board may, on or before the issue of shares, differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

28.

Payment of Calls in Advance

The board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member who is willing to advance them all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by the member and on all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until they would, but for the advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding the Bank of England base rate by more than five percentage points, unless the company by ordinary resolution shall otherwise direct) as the board may decide.

 

25


Forfeiture of Shares

 

29.

Notice if Call or Instalment Not Paid

If any call or instalment of a call remains unpaid on any share after the day appointed for payment, the board may at any time serve a written notice on the holder requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the company by reason of such non-payment.

 

30.

Form of Notice

The notice shall name a further day (not being less than 14 clear days from the date of the notice) on or before which, and the place where, the payment required by the notice is to be made (specifying the method of payment) and shall state that in the event of non-payment on or before the day and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which the call has been made or instalment is payable will be liable to be forfeited.

 

31.

Forfeiture for Non-Compliance with Notice

If the notice is not complied with, any share in respect of which it was given may, at any time before payment of all calls or instalments and interest and expenses due in respect of it have been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the board to that effect and the forfeiture shall include all dividends declared and other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before the forfeiture. The board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited and, in that event, references in these articles to forfeiture shall include surrender.

 

32.

Notice after Forfeiture

When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share but no forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give notice.

 

33.

Sale of Forfeited Shares

Until cancelled in accordance with the requirements of the legislation, a forfeited share shall be deemed to be the property of the company and may be sold or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was, before forfeiture, the holder or to any other person upon such terms and in such manner as the board shall decide. The board may for the purposes of the disposal authorise some person to sign an instrument of transfer to the designated transferee. The company may receive the consideration (if any) given for the share on its disposal. At any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled by the board on such terms as the board may decide. A person to whom a forfeited share is transferred is not bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any) nor is that person’s title to the share affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the process leading to the forfeiture or transfer of the share.

 

26


34.

Arrears to be Paid Notwithstanding Forfeiture

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of them and shall surrender to the company for cancellation any certificate for the forfeited shares but shall remain liable to pay to the company all moneys which at the date of the forfeiture were payable by the member to the company in respect of those shares with interest thereon at such rate (not exceeding the Bank of England base rate by more than five percentage points) as the board may decide from the date of forfeiture until payment, and the company may enforce payment without being under any obligation to make any allowance for the value of the shares forfeited or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

35.

Statutory Declaration as to Forfeiture

A statutory declaration that the declarant is a director of the company or the secretary and that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The declaration shall (subject to the signing of an instrument of transfer if necessary) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money (if any) nor shall their title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the forfeiture, sale or disposal.

Transfer of Shares

 

36.

Transfer

 

(A)

Subject to such of the restrictions of these articles as may be applicable:

 

  (i)

any member may transfer freely all or any of their uncertificated shares by means of a relevant system in such manner provided for, and subject as provided in, the uncertificated securities rules, and accordingly no provision of these articles shall apply in respect of an uncertificated share to the extent that it requires or contemplates the effecting of a transfer by an instrument in writing or the production of a certificate for the share to be transferred; and

 

  (ii)

any member may transfer freely all or any of their certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual form or in any other form which the board may approve. In exceptional circumstances approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, the board may refuse to register a transfer of certificated shares provided that such refusal would not disturb the market in those shares.

 

(B)

The transferor of a share shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share concerned until the name of the transferee is entered in the register in respect of it.

 

27


37.

Signing of Transfer

The instrument of transfer of a certificated share shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and (in the case of a partly paid share) the transferee. Subject to the legislation, instruments of transfer may be executed electronically. All instruments of transfer, when registered, may be retained by the company.

 

38.

Rights to Decline Registration of Partly Paid Shares

The board can decline to register any transfer of any share which is not a fully paid share.

 

39.

Other Rights to Decline Registration

 

(A)

Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules, and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

 

(B)

The board may decline to register any transfer of a certificated share unless:

 

  (i)

the instrument of transfer is duly stamped or duly certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the board to be exempt from stamp duty and is left at the office or such other place as the board may from time to time determine accompanied (save in the case of a transfer by a person to whom the company is not required by law to issue a certificate and to whom a certificate has not been issued) by the certificate for the share to which it relates and such other evidence as the board may reasonably require to show the right of the person signing the instrument of transfer to make the transfer and, if the instrument of transfer is signed by some other person on the transferor’s behalf, the authority of that person so to do;

 

  (ii)

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; and

 

  (iii)

in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four.

 

(C)

For all purposes of these articles relating to the registration of transfers of shares, the renunciation of the allotment of any shares by the allottee in favour of some other person shall be deemed to be a transfer and the board shall have the same powers of refusing to give effect to such a renunciation as if it were a transfer.

 

40.

No Fee for Registration

No fee shall be charged by the company for registering any transfer, document or instruction relating to or affecting the title to any share or for making any other entry in the register.

 

41.

Untraced Shareholders

 

(A)

The company may sell any certificated shares in the company on behalf of the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the shares at the best price reasonably obtainable at the time of sale if:

 

28


  (i)

during the six years before the notice referred to in paragraph 41(A)(ii) below, the shares have been in issue either as certificated shares or as uncertificated shares, at least one cash dividend has become payable on the shares and no dividend has been cashed during that period or otherwise satisfied by transfer of funds to a bank account;

 

  (ii)

after the six-year period, the company has sent a notice to the last known address the company has for the relevant shareholder, stating that it intends to sell the shares. Before sending such a notice to a shareholder, the company must have used such efforts as it considers reasonable to trace the shareholder; and

 

  (iii)

during the six-year period and for three months after sending the notice referred to in paragraph 41(A)(ii) above, the company has not received any communication from the shareholder or any person entitled to the shares by law.

 

(B)

The company can also sell at the best price reasonably obtainable at the time of the sale any additional certificated shares in the company issued either as certificated shares or as uncertificated shares during the said six-year period referred to in paragraph (A)(i) in right of any share to which paragraph (A) of this article applies (or in right of any share so issued), if the criteria in paragraph (A)(ii) and (A)(iii) are satisfied in relation to the additional shares (but as if the words “after the six-year period” were omitted from paragraph (A)(ii) and the words “during the six-year period and” were omitted from paragraph (A)(iii) and no dividend has been cashed on these shares or otherwise satisfied by transfer of funds to a bank account.

 

(C)

To give effect to any sale of shares pursuant to this article the board may authorise some person to transfer the shares in question and an instrument of transfer signed by that person shall be as effective as if it had been signed by the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the shares. The purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase moneys nor shall their title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

(D)

The proceeds of sale will be forfeited and will belong to the company and the company will not be liable in any respect to the person who would have been entitled to the shares by law for the proceeds of sale. The company can use the money for such good causes as the directors (in their absolute discretion) decide.

Transmission of Shares

 

42.

Transmission on Death

If a member dies, the survivor or survivors, where that member was a joint holder, and the member’s personal representatives, where the member was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the company as having any title to the member’s shares; but nothing contained in these articles shall release the estate of a deceased holder from any liability in respect of any share held by the deceased holder solely or jointly with other persons.

 

29


43.

Entry of Transmission in Register

Where the entitlement of a person to a certificated share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or of any other event giving rise to its transmission by operation of law is proved to the satisfaction of the board, the board shall within two months after proof cause the entitlement of that person to be noted in the register.

 

44.

Election of Person Entitled by Transmission

Any person entitled by transmission to a share may, subject as provided elsewhere in these articles, elect either to become the holder of the share or to nominate some other person to be registered as the holder. If the entitled person elects to be registered as the holder of the shares, the entitled person shall give notice to the company to that effect. If the entitled person elects to have another person registered and the share is a certificated share, the entitled person shall sign an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. If the entitled person elects to become the holder of the share or have another person registered as the holder and the share is an uncertificated share, the entitled person shall take any action the board may require (including, without limitation, the signing of any document and the giving of any instruction by means of a relevant system) to enable the relevant person to be registered as the holder of the share. The board may at any time require the entitled person to elect either to be registered as the holder or to transfer the share and if the requirements are not complied with within 60 days of being issued the board may withhold payment of all dividends and other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements have been complied with. All the provisions of these articles relating to the transfer of, and registration of transfers of, shares shall apply to the notice or transfer as if the death or bankruptcy of the member or other event giving rise to the transmission had not occurred and the notice or transfer was given or signed by the member.

 

45.

Rights of Person Entitled by Transmission

Where a person becomes entitled by transmission to a share, the rights of the holder in relation to that share shall cease, but the person entitled by transmission to the share may give a good discharge for any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of it and shall have the same rights in relation to the share as the transmittee would have had if the transmittee were the holder of it save that, until the transmittee becomes the holder, the transmittee shall not be entitled in respect of the share (except with the authority of the board) to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any general meeting of the company or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings.

Alteration of Share Capital

 

46.

Sub-division

Any resolution authorising the company to sub-divide its shares or any of them may determine that, as between the shares resulting from the sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage or deferred or other right or be subject to any restriction as compared with the others.

 

30


47.

Fractions

Whenever as a result of a consolidation, consolidation and sub-division or sub-division of shares any holders would become entitled to fractions of a share, the board may deal with the fractions as it thinks fit including by ignoring fractions altogether or by aggregating and selling them or by dealing with them in some other way. For the purposes of effecting any such sale, the board may arrange for the shares representing the fractions to be entered in the register as certificated shares. The board may sell shares representing fractions to any person, including the company and may authorise some person to transfer or deliver the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The person to whom any shares are transferred or delivered shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall the transferee’s title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings relating to the sale.

Notice of General Meetings

 

48.

Convening General Meetings

 

(A)

Subject to article 51, the board shall determine whether a general meeting is to be held as a physical meeting and/or an electronic meeting, and, subject to the legislation, the board may call general meetings whenever and at such times and places as it shall determine.

 

(B)

The board shall specify in the notice (including any notice given by means of a website) calling the general meeting whether the meeting is to be held as a physical meeting and/or an electronic meeting. Such notice shall also specify the time, date and place of the general meeting.

 

49.

Omission or Non-Receipt of Notice

 

(A)

The accidental omission to give any notice of a meeting or the accidental omission to send or supply any document or other information relating to any meeting to, or the non-receipt (even if the company becomes aware of such non-receipt) of any such notice, document or other information by, any person entitled to receive the notice, document or other information shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

(B)

A member present in person or by proxy at a meeting shall be deemed to have received proper notice of that meeting and, where applicable, of the purpose of that meeting.

 

50.

Postponement of General Meetings

 

(A)

If the board, in its absolute discretion, considers that it is impractical or undesirable for any reason to hold a general meeting on the date or at the time or place (or places in the case of a satellite meeting) specified in the notice calling the general meeting, or by means of any electronic facility available for that meeting or if otherwise the board, in its absolute discretion, considers it appropriate to alter any of the other arrangements in relation to a general meeting, it may postpone or move the general meeting to another date, time and/or place (or places in the case of a satellite meeting), or change, cancel or introduce any electronic facility or make other changes or arrangements in respect of the meeting (or do any of these things).

 

31


(B)

The board shall take reasonable steps to ensure that notice of the date, time and place of a rearranged general meeting, and any change to the arrangements made for the use of any electronic facility, is given to any member trying to attend the meeting at the original time and place. Notice of the date, time and place (or places in the case of a satellite meeting) of the rearranged meeting, and details of any electronic facility to be used at, and any other alterations in respect of, that meeting, shall, if practicable, also be published: (i) on the company’s website, and (ii) by means of a regulatory information service, which together shall be deemed to constitute reasonable notice of such postponement. Notice of the business to be transacted at such rearranged meeting shall not be required. If a meeting is rearranged in this way, the appointment of a proxy will be valid if it is received as required by these articles not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the rearranged meeting. The board may also postpone or move the rearranged meeting in accordance with this article.

Proceedings at General Meetings

 

51.

Electronic Meetings and Satellite Meetings

 

(A)

The board may decide to allow persons entitled to attend and participate in a general meeting to do so by simultaneous attendance and participation by means of an electronic facility with no member necessarily in physical attendance at the electronic meeting, and to permit directors or others to attend and speak, and the chair of the meeting to preside, by electronic means. Shareholders present in person or by proxy by means of such electronic facility will be counted in the quorum for, and entitled to participate in, the relevant general meeting.

 

(B)

The board may also decide to let persons entitled to attend and participate in a general meeting do so by simultaneous attendance and participation at a satellite meeting place anywhere in the world (referred to in these articles as a satellite meeting). Shareholders present in person or by proxy at satellite meeting places shall be counted in the quorum for, and entitled to participate in, the relevant general meeting. The satellite meeting will be treated as taking place where the chair of the meeting is at the time of the meeting and the powers of the chair will apply to the satellite meeting.

 

(C)

Any general meeting at which any electronic facility is available and any satellite meeting will be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chair is satisfied that adequate facilities are available to enable all members attending the meeting by whatever means and at all the meeting places to participate in the business for which the meeting has been called. The right of a member to participate in the business of any general meeting shall include, without limitation, the right to speak and be heard, vote on a poll, be represented by a proxy and have access (including, where a member participates via an electronic facility, electronic access) to view all documents which are required by the legislation or these articles to be made available at the meeting. For the purpose of these articles, a person is able to exercise the right to “speak and be heard” at a general meeting when the chair of the meeting is satisfied that arrangements are in place so as to enable that person to communicate to all those attending the meeting, during the meeting, any questions or opinions which that person has on the business of the meeting.

 

(D)

If it appears to the chair of a general meeting that any electronic facility available at the general meeting has become inadequate for the purposes referred to in article 51(C), then the chair may, without the consent of the meeting, interrupt or adjourn the general meeting. All business conducted at that general meeting up to the time of that adjournment shall be valid and the provisions of articles 59 and 60 shall apply to that adjournment.

 

32


(E)

All persons seeking to attend and participate in a general meeting by way of an electronic facility are responsible for having in place the necessary means to enable them to do so. Subject to the right of the chair to adjourn a general meeting under these articles, any inability of a person to attend or participate in a general meeting by means of an electronic facility, or any interruption to a person being so able, shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.

 

(F)

Nothing in these articles prohibits a general meeting being held (i) with a combination of physical and electronic attendance; or (ii) solely at a physical location (or locations in the case of a satellite meeting).

 

52.

Quorum

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business, but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the choice or appointment of a chair of the meeting which shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting. Save as otherwise provided by these articles, two members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes. A shareholder which is a company is to be considered present if it is represented by a duly authorised representative.

 

53.

Procedure if Quorum Not Present

If within five minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chair of the meeting may decide to wait) after the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting a quorum is not present, or if during the meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting:

 

  (i)

if convened by or upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; and

 

  (ii)

in any other case, it shall stand adjourned to such other day (being not less than ten days later, excluding the day on which the meeting is adjourned and the day for which it is reconvened) and at such other time or place as the chair of the meeting may decide. At any adjourned meeting one member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote (whatever the number of shares held by the member) shall be a quorum and any notice of an adjourned meeting shall state that one member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote (whatever the number of shares held by the member) shall be a quorum.

 

54.

Security, Health and Safety and Access Arrangements

 

(A)

The directors or the secretary may take any action and may put in place any arrangements both before and during any meeting that any of them consider appropriate for the:

 

  (i)

health and safety of people attending, and the security of, a meeting;

 

33


  (ii)

proper and orderly conduct of a meeting; or

 

  (iii)

meeting to reflect the wishes of the majority.

 

(B)

This includes, but is not limited to, the power to (i) refuse physical or electronic entry to, or eject (physically or electronically) from meetings (including revoking access to any electronic facility available at a meeting), any person who fails to comply with any arrangements made or any person who in the opinion of the directors or the secretary is acting in a manner that threatens the health, safety and/or security of people attending the meeting and/or the proper and orderly conduct of a meeting; and (ii) limit the number of people who may physically attend a meeting, strictly for the purpose of ensuring the health, safety and/or security of the attendees.

 

(C)

The board may direct that persons wishing to attend any general meeting should submit to such searches or other security arrangements or restrictions (including, without limitation, a requirement that such persons refrain from taking electronic equipment into a general meeting) and/or any other arrangements as the board shall consider appropriate in the circumstances and the board shall be entitled in its absolute discretion to authorise one or more persons to refuse entry to, or to eject from, such general meeting any person who fails to submit to such searches or otherwise to comply with such security or other arrangements or restrictions.

 

(D)

In relation to any electronic meeting, the board or the secretary may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction that is necessary to ensure the identification of those taking part by means of an electronic facility and the security of the electronic facility.

 

55.

Confidential Information

No shareholder at any general meeting is entitled to require disclosure of or any information about any detail of the company’s trading, or any matter that is or may be in the nature of a trade secret, commercial secret or secret process, or that may relate to the conduct of the business of the company, if the directors decide it would be inexpedient in the interests of the company to make that information public.

 

56.

Chair of General Meeting

The chair (if any) of the board shall preside as chair at every general meeting. If there is no chair, or if at any meeting the chair is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting, or if the chair is not willing to act as chair, the directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one director only is present that director shall preside as chair of the meeting if willing to act. If no director is present, or if each of the directors present declines to take the chair, the persons present and entitled to vote shall appoint one of their number to be chair of the meeting. Nothing in these articles shall restrict or exclude any of the powers or rights of a chair of a meeting which are given by law.

 

34


57.

Orderly Conduct

 

  (A)

The chair of the meeting shall take such action or give directions for such action to be taken as the chair thinks fit to promote the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting. The chair’s decision on points of order, matters of procedure or arising incidentally from the business of the meeting shall be final as shall be their determination as to whether any point or matter is of such a nature.

 

  (B)

The directors may arrange for any people who they consider cannot be seated in the main meeting room to attend and take part in a general meeting in an overflow room or rooms. Any overflow room will have a live video link from the main room, and a two-way sound link. The notice of the meeting does not have to give details of any arrangements under this article. The directors may decide how to divide people between the main room and any overflow room. If any overflow room is used, the meeting will be treated as being held, and taking place, in the main room.

 

58.

Entitlement to Attend and Speak

Each director shall be entitled to attend and speak (including by means of an electronic facility made available in accordance with article 51) at any general meeting of the company. The chair of the meeting may invite any person to attend and speak at any general meeting of the company where the chair considers that this will assist in the deliberations of the meeting.

 

59.

Adjournments

 

(A)

The chair of the meeting may at any time without the consent of the meeting adjourn any meeting (whether or not it has commenced or a quorum is present) either to a later time on the same day or to another time or place where it appears to the chair that:

 

  (i)

the members entitled to vote and wishing to attend cannot be conveniently accommodated in the place appointed for the meeting;

 

  (ii)

the conduct of persons present prevents or is likely to prevent the orderly continuation of business;

 

  (iii)

in relation to an electronic meeting, the electronic facility or arrangements for that meeting become inadequate for the purpose of ensuring that members can participate properly and in an orderly and secure way; or

 

  (iv)

an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

 

(B)

In addition, the chair of the meeting may, at any time with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place or for an indefinite period. When a meeting is adjourned for an indefinite period and without specifying a place for the adjourned meeting, the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the board. No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. Any meeting may be adjourned more than once.

 

35


60.

Notice of Adjournment

If the continuation of an adjourned meeting is to take place three months or more after it was adjourned or if business is to be transacted at an adjourned meeting the general nature of which was not stated in the notice of the original meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Except as provided in this article, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

Amendments

 

61.

Amendments to Resolutions

In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution no amendment thereto (other than an amendment to correct a patent error) may be considered or voted upon and in the case of a resolution duly proposed as an ordinary resolution no amendment thereto (other than an amendment to correct a patent error) may be considered or voted upon unless either at least 48 hours (excluding any part of a day that is not a business day) prior to the date appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which such ordinary resolution is to be proposed notice in writing of the terms of the amendment and intention to move the same has been received by the company at its office or the chair of the meeting in their absolute discretion decides that it may be considered or voted upon. With the consent of the chair of the meeting, an amendment may be withdrawn by its proposer before it is put to the vote.

 

62.

Amendments Ruled Out of Order

If an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration but shall be ruled out of order by the chair of the meeting the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

Voting

 

63.

Votes of Members

Subject to any special terms as to voting upon which any shares may be issued or may at the relevant time be held and to any other provisions of these articles (including, with respect to Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares, article 144), members shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting as provided in the legislation.

 

64.

Method of Voting

At any general meeting, including any electronic meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll, which shall be taken in such manner as the chair of the meeting shall direct, including by means of electronic vote casters. On a poll taken at a general meeting, every eligible member present (in person or by their duly appointed proxy) and entitled to vote on the resolution shall have one vote in respect of each share held by the relevant member. The result of the vote shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the vote was demanded. A vote to elect the chair of the meeting or to adjourn the meeting must be taken immediately at the meeting. Any other vote may be taken at any other time (within 30 days of the meeting) and place (including by means of any electronic facility) determined by the chair. The chair can appoint scrutineers (who need not be shareholders) and set a day, time and place for the result of the poll to be declared.

 

36


65.

Votes of Joint Holders

In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and, for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register in respect of the joint holding.

 

66.

Voting on Behalf of Incapable Member

A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any competent court or official on the ground that the member is or may be suffering from a mental disorder or is otherwise incapable of managing the member’s affairs may vote at any general meeting of the company and may exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings by or through any person authorised in such circumstances to do so on the member’s behalf (and that person may vote by proxy), provided that evidence to the satisfaction of the board of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote or such other right has been received by the company not later than the last time at which appointments of proxy should have been received in order to be valid for use at that meeting or on the holding of that poll.

 

67.

No Right to Vote where Sums Overdue on Shares

No member shall, unless the board otherwise decides, be entitled in respect of any share held by them to attend or vote (either personally or by proxy) at any general meeting of the company or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings unless all calls or other sums presently payable by the member in respect of that share have been paid.

 

68.

Objections or Errors in Voting

 

(A)

If:

 

  (i)

any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

 

  (ii)

any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 

  (iii)

any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted,

the objection or error shall not invalidate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting or poll on any resolution unless it is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting or poll at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chair of the meeting and shall only invalidate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chair decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chair on such matters shall be conclusive.

 

37


(B)

The company shall not be obliged to ascertain whether a proxy or company representative has voted in accordance with a member’s instructions and the failure of a proxy or company representative so to do shall not invalidate the decisions of the meeting or adjourned meeting or poll on any resolution.

Approved Depositaries

 

69.

Meaning of Approved Depositary

 

(A)

In these articles, unless the context otherwise requires, “Approved Depositary” means a person approved by the board and appointed:

 

  (i)

to hold the company’s shares (or any class of them) or any rights or interests in any of the company’s shares (or any class of them); and

 

  (ii)

to issue securities, documents of title or other documents which evidence that the holder of them owns or is entitled to receive the shares, rights or interests held by the Approved Depository,

and shall include a nominee acting for a person appointed to do these things.

 

(B)

The trustees of any scheme or arrangements for or principally for the benefit of employees of the company and its associated companies will be deemed to be an Approved Depositary for the purposes of these articles unless the board resolves otherwise.

 

(C)

References in these articles to an Approved Depositary or to shares held by it refer only to an Approved Depositary and to its shares held in its capacity as an Approved Depositary.

 

70.

Appointment of Approved Depositaries

Subject to these articles and to applicable law, an Approved Depositary may appoint as its proxy or proxies in relation to any Ordinary Shares which it holds, anyone it thinks fit and may determine the manner and terms of any such appointment. Each appointment must state the number and class of shares to which it relates and the total number of shares of each class in respect of which appointments exist at any one time, which must not exceed the total number of shares of each such class registered in the name of the Approved Depositary or its nominee (the “Depositary Shares”) at that time.

 

71.

Register of Approved Depositaries

 

(A)

The Approved Depositary must keep a register (the “Proxy Register”) of each person it has appointed as a proxy under article 73 (an “Appointed Proxy”) and the number of Depositary Shares (the “Appointed Number”) to which the appointment relates. The directors will determine the requisite information to be recorded in the Proxy Register relating to each Appointed Proxy.

 

38


(B)

Any person authorised by the company may inspect the Proxy Register during usual business hours and the Approved Depositary will give such person any information which they request as to the contents of the Proxy Register.

 

72.

Approved Depositaries’ Attendance at General Meetings

 

(A)

An Appointed Proxy may only attend a general meeting if the Appointed Proxy provides the company with written evidence of their appointment as such. This must be in a form agreed between the directors and the Approved Depositary.

 

(B)

Subject to applicable law and to these articles, and so long as the Approved Depositary or a nominee of the Approved Depositary holds at least its Appointed Number of shares, an Appointed Proxy is entitled to attend a general meeting which holders of that class of shares are entitled to attend, and the Approved Depositary is entitled to the same rights, and subject to the same obligations, in relation to its Appointed Number of Depositary Shares as if the Approved Depositary had been validly appointed in accordance with articles 75 to 79 by the registered holder of these shares as its proxy in relation to those shares.

 

73.

Proxies of Approved Depositaries

An Appointed Proxy may appoint another person as its proxy for its Appointed Number of Depositary Shares, provided the appointment is made and deposited in accordance with articles 75 to 79. These articles apply to that appointment and to the person so appointed as though those Depositary Shares were registered in the name of the Appointed Proxy and the appointment was made by the Appointed Proxy in that capacity. The directors may require such evidence as they think appropriate to decide that such appointment is effective.

 

74.

Identifying Appointed Proxies

 

(A)

For the purposes of determining who is entitled as an Appointed Proxy to exercise the rights conferred by articles 72 and 73 and the number of Depositary Shares in respect of which a person is to be treated as having been appointed as an Appointed Proxy for these purposes, the Approved Depositary may decide that the Appointed Proxies who are so entitled are the persons entered in the Proxy Register at a time and on a date (a “Record Time”) agreed between the Approved Depositary and the company.

 

(B)

When a Record Date is decided for a particular purpose:

 

  (i)

an Appointed Proxy is to be treated as having been appointed for that purpose for the number and class of shares appearing against the Appointed Proxy’s name in the Proxy Register as at the Record Time; and

 

  (ii)

changes to entries in the Proxy Register after the Record Time will be ignored for this purpose.

 

39


(C)

Except for recognising the rights given in relation to general meetings by appointments made by Appointed Proxies pursuant to article 73, the company is entitled to treat any person entered in the Proxy Register as an Appointed Proxy as the only person (other than the Approved Depositary) who has any interest in the Depositary Shares in respect of which the Appointed Proxy has been appointed.

 

(D)

At a general meeting the chair has the final decision as to whether any person (other than an Approved Depositary) has the right to vote or exercise any other right relating to any Depositary Shares. In any other situation, the directors have the final decision as to whether any person (other than an Approved Depositary) has the right to exercise any right relating to any Depositary Shares.

Proxies

 

75.

Appointment of Proxies

 

(A)

A member may, in accordance with the legislation, appoint another person as his/her proxy to exercise all (or any) of his/her rights to attend and to speak and to vote (both on a show of hands and on a poll) at a general meeting of the company on:

 

  (i)

a resolution;

 

  (ii)

an amendment to a resolution; and/or

 

  (iii)

any other business arising at a general meeting of the company.

Unless the contrary is stated in any instrument appointing a proxy, the appointment of a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to exercise all such rights as the proxy thinks fit.

 

(B)

The appointment of a proxy shall be in writing signed by the appointor or the appointor’s duly authorised attorney or, if the appointor is a corporation, shall either be executed under its seal or signed by an officer, attorney or other person duly authorised to sign it. If a member appoints more than one proxy and the proxy forms appointing those proxies would give those proxies the apparent right to exercise votes on behalf of the member in a general meeting over more shares than are held by the member, then each of those proxy forms will be invalid and none of the proxies so appointed will be entitled to attend, speak or vote at the relevant general meeting.

 

76.

Receipt of Proxies

 

(A)

The appointment of a proxy must:

 

  (i)

in the case of an appointment made in hard copy form, be received at the office (or such other place in the United Kingdom or in the United States as may be specified by the company for the receipt of appointments of proxy in hard copy form) not less than 48 hours (or such shorter time as the board may determine) before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote together with (if required by the board) any authority under which it is made or a copy of the authority, certified notarially or in accordance with the Powers of Attorney Act 1971 or in some other manner approved by the board;

 

40


  (ii)

in the case of an appointment made by electronic means, be received at the address specified by the company for the receipt of appointments of proxy by electronic means not less than 48 hours (or such shorter time as the board may determine) before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote. Any authority pursuant to which such an appointment is made or a copy of the authority, certified notarially or in accordance with the Powers of Attorney Act 1971 or in some other manner approved by the board, must, if required by the board, be received at such address or at the office (or such other place in the United Kingdom or in the United States as may be specified by the company for the receipt of such documents) not less than 48 hours (or such shorter time as the board may determine) before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote;

 

  (iii)

in the case of an appointment delivered by an Approved Depositary (except in respect of a proxy appointed in accordance with article 70) be delivered to the appropriate place referred to in paragraph (A)(i) or (ii) above, as appropriate, depending on whether the appointment is made in hard copy or electronic form;

 

  (iv)

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be received as aforesaid not less than 24 hours (or such shorter time as the board may determine) before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; and

 

  (v)

in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting but not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be received as aforesaid before the end of the meeting at which it was demanded (or at such later time as the board may determine),

and an appointment of a proxy which is not, or in respect of which the authority or copy thereof is not, received in a manner so permitted shall be invalid. When two or more valid but differing appointments of a proxy are received in respect of the same share for use at the same meeting or poll, the one which is last received (regardless of its date or of the date of its signature) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the others as regards that share; if the company is unable to determine which was last received, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that share. The appointment of a proxy shall not preclude a member from attending and voting in person at the meeting or poll concerned. The proceedings at a general meeting shall not be invalidated where an appointment of a proxy in respect of that meeting is sent in electronic form as provided in these articles, but because of a technical problem it cannot be read by the recipient.

 

(B)

The board may at its discretion determine that in calculating the periods mentioned in this article no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a business day.

 

41


77.

Maximum Validity of Proxy

No appointment of a proxy shall be valid after 12 months have elapsed from the date of its receipt save that, unless the contrary is stated in it, an appointment of a proxy shall be valid for use at an adjourned meeting or vote after a meeting or an adjourned meeting even after 12 months, if it was valid for the original meeting.

 

78.

Form of Proxy

The appointment of a proxy shall be in any usual form or in such other form as the board may approve. The appointment of a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to, or any other business which may properly come before, the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The appointment of a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated in it, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

79.

Cancellation of Proxy’s Authority

A vote given by a proxy or by the duly authorised company representative shall be valid notwithstanding the previous determination of the authority of the person voting, unless notice in writing of the determination was received by the company at the office (or such other place or address as was specified by the company for the receipt of appointments of proxy) not later than the last time at which an appointment of a proxy should have been received in order to be valid for use at the meeting at which the vote was given.

 

80.

Corporate Representatives

In accordance with the legislation, a corporation which is a member of the company may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the company.

Class Meetings

 

81.

Separate General Meetings

The provisions of these articles relating to general meetings shall apply, with any necessary modifications to any separate general meeting of the holders of shares of a class convened otherwise than in connection with the variation or abrogation of the rights attached to the shares of that class. For this purpose, a general meeting at which no holder of a share other than an Ordinary Share may, in their capacity as a member, attend or vote shall also constitute a separate general meeting of the holders of the Ordinary Shares.

Appointment, Retirement and Removal of Directors

 

82.

Number of Directors

Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of the company, the directors (disregarding alternate directors) shall be not less than two nor more than 16 in number.

 

42


83.

Directors’ Shareholding Qualification

No shareholding qualification for directors shall be required.

 

84.

Election of Directors

Subject to the provisions of these articles, the company may by ordinary resolution elect any person who is willing to act to be a director, and is permitted by law to do so, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing board, but so that the total number of directors shall not at any time exceed any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these articles. Nothing in these articles shall be read so as to be inconsistent with any provision of the legislation concerning the election of independent directors at any time when the company has a controlling shareholder.

 

85.

Power of Board to Appoint Directors

Subject to the provisions of these articles, the board may appoint any person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing board, but so that the total number of directors shall not at any time exceed any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these articles. Any director so appointed shall retire at the next annual general meeting and shall then be eligible for re-appointment.

 

86.

Annual Retirement of Directors

At every annual general meeting each of the directors at the date of the notice convening such annual general meeting shall retire from office and may offer themselves for re-appointment by the members.

 

87.

Filling Vacancies

Subject to the provisions of these articles, at the meeting at which a director retires the company can pass an ordinary resolution to re-appoint the director or to elect some other eligible person in their place.

 

88.

Power of Removal by Special Resolution

In addition to any power of removal conferred by the legislation, the company may by special resolution remove any director before the expiration of their period of office and may (subject to these articles) by ordinary resolution appoint another person who is willing to act to be a director in their place.

 

89.

Persons Eligible as Directors

No person other than a director retiring at the meeting shall be appointed or re-appointed a director at any general meeting unless:

 

  (i)

that person is recommended by the board; or

 

43


  (ii)

not less than seven nor more than 42 days before the day appointed for the meeting, notice in writing by a member qualified to vote at the meeting (not being the person to be proposed) has been given to the secretary of the intention to propose that person for appointment or re-appointment together with confirmation in writing by that person of their willingness to be appointed or re-appointed.

 

90.

Position of Retiring Directors

A director who retires at an annual general meeting may, if willing to continue to act, be re-appointed. If the director is re-appointed they are treated as continuing in office throughout. If the director is not re-appointed, they shall retain office until the end of the meeting or (if earlier) when a resolution is passed to appoint someone in the director’s place or when a resolution to re-appoint the director is put to the meeting and lost.

 

91.

Vacation of Office by Directors

 

(A)

Without prejudice to the provisions for retirement contained in these articles, the office of a director shall be vacated if:

 

  (i)

the director resigns their office by notice in writing sent to or received at the office or at an address specified by the company for the purposes of communication by electronic means or tendered at a meeting of the board; or

 

  (ii)

by notice in writing sent to or received at the office or at an address specified by the company for the purposes of communication by electronic means or tendered at a meeting of the board, the director offers to resign and the board resolves to accept such offer; or

 

  (iii)

by notice in writing sent to or received at the office or at an address specified by the company for the purposes of communication by electronic means or tendered at a meeting of the board, the director’s resignation is requested by all of the other directors and all of the other directors are not less than three in number; or

 

  (iv)

the director is or has been suffering from mental or physical ill health and the board resolves that the director’s office is vacated; or

 

  (v)

the director is absent without the permission of the board from meetings of the board (whether or not an alternate director appointed by the director attends) for six consecutive months and the board resolves that the director’s office is vacated; or

 

  (vi)

the director becomes bankrupt or compounds with their creditors generally; or

 

  (vii)

the director is prohibited by law from being a director; or

 

  (viii)

the director ceases to be a director by virtue of the legislation or is removed from office pursuant to these articles.

 

(B)

If the office of a director is vacated for any reason, the relevant director shall cease to be a member of any committee or sub-committee of the board.

 

44


92.

Alternate Directors

 

(A)

Each director may appoint any person to be their alternate and may at the director’s discretion remove an alternate director so appointed. If the alternate director is not already a director, the appointment, unless previously approved by the board, shall have effect only upon and subject to its being so approved. Any appointment or removal of an alternate director shall be effected by notice in writing signed by the appointor and sent to or received at the office or at an address specified by the company for the purpose of communication by electronic means or tendered at a meeting of the board, or in any other manner approved by the board. An alternate director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the board or of committees of the board of which the alternate’s appointor is a member. The alternate director shall also be entitled to attend and vote as a director at any such meeting at which the director appointing the alternate is not personally present and at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers, rights and duties of the appointor as a director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these articles shall apply as if the alternate were a director. Alternate directors shall be liable for their own acts and omissions and shall not be deemed to be agents of their appointors.

 

(B)

Every person acting as an alternate director shall (except as regards power to appoint an alternate and remuneration) be subject in all respects to the provisions of these articles relating to directors and shall during their appointment be an officer of the company. An alternate director shall alone be responsible to the company for their acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the director appointing the alternate director. An alternate director may be paid expenses and shall be entitled to be indemnified by the company to the same extent as if the alternate were a director. An alternate director shall not be entitled to receive from the company any fee in their capacity as an alternate director but the company shall, if so requested in writing by the appointor, pay to the alternate director any part of the fees or remuneration otherwise due to the appointor.

 

(C)

A director or any other person may act as an alternate director to represent more than one director. Every person acting as an alternate director shall have one vote for each director for whom the appointee acts as alternate, in addition to the alternate’s own vote if they are also a director but the alternate shall count as only one for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. Signature by an alternate director of any resolution in writing of the board or a committee of the board shall, unless the notice of the alternate’s appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as signature by the appointor.

 

(D)

An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director:

 

  (i)

if their appointor ceases for any reason to be a director except that, if at any meeting any director retires but is re-appointed at the same meeting, any appointment made by such director pursuant to this article which was in force immediately before their retirement shall remain in force as though the relevant director had not retired; or

 

  (ii)

on the happening of any event which if the alternate were a director would cause such person to vacate such person’s office as director; or

 

45


  (iii)

if the alternate resigns their office by notice in writing to the company.

 

93.

Executive Directors

The board (or any committee authorised by the board to do so) may from time to time appoint one or more directors to hold any employment or executive office with the company for such period and upon such other terms as the board (or any such committee) may in its discretion decide and may revoke or terminate any appointment so made. Any revocation or termination of the appointment shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that the director may have against the company or the company may have against the director for any breach of any contract of service between the director and the company which may be involved in the revocation or termination. A director so appointed shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the board or any committee authorised by the board may decide, and either in addition to or in lieu of their remuneration as a director.

Fees, Remuneration, Expenses and Pensions

 

94.

Directors’ Fees

 

(A)

Each of the directors shall be paid a fee at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the board, provided that the aggregate of all fees so paid to directors (excluding amounts payable under any other provision of these articles) shall not exceed the higher of:

 

  (i)

£2.5 million a year; and

 

  (ii)

any higher amount as the company may by ordinary resolution decide,

and these fees can be satisfied in cash or in any other form.

 

(B)

If the directors decide to satisfy any of these fees in shares or in any other non-cash form, the value of the shares or other assets to be counted towards this limit will be their value at the time the entitlement to them is first allocated, or provisionally allocated, to the director. This value will be taken into account for the purpose of the limit in the year in which the entitlement is first allocated, or provisionally allocated, and not in any later year when the fees, shares or other assets are actually paid or delivered to the director. This paragraph applies even if:

 

  (i)

the director’s entitlement to the fees, or to receive the assets, is subject to conditions which will, or may, be fulfilled at a later time;

 

  (ii)

the fees, shares or other assets are to be, or may be, paid or delivered to the director at a later time or the director elects, agrees or is required to receive the cash equivalent of the shares or other assets as determined by reference to their value at such later time; or

 

  (iii)

the company has not paid for the relevant shares or other assets at the time the director first becomes, or becomes provisionally, entitled to them, and their value subsequently changes.

 

46


(C)

Unless an ordinary resolution is passed saying otherwise, the fees will be divided between some or all of the directors in the way that they decide. If they fail to decide, the fees will be shared equally by the directors, except that any director holding office as a director for only part of the period covered by the fee is only entitled to a pro rata share covering that part period.

 

95.

Additional Remuneration

 

(A)

The directors can award special pay to any director who:

 

  (i)

holds any executive post;

 

  (ii)

acts as chair;

 

  (iii)

acts as senior independent director;

 

  (iv)

is chair of, or serves on, any committee of the directors;

 

  (v)

participates in any special projects approved by the board in accordance with the directors’ remuneration policy in effect from time to time; or

 

  (vi)

performs any other services which the directors consider to extend beyond the ordinary duties of a director.

 

(B)

The directors may determine that special pay can take the form of salary, commission, participation in profits, or can be paid in any other way.

 

96.

Expenses

 

(A)

Each director may be paid their reasonable travelling, hotel and incidental expenses of attending and returning from meetings of the board or committees of the board or general meetings of the company or any other meeting which as a director they are entitled to attend and shall be paid all other costs and expenses properly and reasonably incurred by them in the conduct of the company’s business or in the discharge of their duties as a director. The company may also fund a director’s or former director’s expenditure for the purposes permitted under the legislation and may do anything to enable a director or former director of the company to avoid incurring such expenditure as provided in the legislation.

 

(B)

The directors can award extra pay to any director who, at the request of the directors, performs special services or lives abroad for any purposes of the company.

 

97.

Pensions and Gratuities for Directors

The board or any committee authorised by the board may exercise all the powers of the company to provide benefits, either by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or in any other manner whether similar to the foregoing or not, for any director or former director or the relations, or dependants of, or persons connected to, any director or former director, provided that no benefits (except such as may be provided for by any other article) may be granted to or in respect of a director or former director who has not

 

47


been employed by, or held an executive office or place of profit under, the company or any body corporate which is or has been its subsidiary undertaking or any predecessor in business of the company or any such body corporate without the approval of an ordinary resolution of the company. No director or former director shall be accountable to the company or the members for any benefit provided pursuant to this article and the receipt of any such benefit shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a director of the company.

Directors’ Interests

 

98.

Conflicts of interest requiring board authorisation

 

(A)

The board may, subject to the quorum and voting requirements set out in this article, authorise any matter which would otherwise involve a director breaching their duty under the legislation to avoid conflicts of interest (“Conflict”).

 

(B)

A director seeking authorisation in respect of a Conflict shall declare to the board the nature and extent of their interest in a Conflict as soon as is reasonably practicable. The director shall provide the board with such details of the relevant matter as are necessary for the board to decide how to address the Conflict together with such additional information as may be requested by the board.

 

(C)

Any director (including the relevant director) may propose that the relevant director be authorised in relation to any matter the subject of a Conflict. Such proposal and any authority given by the board shall be effected in the same way that any other matter may be proposed to and resolved upon by the board under the provisions of these articles save that:

 

  (i)

the relevant director and any other director with a similar interest shall not count towards the quorum nor vote on any resolution giving such authority; and

 

  (ii)

the relevant director and any other director with a similar interest may, if the other members of the board so decide, be excluded from any board meeting while the Conflict is under consideration.

 

(D)

Where the board gives authority in relation to a Conflict, or where any of the situations described in article 99(B) apply in relation to a director (“Relevant Situation”):

 

  (i)

the board may (whether at the relevant time or subsequently) (a) require that the relevant director is excluded from the receipt of information, the participation in discussion and/or the making of decisions (whether at meetings of the board or otherwise) related to the Conflict or Relevant Situation; and (b) impose upon the relevant director such other terms for the purpose of dealing with the Conflict or Relevant Situation as it may determine;

 

  (ii)

the relevant director will be obliged to conduct themselves in accordance with any terms imposed by the board in relation to the Conflict or Relevant Situation;

 

48


  (iii)

the board may provide that where the relevant director obtains (otherwise than through their position as a director of the company) information that is confidential to a third party, the director will not be obliged to disclose that information to the company, or to use or apply the information in relation to the company’s affairs, where to do so would amount to a breach of that confidence;

 

  (iv)

the terms of the authority shall be recorded in writing (but the authority shall be effective whether or not the terms are so recorded); and

 

  (v)

the board may revoke or vary such authority at any time but this will not affect anything done by the relevant director prior to such revocation in accordance with the terms of such authority.

 

99.

Other conflicts of interest

 

(A)

If a director is in any way directly or indirectly interested in a proposed contract with the company or a contract that has been entered into by the company, that director must declare the nature and extent of that interest to the directors in accordance with the legislation.

 

(B)

Provided the relevant director has declared their interest in accordance with paragraph (A), a director may:

 

  (i)

be party to, or otherwise interested in, any contract with the company or in which the company has a direct or indirect interest;

 

  (ii)

hold any other office or place of profit with the company (except that of auditor) in conjunction with the director’s office as a director for such period and upon such terms, including as to remuneration, as the board may decide;

 

  (iii)

act as an individual or through a firm with which the director is associated in a professional capacity for the company or any other company in which the company may be interested (otherwise than as auditor);

 

  (iv)

be or become a director or other officer of, or employed by or otherwise be interested in any holding company or subsidiary company of the company or any other company in which the company may be interested; and

 

  (v)

be or become a director of any other company in which the company does not have an interest and which cannot reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest at the time of the director’s appointment as a director of that other company.

 

100.

Benefits

Directors shall not, by reason of their office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established, be liable to account to the company or the members for any remuneration, profit or other benefit realised by reason of the director’s having any type of interest authorised under article 98(A) or permitted under article 99(B) and no contract shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of a director having any type of interest authorised under article 98(A) or permitted under article 99(B).

 

49


101.

Quorum and voting requirements

 

(A)

A director shall not vote on or be counted in the quorum in relation to any resolution of the board concerning their own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of their own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with the company or any other company in which the company is interested.

 

(B)

Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of the appointment, of two or more directors to offices or places of profit with the company or any other company in which the company is interested, a separate resolution may be put in relation to each director and in that case each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution unless it concerns their own appointment or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of their own appointment or the appointment of another director to an office or place of profit with a company in which the company is interested and the director seeking to vote or be counted in the quorum has a Relevant Interest in it.

 

(C)

A director shall not vote on, or be counted in the quorum in relation to, any resolution of the board in respect of any contract in which that director has an interest and, if that director shall do so, that director’s vote shall not be counted, but this prohibition shall not apply to any resolution where that interest cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest or where that interest arises only from one or more of the following matters:

 

  (i)

the giving to the director of any guarantee, indemnity or security in respect of money lent or obligations undertaken by the director or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of the company or any of its subsidiary undertakings;

 

  (ii)

the giving to a third party of any guarantee, indemnity or security in respect of a debt or obligation of the company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which the director has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

  (iii)

the giving to the director of any other indemnity where all other directors are also being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms;

 

  (iv)

the funding by the company of the director’s expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by the company of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements;

 

  (v)

where the company or any of its subsidiary undertakings is offering securities in which offer the director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which the director is to participate;

 

  (vi)

any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director’s interest in shares or debentures or other securities of the company or by reason of any other interest in or through the company;

 

50


  (vii)

any contract concerning any other company (not being a company in which the director has a Relevant Interest) in which the director is interested directly or indirectly whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor or otherwise howsoever;

 

  (viii)

any contract concerning the adoption, modification or operation of a pension fund, superannuation or similar scheme or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme or employees’ share scheme which relates both to directors and employees of the company or of any of its subsidiary undertakings and does not provide in respect of any director as such any privilege or advantage not accorded to the employees to which the fund or scheme relates;

 

  (ix)

any contract for the benefit of employees of the company or of any of its subsidiary undertakings under which the director benefits in a similar manner to the employees and which does not accord to any director as such any privilege or advantage not accorded to the employees to whom the contract relates; and

 

  (x)

any contract for the purchase or maintenance of insurance against any liability for, or for the benefit of, any director or directors or for, or for the benefit of, persons who include directors.

 

(D)

A company shall be deemed to be one in which a director has a “Relevant Interest” if and so long as (but only if and so long as) the director is to their knowledge (either directly or indirectly) the holder of or beneficially interested in one per cent. or more of any class of the equity share capital of that company (calculated exclusive of any shares of that class in that company held as treasury shares) or of the voting rights available to members of that company. In relation to an alternate director, an interest of the alternate’s appointor shall be treated as an interest of the alternate director without prejudice to any interest which the alternate director has otherwise.

 

(E)

Where a company in which a director has a Relevant Interest is interested in a contract, that director shall also be deemed interested in that contract.

 

(F)

If any question shall arise at any meeting of the board as to the interest of a director (other than the chair of the meeting) in a contract and whether it is likely to give rise to a conflict of interest or as to the entitlement of any director (other than the chair of the meeting) to vote or be counted in the quorum and the question is not resolved by the director voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting or not to be counted in the quorum, the question shall be referred to the chair of the meeting and the chair’s ruling in relation to the director concerned shall be conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the director’s interest (so far as it is known to the director) has not been fairly disclosed to the board. If any question shall arise in respect of the chair of the meeting, the question shall be decided by a resolution of the board (for which purpose the chair of the meeting shall be counted in the quorum but shall not vote on the matter) and the resolution shall be conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the chair of the meeting (so far as it is known to the chair) has not been fairly disclosed to the board.

 

(G)

Subject to these articles, the board may also cause any voting power conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the company or any power of appointment to be exercised in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit, including the exercise of the voting power or power of appointment in favour of the appointment of the directors or any of them as directors or officers of the other company, or in favour of the payment of remuneration to the directors or officers of the other company. Subject to these articles, a director may also vote on and be counted in the quorum in relation to any of such matters.

 

51


102.

General

 

(A)

References in articles 98 to 101 to:

 

  (i)

a contract include references to any proposed contract and to any transaction or arrangement or proposed transaction or arrangement whether or not constituting a contract; and

 

  (ii)

a conflict of interest include a conflict of interest and duty and a conflict of duties.

 

(B)

The company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax the provisions of articles 97 to 100 to any extent or ratify any contract not properly authorised by reason of a contravention of any of the provisions of articles 98 to 101.

Powers and Duties of the Board

 

103.

General Powers of Company Vested in Board

Subject to the these articles and to any directions given by the company in general meeting by special resolution, the business of the company shall be managed by the board which may exercise all the powers of the company whether relating to the management of the business of the company or not. No alteration of these articles and no special resolution shall invalidate any prior act of the board which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that resolution had not been passed. The powers given by this article shall not be limited by any special power given to the board by any other article.

 

104.

Borrowing Powers

The board may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, to guarantee, to indemnify, to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the company, to issue debentures and other securities and to give security, whether outright or as collateral security, for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

 

105.

Agents

 

(A)

The board can appoint anyone as the company’s attorney by granting a power of attorney or by authorising them in some other way. Attorneys can either be appointed directly by the board or the board can give someone else the power to select attorneys. The board or the persons who are authorised by it to select attorneys can decide on the purposes, powers, authorities and discretions of attorneys. But they cannot give an attorney any power, authority or discretion which the board does not have under these articles.

 

52


(B)

The board can decide how long a power of attorney will last for and attach any conditions to it. The power of attorney can include any provisions which the board decides on for the protection and convenience of anybody dealing with the attorney. The power of attorney can allow the attorney to grant any or all of their power, authority or discretion to any other person.

 

(C)

The board can:

 

  (i)

delegate any of its authority, powers or discretions to any manager, committee (in accordance with article 116) or agent of the company;

 

  (ii)

allow managers or agents to delegate to another person;

 

  (iii)

remove any people it has appointed in any of these ways; and

 

  (iv)

cancel or change anything that it has delegated, although this will not affect anybody who acts in good faith who has not had any notice of any cancellation or change.

 

(D)

Any appointment or delegation by the board which is referred to in this article can be on any conditions decided on by the board.

 

(E)

The ability of the board to delegate under this article applies to all its powers and is not limited because certain articles refer to powers being exercised by the board or by a committee authorised by the board while other articles do not.

 

106.

Delegation to Individual Directors

The board may entrust to and confer upon any director any of its powers, authorities and discretions (with power to sub-delegate) upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, authorities and discretions and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of them but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of the revocation or variation shall be affected by it. The power to delegate contained in this article shall be effective in relation to the powers, authorities and discretions of the board generally and shall not be limited by the fact that in certain articles, but not in others, express reference is made to particular powers, authorities or discretions being exercised by the board or by a committee authorised by the board.

 

107.

Registers

The company may keep an overseas or local or other register in any place and the board may make and vary such regulations as it may think fit respecting the keeping of the register.

 

108.

Provision for Employees

The board may exercise any power conferred by the legislation to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the company or that subsidiary.

 

53


Proceedings of the Board

 

109.

Board Meetings

The board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it thinks fit. A director at any time may, and the secretary on the requisition of a director at any time shall, summon a board meeting.

 

110.

Notice of Board Meetings

 

(A)

Notice of a board meeting shall be deemed to be properly given to a director if it is given to the director personally or by word of mouth or by electronic means to an address or electronic address given by the director to the company for that purpose or sent to them in hard copy form at their last known address or any other address given by the director to the company for this purpose. A director may waive their entitlement to notice of any meeting either prospectively or retrospectively and any retrospective waiver shall not affect the validity of the meeting or of any business conducted at the meeting.

 

(B)

A director who is absent or intending to be absent from the United Kingdom may request that notices of board meetings during their absence be sent to them in hard copy or by electronic means to an address or electronic address given by them to the company for that purpose. If no request is made (and/or if no such non-United Kingdom address is given) it is not necessary to give notice of a board meeting to a director who is absent from the United Kingdom.

 

111.

Quorum

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the board may be fixed by the board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be two. Subject to the provisions of these articles, any director who ceases to be a director at a board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of the board meeting if no other director objects and if otherwise a quorum of directors would not be present.

 

112.

Directors below Minimum through Vacancies

The continuing directors or a sole continuing director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their number but, if and so long as the number of directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these articles or is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these articles as the quorum or there is only one continuing director, the continuing directors or director may act for the purpose of filling vacancies or of summoning general meetings of the company but not for any other purpose. If there are no directors or director able or willing to act, then any two members (excluding any member holding shares as treasury shares) may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing directors.

 

54


113.

Appointment of Chair

The board may appoint a director to be the chair of the board, and may at any time remove any person so appointed from that office. The chair of the board shall act as chair at every meeting of the board. If no chair of the board is appointed, or if at any meeting the chair is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the directors present may choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting.

 

114.

Competence of Meetings

A meeting of the board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the board.

 

115.

Voting

 

(A)

Questions arising at any board meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes the chair of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote.

 

(B)

In respect of any question arising at any board meeting, a director who is also an alternate director has, in addition to their own vote, one vote in respect of each appointor who:

 

  (i)

is not participating in the relevant directors’ meeting; and

 

  (ii)

would have been entitled to vote on the question if the appointor were participating in the meeting.

 

116.

Delegation to Committees

 

(A)

The board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions (with power to sub-delegate) to any committee, consisting of such person or persons (whether a member or members of its body or not) as it thinks fit. References in these articles to committees include sub-committees permitted under this article.

 

(B)

Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the board. The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the board.

 

(C)

The power to delegate contained in this article shall be effective in relation to the powers, authorities and discretions of the board generally and shall not be limited by the fact that in certain articles, but not in others, express reference is made to particular powers, authorities or discretions being exercised by the board or by a committee authorised by the board.

 

55


117.

Participation in Meetings

 

(A)

All or any of the members of the board may participate in a meeting of the board by means of a conference telephone or any other (including electronic) means which allows all persons participating in the meeting to speak to and hear each other or by a series of telephone calls from the chair of the meeting. A person so participating shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote and be counted in a quorum accordingly. Any such meeting will be treated as taking place where the chair is located.

 

(B)

A meeting of the board held electronically, or by a combination of in-person and electronic attendance, is deemed to take place at the place where the largest number of participating directors is assembled or, if the chair so decides or if no such group is readily identifiable, at the place from where the chair of the meeting participates.

 

118.

Resolution in Writing

 

(A)

A resolution in writing signed by all the directors who are at the relevant time entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the board and who would be entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting of the board (if that number is sufficient to constitute a quorum) shall be as valid and effectual as a resolution passed at a meeting of the board properly called and constituted. The resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the directors concerned.

 

(B)

For the purposes of this article:

 

  (i)

the signature or approval of an alternate director (if any) shall suffice in place of the signature of the director appointing such alternate; and

 

  (ii)

any signature or approval may be given in hard copy or electronic form.

 

119.

Validity of Acts of Board or Committee

All acts done by the board or by any committee or by any person acting as a director or member of a committee shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the board or committee or person so acting or that they or any of them were disqualified from holding office or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if each such member or person had been properly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a director or member of the committee and had been entitled to vote.

Seals

 

120.

Use of Seals

The board shall provide for the custody of every seal of the company. A seal shall only be used by the authority of the board or of a committee of the board authorised by the board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these articles, and to any resolution of the board or committee of the board dispensing with the requirement for any counter-signature on any occasion, any instrument to which the common seal is applied shall be signed by at least one director and the secretary, or by at least two directors or by one director in the presence of a witness who attests the signature or by such other person or persons as the board may approve. Any instrument to which an official seal is applied need not, unless the board otherwise decides or the law otherwise requires, be signed by any person.

 

56


Dividends and Other Payments

 

121.

Declaration of Dividends by Company

The company may by ordinary resolution from time to time declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the board.

 

122.

Payment of Interim and Fixed Dividends by Board

The board may pay such interim dividends as appear to the board to be justified by the financial position of the company and may also pay any dividend payable at a fixed rate at intervals settled by the board whenever the financial position of the company, in the opinion of the board, justifies its payment. If the board acts in good faith, it shall not incur any liability to the holders of any shares for any loss they may suffer in consequence of the payment of an interim or fixed dividend on any other class of shares ranking pari passu with or after those shares.

 

123.

Calculation and Currency of Dividends

 

(A)

Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue (including as to the order of priority for payment of dividends) of, any share otherwise provide:

 

  (i)

all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the share in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this article as paid up on the share;

 

  (ii)

all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the share during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; and

 

  (iii)

dividends may be declared or paid in any currency.

 

(B)

The board may decide the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

(C)

The board may also decide that a particular Approved Depositary should be able to receive dividends in a currency other than the currency in which it is declared and may make arrangements accordingly. In particular, if an Approved Depositary has chosen or agreed to receive dividends in another currency, the directors may make arrangements with that Approved Depositary for payment to be made to them for value on the date on which the relevant dividend is paid, or a later date decided on by the directors.

 

57


124.

Amounts Due on Shares may be Deducted from Dividends

The board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a member by the company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by the member to the company on account of calls or otherwise in respect of shares of the company. Sums so deducted can be used to pay amounts owing to the company in respect of the shares.

 

125.

No Interest on Dividends

Subject to the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any shares, no dividend or other moneys payable by the company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the company.

 

126.

Payment Procedure

 

(A)

Any dividend or other money payable in cash relating to a share can be paid by such method as the directors decide. The directors may decide to use different methods of payment for different shareholders or groups of shareholders. Without limiting any other method of payment which the directors may decide upon, the directors may decide that payment can be made, wholly or partly and exclusively or optionally:

 

  (i)

by inter-bank transfer or by other electronic means (including payment through CREST) directly to an account with a bank or other financial institution (or other organisations operating deposit accounts if allowed by the company) named in a written instruction from the persons entitled to receive the payment under this article; or

 

  (ii)

in some other way requested in writing by the shareholder (or all joint shareholders) and agreed with the company.

 

(B)

Where written instruction is received from a person entitled to receive payment under this article for a specific purpose, such as a bank mandate for dividend payments, the company can rely on such written instruction to make payment of any other money payable in cash relating to a share.

 

(C)

If the directors decide that any dividend or other money payable in cash relating to a share will be made exclusively by inter-bank transfer or other electronic means to an account, but no such account is nominated by the person entitled to receive the payment, or an inter-bank transfer or other electronic payment into a nominated account is rejected or refunded, the company may credit that dividend or other money payable in cash to an account of the company, to be held until the person entitled to receive the payment nominates in writing a valid account to which the payment shall be made.

 

(D)

Any amount credited to an account of the company under article 126(C) is to be treated as having been paid to the shareholder at the time it is credited to that account. The company will not be a trustee of the money and will not be liable to pay interest on it.

 

58


(E)

If:

 

  (i)

a shareholder (or all joint shareholders) does not specify an account of a type prescribed by the directors, or does not specify other details, and in each case that information is necessary in order to make payment of the dividend or other money in the way in which under this article the directors have decided that the payment is to be made or by which the shareholder (or all joint shareholders) has validly elected to receive the payment; or

 

  (ii)

payment cannot be made by the company using the information provided by the shareholder (or all joint shareholders),

then the dividend or other money will be treated as unclaimed for the purposes of these articles.

 

(F)

For joint shareholders or persons jointly entitled to shares by law, payment can be made to the shareholder whose name stands first in the register. The company can then rely on a receipt for a dividend or other money paid on shares from any one of them on behalf of them all.

 

(G)

Payment by any means permitted by this article is made at the risk of the person who is entitled to the money, and the company is treated as having paid a dividend if a payment is made through any such means. The company will not be responsible for any payment which is lost or delayed.

 

(H)

Where a person is entitled by transmission to a share, any dividend or other sum payable by the company in respect of the share may be paid as if that person were a holder of the share and their address noted in the register were their registered address and where two or more persons are so entitled, any one of them may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable on or in respect of the shares.

 

127.

Uncashed Dividends

 

(A)

The company can cease using any method of payment (including intra-bank transfers or other electronic means, such as payment through CREST) for dividend payments or other sums payable on or in respect of those shares for any dividend or other payment if:

 

  (i)

for any one dividend the payment by any method has failed (including where the payment has been rejected or refunded) and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new account of the registered holder; or

 

  (ii)

in respect of any payments to be made via cheque, the company has stopped sending hard copy notices, documents or other information to a shareholder in accordance with article 136(C).

 

(B)

Subject to the provisions of these articles, the company must recommence sending dividend payments if the holder or person entitled by transmission requests such recommencement in writing (and provides any information reasonably required by the company to enable it to do so).

 

59


128.

Forfeiture of Unclaimed Dividends

All dividends or other sums payable on or in respect of any shares which remain unclaimed may be invested or otherwise made use of by the board for the benefit of the company until claimed. Any dividend or other sum unclaimed after a period of six years from the date when it was declared or became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to the company unless the board decides otherwise and the payment by the board of any unclaimed dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the company a trustee in respect of it.

 

129.

Dividends Not in Cash

Any general meeting declaring a dividend on any Ordinary Shares may, upon the recommendation of the board, by ordinary resolution direct, and the board may in relation to any interim dividend direct, that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets, and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the board may settle it as it thinks expedient, and in particular may authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may ignore fractions altogether, and may fix the value for distribution purposes of any assets or any part thereof to be distributed and may determine that cash shall be paid to any members on the basis of the value so fixed in order to secure equality of distribution and may vest any assets to be distributed in trustees as may seem expedient to the board.

 

130.

Scrip Dividends and Dividend Plans Generally

The board may, if authorised by an ordinary resolution of the company, offer any holders of Ordinary Shares (excluding any member holding shares as treasury shares) the right to elect to receive Ordinary Shares, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of the whole (or some part, to be determined by the board) of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution. The following provisions shall apply:

 

  (i)

an ordinary resolution may specify some or all of a particular dividend (whether or not already declared) or may specify some or all of any dividends declared or paid within a specified period, but such period may not end later than the third anniversary of the date of the meeting at which the ordinary resolution is passed;

 

  (ii)

the entitlement of each holder of Ordinary Shares to new Ordinary Shares shall be such that the relevant value of the entitlement shall be as nearly as possible equal to (but not greater than) the cash amount (disregarding any tax credit) of the dividend that such holder elects to forgo. For this purpose “relevant value” shall be calculated by reference to the average of the middle market quotations for the company’s Ordinary Shares on the London Stock Exchange as derived from the Daily Official List (or any other publication of a recognised investment exchange showing quotations for the company’s Ordinary Shares) on such five consecutive dealing days as the board shall determine provided that the first of such days shall be on or after the day on which the Ordinary Shares are first quoted “ex” the relevant dividend or in such other manner as may be determined by or in accordance with the ordinary resolution. A certificate or report by the auditors as to the amount of the relevant value in respect of any dividend shall be conclusive evidence of that amount and in giving such a certificate or report the auditors may rely on advice or information from brokers or other sources of information as they think fit;

 

60


  (iii)

no fraction of any Ordinary Share shall be allotted. The board may make such provisions as it thinks fit for any fractional entitlements including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, the benefit thereof accrues to the company and/or under which fractional entitlements are accrued and/or retained without interest and in each case accumulated on behalf of any holder of Ordinary Shares and such accruals or retentions are applied to the allotment by way of bonus to or cash subscription on behalf of such holder of fully paid Ordinary Shares and/or provisions whereby cash payments may be made to such holders in respect of their fractional entitlements;

 

  (iv)

the board, if it intends to offer an election in respect of any dividend, shall give notice to the holders of Ordinary Shares of the right of election offered to them, and specify the procedure to be followed which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include an election by means of a relevant system and the place at which, and the latest time by which, elections must be lodged in order for elections to be effective; no such notice need be given to holders of Ordinary Shares who have previously given election mandates in accordance with this article and whose mandates have not been revoked; the accidental omission to give notice of any right of election to, or the non-receipt (even if the company becomes aware of such non-receipt) of any such notice by, any holder of Ordinary Shares entitled to the same shall neither invalidate any offer of an election nor give rise to any claim, suit or action;

 

  (v)

the board shall not proceed with any election unless the company has sufficient reserves or funds that may be capitalised, and the board has authority to allot sufficient shares, to give effect to it after the basis of allotment is determined;

 

  (vi)

the board may exclude or restrict from any offer any shareholder who is an Approved Depositary or a nominee for an Approved Depositary if the offer or exercise of the right to or by the persons on whose behalf the Approved Depositary holds the shares would suffer legal or practical problems of the kind mentioned in article 130(vii). If other shareholders (other than those excluded under article 130(vii)) have the right to opt for new shares, the directors must be satisfied that an appropriate dividend reinvestment plan or similar arrangement is available to a substantial majority of the people on whose behalf the Approved Depositary holds shares or that such arrangement will be available promptly and the first sentence of this article 130(vi) does not apply until the directors are satisfied of this;

 

  (vii)

the board may exclude from any offer or make other arrangement in relation to any holders of Ordinary Shares where the board believes that such exclusion or arrangement is necessary or expedient in relation to legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any stock exchange in, any territory, or the board believes that for any other reason the offer should not be made to them;

 

61


  (viii)

the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been offered) shall not be payable on Ordinary Shares in respect of which an election has been made (for the purposes of this article the “elected Ordinary Shares”) and instead additional Ordinary Shares shall be allotted to the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares on the basis of allotment calculated as stated. For such purpose the board shall capitalise, out of any amount standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including the retained earnings) at the relevant time whether or not the same is available for distribution as the board may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the additional Ordinary Shares to be allotted on that basis and apply it in paying up in full the appropriate number of Ordinary Shares for allotment and distribution to the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares on that basis. The board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any such capitalisation;

 

  (ix)

the additional Ordinary Shares when allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully-paid Ordinary Shares then in issue except that they will not be entitled to participation in the relevant dividend;

 

  (x)

unless the board otherwise determines, or unless the uncertificated securities rules otherwise require, the new Ordinary Share or shares which a member has elected to receive instead of cash in respect of the whole (or some part) of the specified dividend declared or paid in respect of the member’s elected Ordinary Shares shall be in uncertificated form (in respect of the member’s elected Ordinary Shares which were in uncertificated form on the date of the member’s election) and in certificated form (in respect of the member’s elected Ordinary Shares which were in certificated form on the date of the member’s election);

 

  (xi)

the board may also from time to time establish or vary a procedure for election mandates, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include an election by means of a relevant system, under which a holder of Ordinary Shares may elect in respect of future rights of election offered to that holder under this article until the election mandate is revoked or deemed to be revoked in accordance with the procedure;

 

  (xii)

the board may decide how any costs relating to making new shares available in place of a cash dividend will be met, including deciding to deduct an amount from the entitlement of a shareholder under this article; and

 

  (xiii)

at any time before new Ordinary Shares are allotted instead of cash in respect of any part of a dividend, the board may determine that such new Ordinary Shares will not be allotted. Any such determination may be made before or after any election has been made by holders of Ordinary Shares in respect of the relevant dividend.

 

62


Capitalisation of Reserves

 

131.

Power to Capitalise Reserves and Funds

The company may, upon the recommendation of the board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including retained earnings) at the relevant time whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that the amount to be capitalised be set free for distribution among the members or any class of members who would be entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that it is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts unpaid at the relevant time on any shares in the company held by those members respectively or in paying up in full shares, debentures or other obligations of the company to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among those members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but so that, for the purposes of this article: (i) a share premium account and a capital redemption reserve, and any reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full shares of the company that are to be allotted and distributed as fully paid up; and (ii) where the amount capitalised is applied in paying up in full shares that are to be allotted and distributed as fully paid up, the company will also be entitled to participate in the relevant distribution in relation to any shares of the relevant class held by it as treasury shares and the proportionate entitlement of the relevant class of members to the distribution will be calculated accordingly. The board may authorise any person to enter into an agreement with the company on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution and the agreement shall be binding on those persons.

 

132.

Settlement of Difficulties in Distribution

Where any difficulty arises in regard to any distribution of any capitalised reserve or fund the board may settle the matter as it thinks expedient and in particular may authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the board.

Record Dates

 

133.

Power to Choose Any Record Date

Notwithstanding any other provision of these articles, the company or the board may fix any date as the record date for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue and such record date may be on or at any time before or after any date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made. The power to fix any such record date shall include the power to fix a time on the chosen date.

Records and Summary Financial Statements

 

134.

Inspection of Records

No member in their capacity as such shall have any right to inspect any accounting record or book or document of the company except as conferred by applicable law, ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or authorised by the board or by ordinary resolution of the company.

 

63


135.

Summary Financial Statements

The company may send or supply copies of its strategic reports with supplementary materials to its members instead of copies of its full accounts and reports.

Service of Notices, Documents and Other Information

 

136.

Method of Service

 

(A)

Any notice, document (including a share certificate) or other information may be served on or sent or supplied to any member by the company:

 

  (i)

personally;

 

  (ii)

by sending it through the post addressed to the member at the member’s registered address or by leaving it at that address addressed to the member;

 

  (iii)

by means of a relevant system;

 

  (iv)

where appropriate, by sending or supplying it in electronic form to an address notified by the member to the company for that purpose;

 

  (v)

where appropriate, by making it available on a website and notifying the member of its availability in accordance with this article; or

 

  (vi)

by any other means authorised in writing by the member.

In the case of joint holders of a share, service, sending or supply of any notice, document or other information on or to one of the joint holders shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service on or sending or supplying to all the joint holders.

 

(B)

In the case of joint holders of a share, anything to be agreed or specified in relation to any notice, document or other information to be served on or sent or supplied to them may be agreed or specified by any one of the joint holders and the agreement or specification of the senior shall be accepted to the exclusion of that of the other joint holders and, for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register in respect of the joint holding.

 

(C)

If on any one occasion any notice, document or other information served on or sent or supplied to a member has been returned undelivered, such member shall not thereafter be entitled to receive notices, documents or other information from the company until the member has communicated with the company and supplied to the company (or its agent) a new registered address, or a postal address within the United Kingdom or the United States for the service of notices and the despatch or supply of documents and other information, or shall have informed the company of an address for the service of notices and the despatch or supply of documents and other information in electronic form. For these purposes, any notice, document or other information sent by post shall be treated as returned undelivered if the notice, document or other information is served, sent or supplied back to the company (or its agents) and a notice, document or other information served, sent or supplied in electronic form shall be treated as returned undelivered if the company (or its agents) receives notification that the notice, document or other information was not delivered to the address to which it was sent. For the avoidance of doubt, a notice, document or other information served, sent or supplied in electronic form shall not be treated as a failure to deliver if the company (or its agents) receives an out of office notification from such member.

 

64


(D)

The company may at any time and in its sole discretion choose (a) to serve, send or supply notices, documents or other information in hard copy form alone to some or all members; and (b) not to serve, send or supply any notice, document or other information to a particular member where it considers this necessary or appropriate to deal with legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, any territory.

 

137.

Record Date for Service

Any notice, document or other information may be served, sent or supplied by the company by reference to the register as it stands at any time not more than 21 days before the date of service, sending or supply. No change in the register after that time shall invalidate that service, sending or supply. Where any notice, document or other information is served on or sent or supplied to any person in respect of a share in accordance with these articles, no person deriving any title or interest in that share shall be entitled to any further service, sending or supply of that notice, document or other information.

 

138.

Members Resident Abroad or on Branch Registers

 

(A)

Any member whose registered address is not within the United Kingdom or the United States and who gives to the company a postal address within the United Kingdom or the United States at which notices, documents or other information may be served upon, or sent or supplied to, the member shall be entitled to have notices, documents or other information served on or sent or supplied to the member at that address or, where applicable, by making them available on a website and notifying the holder at that address. Any member whose registered address is not within the United Kingdom or the United States and who gives to the company an address for the purposes of communications by electronic means may, subject to these articles, have notices, documents or other information served on or sent or supplied to the member at that address or, where applicable, by making them available on a website and notifying the holder at that address. Otherwise, a member whose registered address is not within the United Kingdom or the United States shall not be entitled to receive any notice, document or other information from the company.

 

(B)

For a member registered on a branch register, notices, documents or other information can be posted or despatched in the United Kingdom, the United States or in the country where the branch register is kept.

 

139.

Service of Notice on Person Entitled by Transmission

 

(A)

This article applies where a member has died or become bankrupt or is in liquidation, or where someone else has otherwise become entitled by law to that member’s shares, but is still registered as a member (and it applies whether the member is registered as a sole or joint member).

 

65


(B)

A person who is entitled by transmission to a share, and who proves this to the reasonable satisfaction of the directors, upon supplying the company with a postal address within the United Kingdom or the United States for the service of notices and the despatch or supply of documents and other information, shall be entitled to have served upon or sent or supplied to the transmittee at such address any notice, document or other information to which the transmittee would have been entitled if they were the holder of that share or, where applicable, to be notified at that address of the availability of the notice, document or other information on a website.

 

(C)

A person who is entitled by transmission to a share, and who proves this to the reasonable satisfaction of the directors, upon supplying the company with an address for the purposes of communications by electronic means for the service of notices and the despatch or supply of documents and other information, may have served on, sent or supplied to the transmittee at such address any notice, document or other information to which the transmittee would have been entitled if they were the holder of that share or, where applicable, may be notified at that address of the availability of the notice, document or other information on a website.

 

(D)

In either case under paragraphs (B) and (C) above, such service, sending or supply shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service, sending or supply of such notice, document or other information on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claimants through or under the transmittee) in the share.

 

(E)

Otherwise, any notice, document or other information served on or sent or supplied to any member pursuant to these articles shall, notwithstanding that the member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event giving rise to the transmission of the share by operation of law has occurred and whether or not the company has notice of the death, bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been properly served, sent or supplied in respect of any share registered in the name of that member as sole or joint holder.

 

140.

Deemed Delivery

 

(A)

Any notice, document or other information, if served, sent or supplied by the company by post, shall be deemed to have been received on the day following that on which it was posted if first class post was used or 48 hours after it was posted if first class post was not used and, in proving that a notice, document or other information was served, sent or supplied, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice, document or other information was properly addressed, prepaid and put in the post.

 

(B)

Any notice, document or other information not served, sent or supplied by post but left by the company at a registered address or at an address (other than an address for the purposes of communications by electronic means) notified to the company in accordance with these articles by a person who is entitled by transmission to a share shall be deemed to have been received on the day it was so left.

 

(C)

Any notice, document or other information served, sent or supplied by the company by means of a relevant system shall be deemed to have been received when the company or any sponsoring system-participant acting on its behalf sends the issuer-instruction relating to the notice, document or other information.

 

66


(D)

Any notice, document or other information served, sent or supplied by the company using electronic means shall be deemed to have been received on the day on which it was sent notwithstanding that the company subsequently sends a hard copy of such notice, document or information by post. Any notice, document or other information made available on a website shall be deemed to have been received on the day on which the notice, document or other information was first made available on the website or, if later, when a notice of availability is received or deemed to have been received pursuant to this article. In proving that a notice, document or other information served, sent or supplied by electronic means was served, sent or supplied, it shall be sufficient to prove that it was properly addressed.

 

(E)

Any notice, document or other information served, sent or supplied by the company by any other means authorised in writing by the member concerned shall be deemed to have been received when the company has carried out the action it has been authorised to take for that purpose.

 

141.

Notice When Post Not Available

If there is a suspension or curtailment of postal services within the United Kingdom, the United States or some part of either the United Kingdom or the United States, the company need only give notice of a general meeting to those members with whom the company can communicate by electronic means and who have provided the company with an address for this purpose. The company shall also advertise the notice in at least one newspaper with a national circulation and make it available on its website from the date of such advertisement until the conclusion of the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If at least six clear days prior to the meeting the sending or supply of notices by post in hard copy form has again become generally possible, the company shall send or supply confirmatory copies of the notice by post to those members who would otherwise receive the notice in hard copy form.

Destruction of Documents

 

142.

Presumptions Where Documents Destroyed

If the company destroys or deletes:

 

  (i)

any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after a period of one year has elapsed from the date of cancellation; or

 

  (ii)

any instruction concerning the payment of dividends or other moneys in respect of any share or any notification of change of name or address at any time after a period of two years has elapsed from the date the instruction or notification was recorded by the company; or

 

  (iii)

any instrument of transfer of shares or operator-instruction for the transfer of shares which has been registered by the company at any time after a period of six years has elapsed from the date of registration; or

 

  (iv)

any instrument of proxy which has been used for the purpose of a poll at any time after a period of one year has elapsed from the date of use; or

 

67


  (v)

any instrument of proxy which has not been used for the purpose of a poll at any time after a period of one month has elapsed from the end of the meeting to which the instrument of proxy relates; or

 

  (vi)

any other document on the basis of which any entry is made in the register at any time after a period of six years has elapsed from the date the entry was first made in the register in respect of it,

and the company destroys or deletes the document or instruction in good faith and without express notice that its preservation was relevant to a claim, it shall be presumed irrebuttably in favour of the company that every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate and was properly cancelled, that every instrument of transfer or operator-instruction so destroyed or deleted was a valid and effective instrument of transfer or instruction and was properly registered and that every other document so destroyed was a valid and effective document and that any particulars of it which are recorded in the books or records of the company were correctly recorded. If the documents relate to uncertificated shares, the company must comply with any requirements of the uncertificated securities rules which limit its ability to destroy these documents. Nothing contained in this article shall be construed as imposing upon the company any liability which, but for this article, would not exist or by reason only of the destruction of any document of the kind mentioned above before the relevant period mentioned in this article has elapsed or of the fact that any other condition precedent to its destruction mentioned above has not been fulfilled. References in this article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

Indemnity and Insurance

 

143.

Indemnity of Directors

To the extent permitted by the legislation, the company may indemnify any director or former director of the company or of any associated company against any liability and may purchase and maintain for any director or former director of the company or of any associated company insurance against any liability. No director or former director of the company or of any associated company shall be accountable to the company or the members for any benefit provided pursuant to this article and the receipt of any such benefit shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a director of the company.

 

68


144.

Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares

Rights to receive dividends

 

(A)

Save as otherwise set out in this article 144, the holder of a Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share shall be entitled to receive, in priority to any payment by way of dividend or other distribution to the holders of Ordinary Shares and holders of any other class of shares of the company which rank junior to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares, a fixed cumulative preferential dividend in cash which shall accrue at the NVPS Rate on the nominal amount paid up on that Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share (the “NVPS Dividend”).

 

(B)

The NVPS Dividend on each Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share shall accrue at the NVPS Rate on a daily basis commencing on the date of issue of that Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share as determined in accordance with article 144(C) below. Subject to applicable law, the NVPS Dividend shall be due and payable in cash quarterly in arrear, on the final day of January, April, July and October in each year (each a “NVPS Dividend Payment Date”), automatically in accordance with the terms of this article 144. If any NVPS Dividend Payment Date is not a business day, then the relevant NVPS Dividend shall be paid on the next following business day without any adjustment to the NVPS Dividend Payment Date.

 

(C)

The amount of NVPS Dividend payable on each Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share on the relevant NVPS Dividend Payment Date shall be calculated by the company (acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner) by multiplying the product of the NVPS Rate and the nominal paid-up amount of such relevant Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share by the relevant Day Count Fraction and rounding the resultant figure to the nearest penny (half a penny being rounded upwards). “Day Count Fraction” means in respect of the relevant Dividend Period, the actual number of days in such period divided by 365.

 

(D)

The NVPS Dividend payable on each NVPS Dividend Payment Date shall be in respect of the period from (and including) the previous NVPS Dividend Payment Date to (but excluding) that NVPS Dividend Payment Date, save that in relation to the first NVPS Dividend Payment Date, it shall be in respect of the period from (and including) the date of issue of the relevant Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share to (but excluding) that first NVPS Dividend Payment Date (each such period, a “Dividend Period”).

 

(E)

Any NVPS Dividend which has accrued on any Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share but which remains unpaid after a NVPS Dividend Payment Date in respect of a particular Dividend Period (or if such NVPS Dividend Payment Date is not a business day, on the next following business day), must be paid in full to the relevant holder before the company purchases any of its Ordinary Shares or any other class of shares which rank junior to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares, or otherwise declares any dividend or makes any other distribution on such Ordinary Shares or any other class of shares which rank junior to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the company is not required to pay any NVPS Dividend under this sub-paragraph (E) before taking any action set out in the preceding sentence, if such NVPS Dividend has not yet become due and payable on the basis that the applicable Dividend Period has not ended and the NVPS Dividend Payment Date has not yet occurred.

 

69


(F)

Save as set out in this article 144, the holder of a Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share shall not be entitled to participate in any dividend or other distribution of the company.

Rights to participate in capital

 

(G)

On any return of capital arising from any liquidation, administration, dissolution or winding-up of the company, the assets of the company shall, after being applied in accordance with any statutory order of priority applicable by virtue of the legislation, be applied first (before payment of any amount to the holders of Ordinary Shares or any other class of shares which rank junior to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares) in the payment to each holder of a Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share an amount equal to the nominal amount paid up on such Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share plus an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid NVPS Dividends (including any arrears or deficiency in any such NVPS Dividends, such arrears or deficiency to be calculated to the date of the return of capital arising on the liquidation, administration, dissolution or winding-up).

 

(H)

If, on any liquidation, administration, dissolution or winding-up of the company, the assets available for distribution among the holders of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares are insufficient to permit the payment to holders of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares in full the amounts described in article 144(G), then such assets shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares in proportion to the aggregate amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to article 144(G).

 

(I)

Save as set out in this article 144, the holders of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares shall not be entitled to participate in the assets of the company.

Participation in general meetings and voting rights

 

(J)

Holders of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of all general meetings of the company, but shall not be entitled to attend, speak or vote at general meetings. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any ordinary resolution or special resolution put to vote in accordance with article 82, article 84, article 87, or article 88. Without prejudice to the preceding sentences, nothing in this article 144(J) shall prevent holders of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares from receiving notice of, attending, speaking and voting at any general meeting of such holders convened in accordance with article 7.

Redemption of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares

 

(K)

The Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares shall be redeemable:

 

  (i)

at the option of the company, by written notice to the holder of that Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share at its registered address (provided that such notices shall be delivered in respect of all of the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares);

 

70


  (ii)

at the option of each holder, by written notice to the company at the office, (provided that such notice shall be delivered in respect of the relevant holder’s entire holding of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares); or

 

  (iii)

at the option of the company or the holder, by written notice to the other party on the completion of any Change of Control (provided that such notice(s) shall be delivered, in the case of the company, in respect of all of the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares and, in the case of a holder, in respect of that holder’s entire holding of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares),

(each a “Redemption Notice”), provided that, in the case of a Redemption Notice served pursuant to article 144(K)(i) or 144(K)(ii), the Redemption Date (as defined below) shall not fall prior to the expiry of the Initial Period.

 

(L)

If a Redemption Notice in respect of the same Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share is given within a period of five business days by both the relevant holder and the company, the Redemption Notice served by the company shall be deemed to be valid and the Redemption Notice served by the holder shall be deemed to be invalid.

 

(M)

Subject to article 144(L):

 

  (i)

a Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable unless otherwise agreed in writing between the company and the holder of the relevant Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share; and

 

  (ii)

once a Redemption Notice has been served in relation to a Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share, no further Redemption Notice may be served in relation to that Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share.

 

(N)

Any Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares which are the subject of a Redemption Notice shall be redeemed:

 

  (i)

in relation to a Redemption Notice sent by the company, on the date set out in that notice (which shall be not less than 10 and no more than 20 business days after the date of the Redemption Notice); and

 

  (ii)

in relation to a Redemption Notice sent by the holder of any Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share, on the date specified by the company in a written notice which shall be given to the relevant holder within 10 business days after delivery of the Redemption Notice to the company,

(each a “Redemption Date”).

 

(O)

In the case of a written notice served by the company in accordance with article 144(N)(ii) above, the Redemption Date shall be not later than 20 business days after delivery of the relevant Redemption Notice to the company. The written notice served by the company in accordance with article 144(N)(ii) or the Redemption Notice sent by the company in accordance with article 144(N)(i) (as the case may be) shall state the process for redeeming the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares which are the subject of the Redemption Notice.

 

71


(P)

On or before the Redemption Date, the holder of a Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share to be redeemed on such Redemption Date shall, in respect of any such Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share held in certificated form, deliver to the office the certificate for each such share (or an appropriate indemnity in such form as the company may require) in order that the same may be cancelled.

 

(Q)

Subject to the relevant holders’ compliance with article 144(P) (to the extent applicable to any of their Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares), on the Redemption Date the company shall pay to the holder of the relevant Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share (or, in the case of joint holders, to the holder of a Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share whose name stands first in the register in respect of such share) the Redemption Payment due to it in respect of such redemption.

 

(R)

If the holder of a certificated Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share to be redeemed on any Redemption Date does not deliver share certificates for each Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share to be redeemed (or an appropriate indemnity in such form as the company may require), the company may redeem such shares on the relevant Redemption Date and shall on such later date as the relevant holder delivers such share certificates (or appropriate indemnity in the form required by the company), and upon receipt of the same shall pay the relevant Redemption Payment to such holder (or, in the case of joint holders, to the holder of a Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share whose name stands first in the register in respect of such shares).

Class rights attaching to Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares

 

(S)

Each of the following shall be deemed to be a variation of the rights attaching to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares:

 

  (i)

the allotment or issue of any share or the right to subscribe for shares ranking pari passu with or in priority to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes the allotment and issue of Ordinary Shares);

 

  (ii)

any reduction of capital made in respect of the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares; and

 

  (iii)

the purchase for cancellation (but excluding the redemption, in accordance with this article 144) by the company of any or all of the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares in issue from time to time,

and article 7 shall apply to any such matter.

 

72


(T)

For the avoidance of doubt, any reduction of capital in respect of the company’s Ordinary Shares and/or share premium account (a “Reduction of Capital”) shall be deemed not to be a variation of the rights attaching to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares and holders of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares are deemed to have consented to any such Reduction of Capital, provided that no return of value shall occur to the holders of Ordinary Shares or any other class of shares ranking pari passu with or junior to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares as a result of such Reduction of Capital, to the extent any NVPS Dividend has accrued and become due and payable but remains unpaid at such time.

Legal restrictions on distributions

 

(U)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this article 144, no dividend or other distribution in respect of any Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares or the redemption of any such shares shall be, or be deemed under these articles to be, declared, payable, required to be paid or paid to the extent that the declaration, payment, other distribution or redemption of such shares is (i) prohibited by the legislation; or (ii) expressly restricted by the terms of any financing documents that rank senior to the Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares to which the company is or will be bound by virtue of the company being in default in respect of any indebtedness arising under such financing documents. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent this article 144(U) prevents the declaration or payment in whole or in part of any dividend or other distribution in respect of any Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share, or the redemption of any Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share, the relevant holders of such shares shall not have any right or entitlement save for the rights and entitlements set out in these articles.

 

(V)

For the purposes of this article 144:

 

  (i)

Additional Period” means each successive period of five consecutive calendar years following the expiry of the Initial Period;

 

  (ii)

Change of Control” means a person or persons acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, as amended), other than a holding company (as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006, as amended) whose shareholders are or are to be substantially similar to the pre-existing shareholders of the company or any holding company of the company, who:

 

  (a)

acquires all, or substantially all, of the assets of the company; or

 

  (b)

acquires an interest in securities representing more than 50 per cent. of the voting rights exercisable at any general meeting of the company (other than a general meeting only of the holders of Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares) or any holding company of the company;

 

  (iii)

Initial Period” means the period of five consecutive calendar years commencing on the date of issue of each Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share;

 

  (iv)

Redemption Payment” means, in relation to any Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share:

 

  (a)

the nominal amount paid up on that Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share; plus

 

73


  (b)

the amount (if any) of all accrued but unpaid NVPS Dividends on that Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Share up to (but not including) the Redemption Date or such later date as the relevant redemption actually occurs; and

 

  (v)

NVPS Rate” means:

 

  (a)

during the Initial Period, the rate of 9.5 per cent. per annum; and

 

  (b)

during each Additional Period, the rate which is equal to the Bank of England base rate prevailing at close of business on the first London business day of the relevant Additional Period plus 7.5 per cent.

 

74

Exhibit 2.1

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


LOGO

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

PARTIES

     1  

RECITALS

     1  

Section 1.

  Certain Definitions   

(a)

 

ADR Register

     1  

(b)

 

ADRs; Direct Registration ADRs

     1  

(c)   

 

ADS

     1  

(d)

 

Beneficial Owner

     2  

(e)

 

Custodian

     2  

(f)

 

Deliver, execute, issue et al

     2  

(g)

 

Delivery Order

     2  

(h)

 

Deposited Securities

     2  

(i)

 

Direct Registration System

     3  

(j)

 

Holder

     3  

(k)

 

Securities Act of 1933

     3  

(l)

 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

     3  

(m)

 

Shares

     3  

(n)

 

Transfer Office

     3  

(o)

 

Withdrawal Order

     3  

Section 2.

  Form of ADRs      3  

Section 3.

  Deposit of Shares      4  

Section 4.

  Issue of ADRs      5  

Section 5.

  Distributions on Deposited Securities      5  

Section 6.

  Withdrawal of Deposited Securities      5  

Section 7.

  Cancellation of ADRs; Maintenance of Records      5  

Section 8.

  The Custodian      6  

Section 9.

  Lists of Holders      6  

Section 10.

  Depositary’s Agents      7  

Section 11.

  Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary      7  

Section 12.

  Reports      8  

Section 13.

  Additional Shares      8  

Section 14.

  Indemnification      9  

Section 15.

  Notices      11  

Section 16.

  Counterparts      12  

Section 17.

  No Third Party Beneficiaries; Holders and Beneficial Owners as Parties; Binding Effect      12  

Section 18.

  Severability      12  

Section 19.

  Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction      13  

Section 20.

  Agent for Service      14  

Section 21.

  Waiver of Immunities      15  

Section 22.

  Waiver of Jury Trial      15  

TESTIMONIUM

       16  

SIGNATURES

       16  

 

- i -


LOGO

 

     Page  
EXHIBIT A   

FORM OF ADR

     A-1  

Introductory Paragraph

     A-1  

Address of Depositary’s Office

     A-1  

(1)   Issuance of ADSs

     A-2  

(2)   Withdrawal of Deposited Securities

     A-3  

(3)   Transfers, Split-Ups and Combinations of ADRs

     A-3  

(4)   Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.

     A-4  

(5)   Liability for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges

     A-5  

(6)   Disclosure of Interests

     A-6  

(7)   Charges of Depositary

     A-8  

(8)   Available Information

     A-11  

(9)   Distributions on Deposited Securities

     A-11  

(10)   Record Dates

     A-13  

(11)   Voting of Deposited Securities

     A-14  

(12)   Changes Affecting Deposited Securities

     A-16  

(13)   Exoneration

     A-17  

(14)   Resignation and Removal of Depositary; the Custodian

     A-21  

(15)   Amendment

     A-21  

(16)   Termination

     A-22  

(17)   Appointment; Acknowledgements and Agreements

     A-23  

(18)   Waiver

     A-24  

(19)   Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares

     A-24  

 

- ii -


LOGO

 

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT dated as of _________________ __, 2022 (the “Deposit Agreement”) among Haleon plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, and its successors (the “Company”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, as depositary hereunder (the “Depositary”), and all Holders (as defined below) and Beneficial Owners (as defined below) from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder evidencing American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) representing deposited Shares (as defined below). The Company hereby appoints the Depositary as depositary for the Deposited Securities (as defined below) and hereby authorizes and directs the Depositary to act in accordance with the terms set forth in this Deposit Agreement. All capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1 or elsewhere in this Deposit Agreement. The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions.

(a) ”ADR Register” is defined in paragraph (3) of the form of ADR (Transfers, Split-Ups and Combinations of ADRs).

(b) ”ADRs” mean the American Depositary Receipts issued and delivered hereunder, all of which shall be Direct Registration ADRs (as hereinafter defined). The terms and conditions governing the Direct Registration ADRs shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto (the “form of ADR”). The term “Direct Registration ADR” means an ADR, the ownership of which is recorded on the Direct Registration System. All references to “ADRs” herein shall be to Direct Registration ADRs. The form of ADR is hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof; the provisions of the form of ADR shall be binding upon the parties hereto, including any Holder and Beneficial Owner of ADRs, each of whom shall be bound by the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and of the form of ADR attached as Exhibit A hereto, as if each such Holder and/or Beneficial Owner held and owned a certificated ADR in the form of the ADR attached as Exhibit A hereto. References herein to ADRs shall include any written confirmation of book-entry notation in the book-entry registration system maintained by either the Depositary provided to the registered Holders of such ADRs, and/or The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), including the Direct Registration System, each of which shall confirm such registered Holders’ entitlement to the rights set out in the form of ADR attached as Exhibit A hereto as if such registered Holder held or owned a certificated ADR in the form of the ADR attached as Exhibit A hereto.

(c) Subject to paragraph (12) of the form of ADR (Changes Affecting Deposited Securities) each “ADS” evidenced by an ADR represents the right to receive, and to exercise the beneficial ownership interests in, the number of Shares specified in the form of ADR attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended from time to time) that are on deposit with the Depositary and/or the Custodian and a pro rata share in any other Deposited Securities, subject, in each case, to the terms of this Deposit Agreement and the ADSs. The ADS(s)-to-Share(s) ratio is subject to amendment as provided in the form of ADR (which may give rise to fees contemplated in paragraph (7) thereof (Charges of Depositary)).

 

1


LOGO

 

(d) ”Beneficial Owner” means as to any ADS, any person or entity having a beneficial ownership interest in such ADS. A Beneficial Owner need not be the Holder of the ADR evidencing such ADS. If a Beneficial Owner of ADSs is not a Holder, it must rely on the Holder of the ADR(s) evidencing such ADSs in order to assert any rights or receive any benefits under this Deposit Agreement. The arrangements between a Beneficial Owner of ADSs and the Holder of the corresponding ADRs may affect the Beneficial Owner’s ability to exercise any rights it may have.

(e) ”Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

(f) ”Custodian” means the agent or agents of the Depositary (singly or collectively, as the context requires) and any additional or substitute Custodian appointed pursuant to Section 8.

(g) The terms “deliver”, “issue”, “register”, “surrender”, “transfer” or “cancel”, when used with respect to (i) Shares refers, where the context requires, to an entry or entries or an electronic transfer or transfers in an account or accounts maintained by institutions authorized under applicable law to effect transfers of securities (which may include CREST and not to the physical transfer of certificates representing the Shares and (ii) in the case of ADRs, shall refer to an entry or entries or an electronic transfer or transfers on the books of the Depositary and/or an entry or entries or an electronic transfer or transfers in the Direct Registration System.

(h) ”Delivery Order” is defined in Section 3.

(i) ”Deposited Securities” as of any time means all Shares at such time deposited under this Deposit Agreement and any and all other Shares, securities, property and cash at such time held by the Depositary or the Custodian in respect or in lieu of such deposited Shares and other Shares, securities, property and cash. Deposited Securities are not intended to, and shall not, constitute proprietary assets of the Depositary, the Custodian or their nominees. Beneficial ownership in Deposited Securities is intended to be, and shall at all times during the term of the Deposit Agreement continue to be, vested in the Beneficial Owners of the ADSs representing such Deposited Securities.

 

2


LOGO

 

(j) ”Direct Registration System” means the system for the uncertificated registration of ownership of securities established by DTC and utilized by the Depositary pursuant to which the Depositary will record the ownership of ADRs without the issuance of a certificate, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto. For purposes hereof, the Direct Registration System shall include access to the Profile Modification System maintained by DTC which provides for automated transfer of ownership between DTC and the Depositary.

(k) ”Holder” means the person or persons in whose name an ADR is registered on the ADR Register. For all purposes under the Deposit Agreement and the ADRs, a Holder shall be deemed to have all requisite authority to act on behalf of any and all Beneficial Owners of the ADSs evidenced by the ADR(s) registered in such Holder’s name.

(l) ”Securities Act of 1933” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as from time to time amended.

(m) ”Securities Exchange Act of 1934” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as from time to time amended.

(n) ”Shares” mean the ordinary shares of the Company, and shall include the rights to receive Shares specified in paragraph (1) of the form of ADR (Issuance of ADSs).

(o) ”Transfer Office” is defined in paragraph (3) of the form of ADR (Transfers, Split-Ups and Combinations of ADRs).

(p) ”Withdrawal Order” is defined in Section 6.

2. Form of ADRs.

(a) Direct Registration ADRs. Notwithstanding anything in this Deposit Agreement or in the form of ADR to the contrary, ADSs shall be evidenced by Direct Registration ADRs. No certificated ADRs shall be executed, issued or delivered hereunder.

(b) Form of all ADRs. ADRs shall be substantially in the form set forth in the form of ADR, with such changes as may be required by the Depositary or the Company to comply with their obligations hereunder, any applicable law, regulation or usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular ADRs are subject. ADRs may be issued in denominations of any number of ADSs.

(c) Binding Effect. Holders of ADRs, and the Beneficial Owners of the ADSs evidenced by such ADRs, shall each be bound by the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and of the form of ADR.

 

3


LOGO

 

3. Deposit of Shares.

(a) Requirements. In connection with the deposit of Shares hereunder, the Depositary or the Custodian may require the following in a form satisfactory to it:

(i) a written order directing the Depositary to issue to, or upon the written order of, the person or persons designated in such order such number of Direct Registration ADRs evidencing the number of ADSs representing such deposited Shares (a “Delivery Order”);

(ii) proper endorsements or duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of such deposited Shares; and

(iii) instruments assigning to the Depositary, the Custodian or a nominee of either any distribution on or in respect of such deposited Shares or indemnity therefor.

(b) Registration of Deposited Securities. As soon as practicable after the Custodian receives Deposited Securities pursuant to any such deposit or pursuant to paragraph (9) (Distributions on Deposited Securities) or (12) (Changes Affecting Deposited Securities) of the form of ADR, the Custodian shall present such Deposited Securities for registration of transfer into the name of the Depositary, the Custodian or a nominee of either, in each case for the benefit of Holders, to the extent such registration is practicable, at the cost and expense of the person making such deposit (or for whose benefit such deposit is made) and shall obtain evidence satisfactory to it of such registration. Deposited Securities shall be held by the Custodian for the account and to the order of the Depositary for the benefit of Holders of ADRs (to the extent not prohibited by law) at such place or places and in such manner as the Depositary shall determine. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, in the form of ADR and/or any outstanding ADSs, the Depositary, the Custodian and their respective nominees are intended to be, and shall at all times during the term of the Deposit Agreement be, the record holder(s) only of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs for the benefit of the Holders. The Depositary, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Custodian and their respective nominees, disclaims any beneficial ownership interest in the Deposited Securities held on behalf of the Holders.

(c) Delivery of Deposited Securities. Deposited Securities may be delivered by the Custodian to any person only under the circumstances expressly contemplated in this Deposit Agreement. To the extent that the provisions of or governing the Shares make delivery of certificates therefor impracticable, Shares may be deposited hereunder by such delivery thereof as the Depositary or the Custodian may reasonably accept, including, without limitation, by causing them to be credited to an account maintained by the Custodian for such purpose with the Company or an accredited intermediary, such as a bank, acting as a registrar for the Shares, together with delivery of the documents, payments and Delivery Order referred to herein to the Custodian or the Depositary.

 

4


LOGO

 

4. Issue of ADRs. After any such deposit of Shares, the Custodian shall notify the Depositary of such deposit and of the information contained in any related Delivery Order by letter, first class airmail postage prepaid, or, at the request, risk and expense of the person making the deposit, by SWIFT, cable, telex or facsimile transmission. After receiving such notice from the Custodian, the Depositary, subject to this Deposit Agreement, shall properly issue at the Transfer Office, to or upon the order of any person named in such notice, an ADR or ADRs registered as requested and evidencing the aggregate ADSs to which such person is entitled.

5. Distributions on Deposited Securities. To the extent that the Depositary determines in its discretion that any distribution pursuant to paragraph (9) of the form of ADR (Distributions on Deposited Securities) is not practicable with respect to any Holder, the Depositary may make such distribution as it so deems practicable, including the distribution of foreign currency, securities or property (or appropriate documents evidencing the right to receive foreign currency, securities or property) or the retention thereof as Deposited Securities with respect to such Holder’s ADRs (without liability for interest thereon or the investment thereof).

6. Withdrawal of Deposited Securities. In connection with any surrender of an ADR for withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced thereby, the Depositary may require duly executed instruments of transfer thereof in blank and the Holder’s written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADR to be withdrawn and delivered to, or upon the written order of, any person designated in such order (a “Withdrawal Order”). Directions from the Depositary to the Custodian to deliver Deposited Securities shall be given by letter, first class airmail postage prepaid, or, at the request, risk and expense of the Holder, by SWIFT, cable, telex or facsimile transmission. Delivery of Deposited Securities may be made by the delivery of certificates (which, if required by law shall be properly endorsed or accompanied by properly executed instruments of transfer or, if such certificates may be registered, registered in the name of such Holder or as ordered by such Holder in any Withdrawal Order) or by such other means as the Depositary may deem practicable, including, without limitation, by transfer of record ownership thereof to an account designated in the Withdrawal Order maintained either by the Company or an accredited intermediary, such as a bank, acting as a registrar for the Deposited Securities.

7. Cancellation of ADRs; Maintenance of Records. All ADRs surrendered to the Depositary shall be cancelled by the Depositary. The Depositary shall maintain or cause its agents to maintain records of all ADRs surrendered and Deposited Securities withdrawn under Section 6 hereof and paragraph (2) of the form of ADR (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities) and canceled ADRs under this Section 7, in keeping with the procedures ordinarily followed by stock transfer agents located in the United States or as required by the laws or regulations governing the Depositary.

 

5


LOGO

 

8. The Custodian.

(a) Rights of the Depositary. Any Custodian in acting hereunder shall be subject to the directions of the Depositary and shall be responsible solely to it. The Depositary reserves the right to add, replace or remove a Custodian and will consult with the Company, if practicable, prior to taking such action. The Depositary will give prompt notice in writing to all Holders of the name and location of the appointment of any Custodian in relation to such action, which will be advance notice if practicable. The Depositary, after consultation with the Company if practicable, may discharge any Custodian at any time upon notice to the Custodian being discharged.

(b) Rights of the Custodian. Any Custodian may resign from its duties hereunder by providing at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Depositary. If upon the effectiveness of such resignation there would be no Custodian acting hereunder, prior to the effectiveness of such resignation, the Depositary will promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to, after consultation with the Company if practicable, appoint a substitute custodian or custodians, which may be the Depositary, if and to the extent the Depositary determines, in its sole discretion, that a new and/or separate custodian from the Depositary is required, each of which shall be a Custodian hereunder. Any Custodian ceasing to act hereunder as Custodian shall deliver, upon the instruction of the Depositary, all Deposited Securities held by it to a Custodian continuing to act.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Deposit Agreement (including the ADRs) and, subject to the further limitations set forth in clause (p) of paragraph (13) of the form of ADR (Exoneration), the Depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, any act or omission to act on the part of the Custodian except to the extent (i) that any Holder has incurred liability directly as a result of the Custodian having (x) committed fraud or willful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary or (y) failed to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary as determined in accordance with the standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the Custodian is located; and (ii) the Custodian is JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or any subsidiary of the Depositary, in which case the Depositary shall be responsible for the acts and omissions to act on the part of the Custodian as if the Depositary were acting as Custodian hereunder.

9. Lists of Holders. The Company shall have the right to inspect transfer records of the Depositary and its agents and the ADR Register, take copies thereof and require the Depositary and its agents to supply copies of such portions of such records as the Company may request. The Depositary or its agents shall furnish to the Company promptly upon the written request of the Company, a list of the names, addresses and holdings of ADSs by all Holders as of a date within five New York business days of the Depositary’s receipt of such request.

 

6


LOGO

 

10. Depositary’s Agents. The Depositary may perform its obligations under this Deposit Agreement through any agent appointed by it, provided that the Depositary shall notify the Company of such appointment and shall remain responsible for the performance of such obligations as if no agent were appointed, subject to paragraph (13) of the form of ADR (Exoneration).

11. Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary.

(a) Resignation of the Depositary. The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by written notice of its election to do so delivered to the Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided.

(b) Removal of the Depositary. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by providing no less than 60 days’ prior written notice of such removal to the Depositary, such removal to take effect the later of (i) the 60th day after such notice of removal is first provided and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided.

(c) Appointment of Successor Depositary. In case at any time the Depositary acting hereunder shall resign or be removed, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to appoint a successor depositary, which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. Every successor depositary shall execute and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor depositary, without any further act or deed, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor. The predecessor depositary, only upon payment of all sums due to it and on the written request of the Company, shall (i) execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder (other than its rights to indemnification and fees owing, each of which shall survive any such removal and/or resignation), (ii) duly assign, transfer and deliver all right, title and interest to the Deposited Securities to such successor, and (iii) deliver to such successor a list of the Holders of all outstanding ADRs. Any such successor depositary shall promptly mail notice of its appointment to such Holders. Any bank or trust company into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated, or to which the Depositary shall transfer substantially all its American depositary receipt business, shall be the successor of the Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if upon the resignation or removal of the Depositary a successor depositary is not appointed within the applicable 60-day period as specified in paragraph (16) of the form of ADR (Termination), then the Depositary may elect to terminate this Deposit Agreement and the ADR and the provisions of said paragraph (16) shall thereafter govern the Depositary’s obligations hereunder.

 

7


LOGO

 

12. Reports. On or before the first date on which the Company gives any notice of any meeting of owners of Shares or of taking any action in respect of any cash or other distributions of any rights available to holders of Deposited Securities or makes any communication that reasonably could require the Depositary to take, or plan to take, action under this Deposit Agreement, by publication or otherwise, the Company shall transmit to the Depositary a copy thereof in English or with an English translation or summary. The Company has delivered to the Depositary, the Custodian and any Transfer Office, a copy of all provisions of or governing the Shares and any other Deposited Securities issued by the Company or any affiliate of the Company and, promptly upon any change thereto, the Company shall deliver to the Depositary, the Custodian and any Transfer Office, a copy (in English or with an English translation) of such provisions as so changed. The Depositary and its agents may rely upon the Company’s delivery of all such communications, information and provisions for all purposes of this Deposit Agreement and the Depositary shall have no liability for the accuracy or completeness of any thereof. If requested by the Company, the Depositary will arrange for the mailing, at the Company’s expense, of copies of notices, reports and communications provided by the Company for such purpose to all Holders and, if requested by the Company, arrange for the mailing, at the Company’s expense, of copies thereof to all Beneficial Owners of ADRs identified by the Company or, at the request of the Company, make such notices, reports and other communications available to all Beneficial Owners identified by the Company on a basis similar to that for owners of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or on such other basis as the Company may advise the Depositary may be required by any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange requirement. The Company will timely provide the Depositary with the quantity of such notices, reports, and other communications, as reasonably requested by the Depositary from time to time, as we necessary in order for the Depositary to effect such mailings.

13. Additional Shares. The Company agrees with the Depositary that neither the Company nor any company controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company shall (a) issue (i) additional Shares, (ii) rights to subscribe for Shares, (iii) securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares or (iv) rights to subscribe for any such securities or (b) deposit any Shares under this Deposit Agreement, except, in each case, under circumstances complying in all respects with the Securities Act of 1933. At the reasonable request of the Depositary where it deems necessary, the Company will furnish the Depositary with legal opinions, in forms and from counsels reasonably acceptable to the Depositary, dealing with such issues requested by the Depositary. The Depositary will not knowingly accept for deposit hereunder any Shares required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 unless a registration statement is in effect and will comply with written instructions of the Company not to accept for deposit hereunder any Shares identified in such instructions at such times and under such circumstances as may reasonably be specified in such instructions in order to facilitate the Company’s compliance with the requirements of the laws, rules and regulations of the United States, including, but not limited to, the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

8


LOGO

 

14. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by the Company. Subject to the limitations provided for in Section 14(c) below and any written agreement from time to time between the Company and the Depositary, the Company shall indemnify, defend and save harmless each of the Depositary and its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates against any loss, liability or expense (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) which may arise out of acts performed or omitted, in connection with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement and of the ADRs, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance herewith (i) by either the Depositary or its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates, except for any loss, liability or expense directly arising out of the negligence, or willful misconduct of the Depositary or its directors, officers, employees or affiliates acting in their capacities as such hereunder, or (ii) by the Company or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates.

The indemnities set forth in the preceding paragraph shall also apply to any liability or expense which may arise out of any misstatement or alleged misstatement or omission or alleged omission in any registration statement, proxy statement, prospectus (or placement memorandum), or preliminary prospectus (or preliminary placement memorandum) of the Company or an affiliate thereof relating to the offer, issuance, withdrawal or sale of ADSs or the deposit, withdrawal, offer or sale of Shares in connection therewith, except to the extent any such liability or expense arises out of (i) information relating to the Depositary or its agents (other than the Company), as applicable, furnished in writing by the Depositary expressly for use in any of the foregoing documents and not changed or altered by the Company or any other person (other than the Depositary) or (ii) if such information in clause (i) is provided, the failure to state a material fact therein necessary in order to make the information provided, in light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.

(b) Indemnification by the Depositary. Subject to the limitations provided for in Section 14(c) below and any written agreement from time to time between the Company and the Depositary, the Depositary shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the Company and its directors, officers, employees and affiliates acting on the Company’s behalf hereunder against any direct loss, liability or expense (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Company in respect of this Deposit Agreement to the extent such loss, liability or expense is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Depositary or its directors, officers, employees or affiliates acting in their capacities as such hereunder on behalf of the Depositary.

 

9


LOGO

 

(c) Damages or Lost Profits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deposit Agreement or the ADRs to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Depositary, nor any of their respective agents shall be liable to the other for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages or lost profits, in each case of any form incurred by any of them or any other person or entity (including, without limitation, Holders and Beneficial Owners), whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought (collectively “Special Damages”) except (i) to the extent such Special Damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party from whom indemnification is sought or (ii) to the extent Special Damages arise from or out of a claim brought by a third party (including, without limitation, Holders and Beneficial Owners) against the Depositary or its agents acting under the Deposit Agreement, except to the extent such Special Damages arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification hereunder.

(d) Notification. Any person seeking indemnification hereunder (an “indemnified person”) shall notify the person from whom it is seeking indemnification (the “indemnifying person”) of the commencement of any indemnifiable action or claim as promptly as reasonably practical after such indemnified person becomes aware of such commencement (provided that the failure to make such notification shall not affect such indemnified person’s rights to indemnification under this Section 14 except and only to the limited extent the indemnifying person is materially prejudiced by such failure through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 14). No indemnified person shall compromise or settle any indemnifiable action or claim without the prior written consent of the indemnifying person (which consent shall not unreasonably (from the point of view of the indemnified person) be withheld, conditioned or delayed) except, for the avoidance of doubt, no consent of the indemnifying person shall be required if (i) there is no finding or admission of any violation of law and no material effect on any other claims that may be made against such indemnifying person and such compromise and/or settlement does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability, wrong doing or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified person and the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the indemnified person (without indemnification hereunder by the indemnifying person) seeking such compromise or settlement, or (ii) it includes an unconditional release of such indemnified person in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified person from all liability or claims that are the subject matter of such proceedings; provided, that, if settled with such indemnifying person’s written consent or if there is a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction in any such proceeding, the indemnifying person agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each indemnified person from and against any and all losses, claims,

 

10


LOGO

 

damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented legal and other out-of-pocket expenses by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying person shall compromise or settle any pending or threatened proceedings without the prior written consent of any indemnified person (which consent shall not unreasonably (from the point of view of the indemnified person) be withheld, conditioned or delayed) except, for the avoidance of doubt, no consent of the indemnified person shall be required if (i) it includes an unconditional release of such indemnified person in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified person from all liability or claims that are the subject matter of such proceedings and (ii) such compromise and/or settlement does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability, wrong doing or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified person.

(e) Survival. The obligations set forth in this Section 14 shall survive the termination of this Deposit Agreement and the succession or substitution of any indemnified person.

(f) The obligations of the Depositary and the Company towards one another set forth in this Section 14 may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time as specified in written agreements between the Company and the Depositary.

15. Notices.

(a) Notice to Holders. Notice to any Holder shall be deemed given when first mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the address of such Holder on the ADR Register or received by such Holder. Failure to notify a Holder or any defect in the notification to a Holder shall not affect the sufficiency of notification to other Holders or to the Beneficial Owners of the ADSs evidenced by the ADRs held by such other Holders. The Depositary’s only notification obligations under this Deposit Agreement and the ADRs shall be to Holders. Notice to a Holder shall be deemed, for all purposes of the Deposit Agreement and the ADRs, to constitute notice to any and all Beneficial Owners of the ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs.

(b) Notice to the Depositary or the Company. Notice to the Depositary or the Company shall be deemed given when first received by it at the address or by electronic transmission to the e-mail address set forth in (i) or (ii) below, respectively, or at such other address or email address provided by the Depositary or the Company to the other, respectively, in the same manner as notices are required to be provided in this Section 15:

 

  (i)

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

383 Madison Avenue, Floor 11

New York, New York, 10179

Attention: Depositary Receipts Group

E-mail Address: DR_Global_CSM@jpmorgan.com

 

11


LOGO

 

  (ii)

Haleon plc

1st Floor, Building 5

The Heights

Weybridge, Surrey KT13 0NY

Attention: Company Secretary

E-mail Address: Company.Secretary@haleon.com

Delivery of a notice by means of electronic messaging shall be deemed to be effective at the time of the initiation of the transmission by the sender (as shown on the sender’s records) to the email address set forth above, notwithstanding that the intended recipient retrieves the message at a later date, or fails to receive such notice on account of its failure to maintain the designated e-mail address or its failure to designate a substitute e-mail address. Notwithstanding the forgoing, notice by means of electronic messaging shall not be deemed to be effective, if, the sender (i) is notified of any alternate/updated e-mail address, provided by Depositary or the Company to the other, respectively, and has not sent such notice to the alternate/updated e-mail address, or (ii) receives any bounce bank notification at the time of such electronic transmission due to any technical issues beyond the control of the Depositary or the Company.

16. Counterparts. This Deposit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Deposit Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including “.pdf”, “.tif” or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

17. No Third-Party Beneficiaries; Holders and Beneficial Owners as Parties; Binding Effect. This Deposit Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the Company, the Depositary, the Holders, and their respective successors hereunder, and, except to the extent specifically set forth in Section 14 of this Deposit Agreement, shall not give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim whatsoever to any other person. The Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time shall be parties to this Deposit Agreement and shall be bound by all of the provisions hereof. A Beneficial Owner shall only be able to exercise any right or receive any benefit hereunder solely through the Holder of the ADR(s) evidencing the ADSs owned by such Beneficial Owner.

18. Severability. If any provision of this Deposit Agreement or the ADRs is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall in no way be affected thereby.

 

12


LOGO

 

19. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction.

(a) Governing Law. The Deposit Agreement, the ADSs and the ADRs shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the application of the conflict of law principles thereof.

(b) By the Company and the Depositary. Each of the Company and the Depositary irrevocably agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding brought by either the Company or the Depositary arising out of or based upon this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated herein, therein, hereby or thereby, may be instituted in any state or federal court in New York, New York, and irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Company and the Depositary also irrevocably agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding brought by either the Company or the Depositary arising out of or based upon this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated herein, therein, hereby or thereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York or any competent court in England and Wales.

(c) By Holders and Beneficial Owners. By holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, Holders and Beneficial Owners each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving Holders or Beneficial Owners brought by the Company or the Depositary, arising out of or based upon this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated herein, therein, hereby or thereby, may be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and by holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein each irrevocably waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.

By holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, Holders and Beneficial Owners each also irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving the Depositary and/or the Company brought by Holders or Beneficial Owners, arising out of or based upon this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated herein, therein, hereby or thereby, including, without limitation, claims under the Securities Act of 1933, may be only instituted in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or in the state courts of New York County in New York if either (i) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute or (ii) the designation of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the exclusive forum for any particular dispute is, or becomes, invalid, illegal or unenforceable).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Deposit Agreement to the contrary, any suit, action or proceeding against the Company based on this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated herein, therein, hereby or thereby, may be instituted by the Depositary in any competent court in the United Kingdom, the United States and/or any other court of competent jurisdiction.

 

13


LOGO

 

20. Agent for Service.

(a) Appointment. The Company has appointed GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC, 184 Liberty Corner Road, Suite 200, Warren NJ 07059, United States as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon which process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based on this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated herein, therein, hereby or thereby which may be instituted in any state or federal court in New York, New York by the Depositary or any Holder, and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Subject to the Company’s rights to replace the Authorized Agent with another entity in the manner required were the Authorized Agent to have resigned, such appointment shall be irrevocable.

(b) Agent for Service of Process. The Company represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. The Company further hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any suit, action or proceeding against the Company, by service by mail of a copy thereof upon the Authorized Agent (whether or not the appointment of such Authorized Agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such Authorized Agent shall fail to accept or acknowledge such service), with a copy mailed to the Company by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, to its address provided in Section 15(b) hereof. The Company agrees that the failure of the Authorized Agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment or award rendered in any suit, action or proceeding based thereon. If, for any reason, the Authorized Agent named above or its successor shall no longer serve as agent of the Company to receive service of process, summons, notices, papers and documents in New York, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor that is reasonably acceptable to the Depositary (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld), so as to serve and will promptly advise the Depositary thereof.

(c) Waiver of Personal Service of Process. In the event the Company fails to continue such designation and appointment in full force and effect, the Company hereby waives personal service of process upon it and consents that any such service of process may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to the Company at its address last specified for notices hereunder, and service so made shall be deemed completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so mailed.

 

14


LOGO

 

21. Waiver of Immunities. To the extent that the Company or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter be entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any respect thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution or judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or other matters under or arising out of or in connection with the Shares or Deposited Securities, the ADSs, the ADRs or this Deposit Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consent to such relief and enforcement.

22. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF, AND/OR HOLDER OF INTERESTS IN, ADSS OR ADRS) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE DEPOSITARY AND/OR THE COMPANY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, BASED ON OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE ADSs OR THE ADRs, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, COMMON LAW OR ANY OTHER THEORY), INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY SUIT, ACTION, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING UNDER THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. No provision of this Deposit Agreement or any ADR is intended to constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which a Holder or any Beneficial Owner may have under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to the extent applicable.

 

15


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, HALEON PLC and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. have duly executed this Deposit Agreement as of the day and year first above set forth and all Holders and Beneficial Owners shall become parties hereto upon acceptance by them of ADSs issued in accordance with the terms hereof, or upon acquisition of any beneficial interest therein.

 

HALEON PLC
By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:

 

16


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

ANNEXED TO AND INCORPORATED IN

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

[FORM OF ADR]

 

               

No. of ADSs:

Number

  
  

Each ADS represents

  

Two (2) Shares

  

CUSIP:

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT

evidencing

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

representing

ORDINARY SHARES

of

HALEON PLC

(Incorporated under the laws of England and Wales)

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, as depositary hereunder (the “Depositary”), hereby certifies that is the registered owner (a “Holder”) of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), each (subject to paragraph (12) (Changes Affecting Deposited Securities)) representing two (2) ordinary shares (including the rights to receive Shares described in paragraph (1) (Issuance of ADSs), “Shares” and, together with any other securities, cash or property from time to time held by the Depositary in respect or in lieu of deposited Shares, the “Deposited Securities”), of Haleon plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “Company”), deposited under the Deposit Agreement dated as of _________________ __, 2022 (as amended from time to time, the “Deposit Agreement”) among the Company, the Depositary and all Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (“ADRs”), each of whom by accepting an ADR becomes a party thereto. The Deposit Agreement and this ADR shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the application of the conflict of law principles thereof. All capitalized terms used herein, and not defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Deposit Agreement.

 

A-1


LOGO

 

The Depositary’s office is located at 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 11, New York, New York 10179.

(1) Issuance of ADSs.

(a) Issuance. This ADR is one of the ADRs issued under the Deposit Agreement. Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Depositary may so issue ADRs for delivery at the Transfer Office (as hereinafter defined) only against deposit of: (i) Shares in a form satisfactory to the Custodian; or (ii) rights to receive Shares from the Company or any registrar, transfer agent, clearing agent or other entity recording Share ownership or transactions. At the request, risk and expense of the person depositing Shares, the Depositary may accept deposits for forwarding to the Custodian and may deliver ADRs at a place other than its office. Shares or evidence of rights to receive Shares may be deposited through (x) electronic transfer of such Shares to the account maintained by the Custodian for such purpose at CREST (y) evidence satisfactory to the Custodian of irrevocable instructions to cause such Shares to be transferred to such account or (z) delivery of the certificates representing such Shares. If use of the CREST book-entry system in connection with the Shares is discontinued at any time for any reason, the Company shall make other book-entry arrangements (if any) that it determines, after consultation with the Depositary, are reasonable

(b) Lending. In its capacity as Depositary, the Depositary shall not lend Shares or ADSs.

(c) Representations and Warranties of Depositors. Every person depositing Shares under the Deposit Agreement represents and warrants that:

 

  (i)

such Shares and the certificates therefor are duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid, non-assessable and legally obtained by such person,

 

  (ii)

all pre-emptive and comparable rights, if any, with respect to such Shares have been validly waived or exercised,

 

  (iii)

the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do,

 

  (iv)

the Shares presented for deposit are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim and

 

A-2


LOGO

 

  (v)

such Shares (A) are not “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Restricted Securities”) unless at the time of deposit the requirements of paragraphs (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144 shall not apply and such Shares may be freely transferred and may otherwise be offered and sold freely in the United States or (B) have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. To the extent the person depositing Shares is an “affiliate” of the Company as such term is defined in Rule 144, the person also represents and warrants that upon the sale of the ADSs, all of the provisions of Rule 144 which enable the Shares to be freely sold (in the form of ADSs) will be fully complied with and, as a result thereof, all of the ADSs issued in respect of such Shares will not be on the sale thereof, Restricted Securities.

Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit and withdrawal of Shares and the issuance and cancellation of ADSs in respect thereof and the transfer of such ADSs.

(d) The Depositary may refuse to accept for such deposit any Shares identified by the Company in order to facilitate compliance with the requirements of the laws, rules and regulations of the United States, including, but not limited to, the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(2) Withdrawal of Deposited Securities. Subject to paragraphs (4) (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and (5) (Liability for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges), upon delivery of proper instructions and documentation, the Holder hereof is entitled to delivery at, or to the extent in dematerialized form from, the Custodian’s office of the Deposited Securities at the time represented by the ADSs evidenced by this ADR. At the request, risk and expense of the Holder hereof, the Depositary may deliver such Deposited Securities at such other place as may have been requested by the Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deposit Agreement or this ADR, the withdrawal of Deposited Securities may be restricted only for the reasons set forth in General Instruction I.A.(1) of Form F-6 (as such instructions may be amended from time to time) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3) Transfers, Split-Ups and Combinations of ADRs. The Depositary or its agent will keep, at a designated transfer office (the “Transfer Office”), (a) a register (the “ADR Register”) for the registration, registration of transfer, combination and split-up of ADRs, and, in the case of Direct Registration ADRs, shall include the Direct Registration System, which at all reasonable times will be open for inspection by Holders and the Company for the purpose of communicating with Holders in the interest of the business of the Company or a matter relating to the Deposit Agreement and (b) facilities for the delivery and receipt of ADRs. The term ADR Register includes the Direct Registration System. Title to this ADR (and to the Deposited Securities

 

A-3


LOGO

 

represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby), upon delivery to the Depositary of proper instruments of transfer, is transferable by delivery with the same effect as in the case of negotiable instruments under the laws of the State of New York; provided that the Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the person in whose name this ADR is registered on the ADR Register as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes and neither the Depositary nor the Company will have any obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement or any ADR to any Beneficial Owner, unless such Beneficial Owner is the Holder hereof. Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5), this ADR is transferable on the ADR Register and may be split into other ADRs or combined with other ADRs into one ADR, evidencing the aggregate number of ADSs surrendered for split-up or combination, by the Holder hereof or by a duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this ADR at the Transfer Office upon delivery to the Depositary of proper instruments of transfer, duly stamped as may be required by applicable law; provided that the Depositary may close the ADR Register at any time or from time to time when deemed expedient by it and it shall also close the issuance book portion of the ADR Register when reasonably requested by the Company in order to enable the Company to comply with applicable law.

(4) Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc. Prior to the issue, registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of any ADR, the delivery of any distribution in respect thereof, or, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2) (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities), the withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, and from time to time in the case of clause (b)(ii) of this paragraph (4), the Company, the Depositary or the Custodian may require:

(a) payment with respect thereto of (i) any stock transfer or other tax or other governmental charge, (ii) any stock transfer or registration fees in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares or other Deposited Securities upon any applicable register and (iii) any applicable charges as provided in paragraph (7) (Charges of Depositary) of this ADR;

(b) the production of proof satisfactory to it of (i) the identity of any signatory and genuineness of any signature and (ii) such other information, including without limitation, information as to citizenship, residence, exchange control approval, beneficial or other ownership of, or interest in, any securities, compliance with applicable law, regulations, provisions of or governing Deposited Securities and terms of the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, as it may deem necessary or proper; and

(c) compliance with such regulations as the Depositary may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to comply with any applicable laws, rules, regulations or industry standards or to avoid, prevent or mitigate any potential liability to the Depositary.

 

A-4


LOGO

 

The issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of Shares, the registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs or, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2) (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities), the withdrawal of Deposited Securities may be suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADR Register or any register for Deposited Securities is closed or when any such action is deemed advisable by the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time.

(5) Liability for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges.

(a) Liability for Taxes. If any tax or other governmental charges (including any penalties and/or interest) shall become payable by or on behalf of the Custodian or the Depositary with respect to this ADR, any Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby or any distribution thereon, such tax or other governmental charge shall be paid by the Holder hereof to the Depositary and the Company shall have no liability to Holders therefor. By holding or owning, or having held or owned, this ADR or any ADSs evidenced hereby, the Holder and all Beneficial Owners hereof and thereof, and all prior Holders and Beneficial Owners hereof and thereof, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and save harmless each of the Depositary and its agents in respect of such tax or other governmental charge.

Neither the Company, Depositary, nor any of its agents, shall be liable to Holders or Beneficial Owners of the ADSs and ADRs for failure of any of them to comply with applicable tax laws, rules and/or regulations. Notwithstanding the Depositary’s right to seek payment from current and former Beneficial Owners, the Holders hereof (and all prior Holders hereof) acknowledge and agree that the Depositary has no obligation to seek payment of amounts owing under this paragraph (5) from any current or former Beneficial Owner. The Depositary may refuse to effect any registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination hereof or, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2) (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities), any withdrawal of such Deposited Securities until such payment is made.

The Depositary may also deduct from any distributions on or in respect of Deposited Securities, or may sell by public or private sale for the account of the Holder hereof any part or all of such Deposited Securities, and may apply such deduction or the proceeds of any such sale in payment of such tax or other governmental charge, the Holder hereof remaining liable for any deficiency, and shall reduce the number of ADSs evidenced hereby to reflect any such sales of Shares. In connection with any distribution to Holders, the Company will remit to the appropriate governmental authority or agency all amounts (if any) required to be withheld and owing to such authority or agency by the Company; and the Depositary and the Custodian will remit to the appropriate governmental authority or agency all amounts (if any) required to be withheld and owing to such authority or agency by the Depositary or the Custodian.

 

A-5


LOGO

 

To the extent not prohibited by law, rule, regulation, fiduciary duty, contractual or confidential obligation or otherwise, the Depositary will forward to the Company such information actually in the Depositary’s possession from the transfer records maintained by the Depositary in accordance with the Depositary’s policies and procedures as the Company may reasonably request in writing to enable the Company or its agent to file any required reports with governmental authorities or agencies.

If the Depositary determines that any distribution in property other than cash (including Shares or rights) on Deposited Securities is subject to any tax that the Depositary or the Custodian is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes, by public or private sale, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale or the balance of any such property after deduction of such taxes to the Holders entitled thereto.

(b) Indemnifications Related to Taxes. Each Holder and Beneficial Owner agrees to indemnify the Depositary, the Company, the Custodian and any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained which obligations shall survive any transfer or surrender of ADSs or the termination of the Deposit Agreement.

(6) Disclosure of Interests.

(a) General. To the extent that the provisions of or governing any Deposited Securities may require disclosure of or impose limits on beneficial or other ownership of, or interests in, Deposited Securities, other Shares and other securities and may provide for blocking transfer, voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limits, Holders and Beneficial Owners agree to comply with all such disclosure requirements and ownership limitations and to comply with any reasonable Company instructions in respect thereof. The Company reserves the right to instruct Holders (and through any such Holder, the Beneficial Owners of ADSs evidenced by the ADRs registered in such Holder’s name) to deliver their ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities so as to permit the Company to deal directly with the Holder and/or Beneficial Owner thereof as a holder of Shares and Holders and Beneficial Owners agree to comply with such instructions. The Depositary agrees to cooperate with the Company in its efforts to inform Holders of the Company’s exercise of its rights under this paragraph and agrees to consult with, and provide reasonable assistance, in each case without risk, liability or expense on the part of the Depositary, to the Company on the manner or manners in which it may enforce such rights with respect to any Holder, provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, the Depositary shall be indemnified by the Company in connection with the foregoing.

 

A-6


LOGO

 

(b) Jurisdiction Specific. Notwithstanding any provision of the Deposit Agreement or of the ADRs and without limiting the foregoing, by being a Holder, each such Holder agrees to provide such information as the Company may request in a disclosure notice (a “Disclosure Notice”) given pursuant to the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006 (as amended from time to time and including any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof, the “Companies Act”) or the Articles of Association of the Company. Compliance with the requirements of a Disclosure Notice shall be made by a Holder within 14 days from the date of receipt of a Disclosure Notice by such Holder. By accepting or holding an ADR, each Holder acknowledges that it understands that failure to comply with a Disclosure Notice may result in the imposition of sanctions against the holder of the Shares in respect of which the non-complying person is or was, or appears to be or has been, interested as provided in the Companies Act and the Articles of Association which currently include, the withdrawal of the voting rights of such Shares and the imposition of restrictions on the rights to receive dividends on and to transfer such Shares. In addition, by accepting or holding an ADR each Holder agrees to comply with the provisions of the United Kingdom Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (as amended from time to time, the “DTRs”) with regard to the notification to the Company of interests in Shares and certain financial instruments, which currently provide, inter alia, that a Holder must notify the Company of the percentage of its voting rights he holds as shareholder or holds or is deemed to hold through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments (or a combination of such holdings) if the percentage of those voting rights (i) reaches, exceeds or falls below 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10% and each 1% threshold thereafter up to 100% as a result of an acquisition or disposal of Shares or certain financial instruments, or (ii) reaches, exceeds or falls below such applicable thresholds as a result of events changing the breakdown of voting rights and on the basis of information disclosed by the Company in accordance with the DTRs. The notification must be effected as soon as possible, but not later than two trading days after the Holder (a) learns of the acquisition or disposal or of the possibility of exercising voting rights, or on which, having regard to the circumstances, should have learned of it, regardless of the date on which the acquisition, disposal or possibility of exercising voting rights takes effect, or (b) is informed of the event mentioned in (ii) above. The Depositary shall have no obligations, nor shall it incur any liability, with respect the requirements of this subparagraph (b).

Any summary of the laws and regulations of the United Kingdom and of the terms of the Company’s constituent documents has been provided by the Company solely for the convenience of Holders, Beneficial Owners and the Depositary. While such summaries are believed by the Company to be accurate as of the date of the Deposit Agreement, (i) they are summaries and as such may not include all aspects of the materials summarized applicable to a Holder or Beneficial Owner, and (ii) they are provided as of the date of the Deposit Agreement. Holders and Beneficial Owners acknowledge that these laws and regulations and the Company’s constituent documents may change after the date of the Deposit Agreement. Neither the Depositary nor the Company has any obligation to update any such summaries.

 

A-7


LOGO

 

(7) Charges of Depositary.

(a) Rights of the Depositary. The Depositary may charge, and collect from, (i) each person to whom ADSs are issued, including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of Shares, issuances in respect of Share Distributions, Rights and Other Distributions (as such terms are defined in paragraph (9) (Distributions on Deposited Securities)), issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company, or issuances pursuant to a merger, exchange of securities or any other transaction or event affecting the ADSs or the Deposited Securities, and (ii) each person surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of Deposited Securities or whose ADSs are cancelled or reduced for any other reason, U.S.$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) issued, delivered, reduced, cancelled or surrendered, or upon which a Share Distribution or elective distribution is made or offered (as the case may be). The Depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient securities and property received in respect of Share Distributions, Rights and Other Distributions prior to such deposit to pay such charge.

(b) Additional fees, charges and expenses by the Depositary. The following additional fees, charges and expenses shall also be incurred by the Holders, the Beneficial Owners, by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering ADSs and/or to whom ADSs are issued (including, without limitation, issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the ADSs or the Deposited Securities or a distribution of ADSs pursuant to paragraph (9) (Distributions on Deposited Securities)), whichever is applicable:

(i) a fee of U.S.$0.05 or less per ADS held for any Cash distribution made, or for any elective cash/stock dividend offered, pursuant to the Deposit Agreement,

(ii) a fee for the distribution or sale of securities pursuant to paragraph (9) hereof, such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (for purposes of this paragraph (7) treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof are instead distributed by the Depositary to Holders entitled thereto,

(iii) an aggregate fee of U.S.$0.05 or less per ADS per calendar year (or portion thereof) for services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against Holders as of the record date or record dates set by the Depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions), and

 

A-8


LOGO

 

(iv) an amount for the reimbursement of such charges and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary and/or any of its agents (including, without limitation, the Custodian and charges and expenses incurred on behalf of Holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in connection with the servicing of the Shares or other Deposited Securities, the sale of securities (including, without limitation, Deposited Securities), the delivery of Deposited Securities or otherwise in connection with the Depositary’s or its Custodian’s compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation (which charges and expenses may be assessed on a proportionate basis against Holders as of the record date or dates set by the Depositary and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders or by deducting such charge or expense from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).

(c) Other Obligations, Fees, Charges and Expenses. The Company will pay all other fees, charges and expenses of the Depositary and any agent of the Depositary (except the Custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between the Company and the Depositary, except:

(i) stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges (which are payable by Holders or persons depositing Shares);

(ii) cancellation transaction (including SWIFT, telex and facsimile transmission) fees and delivery expenses incurred at the request of persons depositing, or Holders delivering Shares, ADRs or Deposited Securities as disclosed on the “Disclosures” page (or successor page) of www.adr.com (as updated by the Depositary from time to time, “ADR.com”) (which are payable by such persons or Holders); and

(iii) transfer or registration expenses for the registration or transfer of Deposited Securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of Deposited Securities (which are payable by persons depositing Shares or Holders withdrawing Deposited Securities).

(d) Foreign Exchange Related Matters. To facilitate the administration of various depositary receipt transactions, including disbursement of dividends or other cash distributions and other corporate actions, the Depositary may engage the foreign exchange desk within JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) and/or its affiliates in order to enter into spot foreign exchange transactions to convert foreign currency into U.S. dollars (“FX Transactions”). For certain currencies, FX Transactions are entered into with the Bank or an affiliate, as the case may be, acting in a principal capacity. For other currencies, FX Transactions are routed directly to and managed by an unaffiliated local custodian (or other third-party local liquidity provider), and neither the Bank nor any of its affiliates is a party to such FX Transactions.

 

A-9


LOGO

 

The foreign exchange rate applied to an FX Transaction will be either (i) a published benchmark rate, or (ii) a rate determined by a third-party local liquidity provider, in each case plus or minus a spread, as applicable. The Depositary will disclose which foreign exchange rate and spread, if any, apply to such currency on the “Disclosures” page (or successor page) of ADR.com. Such applicable foreign exchange rate and spread may (and neither the Depositary, the Bank nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to ensure that such rate does not) differ from rates and spreads at which comparable transactions are entered into with other customers or the range of foreign exchange rates and spreads at which the Bank or any of its affiliates enters into foreign exchange transactions in the relevant currency pair on the date of the FX Transaction. Additionally, the timing of execution of an FX Transaction varies according to local market dynamics, which may include regulatory requirements, market hours and liquidity in the foreign exchange market or other factors. Furthermore, the Bank and its affiliates may manage the associated risks of their position in the market in a manner they deem appropriate without regard to the impact of such activities on the Company, the Depositary, Holders or Beneficial Owners. The spread applied does not reflect any gains or losses that may be earned or incurred by the Bank and its affiliates as a result of risk management or other hedging related activity.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Company provides U.S. dollars to the Depositary, neither the Bank nor any of its affiliates will execute an FX Transaction as set forth herein. In such case, the Depositary will distribute the U.S. dollars received from the Company.

Further details relating to the applicable foreign exchange rate, the applicable spread and the execution of FX Transactions will be provided by the Depositary on ADR.com. The Company, Holders and Beneficial Owners each acknowledge and agree that the terms applicable to FX Transactions disclosed from time to time on ADR.com will apply to any FX Transaction executed pursuant to the Deposit Agreement.

(e) The right of the Depositary to receive payment of fees, charges and expenses as provided above shall survive the termination of the Deposit Agreement. Upon the resignation or removal of the Depositary, such right shall extend for those fees, charges and expenses incurred prior to the effectiveness of such resignation or removal.

(f) Disclosure of Potential Depositary Payments. The Depositary anticipates reimbursing the Company for certain expenses incurred by the Company that are related to the establishment and maintenance of the ADR program upon such terms and conditions as the Company and the Depositary may agree from time to time. The Depositary may make available to the Company a set amount or a portion of the Depositary fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise upon such terms and conditions as the Company and the Depositary may agree from time to time.

 

A-10


LOGO

 

(8) Available Information. The Deposit Agreement, the provisions of or governing Deposited Securities and any written communications from the Company, which are both received by the Custodian or its nominee as a holder of Deposited Securities and made generally available to the holders of Deposited Securities, are available for inspection by Holders at the offices of the Depositary and the Custodian, at the Transfer Office, on the Commission’s Internet Website, or upon request from the Depositary (which request may be refused by the Depositary at its discretion). The Depositary will distribute copies of such communications (or English translations or summaries thereof) to Holders when furnished by the Company.

The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and accordingly files certain reports with the Commission. These reports can be inspected and retrieved by Holders and Beneficial Owners through the EDGAR system on the Commission’s Internet Website located as of the date of the Deposit Agreement at www.sec.gov and can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission, currently located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Each Holder and Beneficial Owner of an ADR and/or interest therein by so holding or owing an ADR and/or an interest therein, acknowledges and agrees that the Depositary (i) is relying, and may so rely, solely on the Company’s representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in this paragraph (8) of the form of ADR (Available Information), (ii) does not assume any duty or responsibility to determine if the Company is in compliance with the registration, reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (iii) may, and is expressly authorized by each Holder and Beneficial Owner of an ADR and/or an interest therein to, represent, warrant and certify that, based on such ongoing representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company, the Company is in compliance with the registration, reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(9) Distributions on Deposited Securities. Subject to paragraphs (4) (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and (5) (Liability for Taxes, Duties and other Charges), to the extent practicable, the Depositary will distribute to each Holder entitled thereto on the record date set by the Depositary therefor at such Holder’s address shown on the ADR Register, in proportion to the number of Deposited Securities (on which the following distributions on Deposited Securities are received by the Custodian) represented by ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs:

 

A-11


LOGO

 

(a) Cash. Any U.S. dollars available to the Depositary resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof authorized in this paragraph (9) (“Cash”), on an averaged or other practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with respect to certain Holders, and (iii) deduction of the Depositary’s and/or its agents’ fees and expenses in (1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars by sale or in such other manner as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner.

(b) Shares. (i) Additional ADRs evidencing whole ADSs representing any Shares available to the Depositary resulting from a dividend or free distribution on Deposited Securities consisting of Shares (a “Share Distribution”) and (ii) U.S. dollars available to it resulting from the net proceeds of sales of Shares received in a Share Distribution, which Shares would give rise to fractional ADSs if additional ADRs were issued therefor, as in the case of Cash.

(c) Rights. (i) Warrants or other instruments in the discretion of the Depositary representing rights to acquire additional ADRs in respect of any rights to subscribe for additional Shares or rights of any nature available to the Depositary as a result of a distribution on Deposited Securities (“Rights”), to the extent that the Company timely furnishes to the Depositary evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that the Depositary may lawfully distribute the same (the Company has no obligation to so furnish such evidence), or (ii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and sales of Rights are practicable, any U.S. dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Rights as in the case of Cash, or (iii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and such sales cannot practicably be accomplished by reason of the nontransferability of the Rights, limited markets therefor, their short duration or otherwise, nothing (and any Rights may lapse).

(d) Other Distributions. (i) Securities or property available to the Depositary resulting from any distribution on Deposited Securities other than Cash, Share Distributions and Rights (“Other Distributions”), by any means that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable, or (ii) to the extent the Depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable, any U.S. dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Other Distributions as in the case of Cash.

 

A-12


LOGO

 

The Depositary reserves the right to utilize a division, branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to direct, manage and/or execute any public and/or private sale of securities hereunder. Such division, branch and/or affiliate may charge the Depositary a fee in connection with such sales, which fee is considered an expense of the Depositary contemplated above and/or under paragraph (7) (Charges of Depositary). Any U.S. dollars available will be distributed by checks drawn on a bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents. Fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt with by the Depositary in accordance with its then current practices. All purchases and sales of securities will be handled by the Depositary in accordance with its then current policies, which are currently set forth on the “Disclosures” page (or successor page) of ADR.com, the location and contents of which the Depositary shall be solely responsible for.

For all cash dividends and other cash distributions that are made available to the Depositary after the date that will be published on adr.com and communicated to then current Holders by mail, the Depositary will distribute any Cash to Holders solely via electronic funds transfer (“EFT”), except as otherwise provided in this paragraph. In order to receive such amounts, Holders must provide their bank deposit details to the Depositary in accordance with the instructions provided by the Depositary for this purpose. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, all such amounts owing to Holders who do not provide such bank deposit details shall be held by the Depositary on behalf of such Holders until such bank deposit details have been provided. All amounts so held by the Depositary will be reported for tax purposes as if paid to all Holders as of the date that funds are first made available to Holders and will neither accrue interest nor be invested for Holders while they are being held. A Holder will be unable to receive Cash dividends or other Cash distributions to which it is entitled until such time as such Holder either (i) provides its bank deposit details to the Depositary in accordance with the instructions provided by the Depositary for this purpose, (ii) transfers such Holder’s ADS position into DTC or (iii) cancels its ADSs (whereupon, in the case of a transfer to DTC or a cancellation, such Holder will receive a check for the aggregate amount of Cash dividends and/or Cash distributions being held on its behalf). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary shall, if instructed by the Company, distribute Cash dividends and other Cash distributions by check or by such other means as the Company and the Depositary may agree.

(10) Record Dates. The Depositary may, after consultation with the Company if practicable, fix a record date (which, to the extent applicable, shall be as near as practicable to any corresponding record date set by the Company) for the determination of the Holders who shall be responsible for the fee assessed by the Depositary for administration of the ADR program and for any expenses provided for in paragraph (7) hereof as well as for the determination of the Holders who shall be entitled to receive any distribution on or in respect of Deposited Securities, to give instructions for the exercise of any voting rights, to receive any notice or to act or be obligated in respect of other matters and only such Holders shall be so entitled or obligated.

 

A-13


LOGO

 

(11) Voting of Deposited Securities.

(a) Proxy Appointment. The Depositary or, if the Deposited Securities are registered in the name of or held by its nominee, its nominee, subject to and in accordance with the constituent documents of the Company, hereby irrevocably appoints each Holder for the time being on the record date (the “Voting Record Date”) fixed by the Depositary in accordance with paragraph (11) in respect of any meeting (at which holders of Deposited Securities are entitled to vote) as its proxy to attend, vote and speak at the relevant meeting (or any adjournment thereof) in respect of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADS registered on the books of the Depositary in the name of such Holder on the Voting Record Date. In respect of any such meeting each such Holder may appoint any person as its substitute proxy to attend, vote and speak on behalf of the Holder, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (11) and the constituent documents of the Company.

(b) Notice of any Meeting or Solicitation. As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting at which the holders of Deposited Securities are entitled to vote, or of solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall, in accordance with paragraph (10) hereof, fix the Voting Record Date in respect of such meeting or solicitation. The Depositary or, if the Company so determines, the Company, shall distribute to Holders of record on such Voting Record Date: (a) such information as is contained in such notice of meeting or in the solicitation materials, (b) an ADR proxy card in a form prepared by the Depositary, (c) a statement that each Holder at the close of business on the Voting Record Date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the Company’s constituent documents and the provisions of or governing the Deposited Securities, either (i) to use such ADR proxy card in order to attend, vote and speak at such meeting as the proxy of the Depositary or its nominee solely with respect to the Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs or (ii) to appoint any other person as the substitute proxy of such Holder, solely with respect to the Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs, or (iii) to renounce the proxy initially provided by the Depositary or its nominee to such Holder or such Holder’s substitute proxy and to provide Voting instructions to the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to the Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by ADSs evidenced by their respective ADRs (“Voting Instructions”), and (d) if the Depositary is to be given Voting Instructions by such Holder, a brief statement as to the manner in which Voting Instructions may be given to the Depositary. Each Holder shall be solely responsible for the forwarding of voting information to the Beneficial Owners of ADSs registered in such Holder’s name. There is no guarantee that Holders and Beneficial Owners generally or any Holder or Beneficial Owner in particular will receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable such Holder or Beneficial Owner to return any voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner or for the Holder to arrange to attend, vote and/or speak at the relevant meeting. The Company shall provide notice to the Depositary of such vote or meeting in a timely manner and at least 30 days prior to the date of such vote or meeting (unless less than 30 days’ notice of the meeting has been given in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and UK law, in which case the Company will provide to the Depositary such advance notice of the meeting as may be possible under the circumstances); provided that if the Depositary receives less than 30 days’ notice of such vote or meeting, the Depositary shall only make such distribution to the extent it deems it to be practicable.

 

A-14


LOGO

 

(c) Voting of Deposited Securities. Upon actual receipt by the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting instructions (including, without limitation, instructions of any entity or entities acting on behalf of the nominee for DTC) of Voting Instructions of a Holder on the Voting Record Date in the manner and on or before the time established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor, insofar as practicable and permitted under applicable law, the provisions of the Company’s constituent documents and the provisions of the Deposited Securities, to vote or cause to be voted the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs in accordance with such Voting Instructions insofar as practicable and permitted under the provisions of or governing Deposited Securities. The Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion in respect of any Deposited Securities. Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by ADSs for which no specific Voting Instructions are received by the Depositary from the Holder shall not be voted by the Depositary but may be directly voted by such Holder in attendance at meetings of shareholders as proxy for the Depositary or its nominee, subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of this paragraph (11) and the Company’s constituent documents.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein this paragraph (11) to the contrary, Holders and their substitute proxy (other than the Depositary) shall only be permitted to attend, vote and speak at meetings at which holders of Deposited Securities are entitled to vote as the proxy of the Depositary or its nominee with respect to the whole number of Shares represented by the ADSs evidenced by ADRs held by such Holders on the record date set by the Depositary in accordance with paragraph (10) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, when the Depositary receives Voting Instructions from a substitute proxy of a Holder (including, without limitation, instructions from Broadridge Financial Solutions or any other entity acting on behalf of participants and/or customers of participants within DTC) or their agents, and such registered Holder has notified the Depositary that it holds ADRs on behalf of such substitute proxies, the Depositary shall treat such Voting Instructions as coming from an entity that holds ADRs on behalf of such substitute proxies and the Depositary shall vote or cause to be voted the Deposited Securities in accordance with such instructions.

 

A-15


LOGO

 

Holders are strongly encouraged to forward their Voting Instructions as soon as possible. Voting Instructions will not be deemed received until such time as the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting has received such Voting Instructions notwithstanding that such Voting Instructions may have been physically received by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Depositary, prior to such time.

(d) Alternative Methods of Distributing Materials. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Deposit Agreement or any ADR, the Depositary may, to the extent not prohibited by any law, rule or regulation or the rules and/or requirements of the stock exchange on which the ADSs are listed, in lieu of distribution of the materials provided to the Depositary in connection with any meeting of or solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of Deposited Securities, distribute to the Holders a notice, after consulting the Company as to the form of such notice to the extent practicable, that provides Holders with, or otherwise publicizes to Holders, instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon request (i.e., by reference to a website containing the materials for retrieval or a contact for requesting copies of the materials).

(12) Changes Affecting Deposited Securities.

(a) Subject to paragraphs (4) (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and (5) (Liability for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges), the Depositary may, in its discretion, and shall if reasonably requested by the Company, amend this ADR or distribute additional or amended ADRs (with or without calling this ADR for exchange) or cash, securities or property on the record date set by the Depositary therefor to reflect any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of Deposited Securities, any Share Distribution or Other Distribution not distributed to Holders or any cash, securities or property available to the Depositary in respect of Deposited Securities from (and the Depositary is hereby authorized to surrender any Deposited Securities to any person and, irrespective of whether such Deposited Securities are surrendered or otherwise cancelled by operation of law, rule, regulation or otherwise, to sell by public or private sale any property received in connection with) any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

(b) To the extent the Depositary does not so amend this ADR or make a distribution to Holders to reflect any of the foregoing, or the net proceeds thereof, whatever cash, securities or property results from any of the foregoing shall constitute Deposited Securities and each ADS evidenced by this ADR shall automatically represent its pro rata interest in the Deposited Securities as then constituted.

 

A-16


LOGO

 

(c) Promptly upon the occurrence of any of the aforementioned changes affecting Deposited Securities, the Company shall notify the Depositary in writing of such occurrence and as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice from the Company, may instruct the Depositary to give notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to Holders in accordance with the provisions hereof. Upon receipt of such instruction, the Depositary shall give notice to the Holders in accordance with the terms thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(13) Exoneration.

(a) The Depositary, the Company, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates and each of them shall: (i) incur or assume no liability (including, without limitation, to Holders or Beneficial Owners) (A) if any present or future law, rule, regulation, fiat, order or decree of the United Kingdom, the United States or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the provisions of or governing any Deposited Securities, any present or future provision of the Company’s charter, any act of God, war, terrorism, epidemic, pandemic, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strike, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions, cyber, ransomware or malware attack, computer failure or circumstance beyond its direct and immediate control shall prevent or delay, or shall cause any of them to be subject to any civil or criminal penalty in connection with, any act which the Deposit Agreement or this ADR provides shall be done or performed by it or them (including, without limitation, voting pursuant to paragraph (11) hereof), or (B) by reason of any non-performance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of any act or things which by the terms of the Deposit Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed or any exercise or failure to exercise any discretion given it in the Deposit Agreement or this ADR (including, without limitation, any failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable); (ii) incur or assume no liability (including, without limitation, to Holders or Beneficial Owners) except to perform its obligations to the extent they are specifically set forth in this ADR and the Deposit Agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct and the Depositary shall not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to Holders or Beneficial Owners; (iii) in the case of the Depositary and its agents, be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities, the ADSs or this ADR; (iv) in the case of the Company and its agents hereunder be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities, the ADSs or this ADR, which in its opinion may involve it in expense or liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability be furnished as often as may be required; and (v) not be liable (including, without limitation, to Holders or Beneficial Owners) for any action or inaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from any legal counsel, any accountant, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Holder, or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information and/or, in the case of the Depositary, the Company. The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by, or the insolvency of, any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system.

 

A-17


LOGO

 

(b) The Depositary. The Depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, the insolvency of any Custodian that is not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The Depositary shall not have any liability for the price received in connection with any sale of securities, the timing thereof or any delay in action or omission to act nor shall it be responsible for any error or delay in action, omission to act, default or negligence on the part of the party so retained in connection with any such sale or proposed sale. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Deposit Agreement (including the ADRs), and subject to the further limitations set forth in clause (p) of this paragraph (13), the Depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, any act or omission to act on the part of the Custodian except to the extent that any Holder has incurred liability directly as a result of the Custodian having (i) committed fraud or willful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary or (ii) failed to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary as determined in accordance with the standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the Custodian is located.

(c) Each of the Company, the Depositary and their respective agents may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction, instruction or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, presented or given by the proper party or parties.

(d) The Depositary shall be under no obligation to inform Holders or Beneficial Owners about the requirements of the laws, rules or regulations or any changes therein or thereto of the United Kingdom, the United States or any other country or jurisdiction or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system.

(e) The Depositary and its agents will not be responsible for any failure to carry out any Voting Instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, for the manner in which voting instructions are given, including instructions to give a discretionary proxy to a person designed by the Company, for the manner in which any such vote is cast, including without limitation any vote cast by a person to whom the Depositary is instructed to grant a discretionary proxy pursuant to paragraph (11) hereof, for any act or omission to act on the part of Holders, Beneficial Owners, the Company or its agents in connection with voting at a meeting, or for the effect of any such vote.

(f) The Depositary may rely upon instructions from the Company or its counsel in respect of any approval or license required for any currency conversion, transfer or distribution.

 

A-18


LOGO

 

(g) The Depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in ADRs.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Deposit Agreement or an ADR, the Depositary and its agents may fully respond to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by or on its behalf in connection with the Deposit Agreement, any Holder or Holders, any ADR or ADRs or otherwise related hereto or thereto to the extent such information is requested or required by or pursuant to any lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules, regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking, securities or other regulators.

(i) None of the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be liable for the failure by any Holder or Beneficial Owner to obtain the benefits of credits or refunds of non-U.S. tax paid against such Holder’s or Beneficial Owner’s income tax liability.

(j) The Depositary is under no obligation to provide the Holders and Beneficial Owners, or any of them, with any information about the tax status of the Company. None of the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates, shall incur any liability for any tax or tax consequences that may be incurred by Holders or Beneficial Owners on account of their ownership or disposition of the ADRs or ADSs.

(k) The Depositary shall not incur any liability for the content of any information submitted to it by or on behalf of the Company for distribution to the Holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, for any investment risk associated with acquiring an interest in the Deposited Securities, for the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of the Deposit Agreement or for the failure or timeliness of any notice from the Company.

(l) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Deposit Agreement to the contrary, the Depositary and the Custodian(s) may use third party delivery services and providers of information regarding matters such as, but not limited to, pricing, proxy voting, corporate actions, class action litigation and other services in connection herewith and the Deposit Agreement, and use local agents to provide services, such as, but not limited to, attendance at meetings of holders of securities of issuers. Although the Depositary and the Custodian will use reasonable care (and cause their agents to use reasonable care) in the selection and retention of such third party providers and local agents, they will not be responsible for any errors or omissions made by them in providing the relevant information or services.

 

A-19


LOGO

 

(m) The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary.

(n) By holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, Holders and Beneficial Owners each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving Holders or Beneficial Owners brought by the Company or the Depositary, arising out of or based upon the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated therein, herein, thereby or hereby, may be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and by holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein each irrevocably waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. By holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, Holders and Beneficial Owners each also irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving the Depositary and/or the Company brought by Holders or Beneficial Owners, arising out of or based upon the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated therein, herein, thereby or hereby, including, without limitation, claims under the Securities Act of 1933, may be only instituted in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or in the state courts of New York County in New York if either (i) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute or (ii) the designation of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the exclusive forum for any particular dispute is, or becomes, invalid, illegal or unenforceable).

(o) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Depositary and its agents under certain circumstances and the Depositary has agreed to indemnify the Company under certain circumstances.

(p) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deposit Agreement or this ADR to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Depositary, nor any of their respective agents shall be liable to the other for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages or lost profits, in each case of any form incurred by any of them or any other person or entity (including, without limitation, Holders and Beneficial Owners), whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought (collectively “Special Damages”) except (i) to the extent such Special Damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party from whom indemnification is sought or (ii) to the extent Special Damages arise from or out of a claim brought by a third party (including, without limitation, Holders and Beneficial Owners) against the Depositary or its agents acting under the Deposit Agreement, except to the extent such Special Damages arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification thereunder.

 

A-20


LOGO

 

(q) No provision of the Deposit Agreement or this ADR is intended to constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which Holders or Beneficial Owners may have under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to the extent applicable.

(14) Resignation and Removal of Depositary; the Custodian.

(a) Resignation. The Depositary may resign as Depositary by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement.

(b) Removal. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by no less than 60 days’ prior written notice of such removal, to become effective upon the later of (i) the 60th day after delivery of the notice to the Depositary and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement.

(c) The Custodian. The Depositary may appoint substitute or additional Custodians and the term “Custodian” refers to each Custodian or all Custodians as the context requires.

(15) Amendment. Subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2) (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities), the ADRs and the Deposit Agreement may be amended by the Company and the Depositary, provided that any amendment that imposes or increases any fees, charges or expenses (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, cancellation transaction (including SWIFT, telex or facsimile transmission) fees, delivery costs or other such fees, charges or expenses), or that shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Holders or Beneficial Owners, shall become effective 30 days after notice of such amendment shall have been given to the Holders. Every Holder and Beneficial Owner at the time any amendment to the Deposit Agreement so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such ADR, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Holder of any ADR to surrender such ADR and receive the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law. Any amendments or supplements which (i) are reasonably necessary (as agreed by the Company and the Depositary) in order for (a) the ADSs to be registered on Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1933 or (b) the ADSs or Shares to be traded solely in electronic book-entry form and (ii) do not in either such case impose or increase any fees or charges to be borne by Holders, shall be deemed not to prejudice any substantial rights of Holders or Beneficial Owners. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the Deposit Agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance therewith, the Company and the Depositary may amend or supplement

 

A-21


LOGO

 

the Deposit Agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations. Such amendment or supplement to the Deposit Agreement in such circumstances may become effective before a notice of such amendment or supplement is given to Holders or within any other period of time as required for compliance. Notice of any amendment to the Deposit Agreement or form of ADRs shall not need to describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby, and failure to describe the specific amendments in any such notice shall not render such notice invalid, provided, however, that, in each such case, the notice given to the Holders identifies a means for Holders and Beneficial Owners to retrieve or receive the text of such amendment (i.e., upon retrieval from the Commission’s, the Depositary’s or the Company’s website or upon request from the Depositary).

(16) Termination. The Depositary may, and shall at the written direction of the Company, terminate the Deposit Agreement and this ADR by mailing notice of

such termination to the Holders, with a copy to the Company, at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination; provided, however, if the Depositary shall have (i) resigned as Depositary hereunder, notice of such termination by the Depositary shall not be provided to Holders unless a successor depositary shall not be operating hereunder within 60 days of the date of such resignation, or (ii) been removed as Depositary hereunder, notice of such termination by the Depositary shall not be provided to Holders unless a successor depositary shall not be operating hereunder on the 60th day after the Company’s notice of removal was first provided to the Depositary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Depositary may terminate the Deposit Agreement subject to giving 30 days’ notice to the Holders, with a copy to the Company, under the following circumstances: (i) in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy or insolvency, (ii) if the Shares cease to be listed on an internationally recognized stock exchange, (iii) if the Company effects (or will effect) a redemption of all or substantially all of the Deposited Securities, or a cash or share distribution representing a return of all or substantially all of the value of the Deposited Securities, or (iv) there occurs a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other transaction as a result of which securities or other property are delivered in exchange for or in lieu of Deposited Securities, except where such transaction was commenced, announced by the Company or notified to the Depositary prior to the effective date of the Deposit Agreement.

After the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, except to receive and hold (or sell) distributions on Deposited Securities and deliver Deposited Securities being withdrawn. As soon as practicable after the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary shall use its reasonable efforts to sell the Deposited Securities and shall thereafter (as long as it may lawfully do so) hold in an account (which may be a segregated or unsegregated account) the net proceeds of such sales, together with any other cash then held by it under the Deposit Agreement, without liability for interest, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of ADRs not theretofore surrendered. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations in respect of the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash. After the date so fixed for termination, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary and its agents.

 

 

A-22


LOGO

 

(17) Appointment; Acknowledgements and Agreements. Each Holder and each Beneficial Owner, upon acceptance of any ADSs or ADRs (or any interest in any of them) issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed for all purposes to (a) be a party to and bound by the terms of the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR(s), (b) appoint the Depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions contemplated in the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR(s), to adopt any and all procedures necessary to comply with applicable law and to take such action as the Depositary in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR(s), the taking of such actions to be the conclusive determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof, and (c) acknowledge and agree that (i) nothing in the Deposit Agreement or any ADR shall give rise to a partnership or joint venture among the parties thereto nor establish a fiduciary or similar relationship among such parties, (ii) the Depositary, its divisions, branches and affiliates, and their respective agents, may from time to time be in the possession of non-public information about the Company, Holders, Beneficial Owners and/or their respective affiliates, (iii) the Depositary and its divisions, branches and affiliates may at any time have multiple banking relationships with the Company, Holders, Beneficial Owners and/or the affiliates of any of them, (iv) the Depositary and its divisions, branches and affiliates may, from time to time, be engaged in transactions in which parties adverse to the Company or the Holders or Beneficial Owners and/or their respective affiliates may have interests, (v) nothing contained in the Deposit Agreement or any ADR(s) shall (A) preclude the Depositary or any of its divisions, branches or affiliates from engaging in such transactions or establishing or maintaining such relationships, or (B) obligate the Depositary or any of its divisions, branches or affiliates to disclose such transactions or relationships or to account for any profit made or payment received in such transactions or relationships, (vi) the Depositary shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any information held by any branch, division or affiliate of the Depositary and (vii) notice to a Holder shall be deemed, for all purposes of the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, to constitute notice to any and all Beneficial Owners of the ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs. For all purposes under the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, the Holder hereof shall be deemed to have all requisite authority to act on behalf of any and all Beneficial Owners of the ADSs evidenced by this ADR.

 

A-23


LOGO

 

(18) Waiver. EACH PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF, AND/OR HOLDER OF INTERESTS IN, ADSS OR ADRS) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE DEPOSITARY AND/OR THE COMPANY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, BASED ON OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE ADSs OR THE ADRs, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, COMMON LAW OR ANY OTHER THEORY), INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY SUIT, ACTION, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING UNDER THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. No provision of the Deposit Agreement or this ADR is intended to constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which a Holder or any Beneficial Owner may have under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to the extent applicable.

(19) Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares. Whenever the Company intends to distribute a dividend payable at the election of the holders of Shares in cash or in additional Shares, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Depositary at least 30 days prior to the proposed distribution stating whether or not it wishes such elective distribution to be made available to Holders. Upon receipt of notice indicating that the Company wishes such elective distribution to be made available to Holders, the Depositary shall consult with the Company to determine, and the Company shall assist the Depositary in its determination, whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make such elective distribution available to the Holders. The Depositary shall make such elective distribution available to Holders only if (i) the Company shall have timely requested that the elective distribution is available to Holders, (ii) the Depositary shall have determined that such distribution is reasonably practicable and (iii) the Depositary shall have received satisfactory documentation within the terms of Section 13 of the Deposit Agreement including, without limitation, any legal opinions of counsel in any applicable jurisdiction that the Depositary in its reasonable discretion may request, at the expense of the Company. If the above conditions are not satisfied, the Depositary shall, to the extent permitted by law, distribute to the Holders, on the basis of the same determination as is made in the local market in respect of the Shares for which no election is made, either (x) cash or (y) additional ADSs representing such additional Shares. If the above conditions are satisfied, the Depositary shall establish a record date and establish procedures to enable Holders to elect the receipt of the proposed dividend in cash or in additional ADSs. The Company shall assist the Depositary in establishing such procedures to the extent necessary. Nothing herein shall obligate the Depositary to make available to Holders a method to receive the elective dividend in Shares (rather than ADSs). There can be no assurance that Holders or Beneficial Owners generally, or any Holder and/or Beneficial Owner in particular, will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of Shares.

 

A-24

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

 

dated 09 May 2022

by

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE OVERSEAS LIMITED

and

BRIAN MCNAMARA

 

LOGO

Baker & McKenzie LLP

100 New Bridge Street

London EC4V 6JA

United Kingdom

www.bakermckenzie.com


Table of contents

 

1.    Appointment and term      1  
2.    Duties      1  
3.    Exclusive service and conflicts of interest      2  
4.    Remuneration      2  
5.    Expenses      3  
6.    Deductions      3  
7.    Sickness absence      3  
8.    Holidays and other paid leave      4  
9.    Other benefits      5  
10.    Training      6  
11.    Confidentiality      6  
12.    Intellectual property, inventions and patents      7  
13.    Post-termination obligations      9  
14.    Termination      9  
15.    Payment in lieu of notice      10  
16.    Garden leave      11  
17.    Return of property      11  
18.    Directorships      12  
19.    Liquidation for reconstruction or amalgamation      12  
20.    Disciplinary and grievance procedures      12  
21.    Warranty      12  
22.    Notices      13  
23.    Definitions      13  
24.    Construction      14  
25.    Prior agreements      14  
26.    Governing law      14  

Schedule 1

Post Termination Obligations

 

i


Service Agreement

This Agreement is dated 09 May 2022

Between

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE OVERSEAS LIMITED, a company registered in England and Wales (the “Company”), whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS; and

Brian McNamara (The “Executive”).

It is agreed as follows:-

 

1.

Appointment and term

 

1.1

The Executive will be employed by the Company as Chief Executive Officer or in such other capacity as the Company may reasonably determine from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (the “Employment”).

 

1.2

The Employment will commence on the Commencement Date and will continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 12 months’ written notice unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Agreement. The Employment will not be subject to a probationary period.

 

1.3

The Executive’s period of continuous employment began on 1 September 2004.

 

2.

Duties

 

2.1

The Executive will perform such duties and exercise such powers in relation to Haleon, the Company and any other Associated Company as may reasonably be assigned to him from time to time but the Executive will not be required to perform duties which are not reasonably within his capabilities.

 

2.2

The Company may require the Executive to accept any office or position in the Company or any Associated Company without additional remuneration as may be reasonably required by the Company.

 

2.3

The Executive will report to the Haleon Chair or such other person nominated by the Company from time to time.

 

2.4

The Executive’s normal place of work will be The Heights Business Park, Weybridge or such other place within or outside of the United Kingdom as the Company may require from time to time. The Executive may be required to travel anywhere within or outside the United Kingdom in the performance of his duties.

 

2.5

The Executive will work such hours as are necessary for the proper performance of his duties. The parties each agree that the nature of the Executive’s position is such that his working time cannot be measured and, accordingly, that the Employment falls within the scope of regulation 20 of the Working Time Regulations 1998.

 

2.6

The Executive acknowledges that he is a fiduciary of the Company or its Associated Companies and agrees that he will act at all times in good faith and comply with the lawful instructions, regulations and policies of the Company and use his best endeavours to promote the interests of the Company and Associated Companies. During his working hours the Executive will devote the whole of his time, attention, skill and knowledge to his duties.

 

1


2.7

The Executive will inform the Company immediately of any act or omission of his which constitutes a breach of this Agreement, and any act or omission of any other employee or member of staff of which he becomes aware and which constitutes, or might reasonably constitute, a material breach of the duties owed by that member of staff.

 

2.8

The Executive will ensure that he is at all times familiar with and that he complies with his legal duties as a director of the Company and any Associated Company including, but not limited to, his duties under the Companies Act 2006.

 

2.9

The Executive will comply with the Market Abuse Regulation (596/2014/EU) as implemented in the UK pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as well as all applicable rules of the London Stock Exchange Plc and the UK Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) , including, but not limited to, the FCA’s Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, and any Company policy (or policies) relating to, among others: (i) dealings in shares, debentures or other securities of the Company and any Associated Companies; and/or (ii) unpublished price sensitive information affecting the securities of any other company. This duty will continue during and after the Employment until such time as any price sensitive information the Executive has obtained during his employment or any office holding ceases to be price sensitive information, either through publication by the Company or otherwise.

 

2.10

The Executive will comply with any applicable Share Ownership Requirements in place from time to time and any other requirement imposed by the Company in its absolute discretion from time to time, requiring the Executive to own shares in the Company either during the Employment or after it ends.

 

2.11

The Executive hereby authorises the Company, and any agent instructed by the Company, to access any program or data held on any computer used by the Executive in the course of performing his duties of employment (and regardless of whether the program or data is related to the Executive’s duties of employment).

 

3.

Exclusive service and conflicts of interest

 

3.1

During the Employment the Executive will not without the prior written consent of the Board directly or indirectly on his own account or on behalf of any third party and in any capacity be engaged, concerned or interested in or provide services to any other business or enterprise or accept any other engagement or public office PROVIDED THAT the Executive may hold up to 3% of the securities in a company which is quoted on any recognised Stock Exchange provided this does not give rise to any conflict of interest with the Company, or any Associated Company.

 

3.2

The Executive confirms that he has disclosed to the Company full details of all existing and potential conflicts of interest between either the Executive, or to the extent that he is aware of them or ought reasonably to be aware of them, between his Immediate Relatives, and the Company or any Associated Company. The Executive will promptly disclose to the Company full details of any such conflicts or potential conflicts which arise during the Employment.

 

4.

Remuneration

 

4.1

The Executive’s basic salary will be £1,250,000 per annum (“Basic Salary”), which will be paid in equal monthly instalments in arrears and subject to applicable withholdings. The Basic Salary will be reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee without any obligation to increase it. The Basic Salary will not be increased after notice of termination has been given by either party.

 

2


4.2

The Basic Salary is inclusive of any fees to which the Executive may be entitled as a director of the Company or of any Associated Company.

 

4.3

The Executive will be eligible to participate in a discretionary annual bonus scheme and long-term incentive scheme(s), subject to the rules of the schemes in place from time to time. The terms of the schemes will be determined by the Remuneration Committee in its absolute discretion. The Executive has no right to receive a bonus or long term incentive award and will not acquire such a right by virtue of the Executive having received earlier bonus payments or long term incentive awards.

 

4.4

The Executive will not be eligible to receive any bonus or long term incentive award referred to in clause 4.3 or under any other bonus scheme or incentive scheme in which the Executive is eligible to participate from time to time if he is not employed by the Company or an Associated Company on the date on which the bonus would otherwise have been paid or the award granted, unless otherwise provided in the rules of the applicable plan.

 

4.5

The Executive may not be eligible to receive any bonus or long term incentive award referred to in clause 4.3 or under any other bonus scheme or incentive scheme in which the Executive is eligible to participate from time to time if he has given or received notice of termination (for any reason and howsoever caused) on or before the date on which the bonus would otherwise have been paid or the award granted, and such eligibility shall be determined by the Remuneration Committee in its absolute discretion.

 

4.6

The Executive agrees that he may be required to repay the value of awards which have been made to him under any bonus or incentive scheme and which have vested, and that unvested awards may be reduced, suspended or cancelled in accordance with the provisions of applicable scheme rules and/or the Malus and Clawback policy and/or remuneration policy in place from time to time.

 

4.7

The Company may at any time in its absolute discretion amend, replace or terminate without compensation the bonus scheme and long-term incentive scheme(s) referred to in clause 4.3 and any other bonus scheme or incentive scheme in which the Executive is eligible to participate from time to time either in respect of the scheme generally or in its application to the Executive.

 

5.

Expenses

The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business expenses properly incurred and paid by in the course of the Employment subject to presentation of valid receipts or other satisfactory evidence of the expenses and subject to the Company’s rules and policies relating to expenses in place from time to time.

 

6.

Deductions

The Executive authorises the Company to deduct from any payments which are due to him from the Company or any Associated Company during or after the Employment any amounts which the Executive owes to the Company or any Associated Company.

 

7.

Sickness absence

 

7.1

If the Executive is unable to attend work as a result of sickness or injury he must comply with any Company policy and rules relating to sickness absence in place from time to time. In any event, he will notify the Company as early as reasonably practicable and no later than the time the Executive was due at work. The Executive must complete a self-certificate in respect of any absence of seven (7) calendar days or less. For any longer periods a Doctor’s certificate(s) must be provided in advance of the absence to which it relates and must cover the entire period of absence.

 

3


7.2

If reasonably requested the Executive will attend a medical examination with a medical practitioner nominated by the Company and at the Company’s expense. The Executive agrees that an examination report may be provided to the Company.

 

7.3

Subject to compliance with clauses 7.1 and 7.2 the Executive will receive sick pay (“Company Sick Pay”) in accordance with the Company Sick Pay Policy in force from time to time and always subject to the requirements of the Company Sick Pay Policy. The Company Sick Pay Policy may be amended, terminated or replaced at the discretion of the Company, currently it provides for:

 

  (a)

up to four weeks’ full basic pay for sickness absence in the first year of service; and

 

  (b)

up to 30 weeks’ full basic pay for sickness absence in any 12 month rolling period for employees who have completed one year’s service or more.

(the “Company Sick Pay Entitlement”). The Company Sick Pay Entitlement is the maximum amount of Company Sick Pay which will be paid in aggregate in any rolling 12 month period.

 

7.4

Once exhausted no Company Sick Pay will be payable in respect of any subsequent 12 month period until the Executive has returned to work on his normal working hours for at least eight full consecutive weeks (disregarding for these purposes any period of authorised absence not related to sickness or incapacity) (the “Minimum Return Period”).

 

7.5

Company Sick Pay is inclusive of any entitlement to statutory sick pay. Company Sick Pay will be paid subject to such deductions required by law and subject to deductions to reflect any other sickness benefits received by the Executive for the period of Company Sick Pay.

 

7.6

During sickness absence, if the Executive remains eligible for Company Sick Pay on the date of any discretionary annual bonus or long term incentive scheme(s) award, then the Executive will remain eligible to participate in such awards as set out in clause 4 of this Agreement, subject to the rules of the schemes in place from time to time and in accordance with the discretion of the Remuneration Committee as applicable including any decision to pro-rate such awards to reflect the sickness absence. If eligibility for Company Sick Pay expires, the Executive will not be eligible for any further discretionary annual bonus or long term incentive scheme(s) award until the Executive returns to work in accordance with clause 7.4.

 

7.7

During any period of absence caused by sickness or injury the Executive’s entitlement to chauffeur, the payment of Company pension contributions or pension allowance, participation in any incentive or bonus scheme, accrual of holiday entitlement above the statutory minimum and any other benefits (save for the life assurance scheme, private medical insurance scheme and Group Income Protection plan) will cease when his entitlement to Company Sick Pay ceases.

 

8.

Holidays and other paid leave

 

8.1

The Executive is entitled to 28 days’ paid holiday each year and paid time off for the eight public holidays normally observed in England. The Company’s holiday year is from 1 January to 31 December each year. In respect of any part year worked, holiday entitlement will accrue in accordance with the UK Holiday Policy as amended from time to time.

 

8.2

The Executive may carry forward accrued holiday in accordance with the Company rules on banking of holidays outlined in its UK Holiday Policy, as amended from time to time. Any holiday which is not banked in accordance with these rules will be lost.

 

4


8.3

The Executive will take his holiday at such times as are agreed with, or required by the Company. If requested the Executive will take all or part of any accrued untaken holiday during his notice period.

 

8.4

On termination of Employment the Executive will as appropriate be paid in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday or will repay to the Company any sums paid for any holiday taken in excess of his accrued entitlement. The Company may withhold any such sums from any payments due to the Executive from the Company or any Associated Company. The calculation for the payment or repayment (as appropriate) shall be made by reference to 1/260 of the Executive’s annual Basic Salary for each day’s holiday.

 

9.

Other benefits

Pensions

 

9.1

Subject to its rules from time to time in force, the Executive will be contractually enrolled into the Company’s UK pension plan (the “Pension Scheme”) from the date on which he commences employment or such later date notified to him. The Executive agrees that the Company will act on his behalf in taking the steps necessary to enrol the Executive in the Pension Scheme. The Executive is entitled to opt out of the Pension Scheme by giving notice.

 

9.2

Both the Executive and the Company will make such contributions into the Pension Scheme as are provided for under the rules of the Pension Scheme from time to time in force, or as otherwise notified to the Executive. The Executive agrees that the Company may amend the level of contributions required by the Executive or the Company including increasing the Executive’s contributions and/or decreasing the Company’s contribution levels.

 

9.3

Alternatively, the Executive may elect to receive a Pensions Allowance, in which case, the Company shall pay the Executive an annual Pensions Allowance of 7% of Basic Salary, less the amount of salary (if any) in respect of which pension contributions are made into the Pension Scheme. The allowance will be subject to deductions for tax and national insurance contributions as required by law, and be payable monthly in arrears by equal instalments together with the Executive’s salary. The Pensions Allowance will not be taken into account by the Company for the purpose of any bonus payment and/or other benefit scheme. The Executive agrees that the Company may cease to provide the Executive with or vary the amount of any Pensions Allowance at any time in line with variations made to pension contributions for the wider workforce of the Company.

Insurance Schemes

 

9.4

The Executive will be eligible to participate in the following :

 

  (a)

private medical insurance scheme

 

  (b)

life assurance scheme; and

 

  (c)

Group Income Protection plan.

All benefits are subject to the rules of the relevant scheme and any associated policy of insurance in force from time to time. Details of the schemes and copies of applicable terms and conditions can be obtained from the HR Department.

Other

 

9.5

The Executive may also be eligible to receive the non-contractual benefits set out in the Offer Letter, subject to the terms and conditions governing such benefits that are in place from time to time. These benefits do not form part of the Executive’s contract. Further details regarding the benefits set out in the Offer Letter can be found on the Company’s intranet.

 

5


General

 

9.6

The Company may from time to time and without compensation amend, replace or withdraw any benefit or benefit scheme, or the Executive’s right to receive any benefit or participate in any benefit scheme, in which the Executive participates including the Pension Scheme and notwithstanding any adverse impact that such amendment, replacement or withdrawal may have on any current or prospective benefits being claimed or received by the Executive under such scheme(s).

 

9.7

If any third party benefit provider refuses for any reason to provide benefits to or in respect of the Executive under any benefit scheme the Company will not be liable to provide such benefits or compensate the Executive for the loss of such benefits. The Company may at its discretion challenge any such refusal by a scheme provider provided that the Executive indemnifies the Company against any costs incurred by the Company incurred by it in connection with challenging the scheme provider’s decision.

 

9.8

The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment in accordance with this Agreement (including on the grounds of incapability) notwithstanding that such termination may, at the Company’s discretion, deprive the Executive of Company Sick Pay and/or any current, future or prospective benefits under any benefit scheme including, but not limited to, any applicable private medical insurance cover or long-term disability scheme. The Company will not be liable for any such losses arising from such termination and is under no obligation to compensate the Executive for such losses.

 

10.

Training

 

10.1

Unless otherwise notified to the Executive he will not be required to complete any training and any training which is required will be paid for by the Company.

 

10.2

The Executive may also be entitled to take part in various training courses which the Company may provide from time to time in-house. Specific details of what courses might be available can be obtained from the HR Department.

 

11.

Confidentiality

 

11.1

The Executive will not during or after the Employment and except in the proper performance of his duties of employment directly or indirectly use for his own purposes or those of a third party or disclose to any third party any trade secrets or confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or any Associated Company including but not limited to:

 

  (a)

clients, customer lists and contact details;

 

  (b)

terms of business with clients/customers;

 

  (c)

lists of potential clients/customers and any proposed terms of business with potential clients/customers;

 

  (d)

price lists or pricing structures including terms of credit, discounts and preferential terms;

 

  (e)

sales figures;

 

  (f)

sales and marketing strategies;

 

  (g)

business plans;

 

  (h)

lists of suppliers and terms of business with suppliers;

 

6


  (i)

lists of employees, officers or contractors and details of remuneration packages and terms of employment/engagement of employees, officers and contractors;

 

  (j)

object or source codes and computer software;

 

  (k)

financial information and plans;

 

  (l)

any proposals relating to the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof;

 

  (m)

designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, research activities;

 

  (n)

any document marked as confidential and any information or document which the Executive has been told is confidential or should reasonably expect to be regarded as confidential; and

 

  (o)

any information which has been given to the Company or Associated Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other third parties,

(the “Confidential Information”).

 

11.2

The Executive will use his best endeavours to prevent any unauthorised use or disclosure of Confidential Information.

 

11.3

The Executive will not during or after the Employment make any copies, notes or records of any matter relating to the business of the Company or any Associated Company other than for the benefit of the Company or any Associated Company.

 

11.4

The obligations contained in clause 11.1 shall not prevent the Executive from (i) making a protected disclosure under the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998; (ii) reporting in good faith an offence to a law enforcement agency; or (iii) co-operating in good faith with a criminal investigation or prosecution. These obligations shall cease to apply to any information or knowledge which may subsequently come into the public domain after the termination of the Executive’s employment other than by way of unauthorised disclosure.

 

11.5

The Executive will not except in the proper performance of his duties of Employment make or cause to be made (directly or indirectly) any comment or statement to any representative of the press, television, radio, or other media or publish any material on any matter connected with the Company, any Associated Company or their respective businesses without the prior written approval of the Board.

 

12.

Intellectual property, inventions and patents

 

12.1

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that by virtue of the nature of his duties and the responsibilities arising from his employment he has, and shall have at all times during the Employment, a special obligation to further the interests of the Company.

 

12.2

The Executive shall provide the Company with full written details of all:

 

  (a)

inventions, ideas and improvements, whether or not patentable, and whether or not recorded in any medium (“Inventions”); and

 

  (b)

patents, rights to Inventions, copyright and related rights, trade marks, trade names and domain names, rights in get-up, rights in goodwill or to sue for passing off, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database rights, rights in confidential information (including know how and trade secrets) and any other intellectual property rights, in each case where registered or unregistered and including all applications (or rights to apply) for, and renewals or extension of rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which may now or in the future subsist anywhere in the world (“Intellectual Property Rights”),

 

7


created or acquired by the Executive, wholly or partially, in the course of their Employment (whether or not during working hours or using Company premises or resources and whether or not recorded in any medium) (“Employment IPRs”), promptly upon creation.

 

12.3

To the fullest extent permitted by law:

 

  (a)

all Employment IPRs shall automatically belong to the Company; and

 

  (b)

to the extent that the Employment IPRs do not vest in the Company automatically, the Executive shall assign such Employment IPRs on request of the Company; and

 

  (c)

to the extent that the Employment IPRs do not vest in the Company automatically and/or pending any assignment of such Employment IPRs under clause 12.3(b) above, the Executive shall hold them on trust for the Company,

and the Executive agrees to execute promptly all documents and do all acts, in the opinion of the Company, that may be necessary to give effect to this clause 12.3.

 

12.4

The Executive hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives all rights that arise under Chapter IV of Part I of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (whether before, on or after the date hereof) in connection with his authorship of any works mentioned in clause 12.2, and to any similar rights wherever in the world enforceable, including without limitation the right to be identified as the author of any such works and the right not to have any such works subjected to derogatory treatment.

 

12.5

The Executive and the Company acknowledge the provisions of Sections 39 to 43 of the Patents Act 1977 (“the Act”) relating to the ownership of employees’ inventions and the compensation of employees for certain inventions respectively.

 

12.6

At the request and cost of the Company (whether during the Employment or after its termination) the Executive will sign and execute all such documents and do all such acts as the Company may reasonably require:

 

  (a)

to absolutely vest the full right, title and interest in any Employment IPRs to be assigned under clause 12.3(b) or in Intellectual Property Rights that both the Company and the Executive have agreed from time to time to assign to the Company (“Assigned IPRs”);

 

  (b)

to apply for and obtain in the sole name of the Company alone (unless the Company otherwise directs) patent, registered design, or other protection of any nature whatsoever in respect of such Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs in any country throughout the world and, when so obtained or vested, to renew and maintain the same;

 

  (c)

to resist any objection or opposition to obtaining, and any petitions or applications for revocation of any of the Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs;

 

  (d)

to enforce the Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs and/or bring any proceedings for infringement of any of the Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs; and

 

  (e)

otherwise to give effect to the assignment and waivers and licences contemplated under this clause 12.

 

12.7

Without prejudice to the Executives’ rights under the Patents Act 1977 and except as provided by law, no further remuneration or compensation other than that provided for in this Agreement is or may become due to the Executive in respect of his compliance with this clause 12.

 

8


12.8

The Company will decide, in its sole discretion, when and whether to apply for patent, registered design or other protection in respect of an Employment IPR or Assigned IPR and reserves the right to work any of the Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs as a secret process in which event the Executive will observe the obligations relating to confidential information which are contained in clause 11 of this Agreement.

 

12.9

The Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company to be his attorney to execute and do any such instrument or thing and generally to use his name for the purpose of giving the Company or its nominee the benefit of this clause 12. The Executive acknowledges in favour of a third party that a certificate in writing signed by any Director that any instrument or act falls within the authority conferred by this clause 12 shall be conclusive evidence that such is the case.

 

13.

Post-termination obligations

 

13.1

The Executive will comply with the post-termination obligations set out in Schedule 1.

 

13.2

If the Executive receives an offer of employment from, or offer to provide services to, any person, firm, company or other entity (an “Offeror”) (whether it is accepted or not) either during the Employment or during the period of any of the restrictions set out in Schedule 1 he will immediately provide to the Offeror details of the substance of the restrictions contained in Schedule 1 and notify the Company of the offer and the identity of the Offeror, and will provide such other details as the Company may reasonably request. The obligations in this clause are without prejudice to the Executive’s obligations of confidentiality and general obligation to immediately disclose any conflict of interest to the Company.

 

14.

Termination

 

14.1

The Company may terminate the Employment without notice or pay in lieu of notice if at any time the Executive:

 

  (a)

is guilty of dishonesty, gross misconduct, gross incompetence, wilful neglect of duty, or has committed any other serious or persistent breach of this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

acts in any manner (whether or not in the performance of his duties) which brings or is likely to bring the Executive, the Company or any Associated Company into disrepute or which prejudices or is likely to prejudice the interests of the Company or any Associated Company; or

 

  (c)

is or becomes bankrupt, applies for or has made against him a receiving order under Section 286 Insolvency Act 1986, or has any order made against him to reach a voluntary arrangement as defined by Section 253 of that Act; or

 

  (d)

resigns as a director of the Company or any Associated Company without the Board’s written consent; or

 

  (e)

is convicted of any offence other than an offence under road traffic legislation for which a non-custodial penalty is imposed; or

 

  (f)

is or becomes prohibited from being a director of the Company or any Associated Company; or

 

  (g)

directly or indirectly advises or participates or acts in concert within the meaning of the City Code on Take-Overs and Mergers with any person who makes or is considering making any offer for the issued share capital of the Company.

 

9


Any delay by the Company in exercising its right to terminate the Employment will not constitute a waiver of such right.

 

14.2

The Company may terminate the Employment by giving the Executive one week more than the minimum notice period to which he would be entitled under section 86 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 if the Executive at any time:

 

  (a)

is incapable of performing his duties hereunder by reason of ill health or other incapacity (whether accidental or otherwise) for an aggregate period of 120 calendar days or more in any period of 12 consecutive months; or

 

  (b)

in the reasonable opinion of the Board is guilty of continuing and material poor performance of his duties.

Any delay by the Company in exercising its right to terminate the Employment will not constitute a waiver of such right.

 

14.3

The termination of the Employment will be without prejudice to the Company’s rights in respect of any breach of contract committed by the Executive prior to such termination.

 

14.4

The terms of the Haleon Redundancy Policy as in force from time to time, shall not apply to the Executive who shall only be entitled to statutory redundancy pay in addition to any other entitlement under this Agreement if the Employment is terminated by reason of redundancy.

 

14.5

The Executive will on request forthwith provide the Company with full details of any role or services he proposes to undertake following the Employment including the identity of the third party for whom the Executive proposes to provide services.

 

14.6

After the Employment the Executive will not:

 

  (a)

represent himself as having any on-going relationship with the Company or any Associated Company; or

 

  (b)

make or cause to be made (whether directly or indirectly) any derogatory comments or statements about the Company or any Associated Company or its or their respective officers or employees.

 

15.

Payment in lieu of notice

 

15.1

The Company may terminate the Employment at any time by notifying the Executive that it will make a payment of Basic Salary only (at the rate in force at the Termination Date) in lieu of all or the remaining part of his notice period. The Employment will terminate on the date that such notice is given or such later date as the Company may state in that notice. Subject to Clause 15.2, the payment in lieu will be made within one month of the Termination Date subject to such deductions as are required by law.

 

15.2

The Company may pay the payment in lieu in equal monthly instalments in which case the first instalment will be paid within one month of the Termination Date. In such case:

 

  (a)

the Executive will:

 

  (i)

take all reasonable steps to find alternative employment or other paid work during the Payment Period;

 

  (ii)

provide the Company immediately on request with full details of any offers of employment or paid work received and of any and all amounts earned during or in respect of the Payment Period;

 

10


  (iii)

provide the Company on request with full details of all steps taken to secure alternative employment or paid work during the Payment Period; and

 

  (iv)

provide the Company with such evidence as the Company may reasonably request to prove the Executive’s compliance with this clause 15.2(a); and

 

  (b)

the Company may reduce the amount of or cease the payment of instalments:

 

  (i)

to reflect the Executive’s actual earnings during or in respect of the Payment Period; and/or

 

  (ii)

to reflect the amount which, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, he could have earned during the Payment Period had he complied with clause 15.2(a)(i).

 

  (c)

The Executive will forfeit his right to the instalments if and for so long as the Executive fails to comply with clause 15.2(a)(iii) or (iv).

 

  (d)

If the Executive fails to comply with clause 15.2(a)(ii) he will repay, on demand, any amounts which the Company has paid to him which it would have been entitled not to pay in accordance with clause 15.2(b). This sum will be recoverable as a debt, together with all costs, including, but not limited to legal costs, incurred by the Company in recovering the sum.

 

16.

Garden leave

 

16.1

During all or any part of any period of notice given or which ought to have been given under this Agreement (by the Executive or the Company), the Company may, at its absolute discretion:

 

  (a)

require the Executive not to attend at his place(s) of work or any specific premises of the Company or its Associated Companies;

 

  (b)

require the Executive not to undertake any or any part of his duties and/or to carry out different duties of which he is reasonably capable in place of his normal duties provided that such duties are reasonable for an individual with his level of seniority;

 

  (c)

appoint any other person or persons to undertake all or any part of the Executive’s normal duties;

 

  (d)

require the Executive not to communicate with any customers, suppliers, employees or officers of the Company or its Associated Companies (other than in a solely social capacity); and/or

 

  (e)

terminate the Executive’s access to any of the Company’s IT systems.

 

16.2

During any Garden Leave Period the Company will continue to pay the Executive’s salary and contractual benefits (in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement) excluding any bonus entitlement. All other terms of the Executive’s employment will continue including, without limitation, the Executive’s obligations of good faith, fidelity, confidentiality, his fiduciary duties and all of his express and implied obligations. Any holiday entitlement which has accrued to the Executive at the start of a Garden Leave Period and any holiday entitlement which accrues during that period will be deemed to be taken by the Executive during that period.

 

17.

Return of property

 

17.1

On termination of the Employment or at any time on request the Executive will:

 

11


  (a)

immediately return to the Company in accordance with its instructions any or all property belonging to the Company or any Associated Company which is in the Executive’s possession or control including but not limited to documents or other records containing Confidential Information;

 

  (b)

permanently destroy or otherwise remove all Confidential Information which is recorded in documents or other records (whether electronic or manual) in his possession or control which do not belong to the Company or any Associated Company;

 

  (c)

if requested confirm his compliance with this clause 17.1; and

 

  (d)

if requested disclose to the Company all passwords created or controlled by him in respect of documents or records belonging to the Company or any Associated Company.

 

18.

Directorships

 

18.1

The Executive will on termination of the Employment or if requested at any time during the Employment immediately resign in writing from all directorships, trusteeships and other offices which the Executive holds with the Company or any Associated Company without compensation for loss of office.

 

18.2

The Executive confirms irrevocably and unconditionally that if he fails to comply with the obligations under clause 2.2 or clause 18.1, the Company is authorised as the Executive’s attorney to sign or execute any documents and/or do all things necessary to give effect to such resignations in the name of and behalf of the Executive.

 

19.

Liquidation for reconstruction or amalgamation

The Executive will have no claim against the Company if the Employment is terminated by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction provided that the Executive is offered employment with the amalgamated or reconstructed entity on terms and conditions which in aggregate are not substantially less favourable than the terms of this Agreement.

 

20.

Disciplinary and grievance procedures

 

20.1

If the Executive has a grievance relating to the Employment, he should raise it with Chairman of Haleon. If the matter is not resolved it should be escalated to the Board of Haleon which may delegate consideration of the matter to one or more of its members or another person.

 

20.2

The Company’s disciplinary procedure which applies to the Executive can be obtained from the HR department. The policy is for guidance only and is not contractual.

 

20.3

The Company may suspend the Executive on full pay during any disciplinary proceedings being taken against the Executive and/or during any investigation into circumstances which might lead to disciplinary action against the Executive.

 

21.

Warranty

The Executive represents and warrants as a strict condition of this agreement that he is not restricted or prohibited in any way from fully performing any of the duties of the Employment and will notify the Company immediately if this warranty ceases to be accurate.

 

12


22.

Notices

 

22.1

Notices to the Company under this Agreement will be delivered by pre-paid first class UK post or other next working day delivery service addressed to the Company’s then current Registered Office.

 

22.2

Notices to the Executive under this Agreement may be delivered to the Executive by hand, by pre-paid first class UK post or other next working day delivery service to his last known address, or by e-mail to the Executive’s last-known e-mail address.

 

22.3

Notices served by pre-paid first class UK post or other next working day delivery service will be deemed served at 9.00am on the second business day after posting (excluding for the avoidance of doubt weekends and public holidays) or at the time recorded by the delivery service.

 

22.4

Notices delivered to the Executive by hand will be deemed served at the time the notice is left at the Executive’s last known address or given to the Executive. Notices delivered by email will be deemed served at the time of transmission.

 

22.5

A notice shall have effect from the earlier of its actual or deemed receipt by the addressee.

 

23.

Definitions

In this Agreement the following words and related expressions will have the meanings set out below:-

Associated Company” means any entity or organisation:

 

  (a)

which is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company; or

 

  (b)

which directly or indirectly controls the Company (including, without limitation, Haleon); or

 

  (c)

which is directly or indirectly controlled by a third party which also directly or indirectly controls the Company; or

 

  (d)

of which the Company or any other Associated Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or 20% or more of its capital assets; or

 

  (e)

which is the successor in title or assign of the firms, companies, corporations or other organisations referred to above,

and “control” and its derivatives has the meaning set out in Sections 450 - 451 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010.

Basic Salary” has the meaning given in clause 4.1.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time or any duly appointed committee of that board.

Commencement Date” means the date of demerger of the Consumer Healthcare company.

Employment” means the employment of the Executive under this Agreement and includes any Garden Leave Period.

Garden Leave Period” means any period during which the Executive is subject to a requirement imposed under clause 16.1.

 

13


“Haleon” means Haleon plc

Haleon Board” means the Board of Directors of Haleon from time to time or any duly appointed committee of that board.

Immediate Relatives” will include husband, wife, registered civil partner, partner living with the Executive, children, brothers, sisters, cousins, aunts, uncles, parents, grandparents, and any such relatives by marriage or registered civil partnership.

Notice Period” means, as at the Termination Date, the shortest of:

 

  (a)

the shortest period of notice which the Company is required to give to terminate the Employment; and

 

  (b)

where notice has already been given, the remainder of the notice period; and

 

  (c)

the period until the Employment would terminate automatically (unless renewed).

Payment Period” means a period equivalent in length to the Notice Period commencing on the Termination Date.

Regulated Information Service” means an information service that is listed on the Financial Conduct Authority’s list of Regulated Information Services.

Remuneration Committee” means a duly constituted committee of the Haleon Board delegated with the authority to consider the remuneration of directors of the Company.

Termination Date” means the date upon which the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates.

 

24.

Construction

 

24.1

The provisions of the Schedules to and any additional terms endorsed in writing by or on behalf of the parties will be read and construed as part of this Agreement and will be enforceable accordingly.

 

24.2

There are no collective agreements which directly affect the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment.

 

24.3

No provisions of this Agreement are intended to be enforceable by any person who is not a party to this Agreement, pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

25.

Prior agreements

This Agreement cancels and is in substitution for all previous letters of engagement, agreements and arrangements (whether oral or in writing) relating to the subject-matter hereof between the Company and the Executive other than the offer letter sent to the Executive dated 5 May 2022 (the “Offer Letter”) all of which will be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent. This Agreement and the Offer Letter constitute the entire terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment and no waiver or modification thereof will be valid unless in writing and signed by the parties. The Executive acknowledges and warrants that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance on any representation not expressly set out herein.

 

26.

Governing law

 

26.1

The construction, validity and performance of this Agreement and all non-contractual obligations (if any) arising from or connected with this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of England.

 

14


26.2

Each party irrevocably agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England over any claim or matter (including any non-contractual claim) arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

In witness whereof the Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as a Deed on the day and year first above written.

 

15


Execution

SIGNED as a Deed

by Brian McNamara

 

Name:  

/s/ Brian McNamara

    
Title:  

CEO, GSK Consumer Healthcare

    
in the presence of:  

/s/ Barbara Zoltowska

    
Witness’ name:  

Barbara Zoltowska

    
Address:  

 

    
 

 

    

EXECUTED as a Deed by GlaxoSmithKline

Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited acting

by Oriane Lacaze, Director

    

and by an Authorised Signatory, Corporate

Director

    
 

/s/ Oriane Lacaze

    

/s/ Bridget Creegan

Print name:  

Oriane Lacaze

   Print name:  

Bridget Creegan, Authorised

Signatory, for and on behalf

of GSK Consumer

Healthcare Holdings (No.8)

Limited, Corporate Director

Title:  

Director

   Title:  

Director/Secretary

 

16


Schedule 1

Post Termination Obligations

 

1.

The Restrictions

 

1.1

No working for or setting up a Competing Business

The Executive agrees that during the six months following the Termination Date the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for his own benefit or that of others, in competition with the Company or any Associated Company:

 

  (a)

(i) be employed by; (ii) be engaged by; or (iii) otherwise provide services to, a Competing Business which is being carried out or to be carried out in any Restricted Territory; or

 

  (b)

(i) set up; or (ii) carry on, a Competing Business which is being carried out or to be carried out in any Restricted Territory.

 

1.2

No shareholding in a Competing Business

The Executive agrees that during the six months following the Termination Date he will not directly or indirectly:

 

  (a)

hold more than 5% of the shares in a Competing Business which is quoted on any recognised stock exchange; or

 

  (b)

hold more than 5% of the shares in a Competing Business which is not quoted on a recognised stock exchange.

 

1.3

No dealing with Customers and Prospective Customers

The Executive agrees that during the twelve months following the Termination Date he will not, in any Capacity, in competition with the Company or any Associated Company:

 

  (a)

(i) develop; or (ii) provide, products or services for any Customer or Prospective Customer; or

 

  (b)

otherwise (i) deal with; (ii) accept; or (iii) facilitate the acceptance of the custom of, any Customer or Prospective Customer.

 

1.4

No solicitation of Customers and Prospective Customers

The Executive agrees that during the twelve months following the Termination Date he will not, in any Capacity, in competition with the Company or any Associated Company:

 

  (a)

(i) solicit; or (ii) assist in soliciting, the custom or business of any Customer or Prospective Customer (which shall include, without limitation, excluding the Company or any Associated Company from a new business opportunity); or

 

  (b)

(i) seek to reduce the amount of business which a Customer or Prospective Customer conducts or intends to conduct with the Company or any Associated Company; or (ii) adversely affect the terms on which a Customer or Prospective Customer conducts its business with the Company or any Associated Company.

 

1.5

No solicitation of Key People

The Executive agrees that during the twelve months following the Termination Date he will not, in any Capacity:

 

17


  (a)

(i) solicit; (ii) attempt to solicit; (iii) assist in soliciting; (iv) entice away; or (v) try to entice away, from the Company or any Associated Company any Key Person; or

 

  (b)

be personally involved to a material extent in (i) accepting into employment; (ii) recruiting; (iii) engaging; or (iv) otherwise using the services of, any Key Person.

 

1.6

No interference with Suppliers

The Executive agrees that during the twelve months following the Termination Date he will not in any Capacity:

 

  (a)

interfere with the supply of goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company from any Supplier (including, without limitation, inducing or encouraging the Supplier adversely to vary the terms on which it conducts business with the Company or any Associated Company); or

 

  (b)

induce or encourage any Supplier to cease or decline to supply goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company in the future.

 

1.7

No connection after termination

Following the Termination Date the Executive will not:

 

  (a)

represent himself, or permit himself to be represented, as being employed or engaged by the Company or any Associated Company (except where agreed by such a company);

 

  (b)

represent, promote, advertise or refer to his previous connection with the Company or any Associated Company in a way which seeks to utilise the goodwill of such a company;

 

  (c)

knowingly do anything that might reasonably be expected to damage the goodwill or reputation of the Company or any Associated Company; or

 

  (d)

carry on, or cause or permit to be carried on, any business using any name or branding which is or has been used by the Company or any Associated Company or which is in the reasonable opinion of the Company calculated or likely to cause confusion with such a name or branding in the minds of members of the public or imply a connection with the Company or any Associated Company.

 

1.8

General terms applicable to the restrictions

 

  (a)

The duration of the restrictions set out in this Schedule 1 will be reduced by any period during which the Executive has been required by the Company (pursuant to clause 16.1 of the Agreement) both not to attend at work and not to perform any duties of employment.

 

  (b)

The Executive agrees that the obligations contained in this Schedule 1 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and any Associated Company. The Executive confirms that he has had the opportunity to take independent legal advice on the terms of this Schedule 1.

 

  (c)

Save for the obligations at paragraph 1.2 none of the obligations contained in this Schedule 1 prevent the Executive from holding any shares or other securities in any company.

 

18


  (d)

Each restriction in this Schedule 1 is intended to and will apply after the Termination Date, regardless of whether the Executive’s termination is lawful. The restrictions will apply even if termination results from a breach of a provision of the Agreement.

 

  (e)

None of the restrictions in this Schedule 1 shall prevent the Executive from doing anything for which the Company has given its prior written consent, and the Company encourages him to seek such consent.

 

1.9

The Executive agrees that if his employment is transferred to any other person, firm, company or other entity, pursuant to the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 he] will, if required, enter into an agreement with such other person, firm, company or other entity, that will contain provisions that provide protection to the new employer equivalent to that provided to the Company and any Associated Company in this Schedule 1.

 

2.

Interpreting the Restrictions

In this Schedule 1:

Save as defined in this Schedule 1, any capitalised terms have the same definition as in the Agreement.

Agreement” means the Service Agreement between the Executive and the Company.

Associated Company” has the same meaning given to it in clause 24.1 of the Agreement.

Capacity” means whether the Executive is acting (i) directly or indirectly (through any other person, firm or company); (ii) alone or jointly with others; (iii) as principal, agent, consultant, officer, director, shadow director, partner, LLP member, independent contractor, worker or employee; or (iv) for his own benefit or that of others.

Competing Business” means any business which competes with or is preparing to compete with (i) any business carried on by the Company or any Associated Company on the Termination Date; or (ii) any business which, on the Termination Date, the Company or any Associated Company is proposing to carry on and has taken material steps towards conducting; and in each of cases (i) and (ii) in respect of which business of the Company or Associated Company the Executive:

 

  (a)

had material responsibilities (including, without limitation, supervisory or management responsibilities) or carried out material duties; or

 

  (b)

otherwise obtained Relevant Confidential Information,

in each case in the course of his employment at any time in the Relevant Period.

For the avoidance of doubt, as at the date when this Schedule 1 is agreed, this includes, without limitation:

 

   

Proctor & Gamble;

 

   

Nestle;

 

   

Unilever;

 

   

Reckitt Benckiser;

 

   

Colgate;

 

   

Church & Dwight;

 

19


   

Bayer;

 

   

Sanofi;

 

   

Johnson & Johnson.

Confidential Information” has the same meaning given to it in clause 11.1 of the Agreement.

Customer” means any customer or client of the Company or an Associated Company:

 

  (a)

with whom the Executive has had material dealings; or

 

  (b)

in respect of whom the Executive has obtained Relevant Confidential Information,

in each case at any time during the Relevant Period.

Key Person” means any (i) director or officer; (ii) employee who is employed at Grade 3 or above (or any equivalent career level); or (iii) individual who is engaged as a consultant at an equivalent level to such an employee, in each case of or by the Company or any Associated Company; and

 

  (a)

with whom the Executive has had material dealings; or

 

  (b)

in respect of whom the Executive has obtained Confidential Information about their skills, role, responsibilities, expertise, or other Confidential Information or material non public information relevant to their potential recruitment or engagement,

in each case at any time during the Relevant Period.

Prospective Customer” means any person, firm, company or other entity with whom the Company or any Associated Company has had any negotiations or material discussions regarding the possible supply of products or services by the Company or any Associated Company and:

 

  (a)

with whom the Executive has had material dealings; or

 

  (b)

in respect of whom the Executive has obtained Relevant Confidential Information,

in each case at any time during the Relevant Period.

Relevant Confidential Information” means Confidential Information which would be of value to any business which competes or is preparing to compete with the Company or an Associated Company, including, without limitation, Confidential Information that would enable it to:

 

  (a)

review, amend, change or introduce products, services, systems, processes, proposals, forecasts, terms of trade or strategies (including, but not limited to, marketing and/or sales strategies); or

 

  (b)

otherwise gain a competitive advantage.

Relevant Period” means the 12 months immediately preceding the Termination Date.

Restricted Territory” means:

 

  (a)

the United Kingdom; or

 

20


  (b)

any other country where the Company or an Associated Company carries out business and in relation to which the Executive has had material responsibilities (including, without limitation, supervisory or management responsibilities) or carried out material duties during the Relevant Period; or

 

  (c)

any other country where the Company or an Associated Company carries out business and in relation to which the Executive acquired Relevant Confidential Information during the Relevant Period.

Supplier” means any person, firm, company, or other entity (i) with whom the Executive has had material dealings during the Relevant Period; or (ii) in respect of whom the Executive has obtained Relevant Confidential Information during the Relevant Period; and who:

 

  (a)

has supplied goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company during the Relevant Period; or

 

  (b)

has agreed prior to the Termination Date to supply goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company, with such supply to commence at any time in the twelve months following the Termination Date; or

 

  (c)

as at the Termination Date, supplies goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company under a contract or arrangement between that supplier and the Company or the relevant Associated Company.

Termination Date” has the same meaning given to it in clause 23 of the Agreement.

 

3.

Associated Companies

 

3.1

The Company contracts as trustee and agent for the benefit of each Associated Company.

 

3.2

The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Schedule 1 constitute severable undertakings given for the benefit of the Company and all other Associated Companies and may be enforced by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of any Associated Company.

 

3.3

The benefit of each agreement and obligation imposed upon the Executive under this Schedule 1 may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assigns for the time being of the Company and its Associated Companies and such agreements and obligations will operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement.

 

4.

Remedy

 

4.1

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy for a breach of any of the obligations contained in this Schedule 1, and that for any breach of such obligations, the Company and its Associated Companies will, in addition to other remedies as may be available to it, or as provided for in the Agreement, be entitled to an injunction, restraining order, or other equitable relief, restraining him from committing or continuing to commit any breach of the covenants. The Executive agrees that proof will not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Schedule 1 would be difficult to calculate and would be an inadequate remedy.

 

5.

Severability

 

5.1

The restrictions in paragraph 1 are considered by the parties to be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances. Each of the restrictions contained in paragraph 1, including the sub-paragraphs thereof and each of the restrictions listed by Roman numeral, constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent covenant. If any covenant is found to be invalid this will not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the other covenants.

 

21


5.2

Each of the sub-paragraphs of the definitions contained in paragraph 2, including the matters identified by Roman numeral, constitutes a separate, severable and independent part of the definition. If any such part of a definition would render a covenant invalid, this will not affect the validity or enforceability of the covenant by reference to any other part of the definition.

 

5.3

It is agreed that if any such restrictions by themselves, or taken together, are for any reason unenforceable, but would be enforceable if part or parts of the wording were deleted, the relevant restriction or restrictions shall apply with such deletion(s) as may be necessary to make it or them valid and enforceable.

 

22

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

 

dated 10 May 2022

by

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE OVERSEAS LIMITED

and

TOBIAS HESTLER

 

LOGO

Baker & McKenzie LLP

100 New Bridge Street

London EC4V 6JA

United Kingdom

www.bakermckenzie.com


Table of contents

 

1.    Appointment and term      2  
2.    Duties      2  
3.    Exclusive service and conflicts of interest      3  
4.    Remuneration      3  
5.    Expenses      4  
6.    Deductions      4  
7.    Sickness absence      4  
8.    Holidays and other paid leave      5  
9.    Other benefits      6  
10.    Training      7  
11.    Confidentiality      7  
12.    Intellectual property, inventions and patents      9  
13.    Post-termination obligations      10  
14.    Termination      10  
15.    Payment in lieu of notice      12  
16.    Garden leave      12  
17.    Return of property      13  
18.    Directorships      13  
19.    Liquidation for reconstruction or amalgamation      13  
20.    Disciplinary and grievance procedures      14  
21.    Warranty      14  
22.    Notices      14  
23.    Definitions      14  
24.    Construction      15  
25.    Prior agreements      16  
26.    Governing law      16  

Schedule 1

Post Termination Obligations

 

i


Service Agreement

This Agreement is dated 10 May 2022

Between

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE OVERSEAS LIMITED, a company registered in England and Wales (the “Company”), whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS; and

Tobias Hestler (The “Executive”).

It is agreed as follows:-

 

1.

Appointment and term

 

1.1

The Executive will be employed by the Company as Chief Financial Officer or in such other capacity as the Company may reasonably determine from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (the “Employment”).

 

1.2

The Employment will commence on the Commencement Date and will continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 12 months’ written notice unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Agreement. The Employment will not be subject to a probationary period.

 

1.3

The Executive’s period of continuous employment began on 1 October 2017.

 

2.

Duties

 

2.1

The Executive will perform such duties and exercise such powers in relation to Haleon, the Company and any other Associated Company as may reasonably be assigned to him from time to time but the Executive will not be required to perform duties which are not reasonably within his capabilities.

 

2.2

The Company may require the Executive to accept any office or position in the Company or any Associated Company without additional remuneration as may be reasonably required by the Company.

 

2.3

The Executive will report to the Chief Executive Officer or such other person nominated by the Company from time to time.

 

2.4

The Executive’s normal place of work will be The Heights Business Park, Weybridge or such other place within or outside of the United Kingdom as the Company may require from time to time. The Executive may be required to travel anywhere within or outside the United Kingdom in the performance of his duties.

 

2.5

The Executive will work such hours as are necessary for the proper performance of his duties. The parties each agree that the nature of the Executive’s position is such that his working time cannot be measured and, accordingly, that the Employment falls within the scope of regulation 20 of the Working Time Regulations 1998.

 

2.6

The Executive acknowledges that he is a fiduciary of the Company or its Associated Companies and agrees that he will act at all times in good faith and comply with the lawful instructions, regulations and policies of the Company and use his best endeavours to promote the interests of the Company and Associated Companies. During his working hours the Executive will devote the whole of his time, attention, skill and knowledge to his duties.

 

2


2.7

The Executive will inform the Company immediately of any act or omission of his which constitutes a breach of this Agreement, and any act or omission of any other employee or member of staff of which he becomes aware and which constitutes, or might reasonably constitute, a material breach of the duties owed by that member of staff.

 

2.8

The Executive will ensure that he is at all times familiar with and that he complies with his legal duties as a director of the Company and any Associated Company including, but not limited to, his duties under the Companies Act 2006.

 

2.9

The Executive will comply with the Market Abuse Regulation (596/2014/EU) as implemented in the UK pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as well as all applicable rules of the London Stock Exchange Plc and the UK Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) , including, but not limited to, the FCA’s Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, and any Company policy (or policies) relating to, among others: (i) dealings in shares, debentures or other securities of the Company and any Associated Companies; and/or (ii) unpublished price sensitive information affecting the securities of any other company. This duty will continue during and after the Employment until such time as any price sensitive information the Executive has obtained during his employment or any office holding ceases to be price sensitive information, either through publication by the Company or otherwise.

 

2.10

The Executive will comply with any applicable Share Ownership Requirements in place from time to time and any other requirement imposed by the Company in its absolute discretion from time to time, requiring the Executive to own shares in the Company either during the Employment or after it ends.

 

2.11

The Executive hereby authorises the Company, and any agent instructed by the Company, to access any program or data held on any computer used by the Executive in the course of performing his duties of employment (and regardless of whether the program or data is related to the Executive’s duties of employment).

 

3.

Exclusive service and conflicts of interest

 

3.1

During the Employment the Executive will not without the prior written consent of the Board directly or indirectly on his own account or on behalf of any third party and in any capacity be engaged, concerned or interested in or provide services to any other business or enterprise or accept any other engagement or public office PROVIDED THAT the Executive may hold up to 3% of the securities in a company which is quoted on any recognised Stock Exchange provided this does not give rise to any conflict of interest with the Company, or any Associated Company.

 

3.2

The Executive confirms that he has disclosed to the Company full details of all existing and potential conflicts of interest between either the Executive, or to the extent that he is aware of them or ought reasonably to be aware of them, between his Immediate Relatives, and the Company or any Associated Company. The Executive will promptly disclose to the Company full details of any such conflicts or potential conflicts which arise during the Employment.

 

4.

Remuneration

 

4.1

The Executive’s basic salary will be £700,000 per annum (“Basic Salary”), which will be paid in equal monthly instalments in arrears and subject to applicable withholdings. The Basic Salary will be reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee without any obligation to increase it. The Basic Salary will not be increased after notice of termination has been given by either party.

 

3


4.2

The Basic Salary is inclusive of any fees to which the Executive may be entitled as a director of the Company or of any Associated Company.

 

4.3

The Executive will be eligible to participate in a discretionary annual bonus scheme and long-term incentive scheme(s), subject to the rules of the schemes in place from time to time. The terms of the schemes will be determined by the Remuneration Committee in its absolute discretion. The Executive has no right to receive a bonus or long term incentive award and will not acquire such a right by virtue of the Executive having received earlier bonus payments or long term incentive awards.

 

4.4

The Executive will not be eligible to receive any bonus or long term incentive award referred to in clause 4.3 or under any other bonus scheme or incentive scheme in which the Executive is eligible to participate from time to time if he is not employed by the Company or an Associated Company on the date on which the bonus would otherwise have been paid or the award granted, unless otherwise provided in the rules of the applicable plan.

 

4.5

The Executive may not be eligible to receive any bonus or long term incentive award referred to in clause 4.3 or under any other bonus scheme or incentive scheme in which the Executive is eligible to participate from time to time if he has given or received notice of termination (for any reason and howsoever caused) on or before the date on which the bonus would otherwise have been paid or the award granted, and such eligibility shall be determined by the Remuneration Committee in its absolute discretion.

 

4.6

The Executive agrees that he may be required to repay the value of awards which have been made to him under any bonus or incentive scheme and which have vested, and that unvested awards may be reduced, suspended or cancelled in accordance with the provisions of applicable scheme rules and/or the Malus and Clawback policy and/or remuneration policy in place from time to time.

 

4.7

The Company may at any time in its absolute discretion amend, replace or terminate without compensation the bonus scheme and long term incentive scheme(s) referred to in clause 4.3 and any other bonus scheme or incentive scheme in which the Executive is eligible to participate from time to time either in respect of the scheme generally or in its application to the Executive.

 

5.

Expenses

The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business expenses properly incurred and paid by him in the course of the Employment subject to presentation of valid receipts or other satisfactory evidence of the expenses and subject to the Company’s rules and policies relating to expenses in place from time to time.

 

6.

Deductions

The Executive authorises the Company to deduct from any payments which are due to him from the Company or any Associated Company during or after the Employment any amounts which the Executive owes to the Company or any Associated Company.

 

7.

Sickness absence

 

7.1

If the Executive is unable to attend work as a result of sickness or injury he must comply with any Company policy and rules relating to sickness absence in place from time to time. In any event, he will notify the Company as early as reasonably practicable and no later than the time the Executive was due at work. The Executive must complete a self-certificate in respect of any absence of seven (7) calendar days or less. For any longer periods a Doctor’s certificate(s) must be provided in advance of the absence to which it relates and must cover the entire period of absence.

 

4


7.2

If reasonably requested the Executive will attend a medical examination with a medical practitioner nominated by the Company and at the Company’s expense. The Executive agrees that an examination report may be provided to the Company.

 

7.3

Subject to compliance with clauses 7.1 and 7.2 the Executive will receive sick pay (“Company Sick Pay”) in accordance with the Company Sick Pay Policy in force from time to time and always subject to the requirements of the Company Sick Pay Policy. The Company Sick Pay Policy may be amended, terminated or replaced at the discretion of the Company, currently it provides for:

 

  (a)

up to four weeks’ full basic pay for sickness absence in the first year of service; and

 

  (b)

up to 30 weeks’ full basic pay for sickness absence in any 12 month rolling period for employees who have completed one year’s service or more.

(the “Company Sick Pay Entitlement”). The Company Sick Pay Entitlement is the maximum amount of Company Sick Pay which will be paid in aggregate in any rolling 12 month period.

 

7.4

Once exhausted no Company Sick Pay will be payable in respect of any subsequent 12 month period until the Executive has returned to work on his normal working hours for at least eight full consecutive weeks (disregarding for these purposes any period of authorised absence not related to sickness or incapacity) (the “Minimum Return Period”).

 

7.5

Company Sick Pay is inclusive of any entitlement to statutory sick pay. Company Sick Pay will be paid subject to such deductions required by law and subject to deductions to reflect any other sickness benefits received by the Executive for the period of Company Sick Pay.

 

7.6

During sickness absence, if the Executive remains eligible for Company Sick Pay on the date of any discretionary annual bonus or long term incentive scheme(s) award, then the Executive will remain eligible to participate in such awards as set out in clause 4 of this Agreement, subject to the rules of the schemes in place from time to time and in accordance with the discretion of the Remuneration Committee as applicable including any decision to pro-rate such awards to reflect the sickness absence. If eligibility for Company Sick Pay expires, the Executive will not be eligible for any further discretionary annual bonus or long term incentive scheme(s) award until the Executive returns to work in accordance with clause 7.4.

 

7.7

During any period of absence caused by sickness or injury the Executive’s entitlement to car allowance, the payment of Company pension contributions or pension allowance, participation in any incentive or bonus scheme, accrual of holiday entitlement above the statutory minimum and any other benefits (save for the life assurance scheme, private medical insurance scheme and Group Income Protection plan) will cease when his entitlement to Company Sick Pay ceases.

 

8.

Holidays and other paid leave

 

8.1

The Executive is entitled to 28 days’ paid holiday each year and paid time off for the eight public holidays normally observed in England. The Company’s holiday year is from 1 January to 31 December each year. In respect of any part year worked, holiday entitlement will accrue in accordance with the UK Holiday Policy as amended from time to time.

 

8.2

The Executive may carry forward accrued holiday in accordance with the Company rules on banking of holidays outlined in its UK Holiday Policy, as amended from time to time. Any holiday which is not banked in accordance with these rules will be lost.

 

5


8.3

The Executive will take his holiday at such times as are agreed with, or required by the Company. If requested the Executive will take all or part of any accrued untaken holiday during his notice period.

 

8.4

On termination of Employment the Executive will as appropriate be paid in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday or will repay to the Company any sums paid for any holiday taken in excess of his accrued entitlement. The Company may withhold any such sums from any payments due to the Executive from the Company or any Associated Company. The calculation for the payment or repayment (as appropriate) shall be made by reference to 1/260 of the Executive’s annual Basic Salary for each day’s holiday.

 

9.

Other benefits

Pensions

 

9.1

Subject to its rules from time to time in force, the Executive will be contractually enrolled into the Company’s UK pension plan (the “Pension Scheme”) from the date on which he commences employment or such later date notified to him. The Executive agrees that the Company will act on his behalf in taking the steps necessary to enrol the Executive in the Pension Scheme. The Executive is entitled to opt out of the Pension Scheme by giving notice.

 

9.2

Both the Executive and the Company will make such contributions into the Pension Scheme as are provided for under the rules of the Pension Scheme from time to time in force, or as otherwise notified to the Executive. The Executive agrees that the Company may amend the level of contributions required by the Executive or the Company including increasing the Executive’s contributions and/or decreasing the Company’s contribution levels.

 

9.3

Alternatively, the Executive may elect to receive a Pensions Allowance, in which case, the Company shall pay the Executive an annual Pensions Allowance of 7% of Basic Salary, less the amount of salary (if any) in respect of which pension contributions are made into the Pension Scheme. The allowance will be subject to deductions for tax and national insurance contributions as required by law, and be payable monthly in arrears by equal instalments together with the Executive’s salary. The Pensions Allowance will not be taken into account by the Company for the purpose of any bonus payment and/or other benefit scheme. The Executive agrees that the Company may cease to provide the Executive with or vary the amount of any Pensions Allowance at any time in line with variations made to pension contributions for the wider workforce of the Company.

Insurance Schemes

 

9.4

The Executive will be eligible to participate in the following:

 

  (a)

private medical insurance scheme

 

  (b)

life assurance scheme; and

 

  (c)

Group Income Protection plan.

All benefits are subject to the rules of the relevant scheme and any associated policy of insurance in force from time to time. Details of the schemes and copies of applicable terms and conditions can be obtained from the HR Department.

Car

 

9.5

The Company will pay to the Executive a car allowance of £10,368 per annum (subject to him being legally authorised and medically fit to drive) payable monthly in arrears, less deductions for tax and National Insurance contributions. The car allowance will be subject to review at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee from time to time, and for the

 

6


  avoidance of doubt, the Remuneration Committee shall be under no obligation to award an increase to the car allowance following such review.

Other

 

9.6

The Executive may also be eligible to receive the non-contractual benefits set out in the Offer Letter, subject to the terms and conditions governing such benefits that are in place from time to time. These benefits do not form part of the Executive’s contract. Further details regarding the benefits set out in the Offer Letter can be found on the Company’s intranet.

General

 

9.7

The Company may from time to time and without compensation amend, replace or withdraw any benefit or benefit scheme, or the Executive’s right to receive any benefit or participate in any benefit scheme, in which the Executive participates including the Pension Scheme and notwithstanding any adverse impact that such amendment, replacement or withdrawal may have on any current or prospective benefits being claimed or received by the Executive under such scheme(s).

 

9.8

If any third party benefit provider refuses for any reason to provide benefits to or in respect of the Executive under any benefit scheme the Company will not be liable to provide such benefits or compensate the Executive for the loss of such benefits. The Company may at its discretion challenge any such refusal by a scheme provider provided that the Executive indemnifies the Company against any costs incurred by the Company incurred by it in connection with challenging the scheme provider’s decision.

 

9.9

Subject to clause 14.2(a), the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment in accordance with this Agreement (including on the grounds of incapability) notwithstanding that such termination may, at the Company’s discretion, deprive the Executive of Company Sick Pay and/or any current, future or prospective benefits under any benefit scheme including, but not limited to, any applicable private medical insurance cover or long-term disability scheme. The Company will not be liable for any such losses arising from such termination and is under no obligation to compensate the Executive for such losses.

 

9.10

However, notwithstanding clause 9.9, in relation to the Group Income Protection plan if the Company does terminate the Executive’s employment at a time when the Executive is in receipt of payments under that plan, the Company agrees to use reasonable endeavours to request consent from the applicable insurer to continue those payments to the Executive following the Termination Date under the terms of such policy as in force from time to time.

 

10.

Training

 

10.1

Unless otherwise notified to the Executive he will not be required to complete any training and any training which is required will be paid for by the Company.

 

10.2

The Executive may also be entitled to take part in various training courses which the Company may provide from time to time in-house. Specific details of what courses might be available can be obtained from the HR Department.

 

11.

Confidentiality

 

11.1

The Executive will not during or after the Employment and except in the proper performance of his duties of employment directly or indirectly use for his own purposes or those of a third party or disclose to any third party any trade secrets or confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or any Associated Company including but not limited to:

 

  (a)

clients, customer lists and contact details;

 

7


  (b)

terms of business with clients/customers;

 

  (c)

lists of potential clients/customers and any proposed terms of business with potential clients/customers;

 

  (d)

price lists or pricing structures including terms of credit, discounts and preferential terms;

 

  (e)

sales figures;

 

  (f)

sales and marketing strategies;

 

  (g)

business plans;

 

  (h)

lists of suppliers and terms of business with suppliers;

 

  (i)

lists of employees, officers or contractors and details of remuneration packages and terms of employment/engagement of employees, officers and contractors;

 

  (j)

object or source codes and computer software;

 

  (k)

financial information and plans;

 

  (l)

any proposals relating to the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof;

 

  (m)

designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, research activities;

 

  (n)

any document marked as confidential and any information or document which the Executive has been told is confidential or should reasonably expect to be regarded as confidential; and

 

  (o)

any information which has been given to the Company or Associated Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other third parties,

(the “Confidential Information”).

 

11.2

The Executive will use his best endeavours to prevent any unauthorised use or disclosure of Confidential Information.

 

11.3

The Executive will not during or after the Employment make any copies, notes or records of any matter relating to the business of the Company or any Associated Company other than for the benefit of the Company or any Associated Company.

 

11.4

The obligations contained in clause 11.1 shall not prevent the Executive from (i) making a protected disclosure under the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998; (ii) reporting in good faith an offence to a law enforcement agency; or (iii) co-operating in good faith with a criminal investigation or prosecution. These obligations shall cease to apply to any information or knowledge which may subsequently come into the public domain after the termination of the Executive’s employment other than by way of unauthorised disclosure.

 

11.5

The Executive will not except in the proper performance of his duties of Employment make or cause to be made (directly or indirectly) any comment or statement to any representative of the press, television, radio, or other media or publish any material on any matter connected with the Company, any Associated Company or their respective businesses without the prior written approval of the Board.

 

8


12.

Intellectual property, inventions and patents

 

12.1

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that by virtue of the nature of his duties and the responsibilities arising from his employment he has, and shall have at all times during the Employment, a special obligation to further the interests of the Company.

 

12.2

The Executive shall provide the Company with full written details of all:

 

  (a)

inventions, ideas and improvements, whether or not patentable, and whether or not recorded in any medium (“Inventions”); and

 

  (b)

patents, rights to Inventions, copyright and related rights, trade marks, trade names and domain names, rights in get-up, rights in goodwill or to sue for passing off, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database rights, rights in confidential information (including know how and trade secrets) and any other intellectual property rights, in each case where registered or unregistered and including all applications (or rights to apply) for, and renewals or extension of rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which may now or in the future subsist anywhere in the world (“Intellectual Property Rights”),

created or acquired by the Executive, wholly or partially, in the course of their Employment (whether or not during working hours or using Company premises or resources and whether or not recorded in any medium) (“Employment IPRs”), promptly upon creation.

 

12.3

To the fullest extent permitted by law:

 

  (a)

all Employment IPRs shall automatically belong to the Company; and

 

  (b)

to the extent that the Employment IPRs do not vest in the Company automatically, the Executive shall assign such Employment IPRs on request of the Company; and

 

  (c)

to the extent that the Employment IPRs do not vest in the Company automatically and/or pending any assignment of such Employment IPRs under clause 12.3(b) above, the Executive shall hold them on trust for the Company,

and the Executive agrees to execute promptly all documents and do all acts, in the opinion of the Company, that may be necessary to give effect to this clause 12.3.

 

12.4

The Executive hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives all rights that arise under Chapter IV of Part I of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (whether before, on or after the date hereof) in connection with his authorship of any works mentioned in clause 12.2, and to any similar rights wherever in the world enforceable, including without limitation the right to be identified as the author of any such works and the right not to have any such works subjected to derogatory treatment.

 

12.5

The Executive and the Company acknowledge the provisions of Sections 39 to 43 of the Patents Act 1977 (“the Act”) relating to the ownership of employees’ inventions and the compensation of employees for certain inventions respectively.

 

12.6

At the request and cost of the Company (whether during the Employment or after its termination) the Executive will sign and execute all such documents and do all such acts as the Company may reasonably require:

 

  (a)

to absolutely vest the full right, title and interest in any Employment IPRs to be assigned under clause 12.3(b) or in Intellectual Property Rights that both the Company and the Executive have agreed from time to time to assign to the Company (“Assigned IPRs”);

 

9


  (b)

to apply for and obtain in the sole name of the Company alone (unless the Company otherwise directs) patent, registered design, or other protection of any nature whatsoever in respect of such Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs in any country throughout the world and, when so obtained or vested, to renew and maintain the same;

 

  (c)

to resist any objection or opposition to obtaining, and any petitions or applications for revocation of any of the Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs;

 

  (d)

to enforce the Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs and/or bring any proceedings for infringement of any of the Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs; and

 

  (e)

otherwise to give effect to the assignment and waivers and licences contemplated under this clause 12.

 

12.7

Without prejudice to the Executives’ rights under the Patents Act 1977 and except as provided by law, no further remuneration or compensation other than that provided for in this Agreement is or may become due to the Executive in respect of his compliance with this clause 12.

 

12.8

The Company will decide, in its sole discretion, when and whether to apply for patent, registered design or other protection in respect of an Employment IPR or Assigned IPR and reserves the right to work any of the Employment IPRs or Assigned IPRs as a secret process in which event the Executive will observe the obligations relating to confidential information which are contained in clause 11 of this Agreement.

 

12.9

The Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company to be his attorney to execute and do any such instrument or thing and generally to use his name for the purpose of giving the Company or its nominee the benefit of this clause 12. The Executive acknowledges in favour of a third party that a certificate in writing signed by any Director that any instrument or act falls within the authority conferred by this clause 12 shall be conclusive evidence that such is the case.

 

13.

Post-termination obligations

 

13.1

The Executive will comply with the post-termination obligations set out in Schedule 1.

 

13.2

If the Executive receives an offer of employment from, or offer to provide services to, any person, firm, company or other entity (an “Offeror”) (whether it is accepted or not) either during the Employment or during the period of any of the restrictions set out in Schedule 1 he will immediately provide to the Offeror details of the substance of the restrictions contained in Schedule 1 and notify the Company of the offer and the identity of the Offeror, and will provide such other details as the Company may reasonably request. The obligations in this clause are without prejudice to the Executive’s obligations of confidentiality and general obligation to immediately disclose any conflict of interest to the Company.

 

14.

Termination

 

14.1

The Company may terminate the Employment without notice or pay in lieu of notice if at any time the Executive:

 

  (a)

is guilty of dishonesty, gross misconduct, gross incompetence, wilful neglect of duty, or has committed any other serious or persistent breach of this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

acts in any manner (whether or not in the performance of his duties) which brings or is likely to bring the Executive, the Company or any Associated Company into disrepute or which prejudices or is likely to prejudice the interests of the Company or any Associated Company; or

 

10


  (c)

is or becomes bankrupt, applies for or has made against him a receiving order under Section 286 Insolvency Act 1986, or has any order made against him to reach a voluntary arrangement as defined by Section 253 of that Act; or

 

  (d)

resigns as a director of the Company or any Associated Company without the Board’s written consent; or

 

  (e)

is convicted of any offence other than an offence under road traffic legislation for which a non-custodial penalty is imposed; or

 

  (f)

is or becomes prohibited from being a director of the Company or any Associated Company; or

 

  (g)

directly or indirectly advises or participates or acts in concert within the meaning of the City Code on Take-Overs and Mergers with any person who makes or is considering making any offer for the issued share capital of the Company.

Any delay by the Company in exercising its right to terminate the Employment will not constitute a waiver of such right.

 

14.2

The Company may terminate the Employment by giving the Executive one week more than the minimum notice period to which he would be entitled under section 86 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 if the Executive at any time:

 

  (a)

is incapable of performing his duties hereunder by reason of ill health or other incapacity (whether accidental or otherwise) for an aggregate period of 120 calendar days or more in any period of 12 consecutive months provided that the Company will not terminate the employment under this clause 14.2(a) if this would prevent the Executive from completing a deferral period which would result in the Executive becoming eligible (subject to the policy rules) for payments under the Group Income Protection plan in respect of a period of sickness absence which is continuous at the Termination Date; or

 

  (b)

in the reasonable opinion of the Board is guilty of continuing and material poor performance of his duties.

Any delay by the Company in exercising its right to terminate the Employment will not constitute a waiver of such right.

 

14.3

The termination of the Employment will be without prejudice to the Company’s rights in respect of any breach of contract committed by the Executive prior to such termination.

 

14.4

The terms of the Haleon Redundancy Policy as in force from time to time, shall not apply to the Executive who shall only be entitled to statutory redundancy pay in addition to any other entitlement under this Agreement if the Employment is terminated by reason of redundancy.

 

14.5

The Executive will on request forthwith provide the Company with full details of any role or services he proposes to undertake following the Employment including the identity of the third party for whom the Executive proposes to provide services.

 

14.6

After the Employment the Executive will not:

 

  (a)

represent himself as having any on-going relationship with the Company or any Associated Company; or

 

11


  (b)

make or cause to be made (whether directly or indirectly) any derogatory comments or statements about the Company or any Associated Company or its or their respective officers or employees.

 

15.

Payment in lieu of notice

 

15.1

The Company may terminate the Employment at any time by notifying the Executive that it will make a payment of Basic Salary only (at the rate in force at the Termination Date) in lieu of all or the remaining part of his notice period. The Employment will terminate on the date that such notice is given or such later date as the Company may state in that notice. Subject to Clause 15.2, the payment in lieu will be made within one month of the Termination Date subject to such deductions as are required by law.

 

15.2

The Company may pay the payment in lieu in equal monthly instalments in which case the first instalment will be paid within one month of the Termination Date. In such case:

 

  (a)

the Executive will:

 

  (i)

take all reasonable steps to find alternative employment or other paid work during the Payment Period;

 

  (ii)

provide the Company immediately on request with full details of any offers of employment or paid work received and of any and all amounts earned during or in respect of the Payment Period;

 

  (iii)

provide the Company on request with full details of all steps taken to secure alternative employment or paid work during the Payment Period; and

 

  (iv)

provide the Company with such evidence as the Company may reasonably request to prove the Executive’s compliance with this clause 15.2(a); and

 

  (b)

the Company may reduce the amount of or cease the payment of instalments:

 

  (i)

to reflect the Executive’s actual earnings during or in respect of the Payment Period; and/or

 

  (ii)

to reflect the amount which, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, he could have earned during the Payment Period had he complied with clause 15.2(a)(i).

 

  (c)

The Executive will forfeit his right to the instalments if and for so long as the Executive fails to comply with clause 15.2(a)(iii) or (iv).

 

  (d)

If the Executive fails to comply with clause 15.2(a)(ii) he will repay, on demand, any amounts which the Company has paid to him which it would have been entitled not to pay in accordance with clause 15.2(b). This sum will be recoverable as a debt, together with all costs, including, but not limited to legal costs, incurred by the Company in recovering the sum.

 

16.

Garden leave

 

16.1

During all or any part of any period of notice given or which ought to have been given under this Agreement (by the Executive or the Company), the Company may, at its absolute discretion:

 

  (a)

require the Executive not to attend at his place(s) of work or any specific premises of the Company or its Associated Companies;

 

12


  (b)

require the Executive not to undertake any or any part of his duties and/or to carry out different duties of which he is reasonably capable in place of his normal duties provided that such duties are reasonable for an individual with his level of seniority;

 

  (c)

appoint any other person or persons to undertake all or any part of the Executive’s normal duties;

 

  (d)

require the Executive not to communicate with any customers, suppliers, employees or officers of the Company or its Associated Companies (other than in a solely social capacity); and/or

 

  (e)

terminate the Executive’s access to any of the Company’s IT systems.

 

16.2

During any Garden Leave Period the Company will continue to pay the Executive’s salary and contractual benefits (in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement) excluding any bonus entitlement. All other terms of the Executive’s employment will continue including, without limitation, the Executive’s obligations of good faith, fidelity, confidentiality, his fiduciary duties and all of his express and implied obligations. Any holiday entitlement which has accrued to the Executive at the start of a Garden Leave Period and any holiday entitlement which accrues during that period will be deemed to be taken by the Executive during that period.

 

17.

Return of property

 

17.1

On termination of the Employment or at any time on request the Executive will:

 

  (a)

immediately return to the Company in accordance with its instructions any or all property belonging to the Company or any Associated Company which is in the Executive’s possession or control including but not limited to documents or other records containing Confidential Information;

 

  (b)

permanently destroy or otherwise remove all Confidential Information which is recorded in documents or other records (whether electronic or manual) in his possession or control which do not belong to the Company or any Associated Company;

 

  (c)

if requested confirm his compliance with this clause 17.1; and

 

  (d)

if requested disclose to the Company all passwords created or controlled by him in respect of documents or records belonging to the Company or any Associated Company.

 

18.

Directorships

 

18.1

The Executive will on termination of the Employment or if requested at any time during the Employment immediately resign in writing from all directorships, trusteeships and other offices which the Executive holds with the Company or any Associated Company without compensation for loss of office.

 

18.2

The Executive confirms irrevocably and unconditionally that if he fails to comply with the obligations under clause 2.2 or clause 18.1, the Company is authorised as the Executive’s attorney to sign or execute any documents and/or do all things necessary to give effect to such resignations in the name of and behalf of the Executive.

 

19.

Liquidation for reconstruction or amalgamation

The Executive will have no claim against the Company if the Employment is terminated by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction

 

13


provided that the Executive is offered employment with the amalgamated or reconstructed entity on terms and conditions which in aggregate are not substantially less favourable than the terms of this Agreement.

 

20.

Disciplinary and grievance procedures

 

20.1

If the Executive has a grievance relating to the Employment, he should raise it with the Chief Executive of Haleon. If the matter is not resolved it should be escalated to the Chairman of Haleon.

 

20.2

The Company’s disciplinary procedure which applies to the Executive can be obtained from the HR department. The policy is for guidance only and is not contractual.

 

20.3

The Company may suspend the Executive on full pay during any disciplinary proceedings being taken against the Executive and/or during any investigation into circumstances which might lead to disciplinary action against the Executive.

 

21.

Warranty

The Executive represents and warrants as a strict condition of this agreement that he is not restricted or prohibited in any way from fully performing any of the duties of the Employment and will notify the Company immediately if this warranty ceases to be accurate.

 

22.

Notices

 

22.1

Notices to the Company under this Agreement will be delivered by pre-paid first class UK post or other next working day delivery service addressed to the Company’s then current Registered Office.

 

22.2

Notices to the Executive under this Agreement may be delivered to the Executive by hand, by pre-paid first class UK post or other next working day delivery service to his last known address, or by e-mail to the Executive’s last-known e-mail address.

 

22.3

Notices served by pre-paid first class UK post or other next working day delivery service will be deemed served at 9.00am on the second business day after posting (excluding for the avoidance of doubt weekends and public holidays) or at the time recorded by the delivery service.

 

22.4

Notices delivered to the Executive by hand will be deemed served at the time the notice is left at the Executive’s last known address or given to the Executive. Notices delivered by email will be deemed served at the time of transmission.

 

22.5

A notice shall have effect from the earlier of its actual or deemed receipt by the addressee.

 

23.

Definitions

In this Agreement the following words and related expressions will have the meanings set out below:-

Associated Company” means any entity or organisation:

 

  (a)

which is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company; or

 

  (b)

which directly or indirectly controls the Company (including, without limitation, Haleon); or

 

  (c)

which is directly or indirectly controlled by a third party which also directly or indirectly controls the Company; or

 

14


  (d)

of which the Company or any other Associated Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or 20% or more of its capital assets; or

 

  (e)

which is the successor in title or assign of the firms, companies, corporations or other organisations referred to above,

and “control” and its derivatives has the meaning set out in Sections 450 - 451 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010.

Basic Salary” has the meaning given in clause 4.1.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time or any duly appointed committee of that board.

Commencement Date” means the date of demerger of the Consumer Healthcare company.                

Employment” means the employment of the Executive under this Agreement and includes any Garden Leave Period.

Garden Leave Period” means any period during which the Executive is subject to a requirement imposed under clause 16.1.

Haleonmeans Haleon plc

Haleon Board” means the Board of Directors of Haleon from time to time or any duly appointed committee of that board.

Immediate Relatives” will include husband, wife, registered civil partner, partner living with the Executive, children, brothers, sisters, cousins, aunts, uncles, parents, grandparents, and any such relatives by marriage or registered civil partnership.

Notice Period” means, as at the Termination Date, the shortest of:

 

  (a)

the shortest period of notice which the Company is required to give to terminate the Employment; and

 

  (b)

where notice has already been given, the remainder of the notice period; and

 

  (c)

the period until the Employment would terminate automatically (unless renewed).

Payment Period” means a period equivalent in length to the Notice Period commencing on the Termination Date.

Regulated Information Service” means an information service that is listed on the Financial Conduct Authority’s list of Regulated Information Services.

Remuneration Committee” means a duly constituted committee of the Haleon Board delegated with the authority to consider the remuneration of directors of the Company.

Termination Date” means the date upon which the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates.

 

24.

Construction

 

24.1

The provisions of the Schedules to and any additional terms endorsed in writing by or on behalf of the parties will be read and construed as part of this Agreement and will be enforceable accordingly.

 

15


24.2

There are no collective agreements which directly affect the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment.

 

24.3

No provisions of this Agreement are intended to be enforceable by any person who is not a party to this Agreement, pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

25.

Prior agreements

This Agreement cancels and is in substitution for all previous letters of engagement, agreements and arrangements (whether oral or in writing) relating to the subject-matter hereof between the Company and the Executive other than the offer letter sent to the Executive dated 27 April 2022 (the “Offer Letter”) all of which will be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent. This Agreement and the Offer Letter constitute the entire terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment and no waiver or modification thereof will be valid unless in writing and signed by the parties. The Executive acknowledges and warrants that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance on any representation not expressly set out herein.

 

26.

Governing law

 

26.1

The construction, validity and performance of this Agreement and all non-contractual obligations (if any) arising from or connected with this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of England.

 

26.2

Each party irrevocably agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England over any claim or matter (including any non-contractual claim) arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

In witness whereof the Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as a Deed on the day and year first above written.

Execution

 

SIGNED as a Deed

by Tobias Hestler

Name:  

/s/ Tobias Hestler

Title:  

CFO, GSK Consumer Healthcare

in the presence of:  

/s/ Barbara Zoltowska

Witness’ name:  

Barbara Zoltowska

Address:  

 

 

 

 

16


EXECUTED as a Deed by GlaxoSmithKline

Consumer Healthcare Overseas Limited acting

by Oriane Lacaze, Director

 

And Authorised Signatory, Corporate Director

 
 

/s/ Oriane Lacaze

   

/s/ Bridget Creegan

Print name:  

Oriane Lacaze

  Print name:  

Bridget Creegan, Authorised

Signatory, for and on behalf

of GSK Consumer

Healthcare Holdings (No.8)

Limited, Corporate Director

Title:  

Director

  Title:  

Corporate Director

 

 

17


Schedule 1

Post Termination Obligations

 

1.

The Restrictions

 

1.1

No working for or setting up a Competing Business

The Executive agrees that during the six months following the Termination Date the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for his own benefit or that of others, in competition with the Company or any Associated Company:

 

  (a)

(i) be employed by; (ii) be engaged by; or (iii) otherwise provide services to, a Competing Business which is being carried out or to be carried out in any Restricted Territory; or

 

  (b)

(i) set up; or (ii) carry on, a Competing Business which is being carried out or to be carried out in any Restricted Territory.

 

1.2

No shareholding in a Competing Business

The Executive agrees that during the six months following the Termination Date he will not directly or indirectly:

 

  (a)

hold more than 5% of the shares in a Competing Business which is quoted on any recognised stock exchange; or

 

  (b)

hold more than 5% of the shares in a Competing Business which is not quoted on a recognised stock exchange.

 

1.3

No dealing with Customers and Prospective Customers

The Executive agrees that during the twelve months following the Termination Date he will not, in any Capacity, in competition with the Company or any Associated Company:

 

  (a)

(i) develop; or (ii) provide, products or services for any Customer or Prospective Customer; or

 

  (b)

otherwise (i) deal with; (ii) accept; or (iii) facilitate the acceptance of the custom of, any Customer or Prospective Customer.

 

1.4

No solicitation of Customers and Prospective Customers

The Executive agrees that during the twelve months following the Termination Date he will not, in any Capacity, in competition with the Company or any Associated Company:

 

  (a)

(i) solicit; or (ii) assist in soliciting, the custom or business of any Customer or Prospective Customer (which shall include, without limitation, excluding the Company or any Associated Company from a new business opportunity); or

 

  (b)

(i) seek to reduce the amount of business which a Customer or Prospective Customer conducts or intends to conduct with the Company or any Associated Company; or (ii) adversely affect the terms on which a Customer or Prospective Customer conducts its business with the Company or any Associated Company.

 

1.5

No solicitation of Key People

The Executive agrees that during the twelve months following the Termination Date he will not, in any Capacity:

 

18


  (a)

(i) solicit; (ii) attempt to solicit; (iii) assist in soliciting; (iv) entice away; or (v) try to entice away, from the Company or any Associated Company any Key Person; or

 

  (b)

be personally involved to a material extent in (i) accepting into employment; (ii) recruiting; (iii) engaging; or (iv) otherwise using the services of, any Key Person.

 

1.6

No interference with Suppliers

The Executive agrees that during the twelve months following the Termination Date he will not in any Capacity:

 

  (a)

interfere with the supply of goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company from any Supplier (including, without limitation, inducing or encouraging the Supplier adversely to vary the terms on which it conducts business with the Company or any Associated Company); or

 

  (b)

induce or encourage any Supplier to cease or decline to supply goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company in the future.

 

1.7

No connection after termination

Following the Termination Date the Executive will not:

 

  (a)

represent himself, or permit himself to be represented, as being employed or engaged by the Company or any Associated Company (except where agreed by such a company);

 

  (b)

represent, promote, advertise or refer to his previous connection with the Company or any Associated Company in a way which seeks to utilise the goodwill of such a company;

 

  (c)

knowingly do anything that might reasonably be expected to damage the goodwill or reputation of the Company or any Associated Company; or

 

  (d)

carry on, or cause or permit to be carried on, any business using any name or branding which is or has been used by the Company or any Associated Company or which is in the reasonable opinion of the Company calculated or likely to cause confusion with such a name or branding in the minds of members of the public or imply a connection with the Company or any Associated Company.

 

1.8

General terms applicable to the restrictions

 

  (a)

The duration of the restrictions set out in this Schedule 1 will be reduced by any period during which the Executive has been required by the Company (pursuant to clause 16.1 of the Agreement) both not to attend at work and not to perform any duties of employment.

 

  (b)

The Executive agrees that the obligations contained in this Schedule 1 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and any Associated Company. The Executive confirms that he has had the opportunity to take independent legal advice on the terms of this Schedule 1.

 

  (c)

Save for the obligations at paragraph 1.2 none of the obligations contained in this Schedule 1 prevent the Executive from holding any shares or other securities in any company.

 

19


  (d)

Each restriction in this Schedule 1 is intended to and will apply after the Termination Date, regardless of whether the Executive’s termination is lawful. The restrictions will apply even if termination results from a breach of a provision of the Agreement.

 

  (e)

None of the restrictions in this Schedule 1 shall prevent the Executive from doing anything for which the Company has given its prior written consent, and the Company encourages him to seek such consent.

 

1.9

The Executive agrees that if his employment is transferred to any other person, firm, company or other entity, pursuant to the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 he will, if required, enter into an agreement with such other person, firm, company or other entity, that will contain provisions that provide protection to the new employer equivalent to that provided to the Company and any Associated Company in this Schedule 1.

 

2.

Interpreting the Restrictions

In this Schedule 1:

Save as defined in this Schedule 1, any capitalised terms have the same definition as in the Agreement.

Agreement” means the Service Agreement between the Executive and the Company.

Associated Company” has the same meaning given to it in clause 24.1 of the Agreement.

Capacity” means whether the Executive is acting (i) directly or indirectly (through any other person, firm or company); (ii) alone or jointly with others; (iii) as principal, agent, consultant, officer, director, shadow director, partner, LLP member, independent contractor, worker or employee; or (iv) for his own benefit or that of others.

Competing Business” means any business which competes with or is preparing to compete with (i) any business carried on by the Company or any Associated Company on the Termination Date; or (ii) any business which, on the Termination Date, the Company or any Associated Company is proposing to carry on and has taken material steps towards conducting; and in each of cases (i) and (ii) in respect of which business of the Company or Associated Company the Executive:

 

  (a)

had material responsibilities (including, without limitation, supervisory or management responsibilities) or carried out material duties; or

 

  (b)

otherwise obtained Relevant Confidential Information,

in each case in the course of his employment at any time in the Relevant Period.

For the avoidance of doubt, as at the date when this Schedule 1 is agreed, this includes, without limitation:

 

   

Proctor & Gamble;

 

   

Nestle;

 

   

Unilever;

 

   

Reckitt Benckiser;

 

   

Colgate;

 

   

Church & Dwight;

 

20


   

Bayer;

 

   

Sanofi;

 

   

Johnson & Johnson.

Confidential Information” has the same meaning given to it in clause 11.1 of the Agreement.

Customer” means any customer or client of the Company or an Associated Company:

 

  (a)

with whom the Executive has had material dealings; or

 

  (b)

in respect of whom the Executive has obtained Relevant Confidential Information,

in each case at any time during the Relevant Period.

Key Person” means any (i) director or officer; (ii) employee who is employed at Grade 3 or above (or any equivalent career level); or (iii) individual who is engaged as a consultant at an equivalent level to such an employee, in each case of or by the Company or any Associated Company; and

 

  (a)

with whom the Executive has had material dealings; or

 

  (b)

in respect of whom the Executive has obtained Confidential Information about their skills, role, responsibilities, expertise, or other Confidential Information or material non public information relevant to their potential recruitment or engagement,

in each case at any time during the Relevant Period.

Prospective Customer” means any person, firm, company or other entity with whom the Company or any Associated Company has had any negotiations or material discussions regarding the possible supply of products or services by the Company or any Associated Company and:

 

  (a)

with whom the Executive has had material dealings; or

 

  (b)

in respect of whom the Executive has obtained Relevant Confidential Information,

in each case at any time during the Relevant Period.

Relevant Confidential Information” means Confidential Information which would be of value to any business which competes or is preparing to compete with the Company or an Associated Company, including, without limitation, Confidential Information that would enable it to:

 

  (a)

review, amend, change or introduce products, services, systems, processes, proposals, forecasts, terms of trade or strategies (including, but not limited to, marketing and/or sales strategies); or

 

  (b)

otherwise gain a competitive advantage.

Relevant Period” means the 12 months immediately preceding the Termination Date.

Restricted Territory” means:

 

  (a)

the United Kingdom; or

 

  (b)

any other country where the Company or an Associated Company carries out business and in relation to which the Executive has had material responsibilities (including, without limitation, supervisory or management responsibilities) or carried out material duties during the Relevant Period; or

 

21


  (c)

any other country where the Company or an Associated Company carries out business and in relation to which the Executive acquired Relevant Confidential Information during the Relevant Period.

Supplier” means any person, firm, company, or other entity (i) with whom the Executive has had material dealings during the Relevant Period; or (ii) in respect of whom the Executive has obtained Relevant Confidential Information during the Relevant Period; and who:

 

  (a)

has supplied goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company during the Relevant Period; or

 

  (b)

has agreed prior to the Termination Date to supply goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company, with such supply to commence at any time in the twelve months following the Termination Date; or

 

  (c)

as at the Termination Date, supplies goods or services to the Company or any Associated Company under a contract or arrangement between that supplier and the Company or the relevant Associated Company.

Termination Date” has the same meaning given to it in clause 23 of the Agreement.

 

3.

Associated Companies

 

3.1

The Company contracts as trustee and agent for the benefit of each Associated Company.

 

3.2

The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Schedule 1 constitute severable undertakings given for the benefit of the Company and all other Associated Companies and may be enforced by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of any Associated Company.

 

3.3

The benefit of each agreement and obligation imposed upon the Executive under this Schedule 1 may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assigns for the time being of the Company and its Associated Companies and such agreements and obligations will operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement.

 

4.

Remedy

 

4.1

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy for a breach of any of the obligations contained in this Schedule 1, and that for any breach of such obligations, the Company and its Associated Companies will, in addition to other remedies as may be available to it, or as provided for in the Agreement, be entitled to an injunction, restraining order, or other equitable relief, restraining him from committing or continuing to commit any breach of the covenants. The Executive agrees that proof will not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Schedule 1 would be difficult to calculate and would be an inadequate remedy.

 

5.

Severability

 

5.1

The restrictions in paragraph 1 are considered by the parties to be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances. Each of the restrictions contained in paragraph 1, including the sub-paragraphs thereof and each of the restrictions listed by Roman numeral, constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent covenant. If any covenant is found to be invalid this will not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the other covenants.

 

5.2

Each of the sub-paragraphs of the definitions contained in paragraph 2, including the matters identified by Roman numeral, constitutes a separate, severable and independent part of the definition. If any such part of a definition would render a covenant invalid, this will not affect the validity or enforceability of the covenant by reference to any other part of the definition.

 

22


5.3

It is agreed that if any such restrictions by themselves, or taken together, are for any reason unenforceable, but would be enforceable if part or parts of the wording were deleted, the relevant restriction or restrictions shall apply with such deletion(s) as may be necessary to make it or them valid and enforceable.

 

23

EXHIBIT 4.3

 

 

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

STOCK AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

PFIZER INC.,

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 19, 2018

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


  TABLE OF CONTENTS   
        

Page

 
    ARTICLE I       
    DEFINITIONS AND TERMS       

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2  

Section 1.2

  Interpretation      39  
  ARTICLE II   
  PURCHASE AND SALE   

Section 2.1

  Purchase and Sale of Purchased Assets      40  

Section 2.2

  Consents; Shared Contracts      43  

Section 2.3

  Excluded Assets      47  

Section 2.4

  Assumption of Assumed Liabilities      50  

Section 2.5

  Retained Liabilities      51  

Section 2.6

  Purchase Consideration      51  

Section 2.7

  Delivery of the Purchase Consideration      52  

Section 2.8

  Estimated Closing Statement; Estimated Adjustment Payments      52  

Section 2.9

  Post-Closing Working Capital and Net Cash Adjustments      53  

Section 2.10

  Withholding      57  
  ARTICLE III   
  CLOSING   

Section 3.1

  Closing      57  

Section 3.2

  Restated Purchaser Articles of Association      58  
  ARTICLE IV   
  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER PARENT   

Section 4.1

  Organization      58  

Section 4.2

  Authority; Binding Effect      58  

Section 4.3

  Conveyed Subsidiaries; Capital Structure      59  

Section 4.4

  No Conflicts; Consents      60  

Section 4.5

  Governmental Authorization      61  

Section 4.6

  Financial Information      61  

Section 4.7

  Absence of Material Changes      62  

Section 4.8

  No Litigation      62  

Section 4.9

  Compliance with Laws      63  

Section 4.10

  Product Registrations; Manufacturing Registrations; Regulatory Compliance; Product Liability and Recalls      63  

Section 4.11

  Environmental Matters      64  

Section 4.12

  Material Contracts      65  

Section 4.13

  Intellectual Property      66  

Section 4.14

  Real Property      67  

Section 4.15

  Assets      68  

Section 4.16

  Taxes      69  

Section 4.17

  Employee Benefits; Employees      71  

Section 4.18

  Global Trade Controls; Anti-Corruption Matters      73  

Section 4.19

  Brokers      74  

Section 4.20

  No Other Representations or Warranties      74  

 

i


  ARTICLE V   
  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER PARENT   

Section 5.1

  Organization      76  

Section 5.2

  Authority; Binding Effect      77  

Section 5.3

  Purchaser; Purchaser Subsidiaries; Capital Structure      78  

Section 5.4

  No Conflicts; Consents      79  

Section 5.5

  Governmental Authorization      80  

Section 5.6

  Financial Information      80  

Section 5.7

  Absence of Material Changes      81  

Section 5.8

  Securities Act      81  

Section 5.9

  No Litigation      81  

Section 5.10

  Compliance with Laws      81  

Section 5.11

  Product Registrations; Manufacturing Registrations; Regulatory Compliance; Product Liability and Recalls      82  

Section 5.12

  Environmental Matters      83  

Section 5.13

  Material Contracts      84  

Section 5.14

  Intellectual Property      85  

Section 5.15

  Real Property      86  

Section 5.16

  Assets      87  

Section 5.17

  Taxes      88  

Section 5.18

  Employee Benefits; Employees      90  

Section 5.19

  Global Trade Controls; Anti-Corruption Matters      93  

Section 5.20

  Brokers      93  

Section 5.21

  No Other Representations or Warranties      93  
  ARTICLE VI   
  COVENANTS   

Section 6.1

  Information and Documents      96  

Section 6.2

  Conduct of Business      98  

Section 6.3

  Regulatory Approvals      105  

Section 6.4

  Reasonable Best Efforts; Further Assurances      115  

Section 6.5

  Tax Matters      117  

Section 6.6

  Employees and Employee Benefits      136  

Section 6.7

  Intercompany Accounts and Arrangements      153  

Section 6.8

  Access to Records and Information      155  

Section 6.9

  Mail and Other Communications      156  

Section 6.10

  Transfer of Business IP and Registrations      157  

Section 6.11

  No Solicitation      157  

Section 6.12

  Confidentiality      157  

Section 6.13

  Guarantees; Letters of Credit      160  

Section 6.14

  Certain Ancillary Agreements      161  

Section 6.15

  Retained and Transferred Names      162  

Section 6.16

  Compliance with WARN      163  

Section 6.17

  Litigation Support; Non-Indemnified Claims      164  

Section 6.18

  Insurance      165  

Section 6.19

  Trade Notification      167  

Section 6.20

  Accounts; Products Received      167  

Section 6.21

  Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification      167  

Section 6.22

  Return of Assets; Transfer of Purchased Assets      168  

Section 6.23

  Bulk Transfer Laws      169  

 

ii


Section 6.24

  Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting; Purchaser Parent Board Recommendation      170  

Section 6.25

  Resignations      173  

Section 6.26

  Remedial Action Access      173  

Section 6.27

  Acknowledgements      174  
  ARTICLE VII   
  INDEMNIFICATION   

Section 7.1

  Indemnification by Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent      174  

Section 7.2

  Indemnification by Purchaser      175  

Section 7.3

  Indemnification Procedures      175  

Section 7.4

  Expiration      177  

Section 7.5

  Certain Limitations      178  

Section 7.6

  Losses Net of Insurance, Etc.      178  

Section 7.7

  No Right of Set-Off      178  

Section 7.8

  Materiality      179  

Section 7.9

  Mitigation; Other Limitations      179  

Section 7.10

  Sole Remedy/Waiver      180  

Section 7.11

  Indemnification Payments      181  
  ARTICLE VIII   
  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING   

Section 8.1

  Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties      181  

Section 8.2

  Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser and Purchaser Parent      181  

Section 8.3

  Conditions to the Obligations of Seller Parent      182  

Section 8.4

  Frustration of Closing Conditions      183  
  ARTICLE IX   
  TERMINATION   

Section 9.1

  Termination      183  

Section 9.2

  Effect of Termination      184  
  ARTICLE X   
  MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 10.1

  Notices      186  

Section 10.2

  Amendment; Waiver      187  

Section 10.3

  Assignment      187  

Section 10.4

  Entire Agreement      188  

Section 10.5

  Parties in Interest      188  

Section 10.6

  Public Disclosure      188  

Section 10.7

  Expenses      188  

Section 10.8

  Disclosure Letters; Disclosures Modifying Other Sections of Agreement      189  

Section 10.9

  No Admission      189  

Section 10.10

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction      189  

Section 10.11

  Counterparts      190  

Section 10.12

  Headings      190  

Section 10.13

  Severability      190  

Section 10.14

  Rules of Construction      190  

Section 10.15

  Specific Performance      190  

Section 10.16

  Affiliate Status      191  

Section 10.17

  Waiver of Conflicts Regarding Representation; Nonassertion of Attorney-Client Privilege      191  

Section 10.18

  Translation of Currencies      193  

 

iii


ANNEXES

    

ANNEX A

 

Index of Defined Terms

  

ANNEX B-1

 

Accounting Principles

  

ANNEX B-2

 

Sample Closing Statement

  

ANNEX B-3

 

Purchaser Accounting Principles

  

ANNEX B-4

 

Sample Purchaser Closing Statement

  

ANNEX C

 

List of Antitrust Approvals

  

ANNEX D

 

PCH Split Products

  

ANNEX E-1

 

Business Key Products

  

ANNEX E-2

 

Purchaser Key Products

  

ANNEX F

 

PCH Switch Products

  

ANNEX G

 

Purchaser Parent Retained Assets

  

EXHIBITS

    

EXHIBIT A

 

List of instruments and documents to be delivered by Seller Parent

  

EXHIBIT B

 

List of instruments and documents to be delivered by Purchaser and Purchaser Parent

  

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Purchaser Shareholders Agreement

  

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Structuring Considerations Agreement

  

EXHIBIT E

 

Form of Restated Purchaser Articles of Association

  

EXHIBIT F

 

Seller Parent Draft Ancillary Agreements

  

EXHIBIT G

 

Purchaser Parent Draft Ancillary Agreements

  

Seller Disclosure Letter

Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter

 

iv


STOCK AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This STOCK AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 19, 2018 (this “Agreement”), is by and among Pfizer Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller Parent”), GlaxoSmithKline Plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England (“Purchaser Parent”, and together with Seller Parent, the “Parents”), and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England (“Purchaser,” and together with the Parents, the “Parties”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, in addition to its other businesses, Seller Parent is engaged through certain of its Subsidiaries in the Business (as defined below);

WHEREAS, in addition to its other businesses, Purchaser Parent is engaged through Purchaser in the Purchaser Business (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Parties desire that (a) the Sellers (as defined below) sell and transfer to Purchaser or the Purchaser Designated Affiliates (as defined below), and that Purchaser or such Purchaser Designated Affiliates purchase from the Sellers, all of Seller Parent’s and the other Sellers’ right, title and interest in the Purchased Assets; (b) Purchaser and such Purchaser Designated Affiliates assume the Assumed Liabilities (as defined below); and (c) Purchaser allot and issue to Seller Parent or its applicable designee B Ordinary Shares in the capital of Purchaser, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), and (c), in the manner and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, certain Sellers, Purchaser, Purchaser Parent and the Purchaser Designated Affiliates, at or prior to the Closing, will execute each of the Ancillary Agreements; and

WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser have approved this Agreement, the Structuring Considerations Agreement, the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:

A Ordinary Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

ABO” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(e)(i).

Accounting Principles” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Action” means any action, cause of action, claim, charge, suit, countersuit, hearing, complaint, arbitration, subpoena, audit, investigation, litigation or proceeding by or before any court, Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal.

ADR” means American Depositary Receipts of Purchaser Parent issued under the Deposit Agreement.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) shall be deemed to be (i) Affiliates of Seller Parent (and not Purchaser Parent or Purchaser) prior to the Closing, and (ii) Affiliates of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser (and not Seller Parent or any other Seller) as of and following the Closing and (b) Purchaser and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Affiliates of Purchaser Parent (and not Seller Parent) prior to, as of and following the Closing.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Amended Consignment Selling Agreement” means the amended consignment selling agreement, substantially in the form provided to Seller Parent prior to the date hereof, to be entered into between Hindustan Unilever Limited and Leo Asia Private Limited on or around the time of completion of the divestiture of Horlicks and other consumer healthcare nutrition brands to Unilever plc and the merger of Leo Consumer Healthcare Limited India with Hindustan Unilever Limited.

Ancillary Agreements” means, collectively, the Transition Services Agreement, Intellectual Property License Agreement, Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Seller Parent as Supplier), Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Purchaser as Supplier), IP Assignment Agreements, Transitional Trademark License Agreement, Safety Data Exchange Agreement, Lease Agreement, Local Implementing Agreements, the Structuring Considerations Agreement and the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement.

 

2


Ancillary Implementing Agreements” means, collectively, the IP Assignment Agreements and the Local Implementing Agreements.

Anti-Corruption Laws” means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010; and any applicable Law related to anti-bribery or anti-corruption in any other jurisdiction in which the Business or the Purchaser Business, as applicable, markets, commercializes, distributes and sells products as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing.

Antitrust Laws” means statutes, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, administrative and judicial doctrines, and other Laws of any jurisdiction that are designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions that may have the purpose or effect of creating a monopoly, lessening competition or restraining trade.

Approvals” means any consent, approval or authorization of, permit or license issued or granted by, Governmental Order, waiver or exemption by, negative clearance from, or the expiration or early termination of any waiting period imposed by, any Person (including any third party or Governmental Authority (including any Governmental Antitrust Authority)).

Assumed Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

Assumed Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

B Ordinary Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

Balance Sheet Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a).

Business” means the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercializing, distributing and selling (a) the products sold under the brand names set forth on Annex E-1 or variations or derivatives of such names (including translations thereof) (the “Business Key Products”, and such brands, the “Business Key Brands”), as conducted by Seller Parent (directly and indirectly through its Subsidiaries) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing and (b) any over-the-counter consumer healthcare or medicine products, wellness products and other personal care, oral care, nutrition, skin health, cosmetic and related products (other than the PCH Split Products), as conducted by Seller Parent (directly and indirectly through its Subsidiaries) through its Pfizer Consumer Healthcare business unit (directly or indirectly pursuant to a contractual arrangement with any other Pfizer business unit, to the extent of the Pfizer Consumer Healthcare business unit’s rights pursuant to such contractual arrangement) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing.

Business Copyrights” means all Copyrights, Copyright registrations and applications for Copyright registration that both (a) are owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries and (b) are Related to the Business.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City or London are authorized or obligated by Law or executive order to close.

 

3


Business Employee” means each individual who, immediately prior to the Closing (a) is employed by Seller Parent or its Affiliates (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries) and devotes 70% or more of his or her services to the Business, or (b) is employed by any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries), including, to the extent required by Law, any individual described in clause (a) or (b) who is not actively at work as a result of an approved leave of absence (including disability leave, military leave, or family medical leave).

Business Employee (non-U.S.)” means a Business Employee based outside of the United States.

Business Employee (U.S.)” means a Business Employee based in the United States.

Business IP” means (a) all Business Copyrights, Business Patent Rights, Business Trademark Rights, Business Know-How and Business Software, (b) all other Intellectual Property that both (i) is owned, or purported to be owned, by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries and (ii) is Related to the Business, and (c) all Intellectual Property listed in the IP Schedules; provided that the Business IP does not include any Registered IP that is not listed, or required to be listed, on the IP Schedules.

Business IT Systems” means all Information Systems that both (a) are owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries and (b)(i) are solely related to, solely held for use with, or solely used in connection with the Business; or (ii) located at a Facility.

Business Key Brands” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Business.”

Business Key Products” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Business.”

Business Know-How” means all Know-How that both (a) is owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries and (b) is Related to the Business.

Business Licensed IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(c).

Business Net Cash” means the amount (which may be a positive or negative number) equal to (a) all Cash Equivalents minus (b) all outstanding Funded Indebtedness, in each case, of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date; provided that any Cash Equivalents or Funded Indebtedness of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date that will not be Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities (subject to the last sentence of Section 2.2(b)) shall be excluded from the calculation of Business Net Cash.

Business Patent Rights” means all Patent Rights that (a) both (i) are owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries and (ii) are solely related to, solely held for use with, or solely used in connection with the Business; or (b) are listed on the IP Schedules.

Business Software” means all Software that both (a) is owned or purported to be owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries and (b) is Related to the Business.

 

4


Business Trademark Rights” means all of the following that are owned by or registered to Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries (a)(i) all Trademarks (including Trademark registrations and applications for Trademark registrations) that are (A) solely related to, solely held for use with, or solely used in connection with the Business; or (B) listed in the IP Schedules; (b) all Trademarks that contain, comprise, or include (but only to the extent they include) a Trademark described in the foregoing clause (a); (c) all Trademarks that are confusingly similar to the Trademarks described in clauses (a) or (b) such that they could not be used in commerce without infringing such Trademarks; (d) all Internet Identifiers and telephone numbers or other alphanumeric addresses or mnemonics containing any of the foregoing; and (e) the goodwill of the Business symbolized by any of the foregoing.

Business Working Capital” means the amount (which may be a positive or negative number) equal to (a) the sum of the assets of the Business as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date represented in the line items shown on the Sample Closing Statement for the Business as of such time, minus (b) the sum of the liabilities of the Business as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date represented in the liability line items shown on the Sample Closing Statement for the Business as of such time, in each case calculated in a manner consistent with the Accounting Principles and the Sample Closing Statement; provided that there shall be excluded from such calculation the Excluded Assets, the Retained Liabilities, all assets or Liabilities in respect of Income Taxes (whether current, deferred, or contingent), any amounts included in the calculation of Business Net Cash, any intercompany accounts or Liabilities to be repaid or extinguished pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the Closing, including pursuant to Section 6.7, and any intercompany receivables and intercompany payables, and other intercompany Liabilities, solely between or among any Conveyed Subsidiaries and any of their Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents” means, with respect to any Person and as of any time, all cash and cash equivalents, checks, money orders, marketable securities, short-term instruments, bank and other depositary accounts, certificates of deposit, time deposits, negotiable instruments, securities and brokerage accounts, funds in time and demand deposits or similar accounts of such Person as of such time, calculated, in the case of Seller Parent, in a manner consistent with the Accounting Principles and the Sample Closing Statement, and in the case of Purchaser, in a manner consistent with the Purchaser Accounting Principles and the Purchaser Sample Closing Statement, (a) excluding the value of outstanding checks and wire transfers that have been issued or transmitted by such Person but have not yet cleared as of such time, unless a corresponding liability is included in the calculation of Business Working Capital or Purchaser Working Capital, as applicable, (b) including the value of uncollected bank deposits of such Person and outstanding checks and wire transfers that have been issued or transmitted to such Person but have not yet cleared as of such time (provided that such outstanding checks and wire transfers ultimately clear), unless in each case a corresponding asset is included in the calculation of Business Working Capital or Purchaser Working Capital, as applicable, and (c) including (i) with respect to Purchaser, the value of any out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred by either Purchaser or Purchaser Parent prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 6.3(d) or Section 6.3(i) (in each case, other than any Purchaser Parent Transaction Expenses) and (ii) with respect to the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, the value of any out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred by either Seller Parent or its Affiliates prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 6.3(d) or Section 6.3(i) (in each case, other than any Seller Parent Transaction Expenses).

 

5


China Entities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(g)(iii)(A).

Clean Team Agreement” means the Clean Team Confidentiality Agreement between Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, dated as of December 17, 2018, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Closing Statement Finalization Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(f).

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral Source” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

Collective Bargaining Agreement” means any collective bargaining agreement, labor agreement, work rules or practices, or any other labor-related agreements or arrangements with any labor union, labor organization, works council or consultation body.

Comparable Position” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(i).

Compliance Requirements” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(a).

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12(b).

Confidentiality Agreement” means the Confidentiality Agreement between Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, dated as of October 11, 2018, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Continuation Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c)(i).

Contract” means any contract, agreement, lease or license (other than any Governmental Authorization) that is binding on any Person or any part of its property under applicable Law, including any amendment thereto, other than any Seller Group Plan, Purchaser Group Plan, Foreign Seller Group Plan and Foreign Purchaser Group Plan.

Controlling Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(e)(iii).

Conveyed Subsidiaries” means those entities set forth in Section 1.1(A) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, as such Section may be amended by Seller Parent prior to the Closing Date solely to reflect any changes pursuant to the Seller Internal Restructurings (including any steps Seller Parent shall undertake to effect the Seller Internal Restructurings) made in accordance with Section 6.5(f)(i).

 

6


Conveyed Subsidiary Excluded Asset” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Conveyed Subsidiary Plan” means each Seller Group Plan and each Foreign Seller Group Plan sponsored and maintained by any Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof.

Copyrights” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property.”

Counterparty” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(d)(ii)(A).

D&O Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.21(a).

DC Employees (non-U.S.)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(g)(i).

DC Employees (U.S.)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(f)(i).

DC Transfer Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(g)(ii).

Deductible” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(a).

De Minimis Claim Threshold” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(a).

Delayed Antitrust Approval” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e)(i).

Delayed Business” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e)(i).

Delayed Business Cut-Off Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e)(i).

Delayed Business Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e)(i).

Delayed Business Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e)(i).

Delayed Employment Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(iii).

Delayed Transfer Employee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(iii).

Deposit Agreement” means the deposit agreement dated December 27, 2000, as amended and restated as of December 21, 2007, between Purchaser Parent, the Bank of New York Mellon (as depositary thereunder) and the owners and holders of ADRs issued thereunder.

Direct Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(g)(iii)(A).

Disability Employee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(iv).

Disputed Item” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b).

 

7


Environmental Law” means the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., and any applicable Law of any jurisdiction, as in effect on or prior to the Closing Date, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources, wildlife or threatened or endangered species (including indoor and outdoor air, soil, sediment, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, and surface or subsurface land), public or worker health or safety with respect to Hazardous Materials, or the exposure to, or the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, Release, disposal, recycling, treatment or other management of Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Liability” means any Liability arising under Environmental Laws.

Environmental Permit” means any Governmental Authorization held by either a Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof) for its then-current operations or a Seller for the then-current operation of any Real Property, each following the consummation of any Seller Internal Restructurings and as of the Closing Date, and required pursuant to an Environmental Law.

Equipment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

Equipment Leases” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate” means any Person that would be treated at a relevant time as a single employer with any other Person under Section 4001(b) of ERISA or Section 414 of the Code.

Estimated Business Deficit Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

Estimated Business Excess Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).

Estimated Business Net Cash” means Seller Parent’s good-faith estimate of the Business Net Cash as set forth on the Estimated Closing Statement.

Estimated Business Working Capital” means Seller Parent’s good-faith estimate of the Business Working Capital as set forth on the Estimated Closing Statement.

Estimated Closing Statement” means a written statement setting forth the Estimated Business Working Capital and the Estimated Business Net Cash, prepared in a manner consistent with the Accounting Principles and the Sample Closing Statement.

Estimated Purchaser Closing Statement” means a written statement setting forth the Estimated Purchaser Working Capital and the Estimated Purchaser Net Cash, prepared in a manner consistent with the Purchaser Accounting Principles and the Sample Purchaser Closing Statement.

Estimated Purchaser Deficit Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

 

8


Estimated Purchaser Excess Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(d).

Estimated Purchaser Net Cash” means Purchaser Parent’s good-faith estimate of the Purchaser Net Cash as set forth on the Estimated Purchaser Closing Statement.

Estimated Purchaser Working Capital” means Purchaser Parent’s good-faith estimate of the Purchaser Working Capital as set forth on the Estimated Purchaser Closing Statement.

Excluded Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Facilities” means the manufacturing and research and development facilities listed in Section 1.1(B) of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

FCA” means the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority.

FICA” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(p).

Filings” means any registrations, applications, declarations, reports, submissions or other filings with, or any notices to, any Person (including any third party or Governmental Authority (including any Governmental Antitrust Authority)).

Final Business Deficit Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(h).

Final Business Excess Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(g).

Final Business Net Cash” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e).

Final Business Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e).

Final Closing Statement” means (a) if no notice of Disputed Items with respect to the Proposed Closing Statement is delivered by either Parent within the period provided in Section 2.9(b), the Proposed Closing Statement as prepared by Purchaser, or (b) if such a notice of Disputed Items with respect to the Proposed Closing Statement is timely delivered by a Parent, the Proposed Closing Statement with modifications as agreed to in writing by the Parties and/or as directed by the Independent Accountant pursuant to Section 2.9(d), as applicable.

Final Determination” means (a) with respect to U.S. federal Income Taxes, a “determination” as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code, and (b) with respect to Taxes other than U.S. federal Income Taxes, any final determination of Liability in respect of a Tax that, under applicable Law, is not subject to further appeal, review or modification through proceedings or otherwise, including the expiration of a statute of limitations or a period for the filing of claims for refunds, amended Tax Returns or appeals from adverse determinations.

Final Pre-Closing Income Tax Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(d)(vi)(A).

 

9


Final Purchaser Net Cash” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e).

Final Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(j).

Final Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(i).

Final Purchaser Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e).

Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a).

Foreign Purchaser Group Plan” means each pension, profit sharing, savings, retirement, health, life, disability, deferred compensation, incentive, bonus, employment, retention, change in control, termination, severance and fringe benefit plan, program, or arrangement maintained, or contributed to, by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates in which any Purchaser Business Employee (non-U.S.) or Former Purchaser Business Employee (non-U.S.) participates or is a party, other than plans, programs, or arrangements required to be maintained or contributed to by the Laws of the relevant jurisdiction and other than the Purchaser Group Plans.

Foreign Seller Group Plan” means each pension, profit sharing, savings, retirement, health, life, disability, deferred compensation, incentive, bonus, employment, retention, change in control, termination, severance and fringe benefit plan, program, or arrangement maintained, or contributed to, by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates in which any Business Employee (non-U.S.) or Former Business Employee (non-U.S.) participates or is a party, other than plans, programs, or arrangements required to be maintained or contributed to by the Laws of the relevant jurisdiction and other than the Seller Group Plans.

Form Ancillary Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).

Former Business Employee” means an employee of Seller Parent or its Affiliates who both (A) performed services on behalf of or to the Business as of immediately prior to his or her termination of employment, and (B) would have been considered a Business Employee if his or her employment had not terminated prior to the Closing. The term “Former Business Employee” when followed by “(U.S.)” means a Former Business Employee who was employed in the United States and when followed by “(non-U.S.)” means a Former Business Employee who was employed outside the United States.

Former Purchaser Business Employee” means an employee of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates who both (A) performed services on behalf of or to the Purchaser Business as of immediately prior to his or her termination of employment, and (B) would have been considered a Purchaser Business Employee if his or her employment had not terminated prior to the Closing. The term “Former Purchaser Business Employee” when followed by “(U.S.)” means a Former Purchaser Business Employee who was employed in the United States and when followed by “(non-U.S.)” means a Former Purchaser Business Employee who was employed outside the United States.

 

10


FSMA” means the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Fundamental Purchaser Parent Representations” means the representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent contained in Section 5.1, Section 5.2, Section 5.3(a), Section 5.3(b), Section 5.16 and Section 5.20.

Fundamental Seller Parent Representations” means the representations and warranties of Seller Parent contained in Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.3(a), Section 4.3(b), Section 4.15 and Section 4.19.

Funded Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person and as of any time, without duplication, the following obligations of such Person as of such time (including in respect of principal, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including make-whole premiums), prepayment penalties, breakage costs and other fees, expenses and charges that would arise as a result of the discharge of such amount owed and directly attributable to the consummation of the Closing), calculated, in the case of Seller Parent, in a manner consistent with the Accounting Principles and the Sample Closing Statement, and in the case of Purchaser, in a manner consistent with the Purchaser Accounting Principles and the Purchaser Sample Closing Statement: (a) the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all capitalized lease obligations that are classified by such Person as a balance sheet liability in accordance with the Accounting Principles or Purchaser Accounting Principles, as applicable; (c) all direct reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, solely to the extent such letters of credit have actually been drawn; (d) all obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or debt securities; (e) any net payment obligations under any interest rate or currency hedging Contract to the extent classified by such Person as a balance sheet liability in accordance with the Accounting Principles or Purchaser Accounting Principles, as applicable, calculated as of such time as the net amount of payment that would be required to be paid by such Person to the counterparty bank(s) upon the unwind or early termination of such Contract at such time; (f) any amounts owing as deferred purchase price of, or a contingent payment for, any business, assets, property, goods or services (other than ordinary course trade payables and those listed on Section 1.1(C) of the Seller Disclosure Letter); (g) all guarantees and keepwell arrangements issued by such Person to a creditor against a loss with respect to the obligations described in clauses (a) through (f) of another Person; and (h) in the case of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, Seller Accrued Income Taxes and, in the case of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), Purchaser Accrued Income Taxes; provided that Funded Indebtedness shall not include (i) any intercompany payables, or other intercompany Liabilities, solely between or among (A) any Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries) and any of their Subsidiaries or (B) Purchaser (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any intercompany accounts or other Liabilities to be repaid or extinguished pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the Closing, including pursuant to Section 6.7, (iii) any Liabilities in respect of Taxes (other than Purchaser Accrued Income Taxes or Seller Accrued Income Taxes), including any reserves for contingent Taxes, or (iv) any amounts included in the calculation of the Business Working Capital or Purchaser Working Capital.

FUTA” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(p).

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

11


Global Trade Control Laws” means U.S. Export Administration Regulations; the U.S. International Traffic in Arms Regulations; the U.S. economic sanctions rules and regulations implemented under statutory authority and/or the President’s Executive Orders and administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control; European Union (E.U.) Council Regulations on export controls, including Nos. 428/2009, 267/2012; other E.U. Council sanctions regulations, as implemented in E.U. Member States; United Nations sanctions policies; and other relevant economic sanctions, export and import control Laws in any other jurisdiction in which the Business or the Purchaser Business, as applicable, markets, commercializes, distributes and sells products as of the date of this Agreement or as of Closing.

Goods in Transit” means Products that have left a facility of Seller Parent (or any Subsidiary of Seller Parent), were recorded by Seller Parent (or the Subsidiary of Seller Parent) as sales in their accounting systems at or prior to 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date, but have not been received by customers or Purchaser.

Governmental Antitrust Authority” means any of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice, the attorneys general of the several states of the United States and any other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to applicable Antitrust Laws.

Governmental Authority” means any supra-national, transnational, national, state, municipal or local government, any federal, state, city, municipality or other political subdivision thereof and any entity, department, bureau, body, agency, commission, authority or court of competent jurisdiction, whether domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, taxing or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any executive official thereof or any arbitral body.

Governmental Authorizations” means all licenses, permits, certificates, clearances, registrations, consents and other authorizations and approvals from any Governmental Authority required to carry on the Business or the Purchaser Business, as applicable, under the applicable Laws of any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Order” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, ruling, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

Hazardous Materials” means all pollutants, contaminants, wastes or chemicals or other materials or substances defined, classified, listed or regulated as “hazardous,” “extremely hazardous,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “dangerous,” “pollutants,” “contaminants,” “toxic,” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law, including asbestos, asbestos containing materials, lead-based paint, toxic mold, petroleum, and petroleum products, or for which Liability may be imposed under Environmental Law.

Hold-Back Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e)(i).

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

12


IFRS” means the body of pronouncements issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), including International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations approved by the IASB, International Accounting Standards and Standing Interpretations Committee interpretations approved by the predecessor International Accounting Standards Committee as endorsed under the EU accounting regulations and included in the periodic report showing the status of endorsement by the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group.

Income Tax” means any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Taxes imposed on or calculated by reference to net income or profits (however denominated), franchise Taxes and other similar Taxes.

Income Tax Return” means any Tax Return in respect of Income Taxes.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person and as of any time, without duplication, the following obligations as of such time: (a) all Funded Indebtedness of such Person and (b) all letters of credit or performance bonds issued for the account of such Person (and reimbursement obligations in respect thereof).

Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a).

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a).

Independent Accountant” means any registered independent public accounting firm of international standing as Seller Parent and Purchaser shall mutually agree upon.

Indirect Transfers” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(g)(iii)(B).

Information Systems” means (a) computer systems, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, data communications networks (other than the Internet) and other information technology equipment used to create, store, transmit, exchange or receive information, voice or data and (b) documentation, user manuals, and training manuals documenting the functionality or use of any of the foregoing.

Insurance Matter” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.18(b).

Insurance Policy” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.18(b).

Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property rights throughout the world, including: (a) Patent Rights, (b) trademarks, service marks, corporate names, trade names, Internet Identifiers, logos, slogans, trade dress, and other similar designations of source or origin, together with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing (“Trademarks”), (c) copyrights and intellectual property rights in copyrightable and other works, moral rights, design rights and other sui generis rights (“Copyrights”), (d) trade secrets or other proprietary rights in clinical, technical, scientific, manufacturing, regulatory and other information, inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, designs, results, techniques, database rights, data, databases, data collections and other know-how, including plans, processes, practices, methods, trade secrets, instructions, formulae, formulations, recipes, compositions, specifications, protocols, analytical and quality control

 

13


information and procedures, test data and results, reports, studies, and marketing, pricing, distribution, cost and sales information (“Know-How”), (e) intellectual property rights in Software and (f) applications and registrations and renewals for, and all associated rights with respect to, any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction, including all rights to collect royalties, products and proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing.

Intellectual Property License Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).

Intentional Breach” means, with respect to any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, an action or omission taken or omitted to be taken on or after the date hereof that the breaching Person intentionally takes (or fails to take) and knows would, or would reasonably be expected to, cause a material breach of such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement.

Internet Identifier” means any Internet domain name or electronic address, Internet domain name registration, uniform resource locator, social media accounts, or social media account addresses or other identifiers, alpha-numeric designations associated with any of the foregoing, and account names or identifiers, passwords or other credentials to access or modify the access rights to any of the foregoing.

Inventory” means (a) all raw material inventory, work-in-process inventory, Goods in Transit and finished Products inventory, in each case, solely owned by Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries) and solely used or held for use in the Business (other than any raw material inventory, work-in-process inventory and finished products inventory subject to a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Seller Parent as Supplier)) and (b) raw material inventory, work-in-process inventory and finished products inventory, in each case, solely owned by Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries) and solely used or held for use in a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Purchaser as Supplier), but excluding any raw material inventory or work-in-process inventory (including any active pharmaceutical ingredients) that Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates supplies through a tolling or similar arrangement (including, following the Closing, any Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Purchaser as Supplier), and including all Customer-Supplied Materials (as defined therein)) to a Facility prior to, on or following the Closing for the manufacture of products subject to a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Purchaser as Supplier) (which raw material inventory and work-in-process inventory (including such Customer-Supplied Materials), for clarity, shall not be Inventory or any other Purchased Asset and Purchaser shall acquire no right, title or interest therein).

IP Assignment Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).

IP Schedules” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Know-How” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property.”

 

14


Knowledge of Purchaser Parent” means the actual knowledge of any of the individuals listed in Section 1.1(B) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter.

Knowledge of Seller Parent” means the actual knowledge of any of the individuals listed in Section 1.1(D) of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

Laws” means any law, act, statute, ordinance, rule, directive, regulation, code, treaty (including any Tax treaty) of any Governmental Authority or any Governmental Order.

Lease Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(d).

Leased Purchaser Real Property” means all real property primarily related to, held for use with, or used in connection with the Purchaser Business, other than the Owned Purchaser Real Property.

Leased Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Liabilities” means any and all Losses, debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or unaccrued, fixed or variable, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable.

Liens” means any lien, security interest, mortgage, charge, pledge, license, easement or other similar encumbrance, title defect or material use or transfer restriction, it being understood and agreed that “Lien” does not include any non-exclusive license or other non-exclusive grant of rights to Intellectual Property.

Listing Rules” means the rules and regulations made by the FCA pursuant to Part 6, section 73A of the FSMA and contained in the FCA’s publication of the same name.

Local Implementing Agreements” means the various Share transfer agreements, Purchased Asset transfer agreements and other agreements and the schedules and exhibits thereto to be entered into by Purchaser and the Purchaser Designated Affiliates and the applicable Sellers for purposes of implementing the sale, transfer, conveyance, and assignment, as applicable, of the applicable Sellers’ right, title and interest in the Shares and the other Purchased Assets to, and the employment of the Business Employees consistent with Section 6.6 by, Purchaser and such Purchaser Designated Affiliates, and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, as the case may be, in the appropriate jurisdictions, prepared and executed in accordance with Section 6.14. The Parties agree that the Local Implementing Agreements shall not expand or limit the rights and obligations of the Parties or their Affiliates beyond those provided for in this Agreement, and that the Local Implementing Agreements shall not provide for any additional rights, obligations or indemnities of the Parties or their Affiliates, that are not provided for in this Agreement. For clarity, the Indirect Transfers shall be effected pursuant to a Local Implementing Agreement.

 

15


Loss” means any and all damages, losses, Taxes, penalties, judgments, settlements, payments, fines, interest, costs and expenses (including the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of attorneys and other professional advisors incurred in the investigation, defense and/or settlement thereof), but excluding any damages to the extent not reasonably foreseeable, loss of business reputation, or punitive or exemplary damages (in each case, other than to the extent such damages are awarded to any third party by Governmental Order against, and paid by, an Indemnified Party).

Make-Whole Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c)(vi).

Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Purchaser as Supplier)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).

Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Seller Parent as Supplier)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).

Manufacturing Registrations” means all Governmental Authorizations granted to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates by, or pending with, any Governmental Authority for manufacturing facilities that are Facilities.

Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, development, occurrence or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Business, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any change, event, development, occurrence or effect to the extent resulting from or arising out of any of the following, either alone or in combination, shall not be considered in determining whether there has been or may be a Material Adverse Effect: (i) general economic conditions (including changes in (A) financial or market conditions, (B) currency exchange rates, (C) prevailing interest rates or credit markets or (D) the price of commodities or raw materials) applicable in countries, jurisdictions or markets in which there are Purchased Assets or sales of Products (or the securities, syndicated loan, credit or financial markets globally or in any such economies, countries, jurisdictions or markets); (ii) changes (or proposed changes) in the legal, Tax, regulatory or political conditions (including changes in Law or in the interpretation or application of Law) applicable in countries, jurisdictions or markets in which there are Purchased Assets or sales of Products; (iii) changes (or proposed changes) in GAAP or other applicable accounting standards or the interpretations thereof; (iv) conditions in or affecting the industries in which the Business operates; (v) conditions resulting from natural disasters, earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, floods, fires, storms, typhoons, lightning, hail storms, blizzards, tornadoes, droughts, cyclones, arctic frosts, mudslides, wildfires, manmade disasters, acts of God, pandemics or other weather-related or natural conditions, or the commencement, occurrence, continuation or intensification of any war (whether or not declared), sabotage, armed hostilities, civil unrest, military attacks or acts of terrorism or declaration of national emergency; (vi) any failure by the Business to meet budgets, plans, projections or forecasts (whether internal or otherwise) for any period (it being understood that the underlying causes of the failure to meet such budgets, plans, projections or forecasts may be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred unless such causes are otherwise excepted under this paragraph; provided that this clause (vi) shall not be construed as implying that Seller Parent is making any representation or warranty herein with respect to any budgets, plans, projections or forecasts, and no such representations or warranties are being made); (vii) any change in Seller Parent’s stock price or trading volume (it being understood that the underlying causes of such change may be taken

 

16


into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred unless such causes are otherwise excepted under this paragraph); (viii) Seller Parent’s pursuit of strategic alternatives for the Business or the negotiation, execution, announcement, performance, pendency or consummation of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Ancillary Agreements (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing shall not apply to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.4), the identity of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or any acts or omissions of Purchaser or its Affiliates or any communication by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, including in respect of its plans or intentions (including in respect of the Business Employees) with respect to the Business, including the impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, distributors, partners or employees; (ix) without limiting clause (viii) above, any action taken by Seller Parent or its Affiliates (including any Conveyed Subsidiary and their Subsidiaries) as expressly required by this Agreement, including any changes, events or effects arising out of the application of Antitrust Laws (including any action or judgment arising under Antitrust Laws) to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or the effect of any action taken (or agreed to be taken) by Seller Parent, Purchaser, or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 6.3; (x) any action taken, or failure to take action, or such other changes or events, in each case, to which Purchaser has consented in writing; (xi) any labor strike, slow down, lockout or stoppage, pending or threatened, against the Business; or (xii) any Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities; provided, further, that any change, event, development, occurrence or effect referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) may be considered in determining whether there has been or may be a Material Adverse Effect to the extent such change, event, development, occurrence or effect has a disproportionate adverse impact on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Business, taken as a whole, relative to the other businesses in the industries in which the Business operates (in which case only such incremental disproportionate impact may be considered in determining whether there has been or may be a Material Adverse Effect).

Material Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(a).

Most Cost-Effective Manner” means a Remedial Action based upon (a) the least stringent clean-up standards that, based on the use classification (industrial, commercial or residential) as of the Closing Date of the applicable real property subject to the Remedial Action, are established under Environmental Law and (b) the least-costly methods that are in accordance with Environmental Law, in each case of (a) and (b) that are approved by or otherwise acceptable to the applicable Governmental Authorities, including the use of engineering and institutional controls to eliminate or minimize exposure pathways, and may also include, in the reasonable discretion of the Party responsible for such Remedial Action, any other Remedial Action that is allowed under applicable Environmental Law and approved by or otherwise acceptable to the applicable Governmental Authorities.

Name Change Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(a).

New Subsidiaries” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.27.

Non-Controlling Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(e)(iii).

Non-Indemnified Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.17(b).

 

17


Notice 7” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(g)(iii)(B).

Off-the-Shelf Software” means software licensed from a third party on general commercial terms that continues to be commonly available for license on such general commercial terms.

Ordinary Shares” means the A Ordinary Shares and the B Ordinary Shares.

Outside Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b).

Outstanding Antitrust Jurisdiction” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e)(i).

Owned Purchaser Real Property” means the real property that both (a) is owned by Purchaser Parent or its Subsidiaries and (b) is primarily related to, held for use with, or used in connection with the Purchaser Business.

Owned Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

Parent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

Parents” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Patent Rights” means (a) issued patents, (b) invention disclosures, and pending patent applications, including all provisional applications, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions and renewals, and all patents granted thereon, (c) patents-of-addition, reissues, reexaminations and extensions or restorations by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms, including patent term adjustments, patent term extensions, supplementary protection certificates or the equivalent thereof, (d) inventor’s certificates, (e) registered or other utility model rights, registered or other design rights and registered or other industrial property rights and (f) United States and foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing.

PCH Split Products” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Retained Businesses.”

Pension Transfer Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(e)(ii).

Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens approved in writing by Purchaser; (b) statutory Liens arising out of operation of Law with respect to a Liability incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not yet due and payable or for which an adequate reserve has been established in the Financial Statements; (c) Liens and other imperfections of title that do not materially detract from the value or materially impair the use of the property subject thereto or make such property unmarketable or uninsurable; (d) with respect to real property, (i) easements, declarations, covenants, rights-of-way, restrictions and other charges, instruments or encumbrances that are recorded against title to real estate which do not materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the Business conducted thereon; (ii) zoning ordinances,

 

18


variances, conditional use permits and similar regulations, permits, approvals and conditions which are not violated by the current use of the real property subject thereto in the operation of the Business conducted thereon; (iii) Liens not created by the Sellers that affect the underlying fee interest of any leased real property, including master leases or ground leases, which do not materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the Business conducted thereon; and (iv) all matters of record and any state of facts that an accurate survey or inspection of the property would disclose to the extent such matters or states of fact do not materially detract from the value or materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the Business conducted thereon; (e) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (i) that are not yet due or payable or (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which an adequate reserve has been established in the Financial Statements; (f) mechanics’, materialmen’s, carriers’, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, landlords’ or other similar Liens and security obligations arising in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not yet due and payable or for which an adequate reserve has been established in the Financial Statements; (g) Liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business; (h) Liens that will be released and, as appropriate, removed of record, at or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (i) Liens arising on assets and products sold in the ordinary course of business; (j) Liens arising in connection with any consignment arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of business; (k) Liens identified in the Financial Statements (including in the notes thereto); (l) with respect to any equity of a Conveyed Subsidiary (or any of its Subsidiaries), any restrictions under applicable securities Laws and any Lien set forth in the governing documents of such Conveyed Subsidiary (or any of its Subsidiaries); (m) other Liens that do not materially detract from the value of, or materially impair the current use of, the assets subject thereto; and (n) Liens disclosed or set forth in the Seller Disclosure Letter.

Person” means an individual, a limited liability company, joint venture, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust, a division or operating group of any of the foregoing or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Plan Regulatory or Funding Documents” means (to the extent applicable) (i) the most recent summary plan description with respect to each such plan, (ii) any related trust or other funding vehicle and any current administrative or service contract or insurance policy, (iii) the most recent annual report on IRS Form 5500 and the most recent actuarial report, financial statements or similar reports or statements, (iv) the most recent determination or opinion letter received from the IRS with respect to each such plan intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Code and (v) any documents applicable to a Foreign Seller Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan (as applicable) that are analogous to those contemplated by clauses (i) through (iv).

Post-Closing Representation” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17(a).

Post-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such period beginning after the Closing Date.

 

19


PRC Taxing Authority” means any Taxing Authority in the People’s Republic of China.

Pre-Closing Income Tax Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(d)(vi)(A).

Pre-Closing Separate Tax Returns” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a)(i).

Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending on and including the Closing Date.

Preference Shares” means non-voting, irredeemable preference shares with a nominal value of £1.00 each in the capital of Purchaser, having the rights and restrictions set out in the Restated Purchaser Articles of Association and the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement.

Product Registrations” means all Governmental Authorizations granted to a Conveyed Subsidiary or a Seller by, or pending with, any Governmental Authority and Related to the Business, to market any Product, including FDA drug listings, FDA Product Marketing Authorizations, other national or regional marketing authorizations or permits and CE marks anywhere in the world. “Product Registrations” shall not include any Manufacturing Registrations.

Products” means (a) the products researched, developed, manufactured, marketed, commercialized, distributed and/or sold under the brand names set forth on Annex E-1 or variations or derivatives of such names (including translations thereof) that are researched, developed, manufactured, marketed, commercialized, distributed and/or sold by or on behalf of Seller Parent (directly and indirectly through its Subsidiaries) as of the date hereof and as of immediately prior to the Closing, (b) any over-the-counter consumer healthcare or medicine products, wellness products and other personal care, oral care, nutrition, skin health, cosmetic and related products (other than the PCH Split Products) that are researched, developed, manufactured, marketed, commercialized, distributed and/or sold by or on behalf of Seller Parent (directly and indirectly through its Subsidiaries) through the Pfizer Consumer Healthcare business unit (directly or indirectly pursuant to a contractual arrangement with any other Pfizer business unit, to the extent of the Pfizer Consumer Healthcare business unit’s rights pursuant to such contractual arrangement) as of the date hereof and as of immediately prior to the Closing and (c) with respect to each of the foregoing products (clauses (a) and (b)), any line extensions or other developments with respect to such product that are in progress as of the date hereof or immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Property Taxes” means real, personal and intangible ad valorem property Taxes.

Proposed Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

Proposed Divestiture” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(d)(ii).

Purchase Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

Purchased Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

20


Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Purchaser Account” means the bank account or accounts controlled solely by Purchaser specified by Purchaser in writing to the other Parties at least two (2) Business Days before the Closing Date.

Purchaser Accrued Income Taxes” means an amount (not less than zero) equal to the aggregate current Income Tax liabilities of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) (which shall not be less than zero in any jurisdiction) for all taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date for which final Tax Returns have not been filed. The calculation of Purchaser Accrued Income Taxes shall (i) exclude any deferred Tax liabilities or deferred Tax assets and any amounts in respect of speculative or contingent liabilities for Tax, (ii) include estimated (or other prepaid) Income Tax payments only to the extent that such payments have the effect of reducing (not below zero) the particular current Income Tax liability in respect of which such payments were made, (iii) include Income Tax deductions or Tax refunds (including for overpayments of estimated Taxes), in each case, only to the extent such deductions or Tax refunds have the effect of reducing (not below zero) a particular current Income Tax liability to which they are relevant, (iv) be prepared in accordance with the past practice (including reporting positions and accounting methods) of Purchaser or its applicable Subsidiary in preparing Tax Returns for Income Taxes and (v) in the case of a Straddle Period, be determined in accordance with Section 6.5(d)(iii).

Purchaser Accounting Principles” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).

Purchaser Adverse Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(f).

Purchaser Ancillary Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(b).

Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a)(i).

Purchaser Assumed Severance Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c)(ii).

Purchaser Business” means (a) the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercializing, distributing and selling the products sold under the brand names set forth on Annex E-2 or variations or derivatives of such names (including translations thereof) (the “Purchaser Key Products”, and such brands, the “Purchaser Key Brands”), as conducted by Purchaser Parent (directly and indirectly through its Subsidiaries, including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing, (b) the business reflected in the Purchaser Financial Statements, including the assets, rights, properties, activities, operations and liabilities that comprise such business, (c) the business of marketing, commercializing, distributing and selling any over-the-counter consumer healthcare or medicine products, wellness products and other personal care, oral care, nutrition, skin health, cosmetic and related products (the “Consumer Healthcare Products”) as conducted by Leo Asia Private Limited (including, for clarity, pursuant to the Amended Consignment Selling Agreement) as of the date of

 

21


this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing and (d) to the extent not otherwise reflected in the Purchaser Financial Statements, the research and development of any Consumer Healthcare Products, as conducted by Purchaser Parent (directly and indirectly through its Subsidiaries) through its GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare business (directly or indirectly pursuant to a contractual arrangement with any other GlaxoSmithKline business, to the extent of the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare business’ rights pursuant to such contractual arrangement) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be included in Purchaser Business: (x) the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercializing, distributing and selling pharmaceutical products to the extent such business and the economic benefit attendant to such business is not reflected in the Purchaser Financial Statements and (y) those assets listed in Annex G.

Purchaser Business Employee” means each individual who, immediately prior to the Closing: (a) is employed by Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates (other than Purchaser or its Subsidiaries) and devotes 70% or more of his or her services to the Purchaser Business but excluding any individual who is based in France or employed by any French Affiliate of Purchaser Parent, or (b) is employed by Purchaser (or its Subsidiaries).

Purchaser Business Employee (non-U.S.)” means a Purchaser Business Employee based outside of the United States.

Purchaser Business Employee (U.S.)” means a Purchaser Business Employee based in the United States.

Purchaser Business Plan” means each Purchaser Group Plan and each Foreign Purchaser Group Plan sponsored and maintained by Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser.

Purchaser Copyrights” means all Copyrights, Copyright registrations and applications for Copyright registration that are owned by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries.

Purchaser Current Representation” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17(b).

Purchaser DC Plans (non-U.S.)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(g)(i).

Purchaser DC Plans (U.S.)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(f)(i).

Purchaser Designated Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(b).

Purchaser Designated Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17(b).

Purchaser Environmental Permit” means any Governmental Authorization held by Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries for the then-current operations of the Purchaser Business or for the then-current operation of any Purchaser Real Property, as of the Closing Date, and required pursuant to an Environmental Law.

Purchaser Facilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.15(d).

 

22


Purchaser Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a).

Purchaser FSA Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(i).

Purchaser Group Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and any other material written fringe benefit, incentive, bonus, employment, retention, change in control, termination or severance plan, program, fund, agreement or arrangement, whether or not subject to ERISA, maintained (or contributed to or required to be contributed to) by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates, in which any Purchaser Business Employee (U.S.) or Former Purchaser Business Employee (U.S.) participates or is a party.

Purchaser Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

Purchaser Internal Restructurings” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(f)(ii).

Purchaser IP” means (a) all Purchaser Copyrights, Purchaser Patent Rights, Purchaser Trademark Rights, Purchaser Know-How and Purchaser Software, and (b) all other Intellectual Property that is owned, or purported to be owned, by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries.

Purchaser IT Systems” means all Information Systems that are owned by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries.

Purchaser Key Products” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Purchaser Business.”

Purchaser Key Brands” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Purchaser Business.”

Purchaser Know-How” means all Know-How that is owned by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries.

Purchaser Liabilities” means any and all Liabilities of Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), other than Liabilities identified as Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition of “Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities”, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing, to the extent resulting from or arising out of the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct of the Purchaser Business.

Purchaser Licensed IP” means all Intellectual Property owned by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates that has been licensed to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries pursuant to a Purchaser Ancillary Agreement, including the Purchaser Licensed Trademark Rights.

Purchaser Licensed Trademark Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(h).

Purchaser Manufacturing Registrations” means all Governmental Authorizations granted to Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates by, or pending with, any Governmental Authority for manufacturing facilities that are Purchaser Facilities.

 

23


Purchaser Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, development, occurrence or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole, or Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any change, event, development, occurrence or effect to the extent resulting from or arising out of any of the following, either alone or in combination, shall not be considered in determining whether there has been or may be a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect: (i) general economic conditions (including changes in (A) financial or market conditions, (B) currency exchange rates, (C) prevailing interest rates or credit markets or (D) the price of commodities or raw materials) applicable in countries, jurisdictions or markets in which there are assets of the Purchaser Business or sales of Purchaser Products (or the securities, syndicated loan, credit or financial markets globally or in any such economies, countries, jurisdictions or markets); (ii) changes (or proposed changes) in the legal, Tax, regulatory or political conditions (including changes in Law or in the interpretation or application of Law) applicable in countries, jurisdictions or markets in which there are assets of the Purchaser Business or sales of Purchaser Products; (iii) changes (or proposed changes) in IFRS or other applicable accounting standards or the interpretations thereof; (iv) conditions in or affecting the industries in which the Purchaser Business operates; (v) conditions resulting from natural disasters, earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, floods, fires, storms, typhoons, lightning, hail storms, blizzards, tornadoes, droughts, cyclones, arctic frosts, mudslides, wildfires, manmade disasters, acts of God, pandemics or other weather-related or natural conditions, or the commencement, occurrence, continuation or intensification of any war (whether or not declared), sabotage, armed hostilities, civil unrest, military attacks or acts of terrorism or declaration of national emergency; (vi) any failure by the Purchaser Business to meet budgets, plans, projections or forecasts (whether internal or otherwise) for any period (it being understood that the underlying causes of the failure to meet such budgets, plans, projections or forecasts may be taken into account in determining whether a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect has occurred unless such causes are otherwise excepted under this paragraph; provided that this clause (vi) shall not be construed as implying that Purchaser Parent is making any representation or warranty herein with respect to any budgets, plans, projections or forecasts, and no such representations or warranties are being made); (vii) any change in Purchaser Parent’s stock price or trading volume (it being understood that the underlying causes of such change may be taken into account in determining whether a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect has occurred unless such causes are otherwise excepted under this paragraph); (viii) the negotiation, execution, announcement, performance, pendency or consummation of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Ancillary Agreements (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing shall not apply to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.4); (ix) without limiting clause (viii) above, any action taken by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Affiliates as expressly required by this Agreement, including any changes, events or effects arising out of the application of Antitrust Laws (including any action or judgment arising under Antitrust Laws) to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or the effect of any action taken (or agreed to be taken) by Seller Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 6.3; (x) any action taken, or failure to take action, or such other changes or events, in each case, to which Seller Parent has consented in writing; (xi) any labor strike, slow down, lockout or stoppage, pending or threatened, against the Purchaser Business; or (xii) any Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities; provided, further, that any change, event, development, occurrence or effect referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v)

 

24


may be considered in determining whether there has been or may be a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect to the extent such change, event, development, occurrence or effect has a disproportionate adverse impact on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole, relative to the other businesses in the industries in which the Purchaser Business operates (in which case only such incremental disproportionate impact may be considered in determining whether there has been or may be a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect).

Purchaser Material Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(a).

Purchaser Net Cash” means the amount (which may be a positive or negative number) equal to (a) all Cash Equivalents minus (b) all outstanding Funded Indebtedness, in each case, of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date; provided that all proceeds, payments or consideration received by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) as a result of any action taken (or agreed to be taken) by Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 6.3 shall be excluded from the calculation of Purchaser Net Cash.

Purchaser Parent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Purchaser Parent Account” means the bank account or accounts specified by Purchaser Parent in writing to the other Parties hereto at least two (2) Business Days before the Closing Date.

Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.24(e).

Purchaser Parent Board Recommendation” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

Purchaser Parent Combined Tax Returns” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(e)(v).

Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter that Purchaser Parent has delivered to Seller Parent as of the date of this Agreement.

Purchaser Parent Estimated Closing Statement” means a written statement setting forth the Estimated Purchaser Working Capital and the Estimated Purchaser Net Cash, prepared in a manner consistent with the Purchaser Accounting Principles and the Purchaser Sample Closing Statement.

Purchaser Parent Final Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(f)(iv).

Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(d)(ii).

 

25


Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses” mean all businesses of Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries other than the Purchaser Business, including the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercializing, distributing and selling (i) any products not included in the definition of “Purchaser Business” and (ii) without limiting the foregoing clause (i), any pharmaceutical products or pharmaceutical products that have become or may in the future become, in whole or in part, over-the-counter products (other than the products included in the definition of “Purchaser Business”).

Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities” means any Liabilities of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) other than the Purchaser Liabilities. The Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities shall include:

(a) all Liabilities for which Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) expressly has responsibility pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Purchaser Ancillary Agreement;

(b) all Purchaser Parent Transaction Expenses;

(c) all Liabilities, including Liabilities for Taxes, of Purchaser Parent or its Subsidiaries to the extent related to or arising out of the assets, properties and rights of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) or the Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses (including the assets listed in Annex G) (other than any Liabilities for which Purchaser or Seller Parent expressly has responsibility pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, and other than any Liabilities that are separately allocated pursuant to any other agreement or transaction related to such assets, properties or rights between Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, including any commercial or other agreements unrelated to this Agreement), including Environmental Liabilities, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing, to the extent arising out of or related to the ownership or occupancy of any manufacturing, office, research and development, or warehouse facilities owned, leased or operated by Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates other than the Purchaser Facilities;

(d) all Indebtedness of Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates other than (i) Funded Indebtedness of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries included in the calculation of Final Purchaser Net Cash and (ii) Indebtedness of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries that is not Funded Indebtedness;

(e) all Liabilities of Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) (i) pursuant to the Put Option Implementation Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2018, by and among Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and Novartis AG (among others), or (ii) related to or arising out of the divestiture of Horlicks and other consumer healthcare nutrition brands to Unilever plc or its Affiliates and the merger of GSK Consumer Healthcare Limited India with Hindustan Unilever Limited, and the transactions contemplated thereby and any related Contracts entered into in connection therewith other than the Amended Consignment Selling Agreement; and

(f) all Liabilities of Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) set forth in Section 1.1(C) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter.

 

26


Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval Resolution” means the ordinary resolution of Purchaser Parent’s shareholders required to approve the arrangements as contemplated herein or by any of the Ancillary Agreements.

Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular” means the related party (as defined in Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules) circular to be prepared and published by Purchaser Parent in connection with the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting.

Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.24(a).

Purchaser Parent Termination Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b).

Purchaser Parent Transaction Expenses” means any outside counsel, investment banking, accounting, financial advisory and other advisory costs, fees and expenses incurred by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) at or prior to the Closing specifically in connection with the evaluation and negotiation of a transaction involving Seller Parent and the Business, and the negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Purchaser Internal Restructurings, in each case other than costs, fees and expenses for which Seller Parent or its Affiliates expressly has responsibility (including pursuant to payment, reimbursement, indemnification or other similar obligations set forth herein) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Purchaser Patent Rights” means all Patent Rights that are owned by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries.

Purchaser Pension Plans” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(e)(i).

Purchaser Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens approved in writing by Seller Parent; (b) statutory Liens arising out of operation of Law with respect to a Liability incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not yet due and payable or for which an adequate reserve has been established in the Purchaser Financial Statements; (c) Liens and other imperfections of title that do not materially detract from the value or materially impair the use of the property subject thereto or make such property unmarketable or uninsurable; (d) with respect to real property, (i) easements, declarations, covenants, rights-of-way, restrictions and other charges, instruments or encumbrances that are recorded against title to real estate which do not materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the Purchaser Business conducted thereon; (ii) zoning ordinances, variances, conditional use permits and similar regulations, permits, approvals and conditions which are not violated by the current use of the real property subject thereto in the operation of the Purchaser Business conducted thereon; (iii) Liens not created by Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates that affect the underlying fee interest of any leased real property, including master leases or ground leases, which do not materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the Purchaser Business conducted thereon; and (iv) all matters of record and any state of facts that an accurate survey or inspection of the property would disclose to the extent such matters or states of fact do not materially detract from the value or materially impair the use

 

27


or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the Purchaser Business conducted thereon; (e) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (i) that are not yet due or payable or (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which an adequate reserve has been established in the Purchaser Financial Statements; (f) mechanics’, materialmen’s, carriers’, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, landlords’ or other similar Liens and security obligations arising in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not yet due and payable or for which an adequate reserve has been established in the Purchaser Financial Statements; (g) Liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business; (h) Liens that will be released and, as appropriate, removed of record, at or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (i) Liens arising on assets and products sold in the ordinary course of business; (j) Liens arising in connection with any consignment arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of business; (k) Liens identified in the Purchaser Financial Statements (including in the notes thereto); (l) with respect to any equity of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, any restrictions under applicable securities Laws and any Lien set forth in the governing documents of Purchaser (or any of its Subsidiaries); (m) other Liens that do not materially detract from the value of, or materially impair the current use of, the assets subject thereto; and (n) Liens disclosed or set forth in the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter.

Purchaser Privileged Communications” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17(d).

Purchaser Product Registrations” means all Governmental Authorizations granted to Purchaser Parent or a Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent by, or pending with, any Governmental Authority and Related to the Purchaser Business to market any Purchaser Products, including FDA drug listings, FDA Product Marketing Authorizations, other national or regional marketing authorizations or permits and CE marks anywhere in the world. “Purchaser Product Registrations” shall not include any Purchaser Manufacturing Registrations.

Purchaser Products” means the products researched, developed, manufactured, marketed, commercialized, distributed and/or sold by the Purchaser Business, and any line extensions or other developments with respect to such products that are in progress as of the date hereof or immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Purchaser Real Property” means, collectively, the Leased Purchaser Real Property and the Owned Purchaser Real Property.

Purchaser Real Property Leases” means real property leases, subleases, licenses and occupancy arrangements with respect to the Leased Purchaser Real Property.

Purchaser Related Party Contract” means any Contract between Purchaser Parent and any of its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand.

Purchaser Retiree Medical Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(h).

 

28


Purchaser Shared Contract” means any Contract, sales order, purchase order, instrument or other commitment, obligation or arrangement entered into prior to the date hereof (or entered into prior to the Closing in accordance with this Agreement) that is between Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and one or more third parties, on the other hand, that inures to the benefit or burden of both the Purchaser Business and any Purchaser Parent Retained Business, other than any enterprise-wide Contracts, Contracts with respect to Off-the-Shelf Software, Purchaser Group Plans, Foreign Purchaser Group Plans, Collective Bargaining Agreements and any agreement or grant with any Taxing Authority; provided that any such Contract that provides only de minimis assets or services to the Purchaser Business or the Purchaser Parent Retained Business, as the case may be, shall not be deemed to be a Purchaser Shared Contract for purposes hereof.

Purchaser Shareholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(b).

Purchaser Software” means all Software (a) that is owned by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries and (b) that is exclusively used by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries in the operation of the Purchaser Business.

Purchaser Tax Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(d)(i).

Purchaser Tax Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(d)(i).

Purchaser Trademark Rights” means all Trademarks, including Trademark registrations and applications for Trademark registrations, (a) that are owned by or registered to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (including any Purchaser Key Brands); or (b) containing, comprising, or including (but only to the extent they include) any of the foregoing clause (a), including, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), (x) all Trademarks that are confusingly similar to the Trademarks described in clauses (a) and (b) (such that they could not be used in commerce without infringing such Trademarks), (y) all Internet Identifiers and telephone numbers or other alphanumeric addresses or mnemonics containing any of the foregoing and (z) the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing.

Purchaser Working Capital” means the amount (which may be a positive or negative number) equal to (a) the sum of the assets of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), on a consolidated basis, as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date represented in the asset line items shown on the Purchaser Sample Closing Statement as of such time, minus (b) the sum of the liabilities of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), on a consolidated basis, as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date represented in the liability line items shown on the Purchaser Sample Closing Statement for Purchaser as of such time, in each case calculated in a manner consistent with the Purchaser Accounting Principles and the Purchaser Sample Closing Statement; provided that there shall be excluded from such calculation any Purchased Assets (regardless of the time of day at which the Closing occurs), the Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities, all assets or Liabilities in respect of Income Taxes (whether current, deferred, or contingent), any amounts included in the calculation of Purchaser Net Cash, the proceeds, payments or consideration paid or payable to Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries)

 

29


as a result of any action taken (or agreed to be taken) by Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 6.3, any intercompany accounts or other Liabilities to be repaid or extinguished pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the Closing, including pursuant to Section 6.7, and any intercompany receivables and intercompany payables, and other intercompany Liabilities, solely between or among Purchaser (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any of its Subsidiaries.

Real Property” means, collectively, the Leased Real Property and the Owned Real Property.

Real Property Leases” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Records” means (a) all current and historical books, records, reports and other documents and information that pertain to business plans, budgets, financial and accounting data, brand insights and research, Business IP, vendors, manufacturing, customers, research and development of the Products, invoices, marketing and advertising operations, policies, procedures, techniques, systems, employee handbooks or manuals, training materials, operating manuals and documentation, and production manuals and documentation, in each case, in any form or medium, but in each case excluding personnel files and Seller Combined Tax Returns and (b) Registration Information (including in relation to pending applications for Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations).

Registered IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

Registered Business IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

Registered Purchaser IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(a).

Registration Information” means copies of the Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations and any existing files Related to the Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations in the possession of the relevant Seller.

Regulatory Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c)(iv).

Related to the Business” or “Relating to the Business” means primarily relating to, primarily held for use with, or primarily used in connection with the Business.

Related to the Purchaser Business” or “Relating to the Purchaser Business” means primarily relating to, primarily held for use with, or primarily used in connection with the Purchaser Business.

Release” means any releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, injecting, depositing, disposing, discharging, dispersal, escaping, dumping, migrating or leaching into the environment, including ambient air, indoor air, sediments, drinking water, water, surface or subsurface strata or groundwater, including the movement of Hazardous Materials through or in the indoor or outdoor air, soil, surface water, groundwater or property.

 

30


Remedial Action” means any action required by a Governmental Authority or Governmental Order or pursuant to Environmental Law to clean up or remediate soil, sediments, air, building materials, drinking water, surface water, groundwater or other environmental media in response to a Release or presence of Hazardous Materials, including any associated action taken to investigate, monitor, assess and evaluate the extent and severity of any such Release, action taken to remediate any such Release, post-remediation monitoring of any such Release, and preparation of all reports, studies, analyses or other documents relating to the foregoing. “Remedial Action” also refers to any Action relating to any of the above, including the negotiation and execution of judicial or administrative consent decrees, or defending claims brought by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, whether such claims are equitable or legal in nature, relating to the relevant cleanup or remediation in response to the relevant Release or presence of Hazardous Materials and associated actions.

Remediation Completion Date” means the date that (a) the Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over a Remedial Action issues a written notice indicating that no further action, other than operation and maintenance of institutional or engineering controls is required, or (b) if, after requesting in writing such a notice from such a Governmental Authority, despite the Party responsible for such a Remedial Action having reasonably completed the requirements to obtain such a written notice, no such written notice is issued within 90 days after such Governmental Authority’s receipt of such request or any longer time period granted to such Governmental Authority under the relevant Environmental Law, then the Remediation Completion Date shall mean the date that an engineering firm mutually selected by the Parties and consistently ranked on the list of the Top 200 Environmental Firms published by the Engineering News-Record, and employing an Environmental Professional as defined in 40 CFR Part 312.10 and ASTM E1527-13, concurs that no further action, other than operation and maintenance of institutional or engineering controls, is required.

Replacement Shared Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d).

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and any of such Person’s or any of its Affiliates’ directors, officers, managers, partners, employees, counsel, financial advisors, accountants, consultants and other advisors, representatives and agents.

Resolution Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(c).

Restated Purchaser Articles of Association” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

Restricted Market” means, as applicable under Global Trade Control Laws, the Crimean Peninsula, Cuba, the Donbass Region, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria.

Restricted Party” means any individual(s) or entity(ies) on any of the following lists (such lists, the “Restricted Party Lists”): the list of sanctioned entities maintained by the United Nations; the Specially Designated Nationals List and the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List, as administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control; the U.S. Denied Persons List, the U.S. Entity List, and the U.S. Unverified List, all administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce; the entities subject to restrictive measures and the Consolidated List of

 

31


Persons, Groups and Entities Subject to E.U. Financial Sanctions, as implemented by the E.U. Common Foreign & Security Policy; the List of Excluded Individuals / Entities, as published by the U.S. Health and Human Services – Office of Inspector General; any lists of prohibited or debarred parties established under the U.S. Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act; the list of persons and entities suspended or debarred from contracting with the U.S. government; and similar lists of restricted parties maintained by a Governmental Authority of any other jurisdiction in which the Business or the Purchaser Business, as applicable, markets, commercializes, distributes and sells products as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date.

Restricted Party Lists” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Restricted Party.”

Retained Brands” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(a).

Retained Businesses” mean all businesses of Seller Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and any of their Subsidiaries) other than the Business, including the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercializing, distributing and selling (a) any products not included in the definition of “Business”, (b) each of the products set forth on Annex D (the “PCH Split Products”), (c) without limiting the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), any pharmaceutical products or pharmaceutical products that have become or may in the future become, in whole or in part, over-the-counter products (other than the products included in the definition of “Business”) and (d) any products set forth on Annex F.

Retained Environmental Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).

Retained Facilities” means the manufacturing, office, research and development, and warehouse facilities owned, leased or operated by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, other than the Facilities.

Retained Facilities Environmental Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).

Retained Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

Retained Names” means (a) the Pfizer trademark, name and brand, (b) the Wyeth trademark, name and brand, (c) all Trademarks owned or used by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates other than the Business Trademark Rights, and (d) all Trademarks containing, comprising, or related to any of the foregoing, including (i) all Trademarks that are variations or derivatives thereof or confusingly similar thereto, and (ii) all Internet Identifiers and telephone numbers or other alphanumeric addresses or mnemonics containing any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Retained Names expressly includes those Trademarks set forth in Section 1.1(E) of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

Retained Real Property” shall mean all real property owned, leased or used by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, other than the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property.

 

32


Retained Subsidiaries” means any Subsidiary of Seller Parent, other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries.

Review Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b).

Safety Data Exchange Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).

Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

Sample Closing Statement” means the calculation set forth on Annex B-2, in a manner consistent with the Accounting Principles, for illustrative purposes only, of the Business Working Capital and the Business Net Cash, in each case, as of December 31, 2017, including the line items to be included as assets and liabilities in the calculation of the Business Working Capital.

Sample Purchaser Closing Statement” means the calculation set forth on Annex B-4, in a manner consistent with the Purchaser Accounting Principles, for illustrative purposes only, of the Purchaser Working Capital and the Purchaser Net Cash, in each case, as of December 31, 2017, including the line items to be included as assets and liabilities in the calculation of the Purchaser Working Capital.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Seller Account” means the bank account or accounts specified by Seller Parent in writing to the other Parties at least two (2) Business Days before the Closing Date.

Seller Accrued Income Taxes” means an amount (not less than zero) equal to the aggregate current Income Tax liabilities of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries (which shall not be less than zero in any jurisdiction) for all taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date for which final Tax Returns have not been filed. The calculation of Seller Accrued Income Taxes shall (i) exclude any deferred Tax liabilities or deferred Tax assets and any amounts in respect of speculative or contingent liabilities for Tax, (ii) include estimated (or other prepaid) Income Tax payments only to the extent that such payments have the effect of reducing (not below zero) the particular current Income Tax liability in respect of which such payments were made, (iii) include Income Tax deductions or Tax refunds (including for overpayments of estimated Taxes), in each case, only to the extent such deductions or Tax refunds have the effect of reducing (not below zero) a particular current Income Tax liability to which they are relevant, (iv) be prepared in accordance with the past practice (including reporting positions and accounting methods) of the applicable Conveyed Subsidiary or its applicable Subsidiary in preparing Tax Returns for Income Taxes and (v) in the case of a Straddle Period, be determined in accordance with Section 6.5(d)(iii).

Seller Cash Incentive Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c)(v).

Seller Closing Bonus” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c)(v).

Seller Combined Tax Returns” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a)(i).

 

33


Seller Current Representation” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17(a).

Seller DC Plans (non-U.S.)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(g)(i).

Seller DC Plans (U.S.)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(f)(i).

Seller Designated Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17(a).

Seller Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter that Seller Parent has delivered to Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement.

Seller Facilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(d).

Seller FSA Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(i).

Seller Group Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and any other material written fringe benefit, incentive, bonus, employment, retention, change in control, termination or severance plan, program, fund, agreement or arrangement, whether or not subject to ERISA, maintained (or contributed to or required to be contributed to) by any Seller or any Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof), or any of their respective Affiliates, in which any Business Employee (U.S.) or Former Business Employee (U.S.) participates or is a party.

Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a)(ii).

Seller Indemnified Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(d)(i).

Seller Internal Restructurings” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(f)(i).

Seller LTD Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(iv).

Seller Parent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Seller Parent Equity Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c)(vi).

Seller Parent Final Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(f)(iii).

Seller Parent Guarantees” means all obligations of Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries under any Contract, instrument or other commitment, obligation or arrangement (other than Seller Parent LCs) or other obligation in existence as of the Closing Date to the extent related to the Business for which Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries is or may be liable, as guarantor, indemnitor, original tenant, primary obligor, Person required to provide financial support or collateral in any form whatsoever, or otherwise (including by reason of performance guarantees).

Seller Parent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).

Seller Parent LCs” means all letters of credit issued by or for the account of Seller Parent or the Retained Subsidiaries on behalf of or in favor of any Conveyed Subsidiary, any of their Subsidiaries or the Business, and all obligations (including reimbursement obligations) of Seller Parent or the Retained Subsidiaries in respect of the foregoing.

 

34


Seller Parent Related Party Contract” means any Contract between a Conveyed Subsidiary or any of their Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries or any of their Subsidiaries), on the other hand.

Seller Pension Plans” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(e)(i).

Seller Privileged Communications” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17(c).

Seller Retained Plan” means each Seller Group Plan and Foreign Seller Group Plan that is not a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan.

Seller Retained Severance Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c)(ii).

Seller Retention Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(j).

Seller Retiree Medical Plans” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(h).

Seller Tax Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(d)(ii).

Seller Transaction Expenses” means any outside counsel, investment banking, accounting, financial advisory and other advisory costs, fees and expenses incurred by Seller Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and any of their Subsidiaries) at or prior to the Closing specifically in connection with the Strategic Process conducted by Seller Parent or the negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Seller Internal Restructurings, other than costs, fees and expenses for which Purchaser or its Affiliates expressly has responsibility (including pursuant to payment, reimbursement, indemnification or other similar obligations set forth herein) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Sellers” means (i) Seller Parent and (ii) all of the Subsidiaries of Seller Parent that, as of immediately prior to the Closing, own any Purchased Assets.

Shared Contract” means any Contract, sales order, purchase order, instrument or other commitment, obligation or arrangement entered into prior to the date hereof (or entered into prior to the Closing in accordance with this Agreement) that is between Seller Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and one or more third parties, on the other hand, that inures to the benefit or burden of both the Business and any Retained Business, other than any enterprise-wide Contracts, Contracts with respect to Off-the-Shelf Software, Seller Group Plans, Foreign Seller Group Plans, Collective Bargaining Agreements and any agreement or grant with any Taxing Authority; provided that any such Contract that provides only de minimis assets or services to the Business or the Retained Businesses, as the case may be, shall not be deemed to be a Shared Contract for purposes hereof.

 

35


Shared Contractual Liabilities” means Liabilities in respect of Shared Contracts.

Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Software” means (a) computer programs, including software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons and (c) documentation, user manuals, and training manuals documenting the functionality or use of any of the foregoing.

Specified Records” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(j).

Straddle Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a)(ii).

Straddle Period Tax Returns” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a)(ii).

Strategic Process” means all matters, whether occurring before or after the date of this Agreement, relating to the review of strategic alternatives with respect to the Business, including the potential sale or other separation of the Business, and all activities in connection therewith, including matters relating to (a) the solicitation of proposals from and negotiations with third parties in connection with the potential sale of the Business or (b) the drafting, negotiation or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, or the determination of the allocation of any assets or Liabilities pursuant to the foregoing agreements or the transactions contemplated thereby.

Subsequent Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(b).

Subsidiary” means an entity as to which Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent or Purchaser or any other relevant entity, as the case may be, owns as of the date of determination, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or other similar interests. Any Person which comes within this definition as of the date of this Agreement but thereafter fails to meet such definition shall from and after such time not be deemed to be a Subsidiary of Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent or Purchaser or any other relevant entity, as the case may be. Similarly, any Person which does not come within such definition as of the date of this Agreement but which thereafter meets such definition shall from and after such time be deemed to be a Subsidiary of Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent or Purchaser or any other relevant entity, as the case may be.

Target Business Net Cash” means [***].

Target Business Working Capital” means [***].

Target Purchaser Net Cash” means [***].

Target Purchaser Working Capital” means [***].

 

36


Tax Asset” means any Tax Item that could reduce a Tax otherwise payable, including a net operating loss, net capital loss, general business credit, foreign Tax credit, investment credit, research or experimentation credit, charitable deduction or credit related to alternative minimum Tax or other Tax credit.

Tax Benefit” means the Tax effect of any Tax Item that decreases Taxes paid or payable, including any interest with respect thereto or interest that would have been payable but for such item. For purposes of determining the amount and timing of any Tax Benefit, the recipient of the Tax Benefit shall be deemed to realize or utilize any Tax Benefit as and when such recipient actually receives such Tax Benefit in the form of a reduction in the amount of Taxes that would otherwise be payable, including as a credit against estimated Taxes, or actually receives such Tax Benefit in the form of a cash refund, with the amount of such Tax Benefit being determined on a “with and without” basis taking the Tax Item into account by treating it as the last item available in computing taxable income and as having been used after any other Tax attribute, and such Tax Benefit shall be determined net of any Tax detriments (including reduction of Tax basis of any asset) attributable to any Loss generating the Tax Item giving rise to such Tax Benefit.

Tax Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(e)(i).

Tax Item” means any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, recapture of credit or any other item that increases or decreases Taxes paid or payable, including an adjustment under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) resulting from a change in accounting method.

Tax Proceeding” means any audit, inquiry, examination, contest, litigation or other Action by, with, or against any Taxing Authority.

Tax Return” means any return, report, declaration, information return, statement or other document filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority (including any schedule or attachment thereto and any amendment thereof), in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any Laws relating to any Tax.

Taxes” means all taxes, charges, duties, imposts, fees, levies and other assessments of any kind whatsoever, whether or not disputed, including income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross receipts, estimated, capital stock, excise, real or personal property, sales or use, value added, goods and services, registration, windfall, profits, excess profits, documentary, ad valorem, intangibles, license, withholding (with respect to compensation or otherwise), payroll, employment, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, premium, occupancy, disability, net worth, capital gains, transfer, stamp, social security, environmental, occupation and franchise taxes, imposed by any Governmental Authority, and including any interest, penalties and additions attributable thereto.

Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition, regulation, collection or administration of any Taxes.

Termination Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(c)(ii).

 

37


Third Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a).

Trademarks” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property.”

Transfer of Undertakings Laws” means (a) the Council of the European Union Directive 2001/23/EC of March 21, 2001 on the approximation of the Laws of the member states of the European Union relating to the safeguarding of employees’ rights in the event of transfers of undertakings, businesses or parts of undertakings or businesses and/or local implementing legislation both as amended from time to time or (b) any similar or equivalent Laws applicable in jurisdictions outside of the European Union providing for an automatic transfer of employment or employer substation.

Transfer Taxes” means any federal, state, county, local, foreign and other sales, bulk sales, use, transfer, real property transfer, excise, license, privilege, gross receipts, conveyance, documentary transfer, stamp, land, customs, recording, registration or other similar Tax (including any notarial fee), but excluding any VAT, imposed in connection with, or otherwise relating to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the recording of any sale, transfer, conveyance or assignment of property (or any interest therein) effected pursuant to or contemplated by this Agreement.

Transferred Employee (non-U.S.)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(v).

Transferred Employee (U.S.)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(v).

Transferred Employees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(v).

Transferred FSA Balances” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(i).

Transferred Pension Plan Employees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(e)(i).

Transition Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(c).

Transition Services Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).

Transition Team” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b).

Transitional Trademark License Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).

Treasury Regulations” means the United States Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

TUL Employee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b)(ii).

UKLA” means the United Kingdom Listing Authority.

 

38


United States” means the United States of America, including its territories and possessions.

VAT” means goods and services Tax, value added Tax and other similar transactional indirect Taxes (but excluding transfer Tax, stamp duty and other similar Taxes).

WARN” means the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended or any similar Law.

Section 1.2 Interpretation. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement and the words “date hereof” refer to the date of this Agreement. The terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. The terms “dollars” and “$” mean U.S. dollars. Wherever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, the term “or” shall not be deemed to be exclusive. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, a Section, an Annex, an Exhibit or a Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section of, or an Annex, an Exhibit or a Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Any Law defined or referred to in this Agreement or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such Law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor Laws and the related regulations thereunder and published interpretations thereof; provided that, for purposes of any representations and warranties contained in this Agreement that are made as of a specific date or dates, references to any Law shall be deemed to refer to such Law, as amended, and the related regulations thereunder and published interpretations thereof, in each case, as of such date. Any reference to “writing” or comparable expressions includes a reference to facsimile transmission, e-mail or comparable means of communication. Where used with respect to information, the phrases “delivered” or “made available” means that the information referred to has been physically or electronically delivered to the relevant parties or their respective Representatives, including material that has been posted in the “data room” (virtual or otherwise) established by a Party two (2) Business Days prior to the date hereof (or the Closing Date, but only in the case of information required to be delivered or made available under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date). The term “disclosed,” when used in reference to information disclosed to Purchaser Parent or Purchaser, shall be understood to include (but not be limited to) all disclosures contained in the Seller Disclosure Letter and all written information as shared over e-mail or otherwise included in Seller Parent’s virtual data room made available to Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates or Representatives (including in any confidential information memorandum) two (2) Business Days prior to the date hereof (or the Closing Date, but only in the case of information required to be disclosed under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date), and when used in reference to information disclosed to Seller Parent, shall be understood to include (but not be limited to) all disclosures contained in the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter and all written information as shared over e-mail or otherwise included in Purchaser Parent’s virtual data room made available to Seller Parent or its Affiliates or Representatives (including in any confidential information memorandum) two (2) Business Days prior to the date hereof (or the Closing Date, but only in the case of information required to be

 

39


disclosed under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date). Reference to “day” or “days” are to calendar days. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken (or not taken) pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, except that if the last day of such period is a non-Business Day, the period in question shall end on the next succeeding Business Day. Amounts used in any calculations for purposes of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or any other document delivered in connection herewith may be either positive or negative, it being understood that the addition of a negative number shall mean the subtraction of the absolute value of such negative number and the subtraction of a negative number shall mean the addition of the absolute value of such negative number.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE

Section 2.1 Purchase and Sale of Purchased Assets. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause the other Sellers to, sell, convey, assign and transfer to Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates, and Purchaser shall or shall cause the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates to purchase, acquire and accept, all of Seller Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, as at the Closing in the following (collectively, the “Purchased Assets”):

(a) the equity interests in the Conveyed Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Shares”);

(b) the real property that is set forth in Section 2.1(b) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (collectively, the “Owned Real Property”) and the Facilities (including the related improvements and fixtures), and all easements and other rights and interests appurtenant thereto;

(c) the real property leases, subleases, licenses and occupancy arrangements that are set forth in Section 2.1(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (collectively, the “Real Property Leases” and the real property related to such Real Property Leases, the “Leased Real Property”), including the right to all security deposits and other amounts and instruments deposited by or on behalf of the Sellers thereunder;

(d) (i) other than Information Systems (which are the subject of clauses (ii) and (iii)), the owned and leased furniture, equipment, fixtures, machinery, supplies, spare parts, tools, tangible personal property and other tangible property (A) that is Related to the Business and located at a Facility, except as set forth on Section 2.3(a)(xx) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, or (B) set forth on Section 2.1(d)(i)(B) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, (ii) personal computers and vehicles primarily used by the Transferred Employees in respect of the Business (the assets described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “Equipment”), (iii) Business IT Systems, and (iv) any leases relating to such Equipment or Business IT Systems (the “Equipment Leases”);

(e) Contracts, sales orders, purchase orders, instruments and other commitments, obligations and arrangements (i) to which Seller Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and that are related solely to the Business, a Purchased Asset or an Assumed Liability, or (ii) that constitute a Shared Contract, but only the portion of such Shared Contract related to the Business (collectively, the “Assumed Contracts”);

 

40


(f) all Inventory and samples of any Product;

(g) all Business IP, including the right to sue and recover and retain damages for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation of or other violation of any Business IP and all corresponding rights that, now or hereafter, may be secured throughout the world with respect to any Business IP, but for clarity excluding all Retained Names;

(h) all Registration Information (including in relation to pending applications for Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations) Related to the Business;

(i) all Governmental Authorizations, including Product Registrations, Manufacturing Registrations and Environmental Permits, that are owned, used or licensed (subject to the terms of such licenses) and Related to the Business;

(j) without duplication, (A) all Records Relating to the Business (including any applicable attorney-client privilege, attorney work product protection and expectation of client privilege attaching to any such Record), other than the Records set forth on Section 2.1(j) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (the “Specified Records”); provided that the Sellers and their Affiliates may retain one (1) copy of each of the foregoing pursuant to Section 6.8 and remove or redact the names of any customers or vendors from such lists to the extent such customers or vendors relate solely to the Retained Businesses, (B) copies of (x) the portions of all Records that relate to, but do not primarily relate to, the Business and (y) the Specified Records, and (C) the corporate books and records (including Tax Returns other than any Seller Combined Tax Returns) of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries to the extent related to the Business; provided, further, that in each case of clauses (A)-(C), Seller Parent may redact or remove any information not related to the Business;

(k) all accounts receivable and all other assets, in each case included in the calculation of Final Business Working Capital, and all Cash Equivalents included in the calculation of Final Business Net Cash;

(l) the goodwill Relating to the Business, together with the right to represent to third parties that Purchaser is the successor to the Business;

(m) all claims, defenses, causes of action, counterclaims and rights of set-off against third parties (at any time or in any manner arising or existing, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or non-contingent) relating primarily to the Business, a Purchased Asset or an Assumed Liability;

(n) all credits, prepaid expenses, rebates, deferred charges, advance payments, security deposits and other deposits or amounts held as surety by third Persons and prepaid items, in each case Related to the Business or primarily related to a Purchased Asset or an Assumed Liability and included in the calculation of Final Business Working Capital or Final Business Net Cash;

 

41


(o) the amount of any insurance proceeds, recoveries or refunds (net of any reasonable costs of investigating and pursuing the underlying claim and of collection and any Taxes imposed in respect thereof) received by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates under the Insurance Policies after the date hereof in respect of any Loss prior to the Closing in respect of any Purchased Asset or Assumed Liability to the extent Purchaser does not otherwise receive the benefit thereof (including through application of such proceeds) and except to the extent the related Liabilities are included in the calculation of Final Business Working Capital or Final Business Net Cash;

(p) the assets of all Conveyed Subsidiary Plans and the assets transferred to Purchaser and the Purchaser Designated Affiliates pursuant to Section 6.6;

(q) the assets set forth in Section 2.1(q) of the Seller Disclosure Letter;

(r) to the extent legally transferable, all third-party warranties, indemnities, further assurance and other similar covenants, and guarantees to the extent relating to any of the Equipment, Inventory, other Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities; and

(s) any other assets, properties or rights in each case Relating to the Business, other than those assets specifically identified as Excluded Assets in clauses (i) through (xx) of Section 2.3(a).

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, (i) any assets, properties or rights of any Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) that constitute Purchased Assets hereunder shall be deemed Purchased Assets for all purposes of this Agreement (including Article VII), except to the extent any such asset, property or right otherwise would be an Excluded Asset had it not been an asset, property or right of such Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary (and instead an asset, right, or property of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof))) (a “Conveyed Subsidiary Excluded Asset”), (ii) any Conveyed Subsidiary Excluded Asset shall be deemed an Excluded Asset for all purposes of this Agreement (including Article VII) and Seller Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer such Conveyed Subsidiary Excluded Asset, subject to obtaining required consents and Approvals, out of the relevant Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) on or prior to the Closing, or thereafter in accordance with Section 6.22, and (iii) any Liability of any Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) that otherwise would be a Retained Liability had it not been a Liability of such Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary (and instead a Liability of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof))) shall be deemed a Retained Liability for all purposes of this Agreement (including Article VII) and Seller Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer such Retained Liability, subject to obtaining required consents and Approvals, out of such Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) on or prior to the Closing, or thereafter in compliance with Section 6.22. The transfer of assets, properties and rights of any Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any Subsidiary thereof) deemed a Purchased Asset shall be effected solely by virtue of the transfer of the Sellers’ right, title and interest in the Shares and not through the direct transfer of such assets, properties or rights, and Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to transfer any such assets, properties or rights of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries other than through the transfer of the Sellers’ right, title and interest in the Shares.

 

42


Section 2.2 Consents; Shared Contracts.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any Ancillary Agreement shall constitute an agreement to, directly or indirectly, sell, convey, assign, transfer or deliver any interest in any Purchased Asset (other than the Shares) or any right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom if such sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery, or the purchase or assumption thereof by Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates, without the consent or Approval of any Person(s) (including consents or Approvals of any Governmental Authorities), or otherwise, (i) would constitute a breach or other contravention of the rights of such Person(s), (ii) would be ineffective under, or contravene, applicable Law or (iii) would result in the termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material right or obligation of, or result in the loss of any material benefit of, or otherwise adversely affect in any material respect the contractual rights of, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates, or upon transfer, Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates; provided, however, that the Parties shall treat Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate, as the case may be, as the owner of any such Purchased Asset (and of (x) any portion of any Shared Contract that relates to and is allocated to the Business and the benefits and burdens of which are to be transferred to Purchaser or a Purchaser Designated Affiliate, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 2.2(d) and (y) any Delayed Business) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law for all purposes as of the Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if any direct or indirect sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery, or any agreement to do the same, by the Sellers of, or any direct or indirect purchase or assumption by Purchaser or any Purchaser Designated Affiliate of, any interest in any Purchased Asset or any right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom, requires the consent or Approval of any Person(s) (including consents or Approvals of any Governmental Authorities), then such sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, delivery, agreement, purchase or assumption shall be made subject to (and shall only be effective upon) such consent or Approval being obtained and the remainder of this Section.

(b) Each of Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use their reasonable best efforts to obtain all consents or Approvals referred to in Section 2.2(a) (other than from Governmental Authorities under applicable Law, which are the subject of Section 6.3 and Section 6.4, and with respect to the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval, which is the subject of Section 6.24), including by executing, acknowledging and delivering such assignments, transfers, consents, assumptions, and other agreements, documents and instruments and taking such other actions as may reasonably be requested by the other Party in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreements and in order to convey and transfer to, and vest in, Purchaser and the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates, the Sellers’ right, title and interest in the Purchased Assets and to effectuate the assumption by Purchaser of the Assumed Liabilities, as contemplated by this Agreement, the Local Implementing Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided that except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, none of Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent or Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates shall be required to expend any money or

 

43


commence any litigation, or offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) to obtain any such consent or Approval. Purchaser Parent and Purchaser agree to provide such reasonable security and assurances as to financial capability, resources and creditworthiness as may be reasonably requested by any Person(s) whose consent or Approval is sought in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. If any consent or Approval referred to in Section 2.2(a) is not obtained prior to the Closing, subject to Article VIII, the Closing shall nonetheless take place, and (i) for a period of up to twenty-four (24) months following the Closing Date or until such earlier time as such consent or Approval is obtained, in the case of consents or Approvals other than those required from Governmental Authorities under applicable Law, and (ii) until (A) the earliest to occur of (x) thirty-six (36) months following the Closing Date, (y) the completion of a Listing Transaction (as defined in the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement) or (z) such time as such consent or Approval is obtained, in the case of consents or Approvals from Governmental Authorities under applicable Law other than Antitrust Laws or (B) the Delayed Business Cut-Off Date, in the case of any Delayed Business subject to a Delayed Antitrust Approval, Seller Parent shall use reasonable best efforts to continue to perform its obligations under and comply with the terms of any Purchased Asset, as applicable, upon the direction of Purchaser, in all material respects in the ordinary course of business, and the Parties shall (and shall cause their Affiliates to) use reasonable best efforts to, at no cost to the Sellers or their Affiliates, (x) in the case of consents or Approvals other than those required from Governmental Authorities under applicable Law (which are the subject of Section 6.3 and Section 6.4), obtain such consents or Approvals, subject to and in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 2.2(b) and (y) obtain or structure an arrangement for Purchaser or such Purchaser Designated Affiliates to receive (or for the Sellers and their Affiliates to enforce for the benefit of Purchaser or such Purchaser Designated Affiliates), whether by license, sub-license, sub-assignment, or by other means, the economic and operational claims, rights and benefits of ownership of such Purchased Assets (including any Delayed Business), including the net profits from the operation or subsequent sale of such Purchased Assets (including any Delayed Business), and including the right to manage and control such Purchased Assets and direct the exercise of voting rights associated with any Purchased Assets that are Shares or, if such arrangement is not made, to agree to such other good faith equitable result; provided that the Sellers and their Affiliates shall not be required to take any action that would, in the good-faith reasonable judgment of the Sellers, constitute a breach or other contravention of the rights of any Person(s), be ineffective under, or contravene, applicable Law (but only to the extent enforceable against Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates) or result in the termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material right or obligation of, or result in the loss of any material benefit of, or otherwise adversely affect in any material respect the contractual rights of, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates. To the extent Seller Parent is not permitted under applicable Law to obtain or structure an arrangement for Purchaser or such Purchaser Designated Affiliates to receive (or for the Sellers and their Affiliates to enforce for the benefit of Purchaser or such Purchaser Designated Affiliates) the economic and operational claims, rights and benefits of ownership of such Purchased Assets (including any Delayed Business), Seller Parent shall use reasonable best efforts to segregate any net profits associated with the ownership of such Purchased Assets (including any Delayed Business) in an account for Purchaser’s benefit, such funds to be released as promptly as practicable once permitted under applicable Law. Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers and the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties for and against all burdens (including losses from the operation or subsequent sale of such Purchased Assets (including any Delayed Business)) and Liabilities arising out of or relating to each such arrangement

 

44


or the ownership of the underlying Purchased Asset (including any Delayed Business), and any risk of loss or damage to such Purchased Asset (including any Delayed Business), and shall be responsible for all Assumed Liabilities related thereto in accordance with this Agreement (without limiting any express indemnification obligations of Seller Parent set forth in Section 7.1). Without limiting Section 6.3(f), upon obtaining the requisite consents and Approvals following the Closing, any such Purchased Asset shall be transferred and assigned to, and accepted and assumed by, Purchaser and the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates hereunder. The obligations of the Parties pursuant to Section 6.3 shall be in addition to this Section 2.2(b), and in the event of any conflict between this Section 2.2(b) and Section 6.3, Section 6.3 shall control. Without limiting Section 2.2(a) or Section 6.3(f)(i), notwithstanding the fact that any applicable consent or Approval referred to in Section 2.2(a) is not obtained prior to the Closing (including any consent or Approval required to transfer an interest in a Purchased Asset to which an Assumed Liability relates), each of the assets, properties and rights described in Section 2.1 shall be deemed to be Purchased Assets under this Agreement and each of the Liabilities described in Section 2.4 shall be deemed to be Assumed Liabilities under this Agreement.

(c) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge that certain consents or Approvals of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be required from certain Persons (including Governmental Authorities) with respect to the Purchased Assets, and the sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, delivery, purchase or assumption of any interest therein, and that such consents and Approvals may not be obtained. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser agree that the Sellers and their Affiliates shall not have any Liability whatsoever arising out of or relating to the failure to obtain any consents or Approvals that may have been or may be required in connection with or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or because of any default under, or acceleration or termination of or loss of any benefit under, any Real Property Lease, Equipment Lease, Contract, sales order, purchase order, instrument or other commitment, obligation or arrangement, Product Registration, Manufacturing Registration, Environmental Permit, Governmental Authorization or any claim, right or benefit arising under or from any Purchased Asset, as a result thereof, except in the case of a breach by Seller Parent of its express covenants, agreements, obligations, representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement related thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser expressly acknowledge and agree that (other than the conditions expressly set forth in Sections 8.1(a) and 8.1(b)) in no event shall the receipt of any such consents and Approvals be a condition to the obligations of Purchaser Parent or Purchaser to consummate the Sale and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Purchaser Parent and Purchaser reaffirm their respective obligations to consummate the Sale and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement subject only to the express conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2, irrespective and independent of whether any such consents or Approvals are obtained.

(d) Except as otherwise agreed by Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent or as otherwise provided in this Agreement or an Ancillary Agreement, and except with respect to any Shared Contracts that relate to services to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement, and without limiting the other provisions of this Section 2.2, to the extent reasonably requested by Purchaser (i) Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall, and shall cause their respective

 

45


Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate and use their reasonable best efforts (at Purchaser’s cost) to obtain the consent and agreement of the third party that is a counterparty to any Shared Contract to enter into a new Contract with Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate (or a Conveyed Subsidiary or its Subsidiary) or to assign or transfer, to the extent assignable or transferable under the terms of such Shared Contract, to Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate (or a Conveyed Subsidiary or its Subsidiary) the portion of such Shared Contract (and the rights, benefits, obligations and burdens thereunder) that relates to the Business, pursuant to which Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate (or a Conveyed Subsidiary or its Subsidiary) receives the rights and benefits, and bears the obligations and burdens, of such portion of any such Shared Contract that relates to and is allocated to the Business, as reasonably agreed by Seller Parent and Purchaser, in each case effective as of the Closing Date (each, a “Replacement Shared Contract”), unless such Shared Contract relates to a Delayed Business, in which case effective as of the date of transfer of such Delayed Business to Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate; provided that the failure to obtain such consent or agreement or such Replacement Shared Contract shall in no event be deemed a breach of this Agreement by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, except in the case of a breach by Seller Parent of its express covenants, agreements, obligations, representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement related thereto, and (ii) to the extent such a Replacement Shared Contract is not obtained, until the earlier of twenty-four (24) months following the Closing Date and the expiration or termination date of the applicable Shared Contract (assuming, for these purposes, that the then-current term in effect as of immediately prior to the Closing is not renewed or extended), the Parties shall (and shall cause their Affiliates to) use reasonable best efforts to, at Purchaser’s cost, obtain or structure an arrangement for Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates to receive the rights and benefits, and bear the obligations and burdens, of such portion of any such Shared Contract that relates to and is allocated to the Business, as reasonably agreed by Seller Parent and Purchaser; provided that in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), the Sellers, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser and their respective Affiliates shall not be required to take any action that would, in the good-faith reasonable judgment of the Sellers or Purchaser, constitute a breach or other contravention of the rights of any Person(s), be ineffective under, or contravene, applicable Law or any such Shared Contract or result in the termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material right or obligation of, or result in the loss of any material benefit of, or otherwise adversely affect in any material respect the contractual rights of, the Sellers, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates. Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers and the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties for and against all burdens and Liabilities arising out of any Replacement Shared Contract, each such arrangement referred to in this Section 2.2(d) and the portion of any Shared Contract that is subject to any such arrangement (other than Shared Contractual Liabilities allocated to Seller Parent in accordance with the following sentence). With respect to Shared Contractual Liabilities pursuant to, under or relating to any Shared Contract, such Shared Contractual Liabilities shall be allocated between Seller Parent and Purchaser as follows: (i) if a Liability is incurred solely in respect of the Business or the Retained Businesses, such Liability shall be allocated to Purchaser (in respect of the Business) or Seller Parent (in respect of the Retained Businesses); and (ii) if a Liability cannot be so allocated under clause (i), such Liability shall be allocated to Seller Parent or Purchaser, as the case may be, based on the relative proportion of total benefit received by the Business and the Retained Businesses under the relevant Shared Contract, as reasonably agreed by Seller Parent and Purchaser. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) each of Seller Parent and Purchaser shall be responsible for any or all Liabilities arising from its (or its Affiliates’) direct or indirect breach of any Shared Contract and (B) Purchaser shall be solely responsible for any or all Liabilities arising out of or relating to any Replacement Shared Contract.

 

46


(e) To the extent an asset or liability that comprises the business as reflected in the Financial Statements is not a Purchased Asset or an Assumed Liability, the Parties shall work together in good faith to determine whether, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, and if so how best to, transfer the benefit or detriment of such asset or liability to Purchaser.

Section 2.3 Excluded Assets.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, Purchaser and the Purchaser Designated Affiliates are not purchasing or acquiring any of Seller Parent’s or its Affiliates’ (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries’ or their Subsidiaries’) right, title or interest in any assets, properties or rights other than the Purchased Assets (the “Excluded Assets”), including:

(i) all assets constituting ownership interests in, or that are used or held for use in, the Retained Businesses, other than those assets identified as Purchased Assets in clauses (a) through (s) of Section 2.1;

(ii) all Retained Real Property;

(iii) (A) the Retained Facilities, (A) any owned and leased furniture, equipment, fixtures, machinery, supplies, spare parts, tools, tangible personal property and other tangible property located at the Retained Facilities or not Related to the Business, except as set forth on Section 2.1(d)(i)(B) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, and any personal computers and vehicles that are not primarily used by the Transferred Employees in respect of the Business, (A) the Information Systems of Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries, other than the Business IT Systems and (A) any leases relating to the assets described in the foregoing clauses (B) through (D);

(iv) all legal and beneficial interest in the share capital or equity interest of any Person other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries), other than those equity interests set forth on Section 2.1(q) of the Seller Disclosure Letter;

(v) all Shared Contracts and all other Contracts, sales orders, purchase orders, instruments and other commitments, obligations and arrangements to which Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which any of its or their properties, assets or rights is subject, in each case other than Assumed Contracts;

(vi) all inventory (including all raw material inventory, work-in-process inventory, spare parts inventory and finished products inventory) other than the Inventory and any samples of Products;

 

47


(vii) the Retained Names and all other Intellectual Property that is not Business IP, including such Intellectual Property licensed to Purchaser under an Ancillary Agreement or otherwise, and including as set forth on Section 2.3(a)(vii) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, and including the right to sue and recover and retain damages for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation or any other violation of any such Intellectual Property;

(viii) all Governmental Authorizations, including product registrations, manufacturing registrations and environmental permits, owned, used or licensed by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates and not Related to the Business;

(ix) all customer and vendor lists, all advertising, marketing, sales and promotional materials, and business and financial records, books, and documents and other Records, in each case not Related to the Business, and the Specified Records;

(x) all accounts receivable and other current assets and all cash and cash equivalents, checks, money orders, marketable securities, short-term instruments, bank and other depositary accounts, certificates of deposit, time deposits, negotiable instruments, securities and brokerage accounts, funds in time and demand deposits or similar accounts of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries or any of their Subsidiaries) (other than the accounts receivable and other assets, in each case included in the calculation of the Final Business Working Capital, and the Cash Equivalents included in the calculation of Final Business Net Cash);

(xi) all Tax refunds, Tax credits or other Tax Assets of the Sellers and any refund or credit against Seller Indemnified Taxes to which Seller Parent is entitled pursuant to Section 6.5(c), whether or not derived from the Business and whether or not existing prior to the Closing, but excluding any refunds or credits or other Tax Assets to the extent reflected as an asset on the Final Closing Statement and taken into account in the calculation of (a) the Final Business Working Capital or (b) Seller Accrued Income Taxes (to the extent, with respect to clause (b), offsetting a Tax Liability in such calculation);

(xii) all Seller Combined Tax Returns and all Tax Returns of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) that do not relate solely to Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities, and in each case any books and records relating thereto;

(xiii) all claims, defenses, causes of action, counterclaims and rights of set-off against third parties (at any time or in any manner arising or existing, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or non-contingent) other than those identified as Purchased Assets in Section 2.1;

 

48


(xiv) all rights of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (for clarity, other than, from and after the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and any documents delivered or received in connection herewith or therewith;

(xv) except as set forth in Section 2.1(o) and subject to Section 6.18, all current and prior insurance policies and all rights of any nature with respect thereto, including all insurance recoveries thereunder and rights to assert claims with respect to any such insurance recoveries;

(xvi) except as expressly set forth in this Agreement (including Section 2.1(p) and Section 6.6), all assets of any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan that is not a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan;

(xvii) all corporate-level services (but not the assets related to such services to the extent such assets are Purchased Assets) of the type currently provided to the Business by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, and without limiting Seller Parent’s obligations under the Transition Services Agreement;

(xviii) all third-party warranties, indemnities, further assurances and similar covenants and guarantees other than those identified as Purchased Assets in Section 2.1;

(xix) all assets, properties and rights of any Person that are not Related to the Business, including all assets, properties and rights constituting ownership interests in, or that are used or held for use in, or related to, the Retained Businesses, in each case other than those assets, properties or rights identified as Purchased Assets in clauses (a) through (s) of Section 2.1; and

(xx) the assets set forth in Section 2.3(a)(xx) of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary but subject to Section 6.5(f), prior to the Closing, Seller Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to take) such action as is necessary, advisable or desirable to transfer the Excluded Assets from the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries (and, if needed, from the Sellers) to Seller Parent or one or more of its Retained Subsidiaries for such consideration or for no consideration, as may be determined by Seller Parent in its sole discretion, but in compliance with all applicable Laws and as would not result in any material adverse impact to the Purchased Assets or the Business. After the Closing Date, the Parties shall continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions (and shall cause their Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) to continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions) reasonably requested by the other Party to effect the provisions of this Section 2.3, including the return of any Excluded Assets for no additional consideration. Any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) after the Closing Date shall be deemed for purposes of calculating the Business Working Capital and the Business Net Cash pursuant to Section 2.9 to have occurred as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date.

 

49


Section 2.4 Assumption of Assumed Liabilities. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Purchaser shall (i) assume and, subject to Section 2.5, Section 6.5, Section 6.6 and Article VII, pay, perform, satisfy and discharge any and all Liabilities of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing, to the extent resulting from or arising out of the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct of the Business or the Purchased Assets (including the Shares) and (ii) cause the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries to pay, perform, satisfy and discharge any and all of their respective Liabilities, in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), other than Liabilities identified as Retained Liabilities in clauses (a) through (g) of Section 2.5 (all of the foregoing Liabilities being collectively referred to herein as the “Assumed Liabilities”). The Assumed Liabilities shall also include the following:

(a) all Liabilities to the extent expressly assumed by, retained by or agreed to be performed by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including all Liabilities to the extent transferred to or assumed or retained by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.6 and Section 6.13;

(b) all Liabilities in respect of any Action, whether class, individual or otherwise in nature, in law or in equity, whether or not presently threatened, asserted or pending, to the extent arising out of, or to the extent relating to, the Business or the operation or conduct of the Business prior to, on or after the Closing;

(c) all Liabilities for Taxes of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries and, without duplication, all other Liabilities for Taxes imposed with respect to, arising out of or relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business, in each case, other than Seller Indemnified Taxes for which Seller Parent is liable pursuant to this Agreement;

(d) all Liabilities to the extent arising out of, or to the extent relating to, the design, manufacture, testing, marketing, distribution, use or sale of Products prior to, on or after the Closing, including warranty obligations and irrespective of the legal theory asserted;

(e) all Liabilities to suppliers and customers, in each case to the extent arising out of, or to the extent relating to, the Business, including in respect of any Products returned prior to, on or after the Closing;

(f) all accounts payable and all other Liabilities, in each case included in the calculation of Final Business Working Capital, all Funded Indebtedness included in the calculation of Final Business Net Cash and all other Indebtedness of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) that is not Funded Indebtedness;

(g) all Environmental Liabilities of any nature whatsoever to the extent arising out of, or relating to, or in respect of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries), the Purchased Assets, the Business or the Facilities, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing, other than the Retained Facilities Environmental Liabilities or the Retained Environmental Liabilities;

 

50


(h) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of the Assumed Contracts, including Purchaser’s or its Affiliates’ (including any Conveyed Subsidiary’s or its Subsidiaries’) portion of Shared Contractual Liabilities pursuant to Section 2.2(d); and

(i) the Liabilities set forth in Section 2.4(i) of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

Section 2.5 Retained Liabilities. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, and subject to Article VII, the Sellers shall retain, and none of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates shall assume or be responsible for pursuant to this Agreement, any Liabilities of Sellers or any of their Affiliates other than the Assumed Liabilities (such Liabilities other than the Assumed Liabilities, the “Retained Liabilities”). The Retained Liabilities shall include:

(a) all Liabilities for which any Seller expressly has responsibility pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, including all Liabilities for which the Sellers have responsibility pursuant to Section 6.6;

(b) all Liabilities of any Seller or Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiaries thereof) to the extent related to or arising out of (i) the Excluded Assets (other than any Liabilities for which Purchaser or its Affiliates expressly has responsibility pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, and other than any Liabilities that are separately allocated pursuant to any other agreement or transaction related to such Excluded Assets between Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, including any commercial or other agreements unrelated to this Agreement), including Environmental Liabilities, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing, to the extent arising out of or related to the ownership or occupancy of the Retained Facilities (the “Retained Facilities Environmental Liabilities”) or (ii) the matters set forth on Section 2.5(b)(ii) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (the “Retained Environmental Liabilities”);

(c) all Seller Indemnified Taxes;

(d) all Seller Transaction Expenses;

(e) Seller Parent’s portion of Shared Contractual Liabilities pursuant to Section 2.2(d);

(f) all Indebtedness of Seller Parent and its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) that are not Assumed Liabilities under Section 2.4; and

(g) all Liabilities of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) set forth in Section 2.5(g) of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

Section 2.6 Purchase Consideration. In consideration of the sale and transfer to Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates of the applicable Sellers’ right, title and interest in the Purchased Assets, including the Shares, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement (the “Sale”), and the other obligations of Seller Parent pursuant to this Agreement, at the Closing, Purchaser shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to, (a) allot, issue and deliver the Purchase Consideration in accordance with Section 2.7, and (b) assume the Assumed Liabilities.

 

51


Section 2.7 Delivery of the Purchase Consideration. At the Closing, Purchaser shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to, allot and issue to Seller Parent (and/or Seller Parent’s designee(s) (which shall be one or more Affiliates of Seller Parent), in such allocations as may be directed by Seller Parent), free and clear of all Liens except for Liens arising under applicable securities Laws, and credited as fully paid, a number of B ordinary shares in the capital of Purchaser, having the rights and restrictions set out in the Restated Purchaser Articles of Association (the “B Ordinary Shares”), in such number so that, immediately following Closing, (a) the B Ordinary Shares owned by Seller Parent (and/or Seller Parent’s designee(s)) will represent 32% of the Ordinary Shares (such B Ordinary Shares, the “Purchase Consideration”) and (b) the A ordinary shares in the capital of Purchaser, having the rights and restrictions set out in the Restated Purchaser Articles of Association, owned by a wholly owned Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (the “A Ordinary Shares”) will represent the remaining 68% of the Ordinary Shares, in each case of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), after giving effect to (and including) the issuance of the B Ordinary Shares, and, together with the Preference Shares, such shares will represent all of the issued share capital of Purchaser.

Section 2.8 Estimated Closing Statement; Estimated Adjustment Payments.

(a) No fewer than seven (7) Business Days before the Closing Date, (a) Seller Parent shall prepare in good faith and deliver to Purchaser Parent the Estimated Closing Statement, which shall include Seller Parent’s good faith calculation of the Estimated Business Working Capital, Estimated Business Net Cash and any Estimated Business Excess Adjustment or Estimated Business Deficit Adjustment to be paid at Closing, prepared in a manner consistent with the accounting principles, procedures, policies and methods set forth in Annex B-1 (the “Accounting Principles”) and the Sample Closing Statement and (b) Purchaser Parent shall prepare in good faith and deliver to Seller Parent the Purchaser Estimated Closing Statement, which shall include Purchaser Parent’s good faith calculation of the Estimated Purchaser Working Capital, Estimated Purchaser Net Cash and any Estimated Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment or Estimated Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment to be paid at Closing, prepared in a manner consistent with the accounting principles, procedures, policies and methods set forth in Annex B-3 (the “Purchaser Accounting Principles”) and the Sample Purchaser Closing Statement. The Parties shall have the right to review the Estimated Closing Statement and the Purchaser Parent Estimated Closing Statement and the Parties shall cooperate in good faith in an effort to agree to any required modification based on such review.

(b) If (i) the amount equal to (A) the Estimated Business Working Capital plus (B) the Estimated Business Net Cash exceeds (ii) the amount equal to (A) the Target Business Working Capital plus (B) the Target Business Net Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Estimated Business Excess Adjustment”), at the Closing, Purchaser shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to, pay to Seller Parent (and/or Seller Parent’s designee(s), in such allocations as may be directed by Seller Parent) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Seller Account, an amount in cash equal to the Estimated Business Excess Adjustment.

 

52


(c) If (i) the amount equal to (A) the Target Business Working Capital plus (B) the Target Business Net Cash exceeds (ii) the amount equal to (A) the Estimated Business Working Capital plus (B) the Estimated Business Net Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Estimated Business Deficit Adjustment”), at the Closing, Seller Parent shall pay to Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser Account, an amount in cash equal to the Estimated Business Deficit Adjustment.

(d) If (i) the amount equal to (A) the Estimated Purchaser Working Capital plus (B) the Estimated Purchaser Net Cash exceeds (ii) the amount equal to (A) the Target Purchaser Working Capital plus (B) the Target Purchaser Net Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Estimated Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment”), at the Closing, Purchaser shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to, pay to Purchaser Parent (and/or Purchaser Parent’s designee(s), in such allocations as may be directed by Purchaser Parent) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser Parent Account, an amount in cash equal to the Estimated Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment.

(e) If (i) the amount equal to (A) the Target Purchaser Working Capital plus (B) the Target Purchaser Net Cash exceeds (ii) the amount equal to (A) the Estimated Purchaser Working Capital plus (B) the Estimated Purchaser Net Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Estimated Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment”), at the Closing, Purchaser Parent shall pay to Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser Account, an amount in cash equal to the Estimated Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment.

(f) Any Estimated Business Excess Adjustment, Estimated Business Deficit Adjustment, Estimated Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment or Estimated Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment paid at the Closing shall be subject to the post-Closing adjustment provisions of Section 2.9.

Section 2.9 Post-Closing Working Capital and Net Cash Adjustments.

(a) Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Closing Date, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent a statement setting forth Purchaser’s calculation of the Business Working Capital, the Business Net Cash, Purchaser Working Capital and Purchaser Net Cash (together with reasonable documentation, back-up and supporting detail for each of the items and calculations in such statement, the “Proposed Closing Statement”). The Proposed Closing Statement shall be unaudited but shall be prepared in a manner consistent with (i) with respect to the calculation of Business Working Capital and Business Net Cash, the Accounting Principles and the Sample Closing Statement and (ii) with respect to the calculation of Purchaser Working Capital and Purchaser Net Cash, the Purchaser Accounting Principles and the Sample Purchaser Closing Statement, including as to line items and the classification of asset and liability line items set forth thereon, and take into account any transfers made pursuant to Section 2.3(b), and to the extent the Proposed Closing Statement reflects amounts that are different from amounts presented on the balance sheet included in the Financial Statements or the Purchaser Financial Statements, as applicable, as of the Balance Sheet Date, such differences shall be based on facts or occurrences arising solely between the Balance Sheet Date and the Closing.

 

53


(b) Following the delivery of the Proposed Closing Statement until the date that is ninety (90) days thereafter (the “Review Period”), either or both Parents may, by delivering a written notice to the other Parties, dispute the amounts reflected on the line items of the Proposed Closing Statement (any such disputed amount, a “Disputed Item”). A Parent’s written notice of Disputed Items shall identify each Disputed Item and specify the nature of such Parent’s disagreement, the amount of each item in dispute and the basis therefor, and the amount that such Parent believes is the correct amount of the Business Working Capital, the Business Net Cash, Purchaser Working Capital or Purchaser Net Cash, as applicable, based on the disagreements set forth in its notice of Disputed Items, including the adjustments applied by such Parent to the Proposed Closing Statement in calculating any such amounts. A Parent shall be deemed to have agreed with all other items and amounts contained in the Proposed Closing Statement not so objected to by it in a notice of Disputed Items within the Review Period in accordance with this Section 2.9(b), and the failure by a Parent to provide a notice of Disputed Items to the other Parties within the Review Period will constitute such Parent’s agreement with all of the items in the Proposed Closing Statement, and the Proposed Closing Statement shall be conclusive, final and binding upon the Parties as the Final Closing Statement with respect to the items thereon so agreed by both Parents.

(c) If a notice of Disputed Items shall be timely delivered in accordance with Section 2.9(b), the Parties shall, during the forty-five (45) days following the date of such delivery (the “Resolution Period”), negotiate in good faith to resolve the Disputed Items. During the Review Period and the Resolution Period, each Party and its Representatives (including its accountants) shall be permitted to review the working papers of the other Parties and their accountants relating to the notice of Disputed Items and the Proposed Closing Statement (subject to execution of customary working paper access letters). To the extent any Disputed Items are so resolved in writing by mutual agreement of all Parties within the Resolution Period, then the Proposed Closing Statement, as revised to incorporate such changes as have been agreed between all Parties, shall be conclusive, final and binding upon the Parties as the Final Closing Statement with respect to the items thereon so agreed.

(d) If during such Resolution Period the Parties are unable to reach agreement on all Disputed Items, the Parties shall refer all unresolved Disputed Items to the Independent Accountant. The Independent Accountant shall make a determination with respect to each unresolved Disputed Item within forty-five (45) days after its engagement by the Parties to resolve such Disputed Items, which determination shall be made in accordance with the rules set forth in this Section 2.9. Except as the Parties may otherwise agree, all communications between any of the Parties or any of their respective Representatives, on the one hand, and the Independent Accountant, on the other hand, will be in writing with copies simultaneously delivered to the non-communicating Parties. The Parties shall cooperate with the Independent Accountant in its proceedings, including by providing such accounting books and records and working papers of each Party and its accountants, as the Independent Accountant may reasonably request (subject to execution of customary working paper access letters). The Independent Accountant shall make its determination (i) based solely on the documentation submitted by, and presentations made by, any of the Parties (any such documentation or presentation must be provided to the other Parties at the same time as its submission or presentation to the Independent Accountant) and (ii) in a manner consistent with (A) the Accounting Principles and the Sample Closing Statement and the definitions

 

54


of Business Working Capital and Business Net Cash, in the case of the calculation of Business Working Capital and Business Net Cash, and (B) the Purchaser Accounting Principles and the Sample Purchaser Closing Statement, and the definitions of Purchaser Working Capital and Purchaser Net Cash, in the case of the calculation of Purchaser Working Capital and Purchaser Net Cash (and in each case each of the defined terms used in each of those terms or in which those terms are used and the related provisions of this Agreement). The Independent Accountant shall deliver to the Parties, within such forty-five (45)-day period, a written report setting forth its adjustments, if any, to the Proposed Closing Statement and the calculations supporting such adjustments, and any such adjustments must be within the range of values established for such Disputed Item by Purchaser in the Proposed Closing Statement and by the applicable Parent(s) in the notice of Disputed Items delivered pursuant to Section 2.9(b). Absent manifest errors, such report shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Parties and enforceable in a court of law, effective as of the date the Independent Accountant’s written determination is received by the Parties, and the Proposed Closing Statement, as revised to incorporate the Independent Accountant’s resolution of the Disputed Items, shall be conclusive, final and binding upon the Parties as the Final Closing Statement. Purchaser shall pay the fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant, and the Independent Accountant shall bill Purchaser accordingly. The Parties acknowledge that they have discussed their past contacts, if any, with the Independent Accountant, and that no Party shall have the right to object to the Independent Accountant’s service in such role by reason of non-disclosure of past contacts, conflicts of interest or any other reason. If, before the Independent Accountant renders its determination with respect to the Disputed Items in accordance with this Section 2.9(d), any Disputed Items are resolved in writing by mutual agreement of all Parties, then in each case such items as so agreed will be conclusive, final and binding on the Parties immediately upon such notice as the Final Closing Statement with respect to the items thereon so agreed.

(e) As used herein, “Final Business Working Capital”, “Final Business Net Cash”, “Final Purchaser Working Capital” and “Final Purchaser Net Cash” mean (i) if no notice of Disputed Items with respect to the Business Working Capital, Business Net Cash, Purchaser Working Capital or Purchaser Net Cash, respectively, is delivered by either Parent within the period provided in Section 2.9(b), the Business Working Capital, Business Net Cash, Purchaser Working Capital or Purchaser Net Cash, respectively, as shown in the Proposed Closing Statement as prepared by Purchaser, or (ii) if such a notice of Disputed Items with respect to the Business Working Capital, Business Net Cash, Purchaser Working Capital or Purchaser Net Cash, respectively, is timely delivered by either Parent, either (A) the Business Working Capital, Business Net Cash, Purchaser Working Capital or Purchaser Net Cash, respectively, as mutually agreed to in writing by the Parties or (B) the Business Working Capital, Business Net Cash, Purchaser Working Capital or Purchaser Net Cash, respectively, as shown in the Independent Accountant’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.9(d).

(f) Until the date on which the Proposed Closing Statement shall become conclusive, final and binding on the Parties pursuant to this Section 2.9 (the “Closing Statement Finalization Date”), each Party agrees that following the Closing it shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, preserve the accounting books and records of the Business and of Purchaser and its Affiliates on which the Proposed Closing Statement is to be based and shall not take any actions with respect to such books and records that would obstruct or prevent the procedures set forth in this Section 2.9 (including books and records related to the Business Working Capital, the Business Net Cash, the Purchaser Working Capital and the Purchaser Net Cash or the Proposed Closing Statement or the preparation of the Proposed Closing Statement).

 

55


(g) If (i) the amount equal to (A) the Final Business Working Capital plus (B) the Final Business Net Cash exceeds (ii) the amount equal to (A) the Estimated Business Working Capital plus (B) the Estimated Business Net Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Final Business Excess Adjustment”), Purchaser shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to, pay within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Statement Finalization Date to Seller Parent (and/or Seller Parent’s designee(s), in such allocations as may be directed by Seller Parent) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Seller Account, an amount in cash equal to the amount of the Final Business Excess Adjustment.

(h) If (i) the amount equal to (A) the Estimated Business Working Capital plus (B) the Estimated Business Net Cash exceeds (ii) the amount equal to (A) the Final Business Working Capital plus (B) the Final Business Net Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Final Business Deficit Adjustment”), Seller Parent shall pay within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Statement Finalization Date to Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser Account, an amount in cash equal to the amount of the Final Business Deficit Adjustment.

(i) If (i) the amount equal to (A) the Final Purchaser Working Capital plus (B) the Final Purchaser Net Cash exceeds (ii) the amount equal to (A) the Estimated Purchaser Working Capital plus (B) the Estimated Purchaser Net Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Final Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment”), Purchaser shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to, pay within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Statement Finalization Date to Purchaser Parent (and/ or Purchaser Parent’s designee(s), in such allocations as may be directed by Purchaser Parent) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser Parent Account, an amount in cash equal to the amount of the Final Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment.

(j) If (i) the amount equal to (A) the Estimated Purchaser Working Capital plus (B) the Estimated Purchaser Net Cash exceeds (ii) the amount equal to (A) the Final Purchaser Working Capital plus (B) the Final Purchaser Net Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Final Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment”), Purchaser Parent shall pay within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Statement Finalization Date to Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser Account, an amount in cash equal to the amount of the Final Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment.

(k) Until the date on which the Proposed Closing Statement shall become conclusive, final and binding on the Parties pursuant to this Section 2.9, each Party agrees that following the Closing it shall afford and cause to be afforded to the other Parties and their Affiliates and the Representatives retained by the other Parties in connection with the preparation of the Proposed Closing Statement and any adjustment to the Estimated Business Excess Adjustment, Estimated Business Deficit Adjustment, Estimated Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment or Estimated Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.9, reasonable access upon reasonable notice during normal business hours to the properties, books, contracts, personnel and records of the Business and Purchaser and Purchaser Parent and such Party’s, its Affiliates’ and

 

56


their respective accountants’ working papers (subject to execution of customary working paper access letters) relevant to the preparation of the Proposed Closing Statement and any adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.9, including any notice of Disputed Items, and shall provide the other Parties and their Affiliates and Representatives, upon the other Party’s reasonable request, with copies of any such books, contracts, records and work papers.

(l) Except in cases of fraud with respect to the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the process set forth in this Section 2.9 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of any of the Parties and their respective Affiliates for any disputes related to the Final Business Excess Adjustment, the Final Business Deficit Adjustment, the Final Purchaser Parent Excess Adjustment and the Final Purchaser Parent Deficit Adjustment.

Section 2.10 Withholding. Absent any change in Law after the date hereof, Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that no withholding is required in respect of the payment of the Purchase Consideration or any amounts payable to Seller Parent pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 2.9 as a result of Purchaser’s tax residence to the extent Seller Parent satisfies its obligations pursuant to Section 3.1(b). In the event that any deduction or withholding for Taxes in respect of the payment of the Purchase Consideration or any amounts payable to Seller Parent pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 2.9 is required by Law, Purchaser and the Purchaser Designated Affiliates shall be entitled to deduct and withhold such amounts from such payments to the extent required under applicable Law; provided that Purchaser shall give Seller Parent written notice of any such requirement to deduct and withhold any Taxes from such amounts promptly after becoming aware of such requirement. Purchaser and Seller Parent shall reasonably cooperate with each other to minimize the amounts, if any, required to be deducted and withheld. If any amount is withheld in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, such withheld amount shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable recipient of such amount otherwise payable.

ARTICLE III

CLOSING

Section 3.1 Closing.

(a) Subject to Section 3.1(d), the Closing shall take place at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz located at 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019, at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third (3rd) Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions set forth in Article VIII (other than the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied on the Closing Date, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions), or at such other time and place as the Parties may mutually agree. The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to as the “Closing Date.” Unless the Parties agree otherwise, and notwithstanding the actual occurrence of the Closing at any particular time on the Closing Date, the Closing shall be deemed to occur and be effective as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date. In addition to payment of the amounts set forth in Section 2.8:

 

57


(b) At the Closing, Seller Parent shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Purchaser the instruments and documents set forth in Exhibit A.

(c) At the Closing, Purchaser shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to, deliver to Seller Parent, as agent for the Sellers, or its designee(s) the following: (i) customary and satisfactory evidence of the allotment and issuance of the Purchase Consideration to Seller Parent or its designee(s), credited as fully paid and (ii) the instruments and documents set forth in Exhibit B.

(d) Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent hereby agree that if the Closing Date does not fall on the last day of a calendar month, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith and discuss designing a lock box construct to facilitate a month end closing for accounting purposes pursuant to which each of Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent is put in the same economic position as if the Closing had occurred on the originally contemplated Closing Date and so that neither Party bears any additional closing conditionality risk or value leakage risk during the interim period.

Section 3.2 Restated Purchaser Articles of Association. Purchaser Parent shall, in accordance with applicable Law and the articles of association of Purchaser, cause the articles of association of Purchaser to be amended and restated, effective as of immediately prior to the Closing, to be in the form set forth in Exhibit E (the “Restated Purchaser Articles of Association”).

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER PARENT

Except as set forth in the Seller Disclosure Letter and in accordance with Section 10.8, Seller Parent hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser Parent and Purchaser as follows:

Section 4.1 Organization. Seller Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. Each Seller is, or will be as of the Closing, a corporation, partnership or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except where the failure to be so organized, existing or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the Sellers from consummating the Closing prior to the Outside Date.

Section 4.2 Authority; Binding Effect.

(a) Seller Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by Seller Parent of this Agreement and each such Ancillary Agreement, and the performance by Seller Parent of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been, or will have been as of the Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate action. Each Seller has, or will have as of the Closing, all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to execute and deliver each Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution and delivery by each Seller of each Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party, if applicable, and the performance by it of its obligations thereunder, have been, or will have been as of the Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other similar applicable action.

 

58


(b) Seller Parent has, and each other Seller has, or will have as of the Closing, all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to carry on its respective business as it pertains to the Business as currently conducted and to own, lease and operate its properties and assets related to the Business, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the Sellers from consummating the Closing prior to the Outside Date.

(c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller Parent and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser Parent and Purchaser, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller Parent, and each Ancillary Agreement will be as of the Closing duly executed and delivered by each Seller that will be a party thereto and will, assuming such Ancillary Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate, constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller, in each case enforceable against Seller Parent or such other Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

Section 4.3 Conveyed Subsidiaries; Capital Structure.

(a) Each of the Conveyed Subsidiaries is, or will be as of the Closing, a corporation, partnership or other legal entity duly organized and validly existing, with all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets related to the Business and to carry on its respective business as it pertains to the Business, as currently conducted, except where the failure to be so organized or existing or to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business. Each of the Conveyed Subsidiaries is, or will be as of the Closing, duly qualified to do business and, where applicable, in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or properties makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

(b) Section 4.3(b) of the Seller Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of immediately prior to the Closing, (i) the name and the jurisdiction of organization of each of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and (ii) the record owners of such outstanding equity interests. All of the outstanding equity interests of each of the Conveyed Subsidiaries are, or will be as of the Closing, validly issued, fully paid and, in the case of any Conveyed Subsidiary which is a corporation, non-assessable, and the Shares are not subject to, and were not issued in violation of, any preemptive right. As of the Closing, there will be no outstanding warrants, options, agreements, subscriptions, convertible or exchangeable securities or other commitments pursuant to which any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries

 

59


is or may become obligated to issue, sell, purchase, return, redeem or otherwise acquire any equity interests of the Conveyed Subsidiaries, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for the capital stock or voting securities of any Conveyed Subsidiary. As of the Closing, there will be no rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other Contracts in effect with respect to the sale or voting of the equity interests of the Conveyed Subsidiaries. The Sellers own of record and beneficially as of the date of this Agreement, or will own of record and beneficially as of immediately prior to the Closing, all of the issued and outstanding Shares, free and clear of all material Liens except for Liens arising under applicable securities Laws. Except for the Shares and the equity interests of any Subsidiary of a Conveyed Subsidiary, the Purchased Assets do not include, and the Conveyed Subsidiaries do not own, any other equity interests of any Person.

(c) Section 4.3(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of immediately prior to the Closing, (i) the name and the jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and (ii) the record owners of the outstanding equity interests of such Subsidiaries. Each such Subsidiary is, or will be as of the Closing, a corporation, partnership or other legal entity duly organized and validly existing, with all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets related to the Business and to carry on its respective business as it pertains to the Business, as currently conducted, except where the failure to be so organized or existing or to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business. Except as set forth in Section 4.3(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, all of the outstanding equity interests of each Subsidiary of a Conveyed Subsidiary are owned of record and beneficially by such Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof) as of the date of this Agreement, or will be owned of record and beneficially by such Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof) as of immediately prior to the Closing, free and clear of all Liens except for Liens arising under applicable securities Laws. All of the outstanding equity interests of each Subsidiary of a Conveyed Subsidiary are, or will be as of the Closing, validly issued, fully paid and, in the case of any such Subsidiary which is a corporation, non-assessable. As of the Closing, there will be no outstanding warrants, options, agreements, subscriptions, convertible or exchangeable securities or other commitments pursuant to which any Subsidiary of a Conveyed Subsidiary is or may become obligated to issue, sell, purchase, return, redeem or otherwise acquire any equity interests of such Subsidiary, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for the capital stock or voting securities of such Subsidiary. As of the Closing, there will be no rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other Contracts in effect with respect to the sale or voting of the equity interests of any Subsidiary of a Conveyed Subsidiary.

Section 4.4 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller Parent and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement by a Seller party to such Ancillary Implementing Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, by Seller Parent and such Seller do not and will not (a) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Seller Parent or the comparable organizational documents of any of the other Sellers or any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any Subsidiary thereof), (b) subject to obtaining the consents set forth in Section 4.4 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, result in a violation of, or require the consent of any Person pursuant to, or conflict with, constitute

 

60


a default under, or result in the breach or termination, cancellation or acceleration (whether with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) of any right or obligation of the Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any Subsidiary thereof) under, or to a loss of any benefit of the Business to which the Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) is entitled, under any Material Contract or Real Property Lease, or result in the imposition of a Lien on any Purchased Assets, other than Permitted Liens, and (c) assuming compliance with the matters set forth in Sections 4.5 and 5.5, violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Law, Governmental Authorization or other restriction of any Governmental Authority to which any Seller or Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) is subject, except, with respect to clauses (b) and (c), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the Sellers from consummating the Closing prior to the Outside Date.

Section 4.5 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller Parent and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement by a Seller party to such Ancillary Implementing Agreement does not require any Approval of, or Filing with, any Governmental Authority, except for (a) the expiration or early termination of the applicable waiting period under the HSR Act, (b) the Approvals and Filings set forth in Section 4.5 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, (c) the Approvals and Filings which if not obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the Sellers from consummating the Closing prior to the Outside Date, and (d) the Approvals and Filings required due to the regulatory obligations of Purchaser, Purchaser Parent or any of their Affiliates.

Section 4.6 Financial Information.

(a) Section 4.6(a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter contains copies of the audited balance sheet of the Business as of December 31, 2017 (the “Balance Sheet Date”), December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and the related audited income statement for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (together with any notes thereto, the “Financial Statements”). Section 4.6(a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter also sets forth the accounts of the Business as of March 31, 2018, June 30, 2018, and September 30, 2018 corresponding to the accounts included in the Sample Closing Statement (the “Business Working Capital Accounts”). The Business Working Capital Accounts were prepared using principles, procedures, policies and methods consistent in all material respects with those used in the preparation of the balance sheet of the Business as of the Balance Sheet Date included in the Financial Statements.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 4.6(b) of the Seller Disclosure Letter or as noted in the Financial Statements, the Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, on a consistent basis for each period presented, and present fairly in all material respects, (i) the financial condition, assets and liabilities of the Business as of the dates therein specified and (ii) the results of operations of the Business for the periods indicated; provided that the Financial Statements and the foregoing representations and warranties concerning the Financial Statements are qualified by the fact that the Business has not operated as a separate standalone entity and has received certain allocated charges and credits as stated therein which do not necessarily reflect amounts that would have resulted from arm’s-length transactions or that the Business would incur on a standalone basis.

 

61


(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.6(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, the Business does not have any Indebtedness or other Liabilities of any nature or kind whatsoever (whether accrued, known or unknown, absolute, contingent or otherwise) that would be required to be reflected on a balance sheet of the Business prepared in accordance with GAAP except for (i) Liabilities accrued for, reflected on, disclosed and/or reserved against on the Financial Statements, (ii) Liabilities incurred subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Liabilities taken into account in the Final Closing Statement, Final Business Working Capital or Final Business Net Cash, (iv) the Retained Liabilities, (v) Liabilities incurred in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby, (vi) Liabilities disclosed or set forth in the Seller Disclosure Letter and (vii) Liabilities which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

(d) All of the information supplied by Seller Parent or its Affiliates to Purchaser Parent expressly for inclusion, or to support statements made, in the announcement of the Sale and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be released immediately following execution of this Agreement in compliance with the Listing Rules, the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any announcement to any regulatory information service approved by the UKLA in connection with the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular, and any other related documents required to be filed or published in connection with the Sale and/or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will have been prepared in good faith and will not to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, in the case of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular, at the time the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto are first published in accordance with the Listing Rules and at the time of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting, and in the case of any other such document, at the time it is first published, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Section 4.7 Absence of Material Changes. Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the Strategic Process and the Seller Internal Restructurings), since December 31, 2017 (a) there has not been any Material Adverse Effect and (a) until the date of this Agreement, the Business has been operated, in all material respects, in the ordinary course of business.

Section 4.8 No Litigation.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 4.8(a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, there is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, threatened against a Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries thereof or the Sellers or their Affiliates relating to the Business or any properties or rights of a Conveyed Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries or any Purchased Asset, before any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal other than Actions which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

 

62


(b) Except as set forth in Section 4.8(b) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, none of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or any Subsidiaries thereof or the Sellers is subject to any Governmental Order relating to the Business or any Purchased Asset other than those which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

Section 4.9 Compliance with Laws. Except as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Seller Disclosure Letter:

(a) Each Seller and each Conveyed Subsidiary (and Subsidiary thereof) is, and for the last three (3) years has been, in compliance with all Laws applicable to the ownership, lease or operation of the Purchased Assets and the Business, including (i) the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §301 et seq. and applicable binding implementing regulations issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, (ii) the applicable Laws of the European Union and applicable binding implementing regulations issued by applicable Governmental Authorities in those jurisdictions in the European Union in which the Business markets, commercializes, distributes and sells Products, or otherwise operates, or has marketed, commercialized, distributed or sold Products, or otherwise operated, in the last three (3) years (including European Union’s Directive 95/46/EC, as amended, and Regulation EU 2016/679 (the General Data Protection Regulation), and any national implementing legislation of the foregoing) and as of the Closing and (iii) the applicable Laws of any other jurisdiction in which the Business markets, commercializes, distributes and sells Products, or otherwise operates, or has marketed, commercialized, distributed or sold Products, or otherwise operated, in the last three (3) years and as of the Closing, except in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

(b) The Sellers and the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and Subsidiaries thereof) collectively possess, or will possess as of the Closing, all Governmental Authorizations necessary for the conduct of the Business, as currently conducted, and each such Governmental Authorization is in full force and effect, except where the failure to possess any such Governmental Authorization or the failure of such Governmental Authorization to be in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole.

Section 4.10 Product Registrations; Manufacturing Registrations; Regulatory Compliance; Product Liability and Recalls.

(a) Except with respect to Environmental Permits (which are the subject of Section 4.11):

(i) Seller Parent and its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) own, possess or validly have the right to use all Governmental Authorizations required to research, develop, manufacture, market, commercialize, distribute, test, use, store and sell the Products, except where the failure to so own, possess or validly have such right would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole;

 

63


(ii) All Products sold under the Product Registrations are manufactured and marketed in accordance with the specifications and standards contained in such Product Registrations, and the applicable Manufacturing Registrations, except where the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business; and

(iii) Except as set forth in Section 4.10(a)(iii) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, a Seller or Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) is, or will be as of the Closing, the sole and exclusive owner of each Product Registration and Manufacturing Registration.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 4.10(b) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, there is no Action pending, or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, threatened, relating to the Business or Purchased Assets (i) arising from complaints, allegations or Actions relating to any injury to person or property or as a result of ownership, possession, provision or use of any of the Products that were manufactured, processed, distributed, shipped or sold prior to the date of this Agreement or (ii) relating to any alleged hazard or alleged defect in design, manufacture, materials or workmanship, including any failure to warn or alleged breach of express or implied warranty or representation, relating to the Products, except in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), for Actions which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.10(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, since January 1, 2016, there have been no recalls or market withdrawals of Products and, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, no facts or circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to result in recalls or market withdrawals of Products that would, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Section 4.10 sets forth the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Seller Parent with respect to Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations, products liability and product recalls, and the other regulatory matters described in this Section 4.10.

Section 4.11 Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Section 4.11 of the Seller Disclosure Letter:

(a) (i) the Sellers (with respect to the Business), the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, the Business (as currently or formerly conducted), the Purchased Assets and the Facilities are and have been since January 1, 2016 in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and Governmental Authorizations required under Environmental Law (including Environmental Permits); (ii) none of the Sellers nor their Affiliates (in each case, with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets) are undertaking or required to undertake any Remedial Action at the Real Property or any property formerly owned, leased or operated by a Conveyed Subsidiary or their Subsidiaries (or any of their respective predecessors) or by the Business (as currently or formerly conducted); and (iii) since January 1, 2016, none of the Sellers or their Affiliates has received written notice from a Governmental Authority or other Person that it is subject to any unresolved enforcement action or Liability with respect to the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries, the Business (as currently or formerly conducted), the Purchased Assets or the Facilities under any applicable Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, except for such noncompliance, Remedial Actions, Liabilities or enforcement actions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business;

 

64


(b) all Governmental Authorizations (including Environmental Permits) required of the Sellers and their Affiliates (in each case, with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets) under all applicable Environmental Laws have been obtained and are held by a Seller or Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof), except for such failures to obtain as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole; and

(c) no Actions or written claims are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, threatened against any Seller or their Affiliates (in each case, with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets) arising from or as a result of, and there have been no (i) exposures to Hazardous Materials, including on, in, under, about or from the Purchased Assets or at the Facilities, (ii) Releases of Hazardous Materials, including at, on, in, under, or from any Purchased Assets or from any Facilities, (iii) off-site treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials generated by the Business (as currently or formerly conducted), the Sellers (with respect to the Business) or any Conveyed Subsidiary or their Subsidiaries or (iv) any violations of any Environmental Laws arising, directly or indirectly, in connection with the Business (as currently or formerly conducted) or any of the Purchased Assets or Facilities, in each case that has resulted or would result in Environmental Liability, except for such claims, Actions, Environmental Liabilities or investigations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.11 are the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Seller Parent with respect to Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits, Environmental Liabilities, Hazardous Materials and other environmental matters.

Section 4.12 Material Contracts.

(a) Except (x) for Contracts entered into after the date of this Agreement, (y) for intercompany agreements solely between or among Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries) or that shall be terminated as of or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Section 6.7 or (z) as set forth in Section 4.12(a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, none of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any Subsidiary thereof), Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates is a party to or bound by any Contract in effect as of the date hereof that is material to the Business, taken as a whole (a “Material Contract”).

(b) Except as set forth in Section 4.12(b) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, (i) except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business, each Material Contract is legal, valid and binding on the Seller or Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) that is a party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights

 

65


generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law), and (ii) no Seller or Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, any other party thereto, is in breach of, or default under, any such Material Contract, except for such breaches or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

(c) Section 4.12(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter lists all material Seller Parent Related Party Contracts.

Section 4.13 Intellectual Property.

(a) Seller Parent has made available to Purchaser (at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date hereof), a complete and accurate listing (the “IP Schedules”) of all issued Patent Rights, pending applications for Patent Rights, registered Trademarks, pending Trademark registration applications and registered Copyrights (collectively, the “Registered IP”) that are Business IP (collectively, the “Registered Business IP”) which listing shall be incorporated by reference into Section 4.13(a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter. To the Knowledge of Seller Parent (but only as to validity and enforceability), as of the date of this Agreement, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business, the Registered Business IP is in effect and subsisting and, if registered, is not invalid or unenforceable. The Business Trademarks Rights, together with Trademarks that are licensed to the Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries by a third party, include all of the Business Key Brands.

(b) All material Business IP and Business Licensed IP shall be, following the Closing, transferable and licensable (or sublicensable, as the case may be) by Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, without payment of any kind to Seller Parent or any Affiliate of Seller Parent, as may be needed in the ordinary course of the operation of the Business, and shall be fully transferable, assignable and assumable, as the case may be, without payment of any kind to Seller Parent or any Affiliate of Seller Parent, in connection with a change of control (that constitutes an assignment) of Purchaser or any Listing Transaction (as defined in the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement) or the sale of substantially all of the assets of a business unit of Purchaser to the extent such Business IP or Business Licensed IP is related to such business unit.

(c) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business, and taking into account Section 6.22, the Business IP, together with the Intellectual Property (i) licensed to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates under the Ancillary Agreements (the “Business Licensed IP”), (ii) covered by the Assumed Contracts or Shared Contracts, or (iii) to which Purchaser or its Affiliates are provided access under any Ancillary Agreement, including in connection with the services provided under the Transition Services Agreement, constitutes all of the Intellectual Property owned or controlled by Seller Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that is used or held for use in, or that is necessary for, the conduct of the Business, as conducted as of the date of this Agreement. The operation of the Business immediately following the Closing will not infringe any of Seller Parent’s or any of its Affiliates’ Intellectual Property.

 

66


(d) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business, (x) the conduct of the Business does not, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of any Person and (y) as of the date of this Agreement, there is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, threatened in writing against any Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof or any Seller or any of its Affiliates (i) alleging any such infringement, misappropriation, or other violation, or (ii) challenging the validity, enforceability, ownership, use, registrability, or patentability of the Business IP, other than ordinary course prosecution proceedings associated with the application for or registration of Registered IP.

(e) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business, as of the date of this Agreement, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, no Person is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Business IP and as of the date of this Agreement, no such Actions are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, threatened against any Person by Seller Parent, or any of its Affiliates (including any Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof) or any other Seller.

(f) Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries), as applicable, are the sole legal owners of all Registered Business IP that is owned or purported to be owned by Seller Parent or its Affiliates. None of the Registered Business IP or any other material Business IP is subject to any Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

(g) Since January 1, 2016, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, there (i) have been no failures of the Business IT Systems that have materially and adversely impacted the conduct of the Business and (ii) has been no unauthorized access, loss, use or breach of security with respect to the Business IT Systems or any material sensitive, confidential or proprietary information (including personally identifiable information) relating to the Business that have materially and adversely impacted the Business.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, except with respect to Section 4.7, Section 4.12, and this Section 4.13 sets forth the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Seller Parent with respect to Intellectual Property.

Section 4.14 Real Property.

(a) The Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) have, or will have as of the Closing, insurable title in fee simple to the Owned Real Property, free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens. Except as set forth in Section 4.14(a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole, neither Sellers nor the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) is leasing or otherwise granting to any third party the right to use or occupy any Owned Real Property or any portion thereof.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 4.14(b)(i) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) has a valid leasehold interest and valid and continuing right to use and occupy each Leased Real Property pursuant to a Real Property Lease. Except (x) as set forth in Section 4.14(b)(ii) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, or (y) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole,

 

67


(i) each Real Property Lease is legal, valid and binding on the Seller or Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) that is a party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, each other party thereto and is in full force and effect, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law), (ii) no Seller or Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, any other party thereto, is in breach of, or default under, any such Real Property Lease and (iii) neither the Sellers nor the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) is leasing or otherwise granting to any third party the right to use or occupy any Leased Real Property or any portion thereof.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.14(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, (i) no certificate, permit or license from any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any of the Real Property, or any Contract, easement or other right which is necessary to permit the lawful occupancy of the buildings and improvements on any of the Real Property or which is necessary to permit the lawful use of all driveways, roads and other means of egress and ingress to and from any of the Real Property, in each case, with respect to the Business, has not been obtained or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, is not in full force and effect, which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole, and (ii) none of the Sellers (in respect of the Business) or the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries has received any written notice from any Governmental Authority that the Real Property is currently in violation of any applicable Law that would, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole.

(d) Section 4.14(d)(i) of the Seller Disclosure Letter sets forth each manufacturing and research and development facility at which Products are manufactured or developed that is owned or operated by Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) (the “Seller Facilities”). Except as set forth in Section 4.14(d)(ii) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) has insurable title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest and valid and continuing right to use and occupy, each Seller Facility.

Section 4.15 Assets.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole, the Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) have, or will have as of the Closing, good and valid title to, or other legal rights to possess and use, all of the assets comprising the business reflected in the Financial Statements (for clarity, excluding any assets sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business after the date thereof), free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) Except (i) as set forth in Section 4.15(b) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (ii) for Excluded Services (as defined in the Transition Services Agreement) and (iii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Business, taken as a whole, the Purchased Assets (assuming all consents and Approvals as may be required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements

 

68


have been obtained; provided, that no such assumption shall be made to the extent Seller Parent is not in compliance with its obligations under Section 2.2 and Section 6.3 of this Agreement), together with the benefits, services, assets, licenses, sublicenses and other rights and benefits to be provided to Purchaser and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, will, in the aggregate, constitute all of the assets either used in or necessary for Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) to conduct the Business as conducted as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing.

(c) After giving effect to the Seller Internal Restructurings and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (assuming all consents and Approvals as may be required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements have been obtained; provided, that no such assumption shall be made to the extent Seller Parent is not in compliance with its obligations under Section 2.2 and Section 6.3 of this Agreement) and except as provided for in the Ancillary Agreements, the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and the Subsidiaries thereof) will not, directly or indirectly, be engaged in any Retained Business, or hold or be subject to any Retained Liability or Excluded Asset (other than non-material or ministerial liabilities, assets, rights or properties).

Section 4.16 Taxes.

(a) All income and other material Tax Returns that are required to be filed in respect of the Purchased Assets or the Business or by or on behalf of any Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof have been timely filed (taking into account any applicable extensions), and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

(b) All income and other material Taxes required to be paid in respect of the Purchased Assets or the Business or by or in respect of any Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof have been timely paid (taking into account any applicable extensions).

(c) The Conveyed Subsidiaries (and the Subsidiaries thereof), and the Sellers solely with respect to the Business, have deducted or withheld and paid over to the applicable Taxing Authority all material Taxes required to have been deducted or withheld and paid over in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder or other third party and each such Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof has (if required by any applicable Laws to do so) provided appropriate certificates of deduction.

(d) There are no Liens for material Taxes upon any of the Purchased Assets or the assets of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or any of their Subsidiaries, except for Permitted Liens.

(e) Within the past three (3) years, none of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and none of their Subsidiaries has been a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution intended to qualify under Section 355(a) of the Code.

(f) There are no current or pending audits, examinations, contests or other Actions with respect to material Taxes of any Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof or of any Seller with respect to any Purchased Assets or the Business, and no such audits, examinations, contests or other Actions have been threatened in writing.

 

69


(g) There are no outstanding powers of attorney granted by any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or any Subsidiary thereof with respect to material Taxes for any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date, other than powers of attorney granted to other Conveyed Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries thereof.

(h) None of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or any Subsidiary thereof is party to any Tax sharing, allocation, indemnity or similar agreement or arrangement (other than (x) any such agreement or arrangement solely between or among two or more Conveyed Subsidiaries and/or Subsidiaries thereof and (y) provisions contained in commercial agreements or arrangements the primary purpose of which is not Taxes (including employment agreements, credit agreements, leases and supply or manufacturing agreements)).

(i) None of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries thereof is or has been party to any “listed transaction” as defined in Section 6707A of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4. No Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof has at any time entered into or been engaged in or been a party to or promoter of any scheme, transaction or arrangement which was required by Law to be specifically disclosed to a Taxing Authority or a main or dominant purpose or object of which was the avoidance or deferral of or the obtaining of a reduction in or other advantage in respect of any Taxes.

(j) In the last three (3) years, no claim has been made in writing by any Taxing Authority in any jurisdiction in which any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries thereof, or any Seller with respect to the Business or any Purchased Assets, does not file income or franchise Tax Returns to the effect that such entity is or may be subject to income or franchise taxation by such jurisdiction.

(k) None of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries thereof will be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date as a result of: (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date made prior to the Closing, (ii) “closing agreement” executed prior to the Closing, (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code entered into or existing prior to the Closing, (iv) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing, (v) election under Section 108(i) of the Code made prior to the Closing or (vi) installment sale or open transaction disposition occurring on or before the Closing Date.

(l) Neither entering into this Agreement nor consummating the transactions contemplated hereby, nor, so far as Seller Parent is aware, any other event, transaction, action or circumstance will give rise to any Liability for Tax or result in the withdrawal or clawback of any Tax Benefit for any Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of any Conveyed Subsidiary as a result of any Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of any Conveyed Subsidiary ceasing to be a member of a group with any other Person for Tax purposes.

 

70


(m) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.16 and Section 4.17 (to the extent related to Taxes) are the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Seller Parent with respect to Taxes.

Section 4.17 Employee Benefits; Employees.

(a) Set forth in Section 4.17(a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter is a true and complete list of each material Seller Group Plan and Foreign Seller Group Plan categorized by (i) whether the Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan is a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan and (ii) the country or countries for which such Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan provides benefits. No Conveyed Subsidiary Plan provides benefits to, or otherwise covers, any individual who is not a Business Employee, Former Business Employee, or the dependents or beneficiaries thereof.

(b) With respect to each material Conveyed Subsidiary Plan (other than Foreign Seller Group Plans that are not defined benefit pension plans), Seller Parent has made available to Purchaser Parent, prior to the date of this Agreement, true and complete copies of (i) each such plan’s governing document and any amendments thereto (or a written summary of all material terms if the plan has not been reduced to writing) and (ii) any applicable Plan Regulatory or Funding Documents. In addition, within thirty (30) days following the date hereof, with respect to each (x) material Conveyed Subsidiary Plan that is a Foreign Seller Group Plan, Seller Parent shall make available to Purchaser true and complete copies of the documents contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, and (y) each other material Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan for which Purchaser, the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates have or will assume Liability following the Closing, Seller Parent shall make available to Purchaser Parent summaries of the material terms of such plans, the most recent summary plan description (if any) and excerpts or summaries of the actuarial reports for such plans to the extent relevant to the Liabilities being assumed. Seller Parent has made available to Purchaser Parent, on or prior to the date of this Agreement, a summary that is accurate in all material respects of the value of the assets and Liabilities of the Seller Pension Plans that relate to Business Employees and Former Business Employees as of the end of the 2017 fiscal year of Seller Parent.

(c) The IRS has issued a favorable determination letter, or for a prototype plan, opinion letter, with respect to each Conveyed Subsidiary Plan intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code or, if no such determination has been made, either an application for such determination is pending with the IRS or the time within which such determination may be sought from the IRS has not yet expired, and, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, nothing has occurred since the date of such determination or opinion that would reasonably be expected to result in disqualification of such Conveyed Subsidiary Plan. Each Conveyed Subsidiary Plan that is intended to qualify for any particular tax or regulatory treatment under the Laws of a country other than the United States (i) has received documentation of such qualification from a Governmental Authority (if available), and, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, nothing has occurred since the date of such documentation that would reasonably be expected to result in disqualification of such Conveyed Subsidiary Plan or (ii) if such documentation is not available, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, so qualifies.

 

71


(d) No Seller Group Plan is a “multiemployer plan,” as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA, nor is any Conveyed Subsidiary Plan subject to Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. None of the Purchased Assets is subject to a lien under Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 4068 of ERISA, and neither Seller Parent nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than premium payments to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the ordinary course) or Section 4971 of the Code which has not been and will not be fully paid as of the Closing. None of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or the Subsidiaries thereof) or the Business has as of the date of this Agreement, or will have as of the Closing, any Liability in respect of post-employment or post-retirement medical, health or life insurance benefits for any current or former employees, except as required by applicable Law or to avoid excise tax under Section 4980B of the Code. Except as set forth on Section 4.17(d) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, no Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan is a defined benefit pension plan.

(e) Each Seller Group Plan and Foreign Seller Group Plan (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan) has been maintained, operated, funded and administered in compliance in all respects with its terms and applicable Law, except for such instances of noncompliance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business. Each Conveyed Subsidiary Plan has been established, maintained, funded and administered in compliance in all material respects its terms and applicable Law. All material contributions or premiums with respect to each Conveyed Subsidiary Plan have been paid or deducted in a timely fashion and there are no material outstanding defaults or violations thereunder that have not been properly recorded in the Financial Statements. Other than routine claims for benefits, there are no suits, claims, proceedings, actions, governmental audits or investigations that are pending or threatened against or involving any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan or asserting any rights to or claims for benefits under any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan, except for such actions that have not had and would not, individually or in the aggregate, a be materially adverse to the Business.

(f) Except as set forth in Section 4.17(f) of the Seller Disclosure Letter: (i) none of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or employers of Business Employees who are not as of Closing employed in a Conveyed Subsidiary) recognize a labor union (in the case of employers that are not Conveyed Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries thereof, excluding any labor union that does not represent the Business Employees) and none of the Business Employees are represented by any labor organization, works council or consultation body (other than industry-wide or national labor organizations) or subject to, or covered by, the terms of any material Collective Bargaining Agreement in connection with their services to the Business, (ii) no labor union, labor organization, works council or consultation body has made a demand for recognition or certification, and there are no representation or certification proceedings, union elections or, to the Knowledge of Seller Parent, union organizing activities, pending or threatened in writing with respect to the Business Employees, the Business or the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Affiliates with respect to the Business, (iii) there are no pending or threatened in writing strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns involving the Business Employees or against the Business or the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Affiliates with respect to the Business and (iv) there is no unfair labor practice charge, labor arbitration or labor grievance proceeding pending or threatened in writing against the Business or the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Affiliates with respect to the Business that would, in the case of

 

72


the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv), individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business. As of the date hereof, Seller Parent has provided copies to Purchaser of all material Collective Bargaining Agreements applicable to Business Employees, the Business or the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries. Seller Parent, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their respective Subsidiaries have satisfied any material pre-signing requirement to provide notice to, or enter into any information and consultation procedure with, any labor union, labor organization, works council or consultation body in connection with the execution of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as required by any Contract or Laws.

(g) As of the Closing, Seller Parent represents that each Business Employee devotes, and has devoted seventy percent (70%) or more of his or her working time in the last twelve (12) months (or such shorter period he or she has been employed by Seller Parent and its Affiliates) to performing services on behalf of the Business.

(h) As at the date hereof, the Seller Internal Restructurings in France and Netherlands have been completed in accordance with applicable Laws (including obtaining requisite opinions from applicable works councils and employee representative bodies) such that there are no Business Employees employed in the Business in France or Netherlands other than those employed by a Conveyed Subsidiary.

(i) Except as required by plans, programs, or arrangements required to be maintained or contributed to by the Laws of a non-U.S. jurisdiction, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in conjunction with any other event), will cause any (i) payments to become due or payable to any Business Employee, Former Business Employee, current or former consultant or director, (ii) acceleration, vesting or increase in any compensation or benefits to any Business Employee, Former Business Employee, current or former consultant or director, or (iii) Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof) to transfer or set aside any assets to fund any benefits under any Conveyed Subsidiary Plan, or limit or restrict in any material respect the right of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or any Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof) to amend, terminate or transfer the assets of any Conveyed Subsidiary Plan. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, will constitute a “change in ownership or control” or “change in effective control” of Seller Parent within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code. No Conveyed Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof) is party to any plan, program, policy or arrangement providing for the “gross-up” or other compensation to any individual because of the imposition of any Tax on any payment to the individual related to Section 4999 or Section 409A of the Code.

Section 4.18 Global Trade Controls; Anti-Corruption Matters.

(a) The Sellers (with respect to the Business), the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries), as well as their respective directors, officers, and employees, are in compliance with all Global Trade Control Laws, including possession of and compliance with Governmental Authorizations required by Global Trade Control Laws, except for such noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

 

73


(b) The Sellers (with respect to the Business) and the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) do not engage in any business with, or use, directly or indirectly, any corporate funds to contribute to or finance the activities of, any Restricted Party or in any Restricted Market except as permitted by Governmental Authorization, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business.

(c) None of the Sellers (with respect to the Business), the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries), nor any of their respective directors, officers, and employees, is a Restricted Party or owned or controlled by a Restricted Party.

(d) To Seller Parent’s Knowledge, the Sellers (with respect to the Business), the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries), as well as their respective directors, officers, and employees are in compliance with all Anti-Corruption Laws, except for such noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Business. For purposes of this Section 4.18(d) only, “Seller Parent’s Knowledge” means that the conduct giving rise to the noncompliance with or violation of Anti-Corruption Law was reported to the Compliance Division of Seller Parent and such conduct is or was the subject of a Compliance Division investigation on or prior to the Closing Date.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.18 are the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Seller Parent with respect to Global Trade Control Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws.

Section 4.19 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller Parent for which Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries) would be liable. Seller Parent is solely responsible for the fees and expenses of Centerview Partners, LLC, Guggenheim Securities, LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

Section 4.20 No Other Representations or Warranties.

(a) Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Seller Parent, the other Sellers nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Seller Parent, the other Sellers, the Conveyed Subsidiaries or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the Purchased Assets, the Business or with respect to any other information provided, or made available, to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Affiliates or Representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. Except as expressly set forth in the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Seller Parent nor any of its Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the prospects of the Business or its profitability, or with respect to any forecasts, projections or business plans or other information (including any Evaluation Material (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement)) delivered to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Affiliates or Representatives in connection with Purchaser Parent’s and Purchaser’s review of the Business and

 

74


the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, including as to the accuracy or completeness thereof or the reasonableness of any assumptions underlying any such forecasts, projections or business plans or other information. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement with respect to the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Seller Parent, the other Sellers nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person will have, or be subject to, any Liability or other obligation to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, their Affiliates or Representatives or any other Person resulting from the sale and purchase of the Purchased Assets, or the Business to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates or Purchaser Parent’s or Purchaser’s use of, or the use by any of their Affiliates or Representatives of, any information, including information, documents, projections, forecasts, business plans or other material (including any Evaluation Material (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement)) made available to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, their Affiliates or Representatives by any means, including in any virtual data room, confidential information memorandum, management presentations, offering materials, site tours or visits, diligence calls or meetings or any documents prepared by, or on behalf of, Seller Parent, the other Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives, or Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates or Representatives. Each of Seller Parent and the other Sellers and their respective Affiliates disclaims any and all representations and warranties, whether express or implied, except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither Seller Parent, the other Sellers nor any of their respective Affiliates makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Excluded Assets, Retained Businesses or Retained Liabilities.

(b) Seller Parent acknowledges and agrees that, except for the representations and warranties contained in Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Purchaser Parent, Purchaser nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the Purchaser Business or with respect to any other information provided, or made available, to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates or Representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. Seller Parent acknowledges and agrees that, except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement with respect to the representations and warranties contained in Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Purchaser Parent, Purchaser nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person will have, or be subject to, any Liability or other obligation to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates or Representatives or any other Person resulting from Seller Parent’s use of, or the use by any of its Affiliates or Representatives of any information, including information, documents, projections, forecasts, business plans or other material (including any Evaluation Material (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement)) made available to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates or Representatives by any means, including in any virtual data room, confidential information memorandum, management presentations, offering materials, site tours or visits, diligence calls or meetings or any documents prepared by, or on behalf of, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives. Seller Parent acknowledges and agrees that it is not relying on any representation or warranty of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, or any of their Affiliates or Representatives or any other Person, other than those representations and warranties specifically set forth in Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Seller

 

75


Parent acknowledges and agrees that each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser and their respective Affiliates disclaims any and all representations and warranties, whether express or implied, except for the representations and warranties contained in Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Seller Parent acknowledges and agrees that neither Purchaser Parent, Purchaser nor any of their respective Affiliates makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses or Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities.

(c) Seller Parent acknowledges that it has conducted to its satisfaction an independent investigation of the financial condition, results of operations and projected operations of Purchaser and the Purchaser Business and the nature and condition of its properties, assets, liabilities and businesses and, in making the determination to proceed with the transactions contemplated hereby, has relied solely on the results of its own independent investigation and the representations and warranties set forth in Article V or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. In light of these inspections and investigations and the representations and warranties made to Seller Parent by Purchaser Parent in Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, Seller Parent is relinquishing any right to any claim based on any representations and warranties other than those specifically included in Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Any claims Seller Parent may have for breach of representation or warranty shall be based solely on the representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent set forth in Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement.

(d) Seller Parent acknowledges that, except as explicitly set forth herein, neither Purchaser Parent, Purchaser nor any of their Affiliates has made any warranty, express or implied, as to the prospects of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business or their profitability, or with respect to any forecasts, projections or business plans or other information (including any Evaluation Material (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement)) delivered to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates or Representatives in connection with Seller Parent’s review of the Purchaser Business and the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, including as to the accuracy or completeness thereof or the reasonableness of any assumptions underlying any such forecasts, projections or business plans or other information.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER PARENT

Except as set forth in the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter and in accordance with Section 10.8, Purchaser Parent hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent and Purchaser as follows:

Section 5.1 Organization. Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser is validly existing and is a company duly incorporated and registered under the laws of England.

 

76


Section 5.2 Authority; Binding Effect.

(a) Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and each applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate have all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party, and, subject to receipt of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval, to perform their obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by Purchaser Parent and Purchaser of this Agreement and, subject to receipt of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval, the performance by Purchaser Parent and Purchaser of their obligations hereunder have been, and the execution and delivery by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and each Purchaser Designated Affiliate of each Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party and the performance by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and such Purchaser Designated Affiliates of their obligations thereunder have been or will have been as of the Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other similar applicable action. At a meeting duly called and held, the Board of Directors of Purchaser Parent has unanimously (i) approved this Agreement and the Sale and the other transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with applicable Law, (ii) directed that the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular be prepared and, subject to the approval of that circular by the UKLA, published in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (iii) subject to the publication of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular and Section 6.24(f), resolved that the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting be convened for the purpose of obtaining the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval and (iv) resolved, subject to Section 6.24(f), to (1) unanimously recommend approval by Purchaser Parent’s shareholders of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval Resolution to Purchaser Parent’s shareholders, including in the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular, without qualification, and (2) state in the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular that the Sale and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are, in the Board of Directors of the Purchaser Parent’s opinion, fair and reasonable so far as the Purchaser Parent shareholders are concerned and that the Board of Directors have been so advised by Citigroup Global Markets Limited and J.P. Morgan Securities plc (such recommendation and statement being together, the “Purchaser Parent Board Recommendation”). As of the date of this Agreement, the Board of Directors of Purchaser Parent has not subsequently rescinded, modified or withdrawn any of the foregoing resolutions. The approval of the Sale and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the holders of ordinary shares of Purchaser Parent, by way of approval of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval Resolution at the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting (the “Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval”) is the only Approval required from the holders of Purchaser Parent’s ordinary shares or other securities of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates in connection with the consummation of the Sale and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and each Subsidiary of Purchaser has, or will have as of the Closing, all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to carry on its respective business as it pertains to the Purchaser Business as currently conducted and to own, lease and operate its properties and assets related to the Purchaser Business, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any Purchaser Designated Affiliate from consummating the Closing prior to the Outside Date. Purchaser is duly qualified to do business and, where applicable, in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or properties makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business.

 

77


(c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser Parent and Purchaser and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller Parent, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser, and each Ancillary Agreement will be as of the Closing duly executed and delivered by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and each Purchaser Designated Affiliate which will be a party thereto and will, assuming such Ancillary Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Seller that will be a party thereto, constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and such Purchaser Designated Affiliate, in each case enforceable against Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and such Purchaser Designated Affiliate (as applicable) in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

Section 5.3 Purchaser; Purchaser Subsidiaries; Capital Structure.

(a) As of the date hereof, the issued share capital of Purchaser is 63,500 ordinary shares. All of the issued ordinary shares of Purchaser have been validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and are not subject to, and were not issued in violation of, any preemptive right. The B Ordinary Shares, when issued in accordance with this Agreement at Closing, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will not be issued in violation of any preemptive right. As of the Closing, there will be no outstanding warrants, options, agreements, subscriptions, convertible or exchangeable securities or other commitments pursuant to which Purchaser is or may become obliged to issue, sell, purchase, return, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for its shares. As of the Closing, there will be no rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, voting trusts, shareholder agreements, proxies or other Contracts in effect with respect to the sale or voting of any of the shares of Purchaser. A wholly owned Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent owns legally and beneficially as of the date of this Agreement, and will own legally and beneficially as of immediately prior to the Closing, all of the issued shares in the capital of Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens except for Liens arising under applicable securities Laws. As of and immediately following the Closing, after giving effect to the Sale and the issuance of the Purchase Consideration, a wholly owned Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent will own legally and beneficially 680,000 A Ordinary Shares and 300,000 Preference Shares, and Seller Parent (or its applicable designee(s)) will own legally and beneficially 320,000 B Ordinary Shares, in each case on the terms and subject to the rights and restrictions set forth in the Restated Purchaser Articles of Association and the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement, which such shares shall together constitute the entire issued share capital of Purchaser, and there will be no other ordinary shares, preference shares or other equity interests, or warrants, options, agreements, subscriptions, convertible or exchangeable securities or other commitments pursuant to which Purchaser is or may become obliged to issue, sell, purchase, return, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares, or any other equity interests, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, or any other equity interests, of Purchaser.

 

78


(b) Each Subsidiary of Purchaser is, or will be as of the Closing, a corporation, partnership or other legal entity duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its respective business, as currently conducted, except where the failure to be so organized or existing or to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business. Each Subsidiary of Purchaser is duly qualified to do business and, where applicable, in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or properties makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business. Section 5.3(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter sets forth (i) the name and the jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary of Purchaser and (ii) the record owners of such outstanding equity interests. All of the issued and outstanding equity interests of each Subsidiary of Purchaser are validly issued, fully paid and, in the case of any Subsidiary of Purchaser which is a corporation, non-assessable, and are not subject to, and were not issued in violation of, any preemptive right. As of the Closing, there will be no outstanding warrants, options, agreements, subscriptions, convertible or exchangeable securities or other commitments pursuant to which any Subsidiary of Purchaser is or may become obliged to issue, sell, purchase, return, redeem or otherwise acquire any equity interests of any Subsidiary of Purchaser, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any equity interests of any Subsidiary of Purchaser. As of the Closing, there will be no rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other Contracts in effect with respect to the sale or voting of the equity interests of any Subsidiary of Purchaser. Purchaser or another wholly owned Subsidiary of Purchaser owns legally and beneficially, or will own legally and beneficially as of the Closing, all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of each Subsidiary of Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens except for Liens arising under applicable securities Laws. Except for the equity interests of the Subsidiaries of Purchaser, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries do not own any other equity interests of any Person.

Section 5.4 No Conflicts; Consents. Subject to the receipt of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval, the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser Parent and Purchaser of this Agreement and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or a Purchaser Designated Affiliate party to such Ancillary Implementing Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and such Purchaser Designated Affiliate, do not and will not (a) violate any provision of the articles of association or equivalent organizational documents of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Affiliates, (b) subject to obtaining the consents set forth in Section 5.4 of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, result in a violation of, or require the consent of any Person pursuant to, or conflict with, constitute a default under, or result in the breach or termination, cancellation or acceleration (whether with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) of any right or obligation of (or to the loss of any benefit of) Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Affiliates under any Purchaser Material Contract or Purchaser Real Property Lease, or result in the imposition of a Lien on any assets, properties or rights, other than Purchaser Permitted Liens, relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, or (c) assuming compliance with the matters set forth in Sections 4.5 and 5.5, violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Law, Governmental Authorization or other restriction of any Governmental Authority to which Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Affiliates is subject, except, with respect to clauses (b) and (c), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any Purchaser Designated Affiliate from consummating the Closing prior to the Outside Date.

 

79


Section 5.5 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Purchaser Parent and Purchaser and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement by any of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any Purchaser Designated Affiliate party thereto does not require any Approval of, or Filing with, any Governmental Authority, except for (a) the expiration or early termination of the applicable waiting period under the HSR Act, (b) the Approvals and Filings set forth in Section 5.5 of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, (c) Approvals and Filings which if not obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any Purchaser Designated Affiliate from consummating the Closing prior to the Outside Date, and (d) the Approvals and Filings required due to the regulatory obligations of Seller Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 5.6 Financial Information.

(a) Section 5.6(a) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter contains copies of (i) the unaudited balance sheet of Purchaser Business as of September 30, 2018, June 30, 2018 and March 31, 2018 (the “Purchaser Working Capital Statements”) and (ii) the audited balance sheet of the Purchaser Business as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, and the related audited income statement for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (the “Audited Purchaser Financial Statements”) (the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, and together with any notes thereto, the “Purchaser Financial Statements”).

(b) Except as set forth in Section 5.6(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter or as noted in the Audited Purchaser Financial Statements, the Audited Purchaser Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS, on a consistent basis for each period presented and present a true and fair view of (x) the state of affairs of the Purchaser Business as of the dates therein specified and (y) the results of operations of the Purchaser Business for the periods indicated. The Purchaser Working Capital Statements were prepared using principles, procedures, policies and methods consistent in all material respects with those used in the preparation of the balance sheet of the Purchaser Business as of the Balance Sheet Date included in the Audited Purchaser Financial Statements.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 5.6(c) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, the Purchaser Business does not have any Indebtedness or other Liabilities of any nature or kind whatsoever (whether accrued, known or unknown, absolute, contingent or otherwise) that would be required to be reflected on a balance sheet of the Purchaser Business prepared in accordance with IFRS, except for (i) Liabilities accrued for, reflected on, disclosed and/or reserved against on the Purchaser Financial Statements, (ii) Liabilities incurred subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Liabilities taken into account in the Final Closing Statement, Final Purchaser Working Capital or Final Purchaser Net Cash, (iv) Liabilities incurred in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby, (v) Liabilities disclosed or set forth in the Purchaser Disclosure Letter and (vi) Liabilities which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business.

 

80


Section 5.7 Absence of Material Changes. Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including in connection with the review of strategic alternatives with respect to the Purchaser Business), since December 31, 2017 (a) there has not been any Purchaser Material Adverse Effect and (a) until the date of this Agreement, the Purchaser Business has been operated, in all material respects, in the ordinary course of business.

Section 5.8 Securities Act. Purchaser is acquiring the Shares solely for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act. Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares are not registered under the Securities Act, any applicable state securities Laws or any applicable foreign securities Laws, and that such Shares may not be transferred or sold except pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign securities Laws or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom. Purchaser has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Shares and is capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment.

Section 5.9 No Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 5.9 of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, there is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, threatened against Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, or against Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates relating to the Purchaser Business or any assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, before any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal other than Actions which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business. Neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates is subject to any outstanding Governmental Order which would, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business.

Section 5.10 Compliance with Laws. Except as set forth in Section 5.10 of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter:

(a) Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) are, and for the last three (3) years have been, in compliance with all Laws applicable to the ownership, lease or operation of the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries and the Purchaser Business, including (i) the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §301 et seq. and applicable binding implementing regulations issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, (ii) the applicable Laws of the European Union and applicable binding implementing regulations issued by applicable Governmental Authorities in those jurisdictions in the European Union in which the Purchaser Business markets, commercializes, distributes and sells Purchaser Products, or otherwise operates, or has marketed, commercialized, distributed or sold Purchaser Products, or otherwise operated, in the last three (3) years (including European Union’s Directive 95/46/EC, as amended, and Regulation EU 2016/679 (the General Data Protection Regulation), and any national implementing legislation of the foregoing) and (iii) the applicable Laws of any other jurisdiction in which the Purchaser Business markets, commercializes, distributes and sells Purchaser Products, or otherwise operates, or has marketed, commercialized, distributed or sold Purchaser Products, or otherwise operated, in the last three (3) years, except in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Purchaser Business.

 

81


(b) Purchaser and its Subsidiaries collectively possess all Governmental Authorizations necessary for the conduct of the Purchaser Business, as currently conducted, and each such Governmental Authorization is in full force and effect, except where the failure to possess any such Governmental Authorization or the failure of such Governmental Authorization to be in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole.

Section 5.11 Product Registrations; Manufacturing Registrations; Regulatory Compliance; Product Liability and Recalls.

(a) Except with respect to Purchaser Environmental Permits (which are the subject of Section 5.12):

(i) Purchaser and its Subsidiaries own, possess or validly have the right to use all Governmental Authorizations required to research, develop, manufacture, market, commercialize, distribute, test, use, store and sell the Purchaser Products, except where the failure to so own, possess or validly have such right would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole;

(ii) All Purchaser Products sold under the Purchaser Product Registrations are manufactured and marketed in accordance with the specifications and standards contained in such Purchaser Product Registrations, and the applicable Purchaser Manufacturing Registrations, except where the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business; and

(iii) Except as set forth in Section 5.11(a)(iii) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser is, or will be as of the Closing, the sole and exclusive owner of each Purchaser Product Registration and Purchaser Manufacturing Registration.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 5.11(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, there is no Action pending, or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, threatened, against Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the Purchaser Business or any assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries (i) arising from complaints, allegations or Actions relating to any injury to person or property or as a result of ownership, possession, provision or use of any of the Purchaser Products that were manufactured, processed, distributed, shipped or sold prior to the date of this Agreement or (ii) relating to any alleged hazard or alleged defect in design, manufacture, materials or workmanship, including any failure to warn or alleged breach of express or implied warranty or representation, relating to the Purchaser Products, except in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), for Actions which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business.

 

82


(c) Except as set forth in Section 5.11(c) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, since January 1, 2016, there have been no recalls or market withdrawals of Purchaser Products and, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, no facts or circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to result in recalls or market withdrawals of Purchaser Products that would, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Section 5.11 sets forth the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent with respect to Purchaser Product Registrations and Purchaser Manufacturing Registrations, products liability and product recalls, and the other regulatory matters described in this Section 5.11.

Section 5.12 Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Section 5.12 of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter:

(a) (i) Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries (in each case, with respect to the Purchaser Business), Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, the Purchaser Business (as currently or formerly conducted), the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, and the Purchaser Real Property are and have been since January 1, 2016 in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and Governmental Authorizations required under Environmental Law (including Purchaser Environmental Permits); (ii) neither Purchaser Parent nor its Subsidiaries (in each case, with respect to the Purchaser Business or the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries) are undertaking or required to undertake any Remedial Action at the Purchaser Facilities or any property formerly owned, leased or operated by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (or any of their respective predecessors) or by the Purchaser Business (as currently or formerly conducted); and (iii) since January 1, 2016, neither Purchaser Parent nor its Subsidiaries has received written notice from a Governmental Authority or other Person that it is subject to any unresolved enforcement action or Liability with respect to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, the Purchaser Business (as currently or formerly conducted), the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, or the Purchaser Facilities under any applicable Environmental Laws or Purchaser Environmental Permits, except for such noncompliance, Remedial Actions, Liabilities or enforcement actions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Purchaser Business;

(b) all Governmental Authorizations (including Purchaser Environmental Permits) required of Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries (in each case, with respect to the Purchaser Business or the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries) under all applicable Environmental Laws have been obtained and are held by Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser, except for such failures to obtain as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole; and

 

83


(c) no Actions or written claims are pending or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, threatened against Purchaser Parent or its Subsidiaries (in each case, with respect to the Purchaser Business or the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries) arising from or as a result of, and there have been no (i) exposures to Hazardous Materials, including on, in, under, about or from the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or at the Purchaser Facilities, (ii) Releases of Hazardous Materials, including at, on, in, under, or from any assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or from any Purchaser Facilities, (iii) off-site treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials generated by the Purchaser Business (as currently or formerly conducted), Purchaser Parent or its Subsidiaries (with respect to the Purchaser Business) or Purchaser or its Subsidiaries or (iv) any violations of any Environmental Laws arising, directly or indirectly, in connection with the Purchaser Business (as currently or formerly conducted) or any of the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or Purchaser Facilities, in each case that has resulted or would result in Environmental Liability, except for such claims, Actions, Environmental Liabilities or investigations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Purchaser Business.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 5.12 are the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent with respect to Environmental Laws, Purchaser Environmental Permits, Environmental Liabilities, Hazardous Materials and other environmental matters.

Section 5.13 Material Contracts.

(a) Except (x) for Contracts entered into after the date of this Agreement, (y) for intercompany agreements solely between or among Purchaser (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any of its Subsidiaries or that shall be terminated as of or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Section 6.7 or (z) as set forth in Section 5.13(a) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, neither Purchaser Parent nor any of its Affiliates is a party to or bound by any Contract in effect as of the date hereof that is material to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole (a “Purchaser Material Contract”).

(b) Except as set forth in Section 5.13(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, (i) except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, each Purchaser Material Contract is legal, valid and binding on Purchaser or its Subsidiary that is a party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law), and (ii) neither Purchaser Parent nor any of its Affiliates or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, any other party thereto, is in breach of, or default under, any such Purchaser Material Contract, except for such breaches or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business. Neither Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any Contract that contains any non-compete or similar provision that would materially limit or impair Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries’ ability to operate the Retained Businesses after the Closing.

 

84


(c) Section 5.13(c) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter lists all material Purchaser Related Party Contracts.

Section 5.14 Intellectual Property.

(a) To the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent (but only as to validity and enforceability), as of the date of this Agreement, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Purchaser Business, all issued Patent Rights, pending applications for Patent Rights, registered Trademarks, pending Trademark registration applications and registered Copyrights that are included in the Purchaser IP (collectively, the “Registered Purchaser IP”) are in effect and subsisting, and, if registered, not invalid or unenforceable. The Purchaser Trademark Rights, together with Trademarks that are licensed to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries by Purchaser Parent or its Subsidiaries or by a third party, include all of the Purchaser Key Brands.

(b) All material Purchaser IP and Purchaser Licensed IP shall be, following the Closing, transferable and licensable (or sublicensable as the case may be) by Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, without payment of any kind to Purchaser Parent or any Affiliate of Purchaser Parent, as may be needed in the ordinary course of the operation of the Purchaser Business, and shall be fully transferable, assignable and assumable, as the case may be, without payment of any kind to Purchaser Parent or any Affiliate of Purchaser Parent, in connection with a change of control (that constitutes an assignment) of Purchaser or any Listing Transaction (as defined in the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement) or the sale of substantially all of the assets of a business unit of Purchaser to the extent such Purchaser IP or Purchaser Licensed IP is related to such business unit.

(c) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Purchaser Business, and taking into account Section 6.22, the Purchaser IP and the Purchaser Licensed IP constitutes all of the Intellectual Property owned by either Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries that is used or held for use in, or that is necessary for, the conduct of the Purchaser Business as conducted as of the date of this Agreement. The operation of the Purchaser Business immediately following the Closing will not infringe any of Purchaser Parent’s or any of its Affiliates’ Intellectual Property.

(d) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Purchaser Business, (x) the conduct of the Purchaser Business does not, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of any Person and (y) as of the date of this Agreement, there is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, threatened in writing against Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (i) alleging any such infringement, misappropriation, or other violation, or (ii) challenging the validity, enforceability, ownership, use, registrability, or patentability of the Purchaser IP, other than ordinary course prosecution proceedings associated with the application for or registration of Registered Purchaser IP.

 

85


(e) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Purchaser Business, as of the date of this Agreement, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, no Person is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Purchaser IP and as of the date of this Agreement, no such Actions are pending or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, threatened against any Person by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates.

(f) Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, are the sole legal owners of all Registered Purchaser IP that is owned or purported to be owned by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries. None of the Registered Purchaser IP or any other material Purchaser IP is subject to any Lien, other than Purchaser Permitted Liens.

(g) Since January 1, 2016, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, there (i) have been no failures of the Purchaser IT Systems that have materially and adversely impacted the conduct of the Purchaser Business and (ii) has been no unauthorized access, loss, use or breach of security with respect to the Purchaser IT Systems or any material sensitive, confidential or proprietary information (including personally identifiable information) relating to the Purchaser Business that have materially and adversely impacted the Purchaser Business.

(h) Except for the Trademarks licensed by Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) to Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries under a Purchaser Ancillary Agreement (the “Purchaser Licensed Trademark Rights”), and taking into account Section 6.22, as of the Closing Date, the Purchaser Trademark Rights will include all material Trademarks under which the Purchaser Business operates that are owned by Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent. The Purchaser Licensed Trademark Rights are licensed to Purchaser or one or more of its Subsidiaries by Purchaser Parent or its Subsidiaries (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) on a perpetual, royalty free basis, and such license is (i) exclusive in the field in which the Purchaser Business operates (subject to limited exceptions to exclusivity for brands managed by Purchaser Parent’s Affiliates’ pharmaceutical division, rights granted to third parties prior to the date licensed to Purchaser Parent, brands used for both prescription and non-prescription products, and products switched from prescription to non-prescription sales) and (ii) non-terminable solely due to a change of control of Purchaser or the occurrence of any Listing Transaction (as defined in the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement) and assignable, without restriction, on the sale of substantially all of the assets of a business unit of Purchaser to the extent such Purchaser Licensed Trademarks is related to such business unit.

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, except with respect to Section 5.7, Section 5.13, and this Section 5.14 sets forth the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent with respect to Intellectual Property.

Section 5.15 Real Property.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 5.15(a)(i) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser has insurable title in fee simple to the Owned Purchaser Real Property, free and clear of any Liens, other than Purchaser Permitted Liens. Except as set forth in Section 5.15(a)(ii) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole, neither Purchaser Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is leasing or otherwise granting to any third party the right to use or occupy any Owned Purchaser Real Property or any portion thereof.

 

86


(b) Except as set forth in Section 5.15(b)(i) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser has a valid leasehold interest and valid and continuing right to use and occupy each Leased Purchaser Real Property pursuant to a Purchaser Real Property Lease. Except (x) as set forth in Section 5.15(b)(ii) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter or (y) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole, (i) each Purchaser Real Property Lease is legal, valid and binding on Purchaser or its Subsidiary party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, each other party thereto and is in full force and effect, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law), (ii) neither Purchaser Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, any other party thereto, is in breach of, or default under, any such Purchaser Real Property Lease and (iii) neither Purchaser Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is leasing or otherwise granting to any third party the right to use or occupy any Purchaser Leased Real Property or any portion thereof.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 5.15(c) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, (i) no certificate, permit or license from any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any of the Purchaser Real Property, or any Contract, easement or other right which is necessary to permit the lawful occupancy of the buildings and improvements on any of the Purchaser Real Property or which is necessary to permit the lawful use of all driveways, roads and other means of egress and ingress to and from any of the Purchaser Real Property, in each case, with respect to the Purchaser Business, has not been obtained or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, is not in full force and effect, which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole, and (ii) neither Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (in respect of the Purchaser Business) or Purchaser or its Subsidiaries has received any written notice from any Governmental Authority that the Purchaser Real Property is currently in violation of any applicable Law that would, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole.

(d) Section 5.15(d)(i) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter sets forth each manufacturing and research and development facility at which Purchaser Products are manufactured or developed that is owned or operated by Purchaser Parent or its Subsidiaries (the “Purchaser Facilities”). Except as set forth in Section 5.15(d)(ii) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser has insurable title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest and valid and continuing right to use and occupy, each Purchaser Facility.

Section 5.16 Assets.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole, Purchaser or its Subsidiaries have, or will have as of the Closing, good and valid title to, or other legal rights to possess and use, all of the assets, properties and rights Relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of any Liens other than Purchaser Permitted Liens.

 

87


(b) Except as set forth in Section 5.16(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter and as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, taken as a whole (assuming all consents and Approvals as may be required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements have been obtained; provided, that no such assumption shall be made to the extent Purchaser Parent is not in compliance with its obligations under Section 2.2 or Section 6.3 of this Agreement), together with the benefits, services, assets, licenses, sublicenses and other rights and benefits to be provided to Purchaser and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Purchaser Ancillary Agreements, the assets, properties and rights owned, or leased and licensed from third parties, by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries do and will following the Closing, in the aggregate, constitute all of the assets either used in or necessary for Purchaser and its Subsidiaries to conduct the Purchaser Business as conducted as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 5.16(c) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, there are no material assets, properties or rights that are used or held for use by Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser or necessary for the conduct of the Purchaser Business and owned or controlled by Purchaser Parent or any Affiliate of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser).

(d) Purchaser and its Subsidiaries are not, or will not at Closing be, directly or indirectly, engaged in any Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses, and do not, or will not at Closing, hold and are not, or will not at Closing be, subject to any Purchaser Parent Retained Liability or assets, properties and rights not relating to the Purchaser Business (other than non-material or ministerial liabilities, assets, rights or properties).

Section 5.17 Taxes.

(a) All income and other material Tax Returns that are required to be filed by (i) Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser or (ii) in respect of the Purchaser Business have, in each case, been timely filed (taking into account any applicable extensions), and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

(b) All income and other material Taxes required to be paid by (i) Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser or (ii) in respect of the Purchaser Business have, in each case, been timely paid (taking into account any applicable extensions).

(c) Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, and Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries with respect to the Purchaser Business, have deducted or withheld and paid over to the applicable Taxing Authority all material Taxes required to have been deducted or withheld and paid over in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder or other third party, and Purchaser and each of its Subsidiaries, and Purchaser Parent and each of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Purchaser Business, has (if required by any applicable Laws to do so) provided appropriate certificates of deduction.

 

88


(d) There are no Liens for material Taxes upon any of the assets relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, except for Purchaser Permitted Liens.

(e) Within the past three (3) years, neither Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution intended to qualify under Section 355(a) of the Code.

(f) There are no current or pending audits, examinations, contests or other Actions with respect to material Taxes of Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser or of Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Purchaser Business, and no such audits, examinations, contests or other Actions have been threatened in writing.

(g) There are no outstanding powers of attorney granted by Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser with respect to material Taxes for any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date, other than powers of attorney granted to Purchaser or another Subsidiary of Purchaser.

(h) Neither Purchaser nor any Subsidiary of Purchaser is party to any Tax sharing, allocation, indemnity or similar agreement or arrangement (other than (x) any such agreement or arrangement solely between or among Purchaser and/or any of the Subsidiaries of Purchaser and (y) provisions contained in commercial agreements or arrangements the primary purpose of which is not Taxes (including employment agreements, credit agreements, leases and supply or manufacturing agreements)).

(i) Neither Purchaser nor any Subsidiary of Purchaser is or has been party to any “listed transaction” as defined in Section 6707A of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4. Neither Purchaser nor any Subsidiary of Purchaser has at any time entered into or been engaged in or been a party to or promoter of any scheme, transaction or arrangement which was required by Law to be specifically disclosed to a Taxing Authority or a main or dominant purpose or object of which was the avoidance or deferral of or the obtaining of a reduction in or other advantage in respect of any Taxes.

(j) In the last three (3) years, no claim has been made in writing by any Taxing Authority in any jurisdiction in which Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser, or Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Purchaser Business, does not file income or franchise Tax Returns to the effect that such entity is or may be subject to income or franchise taxation by such jurisdiction.

(k) Neither Purchaser nor any Subsidiary of Purchaser will be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date as a result of: (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date made prior to the Closing, (ii) “closing agreement” executed prior to the Closing, (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code entered into or existing prior to the Closing, (iv) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing, (v) election under Section 108(i) of the Code made prior to the Closing or (vi) installment sale or open transaction disposition occurring on or before the Closing Date.

 

89


(l) Neither entering into this Agreement nor consummating the transactions contemplated hereby, nor, so far as the Purchaser or Purchaser Parent is aware, will give rise to any other event, transaction, action, or circumstance Liability for Tax or result in the withdrawal or clawback of any Tax Benefit for Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser as a result of Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser ceasing to be a member of a group with any other Person for Tax purposes.

(m) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 5.17 and Section 5.18 (to the extent relating to Taxes) are the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent with respect to Taxes.

Section 5.18 Employee Benefits; Employees.

(a) Set forth in Section 5.18(a) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter is a true and complete list of each material Purchaser Group Plan and Foreign Purchaser Group Plan categorized by (i) whether the Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan is a Purchaser Business Plan and (ii) the country or countries for which such Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan provides benefits. No Purchaser Business Plan provides benefits to, or otherwise covers, any individual who is not a Purchaser Business Employee, Former Purchaser Business Employee, or the dependents or beneficiaries thereof.

(b) With respect to each material Purchaser Business Plan (other than Foreign Purchaser Group Plans that are not defined benefit pension plans), Purchaser Parent has made available to Seller Parent, prior to the date of this Agreement, true and complete copies of (i) each such plan’s governing document and any amendments thereto (or a written summary of all material terms if the plan has not been reduced to writing) and (ii) any applicable Plan Regulatory or Funding Documents. In addition, within thirty (30) days following the date hereof, with respect to each (x) material Purchaser Business Plan that is a Foreign Purchaser Group Plan, Purchaser Parent shall make available to Seller Parent true and complete copies of the documents contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, and (y) each other material Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan for which Purchaser or its Subsidiaries has any Liability, Purchaser Parent shall make available to Seller Parent summaries of the material terms of such plans, the most recent summary plan description (if any) and excerpts or summaries of the actuarial reports for such plans to the extent relevant to the Liabilities of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries. Purchaser Parent has made available to Seller Parent, on or prior to the date of this Agreement, a summary that is accurate in all material respects of the value of the assets and Liabilities of all Purchaser Business Plans that are defined benefit pension plans as of the end of the 2017 fiscal year of Purchaser Parent.

 

90


(c) The IRS has issued a favorable determination letter, or for a prototype plan, opinion letter, with respect to each Purchaser Business Plan intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code or, if no such determination has been made, either an application for such determination is pending with the IRS or the time within which such determination may be sought from the IRS has not yet expired, and, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, nothing has occurred since the date of such determination or opinion that would reasonably be expected to result in disqualification of such Purchaser Business Plan. Each Purchaser Business Plan that is intended to qualify for any particular tax or regulatory treatment under the Laws of a country other than the United States (i) has received documentation of such qualification from a Governmental Authority (if available), and, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, nothing has occurred since the date of such documentation that would reasonably be expected to result in disqualification of such Purchaser Business Plan or (ii) if such documentation is not available, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, so qualifies.

(d) No Purchaser Group Plan is a “multiemployer plan,” as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA, nor is any Purchaser Business Plan subject to Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. Neither Purchaser nor its Subsidiaries (or any assets of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries) is subject to a lien under Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 4068 of ERISA, and neither Purchaser Parent nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than premium payments to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the ordinary course) or Section 4971 of the Code which has not been and will not be fully paid as of the Closing. None of Purchaser, its Subsidiaries or the Purchaser Business has as of the date of this Agreement, or will have as of the Closing, any Liability in respect of post-employment or post-retirement medical, health or life insurance benefits for any current or former employees, except as required by applicable Law or to avoid excise tax under Section 4980B of the Code. Except as set forth on Section 5.18(d) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, no Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan is a defined benefit pension plan.

(e) Each Purchaser Group Plan and Foreign Purchaser Group Plan (other than a Purchaser Business Plan) has been maintained, operated, funded and administered in compliance in all respects with its terms and applicable Law, except for such instances of noncompliance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business. Each Purchaser Business Plan has been established, maintained, funded and administered in compliance in all material respects its terms and applicable Law. All material contributions or premiums with respect to each Purchaser Business Plan have been paid or deducted in a timely fashion and there are no material outstanding defaults or violations thereunder that have not been properly recorded in the Purchaser Financial Statements. Other than routine claims for benefits, there are no suits, claims, proceedings, actions, governmental audits or investigations that are pending or threatened against or involving any Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan or asserting any rights to or claims for benefits under any Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan, except for such actions that have not had and would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business.

(f) Except as set forth in Section 5.18(f) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter: (i) none of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (or employers of Purchaser Business Employees other than Purchaser or its Subsidiaries) recognize a labor union (in the case of employers that are not Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, excluding any labor union that does not represent the Purchaser Business Employees) and none of the Purchaser Business Employees are represented by any labor

 

91


organization, works council or consultation body (other than industry-wide or national labor organizations) or subject to, or covered by, the terms of any material Collective Bargaining Agreement in connection with their services to the Purchaser Business, (ii) no labor union, labor organization, works council or consultation body has made a demand for recognition or certification, and there are no representation or certification proceedings, union elections or, to the Knowledge of Purchaser Parent, union organizing activities pending or threatened in writing with respect to the Purchaser Business or Purchaser or its Affiliates with respect to the Purchaser Business, (iii) there are no pending or threatened in writing strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns involving the Purchaser Business Employees or against the Purchaser Business or Purchaser or its Affiliates with respect to the Purchaser Business and (iv) there is no unfair labor practice charge, labor arbitration or labor grievance proceeding pending or threatened in writing against the Purchaser Business or Purchaser or its Affiliates with respect to the Purchaser Business that would, in the case of the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv), individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business. As of the date hereof, Purchaser Parent has provided copies to Seller Parent of all material Collective Bargaining Agreements applicable to Purchaser Business Employees, the Purchaser Business or Purchaser or its Subsidiaries. Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and their respective Subsidiaries have satisfied any material pre-signing requirement to provide notice to, or enter into any information and consultation procedure with, any labor union, labor organization, works council or consultation body in connection with the execution of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as required by any Contract or Laws.

(g) As of the Closing, Purchaser Parent represents that each Purchaser Business Employee devotes, and has devoted seventy percent (70%) or more of his or her working time in the last twelve (12) months (or such shorter period he or she has been employed by Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates) to performing services on behalf of the Purchaser Business.

(h) Except as required by plans, programs, or arrangements required to be maintained or contributed to by the Laws of a non-U.S. jurisdiction, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in conjunction with any other event), will cause any (i) payments to become due or payable to any Purchaser Business Employee, Former Purchaser Business Employee, current or former consultant or director, (ii) acceleration, vesting or increase in any compensation or benefits to any Purchaser Business Employee, Former Purchaser Business Employee, current or former consultant or director, or (iii) Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries to transfer or set aside any assets to fund any benefits under any Purchaser Business Plan, or limit or restrict in any material respect the right of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to amend, terminate or transfer the assets of any Purchaser Business Plan. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, will constitute a “change in ownership or control” or “change in effective control” of Purchaser Parent within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code. Neither Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries is party to any plan, program, policy or arrangement providing for the “gross-up” or other compensation to any individual because of the imposition of any Tax on any payment to the individual related to Section 4999 or Section 409A of the Code.

 

92


Section 5.19 Global Trade Controls; Anti-Corruption Matters.

(a) Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries (with respect to the Purchaser Business) and Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, as well as their respective directors, officers, and employees, are in compliance with all Global Trade Control Laws, including possession of and compliance with Governmental Authorizations required by Global Trade Control Laws, except for such noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business.

(b) Purchaser and its Subsidiaries and, with respect to the Purchaser Business, Purchaser Parent and its other Subsidiaries, do not engage in any business with, or use, directly or indirectly, any corporate funds to contribute to or finance the activities of, any Restricted Party or in any Restricted Market except as permitted by Governmental Authorization, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business.

(c) None of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries or, with respect to the Purchaser Business, Purchaser Parent or its other Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors, officers, and employees, is a Restricted Party or owned or controlled by a Restricted Party.

(d) To Purchaser Parent’s Knowledge, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, and Purchaser Parent and its other Subsidiaries (with respect to the Purchaser Business), as well as their respective directors, officers, and employees are in compliance with all Anti-Corruption Laws, except for such noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to Purchaser or the Purchaser Business. For purposes of this Section 5.19 only, “Purchaser Parent’s Knowledge” means that the conduct giving rise to the noncompliance with or violation of Anti-Corruption Law was reported to the Compliance Division (or similar responsible group or body) of Purchaser Parent and such conduct is or was the subject of an investigation by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 5.19 are the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent with respect to Global Trade Control Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws.

Section 5.20 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates for which Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries would be liable. Purchaser Parent is solely responsible for the fees and expenses of Citigroup Global Markets Limited, J.P. Morgan Securities plc and Greenhill & Co., which shall be a Purchaser Parent Transaction Expense hereunder.

Section 5.21 No Other Representations or Warranties.

(a) Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Purchaser Parent nor Purchaser nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Purchaser Parent or Purchaser or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the Purchaser Business or with respect to any other information provided,

 

93


or made available, to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates or Representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. Except as expressly set forth in the representations and warranties contained in this Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Purchaser Parent nor Purchaser nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the prospects of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business or their profitability, or with respect to any forecasts, projections or business plans or other information (including any Evaluation Material (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement)) delivered to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates or Representatives in connection with Seller Parent’s review of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business and the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, including as to the accuracy or completeness thereof or the reasonableness of any assumptions underlying any such forecasts, projections or business plans or other information. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement with respect to the representations and warranties contained in this Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Purchaser Parent nor Purchaser nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person will have, or be subject to, any Liability or other obligation to Seller Parent, its Affiliates or Representatives or any other Person resulting from Seller Parent’s use of, or the use by any of its Affiliates or Representatives of, any information, including information, documents, projections, forecasts, business plans or other material made available to Seller Parent, its Affiliates or Representatives by any means, including in any virtual data room, confidential information memorandum, management presentations, offering materials, site tours or visits, diligence calls or meetings or any documents prepared by, or on behalf of, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives. Each of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and their respective Affiliates disclaims any and all representations and warranties, whether express or implied, except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article V or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither Purchaser Parent, Purchaser nor any of their respective Affiliates makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses or Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities.

(b) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that, except for the representations and warranties contained in Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Seller Parent, the other Sellers nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Seller Parent, the other Sellers, the Conveyed Subsidiaries or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the Purchased Assets, the Business or with respect to any other information provided, or made available, to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that, except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement with respect to the representations and warranties contained in Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither Seller Parent, the other Sellers nor any of their respective Affiliates, Representatives or any other Person will have, or be subject to, any Liability or other obligation to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives or any other Person resulting from the sale and purchase of the Purchased Assets or the Business to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates or Purchaser Parent’s or Purchaser’s use of, or the use by any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives of any information, including information, documents, projections,

 

94


forecasts, business plans or other material (including any Evaluation Material (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement)) made available to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives by any means, including in any virtual data room, confidential information memorandum, management presentations, offering materials, site tours or visits, diligence calls or meetings or any documents prepared by, or on behalf of, Seller Parent, the other Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives. Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that they are not relying on any representation or warranty of Seller Parent, the other Sellers, or any of their Affiliates or Representatives or any other Person, other than those representations and warranties specifically set forth in Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that each of Seller Parent and the other Sellers and their respective Affiliates disclaims any and all representations and warranties, whether express or implied, except for the representations and warranties contained in Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that neither Seller Parent, the other Sellers nor any of their respective Affiliates makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Excluded Assets, Retained Businesses or Retained Liabilities.

(c) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge that they have conducted to their satisfaction an independent investigation of the financial condition, results of operations and projected operations of the Business and the nature and condition of its properties, assets, liabilities and businesses and, in making the determination to proceed with the transactions contemplated hereby, have relied solely on the results of their own independent investigation and the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. In light of these inspections and investigations and the representations and warranties made to Purchaser Parent and Purchaser by Seller Parent in Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser are relinquishing any right to any claim based on any representations and warranties other than those specifically included in Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Any claims Purchaser Parent or Purchaser may have for breach of representation or warranty shall be based solely on the representations and warranties of Seller Parent set forth in Article IV or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement.

(d) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge that, except as explicitly set forth herein, neither Seller Parent nor any of its Affiliates has made any warranty, express or implied, as to the prospects of the Business or its profitability for Purchaser, or with respect to any forecasts, projections or business plans or other information (including any Evaluation Material (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement)) delivered to Purchaser Parent or Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives in connection with Purchaser Parent’s and Purchaser’s review of the Business and the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, including as to the accuracy or completeness thereof or the reasonableness of any assumptions underlying any such forecasts, projections or business plans or other information.

 

95


ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS

Section 6.1 Information and Documents.

(a) From and after the date of this Agreement and to the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and upon reasonable advance notice, and solely for purposes of integration planning or in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, (1) Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, permit Purchaser Parent and its Representatives to have reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the books and records that constitute Purchased Assets, and to such personnel, offices and other facilities and properties that constitute Purchased Assets, and to provide such other information in respect of the Business as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser Parent for such purposes and (2) Purchaser Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, permit Seller Parent and its Representatives to have reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the books and records of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries or that are related to the Purchaser Business (provided that Purchaser Parent may redact any information in any such record not related to the Purchaser Business), and to such personnel, offices and other facilities and properties of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries or that are related to the Purchaser Business, and to provide such other information in respect of the Purchaser Business as may be reasonably requested by Seller Parent for such purposes; provided that all requests for access pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be directed to and coordinated with a person or persons designated by Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as applicable, in writing; provided, further, that each Parent and its Subsidiaries may restrict the foregoing access or the provision of such information to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of such Parent, (i) applicable Law requires such Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to restrict or prohibit such access or the provision of such information, (ii) providing such access would unreasonably interfere with the operation of such Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses, including the Business and the Purchaser Business, as applicable, (iii) providing such access or information would breach a confidentiality obligation to a third party, (iv) providing such access or information would result in disclosure of any information that is competitively or commercially sensitive, (v) in the case of access or information provided by Seller Parent, the information relates to the Strategic Process, or in the case of access or information provided by Purchaser Parent, the information relates to review of strategic alternatives with respect to the Purchaser Business, or (vi) providing such access or disclosure of any such information would reasonably be expected to result in the loss or waiver of the attorney-client or other applicable privilege or protection. In the event that a Parent or its Subsidiaries restricts access or withholds information on the basis of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), such Parent shall, if permitted, inform the other Parent as to the general nature of what is being restricted or withheld and the reason therefor, and such Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate substitute arrangements to permit disclosure of the relevant information in a manner that does not suffer from such impediments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) prior to the Closing, neither Parent, nor any of its Affiliates and Representatives, shall conduct any phase II environmental site assessment or conduct any invasive testing or any sampling of soil, sediment, surface water, groundwater or building material at, on, under or within any property of the other Parent or its Subsidiaries and (B) prior to Closing, none of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, including the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries), shall provide Business Employee personnel files to Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates or Representatives and none of Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates, including Purchaser (and its Subsidiaries), shall provide

 

96


Purchaser Business Employee personnel files to Seller Parent or its Affiliates or Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following Closing (x) to the extent permitted by Law, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, provide Purchaser and its Subsidiaries access to personnel records and other personnel information related to the Business Employees and Former Business Employees reasonably requested by Purchaser and its Subsidiaries and (y) Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, retain all material records related to the Business Employees and Former Business Employees in accordance with Seller Parent’s records retention policies and, in no event, for less than such period of time required by applicable Law. It is further agreed that, prior to the Closing, each Parent and its Affiliates and Representatives shall not contact any of the directors, officers, employees, agents, customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, distributors or other business partners of the other Parent or any of its Affiliates (including, with respect to Seller Parent, the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) and, with respect to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether in person or by telephone, mail or other means of communication, without the specific prior authorization by the other Parent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that the foregoing shall not prevent any Parent or its Affiliates from operating in the ordinary course of business and communicating with such parties on matters unrelated to the Business or the Purchaser Business, as applicable, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, including the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries), be required to provide any information as and to the extent it relates to any Retained Businesses, any Excluded Assets or any Retained Liabilities, or be required to provide a copy of, or otherwise disclose the contents of, any Seller Combined Tax Return, and in no event shall Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates, including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, be required to provide any information as and to the extent it relates to any Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses or any Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities. The Parties agree that, with respect to any matters that are the subject of both this Section 6.1(a) and Section 6.5(i), the provisions of Section 6.5(i) (and not this Section 6.1(a)) shall control.

(b) Subject to Section 6.12, all information received or otherwise obtained by either Parent or its Affiliates or Representatives from, by or on behalf of the other Parent or any of its Affiliates or Representatives, in connection with the negotiation, execution, performance or consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, whether prior to, on or following the date of this Agreement, will be held by such Parent and its Affiliates and Representatives pursuant to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and Section 6.12. Subject to Section 6.12(d), the Confidentiality Agreement and the Clean Team Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms (subject to Section 9.2(d)) notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement.

(c) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1, Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries shall consult with and provide material updates to Purchaser Parent regarding the matters disclosed on Section 6.1(c) of the Purchaser Disclosure Letter.

 

97


Section 6.2 Conduct of Business.

(a) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1, except (i) as set forth in Section 6.2(a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement (including Section 6.3), (ii) as Purchaser Parent shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (iii) in connection with the Seller Internal Restructurings, the settlement of any intercompany accounts or arrangements pursuant to Section 6.7 or the transfer of the Excluded Assets pursuant to Section 2.3(b), (iv) as required by Law or the terms of any Contract currently in effect and made available to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Representatives prior to the date hereof or (v) to the extent solely related to any Excluded Assets, Retained Businesses or Retained Liabilities, Seller Parent covenants and agrees that (x) it shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct the Business in the ordinary course of business in all material respects and to maintain and preserve intact the Business in all material respects, and (y) it shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, in each case, to the extent with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Business:

(A) change or amend the charter, bylaws or similar organizational documents of any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries);

(B) incur, create or assume any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, with respect to any Purchased Asset that is material to the Business other than (1) those that will be discharged at or prior to the Closing or (2) in the ordinary course of business;

(C) acquire any assets outside of the ordinary course of business, except for transactions where the amount of upfront consideration paid or transferred in connection with such transactions would not exceed the amounts set forth on Section 6.2(a)(C) of the Seller Disclosure Letter;

(D) (1) amend any material term of, or waive any material right under, or terminate (other than upon expiration in accordance with its terms), any Material Contract or Real Property Lease, or (2) enter into any Contract that, if in effect on the date hereof, would be a Material Contract or Real Property Lease, other than, in the case of each of clauses (1) and (2), in the ordinary course of business or Contracts entered into in order to effect an acquisition, divestiture or other transaction or action expressly permitted under this clause (y) of this Section 6.2(a), or (3) enter into any Contract that, if in effect on the date hereof, would be a Shared Contract;

(E) issue, sell, pledge or transfer to any third party or propose to issue, sell, pledge or transfer to any third party any shares or equity interests of any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries), or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or options with respect to, or warrants to purchase, or rights to subscribe for, shares or equity interests of any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries);

 

98


(F) change in any material respect any financial accounting method used with respect to the Business, unless required by GAAP or Law or interpretation thereof;

(G) (1) enter into, adopt, amend in any material respect or terminate any Conveyed Subsidiary Plan (or any other Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan to the extent applicable to any Business Employee, Former Business Employee, current or former consultant or director), (2) grant any new, or increase any existing, or accelerate the vesting, funding or payment of any compensation or benefits of, or pay or otherwise grant any benefit not required by any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan to, any Business Employee, Former Business Employee, current or former consultant or director, except, in the case of either clause (1) or (2), (I) to the extent required by applicable Law or as required under any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or as amended in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), (II) other than with respect to any transaction or retention bonus or similar award or severance or termination enhancements, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (III) as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in any non-de minimis Liabilities to Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or (IV) for amendments similarly affecting all participating employees in any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan, (3) grant any transaction or retention bonus or similar award to any Business Employee, Former Business Employee, current or former consultant or director or (4) transfer any Seller Retained Plan to a Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof);

(H) solely with respect to the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries or the other Purchased Assets, and except with respect to any Seller Combined Tax Return, (1) make, change or revoke any material Tax election, (2) adopt or change any material method of Tax accounting on which Tax reporting is based, (3) amend any material Tax Return, (4) settle any Tax Proceeding, or (5) enter into any “closing agreement” within the meaning of 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) that would be binding on Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) in respect of a Post-Closing Tax Period, in each case, if such action would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax liability of Purchaser and its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after the Closing) for any Post-Closing Tax Period;

(I) except in the ordinary course of business or as contemplated by Section 6.6, (1) enter into, materially amend, extend or terminate any material Collective Bargaining Agreement covering any Business Employee or otherwise binding upon the Business or the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries, (2) hire any individual who will be a Business Employee at Closing, (3) terminate the employment of (other than for cause) any individual who would have been a Business Employee at Closing, but for such termination of employment, or (4) reassign the duties of (x) any individual who would have been a Business Employee at Closing, but for such reassigned duties, or (y) any employee of Seller Parent or its Affiliates who would not have been a Business Employee at Closing, but for such reassigned duties;

 

99


(J) incur, assume or guarantee any material Indebtedness, other than (1) as would not exceed the amounts set forth on Section 6.2(a)(J) of the Seller Disclosure Letter or (2) intercompany Indebtedness that will be settled at or prior to the Closing;

(K) defer payment of any accounts payable or accelerate payment of any accounts receivable, in any material respect, outside of the ordinary course of business;

(L) make capital expenditures in connection with the operation of the Business that are materially inconsistent with, or fail to make capital expenditures materially consistent with, the capital expenditure budget set forth in Section 6.2(a)(L) of the Seller Disclosure Letter;

(M) sell, assign, transfer, license, sublicense, abandon or otherwise dispose of any material Purchased Assets, other than sales of Inventory and other assets, and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(N) (1) settle or compromise any Action made or pending against the Business or any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries) to the extent such settlement or compromise imposes material ongoing obligations or restrictions on the operations of the Business, or (2) settle, compromise or file any Action that relates to the Business IP that could materially impact such Business IP without consulting with and considering in good faith the opinion of Purchaser;

(O) materially accelerate or increase the quantity of the Products distributed to the relevant distributors or wholesalers outside of the ordinary course of business, except with respect to a bona fide increase in demand for any Product by the relevant distributor or wholesaler which has not been stimulated in any way following the date hereof by discounts, rebates, claw-backs or the like outside the ordinary course of business or the grant of preferred terms offered by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates outside the ordinary course of business; or

(P) agree to take any of the foregoing actions described in this clause (y) of this Section 6.2(a).

(b) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1, except (i) as set forth in Section 6.2(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement (including Section 6.3), (ii) as Seller Parent shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (iii) in

 

100


connection with the Purchaser Internal Restructurings or the settlement of any intercompany accounts or arrangements pursuant to Section 6.7, (iv) as required by Law or the terms of any Contract currently in effect and made available to Seller Parent or any of its Representatives prior to the date hereof or (v) to the extent solely related to any Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses or Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities, each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser covenants and agrees that (x) it shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct the Purchaser Business in the ordinary course of business in all material respects and to maintain and preserve intact the Purchaser Business in all material respects, and (y) it shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, in each case, to the extent with respect to the Purchaser Business or the assets, properties or rights comprising the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries:

(A) change or amend the charter, bylaws or similar organizational documents of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries;

(B) incur, create or assume any Lien, other than Purchaser Permitted Liens, with respect to any asset, property or right that is material to the Purchaser Business other than (1) those that will be discharged at or prior to the Closing or (2) in the ordinary course of business;

(C) acquire any assets outside of the ordinary course of business, except for transactions where the amount of upfront consideration paid or transferred in connection with such transactions would not exceed the amounts set forth on Section 6.2(b)(C) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter;

(D) (1) amend any material term of, or waive any material right under, or terminate (other than upon expiration in accordance with its terms), any Purchaser Material Contract or Purchaser Real Property Lease, (2) enter into any Contract that, if in effect on the date hereof, would be a Purchaser Material Contract or Purchaser Real Property Lease, other than, in the case of each of clauses (1) and (2), in the ordinary course of business or Contracts entered into in order to effect an acquisition, divestiture or other transaction or action expressly permitted under this clause (y) of this Section 6.2(b), or (3) enter into any Contract that, if in effect on the date hereof, would be a Purchaser Shared Contract;

(E) issue, sell, pledge or transfer to any third party or propose to issue, sell, pledge or transfer to any third party any shares or equity interests of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or options with respect to, or warrants to purchase, or rights to subscribe for, shares or equity interests of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, including in each case any ordinary shares or preference shares of Purchaser (other than the Preference Shares issued in accordance with this Agreement);

(F) change in any material respect any financial accounting method used with respect to Purchaser, its Subsidiaries or the Purchaser Business, unless required by IFRS or Law or interpretation thereof;

 

101


(G) (1) enter into, adopt, amend in any material respect or terminate any Purchaser Business Plan (or any other Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan to the extent applicable to any Purchaser Business Employee, Former Purchaser Business Employee, current or former consultant or director), (2) grant any new, or increase any existing, or accelerate the vesting, funding or payment of any compensation or benefits of, or pay or otherwise grant any benefit not required by any Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan to, any Purchaser Business Employee, Former Purchaser Business Employee, current or former consultant or director, except, in the case of either clause (1) or (2), (I) to the extent required by applicable Law or as required under any Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or as amended in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), (II) other than with respect to any transaction or retention bonus or similar award or severance or termination enhancements, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (III) as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in any non-de minimis Liabilities to Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or (IV) for amendments similarly affecting all participating employees in any Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan, (3) grant any transaction or retention bonus or similar award to any Purchaser Business Employee, Former Purchaser Business Employee, current or former consultant or director or (4) transfer any Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan that is not a Purchaser Business Plan to Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries;

(H) solely with respect to Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, and except with respect to any Purchaser Parent Combined Tax Return, (x) (1) make, change or revoke any material Tax election, (2) adopt or change any material method of Tax accounting on which Tax reporting is based, (3) amend any material Tax Return, (4) settle any Tax Proceeding, or (5) enter into any “closing agreement” within the meaning of 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) that would be binding on Purchaser or any of its Affiliates in respect of a Post-Closing Tax Period, in each case, if such action would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax liability of Purchaser and its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries following the Closing) for any Post-Closing Tax Period, or (y) take any action other than in the ordinary course of business that would reasonably be expected to violate Clauses 11.4(a) and 11.4(b) of the Structuring Considerations Agreement if such Clauses were in effect from and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1;

(I) except in the ordinary course of business, (1) enter into, materially amend, extend or terminate any material Collective Bargaining Agreement covering any Purchaser Business Employee or otherwise binding upon the Purchaser Business or Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, (2) hire any individual who will be a Purchaser Business Employee at Closing, (3) terminate the employment of (other than for cause) any individual who would have been a Purchaser Business Employee at

 

102


Closing, but for such termination of employment, or (4) reassign the duties of (x) any individual who would have been a Purchaser Business Employee at Closing, but for such reassigned duties, or (y) any employee of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates who would not have been a Purchaser Business Employee at Closing, but for such reassigned duties;

(J) incur, assume or guarantee any material Indebtedness, other than (1) as would not exceed the amounts set forth on Section 6.2(b)(J) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter or (2) intercompany Indebtedness that will be settled at or prior to the Closing;

(K) defer payment of any accounts payable or accelerate payment of any accounts receivable, in any material respect, outside of the ordinary course of business;

(L) make capital expenditures in connection with the operation of the Purchaser Business or for which Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser is responsible that are materially inconsistent with, or fail to make capital expenditures materially consistent with, the capital expenditure budget set forth in Section 6.2(b)(L) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter;

(M) sell, assign, transfer, license, sublicense, abandon or otherwise dispose of any material assets, properties or rights (x) Related to the Purchaser Business and owned by Purchaser Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or (y) owned or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, other than sales of inventory and other assets, and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(N) (1) settle or compromise any Action made or pending against the Purchaser Business or Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such settlement or compromise imposes material ongoing obligations or restrictions on the operations of Purchaser or the Purchaser Business, or (2) settle, compromise or file any Action that relates to the Purchaser IP that could materially impact such Purchaser IP without consulting with and considering in good faith the opinion of Seller Parent;

(O) enter into or modify the terms of any material transaction, arrangement or Contract between Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates other than Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand;

(P) materially accelerate or increase the quantity of the Purchaser Products distributed to the relevant distributors or wholesalers outside of the ordinary course of business, except with respect to a bona fide increase in demand for any Purchaser Product by the relevant distributor or wholesaler which has not been stimulated in any way following the date hereof by discounts, rebates, claw-backs or the like outside the ordinary course of business or the grant of preferred terms offered by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates outside the ordinary course of business; or

 

103


(Q) agree to take any of the foregoing actions described in this clause (y) of this Section 6.2(b).

(c) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, subject to Section 6.5(f), prior to the Closing and without the consent of Purchaser Parent or Purchaser, each of Seller Parent and its Affiliates, including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, will be permitted in their sole discretion in compliance with applicable Law to (i) declare and pay dividends and distributions of, or otherwise transfer to Seller Parent or any Subsidiary thereof, (A) any Cash Equivalents or, subject to Section 2.3(b), Excluded Assets, and (B) any of the books and records of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates that are not Purchased Assets, (ii) conduct their activities regarding cash management matters (including, to the extent consistent with Section 6.2(a)(K), the collection and transfer of accounts receivable and disbursement of funds, or in connection with any “cash sweep” practices), including to settle intercompany payables and receivables and to effect intercompany funding, (iii) make any payments under, or repay (in part or in full), any indebtedness and (iv) execute, deliver and perform obligations under the Local Implementing Agreements.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, subject to Section 6.5(f), prior to the Closing and without the consent of Seller Parent, each of Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates, including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, will be permitted in their sole discretion in compliance with applicable Law to (i) declare and pay dividends and distributions of, or otherwise transfer to Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary thereof, (A) any Cash Equivalents or assets that are not Related to the Purchaser Business, and (B) any of the books and records of Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates that are not Related to the Purchaser Business, (ii) conduct their activities regarding cash management matters (including, to the extent consistent with Section 6.2(b)(K), the collection and transfer of accounts receivable and disbursement of funds, or in connection with any “cash sweep” practices), including to settle intercompany payables and receivables and to effect intercompany funding, (iii) make any payments under, or repay (in part or in full), any indebtedness and (iv) execute, deliver and perform obligations under the Local Implementing Agreements. Until the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1, neither Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser and its Subsidiaries not to, without the written consent of Seller Parent, make any distributions of, or otherwise transfer, any assets, properties or rights (other than Cash Equivalents) Related to the Purchaser Business to Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than to Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser).

(e) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to give to Purchaser Parent or Purchaser, directly or indirectly, rights to control or direct the Business’s operations prior to the Closing, or give to Seller Parent, directly or indirectly, rights to control or direct the Purchaser Business’s operations prior to the Closing. Prior to the Closing, Seller Parent (and its Affiliates) shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision of the operations of the Business and Purchaser Parent (and its Affiliates) shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision of the operations of the Purchaser Business.

 

104


(f) Purchaser agrees that it shall, and shall cause its applicable Affiliates to, on and immediately following the Closing, use the Purchased Assets to carry on the same kind of business as that carried on by the Sellers with respect to the Purchased Assets prior to the Closing.

Section 6.3 Regulatory Approvals.

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and Seller Parent each agree to take, and to cause their Affiliates to take, all actions and to do, and cause their Affiliates to do, all things necessary under applicable Antitrust Laws to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as promptly as reasonably practicable (and in any event as required to effect the Closing prior to the Outside Date), including all actions and all things necessary (i) to obtain, as promptly as reasonably practicable (and in any event as required to effect the Closing prior to the Outside Date), any consent, authorization, order or approval of, or any exemption by, or negative clearance from, or the expiration or early termination of any waiting period imposed by, or any other Approval of, any Governmental Antitrust Authority required to be obtained or made by Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements, (ii) to satisfy, as promptly as reasonably practicable and in any event prior to the date that is the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the Outside Date, the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 8.1(a) and 8.1(b) to the extent relating to Antitrust Laws, (iii) to defend any Actions, whether judicial or administrative, brought by any Governmental Antitrust Authority or brought under, pursuant to or relating to any Antitrust Law challenging this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and (iv) to comply as promptly as reasonably practicable with all legal requirements under Antitrust Laws which may be imposed with respect to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Without limiting the foregoing, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, Seller Parent and their Affiliates shall be obligated to take such actions as are necessary to obtain, as promptly as reasonably practicable and in any event prior to the date that is the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the Outside Date, the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act and any consent, authorization, order or approval of, or any exemption by, or negative clearance from, or the expiration or early termination of any waiting period imposed by, or any other Approval under, Antitrust Laws of the jurisdictions set forth on Annex C.

(b) Subject to appropriate confidentiality protections, each of the Parties will furnish to the other Parties such necessary information and reasonable assistance as such other Parties may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing and will provide the other Parties with any information supplied by such Party or its Affiliates to a Governmental Antitrust Authority in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

105


(c) Without limiting the generality of the undertakings pursuant to this Section 6.3:

(i) Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, Seller Parent, and their respective Affiliates shall, with respect to the execution of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (A) as promptly as reasonably practicable, and in any event no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the date hereof unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, file any notification and report form and related material required under the HSR Act, and (A) as promptly as reasonably practicable submit all necessary Filings with the Governmental Antitrust Authorities set forth in Section 6.3(c)(i) of the Seller Disclosure Letter;

(ii) In addition to the foregoing, in the event that a Party reasonably determines following the date hereof that Filings other than the Filings described in Section 6.3(c)(i) are required to be made by one or more of the Parties with, or additional Approvals are required to be obtained by the Parties from, any Governmental Antitrust Authorities under any applicable Antitrust Law in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, the applicable Parties shall timely make all such Filings and timely seek all such Approvals in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.3. If, following good faith discussion and consideration, the Parties mutually agree that any such additional Approval would be required under applicable Antitrust Law to effect the Closing, and that effecting the Closing without having obtained such additional Approval would reasonably be expected to violate applicable Antitrust Law (and that such violation could not be avoided or cured if the Business in the relevant jurisdiction were a Delayed Business), the jurisdiction to which such additional Approval relates shall be added to Annex C, Part 1, subject to each Party’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If, following good faith discussion and consideration, the Parties mutually agree that effecting the Closing without having obtained the Approval of any Governmental Antitrust Authority under applicable Antitrust Laws of any jurisdiction set forth on Annex C, Part 2 (as it may be supplemented pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence) would not violate applicable Antitrust Law (or that such violation could be avoided or cured if the Business in the relevant jurisdiction were a Delayed Business), such jurisdiction shall be removed from Annex C, subject to each Party’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

(iii) Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, Seller Parent and their respective Affiliates shall each promptly respond to any formal or informal requests for additional information or documentary material that may be made by a Governmental Antitrust Authority and, in the case of a formal request for additional information and documentary material under the HSR Act or any other Antitrust Law (to the extent applicable), certify substantial compliance therewith as promptly as reasonably practicable, unless the Parties otherwise agree in order to allow the Closing to occur more promptly;

 

106


(iv) In addition to the foregoing, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and their Affiliates shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable take, or cause to be taken, any and all actions and do, or cause to be done, any and all things necessary, required or advisable to avoid, eliminate and resolve each and every impediment and obtain all Approvals under Antitrust Laws that may be required by any Governmental Antitrust Authority with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements, in order to allow the Closing to occur as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement but in any event prior to the Outside Date, including proposing, negotiating, offering to commit and effect (and if such offer is accepted, committing to and effecting) through order, consent decree, settlement or otherwise, to (d) license, sell, divest, hold separate or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the Purchased Assets (including any of the Shares), or any operations, divisions, Subsidiaries, specific assets or categories of assets, specific products (including any of the Products or Purchaser Products) or categories of products, product lines or businesses of Purchaser (or any of its Subsidiaries), the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any Subsidiary thereof), the Purchaser Business or the Business (whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates), (e) terminate any existing relationships and contractual rights and obligations of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) and any such relationships, rights or obligations that form part of the Purchased Assets, (f) amend or terminate any licenses or other Intellectual Property agreements of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) and any such licenses or other Intellectual Property agreements that form a part of the Purchased Assets and enter into such new licenses or other Intellectual Property agreements and (g) take any actions or make any behavioral commitments that may limit or modify Purchaser’s (or any of its Subsidiaries’) or the Conveyed Subsidiaries’ (or any of their Subsidiaries’) rights of ownership in, or ability to conduct the business of, one or more of its operations, divisions, businesses, product lines, specific products (including any of the Products or Purchaser Products), categories of products, customers, specific assets or categories of assets, including, after the Closing, those of the Business or any of the Purchased Assets; provided that, without limiting any of Purchaser Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations hereunder, Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall not take or agree to take any of the actions listed in this Section 6.3(c)(iv) without the prior written consent of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided further that neither Parent shall be required to take any action listed in Section 6.3(c)(iv)(A)-(D) (“Regulatory Action”) with respect to the Retained Businesses, Excluded Assets or Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses, as applicable; and provided further that the proceeds, payments or consideration received or receivable in respect of any action contemplated by clauses (A) through (D) of this Section 6.3(c)(iv) shall be paid directly to Purchaser and held by Purchaser through the Closing Date, it being agreed that such proceeds, payments and consideration shall not be included in the calculation of Purchaser Net Cash or Purchaser Working Capital.

 

107


(v) In furtherance of the foregoing: (x) (I) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall keep Seller Parent reasonably informed of all matters, discussions and activities relating to any of the matters described in or contemplated by clauses (A) through (D) of Section 6.3(c)(iv), including satisfying each of its obligations under Section 6.3(d) with respect to any such matters, and (II) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall consider in good faith any of Seller Parent’s reasonable suggestions with respect to potential purchasers, licensees or other counterparties in respect of any of the agreements, arrangements, transactions or other relationships described in or contemplated by clauses (A) through (D) of Section 6.3(c)(iv), (y) (I) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall permit Seller Parent to review on a reasonably current basis, and shall discuss with Seller Parent, drafts of any agreements that Purchaser Parent or Purchaser contemplates entering into, or contemplates causing any of their Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) to enter into, with respect to any of the matters described in or contemplated by clauses (A) through (D) of Section 6.3(c)(iv), (II) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall consider in good faith Seller Parent’s views and comments with respect to such agreements, and (III) the Parties and their respective Affiliates, as applicable, shall not be required to enter into any such agreements unless the effectiveness of the transactions contemplated by such agreements is subject to the Closing and (IV) in the case of any license, sale, divestiture, disposition or similar transaction, neither Purchaser Parent nor Seller Parent nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) shall be the licensing, selling, divesting or disposing party under any such agreements unless and except to the extent required by the relevant Governmental Antitrust Authority or applicable Law and, even if so required, shall have no direct or indirect obligation thereunder for which they are not fully indemnified by Purchaser and (z) notwithstanding anything in any such agreement to the contrary, Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser agree (I) that neither Purchaser Parent nor Seller Parent nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) shall have any Liability, including with respect to indemnification obligations, in respect of any agreements, arrangements, transactions or other relationships described in or contemplated by clauses (A) through (D) of Section 6.3(c)(iv), including the cooperation contemplated by Section 6.3(d)(ii), (II) that Purchaser shall indemnify Purchaser Parent, Seller Parent and their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) for any Liabilities arising from, or attributable or related to, any such agreements, arrangements, transactions or other relationships, including with respect to any agreements to which Purchaser Parent, Seller Parent or any of their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) are party (except, in the case of (I) and (II), to the extent Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as applicable, is expressly liable for such Liabilities or indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement) and (IV) that neither Purchaser Parent nor Seller Parent nor their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) shall be required to take any of the actions contemplated by clauses (A) through (D) of Section 6.3(c)(iv), or otherwise in connection with the matters contemplated by this Section 6.3, with respect to any of the Retained Businesses, Excluded Assets or Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses.

 

108


(vi) In the event that any Action is threatened or commenced under Antitrust Laws, or a permanent or preliminary injunction or other Governmental Order is threatened or entered under Antitrust Laws, that would make consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements unlawful or that would prevent or delay consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements (in each case, under Antitrust Laws), each of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and Seller Parent shall reasonably promptly take any and all actions and steps (including the defense against or appeal thereof, the posting of a bond and the taking of the steps contemplated by this Section 6.3(c)) necessary to resist and contest such Action and to have vacated, modified, reversed or suspended such injunction or Governmental Order so as to permit such consummation as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in any event as required to allow the Closing to occur prior to the Outside Date.

(d) Cooperation.

(i) Each Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, to the extent permitted by applicable Antitrust Law, (i) promptly notify the other Parent of, and, if in writing, provide to the other Parent copies of (or in the case of oral communications, advise the other orally of) all material or substantive communications between it (or its Affiliates or Representatives) and any Governmental Antitrust Authority relating to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Ancillary Agreements or any of the matters described in this Section 6.3, (ii) consult with the other in good faith as regards strategy, permit the other to review and discuss in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other in connection with, any Filings, notifications or material or substantive communications (whether written or oral) with any Governmental Antitrust Authority, including any presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, opinions or proposals and (iii) not participate in any material or substantive telephone calls or any meetings with a Governmental Antitrust Authority regarding the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Ancillary Agreements or any of the matters described in this Section 6.3 without consulting with the other Parent in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Antitrust Authority, giving the other Parent a reasonable opportunity to attend and participate thereat.

 

109


(ii) Subject to and without limiting Section 6.3(c)(iv), Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate, at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense (it being agreed that any expenses incurred by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates shall be reasonable, documented and out-of-pocket), with Purchaser Parent and Purchaser on any proposed license, sale, divestiture, hold separate, disposal or other action undertaken by Purchaser Parent or Purchaser which Purchaser Parent or Purchaser reasonably concludes, in good faith, may be necessary to comply with its obligations under Section 6.3(c)(iv)(A) (a “Proposed Divestiture”), including using reasonable best efforts in connection with:

(A) providing, or causing to be provided, to Purchaser Parent and Purchaser, as well as any potential counterparty in any Proposed Divestiture (each, a “Counterparty”), any information, in an electronic data room or other customary format, solely with respect to the business, operations, financial condition and projections of the assets or business which are the subject of the Proposed Divestiture as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or the Counterparty, in each case, solely to the extent such information is in Seller Parent’s possession at such time;

(B) reasonably cooperating with Purchaser Parent and Purchaser in the preparation for Counterparties of a customary confidential information memorandum and other customary marketing materials related to the Proposed Divestiture (and Seller Parent and its Affiliates hereby consent to the use of the logos of Seller Parent and its Affiliates that solely relate to the Business in such confidential information memorandum and marketing materials and solely in connection with the Proposed Divestiture during the period prior to the Closing (so long as such logos are used solely in a manner that is not intended to and is not reasonably likely to suggest or imply any affiliation, association or similar relationship with Seller Parent or its Affiliates, cause confusion arising out of their use of such logos simultaneously with the use of such logos by Seller Parent and its Affiliates, or harm or disparage Seller Parent or its Affiliates or the goodwill of Seller Parent or its Affiliates, including the Business, and are used solely in connection with a truthful, non-misleading description of the Business and the Products subject to the Proposed Divestiture, and subject to Seller Parent’s review thereof);

(C) causing the reasonable participation by relevant employees of the Business in marketing efforts related to the Proposed Divestiture and its potential transfer, during normal business hours, including participation in a reasonable number of customary due diligence sessions, management presentations and other meetings with Counterparties;

(D) taking such actions within its reasonable control as are reasonably requested by Purchaser Parent to facilitate the timely satisfaction of all conditions to the completion of the Proposed Divestiture, subject in all respects to Section 2.2 and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement;

(E) seeking any consents and Approvals required to consummate the Proposed Divestiture from third parties (other than Governmental Authorities) reasonably requested by Purchaser Parent, subject in all respects to Section 2.2; and

 

110


(F) requesting Seller Parent’s independent auditors to cooperate with Counterparties as may be reasonably requested by Seller Parent;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing herein shall (i) require Seller Parent and its Affiliates to provide any information to any Counterparties prior to receipt of executed confidentiality and clean team agreements with respect to such information and on terms no less favorable (to the extent relevant) to Seller Parent than the Confidentiality Agreement and Clean Team Agreement, (ii) require the Sellers or any of their Affiliates to agree to pay any amounts for which they are not promptly reimbursed by Purchaser, or deliver or execute any opinions, authorization letters, certificates or other instruments, (iii) require the Sellers or any of their Affiliates to take any action that would reasonably be expected to conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, any of their respective organizational documents, any applicable Laws or Governmental Authorization or any material Contract or other material obligation to a third party, (iv) cause any representation or warranty in this Agreement to be breached by Seller Parent (unless such breach is waived by Purchaser Parent and Purchaser), (v) cause any Representative of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates to incur any personal liability, (vi) provide access to or disclose information that any of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates reasonably determines would jeopardize any attorney-client or other privilege or protection of any of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates or (vii) prevent, impair or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements; provided, further, that in the case of the foregoing clause (iii) and (vi) Sellers shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to, inform Purchaser as to the general nature of what is being restricted or withheld and the reason therefor, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate substitute arrangements to permit disclosure of the relevant information in a manner that does not suffer from such impediments.

(e) Delayed Antitrust Approvals.

(i) Subject to Section 6.3(c)(ii), in the event an Approval of a Governmental Antitrust Authority (other than a Governmental Antitrust Authority of the United States or Approvals under Antitrust Laws of the jurisdictions set forth on Annex C) having jurisdiction that is necessary to lawfully consummate the transactions contemplated hereby is not obtained on or prior to the date on which the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 (other than the conditions that, by their nature, are to be satisfied on the Closing Date) shall have been satisfied or waived (each, a “Delayed Antitrust Approval” and, each such jurisdiction, an “Outstanding Antitrust Jurisdiction”), the Parties agree (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article VIII) that, provided that the Laws of such Outstanding Antitrust Jurisdiction permit consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in all territories other than the Outstanding Antitrust Jurisdiction, they will effect the Closing (which the Parties shall determine in

 

111


accordance with Section 6.3(c)(ii)) (including the issuance, allotment and delivery of the full Purchase Consideration), subject to the terms of this Agreement, including by selling, conveying, assigning, transferring or delivering to Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates all of Seller Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in the Purchased Assets pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof to the extent permissible under any applicable Law and subject to Section 2.2, it being agreed that the Closing shall refer to the consummation of such sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery of such Purchased Assets at such time and shall only exclude, subject to Section 2.2, the Purchased Assets in that Outstanding Antitrust Jurisdiction to which such Delayed Antitrust Approval relates (a “Delayed Business”). The obligations of the Parties set forth in this Section 6.3 shall continue with respect to each such Delayed Antitrust Approval until the earliest to occur of (A) the date such Delayed Antitrust Approval is obtained, (B) the date on which such Delayed Business is sold to a third party designated by Purchaser (a “Delayed Business Purchaser”) (it being agreed that Purchaser shall consider in good faith Seller Parent’s reasonable suggestions with respect to potential purchasers), as set forth in a written notice (a “Delayed Business Notice”) delivered by Purchaser to Seller Parent in accordance with Section 10.1 and Section 6.3(e)(iii) and (C) the date that is thirty-six (36) months after the Closing Date (the “Hold-Back Termination Date”), and until the earliest to occur of the foregoing (the date of such earliest occurrence, the “Delayed Business Cut-Off Date”), Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to operate the Delayed Business in the ordinary course of business in all material respects.

(ii) Upon obtaining a Delayed Antitrust Approval pursuant to Section 6.3(e)(i)(A), the Parties shall effect the transfer of such Delayed Business pursuant to a Local Implementing Agreement for the jurisdiction relating thereto, and, to the extent permissible under applicable Antitrust Laws, such transfer shall be retroactive to, and be deemed to have occurred on, the Closing Date; provided that, in accordance with Section 2.2(a), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Parties shall treat Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate, as the case may be, as the owner of the Delayed Business as of the Closing Date.

(iii) In the event that Purchaser delivers a Delayed Business Notice to Seller Parent with respect to a Delayed Business, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate the sale of such Delayed Business to the Delayed Business Purchaser by Purchaser and on its behalf and at its direction as promptly as reasonably practicable, including the efforts described in Section 6.3(d)(ii); provided that (A) Purchaser acknowledges and agrees nothing in this Section 6.3(e) shall require Seller Parent to transfer to the Delayed Business Purchaser such Delayed Business if Purchaser Parent or Purchaser is in material breach of its obligations under this Section 6.3, (B) such Delayed Business Purchaser has obtained or will obtain prior to such sale all necessary Approvals under applicable Antitrust Laws with respect to such Delayed Business

 

112


and the sale of such Delayed Business would reasonably be expected to be consummated within ninety (90) days following the delivery of such Delayed Business Notice, (C) the sale of such Delayed Business to such Delayed Business Purchaser is not prohibited by, illegal under, or in contravention of, any applicable Law or Governmental Order and (D) neither Purchaser Parent nor Seller Parent nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) shall be the selling party under any agreements required to implement the transfer of the Delayed Business unless and except to the extent required by the relevant Governmental Antitrust Authority or applicable Law and, even if so required, shall have no direct or indirect obligation thereunder for which they are not fully indemnified by Purchaser. The Parties agree (I) that neither Purchaser Parent nor Seller Parent nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) shall have any Liability, including with respect to indemnification obligations, in respect of any agreements, arrangements or transactions contemplated by this Section 6.3(e)(iii) and (II) that Purchaser shall indemnify Purchaser Parent and Seller Parent and their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) for any Liabilities arising from, or attributable or related to, any such agreements, arrangements or transactions, including with respect to any agreements to which Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent or any of their respective Affiliates are party (except in the case of (I) and (II) to the extent Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as applicable, is expressly liable for such Liabilities or indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement). Purchaser shall promptly reimburse Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, as applicable, for any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and other Representatives’ fees) incurred in connection with the foregoing, including any such costs (including payments) or expenses incurred or made following the consummation of such transaction. Subject to applicable Law, the proceeds of any sale of a Delayed Business shall be paid directly to Purchaser (or a Subsidiary of Purchaser) by the Delayed Business Purchaser; provided that Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as applicable, may require payment of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses (or an estimate thereof) and any Taxes payable as a result of such transaction from such proceeds as a direct wire transfer of immediately available funds at such applicable closing.

(iv) In the event that a Delayed Antitrust Approval is not obtained with respect to a Delayed Business and Purchaser does not deliver a Delayed Business Notice in accordance with Section 6.3(e)(iii) with respect to such Delayed Business, in each case, prior to the Hold-Back Termination Date, the Parties shall withdraw any pending Filing or notification for Approval for the transfer of such Delayed Business under applicable Antitrust Laws and Seller Parent may, as mutually agreed by the Parties, dispose of such Delayed Business, including by way of a sale to a third party. Purchaser Parent and Purchaser agree (1) that Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall not have any obligation or Liability, including with respect to indemnification obligations, in respect of any agreements, arrangements or transactions contemplated by this Section 6.3(e)(iv) for which it is not fully

 

113


indemnified by Purchaser and (2) that Purchaser shall indemnify Seller Parent and its Affiliates for any Liabilities arising from, or attributable or related to, any such agreements, arrangements or transactions, including with respect to any agreements to which Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates are party (except in the case of (1) and (2) to the extent Seller Parent is expressly liable for such Liabilities or indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement). Purchaser shall promptly reimburse Seller Parent for any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and other Representatives’ fees) incurred in connection with the foregoing, including any such costs (including payments) or expenses incurred or made following the consummation of such transaction. Subject to applicable Law, the proceeds of any sale of a Delayed Business in accordance with this Section 6.3(e)(iv) shall be paid directly to Purchaser (or a Subsidiary of Purchaser) by the purchaser of such Delayed Business; provided that Seller Parent may require payment of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses (or an estimate thereof) and any Taxes payable as a result of such transaction from such proceeds as a direct wire transfer of immediately available funds at such applicable closing.

(f) None of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Affiliates shall, or shall agree to, acquire, whether by merging with or into, consolidating with, purchasing all or a portion of the assets of or all or a portion of the equity in, or otherwise, any business or corporation, partnership, or other business organization or division thereof or other Person, or dissolve, merge or consolidate with any other Person, or engage in any business combination transaction or sale, whether by merging with or into, consolidating with, or selling all or a portion of its or its Affiliates’ assets or equity to, any other Person, or enter into, or agree to enter into, any license, joint venture or other similar agreement or transaction, which would reasonably be expected to, in each case or in the aggregate, (i) impose any material delay in the obtaining of, or increase in any material respect the risk of not obtaining, the expiration, termination or waiver of any applicable waiting period or any consent, approval, permit, ruling, authorization, clearance or other Approval pursuant to the Antitrust Laws necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements, (ii) increase in any material respect the risk of any Governmental Antitrust Authority entering an injunction or other Governmental Order prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements, (iii) increase in any material respect the risk of not being able to remove any such injunction or other Governmental Order on appeal or otherwise, (iv) impair, impede, hinder, or prevent or materially delay or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements or (v) cause any of the conditions set forth in Article VIII to fail to be satisfied or impair, impede, hinder, or prevent or materially delay or adversely affect the ability of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and their Affiliates to perform their obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (any foregoing action or transaction, a “Purchaser Adverse Action”).

(g) Neither Seller Parent nor any of its Affiliates shall, or shall agree to, acquire, whether by merging with or into, consolidating with, purchasing all or a portion of the assets of or all or a portion of the equity in, or otherwise, any business or corporation, partnership, or other business organization or division thereof or other Person, or dissolve, merge or consolidate with

 

114


any other Person, or engage in any business combination transaction or sale, whether by merging with or into, consolidating with, or selling all or a portion of its or its Affiliates’ assets or equity to, any other Person, or enter into, or agree to enter into, any license, joint venture or other similar agreement or transaction, which would reasonably be expected to, in each case or in the aggregate, (i) impose any material delay in the obtaining of, or increase in any material respect the risk of not obtaining, the expiration, termination or waiver of any applicable waiting period or any consent, approval, permit, ruling, authorization, clearance or other Approval pursuant to the Antitrust Laws necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements, (ii) increase in any material respect the risk of any Governmental Antitrust Authority entering an injunction or other Governmental Order prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements, (iii) increase in any material respect the risk of not being able to remove any such injunction or other Governmental Order on appeal or otherwise, (iv) impair, impede, hinder, or prevent or materially delay or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements or (v) cause any of the conditions set forth in Article VIII to fail to be satisfied or impair, impede, hinder, or prevent or materially delay or adversely affect the ability of Seller Parent and its Affiliates to perform their obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(h) Each Party may, as each deems advisable or necessary, reasonably designate any competitively sensitive material provided to the other under this Section 6.3 or otherwise as “Antitrust Counsel Only Material” or some similar notation agreed by the Parties. Such materials and the information contained therein shall be given only to the internal and outside antitrust counsel of the recipient and will not be disclosed by such counsel to employees, officers or directors of the recipient and any economic consultants retained in connection with the Parties’ obligations under this Section 6.3 unless express permission is obtained in advance from the source of the materials (Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent or Purchaser, as the case may be) or its legal counsel. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.3, and without limiting the restrictions on access and disclosure set forth in Section 6.1(a), materials provided to the other Party or its counsel pursuant to this Agreement may be redacted (i) as necessary to comply with contractual requirements, (ii) as necessary to address attorney-client or other privilege or protection or confidentiality concerns and (iii) to remove references concerning the valuation of the Purchased Assets, the Business, or the Purchaser Business (or the Retained Businesses or Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses).

(i) Purchaser shall be responsible for the payment of all filing and other fees owed to any Governmental Authority in connection with the Filings to be made, and Approvals to be obtained, pursuant to this Section 6.3.

Section 6.4 Reasonable Best Efforts; Further Assurances.

(a) Under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (and subject to Section 6.3), each of the Parties agrees to use and to cause its Affiliates to use its reasonable best efforts before and, as may be applicable, after the Closing Date, until the earlier to occur of (i) thirty-six (36) months following the Closing Date and (ii) the completion of a Listing Transaction (as defined in the

 

115


Purchaser Shareholders Agreement), to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other Parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws (other than with respect to Antitrust Laws, which are the subject of Section 6.3, and with respect to the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval, which is the subject of Section 6.24) to consummate and make effective, as promptly as practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, including: (a) the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the obligations of any of the Parties, (b) the obtaining of all necessary actions, consents, approvals, waivers and other Approvals of all Governmental Authorities under applicable Law (other than with respect to Antitrust Laws, which are the subject of Section 6.3, and with respect to the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval, which is the subject of Section 6.24), (c) without limiting the obligations of the Parties set forth in Section 6.3, the defending of any Action, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the performance of the obligations hereunder, (d) the effecting of all registrations, filings and transfers of Governmental Authorizations (including Environmental Permits) that constitute Purchased Assets, and the effecting of all registrations, filings and transfers of any licenses, permits, certificates or other authorizations or approvals which constitute Excluded Assets to be transferred to Seller Parent or any Retained Subsidiary and (e) the executing, acknowledging and delivering of such documents and instruments and the taking of such other actions as may reasonably be requested by the other Party in furtherance of the matters described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (d); provided that except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, including Section 6.3, none of Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent or any of their respective Affiliates shall be required to expend any money, commence any litigation or offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) in connection with the foregoing (other than filing and other fees owed to any Governmental Authority in connection with any Filings to be made with or Approvals to be obtained from Governmental Authorities, for which Purchaser shall be responsible and shall reimburse Seller Parent and its Affiliates). Purchaser agrees to provide such reasonable security and assurances as to financial capability, resources and creditworthiness as may be reasonably requested by any Governmental Authority whose Approval is sought in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Without limiting and in furtherance of the provisions of Section 6.4(a), and in order to facilitate the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements on a timely basis, promptly following the date hereof Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent shall organize a transition team (the “Transition Team”), co-chaired by a representative of Seller Parent and by a representative of Purchaser Parent and including equal representation of Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, which Transition Team shall, following the Closing, have responsibility for (A) coordinating and directing the efforts of the Parties with respect to (1) the administration and coordination of the Ancillary Agreements following the Closing, (2) subject to the terms of this Agreement, including Section 2.2, Section 6.3 and Section 6.4(a), the process for seeking applicable third party consents, Approvals, and Governmental Authorizations and making required filings or notices in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (3) coordinating and directing the efforts of the Parties with respect to Shared Contracts in accordance with Section 2.2 as well as the efforts of the Parties with respect to the assets and liabilities contemplated by Section 2.2, (B) coordinating communications, public relations and investor relations strategy and approach of the Parties regarding this Agreement and

 

116


the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with this Agreement, and (C) overseeing other business and operational matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with this Agreement, in the case of each of clauses (A), (B) and (C), subject to applicable Laws, including Laws regarding the exchange of information and Antitrust Laws, and the other provisions of this Agreement, including those regarding access and cooperation (it being understood that this Section 6.4(b) is intended to facilitate the administration of the matters referred to herein and is not intended to expand the scope of or alter the substantive rights and obligations of the Parties under any other provisions of this Agreement).

(c) Purchaser Parent shall develop, in consultation with Seller Parent, a detailed written transition plan (the “Transition Plan”) which shall set forth integration planning goals, activities and processes with respect to the period from the date hereof through the Closing Date and the transition activities to be implemented after the Closing Date. The Transition Plan shall also include reasonably detailed plans in respect of the matters set forth in Section 6.4(c) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Transition Plan shall be prepared for convenience and informational purposes only, shall not be binding on any Party or its respective Affiliates, and the taking of, or failure to take, any action set forth in the Transition Plan shall in no event be a condition to the obligations of either Party to consummate the Sale and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Purchaser Parent shall consult in good faith with Seller Parent prior to the Closing regarding (i) the identity of the initial direct reports to the Chief Executive Officer and to the Chief Financial Officer of Purchaser and (ii) the initial Business Plan (as defined in the Purchaser Shareholders Agreement), including any updates to any draft Business Plan previously provided, to be adopted by Purchaser as of the Closing. If, as part of such consultation, Seller Parent wishes to escalate any matter regarding the foregoing matters, it shall be entitled to convene, on reasonable notice, a meeting between the Chief Executive Officers of Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent to discuss such matters. In the event any disagreements regarding the foregoing matters cannot be resolved by such Chief Executive Officers prior to the Closing, the Chief Executive Officer of Purchaser Parent shall make the final determination with respect thereto.

Section 6.5 Tax Matters.

(a) Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns.

(i) Seller Parent shall prepare or cause to be prepared all (A) Tax Returns that include Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than any Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof), on the one hand, and any Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof, on the other hand (“Seller Combined Tax Returns”) and (B) Tax Returns of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) for any Pre-Closing Tax Period other than any Straddle Period (“Pre-Closing Separate Tax Returns”). All Pre-Closing Separate Tax Returns shall, where applicable, be prepared in a manner consistent with the past practices of the applicable Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof), other than as required as a result of the Seller Internal Restructurings and except to the extent that there is not at least a “more likely than not” basis for a position under applicable Law. In the case of any Pre-Closing

 

117


Separate Tax Return that is required to be filed after the Closing (taking into account any applicable extensions), Seller Parent shall deliver to Purchaser for its review and comment, at least thirty (30) days, in the case of Income Tax Returns, and fifteen (15) days, in the case of non-Income Tax Returns, prior to the due date for the filing of such Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return (taking into account any applicable extensions), a draft copy of such Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return, together with any additional information that Purchaser may reasonably request. Purchaser shall have the right to review such Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return and any such additional information prior to the filing of such Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return, and Seller Parent shall consider in good faith any reasonable comments submitted by Purchaser at least fifteen (15) days, in the case of Income Tax Returns, and five (5) days, in the case of non-Income Tax Returns, prior to the due date of such Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return (taking into account any applicable extensions). Purchaser shall timely file (taking into account any applicable extensions), or cause to be timely filed, such Pre-Closing Separate Tax Returns as prepared by Seller Parent (and as may be revised by Seller Parent to reflect any comments received from Purchaser pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence), provided that such Tax Return was delivered to Purchaser at least five (5) days, in the case of Income Tax Returns, and three (3) days, in the case of non-Income Tax Returns, prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return (taking into account any applicable extensions). Seller Parent shall timely file, or cause to be timely filed (taking into account any applicable extensions), any Seller Combined Tax Returns and any Pre-Closing Separate Tax Returns that are due prior to the Closing (taking into account any applicable extensions) and pay any Taxes due on any such Tax Return and, at least three (3) days before any Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return that is required to be filed after the Closing is due (taking into account any applicable extensions), shall pay Purchaser (or a Subsidiary of Purchaser designated by Purchaser) the amount of Taxes shown as due thereon to the extent any such Taxes are Seller Indemnified Taxes for which Seller Parent is liable pursuant to this Agreement.

(ii) Other than Tax Returns for which Seller Parent is responsible pursuant to Section 6.5(a)(i) and any Tax Returns described in Section 6.5(g)(iii), Purchaser shall prepare and timely file, or cause to be prepared and timely filed, all Tax Returns of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries (taking into account any applicable extensions). Any such Tax Return required to be filed by Purchaser for a Tax period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date (any such Tax period, a “Straddle Period,” and any such Tax Return, a “Straddle Period Tax Return,”) and any Tax Return (or relevant portion thereof) of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after the Closing) that includes or reflects (or is required to include or reflect) Seller Indemnified Taxes for which Seller Parent would reasonably be expected to be liable pursuant to this Agreement (any such Tax Return, or relevant portion thereof, or any Straddle Period Tax Return, a “Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return”) shall, where applicable, be prepared (1) in a manner consistent with the past practices of the applicable Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof), other than as required as a

 

118


result of the Seller Internal Restructurings and except to the extent that there is not at least a “more likely than not” basis for a position under applicable Law or such position would reasonably be expected to result in Purchaser or its Subsidiaries being liable for any material Taxes that are not Seller Indemnified Taxes for which Seller Parent is liable pursuant to this Agreement and (2) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. With respect to any Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller Parent for its review, comment and approval, at least thirty (30) days, in the case of Income Tax Returns, and fifteen (15) days, in the case of non-Income Tax Returns, prior to the due date for the filing of such Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return (taking into account any applicable extensions), a statement setting forth the amount of Tax for which Seller Parent is responsible pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(i) and a copy of such Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return, together with any additional information that Seller Parent may reasonably request. Seller Parent shall have the right to review such Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return, statement and any additional information prior to the filing of such Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return, and Purchaser shall reflect on such Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return, as filed, any reasonable comments submitted by Seller Parent at least fifteen (15) days, in the case of Income Tax Returns, and five (5) days, in the case of non-Income Tax Returns, prior to the due date of such Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return (taking into account any applicable extensions) to the extent any such comments would not be reasonably expected to result in Purchaser or its Subsidiaries being liable for any material Taxes that are not Seller Indemnified Taxes for which Seller Parent is liable pursuant to this Agreement. Seller Parent shall, at least three (3) days before any Tax Return that Purchaser is obligated to file under Section 6.5(a) (ii) is due, pay Purchaser (or a Subsidiary of Purchaser designated by Purchaser) the amount of Taxes shown as due thereon to the extent any such Taxes are Seller Indemnified Taxes.

(iii) Neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after the Closing) shall amend or revoke any Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return or Straddle Period Tax Return, or agree to any waiver or extension of the statute of limitations, relating to Taxes with respect to any Conveyed Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof) for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, without the prior written consent of Seller Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Upon Seller Parent’s reasonable request, at the sole cost and expense of Seller Parent, Purchaser shall file, or cause to be filed, any amended Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return in the form and substance reasonably requested by Seller Parent and in a manner consistent with the past practices of the applicable Conveyed Subsidiary or its Subsidiary (other than as required as a result of the Seller Internal Restructurings), except to the extent that there is not at least a “more likely than not” basis for a position under applicable Law, provided that Purchaser shall not be required to file any such amended Tax Return to the extent it would reasonably be expected to result in Purchaser or its Subsidiaries being liable for any material Taxes that are not Seller Indemnified Taxes for which Seller Parent is liable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise result in commercial consequences that materially and adversely affect Purchaser.

 

119


(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 6.5(a) shall not apply to any Tax Returns in respect of Transfer Taxes described in Section 6.5(j) or any VAT described in Section 6.5(k).

(b) Carryforwards and Carrybacks. Purchaser shall cause the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, not to carry back into any Pre-Closing Tax Period, and to carry forward into any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date any Tax Asset arising after the Closing Date (a “Subsequent Loss”) that could, whether in the absence of an election or otherwise, be carried back to a Pre-Closing Tax Period. Purchaser shall take, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) to take, all steps reasonably necessary to avoid such carry back (and achieve such carryforward), including by making all necessary elections. If a Subsequent Loss is not permitted by applicable Law to be carried forward into any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date and is required to be carried back into any Pre-Closing Tax Period, then after providing notice to Seller Parent of such required carryback, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to any refund of Taxes resulting from any carryback of such Subsequent Loss into any such Pre-Closing Tax Period; provided that Purchaser shall indemnify and hold Seller Parent and its Affiliates harmless from and against any Tax Liability resulting from the carryback of a Subsequent Loss and any other costs and expenses associated with or incurred in connection with obtaining, collecting or paying over a refund resulting from such carryback to the extent such carryback of a Subsequent Loss is reflected on a Seller Combined Tax Return. To the extent any such Subsequent Loss or related refund is subsequently disallowed or required to be returned by Seller Parent or its Affiliates to a Governmental Authority, Purchaser agrees to promptly repay any amounts previously paid over by Seller Parent to Purchaser (or its Subsidiaries) in respect of such Subsequent Loss or related refund, together with any interest, penalties or other additional amounts imposed by such Governmental Authority, to Seller Parent.

(c) Refunds and Other Tax Benefits.

(i) Any Loss or Tax that Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries prior to the Closing), on the one hand, or Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates on the other hand, is responsible for under this Agreement (including pursuant to this Section 6.5, Section 6.6 or Article VII, and including any amounts that are economically borne by Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as the case may be, through an adjustment under Section 2.8 or Section 2.9), shall be determined net of any Tax Benefit arising from any Tax Item in respect of any such Loss or Tax realized in the taxable year of such Loss or Tax or the subsequent two taxable years. If any such Tax Benefit was not included in the initial computation of such Loss or Tax, the Purchaser shall pay to Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as the case may be, the amount of the applicable Tax Benefit. The amount of any payment for a Tax Benefit that is due under the prior sentence shall be paid within fifteen (15) days of the filing of the Tax Return with respect to

 

120


which the Tax Benefit is actually realized (or, if the Tax Benefit is in the form of an increased cash Tax refund, within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of such cash Tax refund from the applicable Governmental Authority). To the extent permitted to be claimed or deducted on a “more likely than not” basis on an applicable relevant Tax Return, Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after the Closing) to claim any Tax Item in respect of any Loss or Tax described in the first sentence of this Section 6.5(c) resulting in a Tax Benefit described in this Section 6.5(c) on such Tax Return.

(ii) Without duplication of amounts covered by Section 6.5(c)(i), Seller Parent shall be entitled to any refund or credit against any Seller Indemnified Taxes for which Seller Parent is liable pursuant to this Agreement except to the extent any such refund or credit was (A) reflected as an asset on the Final Closing Statement and taken into account in the calculation of the Final Business Working Capital or Final Business Net Cash (with respect to the determination of Seller Accrued Income Taxes to the extent offsetting a Tax Liability in such calculation), (B) is described in Section 6.5(b), or (C) is required to be paid to any other Person pursuant to any Contract entered into prior to the Closing by a Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof. Purchaser shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of or against any Taxes of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) other than refunds or credits to which Seller Parent is entitled pursuant to the foregoing sentence. If Seller Parent determines that any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof) is entitled to file or make a formal or informal claim for a refund of Taxes (including by filing an amended Tax Return) to which Seller Parent would be entitled under this Section 6.5(c)(ii), Seller Parent shall be entitled to file or make, or to request that Purchaser or its relevant Affiliate (including the applicable Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof) file or make, such formal or informal claim for refund, and Seller Parent shall be entitled to control the prosecution of such claim for refund as if such claim was a Tax Proceeding described in Section 6.5(e)(iii) and Seller Parent were the Controlling Party provided, that Seller Parent shall not be entitled to file or make, or to request that Purchaser or its relevant Affiliate (including the applicable Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof) file or make, such formal or informal claim for refund to the extent it would reasonably be expected to result in Purchaser or its Subsidiaries being liable for any material Taxes that are not Seller Indemnified Taxes for which Seller Parent is responsible under this Agreement or otherwise result in consequences that materially and adversely affect Purchaser. Purchaser shall reasonably cooperate, and cause its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after the Closing) to reasonably cooperate, with respect to any such request by Seller Parent or in any such claim for refund, and shall pay or cause to be paid to Seller Parent the amount (including interest) of any related refund or credit received by Purchaser or any Affiliate thereof (including any Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof), net of any costs, expenses and Taxes occurred in obtaining, collecting or paying over such refund, credit, offset or other similar benefit within fifteen (15) days of receipt (or realization) thereof. Any refund of, or credit against, Taxes that is received or realized with respect to Taxes attributable to any Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof), the Purchased Assets or the Business for a Straddle Period shall be equitably apportioned between Seller Parent and Purchaser in a manner consistent with the principles set forth in Section 6.5(d)(iii) and the first sentence of this Section 6.5(c)(ii).

 

121


(iii) Without duplication of amounts covered by Section 6.5(c)(i), Purchaser Parent shall be entitled to any refund or credit against any Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes for which Purchaser Parent is responsible under this Agreement except to the extent any such refund or credit was (A) reflected as an asset on the Final Closing Statement and taken into account in the calculation of the Final Purchaser Working Capital or Final Purchaser Net Cash (with respect to the determination of Purchaser Accrued Income Taxes to the extent offsetting a Tax Liability in such calculation) or (B) required to be paid to any other Person pursuant to any Contract entered into prior to the Closing by Purchaser or any Subsidiary thereof. Purchaser shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of or against any Taxes of Purchaser or the Subsidiaries of Purchaser (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries)) other than refunds or credits to which Purchaser Parent is entitled pursuant to the foregoing sentence. If Purchaser Parent determines that Purchaser or any of the Subsidiaries of Purchaser (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries)) is entitled to file or make a formal or informal claim for a refund of Taxes (including by filing an amended Tax Return) to which Purchaser Parent would be entitled under this Section 6.5(c)(iii), Purchaser Parent shall be entitled to file or make, or to request that Purchaser or its relevant Affiliate (including the applicable Subsidiary of Purchaser thereof) file or make, such formal or informal claim for refund, and Purchaser Parent shall be entitled to control the prosecution of such claim for refund as if such claim was a Tax Proceeding described in Section 6.5(e)(iii) and Purchaser Parent were the Controlling Party; provided that Purchaser Parent shall not be entitled to file or make, or to request that Purchaser or its relevant Affiliate file or make, such formal or informal claim for refund to the extent it would reasonably be expected to result in Purchaser or its Subsidiaries being liable for any material Taxes that are not Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes for which Purchaser Parent is responsible under this Agreement or otherwise result in consequences that materially and adversely affect Purchaser. Purchaser shall reasonably cooperate, and cause its Affiliates to reasonably cooperate, with respect to any such request by Purchaser Parent or in any such claim for refund, and shall pay or cause to be paid to Purchaser Parent the amount (including interest) of any related refund or credit received or realized by Purchaser or any Affiliate thereof (including any Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof), net of any costs, expenses and Taxes occurred in obtaining, collecting or paying over such refund or credit within fifteen (15) days of receipt (or realization) thereof. Any refund of, or credit against, Taxes that is received or realized with respect to Taxes attributable to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries)) for a Straddle Period shall be equitably apportioned between Purchaser Parent and Purchaser in a manner consistent with the principles set forth in Section 6.5(d)(iii) and the first sentence of this Section 6.5(c)(iii).

 

122


(d) Tax Indemnification.

(i) Subject to Section 6.5(d)(v), from and after the Closing, Seller Parent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after the Closing Date) (collectively, the “Purchaser Tax Indemnified Parties”) from and against all liability, without duplication, for (1) Taxes of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any Taxes payable in respect of an election under Section 965(h) of the Code), (2) Taxes of any Seller (other than any Transfer Taxes and VAT for which Purchaser is responsible hereunder) including, Taxes (other than Taxes of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) imposed with respect to, arising out of or relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, (3) Taxes of any Person (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) for a Pre-Closing Tax Period for which any Conveyed Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof) is liable under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or a similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), or as a transferee or successor or by Contract (other than Contracts that do not relate primarily to Taxes), (4) Taxes arising out of or resulting from any breach of any covenant or agreement of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates contained in this Agreement, (5) Taxes for a Pre-Closing Tax Period imposed on (x) any transaction effected pursuant to Section 2.3(b), (y) any settlement of any intercompany accounts of Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.7, or (z) any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings, (6) Transfer Taxes for which Seller Parent is responsible under Section 6.5(j), (7) Taxes required to be deducted or withheld with respect to the payment of the Purchase Consideration or any amounts payable to Seller Parent pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 2.9, including any penalties imposed on Purchaser as a result of Purchaser’s failure to deduct or withhold any such amounts that Purchaser (or a Purchaser Designated Affiliate) was permitted to withhold under Section 2.10 (in each case, subject to Purchaser’s compliance with the notice and cooperation requirements of Section 2.10 and except for any such Taxes (and any related penalties) required to be deducted or withheld solely as a result of any assignment by Purchaser or its Affiliates for which Purchaser is responsible pursuant to Section 10.3), (8) Taxes arising from any breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 4.16(k), (9) Taxes arising as a result of any Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of any Conveyed Subsidiary at any time ceasing to be a member of a group for the purposes of any Tax, of which group Seller Parent or any Subsidiary of Seller Parent is or was also a member and (10) any costs and expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, attributable to any item described in clauses (1) through (9) (any such Taxes for which Seller Parent is responsible pursuant to this Section 6.5(d)(i), subject to the following proviso, “Seller Indemnified Taxes”); provided that Seller Parent shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless any Purchaser Tax Indemnified Party from and against any liability pursuant to this Section 6.5(d)(i) for (A) Taxes attributable to any action taken after the Closing by Purchaser, any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), or any transferee of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates

 

123


(including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), other than any such action that (1) is in the ordinary course of business, (2) is expressly permitted or contemplated by this Agreement, or (3) is required to be taken in order to comply with applicable Law or as a result of a change in applicable Law (a “Purchaser Tax Act”), (B) Taxes that were reflected, accrued or reserved for in the Final Closing Statement, Final Business Working Capital, or Final Business Net Cash, (C) Income Taxes to the extent that a Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof had any Tax Assets as of the close of business on the Closing Date that were available, or would have been available but for their prior utilization by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after the Closing) to offset or otherwise reduce the applicable Tax Liability in respect of such Income Taxes (except any Tax Asset reflected as an asset in the Final Closing Statement and taken into account in the calculation of the Final Business Working Capital or the Final Business Net Cash), or (D) Taxes for which Purchaser Parent is responsible under Section 6.5(d)(ii).

(ii) Subject to Section 6.5(d)(v), from and after the Closing, Purchaser Parent shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Tax Indemnified Parties from and against all liability, without duplication, for (1) all Taxes of Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) for any Tax period (other than Transfer Taxes and VAT for which Seller Parent is responsible hereunder), (2) Taxes of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (3) Taxes of any Person for a Pre-Closing Tax Period for which Purchaser (or any Subsidiary thereof other than any Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) is liable under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or a similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), or as a transferee or successor or by Contract (other than Contracts that do not relate primarily to Taxes), (4) Taxes arising out of or resulting from any breach of any covenant or agreement of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their respective Affiliates contained in this Agreement, (5) Transfer Taxes for which Purchaser Parent is responsible under Section 6.5(j), (6) Taxes arising from any breach of any representation or warranty in Section 5.17(k), (7) Taxes for a Pre-Closing Tax Period imposed on (x) any settlement of any intercompany accounts of Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, pursuant to Section 6.7 or (y) any transaction or step forming part of the Purchaser Internal Restructurings, (8) Taxes required to be deducted or withheld with respect to any amounts payable to Purchaser Parent pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 2.9, including any penalties imposed on Purchaser as a result of Purchaser’s failure to deduct or withhold any such amounts, (9) Taxes arising as a result of Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser (other than any Conveyed Subsidiary or a Subsidiary thereof) at any time ceasing to be a member of a group for the purposes of any Tax, of which group Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser) is or was also a member and (10) any costs and expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses,

 

124


attributable to any item described in clauses (1) through (9) (any such Taxes for which Purchaser Parent is responsible pursuant to this Section 6.5(d)(ii), subject to the following proviso, “Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes”); provided that Purchaser Parent shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless any Purchaser Tax Indemnified Party from and against any liability for (A) Taxes attributable to any action taken after the Closing by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, other than any such action that (1) is in the ordinary course of business, (2) is expressly permitted or contemplated by this Agreement, or (3) is required to be taken in order to comply with applicable Law or as a result of a change in applicable Law (a “Seller Tax Act”), (B) Taxes that were reflected, accrued or reserved for in the Final Closing Statement, Final Purchaser Working Capital or the Final Purchaser Net Cash, (C) Income Taxes to the extent that Purchaser or any Subsidiary thereof had any Tax Assets as of the close of business on the Closing Date that were available, or would have been available but for their prior utilization by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after the Closing), to offset or otherwise reduce the applicable Tax Liability in respect of such Income Taxes (except any Tax Asset reflected as an asset in the Final Closing Statement and taken into account in the calculation of the Final Purchaser Working Capital or the Final Purchaser Net Cash), or (D) Taxes for which Seller Parent is responsible under Section 6.5(d)(i).

(iii) To the extent permitted or required by applicable Law, the taxable year of each of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries and any Subsidiary of Purchaser that includes the Closing Date shall be treated as closing on (and including) the Closing Date. Otherwise, for purposes of this Agreement, in the case of any Straddle Period:

(A) Property Taxes allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be computed based upon the ratio of the number of days in the Pre-Closing Tax Period to the number of days in the entire Straddle Period; and

(B) Taxes (other than Property Taxes) allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be computed as if such Tax period ended as of the close of business on the Closing Date and, in the case of any Taxes of Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) and Seller Parent, or in the case of any Taxes of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser (and their Subsidiaries prior to the Closing), in each case attributable to the ownership of any equity interest in any partnership or other “flow through” entity for tax purposes (including of any “controlled foreign corporation,” as defined under the Code) as if the Tax period of such partnership or other “flow through” entity ended as of the close of business on the Closing Date with the Taxes of such entity for the Pre-Closing Tax Period deemed to include any Taxes on the allocable income of such entity in respect of such Tax period; provided that exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (including depreciation and amortization deductions) shall be allocated between the period ending on the Closing Date and the period beginning after the Closing Date in proportion to the number of days in each period.

 

125


(iv) Any claim for indemnification under this Section 6.5(d) shall be made in writing upon the party from whom indemnification is sought, and shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for such claim. Any indemnity payment required to be made pursuant to this Section 6.5(d) shall be made within thirty (30) days after the indemnified party makes written demand upon the indemnifying party, but in no case earlier than five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which the relevant Taxes are required to be paid to the applicable Taxing Authority.

(v) With respect to any Taxes suffered or incurred by any Conveyed Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof) that was not wholly owned by Seller Parent (directly or indirectly) as of immediately prior to the Closing, the indemnification obligations of Seller Parent pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(i) in respect of such Taxes (or related costs and expenses) shall in no event exceed an amount equal to (A) the amount of such Taxes (or related costs and expenses) for which the Purchaser Tax Indemnified Parties would otherwise be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 6.5(d), as if such Conveyed Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof) were wholly owned by Seller Parent, multiplied by (B) the direct and indirect percentage ownership of Seller Parent of such Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) as of immediately prior to the Closing. With respect to any Taxes suffered or incurred by any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) that was not wholly owned by Purchaser Parent (directly or indirectly) as of immediately prior to the Closing, the indemnification obligations of Purchaser Parent pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(ii) in respect of such Taxes (or related costs and expenses) shall in no event exceed an amount equal to (A) the amount of such Taxes (or related costs and expenses) for which the Purchaser Tax Indemnified Parties would otherwise be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 6.5(d), as if such Subsidiary were wholly owned by Purchaser Parent, multiplied by (B) the direct and indirect percentage ownership of Purchaser Parent of such Subsidiary as of immediately prior to the Closing.

(vi) Without duplication to any other amounts paid pursuant to this Section 6.5:

(A) Within thirty (30) days following the filing of any Income Tax Return for any Conveyed Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof), on the one hand, or Purchaser (or any Subsidiary thereof, other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), on the other hand, for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or for any Straddle Period, Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent shall (or Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to) prepare a statement showing (i) the amount of Income Taxes shown as due on such filed Income Tax Return with respect to the relevant Pre-Closing Tax Period or the portion of any Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date (the “Final Pre-Closing Income Tax Amount”) and (ii) the amount of the Seller

 

126


Accrued Income Taxes or Purchaser Accrued Income Taxes, as applicable, attributable to such Income Tax Return as reflected on the Final Closing Statement (the “Pre-Closing Income Tax Amount”) and deliver such statement to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, as applicable. Purchaser Parent or Seller Parent, as applicable, shall have a period of fifteen (15) Business Days to provide comments to a schedule prepared (or caused to be prepared) by Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, respectively. If Purchaser Parent or Seller Parent, as applicable, do not provide any comments to Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, respectively, during such period, the statement as so prepared shall be final and binding.

(B) In the event the Final Pre-Closing Income Tax Amount with respect to any Income Tax Return is less than the amount of the Pre-Closing Income Tax Amount attributable to such Income Tax Return that was included on the Final Closing Statement, the Purchaser shall within five (5) Business Days following the finalization of the Final Pre-Closing Income Tax Amount hereunder (i) pay to Seller Parent the amount of such difference with respect to a Conveyed Subsidiary and their Subsidiaries and (ii) pay to Purchaser Parent the amount of such difference with respect to Purchaser and its Subsidiaries.

(vii) The Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to structure any indemnity payment, true-up payment, or payment in respect of Tax Benefits made by any Party pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to this Section 6.5, Section 6.6 and Article VII) and any payment made by Purchaser Parent to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 2.9 in the manner set forth in Clause 10 of the Structuring Considerations Agreement. The Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to structure as a special dividend any payment made by Purchaser to Purchaser Parent pursuant to Section 2.8, Section 2.9 or this Section 6.5.

(e) Tax Contests.

(i) If a claim shall be made by any Taxing Authority (a “Tax Claim”) which, if successful, would reasonably be expected to result in an indemnity payment pursuant to Section 6.5(d), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing of such claim (and provide copies of any documents received from the Taxing Authority in respect of such claim); provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its indemnification obligations hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced thereby and expenses are incurred during the period in which notice was not provided. Such notice shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for such Tax Claim and shall include a copy of the relevant portion of any correspondence received from the Taxing Authority.

(ii) With respect to any Tax Claim relating to a Conveyed Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof) for any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date, to Seller Parent (or any Subsidiary thereof) for any taxable period, or with respect to, a Seller Combined Tax Return, Seller Parent shall control all Tax Proceedings and

 

127


shall make all decisions taken in connection with such Tax Proceeding (including selection of counsel), and, without limiting the foregoing, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with any Taxing Authority with respect thereto, and may either pay the applicable Tax Liability and sue for a refund or contest the Tax Claim; provided, that in the case of such Tax Proceeding with respect to a Tax Return of a Conveyed Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary thereof) other than a Seller Combined Tax Return, Seller Parent shall not settle such Tax Proceeding if doing so would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax Liability of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and any Subsidiary thereof after the Closing), taking into account any indemnification for Tax Liabilities under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. In the case of any such Tax Proceeding with respect to a Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof), Seller Parent shall (x) notify Purchaser of any material development with respect to any such Tax Proceeding, (y) provide Purchaser with copies of any material documents submitted in connection with such Tax Proceeding and (z) notify Purchaser regarding any material action to be taken by Seller Parent with respect to such Tax Proceeding (and take Purchaser’s comments into consideration in good faith), in each case, solely to the extent relating to matters or aspects of such Tax Proceeding that would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax Liability of a Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof) in a Post-Closing Tax Period.

(iii) In the case of any Tax Proceeding relating to Taxes of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) for any Straddle Period, the Controlling Party shall have the right and obligation to conduct such Tax Proceeding; provided that the Controlling Party shall (u) notify the Non-Controlling Party of any material development with respect to such Tax Proceeding, (v) provide the Non-Controlling Party with copies of any material documents submitted in connection with such Tax Proceeding, (w) consult with the Non-Controlling Party before submitting any written materials or taking any significant action in connection with the conduct of such Tax Proceeding, (x) provide, to the extent possible, for the Non-Controlling Party to participate in such Tax Proceeding at its own expense, (y) defend such Tax Proceeding diligently and in good faith, and (z) not settle any such Tax Proceeding if doing so would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax Liability of the Non-Controlling Party or its Affiliates (taking into account any indemnification for Tax Liabilities under this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Non-Controlling Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. For purposes of this Agreement, “Controlling Party” shall mean Seller Parent if Seller Parent and its Affiliates are reasonably expected to bear the greater Tax Liability in connection with such Tax Proceeding, or Purchaser if Purchaser and its Affiliates are reasonably expected to bear the greater Tax Liability in connection with such Tax Proceeding; and “Non-Controlling Party” means whichever of Seller Parent or Purchaser is not the Controlling Party with respect to such Tax Proceeding.

 

128


(iv) Except as otherwise provided herein, Purchaser shall control all Tax Proceedings with respect to the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) for any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date and any Tax Proceeding with respect to Purchaser or any of its Affiliates relating to any Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return; provided that Seller Parent shall be deemed to be a Non-Controlling Party (with the rights described in Section 6.5(e)(iii)) with respect to any such Tax Proceeding if the resolution of any such Tax Proceeding would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax Liability of a Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof) in a Pre-Closing Tax Period or the amount of indemnification for which Seller Parent is responsible pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(i).

(v) Purchaser, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and each of their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and Seller Parent and its Affiliates, on the other hand, shall cooperate in contesting any Tax Claim, which cooperation shall include the retention and, upon request, the provision to the requesting Party of records and information which are reasonably relevant to such Tax Claim, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information or explanation of any material provided hereunder or to testify at related Tax Proceedings. Purchaser Parent and Seller Parent and their applicable Affiliates shall execute and deliver such powers of attorney and other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent of this Section 6.5(e)(v). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) Seller Parent shall not be required to provide Purchaser or its Affiliates with a copy, or otherwise disclose the contents, of any Seller Combined Tax Return (except to the extent such information relates solely to a Conveyed Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries), (B) Seller Parent shall have the exclusive right to control in all respects, and neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates shall be entitled to participate in, any Tax Proceeding with respect to any Tax Return of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates or any Seller Combined Tax Return, and (C) Purchaser Parent shall not be required to provide Seller Parent, Purchaser or its Affiliates with a copy, or otherwise disclose the contents, of any Tax Return that includes Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and any Subsidiary thereof), on the one hand, and Purchaser and any Subsidiary thereof (other than any Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof), on the other hand (“Purchaser Parent Combined Tax Returns”) and Purchaser Parent shall have the exclusive right to control in all respects, and neither Seller Parent nor any of its Affiliates shall be entitled to participate in, any Tax Proceeding with respect to any Purchaser Parent Combined Tax Return.

(f) Internal Restructurings.

(i) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, but subject to Section 2.2, Section 6.3 and Section 6.4, Seller Parent shall, at its sole cost and expense, effective from a date on or prior to the Closing Date, implement the transactions necessary to deliver on the Closing Date the Business and the Purchased Assets in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(f) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (such transactions, as finally described in the Seller Parent Final Plan (as defined below),

 

129


the “Seller Internal Restructurings”); provided that within seventy-five (75) days of the date hereof, Seller Parent shall deliver to Purchaser Parent for Purchaser Parent’s review and reasonable comment an initial draft of a step plan (the “Seller Parent Preliminary Plan”) setting forth the steps Seller Parent shall undertake to effect the Seller Internal Restructurings; provided, further, that Seller Parent shall (x) consider in good faith any reasonable amendments, modifications or supplements to the Seller Parent Preliminary Plan proposed by Purchaser Parent and Purchaser and (y) shall, to the extent consistent with the principles set forth in Section 6.5(f) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, incorporate the input of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser on the Seller Parent Preliminary Plan (including the timing, structure and other details of such transactions). Subject to the finalization of the Seller Parent Final Plan pursuant to Section 6.5(f)(iii), at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Closing, Seller Parent shall provide to Purchaser Parent a list of the U.S. federal tax classification elections for each of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries thereof as of the Closing, which list shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects and consistent with the Seller Parent Final Plan.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, but subject to Section 2.2, Section 6.3 and Section 6.4, Purchaser Parent shall, at its sole cost and expense, effective from a date on or prior to the Closing Date and Section 6.3(e)), implement the transactions necessary to deliver on the Closing Date any assets of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries and except for any assets and/or employees based in France or employed by any French Affiliate of Purchaser Parent) transferred to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions described herein in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(f) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter (such transactions, as finally described in the Purchaser Parent Final Plan (as defined below), the “Purchaser Internal Restructurings”); provided that within seventy-five (75) days of the date hereof, Purchaser Parent shall deliver to Seller Parent an initial draft of a step plan (the “Purchaser Parent Preliminary Plan ”, and together with the Seller Parent Preliminary Plan, the “Preliminary Plans”) setting forth steps Purchaser Parent shall undertake to effect the Purchaser Internal Restructurings for Seller Parent’s review and reasonable comment; provided, further, that Purchaser Parent shall (x) consider in good faith any reasonable amendments, modifications or supplements to the Purchaser Parent Preliminary Plan proposed by Seller Parent and (y) Purchaser Parent shall, to the extent consistent with the principles set forth in Section 6.5(f) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, incorporate the input of Seller Parent on the Purchaser Parent Preliminary Plan (including the timing, structure and other details of such transactions). Subject to the finalization of the Purchaser Parent Final Plan pursuant to Section 6.5(f)(iv), at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Closing, Purchaser Parent shall provide to Seller Parent a list of the U.S. federal tax classification elections for each of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing, which list shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects and consistent with the Purchaser Parent Final Plan.

 

130


(iii) Following the delivery of the Seller Parent Preliminary Plan, any amendments, modifications or supplements to the Seller Parent Preliminary Plan reasonably proposed by Seller Parent shall be considered in good faith by Purchaser Parent, and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith regarding any such proposed amendments, modifications or supplements to which Purchaser Parent objects. Purchaser Parent’s approval shall be required before the Seller Parent Preliminary Plan becomes final (such approval not to be unreasonably, withheld, conditioned or delayed) (such plan, once finalized pursuant to this Section 6.5(f), the “Seller Parent Final Plan”). For the avoidance of doubt, if no amendments, modifications or supplements are reasonably proposed by Purchaser Parent following the delivery of the Seller Parent Preliminary Plan, the Seller Parent Preliminary Plan shall be the Seller Parent Final Plan.

(iv) Following the delivery of the Purchaser Parent Preliminary Plan, any amendments, modifications or supplements to the Purchaser Parent Preliminary Plan reasonably proposed by Purchaser Parent shall be considered in good faith by Seller Parent, and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith regarding any such proposed amendments, modifications or supplements to which Seller Parent objects. Seller Parent’s approval shall be required before the Purchaser Parent Preliminary Plan becomes final (such approval not to be unreasonably, withheld, conditioned or delayed) (such plan, once finalized pursuant to this Section 6.5(f), the “Purchaser Parent Final Plan”). For the avoidance of doubt, if no amendments, modifications or supplements are reasonably proposed by Seller Parent following the delivery of the Purchaser Parent Preliminary Plan, the Purchaser Parent Preliminary Plan shall be the Purchaser Parent Final Plan.

(v) Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent each shall, when proposing amendments, modifications and supplements to the Preliminary Plans and when reviewing and considering such proposed amendments, modifications and supplements for their respective approval, act reasonably and in good faith consistent with the principles set forth in Section 6.5(f) of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

(g) Certain Tax Elections and Post-Closing Actions.

(i) Purchaser shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) not to, take any action on the Closing Date (after the Closing) other than in the ordinary course of business with respect to the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities, the Business or any Conveyed Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries thereof, except as expressly contemplated herein.

(ii) With respect to any Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof), Purchaser shall not (A) make or cause or permit to be made an election under Section 338(g) of the Code (or any similar election permitted under state, local or foreign Law), (B) make or cause or permit to be made any election (including any election pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3) that would be effective on or prior to the Closing Date or otherwise have retroactive effect with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period.

 

131


(iii)

(A) Prior to the Closing, an Affiliate(s) of Seller Parent shall transfer the equity interests in Wyeth Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd and Treerly Health Co. Ltd (the “China Entities ”) to an Affiliate (or Affiliates) of Seller Parent in a direct equity transfer (the “Direct Transfers”) that is intended to be fully taxable for Chinese Tax purposes. Seller Parent or an applicable Affiliate shall timely pay any Chinese Taxes attributable to any such Direct Transfer, based on a third-party valuation by an independent PRC licensed appraiser of Seller Parent’s choosing, to the appropriate PRC Taxing Authority and file any applicable Tax Returns with the appropriate PRC Taxing Authority. The applicable Seller(s) shall, within five (5) business days in China after (i) the filing of any such Tax Returns, deliver to Purchaser complete copies of such Tax Returns and (ii) the tax receipts(s) are issued by the tax bureau(s), provide Purchaser with complete copies of such tax receipt(s). Any such Taxes shall be the sole responsibility of Seller Parent or the applicable Affiliate and subject to Section 6.5(d)(i).

(B)Following the Direct Transfers, Seller Parent shall effect, through Local Implementing Agreements, the indirect transfer of the China Entities to the Purchaser (the “Indirect Transfers”). Within thirty (30) days following the Indirect Transfers, Seller Parent or the applicable Affiliate shall voluntarily file (whether in one or more filings), on behalf of the applicable Seller(s) and Purchaser (or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate), the documentation required by Circular – SAT Notice [2015] 7 (“Notice 7”) as a result of the Indirect Transfers, and any related transfers, with the applicable PRC Taxing Authority. Seller Parent or the applicable Affiliate shall, within five (5) Business Days after the submission of such Notice 7 filing(s), deliver to Purchaser complete copies of any applicable Notice 7 filing(s) and, if provided, an acknowledgement of receipt of such Notice 7 filing(s) issued by the applicable PRC Taxing Authority. Seller Parent or the applicable Affiliate shall, in its sole discretion, control all communications relating to the Indirect Transfers and such Notice 7 filing(s) with the relevant PRC Taxing Authority and shall keep Purchaser reasonably informed of the progress of such communications (including by providing to Purchaser copies of all material reporting and filings relating to the Indirect Transfers and the Notice 7 filing(s)). If Seller Parent or the applicable Affiliate has fully complied with its obligations pursuant to this Section 6.5(g)(iii), then Purchaser (and its Affiliates) shall not communicate with or make any reporting to a PRC Taxing Authority regarding the Indirect Transfers or the Notice 7 filing(s), except in agreement with Seller Parent or the applicable Affiliate. Purchaser shall notify the applicable Seller(s) promptly, but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after receipt, of any queries or requests by any PRC Taxing Authority related to the transfer of the China Entities to the Purchaser.

 

132


(C) If the Indirect Transfers are determined to be taxable transactions in China, Seller Parent or the applicable Affiliate shall timely pay any additional China Taxes attributable to the Indirect Transfers to the appropriate PRC Taxing Authority and file any applicable Tax Returns with the appropriate PRC Taxing Authority. Any such Taxes shall be the sole responsibility of Seller Parent or the applicable Affiliate and subject to Section 6.5(d)(i).

(D) Absent a change in Law after the date hereof and subject to compliance with Clauses (A) through (C) of this Section 6.5(g)(iii), Purchaser Parent acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it shall not, and it shall cause its Affiliates not to, withhold any amount with respect to Chinese Taxes in respect of the payment of the Purchase Consideration or any amounts payable to Seller Parent pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 2.9 herein (nor reflect any such amount in the Final Closing Statement or take any such amount into account in the calculation of the Final Business Working Capital or the Final Business Net Cash).

(h) Tax Sharing Agreements. All Tax sharing agreements and arrangements between (i) any Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof, on the one hand, and Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than any Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof), on the other hand, and (ii) Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, shall be terminated effective at or before the Closing and shall have no further effect for any Tax period (whether past, present or future) and, after the Closing Date, neither Seller Parent nor any of its Affiliates, nor Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates, shall have any rights or obligations thereunder, and no additional payments shall be made thereunder with respect to any Tax period, whether in respect of a redetermination of Liabilities for Taxes or otherwise.

(i) Cooperation. Each of Purchaser and Seller Parent shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to) provide the other with such cooperation, information and records, and make such of its officers, directors, employees and agents available, as may reasonably be requested by the other Party in connection with the preparation or filing of any Tax Return, determining a liability for Taxes or payment under this Section 6.5, conducting any Tax Proceeding and the matters described in Section 6.5(f) of the Seller Disclosure Letter and Section 6.5(f) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter. Each of Purchaser and Seller Parent shall, within the earlier to occur of one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date and forty-five (45) days prior to the due date for a Tax Return requiring such information (or as promptly as practicable to the extent any Tax Return is due within forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date), provide the other with Tax information materials, including schedules and work papers (including any information reasonably necessary to compile applicable transfer pricing documentation), prepared in a manner consistent with the Conveyed Subsidiaries’ (and their Subsidiaries’) past practices, as requested by one another to enable one another to prepare, or cause to be prepared, all Tax Returns that each Party is obligated to prepare, or cause to be prepared, pursuant to Section 6.5(a)(i) or Section 6.5(a)(ii), as applicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) Seller Parent shall not be required to provide Purchaser Parent or Purchaser, or any of their respective Affiliates, with a copy of, or

 

133


otherwise disclose the contents of, any Seller Combined Tax Return (provided that Seller Parent shall extract information therein and provide such information to Purchaser hereunder to the extent such information relates solely to a Conveyed Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries), and (ii) Purchaser Parent shall not be required to provide Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates with a copy of, or otherwise disclose the contents of, any Purchaser Parent Combined Tax Return. Each Party shall retain (and cause to be retained) all Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, and all material records and other documents relating to Tax matters, of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries for the Pre-Closing Tax Period until the expiration of the statute of limitations for the Tax periods to which the Tax Returns and other documents relate.

(j) Transfer Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller Parent shall be responsible for half of, and Purchaser Parent shall be responsible for half of, any Transfer Taxes imposed on the transfer of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities to Purchaser (or a Purchaser Designated Affiliate) and the costs of preparing and filing Tax Returns in respect of any such Transfer Taxes. The Party responsible under applicable Law for filing Tax Returns with respect to Transfer Taxes shall prepare and timely file such Tax Returns. Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate to timely prepare and file any Tax Returns or other filings relating to such Transfer Taxes and to minimize any such Transfer Taxes. For clarity, this Section 6.5(j) does not apply to any Transfer Taxes imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings or the Purchaser Internal Restructurings. Seller Parent shall be solely responsible for any Transfer Taxes imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings and the costs of preparing and filing any Tax Returns in respect of any such Transfer Taxes and Purchaser Parent shall be solely responsible for any Transfer Taxes imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Purchaser Internal Restructurings and the costs of preparing and filing any Tax Returns in respect of any such Transfer Taxes.

(k) VAT.

(i) Subject to Section 6.5(k)(ii), all payments made pursuant to this Agreement are exclusive of VAT. Any VAT imposed on the transfers of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities to Purchaser (or any of the Purchaser Designated Affiliates) shall be charged to Purchaser (or the relevant Purchaser Designated Affiliate) in addition to the Purchase Consideration. Purchaser (or the relevant Purchaser Designated Affiliate) shall pay any such VAT upon receipt of the relevant VAT invoices, if such invoice is required under applicable Law. Purchaser and Seller Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, exercise commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy all compliance obligations necessary in order to treat any such transfer as a transfer of a going concern for VAT purposes where permissible under applicable Law. Where Seller Parent has treated, or caused its Affiliates to treat, a transaction under this Agreement as a transfer of a going concern or otherwise exempt from or outside the scope of VAT and it receives notice that a Taxing Authority disagrees with that treatment, it shall promptly notify Purchaser and reasonably cooperate with Purchaser to contest such disagreement upon Purchaser’s request, provided that Purchaser shall indemnify Seller Parent in respect of any costs,

 

134


expenses, fees or Taxes incurred in connection with such contest. Seller Parent shall issue (or shall cause to be issued) any invoice necessary and reasonably cooperate with Purchaser and its Affiliates to provide information and documentation necessary for Purchaser and its Affiliates to comply with its VAT obligations under applicable Law. For clarity, this Section 6.5(k)(i) does not apply to any VAT imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings or the Purchaser Internal Restructurings. Seller Parent shall be solely responsible for any VAT imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings and the costs of preparing and filing any Tax Returns in respect of any such VAT and Purchaser Parent shall be solely responsible for any VAT imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Purchaser Internal Restructurings and the costs of preparing and filing any Tax Returns in respect of any such VAT.

(ii) The Purchaser Parent Termination Fee is inclusive of any amounts in respect of VAT thereon but subject to the calculations set out in this Section 6.5(k) (ii). The Parties intend, and shall use reasonable efforts to secure, that the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee, being compensatory in nature, is not and will not be treated for VAT purposes as consideration for a taxable supply. If a Taxing Authority determines that the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee is, in whole or in part, consideration for a Tax supply for VAT purposes, then:

(A) if Purchaser Parent (or any other member of the VAT group to which it belongs) is liable to account for any VAT on the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee under a VAT reverse charge mechanism, the amount of the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee shall be reduced so that the sum of (x) the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee (as so reduced), and (y) any VAT reverse charge thereon which Purchaser Parent (or any other member of the VAT group to which it belongs) is not entitled to recover (by way of credit or repayment) as input tax, is equal to the unreduced amount of the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee. In that scenario, Purchaser Parent shall be responsible for complying with all obligations relating to that reverse charge imposed by the Laws of the jurisdiction in which the VAT is accountable under the reverse charge mechanism; and

(B) if Seller Parent is liable to account for any VAT on the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee, then to the extent that such VAT is recoverable (by way of credit or repayment) as input tax by Purchaser Parent (or any other member of the VAT group to which it belongs), the amount of the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee shall be increased such that, less any such recoverable VAT in respect thereof, it equals the amount of the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee before taking into account any adjustment under this Section 6.5(k)(ii)(B).

(l) Coordination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the indemnification obligations set forth in Section 6.5(d) shall survive until thirty (30) days following the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitations in respect of the relevant Taxes, (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.16(k) and Section 5.17(k) shall survive until

 

135


thirty (30) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations in respect of the relevant Taxes, and (iii) any and all indemnification in respect of Tax matters and the procedures relating thereto shall be governed exclusively by this Section 6.5 and, to the extent specified therein, Section 7.4, Section 7.6, Section 7.7, Section 7.8, Section 7.9, Section 7.10 and Section 7.11, and shall not be governed by the provisions of Article VII (other than, to the extent specified in Section 7.4, Section 7.6, Section 7.7, Section 7.8, Section 7.9, Section 7.10 and Section 7.11).

Section 6.6 Employees and Employee Benefits.

(a) Division of Liabilities Generally.

(i) Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities. Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (including, after the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and the Subsidiaries thereof) shall, effective as of the Closing, assume or retain all Liabilities in respect of (A) the Conveyed Subsidiary Plans (including Liabilities thereunder that relate to an employee or former employee who is not a Business Employee or Former Business Employee), (A) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.6, the service of the Business Employees and Former Business Employees to the Business or Purchaser Business prior to, on or following the Closing Date, including all Liabilities for compensation (including commissions, bonuses, incentive pay, overtime, premium pay, shift differentials and severance or termination pay) that become payable on or after the Closing, (A) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.6, compensation and benefits required to be provided by, or transferring to Purchaser pursuant to, applicable Law with respect to a Business Employee or Former Business Employee, (A) the other Liabilities specified in this Section 6.6 as being assumed, retained or reimbursable by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, (A) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.6, all costs and expenses arising from the obligations of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries under this Section 6.6, and the implementation by Purchaser of the compensation and benefit plans as contemplated hereunder, and (A) any Liabilities arising out of the failure of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries to comply with its obligations under this Section 6.6, including the failure to extend offers pursuant to Section 6.6(b)(i) or engage in any consultations required or contemplated by Section 6.6(b)(i) or Section 6.6(j) (the Liabilities assumed by Purchaser and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 6.6, collectively, the “Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities”). For the avoidance of doubt, except as contemplated by clause (A) of this Section 6.6(a)(i), the term Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities shall not include Liabilities with respect to current or former employees of Seller Parent or its Affiliates who are not Business Employees or Former Business Employees. For purposes of this Section 6.6, Liabilities in respect of all compensation and benefits items shall include the employer side Taxes or other payments related thereto.

 

136


(ii) Seller Parent Retained Employee Liabilities. Seller Parent, or its applicable Affiliate (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof), shall, effective as of the Closing, retain or assume (A) all assets and Liabilities under or relating to each Seller Group Plan and each Foreign Seller Group Plan, and each other benefit or compensation plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement at any time sponsored or maintained by Seller or any of its ERISA Affiliates (including non-U.S. Affiliates) that is not a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan, other than those Liabilities under any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan expressly assumed by Purchaser and its Affiliates under this Section 6.6; (B) all Liabilities with respect to current or former employees of Seller Parent or its Affiliates who are not Business Employees or Former Business Employees; (C) all Liabilities with respect to the service prior to the Closing Date of the Business Employees and Former Business Employees to Seller Parent or its Affiliates (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) to the extent such service was not related to the Business, and (D) all other Liabilities specified in this Section 6.6 as being retained or assumed by Seller Parent or its applicable Affiliates pursuant to this Section 6.6, which Liabilities shall be Retained Liabilities. Notwithstanding clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence, this Section 6.6(a)(ii) shall not prevent Seller Parent or its Affiliates from allocating chargebacks to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries with respect to compensation and benefits costs that constitute current Liabilities for purposes of GAAP or IFRS (and excluding all other costs or Liabilities, such as pension underfunding or prior years’ accruals under qualified or non-qualified retirement or deferred compensation plans) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice related to Business Employees’ service for periods prior to the Closing; provided, however, that any such chargebacks shall be reflected as a Liability in Business Working Capital. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, no Retained Liability shall be reflected as a Liability in Business Working Capital. Other than as expressly contemplated by this Section 6.6, in no event may Seller Parent or its Affiliates transfer a Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan (or any related Liabilities) that is not maintained by a Conveyed Subsidiary or a Subsidiary thereof as of the date of this Agreement to a Conveyed Subsidiary or a Subsidiary thereof.

(iii) Purchaser Parent Retained Employee Liabilities. Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), shall, effective as of the Closing, retain or assume (A) all assets and Liabilities under or relating to each Purchaser Group Plan and each Foreign Purchaser Group Plan, and each other benefit or compensation plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement at any time sponsored or maintained by Purchaser Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates (including non-U.S. Affiliates) that is not a Purchaser Business Plan; (B) all Liabilities with respect to current or former employees of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates who are not Purchaser Business Employees or Former Purchaser Business Employees; (C) all Liabilities with respect to the service prior to the Closing Date of the Purchaser Business Employees and Former Purchaser Business Employees to Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) to the extent such service was not related to the Purchaser Business; and (D) all other Liabilities specified in this Section 6.6 as being retained or assumed by Purchaser Parent or its applicable Affiliates pursuant to this Section 6.6, which Liabilities shall

 

137


be Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities. Notwithstanding clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence, this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall not prevent Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates from allocating chargebacks to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries with respect to compensation and benefits costs that constitute current Liabilities for purposes of GAAP or IFRS (and excluding all other costs or Liabilities, such as pension underfunding or prior years’ accruals under qualified or non-qualified retirement or deferred compensation plans) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice related to Purchaser Business Employees and, with respect to periods following the Closing, Transferred Employees; provided, however, that any chargebacks in respect of the service of Purchaser Business Employees for periods prior to the Closing shall be reflected as a Liability in Purchaser Working Capital. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, no Purchaser Parent Retained Liability shall be reflected as a Liability in Purchaser Working Capital. In no event may Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates transfer a Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan (or any related Liabilities) that is not maintained by Purchaser or a Subsidiary thereof as of the date of this Agreement to Purchaser or a Subsidiary thereof.

(b) Transfer of Employees.

(i) Business Employees Generally. At least ninety (90) days prior to the Closing Date, Seller Parent shall provide Purchaser with a list of all Business Employees as of such time, including each such Business Employee’s name, job title, date of hire, annual salary or hourly rate (as applicable) and incentive opportunity to which each such Business Employee is entitled, provided that such information may be redacted to the extent Seller Parent is required to comply with data privacy and other applicable Laws (the “Transferring Employee List”). At least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or earlier, if required by applicable Law), Purchaser agrees to offer or cause to be offered continued employment as of the Closing Date to each Business Employee detailed on the Transferring Employee List who is not employed at a Conveyed Subsidiary or a Subsidiary thereof or who is not a TUL Employee, in the same or a Comparable Position (as defined herein) and with compensation and benefits on terms that are consistent with this Section 6.6 and Seller Parent and its Affiliates will facilitate in finalizing and distributing such offers. In addition, effective as of the Closing, Purchaser agrees to cause the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries to continue the employment of each Business Employee employed by such entities as of the Closing Date in the same or a Comparable Position and with compensation and benefits on terms that are consistent with this Section 6.6. A “Comparable Position” is a position with Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (including, after the Closing, a Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof) in which (A) the Business Employee’s level of responsibilities is not significantly reduced, and (B) the Business Employee is not required to relocate more than fifty (50) miles from the Business Employee’s principal business location immediately prior to the Closing.

 

138


(ii) TUL Employees. Except as agreed between the Parties, with respect to each Business Employee who is not employed by a Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof and is employed in a jurisdiction in which the Transfer of Undertakings Laws have been implemented or apply (a “TUL Employee”), Seller Parent and Purchaser acknowledge that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are likely to give rise to a relevant transfer (or otherwise sustain the automatic transfer of employees) for purposes of the Transfer of Undertakings Laws and to apply the Transfer of Undertakings Laws insofar as they apply by Law, and accept and agree that in such event the terms and conditions of employment of each such TUL Employee shall transfer effective as of the Closing and in a manner contemplated by the Transfer of Undertakings Laws or other applicable Law. Seller Parent and Purchaser shall inform and consult with the TUL Employees or any appropriate representatives of the TUL Employees to the extent required by the Transfer of Undertakings Laws or other applicable Law. In the event that a TUL Employee objects to the transfer of employment and cannot be transferred to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, all Liabilities associated with the continued employment of such TUL Employee by Seller Parent or its Affiliates for up to a maximum of two (2) calendar months (or any longer period required by applicable Law or the notice period under any Foreign Seller Group Plan) following Closing, and the termination of employment of such TUL Employee by Seller Parent or its Affiliates shall be considered Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Transfer of Undertakings Laws are determined not to apply to a TUL Employee, Purchaser agrees to offer or cause to be offered continued employment as of the Closing Date to such TUL Employee in accordance with Section 6.6(b)(i).

(iii) Delayed Transfer Employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Business Employee whose employment does not and cannot commence or be transferred at the Closing by applicable Laws or Purchaser and Seller Parent mutually determine cannot commence or be transferred at the Closing or whose commencement or transfer of employment is otherwise delayed (a “Delayed Transfer Employee”), Seller Parent and Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith to cause the employment of such Delayed Transfer Employee to remain with Seller Parent or a Retained Subsidiary to allow such Delayed Transfer Employee to continue to participate on the compensation and benefit platforms, plans and programs of Seller Parent or such Retained Subsidiary. The Parties agree that each Delayed Transfer Employee shall commence employment with Purchaser, a Conveyed Subsidiary or another Subsidiary of Purchaser, as appropriate, as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing as permitted by applicable Laws in such a manner that to the maximum extent possible does not trigger the right of such Business Employee to separation pay and is otherwise consistent with the terms and conditions of this Section 6.6 and applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller Parent shall have no obligation to transfer the employment of a Delayed Transfer Employee out of a Conveyed Subsidiary if the delayed transfer of employment is due to a delay in the transfer of the Conveyed Subsidiary to Purchaser. In respect of the Delayed

 

139


Transfer Employees, each reference in Section 6.6(a)(iii) (other than in this Section 6.6(b)(iii) and Section 6.6(b)(iv)) through Section 6.6(j) to “Closing” and “Closing Date” shall be treated as a reference to the first date on which the applicable Delayed Transfer Employee’s employment commences with or transfers to Purchaser. Notwithstanding the delayed transfer of such Delayed Transfer Employees, from and for a period of two (2) years after the Closing or, if earlier, the date of the applicable Delayed Transfer Employee’s termination of employment (“Delayed Employment Period”), the (A) compensation paid to such Delayed Transfer Employees in respect of the Delayed Employment Period and (B) the fringe benefit rate for such Delayed Transferred Employees’ benefits under a Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan that Seller Parent charges in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in respect of the Delayed Employment Period shall, in the case of (A) and (B), be considered Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities; provided that, during such period, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries receive the economic benefit of such Delayed Transferred Employee’s services.

(iv) Disability Employees. Without limiting the generality of Section 6.6(b)(iii), and except as prohibited by applicable Law or provided in the immediately following sentence, each Business Employee who is on a leave of absence as of the Closing due to short- or long-term disability (a “Disability Employee”) and is eligible for, or in an elimination period to be eligible for, long-term disability insurance coverage under a Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan (a “Seller LTD Plan”) that is not a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan shall be a Delayed Transfer Employee until he or she returns to active employment; provided, that such return to active employment occurs within six (6) months following the Closing (or such longer period as may be required by applicable Law or the notice period under any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan). If it is administratively impractical to delay the transfer of a Disability Employee because Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) do not have an employing entity in the applicable jurisdiction following the Closing or because such Disability Employee is, prior to the Closing and prior his or her disability, already an employee of a Conveyed Subsidiary, such Disability Employee shall be treated in the same manner as all other Business Employees, except he or she shall remain eligible for coverage under the Seller LTD Plan until the elimination period in effect as of the Closing elapses, and neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates shall have any Liability to provide long-term disability benefits or otherwise with respect to the Seller LTD Plan. If such Disability Employee who is not a Delayed Transferred Employee in accordance with the first sentence hereof satisfies the requirements for coverage under the Seller LTD Plan at the end of such elimination period, the employment of such Disability Employee with Purchaser and its Affiliates shall terminate, and such Disability Employee shall be entitled to benefits under the Seller LTD Plan, and neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates shall have any Liability to provide long-term disability benefits or otherwise with respect to the Seller LTD Plan. Any Disability Employee who is a Delayed Transferred Employee in accordance with the first sentence hereof and who does not return to active employment within six

 

140


(6)months following the Closing (or such longer period as may be required by applicable Law or the notice period under any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan) shall not be a Transferred Employee under this Agreement and, upon the conclusion of such six (6)-month period (or such longer period as may be required by applicable Law or the notice period under any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan), shall no longer be considered a Business Employee under this Agreement.

(v) Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, (A) any Business Employee (U.S.) whose employment transfers pursuant to this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be referred to as a “Transferred Employee (U.S.)” and (B) any Business Employee (non-U.S.) whose employment transfers pursuant to this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be referred to as a “Transferred Employee (non-U.S.)” (collectively, the “Transferred Employees”).

(c) Compensation and Employee Benefits.

(i) Continued Employee Benefits. For a period from the Closing Date until December 31, 2020 (or such longer period as required by applicable Law) (the “Continuation Period”), Purchaser shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, provide to each Transferred Employee whose terms and conditions of employment are not subject to an applicable Collective Bargaining Agreement (A) a Comparable Position, (B) base salary or wage rates that, in each case, are no less favorable than those in effect for each such Transferred Employee immediately prior to the Closing, (C) cash-based incentive opportunities (which shall include, collectively, commission, cash bonus and cash incentive pay opportunities), equity incentive opportunities and nonqualified deferred compensation benefits that, in each case, are no less favorable than those provided to similarly situated Purchaser Business Employees, (D) employee benefits (excluding equity incentive opportunities and non-qualified deferred compensation) that, in the aggregate, are substantially comparable to those in effect for each such Transferred Employee immediately prior to the Closing and (E) severance benefits that are no less favorable than the severance benefits that would have been payable to each such Transferred Employee under the Seller Group Plans or Foreign Seller Group Plans set forth in Section 6.6(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter in which such Transferred Employee participated or was eligible for benefits immediately prior to the Closing, taking into account such Transferred Employee’s additional period of service and increases (but not decreases) in compensation following the Closing. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Purchaser or its Subsidiaries shall, and shall cause the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries to, maintain terms and conditions of employment for Transferred Employees to the extent necessary to (x) effect the automatic transfer of such employees under applicable Laws (including the Transfer of Undertakings Laws), Collective Bargaining Agreements or employment agreements, (y) comply with applicable Laws and (z) prevent severance from becoming payable to any such employee under applicable Law as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

141


(ii) Severance or Other Termination Liabilities. Purchaser and its Subsidiaries shall be solely responsible for any severance, redundancy, long service, notice or garden leave pay, or similar payments, contributions or benefits (collectively, “Termination Expenses”) that may become payable to any Business Employee arising out of or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether or not such Business Employee becomes a Transferred Employee), including any Termination Expenses that are required to be paid by applicable Law, that may become payable to any Business Employee who does not become an employee of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries because Purchaser or its Subsidiaries fail to take all actions required by applicable Law to effectuate such Business Employee’s transfer, because such Business Employee rejects an offer of employment made in compliance with this Section 6.6, refuses to transfer employment, or otherwise challenges such transfer of employment; provided, however, that Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall retain any Termination Expenses that may become payable in connection with the Seller Internal Restructurings (collectively, the “Seller Retained Severance Liabilities”), which shall be Retained Liabilities for all purposes hereunder. If Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries becomes liable for, or is legally required to make, severance, redundancy, long service, notice or garden leave pay, or similar payments, contributions or benefits to or on behalf of any Business Employee as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether or not such Business Employee becomes a Transferred Employee), all such payments and any related costs and expenses paid or incurred by Purchaser or its applicable Subsidiary, other than any Seller Retained Severance Liabilities, shall be Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities. Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall consult with Purchaser prior to paying or committing to pay severance to a Business Employee who rejects an offer of employment made in compliance with this Section 6.6, refuses to transfer employment, or otherwise challenges such transfer of employment.

(iii) Service Credit. For purposes of vesting, eligibility to participate and level of benefits (and for all other purposes to the extent required by applicable Law) under the employee benefit plans of Purchaser and its Affiliates providing benefits to any Transferred Employees after the Closing, each Transferred Employee shall be credited with his or her years of service with Seller Parent and its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) and their respective predecessors to the same extent and for the same purpose as such Transferred Employee was credited, before the Closing, under any similar Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan in which such Transferred Employee participated or was eligible to participate immediately prior to the Closing, provided that the foregoing shall not apply (A) to the extent that its application would result in a duplication of benefits (including accrual of severance or termination related entitlements where these have been paid out as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) or (B) for purposes of level of benefits under any defined benefit pension plan (other than under Purchaser Pension Plans with respect to the transfer of Liabilities from Seller Pension Plans as described in Section 6.6(e), or as required by applicable Law).

 

142


(iv) Welfare Benefit Plan Obligations. Commencing as of 12:01 a.m. (local time wherever applicable) on the Closing Date, Purchaser shall, or shall cause its applicable Affiliates to, provide the Transferred Employees with welfare benefits under plans and arrangements maintained or sponsored by Purchaser and its Affiliates that satisfy the standards set forth in Section 6.6(c)(i). Purchaser shall, or shall cause its applicable Affiliates to, waive any waiting periods under their welfare benefit plans (including medical, dental, life insurance and short-term and long-term disability plans) and, with respect to any group health plans, shall waive any limitations for preexisting conditions, and, if applicable, shall ensure that such employees are given credit for any amounts paid toward deductibles, out-of-pocket limits or other fees on or prior to the Closing Date. Other than with respect to claims incurred under a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan, claims by a Transferred Employee for welfare benefit plan benefits or services rendered (A) as of or following 12:01 a.m. (local time wherever applicable) on the Closing Date shall be the responsibility of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, and (B) prior to the Closing Date shall be the responsibility of Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof). Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof) will retain any obligations under Section 4980B of the Code or similar state Law (“COBRA”) with respect to Business Employees, Former Business Employees and any other qualified beneficiaries who are enrolled in COBRA continuation coverage under a Seller Group Plan that is not a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan as of the Closing or with respect to whom a COBRA qualifying event occurred prior to the Closing. This Section 6.6(c)(ii) does not apply to any Liabilities under a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan, regardless of whether the event giving rise to the cost occurred before, on or after the Closing Date, which Liabilities shall be retained or assumed by Purchaser in accordance with Section 6.6(a)(i)(A).

(v) Cash Incentive Compensation. Following the Closing, Purchaser shall, or shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to pay awards under Seller Parent cash-based annual incentive plan (the “Seller Cash Incentive Plan”) in which Transferred Employees participate for the performance period in which the Closing occurs, prorated for the period elapsed as of immediately prior to the Closing Date, or with respect to any Delayed Transfer Employee, the date on which such Delayed Transferred Employee transfers employment (based upon actual performance as determined in good faith in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice by Seller Parent or its applicable Affiliate), to each Transferred Employee who is eligible to receive such an award pursuant to the terms of the Seller Cash Incentive Plan, which awards shall be paid at such time and to the extent that the Transferred Employees would have otherwise become entitled to such bonuses under the Seller Cash Incentive Plan (such prorated bonus, the “Seller Closing Bonus”);

 

143


provided, however, if Purchaser’s or its applicable Subsidiary’s payment of the Seller Closing Bonus is prohibited under applicable Law, Purchaser and Seller Parent will agree to an alternative arrangement with respect to any such Seller Closing Bonus acting in good faith (which alternative arrangement shall preserve the division of Liabilities between Seller Parent and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Purchaser and its Affiliates, on the other hand, generally contemplated by this Section 6.6(c)(v)). The aggregate amount of the Seller Closing Bonuses and any related employer-side Taxes (but less the amount of the Tax deduction that Seller Parent or its Affiliates would have realized had they paid the Seller Closing Bonuses) shall be reflected as a Liability in Business Working Capital. Without limiting the generality of Section 6.6(c)(i), effective as of the Closing, Purchaser shall cause the Transferred Employees to participate in the cash-based incentive plans of Purchaser and its Affiliates for the remainder of the performance period in which the Closing occurs, which plans shall provide (A) incentive compensation opportunities that are no less favorable than those provided to such Transferred Employees immediately prior to the Closing (provided that such opportunities may be prorated for the period from and including the Closing Date until the end of the applicable performance period and may be based on reasonable performance criteria established by Purchaser in the ordinary course of business) and (B) for payment of awards for the performance period in which the Closing occurs at the time prescribed by the Seller Cash Incentive Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Closing and in accordance with the historical past practices of Seller and its Affiliates, it being understood that this clause (B) shall not require Purchaser to pay such awards automatically upon the Closing.

(vi) Equity Incentive Compensation. Upon the Closing, each incentive award in respect of the common stock of Seller Parent (a “Seller Parent Equity Award”) held by a Transferred Employee shall become vested or eligible to vest (subject to the satisfaction of any applicable performance goals) in a prorated amount, determined based on the number of days in the applicable vesting period elapsed as of the Closing Date. Effective as of the Closing, Purchaser or its Affiliates shall grant to each Transferred Employee an equity- or cash-based incentive award (a “Make-Whole Award”) with a grant date fair value that is no less favorable than the value of the portion of the Seller Parent Equity Awards forfeited by the Transferred Employee in connection with the Closing (which forfeited amount shall be disclosed to Purchaser Parent no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing), which Make-Whole Award shall have terms and conditions that are no less favorable than the terms and conditions (including vesting schedule and accelerated vesting terms) that were applicable to the corresponding Seller Parent Equity Award. In the event that the post-Closing transfer of a Delayed Transfer Employee results in a larger portion of the Seller Parent Equity Awards held by such Delayed Transfer Employee becoming vested upon such Delayed Transfer Employee’s transfer of employment than if the employment of such Delayed Transfer Employee had transferred upon the Closing, then the incremental cost of such additional vesting (which cost shall be measured based on the taxable income the Delayed Transfer Employee either realized or would have realized had such awards been settled or exercised upon such Delayed Transfer Employee’s transfer of employment to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries) shall be considered Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities.

 

144


(vii) Accrued Time Off Entitlements. Subject to applicable Law and any required consents, from and after the Closing, with respect to each Business Employee, either (A) Purchaser shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, assume and honor all accrued but unused vacation and other paid time off of Business Employees or (B) if Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates is required under applicable Law to make a payment in settlement of accrued vacation or paid time off of any Business Employee, such payments shall be considered Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities and such accruals under (A) shall not be assumed and/or honored by Purchaser or its Affiliates. Under no circumstance shall Purchaser or its Affiliates be responsible for satisfying both (A) and (B) with respect to the same Business Employee.

(d) Seller Benefit Plans. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.6, from and after the Closing, the Transferred Employees shall cease to be active participants in the Seller Group Plans and Foreign Seller Group Plans that are not Conveyed Subsidiary Plans.

(e) Foreign Defined Benefit Pension or Termination Benefit Plans.

(i) Effective as of the Closing, Purchaser shall establish or designate non-U.S. defined benefit pension or pension-like termination benefit plans or arrangements, as applicable (collectively, the “Purchaser Pension Plans”), for the benefit of the Transferred Employees (non-U.S.) who participate in the Foreign Seller Group Plans and other non-U.S. arrangements that provide for similar benefits, whether under a plan or pursuant to applicable Law or local practice set forth on Section 6.6(e) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (collectively, the “Seller Pension Plans,” and the Transferred Employees (non-U.S.) who participate in or accrue benefits pursuant to the Seller Pension Plans, the “Transferred Pension Plan Employees”). Each Purchaser Pension Plan shall provide, upon the transfer of assets referred to below (or, if there is no transfer of assets with respect to a particular plan because the plan is not funded, as of the Closing), that the accrued benefits for the Transferred Pension Plan Employees under such Purchaser Pension Plan shall in no event be less than their accrued benefits under the corresponding Seller Pension Plan as of the Closing. With respect to any Seller Pension Plan that is funded, Seller Parent shall cause to be transferred from the trusts or other funding vehicles under such Seller Pension Plan to the trusts or other funding vehicles under the corresponding Purchaser Pension Plan assets in the form of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities or insurance contracts (to the extent allowable under the terms of such contracts and exclusively intended to cover plan benefits), the value of which shall be equal to: (x) the actuarial present value of accumulated benefits (that is, the “accumulated benefit obligation” as defined in Topic 715 in the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification, the “ABO”) under such Seller Pension Plan as of the Closing that are attributable to the Transferred Pension Plan Employees, divided by the ABO

 

145


of all participants in such Seller Pension Plan as of the Closing, multiplied by the market value of the assets of such Seller Pension Plan at the Closing, provided that such transferred amount shall not, in any event, exceed the ABO under such Seller Pension Plan of all Transferred Pension Plan Employees as of the Closing Date or (y) such greater amount as is required by applicable Law.

(ii) The amounts determined in accordance with Section 6.6(e)(i) are collectively referred to as the “Pension Transfer Amounts.” The transfer of the Pension Transfer Amounts, and the assumption by Purchaser and its Subsidiaries of Liabilities with respect to or relating to the Transferred Pension Plan Employees under the applicable Seller Pension Plans, shall be subject to such consents, Approvals and other requirements as may apply under applicable Law. Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the corresponding Purchaser Pension Plans to accept the Pension Transfer Amounts. Actuarial determinations shall be made in accordance with Section 6.6(e)(vi). If a Seller Pension Plan is not required to be funded by applicable Law, and is not funded, there shall be no transfer of assets by the Seller Pension Plan or by Seller Parent or its Affiliates.

(iii) As of the Closing, Seller Parent shall cause the Transferred Employees to cease further accrual of benefits under the Seller Pension Plans.

(iv) The Pension Transfer Amount, if any, from each Seller Pension Plan shall be equitably adjusted to take into account benefit payments made from the Seller Pension Plan to the Transferred Pension Plan Employees after the Closing but prior to the date of transfer and for any earnings and losses on such amount during such period. The Pension Transfer Amount, if any, shall be determined pursuant to Section 6.6(e)(vi).

(v) At the times of the transfers of the Pension Transfer Amounts (or if there is no transfer of assets with respect to a particular plan because the plan is not required to be funded under applicable Law and is not funded, from and after the Closing), Purchaser and the Purchaser Pension Plans shall assume all Liabilities for all accrued benefits, including all disability, part-time, early retirement and other ancillary benefits, under the corresponding Seller Pension Plans in respect of the Transferred Pension Plan Employees whose benefits are so transferred, and Seller Parent and its Affiliates and the corresponding Seller Pension Plans shall be relieved of all Liabilities to provide benefits under the Seller Pension Plans to the Transferred Pension Plan Employees whose benefits are so transferred. From and after the date of such applicable transfer of the Pension Transfer Amounts (or if there is no transfer of assets with respect to a particular plan because the plan is not required to be funded under applicable Law and is not funded, from and after the Closing), Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller Parent and its Affiliates and its officers, directors, employees, and agents from and against any and all costs, damages, losses, expenses, or other Liabilities arising out of or related to the Transferred Pension Plan Employees’ benefits under the Seller Pension Plans that are transferred to Purchaser or Purchaser Pension Plans pursuant to this Section 6.6(e).

 

146


(vi) For purposes of this Section 6.6(e), actuarial determinations shall be based upon the actuarial assumptions and methodologies used in preparing the most recent audited financial statements of Seller Parent as of the date of the determination. The applicable plan sponsor of the Seller Pension Plans shall cause the plan actuary or administrator to provide a report of its determination of such amount within ninety (90) days following the Closing Date and any back-up information reasonably required by Purchaser to confirm the accuracy of such determination. If Purchaser disputes the accuracy of the calculation, Purchaser and Seller Parent shall cooperate to identify the basis for such disagreement and act in good faith to resolve such dispute. To the extent that a dispute is unresolved after a forty-five (45)-day period following identification of such dispute, the calculations shall be verified by an independent third-party benefits consulting firm selected by the mutual agreement of Seller Parent and Purchaser. The decision of such consulting firm shall be final, binding and conclusive on Seller Parent and Purchaser. Notwithstanding Section 6.6(a)(i)(E), Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent shall share equally the costs of such consulting firm.

(vii) This Section 6.6(e) does not apply to any Liabilities under a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan, which Liabilities shall be retained or assumed by Purchaser in accordance with Section 6.6(a)(i)(A). For clarity, Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall retain all assets and Liabilities, including those related to Business Employees and Former Business Employees (and their service prior to Closing), in respect of Seller Group Plans and Foreign Seller Group Plans that are defined benefit pension plans or pension-like termination benefit plans or arrangements but not Conveyed Subsidiary Plans, or with respect to Transferred Employees (non-U.S.), Seller Pension Plans.

(f) Defined Contribution Plans (U.S.).

(i) Effective as of the Closing, Purchaser shall create or designate defined contribution pension plans (collectively, the “Purchaser DC Plans (U.S.)”) for the benefit of the Transferred Employees (U.S.) who participate in one or more of the defined contribution pension plans maintained by Seller Parent or its Affiliates (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan) that are intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code immediately prior to the Closing or the corresponding provisions of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code (collectively, the “Seller DC Plans (U.S.),” and the Transferred Employees who participate in the Seller DC Plans (U.S.), the “DC Employees (U.S.)”). The applicable Purchaser DC Plans (U.S.) shall be tax-qualified in the same manner as the corresponding Seller DC Plans (U.S.), and, prior to the Closing, Purchaser shall provide Seller Parent any determination letters or similar documentation evidencing such qualification.

 

147


(ii) Each Purchaser DC Plan (U.S.) shall allow for the receipt in cash from the DC Employees (U.S.) of “eligible rollover distributions” (as such term is defined under Section 402 of the Code or any equivalent term under the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code), but also including notes corresponding to loans. Purchaser and Seller Parent shall work together in order to facilitate any such distribution or rollover and to effect an eligible rollover distribution for those DC Employees (U.S.) who elect to rollover their account balances, including notes, directly into a Purchaser DC Plan (U.S.).

(iii) Any DC Employee (U.S.) who has an unvested account balance under a Seller DC Plan (U.S.) as of the Closing Date shall become vested on the Closing Date in a prorated portion thereof, determined based on the number of days in the applicable vesting period elapsed as of the Closing Date. Any DC Employee (U.S.) who would be eligible for an employer contribution had he or she remained an active participant in the applicable Seller DC Plan (U.S.) until the next date on which such employer contribution would be made, shall receive a prorated employer contribution under the applicable Seller DC Plan (U.S.) on or as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, determined based on the number of days in the applicable service period elapsed as of the Closing Date. The contributions and vesting of benefits described in this Section 6.6(f)(iii) shall be Retained Liabilities.

(g) Defined Contribution Plans (non-U.S.).

(i) Effective as of the Closing, Purchaser shall establish or designate defined contribution plans or arrangements (collectively, the “Purchaser DC Plans (non-U.S.)”) for the benefit of the Transferred Employees (non-U.S.) who participate in one or more of the defined contribution plans maintained by Seller Parent or its Affiliates (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan) or any other arrangement that provides for similar benefits pursuant to applicable Law or local practice (collectively, the “Seller DC Plans (non-U.S.),” and the Transferred Employees who participate in the Seller DC Plans (non-U.S.), the “DC Employees (non-U.S.)”). The applicable Purchaser DC Plans (non-U.S.) shall be tax-qualified in the same manner as the corresponding Seller DC Plans (non-U.S.), and, prior to the Closing, Purchaser shall provide Seller Parent any determination letters or similar documentation evidencing such qualification. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Purchaser DC Plan (non-U.S.) shall allow for the receipt in cash from the DC Employees (non-U.S.) of rollover distributions, but also including notes corresponding to loans. Purchaser and Seller Parent shall work together in order to facilitate any such distribution or rollover and to effect a rollover distribution for those DC Employees (non-U.S.) who elect to rollover their account balances, including notes, directly into a Purchaser DC Plan (non-U.S.).

 

148


(ii) Notwithstanding Section 6.6(g)(i), if applicable Law requires Purchaser to assume the Liabilities of the DC Employees (non-U.S.) under a Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.), Seller Parent shall cause the transfer under each such Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.) to the corresponding Purchaser DC Plan (non-U.S.) of (A) the account balances of such DC Employees (non-U.S.) as of the Closing or cash, cash equivalents or other property equal to the actual account balances of the DC Employees (non-U.S.) under each such Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.) as of the Closing or such greater amount as is required by any applicable Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.) in order to obtain approval of such transfer, and (B) any notes corresponding to loans of the DC Employees (non-U.S.) (collectively, the “DC Transfer Amounts”). The transfer of the DC Transfer Amounts shall be subject to such consents, Approvals and other legal requirements as may apply under applicable Law. Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the DC Transfer Amounts to be accepted by such plans. The DC Transfer Amounts to be transferred, if any, from the respective Seller DC Plans (non-U.S.) shall be equitably adjusted to take into account benefit payments made from the respective Seller DC Plans (non-U.S.) to the DC Employees (non-U.S.) after the Closing but prior to the date of transfer and for any earnings and losses on such amount during such period. The transfer of the DC Transfer Amounts, if any, shall take place within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Closing Date. At the times of the transfers of the DC Transfer Amounts, Purchaser and the Purchaser DC Plans (non-U.S.) shall assume all Liabilities with respect to the DC Transfer Amounts relating to Transferred Employees (non-U.S.) that were transferred from the applicable Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.), and Seller Parent and its Affiliates and the Seller DC Plans (non-U.S.) shall be relieved of all such Liabilities under such Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.) with respect to such Transferred Employees (non-U.S.). From and after the date of the transfer of the DC Transfer Amounts, Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller Parent and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, damages, losses, expenses, or other Liabilities arising out of or related to the DC Transfer Amounts for Transferred Employees (non-U.S.) under the applicable Seller DC Plans (non-U.S.).

(iii) Any DC Employee (non-U.S.) who has an unvested account balance under a Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.) as of the Closing Date shall become vested on the Closing Date in a prorated portion thereof, determined based on the number of days in the applicable vesting period elapsed as of the Closing Date. Any DC Employee (non-U.S.) who would be eligible for an employer contribution had he or she remained an active participant in the applicable Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.) until the next date on which such employer contribution would be made, shall receive a prorated employer contribution under the applicable Seller DC Plan (non-U.S.) on or as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, determined based on the number of days in the applicable service period elapsed as of the Closing Date. The contributions and vesting of benefits described in this Section 6.6(g)(iii) shall be Retained Liabilities.

 

149


(iv) This Section 6.6 does not apply to any Liabilities under a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan, which Liabilities shall be retained or assumed by Purchaser in accordance with Section 6.6(a)(i)(A).

(h) Retiree Medical Plans. Effective as of the Closing, each Transferred Employee who is eligible to become a participant upon termination of service in the Seller Retained Plans that provide retiree medical benefits set forth on Section 6.6(h) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (the “Seller Retiree Medical Plans”) as of the Closing (i) shall cease being eligible to become a participant, or accrue service towards eligibility, in the Seller Retiree Medical Plans, and Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall have no Liabilities in respect of the provision of post-retirement medical benefits to such Transferred Employee, and (ii) shall commence accruing service towards eligibility and level of benefits (taking into account the recognition of all prior service credit in accordance with Section 6.6(c)(iii)) in a retiree medical plan maintained by Purchaser or its Affiliates that provides benefits that are either (A) no less favorable than those provided under the applicable Seller Retiree Medical Plans, including with respect to an employer subsidy, or (B) the same as those provided to similarly situated Purchaser Business Employees (“Purchaser Retiree Medical Plan”), which Purchaser Retiree Medical Plan shall not be modified in a manner adverse to the Transferred Employees relative to other participants; provided, however, such plans shall have requirements for retirement-eligibility that are the same as those provided to other Purchaser Retiree Medical Plan participants or, if more favorable, during the Continuation Period, the same as the applicable Seller Retiree Medical Plan with respect to the Transferred Employees. Subject to continued employment, the Transferred Employees shall continue accruing service towards eligibility and levels of benefits thereunder, for at least the Continuation Period (or such longer period as required by applicable Law). This Section 6.6(h) shall not limit Purchaser’s obligations with respect to a Conveyed Subsidiary Plan or any other arrangement that provides for similar benefits as required by applicable Law, which shall be considered Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities, in accordance with Section 6.6(a)(i).

(i) Flexible Spending Accounts. Seller Parent and Purchaser shall take all actions necessary or appropriate so that, effective as of the Closing Date (i) the account balances (whether positive or negative) (the “Transferred FSA Balances”) under the applicable flexible spending plan of Seller Parent or its Affiliates (collectively, the “Seller FSA Plan”) of the Transferred Employees who are participants in the Seller FSA Plan shall be transferred to one or more comparable plans of Purchaser or its Affiliates (collectively, the “Purchaser FSA Plan”); (ii) the elections, contribution levels and coverage levels of such Transferred Employees shall apply under the Purchaser FSA Plan in the same manner as under the Seller FSA Plan; and (iii) such Transferred Employees shall be reimbursed from the Purchaser FSA Plan for claims incurred at any time during the plan year of the Seller FSA Plan in which the Closing Date occurs that are submitted to the Purchaser FSA Plan from and after the Closing Date on substantially the same basis and substantially the same terms and conditions as under the Seller FSA Plan. As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, and in any event within thirty (30) Business Days after the amount of the Transferred FSA Balances is determined, Seller Parent or its Affiliates shall pay to Purchaser or its Affiliates the net aggregate amount of the Transferred FSA Balances, if such amount is positive, and Purchaser or its Subsidiaries shall pay to Seller Parent or its Affiliates the net aggregate amount of the Transferred FSA Balances, if such amount is negative.

 

150


(j) Employment Agreements. Except for any Liabilities related to transaction bonuses or retention awards granted prior to Closing to any Transferred Employee that are or were adopted without Purchaser Parent’s prior written approval (collectively, the “Seller Retention Awards”), any employment, severance, retention or other individual agreement between Seller Parent or its Affiliates and a Transferred Employee and the related Liabilities shall, effective as of the Closing, be assumed by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, and shall be considered Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities in accordance with Section 6.6(a)(i). Seller Parent shall reimburse Purchaser or its applicable Affiliate, as soon as practicable but in any event within thirty (30) days of receipt of appropriate verification, for all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Purchaser or its applicable Affiliate after the Closing Date with respect to the Seller Retention Awards, including the employer side Taxes or other payments related thereto.

(k) Deferred Compensation. Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall retain all assets and Liabilities in respect of the Seller Group Plans and Foreign Seller Group Plans set forth on Section 6.6(k) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, which are nonqualified or non-approved retirement plans that are not Conveyed Subsidiary Plans. For purposes of any Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan that provides for “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(4), Seller Parent and Purchaser agree that the transfer of a Transferred Employee’s employment in accordance with this Agreement shall not constitute a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and, further, for any such Seller Group Plan or Foreign Seller Group Plan in respect of which Seller Parent or its Affiliates are retaining Liabilities related to a Transferred Employee, that Purchaser shall notify Seller Parent in writing of a Transferred Employee’s separation from service with Purchaser or its Affiliates within thirty (30) days thereafter.

(l) Labor and Employment Law Matters. Purchaser and Seller Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate to take all steps, on a timely basis, as are required under applicable Law (including the Transfer of Undertakings Laws) or any Collective Bargaining Agreement to notify, consult with, or negotiate the effect, impact, terms or timing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with each works council, union, labor board, employee group (or employees directly) or Governmental Authority related to the foregoing. Seller Parent shall regularly review with Purchaser the progress of the notifications, consultations and negotiations with each such works council, union, labor board, employee group (or employees directly) and Governmental Authority regarding the effect, impact or timing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser and Seller Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, comply with all applicable Laws, directives and regulations relating to the Business Employees in connection with this Section 6.6(l). To the extent required by Law or Collective Bargaining Agreement (and within the time periods required by Law or Collective Bargaining Agreement), Purchaser shall or shall cause its applicable Affiliate to (i) become a party to any Collective Bargaining Agreement with respect to applicable Transferred Employees and shall be responsible for all Liabilities under any Collective Bargaining Agreement with respect to any Business Employee or Former Business Employee, regardless of whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing Date, and (ii) join any industrial, employer or similar association or federation. Purchaser shall indemnify Seller Parent and its Affiliates for any Liabilities incurred by Seller Parent and its Affiliates with respect to Purchaser or its Affiliates’ failure to comply with the obligations under this Section 6.6(l), which shall be considered Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities in accordance with Section 6.6(a)(i). Seller Parent shall indemnify Purchaser and its Affiliates for any Liabilities incurred by Purchaser and its Affiliates with respect to Seller Parent’s or its Affiliates’ failure to comply with the obligations under this Section 6.6(l).

 

151


(m) Immigration. Purchaser and Seller Parent shall, or shall cause their respective Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any foreign national, who requires a visa in order to work for Seller Parent or its Affiliate in his or her current position, may continue to work in such position as a Transferred Employee following the Closing Date, or, as applicable, such later date that such Business Employee’s employment transfers to Purchaser or its applicable Affiliate.

(n) Access to Independent Contractors and Service Providers. During the period prior to the Closing Date, Seller Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make individual natural person independent contractors related to the Business and directly engaged by Seller Parent or its Affiliates available to Purchaser for the purpose of allowing Purchaser to interview each such contractor and determine the nature and extent of each such person’s continuation with Purchaser, if any. Seller Parent shall provide to Purchaser contact information for third-party service providers providing contingent personnel to the Business and reasonably cooperate in identifying and facilitating Purchaser’s engagement of such contingent work force to the extent requested by Purchaser.

(o) Communications. Prior to the Closing, any employee notices or communication materials (including website postings) from Purchaser or its Affiliates to the Business Employees (including their representatives), including notices or communication materials with respect to employment, compensation or benefits matters addressed in this Agreement or related, directly or indirectly, to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or employment thereafter, shall be subject to the prior review, comment and approval of Seller Parent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Prior to the Closing, any employee notices or communication materials (including website postings) from Seller Parent or its Affiliates to the Business Employees (or their representatives) with respect to employment with, or compensation or benefits to be provided by, Purchaser or its Affiliates following the Closing, shall be subject to the prior review, comment and approval of Purchaser (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Further, prior to the Closing, Purchaser and its Affiliates shall not make broad-based unwritten communications to the Business Employees without Seller Parent’s prior approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Seller Parent and Purchaser shall coordinate to establish a protocol for reviewing and approving forms of employee notices and communication materials, and employee notices and communication materials that are consistent with the agreed form shall not be subject to further review and approval.

(p) Taxes and Filings. With respect to each Transferred Employee (U.S.), the Parties shall, or shall cause their respective Affiliates to, (i) treat Purchaser or its applicable Affiliate as a “successor employer” and Seller Parent or its applicable Affiliate as a “predecessor,” within the meaning of Sections 3121(a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of the Code, for purposes of Taxes imposed under the U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act, as amended (“FICA”), or the U.S. Federal

 

152


Unemployment Tax Act, as amended (“FUTA”), (ii) cooperate with each other to avoid the restart of FICA and FUTA upon or following the Closing with respect to each such Transferred Employee for the year during which the Closing occurs, and (iii) implement the alternate procedure described in Section 5 of Revenue Procedure 2004-53, including with respect to the filing of all applicable forms (including Form 941). In addition, with respect to each Transferred Employee (U.S.), Purchaser shall be responsible for the filing of Form 1095-C in respect of the year in which the Closing occurs. In accordance with Section 6.5(c), Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall be entitled to any Tax deduction available in respect of all compensation and benefit-related Liabilities that it retains pursuant to this Section 6.6.

(q) Cooperation. Subject to applicable Law and Section 2.2 and Section 6.4, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Seller Parent, Purchaser, and their respective Affiliates will reasonably cooperate in all matters reasonably necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by this Section 6.6, including (i) exchanging information and data reasonably necessary for Seller Parent and Purchaser to comply with their respective obligations under this Section 6.6, (ii) making any and all required filings and notices, (iii) making any and all required communications with Business Employees, and (iv) obtaining any required approvals of a Governmental Authority.

(r) No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Section 6.6 is included for the sole benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted transferees and permitted assigns and does not and shall not create any right in any Person, including any current or former employee of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, any Business Employee, any Transferred Employee or beneficiary or dependent of the foregoing, who is not a Party. Nothing contained in this Agreement (express or implied) is intended to (a) create or amend any employee benefit plan or arrangement or (b) confer upon any individual any right to employment for any period of time, or any right to a particular term or condition of employment. No current or former employee of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, any Business Employee, Former Business Employee or any Transferred Employee, including any beneficiary or dependent thereof, or any other Person not a Party or permitted transferee or permitted assign thereof, shall be entitled to assert any claim against Purchaser, Seller Parent or any of their respective Affiliates under this Section 6.6.

Section 6.7 Intercompany Accounts and Arrangements.

(a) Seller Parent may take (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to take) such action as is necessary or advisable to settle, effective as of, or prior to, the Closing Date, all intercompany accounts that are in the nature of Funded Indebtedness between a Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof, on the one hand, and Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries, on the other hand, in such a manner as Seller Parent shall determine in its sole discretion without any further Liability or obligation therefor of any Person. Any intercompany accounts that are in the nature of Funded Indebtedness between a Conveyed Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof, on the one hand, and Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries, on the other hand, that are settled after 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date but in connection with the Closing shall be deemed for purposes of this Agreement to have been settled as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date, and any intercompany accounts that are in the nature of Funded

 

153


Indebtedness between a Conveyed Subsidiary (or any of its Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries, on the other hand, that remain outstanding following the Closing shall not be deemed Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities for purposes of this Agreement. Except for the Ancillary Agreements or the agreements set forth in Section 6.7 of the Seller Disclosure Letter or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement, all intercompany arrangements and agreements, that are in the nature of Funded Indebtedness whether written or oral, between Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries, on the other hand, shall be terminated as of or prior to the Closing Date without any further Liability or obligation thereunder of any Person and shall be of no further force and effect after the Closing.

(b) Purchaser Parent may take (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to take) such action as is necessary or advisable to settle, effective as of, or prior to, the Closing Date, all intercompany accounts that are in the nature of Funded Indebtedness (other than intercompany accounts arising pursuant to a Purchaser Ancillary Agreement) between Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, in such a manner as Purchaser Parent shall determine in its sole discretion without any further Liability or obligation therefor of any Person. Any such intercompany accounts that are in the nature of Funded Indebtedness between Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, that are settled after 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date but in connection with the Closing shall be deemed for purposes of this Agreement to have been settled as of 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date, and any intercompany accounts that are in the nature of Funded Indebtedness between Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), on the other hand (other than intercompany accounts arising pursuant to a Purchaser Ancillary Agreement), that remain outstanding following the Closing shall not be deemed an asset of Purchaser or a Purchaser Liability for purposes of this Agreement (including for purposes of calculating the Purchaser Working Capital), and Purchaser Parent shall cancel or otherwise transfer such intercompany account from Purchaser and its Subsidiaries for no consideration. All Liabilities related to or arising out of the intercompany loan between Setfirst Limited and Purchaser in respect of the acquisition by Purchaser or its applicable Affiliates of Novartis AG’s interest in Purchaser and its applicable Affiliates shall be fully extinguished and cancelled, effective prior to the Closing Date, or shall otherwise be transferred to Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) prior to the Closing Date and shall constitute a Purchaser Parent Retained Liability for all purposes hereunder, in any case without any further Liability or obligation therefor for Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries. Except for the Ancillary Agreements or the Purchaser Related Party Contracts set forth in Section 6.7 of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter (the Purchaser Related Party Contracts set forth thereon, the “Purchaser Ancillary Agreements”) or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement, all Purchaser Related Party Contracts shall be terminated as of or prior to the Closing Date without any further Liability or obligation thereunder of any Person and shall be of no further force and effect after the Closing.

 

154


(c) Except to the extent provided to the contrary in this Section 6.7 and for any rights or obligations pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or any commercial or other matter unrelated to this Agreement, effective as of the Closing, each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser, on behalf of itself and its respective Affiliates, including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, hereby releases Seller Parent and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (and their respective officers, directors and employees, acting in their capacity as such) from any Liability, obligation or responsibility to any of them for any and all past actions or failures to take action prior to the Closing directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the Business, the Retained Businesses, the Purchaser Business or the operations of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) prior to the Closing, or relating to or arising out of Seller Parent’s or its Affiliate’s ownership of the Purchased Assets.

(d) Except to the extent provided to the contrary in this Section 6.7 and for any rights or obligations pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, effective as of the Closing, Purchaser Parent, on behalf of itself and its respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) hereby releases Purchaser and each of its Subsidiaries (and their respective officers, directors and employees, acting in their capacity as such) from any Liability, obligation or responsibility to any of them for any and all past actions or failures to take action prior to the Closing directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the Purchaser Business, the Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses or the operations of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, or relating to or arising out of the assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e) Except to the extent provided to the contrary in this Section 6.7 and for any rights or obligations pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or, in the case of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), any commercial or other matter unrelated to this Agreement, effective as of the Closing, Seller Parent, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby releases each of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) (and their respective officers, directors and employees, acting in their capacity as such) from any Liability, obligation or responsibility to any of them for any and all past actions or failures to take action prior to the Closing directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the Business, Purchaser Business, the Retained Businesses or the operations of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) prior to the Closing.

Section 6.8 Access to Records and Information.

(a) Each of Seller Parent and its Affiliates and each of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and their Affiliates shall retain the books, records, documents, instruments, accounts, correspondence, writings, evidences of title and other papers relating to the Business or the Purchaser Business in its possession for at least seven (7) years following the Closing Date or for such longer period as may be required by Law or any applicable Governmental Order. Each Party shall give reasonable written notice to the other Parties before ceasing to maintain any such materials, and shall deliver to the other Parties at the other Parties’ expense upon request any such materials that it has proposed no longer to maintain.

 

155


(b) Following the Closing and subject to applicable Law, each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including, in the case of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) to, permit the other Parties and their Affiliates and Representatives reasonable access during normal business hours to such books, records, documents, instruments, accounts, correspondence, writings, evidences of title and other papers and to personnel having knowledge of the whereabouts and/or contents of such books, records, documents, instruments, accounts, correspondence, writings, evidences of title and other papers, for legitimate business reasons, including in connection with financial statements, reporting obligations and compliance with applicable Laws, and to provide such other information relating to the Business or the Purchaser Business as may be reasonably requested by any such other Party for such purposes; provided that each Party may restrict the foregoing access or the provision of such information to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of such Party, (i) applicable Law requires it or any of its Affiliates to restrict or prohibit such access or the provision of such information, (ii) providing such access would unreasonably interfere with the operation of its and its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses, (iii) providing such access or information would breach a confidentiality obligation to a third party, (iv) providing such access or information would result in disclosure of any information that is competitively or commercially sensitive, (v) in the case of Seller Parent, the information relates to the Strategic Process, or in the case of Purchaser Parent, the information relates to the review of strategic alternatives with respect to the Purchaser Business, and for clarity in each case (with respect to both Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent) pertaining to such review prior to the Closing, or (vi) providing such access or disclosure of any such information would reasonably be expected to result in the loss or waiver of the attorney-client or other applicable privilege or protection. In the event that a Party restricts access or withholds information on the basis of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), such Party shall, if permitted, inform the Party requesting such access or information as to the general nature of what is being restricted or withheld and the reason therefor, and such Parties shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate substitute arrangements to permit disclosure of the relevant information in a manner that does not suffer from such impediments. Each Party will hold in confidence all Confidential Information obtained from the other Parties or any of their Affiliates in accordance with Section 6.12. The Parties agree that, with respect to any matters that are the subject of this Section 6.8(b) and Section 6.5(i), the provisions of Section 6.5(i) (and not this Section 6.8(b)) shall control.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing in this Section 6.8, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall retain, after the Closing, access and use rights with respect to, and may retain copies of, the Registration Information (including in relation to pending applications for Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations) for Seller Parent’s and its Affiliates’ use for legal and regulatory compliance purposes.

Section 6.9 Mail and Other Communications. After the Closing Date, each Party and their respective Affiliates may receive mail and other communications properly belonging to the other Parties (or the other Parties’ Affiliates). Accordingly, at all times after the Closing Date, each Party authorizes each of the other Parties and their respective Affiliates to receive and open all mail and other communications received by it and not unambiguously intended for any other Party (or its Affiliates) or any other Party’s (or its Affiliates’) officers or directors, and to retain the same to the extent that they relate to the business of the receiving Party or, to the extent that they

 

156


do not relate to the business of the receiving Party, the receiving Party shall promptly deliver such mail or other communications (or, in case the same relate to both businesses, copies thereof) to the Party for which such mail and communications are intended. The provisions of this Section 6.9 are not intended to, and shall not be deemed to, constitute an authorization by any Party to permit the other to accept service of process on its behalf and no Party is or shall be deemed to be the agent of any other for service of process purposes.

Section 6.10 Transfer of Business IP and Registrations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, Purchaser Parent shall be responsible for preparing and filing all instruments and documents necessary to effect the assignment of the Business IP that is owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries, Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations to Purchaser and its Affiliates, including all costs and expenses of preparing and recording country-specific assignments and legalization of signatures (where required). Subject to Section 2.2 and Section 6.4, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cooperate with the foregoing as set forth herein and in Section 6.4; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, such obligation of Seller Parent to cooperate shall expire twenty-four (24) months following the Closing Date (except with respect to Registered Business IP that is owned or purported to be owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries or their predecessors with respect to which there are gaps in the chain of title and the record or beneficial title is, as of the Closing Date, not in the name of a Seller, which obligation shall continue until forty-eight (48) months following the Closing Date.

Section 6.11 No Solicitation. For a period of two (2) years after the Closing Date, (a) Seller Parent shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or hire any employee of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries with the title of vice-president or senior director or more senior and (b) Purchaser Parent shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) not to, solicit for employment or hire any employee of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries with the title of vice-president or senior director or more senior; provided, however, that the foregoing will not restrict Seller Parent’s, Purchaser Parent’s or their respective Affiliates’ ability to conduct generalized searches for officers or employees, including through search firms, bona fide public advertisements on websites or in periodicals of general circulation, so long as such searches are not targeted at any such employees (or hire any person as a result of such searches), or to solicit (or hire) any person whose employment has been terminated by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates at least six (6) months prior to any such solicitation.

Section 6.12 Confidentiality.

(a) For a period of five (5) years after the Closing Date (and for trade secrets, for so long as they remain trade secrets), each Party shall hold, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to hold, and shall cause their respective Representatives to hold, in confidence and not to disclose or release or use in any manner without the prior written consent of the other Parties any and all of the other Parties’ Confidential Information; provided that the Parties may disclose, or may permit disclosure of, Confidential Information (i) to their respective Affiliates or Representatives who have a need to know such information and are informed of their obligation to treat such information in the same manner as is applicable to the Parties and in respect of whose

 

157


failure to comply with such obligations Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent or Purchaser, as the case may be, will be responsible, (ii) if the Parties or their respective Affiliates or Representatives are compelled to disclose, on the advice of legal counsel, any such Confidential Information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of Law or any securities exchange, market or automated quotation system to which such Person is subject or (iii) in connection with any Action to enforce such Party’s rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, or otherwise in the performance by such Party of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any demand or request for disclosure of Confidential Information is made by a Party pursuant to clause (ii) above, such Party shall (x) to the extent legally permissible, promptly notify the other Parties of the existence of such request or demand and the disclosure that is expected to be made in respect thereto, in each case with sufficient specificity so that the other Parties may, at their expense, seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.12 and (y) if requested by another Party, assist such other Party, at such other Party’s expense, in seeking a protective order or other appropriate remedy in respect of such request or demand; provided that a Party and its Affiliates and Representatives shall be permitted to disclose such Confidential Information without notice in response to a demand or request for disclosure of Confidential Information in connection with a routine examination or audit by a Governmental Authority that is not specifically directed at the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or such Confidential Information, provided that such disclosing Party and, if applicable, such Affiliate or Representative, exercise its and their reasonable best efforts to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information, including by obtaining reasonable assurances that confidential treatment shall be accorded any Confidential Information so disclosed. If such a protective order or other remedy or the receipt of a waiver by another Party is not obtained and such disclosing Party or any of its Affiliates or Representatives is, nonetheless, following consultation with its legal counsel, required by such judicial or administrative process, Law or securities exchange, market or automated quotation system to disclose any Confidential Information, such disclosing Party (or such Affiliate or Representative) may, after compliance with the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 6.12(a), disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which it has been advised by its legal counsel is required to be disclosed, provided that such disclosing Party and, if applicable, such Affiliate or Representative, exercise its and their reasonable best efforts to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information, including by obtaining reasonable assurances that confidential treatment shall be accorded any Confidential Information so disclosed.

(b) As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all non-public proprietary, technical, economic, environmental, operational, financial or other business information or material, data, reports, interpretations, forecasts and business plans, in written, oral (including by recording), electronic or visual form, in the possession of, or which has been disclosed to, whether prior to or following the Closing Date, a Party or its Affiliates or Representatives by any other Party or its Affiliates or Representatives, including pursuant to the access provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (i) related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Strategic Process, (ii) in the case of Seller Parent and its Affiliates and Representatives, to the extent relating to the Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses or the Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities, and (iii) in the case of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and their respective Affiliates and Representatives, to the extent relating to the Excluded Assets, the Retained Businesses

 

158


or the Retained Liabilities (except, in each case, to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (A) in the public domain (other than as a result of a disclosure by such Party or its Affiliates or Representatives), (B) available after the date hereof to such Party or its Affiliates or Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the other Parties or their respective Affiliates or Representatives without, to such Party’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, being subject to any contractual or other obligation of confidentiality to the other Parties or their respective Affiliates or Representatives or (C) independently developed by or on behalf of such Party or its Affiliates or Representatives without use of, reference to or reliance upon any Confidential Information of the other Parties (as can be demonstrated by such Party by appropriate documentary evidence) and not, to such Party’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, subject to any contractual or other obligation of confidentiality to the other Parties or their respective Affiliates or Representatives).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (i) Seller Parent and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, shall be deemed to have satisfied their obligations hereunder with respect to Confidential Information if they exercise the same degree of care (but no less than a reasonable degree of care) as they take to preserve confidentiality for their own similar information, materials or other documents and (ii) confidentiality obligations contained in any agreement between Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, or Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and any employee of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, or Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, shall remain in full force and effect.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 6.12, to the extent that an Ancillary Agreement or another Contract pursuant to which a Party or any of its Affiliates is bound provides that certain Confidential Information shall be maintained confidential on a basis that is more protective of such Confidential Information or for a longer period of time than provided for in this Section 6.12, then the applicable provisions contained in such Ancillary Agreement or other Contract shall control with respect thereto. After the Closing Date, the Confidentiality Agreement shall be deemed to have been terminated by the parties thereto and shall no longer be in effect. Seller Parent shall enforce, or otherwise assign to Purchaser, its rights under any confidentiality agreements entered into by Seller Parent with other potential purchasers of the Business in connection with the Strategic Process with respect to the confidentiality, non-disclosure or use of Evaluation Material (as defined in such confidentiality agreements) to the extent related to the Business. Seller Parent shall, promptly after the date hereof, request the return or destruction of any such Evaluation Material provided to such other potential purchasers to the extent required to be returned or destroyed in accordance with and subject to the terms of such confidentiality agreements.

 

159


Section 6.13 Guarantees; Letters of Credit.

(a) Without limiting Section 6.13(b) in any respect, Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause itself, one of its Affiliates or the Conveyed Subsidiaries to be substituted in all respects for the Sellers and any of their respective Affiliates and for the Sellers and their respective Affiliates to be released, effective as of the Closing, in respect of all Liabilities and obligations of the Sellers and any of their respective Affiliates under or related to each of the Seller Parent Guarantees and Seller Parent LCs (other than to the extent related to the Retained Business, Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities), and Purchaser Parent and the Sellers shall reasonably cooperate in Purchaser’s efforts. Subject to the parenthetical in the preceding sentence, for any Seller Parent Guarantee or Seller Parent LC for which Purchaser or any Conveyed Subsidiary, as applicable, is not substituted in all respects for the Sellers and their respective Affiliates (or for which the Sellers and their respective Affiliates (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries) are not released), effective as of the Closing, Purchaser shall continue to use its reasonable best efforts, and shall cause the Conveyed Subsidiaries to use their reasonable best efforts, to effect such substitution and release after the Closing, and Purchaser Parent and the Sellers shall continue to reasonably cooperate in Purchaser’s efforts; provided that none of the Sellers, Purchaser Parent or any of their respective Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) shall have any obligation to make payments or incur any costs or expenses, grant any concession or incur any other Liability in connection with such cooperation pursuant to this Section 6.13 except to the extent Purchaser agrees to promptly reimburse Sellers, Purchaser Parent and their Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), as applicable, or agrees to fully indemnify the Sellers, Purchaser Parent and their Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), as applicable, for any such Liabilities to Seller Parent’s or Purchaser Parent’s reasonable satisfaction, as applicable. Without limiting the foregoing, neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates shall extend, renew, increase its obligations under or transfer to a third party any Contract containing or underlying a Seller Parent Guarantee or Seller Parent LC or any Contract to which any Seller Parent Guarantee or Seller Parent LC relates or pursuant to which any Seller Parent Guarantee or Seller Parent LC was issued or required to be issued unless, prior to or concurrently with such extension, renewal, increase or transfer, Purchaser or a Subsidiary of Purchaser is substituted in all respects for the Sellers and each of their respective Affiliates, and the Sellers and their respective Affiliates are released, in respect of all Liabilities and obligations of the Sellers and each of their respective Affiliates under or in respect of such Seller Parent Guarantee or Seller Parent LC. In no event shall Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates be obligated to pay any money to any Person to effect the substitutions described in this Section 6.13(a). The Parties agree that neither Seller Parent nor any of the Retained Subsidiaries will have any obligation to renew any Seller Parent LCs after the expiration of any such letter of credit. Neither the Seller Parent Guarantees nor the Seller Parent LCs shall be deemed Purchased Assets hereunder.

(b) Without limiting Section 6.13(a) in any respect, from and after the Closing, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, including the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries), jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties against any Liabilities that the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates suffer, incur or are liable for following the Closing by reason of or arising out of or in consequence of (i) the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates issuing, making payment under, being required to pay or reimburse the issuer of or any other Person in connection with, or being a party to, any Seller Parent Guarantee or Seller Parent LC, (ii) any claim or demand for payment made on the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to any Seller Parent Guarantee or Seller Parent LC or (iii) any Action by any Person who is or claims to be entitled to the benefit of or claims to be entitled to payment, reimbursement or indemnity with respect to any Seller Parent Guarantee or Seller Parent LC.

 

160


Section 6.14 Certain Ancillary Agreements.

(a) Prior to the date hereof, Purchaser Parent has delivered to Seller Parent true and complete copies of all Purchaser Ancillary Agreements currently in effect (and within forty-five (45) days following the date hereof shall provide Seller Parent with true and complete copies of any other material Purchaser Related Party Contracts to the extent not previously provided). Following the date hereof, the Parties will discuss, cooperate and negotiate reasonably and in good faith to cause to be prepared reasonably in advance of the Closing, and in any event to be finalized within one hundred and twenty (120) days following the date hereof, forms of each of the following: (i) a transition services agreement with respect to the provision of certain services on a transitional basis following the Closing by Seller Parent, or certain of its Affiliates, to Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (and, to the extent reasonably requested by Seller Parent, a reciprocal reverse transition services agreement with respect to the provision of services by Purchaser and its Subsidiaries to Seller Parent and its Affiliates relating to any Excluded Assets that are not transferred out of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, if any) (the “Transition Services Agreement”), (ii) a cross-license agreement with respect to the license of certain Intellectual Property related to and used in the Business to Purchaser and its Subsidiaries and certain Business IP related to and used in the Retained Businesses to Seller Parent and its Affiliates (the “Intellectual Property License Agreement”), (iii) a manufacturing and supply agreement with respect to the supply of certain Products manufactured at Retained Facilities by Seller Parent, or certain of its Affiliates, to Purchaser, or certain of its Subsidiaries (the “Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Seller Parent as Supplier)”), (iv) a manufacturing and supply agreement with respect to the supply of certain products commercialized by the Retained Businesses that are manufactured at the Facilities by Purchaser, or certain of its Subsidiaries, to Seller Parent, or certain of its Affiliates (the “Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Purchaser as Supplier)”), (v) Intellectual Property assignment agreements with respect to the assignment of Seller Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in the Business IP in accordance with this Agreement to Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (the “IP Assignment Agreements”), (vi) a transitional trademark license agreement with respect to the license of certain Trademarks on a transitional basis following the Closing by Seller Parent, or certain of its Affiliates, to Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (the “Transitional Trademark License Agreement”), (vii) a safety data exchange agreement to govern the provision and safeguarding of certain information provided pursuant to this Agreement in a manner compliant with applicable Law (the “Safety Data Exchange Agreement”), and (viii) the Local Implementing Agreements (the forms of each of the agreements described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (viii), collectively the “Form Ancillary Agreements”). The Parties agree that the Form Ancillary Agreements shall be prepared substantially based on the Form Ancillary Agreements previously provided by Seller Parent to Purchaser Parent appended hereto as Exhibit F and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith those terms that were not agreed to as reflected in Purchaser Parent’s responses to such, which are appended hereto as Exhibit G. The Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Purchaser as Supplier) and the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Seller Parent as Supplier) shall be negotiated in accordance with the specific terms and principles set forth on Section 6.14 of the Seller Disclosure Letter. The terms of such Form Ancillary Agreements shall in each case be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

161


(b) At the Closing, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and Seller Parent, as applicable, shall enter into, execute and deliver, or cause their applicable Affiliates to enter into, execute and deliver, each Form Ancillary Agreement, a shareholders agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C (the “Purchaser Shareholders Agreement”), and a Structuring Considerations Agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D (the “Structuring Considerations Agreement”).

(c) Promptly after the date hereof, Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent shall reasonably cooperate to discuss the service charges in the Support Services Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2015, by and between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and Purchaser, as amended, and to provide details on such charges to ensure a reasonable methodology is being applied.

(d) Promptly after the date here, the Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent shall negotiate a lease agreement and related documentation in accordance with the terms set forth on Section 6.14(d) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (the “Lease Agreement”).

Section 6.15 Retained and Transferred Names.

(a) Retained Names. (i) As soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the Closing, unless a longer period of time is necessary to comply with applicable Law (including to the extent a longer period of time is necessary to assign or update any Product Registrations, Manufacturing Registrations, or Governmental Authorizations or for legal or regulatory compliance purposes) (“Compliance Requirements”), and, in such event, as reasonably promptly as possible as allowed under applicable Law, Purchaser shall cause each Conveyed Subsidiary (and each Subsidiary thereof) to file to change its name and cause its certificate of incorporation (or equivalent organizational document), as applicable, to be amended to remove any and all references to (A) “Pfizer”, “Wyeth” or “Pfizer Consumer Health”, and (B) all other Retained Names set forth in Section 1.1(E) of the Seller Disclosure Letter or otherwise designated by Seller Parent in writing prior to the Closing (clauses (A) and (B), collectively, the “Retained Brands”); and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event any name change of any Conveyed Subsidiary (or Subsidiary thereof) in accordance with this Section 6.15(a) would take effect during the term of the Transition Services Agreement, including any extensions thereof, Purchaser shall (a) at least thirty (30) days prior to such name change, consult with Seller Parent regarding the contemplated change and (b) upon Seller Parent’s request, refrain from making any such change if Seller Parent determines in good faith that such change would reasonably be expected to result in additional cost or operation burden to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates in connection with one or more Services (as defined in the Transition Services Agreement) provided by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates under the Transition Services Agreement, until such time as is as soon as reasonably practicable after the term of the applicable Service (or Services) is terminated or expires pursuant to the terms of the Transition Services Agreement (the date that Purchaser is required to cause each Conveyed Subsidiary to make such name change filing in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii), the “Name Change Date”). Except as authorized pursuant to an Ancillary Agreement, as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of (a) the Closing, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the Closing (or, if later, by the later of the Name Change Date or such other date as agreed between Purchaser and Seller Parent) and (b) any longer period of time necessary

 

162


with respect to any Compliance Requirement, Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, remove, strike over or otherwise obliterate all Retained Brands from all assets and other materials owned by the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and Subsidiaries thereof), including any sales and product literature, vehicles, business cards, schedules, stationery, packaging materials, displays, signage, advertising, marketing, promotional and related materials, training materials, audio and visual materials, manuals, forms, websites, social media pages and accounts, e-mail and e-mail addresses, computer software and other materials and systems, and shall cease and discontinue any other use of the Retained Brands as of the Closing in the operation of their businesses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit any use (or require any removal, striking over, or other obliteration) by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates of any Retained Brand (x) for historical references, including in regulatory filings and to describe the past ownership and affiliation of the Business, and (y) in any manner as is or would have been permitted by applicable Law with respect to Trademarks, including fair use, or nominal use, and other uses not prohibited by Law.

(b) Purchaser Names. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days unless a longer period of time is necessary to comply with applicable Law, and, in such event, as reasonably promptly as possible as allowed under applicable Law, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, remove, strike over or otherwise obliterate all Business Trademark Rights, as applicable, from all assets and other materials owned by Seller Parent and its Affiliates and, to the extent applicable file to change its name and cause its certificate of incorporation (or equivalent organizational document), as applicable, to be amended to remove any and all references to any Business Trademark Rights, as applicable, including any sales and product literature, vehicles, business cards, schedules, stationery, packaging materials, displays, signage, advertising, marketing, promotional and related materials, training materials, audio and visual materials, manuals, forms, websites, social media pages and accounts, e-mail and e-mail addresses, computer software and other materials and systems, and shall cease and discontinue any other use of such Business Trademark Rights in the operation of their business.

Section 6.16 Compliance with WARN. Purchaser agrees to provide or cause to be provided any required notice under WARN, and otherwise to comply with WARN with respect to any “plant closing” or “mass layoff” or similar event affecting Transferred Employees and occurring on or after the Closing Date. Purchaser agrees to, and shall cause its Affiliates to, indemnify and hold harmless Seller Parent and the Retained Subsidiaries from and against any and all Losses which Seller Parent and the Retained Subsidiaries may incur in connection with any Action or claim of violation brought against Seller Parent and any of the Retained Subsidiaries under WARN (including with respect to any “plant closing” or “mass layoff”), which relate, in whole or in part, to actions taken by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates following the Closing with regard to any site of employment of the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries) or the Purchased Assets or any of their respective operating units within any site where a Transferred Employee is located. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, Seller Parent shall provide, by termination date and work location, the name or employee identification number of each employee or former employee of Seller Parent or its Affiliates and the Conveyed Subsidiaries who has suffered an “employment loss” under WARN at any site of employment where a Business Employee is located within the ninety (90) days immediately preceding the Closing Date.

 

163


Section 6.17 Litigation Support; Non-Indemnified Claims.

(a) Following the Closing, each Party and its respective Affiliates, shall cooperate with each other Party and its respective Affiliates in the mitigation, defense or settlement of any Liabilities or Actions involving the Business or Retained Businesses or the Purchaser Business or Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses for which such other Party has responsibility under this Agreement, including with respect to any Retained Liabilities, Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities, Assumed Liabilities or Purchaser Liabilities, by providing such other Party and such other Party’s legal counsel, upon reasonable advance notice in writing and during normal business hours, access to current and former employees, contractors, records, documents, data, equipment, facilities, products, parts, prototypes and other information as such other Party may reasonably request, to the extent maintained or under the possession or control of such Party and its Affiliates; provided that any Party may restrict the foregoing access or the provision of such information to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of such Party, (i) applicable Law requires such Party or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, to restrict or prohibit such access or the provision of such information, (ii) providing such access would unreasonably interfere with the operation of its and its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses, (iii) providing such access or information would breach a confidentiality obligation to a third party, (iv) providing such access or information would result in disclosure of any information that is competitively or commercially sensitive, (v) in the case of Seller Parent, the information relates to the Strategic Process or, in the case of Purchaser Parent, the information relates to review of strategic alternatives with respect to the Purchaser Business, and for clarity in each case (with respect to both Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent) pertaining to such review prior to the Closing, or (vi) providing such access or disclosure of any such information would reasonably be expected to result in the loss or waiver of the attorney-client or other applicable privilege or protection. In the event that a Party restricts access or withholds information on the basis of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), such Party shall, if permitted, inform the requesting Party as to the general nature of what is being restricted or withheld and the reason therefor, and such Parties shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate substitute arrangements to permit disclosure of the relevant information in a manner that does not suffer from such impediments. The requesting Party shall reimburse the other Party for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties in performing its obligations under this Section 6.17. The Parties agree that, with respect to any matters that are the subject of this Section 6.17 and Section 6.5(i), the provisions of Section 6.5(i) (and not this Section 6.17) shall control.

(b) From and after the Closing, (i) Purchaser shall promptly notify Seller Parent of any Action brought by or against a third party with respect to the Business that would reasonably be expected to affect any Retained Business, Excluded Asset or Retained Liability, (ii) Purchaser shall promptly notify Purchaser Parent of any Action brought by or against a third party with respect to the Purchaser Business that would reasonably be expected to affect any Purchaser Parent Retained Business or Purchaser Parent Retained Liability, (iii) Seller Parent shall promptly notify Purchaser and Purchaser Parent of any Action brought by or against a third party with respect to the Retained Businesses that would reasonably be expected to affect the Business or any Purchased Asset or Assumed Liability and (iv) Purchaser Parent shall promptly notify Purchaser and Seller Parent of any Action brought by or against a third party with respect to the Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses that would reasonably be expected to affect the Purchaser Business or any Purchaser

 

164


Liability or any assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries. The provisions of Article VII shall apply to any Third Party Claim with respect to which any Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under Article VII. With respect to any other third party Action (“Non-Indemnified Claims”), if such Non-Indemnified Claim could reasonably be expected to (i) affect any Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses or Purchaser Parent Retained Liability, Purchaser Parent shall have the right but not the obligation, at its option and its own expense, to participate in the defense or settlement of such Non-Indemnified Claim and to employ counsel of its own choosing for such purpose, (ii) affect any Retained Business, Excluded Asset or Retained Liability, Seller Parent shall have the right but not the obligation, at its option and its own expense, to participate in the defense or settlement of such Non-Indemnified Claim and to employ counsel of its own choosing for such purpose or (iii) affect the Business, the Purchaser Business or any Purchased Asset or Assumed Liability or Purchaser Liability, or any other assets, properties or rights relating to the Purchaser Business or owned, used or held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, Purchaser shall have the right but not the obligation, at its option and its own expense, to participate in the defense or settlement of such Non-Indemnified Claim; provided, in each case, that such participation would not materially adversely affect the defense of such Non-Indemnified Claim and there is no material conflict of interest between the applicable Parties with respect to such Action.

(c) In furtherance of the foregoing, from and after the Closing Date, each Party shall, and shall cause its respective Affiliates to, (i) cooperate with each other Party and its respective Affiliates in the mitigation, defense or settlement of any Liabilities or Actions described in Section 6.17(b) and (ii) provide to each other, upon written request, reasonable access during normal business hours to their current and former officers, directors, employees, contractors, personnel and agents for fact finding, consultation and interviews and as witnesses in connection with any Action in which the requesting Party may from time to time be involved relating to the matters described in Section 6.17(b), in each case subject to Section 6.17(a). The requesting party agrees to reimburse the other for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (other than officers’ or employees’ salaries) incurred in connection with providing individuals and witnesses pursuant to this Section 6.17(c).

Section 6.18 Insurance.

(a) From and after the Closing Date, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries shall cease to be insured by Seller Parent’s or its Affiliates’ insurance policies or by any of their self-insured programs. Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates may amend, effective at or prior to the Closing, any insurance policies in the manner it deems appropriate to give effect to this Section 6.18. From and after the Closing, Purchaser shall be responsible for securing all insurance it considers appropriate for its operation of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries and the Business. Seller Parent shall use reasonable best efforts to keep or cause its Affiliates to keep all insurance policies currently maintained with respect to the Business, or suitable replacements or renewals, in full force and effect through 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date.

 

165


(b) With respect to any Assumed Liability arising out of events or circumstances pertaining to the Business or Purchased Assets that occurred or existed prior to the Closing and are covered under any occurrence-based unaffiliated third party automobile or general liability insurance policy of Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries (an “Insurance Policy”) in effect as of the Closing (such events or circumstances, an “Insurance Matter”), Purchaser may tender such Insurance Matter for submission by Seller Parent or one of its Subsidiaries to the applicable insurer under such Insurance Policy under which the Sellers or the Conveyed Subsidiaries (or any of their Subsidiaries) were insured as of the date of the applicable events or circumstances, in which case Seller Parent will use commercially reasonable efforts to submit a claim with respect to such Insurance Matter to the applicable insurer; provided that Purchaser and the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries) shall indemnify Seller Parent and its Affiliates for any reasonable direct costs and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation of the underlying claim and of collection and any Taxes imposed in respect of such insurance proceeds) in connection with the foregoing and shall be solely responsible for (i) any per claim deductible or per claim self-insured retentions with respect to such Insurance Matter, (ii) any claims, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) with respect to such Insurance Matter that are not covered under the relevant Insurance Policy, and (iii) any collateral requirements with respect to such Insurance Matter; provided, further that (A) Purchaser shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, in connection with any Insurance Matter under any Insurance Policy, take any action that would be reasonably likely to result in the applicable insurer terminating or materially reducing coverage under such Insurance Policy, (B) if an Insurance Policy aggregate is exhausted, or believed likely to be exhausted, due to noticed claims, Purchaser, on the one hand, and Seller Parent, on the other hand, shall be responsible for their pro rata portion of the reinstatement premium, if any, based upon the amount of the claims submitted by each of them (or their respective Affiliates) thereunder and (C) Purchaser shall not be entitled to make any claims or receive any proceeds to the extent the related Liabilities are included in the calculation of Final Business Working Capital or Final Business Net Cash or such proceeds were otherwise credited to Purchaser at or prior to the Closing. Except as set forth in Section 2.1(o) and the immediately preceding sentence, from and after the Closing, none of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) shall have any access, right, title or interest to or in any of Seller Parent’s or its Affiliates’ past or current insurance policies or any of their self-insured programs (including to all claims and rights to make claims and all rights to proceeds) to cover any assets of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries or any Assumed Liability or any other Liability arising from the operation of the Business or the ownership or use of any Purchased Asset before, on or after the Closing, and Purchaser shall not and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) not to seek to assert or to exercise any rights or claims of any Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries or the Business under or in respect of any such past or current insurance policy, including under which any Conveyed Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof or the Business is a named insured, and without limiting the foregoing shall not seek to assert or exercise (w) any rights with respect to any self-insurance programs of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, (x) any rights under any fronting insurance programs or arrangements of Seller Parent or its Affiliates, (y) any rights under any claims-made insurance programs of Seller Parent or its Affiliates or (z) any rights to cause Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates to pay any deductible or self-insured retention amount with respect to any claim. Purchaser shall notify Seller Parent promptly of any such Insurance Matter for which it seeks coverage and Purchaser and Seller Parent shall keep each reasonably informed regarding the status of the Insurance Matter.

 

166


Section 6.19 Trade Notification. Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent shall agree on the method and content of the notifications to partners, customers, suppliers, wholesalers and distributors of the Business and the Purchaser Business of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement prior to the Closing. Seller Parent and Purchaser agree that such notifications are to provide sufficient advance notice of the transactions contemplated hereby and the plans associated therewith, with the objective of minimizing any disruption of the Business and the Purchaser Business.

Section 6.20 Accounts; Products Received.

(a) All payments and reimbursements received by Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent or their Affiliates after the Closing that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, are the property of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) shall be held by such Person in trust for the benefit of Purchaser and, promptly following receipt by such Person of any such payment or reimbursement, such Person shall pay over to Purchaser the amount of such payment or reimbursement without right of set-off. All payments and reimbursements received after the Closing by Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, are the property of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, shall be held by such Person in trust for the benefit of Seller Parent and, promptly following receipt by such Person of any such payment or reimbursement, such Person shall pay over to Seller Parent the amount of such payment or reimbursement without right of set-off. All payments and reimbursements received after the Closing by (x) Seller Parent or its Affiliates or (y) Purchaser or its Subsidiaries that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, are the property of Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), shall be held by such Person in trust for the benefit of Purchaser Parent and, promptly following receipt by such Person of any such payment or reimbursement, such Person shall pay over to Purchaser Parent the amount of such payment or reimbursement without right of set-off.

(b) If Products or Purchaser Products are received by Seller Parent or its Affiliates or Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) after the Closing, Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as applicable, shall or shall cause such Affiliate to ship those Products or Purchaser Products to Purchaser, or Purchaser’s stated representative, at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense. Purchaser shall have sole responsibility for accepting and processing all returns following the Closing of Products and disbursing refunds and credits in respect thereof (whether such Products were sold prior to, on or after the Closing Date).

Section 6.21 Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification.

(a) If the Closing occurs, Purchaser shall, and shall cause the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries to, take any necessary actions to provide that all rights to indemnification and all limitations on liability existing in favor of any current or former officers, directors, partners, members, or managers of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries (or their respective predecessors) (collectively, the “D&O Indemnitees”), as provided in (i) the organizational documents of the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries or (ii) any agreement

 

167


providing for indemnification by the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries of any of the D&O Indemnitees, which agreements are set forth in Section 6.21 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and continue in full force and effect and be honored by the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries after the Closing.

(b) In the event that any of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries or Purchaser or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or a majority of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Conveyed Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries or Purchaser, as the case may be, shall succeed to the obligations set forth in this Section 6.21.

(c) The obligations of Purchaser under this Section 6.21 shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any D&O Indemnitee without the express written consent of such affected D&O Indemnitee (it being expressly agreed that the D&O Indemnitees shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 6.21).

Section 6.22 Return of Assets; Transfer of Purchased Assets.

(a) If, at any time after the Closing, any asset held by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) is ultimately determined to be an Excluded Asset or an asset of the Purchaser Parent Retained Business, or Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries is found subject to a Retained Liability, or Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries is found subject to a Purchaser Parent Retained Liability, within thirty (30) days of such determination (i) Purchaser shall return or transfer and convey (without further consideration) to Seller Parent or the appropriate Affiliate of Seller Parent such Excluded Asset or Retained Liability, or to Purchaser Parent or the appropriate Affiliate of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) such asset of the Purchaser Parent Retained Business or such Purchaser Parent Retained Liability, as applicable; (ii) Seller Parent shall, or shall cause its appropriate Affiliate to, assume (without further consideration) such Retained Liability, or Purchaser Parent shall assume (without further consideration) such Purchaser Parent Retained Liability; and (iii) Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as applicable, and Purchaser shall, and shall cause their appropriate Affiliates to, execute such documents or instruments of conveyance or assumption and take such further acts, in each case consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, as are reasonably necessary or desirable to effect the transfer of such Excluded Asset or Retained Liability back to Seller Parent or its appropriate Affiliate or such asset of the Purchaser Parent Retained Business or Purchaser Parent Retained Liability back to Purchaser Parent, as applicable, in each case such that each Party is put into the same economic position as if such action had been taken on or prior to the Closing Date. In furtherance of the foregoing, Purchaser and its Affiliates shall, and shall cause the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries to, promptly pay or deliver (1) to Seller Parent (or its designee) any monies or checks which have been sent to Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) to the extent they are not due to the Business and which should have been sent to Seller Parent or one of its Affiliates (including promptly forwarding invoices or similar documentation to Seller Parent) or (2) to Purchaser Parent

 

168


(or its designee other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) any monies or checks which have been sent to Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent they are not due to the Purchaser Business and which should have been sent to Purchaser Parent or one of its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) (including promptly forwarding invoices or similar documentation to Purchaser Parent).

(b) Subject to Sections 2.1 and 2.2, if, at any time after the Closing, any asset held by Seller Parent or its Affiliates is ultimately determined to be a Purchased Asset or Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates is found to be subject to an Assumed Liability, within thirty (30) days of such determination, (i) Seller Parent shall return or transfer and convey (without further consideration) to Purchaser such Purchased Asset or Assumed Liability; (ii) Purchaser shall, or shall cause its appropriate Affiliate to, assume (without further consideration) such Assumed Liability; and (iii) Seller Parent and Purchaser shall, and shall cause their appropriate Affiliates to, execute such documents or instruments of conveyance or assumption and take such further acts, in each case consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, as are reasonably necessary or desirable to effect the transfer of such Purchased Asset or Assumed Liability back to Purchaser, in each case such that each Party is put into the same economic position as if such action had been taken on or prior to the Closing Date. In furtherance of the foregoing, Seller Parent shall promptly pay or deliver to Purchaser (or its designee) any monies or checks which have been sent to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates to the extent they are due to the Business and which should have been sent to Purchaser or one of its Affiliates (including promptly forwarding invoices or similar documentation to Purchaser).

(c) If any asset, property or right held by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than Purchaser or its Subsidiaries) is determined to be an asset of the Purchaser Business or Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) is found subject to a Purchaser Liability, within thirty (30) days of such determination (i) Purchaser Parent shall (or shall cause its Affiliate to) transfer and convey (without consideration) to Purchaser or its appropriate Subsidiary such asset, property or right or Purchaser Liability; (ii) Purchaser shall, or shall cause its appropriate Subsidiary to, assume (without consideration) such Purchaser Liability; and (iii) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall, and shall cause their appropriate Subsidiaries to, in each case consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, execute such documents or instruments of conveyance or assumption and take such further acts as are reasonably necessary or desirable to effect such transfer of such asset, property or right or Purchaser Liability back to Purchaser or its appropriate Subsidiary, in each case such that each Party is put into the same economic position as if such action had been taken on or prior to the Closing Date. In furtherance of the foregoing, Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (other than Purchaser or its Subsidiaries) shall promptly pay or deliver to Purchaser (or its designee) any monies or checks which have been sent to Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates to the extent they are due to the Business or the Purchaser Business and which should have been sent to Purchaser or one of its Subsidiaries (including promptly forwarding invoices or similar documentation to Purchaser).

Section 6.23 Bulk Transfer Laws. Purchaser Parent and Purchaser acknowledge that Seller Parent has not taken, and does not intend to take, any action required to comply with any applicable so-called “bulk sale” or “bulk transfer” Laws or similar Laws, and Purchaser Parent and Purchaser hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, compliance by Seller Parent and its Affiliates with the provisions of any such Laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets.

 

169


Section 6.24 Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting; Purchaser Parent Board Recommendation.

(a) Subject to Section 6.24(f) and Section 6.24(g), Purchaser Parent shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, (i) as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and file with the UKLA the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular, which shall comply with the content requirements of the Listing Rules, including Chapter 11 thereof, and applicable Law, and include a notice of general meeting for the purpose of placing the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval Resolution before Purchaser Parent’s shareholders, and (ii) use reasonable best efforts to finalize the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular and have it approved by the UKLA as soon as reasonably practicable after such filing, including by taking all such actions (including supplying undertakings, executing documents and paying fees and expenses) as may be required by the UKLA. As promptly as practicable (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) after UKLA approval of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular, Purchaser Parent shall publish the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular and send it to its shareholders and shall, subject to Section 6.24(f) and Section 6.24(g), cause a general meeting of the shareholders of Purchaser Parent for the purpose of obtaining the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval (together with any adjournment or postponement thereof, the “Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting”) to be convened and held on twenty-one (21) clear days’ notice (subject to the notice being deemed served in accordance with the Deposit Agreement to enable ADR voting), in each case in compliance with the Listing Rules and applicable Law and Purchaser Parent’s constitutional documents, and, subject to Section 6.24(f) and Section 6.24(g), shall propose the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval Resolution (without amendment) at the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting.

(b) Seller Parent and its Representatives shall cooperate reasonably and in good faith with Purchaser Parent, and provide, at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, all such information and documentation requested by Purchaser Parent or its Representatives, in each case to the extent reasonably necessary for the purposes of Purchaser Parent’s preparation of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular and any supplementary circular thereto, including for the purposes of the preparation of pro forma financial information (and related reporting requirements), if applicable. Seller Parent and its Representatives shall be given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular (and any supplementary circular thereto) before each such document is filed with the UKLA and is published, and Purchaser Parent shall give reasonable consideration to any additions, deletions or changes reasonably and timely suggested thereto by Seller Parent and its Representatives. In addition, Purchaser Parent shall provide Seller Parent and its Representatives with copies of any written comments, and shall inform them of any material or substantive oral comments, Purchaser Parent or its Representatives may receive from time to time from the UKLA or its staff with respect to the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular (and any supplementary circular thereto) promptly after receipt of such comments, and any written or oral responses thereto. Seller Parent and its Representatives shall be given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon any such written responses and Purchaser Parent shall

 

170


give reasonable consideration to any additions, deletions or changes reasonably suggested thereto by Seller Parent and its Representatives. In the event that Purchaser Parent or its Representatives receives any comments from the UKLA or their staff with respect to the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Purchaser Parent and its Representatives shall use reasonable best efforts to respond as promptly as practicable to such comments and shall take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to resolve the issues raised therein as promptly as practicable, and Seller Parent and its Representatives shall cooperate reasonably and in good faith with Purchaser Parent and its Representatives to the extent reasonably necessary for the purposes of resolving such comments.

(c) Subject to Section 6.24(f) and Section 6.24(g), Purchaser Parent and the Board of Directors of Purchaser Parent shall (i) include the Purchaser Parent Board Recommendation in the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval as promptly as practicable, and to the extent any further Purchaser Parent’s shareholders’ resolution is required to approve the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Ancillary Agreements prior to Closing, use its reasonable best efforts to procure that such further shareholder resolution is passed by the requisite vote of Purchaser Parent’s shareholders, and (iii) ensure that the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular includes a statement that each Director of Purchaser Parent who holds shares in Purchaser Parent intends to vote his or her shares in favor of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval Resolution. Subject to Section 6.24(f) and Section 6.24(g), Purchaser Parent shall not, without the prior written consent of Seller Parent, adjourn, postpone or otherwise delay the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting; provided that Purchaser Parent may adjourn, postpone or otherwise delay the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting (including an adjournment to allow reasonable additional time for the preparation and publication of any supplement or amendment to the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular) if required to comply with Purchaser Parent’s obligations under the Listing Rules or otherwise by applicable Law, and/or where, and to the extent that, the Board of Directors of Purchaser Parent shall have determined in good faith (after consultation with its legal counsel) that the failure to so adjourn, delay or postpone the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable Law. After Purchaser Parent has established a record date for the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting, Purchaser Parent shall not change such record date or establish a different record date for the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting without the prior written consent of Seller Parent, unless (x) required to do so by applicable Law or Purchaser Parent’s constitutional documents or (y) as required in connection with any adjournment, postponement or delay of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting permitted by the immediately preceding sentence (it being understood that Purchaser Parent shall consult with and consider in good faith the reasonable views of Seller Parent in connection with setting such new record date). Without the prior written consent of Seller Parent, the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval Resolution shall be the only resolution (other than matters of procedure and matters required by applicable Law or Purchaser Parent’s constitutional documents to be voted on by Purchaser Parent’s shareholders in connection with the approval of the Sale and the transactions contemplated hereby) that Purchaser Parent shall propose to be acted on by Purchaser Parent’s shareholders at the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting.

 

171


(d) Purchaser Parent shall notify Seller Parent: (i) on a regular basis after publication of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular and prior to the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting of the proxy votes received in respect of the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting; and (ii) promptly following the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting, of the result of the vote on the resolutions proposed to the Purchaser Parent’s shareholders at the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting.

(e) Except as expressly permitted by Section 6.24(f), Purchaser Parent and the Board of Directors of Purchaser Parent (and any committee or other subdivision thereof) shall not, and shall not permit its Representatives to, directly or indirectly, (i) fail to make, withdraw, withhold, change, amend, qualify or modify in a manner adverse to Seller Parent, or publicly propose to fail to make in the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular, withdraw, withhold, change, amend, qualify or modify in a manner adverse to Seller Parent, the Purchaser Parent Board Recommendation, (ii) make any public announcement or statement inconsistent with the Purchaser Parent Board Recommendation, (iii) fail to include the Purchaser Parent Board Recommendation in the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular (or any supplement or amendment thereto), (iv) recommend in favor of, or fail to recommend against, any matter that could reasonably be expected to result in a Purchaser Adverse Action or a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect or (v) publicly propose to do any of the foregoing (any of the foregoing in this sentence, a “Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change”).

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.24, at any time prior to obtaining the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval, the Board of Directors of Purchaser Parent may effect a Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change if the Board of Directors of Purchaser Parent shall have determined in good faith (after consultation with its legal counsel) that the failure to effect a Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable Law. Subject always to applicable Law and the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors of Purchaser Parent under applicable Law, Purchaser Parent shall promptly notify Seller Parent in the event that it intends to effect a Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change, describing in reasonable detail the underlying facts giving rise to, and the reasons for making, such Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change and shall provide Seller Parent with a reasonable opportunity to consult with Purchaser Parent in respect of the same.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, a Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change pursuant to Section 6.24(f) shall relieve Purchaser Parent of its obligations to convene the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting, to prepare and file the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular and have the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular approved by the UKLA and publish the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Circular and send it to its shareholders, and to submit the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval Resolution to a vote of the holders of ordinary shares of Purchaser Parent at the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting and seek to obtain the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval for all purposes of this Agreement.

(h) As required by Listing Rule 11.1.7R(4), Seller Parent shall not, and shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that its associates (as defined in the Listing Rules) do not, vote on any resolution(s) proposed at the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting relating to the Sale and/or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case to the extent that Seller Parent or any such associate either holds or acquires any shares or other securities in Purchaser Parent.

 

172


Section 6.25 Resignations. Seller Parent shall use reasonable best efforts to deliver to Purchaser Parent, at or prior to the Closing, the resignations, effective as of the Closing, of all officers and directors of each Conveyed Subsidiary (and each Subsidiary thereof) who will be officers, directors or employees of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates after the Closing Date from their positions with such Conveyed Subsidiary (or such Subsidiary thereof).

Section 6.26 Remedial Action Access. In respect of its indemnity obligations under Article VII of this Agreement, each Parent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to conduct and control any relevant Remedial Action. If a Parent opts to conduct a Remedial Action at any Real Property or Purchaser Real Property, the applicable Parent shall use reasonable best efforts to not unreasonably interfere with Purchaser’s operations, and the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Representatives to, reasonably cooperate with the applicable Parent, including by timely filing any required documents with the appropriate Governmental Authorities, providing reasonable access to and reasonable use of the subject site, employees, documents and on-site structures, infrastructure and utility services (including electricity, underground piping or wastewater or sewer systems) and/or utilities as necessary to perform any required Remedial Action, including reasonable access to install, maintain, replace and operate wells and remove impacted soil and/or groundwater. To the extent required under any Environmental Law, the applicable Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall execute, record, obtain and maintain in good standing any authorization, permit or “generator number” as may be necessary for the proper storage, transportation and/or off-site disposal of any Hazardous Material generated in the course of the Remedial Action. The applicable Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall sign (with respect to the Owned Real Property or the Owned Purchaser Real Property) or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be signed (with respect to the Leased Real Property or the Leased Purchaser Real Property) and record (with respect to the Owned Real Property or the Owned Purchaser Real Property) or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be recorded (with respect to the Leased Real Property or the Leased Purchaser Real Property) any deed or other recordable real property instrument reasonably requested by the Parent conducting the Remedial Action which is necessary to permit the use of site specific corrective action remedies or remedies based on exposure controls as part of such Remedial Action; provided, however, that the instrument does not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Facilities or the Purchaser Facilities or materially impact the value of the Real Property or Purchaser Real Property that are the subject of such Remedial Action. The applicable Purchaser Indemnified Parties agree not to use groundwater under any Real Property or Purchaser Real Property, as applicable, to the extent such restriction is necessary to permit the use of site specific corrective action remedies or remedies based on exposure controls as part of such Remedial Action. All reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by the applicable Purchaser Indemnified Parties or their respective Representatives cooperating with or otherwise assisting the Parent conducting the Remedial Action pursuant to this Section 6.26 shall be promptly reimbursed by the Parent conducting the Remedial Action.

 

173


Section 6.27 Acknowledgements. The Parties acknowledge and agree that certain of the Sellers and the Conveyed Subsidiaries (the “New Subsidiaries”) will be established, formed or incorporated, as applicable, following the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing in connection with the Seller Internal Restructurings, and such New Subsidiaries are therefore not in existence as of the date of this Agreement. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller Parent makes no representations and warranties with respect to the organization, good standing, authority, capital structure, operations and Liabilities of any such New Subsidiary as of or prior to the date of each respective New Subsidiary’s establishment, formation or incorporation. Seller Parent may at any time prior to the Closing supplement or amend the lists set forth in Section 4.3(b) or Section 4.3(c) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, solely to reflect any changes pursuant to the Seller Internal Restructurings (including any steps Seller Parent shall undertake to effect the Seller Internal Restructurings) made in accordance with (f)(i).

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Indemnification by Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Article VII, from and after the Closing, Seller Parent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (x) Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) (collectively, the “Purchaser Indemnified Parties”) and (y) Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) (the “Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses (other than Taxes arising out of a Tax Claim, which are the subject of Section 6.5(d)) that any such Purchaser Indemnified Party or Purchaser Parent Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from (b) any Retained Liability, (c) any breach by any Seller of any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement or (d) any breach of any representation or warranty of Seller Parent contained in Article IV (other than Section 4.16) or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, in each case as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (or, in the case of representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, as of such date).

(e) Subject to the provisions of this Article VII, from and after the Closing, Purchaser Parent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (x) the Purchaser Indemnified Parties and (y) Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Seller Parent Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses (other than Taxes arising out of a Tax Claim, which are the subject of Section 6.5(d)) that any such Purchaser Indemnified Party or Seller Parent Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from (f) any Purchaser Parent Retained Liability, (g) any breach by Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (which shall not include Purchaser or its Subsidiaries with respect to post-Closing covenants or agreements) of any of their respective covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement or (h) any breach of any representation or warranty of Purchaser Parent contained in Article V (other than Section 5.17) or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, in each case as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (or, in the case of representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, as of such date).

 

174


(i) The Parties acknowledge and agree that indemnification shall not be available with respect to any Loss resulting from a breach of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement to the extent (and only to the extent) the Loss (or related Liability) was accrued or reserved for in the Financial Statements or the Purchaser Financial Statements, as applicable, or actually taken into account in the Final Closing Statement or the calculation of the Final Business Working Capital, the Final Business Net Cash, the Final Purchaser Working Capital or the Final Purchaser Net Cash, as applicable.

Section 7.2 Indemnification by Purchaser. Subject to the provisions of this Article VII, from and after the Closing, Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties (collectively, the “Parent Indemnified Parties”) (a) from and against any and all Losses (other than Taxes arising out of a Tax Claim, which are the subject of Section 6.5(d)) that any such Parent Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from (i) any Assumed Liability or (ii) any Purchaser Liability and (b) from and against any and all Losses (other than Taxes arising out of a Tax Claim, which are the subject of Section 6.5(d)) any such Parent Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from any breach following the Closing by Purchaser of any covenant or agreement expressly made by Purchaser in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, in its capacity as a Party hereto (and not in its capacity as an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent), which covenant or agreement by its terms contemplates actions or imposes obligations following the Closing.

Section 7.3 Indemnification Procedures.

(a) Any Person entitled to be indemnified under this Article VII (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly give written notice to the Party from whom indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) and each other Party hereto of any pending or threatened Action against the Indemnified Party that has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to such right of indemnification with respect to such Action (a “Third Party Claim”), indicating, with reasonable specificity, and based on the facts then known to the Indemnified Party, the nature of such Third Party Claim, the basis therefor, a copy of any documentation received from the third party, the amount and calculation of the Losses for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Article VII (and a good faith estimate of any such future Losses relating thereto), and the provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement in respect of which such Losses shall have occurred, and the Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver to the Indemnifying Party any information or documentation related to the foregoing reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party. A failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice in a timely manner pursuant to this Section 7.3(a) shall not limit the obligations of the Indemnifying Party under this Article VII, except (i) to the extent such Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced thereby and (ii) as provided by Section 7.4 (unless, with respect to indemnification pursuant to Section 7.1(b) or Section 7.2, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), Purchaser Parent has Intentionally Breached (or caused Purchaser to Intentionally Breach) its obligations pursuant to the immediately foregoing sentence).

 

175


(b) With respect to any Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party under this Article VII shall have the right, but not the obligation, to assume the defense, at its own expense and by counsel of its own choosing, of such Third Party Claim and any Third Party Claims related to the same or a substantially similar set of facts; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Indemnified Party, if such Third Party Claim seeks an injunction or equitable relief against the Indemnified Party or is a criminal Action. If the Indemnifying Party so undertakes to defend any such Third Party Claim, it shall notify the Indemnified Party of its intention to do so, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the defense against, and settlement of, any such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not settle any such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnified Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) unless such settlement does not involve any injunctive relief against or any finding or admission of any violation of Law or wrongdoing by the Indemnified Party, and any money damages are borne solely by the Indemnifying Party (other than solely with respect to the Deductible, to the extent such damages would constitute Losses to which such Deductible would be applicable); provided, further, that if the Indemnifying Party is Purchaser, Purchaser shall not settle any such Third Party Claim without the written consent of both Parents (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Subject to the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate legal counsel and to participate in but not control the defense of such Action at its own cost and expense; provided that, subject to the provisions of this Article VII, the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable fees of one firm of legal counsel (and one additional firm of legal counsel in each jurisdiction implicated in such Action) representing all Indemnified Parties in such Action and all related Actions, if, but only if, the defendants in such Action include both an Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded, based on the advice of legal counsel, that there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party with respect to such Action. In any event, the Indemnified Party shall cause its legal counsel to cooperate with the Indemnifying Party and its legal counsel. No Indemnified Party may settle any Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and, if the Indemnified Party is Purchaser, the written consent of both Parents (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, it shall nevertheless be entitled to participate in the defense of such Action at its own cost and expense, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the defense against, and settlement of, any such Third Party Claim.

(c) In the event that any Indemnified Party has or may have an indemnification claim against any Indemnifying Party under this Article VII that does not involve a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party indicating, with reasonable specificity, and based on the facts then known to the Indemnified Party, the nature of such claim, the basis therefor, the amount and calculation of the Losses for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Article VII (and a good-faith estimate of any such future Losses relating thereto), and the provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement in respect of which such Losses shall have occurred, and the Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver to the Indemnifying Party any information or documentation related to the foregoing reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party. A failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice in a timely manner pursuant to this Section 7.3(c) shall not limit the obligations of

 

176


the Indemnifying Party under this Article VII, except (i) to the extent such Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced thereby and (ii) as provided by Section 7.4 (unless, with respect to indemnification pursuant to Section 7.1(b) or Section 7.2, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), Purchaser Parent has Intentionally Breached (or caused Purchaser to Intentionally Breach) its obligations pursuant to the immediately foregoing sentence). If the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability with respect to such claim, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute and, if not resolved through negotiations within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the notice of such indemnification claim by the Indemnifying Party, such dispute shall be resolved by litigation in the appropriate court of competent jurisdiction set forth in Section 10.10; provided that if the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party is Purchaser, the Indemnifying Parties and the Indemnified Party shall not agree to settle or resolve any such claim with the written consent of both Parents (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section 7.4 Expiration. If the Closing has occurred, all covenants and agreements made herein or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement which, in each case, by their terms contemplate actions or impose obligations following the Closing shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms; provided that, other than indemnification obligations in respect of Taxes (the survival of which shall be governed exclusively by Section 6.5(l)), (a) the obligations of Purchaser to assume, and to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties for, the Assumed Liabilities and the Purchaser Liabilities, (b) the obligations of Seller Parent to retain, and indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties for, the Retained Liabilities and (c) the obligations of Purchaser Parent to retain, and indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Parties and the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties for, the Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities, shall in each case survive the Closing indefinitely. All other covenants and agreements contained herein or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement shall survive the Closing and shall terminate and expire on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date (other than the covenants and agreements set forth therein which by their terms contemplate actions or impose obligations following the Closing, which shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms). All representations and warranties made herein or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, and all indemnification obligations under Section 7.1 with respect to any such representations or warranties, shall terminate and expire on the fifteen (15) month anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that the Fundamental Seller Parent Representations and the Fundamental Purchaser Parent Representations shall terminate and expire on the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing Date. No Person shall be entitled to indemnification, and no Action seeking to recover Taxes, Losses or other relief shall be commenced or maintained, with respect to any breach of any covenants, agreements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement after the date on which such covenant, agreement, representation or warranty shall terminate pursuant to this Section 7.4 or Section 6.5(l), unless prior to such termination date a claim for indemnification with respect thereto has been made by written notice in accordance with Section 7.3 (in the case of Losses or other relief) or Section 6.5(d) (in the case of Taxes), in which case such claim for indemnification shall survive until finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement.

 

177


Section 7.5 Certain Limitations.

(a) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, neither Seller Parent nor Purchaser Parent, as applicable, shall have any indemnification obligations (i) under Section 7.1(a)(iii) or Section 7.1(b)(iii), as applicable, for any Loss (together with any and all other Losses resulting from the same facts or circumstances) that is less than $20,000,000 (the “De Minimis Claim Threshold”), or (ii) under Section 7.1(a)(iii) or Section 7.1(b)(iii) (except with respect to any breach of any Fundamental Seller Parent Representation or Fundamental Purchaser Parent Representation) for any Loss that is equal to or greater than the De Minimis Claim Threshold, unless the aggregate amount of all Losses for which indemnification is available under the applicable provision exceeds $200,000,000 (the “Deductible”), in which event the Indemnifying Party shall be required to pay only the amount of such Losses that exceeds the Deductible but only up to a maximum amount in respect of all such Losses (without giving effect to the Deductible) in the aggregate of $2,000,000,000.

Section 7.6 Losses Net of Insurance, Etc. The amount of any Tax or Loss for which indemnification is provided under Section 6.5(d), Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 shall be net of (i) any amounts recovered by the applicable Indemnified Party pursuant to any indemnification by or indemnification agreement with any third party, and (ii) any insurance proceeds or other cash receipts or sources of reimbursement received with respect to such Tax or Loss, and (iii) in the case of Purchaser Parent as the Indemnifying Party, any amounts recovered by the Purchaser pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and among Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and Novartis AG, as amended (the source of any such amounts referred to in clause (i) or (ii), a “Collateral Source”), in each case net of any Taxes imposed or reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the collection of such insurance proceeds, cash receipts or sources of reimbursement. The applicable Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to seek recovery for such Taxes or Losses from all Collateral Sources. The Indemnifying Party may require an Indemnified Party to assign to the Indemnifying Party the rights to seek recovery from any Collateral Sources (to the extent such rights are capable of assignment); provided that the Indemnifying Party will then be responsible for pursuing such claim at its own expense; provided, further, that the Indemnified Party shall cooperate (at the Indemnifying Party’s expense) with the Indemnifying Party to seek such recovery. If the amount to be netted hereunder from any payment required under Section 6.5(d) or this Article VII is determined after payment by the Indemnifying Party of any amount otherwise required to be paid to an Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 6.5(d) or this Article VII, the Indemnified Party shall repay to the Indemnifying Party, promptly after such determination, any amount that the Indemnifying Party would not have had to pay pursuant to Section 6.5(d) or this Article VII had such determination been made at the time of such payment.

Section 7.7 No Right of Set-Off. No Party shall have any right to set off any Taxes or Losses under Section 6.5(d) and this Article VII against any payments to be made by such Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement among the Parties, including any Ancillary Agreement.

 

178


Section 7.8 Materiality. For purposes of Tax Claims subject to Section 6.5 and of this Article VII, no effect shall be given to any qualification in the relevant representations and warranties as to “material,” “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or “Purchaser Material Adverse Effect” for purposes of determining the amount of any Loss suffered or incurred by an Indemnified Party, but all such qualifications shall be given effect for purposes of determining whether there has been a breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty.

Section 7.9 Mitigation; Other Limitations.

(a) Each of Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and each Indemnified Party shall take, and cause its Affiliates to take, all commercially reasonable steps to mitigate any Tax or Loss upon becoming aware of any event which would reasonably be expected to, or does, give rise thereto.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the obligations to indemnify under this Agreement, and the amount of any Loss for which indemnification is provided under Section 7.1, shall be subject to the following limitations:

(i) With respect to any Remedial Action, the applicable Indemnifying Party shall only be liable to the extent such Remedial Action is conducted in the Most Cost-Effective Manner. Regardless of whether any Indemnifying Party or any Indemnified Party conducts any such Remedial Action, the applicable Indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for any operation and maintenance with respect to any such institutional or engineering controls subsequent to completion of their initial installation at the applicable Real Property or Purchaser Real Property subject to such Remedial Action, and such post-installation costs shall not be subject to claims for indemnification or reimbursement under this Article VII.

(ii) With respect to any particular Environmental Liability, an Indemnifying Party’s obligations for indemnification or reimbursement in respect of such Environmental Liability, shall be deemed satisfied, completed and fully discharged upon the relevant Remediation Completion Date, and the Indemnifying Party shall no longer be responsible for ongoing obligations and Liabilities with respect to such Environmental Liabilities to the extent related to the Real Property (or Facilities thereon) or Purchaser Real Property (or Purchaser Facilities thereon), including the operation and maintenance of any institutional and engineering controls.

(iii) An Indemnifying Party shall not have any indemnification obligations for Losses relating to any Environmental Liabilities to the extent such Losses relate to, result from, or arise out of any (1) exacerbation of an existing condition due to a negligent or intentional act or omission by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates, (2) environmental investigation, drilling, sampling, testing or monitoring of any soil, surface water or groundwater, by or on behalf of the applicable Indemnified Party or its Affiliates, after the Closing Date (except to the extent required by Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits or a Governmental Authority; conducted in response to facts or conditions potentially indicating a material risk to health or the environment; conducted in connection with defending

 

179


against or otherwise responding to a Third Party Claim; conducted to comply with the requirements of any Real Property Lease or Purchaser Real Property Lease; reasonably and independently requested in writing by a third party in connection with a sale, lease, sublease, financing, mortgage or other transaction involving any Real Property, Purchaser Real Property, Facility or Purchaser Facility as part of the third party’s normal business practices; or conducted consistent with industry practice in connection with the ordinary course of business and the Indemnified Party’s bona fide construction, renovation, demolition, removal, repair or expansion of improvements at any Real Property, Purchaser Real Property, Facility or Purchaser Facility); or (3) decommissioning, closure or voluntary shutdown of any Real Property, Purchaser Real Property, Facility or Purchaser Facility by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in no event shall any Party be entitled to duplicative recovery directly or indirectly for the same Loss, including, in the case of either Parent (or any of their respective Subsidiaries), in their respective capacities as direct or indirect equity holders of Purchaser post-Closing; it being understood that to the extent a Loss is suffered in the applicable Parent’s (or any of its respective Subsidiaries’) capacity as direct or indirect equity holders of Purchaser post-Closing, the Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties and the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties, as applicable, shall only be entitled to directly seek indemnification or recover for such Loss under Section 7.1(a)(ii) or Section 7.1(a)(iii) (in the case of the Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties) or under Section 7.1(b)(ii) or Section 7.1(b)(iii) (in the case of the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties) to the extent such Loss cannot be remedied by means of an indemnification claim or recovery by Purchaser and its Subsidiaries under Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b), respectively.

Section 7.10 Sole Remedy/Waiver. Except with respect to claims seeking specific performance or other equitable relief with respect to covenants or agreements to be performed after the Closing pursuant to this Agreement, and except in the case of fraud with respect to the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the remedies provided for in Section 2.9, Section 6.5 and this Article VII shall be the Parties’ sole and exclusive remedy, from and after the Closing, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Implementing Agreements (but not with respect to any claims under the other Ancillary Agreements, which shall be governed by the terms thereof). In furtherance of the foregoing, and except as set forth in the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence and except as provided in Section 2.9, Section 6.5 and this Article VII, from and after the Closing, the Parties hereby waive, on behalf of themselves and their Affiliates, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any and all other rights, claims and causes of action (including rights of contribution, if any) known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, which exist or may arise in the future, that they may have against the Sellers or any of their Affiliates, or Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), as the case may be, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Implementing Agreements (but not with respect to any rights, claims or causes of action under the other Ancillary Agreements which, in each case, shall be governed by the terms thereof), whether arising under or based upon breach of warranty or contract (including for breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or

 

180


agreement), tortious conduct (including negligence), any Law (including any such Law relating to environmental matters (including Environmental Laws) or arising under or based upon any securities Law, common law or otherwise) or otherwise. Each Party shall cause its respective Affiliates party to an Ancillary Implementing Agreement not to assert any claims or causes of action under such Ancillary Implementing Agreement, and all such claims shall be asserted only under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in no event shall any Party, its Affiliates, successors or permitted assigns be entitled to claim or seek rescission of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 7.11 Indemnification Payments. A Party shall not be deemed to have suffered a Loss or Tax with respect to an item to the extent such Party was actually compensated therefor by reason of an increase in the amount otherwise paid to it or a reduction in the amount otherwise paid by it pursuant to Section 2.9.

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

Section 8.1 Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties. The respective obligations of each of the Parties to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction or written waiver (to the extent permitted by Law) by Purchaser Parent and Seller Parent, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) There shall not be any Governmental Order in effect issued by a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction that enjoins or otherwise prohibits the Closing.

(b) (i) The waiting period required under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated and any agreement between Purchaser Parent or Purchaser and a competent Governmental Antitrust Authority in a jurisdiction set forth on Annex C entered into in accordance with this Agreement to delay consummation of the Closing has expired or been terminated; and (i) all other Approvals under Antitrust Laws of the jurisdictions set forth on Annex C required to be obtained for the consummation of the Closing shall have been obtained.

(c) The Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval shall have been obtained.

Section 8.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser and Purchaser Parent. The obligation of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction, or the written waiver (to the extent permitted by Law) by Purchaser Parent, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following further conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of Seller Parent contained in Article IV (other than as set forth in the following two sentences) shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any “material”, “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” qualifications set forth therein) as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (or, in the case of representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, as of such date), except to the extent that failures to be true and correct would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material

 

181


Adverse Effect. The Fundamental Seller Parent Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (or, in the case of representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, as of such date). The representation and warranty of Seller Parent set forth in Section 4.7(a) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date.

(b) Seller Parent shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by Seller Parent on or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Seller Parent shall have delivered to Purchaser Parent a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of Seller Parent to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 8.2(a) and 8.2(b) have been satisfied.

Section 8.3 Conditions to the Obligations of Seller Parent. The obligation of Seller Parent to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction, or the written waiver (to the extent permitted by Law) by Seller Parent, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following further conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent contained in Article V (other than as set forth in the following two sentences) shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any “material”, “materiality” or “Purchaser Material Adverse Effect” qualifications set forth therein) as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (or, in the case of representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, as of such date), except to the extent that failures to be true and correct would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect. The Fundamental Purchaser Parent Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (or, in the case of representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, as of such date), other than the representations and warranties of Purchaser Parent contained in Section 5.3(a), which shall be true and correct in all respects, other than de minimis inaccuracies (that do not impact the issued share capital of Purchaser following the Closing), as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (or, in the case of representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, as of such date). The representation and warranty of Purchaser Parent set forth in Section 5.7(a) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date.

(b) Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by Purchaser Parent or Purchaser on or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Purchaser Parent shall have delivered to Seller Parent a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of Purchaser Parent to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 8.3(a) and 8.3(b) have been satisfied.

 

182


Section 8.4 Frustration of Closing Conditions. Without limiting Purchaser Parent’s rights under Section 6.24(f) and Section 6.24(g), no Party may rely as a basis for terminating this Agreement on the failure of any condition set forth in this Article VIII to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such Party’s or its Affiliates’ failure to act in good faith or to use the efforts required under this Agreement to cause the Closing to occur, including as required in Section 6.3.

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by written agreement of Purchaser Parent and Seller Parent;

(b) by either Purchaser Parent or Seller Parent, by giving written notice of such termination to the other Party, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to the close of business (New York time) on September 30, 2019 (as it may be extended below, the “Outside Date”); provided that if the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1(a) (where the relevant Governmental Order arises from or relates to Antitrust Laws) or 8.1(b) shall not have been satisfied or waived by September 30, 2019, then either Purchaser Parent or Seller Parent may extend the Outside Date to the close of business (New York time) on December 31, 2019 by providing written notice thereof to the other Party prior to the initial Outside Date; provided, further, that following such extension if the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1(a) (where the relevant Governmental Order arises from or relates to Antitrust Laws) or 8.1(b) shall not have been satisfied or waived by December 31, 2019, then either Purchaser Parent or Seller Parent may extend the Outside Date to the close of business (New York time) on March 31, 2020 by providing written notice thereof to the other Party prior to the Outside Date as extended pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso; provided, however, that (without limiting Purchaser Parent’s rights under Section 6.24(f) and Section 6.24(g)) the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available to (i) any Party whose action or failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement, or, in the case of Purchaser Parent, if the action of Purchaser or failure by Purchaser to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement, has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date or (ii) any Party during the pendency of any Action by any other Party for specific performance of this Agreement;

(c) by Purchaser Parent upon written notice to Seller Parent, if there shall have been a material breach of any of the representations, warranties, agreements or covenants set forth in this Agreement on the part of Seller Parent which has rendered the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.2(a) or Section 8.2(b) incapable of fulfillment and such breach is incapable of being cured prior to the Outside Date; provided that Purchaser Parent has given written notice to Seller Parent of such breach stating Purchaser Parent’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(c) and the basis for such termination at least forty-five (45) days prior to such termination; provided, further, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(c) shall not be available to Purchaser Parent if it or Purchaser has materially breached any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein in a manner that has rendered the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.3(a) or Section 8.3(b) incapable of fulfillment;

 

183


(d) by Seller Parent upon written notice to Purchaser Parent, if there shall have been a material breach of any of the representations, warranties, agreements or covenants set forth in this Agreement on the part of Purchaser Parent or Purchaser which has rendered the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.3(a) or Section 8.3(b) incapable of fulfillment and such breach is incapable of being cured prior to the Outside Date; provided that Seller Parent has given written notice to Purchaser Parent of such breach stating Seller Parent’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(d) and the basis for such termination at least forty-five (45) days prior to such termination; provided, further, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(d) shall not be available to Seller Parent if it has materially breached any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein in a manner that has rendered the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.2(a) or Section 8.2(b) incapable of fulfillment;

(e) by either Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, by giving written notice of such termination to the other Party, if any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a Governmental Order permanently enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Closing and such Governmental Order shall have become final and nonappealable; provided that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(e) shall not be available to any Party whose action or failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement, or, in the case of Purchaser Parent, if the action of Purchaser or failure by Purchaser to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement, has been the cause of, or resulted in, the issuance of such Governmental Order;

(f) by either Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, by giving written notice of such termination to the other Party, if the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval shall not have been obtained at the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Meeting at which a vote on the Sale and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is taken; or

(g) by Seller Parent upon written notice to Purchaser Parent if there shall have been a Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change.

Section 9.2 Effect of Termination.

(a) In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other Parties, and, except as set forth in this Section 9.2, this Agreement shall terminate and be void and have no effect and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be abandoned, without any liability or obligation on the part of any Party or its respective Affiliates, directors, officers or employees; provided that if such termination shall result from (i) the Intentional Breach by a Party of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement in this Agreement, or (ii) fraud with respect to the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, such Party shall be fully liable to the other Parties for any and all damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), losses or liabilities of any nature and kind incurred or suffered by the other Parties or their Affiliates as a result of such Intentional Breach or fraud. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing shall relieve any Party from reimbursement of the costs and expenses (and, as applicable, indemnification obligations) of any other Party and its Affiliates pursuant to any provision of this Agreement that, by its express terms, requires reimbursement, indemnification or similar obligations by such Party. In the event of termination of this Agreement prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 9.1, the Parties shall, and shall cause their applicable Affiliates to, take all action necessary to terminate any Ancillary Agreements, including any Local Implementing Agreements, entered into as of or prior to such time.

 

 

184


(b) Without limiting Section 9.2(a), in the event of a termination of this Agreement pursuant to (i) Section 9.1(b) (if and only if terminated at a time when the Purchaser Parent Shareholder Approval has not been obtained), (ii) Section 9.1(f) or (iii) Section 9.1(g), Purchaser Parent shall pay to Seller Parent, by way of compensation, $900,000,000 (the “Purchaser Parent Termination Fee”) within one (1) Business Day after the date of the termination of this Agreement by Seller Parent and, in the event of a termination by Purchaser Parent, concurrently with, and as a condition precedent to, the termination of this Agreement, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by Seller Parent; provided that Purchaser Parent shall not be required to pay the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee on more than one occasion. Purchaser Parent acknowledges that the agreements contained in this Section 9.2(b) are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that, without these agreements, Seller Parent would not enter into this Agreement. Accordingly, if Purchaser Parent fails promptly to pay any amount due pursuant to this Section 9.2(b), Purchaser Parent shall also pay any reasonable and documented costs, fees and expenses incurred by Seller Parent (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with a legal action to enforce this Agreement that results in a judgment for such amount or any portion thereof against Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates. Any amount not paid when due pursuant to this Section 9.2(b) shall bear interest from the date such amount is due until the date paid at a rate equal to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, in effect on the date such amount is due, plus three percent (3%). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except in the event of (i) an Intentional Breach by Purchaser Parent or Purchaser of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement in this Agreement or (ii) Purchaser Parent’s or Purchaser’s fraud with respect to the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, if this Agreement is terminated in circumstances requiring the payment of the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee to Seller Parent, the payment in full of the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee by Purchaser Parent to Seller Parent, together with any interest, costs, fees or expenses payable, in each case in accordance with this Section 9.2(b), shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Seller Parent and all of its Affiliates against Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates, and upon such payment, except in the event of such an Intentional Breach or fraud, none of Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates shall have any further liability or obligation (whether at law or equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise) to Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers and employees or other Representatives, relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(c) Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, the following Sections of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect: Section 6.1(b) (Information and Documents), Section 9.1 (Termination), Section 9.2 (Effect of Termination) and Article X (Miscellaneous).

 

185


(d) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 9.1, the Confidentiality Agreement and Clean Team Agreement shall each remain in full force and effect for the term provided for therein; except that Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent agree that the term of the Confidentiality Agreement (including the employee non-solicitation prohibition therein) shall be extended (if a shorter term would otherwise remain) to a period of two (2) years from the date of such termination and this Agreement shall be the requisite mutual written consent amending such Confidentiality Agreement.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Notices. All notices or other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if in writing and (a) when served by personal delivery upon the Party for whom it is intended, (b) one (1) Business Day following the day sent by overnight courier, return receipt requested, (c) when sent by facsimile, provided that the facsimile is promptly confirmed, or (d) when sent by e-mail, provided that a copy of the same notice or other communication sent by e-mail is also sent by overnight courier, return receipt requested, personal delivery, or facsimile as provided herein, on the same day as such e-mail is sent, in each case to the Person at the address, facsimile number or e-mail address set forth below, or such other address, facsimile number or e-mail address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such Person:

To any Seller:

Pfizer Inc.

235 East 42nd Street

New York, NY 10017

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Edward D. Herlihy

    David K. Lam

    Jacob A. Kling

E-mail: EDHerlihy@wlrk.com

    DKLam@wlrk.com

    JAKling@wlrk.com

Fax: (212) 403-2000

 

186


To Purchaser Parent or Purchaser:

GlaxoSmithKline Plc

980 Great West Road

Brentford

Middlesex

TW8 9GS

United Kingdom

Attn: General Counsel Consumer Healthcare

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Daniel E. Wolf

    Eric L. Schiele, P.C.

    Claire E. James

    Patrick Jacobs

E-mail: daniel.wolf@kirkland.com

    eric.schiele@kirkland.com

    claire.james@kirkland.com

    patrick.jacobs@kirkland.com

Fax:     (212) 446-4900

Section 10.2 Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

Section 10.3 Assignment. (a) No Party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, including by sale of stock, operation of Law in connection with a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Party, without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 6.5(f), Purchaser shall be entitled to designate one or more of its Affiliates that are directly or indirectly wholly owned by Purchaser (each, a “Purchaser Designated Affiliate”) to be the purchaser or transferee of some or all of the Shares or the other Purchased Assets and be the entity assuming some or all of the Assumed Liabilities (and to be a counterparty to one or more of the Ancillary Agreements), provided that no such designation (i) shall release Purchaser from its obligations under this Agreement or (ii) would reasonably be expected to restrict or delay consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements in any material respect. Purchaser shall be responsible for and shall pay or reimburse the Sellers for any Taxes and other reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses to the extent arising out of or resulting from the substitution of a Purchaser Designated Affiliate

 

187


(other than a Purchaser Designated Affiliate organized under the Laws of or Tax resident in the United States or the United Kingdom) for Purchaser as the purchaser or transferee of any of the Shares or the other Purchased Assets, or as the entity assuming some or all of the Assumed Liabilities, or as a counterparty to one or more of the Ancillary Agreements, in accordance with this Section 10.3(b), in each case other than (1) any such Taxes, costs or expenses arising out of or resulting from a substitution requested by a Seller or required by applicable Law or (2) to the extent the applicable Seller is entitled to a refund, credit or offset in respect of such Taxes from any Taxing Authority.

Section 10.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Seller Disclosure Letter, the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter and all Annexes and Exhibits) contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, except for (i) the Confidentiality Agreement and the Clean Team Agreement which shall each remain in full force and effect and (ii) the Ancillary Agreements and any other written agreement of the Parties that expressly provides that it is not superseded by this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Ancillary Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in any Ancillary Agreement.

Section 10.5 Parties in Interest. Except with respect to (i) the Purchaser Indemnified Parties, the Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties and the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties solely with respect to Article VII and (ii) the Persons entitled to indemnification under Section 6.5(d) solely with respect to Section 6.5(d) or, in each case, as expressly set forth herein (including Section 6.21), nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person other than Purchaser Parent, Purchaser, the Sellers, or their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 10.6 Public Disclosure. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Party agrees that, except (x) subject to Section 6.24(f) and Section 6.24(g), in making a Purchaser Parent Adverse Recommendation Change or (y) as may be required to comply with the requirements of any applicable Laws, and the rules and regulations of each stock exchange upon which the securities of either of the Parties are listed (in which case the disclosing Party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) advise the other Party before making such disclosure and (b) provide such other Party a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such release or announcement and consider in good faith any comments with respect thereto), no press release or similar public announcement or communication shall, if prior to the Closing, be made or caused to be made by the Parties or their Affiliates concerning the execution or performance of this Agreement unless the Parties shall have consulted in advance with respect thereto.

Section 10.7 Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be borne by the Party incurring such costs and expenses.

 

188


Section 10.8 Disclosure Letters; Disclosures Modifying Other Sections of Agreement. The Seller Disclosure Letter and the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, and all schedules attached thereto, and all Annexes and Exhibits attached to this Agreement, shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Annex, Exhibit or Schedule or in the Seller Disclosure Letter or Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter but not otherwise defined therein shall be defined as set forth in this Agreement. Any information, item or other disclosure set forth in any Section of the Seller Disclosure Letter or the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be disclosed with respect to any other Section of this Agreement (or to have been set forth in any other Section of the Seller Disclosure Letter or the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, as the case may be), if the relevance of such disclosure to such other Section is reasonably apparent on the face of such disclosure notwithstanding the omission of a reference or a cross-reference with respect thereto and notwithstanding any reference to a Section of the Seller Disclosure Letter or Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter, as applicable, in such Section of this Agreement. The disclosure of any matter in any Section of the Seller Disclosure Letter or the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall expressly not be deemed to constitute an admission by any Party, or to otherwise imply, that any such matter is material for purposes of this Agreement.

Section 10.9 No Admission. Nothing in this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or in any Section of the Seller Disclosure Letter or the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be deemed an admission by any Party or any of their respective Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), in any Action by or on behalf of or with a Governmental Authority or other third party, that any such Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or that such third party or any of its respective Affiliates, is or is not violating or in contravention or breach of or default under, as applicable, any Law, Governmental Authorization, Contract or Intellectual Property of any other Person.

Section 10.10 Governing Law; Jurisdiction.

(a) This Agreement (and any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement) shall be exclusively governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

(b) Any Action relating to this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be brought exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if for any reason the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any New York State court sitting in New York City, and each Party irrevocably (i) agrees and consents to be subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if for any reason the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any New York State court sitting in New York City and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of such Action brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Action has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Action, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such Party. Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers GSK plc, with offices located at 980 Great West Road, Brentford Middlesex TW8 9GS, England, as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf service of any legal process, summons notices and documents

 

189


which may be served in any such Action. If for any reason GSK plc is unable or unwilling to continue to act as such designee, appointee and agent, each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser agrees to immediately appoint a successor designee, appointee and agent in New York City acceptable to Seller Parent. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT MAILING OF PROCESS OR OTHER PAPERS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH ACTION IN THE MANNER PROVIDED IN SECTION 10.1, OR IN SUCH OTHER MANNER AS MAY BE PERMITTED BY LAW, SHALL BE VALID AND SUFFICIENT SERVICE THEREOF AND HEREBY WAIVE ANY OBJECTIONS TO SERVICE ACCOMPLISHED IN THE MANNER HEREIN PROVIDED.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THEY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE TO CAUSE THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES TO WAIVE, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE OR INTERPRET THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 10.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic .pdf submission), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered (by telecopy or otherwise) to the other Parties, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart.

Section 10.12 Headings. The heading references herein and the table of contents hereto are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

Section 10.13 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any term or other provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid, legal and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

Section 10.14 Rules of Construction. The Parties agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, therefore, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

Section 10.15 Specific Performance. The Parties acknowledge and agree that irreparable harm would occur and that the Parties would not have any adequate remedy at Law (i) for any actual or threatened breach of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms.

 

190


It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to specifically enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement (including Section 6.3) and any other agreement or instrument executed in connection herewith, without proof of actual damages, and each Party further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy. Each of the Parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that any other Party has an adequate remedy at Law or that any award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at Law or in equity. The Parties further agree that (x) by seeking the remedies provided for in this Section 10.15, a Party shall not in any respect waive its right to seek any other form of relief that may be available to a Party under this Agreement, including monetary damages (or the right to reimbursement of its costs and expenses relating to any enforcement actions hereunder) and (y) nothing contained in this Section 10.15 shall require any Party to institute any proceeding for (or limit any Party’s right to institute any proceeding for) specific performance under this Section 10.15 before exercising any termination right under Section 9.1 (and pursuing damages after such termination) nor shall the commencement of any action pursuant to this Section 10.15 or anything contained in this Section 10.15 restrict or limit any Party’s right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section 9.1 or pursue any other remedies under this Agreement that may be available then or thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall any Seller be permitted to receive both (1) a grant of specific performance to require Purchaser or Purchaser Parent to consummate, and that results in the consummation of, the Closing and (2) payment of the Purchaser Parent Termination Fee.

Section 10.16 Affiliate Status. To the extent that a Party is required hereunder to take certain action with respect to entities designated in this Agreement as such Party’s Affiliates, such obligation shall apply to such entities only during such period of time that such entities are Affiliates of such Party. To the extent that this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement requires an Affiliate of any Party to take or omit to take any action, such agreement and obligation includes the obligation of such Party to cause such Affiliate to take or omit to take such action.

Section 10.17 Waiver of Conflicts Regarding Representation; Nonassertion of Attorney-Client Privilege.

(a) Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser waives and will not assert, and agrees to cause its Affiliates, including, following the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, to waive and not assert, any conflict of interest arising out of or relating to the representation, after the Closing (the “Seller Post-Closing Representation”), of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates, or any shareholder, officer, employee or director of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates (any such Person, a “Seller Designated Person”) in any matter involving this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or any other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, by any legal counsel currently representing any Seller Designated Person in connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or any other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (any such representation, the “Seller Current Representation”).

 

191


(b) Seller Parent waives and will not assert, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to waive and not assert, any conflict of interest arising out of or relating to the representation, after the Closing (the “Purchaser Post-Closing Representation”), of Purchaser Parent or Purchaser or any of their Affiliates or any shareholder, officer, employee or director of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or any of their Affiliates (any such Person, a “Purchaser Designated Person”) in any matter involving this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or any other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, by any legal counsel currently representing any Purchaser Designated Person in connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or any other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Slaughter and May (any such representation, the “Purchaser Current Representation”).

(c) Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser waives and will not assert, and agrees to cause its Affiliates, including, following the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, to waive and not assert, any attorney-client or other applicable legal privilege or protection with respect to any communication between any legal counsel and any Seller Designated Person occurring during the Seller Current Representation (the “Seller Privileged Communications”) or in connection with any Seller Post-Closing Representation, including in connection with a dispute with Purchaser Parent or Purchaser or its Affiliates (including, following the Closing, any Conveyed Subsidiary or any of their Subsidiaries), including in respect of any claim for indemnification hereunder by a Purchaser Indemnified Party or a Purchaser Parent Indemnified Party, it being the intention of the Parties that all such rights to such attorney-client and other applicable legal privilege or protection and to control such attorney-client and other applicable legal privilege or protection shall be retained by the Sellers and their Affiliates and that the Sellers, and not Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates or the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, shall have the sole right to decide whether or not to waive any attorney-client or other applicable legal privilege or protection. Accordingly, from and after Closing, none of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates, including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, shall have any access to any such communications or to the files of the Seller Current Representation, all of which shall be and remain the property of the Sellers and not of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates, including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, or to internal counsel relating to such engagement, and none of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates, including, following the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, or any Person acting or purporting to act on their behalf shall seek to obtain the same by any process on the grounds that the privilege and protection attaching to such communications and files belongs to Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates, including, following the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, or does not belong to the Sellers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a dispute arises between Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates, including, following the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a third party other than the Sellers or their Affiliates, on the other hand, Sellers shall not disclose any such Seller Privileged Communications to such third party without the prior written consent of Purchaser unless required to do so by applicable Law or Governmental Order.

 

192


(d) Seller Parent waives and will not assert, and agrees to cause its Affiliates, to waive and not assert, any attorney-client or other applicable legal privilege or protection with respect to any communication between any legal counsel and any Purchaser Designated Person occurring during the Purchaser Current Representation (the “Purchaser Privileged Communications”) or in connection with any Purchaser Post-Closing Representation, including in connection with a dispute with Seller Parent or its Affiliates, including in respect of any claim for indemnification hereunder by a Seller Parent Indemnified Party, it being the intention of the Parties that all such rights to such attorney-client and other applicable legal privilege or protection and to control such attorney-client and other applicable legal privilege or protection shall be retained by Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (other than Purchaser) and that Purchaser Parent, and not Seller Parent or Purchaser, shall have the sole right to decide whether or not to waive any attorney-client or other applicable legal privilege or protection. Accordingly, from and after Closing, none of Seller Parent or Purchaser shall have any access to any such communications or to the files of the Purchaser Current Representation, all of which shall be and remain the property of Purchaser Parent and not of Seller Parent or its Affiliates or Purchaser or its Subsidiaries or to internal counsel relating to such engagement, and none of Seller Parent or its Affiliates or Purchaser or its Subsidiaries or any Person acting or purporting to act on their behalf shall seek to obtain the same by any process on the grounds that the privilege and protection attaching to such communications and files belongs to Seller Parent or its Affiliates or Purchaser or its Subsidiaries or does not belong to the Purchaser Parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a dispute arises between Seller Parent or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and a third party other than Purchaser Parent, Purchaser or their Affiliates, on the other hand, Purchaser Parent shall not disclose any such Purchaser Privileged Communications to such third party without the prior written consent of Seller Parent unless required to do so by applicable Law or Governmental Order.

Section 10.18 Translation of Currencies. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, all payments to be made under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in Pound sterling. Except with respect to the determinations set forth in the following sentence, and except to the extent otherwise provided in the Accounting Principles or Purchaser Accounting Principles with respect to the determinations of amounts included in the calculations of Business Working Capital, Business Net Cash, Purchaser Working Capital or Purchaser Net Cash, as applicable, in the event that the Parties need to convert currencies under this Agreement, the relevant exchange rate shall be determined based on the Bloomberg BFIX rate in effect as of 5:00 p.m. (New York time) two (2) Business Days preceding the applicable determination date as published on Bloomberg.com. In the event that any Person needs to convert currencies for purposes of calculating the amount of any claim under Section 6.5(d) or Article VII, the relevant exchange rate shall be determined based on the Bloomberg BFIX rate in effect as of 5:00 pm (New York time) two (2) Business Days preceding the date of the written notice given for such claim under Section 6.5(d) or under Section 7.3, as applicable, as published on Bloomberg.com.

[Signature page follows]

 

193


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PFIZER INC.

By:

 

/s/ Albert Bourla

 

Name: Albert Bourla

 

Title: Chief Operating Officer

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

By:

 

/s/ Simon Dingemans

 

Name: Simon Dingemans

 

Title: Chief Finance Officer

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER

HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ Simon Dingemans

 

Name: Simon Dingemans

 

Title: Director

[Signature Page to Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement]

Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION VERSION

THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 31st day of July 2019 by and among Pfizer Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller Parent”), GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Purchaser Parent”, and together with Seller Parent, the “Parents”), GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Initial Purchaser”), and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“New Purchaser”, and together with Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Initial Purchaser, the “Parties”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the SAPA (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, in connection with the implementation of the Purchaser Internal Restructurings, and with the intent to contribute the Purchaser Business held by Initial Purchaser to New Purchaser, (a) Purchaser Parent caused Initial Purchaser to (i) on April 24, 2019, incorporate New Purchaser as a direct wholly owned Subsidiary of Initial Purchaser, (ii) on July 1, 2019, contribute, transfer and assign to New Purchaser (x) Initial Purchaser’s equity interests in certain U.S. subsidiaries, (y) Initial Purchaser’s minority interests in certain subsidiaries and (z) certain contracts entered into by Initial Purchaser, in exchange for shares in New Purchaser, as set forth in the Contribution Agreement by and between Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser, dated as of July 1, 2019, (iii) on June 14, 2019, incorporate GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings No. 1 LLC (“New US LLC 1”) and GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings No. 2 LLC (“New US LLC 2” and, together with New US LLC 1, the “New US LLCs”), as direct, wholly owned Subsidiaries of Initial Purchaser, (iv) on July 2, 2019, contribute, transfer and assign to New US LLC 2, Initial Purchaser’s equity interests in its non-U.S. and non-Panamanian subsidiaries in exchange for membership interests in New US LLC 2, (v) on July 2, 2019, contribute, transfer and assign to New US LLC 1 Initial Purchaser’s equity interests in New US LLC 2 in exchange for membership interests in New US LLC 1, and (vi) on July 30, 2019, contribute, transfer and assign to New US LLC 2 four (4) debt instruments and one (1) promissory note with respect to certain assets and liabilities of the Purchaser Business in India and Argentina which are subject to the terms of the Global NEB Agreement (Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets); (b) certain equity interests in GSK Panama S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Panama, forming part of the Purchaser Business held by Initial Purchaser, will be contributed to New Purchaser on the Closing Date in exchange for shares in New Purchaser; and (c) the New US LLCs will be contributed, directly or indirectly, to New Purchaser on the Closing Date (clauses (a) through (c), collectively, the “Purchaser Contribution”);

WHEREAS, Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Initial Purchaser entered into that certain Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 19, 2018 (the “SAPA”);

WHEREAS, Initial Purchaser wishes to transfer by novation to New Purchaser, and New Purchaser wishes to accept the transfer by novation of, all rights, title, interest, obligations, duties and Liabilities of Initial Purchaser under and in respect of the SAPA, on the terms set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent wish to release Initial Purchaser from its obligations under and in respect of the SAPA in exchange, inter alia, for New Purchaser’s assumption of the same obligations, on the terms set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser desire to amend the SAPA and agree to certain other arrangements, in each case as set forth in this Agreement.

 

 

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

New Purchaser

 

 

(a)

New Purchaser hereby agrees to perform under the terms of the SAPA, as amended by the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

(b)

New Purchaser hereby assumes all obligations, duties and Liabilities, and is entitled to all rights, title and interest, under the SAPA, as amended by the terms of this Agreement, as if New Purchaser had at all times been the “Purchaser” party to the SAPA.

 

 

(c)

Purchaser Parent hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser that New Purchaser is ready, able, and willing to fully perform, assume and otherwise be responsible for, any and all obligations, duties and Liabilities under the SAPA, as amended by the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

(d)

Purchaser Parent hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser that New Purchaser was formed solely for the purpose of acquiring and holding the Purchaser Business (and, following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the SAPA, the Business), and since the date of its formation, has not engaged in or carried on any other business, conducted any other operations, owned any assets other than the assets comprising the Purchaser Business, or incurred any Liabilities of any kind other than Purchaser Liabilities or Liabilities incident to the execution of this Agreement.

 

 

(e)

In consideration of the foregoing novation and other valuable consideration, Initial Purchaser shall be released and discharged of all obligations to perform under the SAPA, and shall be fully relieved of liability to any other party to this Agreement arising out of the SAPA, in each case effective from and after the earlier of the completion of the Purchaser Contribution on the Closing Date or the effective time of the Closing pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of the SAPA. For clarity, prior to the earlier of the completion of the Purchaser Contribution or the effective time of the Closing pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of the SAPA, Initial Purchaser shall be fully responsible for any and all obligations, duties and Liabilities of Purchaser under the SAPA, including any such obligations, duties and Liabilities of Initial Purchaser prior to entering into this Agreement and any such obligations, duties and Liabilities of New Purchaser prior to the effectiveness of the release contemplated by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, subject to the foregoing novation and the substitution of New Purchaser for Initial Purchaser as provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall relieve any Party of any Liability it may have under the SAPA for any breach of any provision thereof occurring prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

 

(f)

For the avoidance of doubt, effective from and after the earlier of the completion of the Purchaser Contribution on the Closing Date or the effective time of the Closing pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of the SAPA, all previous actions taken by Initial Purchaser in fulfillment of its obligations and duties under the SAPA shall be considered to have fulfilled those parts of Initial Purchaser’s obligations and duties under the SAPA.

 

2


 

(g)

The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that any representation or warranty made by Purchaser Parent in Article V of the SAPA with respect to “Purchaser” (A) is made, as of the date of the SAPA, with respect to Initial Purchaser (and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, as applicable), and not with respect to New Purchaser and (B) shall be true and correct, as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.3(a) of the SAPA and for purposes of the certificate required to be delivered by Purchaser Parent to Seller Parent pursuant to Section 8.3(c) of the SAPA, with respect to New Purchaser (and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, as applicable), and not with respect to Initial Purchaser.

 

 

(h)

The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, for all purposes under the SAPA, as amended by the terms of this Agreement, references to “Purchaser” in the SAPA, as amended by the terms of this Agreement, shall be deemed to mean (i) prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement, Initial Purchaser, and (ii) after the effectiveness of this Agreement, New Purchaser.

 

 

(i)

For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of Article VII of the SAPA, Initial Purchaser shall be deemed a “Purchaser Parent Indemnified Party” and New Purchaser shall be deemed a “Purchaser Indemnified Party” (and New Purchaser shall be deemed a “Purchaser Tax Indemnified Party” for purposes of the SAPA, and Initial Purchaser shall not be).

 

2.

Certain Representations and Warranties

 

 

(a)

Seller Parent hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser that: it has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; the execution and delivery by Seller Parent of this Agreement, and the performance by Seller Parent of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller Parent and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller Parent, enforceable against Seller Parent in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

 

(b)

Purchaser Parent hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser that: each of Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; the execution and delivery by Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser of this Agreement, and the performance by Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller Parent, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

3


3.

Closing

 

 

(a)

The first sentence of Section 3.1(a) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“The Closing shall take place at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz located at 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019, at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on July 31, 2019, or at such other time (but not date) and place as the Parties may mutually agree; provided, that in the event that the conditions set forth in Article VIII (other than the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied on the Closing Date, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) have not been satisfied or waived as of July 31, 2019, the Closing shall take place at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz located at 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019, at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third (3rd) Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VIII (other than the conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied on the Closing Date, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions), or at such other time and place as the Parties may mutually agree.”

 

 

(b)

The third sentence of Section 3.1(a) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“Unless the Parties agree otherwise, and notwithstanding the actual occurrence of the Closing at any particular time on the Closing Date, the Closing shall be deemed to occur and be effective as of 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date.”

 

 

(c)

A new Section 3.1(e) shall be added to Article III of the SAPA as follows:

 

 

“(e)

Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall cause the transactions set forth in Exhibit H to occur on the dates and in the sequence set forth thereon.”

 

 

(d)

A new Exhibit H shall be added to the SAPA in the form set forth in Annex B to this Agreement.

 

 

(e)

In the event the Closing does not take place on July 31, 2019, the Parties agree to cooperate in good faith to modify the provisions of this Agreement that assume a July 31, 2019 Closing Date, including the definition of Measurement Time and Sections 4 and 9, in order to effectuate and preserve the intent of the Parties in entering into this Agreement as nearly as practicable with respect to such other Closing Date.

 

 

(f)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the intent and purpose of the transactions set forth in Annex B to this Agreement and the novation and substitution of New Purchaser for Initial Purchaser described above is to facilitate the entry by the Parties into the consumer healthcare joint venture contemplated by the SAPA, and not to alter the underlying assets and liabilities of such joint venture or the Parties’ respective economic or substantive rights or interests in, or obligations with respect to, the business of such joint venture following the Closing, and the provisions of this Agreement related to such transactions and novation and substitution will be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the foregoing.

 

4


4.

Closing Financial Matters

 

 

(a)

A new Section 3.1(f) shall be added to Article III of the SAPA as follows:

“Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (including Section 6.2(c)), from and after 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on July 28, 2019, until 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date, except as Purchaser Parent shall otherwise consent in writing, Seller Parent covenants and agrees that (i) it shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct the Business in the ordinary course of business in all material respects and in a manner designed such that Business Working Capital and Business Net Cash, were such amounts to be measured as of 11:59 p.m. on the Closing Date, would be substantially similar to such amounts as of the Measurement Time (with respect to the Business), other than changes to such amounts as may occur in the ordinary course of business and (ii) it shall cause the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries not to declare or pay dividends or distributions of, or otherwise transfer to Seller Parent or any Retained Subsidiary, any Cash Equivalents.”

 

 

(b)

The reference to “subject to Section 6.5(f)” in Section 6.2(c) of the SAPA shall be changed to “subject to Section 3.1(f) and Section 6.5(f)”.

 

 

(c)

The references to “12:01 a.m.” in (i) the definitions of “Purchaser Net Cash” and “Purchaser Working Capital” in Section 1.1 of the SAPA and (ii) Sections 6.6(c)(iv), 6.7(b) and 6.18(a) of the SAPA shall be changed to “11:59 p.m.”.

 

 

(d)

The references to “12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date” in (i) the definitions of “Business Net Cash,” “Business Working Capital,” and “Goods in Transit” in Section 1.1 of the SAPA and (ii) Sections 2.3(b) and 6.7(a) of the SAPA shall be changed to “11:59 p.m. (New York time) on July 28, 2019”, and the reference to “after the Closing Date” in the last sentence of Section 2.3(b) of the SAPA shall be changed to “after 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on July 28, 2019”.

 

 

(e)

Paragraph 1 of Part II of Annex B-1 (Accounting Principles) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“1.

The Estimated Closing Statement shall be drawn up by Seller Parent as of 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on July 28, 2019 (the “Measurement Time”), as estimated in good faith by Seller Parent, in the format set out in Annex B-2, including with respect to the line items to be included as assets and liabilities in the calculation of Business Working Capital and Business Net Cash, and shall be delivered within the time period specified in the Purchase Agreement. The Proposed Closing Statement shall be drawn up by Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, including with respect to the line items to be included as assets and liabilities in the calculation of Business Working Capital and Business Net Cash as of the Measurement Time in a manner consistent with the Accounting Principles and the Sample Closing Statement, and shall be delivered to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent within the time period specified in the Purchase Agreement.”

 

5


 

(f)

Paragraph 5(a) of Part II of Annex B-1 (Accounting Principles) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“a.

for Business Net Cash and Business Working Capital, (x) for purposes of the Proposed Closing Statement, the relevant month-end rate for July 2019 (which is typically the Reuters rate in effect as of 12:00 p.m. (London time) on the last day of Purchaser Parent’s July accounting period) as published by Purchaser Parent on its internal network and used by Purchaser Parent for monthly consolidation purposes in the ordinary course and (y) for purposes of the Estimated Closing Statement only, the Bloomberg exchange rates in effect as of 3:00 p.m. (Dublin time) on May 24, 2019 (in the case of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities subject to the Global NEB Agreement (Seller Parent Delayed Markets) and included in the calculation of Business Net Cash and Business Working Capital) and June 28, 2019 (in the case of all other Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities included in the calculation of Business Net Cash and Business Working Capital)).”

 

 

(g)

In connection with the preparation of the Estimated Closing Statement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that certain accounts receivable of the Business, as referenced in the Estimated Closing Statement (Tab TB Reconciliation, Row 28, Adjustment 8) (such accounts receivable, the “Withheld Accounts Receivable”), were omitted from the calculation of Business Working Capital in the Estimated Closing Statement, and that beneficial ownership of the Withheld Accounts Receivable is being retained by Seller Parent or a Retained Subsidiary as an Excluded Asset and the Withheld Accounts Receivable will not be reflected in the Proposed Closing Statement (and Purchaser and its applicable Subsidiaries will, as the holder of legal title to the Withheld Accounts Receivable and upon collection and receipt of any amounts in respect of the Withheld Accounts Receivable on behalf of Seller Parent or its applicable Retained Subsidiaries, remit such amounts to Seller Parent or its designated Retained Subsidiary). Seller Parent shall provide Purchaser with information regarding such Withheld Accounts Receivable reasonably necessary to enable Purchaser to perform the collection and remittal obligations set forth in the preceding sentence, which information shall be provided within forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that certain Product Registrations are being retained by Seller Parent or a Retained Subsidiary for a temporary period following the Closing pursuant to arrangements mutually agreed by the Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, the retained Product Registrations that are the subject of the preceding sentence shall remain Purchased Assets for all purposes under the SAPA, and the preceding sentence and the arrangements referenced therein shall not otherwise waive or affect Purchaser’s rights under the SAPA with respect to such Purchased Assets, including Section 2.1(i) of the SAPA.

 

 

(h)

With respect to Seller Parent’s obligation to deliver to Purchaser Parent the Estimated Closing Statement in clause (a) of Section 2.8(a) of the SAPA, the reference to “seven (7) Business Days” in Section 2.8(a) of the SAPA shall be changed to “four (4) Business Days.”

 

 

(i)

The references to “Purchaser Closing Statement” in Annex B-3 (Purchaser Accounting Principles) of the SAPA shall be changed to “Proposed Closing Statement” and the reference to “Purchaser Estimated Closing Statement” in Section 2.8(a) of the SAPA and Annex B-3 (Purchaser Accounting Principles) of the SAPA shall be changed to “Estimated Purchaser Closing Statement.”

 

6


 

(j)

Paragraph 1 of Part II of Annex B-3 (Purchaser Accounting Principles) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“1.

The Estimated Purchaser Closing Statement shall be drawn up by Purchaser Parent as of 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date (the “Measurement Time”), as estimated in good faith by Purchaser Parent, in the format set out in Annex B-4, including with respect to the line items to be included as assets and liabilities in the calculation of Purchaser Working Capital and Purchaser Net Cash, and shall be delivered to Seller Parent within the time period specified in the Purchase Agreement. The Proposed Closing Statement shall be drawn up by Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, including with respect to the line items to be included as assets and liabilities in the calculation of Purchaser Working Capital and Purchaser Net Cash as of the Measurement Time in a manner consistent with the Purchaser Accounting Principles and the Sample Purchaser Closing Statement, and shall be delivered to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent within the time period specified in the Purchase Agreement.”

 

 

(k)

Paragraph 5(a) of Part II of Annex B-3 (Purchaser Accounting Principles) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“a.

for Purchaser Net Cash and Purchaser Working Capital, (x) for purposes of the Proposed Closing Statement, the relevant month-end rate for July 2019 (which is typically the Reuters rate in effect as of 12:00 p.m. (London time) on the last day of Purchaser Parent’s July accounting period) as published by Purchaser Parent on its internal network and used by Purchaser Parent for monthly consolidation purposes in the ordinary course, and (y) for purposes of the Estimated Purchaser Closing Statement only, the Reuters rate in effect as of 12:00 p.m. (London time) on May 31, 2019.”

 

 

(l)

A new Paragraph 16 of Part II of Annex B-3 (Purchaser Accounting Principles) of the SAPA shall be added to state:

 

 

“16.

For purposes of the Estimated Purchaser Closing Statement and the Proposed Closing Statement (in respect of the Purchaser Business only), Finance Leases under 1 Year (2825) and Finance Leases Over 1 Year (2828) shall reflect the amounts thereof set forth in the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Purchaser Business as of December 31, 2018.”

 

 

(m)

The following sentences shall be added to the end of Section 2.9(a) of the SAPA:

“At the time of delivery of the Proposed Closing Statement, Purchaser shall also deliver to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent a statement setting forth Purchaser’s calculation of the aggregate amount of profit earned, or loss incurred, by the Business during the three (3)-day period between (and including such dates) (x) the day following the Measurement Time (with respect to the Business) and (y) the Closing Date (such amount, the “Stub Period Amount”). The Stub Period Amount shall be the product of (A) the average daily profit (or loss) of the Business before taxes (such amount determined based on the average daily profit (or loss) before taxes during Seller Parent’s July 2019 accounting period, and derived from the monthly load file received by Purchaser in respect of such accounting period), multiplied by (B) the number of days between (and including such dates) the day following the Measurement Time (with respect to the Business) and the Closing Date (i.e., three (3), assuming the Closing Date is July 31, 2019). The Parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the calculation of the Stub Period Amount and any payment in respect thereof shall not alter the rights, obligations and indemnities of Seller Parent pursuant to

 

7


Section 6.5(d)(i) of this Agreement. If the Stub Period Amount is a positive number, Purchaser shall, and Purchaser Parent shall cause Purchaser to, pay within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Statement Finalization Date to Seller Parent (and/or Seller Parent’s designee(s), in such allocations as may be directed by Seller Parent), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Seller Account, an amount in cash equal to the Stub Period Amount; provided, that in the event the post-Closing adjustments contemplated by this Section 2.9 result in a Final Business Deficit Adjustment that is greater than the value of the Stub Period Amount, Seller Parent may elect by written notice to Purchaser within two (2) Business Days of the Closing Statement Finalization Date to have the Stub Period Amount netted against the amount of such Final Business Deficit Adjustment, such that there shall be a single cash payment from Seller Parent to Purchaser, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser Account, in the amount of the Final Business Deficit Adjustment less the Stub Period Amount, and no separate cash payment from Purchaser to Seller Parent of the Stub Period Amount, in satisfaction of Seller Parent’s obligations with respect to the payment of the Final Business Deficit Adjustment under Section 2.9(h) and Purchaser’s obligations with respect to the payment of the Stub Period Amount under this Section 2.9(a). If the Stub Period Amount is a negative number, Seller Parent shall pay within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Statement Finalization Date to Purchaser, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser Account, an amount in cash equal to the absolute value of the Stub Period Amount; provided, that in the event the post-Closing adjustments contemplated by this Section 2.9 result in a Final Business Excess Adjustment that is greater than the absolute value of the Stub Period Amount, Seller Parent may elect by written notice to Purchaser within two (2) Business Days of the Closing Statement Finalization Date to have the Stub Period Amount netted against the amount of such Final Business Excess Adjustment, such that there shall be a single cash payment from Purchaser to Seller Parent, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Seller Account, in the amount of the Final Business Excess Adjustment less the absolute value of the Stub Period Amount, and no separate cash payment from Seller Parent to Purchaser of the Stub Period Amount, in satisfaction of Purchaser’s obligations with respect to the payment of the Final Business Excess Adjustment under Section 2.9(g) and Seller Parent’s obligations with respect to the payment of the Stub Period Amount under this Section 2.9(a). Any disputes with respect to the calculation of the Stub Period Amount shall be subject to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 2.9 of the Purchase Agreement, which shall apply mutatis mutandis.”

 

5.

Seller Disclosure Letter

 

 

(a)

Section 1.1(A) (Conveyed Subsidiaries), Section 4.3(b) (Conveyed Subsidiaries; Capital Structure) and Section 4.3(c) (Conveyed Subsidiaries; Capital Structure) of the Seller Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in their entirety as set forth in Annex A to this Agreement.

 

 

(b)

Section 2.1(c) (Leased Real Property) of the Seller Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in Annex D to this Agreement.

 

 

(c)

Section 2.1(q) (Other Purchased Assets) of the Seller Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in Annex C to this Agreement.

 

 

(d)

Item 6 in Section 2.3(a)(xx) (Excluded Assets) of the Seller Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“6.

Reserved.”

 

8


6.

Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter

 

 

(a)

The fifth row in the table contained in Section 5.3(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

de Miclén sro

(Slovakia)

  

25 Ordinary Euro shares with a nominal value of €1.000

  

        

  

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited (24 Ordinary Euro shares with a nominal value of €1.000)

 

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited (1 Ordinary Euro share with a nominal value of €1.000)

 

7.

Net Economic Benefit Arrangements

 

 

(a)

The following new paragraphs shall be added under Section 4.15 (Assets) of the Seller Disclosure Letter:

“The transfer of legal title to the Purchased Assets (including equity interests in certain Conveyed Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries thereof) in the Seller Parent Delayed Markets shall not occur on the Global Closing Date, but shall be deferred until such time as the Deferred Closing Business (as defined in the Global NEB Agreement (Seller Parent Delayed Markets)) in each such Seller Parent Delayed Market is transferred to Purchaser or its applicable Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Global NEB Agreement (Seller Parent Delayed Markets).

In addition, reference is made to the Preparation H Mexico Letter Agreement.”

 

 

(b)

The following new paragraph shall be added under Section 5.16 (Assets) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter:

“The transfer of legal title to certain assets and liabilities of the Purchaser Business in the Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets shall not occur on the Global Closing Date, but shall be deferred until such time as the Deferred Closing Business (as defined in the Global NEB Agreement (Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets)) in each such Purchaser Parent Delayed Market is transferred to Purchaser or its applicable Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Global NEB Agreement (Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets).”

 

 

(c)

A new Section 6.28 shall be added to Article VI of the SAPA as follows:

 

 

“6.28

Delayed Markets; Net Economic Benefit Arrangements.

 

 

(a)

At the Closing, Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall enter into an agreement providing for, among other things, (i) the retention and operation on behalf of Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates of certain Purchased Assets (including equity interests in certain Conveyed Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries thereof) and Assumed Liabilities that shall not transfer to Purchaser on the Closing Date by certain Subsidiaries of Seller Parent (other than any Purchased Assets (including

 

9


  equity interests) and Assumed Liabilities which, by their nature or by agreement of the Parties, will be transferred on the Closing Date), (ii) the calculation and settlement of payments for the purpose of Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries providing Purchaser and its Subsidiaries the economic and operational claims, rights, benefits and burdens of ownership of the Purchased Assets (including certain equity interests) in certain deferred jurisdictions set forth therein (the “Seller Parent Delayed Markets”), including the net profits and losses from the operation of the Purchased Assets (including certain equity interests) in such Seller Parent Delayed Markets beginning on (and including) the Closing Date, and (iii) the transfer to Purchaser and its applicable Subsidiaries following the Closing Date of the Purchased Assets (including equity interests) and Assumed Liabilities described in clause (i) (such agreement, the “Global NEB Agreement (Seller Parent Delayed Markets)”), in each case on the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

 

(b)

At the Closing, Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall enter into an agreement providing for, among other things, (i) the retention and operation on behalf of Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliates of certain assets (including equity interests) and liabilities of the Purchaser Business held by Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) that shall not transfer to Purchaser on the Closing Date by certain Affiliates of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), (ii) the calculation and settlement of payments for the purpose of Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) providing Purchaser and its Subsidiaries the economic and operational claims, rights, benefits and burdens of ownership of such assets (including equity interests) in certain deferred jurisdictions set forth therein (the “Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets”), including the net profits and losses from the operation of such assets (including equity interests) in such Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets beginning on (and including) the Closing Date, and (iii) the transfer to Purchaser and its applicable Subsidiaries following the Closing Date of the assets (including equity interests) and liabilities described in clause (i) (the “Global NEB Agreement (Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets)”), in each case on the terms and conditions set forth therein.”

 

8.

Taiwan Lease Agreement

 

 

(a)

The fourth recital to the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

WHEREAS, certain Sellers, Purchaser, Purchaser Parent and the Purchaser Designated Affiliates, at or prior to the Closing, will execute each of the Ancillary Agreements (other than the Lease Agreement); and”

 

 

(b)

Section 6.14(b) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“At or prior to the Closing, Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and Seller Parent, as applicable, shall enter into, execute and deliver, or cause their applicable Affiliates to enter into, execute and deliver, each of the Ancillary Agreements (other than the Lease Agreement).”

 

10


 

(c)

Section 6.14(d) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“As promptly as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days following the Closing Date, Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent shall negotiate, and they or their applicable Affiliates shall enter into, a lease agreement and related documentation in accordance with the terms set forth on Section 6.14(d) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (the “Lease Agreement”).”

 

 

(d)

Clause (b) of Exhibit A to the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“(b)

each Ancillary Agreement (other than the Lease Agreement), duly executed by Seller Parent or its Affiliates, as applicable, unless such Ancillary Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties thereto prior to the Closing;”

 

 

(e)

Clause (b) of Exhibit B to the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“(b)

each Ancillary Agreement (other than the Lease Agreement), duly executed by Purchaser, Purchaser Parent or the applicable Purchaser Designated Affiliate, as applicable, unless such Ancillary Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties thereto prior to the Closing; and”

 

9.

Employee Benefits

 

 

(a)

The first sentence of Section 6.6(a)(i) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (including, after the Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiaries and the Subsidiaries thereof) shall, effective as of the Closing, assume or retain all Liabilities in respect of (A) the Conveyed Subsidiary Plans (including Liabilities thereunder that relate to an employee or former employee who is not a Business Employee or Former Business Employee), (B) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.6, the service of the Business Employees and Former Business Employees to the Business or Purchaser Business prior to, on or following the Closing Date, including all Liabilities for compensation (including commissions, bonuses, incentive pay, overtime, premium pay, shift differentials and severance or termination pay) that become payable on or after the Closing, (C) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.6, compensation and benefits required to be provided by, or transferring to Purchaser pursuant to, applicable Law with respect to a Business Employee or Former Business Employee, (D) the other Liabilities specified in this Section 6.6 as being assumed, retained or reimbursable by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, (E) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.6, all costs and expenses arising from the obligations of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries under this Section 6.6, and the implementation by Purchaser of the compensation and benefit plans as contemplated hereunder, (F) any Liabilities arising out of the failure of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries to comply with its obligations under this Section 6.6, including the failure to extend offers pursuant to Section 6.6(b)(i) or engage in any consultations required or contemplated by Section 6.6(b)(i) or Section 6.6(j), and (G) the Purchaser Pension Liabilities (the Liabilities assumed or retained by Purchaser and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 6.6, collectively, the “Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities”).”

 

11


 

(b)

The first sentence of Section 6.6(a)(iii) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), shall, effective as of the Closing, retain or assume (A) all assets and Liabilities under or relating to each Purchaser Group Plan and each Foreign Purchaser Group Plan, and each other benefit or compensation plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement at any time sponsored or maintained by Purchaser Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates (including non-U.S. Affiliates) that is not (I) a Purchaser Business Plan, (II) Purchaser Pension Liabilities; (B) all Liabilities with respect to current or former employees of Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates who are not Purchaser Business Employees or Former Purchaser Business Employees; (C) all Liabilities with respect to the service prior to the Closing Date of the Purchaser Business Employees and Former Purchaser Business Employees to Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) to the extent such service was not related to the Purchaser Business; and (D) all other Liabilities specified in this Section 6.6 as being retained or assumed by Purchaser Parent or its applicable Affiliates pursuant to this Section 6.6, which Liabilities shall be Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities.”

 

 

(c)

The last sentence of Section 6.6(a)(iii) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“Other than as expressly contemplated by this Section 6.6, in no event may Purchaser Parent or its Affiliates transfer a Purchaser Group Plan or Foreign Purchaser Group Plan (or any related Liabilities) that is not maintained by Purchaser or a Subsidiary thereof as of the date of this Agreement to Purchaser or a Subsidiary thereof.”

 

 

(d)

Footnote 6 in the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“Items marked with an “*” are Purchaser Business Plans. All other plans are Purchaser Group Plans or Foreign Purchaser Group Plans.”

 

 

(e)

Item 19 in Section 5.18(a) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“19.

Defined benefit pension plans.”

 

 

(f)

Item 62 in Section 5.18(a) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“62.

Pension plan.”

 

 

(g)

Item 120 in Section 5.18(a) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017

 

 

120.

In addition to the plans identified above, those additional Purchaser-level pension or other post-employment benefit plans or arrangements which are recognised in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 are hereby incorporated by reference.*”

 

12


 

(h)

Item 1 in Section 5.18(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“1.

Switzerland pension plan.”

 

 

(i)

Item 3 in Section 5.18(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“3.

Ireland pension plans.”

 

 

(j)

Item 4 in Section 5.18(b) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“4.

In addition to the plans identified above, those additional Purchaser-level pension or other post-employment benefit plans or arrangements which are recognised in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 are hereby incorporated by reference*.”

 

 

(k)

Item 11 in Section 5.18(d) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“11.

Switzerland pension plan.”

 

 

(l)

Item 15 in Section 5.18(d) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“15.

Ireland pension plans.”

 

 

(m)

Item 18 in Section 5.18(d) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“18.

In addition to the plans identified above, those additional Purchaser-level pension or other post-employment benefit plans or arrangements which are recognised in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 are hereby incorporated by reference*.”

 

 

(n)

Clause (i) of Section 6.6 of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“(i)

[RESERVED]”

 

 

(o)

A new Section 6.6(s) shall be added to Section 6.6 of the SAPA as follows:

 

 

“(s)

Irish Pension Liabilities.

 

 

(i)

Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to procure that as soon as is practicable after Closing, and in any event before the date of completion of any Listing Transaction or sale (direct or indirect) of the stock or assets of GSK Consumer Healthcare Ireland Limited and GSK Dungarvan Limited:

 

 

(A)

GSK Consumer Healthcare (Ireland) Limited and GSK Dungarvan Limited shall establish one or more pension plans in Ireland that have been duly authorised by local taxation and regulatory authorities (the “New Irish Plans”);

 

13


 

(B)

Subject to the preservation requirements of the Irish Pensions Act 1990 (as amended), the trustees of the GSK Ireland Pension Plan and the GSK (Ireland) Executive Pension Plan (the “Irish Plans”) shall transfer to the New Irish Plans such part of the assets of the Irish Plans (the “Irish Transferred Assets”) as are attributable to those members of the Irish Plans employed or formerly employed by GSK Consumer Healthcare Ireland Limited and GSK Dungarvan Limited who are Purchaser Business Employees or Former Purchaser Business Employees (the “Irish Transferring Beneficiaries”) and the Irish Transferring Liability (as defined below) as of the Irish Transfer Date (as defined below); and

 

 

(C)

As of the Irish Transfer Date, the New Irish Plans shall assume the Liability to provide benefits in respect of the Irish Transferring Beneficiaries that are equivalent in value to those to which the Irish Transferring Beneficiaries were entitled in the Irish Plans immediately before the Irish Transfer Date (the “Irish Transferring Liability”).

The date of the completion of the transfer from the Irish Plans to the New Irish Plans of the Irish Transferred Assets is the “Irish Transfer Date.” Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to assist and cooperate with each other to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do all things necessary for the establishment of the plans and the transfer of assets and Liabilities. In the event that it is not possible to transfer the assets as contemplated by this Section 6.6(s)(i) but the Liabilities in respect of the Irish Transferring Beneficiaries under the Irish Plans nevertheless become Liabilities of Purchaser, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall take such actions as are necessary to replicate the economic effect of this Section 6.6(s) by making the true up under Section 6.6(s)(v)(A) and applying the Tax Benefit under Section 6.6(s)(vii).

 

 

(ii)

The transfer from both Irish Plans need not occur on the same date. Should the transfers from the Irish Plans take place on separate dates, the provisions of this Section 6.6(s) shall apply separately to each such transfer. The failure of the transfer from one Irish Plan to take place will not prevent the transfer from the other Irish Plan from proceeding.

 

14


 

(iii)

Within 45 days following the Irish Transfer Date, Purchaser Parent shall calculate the following amount (the “Irish Pension Adjustment”) and confirm such amount, together with its calculations and any other information reasonably required by Seller Parent to confirm the accuracy of such determination, in writing to Seller Parent:

 

 

(A)

the value of the Liabilities, as of the Irish Transfer Date, in respect of the Irish Transferring Beneficiaries by reference to the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Liabilities of GSK Consumer Healthcare Ireland Limited and GSK Dungarvan Limited in the Irish Plans in the opening positions for Purchaser’s financial statements as of July 31, 2019, which shall be consistent with the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Purchaser Pension Liabilities in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2018, with financial assumptions updated for market conditions as of the Irish Transfer Date (the “Irish Liability Value”); less

 

 

(B)

the value of the Irish Transferred Assets as of the Irish Transfer Date.

 

 

(iv)

Seller Parent shall, within 45 days following receipt of the calculation of the Irish Pension Adjustment and such information as it reasonably requires to verify it, in writing either confirm its agreement to such calculation (including the value of the Irish Liability Value and the Irish Transferred Assets) or notify Purchaser Parent in writing that it disagrees with the calculation, explaining why and providing its alternative calculation with any supporting documentation (including any alternative valuation of the Irish Liability Value and the Irish Transferred Assets). Where Seller Parent disagrees with Purchaser Parent’s calculations the provisions of Section 6.6(e)(vi) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

 

(v)

Within 30 days following either confirmation by Seller Parent of its agreement of the Irish Pension Adjustment or the determination of the Irish Pension Adjustment in accordance with Section 6.6(e)(vi):

 

 

(A)

If the Irish Pension Adjustment is a positive amount, Purchaser Parent shall pay to Purchaser or such of its Subsidiaries as Purchaser shall nominate an amount equal to the Irish Pension Adjustment;

 

 

(B)

If the Irish Pension Adjustment is a negative amount, Purchaser shall pay to Purchaser Parent or such of its Subsidiaries as Purchaser Parent shall nominate an absolute value equal to the Irish Pension Adjustment.

 

 

(vi)

For purposes of this Agreement, (A) the Irish Transferring Liability shall be Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities; and (B) any Liabilities of or related to the Irish Plans that do not transfer to the New Irish Plans pursuant to this Section 6.6(s) shall be Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities. From and following the Irish Transfer Date, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries shall have no Liabilities in respect of the Irish Plans.

 

 

(vii)

Purchaser shall pay to Purchaser Parent the amount of any Tax Benefit actually realized by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries in the taxable year in which the payment pursuant to Section 6.6(s)(v)(A) is made or the subsequent two taxable years arising from any Tax Item in respect of any amount paid into the New Irish Plans up to an amount equal to that resulting from the true up under Section 6.6(s)(v)(A) in respect of the Irish Transferring Liability

 

15


  within fifteen (15) days of the filing of the Tax Return with respect to which the Tax Benefit is actually realized (or, if the Tax Benefit is in the form of an increased cash Tax refund, within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of such cash Tax refund from the applicable Governmental Authority).”

 

 

(p)

A new Section 6.6(t) shall be added to Section 6.6 of the SAPA as follows:

 

 

“(t)

Swiss Pension Liabilities.

 

 

(i)

Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to procure that as soon as is practicable after Closing, and in any event before the date of completion of any Listing Transaction or sale (direct or indirect) of the stock or assets of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare AG and Novartis Consumer Health SA (together the “Swiss CH Entities”):

 

 

(A)

The Swiss CH Entities shall establish a pension plan in Switzerland that has been duly authorised by local taxation and regulatory authorities (the “New Swiss Plan”); and

 

 

(B)

The board of the Personalvorsorgestiftung der GlaxoSmithKline Schweiz (the “Swiss Plan”) shall transfer to the New Swiss Plan such part of the assets of the Swiss Plan (the “Swiss Transferred Assets”) as are attributable to those members of the Swiss Plan employed or formerly employed by the Swiss CH Entities who are Purchaser Business Employees or Former Purchaser Business Employees (the “Swiss Transferring Beneficiaries”) and the Swiss Transferring Liability (as defined below) as of the Swiss Transfer Date (as defined below); and

 

 

(C)

As of the Swiss Transfer Date, the New Swiss Plan shall assume the Liability to provide benefits in respect of the Swiss Transferring Beneficiaries that are equivalent in value to those to which the Swiss Transferring Beneficiaries were entitled in the Swiss Plan immediately before the Swiss Transfer Date (the “Swiss Transferring Liability”).

The date of the completion of the transfer from the Swiss Plan to the New Swiss Plan of the Swiss Transferred Assets is the “Swiss Transfer Date”. Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to assist and cooperate with each other to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do all things necessary for the establishment of the plan and the transfer of assets and Liabilities. In the event that it is not possible to transfer the assets as contemplated by this Section 6.6(t)(i) but the Liabilities in respect of the Swiss Transferring Beneficiaries under the Swiss Plans nevertheless become Liabilities of Purchaser, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall take such actions as are necessary to replicate the economic effect of this Section 6.6(t) by making the true up under Section 6.6(t)(iv)(A) and applying the Tax Benefit under Section 6.6(t)(vi).

 

16


 

(ii)

Within 45 days following the Swiss Transfer Date, Purchaser Parent shall calculate the following amount (the “Swiss Pension Adjustment”) and confirm such amount, together with its calculations and any other information reasonably required by Seller Parent to confirm the accuracy of such determination, in writing to Seller Parent:

 

 

(A)

the value of the Liabilities, as of the Swiss Transfer Date, in respect of the Swiss Transferring Beneficiaries by reference to the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Liabilities of the Swiss CH Entities in the Swiss Plan in the opening positions for Purchaser’s financial statements as of July 31, 2019, which shall be consistent with the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Purchaser Pension Liabilities in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2018, with financial assumptions updated for market conditions as of the Swiss Transfer Date (the “Swiss Liability Value”); less

 

 

(B)

the value of the Swiss Transferred Assets as of the Swiss Transfer Date; less

 

 

(C)

the net pension Liability attributable to the Swiss CH Entities in the opening positions for Purchaser’s financial statements as of July 31, 2019, which shall be consistent with the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Purchaser Pension Liabilities in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2018, with financial assumptions updated for market conditions.

 

 

(iii)

Seller Parent shall, within 45 days following receipt of the calculation of the Swiss Pension Adjustment and such information as it reasonably requires to verify it, in writing either confirm its agreement to such calculation (including the value of the Swiss Liability Value and the Swiss Transferred Assets) or notify Purchaser Parent in writing that it disagrees with the calculation, explaining why and providing its alternative calculation with any supporting documentation (including any alternative valuation of the Swiss Liability Value and the Swiss Transferred Assets). Where Seller Parent disagrees with Purchaser Parent’s calculations the provisions of Section 6.6(e)(vi) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

 

(iv)

Within 30 days following either confirmation by Seller Parent of its agreement of the Swiss Pension Adjustment or the determination of the Swiss Pension Adjustment in accordance with Section 6.6(e)(vi):

 

 

(A)

If the Swiss Pension Adjustment is a positive amount of more than £2 million, Purchaser Parent shall pay to Purchaser or such of its Subsidiaries as Purchaser shall nominate an amount equal to the Swiss Pension Adjustment; and

 

 

(B)

If the Swiss Pension Adjustment is a negative amount, the absolute value of which is more than £2 million, Purchaser shall pay to Purchaser Parent or such of its Subsidiaries as Purchaser Parent shall nominate an absolute value equal to the Swiss Pension Adjustment.

 

17


 

(v)

For purposes of this Agreement, (A) the Swiss Transferring Liability shall be Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities; and (B) any Liabilities of or related to the Swiss Plan that do not transfer to the New Swiss Plan pursuant to this Section 6.6(t) shall be Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities. From and following the Swiss Transfer Date, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries shall have no Liabilities in respect of the Swiss Plan.

 

 

(vi)

Purchaser shall pay to Purchaser Parent the amount of any Tax Benefit actually realized by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries in the taxable year in which the payment pursuant to Section 6.6(t)(iv)(A) is made or the subsequent two taxable years arising from any Tax Item in respect of any amount paid into the New Swiss Plan up to an amount equal to that resulting from the true up under Section 6.6(t)(iv)(A) in respect of the Swiss Transferring Liability within fifteen (15) days of the filing of the Tax Return with respect to which the Tax Benefit is actually realized (or, if the Tax Benefit is in the form of an increased cash Tax refund, within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of such cash Tax refund from the applicable Governmental Authority).”

 

 

(q)

A new Section 6.6(u) shall be added to Section 6.6 of the SAPA as follows:

 

 

“(u)

Other Purchaser Parent Pension Liabilities.

 

 

(i)

In the event that Purchaser or its applicable Subsidiaries establish pension plans in respect of the Purchaser Pension Liabilities (the “New Pension Plans”), the transfer of Liabilities and assets shall be determined as of the relevant transfer date in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.6(t)(i) and (v) mutatis mutandis.

 

 

(ii)

If the net pension Liability to be transferred to a New Pension Plan exceeds £0.5m, Purchaser Parent shall, within 30 days following the establishment of a New Pension Plan and the transfer of Liabilities and assets in accordance with Section 6.6(u)(i), provide its calculations and any other information reasonably required by Seller Parent to confirm the accuracy of such determination, in writing to Seller Parent. Seller Parent shall, within 30 days following receipt of such calculation and such information as it reasonably requires to verify it, in writing either confirm its agreement to such calculation (including the value of the transferred Liabilities and assets) or notify Purchaser Parent in writing that it disagrees with the calculation, explaining why and providing its alternative calculation with any supporting documentation (including any alternative valuation of the transferred Liabilities and assets). Where Seller Parent disagrees with Purchaser Parent’s calculations the provisions of Section 6.6(e)(vi) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

 

(iii)

For the purposes of paragraph (ii), the net pension Liability shall be determined by reference to the opening positions for Purchaser’s financial statements as of July 31, 2019, which shall be determined in a manner consistent with the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Purchaser Pension Liabilities in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2018, with financial assumptions updated for market conditions as of July 31, 2019.”

 

18


 

(r)

The reference to “Section 6.5, Section 6.6 or Article VII” in the first sentence of Section 6.5(c)(i) of the SAPA shall be changed to “Section 6.5, Section 6.6 (other than Section 6.6(s) and Section 6.6(t)) or Article VII.”

 

10.

Transfer Taxes

 

 

(a)

Section 6.5(j) of the SAPA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller Parent shall be responsible for half of, and Purchaser Parent shall be responsible for half of, any Transfer Taxes imposed on (i) the transfer of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the transfer of any Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities in Seller Parent Delayed Markets) to Purchaser (or a Purchaser Designated Affiliate) and (ii) the direct or indirect transfer of the Purchaser Business (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the transfer of the Purchaser Business in Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets) by GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited to each of Purchaser and Consumer Healthcare Holdings Ltd. and the subsequent direct or indirect transfer of an equity interest in Consumer Healthcare Holdings Ltd. by GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited to Purchaser and, in each case, the costs of preparing and filing Tax Returns in respect of any such Transfer Taxes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Transfer Taxes triggered upon the Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties and Purchaser Indemnified Parties consummating the steps set out under the heading “Alternate Steps” on Exhibit A of the Tax Indemnity Side Letter and which would not have been incurred upon the consummation of the steps set out under the heading “Original Steps” on Exhibit A of the Tax Indemnity Side Letter, and any such Transfer Taxes shall be governed by the terms of the Tax Indemnity Side Letter. The Party responsible under applicable Law for filing Tax Returns with respect to Transfer Taxes shall prepare and timely file such Tax Returns. Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate to timely prepare and file any Tax Returns or other filings relating to such Transfer Taxes and to minimize any such Transfer Taxes. This Section 6.5(j) does not apply to any Transfer Taxes imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings or the Purchaser Internal Restructurings. Seller Parent shall be solely responsible for any Transfer Taxes imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings and the costs of preparing and filing any Tax Returns in respect of any such Transfer Taxes, and Purchaser Parent shall be solely responsible for any Transfer Taxes imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Purchaser Internal Restructurings and the costs of preparing and filing any Tax Returns in respect of any such Transfer Taxes.”

 

11.

VAT

 

 

(a)

Section 6.5(k)(i) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

 

“(i)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, subject to Section 6.5(k)(ii), (A) all payments made pursuant to this Agreement are exclusive of VAT and (B) any VAT imposed on the transfers of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities and the Purchaser Business to Purchaser (or any of the Purchaser Designated Affiliates) shall be charged to Purchaser (or the relevant Purchaser Designated Affiliate) in addition to, in the case of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities, the Purchase Consideration and, in the case of the Purchaser Business, the consideration referred to in the description of the

 

19


  Purchaser Contribution. Purchaser (or the relevant Purchaser Designated Affiliate) shall pay any such VAT upon receipt of the relevant VAT invoices, if such invoice is required under applicable Law. Purchaser, Purchaser Parent and Seller Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, exercise commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy all compliance obligations necessary in order to treat any such transfer as a transfer of a going concern for VAT purposes where permissible under applicable Law. Where Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent has treated, or caused its Affiliates to treat, a transaction under this Agreement as a transfer of a going concern or otherwise exempt from or outside the scope of VAT and it receives notice that a Taxing Authority disagrees with that treatment, it shall promptly notify Purchaser and reasonably cooperate with Purchaser to contest such disagreement upon Purchaser’s request, provided that Purchaser shall indemnify Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent (as the case may be) in respect of any costs, expenses, fees or Taxes incurred in connection with such contest. Seller Parent in the case of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities and Purchaser Parent in the case of the Purchaser Business shall issue (or shall cause to be issued) any invoice necessary and reasonably cooperate with Purchaser and its Affiliates to provide information and documentation necessary for Purchaser and its Affiliates to comply with its VAT obligations under applicable Law. For clarity, this Section 6.5(k)(i) does not apply to any VAT imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings or the Purchaser Internal Restructurings. Seller Parent shall be solely responsible for any VAT imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings and the costs of preparing and filing any Tax Returns in respect of any such VAT and Purchaser Parent shall be solely responsible for any VAT imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Purchaser Internal Restructurings and the costs of preparing and filing any Tax Returns in respect of any such VAT. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any VAT imposed on any transaction or step set out under the heading “Alternate Steps” on Exhibit A of the Tax Indemnity Side Letter and which would not have been imposed upon the consummation of the steps set out under the heading “Original Steps” on Exhibit A of the Tax Indemnity Side Letter shall be governed by the terms of the Tax Indemnity Side Letter, and this Section 6.5(k)(i) shall not apply to such VAT.”

 

12.

Tax Matters

 

 

  (a)

Clause (5) of Section 6.5(d)(i) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“(w) Taxes for a Pre-Closing Tax Period imposed on any transaction effected pursuant to Section 2.3(b), (x) Taxes for a Pre-Closing Tax Period imposed on any settlement of any intercompany accounts of Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.7, (y) Taxes for a Pre-Closing Tax Period imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Seller Internal Restructurings, or (z) Taxes imposed on any transaction or step with respect to any Seller Parent Delayed Market, occurring after the Closing Date and prior to the Applicable NEB Termination Date (as defined in the Global NEB Agreement (Seller Parent Delayed Markets)) that is necessary to deliver the Business and the Purchased Assets to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries on the Applicable NEB Termination Date, including by extracting any Excluded Assets from any Conveyed Subsidiaries (or their Subsidiaries),”

 

20


 

(b)

Clause (7) of Section 6.5(d)(ii) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“(x) Taxes for a Pre-Closing Tax Period imposed on any settlement of any intercompany accounts of Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser, on the one hand, and Purchaser Parent or any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent (other than Purchaser and its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, pursuant to Section 6.7, (y) Taxes for a Pre-Closing Tax Period imposed on any transaction or step forming part of the Purchaser Internal Restructurings, or (z) Taxes imposed on any transaction or step with respect to any Purchaser Parent Delayed Market, occurring after the Closing Date and prior to the Applicable NEB Termination Date (as defined in the Global NEB Agreement (Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets)) that is necessary to deliver to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries the assets constituting part of the Purchaser Business on the Applicable NEB Termination Date, including by extracting from any Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent any assets constituting part of the Purchaser Parent Retained Business,”

 

13.

Intellectual Property

 

 

(a)

The following sentences shall be added to the end of Section 6.10 of the SAPA as follows:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary hereunder or in any Ancillary Agreement, if with respect to any Registered Business IP (except for Copyrights and Internet Identifiers included therein), the applicable Assignor (as defined in the applicable IP Assignment Agreement) for such Registered Business IP in the applicable IP Assignment Agreement is not listed (as of the Closing Date) as the owner of record in the applicable Intellectual Property office or agency in the applicable jurisdiction for such Registered Business IP, or if there is any other gap in the chain of title or other update reasonably required to the Assignor’s details (including change of name, address, or corporate status of the Assignor) of such Registered Business IP in the applicable Intellectual Property office or agency, then Seller Parent shall cause such Assignor and other applicable Affiliates of Seller Parent to, in coordination with the applicable Assignee (as defined in the IP Assignment Agreement) or its designee, (i) at the sole cost and expense of Seller Parent (or its Affiliates), and upon the reasonable request of the Assignee, take or cause to be taken such actions to update the identity of the owner of record, the chain of title or other update reasonably required to the Assignor’s details for the applicable Registered Business IP in the applicable Intellectual Property office or agency such that the Assignor is listed as the owner of record and there are no other gaps in such chain of title or other update reasonably required to the Assignor’s details (collectively “Update Actions”), including by preparing, filing, executing and delivering any and all assignments, powers of attorney or other agreements or documentation as may be required or requested by the Assignee or any of its Affiliates and (ii) reimburse the Assignee and its Affiliates for reasonable, documented out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Assignee and its Affiliates (“Update Costs”) relating to any such Update Actions undertaken by the Assignee and its Affiliates, having taken due consideration of any reasonable suggestions by Seller Parent, including all costs and expenses of preparing and recording country-specific assignments and legalization of signatures (where required). However, any and all out of pocket costs incurred by Seller Parent or its Affiliates or Assignor in relation to the transferred Business IP whereby prior to Closing the Assignor, Seller Parent or its Affiliate incurred costs for maintenance fees or other annuities, translations, national filings and validations due after Closing to ensure continuous protection of such Business IP on behalf of the Assignee will be deducted from any Update Costs due to Assignee and/or its Affiliates pursuant to this Section 6.10.”

 

21


14.

Exhibits

 

 

(a)

Exhibit C (Form of Purchaser Shareholders Agreement) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in Annex E to this Agreement.

 

 

(b)

Exhibit D (Form of Structuring Considerations Agreement) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in Annex F to this Agreement.

 

 

(c)

Exhibit E (Form of Restated Purchaser Articles of Association) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in Annex G to this Agreement.

 

15.

Definitions

 

 

(a)

The following defined term in Section 1.1 of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

““Ancillary Agreements” means, collectively, the Transition Services Agreement, Intellectual Property License Agreement, Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Seller Parent as Supplier), Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (Purchaser as Supplier), IP Assignment Agreements, Transitional Trademark License Agreement, Safety Data Exchange Agreement, Data Transfer Agreement, Common Interest Agreement, Lease Agreement, Local Implementing Agreements, Structuring Considerations Agreement, Purchaser Shareholders Agreement, Global NEB Agreement (Seller Parent Delayed Markets), Global NEB Agreement (Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets), Effexor and Tazocin Transitional Agreement, and Local NEB Agreements.”

 

 

(b)

The defined term “Local Implementing Agreements” in Section 1.1 of the SAPA shall be understood to include the various share transfer agreements, Purchased Asset transfer agreements and other agreements and the schedules and exhibits thereto entered into by Seller Parent and its applicable Affiliates, on the one hand, and a Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof, on the other hand, in connection with the Seller Internal Restructurings and for purposes of implementing the eventual sale, transfer, conveyance, and assignment, as applicable, of the applicable Sellers’ right, title and interest in the Shares and the other Purchased Assets to, and the employment of the Business Employees consistent with Section 6.6 of the SAPA by, directly or indirectly through the transfer of the Shares or the equity interests of Subsidiaries of the Conveyed Subsidiaries, Purchaser and the Purchaser Designated Affiliates, and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, as the case may be, in the appropriate jurisdictions, and shall also include the global assignment and assumption agreement and the global bill of sale which shall be entered into, effective as of the Closing, by and between Seller Parent and Purchaser.

 

 

(c)

The following new defined terms shall be inserted in alphabetical order in Section 1.1 of the SAPA:

““Amendment Agreement” means that certain Amendment Agreement by and among Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser, dated as of July 31, 2019.

 

22


Common Interest Agreement” means a common interest agreement to be entered into effective as of the Closing by and among Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser.

Data Transfer Agreement” means the data transfer agreement to be entered into effective as of the Closing by and between Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Purchaser.

Effexor and Tazocin Transitional Agreement” means the transitional agreement with respect to Effexor and Tazocin to be entered into effective as of the Closing by and among Seller Parent, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited, Pfizer Pharmaceuticals Ltd. and Wyeth Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

Global NEB Agreement (Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.28(b).

Global NEB Agreement (Seller Parent Delayed Markets)” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.28(a).

Local NEB Agreements” has the meaning set forth in the Global NEB Agreement (Seller Parent Delayed Markets).

Measurement Time” means (i) with respect to the Business, 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on July 28, 2019 and (ii) with respect to the Purchaser Business, 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date.

Preparation H Mexico Letter Agreement” means that certain Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement Side Letter, by and among Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and Initial Purchaser, dated as of June 21, 2019.

Purchaser Parent Delayed Markets” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.28(b).

Purchaser Pension Liabilities” means those Liabilities (net of allocable assets) accrued through the Closing Date in respect of Purchaser Business Employees and Former Purchaser Business Employees with benefits in any pension or other post-employment benefit plan or arrangement which was recognized in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017, excluding any pension plan sponsored in, or subject to the Laws of, the United States or the United Kingdom. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in no event shall Purchaser Pension Liabilities include debt or other Liabilities arising under Section 75 of the Pensions Act 1995 (United Kingdom) or Liabilities arising under Title IV of ERISA.

Purchaser Shareholders Agreement” means a shareholders agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C.

Seller Parent Delayed Markets” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.28(a).

Structuring Considerations Agreement” means a structuring considerations agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D.

Stub Period Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

 

23


Tax Indemnity Side Letter” means that certain Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement Side Letter, by and among Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser, dated as of July 2, 2019.

Update Actions” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10.

Update Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10.”

 

16.

Letter Agreements Acknowledgement

 

 

  (a)

The first sentence of Section 10.4 of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“This Agreement (including the Seller Disclosure Letter, the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter and all Annexes and Exhibits), the Amendment Agreement, the Preparation H Mexico Letter Agreement and the Tax Indemnity Side Letter contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, except for (i) the Confidentiality Agreement and the Clean Team Agreement which shall each remain in full force and effect and (ii) the Ancillary Agreements and any other written agreement of the Parties that expressly provides that it is not superseded by this Agreement.”

 

 

  (b)

Initial Purchaser hereby assigns and transfers all of its rights and obligations under the Preparation H Mexico Letter Agreement and the Tax Indemnity Side Letter to New Purchaser, and New Purchaser hereby accepts and assumes all of such rights and obligations.

 

17.

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

 

  (a)

The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision of the SAPA, except as specifically set forth herein. Except as herein expressly amended, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the SAPA and any of the documents, schedules or exhibits referred to therein shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

  (b)

This Agreement shall form a part of the SAPA for all purposes. From and after the date of this Agreement, any reference in the SAPA to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein”, and “hereunder” and words or expressions of similar import, and any reference to the SAPA contained in any notice, request, certificate, or other document executed prior to, concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, including any Ancillary Agreement, shall be deemed to be a reference to the SAPA as amended hereby (and as may be further amended, modified, restated, supplemented or extended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof) unless the context shall otherwise require.

 

 

  (c)

The provisions set forth in Sections 10.1 (Notices), 10.2 (Amendment; Waiver), 10.3 (Assignment), 10.4 (Entire Agreement) (as amended hereby), 10.5 (Parties in Interest), 10.7 (Expenses), 10.10 (Governing Law; Jurisdiction), 10.11 (Counterparts), 10.12 (Headings), 10.13 (Severability), 10.14 (Rules of Construction), 10.15 (Specific Performance), 10.16 (Affiliate Status), and 10.17 (Waiver of Conflict Regarding Representation; Nonassertion of Attorney-Client Privilege) of the SAPA shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement.

*     *     *     *     *

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PFIZER INC.

By:

 

/s/ Joseph Dana Hughes

Name:

 

Joseph Dana Hughes

Title:

 

Vice President, BD

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

By:

 

/s/ Charles M. Atkinson

Name:

 

Charles M. Atkinson

Title:

 

Duly Authorised Attorney

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ Charles M. Atkinson

Name:

 

Charles M. Atkinson

Title:

 

Duly Authorised Attorney

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ Charles M. Atkinson

Name:

 

Charles M. Atkinson

Title:

 

Duly Authorised Attorney

[Signature Page to Amendment Agreement]


Annex A

Amended and Restated

Sections 1.1(A), 4.3(b) and 4.3(c)

of the Seller Disclosure Letter


Annex B

Exhibit H of the SAPA

(Closing Restructuring and Transfers)


Annex C

Amended and Restated

Section 2.1(q)

of the Seller Disclosure Letter


Annex D

Amended and Restated

Section 2.1(c)

of the Seller Disclosure Letter


Annex E

Amended and Restated

Exhibit C of the SAPA

(Form of Purchaser Shareholders Agreement)


Annex F

Amended and Restated

Exhibit D of the SAPA

(Form of Structuring Considerations Agreement)


Annex G

Amended and Restated

Exhibit E of the SAPA

(Form of Restated Purchaser Articles of Association)

Exhibit 4.5

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of June 2022, by and among (1) Pfizer Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller Parent”), (2) GSK plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Purchaser Parent”, and together with Seller Parent, the “Parents”), (3) GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“New Purchaser”), and (4) Haleon plc, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“New Purchaser Parent”, and together with New Purchaser, Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, the “Parties”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the SAPA (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Initial Purchaser”), entered into that certain Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2018, and amended by that certain amendment agreement, dated as of July 31, 2019, by and among Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, Initial Purchaser and New Purchaser (the “SAPA Amendment Agreement”) (as so amended, the “SAPA”);

WHEREAS, Closing under the SAPA occurred on July 31, 2019; and

WHEREAS, Seller Parent, Purchaser Parent, New Purchaser Parent and New Purchaser desire to amend the SAPA and agree to certain other arrangements, in each case as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Conditions Precedent and Effective Date

 

  (a)

The provisions of this Agreement, other than those arising under Sections 1, 13(a) and 13(c), shall be conditional upon the passing of the Related Party Transactions Resolution at the general meeting of Purchaser Parent Shareholders.

 

  (b)

If the approval of the Related Party Transactions Resolution is not satisfied in accordance with clause (a) above by 31 December 2022, or if Purchaser Parent abandons the Separation Transaction (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) by providing notice of the same in writing to New Purchaser Parent and Seller Parent at any time prior to the Demerger Time, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

  (c)

This Agreement shall be effective from the Demerger Time.

 

  (d)

For the purposes of this Section 1:

 

  (i)

Related Party Transactions Resolution” means the ordinary resolution numbered 2 set out in the notice of general meeting of Purchaser Parent, which is set out in the Circular;

 

  (ii)

Purchaser Parent Shareholders” means holders of ordinary shares of 25 pence each in the share capital of Purchaser Parent, from time to time;


  (iii)

Circular” means the circular to be dated with the Posting Date and to be sent to the shareholders of Purchaser Parent in connection with the proposed demerger of the predominant part of Purchaser Parent’s interest in the consumer healthcare business operated by New Purchaser and its subsidiaries, including a notice of general meeting of Purchaser Parent; and

 

  (iv)

Posting Date” means the date of this Agreement (or such other date as may be determined by Purchaser Parent and notified to New Purchaser Parent and Seller Parent as the date for the issue and dispatch of the Circular).

 

2.

Tax Matters

A new Section 6.5(m) shall be added to Article VI of the SAPA as follows:

 

  “(i)

New Purchaser Parent hereby guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, the full and punctual payment and performance of the obligations of Purchaser under Section 6.5(c) of this Agreement. This guarantee shall be a full, unconditional, irrevocable, absolute and continuing guarantee of payment and performance (and not just of collection) of the obligations of Purchaser under Section 6.5(c) (the “Guaranteed Tax Obligations”). If Purchaser fails, for any reason, to perform or pay any Guaranteed Tax Obligation, in whole or in part, upon becoming due, New Purchaser Parent shall promptly pay to Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as applicable, by wire transfer of immediately available funds the amount of such Guaranteed Tax Obligation due and unpaid by Purchaser. New Purchaser Parent shall pay such Guaranteed Tax Obligation within five (5) Business Days of receipt of demand for payment from Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent, as applicable. Seller Parent or Purchaser Parent may enforce New Purchaser Parent’s obligations under this Section 6.5(m) without first suing Purchaser or joining Purchaser in any suit against New Purchaser Parent, or enforcing any rights and remedies against Purchaser, or otherwise pursuing or asserting any claims or rights against Purchaser.

 

  (ii)

New Purchaser Parent hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent that New Purchaser Parent is ready, able, and willing to fully perform, and otherwise be responsible for, any and all Guaranteed Tax Obligations.”

 

3.

Access to Records

A new Section 6.8(d) shall be added to Article VI of the SAPA as follows:

“(d)    The Parties acknowledge and agree that, to the extent that any member of the GSK Group or any member of the JVCo Group has any rights or obligations under the Long Term Access Agreement in relation to access to or retention of any Retained Records (as defined in the Long Term Access Agreement), each of (i) the Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any member of the JVCo Group), on the one hand, and (ii) Purchaser and its Affiliates (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any member of the GSK Group), on the other hand, shall have no further obligations or Liabilities as between each other under this Section 6.8 on or after the LTAA Commencement Date in respect of such Retained Records (as defined under the Long Term Access Agreement), without prejudice to the respective rights and obligations of such Parties prior to the LTAA Commencement Date.”

 

4.

Business IP and Registration Transfers

Section 6.10 of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“Section 6.10 Transfer of Business IP and Registrations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement:

(a) until the Demerger Time, Purchaser Parent shall be responsible for preparing and filing all instruments and documents necessary to effect the assignment of the Business IP that is owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries, Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations to Purchaser and its Affiliates, including all costs and expenses of preparing and recording country-specific assignments and legalization of signatures (where required);

(b) following the Demerger Time, Purchaser shall be responsible for preparing and filing all instruments and documents necessary to effect the assignment of the Business IP that is owned by Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries, Product Registrations and Manufacturing Registrations to Purchaser and its Affiliates, including all costs and expenses of preparing and recording country-specific assignments and legalization of signatures (where required); and

(c) subject to Section 2.2 and Section 6.4, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cooperate with the foregoing as set forth herein and in Section 6.4; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, such obligation of Seller Parent to cooperate shall expire twenty-four (24) months following the Closing Date.”

 

2


5.

Guarantee Release

 

  (a)

A new Sections 6.13(c) and (d) shall be added to Article VI of the SAPA as follows:

“(c)    Without limiting Section 6.13(d) in any respect, Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause itself, one of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries to be substituted in all respects for the Sellers and any of their respective Affiliates and for the Sellers and their respective Affiliates to be released, effective as of the Demerger Time, in respect of all Liabilities and obligations of the Sellers and any of their respective Affiliates under or related to each of the Seller Parent Demerger Guarantees and Seller Parent Demerger LCs and the Sellers shall reasonably cooperate in Purchaser’s efforts. For any Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee or Seller Parent Demerger LC for which Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, is not substituted in all respects for the Sellers and their respective Affiliates (or for which the Sellers and their respective Affiliates are not released), effective as of the Demerger Time, Purchaser shall continue to use its reasonable best efforts, and shall cause its Affiliates to use their reasonable best efforts, to effect such substitution and release after the Demerger Time, and the Sellers shall continue to reasonably cooperate in Purchaser’s efforts; provided that none of Sellers or any of their Affiliates shall have any obligation to make payments or incur any costs or expenses, grant any concession or incur any other Liability in connection with such cooperation pursuant to this Section 6.13 except to the extent Purchaser agrees to promptly reimburse Sellers and their Affiliates, or agrees to fully indemnify the Sellers and their Affiliates for any such Liabilities to Seller Parent’s reasonable satisfaction, as applicable. Without limiting the foregoing, neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates shall extend, renew, increase its obligations under or transfer to a third party any Contract containing or underlying a Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee or Seller Parent Demerger LC or any Contract to which any Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee or Seller Parent Demerger LC relates or pursuant to which any Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee or Seller Parent Demerger LC was issued or required to be issued unless, prior to or concurrently with such extension, renewal, increase or transfer, Purchaser or an Affiliate of Purchaser is substituted in all respects for the Sellers and each of their respective Affiliates, and the Sellers and their respective Affiliates are released, in respect of all Liabilities and obligations of the Sellers and each of their respective Affiliates under or in respect of such Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee or Seller Parent Demerger LC. In no event shall Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates be obligated to pay any money to any Person to effect the substitutions described in this Section 6.13(c). The Parties agree that neither Seller Parent nor any of the Retained Subsidiaries will have any obligation to renew any Seller Parent Demerger LCs after the expiration of any such letter of credit. Neither the Seller Demerger Parent Guarantees nor the Seller Parent Demerger LCs shall be deemed Purchased Assets hereunder.

(d)    Without limiting Section 6.13(c) in any respect, from and after the Demerger Time, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, including the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries), jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Parent

 

3


Indemnified Parties against any Liabilities that the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates suffer, incur or are liable for by reason of or arising out of or in consequence of (i) the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates issuing, making payment under, being required to pay or reimburse the issuer of or any other Person in connection with, or being a party to, any Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee or Seller Parent Demerger LC, (ii) any claim or demand for payment made on the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to any Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee or Seller Parent Demerger LC or (iii) any Action by any Person who is or claims to be entitled to the benefit of or claims to be entitled to payment, reimbursement or indemnity with respect to any Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee or Seller Parent Demerger LC.”

 

  (b)

A new Section 6.13(e) shall be added to Article VI of the SAPA as follows:

“(e)    The Parties acknowledge and agree that each of (i) the Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates (other than any member of the JVCo Group) on one hand, and (ii) Purchaser and its Affiliates (other than any member of the GSK Group) on the other hand, shall have no further obligations or Liabilities solely as between each other under this Section 6.13 on and from the Demerger Time, including any obligations on Purchaser Parent to reasonably cooperate with Purchaser’s efforts in accordance with the provisions set out in Section 6.13(a), without prejudice to the respective rights and obligations of such Parties prior to the Demerger Time and, for the avoidance of doubt, without prejudice to Purchaser’s and its Affiliates’ continuing obligations to Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries hereunder.”

 

  (c)

The following new defined terms shall be inserted in alphabetical order in Section 1.1 of the SAPA:

““Seller Parent Demerger Guarantee” means all obligations of Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries under any Contract, instrument or other commitment, obligation or arrangement (other than Seller Parent Demerger LCs) or other obligation in existence as of the Demerger Time in respect of the New Consumer Healthcare Business, any Consumer Healthcare Group Company (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) or any Liabilities or obligations of any Consumer Healthcare Group Company for which Seller Parent or any of the Retained Subsidiaries is or may be liable, as guarantor, indemnitor, original tenant, primary obligor, Person required to provide financial support or collateral in any form whatsoever, or otherwise (including by reason of performance guarantees).”

““Seller Parent Demerger LC” means all letters of credit issued by or for the account of Seller Parent or the Retained Subsidiaries on behalf of or in favor of any Consumer Healthcare Group Company or the New Consumer Healthcare Business in existence as of the Demerger Time, and all obligations (including reimbursement obligations) of Seller Parent or the Retained Subsidiaries in respect of the foregoing.”

 

6.

Litigation Notices and Cooperation

 

  (a)

A new Section 6.17(d) shall be added to Article VI of the SAPA as follows:

 

  “(d)

From the Demerger Time:

(i)    Seller Parent shall not be required to comply with its notification obligations to Purchaser Parent under Section 6.17(b)(iii);

(ii)    Purchaser Parent shall not be required to comply with its notification obligations to Seller Parent under Section 6.17(b)(iv);

 

4


(iii)    Seller Parent shall not be required to comply with its cooperation and access obligations under Section 6.17(c) with respect to Purchaser Parent; and

(iv)    Purchaser Parent shall not be required to comply with its cooperation and access obligations under Section 6.17(c) with respect to Seller Parent,

in each case, without prejudice to the respective rights and obligations of such Parties (i) prior to the Demerger Time and (ii) with respect to Purchaser and its Affiliates.”

 

7.

Indemnity for New Consumer Healthcare Business

 

  (a)

Section 7.2 of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

“Section 7.2 Indemnification by Purchaser. Subject to the provisions of this Article VII, from and after the Closing, Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Parent Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser Parent Indemnified Parties (collectively, the “Parent Indemnified Parties”) (a) from and against any and all Losses (other than Taxes arising out of a Tax Claim, which are the subject of Section 6.5(d)) that any such Parent Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from (i) any Assumed Liability; (ii) any Purchaser Liability; or (iii) any New Consumer Healthcare Business Liability, and (b) from and against any and all Losses (other than Taxes arising out of a Tax Claim, which are the subject of Section 6.5(d)) that any such Parent Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from any breach following the Closing by Purchaser of any covenant or agreement expressly made by Purchaser in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, in its capacity as a Party hereto (and not in its capacity as an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Purchaser Parent), which covenant or agreement by its terms contemplates actions or imposes obligations following the Closing, provided that to the extent that any of the Parent Indemnified Parties have a claim under clause 14.2 (Indemnification) of the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement, such Parent Indemnified Party shall have no claim, and the Purchaser shall have no liability, under this Section 7.2 in respect of the same Loss.”

 

  (b)

The following new defined terms shall be inserted in alphabetical order in Section 1.1 of the SAPA:

““Asset Transfer Framework Agreement” means the asset transfer framework agreement entered into between Purchaser Parent, Purchaser and Initial Purchaser on or about 1 June 2022.”

““New Consumer Healthcare Business” means the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct following the Closing by, or for the benefit of, Purchaser and its Affiliates (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the GSK Group) of the Business and the Purchaser Business, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any extensions, amendments, additions, acquisitions or developments to such businesses (for the avoidance of doubt, whether pursuant to the Asset Transfer Framework Agreement or otherwise).”

““New Consumer Healthcare Business Liability” means any and all Liabilities to the extent resulting from or arising out of the New Consumer Healthcare Business by, or for the benefit of, Purchaser and its Affiliates (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the GSK Group), other than (a) Liabilities identified as Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition of “Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities” (provided, that the reference in clause (a) of such definition to “any Purchaser Ancillary Agreement” is hereby amended to state “(i) any Purchaser Ancillary Agreement, (ii) any Transaction Document (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) between Purchaser Parent or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any member of the JVCo Group, on the other hand, which survives the Demerger Time and (iii) any agreements that survive the Demerger Time pursuant to Schedule 2 to the Deed of Termination (as defined in the Demerger Agreement)”), whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing; and (b) Liabilities identified as Retained Liabilities in clauses (a) through (g) of Section 2.5, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing.”

 

5


8.

New Purchaser Parent Guarantee

 

  (a)

A new Section 7.12 shall be added to Article VII of the SAPA as follows:

“Section 7.12 New Purchaser Parent Guarantee. New Purchaser Parent hereby guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, the full and punctual payment and performance of the obligations of Purchaser under Section 7.2 of this Agreement. This guarantee shall be a full, unconditional, irrevocable, absolute and continuing guarantee of payment and performance (and not just of collection) of the obligations of Purchaser under Section 7.2 (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). If Purchaser fails, for any reason, to perform or pay any Guaranteed Obligation, in whole or in part, upon becoming due, New Purchaser Parent shall promptly pay to the relevant Parent Indemnified Parties by wire transfer of immediately available funds the amount of such Guaranteed Obligation due and unpaid by Purchaser. New Purchaser Parent shall pay such Guaranteed Obligation within five (5) Business Days of receipt of demand for payment from any Parent Indemnified Party. Any Parent Indemnified Party may enforce New Purchaser Parent’s obligations under this Section 7.12 without first suing Purchaser or joining Purchaser in any suit against New Purchaser Parent, or enforcing any rights and remedies against Purchaser, or otherwise pursuing or asserting any claims or rights against Purchaser.”

 

  (b)

New Purchaser Parent hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent that New Purchaser Parent is ready, able, and willing to fully perform, and otherwise be responsible for, any and all Guaranteed Obligations.

 

  (c)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that, for the purposes of Article VII of the SAPA, New Purchaser Parent shall be deemed a “Purchaser Indemnified Party” and, for the avoidance of doubt, all provisions in Article VII of the SAPA that are applicable to Purchaser shall apply equally to New Purchaser Parent in its capacity as a guarantor pursuant to this Section 8.

 

9.

Swiss Pension Plan

Section 6.6(t) of the SAPA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to state:

 

“(t)

Swiss Pension Liabilities.

 

  (i)

Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to procure that as soon as is practicable after Closing, and in any event before the date of completion of any Listing Transaction or sale (direct or indirect) of the stock or assets of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare AG and Novartis Consumer Health SA (together the “Swiss CH Entities”):

 

  (A)

GlaxoSmithKline AG and ViiV Healthcare GmbH (the “Swiss GSK Entities”) shall establish a pension plan in Switzerland that has been duly authorised by local taxation and regulatory authorities (the “New Swiss Plan”);

 

  (B)

The board of the Personalvorsorgestiftung der GlaxoSmithKline Schweiz (the “Swiss Plan”) shall transfer to the New Swiss Plan such part of the assets of the Swiss Plan (the “Swiss Transferred Assets”) as are attributable to those members of the Swiss Plan other than the Remaining Members (as defined below) (the “Swiss Transferring Beneficiaries”) and the Swiss Transferring Liability (as defined below) as of the Swiss Transfer Date (as defined below); and

 

6


  (C)

As of the Swiss Transfer Date, the New Swiss Plan shall assume the Liability to provide benefits in respect of the Swiss Transferring Beneficiaries that are equivalent in value to those to which the Swiss Transferring Beneficiaries were entitled in the Swiss Plan immediately before the Swiss Transfer Date (the “Swiss Transferring Liability”).

The date of the completion of the transfer from the Swiss Plan to the New Swiss Plan of the Swiss Transferred Assets is the “Swiss Transfer Date”. For the avoidance of doubt, any adjustment payment made subsequent to such transfer will not be taken into account for the purposes of this definition. Each of Purchaser Parent and Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to assist and cooperate with each other to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do all things necessary for the establishment of the plan and the transfer of assets and Liabilities.

 

  (ii)

Within 45 days following the Swiss Transfer Date, Purchaser Parent shall calculate the following amount (the “Swiss Pension Adjustment”) and confirm such amount, together with its calculations and any other information reasonably required by Seller Parent to confirm the accuracy of such determination, in writing to Seller Parent:

 

  (A)

the value of the Liabilities of the Swiss Plan, as of the Swiss Transfer Date, in respect of (i) Purchaser Business Employees, (ii) Former Purchaser Business Employees, and (iii) former employees who are not Business Employees or Former Business Employees who are in receipt of a pension from the Swiss Plan which is secured by insurance policies issued to the Swiss Plan (together the “Remaining Members”) by reference to the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Liabilities of the Swiss CH Entities in the Swiss Plan in the opening positions for Purchaser’s financial statements as of July 31, 2019, which shall be consistent with the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Purchaser Pension Liabilities in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2018, with financial assumptions updated for market conditions as of the Swiss Transfer Date (the “Swiss CH Liability Value”); less

 

  (B)

the value of the assets of the Swiss Plan in respect of the Remaining Members as of the Swiss Transfer Date (the “Swiss CH Asset Value”); less

 

  (C)

the net pension Liability attributable to the Swiss CH Entities in the opening positions for Purchaser’s financial statements as of July 31, 2019, which shall be consistent with the methodology and assumptions used for calculating the Purchaser Pension Liabilities in the GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited Annual Report 2018, with financial assumptions updated for market conditions.

 

  (iii)

Seller Parent shall, within 45 days following receipt of the calculation of the Swiss Pension Adjustment and such information as it reasonably requires to verify it, in writing either confirm its agreement to such calculation (including the value of the Swiss CH Liability Value and the Swiss CH Asset Value) or notify Purchaser Parent in writing that it disagrees with the calculation, explaining why and providing its alternative calculation with any supporting documentation (including any alternative valuation of the Swiss CH Liability Value and the Swiss CH Asset Value). Where Seller Parent disagrees with Purchaser Parent’s calculations the provisions of Section 6.6(e)(vi) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

7


  (iv)

Within 30 days following either confirmation by Seller Parent of its agreement of the Swiss Pension Adjustment or the determination of the Swiss Pension Adjustment in accordance with Section 6.6(e)(vi):

 

  (A)

If the Swiss Pension Adjustment is [***], Purchaser Parent shall pay to Purchaser or such of its Subsidiaries as Purchaser shall nominate an amount equal to the Swiss Pension Adjustment; and

 

  (B)

If the Swiss Pension Adjustment is a negative amount [***], Purchaser shall pay to Purchaser Parent or such of its Subsidiaries as Purchaser Parent shall nominate an absolute value equal to the Swiss Pension Adjustment.

 

  (v)

For purposes of this Agreement, (A) the Swiss Transferring Liability shall be Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities; and (B) any Liabilities of or related to the Swiss Plan that do not transfer to the New Swiss Plan pursuant to this Section 6.6(t) shall be Purchaser Assumed Employee Liabilities. From and following the Swiss Transfer Date, Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries shall have no Liabilities in respect of the Swiss Plan.

 

  (vi)

Purchaser shall pay to Purchaser Parent the amount of any Tax Benefit actually realized by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries in the taxable year in which the payment pursuant to Section 6.6(t)(iv)(A) is made or the subsequent two taxable years arising from any Tax Item in respect of any amount paid into the Swiss Plan up to an amount equal to that resulting from the true up under Section 6.6(t)(iv)(A) in respect of the Swiss Transferring Liability within fifteen (15) days of the filing of the Tax Return with respect to which the Tax Benefit is actually realized (or, if the Tax Benefit is in the form of an increased cash Tax refund, within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of such cash Tax refund from the applicable Governmental Authority).”

 

10.

Notices

 

  (a)

Section 10.1 of the SAPA shall be amended by replacing the wording from “To Purchaser Parent or Purchaser” to “Fax: (212) 446-4900” with the following:

 

11.

Certain Representations and Warranties

 

  (a)

Seller Parent hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser Parent, New Purchaser Parent and New Purchaser that: Seller Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; the execution and delivery by Seller Parent of this Agreement, and the performance by Seller Parent of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller Parent and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser Parent, New Purchaser Parent and New Purchaser, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller Parent, enforceable against Seller Parent in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

8


  (b)

Purchaser Parent hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent, New Purchaser Parent and New Purchaser that: Purchaser Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; the execution and delivery by Purchaser Parent of this Agreement, and the performance by Purchaser Parent of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser Parent and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller Parent, New Purchaser Parent and New Purchaser, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser Parent, enforceable against Purchaser Parent in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

  (c)

New Purchaser Parent hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent that: New Purchaser Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; the execution and delivery by New Purchaser Parent of this Agreement, and the performance by New Purchaser Parent of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by New Purchaser Parent and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by New Purchaser, Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of New Purchaser Parent, enforceable against New Purchaser Parent in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

  (d)

New Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent that: New Purchaser has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; the execution and delivery by New Purchaser of this Agreement, and the performance by New Purchaser of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by New Purchaser and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by New Purchaser Parent, Seller Parent and Purchaser Parent, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of New Purchaser, enforceable against New Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

12.

Definitions

 

  (a)

The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, for all purposes under the SAPA, as amended by the terms of this Agreement, references to a “Party” or the “Parties” in the SAPA, as applicable, shall be deemed to include New Purchaser Parent from and after the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

The following new defined terms shall be inserted in alphabetical order in Section 1.1 of the SAPA:

 

9


““Demerger Agreement” means the demerger agreement entered into between Purchaser Parent and New Purchaser Parent entered into on or about 1 June 2022 pursuant to which Purchaser Parent intends to demerge the predominant part of its interest in its consumer healthcare business by way of an indirect dividend demerger.”

““Demerger Completion Steps” means:

(a)     Purchaser Parent delivering to New Purchaser Parent a duly executed transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) in favour of New Purchaser Parent, together with the relevant share certificate(s);

(b)    the entry into the register of members of the New Purchaser Parent of the names of the Qualifying GSK Shareholders (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) to whom Haleon Demerger Shares (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) are to be allotted and issued pursuant to that agreement; and

(c)    each of Purchaser Parent and New Purchaser Parent delivering, or procuring the delivery of, a duly executed counterpart of each of the Ancillary Agreements (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) (other than those Ancillary Agreements that have already been entered into prior to completion of the Demerger Agreement) to which they or any members of their respective Groups are party in the agreed form.”

““Demerger Time” means the time at which the last of the Demerger Completion Steps is completed.”

““GSK Group” means Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries, other than members of the JVCo Group.”

““JVCo Group” means, prior to the Demerger Time, Purchaser and its Subsidiaries and, from and after the Demerger Time, New Purchaser Parent and its Subsidiaries (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries).”

““LTAA Commencement Date” has the meaning given in the term “Commencement Date” in the Long Term Access Agreement.”

““Long Term Access Agreement” means the agreement in relation to the long term access of information and records between Purchaser Parent and New Purchaser Parent entered into on or about 1 June 2022.”

 

13.

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

  (a)

The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision of the SAPA, except as specifically set forth herein. Except as herein expressly amended, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the SAPA and any of the documents, schedules or exhibits referred to therein shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10


  (b)

This Agreement shall form a part of the SAPA for all purposes. Any reference in the SAPA to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein”, and “hereunder” and words or expressions of similar import, and any reference to the SAPA contained in any notice, request, certificate, or other document executed prior to, concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, including any Ancillary Agreement, shall be deemed to be a reference to the SAPA as amended hereby (and as may be further amended, modified, restated, supplemented or extended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof) unless the context shall otherwise require.

 

  (c)

The provisions set forth in Sections 10.1 (Notices) (as amended by Section [10] above), 10.2 (Amendment; Waiver), 10.3 (Assignment), 10.4 (Entire Agreement) (as amended hereby), 10.5 (Parties in Interest), 10.7 (Expenses), 10.10 (Governing Law; Jurisdiction), 10.11 (Counterparts), 10.12 (Headings), 10.13 (Severability), 10.14 (Rules of Construction), 10.15 (Specific Performance), 10.16 (Affiliate Status), and 10.17 (Waiver of Conflict Regarding Representation; Nonassertion of Attorney-Client Privilege) of the SAPA shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement.

*    *    *    *    *

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PFIZER INC.
By:   /s/ Deborah Baron
Name:   Deborah Baron
Title:   SVP World Wide Business Development

[Signature Page to Second Amendment Agreement]


GSK PLC
By:   /s/ David Redfern
Name:   David Redfern
Title:   Authorised Attorney

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER

HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED

By:   /s/ David Redfern
Name:   David Redfern
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Second Amendment Agreement]


HALEON PLC
By:   /s/ Amanda Mellor
Name:   Amanda Mellor
Title:   Authorised Attorney

[Signature Page to Second Amendment Agreement]

Exhibit 4.6

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

 

 

ASSET TRANSFER FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

 

 

by and among

GSK PLC

GSK Parent

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED

GSK CH

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED

JVCo

DATED AS OF 1 JUNE 2022

 

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

LOGO

Baker & McKenzie LLP

100 New Bridge Street

London EC4V 6JA

United Kingdom

www.bakermckenzie.com


Contents

 

1.   

Definitions and terms

     2  
2.   

Asset transfers

     15  
3.   

Consents; Shared Contracts

     20  
4.   

Consideration

     23  
5.   

Share Subscriptions

     24  
6.   

Employment

     24  
7.   

Pensions

     24  
8.   

Closing

     24  
9.   

GSK Parent Warranties

     24  
10.   

Warranties of JVCo

     34  
11.   

Covenants

     35  
12.   

Transfer of Intellectual Property

     37  
13.   

Maintenance and transfer of Marketing Authorisations

     38  
14.   

Indemnification

     38  
15.   

Transfer of businesses in Brazil and Argentina

     40  
16.   

Collapsing of certain Alliance Markets structures

     40  
17.   

Confidentiality

     41  
18.   

Miscellaneous

     42  

Country Schedule 1

     52  

Chile

     52  

Country Schedule 2

     54  

Costa Rica

     54  

Country Schedule 3

     56  

Egypt

     56  

Country Schedule 4

     59  

India

     59  

Country Schedule 5

     61  

Indonesia

     61  

Country Schedule 6

     64  

Malaysia

     64  

Country Schedule 7

     65  

Peru

     65  

Country Schedule 8

     67  

Poland

     67  

 

i


Country Schedule 9

     69  

United Kingdom

     69  

Country Schedule 10

     72  

United States

     72  

Schedule 11

     74  

Morocco

     74  

Schedule 12

     76  

Nigeria

     76  

Schedule 13

     77  

Cambodia, Singapore and Vietnam

     77  

Schedule 14

     78  

Uruguay

     78  

Schedule 15

     79  

Bangladesh

     79  

Schedule 16

     80  

Other Transfers

     80  

Schedule 17

     82  

Maintenance and Transfer of Marketing Authorisations

     82  

Schedule 18

     97  

Employment

     97  

Schedule 19

     114  

Pensions

     114  

Schedule 20

     118  

Transferring Intellectual Property

     118  

Schedule 21

     119  

Marketing Authorisations

     119  

Schedule 22

     120  

Knowledge of GSK Parent

     120  

 

ii


ASSET TRANSFER FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

This ASSET TRANSFER FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT dated as of 1 June 2022 is by and among:

GSK Plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“GSK Parent”);

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“GSK CH”); and

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“JVCo” and together with GSK Parent and GSK CH, the “Parties”).

Recitals

 

A.

WHEREAS, on 19 December 2018, Pfizer, Inc. (“Pfizer”) GSK Parent and GSK CH entered into a Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Pfizer agreed to sell certain assets relating to the Business (as defined in the SAPA) to GSK CH;

 

B.

WHEREAS, on 31 July 2019, the Parties and Pfizer entered into an amendment agreement (the “Amendment Agreement”) pursuant to which GSK CH transferred by novation to JVCo all of its rights, title, interest, obligations, duties and Liabilities under and in respect of the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement and also amended the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement in certain other respects (the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement as amended from time to time, being referred to as the “SAPA”).

 

C.

WHEREAS, on 31 July 2019, Closing under the SAPA occurred pursuant to which (a) Pfizer sold certain assets relating to the Business to JVCo and JVCo assumed the Assumed Liabilities relating to the Business, (b) JVCo allotted and issued B Ordinary Shares in the capital of JVCo to PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC (the Pfizer Shareholder as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement dated 31 July 2019, among GSK CH, Pfizer, PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, GSK Parent and JVCo (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”)), such that after such allotment, JVCo was held 68% by GSK CH and 32% by PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, and (c) the Parties and PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC entered into the Shareholders’ Agreement pursuant to which the ownership and governance of JVCo and its Subsidiaries is governed.

 

D.

WHEREAS, GSK Parent intends to undertake an indirect demerger of its interest in its consumer healthcare business pursuant to the demerger agreement (“Demerger Agreement”) between GSK Parent and Haleon Parent dated on or about the date of this Agreement, for the purpose of benefiting both its Consumer Healthcare Business and the GSK Business (the “Demerger”).

 

E.

WHEREAS, in preparation for the Demerger, the Parties wish to acknowledge and agree that certain businesses and assets relating to the Consumer Healthcare Business, that are currently or were (following Closing under the SAPA) owned by GSK Parent and its Subsidiaries (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries), have transferred or will transfer to JVCo on the terms of this Agreement. Accordingly, the Parties wish to record and consolidate the terms on which those businesses and assets have transferred or will transfer such that any prior local agreements or consent letters recording the same are superseded by the terms of this Agreement.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Definitions and terms

 

1.1

Definitions

Terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the SAPA shall have the same meaning in this Agreement as ascribed to them in the SAPA unless otherwise defined herein, except that any reference to the Closing Date in the defined terms in the SAPA shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to be a reference to the Relevant Closing Date. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:

Action means any action, cause of action, claim, charge, suit, countersuit, hearing, complaint, arbitration, subpoena, audit, investigation, litigation or proceeding by or before any court, Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made, provided that, for the purposes of this Agreement and Ancillary Implementing Agreements, members of the JVCo Group shall not be considered Affiliates of the GSK Parent or its Subsidiaries.

Alliance Markets” means Egypt, Chile, Peru, Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos, Singapore, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Jamaica, Trinidad & Tobago, Morocco and Uruguay.

Ancillary Implementing Agreements” means the Local Implementing Agreements and the IP Assignment Agreements.

Anti-Corruption Laws” means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010; Laws implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions; and any other applicable Law related to anti-bribery or anticorruption in any other jurisdiction in which a Transferring Business commercializes, distributes and sells products as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Relevant Closing.

Antitrust Laws” means statutes, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, administrative and judicial doctrines, and other Laws of any jurisdiction that are designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions that may have the purpose or effect of creating a monopoly, lessening competition or restraining trade.

Approvals” means any consent, approval or authorization of, permit or license issued or granted by, Governmental Order, waiver or exemption by, negative clearance from, or the expiration or early termination of any waiting period imposed by, any Person (including any third party or Governmental Authority (including any Governmental Antitrust Authority)).

Asset Transfers” means the transfers of the Transferring Assets, as contemplated by, and in accordance with the terms of, this Agreement.

Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Assumed Contracts” means Contracts, sales orders, purchase orders, instruments and other commitments, obligations and arrangements (i) to which any Transferor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and that are related solely to any Transferring Business or Transferring Asset or any Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability, or (ii) that constitute a Shared Contract, but only the portion of such Shared Contract related to the Transferring Business, the Transferring Assets or Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability.

 

2


BA Site NEBA” means the letter agreement dated on or about the date of this agreement between GSK Parent and JVCo relating to the retention, operation and transfer of the manufacturing site located at Carlos Casares 3690, Victoria, San Fernando, B1644BCD, Province of Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Brazil ATFA” means the asset transfer framework agreement dated on or about the date of this agreement between GSK Parent, GSK CH and JVCo relating to the retention, operation and transfer of the manufacturing site located at Jacarepaguá, Brazil.

BSD Amount” means the global consideration (excluding any VAT) for the transfer of the rights, title and interest to the Transferring Assets and Transferring Businesses including the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement, as agreed amongst GSK Parent, GSK CH, JVCo and Pfizer, being [***].

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in London are authorized or obligated by Law or executive order to close.

Business Transfers” means the transfers of the Transferring Businesses, as contemplated by, and in accordance with the terms of, this Agreement.

Collateral Source” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.5.

Consumer Healthcare Business” means the consumer healthcare business which, as at the date of this Agreement is operated within the JVCo Group and which comprises the Business and the Purchaser Business, together with the Transferring Assets and Transferring Businesses to be transferred to JVCo Group pursuant to this Agreement and the GSK NEBA;

Consumer Healthcare Facility” means the manufacturing facility, details of which are set out in Schedule 5.

Consumer Healthcare Facilities Products” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(b).

Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement” means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of this Agreement.

Consumer Quality Agreement” means the quality agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited in respect of the Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement prior to the Demerger.

Contract” means any contract, agreement, lease or license (other than any Governmental Authorization) that is binding on any Person or any part of its property under applicable Law, including any amendment thereto.

Conveyed Subsidiary” means GlaxoSmithKline Bangladesh Private Limited, a company incorporated in Bangladesh whose principal place of business is at Sweden Tower, 1, Harinnachala, Konabari, Gazipur, Bangladesh.

Corporate Brand Licence Agreement” means the brand licence agreement in respect of corporate marks entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of this Agreement.

Country Schedule” means Schedules 1 to 14 and Schedule 16 of this Agreement, each one being in respect of each Jurisdiction.

 

3


Co-Existence Agreement” means the co-existence agreement in respect of certain trade marks and domain names of the GSK Group and JVCo Group entered into or to be entered into between Glaxo Group Limited, SmithKline Beecham Limited and Haleon Parent on or around the date of this Agreement.

Deed of Termination” means the global deed of termination relating to certain services provided by GSK Parent or members of the GSK Group to Haleon Parent or members of the JVCo Group entered into or to be entered into between GSK Parent, Haleon Parent and certain of their respective subsidiaries on or around the date of this Agreement.

Deferred Share” means a deferred share of £0.0001 in the capital of JVCo, having the rights set out in JVCo’s articles of association.

Deferred Share A” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Deferred Share A Consideration” means an amount in sterling equal to:

 

  (a)

the aggregate Local Consideration (as defined in the applicable Country Schedules) paid by each Transferee in respect of all Transferred Assets and Transferred Businesses pursuant to section 4.1 and excluding the effect of sections 11.2(b) and 11.2(c) and any provision relating to VAT in the Schedules, where the amount of each relevant Asset Transfer or Business Transfer shall have been translated from such local currency in accordance with Section 18.15, provided that such amount shall have been adjusted in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 4.4 and 4.5 of Schedule 18 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall [***]); less

 

  (b)

the BSD Amount; plus

 

  (c)

an amount in respect of GSK Parent’s share of the Transfer Taxes imposed on the transfer of the rights, title and interest to the Transferring Assets and Transferring Businesses including the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement in order to reflect the allocation of responsibility for such Transfer Taxes pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement, being [***]; less

 

  (d)

the SAPA OTT Payment Amount,

or, if such amount is less than [***].

Demerger” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Demerger Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Demerger Completion Steps” means:

 

  (a)

GSK Parent delivering to Haleon Parent a duly executed transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) in favour of Haleon Parent, together with the relevant share certificate(s);

 

  (b)

the entry into the register of members of the Haleon Parent of the names of the Qualifying GSK Shareholders (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) to whom Haleon Demerger Shares (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) are to be allotted and issued pursuant to that agreement; and

 

  (c)

each of GSK Parent and Haleon Parent delivering, or procuring the delivery of, a duly executed counterpart of each of the Ancillary Agreements (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) (other than those Ancillary Agreements that have already been entered into prior to completion of the Demerger Agreement) to which they or any members of their respective Groups are party in the agreed form.

Demerger Date” means the date on which the last of the Demerger Completion Steps is completed.

 

4


Disclosure Letter” means the letter dated the date of this Agreement (including the contents of any schedule or appendix thereto) from GSK Parent to JVCo, together with all documents annexed to it.

Employee Payments” means all Salary, Employee Taxes, Cash Incentive Compensation, Equity Incentive Compensation, Termination Expenses, Pension and any Insured Benefits, as well as any benefits in kind, maternity pay, paternity pay, accrued holiday entitlement and holiday pay entitlement, and other emoluments.

Environmental Law means the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., and any applicable Law of any jurisdiction, as in effect on or prior to the Relevant Closing Date, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources, wildlife or threatened or endangered species (including indoor and outdoor air, soil, sediment, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, and surface or subsurface land), public or worker health or safety with respect to Hazardous Materials, or the exposure to, or the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, labelling, Release, disposal, recycling, treatment or other management of Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Liability means any Liability arising under Environmental Laws.

Environmental Permit” means any Governmental Authorization held by any Transferor for the then-current operation of the Consumer Healthcare Facility or any Real Property included in the Transferring Assets, each as of the Relevant Closing Date, and required pursuant to an Environmental Law.

Excluded Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Excluded Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property other than such Intellectual Property agreed to be transferred pursuant to Section 2.1.

Filings” means any registrations, applications, declarations, reports, submissions or other filings with, or any notices to, any Person (including any third party or Governmental Authority (including any Governmental Antitrust Authority)).

Fundamental GSK Parent Warranties” means the warranties of GSK Parent contained in 9.1, 9.2, 9.13, 9.15 and 9.16.

Global Manufacturing and Supply Agreements” means the GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement and/or the Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, as applicable.

Global Trade Control Laws” means all applicable export control, trade and economic sanctions, customs, import control, and anti-boycott Laws of the United Nations, United States, the European Union (EU), EU Member States, and any other relevant jurisdictions in which the Transferring Businesses commercializes, distributes and sells products as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Relevant Closing, including but not limited to (a) the United States Export Control Reform Act, International Emergency Economic Powers Act, Trading with the Enemy Act, and related regulations, including but not limited to the Export Administration Regulations, International Traffic in Arms Regulations and Foreign Trade Regulations to the extent applicable, (b) trade and economic sanctions rules and regulations implemented under statutory authority and/or the President’s Executive Orders and administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control, (c) the EU Council Regulations on export controls, including Nos. 428/2009, 267/2012, as amended, and applicable EU and EU Member States trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations.

 

5


Governmental Antitrust Authority” means any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to applicable Antitrust Laws.

Governmental Authority” means any supra-national, transnational, national, state, municipal or local government, any federal, state, city, municipality or other political subdivision thereof and any entity, department, bureau, body, agency, commission, authority or court of competent jurisdiction, whether domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, taxing or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any executive official thereof or any arbitral body.

Governmental Authorizations” means all licenses, permits, certificates, clearances, registrations, consents and other authorizations and approvals from any Governmental Authority required to carry on the Consumer Healthcare Business under the applicable Laws of any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Order” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, ruling, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

GSK Business” means the Purchaser Parent Retained Businesses as conducted as at the date of this Agreement, excluding the Business Transfers, Asset Transfers and Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities to be transferred pursuant to this Agreement, and those businesses to be transferred pursuant to the Brazil ATFA and the BA Site NEBA.

GSK CH” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

GSK Group” means GSK Parent and its Subsidiaries, other than members of the JVCo Group.

GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement” means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of this Agreement.

GSK NEBA” means the letter agreement dated 31 July 2019 between Pfizer and GSK Parent in relation to the delayed territories owned and operated by GSK Parent and its Affiliates but which are to be transferred to the JVCo Group pursuant thereto, as may be amended from time to time.

GSK Parent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

GSK Parent Indemnified Taxes” means each of (i) any Taxes for which GSK Parent is liable pursuant to the Tax Covenant, (ii) any Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes for which GSK Parent is liable pursuant to the SAPA, and (iii) any Taxes for or in respect of which GSK Parent is liable pursuant to Section 11.2.

GSK Quality Agreement” means the quality agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited in respect of the GSK Manufacturing Agreement prior to the Demerger.

GSK Retained Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

Haleon Parent” means Haleon plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 13691224.

Hazardous Materials means all pollutants, contaminants, wastes or chemicals or other materials or substances defined, classified, listed or regulated as “hazardous,” “extremely

 

6


hazardous,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “dangerous,” “pollutants,” “contaminants,” “toxic,” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law, including asbestos, asbestos containing materials, lead-based paint, toxic mold, petroleum, and petroleum products, or for which Liability may be imposed under Environmental Law.

Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.5.

Information Systems” means (a) computer systems, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, data communications networks (other than the Internet) and other information technology equipment used to create, store, transmit, exchange or receive information, voice or data and (b) documentation, user manuals, and training manuals documenting the functionality or use of any of the foregoing.

Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property rights throughout the world, including: (a) Patent Rights, (b) trademarks, service marks, corporate names, trade names, Internet Identifiers, logos, slogans, trade dress, and other similar designations of source or origin, together with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing (“Trademarks”), (c) copyrights and intellectual property rights in copyrightable and other works, moral rights, design rights and other sui generis rights, (d) trade secrets or other proprietary rights in clinical, technical, scientific, manufacturing, regulatory and other information, inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, designs, results, techniques, database rights, data, databases, data collections and other know-how, including plans, processes, practices, methods, trade secrets, instructions, formulae, formulations, recipes, compositions, specifications, protocols, analytical and quality control information and procedures, test data and results, reports, studies, and marketing, pricing, distribution, cost and sales information (“Know-How”), (e) intellectual property rights in Software and (f) applications and registrations and renewals for, and all associated rights with respect to, any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction, including all rights to commence proceedings, claim damages (including damages for past infringements), collect royalties, products and proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing.

Internet Identifier” means any Internet domain name or electronic address, Internet domain name registration, uniform resource locator, social media accounts, or social media account addresses or other identifiers, alpha-numeric designations associated with any of the foregoing, and account names or identifiers, passwords or other credentials to access or modify the access rights to any of the foregoing.

IP Assignment Agreements” means Intellectual Property assignment agreements with respect to the assignment, where required, to the relevant members of the JVCo Group of GSK Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ (excluding JVCo’s and its Subsidiaries’), and the assignment, where required, to the relevant members of the GSK Group of JVCo’s and its Subsidiaries’, right, title and interest in the Intellectual Property specified in Schedule 20.

Jurisdiction” means each of the jurisdictions in relation to which Asset Transfers, Business Transfers and/or the assumption of Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities and/or other activities are contemplated in accordance with this Agreement.

JVCo” has the meaning given to it in the preamble of this Agreement.

JVCo Group” means JVCo and its Subsidiaries.

JVCo Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

Know-How” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property”.

Knowledge of GSK Parent” means the actual knowledge of the persons set out in Schedule 22, by reference to the actual knowledge of such persons, after reasonable inquiry, only in respect of the market against which their name appears.

 

7


Laws” means any law, act, statute, ordinance, rule, directive, regulation, code, treaty (including any Tax treaty) of any Governmental Authority or any Governmental Order.

Liabilities” means any and all Losses, debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or unaccrued, fixed or variable, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable.

Liens” means any lien, security interest, mortgage, charge, pledge, license, easement or other similar encumbrance, title defect or material use or transfer restriction, it being understood and agreed that “Lien” does not include any non-exclusive license or other non-exclusive grant of rights to Intellectual Property.

Local Implementing Agreements” means the various transfer agreements and other agreements and the schedules and exhibits thereto to be entered into solely by the relevant Transferors and Transferees for the purposes of implementing the sale, transfer, conveyance, and assignment, as applicable, of the applicable Transferor’s right, title and interest in the Transferring Assets and Transferring Businesses to, [and the employment of the Consumer Healthcare Business employees by,] the relevant Transferee, and the assumption of the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities, as the case may be, in the Jurisdictions, prepared and executed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to those agreements specified in each of Schedules 1 to 16, solely for the purposes of complying with local law in the Jurisdictions and not for any other purpose.

Long Term Access Agreement means the long term access agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK Parent and Haleon Parent on or around the date of this Agreement.

Loss” means any and all damages, losses, Taxes, penalties, judgments, settlements, payments, fines, interest, costs and expenses (including the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of attorneys and other professional advisors incurred in the investigation, defense and/or settlement thereof), but excluding any damages to the extent not reasonably foreseeable, loss of business reputation, or punitive or exemplary damages (in each case, other than to the extent such damages are awarded to any third party by Governmental Order against, and paid by, an Indemnified Party).

Manufacturing Registrations” means all Governmental Authorizations granted to GSK Parent or any of its Affiliates by, or pending with, a Governmental Authority for the manufacture of consumer and pharmaceutical products in respect of the Consumer Healthcare Facility.

Marketing Authorisations” means each of:

 

  (a)

the marketing authorisations, approvals, licences, registrations and authorisations issued by a Governmental Authority and which are being transferred from a member of the GSK Group to a member of the JVCo Group, or from a member of the JVCo Group to a member of the GSK Group, in each case pursuant to the provisions set out in Section 6.22(c) of the SAPA, a list of which wrong pockets marketing authorisations is set out in Schedule 21; and

 

  (b)

the other Governmental Authorizations granted to a Transferor by, or pending with, any Governmental Authority relating exclusively to the Consumer Healthcare Business and those businesses transferring pursuant to the Brazil ATFA and the BA Site NEBA to market products commercialised by the Consumer Healthcare Business and those businesses transferring pursuant to the Brazil ATFA and the BA Site NEBA, a list of which is set out in Schedule 21.

provided that “Marketing Authorisations” shall not include any Manufacturing Registrations.

NBV Statements” means the net book value calculations for such Transferring Business set forth in the applicable Country Schedule.

 

8


New ATFA Consumer Healthcare Business” means the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct following the Relevant Closing by, or for the benefit of, JVCo and its Affiliates (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the GSK Group) of the Transferring Businesses and the Transferring Assets, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any extensions, amendments, additions, acquisitions or developments to such businesses or assets.

New ATFA Consumer Healthcare Business Liability” means any and all Liabilities to the extent resulting from or arising out of the New ATFA Consumer Healthcare Business by, or for the benefit of, JVCo and its Affiliates (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the GSK Group), other than Liabilities identified as GSK Retained Liabilities, whether arising prior to, on or after the Relevant Closing.

New CH Wrong Pockets IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

Parent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Patent and Know-How Licence Agreement (ROW)” means the Patent and Know-How Licence Agreement (Rest of the World) dated 2 March 2015 entered into between: (a) Glaxo Group Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Limited (as the licensors), (b) GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) IP Limited (as the licensee), and (c) GlaxoSmithKline LLC (as the registered proprietor).

“Patent and Know-How Licence Agreement (US)” means the US Patent and Know-How Licence Agreement dated 26 February 2015 entered into between: (a) Stiefel Laboratories LLC and GlaxoSmithKline LLC (as the licensors), (b) GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as the licensee), and (c) Glaxo Group Limited and Stiefel Research Australia Pty Ltd (as the registered proprietors).

Patent Rights” means (a) issued patents, (b) invention disclosures, and pending patent applications, including all rights to file applications for patents, all rights to claim priority in respect of inventions and applications, all provisional applications, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions and renewals, and all patents granted thereon, (c) patents-of addition, reissues, re-examinations and extensions or restorations by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms, including patent term adjustments, patent term extensions, supplementary protection certificates or the equivalent thereof, (d) inventor’s certificates, (e) registered or other utility model rights, registered or other design rights and registered or other industrial property rights and (f) United States and foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing.

Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens approved in writing by the Parties; (b) statutory Liens arising out of operation of Law with respect to a Liability incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not yet due and payable; (c) Liens and other imperfections of title that do not materially detract from the value or materially impair the use of the property subject thereto or make such property unmarketable or uninsurable; (d) with respect to real property, (i) easements, declarations, covenants, rights-of-way, restrictions and other charges, instruments or encumbrances that are recorded against title to real estate which do not materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the business conducted thereon; (ii) zoning ordinances, variances, conditional use permits and similar regulations, permits, approvals and conditions which are not violated by the current use of the real property subject thereto in the operation of the business conducted thereon; (iii) Liens not created by the relevant Transferor that affect the underlying fee interest of any leased real property, including master leases or ground leases, which do not materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the business conducted thereon; and (iv) all matters of record and any state of facts that an accurate survey or inspection of the property would disclose to the extent such matters or states of fact do not materially detract from the value or materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property in the operation of the business conducted thereon; (e) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (i) that are not yet due or payable or (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which an adequate reserve has been established (which reserves shall transfer with such Lien); (f) mechanics’, materialmen’s, carriers’, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, landlords’ or other similar Liens and security obligations arising in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not yet due and payable; (g) Liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business; (h) Liens that will be released and, as appropriate, removed of record, at or prior to the Relevant

 

9


Closing Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement [or relevant Local Implementing Agreement]; (i) Liens arising on assets and products sold in the ordinary course of business; (j) Liens arising in connection with any consignment arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (k) Liens that do not materially detract from the value of, or materially impair the current use of, the assets subject thereto.

Person” means an individual, a limited liability company, joint venture, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust, a division or operating group of any of the foregoing or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Pfizer” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Pfizer Consent Letters” means the each of the follow consent letters between relevant members of the GSK Group, relevant members of JVCo Group and relevant members of Seller Parent’s group, as applicable, entered into pursuant to clause 4 (Reserved Matters) of the Shareholders’ Agreement:

 

  (a)

Consumer Healthcare joint venture: Indonesia Asset Transfer, dated as of 22 November 2021;

 

  (b)

Consumer Healthcare joint venture: Transfer of Employees, dated as of 10 December 2021;

 

  (c)

Consumer Healthcare joint venture: WREF, business/asset transfers, dated as of 8 February 2022; and

 

  (d)

Consumer Healthcare joint venture: sale and purchase of the Egyptian Consumer Healthcare business and related matters, dated as of February 28, 2022.

Pharmacovigilance Agreement” means the pharmacovigilance agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of this Agreement.

Proceedings” means any proceeding, suit or Action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual.

“Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes” shall have the meaning given to it in the SAPA.

“Quality Agreements” means the GSK Quality Agreement and/or the Consumer Quality Agreement, as applicable.

Real Property” means the owned and leased property more specifically described in Schedules 1 (Chile), 2 (Costa Rica), 4 (India), 5 (Indonesia), 7 (Malaysia) and 8 (Poland), which represents all of the owned and leased real property to be transferred pursuant to this Agreement.

Records” means (a) all current and historical books, records, reports and other documents and information that pertain exclusively to the Transferring Businesses, the Transferring Assets and the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities, including accounting data, brand insights and research, vendors, manufacturing, customers, invoices, marketing and advertising operations, policies, procedures, techniques, systems, employee handbooks or manuals, training materials, operating manuals and documentation, and production manuals and documentation, in each case, in any form or medium, but in each case excluding personnel files and (b) Registration Information.

Registration Information” means copies of the Marketing Authorisations and Manufacturing Registrations, and any existing files that pertain exclusively to such Marketing Authorisations and Manufacturing Registrations in the possession of the relevant Transferor.

Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement” means the regulatory information access and service (linked products) agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Unlimited on or around the date of this Agreement.

 

10


Release” means any releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, injecting, depositing, disposing, discharging, dispersal, escaping, dumping, migrating or leaching into the environment, including ambient air, indoor air, sediments, drinking water, water, surface or subsurface strata or groundwater, including the movement of Hazardous Materials through or in the indoor or outdoor air, soil, surface water, groundwater or property.

Relevant Closing” means: (i) in respect of a Jurisdiction, the closing of the relevant Business Transfers, Asset Transfers and/or of the assumption of relevant Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities contemplated in respect of such Jurisdiction, as set out in the relevant Country Schedule to this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and any Local Implementing Agreement.

Relevant Closing Date” means, in respect of a Relevant Closing, the date on which the Relevant Closing occurred or occurs.

Remedial Action” means any action required by a Governmental Authority or Governmental Order or pursuant to Environmental Law to clean up or remediate soil, sediments, air, building materials, drinking water, surface water, groundwater or other environmental media in response to a Release or presence of Hazardous Materials, including any associated action taken to investigate, monitor, assess and evaluate the extent and severity of any such Release, action taken to remediate any such Release, post-remediation monitoring of any such Release, and preparation of all reports, studies, analyses or other documents relating to the foregoing. “Remedial Action” also refers to any Action relating to any of the above, including the negotiation and execution of judicial or administrative consent decrees, or defending claims brought by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, whether such claims are equitable or legal in nature, relating to the relevant clean-up or remediation in response to the relevant Release or presence of Hazardous Materials and associated actions.

Replacement Shared Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

Restricted Market” means, as applicable under Global Trade Control Laws: the Crimean Peninsula, Cuba, the Donbass Region, Iran, North Korea, Russia, Sudan, Syria and Venezuela.

Restricted Party” means any individual(s) or entity(ies) (a) targeted by Global Trade Control Laws, including but not limited to any individual or entity who is (i) owned or controlled by the government of a Restricted Market; (ii) designated on any sanctions or export controls-related list under applicable Global Trade Control Laws, including but not limited to the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, the OFAC, Sanctions Identifications List, any other sanctions-related list maintained by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Commerce Department’s Entity List, Denied Persons List, or Unverified List, the EU Consolidated Financial Sanctions List, or any other similar restricted party list maintained by relevant regulators under applicable sanctions and export controls; (iii) located, organized, or resident in a Restricted Market; or (iv) 50% or more owned or otherwise controlled by any of the individuals or entities in (i), (ii), or (iii); or (b) on any of the following lists: the List of Excluded Individuals / Entities, as published by the U.S. Health and Human Services – Office of Inspector General; any lists of prohibited or debarred parties established under the U.S. Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act; the list of persons and entities suspended or debarred from contracting with the U.S. government; and similar lists of restricted parties maintained

 

11


by a Governmental Authority of any other jurisdiction in which the Consumer Healthcare Business, as applicable, markets, commercializes, distributes and sells products as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Relevant Closing Date.

Retained ATFA Facilities Liabilities” means all Liabilities of GSK Parent or its Subsidiaries to the extent related to or arising out of the Excluded Assets (other than any Liabilities for which JVCo or its Subsidiaries expressly has responsibility pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and other than any Liabilities that are separately allocated pursuant to any other agreement or transaction related to such Excluded Assets between any member of the GSK Group, on the one hand, and any member of the JVCo Group, on the other hand, including any commercial or other agreements unrelated to this Agreement), including Environmental Liabilities, whether arising prior to, on or after the Relevant Closing, in each case to the extent arising out of or related to the ownership or occupancy of the Retained Facilities, but excluding any Liabilities that are expressly allocated to the JVCO Group pursuant to the BA Site NEBA or the Brazil ATFA.

Retained Facilities” means the manufacturing, office, research and development, and warehouse facilities owned, leased or operated by any member of the GSK Group, other than the Consumer Healthcare Facility, excluding any facilities expressly transferring pursuant to the BA Site NEBA or the Brazil ATFA.

Retained Indonesia Facilities” means the [new repacking hall facility] owned by PT Glaxo Wellcome Indonesia, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Indonesia and located within the manufacturing site at Jakarta Industrial Estate Pulogadung, Jl. Pulobuaran Raya Kav. III DD/2,3,4, Kelurahan Jatinegara, Kecamatan Cakung, Jakarta Timur, DKI Jakarta, Indonesia.

SAPA” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

SAPA OTT Payment Amount” means the aggregate amount [***], less the aggregated amount [***], in each case pursuant to the provisions set out in section 6.22 of the SAPA as detailed in Schedule 23, being, in total, an amount [***].

Separation Budget” has the meaning set forth in Section 18.7.

Shared Brands Committee Agreement” means the shared brands committee agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Unlimited on or around the date of this Agreement.

Shared Brands Licence Agreement” means the deeds of amendment and restatement to amend and restate certain shared brand licence agreements entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of this Agreement.

Shared Contract” means any Contract, sales order, purchase order, instrument or other commitment, obligation or arrangement entered into prior to the Relevant Closing in accordance with this Agreement that is between GSK Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (other than JVCo or any Subsidiary that is also a Subsidiary of JVCo), on the one hand, and one or more third parties, on the other hand, that inures to the benefit or burden of both the GSK Business and the Consumer Healthcare Business.

Shared Contractual Liabilities” means Liabilities in respect of Shared Contracts.

Shareholders’ Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Software” means (a) computer programs, including software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons and (c) documentation, user manuals, and training manuals documenting the functionality or use of any of the foregoing.

SSA Fees” means any fees payable by any member of the JVCo Group to any member of the GSK Group pursuant to any Support Services Agreement.

 

12


Subsidiary” means an entity as to which GSK Parent or JVCo or any other relevant entity, as the case may be, owns as of the date of determination, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or other similar interests. Any Person which comes within this definition as of the date of this Agreement but thereafter fails to meet such definition shall from and after such time not be deemed to be a Subsidiary of GSK Parent or JVCo or any other relevant entity, as the case may be. Similarly, any Person which does not come within such definition as of the date of this Agreement but which thereafter meets such definition shall from and after such time be deemed to be a Subsidiary of GSK Parent or JVCo or any other relevant entity, as the case may be.

Support Services Agreements” means, together:

 

  (a)

the support services agreement dated 2 March 2015 (as amended from time to time) between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited;

 

  (b)

the agreement for the provision of employees between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited dated 1 October 2021; and

 

  (c)

other support services agreements between any member of the GSK Group and any member of the JVCo Group that relate to any Transferring Employees.

Tax Covenant” means the deed of tax covenant dated on or about the date of this Agreement, between GSK Parent, Pfizer, Haleon Parent, GSK CH and JVCo, and subject to certain conditions precedent set out therein.

Tax Return” means any return, report, declaration, information return, statement or other document filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority (including any schedule or attachment thereto and any amendment thereof), in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any Laws relating to any Tax.

Taxes” means all taxes, charges, duties, imposts, fees, levies and other assessments of any kind whatsoever, whether or not disputed, including income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross receipts, estimated, capital stock, excise, real or personal property, sales or use, value added, goods and services, registration, windfall, profits, excess profits, documentary, ad valorem, intangibles, license, withholding (with respect to compensation or otherwise), payroll, employment, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, premium, occupancy, disability, net worth, capital gains, transfer, stamp, social security, environmental, occupation and franchise taxes, imposed by any Governmental Authority, and including any interest, penalties and additions attributable thereto.

Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition, regulation, collection or administration of any Taxes.

Third Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.5.

Trademarks” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property”.

Transaction Documents” means Transition Services Agreement, GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, GSK Quality Agreement, Consumer Quality Agreement, Shared Brands Licence Agreement, Shared Brands Committee Agreement, Corporate Name Licence Agreement, Co-Existence Agreement, Long Term Access Agreement, Pharmacovigilance Agreement, GSK NEBA, BA Site NEBA, Brazil ATFA, the Deed of Termination, the Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement and the Disclosure Letter.

 

13


Transfer Taxes” means any federal, state, county, local, foreign and other sales, bulk sales, use, transfer, real property transfer, excise, license, privilege, gross receipts, conveyance, documentary transfer, stamp, land, customs, recording, registration or other similar Tax (including any notarial fee), but excluding any VAT or GST, imposed in connection with, or otherwise relating to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the recording of any sale, transfer, conveyance or assignment of property (or any interest therein) effected pursuant to or contemplated by this Agreement.

Transition Services Agreement” means the transition services agreement dated on or about the date of this Agreement between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC.

Transferee” means in respect of the Business Transfers, the Asset Transfers and/or the assumption of the Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities, each transferee entity specified as a Transferee in the relevant Schedule to this Agreement.

Transferor” means in respect of the Business Transfers, the Asset Transfers and/or the assumption of the Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities, each transferor entity specified as a Transferor in the relevant Schedule to this Agreement.

Transferring Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Transferring Business IT Systems” means all Information Systems that both (a) are owned by GSK Parent or its Subsidiaries (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries) and (b) are solely related to, solely held for use with, or solely used in connection with any Transferring Businesses or any Transferring Assets [, including a copy of the bespoke ERP systems created by the GSK Group for the Consumer Healthcare Business as it is currently operated and envisaged following Demerger, comprising the Intellectual Property rights and Know-How owned by the GSK Group in both the ERP systems and the adaptation of such systems for the purposes of the Consumer Healthcare Business].

Transferring Businesses” means the businesses to be transferred as contemplated by, and in accordance with the terms of, this Agreement and as more specifically set out in Schedules 1, 3, 4, 5 and 7.

Transferring Employee Liability” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

Transferring Employees” has the meaning has the meaning given to JVCo Group Realigned Employees (as defined in Schedule 18).

Transferring Intellectual Property” means the Intellectual Property listed in Schedule 20.

VAT” or “GST” means goods and services Tax, value added Tax and other similar transactional indirect Taxes (but excluding Transfer Taxes).

 

1.2

Interpretation

The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement and the words “date hereof” refer to the date of this Agreement. The terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. The terms “GBP” “pound” and “£” mean Pound Sterling. Wherever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed

 

14


to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, the term “or” shall not be deemed to be exclusive. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, a Section, an Annex, an Exhibit or a Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section of, or an Annex, an Exhibit or a Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Any Law defined or referred to in this Agreement or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such Law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor Laws and the related regulations thereunder and published interpretations thereof; provided that, for purposes of any warranties contained in this Agreement that are made as of a specific date or dates, references to any Law shall be deemed to refer to such Law, as amended, and the related regulations thereunder and published interpretations thereof, in each case, as of such date. Any reference to “writing” or comparable expressions includes a reference to facsimile transmission, e-mail or comparable means of communication. Reference to “day” or “days” are to calendar days. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken (or not taken) pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, except that if the last day of such period is a non-Business Day, the period in question shall end on the next succeeding Business Day. Amounts used in any calculations for purposes of this Agreement, the Ancillary Implementing Agreements or any other document delivered in connection herewith may be either positive or negative, it being understood that the addition of a negative number shall mean the subtraction of the absolute value of such negative number and the subtraction of a negative number shall mean the addition of the absolute value of such negative number.

 

2.

Asset transfers

 

2.1

Asset transfers

 

  (a)

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Relevant Closing, GSK Parent shall cause each relevant Transferor to, sell, convey, assign and transfer to the relevant Transferee and JVCo shall cause each Transferee to, purchase, acquire and accept, all right, title and interest, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, as at the Relevant Closing in the relevant Transferring Businesses and Transferring Assets, specified as being transferred in the Schedules, including:

 

  (i)

the Assumed Contracts, including as specified in Schedules 1 (Chile), 3 (Egypt), 4 (India), 5 (Indonesia), 7 (Peru) and 8 (Poland);

 

  (ii)

the Real Property and the Consumer Healthcare Facility;

 

  (iii)

the owned and leased furniture, equipment, fixtures, machinery, supplies, spare parts, tools, tangible personal property and other tangible property that is located at the Consumer Healthcare Facility and the Real Property referenced in Schedule 1 (Chile);

 

  (iv)

personal computers and vehicles primarily used by the Transferring Employees;

 

  (v)

all Transferring Intellectual Property;

 

  (vi)

all Transferring Business IT Systems;

 

  (vii)

all Marketing Authorisations;

 

  (viii)

all Registration Information;

 

  (ix)

all Records;

 

15


  (x)

the goodwill primarily relating to, primarily held for use with, or primarily used in connection with the Transferring Assets and/or Transferring Businesses, together with the right to represent to third parties that the Transferee is the successor to the Transferring Assets and/or Transferring Businesses as set out in Schedule 1, 3, 4, 5 and 7;

 

  (xi)

all claims, defenses, causes of action, counterclaims and rights of set-off against third parties (at any time or in any manner arising or existing, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or non-contingent) relating primarily to a Transferring Asset, a Transferring Business or an Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability;

 

  (xii)

the amount of any insurance proceeds, recoveries or refunds (net of any reasonable costs of investigating and pursuing the underlying claim and of collection and any Taxes imposed in respect thereof) received by any Transferor or any of its Affiliates under any [occurrence-based unaffiliated third party automobile or general liability insurance policy] of any member of the GSK Group after the Relevant Closing Date hereof in respect of any Loss prior to the Relevant Closing in respect of any Transferring Asset, Transferring Business or Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability;

  (xiii)

to the extent applicable in any Jurisdiction and to the extent legally transferable, all third-party warranties, indemnities, further assurance and other similar covenants, and guarantees to the extent relating to any of the Transferring Assets, Transferring Businesses or Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities;

 

  (xiv)

to the extent applicable in any Jurisdiction, all credits, prepaid expenses, rebates, deferred charges, advance payments, security deposits and other deposits held as surety by third Persons and prepaid items, in each case primarily relating to, primarily held for use with, or primarily used in connection with any of the Transferring Assets or Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities or the Transferring Businesses; and

 

  (xv)

all assets of GSK Parent and its Affiliates, including any Transferor, that are included or reflected as assets set forth in the NBV Statements; provided that the amounts set forth on the NBV Statements with respect to any assets shall not be treated as minimum amounts or limitations on the amount of such assets that are included in the definition of Transferred Assets pursuant to this Section 2.1(a),

(all such assets collectively referred to as the “Transferring Assets”).

 

  (b)

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided, the Parties each agree to discuss, cooperate and negotiate reasonably and in good faith to cause to be prepared reasonably in advance of each Relevant Closing, each of the Ancillary Implementing Agreements or other documentation as deemed reasonably necessary or desirable to effect the Asset Transfers, the Business Transfers and the assumption of the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities.

 

  (c)

In respect of the Transferring Assets set out in Schedules 1 (Chile), 2 (Costa Rica), 3 (Egypt), 4 (India), 5 (Indonesia), 6 (Malaysia), 7 (Peru), 8 (Poland), 9 (United Kingdom) and 10 (United States), the Parties acknowledge and agree that although the Relevant Closing occurred on the dates specified in those Schedules, that the terms of this Agreement shall apply to the transfer of such Transferring Business and Transferring Assets and to the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of the relevant Local Implementing Agreement or any Pfizer Consent Letter and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail with effect from the date of the Relevant Closing, including for the avoidance of doubt the provisions of Section 2.2(a).

 

16


2.2

Assumption of Consumer Healthcare Business Assumed Liabilities

 

  (a)

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at each Relevant Closing, JVCo shall (i) assume and, subject to Article 11, pay, perform, satisfy and discharge any and all Liabilities of GSK Parent or any of its Affiliates (including JVCo and its Subsidiaries), whether arising prior to, on or after the Relevant Closing, to the extent resulting from or arising out of the past, present or future ownership, operation, use or conduct of the Transferring Assets and/or Transferring Businesses, in each case other than any GSK Retained Liabilities (“Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities”). The Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities shall include the Liabilities set out in each Country Schedule and the following:

 

  (i)

all Environmental Liabilities of any nature whatsoever to the extent arising out of, or relating to, or in respect of the Consumer Healthcare Facility, whether arising prior to, on or after the Relevant Closing, provided that JVCo shall in no event assume any Retained ATFA Facilities Liabilities;

 

  (ii)

all Liabilities in respect of any Action, whether class, individual or otherwise in nature, in law or in equity, whether or not presently threatened, asserted or pending, to the extent arising out of, or to the extent relating to, the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets prior to, on or after the Relevant Closing; and

 

  (iii)

all Liabilities for Taxes imposed with respect to, or arising out of or relating to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets (other than the Conveyed Subsidiary), in each case other than GSK Parent Indemnified Taxes; and

 

  (iv)

all Liabilities to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of the Assumed Contracts, including Transferor’s or its Affiliates’ portion of Shared Contractual Liabilities pursuant to Section 3.4.

 

  (b)

In respect of the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities set out in Schedules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 and 10, the Parties acknowledge and agree that although the Relevant Closing occurred on the dates specified in those Schedules, that the terms of this Agreement

 

17


  shall apply to the assumption of such Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities and to the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of the relevant Local Implementing Agreement or any Pfizer Consent Letter and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail with effect from the date of the Relevant Closing.

 

2.3

Wrong pockets asset and liability transfers

 

  (a)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Transferring Assets and Transferring Businesses set out in Schedule 15 are being transferred pursuant to the provisions set out in section 6.22(c) of the SAPA by the relevant Transferor for no consideration and that such transfers are in compliance with and in full and final settlement of any rights or claims that JVCo or any of its Subsidiaries may have under section 6.22(c) of the SAPA in respect of such Transferring Assets or Transferring Business.

 

  (b)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities in respect of the Conveyed Subsidiary are being assumed by JVCo pursuant to the provisions set out in section 6.22(c) of the SAPA for no consideration and that such transfers are in compliance with and in full and final settlement of any rights or claims that the Parties may have under section 6.22(c) of the SAPA in respect of such Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities.

 

  (c)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Intellectual Property rights set out in Part 2 of Schedule 20 (the “New CH Wrong Pockets IP”), including any rights and obligations expressly specified in Part 2 of Schedule 20, are being transferred from GSK Parent (or its Affiliates) to JVCo (or its Affiliates) pursuant to the provisions set out in section 6.22(c) of the SAPA for no consideration and that such transfers are in compliance with and in full and final settlement of any rights or claims that JVCo (or its Affiliates) may have under section 6.22(c) of the SAPA in respect of such New CH Wrong Pockets IP.

 

  (d)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Intellectual Property rights set out in Part 3 of Schedule 20 (the “New GSK Wrong Pockets IP”) are being transferred from JVCo (or its Affiliates) to GSK Parent (or its Affiliates) pursuant to the provisions set out in section 6.22(c) of the SAPA for no consideration and that such transfers are in compliance with and in full and final settlement of any rights or claims that GSK Parent (or its Affiliates) may have under section 6.22(c) of the SAPA in respect of such New GSK Wrong Pockets IP.

 

2.4

Excluded Assets

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, none of JVCo, the Transferees nor any of their Subsidiaries are purchasing or acquiring pursuant to this Agreement any of GSK Parent’s or its Affiliates’ (excluding JVCo and its Subsidiaries) right, title or interest in any assets, properties or rights other than the Transferring Assets or any assets comprised in the Transferring Businesses (the “Excluded Assets”), including the Retained Indonesia Facilities, and any owned and leased furniture, equipment, fixtures, machinery, supplies, spare parts, tools, tangible personal property and other tangible property located at the Retained Indonesia Facilities.

 

2.5

GSK Retained Liabilities

Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, GSK Parent shall retain, and none of JVCo, any of the Transferees or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall assume or be responsible

 

18


for, pursuant to this Agreement, any Liabilities of GSK Parent or any of its Affiliates (excluding JVCo and its Subsidiaries) other than the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities (“GSK Retained Liabilities”). The GSK Retained Liabilities shall include:

 

  (a)

all Liabilities for which GSK Parent or GSK CH or any of their Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries) expressly has responsibility pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement;

 

  (b)

all GSK Parent Indemnified Taxes;

 

  (c)

all Retained ATFA Facilities Liabilities;

 

  (d)

GSK Parent’s portion of Shared Contractual Liabilities pursuant to Section 3.4; and

 

  (e)

all Indebtedness of any Transferor.

 

2.6

No change to retained liabilities under the SAPA

The Parties acknowledge and agree that, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall, or is intended to, amend or otherwise prejudice the provisions of the SAPA relating to the retention by GSK Parent of the Liabilities of GSK Parent or any of its Affiliates (including Purchaser and its Subsidiaries) set forth in Section 1.1(C) of the Purchaser Parent Disclosure Letter (as defined in the SAPA), or any other Purchaser Parent Retained Liabilities (as defined in the SAPA) (other than any such liabilities that constitute Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities or New ATFA Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities that JVCo expressly assumes pursuant to this Agreement), or the retention by Seller Parent of the Retained Liabilities (as defined in the SAPA).

 

2.7

Double payment for employees

The Parties acknowledge and agree that:

 

  (a)

the Parties’ intention is that the JVCo Group will not assume any obligations or liabilities in respect of any Employee Payments relating to any Transferring Employees for which any member of the JVCo Group is liable (the “Transferring Employee Liabilities”) to the extent that such Transferring Employee Liabilities have been paid or will be paid for by the JVCo Group in any SSA Fees;

 

  (b)

GSK Parent shall take all necessary or appropriate steps to ensure that there is no duplication between:

 

  (i)

any Transferring Employee Liabilities and any SSA Fees; and

 

  (ii)

any SSA Fees and any fees charged under the Transaction Documents; and

 

  (c)

to the extent that there is any duplication between (i) any Transferring Employee Liabilities and any SSA Fees, or (ii) any SSA Fees and any fees charged under the Transition Services Agreement, GSK Parent shall work in good faith with JVCo to ensure that the JVCo Group is reimbursed for such duplication.

 

2.8

BSD Transfers from JVCo Group to GSK Group

JVCo has agreed to transfer and convey to the relevant members of the GSK Group, and the relevant members of the GSK Group have agreed to accept the transfer of, acquire and assume, certain low value assets and associated liabilities relating to the GSK Business as set out in Part 3 of Schedule 16.

 

19


3.

Consents; Shared Contracts

 

3.1

No transfer if consent required

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any Ancillary Implementing Agreement shall constitute an agreement to, directly or indirectly, sell, convey, assign, transfer or deliver any interest in any Transferring Asset or any right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom if such sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery, or the purchase or assumption thereof by the applicable Transferee, without the consent or Approval of any Person(s) (including consents or Approvals of any Governmental Authorities), or otherwise:

 

  (a)

would constitute a breach or other contravention of the rights of such Person(s);

 

  (b)

would be ineffective under, or contravene, applicable Law; or

 

  (c)

would result in the termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material right or obligation of, or result in the loss of any material benefit of, or otherwise adversely affect in any material respect the contractual rights of, the Transferors or any of their Affiliates, or upon transfer, the Transferee,

provided, however, that the Parties shall treat the relevant Transferee, as the case may be, as the owner of any such Transferring Asset (and of any portion of any Shared Contract that is a Transferring Asset and the benefits and burdens of which are to be transferred to a Transferee, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i)) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law for all purposes as of the Relevant Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if any direct or indirect sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery, or any agreement to do the same, by the Transferors of, or any direct or indirect purchase or assumption by a Transferee of, any interest in any Transferring Asset or any right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom, requires the consent or Approval of any Person(s) (including consents or Approvals of any Governmental Authorities), then such sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, delivery, agreement, purchase or assumption shall be made subject to (and shall only be effective upon) such consent or Approval being obtained and the remainder of this Article 3.

 

3.2

Requirement to use reasonable endeavours to obtain consents

Each of GSK Parent and JVCo shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use their reasonable endeavours to obtain all consents or Approvals referred to in Section 3.1 including by executing, acknowledging and delivering such assignments, transfers, consents, assumptions, and other agreements, documents and instruments and taking such other actions as may reasonably be requested by the other Party in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement and any Ancillary Implementing Agreements and in order to convey and transfer to, and vest in, the relevant Transferee, the Transferors’ right, title and interest in the Transferring Assets and to effectuate the assumption by the relevant Transferee of the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities, as contemplated by this Agreement, the Ancillary Implementing Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided that except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, none of GSK Parent or JVCo or any of their respective Affiliates shall be required to expend any money or commence any litigation, or offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) to obtain any such consent or Approval (other than JVCo shall be responsible for the payment of all filing and other fees owed to any Governmental Authority in connection with any Approvals to be obtained, subject to the provisions of Section 18.7 and Schedule 17). GSK Parent and JVCo agree to provide such reasonable security and assurances as to financial capability, resources and creditworthiness as may be reasonably requested by any Person(s) whose consent or Approval is sought in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

20


If any consent or Approval referred to in Section 3.1 is not obtained prior to the Relevant Closing, the Relevant Closing shall nonetheless take place, and for a period of up to eighteen (18) months following the Demerger Date or until such earlier time as such consent or Approval is obtained, the Transferor shall use reasonable endeavours to continue to perform its obligations under and comply with the terms of any Transferring Asset, as applicable, upon the direction of the Transferee, in all material respects in the ordinary course of business, and the Parties shall (and shall cause their Affiliates to) use reasonable endeavours to, at no cost to the Transferor:

 

  (a)

obtain such consents or Approvals, subject to and in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 3.2; and

 

  (b)

obtain or structure an arrangement for the Transferee to receive (or for the Transferor and their Affiliates to enforce for the benefit of the Transferee), whether by license, sub-license, sub-assignment, or by other means, the economic and operational claims, rights and benefits of ownership of such Transferring Assets, including the net profits from the operation or subsequent sale of such Transferring Assets, or, if such arrangement is not made, to agree to such other good faith equitable result,

provided that the Transferor and their Affiliates shall not be required to take any action that would, in the good faith reasonable judgment of the Transferor, constitute a breach or other contravention of the rights of any Person(s), be ineffective under, or contravene, applicable Law (but only to the extent enforceable against GSK Parent or any of its Affiliates) or result in the termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material right or obligation of, or result in the loss of any material benefit of, or otherwise adversely affect in any material respect the contractual rights of, the Transferor or any of their Affiliates.

To the extent the Transferee is not permitted under applicable Law to obtain or structure an arrangement for the Transferee to receive (or for the Transferor and their Affiliates to enforce for the benefit of the Transferee) the economic and operational claims, rights and benefits of ownership of such Transferring Assets, Transferor shall use reasonable endeavours to segregate any net profits associated with the ownership of such Transferring Assets in an account for the Transferee’s benefit, such funds to be released as promptly as practicable once permitted under applicable Law. The Transferees shall indemnify and hold harmless the Transferors from and against all burdens (including losses from the operation or subsequent sale of such Transferring Assets) and Liabilities arising out of or relating to each such arrangement or the ownership of the underlying Transferring Asset, and any risk of loss or damage to such Transferring Asset, and shall be responsible for all Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities related thereto in accordance with this Agreement.

Upon obtaining the requisite consents and Approvals following the Relevant Closing, any such Transferring Asset shall be transferred and assigned to, and accepted and assumed by, the applicable Transferee hereunder. Without limiting this Section 3.3, notwithstanding the fact that any applicable consent or Approval referred to in Section 3.1 is not obtained prior to the Relevant Closing (including any consent or Approval required to transfer an interest in a Transferring Asset to which an Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability relates), each of the assets, properties and rights described in Section 2.1(a) shall be deemed to be Transferring Assets under this Agreement and each of the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities described in Section 2.2 shall be deemed to be Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities under this Agreement.

 

21


3.3

No liability arising from failure to obtain consents

The Parties acknowledge that certain consents or Approvals of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be required from certain Persons (including Governmental Authorities) with respect to the Transferring Assets, and the sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, delivery, purchase or assumption of any interest therein, and that such consents and Approvals may not be obtained. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Parties agree that the Parties shall not have any Liability whatsoever arising out of or relating to the failure to obtain any consents or Approvals that may have been or may be required in connection with or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or because of any default under, or acceleration or termination of or loss of any benefit under, any Transferring Asset, as a result thereof, except in the case of a breach by such Party of its express covenants, agreements, obligations or warranties set forth in this Agreement related thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that in no event shall the receipt of any such consents and Approvals be a condition to the obligations of any Transferor to consummate the Asset Transfers, the Business Transfers and the assumption of the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement, and the Parties reaffirm their respective obligations to consummate the Asset Transfers, the Business Transfers and the assumption of the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities subject only to the express conditions set forth in the Country Schedules, irrespective and independent of whether any such consents or Approvals are obtained.

 

3.4

Consents in respect of Shared Contracts

Except as otherwise agreed by GSK Parent and JVCo or as otherwise provided in this Agreement or an Ancillary Implementing Agreement, to the extent reasonably requested by the relevant Transferee:

 

  (a)

GSK Parent and JVCo shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate and use their reasonable endeavours (subject to Section 18.7 at the relevant Transferee’s cost) to obtain the consent and agreement of the third party that is a counterparty to any Shared Contract to enter into a new Contract with the Transferee or to assign or transfer, to the extent assignable or transferable under the terms of such Shared Contract, to the relevant Transferee the portion of such Shared Contract (and the rights, benefits, obligations and burdens thereunder) that relates to a Transferring Asset or Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability, pursuant to which the Transferee receives the rights and benefits, and bears the obligations and burdens, of such portion of any such Shared Contract that relates to and is allocated to the Transferring Asset or Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability, as reasonably agreed by GSK Parent and JVCo in each case effective as of the Relevant Closing Date (each, a “Replacement Shared Contract”); provided that the failure to obtain such consent or agreement or such Replacement Shared Contract shall in no event be deemed a breach of this Agreement by GSK Parent or any of its Affiliates, except in the case of a breach by GSK Parent of its express covenants, agreements, obligations or warranties set forth in this Agreement related thereto; and

 

  (b)

to the extent such a Replacement Shared Contract is not obtained, until the earlier of eighteen (18) months following the Demerger Date and the expiration or termination date of the applicable Shared Contract (assuming, for these purposes, that the then current term in effect as of immediately prior to the Relevant Closing is not renewed or extended), the Parties shall (and shall cause their Affiliates to) use reasonable endeavours to, at the relevant Transferee’s cost, obtain or structure an arrangement for the relevant Transferee to receive the rights and benefits, and bear the obligations and burdens, of such portion of any such Shared Contract that relates to and is allocated to a Transferring Asset or Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability, as reasonably agreed by GSK Parent and JVCo,

 

22


provided that in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), GSK Parent and JVCo and their respective Affiliates shall not be required to take any action that would, in the good-faith reasonable judgment of GSK Parent or JVCo, constitute a breach or other contravention of the rights of any Person(s), be ineffective under, or contravene, applicable Law or any such Shared Contract or result in the termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material right or obligation of, or result in the loss of any material benefit of, or otherwise adversely affect in any material respect the contractual rights of, the GSK Parent or JVCo or any of their respective Affiliates. JVCo shall indemnify and hold harmless the Transferors from and against all burdens and Liabilities arising out of any Replacement Shared Contract, each such arrangement referred to in this Section 3.4 and the portion of any Shared Contract that is subject to any such arrangement (other than Shared Contractual Liabilities allocated to GSK Parent in accordance with the following sentence).

With respect to Shared Contractual Liabilities pursuant to, under or relating to any Shared Contract, such Shared Contractual Liabilities shall be allocated between GSK Parent and JVCo as follows:

 

  (i)

if a Liability is incurred solely in respect of a Transferring Asset, Transferring Business or Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability, such Liability shall be allocated to JVCo and if a Liability is incurred solely in respect of the GSK Business, such Liability shall be allocated to GSK Parent; and

 

  (ii)

if a Liability cannot be so allocated under clause (i), such Liability shall be allocated to GSK Parent or JVCo as the case may be, based on the relative proportion of total benefit received by the relevant Parties under the relevant Shared Contract, as reasonably agreed by GSK Parent and JVCo.

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

  (A)

each of GSK Parent and JVCo shall be responsible for any Liabilities arising from its (or its Affiliates’ (but, in the case of GSK Parent, excluding JVCo and is Subsidiaries) direct or indirect breach of any Shared Contract; and

 

  (B)

JVCo shall be solely responsible for any Liabilities arising out of or relating to any Replacement Shared Contract.

 

4.

Consideration

 

4.1

In consideration of the transfer to the relevant Transferee of the applicable Transferor’s right, title and interest in the Transferring Assets and/or the Transferring Businesses in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement, at each Relevant Closing (or as expressly stated otherwise in the relevant Schedule), the relevant Transferee shall pay such consideration (in such amount and such manner) as is set out in the relevant Schedule; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, following the adjustment set forth in Section 5, the JVCo Group shall not (subject to Section 11.2) be liable for more than the BSD Amount in the aggregate for all of the transactions contemplated hereunder and provided, further, it is the parties’ intention for the Transferors to compensate the Transferees in respect of the full amount of any consideration paid or given for local law purposes over and above the applicable Agreed BSD Amount set forth in the Country Schedules. The parties further agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, it is the express intent, agreement and understanding of the parties that the transactions contemplated by [***] are not intended to, and shall not, [***].

 

4.2

Transfer Tax and VAT, where applicable, shall be payable in respect of each Asset Transfer and/or Business Transfer in accordance with Section 11 and the relevant Schedule.

 

23


5.

Share Subscriptions

 

5.1

Deferred Share A

 

  (a)

Subject to the remainder of this Section 5.1, JVCo agrees to allot and issue one (1) Deferred Share (“Deferred Share A”) to GSK CH on or before the declaration of the Final Sweeper Dividend (as defined in the Demerger Agreement), and GSK CH shall subscribe and pay for Deferred Share A at a price equal to the nominal value of Deferred Share A plus the Deferred Share A Consideration.

 

  (b)

At completion of the issuance of Deferred Share A to GSK CH:

 

  (i)

GSK CH shall pay to JVCo the subscription price set out in Section 5.1(a) in cash or in other immediately available funds to such bank account as JVCo shall have notified to GSK CH; and

 

  (ii)

subject to receipt of the subscription price set out in Section 5.1(a):

 

  (A)

the Deferred Share A shall be issued as fully paid and free from all charges and encumbrances and all other rights or claims of third parties; and

 

  (B)

JVCo shall enter the name of GSK CH in JVCo’s register of members as the registered holder of Deferred Share A.

 

6.

Employment

The provisions of Schedule 18 shall apply.

 

7.

Pensions

The provisions of Schedule 19 shall apply.

 

8.

Closing

 

8.1

In respect of a Jurisdiction, the Relevant Closing shall take place in accordance with the provisions set out in the relevant Country Schedule.

 

8.2

In respect of all other transfers of Transferring Assets or assumption of any Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities, the Relevant Closing shall take place in accordance with the provisions set out in the relevant Schedule.

 

9.

GSK Parent Warranties

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, GSK Parent hereby warrants to JVCo on the terms set out in this Article 9, provided that:

 

  (a)

notwithstanding the verb tenses used in this Article 9, the warranties of the GSK Parent solely with respect to such Transferred Assets and/or Transferred Businesses for which the Relevant Closing has already occurred prior to the date of this Agreement shall be as of such Relevant Closing as though made as of such Relevant Closing (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such warranties shall not be given by GSK Parent as at the date of this Agreement);

 

24


  (b)

the warranties of the GSK Parent:

 

  (i)

in Sections 9.6 (No Litigation), 9.7 (Compliance with Laws), Sections 9.8 (Manufacturing Registrations; Regulatory Compliance) and 9.9 (Environmental Matters), 9.10 (Material Contracts), 9.11(b) (Transferring Business IT Systems), 9.12 (Real Property), 9.14 (Global Trade Controls; Anti-Corruption Matters) and 9.17 (Taxes) are given only in respect of the Transferring Businesses set out in Schedules 1 (Chile), 3 (Egypt), 5 (Indonesia) and 7 (Peru), and Schedule 13 (Cambodia, Singapore and Vietnam);

 

  (ii)

in Sections 9.15(a) (No material liabilities) is given only in respect of the Transferring Business or the Transferring Asset set out in Schedule 3 (Egypt), and Schedule 13 (Cambodia, Singapore and Vietnam); and

 

  (iii)

in Sections 9.15(c) (No material liabilities) is given only in respect of the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets set out in [***] and Schedule 24 (WREF and other Matters relating to the Demerger):

 

9.1

Organization. GSK Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of England and Wales. Each Transferor is, or will be as of the Relevant Closing, a corporation, partnership or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except where the failure to be so organized, existing or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole, or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the GSK Parent or the Transferors from consummating any Relevant Closing.

 

9.2

Authority; Binding Effect.

 

  (a)

GSK Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement to which it will be a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by GSK Parent of this Agreement and each such Ancillary Implementing Agreement, and the performance by GSK Parent of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been, or will have been as of the Relevant Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate action. Each Transferor has and will have as of the Relevant Closing, all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to execute and deliver each Ancillary Implementing Agreement to which it will be a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution and delivery by each Transferor of each Ancillary Implementing Agreement to which it will be a party, if applicable, and the performance by it of its obligations thereunder, have been, or will have been as of the Relevant Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other similar applicable action.

 

  (b)

GSK Parent has and each other Transferor has, or will have as of the Relevant Closing, all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to own, lease and operate the Transferring Assets, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole, or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the GSK Parent or the Transferors from consummating any Relevant Closing.

 

  (c)

This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by GSK Parent and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by JVCo and GSK CH constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of GSK Parent, and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement will be as of the Relevant Closing duly executed and

 

25


  delivered by each Transferor that will be a party thereto and will, assuming such Ancillary Implementing Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the other parties thereto, constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Transferor, in each case enforceable against GSK Parent or such other Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

9.3

No Conflicts; Consents. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by GSK Parent and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement by a Transferor party to such Ancillary Implementing Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, by GSK Parent and such Transferor do not and will not at the Relevant Closing (a) violate any provision of the articles of association or equivalent organisational documents of GSK Parent or the comparable organizational documents of any of the other Transferors, (b) subject to obtaining the consents set forth in the Schedules to this Agreement or the Disclosure Letter, result in a violation of, or require the consent of any Person pursuant to, or conflict with, constitute a default under, or result in the breach or termination, cancellation or acceleration (whether with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) of any right or obligation of the Transferors (or any Subsidiary thereof) or to a loss of any benefit of the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the GSK Parent or the Transferors from consummating any Relevant Closing or result in the imposition of a Lien on any Transferring Asset, other than Permitted Liens, or (c) assuming compliance with the matters set forth in the Schedules to this Agreement or the Disclosure Letter, violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Law, Governmental Authorization or other restriction of any Governmental Authority to which any Transferor (or Subsidiary thereof) is subject, except, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole, or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the GSK Parent or the Transferors from consummating any Relevant Closing.

 

9.4

Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by GSK Parent and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement by a Transferor party to such Ancillary Implementing Agreement does not and will not at any Relevant Closing require any Approval of, or Filing with, any Governmental Authority, except for (a) the Approvals and Filings set forth in the Country Schedules and (b) the Approvals and Filings which if not obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole, or prevent or reasonably be expected to prevent the GSK Parent or the Transferors from consummating any Relevant Closing.

 

9.5

Conveyed Subsidiary; Capital Structure

 

  (a)

The Conveyed Subsidiary is and will be as of the Relevant Closing, a corporation, partnership or other legal entity duly organized and validly existing, with all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets related to the Consumer Healthcare Business and to carry on its business as it pertains to the Consumer Healthcare Business, as currently conducted, except where the failure to be so organized or existing or to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole. The Conveyed Subsidiary is and will be as of the Relevant Closing duly qualified to do business and, where applicable, in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or properties makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to

 

26


  be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

  (b)

The Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of immediately prior to the date of this Agreement, (i) the name and the jurisdiction of organization of the Conveyed Subsidiary and (ii) the record owners of all outstanding equity interests. All of the outstanding equity interests of the Conveyed Subsidiary are, or will be as of the Relevant Closing, validly issued, fully paid and, non-assessable, and such equity interests are not subject to, and were not issued in violation of, any pre-emptive right. As of the Relevant Closing, there will be no outstanding warrants, options, agreements, subscriptions, convertible or exchangeable securities or other commitments pursuant to which the Conveyed Subsidiary is or may become obliged to issue, sell, purchase, return, redeem or otherwise acquire any equity interests of the Conveyed Subsidiary, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for the capital stock or voting securities of the Conveyed Subsidiary. As of the Relevant Closing, there will be no rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other Contracts in effect with respect to the sale or voting of the outstanding equity interests of the Conveyed Subsidiary. GSK Parent (or one of its Affiliates) owns of record and beneficially as of the date of this Agreement, and will own of record and beneficially as of immediately prior to the Relevant Closing, all of the issued and outstanding equity securities in the Conveyed Subsidiary, free and clear of all material Liens except for Liens arising under applicable securities Laws. The Conveyed Subsidiary does not own, any other equity interests of any Person.

 

9.6

No Litigation

 

  (a)

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, there is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of GSK Parent, threatened against a Transferor or its Affiliates (excluding JVCo and its Subsidiaries) relating to any Transferring Asset, before any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal other than Actions which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

  (b)

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, none of the Transferors is subject to any Governmental Order relating to any Transferring Asset other than those which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

9.7

Compliance with Laws

 

  (a)

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, each Transferor is and will be as of the Relevant Closing, and for the last three (3) years has been, in compliance with all Laws applicable to the ownership, lease or operation of the Transferring Assets or Transferring Businesses which it is transferring pursuant to this Agreement, including (i) the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §301 et seq. and applicable binding implementing regulations issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, (ii) the applicable Laws of the European Union and applicable binding implementing regulations issued by applicable Governmental Authorities in those jurisdictions in the European Union in which each Transferor, commercializes, distributes and sells products, or otherwise operates, or has marketed, commercialized, distributed or sold products, or otherwise operated, in the last three (3) years (including European Union’s Directive 95/46/EC, as amended, and Regulation EU 2016/679 (the General Data Protection Regulation), and any national implementing legislation of the

 

27


  foregoing) and as of the Relevant Closing and (iii) the applicable Laws of any other jurisdiction in which each Transferor markets, commercializes, distributes and sells products, or otherwise operates, or has marketed, commercialized, distributed or sold products, or otherwise operated, in the last three (3) years and as of the Relevant Closing, except in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

  (b)

Each Transferor possesses, and will possess as of the Relevant Closing, all Governmental Authorizations necessary for the conduct of the Transferring Businesses or ownership of the Transferring Assets which it is transferring pursuant to this Agreement, as currently conducted, and each such Governmental Authorization , is and will be as of the Relevant Closing in full force and effect, except where the failure to possess any such Governmental Authorization or the failure of such Governmental Authorization to be in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

9.8

Manufacturing Registrations; Regulatory Compliance.

 

  (a)

Except with respect to Environmental Permits (which are the subject of Section 9.9):

 

  (i)

Each Transferor of the Consumer Healthcare Facility owns, possesses or validly has the right to use all Governmental Authorizations necessary to operate such facility as operated as at the Relevant Closing, except where the failure to so own, possess or validly have such right would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Consumer Healthcare Facility; and

 

  (ii)

Each Transferor in respect of the Transferring Assets and Transferring Businesses owns, possesses or validly has the right to use all Governmental Authorizations necessary to research, develop, manufacture, market, commercialize, test, use, store, distribute and sell the products as it sells or will sell at the Relevant Closing in connection with the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, except where the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the relevant Transferring Businesses or Transferring Assets taken as a whole.

 

  (b)

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, there is and will be as of the Relevant Closing no Action pending, or, to the Knowledge of GSK Parent, threatened, relating to the Consumer Healthcare Facility (i) arising from complaints, allegations or Actions relating to any injury to person or property solely as a result of manufacture or processing of any of the products in the Consumer Healthcare Business that were manufactured or processed prior to the Relevant Closing at the Consumer Healthcare Facility. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, there is and will be as of the Relevant Closing no Action pending, or, to the Knowledge of GSK Parent, threatened, relating to the Consumer Healthcare Facility (i) arising from complaints, allegations or Actions relating to any injury to person or property solely as a result of defective or deficient manufacture or processing of any of the products in the Consumer Healthcare Business that were manufactured or processed prior to the Relevant Closing at the Consumer Healthcare Facility (“Consumer Healthcare Facilities Products”) or (ii) relating to any alleged hazard or alleged defect in design, manufacture, materials or workmanship, including any failure to warn or alleged breach of express or implied warranty or representation, relating to manufacture or

 

28


  processing of the Consumer Healthcare Facilities Products, except in each case of clauses (i) and (ii), for (x) Actions which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses relating to the Consumer Healthcare Facility, and/or (y) where any Actions relate to or arise in connection with the design of such products or the defective or deficient manufacture or processing of any products resulting from any action or omission of JVCo or its Affiliates.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Section 9.8 and Section 9.14 (only to the extent it relates to Manufacturing Registrations, products liability and product recalls) set forth the sole and exclusive warranties of GSK Parent with respect to Manufacturing Registrations, products liability and product recalls under this Agreement.

 

9.9

Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter:

 

  (a)

(i) The Consumer Healthcare Facility is and will be as of the Relevant Closing and has been since July 31, 2019 until the Relevant Closing in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and Governmental Authorizations required under Environmental Law (including Environmental Permits); (ii) none of the relevant Transferors nor their Affiliates (in each case, with respect to the Consumer Healthcare Facility or the Transferring Assets or Transferring Businesses) are undertaking or will be required at the Relevant Closing to undertake any Remedial Action at the Consumer Healthcare Facility or the Transferring Assets or Transferring Businesses; and (iii) since July 31, 2019 until the Relevant Closing, none of the Transferors has received written notice from a Governmental Authority or other Person that it is subject to any unresolved enforcement action or Liability with respect to the Consumer Healthcare Facility or the Transferring Assets or Transferring Businesses under any applicable Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, except for such noncompliance, Remedial Actions, Liabilities or enforcement actions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole;

 

  (b)

all Governmental Authorizations (including Environmental Permits) required of the relevant Transferors (in each case, with respect to the Consumer Healthcare Facility or the Transferring Assets or Transferring Businesses) under all applicable Environmental Laws have been obtained and are held at the Relevant Closing by such Transferor, except for such failures to obtain as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole; and

 

  (c)

no Actions or written claims are pending or, to the Knowledge of GSK Parent, threatened against any Transferor or their Affiliates (in each case, with respect to the Consumer Healthcare Facility or the Transferring Assets or Transferring Businesses) arising from or as a result of, and there have been, in each case at the Relevant Closing, no (i) exposures to Hazardous Materials, including on, in, under, about or at the Consumer Healthcare Facility, (ii) Releases of Hazardous Materials, including at, on, in, under, or from the Consumer Healthcare Facility, (iii) off-site treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials generated by the Consumer Healthcare Facility (as currently or formerly conducted), the Transferors (with respect to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets), or (iv) any violations of any Environmental Laws arising, directly or indirectly, in connection with the Consumer Healthcare Facility or the

 

29


  Transferring Businesses as currently or formerly conducted at the Consumer Healthcare Facility, in each case that has resulted or would result in Environmental Liability, except for such claims, Actions, Environmental Liabilities or investigations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the warranties set forth in this Section 9.9 and Section 9.14 (only to the extent it relates to Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits, Environmental Liabilities, Hazardous Materials and other environmental matters) are the sole and exclusive warranties of GSK Parent with respect to Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits, Environmental Liabilities, Hazardous Materials and other environmental matters under this Agreement.

 

9.10

Material Contracts.

 

  (a)

None of GSK Parent or any of its Affiliates is a party to or bound at the Relevant Closing by any Contract in effect as of the date hereof that is material to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole (a “Material Contract”).

 

9.11

Intellectual Property.

 

  (a)

GSK Parent or its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiary), as applicable, are the sole legal owners of all Transferring Intellectual Property that is owned or purported to be owned by GSK Parent or its Affiliates at the Relevant Closing. None of the Transferring Intellectual Property is subject to any Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

 

  (b)

Since July 31, 2019, to the Knowledge of GSK Parent, there (i) have been no failures of the Transferring Business IT Systems that have materially and adversely impacted the conduct of the Transferring Businesses and (ii) has been no unauthorized access, loss, use or breach of security with respect to the Transferring Business IT Systems or any material sensitive, confidential or proprietary information (including personally identifiable information) relating to the Transferring Businesses that have materially and adversely impacted the Transferring Businesses, taken as a whole.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 9.11 and Section 9.14 (only to the extent it relates to the Transferring Intellectual Property) set forth the sole and exclusive warranties of GSK Parent with respect to Intellectual Property under this Agreement.

 

9.12

Real Property.

 

  (a)

The Transferor(s) of the Consumer Healthcare Facility each have, and will have as of the Relevant Closing, insurable title in fee simple to the Real Property which is owned, free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole, none of the Transferors nor any of their respective Affiliates are leasing or otherwise granting at the Relevant Closing to any third party the right to use or occupy any Real Property or any portion thereof.

 

  (b)

Each Transferor has and will have at the Relevant Closing a valid leasehold interest and valid and continuing right to use and occupy each Real Property which is leased

 

30


  pursuant to a real property lease. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole, at the Relevant Closing (i) each such lease is legal, valid and binding on the Transferor that is a party thereto and, to the Knowledge of GSK Parent, each other party thereto and is in full force and effect, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law), (ii) no Transferor, to the Knowledge of GSK Parent, any other party thereto, is in breach of, or default under, any such lease and (iii) no Transferor is leasing or otherwise granting to any third party the right to use or occupy any such Real Property or any portion thereof.

 

  (c)

No certificate, permit or license from any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any of the Real Property, or any Contract, easement or other right which is or will be at the Relevant Closing necessary to permit the lawful occupancy of the buildings and improvements on any of the Real Property or which is or will be at the Relevant Closing necessary to permit the lawful use of all driveways, roads and other means of egress and ingress to and from any of the Real Property, in each case, with respect to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, has not been obtained or, to the Knowledge of GSK Parent, is not in full force and effect, which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole, and none of the relevant Transferors has received any written notice from any Governmental Authority that the Real Property is currently in violation of any applicable Law that would, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

9.13

Assets.

 

  (a)

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of the Transferring Businesses and the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole, the Transferors have, or will have as of the Relevant Closing, good and valid title to, or other legal rights to possess and use the Transferred Assets and all of the assets comprising the Transferred Businesses, free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

  (b)

Except (i) as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, (ii) for the Excluded Services (as defined in the Transition Services Agreement), and (iii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the operations of relevant Transferring Business or the relevant Transferring Assets (assuming all consents and Approvals as may be required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Implementing Agreements have been obtained; provided that no such assumption shall be made to the extent GSK Parent is not in compliance with its obligations under Section 3 of this Agreement), the relevant Transferring Businesses, together with the benefits, services, assets, licenses, sublicenses and other rights and benefits to be provided to JVCo and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, the Ancillary Implementing Agreements, and the Transaction Documents, do and will following any Relevant Closing, in the aggregate, constitute all of the assets either used in or necessary for the JVCo Group to conduct the relevant Transferring Business as conducted as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Relevant Closing. For the avoidance of doubt, whether any relevant Transferring Business has all of the asset either used in or necessary for the JVCo Group to conduct the relevant Transferring Business will be determined solely in respect of that Transferring Business.

 

31


9.14

Global Trade Controls; Anti-Corruption Matters.

 

  (a)

The Transferors in respect of the Jurisdictions (with respect to their respective Transferring Businesses or Transferring Assets), as well as their respective directors, officers, and employees, are in compliance with all Global Trade Control Laws, including possession of and compliance with Governmental Authorizations required by Global Trade Control Laws, except for such noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

  (b)

The Transferors in respect of the Jurisdictions (with respect to their respective Transferring Businesses and Transferring Assets) do not engage in any business with, or use, directly or indirectly, any corporate funds to contribute to or finance the activities of, any Restricted Party or in any Restricted Market except as permitted by Governmental Authorization, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

  (c)

None of the Transferors in respect of the Jurisdictions (with respect to their respective Transferring Businesses and Transferring Assets), nor any of their respective directors, officers, and employees, is a Restricted Party or owned or controlled by a Restricted Party.

 

  (d)

To the Knowledge of GSK Parent, the Transferors in respect of the Jurisdictions (with respect to their respective Transferring Businesses and Transferring Assets), as well as their respective directors, officers, and employees are in compliance with all Anti-Corruption Laws, except for such noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Transferring Businesses or the Transferring Assets, taken as a whole.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the warranties set forth in this Section 9.14 are the sole and exclusive warranties of GSK Parent with respect to Global Trade Control Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws under this Agreement.

 

9.15

No material liabilities

 

  (a)

The transfer of the Transferring Assets and Transferring Business in Schedule 3 (Egypt) and Schedule 13 (Cambodia, Singapore and Vietnam) contemplated by this Agreement did not (at the Relevant Closing) or will not (at the Relevant Closing) result in the transfer to, or assumption by, any member of the JVCo Group of any material liabilities that have not been specifically reflected in and taken into account in the calculation of, the NBV Statements for such Transferring Assets and Transferring Business set forth on the applicable Country Schedule.

 

  (b)

The NBV Statements were prepared by GSK Parent reasonably and in good faith, are extracted from the financial systems of GSK and its Affiliates, and are true and correct statements of net book value of the Transferring Businesses and the Transferring Assets as at the Relevant Closing in all material respects, it being acknowledged that (i) such statements have not been prepared on a statutory or audited basis, (ii) the information does not relate to a separate legal entity, and (iii) GSK Parent has relied on information provided by the relevant members of the JVCo Group in preparing such statements.

 

  (c)

The transfer of the Transferring Businesses and the Transferring Assets contemplated by this Agreement did not (at the Relevant Closing) or do not result in the transfer to, or assumption by, any member of the JVCo Group of any material liabilities.

 

32


9.16

Brokers.

No broker, finder or investment banker is or will be entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of GSK Parent for which JVCo or any of its Affiliates (including, after the Relevant Closing, the Conveyed Subsidiary) would be liable.

 

9.17

Taxes:

 

  (a)

All income and other material Tax Returns that are required to be filed in respect of the Transferring Assets or the Transferring Business have been timely filed (taking into account any applicable extensions), and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

  (b)

All income and other material Taxes required to be paid in respect of the Transferring Assets or the Transferring Business have been timely paid (taking into account any applicable extensions).

 

  (c)

All material Taxes required to have been deducted or withheld in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder or other third party with respect to the Transferring Business have been paid over to the applicable Taxing Authority and (if required by any applicable Laws to do so) appropriate certificates of deduction have been provided.

 

  (d)

There are no Liens for material Taxes upon any of the Transferring Assets except for Permitted Liens.

 

  (e)

There are no current or pending audits, examinations, contests or other Actions with respect to material Taxes of any Seller with respect to the Transferring Assets or the Transferring Business, and no such audits, examinations, contests or other Actions have been threatened in writing.

 

9.18

No Other Representations or Warranties.

 

  (a)

Except for the warranties contained in this Article 9 or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither GSK Parent, the other Transferors nor any of their respective Affiliates, representatives or any other Person makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to GSK Parent, the other Transferors, the Conveyed Subsidiary or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries), the Transferring Assets, the Transferring Businesses, the Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities or with respect to any other information provided, or made available, to JVCo or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. Except as expressly set forth in the warranties contained in this Article 9 or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither GSK Parent nor any of its Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries), representatives or any other Person has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the prospects of the Transferring Businesses or their respective profitability, or with respect to any forecasts, projections or business plans or other information delivered to JVCo or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with its review of the Transferring Assets, the Transferring Businesses and the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, including as to the accuracy or completeness thereof or the reasonableness of any assumptions underlying any such forecasts, projections or business plans or other information. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement with respect to the warranties contained in this Article 9 or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, neither GSK Parent, the other Transferors nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries), representatives or any other Person will have, or be subject to, any Liability or other obligation to JVCo or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person resulting from the sale and purchase of the Transferring Assets or the Transferring Businesses to JVCo or JVCo’s use of, or the use by any of their Subsidiaries of, any information, including information, documents, projections, forecasts, business plans or other material made available to JVCo by, or on behalf of, GSK Parent, the other Transferors or any of their respective Affiliates or representatives. Each of GSK Parent and the other Transferors and their respective Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries) disclaims any and all representations and warranties, whether express or implied, except for the warranties contained in this Article 9 or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither GSK Parent, the other Transferors nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries) makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Excluded Assets, the GSK Business or the GSK Retained Liabilities.

 

  (b)

Save as expressly provided in this Article 9, each of the warranties contained in this Article 9 apply to all Transferring Assets and Transferring Businesses.

 

33


10.

Warranties of JVCo

JVCo hereby warrants to GSK Parent as follows:

 

10.1

Organization. JVCo is validly existing and is a company duly incorporated and registered under the laws of England. Each Transferee is and will be as of the Relevant Closing, a corporation, partnership or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except where the failure to be so organized, existing or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Consumer Healthcare Business.

 

10.2

Authority; Binding Effect

 

  (a)

JVCo has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement [and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement to which it will be a party] and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by JVCo of this Agreement [and each such Ancillary Implementing Agreement], and the performance by JVCo of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been, or will have been as of the Relevant Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate action. Each Transferee has, or will have as of the Relevant Closing, all requisite corporate or other similar applicable power and authority to execute and deliver each Ancillary Implementing Agreement to which it will be a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution and delivery by each Transferee of each Ancillary Implementing Agreement to which it will be a party, if applicable, and the performance by it of its obligations thereunder, have been, or will have been as of the Relevant Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other similar applicable action.

 

  (b)

This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by JVCo and, assuming this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by GSK Parent and GSK CH, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of JVCo, and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement will be as of the Relevant Closing duly executed and delivered by each Transferee that will be a party thereto and will, assuming such Ancillary Implementing Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by all other parties thereto, constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Transferee, in each case enforceable against JVCo or such other Transferee in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

10.3

No Conflicts; Consents. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by JVCo and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement by a Transferee party to such Ancillary Implementing Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, by JVCo and such Transferee do not and will not (a) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of JVCo or the comparable organizational documents of any of the other Transferees, and (b) assuming compliance with the matters set forth in Schedules to this Agreement or the Disclosure Letter, violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Law, Governmental Authorization or other restriction of any Governmental Authority to which any Transferee (or Subsidiary thereof) is subject, except, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Consumer Healthcare Business.

 

10.4

Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by JVCo and each Ancillary Implementing Agreement by a Transferee party to such Ancillary Implementing Agreement does not require any Approval of, or Filing with, any Governmental Authority, except for (a) the Approvals and Filings set forth in Schedules to this Agreement or the Disclosure Letter and (b) the Approvals and Filings which if not obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the Consumer Healthcare Business.

 

34


11.

Covenants

 

11.1

The GSK Parent hereby covenants that from the date of this Agreement until the Relevant Closing, it shall not and shall procure that none of its Affiliates shall, sell, assign, transfer, license, sublicense, abandon or otherwise dispose of any material Transferring Asset, other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

11.2

Taxes

 

  (a)

Tax Indemnity. GSK Parent shall, from and after each Relevant Closing, indemnify and hold harmless JVCo and its Subsidiaries from and against all liability for all (i) Taxes of GSK Parent and its Affiliates (except for Transfer Taxes or VAT for which JVCo or any Transferee is ultimately responsible for pursuant to Section 11.2), including Taxes for any pre-Relevant Closing period imposed with respect to arising out of or relating to or pertaining to the applicable Transferring Business or Transferring Assets (other than the Conveyed Subsidiary) ; and (ii) any costs and expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, attributable to any item described in Section 11.2(i). Section 6.5 of the SAPA shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Taxes as though they were “Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes” (and to the extent that any other provision of Section 6.5(d)(ii) of the SAPA and this Section 11.2 would otherwise conflict in relation to such Taxes, this Section 11.2 shall take precedence). For the avoidance of doubt, references to the SAPA include the SAPA as amended from time to time (including pursuant to such documents as are to be entered into in connection with the Demerger). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any and all indemnification in respect of Tax matters within the scope of this Section 11.2 and the procedures relating thereto shall be governed exclusively by this Section 11.2.

 

  (b)

Transfer Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 4.2, and the Schedules, which are intended to govern the specific Transfer Tax payment logistics, JVCo shall each ultimately be responsible for half of, and GSK Parent shall be responsible for half of any Transfer Taxes imposed on the transfer of the Transferring Assets, the Transferring Businesses and Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities to any Transferee and the costs of preparing and filing Tax Returns in respect of any such Transfer Taxes, and each of JVCo and GSK Parent shall pay to the other such amount (if any), or put in place appropriate arrangements, as is required to give effect to that equal division of liability, taking into account any Transfer Taxes paid by their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 4.2 and the relevant Schedules. The Party responsible under applicable Law for filing Tax Returns with respect to Transfer Taxes shall prepare and timely file such Tax Returns. GSK Parent and JVCo shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate to timely prepare and file any Tax Returns or other filings relating to such Transfer Taxes and to minimize any such Transfer Taxes.

 

  (c)

VAT. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement are exclusive of VAT. Any VAT imposed on the transfers of the Transferring Assets and Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities to JVCo or any Transferee shall be charged to JVCo or the relevant Transferee in addition to the consideration specified in the relevant Schedule. JVCo (or the relevant Transferee) shall pay any such VAT upon receipt of the relevant VAT invoices, if such invoice is required under applicable Law. JVCo and GSK Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, exercise

 

35


  commercially reasonable endeavours to satisfy all compliance obligations necessary in order to treat any such transfer as a transfer of a going concern for VAT purposes where permissible under applicable Law. Where GSK Parent has treated, or caused its Affiliates to treat, a transaction under this Agreement as a transfer of a going concern or otherwise exempt from or outside the scope of VAT and it receives notice that a Taxing Authority disagrees with that treatment, it shall promptly notify JVCo and reasonably cooperate with JVCo to contest such disagreement upon JVCo’s request, provided that JVCo shall indemnify GSK Parent in respect of any costs, expenses, fees or Taxes incurred in connection with such contest. GSK Parent shall issue (or shall cause to be issued) any invoice necessary and reasonably cooperate with JVCo and its Affiliates to provide information and documentation necessary for JVCo and its Affiliates to comply with its VAT obligations in respect of the transfers of the Transferring Assets and Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities pursuant to this Agreement. This Section 11.2(c) is subject to the provisions in Schedule 3 (Egypt), which shall control with respect to the liability for VAT in respect of the Transferring Egypt Business, but only to the extent there is any discrepancy between such Schedule and the provisions of this Section 11.2(c).

 

  (d)

Tax Covenant. This Agreement is subject in its entirety to the Tax Covenant. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Tax Covenant, the provisions of the Tax Covenant shall prevail.

 

11.3

GSK Parent and JVCo shall agree on the method and content of the notifications to partners, customers, suppliers, wholesalers and distributors of the Consumer Healthcare Business of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement prior to each Relevant Closing. GSK Parent and JVCo agree that such notifications are to provide sufficient advance notice of the transactions contemplated hereby and the plans associated therewith, with the objective of minimizing any disruption of the Consumer Healthcare Business.

 

11.4

JVCo and the relevant members of the JVCo Group shall be permitted to use GSK Parent’s offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS as the address on record for Governmental Authorities for the relevant members of the JVCO Group for the period from the date of this Agreement until 31 December 2022. After any Relevant Closing Date, each Party and their respective Affiliates may receive mail and other communications properly belonging to another Party (or that other Party’s Affiliates). Accordingly, at all times after the Relevant Closing Date, each Party authorizes the other Parties and their respective Affiliates to receive and open all mail and other communications received by it and not unambiguously intended for any other Party (or its Affiliates) or any other Party’s (or its Affiliates’) officers or directors, and to retain the same to the extent that they relate to the business of the receiving Party or, to the extent that they do not relate to the business of the receiving Party, the receiving Party shall promptly deliver such mail or other communications (or, in case the same relate to both businesses, copies thereof) to the Party for which such mail and communications are intended. The provisions of this Section 11.4 are not intended to, and shall not be deemed to, constitute an authorization by any Party to permit the other to accept service of process on its behalf and no Party is or shall be deemed to be the agent of any other for service of process purposes.

 

11.5

All payments and reimbursements received by GSK Parent or its Affiliates (excluding JVCo and its Subsidiaries) after any Relevant Closing that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, are the property of JVCo or its Subsidiaries shall be held by such Person in trust for the benefit of JVCo and, promptly following receipt by such Person of any such payment or reimbursement, such Person shall pay over to JVCo the amount of such payment or reimbursement without right of set-off.

 

11.6

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (a)

Sections 6.22(b) and 6.22(c) of the SAPA shall apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis, including in respect of:

 

  (i)

any part of the Consumer Healthcare Business transferring under the terms of this Agreement, and

 

  (ii)

any assets or liabilities that are not part of the Consumer Healthcare Business that are transferring from JVCo (or its Affiliates) to GSK Parent (or its Affiliates) under the terms of this Agreement; and

 

36


  (b)

Section 6.20 of the SAPA shall apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis, including in respect of:

 

  (i)

all payments and reimbursements received by GSK Parent or its Affiliates (other than JVCo or its Subsidiaries) after the Relevant Closing Date that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreements, are the property of JVCo or its Subsidiaries; and

 

  (ii)

all payments and reimbursements received by JVCo or its Subsidiaries after the Relevant Closing Date that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreements, are the property of GSK Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries).

except that, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), each reference to (i) “Seller Parent” shall be deemed to reference “GSK Parent,” (ii) “Seller” shall be deemed to reference “Transferor,” (iii) “Purchaser Parent” or “Purchaser” shall be deemed to reference “JVCo,” (iv) “Purchased Assets” shall be deemed to reference “Transferring Assets” (v) “Business” shall be deemed to reference “Transferring Businesses,” (vi) all other capitalized terms defined specifically in this Agreement, including “Excluded Assets,” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in this Agreement and (vii) “Closing” shall be deemed to reference “Relevant Closing.”

 

12.

Transfer of Intellectual Property

 

12.1

Except as expressly set out in this Article 12, each Party acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries that nothing in this agreement shall operate as an agreement to transfer (nor shall transfer) any right, title or interest in or to, nor constitute any licence of, any Excluded Intellectual Property (or any Know-How relating thereto).

 

12.2

In the event that any Intellectual Property transferring under Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 is subject to any infringement, challenge to validity or other proceedings, the transferee Party shall assume responsibility for control of such proceedings with effect on and from the Relevant Closing Date.

 

12.3

The transferee Party undertakes to assume (and shall procure that its Subsidiaries shall assume) all ongoing obligations and liabilities of arising out of or in connection with any Intellectual Property transferring under Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 (including any licence to third parties of any of the same).

 

12.4

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 18.7) or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, but Subject in all cases to Section 18.7, the transferee Party shall be responsible for preparing and filing all instruments and documents necessary to effect the assignment of the Intellectual Property listed in Schedule 20 that is owned by the transferring Party or its Subsidiaries to the transferee Party and its Affiliates, including all costs and expenses of preparing and recording country-specific assignments and legalization of signatures (where required). The transferring Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cooperate with the foregoing; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, such obligation of the transferring Party to cooperate shall expire twenty-four (24) months following the Relevant Closing Date (except with respect to such Intellectual Property that is owned or purported to be owned by the transferring Party or its Subsidiaries or their predecessors with respect to which there are gaps in the chain of title and the record or beneficial title is, as of the Relevant Closing Date, not in the name of a Transferor, which obligation shall continue until forty-eight (48) months following the Relevant Closing Date (except with respect to such Intellectual Property that is owned or purported to be owned by the transferring Party or its Subsidiaries or their predecessors with respect to which there are gaps in the chain of title and the record or beneficial title is, as of the Relevant Closing Date, not in the name of the Affiliate of the transferring Party listed in the relevant Schedule, which obligation shall continue until forty-eight (48) months following the Relevant Closing Date).

 

37


12.5

The Parties acknowledge that certain Trademarks and Internet Identifiers other than those in Part 1 of Schedule 20 have been identified as being held by the wrong Party, which such Trademarks and Internet Identifiers are marked as of the Demerger Date as both “Wrong pockets” in the Classificaion field and as “to lapse” in the Action Type field of the Anaqua management database. However, the Parties agree that for reasons of cost and efficiency, such Trademarks and Internet Identifiers will not be transferred pursuant to this Agreement. In each case, the Party that owns (or whose Affiliate owns) such Trademark or Internet Identifier agrees that:

 

  (a)

it has no rights in and no right to use such Trademark or Internet Identifier; and

 

  (b)

it shall allow such Trademark or Internet Identifier to lapse at the next available opportunity including, where applicable at the request and expense of the other Party to actively abandon the same.

 

13.

Maintenance and transfer of Marketing Authorisations

The provisions of Schedule 17 shall apply.

 

14.

Indemnification

 

14.1

Subject to the provisions of this Article 14, from and after each Relevant Closing, GSK Parent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless JVCo and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “JVCo Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses (other than Taxes arising out of a Tax claim, which are the subject of Section 11.2, the SAPA or the Tax Covenant, as applicable) that any such JVCo Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from (i) any GSK Retained Liability, (ii) any breach by GSK Parent of any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement or (iii) any breach of any warranty of GSK Parent contained in Section 9, Paragraph 9 of Schedule 18 or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, in each case as of the Relevant Closing Date as though made on the Relevant Closing Date (or, in the case of warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, as of such date).

 

14.2

Subject to the provisions of this Article 14, from and after each Relevant Closing, JVCo agrees to indemnify and hold harmless GSK Parent and its Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries) (collectively, the “GSK Parent Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses (other than Taxes arising out of a Tax claim, which are the subject of Section 11.2, the SAPA or the Tax Covenant, as applicable) that any such GSK Parent Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from (i) any Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability, (ii) any New ATFA Consumer Healthcare Business Liability, or (iii) any breach by JVCo of any of its covenant or agreements contained in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, in its capacity as a Party hereto (and not in its capacity as an Affiliate or Subsidiary of GSK Parent), provided that to the extent that any of the GSK Parent Indemnified Parties have a claim under section 7.2 (Indemnification by Purchaser) of the SAPA, such GSK Parent Indemnified Party shall have no claim, and the JVCo shall have no liability, under this Section 14.2 in respect of the same Loss.

 

14.3

The provisions relating to Indemnification Procedures set out in section 7.3 of the SAPA shall apply to the indemnifications set out in this Article 14 mutatis mutandis.

 

14.4

If any Relevant Closing has occurred, all covenants and agreements made herein or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement which, in each case, by their terms contemplate actions or

 

38


  impose obligations following such Relevant Closing shall survive the Relevant Closing and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms; provided that, other than indemnification obligations in respect of Taxes (the survival of which shall be governed exclusively by Section 6.5(l) of the SAPA) (a) the obligations of JVCo to assume, and to indemnify and hold harmless the GSK Parent Indemnified Parties for, the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities, (b) the obligations of GSK Parent to retain, and indemnify and hold harmless the JVCo Indemnified Parties for, the GSK Retained Liabilities, shall in each case survive the Relevant Closing indefinitely. All other covenants and agreements contained herein or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement shall survive the Relevant Closing and shall terminate and expire on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Demerger Date (other than the covenants and agreements set forth therein which by their terms contemplate actions or impose obligations following the Relevant Closing, which shall survive the Relevant Closing and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms). All warranties made herein or in any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, and all indemnification obligations under Section 14.1 with respect to any such warranties, shall terminate and expire on the fifteen (15) month anniversary of the Demerger Date; provided, however, that the Fundamental GSK Parent Warranties shall terminate and expire on the three (3) year anniversary of the Demerger Date. No Person shall be entitled to indemnification, and no Action seeking to recover Taxes, Losses or other relief shall be commenced or maintained, with respect to any breach of any covenants, agreements or warranties contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement after the date on which such covenant, agreement or warranty shall terminate pursuant to this Section 14.4 or Section 6.5(l) of the SAPA, unless prior to such termination date a claim for indemnification with respect thereto has been made by written notice in accordance with Section 14.3 (in the case of Losses or other relief) or Section 11.2(a) (in the case of Taxes), in which case such claim for indemnification shall survive until finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement.

 

14.5

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, neither GSK Parent nor JVCo, as applicable, shall have any indemnification obligations under Section 14.1(iii) or Section 14.2(ii), as applicable, for any Loss (together with any and all other Losses resulting from the same facts or circumstances) that is less than [***] (the “De Minimis”), (except with respect to any breach of a Fundamental GSK Parent Warranty), and the maximum aggregate liability of any Transferor in respect of all such Losses (except with respect to any breach of a Fundamental GSK Parent Warranty) relating to any Transferring Asset or Transferring Business shall not exceed:

 

  (a)

the amount that is equal to the consideration payable under this Agreement in respect of such Transferring Asset or Transferring Business for which the consideration being paid is above [***]; or

 

  (b)

[***] in aggregate in respect of all Transferring Assets and Transferring Businesses for which the consideration being paid is [***].

 

14.6

The amount of any Loss for which indemnification is provided under this Article 14 shall be net of (i) any amounts recovered by any Person entitled to be indemnified under this Article 14 (the “Indemnified Party”) pursuant to any indemnification by or indemnification agreement with any third party, and (ii) any insurance proceeds or other cash receipts or sources of reimbursement received with respect to such Loss, [and (iii) in the case of GSK Parent as the Party from whom indemnification may be sought (the applicable “Indemnifying Party”), any amounts recovered by the JVCo pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and among GSK Parent, GSK CH and Novartis AG, as amended (the source of any such amounts referred to in clause (i) or (ii), a “Collateral Source”), in each case net of any Taxes imposed or reasonable out of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the collection of such insurance proceeds, cash receipts or sources of reimbursement. The applicable Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable endeavours to seek

 

39


  recovery for such Losses from all Collateral Sources. The Indemnifying Party may require an Indemnified Party to assign to the Indemnifying Party the rights to seek recovery from any Collateral Sources (to the extent such rights are capable of assignment); provided that the Indemnifying Party will then be responsible for pursuing such claim at its own expense; provided, further, that the Indemnified Party shall cooperate (at the Indemnifying Party’s expense) with the Indemnifying Party to seek such recovery. If the amount to be netted hereunder from any payment required under this Article 14 is determined after payment by the Indemnifying Party of any amount otherwise required to be paid to an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article 14, the Indemnified Party shall repay to the Indemnifying Party, promptly after such determination, any amount that the Indemnifying Party would not have had to pay pursuant to this Article 14 had such determination been made at the time of such payment.

 

14.7

To the extent that any of the GSK Retained Liabilities (including the Retained ATFA Facilities Liabilities) are covered by the indemnification obligations granted by GSK Parent under section 7.1(b) of the SAPA, such GSK Retained Liabilities shall be deemed not to be covered by the indemnity set out in Section 14.1 above.

 

14.8

To the extent that any of the Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities are covered by the indemnification obligations granted by JVCo under section 7.2 of the SAPA, such Liabilities shall be deemed not to be covered by the indemnity set out in Section 14.2 above.

 

14.9

The provisions set out in section 7.7 (No Right of Set-Off), section 7.8 (Materiality), section 7.9 (Mitigation; Other Limitations), and section 7.10 (Sole Remedy/Waiver) of the SAPA shall apply to the indemnifications set out in this Article 14 mutatis mutandis.

 

15.

Transfer of businesses in Brazil and Argentina

The parties acknowledge and agree that:

 

  (a)

the assets related to the manufacturing business carried on at the manufacturing site at Carlos Casares 3690, Victoria, San Fernando, B1644BCD, Province of Buenos Aires, Argentina will be retained by GlaxoSmithKline Argentina S.A. and the shares in GlaxoSmithKline Argentina S.A. will transfer from the relevant member of the GSK Group to the relevant member of the JVCo Group pursuant to the terms of the BA Site NEBA (other than Marketing Authorisations and Registration Information which transfer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement);

 

  (b)

the assets related to the manufacturing business carried on at the manufacturing site in Jacarepaguá will transfer from the relevant member of the GSK Group to the relevant member of the JVCo Group pursuant to the terms of the Brazil ATFA (other than Marketing Authorisations and Registration Information which transfer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement); and

 

  (c)

all rights, obligations and Liabilities in respect of the businesses referred into Clauses (a) and (b) above shall be dealt with in the BA Site NEBA and the Brazil ATFA (respectively) (other than with respect to Marketing Authorisations and Registration Information).

 

16.

Other transactions relating to the Demerger

 

16.1

Collapsing of certain Alliance Markets structures

Each Party shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the transactions contemplated by Schedules 11, 12, 13, 14 and 16 are given full effect, in each case subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in such relevant Country Schedules; provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Country Schedules, any Local Implementing Agreements, including any associated transitional distribution and supply arrangements, shall be on arms’ length terms for the interim period until the applicable distribution or supply arrangement is terminated; provided, that if at any time from the date of this Agreement until the applicable distribution or supply arrangement is terminated, the GSK Group provides services to a third party contemplated by Schedules 11, 12, 13, 14 and 16 that contains terms and provisions that are more favorable than the terms and provisions than that provided to the JVCo Group, the GSK Group shall enter into amendments to the applicable Local Implementing Agreements, including any associated transitional distribution and supply arrangements, to provide for the same more favorable terms and provision.

 

40


16.2

WREF and other matters

The provisions of Schedule 24 shall apply.

 

17.

Confidentiality

 

17.1

Each Party shall treat as confidential all information obtained as a precursor to or as a result of negotiating or entering into or performing this Agreement or which relates to:

 

  (a)

the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (b)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement; and

 

  (c)

the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

17.2

Without limiting Section 17.1, on and from Relevant Closing, GSK Parent and GSK CH shall treat as confidential all information relating to any Transferring Business or Transferring Asset or any Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liability and JVCo shall treat as confidential all information relating to the GSK Parent and its Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries) that relates to this Agreement.

 

17.3

Each Party shall:

 

  (a)

not disclose any such confidential information to any person other than:

 

  (i)

any of its directors or employees who need to know such information in order to discharge their duties; and

 

  (ii)

other Affiliates of such Party;

 

  (b)

not use any such confidential information other than for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

in the case of JVCo, conducting the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

  (ii)

and in the case of GSK Parent or any its Affiliates (other than JVCo and its Subsidiaries), managing or monitoring its investment in JVCo or its Affiliates; and

 

  (iii)

in connection with the performance of its obligations and the exercise of its rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement; and

 

  (c)

procure that any Person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions contained in this Article 17 as if such Person were a Party to this Agreement.

 

17.4

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 17, any Party may disclose any such confidential information:

 

  (a)

if and to the extent required by Law or for the purpose of any judicial or arbitral proceedings;

 

  (b)

if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or Tax or other Governmental Authority to which that Party or its Affiliates is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of Law;

 

  (c)

to a Taxing Authority in connection with the disclosing Party’s (or a member of its group’s) Tax affairs;

 

  (d)

to its advisers, auditors, actual or proposed debt financiers and bankers, provided they have a duty to keep such information confidential;

 

41


  (e)

to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of that Party;

 

  (f)

to the extent the Party (or Parties) to which such information relates has (or have) given prior written consent to the disclosure;

 

  (g)

to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement or to the extent it is expressly permitted to do so pursuant to any Ancillary Implementing Agreement;

 

  (h)

if and to the extent required in connection with any regulatory consent or clearance process required by applicable Law; or

 

  (i)

if it was in the possession of a Party or any of its advisers (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy prior to it being received or held.

 

17.5

The restrictions contained in this Article 17 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time.

 

17.6

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Article 17, to the extent that the SAPA, the Shareholders’ Agreement or any other agreements relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any other contract pursuant to which any Party or any of its Affiliates is bound provides that certain information shall be maintained confidential on a basis that is more protective of such information or for a longer period of time than provided for in this Article 17, then the applicable provisions contained in the SAPA, the Shareholders’ Agreement or such other agreements relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall control with respect thereto but only to the extent such provision is more protective or runs for a longer period of time.

 

18.

Miscellaneous

 

18.1

Notices

All notices or other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if in writing and (a) when served by personal delivery upon the Party for whom it is intended, (b) one (1) Business Day following the day sent by overnight courier, return receipt requested, (c) when sent by facsimile, provided that the facsimile is promptly confirmed, or (d) when sent by e-mail, provided that a copy of the same notice or other communication sent by e-mail is also sent by overnight courier, return receipt requested, personal delivery, or facsimile as provided herein, on the same day as such e-mail is sent, in each case to the Person at the address, facsimile number or e-mail address set forth below, or such other address, facsimile number or e-mail address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such Person:

To GSK Parent:

GSK plc

980 Great Western Road

Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS

United Kingdom

 

  Attn:

General Counsel

Email address:

To JVCo and/or GSK CH:

Haleon plc

1st Floor, Building 5

The Heights

Weybridge

Surrey

KT13 0NY

 

  Attn:

General Counsel Consumer Healthcare

Email address:

 

42


18.2

Amendment; waiver

Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

18.3

Assignment

No Party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, including by sale of stock, operation of Law in connection with a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Party, without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

18.4

Entire Agreement

This Agreement (including the Schedules and all Annexes and Exhibits) contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, except for (i) the SAPA and (ii) the Ancillary Implementing Agreements and any other written agreement of the Parties that expressly provides that it is not superseded by this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the SAPA, the terms of this Agreement shall control in respect of Transferring Assets, Transferring Businesses and Assumed Consumer Healthcare Business Liabilities. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Ancillary Implementing Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the body of this Agreement and the terms of any Schedule to this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in any Schedule. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Pfizer Consent Letter, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

The Parties agree that nothing in this Agreement shall limit the rights or obligations of Pfizer, GSK Parent or JVCo under the SAPA, other than as between GSK Parent and JVCo as expressly set forth in the body of this Agreement (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any provisions of the schedules which conflicts with the principles set forth in the body of this Agreement). The Parties further agree that neither the Ancillary Implementing Agreements nor the Pfizer Consent Letters shall expand or limit the rights and obligations of the Parties or their Affiliates beyond those provided for in this Agreement, and that neither the Ancillary Implementing Agreements nor the Pfizer Consent Letters shall provide for any additional rights, obligations or indemnities of the Parties or their Affiliates, that are not provided for in this Agreement.

 

18.5

Parties in interest

 

  (a)

Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 18.5, each member of the GSK Group and each member of the JVCo Group (“Third Parties”) may enforce the terms

 

43


  and accordingly shall have the benefit of those provisions in this Agreement that are, or are stated to be, for their benefit subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

  (b)

The Parties may by agreement terminate, rescind or vary the terms of this Agreement (including this Section 18.5) at any time and in any way without the prior consent of or notice to any Third Party.

 

  (c)

Except as provided in this Section 18.5, the Parties do not intend that any term of this Agreement shall be enforceable by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person who is not a party to this agreement.

 

18.6

Public disclosure

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Party agrees that, except as may be required to comply with the requirements of any applicable Laws, and/or the rules and regulations of each stock exchange upon which the securities of either of the Parties are listed (in which case the disclosing Party will use its commercially reasonable endeavours to (a) advise the other Party before making such disclosure and (b) provide such other Party a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such release or announcement and consider in good faith any comments with respect thereto), no press release or similar public announcement or communication shall be made or caused to be made by the Parties or their Affiliates concerning the execution or performance of this Agreement unless the Parties shall have consulted in advance with respect thereto.

 

18.7

Expenses

 

  (a)

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, all costs and expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Taxes) incurred prior to the Demerger Date in connection with this Letter Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be [***]. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all costs and expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Taxes) incurred on or after the Demerger Date in connection with this Letter Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall (save as otherwise agreed between the parties) be borne by the Party incurring such costs and expenses.

 

  (b)

To the extent that either Party (or any member of the GSK Group or the JV Group, as applicable) is required to be reimbursed by the other Party for any payments made or incurred by GSK Parent or the JVCo Group pursuant to Section 18(a) above, then such reimbursements shall be made to the other Party or the relevant entity within the GSK Group or the JV Group, as applicable, that has incurred such costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the Transferor or Transferee, as applicable) or as otherwise determined by such Party.

 

18.8

No admission

Nothing in this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreement shall be deemed an admission by any Party or any of their respective Affiliates, in any Action by or on behalf of or with a Governmental Authority or other third party, that any such Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or that such third party or any of its respective Affiliates, is or is not violating or in contravention or breach of or default under, as applicable, any Law, Governmental Authorization, Contract or Intellectual Property of any other Person.

 

18.9

Governing law; Jurisdiction

 

  (a)

This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

 

  (b)

The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

 

  (c)

Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of Proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

 

44


  (d)

Each Party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.

 

18.10

Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic .pdf submission), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered (by telecopy or otherwise) to the other Parties, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

18.11

Headings

The heading references herein and the table of contents hereto are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

18.12

Severability

The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any term or other provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid, legal and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.13

Specific performance

The Parties acknowledge and agree that irreparable harm would occur and that the Parties would not have any adequate remedy at Law (i) for any actual or threatened breach of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to specifically enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement and any other agreement or instrument executed in connection herewith, without proof of actual damages, and each Party further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy. Each of the Parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that any other Party has an adequate remedy at Law or that any award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at Law or in equity. The Parties further agree that (x) by seeking the remedies provided for in this Section 18.13, a Party shall not in any respect waive its right to seek any other form of relief that may be available to a Party under this Agreement, including monetary damages (or the right to reimbursement of its costs and expenses relating to any enforcement actions hereunder) and (y) neither the commencement of any action pursuant to this Section 18.13 nor anything contained in this Section 18.13 shall restrict or limit any Party’s right to pursue any other remedies under this Agreement that may be available to them

 

45


18.14

Affiliate status

To the extent that a Party is required hereunder to take certain action with respect to entities designated in this Agreement as such Party’s Affiliates, such obligation shall apply to such entities only during such period of time that such entities are Affiliates of such Party. To the extent that this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement requires an Affiliate of any Party to take or omit to take any action, such agreement and obligation includes the obligation of such Party to cause such Affiliate to take or omit to take such action.

 

18.15

Translation of currencies

 

  (a)

All payments to be made under or pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Implementing Agreements shall be made in Pound sterling, unless required by Law to be made in local currency.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of translating the Consideration (Local Consideration (as defined in the applicable Country Schedules)) and BSD Amount into Pound sterling (as applicable):

 

  (i)

in respect of [***], such amounts shall be translated into Pound sterling using the GSK Group’s consolidation system (BISON) cumulative average exchange rate in the month where the Relevant Closing occurred;

 

  (ii)

in respect of [***], such amounts shall be translated into Pound sterling using the Bloomberg BFIX rate in effect as of 3.00pm London time) on the Relevant Closing Date.

[Signature page follows]

 

46


Execution

 

SIGNED by a duly authorised

representative for and on behalf

of GSK plc

   /s/ David Redfern
  

 

Print name:

  

 

David Redfern

   Director /Authorised Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Asset Transfer Framework Agreement]


SIGNED by a duly authorised

representative for and on behalf

of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited

   /s/ David Redfern
  

 

Print name:

  

 

David Redfern

   Director /Authorised Signatory

 

SIGNED by a duly authorised

representative for and on behalf

of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited

   /s/ David Redfern
  

 

Print name:

  

 

David Redfern

   Director /Authorised Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Asset Transfer Framework Agreement]

Exhibit 4.7

DATED 1 June 2022

GSK PLC

and

HALEON PLC

 

 

DEMERGER AGREEMENT

 

 

Slaughter and May

One Bunhill Row

London EC1Y 8YY

(SRN/TGXF)

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

Interpretation

     6  

2.

 

Conditions Precedent

     29  

3.

 

Termination

     31  

4.

 

Circular, Prospectus and Pre-Completion Obligations

     31  

5.

 

Transfer and Issue of Shares

     32  

6.

 

Completion Obligations

     33  

7.

 

Tax

     36  

8.

 

GSK DMA Indemnities

     36  

9.

 

[Reserved]

     37  

10.

 

Guarantees

     37  

11.

 

Contractual Arrangements and Dealings with Third Parties

     39  

12.

 

[Reserved]

     41  

13.

 

Insurance

     41  

14.

 

Confidentiality

     42  

15.

 

Announcements

     43  

16.

 

Warranties

     44  

17.

 

Costs and Expenses

     45  

18.

 

Payments

     45  

19.

 

Further Assurance

     46  

20.

 

Notices

     47  

21.

 

Entire Agreement

     48  

22.

 

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

     49  

23.

 

Assignment

     49  


24.

 

Remedies and Waivers

     50  

25.

 

Variation

     50  

26.

 

No partnership or agency

     51  

27.

 

Invalidity

     51  

28.

 

Continuing effect

     51  

29.

 

Counterparts

     51  

30.

 

Language

     52  

31.

 

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

     52  

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1 Provisions on Claims under the GSK DMA Indemnities and the Mutual DMA Indemnities

     55

Schedule 2 Insurance

     60

Schedule 3 Haleon Allotment Authorities

     62


This Agreement is made as a deed on 1 June 2022.

BETWEEN:

 

1.

GSK PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 03888792, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS (“GSK”); and

 

2.

HALEON PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 13691224, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS (“Haleon”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

GSK intends to demerge approximately 80.1% of its interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business, by way of an indirect dividend demerger, for the purpose of benefiting both the Consumer Healthcare Business and the GSK Business. GSK also intends that, subsequent to such demerger, Haleon, as the holder of the Consumer Healthcare Business, shall be listed on the London Stock Exchange as a separate and independently managed group.

 

(B)

Haleon is a company that is not part of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group. GSKCHHL is (and will be, immediately prior to Completion) a subsidiary of GSK with 100% of its A Shares and B Shares held by GSK and 100% of its C Shares held by the SLPs (which A Shares, B Shares and C Shares comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL). GSKCHHL is (and will be immediately following Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges) the registered holder of 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo, which is the current parent company of the Consumer Healthcare Group.

 

(C)

GSK and Haleon have conditionally agreed on the terms of this Agreement pursuant to which GSK will transfer to Haleon the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares (being all of the A Shares, representing in excess of 80% of the entire issued ordinary share capital of GSKCHHL which comprises A Shares, B Shares and C Shares) in consideration for which Haleon will allot and issue, credited as fully paid up, the Haleon Demerger Shares to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders, in satisfaction of the Demerger Dividend to be declared on the GSK Shares pursuant to the Demerger Resolution.

 

(D)

Separately, pursuant to: (i) the GSK Exchange Agreement, GSK has agreed to transfer GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK; (ii) the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, Anacor and Pfizer have agreed that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor shall transfer the PFCHHL Interests (being all of the common interests in PFCHHL (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL) and which shall be held by Anacor until the commencement of the PFCHHL Transfer and by Pfizer following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange) to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (comprising new Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS) to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary and, following which, the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor will sell the Haleon NVPS immediately upon receipt of such Haleon NVPS pursuant to a binding commitment made prior to its transfer of the PFCHHL Interests to Haleon; and (iii) the SLP Exchange Agreement, each SLP has agreed to transfer its entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP.

 

4


(E)

As a result of Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges: (i) (A) the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary (with respect to the Haleon Ordinary Shares held on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor) will hold, in aggregate, 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share) and 100% of the issued preference shares in Haleon, it being understood that any Haleon Ordinary Shares issued to the Depositary pursuant to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement will be held by the Depositary on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor in connection with and under the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme, (B) the Qualifying GSK Shareholders will hold at least approximately 54.47% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon, (C) GSK will hold up to approximately 6.03% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (and with the issued ordinary shares comprised in (B) and (C) together representing 60.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share)), and (D) the SLPs will collectively hold 7.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share); (ii) Haleon will hold 100% of the issued ordinary shares and common interests, respectively, in each of GSKCHHL and PFCHHL; and (iii) (1) GSKCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo and (2) PFCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary B shares in JVCo.

 

(F)

It is also intended that, prior to commencement of the Completion Steps, the relevant Parties will have taken all necessary actions so that each of the following actions shall have occurred: (i) JVCo will declare and pay the Final Quarterly Dividend, the Final Sweep Dividend and, separately, the Pre-Separation Dividend to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL in accordance with the Cosmos SHA and the Treasury Side Letter; (ii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares; (iii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; (iv) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; and (v) PFCHHL will declare and pay or otherwise effect the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend to Anacor or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occured prior to such time, Pfizer.

 

(G)

It is further noted that Haleon redeemed the Redeemable Shares on 11 April 2022.

 

(H)

In connection with the proposed listing of Haleon, and prior to the Demerger, it is also intended that: (i) the Prospectus and Circular shall be published and posted; (ii) the GSK General Meeting shall take place to, among other things, approve the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Chapter 10 of the Listing Rules and approve certain transactions related to the Demerger and the Separation Transaction as related party transactions for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; (iii) the Haleon ADR Programme shall be established to come into effect on or around the time of Admission; and (iv) following payment by JVCo of the dividends referred to in recital (F)(i) above, the ATB Re-organisation shall be completed.

 

(I)

Following completion of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, it is intended that Admission shall occur, subsequent to which GSK shall implement the GSK Share Consolidation.

 

(J)

This Agreement, which is a deed, sets out the terms on which the Demerger is intended to be effected and certain terms on which relations between GSK and Haleon will be governed following Completion.

 

5


(K)

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the Demerger, together with certain related transactions, qualify as a reorganization under Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and this Agreement, together with the SCIA (as defined below), constitute a “plan of reorganization” for the purposes of Section 368 of the Code.

THIS DEED PROVIDES as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Agreement and the Schedules:

 

“Admission”   

means admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities;

“Agreed Form”   

means, in relation to any document, that document in a form agreed by the parties thereto and initialled for identification purposes by or on behalf of each of the parties thereto, and, to the extent their agreement is required pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA, Cosmos SHA or any other agreements between members of the GSK Group, members of the Haleon Group and/or members of the Pfizer Group, agreed by each of GSK, Haleon and Pfizer (whether or not parties thereto);

“Agreed Rate”   

has the meaning given to it in clause 18.1;

“Anacor”

  

means Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

“Ancillary Agreements”   

means the Listing Ancillary Agreements and the Separation Ancillary Agreements;

“Argentina NEBA”   

means the letter agreement relating to the retention, operation and transfer of the manufacturing site located in Buenos Aires, Argentina entered into or to be entered into between GSK and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

“A Shares”   

means the A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK;

“ATB Re-organisation”   

means all of (i) the distribution in specie of the ordinary shares of GSKCHH3 by JVCo to GSKCHHL only, (ii) the distribution of £53.125m by JVCo to GSKCHHL only, and (iii) the conversion of a portion of A shares in the share capital of JVCo held by GSKCHHL (of equivalent value to the distribution mentioned at (i)) into preference shares in the share capital of JVCo in a manner consistent with the SCA Side Letter;

 

6


“ATFA”

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo entered into on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Brazil ATFA”

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement relating to the transfer of the manufacturing site located in Jacarepaguá, Brazil entered into or to be entered into between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

“B Shares”

  

means the B ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK;

“Business Day”

  

means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, UK;

“Circular”

  

means the circular to be dated with the Posting Date and to be sent to the shareholders of GSK in connection with the Demerger, including a notice of general meeting of GSK;

“Co-Existence Agreement”

  

means the co-existence agreement in respect of certain trade marks and domain names of the GSK Group and Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between Glaxo Group Limited, SmithKline Beecham Limited and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Completion”

  

means the time and date when the Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled and the Completion Steps have taken place;

“Completion Steps”

  

means the actions required to satisfy the obligations set out in clause 6.3 (Completion Obligations);

“Conditions Precedent”

  

means the conditions set out in clause 2.1 (Conditions);

“Connected Persons”

  

means, in relation to a Party, any member of its Group and any officer, employee, agent, adviser or representative of that Party or any member of its Group, in each case, from time to time;

 

7


“Consumer Healthcare Business”   

means the consumer healthcare business which, as at the date of Demerger Completion is operated within the JVCo Group and any other asset or business of the consumer healthcare business that, as at the date of Demerger Completion, is contemplated to be operated within the Haleon Group after Separation Completion pursuant to the ATFA, the Argentina NEBA and/or the Brazil ATFA;

“Consumer Healthcare Group”   

means:

 

(i) prior to Completion, the JVCo Group; and

 

(ii)  from Completion, the Haleon Group;

“Consumer Healthcare Group Companies”   

means any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group from time to time, and “Consumer Healthcare Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

“Consumer Healthcare Group Company Guarantee”   

means any guarantee, indemnity, bond, warranty, covenant, security or collateral obligations given by any Consumer Healthcare Group Company to any Third Party in respect of any GSK Group Company or any liabilities or obligations of any GSK Group Company or the GSK Business, and therefore excluding (for the avoidance of doubt) any guarantee, indemnity, bond, warranty, covenant, security or collateral obligations given under or pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA or otherwise given by any Consumer Healthcare Group Company to any GSK Group Company;

“Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement”   

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Consumer Quality Agreement”   

means the quality agreement to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited in respect of the Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

“Corporate Brand Licence Agreement”   

means the brand licence agreement in respect of corporate marks entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

8


“Cosmos SAPA”   

means the stock and asset purchase agreement entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo dated 19 December 2018, as amended from time to time including on 31 July 2019 and by the Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

“Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement”   

means the amendment agreement to the Cosmos SAPA entered into or to be entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Cosmos SCA”   

means the structuring considerations agreement entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Cosmos SHA”   

means the shareholders’ agreement in relation to JVCo entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Costs”   

means charges and reasonable costs (including legal costs) and expenses (other than, subject to the below, Tax), which are properly incurred and of an out-of-pocket nature, together with any amounts in respect of VAT comprised in such charges, costs and expenses but only to the extent not recoverable;

“C Shares”   

means the C ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, which shares rank pari passu with the A Shares and the B Shares except that they carry no right to any Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and carry no voting rights, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by the SLPs;

“Deed of Termination”   

means the global deed of termination relating to certain services provided by GSK or members of the GSK Group to Haleon or members of the Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Delayed Completion Date”   

has the meaning given to that term in clause 6.2(B);

“Demerger”   

means the proposed demerger of approximately 80.1% of GSK’s interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business pursuant to this Agreement and the Demerger Dividend;

 

9


“Demerger Dividend”   

means the interim dividend, in specie, proposed to be declared by the GSK Board to effect the Demerger pursuant to the authority granted to the GSK Board under the Demerger Resolution;

“Demerger Record Time”   

means 6.00 p.m. on 15 July 2022, or such other time and/or date as the GSK Board may determine;

“Demerger Resolution”   

means resolution 1 set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

“Depositary”   

means JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary for the Haleon ADSs;

“Exchange Act”   

means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

“Exchange Agreements”   

means the GSK Exchange Agreement, the Pfizer Exchange Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement;

“FCA”   

means the Financial Conduct Authority acting in its capacity as the competent authority under Part VI of FSMA;

“Final Quarterly Dividend”   

means the final quarterly interim dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger on or around 30 June 2022;

“Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

“Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

“Final Sweep Dividend”   

has the meaning given to that term in the Treasury Side Letter;

“Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

 

10


“Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

“FSMA”

  

means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

“Governmental Entity”

  

means any supra national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union;

“Group”

  

means:

 

(i) in relation to GSK, the GSK Group;

 

(ii)  in relation to Pfizer and/or Anacor, the Pfizer Group;

 

(iii)  in relation to Haleon, the Consumer Healthcare Group; and

 

(iv) in relation to JVCo, the JVCo Group;

“GSK Board”

  

means the board of directors of GSK and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

“GSK Business”

  

means the business operated within the GSK Group, which is described in the Circular and which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include the Consumer Healthcare Business;

“GSKCHHL”

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 08998608, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

“GSKCHHL Articles of Association”

  

means the articles of association adopted by GSKCHHL (as amended or replaced from time to time);

“GSKCHHL Board”

  

means the board of directors of GSKCHHL and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

 

11


“GSKCHH3”

  

means GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 3) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 13401293, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

“GSK Consolidation Resolution”

  

means the relevant parts of resolution 1 relating to the proposed consolidation of the share capital of GSK as set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

“GSK DMA Indemnities”

  

means the indemnities given by GSK which are set out in clause 8 (GSK DMA Indemnities);

“GSK Exchange Agreement”

  

means the exchange agreement between GSK and Haleon setting out the terms of the GSK Share Exchange;

“GSK General Meeting”

  

means the general meeting of GSK to approve, among other things:

 

(i) the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Listing Rule 10;

 

(ii)  the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction and the associated and ancillary agreements and arrangements relating thereto or to be entered into pursuant thereto for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; and

 

(iii)  the GSK Share Consolidation;

“GSK Group”

  

means GSK and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding Haleon and the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

“GSK Group Companies”

  

means any member of the GSK Group from time to time, and “GSK Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

“GSK Group Company Guarantee”

  

means any guarantee, indemnity, bond, warranty, covenant, security or collateral obligations given by any GSK Group Company to a Third Party in respect of any Consumer Healthcare Group Company or any liabilities or obligations of any Consumer Healthcare Group Company or the Consumer Healthcare Business, and therefore (for the avoidance of doubt) excluding any guarantee, indemnity, bond, warranty, covenant, security or collateral obligations given under or pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA or otherwise given by any GSK Group Company to any Consumer Healthcare Group Company;

 

12


“GSK Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the GSK Exchange Agreement, which immediately following completion of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 6.03% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares;

“GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement”

  

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of the SCIA;

“GSK NEB Agreement”

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between GSK, Pfizer and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“GSK Pre-Separation Bonds Guarantee”

  

means the guarantee given by GSK in respect of the Pre-Separation Bonds;

“GSK Quality Agreement”

  

means the quality agreement to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited in respect of the GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

“GSK Share Consolidation”

  

means the consolidation of the share capital of GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the GSK Consolidation Resolution;

“GSK Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the GSK Exchange Agreement;

“GSK Shareholders”

  

means holders of GSK Shares on the register of members of GSK from time to time;

 

13


“GSK Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of GSK having the rights set out in GSK’s articles of association from time to time;

“Guarantee Fee Arrangements”

  

means the guarantee fee arrangements effected pursuant to:

 

(i) the guarantee fee agreement between Haleon (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 25 May 2022; and

 

(ii)  the guarantee fee agreement between GSK (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 28 April 2022;

“Haleon Admission Shares”

  

means the Haleon Demerger Shares and the Haleon Exchange Shares (excluding the Haleon NVPS);

“Haleon ADR Programme”

  

means the American depositary receipt programme to be established for Haleon on or around Admission, as detailed in the Steps Plan;

“Haleon ADSs”

  

means the American depositary shares each representing 2 Haleon Ordinary Shares to be admitted to listing and trading on the NYSE pursuant to the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme;

“Haleon Allotment Authorities”

  

means the ordinary and special resolutions of Haleon’s shareholders to be passed prior to Admission, as described more fully in Schedule 3 (Haleon Allotment Authorities);

“Haleon Board”

  

means the board of directors of Haleon and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

“Haleon Demerger Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders as GSK shall direct, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with this Agreement, together with (where the context so requires) any Haleon Ordinary Shares in issue prior to commencement of the Completion Steps;

“Haleon Directors”

  

means the directors of Haleon from time to time;

 

14


“Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means:

 

(i) the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares;

 

(ii)  the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares; and

 

(iii)  the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares,

 

which, together, immediately following completion of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 45.53% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

“Haleon Group”

  

means Haleon and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

“Haleon NVPS”

  

means 25,000,000 unlisted redeemable non-voting preference shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of Haleon carrying the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association (as reproduced in schedule 2 (Haleon NVPS Terms) to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement);

“Haleon Ordinary Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of Haleon having the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association from time to time;

“HMRC”

  

means HM Revenue & Customs;

“Indemnified Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK DMA Indemnities and the Mutual DMA Indemnities);

“Indemnifying Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK DMA Indemnities and the Mutual DMA Indemnities);

“India Condition”

  

means the Condition Precedent specified in clause 2.1(C);

“Intellectual Property Rights”

  

means all patents, trade and service marks, trade and service names, logos, copyrights (including, without limitation, rights in computer software), rights in designs and rights in databases (whether or not any of these is registered and including any applications for registration of any such thing) and all other intellectual property rights or forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of the foregoing, which subsist anywhere in the world;

“Investigation”

  

has the meaning given to that term in clause 19.4(B);

“Japan Condition”

  

means the Condition Precedent specified in clause 2.1(E);

 

15


“JVCo”

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 11961650, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

“JVCo Group”

  

means JVCo and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

“Korea Condition”

  

means the Condition Precedent specified in clause 2.1(D);

“Law”

  

means any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code or rule of common law issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including the rules of any stock exchange or listing authority;

“Listing Ancillary Agreements”

  

means:

 

(i) the Pfizer Relationship Agreement;

 

(ii)  the Orderly Marketing Agreement;

 

(iii)  the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(iv) the Sponsors’ Agreements; and

 

(v)   the Lock-up Deed,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

“Listing Conditions”

  

means the conditions to which an approval by the FCA of the admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to the Official List with a premium listing is expressed to be subject;

“Listing Rules”

  

means the rules and regulations made by the FCA (acting in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of FSMA) under FSMA, and contained in the publication of the same name, as amended from time to time (including any successor rules);

“Lock-up Deed”

  

means the lock-up deed entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer, the SLPs, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc on or around the date of the SCIA;

“London Stock Exchange”

  

means London Stock Exchange plc;

“Long Term Access Agreement”

  

means the long term access agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

16


“Mutual DMA Indemnities”

  

means the indemnities given by GSK to Haleon, or by Haleon to GSK, which are contained in clause 10 (Guarantees) and Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK DMA Indemnities and the Mutual DMA Indemnities);

“NEBA”

  

means the net economic benefit arrangements, comprising the GSK NEB Agreement and the Pfizer NEB Agreement as may be amended and restated from time to time, including pursuant to the NEBA Amendment Agreement;

“NEBA Amendment Agreement”

  

means the amendment and restatement agreement with respect to the GSK NEB Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, [JVCo] and Pfizer on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Official List”

  

means the Official List maintained by the FCA pursuant to Part 6 of FSMA;

“Orderly Marketing Agreement”

  

means the orderly marketing agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Other Group”

  

means, in relation to a GSK Group Company, the Consumer Healthcare Group and, in relation to a Consumer Healthcare Group Company, the GSK Group;

“Party”

  

means a party to this Agreement;

“PFCHHL”

  

means PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

“PFCHHL Interests”

  

means all of the common interests in the capital of PFCHHL in issue immediately prior to the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL and all of which are held by Anacor as at the date of this Agreement and all of which, from completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, shall be held by Pfizer;

“PFCHHL Transfer”

  

means the series of transactions pursuant to which the PFCHHL Interests will be transferred, distributed or otherwise assigned from Anacor to Pfizer;

“Pfizer”

  

means Pfizer Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

“Pfizer Exchange Agreement”

  

means the exchange agreement between Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon setting out the terms of the Pfizer Share Exchange;

 

17


“Pfizer Group”

  

means Pfizer and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

“Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor”

  

means Anacor or, if the PFCHHL Transfer has completed by the time of Demerger Completion, Pfizer;

“Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, which immediately following completion of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, represent respectively 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

“Pfizer NEB Agreement”

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between Pfizer, GSK and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Pfizer Pre-Separation Bonds Indemnity”

  

means the indemnity given by Pfizer to GSK in respect of the specified portion of GSK’s liability under the GSK Pre-Separation Bonds Guarantee;

“Pfizer Relationship Agreement”

  

means the relationship agreement entered into or to be entered into between Pfizer and Haleon on or around the Posting Date;

“Pfizer Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of the PFCHHL Interests from the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer Exchange Agreement;

“Pharmacovigilance Agreement”

  

means the pharmacovigilance agreement entered into or to be entered into between
GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Posting Date”

  

means the date of this Agreement (or such other date as may be determined by GSK and notified to Haleon and Pfizer as the date for the issue and dispatch of the Circular and the publication of the Prospectus);

 

18


“Pre-Separation Bonds”

  

means the:

 

- GBP 300,000,000 2.875 per cent Fixed Rate Notes due 29 October 2028 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc;

 

- GBP 400,000,000 3.375 per cent Fixed Rate Notes due 29 October 2038 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc;

 

- USD 1,750,000,000 3.125 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2025 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc;

 

- EUR 850,000,000 1.250 per cent Fixed Rate Notes due 29 March 2026 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.;

 

- EUR 750,000,000 1.750 per cent. Fixed Rate Notes due 29 March 2030 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.;

 

- EUR 750,000,000 2.125 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 29 March 2034 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.;

 

- USD 700,000,000 3.024 per cent Callable Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

 

- USD 300,000,000 Callable Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2024 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

 

- USD 2,000,000,000 3.375 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

 

- USD 1,000,000,000 3.375 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

 

- USD 2,000,000,000 3.625 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2032 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC; and

 

- USD 1,000,000,000 4.000 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2052 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

“Pre-Separation Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger (as provided in clause 17.32(B) of the Cosmos SHA and as otherwise agreed between the parties to the Cosmos SHA, including pursuant to the Treasury Side Letter);

 

19


“Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by GSKCHHL pursuant to the Pre-Separation Dividend;

“Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

“Proceedings”

  

means any proceeding, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the negotiation, existence, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual;

“Prospectus”

  

means the prospectus relating to the Admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to be dated the Posting Date;

“Qualifying GSK Shareholders”

  

means the GSK Shareholders on the register of members of GSK at the Demerger Record Time;

“Redeemable Shares”

  

means the fully paid redeemable preference shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of Haleon (subscribed by Trexco on or around the re-registration of Haleon as a public limited company);

“Registration Rights Agreement”

  

means the registration rights agreement between Haleon, Pfizer, GSK and each of the SLPs dated on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Regulatory Conditions”

  

means, subject to clause 2.11 of the SCIA, the India Condition, the Japan Condition and the Korea Condition;

“Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement”

  

means the regulatory information access and service (linked products) agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Unlimited on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Related Party Transactions Resolution”

  

means resolution 2 set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

“Relevant GSKCHHL Shares”

  

means all of the class A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the capital of GSKCHHL in issue immediately prior to Completion;

“SCA Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 22 November 2021;

 

20


“SCIA”

  

means the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer, Anacor, Haleon, JVCo, GSKCHHL and PFCHHL on or around the date of this Agreement;

“SEC”

  

means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

“Separation Ancillary Agreements”

  

means the:

 

(i)  SCIA;

 

(ii)  Exchange Agreements;

 

(iii)   Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

 

(iv) Tax Covenant;

 

(v)   ATFA;

 

(vi) Transitional Services Agreement;

 

(vii)  GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(viii)  Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(ix) GSK Quality Agreement;

 

(x)   Consumer Quality Agreement;

 

(xi) Shared Brands Licences Agreement;

 

(xii)  Shared Brands Committee Agreement;

 

(xiii)  Corporate Brand Licence Agreement;

 

(xiv) Co-Existence Agreement;

 

(xv)   Long Term Access Agreement;

 

(xvi) Pharmacovigilance Agreement;

 

(xvii) NEBA Amendment Agreement;

 

(xviii)Argentina NEBA;

 

(xix) Brazil ATFA;

 

21


  

(xx)   Deed of Termination;

 

(xxi) Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement; and

 

(xxii) Guarantee Fee Arrangements,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

“Separation Completion”

  

means completion of the final step in the Separation Transaction;

“Separation Transaction”

  

means the steps comprised in the Demerger, the Exchange Agreements, execution of the Separation Ancillary Agreements and Admission, pursuant to which, among other things, Haleon will become a listed company holding the Consumer Healthcare Business;

“Service Document”

  

means a claim form, application notice, order, judgment or other document relating to any Proceedings;

“Shared Brands Committee Agreement”

  

means the shared brands committee agreement entered into or to be entered into between
GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Shared Brands Licences Agreement”

  

means the deed of amendment and restatement to amend and restate certain shared brand licence agreements entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Shared Contract”

  

means any agreement or contractual arrangement between: (i) a Third Party; and (ii) any member of the GSK Group and/or any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group, under which (as at Completion) services or support are (or are reasonably contemplated to be) provided by the Third Party for the benefit (or burden) of each of the GSK Business and the Consumer Healthcare Business, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Transaction Documents, the Cosmos SAPA and any other agreement connected to the Demerger and/or the Separation Transaction;

 

22


“Share Exchanges”

  

means the GSK Share Exchange, the Pfizer Share Exchange and the SLP Share Exchange;

“SLP Exchange Agreement”

  

means the exchange agreement between the SLPs and Haleon setting out the terms of the SLP Share Exchange;

“SLP Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the SLP Exchange Agreement, which immediately following completion of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, represent 7.5% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share);

“SLPs”

  

means:

 

(i) GSK (No. 1) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035527 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ;

 

(ii)  GSK (No. 2) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035526 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ; and

 

(iii)  GSK (No. 3) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035525 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ,

 

being the Scottish limited partnerships that will each receive shares in Haleon pursuant to the SLP Exchange Agreement, and “SLP” shall be construed accordingly;

“SLP Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of each SLP’s entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the SLP Exchange Agreement;

 

23


“Sponsors”

  

means:

 

(i) Citigroup Global Markets Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 01763297 whose registered office is Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB;

 

(ii)  Goldman Sachs International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02263951 whose registered office is Plumtree Court, 25 Shoe Lane, London, EC4A 4AU; and

 

(iii)  Merrill Lynch International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02312079 whose registered office is 2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ;

“Sponsors’ Agreements”

  

means:

 

(i) the sponsors’ agreement between Haleon, JVCo and each of the Sponsors dated on or around the date of the SCIA; and

 

(ii)  the sponsors’ agreement between GSK and each of the Sponsors dated on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Steps Plan”

  

means the demerger steps plan prepared by Slaughter and May summarising the proposals in relation to the Separation Transaction, and initialled for identification purposes by or on behalf of each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon;

“subsidiary undertaking”

  

means a subsidiary undertaking as defined in section 1162 Companies Act 2006 (and a company shall be treated, for the purposes only of the membership requirement contained in subsections 1162(2)(b) and (d) respectively, as a member of another company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (A) another person (or its nominee) whether by way of security or in connection with the taking of security or (B) its nominee);

 

24


“Tax”

  

means all taxes, and all levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings in the nature of tax, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, employment, payroll, land, stamp, transfer, occupation, franchise, value added, wealth and personal property, together with all penalties, charges, additions to tax, and interest relating to any of them, and regardless of whether any such amounts are chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to any other person or are recoverable from any other person;

“Tax Authority”

  

means any taxing, revenue or other authority competent to impose any liability to, or to assess or collect, any Tax, including, without limitation, HMRC and the Internal Revenue Service;

“Tax Covenant”

  

means the deed of tax covenant relating to the Separation Transaction, entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Haleon, GSKCHHL, Pfizer and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Third Party”

  

means a person who:

 

(i) is not a member of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group;

 

(ii)  is not connected with GSK or Pfizer; and

 

(iii)  is not a member of the Consumer Healthcare Group;

“Third Party Consents”

  

means all consents, licences, permits, approvals of any agreements of third party providers as are required for the performance of the obligations of the Parties under this Agreement and for the GSK Group Companies and the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies (as appropriate) to receive the full benefit of its rights under this Agreement;

“Transaction Documents”

  

means this Agreement, the SCIA and the Ancillary Agreements;

“Transitional Services Agreement”

  

means the transitional services agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

25


“Treasury Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement entered into between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 4 November 2021 pursuant to which the parties thereto have agreed the interpretation, and confirmed the application, of certain provisions of the Cosmos SHA;

“Trexco”

  

means Trexco Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 00461588, having its registered office at 2 Lambs Passage, London, EC1Y 8BB;

“VAT”

  

means:

 

(i) any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto;

 

(ii)  to the extent not included in paragraph (i) above, any Tax imposed in compliance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(iii)  any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above, whether imposed in the UK or a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above or imposed elsewhere; and

“Working Hours”

  

means 9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. (local time) on a Business Day.

 

1.2

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

references to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs, and Schedules are to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs of, and Schedules to, this Agreement;

 

  (B)

use of any gender includes the other genders and (unless the context otherwise requires) the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (C)

references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

 

  (D)

references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

26


  (E)

references to a “holding company” or a “subsidiary” shall be construed as a holding company or subsidiary (as the case may be) as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (F)

references to a “body corporate” shall be construed as a body corporate as defined in section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (G)

references to a “parent undertaking” shall be construed as a parent undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (H)

references to a “party” shall be construed so as to include a reference to that party’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  (I)

a reference to any statute or statutory provision or other regulation shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re-enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase or alter the liability of any Party under this Agreement;

 

  (J)

references to “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

  (K)

any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

 

  (L)

references to times are to London time (unless otherwise stated);

 

  (M)

reference to “liabilities”, “costs” and/or “expenses” incurred by a person shall not include any amount in respect of VAT or any Tax of a similar nature included in such liabilities, costs and/or expenses for which that person or any other member of its Group is entitled to credit or repayment from any Tax Authority;

 

  (N)

references to “indemnify” any person against any circumstance shall include indemnifying and keeping such person harmless from all actions, claims and proceedings from time to time made against such person and all loss, damage, payments, costs or expenses suffered, made or incurred by such person as a consequence of that circumstance and, unless otherwise specified, any indemnity given in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on an after-Tax basis;

 

  (O)

any indemnity or obligation to pay (the “Payment Obligation”) being given or assumed on an “after-Tax basis” or expressed to be “calculated on an after-Tax basis” means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the “Payment”) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account:

 

  (i)

any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment;

 

27


  (ii)

the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes (or would, but for the use of any credit or other relief which would otherwise have been available to reduce the Tax liabilities of any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group or the GSK Group, as the case may be, have become) payable as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax; and

 

  (iii)

the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained, to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation,

the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred (or, in the case of a Payment Obligation arising by reference to a matter affecting a person other than the recipient of the Payment, the recipient of the Payment and that other person are, taken together, in the same position as that in which they would have been had the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation not occurred), provided that the amount of the Payment shall not exceed that which it would have been if it had been regarded for all Tax purposes as received solely by the recipient and not any other person;

 

  (P)

references to a “liability to Tax” or “Tax payable” (and equivalent terms) include circumstances where Tax would be (or become) payable but for the use of a Relief (as such term is defined in the Tax Covenant);

 

  (Q)

a reference to any other document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to that other document as amended, varied, novated or supplemented (other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement or that other document) at any time;

 

  (R)

a reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall in respect of any jurisdiction other than England be treated as a reference to any analogous term in that jurisdiction; and

 

  (S)

the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly:

 

  (i)

general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; and

 

  (ii)

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words.

 

1.3

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

28


  (B)

the Schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement, and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Schedules.

 

1.4

In this Agreement, references to members of Pfizer Group’s or members of GSK Group’s holdings of Haleon Ordinary Shares shall include: (i) Haleon Ordinary Shares held directly in the form of shares; (ii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held by one or more nominees on behalf of members of the Pfizer Group or GSK Group (as applicable); and (iii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held indirectly as a result of a holding of Haleon ADSs.

 

2.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

2.1

The provisions of this Agreement, other than those arising under clause 1 (Interpretation), clause 2 (Conditions Precedent), clause 3 (Termination), clause 4 (Circular, Prospectus and Pre-Completion Obligations), clauses 5.1, 5.2 and 5.5 (Transfer and Issue of Shares), clause 14 (Confidentiality), clause 19 (Further Assurance) and clause 20 (Notices) to clause 29 (Counterparts) (inclusive), shall be conditional upon all of the following:

 

  (A)

completion of the ATB Re-organisation;

 

  (B)

the passing of the Demerger Resolution and the Related Party Transactions Resolution by GSK Shareholders at the GSK General Meeting;

 

  (C)

approval of the Competition Commission of India pursuant to the Competition Act, 2002 in order to permit the implementation of the Separation Transaction and any related corporate restructuring steps;

 

  (D)

approval of the Korea Fair Trade Commission pursuant to the Korean merger control laws, namely Article 11(1) of the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Law and Article 18(4) of its Enforcement Decree, in order to permit the implementation of the Separation Transaction and any related corporate restructuring steps;

 

  (E)

approval of the Japan Fair Trade Commission (the “JFTC”) pursuant to the Japanese merger control laws namely the Act on Prohibition of Private Monopolization and Maintenance of Fair Trade (the “Antimonopoly Act”) and relevant rules (following submission of prior notification of the plan of share acquisition to the JFTC under Paragraph 2, Article 10 of the Antimonopoly Act) comprising:

 

  (i)

receipt from the JFTC of a notification not to issue a cease and desist order under Paragraph 1, Article 50 of the Antimonopoly Act, pursuant to Article 9 of the Rules on Applications for Approval, Reporting, Notification, etc. pursuant to the Provisions of Articles 9 to 16 of the Act on Prohibition of Private Monopolization and Maintenance of Fair Trade; and

 

  (ii)

the applicable waiting period stipulated in Paragraph 8, Article 10 of the Antimonopoly Act (as may be shortened in the JFTC’s discretion) having expired,

 

   

in each case, in order to permit the implementation of the Separation Transaction and any related corporate restructuring steps;

 

  (F)

the payment of the Final Quarterly Dividend, the Final Sweep Dividend, and the Pre-Separation Dividend;

 

  (G)

approval of the Demerger Dividend by the GSK Board;

 

  (H)

GSK having not terminated this Agreement prior to Completion in accordance with clause 3.1;

 

  (I)

no order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Separation Transaction being in effect;

 

  (J)

the Sponsors’ Agreements not having terminated in accordance with their terms;

 

  (K)

approval of the Haleon Allotment Authorities by the shareholders of Haleon;

 

  (L)

the FCA having acknowledged to Haleon or its agent (and such acknowledgement not having been withdrawn) that the application for admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to the Official List with a premium listing:

 

  (i)

has been approved; and

 

  (ii)

will become effective as soon as a dealing notice has been issued by the FCA and any Listing Conditions have been satisfied;

 

  (M)

the London Stock Exchange having acknowledged to Haleon or its agent (and such acknowledgement not having been withdrawn) that the Haleon Admission Shares will be admitted to trading on its main market for listed securities;

 

  (N)

(i) the registration statement on Form 20-F filed by Haleon with the SEC to effect the registration of the Haleon ADSs underlying the Haleon ADR Programme under the Exchange Act having been declared effective by the SEC and (ii) no stop order suspending its effectiveness being in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose being pending before or threatened by the SEC;

 

  (O)

the Haleon ADSs underlying the Haleon ADR Programme having been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance;

 

  (P)

the Exchange Agreements having been duly executed, continuing to bind all parties thereto and having become unconditional in all respects (save for any condition relating to Completion or this Agreement being unconditional) such that the Share Exchanges shall be capable of occurring, subject only to due performance of the relevant agreement(s) under the Exchange Agreements, and all parties thereto shall stand ready to perform such agreements and complete the Share Exchanges, no later than 23:59 the Sunday after Completion; and

 

  (Q)

subject to clause 2.2, completion of the PFCHHL Transfer.

 

29


2.2

The Parties agree and acknowledge that the Condition Precedent specified in clause 2.1(Q) shall be deemed fully and absolutely satisfied and fulfilled in the event that the PFCHHL Transfer has not been completed by 8.00 p.m. on the date that is three (3) Business Days after the date on which the last of the Regulatory Conditions is satisfied.

 

2.3

Subject to clause 2.4, each of GSK and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent, none of which may be waived by either GSK or Haleon. If the Conditions Precedent are not satisfied by 5:00 p.m. on 23 February 2023 (or such other time and/or date as GSK may determine), this Agreement shall automatically terminate and neither GSK nor Haleon shall have any claim of any nature whatsoever against the other under this Agreement, save in respect of any rights and liability set forth in the Cosmos SHA.

 

2.4

Each of GSK and Haleon undertakes to the other to disclose anything which will or may prevent or delay any of the Conditions Precedent from being satisfied immediately after it comes to the notice of that Party.

 

2.5

The Parties agree and acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

prevent or inhibit compliance with the Cosmos SHA to any extent; or

 

  (B)

derogate from or qualify to any extent any party’s rights or obligations pursuant to the Cosmos SHA.

 

  2.6

The Parties agree and acknowledge that they shall comply in all respects with the Cosmos SHA and shall procure such compliance by the members of their respective Groups. The Parties further agree and acknowledge that compliance with the Cosmos SHA by GSK, the members of the GSK Group, Haleon and the members of the Consumer Healthcare Group is permitted and the Parties hereby consent in all respects to such compliance with the Cosmos SHA. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that this Agreement, and any third party rights Pfizer has with respect to this Agreement, is without prejudice to GSK’s and Pfizer’s rights under the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA, the SCA Side Letter, the Treasury Side Letter and the obligations of Pfizer, GSK and the members of the Pfizer Group and the GSK Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA, the SCA Side Letter and the Treasury Side Letter.

 

  2.7

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA or the Treasury Side Letter, the Parties agree and acknowledge that in connection with the Demerger, and in accordance with and subject to the SCA Side Letter, (1) the issuance to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor of the Haleon NVPS pursuant to the Pfizer Share Exchange and the sale or disposition of the Haleon NVPS by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor immediately thereafter and (2) the distribution referred to in limb (ii) of the definition of ATB Re-organisation shall be expressly permitted for all purposes hereunder and thereunder.

 

30


3.

TERMINATION

 

3.1

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (but subject to the Cosmos SHA), the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that GSK shall have the right in its absolute discretion to abandon the Separation Transaction by providing notice of the same in writing to Haleon and Pfizer at any time prior to Completion, and upon GSK providing such notice this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

 

3.2

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause 3.1:

 

  (A)

no Party will have any claim against any other Party for compensation, Costs, damages or otherwise except as otherwise provided in the Cosmos SHA or the SCIA;

 

  (B)

this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect; and

 

  (C)

for the avoidance of doubt, the Cosmos SHA shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3.3

Save as provided in clause 3.1, no Party shall have the right to rescind or unilaterally terminate this Agreement, whether before or after Completion.

 

4.

CIRCULAR, PROSPECTUS AND PRE-COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

 

4.1

On the Posting Date:

 

  (A)

subject to the prior approval of the Circular by the GSK Board and the FCA, GSK shall procure the despatch of the Circular to all of its shareholders; and

 

  (B)

subject to the prior approval of the Prospectus by the Haleon Board (and any relevant proposed directors) and the FCA, Haleon shall procure the publication of the Prospectus.

 

4.2

Without prejudice to the Sponsors’ Agreements, each of GSK and Haleon undertakes to the other that if, at any time after the date hereof and before the commencement of dealings in Haleon Admission Shares, it comes to the notice of either of them that:

 

  (A)

any statement contained in the Circular or the Prospectus has become or been discovered to be untrue, incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

 

  (B)

it has been discovered that either the Circular or the Prospectus does not contain a statement that it should contain in order to comply with any applicable Law or the rules of any relevant regulatory authority and that omission is or may be material;

 

31


  (C)

there has been a significant change affecting any matter contained in the Circular or the Prospectus which would have been required to be disclosed in any such document had it occurred before the Posting Date; or

 

  (D)

a significant new matter has arisen, the inclusion of information in respect of which would have been required in the Circular or in the Prospectus had it arisen before the Posting Date,

then that Party shall immediately notify the other Party of the same in writing.

 

4.3

Each of GSK and Haleon undertakes:

 

  (A)

to procure that, prior to Completion, except as required by Law, the FCA or the London Stock Exchange, and without prejudice to clause 3, no action will be taken by it which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or the completion of the Demerger;

 

  (B)

that it shall comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements in relation to the Demerger, the Circular and the Prospectus and the matters and transactions contemplated thereby and by this Agreement; and

 

  (C)

to notify and consult with the other Party before taking any action as a consequence of any matter referred to in clause 4.2, except to the extent that such undertaking to notify and consult with the other Party inhibits either Party from complying with any of its legal, regulatory or fiduciary obligations. In the case of Haleon, such action may include the publication of a supplementary prospectus in accordance with section 87G of FSMA.

 

5.

TRANSFER AND ISSUE OF SHARES

 

5.1

Subject to:

 

  (A)

this Agreement not having been terminated pursuant to clause 3.1;

 

  (B)

the passing of the Demerger Resolution; and

 

  (C)

the GSK Board determining, in its absolute discretion, that the Demerger continues to be in the best interests of GSK and the GSK Shareholders and that the Demerger should proceed,

GSK agrees to declare the Demerger Dividend in accordance with the Demerger Resolution and resolve to transfer, with full title guarantee and free from all security interests, options, claims, or encumbrances whatsoever, the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares to Haleon, and Haleon agrees to acquire the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares on the same basis.

 

5.2

Prior to Completion (but subject thereto), GSK shall procure that the GSKCHHL Board shall meet to approve the transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares from GSK to Haleon and to resolve that, as soon as reasonably practicable following Completion, Haleon will be recorded in the register of members of GSKCHHL as the holder of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares.

 

32


5.3

As soon as reasonably practicable following Completion, Haleon shall procure that (subject to stamping of the relevant instrument of transfer or, as applicable, receipt of appropriate confirmation from HMRC that relief has been adjudicated or otherwise that the change in ownership may be duly registered) Haleon is recorded in the register of members of GSKCHHL as the holder of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares.

 

5.4

In consideration for the transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares from GSK to Haleon, and in satisfaction of the Demerger Dividend, Haleon shall allot and issue to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders such number of Haleon Demerger Shares which, when aggregated with any Haleon Demerger Shares already then in issue, is equal to the number of GSK Shares in issue at the Demerger Record Time (less any GSK Shares held in treasury).

 

5.5

Immediately after the Demerger Record Time, GSK shall make available to Haleon the registered names, addresses and shareholdings of the Qualifying GSK Shareholders.

 

5.6

GSK hereby directs, and Haleon shall ensure, that the Haleon Demerger Shares to be allotted and issued to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders pursuant to clause 5.4 shall:

 

  (A)

be allotted and issued on the basis of one Haleon Ordinary Share for every GSK Share held by each GSK Shareholder at the Demerger Record Time, save that in respect of each of David Redfern, Victoria Whyte, Subesh Williams and Adam Walker the number of such shares to be issued to each of them pursuant to the foregoing shall be reduced by the number of shares in the share capital of Haleon already held by each of them at the Demerger Record Time; and

 

  (B)

be allotted credited as fully paid and free from all liens, charges and encumbrances whatsoever and shall have the rights described in Haleon’s articles of association in the Agreed Form.

 

5.7

As soon as reasonably practicable following the allotment and issuance of Haleon Demerger Shares pursuant to clause 5.4, Haleon shall procure that each Qualifying GSK Shareholder that has been allotted and issued Haleon Demerger Shares is recorded in the register of members of Haleon as the holder of the applicable Haleon Demerger Shares.

 

6.

COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

 

6.1

Subject to clause 6.2, Completion of this Agreement will take place at 8.00 p.m. (and in any event after the close of business in London) on the later of (1) 15 July 2022 and (2) the first Friday to occur on or after the satisfaction or deemed satisfaction of the last of the Conditions Precedent specified in clauses 2.1(A) to 2.1(G) (inclusive) and clauses 2.1(K) to 2.1(Q) (inclusive) (except for the Conditions Precedent which will be satisfied only upon Completion, being the Conditions Precedent specified in clauses 2.1(L) and 2.1(M), provided that such Conditions Precedent would be satisfied assuming the Completion were to occur at such time, and except for the Condition Precedent specified in clause 2.1(N)(ii)), unless otherwise agreed by the Parties and provided that none of the events specified in clause 2.1(H) to clause 2.1(J) (inclusive) and
clause 2.1(N)(ii) have occurred at such time.

 

33


6.2

In the event that the Regulatory Conditions are not satisfied by 8.00 p.m. on 12 July 2022 or such other time as GSK shall determine with the agreement of Pfizer then:

 

  (A)

the Parties agree and acknowledge that Completion of this Agreement shall be delayed past 15 July 2022 and Admission shall not occur on the scheduled date of 18 July 2022;

 

  (B)

Completion of this Agreement shall instead take place at 8.00 p.m. (and in any event after the close of business in London) on the first Friday (1) that is at least three (3) Business Days after satisfaction of the Regulatory Conditions and (2) on or after which the Conditions Precedent specified in clauses 2.1(A) to 2.1(G) (inclusive) and clauses 2.1(K) to 2.1(Q) (inclusive) are satisfied or deemed satisfied (except for the Conditions Precedent which will be satisfied only upon Completion, being the Conditions Precedent specified in clauses 2.1(L) and 2.1(M), provided that such Conditions Precedent would be satisfied assuming the Completion were to occur at such time, and except for the Condition Precedent specified in clause 2.1(O)(ii)), unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, provided that none of the events specified in clause 2.1(H) to clause 2.1(J) (inclusive) and clause 2.1(N)(ii) have occurred at such time (such Friday being the “Delayed Completion Date”); and

 

  (C)

for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that, in such circumstances, completion of the Share Exchanges shall be scheduled to occur on the first Sunday after the Delayed Completion Date and Admission shall be scheduled to occur on the first Monday after the Delayed Completion Date.

 

6.3

At Completion, the following business shall be transacted:

 

  (A)

GSK shall deliver to Haleon a duly executed transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares in favour of Haleon, together with the relevant share certificate(s);

 

  (B)

Haleon shall procure that the names of the Qualifying GSK Shareholders to whom Haleon Demerger Shares are to be allotted and issued pursuant to this Agreement are entered into the Haleon register of members; and

 

  (C)

each of GSK and Haleon shall deliver, or procure the delivery of, a duly executed counterpart of each of the Ancillary Agreements (other than those Ancillary Agreements that have already been entered into prior to Completion) to which they or any members of their respective Groups are party in the Agreed Form.

 

6.4

[Reserved.]

 

6.5

GSK and Haleon shall procure that, on or before Completion:

 

  (A)

employees or non-executive directors of the Consumer Healthcare Group or the GSK Group who hold the office of director or secretary of a company in the Other Group shall have resigned from the company or companies in the Other Group and suitable persons employed by or identified as appropriate non-executive directors for the Other Group shall have been appointed in their place; and

 

  (B)

employees of the Consumer Healthcare Group or the GSK Group who are authorised signatories on bank mandates for accounts of companies in the Other Group shall have signed, executed and delivered all such documents as are necessary to cancel their status as authorised signatories on such mandates and to ensure that suitable persons employed by the Other Group shall have been appointed as authorised signatories in their place.

 

6.6

To secure the interest of Haleon in the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares, GSK irrevocably appoints Haleon, with effect from Completion, as GSK’s attorney with authority on its behalf and in its name or otherwise in relation to the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares to exercise all rights, powers and privileges which are capable of exercise by GSK in the capacity of registered holder of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares and for such purpose to do all such acts and things and to execute all such deeds and other documents as Haleon shall consider necessary or desirable pending registration of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares in the name of Haleon, in connection with any matter including, without limitation, all or any of the following:

 

  (A)

receiving notice of, attending, participating in and directing the exercise of any voting rights attaching to the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares in any general meeting, class meeting of the shareholders of GSKCHHL or other meeting at which such voting rights are capable of being exercised, or signing any resolution or decision as the registered holder of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares;

 

  (B)

approving, completing or otherwise signing or executing and returning any requisition of any meeting, consent to short notice or proxy form, written resolution, agreement of the members of GSKCHHL or other document capable of being validly signed or executed by the registered holder of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares;

 

34


  (C)

dealing with and giving directions as to any monies, securities, benefits, documents, notices or other communications (in whatever form) arising by right of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares or received in connection with the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares from GSKCHHL (including, but not limited to, altering the registered address relating to the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares and agreeing terms with GSKCHHL for receiving any such thing by means of electronic communications);

 

  (D)

selling, transferring, exchanging or otherwise disposing of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares or any interest in any of them;

 

  (E)

agreeing to any compromise or arrangement affecting the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares and/or using any lawful means to safeguard any interest and/or enforce any right of the registered holder of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares; and

 

  (F)

otherwise endorsing, signing, executing, delivering and doing all agreements, deeds, receipts, dividend and interest warrants, cheques, releases, discharges, instruments and all other documents, deeds and acts whatsoever in the name of GSK insofar as may be done in that capacity,

in each case, as Haleon in its absolute discretion sees fit.

 

6.7

Any document to be signed or executed under the authority granted pursuant to clause 6.6 may be signed or otherwise executed by Haleon in GSK’s name or (at Haleon’s option) in Haleon’s name on behalf of GSK.

 

6.8

GSK undertakes with effect from Completion:

 

  (A)

to hold the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares upon trust for Haleon as beneficial owner;

 

  (B)

to account to Haleon for all dividends, interest, bonuses, in specie or other distributions or payments of whatever nature paid or made to Haleon in respect of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares in respect of the period following Completion;

 

  (C)

not to exercise any rights, powers or privileges attaching to the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares or exercisable in the capacity of registered holder of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares or conferred on Haleon by this Agreement without Haleon’s prior written consent; and

 

  (D)

promptly on receipt to deliver to Haleon any notice, letter or other document of any nature whatsoever relating to the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares which GSK receives after the date of this Agreement.

 

6.9

Subject to clause 6.10 below, Haleon undertakes fully to indemnify GSK and hold it harmless against all liabilities (including liabilities to Tax), Costs, claims, actions, charges and expenses (if any) arising out of or in consequence of the proper or purported exercise of any power under the power of attorney constituted by clause 6.6.

 

35


6.10

The indemnity in clause 6.9 shall not apply to any liabilities, Costs, claims, actions, charges or expenses which would not have been incurred but for the negligence or wilful default of GSK.

 

6.11

The power of attorney constituted by clause 6.6 and the undertaking given in clause 6.8 shall be irrevocable but shall terminate automatically on the date on which Haleon is entered in the register of members of GSKCHHL as the holder of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares.

 

7.

TAX

 

7.1

The Parties agree that, except where arrangements in respect of Tax are expressly made in this Agreement, any claim or potential claim in respect of any liability relating to Tax shall be determined and calculated solely in accordance with the Tax Covenant. To the extent that provisions of this Agreement conflict with any provisions of the Tax Covenant, those in the Tax Covenant shall prevail.

 

7.2

The Parties agree that GSK will, where appropriate on Haleon’s behalf and with such assistance from Haleon as GSK may reasonably require, be responsible for claiming relief from stamp duty under section 75 of the Finance Act 1986 in respect of the transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares. Each of GSK and Haleon will use all reasonable endeavours to make and enforce such arrangements with its respective registrars as will enable the conditions for relief from stamp duty under section 75 of the Finance Act 1986 in respect of the transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares to be fulfilled.

 

8.

GSK DMA INDEMNITIES

 

8.1

The issue by Haleon of the Haleon Demerger Shares pursuant to clauses 5.4 to 5.6 (inclusive) to Qualifying GSK Shareholders on Completion in accordance with this Agreement shall extinguish any obligation whatsoever of Haleon to issue any shares to any former, present or future GSK Shareholders or holder of other securities of GSK in consideration of the transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares to Haleon or otherwise in connection with the Demerger, the Demerger Dividend or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and GSK hereby covenants and undertakes to indemnify and keep indemnified Haleon (for itself and as trustee for each Consumer Healthcare Group Company) and each Consumer Healthcare Group Company from and against any such obligation, including any liabilities, losses, demands, claims, Costs and damages whatsoever suffered or arising, directly or indirectly from or in consequence of:

 

  (A)

any claim by any person that they became a holder of or were otherwise entitled to GSK Shares (or other securities they shall claim to be relevant for such purposes) prior to or at the Demerger Record Time and was, by virtue of such holding, entitled to be issued with Haleon Demerger Shares or was otherwise (other than by virtue of holding any interest or purported interest in Pfizer, Anacor, PFCHHL or any member of the Pfizer Group) entitled to be issued with Haleon Demerger Shares or any other shares or securities; and

 

36


  (B)

any claim by any person that their rights to be entered into the register of members of Haleon in respect of Haleon Demerger Shares have not been satisfied as a result of a dispute over the time or otherwise in respect of the sale or transfer to or by them of GSK Shares (or other securities they shall claim to be relevant for such purpose).

 

8.2

GSK hereby covenants and undertakes to indemnify and keep indemnified Haleon (for itself and as trustee for each Consumer Healthcare Group Company) and each Consumer Healthcare Group Company from and against any and all losses, Costs and damages suffered or arising, directly or indirectly, from or in consequence of any and all obligations, claims, liabilities, actions, demands or proceedings of, made against or incurred by GSKCHHL (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any obligations, claims, liabilities, actions, demands or proceedings of, made against, or incurred by any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group (other than solely GSKCHHL)) to the extent that they arise or are suffered (whether before or after completion of the GSK Share Exchange) as a consequence of or by reference to any transaction, arrangement, action or omission of any member of the GSK Group or GSKCHHL itself which occurred on or before completion of the GSK Share Exchange, but excluding:

 

  (A)

any obligation, claim, liability, expense, action, demand or proceeding which has been met, settled or paid, in each case, by or for the account of GSK or any member of the GSK Group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, GSKCHHL), before completion of the GSK Share Exchange;

 

  (B)

any obligation, claim, liability, action, demand or proceeding of, made against, or incurred by GSKCHHL which is referable to transactions, arrangements, actions or omissions of any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group (other than solely GSKCHHL) and for which a member of the Consumer Healthcare Group (other than solely GSKCHHL) is primarily liable and GSKCHHL is or may be secondarily liable under applicable law by reason of its position as a parent company or as a direct or indirect shareholder; and

 

  (C)

any such matter relating to the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend or any dividend previously paid or to be paid after the date hereof by JVCo, which are the subject of separate arrangements under clause 4 (Dividends) of the SCIA.

 

8.3

The provisions of Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK DMA Indemnities and the Mutual DMA Indemnities) shall apply in relation to the making of any claim under the GSK DMA Indemnities.

 

9.

[RESERVED]

 

10.

GUARANTEES

 

10.1

Haleon undertakes to GSK at any time and from time to time on or after Separation Completion to use all reasonable endeavours to execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery by another Consumer Healthcare Group Company of) all such instruments of assumption and acknowledgement or take such other action as GSK may reasonably request in order to effect the release and discharge in full of each GSK Group Company from any GSK Group Company Guarantee to which it is a party.

 

37


10.2

For so long as and to the extent that any release from a GSK Group Company Guarantee has not been obtained on or after Separation Completion, Haleon shall:

 

  (A)

ensure that no Consumer Healthcare Group Company shall enter into any further commitment or obligation, other than in respect of existing contractual arrangements or pursuant to applicable Law, which would increase any GSK Group Company’s actual or contingent liability under any such GSK Group Company Guarantee; and

 

  (B)

indemnify any GSK Group Company from and against any and all liabilities (including liabilities to Tax) and Costs (whether arising in respect of any event or circumstance either before, on, or after Completion) under or by reason of that GSK Group Company Guarantee (whether as a result of any breach by any Consumer Healthcare Group Company of its obligations to which such GSK Group Company Guarantee relates or otherwise).

 

10.3

GSK undertakes to Haleon at any time and from time to time on or after Separation Completion to use all reasonable endeavours to execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery by another GSK Group Company of) all such instruments of assumption and acknowledgement or take such other action as Haleon may reasonably request in order to effect the release and discharge in full of each Consumer Healthcare Group Company from any Consumer Healthcare Group Company Guarantee to which it is a party.

 

10.4

For so long as and to the extent that any release from a Consumer Healthcare Group Company Guarantee has not been obtained on or after Separation Completion, GSK shall:

 

  (A)

ensure that no GSK Group Company shall enter into any further commitment or obligation, other than in respect of existing contractual arrangements or pursuant to applicable Law, which would increase any Consumer Healthcare Group Company’s actual or contingent liability under any such Consumer Healthcare Group Company Guarantee; and

 

  (B)

indemnify any Consumer Healthcare Group Company from and against any and all liabilities (including liabilities to Tax) and Costs (whether arising in respect of any event or circumstance either before, on, or after Completion) under or by reason of that Consumer Healthcare Group Company Guarantee (whether as a result of any breach by any GSK Group Company of its obligations to which such Consumer Healthcare Group Company Guarantee relates or otherwise).

 

10.5

The provisions of Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK DMA Indemnities and the Mutual DMA Indemnities) shall apply in relation to the making of any claim under this clause 10.

 

10.6

For the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that nothing in this clause 10 shall apply to or affect the various indemnities given under the Cosmos SAPA, including (without limitation) under Article 7 of the Cosmos SAPA.

 

10.7

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, in accordance with each of their respective terms, both the GSK Pre-Separation Bonds Guarantee and the Pfizer Pre-Separation Bonds Indemnity shall cease to apply and shall have no further force or effect from completion of the Share Exchanges.

 

38


11.

CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS AND DEALINGS WITH THIRD PARTIES

 

11.1

GSK and Haleon agree to consult one another about the relevant actions to take in relation to any existing intra-group agreement between any GSK Group Company and any Consumer Healthcare Group Company which has not been taken into account within the provisions of this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or otherwise prior to Completion.

 

11.2

If, following Completion, there are any agreements or contractual arrangements with Third Parties which, prior to the Demerger, have been entered into:

 

  (A)

by any GSK Group Company relating exclusively to its provision of services or support to the Consumer Healthcare Business or the business of any Consumer Healthcare Group Company; or

 

  (B)

by any Consumer Healthcare Group Company relating exclusively to its provision of services or support to the GSK Business or the business of any GSK Group Company,

and which have not been taken into account within the provisions of any Ancillary Agreement or otherwise prior to Completion and which remain wholly or partly unperformed (“Outstanding Agreements”), GSK and Haleon will use all reasonable endeavours to procure the entering into of a novation agreement on terms to be agreed with the relevant Third Party in relation to each of the Outstanding Agreements, and each of GSK and Haleon shall procure that any member of their Groups which is a party to such Outstanding Agreement will join the relevant novation agreement, provided that such reasonable endeavours:

 

  (I)

on the part of the transferring company, shall in no event require it to do more than:

 

  (i)

agreeing (acting reasonably) and entering into the novation agreement;

 

  (ii)

procuring that any relevant Group member does likewise; and

 

  (iii)

bearing its own Costs and the Costs of any member of the relevant Group in connection with such novation; and

 

  (II)

on the part of the receiving company, shall in no event require it to do more than:

 

  (i)

paying or performing any accrued liability or obligation which is properly required to be paid or performed as a condition of such novation or under the Outstanding Agreement;

 

  (ii)

agreeing the form of (acting reasonably) and entering into the novation agreement (including giving any new guarantee reasonably required in respect thereof);

 

  (iii)

procuring that any relevant member of the relevant Group does likewise; and

 

  (iv)

bearing its own Costs and the Costs of any member of its Group in connection with such novation.

 

39


11.3

In relation to each Outstanding Agreement, pending the entering into of a novation agreement in respect of it:

 

  (A)

the transferring company shall hold the benefit of such Outstanding Agreement on trust for the receiving company absolutely;

 

  (B)

the transferring company shall, if so required by the receiving company in writing, assign the benefit of the Outstanding Agreement to the receiving company in so far as it is able to do so;

 

  (C)

[to the extent the transferring company is not able to assign the benefit of an Outstanding Agreement under clause 11.3(B) and such Outstanding Agreement is a licence of Intellectual Property Rights or know-how pursuant to which the transferring company is entitled to sub-license to the receiving company, the transferring company shall, if so required by the receiving company in writing, sub-license to the receiving company under that Outstanding Agreement to the extent it is able to do so;]

 

  (D)

unless and until any assignment or sub-licence pursuant to clause 11.3(B) and clause 11.3(C) above has taken place, the transferring company shall take such action as the receiving company may reasonably require in writing to enforce for the benefit of the receiving company such Outstanding Agreement against the other parties to it or to defend or settle for the benefit of the receiving company any action or claim brought or made by any person entitled to the benefit of such Outstanding Agreement;

 

  (E)

save as is otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement in relation to Costs, GSK or Haleon as the case may be (being either itself, or the parent of, the receiving company) covenants to pay the other Party or the relevant member of that Party’s Group on an after-Tax basis an amount equal to any losses, liabilities and Costs suffered or incurred by the transferring company or any other member of that Party’s Group in pursuance of this clause 11.3 or otherwise in relation to such Outstanding Agreement; and

 

  (F)

without prejudice to clause 11.3(A), GSK or Haleon as the case may be (being either itself, or the parent of, the transferring company) covenants to pay the other Party or the relevant member of that Party’s Group an amount equal to any profits, benefits or other amounts realised or obtained by the transferring company or any other member of that Party’s Group (net of any liability to Tax of the transferring company and any other member of that Party’s Group on such profits, benefits or other amounts) in pursuance of this clause 11.3 or otherwise in relation to such Outstanding Agreement.

 

11.4

If following Completion there are any Shared Contracts which have not been taken into account within the provisions of any Ancillary Agreement, then GSK and Haleon shall co-operate fully to procure, so far as is practicable or desirable to both, either that:

 

40


  (A)

such Shared Contracts are terminated as soon as possible and replaced by such separate agreements or contractual arrangements as may be considered necessary or appropriate between any relevant Third Parties on the one hand and the relevant members of the GSK Group and/or the relevant members of the Consumer Healthcare Group on the other hand; or

 

  (B)

to the extent possible, appropriate sharing arrangements are entered into between the relevant GSK Group Company and the relevant Consumer Healthcare Group Company in relation to such Shared Contracts.

 

11.5

Save as is otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement in relation to Costs, each of GSK and Haleon (as the case may be) shall pay to and indemnify the other against all claims, demands, actions, losses, Costs and liabilities which that other company or any GSK Group Company or Consumer Healthcare Group Company (as the case may be) suffers or incurs in relation to the Shared Contracts referred to in clause 11.4 which properly relate to the business of the indemnifying party or to any other GSK Group Company (in the case of GSK as the indemnifying party) or Consumer Healthcare Group Company (in the case of Haleon as the indemnifying party) (as the case may be). Pending the replacement of any such agreements or contractual arrangements by separate agreements or contractual arrangements, the relevant GSK Group Company or Consumer Healthcare Group Company (as the case may be) shall hold the benefit of such agreements or contractual arrangements on trust for itself (and any other GSK Group Company or any other Consumer Healthcare Group Company as the case may be) and for the other company (and any other Consumer Healthcare Group Company or any other GSK Group Company as the case may be).

 

11.6

For the avoidance of doubt, clause 11.2 to clause 11.5 (inclusive) shall not apply to matters in connection with clause 8 (GSK DMA Indemnities) or clause 10 (Guarantees), which shall be dealt with in accordance with Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK DMA Indemnities and the Mutual DMA Indemnities).

 

11.7

Each of GSK and Haleon shall use their reasonable endeavours in co-operation with each other to obtain all Third Party Consents on or prior to Completion and to ensure that the Costs associated with the acquisition of any such Third Party Consents (including, without limitation, any sums paid or payable to third parties in connection therewith) are minimised to the fullest extent practicable.

 

11.8

Each Party shall bear its own internal Costs, and any Costs incurred by such Party to third parties, in the performance of clause 11.7.

 

12.

[RESERVED]

 

13.

INSURANCE

 

13.1

Without prejudice to any entitlement of a Consumer Healthcare Group Company arising under insurance arrangements in place before Completion, each of Haleon and GSK confirms to the other that it shall put in place or maintain (as applicable) separate arrangements for insurance that such Group deems appropriate for itself, prior to Completion.

 

41


13.2

The terms on which the relevant policy excess or deductible in respect of pre-Completion insurance claims relating to the period prior to Completion is to be dealt with are as set out in Schedule 2 (Insurance).

 

14.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

14.1

Each Party shall treat as confidential all information obtained as a precursor to or as a result of negotiating or entering into or performing this Agreement or which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement; or

 

  (C)

the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

14.2

Without limiting clause 14.1, on and from Completion, GSK shall treat as confidential all information relating to the Consumer Healthcare Group and Haleon shall treat as confidential all information relating to the GSK Group.

 

14.3

Each Party shall:

 

  (A)

not disclose any such confidential information to any person other than:

 

  (i)

any of its directors or employees who need to know such information in order to discharge their duties; and

 

  (ii)

other members of its Group (and/or, in the case of GSK: (a) the trustee of the GSK Pension Scheme; (b) the trustee of the GSK Pension Fund; (c) the trustee of the SmithKline Beecham Pension Plan; and/or (d) the trustee of the SmithKline Beecham Senior Executive Pension Plan);

 

  (B)

not use any such confidential information other than for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

in the case of Haleon, conducting the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

  (ii)

in the case of GSK or any member of its Group, managing or monitoring its investment in Haleon; and

 

  (iii)

in connection with the performance of its obligations and the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; and

 

  (C)

procure that any person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions contained in this clause 14 as if such person were a party to this Agreement.

 

14.4

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause 14, any Party may disclose any such confidential information:

 

  (A)

if and to the extent required by Law or for the purpose of any judicial or arbitral proceedings;

 

42


  (B)

if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or Tax or other Governmental Entity to which that Party or a member of its Group is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of Law;

 

  (C)

to a Tax Authority in connection with the disclosing Party’s (or a member of its Group’s) Tax affairs;

 

  (D)

to its advisers, auditors, actual or proposed debt financiers and bankers, provided they have a duty to keep such information confidential;

 

  (E)

to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of that Party;

 

  (F)

to the extent the Party (or Parties) to which such information relates has (or have) given prior written consent to the disclosure;

 

  (G)

to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement or to the extent it is expressly permitted to do so pursuant to any Transaction Document;

 

  (H)

if and to the extent required in connection with any regulatory consent or clearance process required by applicable Law; or

 

  (I)

if it was in the possession of a Party or any of its advisers (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy prior to it being received or held.

 

14.5

The restrictions contained in this clause 14 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time.

 

14.6

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this clause 14, to the extent that the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or any other Transaction Document or any other contract pursuant to which any Party or any member of its Group is bound provides that certain information shall be maintained confidential on a basis that is more protective of such information or for a longer period of time than provided for in this clause 14, then the applicable provisions contained in the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or such other Transaction Document or contract shall control with respect thereto but only to the extent such provision is more protective or runs for a longer period of time.

 

15.

ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

15.1

Subject to clause 15.2, no announcement or other publication concerning the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any ancillary matter shall be made by any Party or member of its Group without the prior written approval of the other Party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

15.2

Notwithstanding clause 15.1, any Party or member of its Group may, whenever practicable and permissible after consultation with the other Party, make an announcement concerning this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Demerger or the Consumer Healthcare Business, if and to the extent required by:

 

43


  (A)

Law or for the purposes of any judicial or arbitral proceedings; or

 

  (B)

any securities exchange or regulatory or Governmental Entity to which that Party is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement has the force of Law.

 

15.3

The restrictions contained in this clause 15.3 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

16.

WARRANTIES

 

16.1

Each Party warrants and undertakes to the other as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

  (A)

it is validly existing and is a company duly incorporated and registered under the Law of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  (B)

it has the legal right and full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, which will constitute valid and binding obligations on it in accordance with its terms; and

 

  (C)

except as referred to in this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the filings, notices and approvals associated with the Regulatory Conditions), it:

 

  (i)

is not required to make any announcement, consultation, notice, report or filing; and

 

  (ii)

does not require any consent, approval, registration, authorisation or permit,

in each case with or from any Governmental Entity in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

16.2

GSK warrants and undertakes to Haleon as at the date of this Agreement and at all times until the completion of the Share Exchanges that:

 

  (A)

the A Shares to be transferred to Haleon under this Agreement, the B Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the GSK Exchange Agreement and the C Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the SLP Exchange Agreement together comprise the entire issued share capital of GSKCHHL;

 

  (B)

it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the A Shares to be transferred by GSK to Haleon under this Agreement and the B Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the GSK Exchange Agreement, and the SLPs are the sole legal and beneficial owners of the C Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the SLP Exchange Agreement;

 

  (C)

there is no option, right to acquire, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other form of security or encumbrance or equity on, over or affecting the A Shares to be transferred by GSK to Haleon under this Agreement, the B Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the GSK Exchange Agreement or the C Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the SLP Exchange Agreement, and there is no agreement or commitment to give or create any and no claim has been made by any person to be entitled to any;

 

44


  (D)

the A Shares to be transferred by GSK to Haleon under this Agreement, the B Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the GSK Exchange Agreement and the C Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the SLP Exchange Agreement have been validly issued and allotted and are fully paid up;

 

  (E)

other than:

 

  (i)

the Transaction Documents; and

 

  (ii)

in respect of the C Shares only, a right to transfer the C Shares (x) following any valid termination of (or any notification by GSK of its intention to validly terminate) the Separation Transaction prior to Completion; or (y) if Completion and completion of the Share Exchanges does not occur by 31 July 2023, there is no agreement or commitment outstanding which calls for the allotment, issue or transfer of, or accords to any person the right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, any A Shares, B Shares or C Shares; and

 

  (F)

none of the A Shares to be transferred by GSK to Haleon under this Agreement, the B Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the GSK Exchange Agreement or the C Shares to be transferred to Haleon under the SLP Exchange Agreement are subject to any rights of pre-emption or restrictions on transfer:

 

  (i)

which will be in force following Separation Completion; or

 

  (ii)

which will prohibit, delay or impair the transfer of the A Shares pursuant to this Agreement, the transfer of the B Shares pursuant to the GSK Exchange Agreement or the transfer of the C Shares pursuant to the SLP Exchange Agreement, and there are no circumstances existing which may give rise to any such restriction being placed on any such shares.

 

16.3

Haleon warrants and undertakes to GSK that the Haleon Demerger Shares to be issued by Haleon under this Agreement shall be validly issued and allotted and shall be issued fully paid up and free from all security or encumbrance.

 

17.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

17.1

Each of GSK and Haleon agree to the apportionment of Costs as set out in clause 19 (Costs and Expenses) of the SCIA.

 

17.2

In relation to any Costs not addressed by clause 17.1, except as otherwise set out in this Agreement, the Cosmos SHA, the SCIA or, in respect of Tax matters, the Tax Covenant, each Party shall pay its own Costs incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement and all other agreements forming part of the Demerger.

 

18.

PAYMENTS

 

18.1

Payments due to be made under this Agreement shall, if not paid within thirty (30) days of the due date, and except to the extent the liability giving rise to the payment compensates the recipient for late payment by virtue of its extending to interest and penalties, carry interest at a rate of (i) two (2) per cent. above the base lending rate from time to time of the Bank of England, or (ii) if such base lending rate is less than zero, at two (2) per cent. (the “Agreed Rate”) for the period from the date falling thirty (30) days after the due date to the date of actual payment.

 

18.2

Payments due to be made under this Agreement shall be free and clear of all deductions, withholdings, set-offs, or counterclaims whatsoever, except as may be required by Law. If any deductions or withholdings are required by Law, the paying party shall be obliged to pay such sum as will, after such deduction, withholdings, set-off or counter-claim has been made, leave the receiving party with the same amount as it would have been entitled to receive in the absence of any such requirement to make such deduction or withholding.

 

45


19.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

19.1

Prior to Completion, GSK and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the entering into by the respective parties thereto of such further agreements or documents as shall be necessary to give effect to the transactions set out in the Steps Plan, if and to the extent such agreements or documents are envisaged by the Steps Plan as occurring prior to Completion.

 

19.2

GSK and Haleon shall each procure the due performance of the obligations of the members of their respective Groups under any agreements entered into or to be entered into by them in connection with the Demerger and the Separation Transaction.

 

19.3

The Parties undertake to co-operate in good faith following Completion to ensure they and their respective Groups do such acts and things as may reasonably be necessary for the purpose of giving to GSK and Haleon and their respective Groups the full benefit of the provisions of this Agreement and all other agreements entered into in connection with the Demerger and the Separation Transaction.

 

19.4

Following Completion:

 

  (A)

the Parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, and to procure that the members of their respective Groups use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, any necessary third party execute such documents and do such acts and things as may be reasonably required for the purpose of giving to GSK and Haleon the full benefit of all relevant provisions of this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement, GSK and Haleon undertake to use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate and to ensure their respective Groups co-operate with each other in relation to the conduct of litigation, inquiries from government or regulatory bodies (including, subject to the terms of the Tax Covenant, any Tax Authority), investigations or other proceedings of a like nature (“Investigation”) where:

 

  (i)

they have a mutual interest in the Investigation; and

 

  (ii)

co-operating in such manner would not materially adversely affect any material interest of either of them.

 

19.5

Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Party to act in breach of any provision of the Data Protection Act 2018 (“DPA”) and any equivalent legislation in any other relevant jurisdiction, and each Party shall only be required to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement to the extent permissible under the DPA. Without prejudice to the foregoing, neither Party shall be required to disclose or make available to the other Party any information the disclosure or making available of which would or might, in the reasonable opinion of the disclosing Party, cause the disclosing Party to be in breach of any duty of confidentiality (whether arising at common law or by statute) owed to any person other than the Party requesting disclosure or any of its subsidiaries.

 

46


20.

NOTICES

 

20.1

A notice under this Agreement shall only be effective if it is in writing. E-mail is permitted. Any notice validly served on one member of any Party’s Group in accordance with this clause 20 shall be deemed to have been served on each member of such Party’s Group.

 

20.2

Notices under this Agreement shall be sent to a party at its address and for the attention of the individuals set out below:

 

 

GSK

     
 

Address:

  

                

  
 

E-mail address:

     
 

For the attention of:

     
 

Haleon

     
 

Address:

     
 

E-mail address:

     
 

For the attention of:

     

provided that a Party may change its notice details on giving notice to the other Party of the change in accordance with this clause 20. That notice shall only be effective on the date falling five (5) clear Business Days after the notification has been received or such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

20.3

Any notice given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows:

 

  (A)

if delivered personally, on delivery;

 

  (B)

if sent by first class inland post, two (2) clear Business Days after the date of posting;

 

  (C)

if sent by airmail, six (6) clear Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

  (D)

if sent by e-mail, when despatched.

 

20.4

Any notice given under this Agreement outside Working Hours in the place to which it is addressed shall be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place.

 

20.5

A notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall not be invalid by reason of any mistake or typographical error or if the contents are incomplete, provided it should have been reasonably clear to the recipient what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

47


 

20.6

The provisions of this clause 20 shall not apply in relation to the service of Service Documents.

 

21.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

21.1

This Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, including the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SAPA and the other agreements and documents entered into in connection therewith (together, the “Cosmos Agreements”), together constitute the whole and only agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

21.2

All terms of the Cosmos Agreements shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and nothing in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents shall amend, limit or otherwise modify the parties’ respective rights and obligations under the Cosmos Agreements, in each case except as, and only to the extent, expressly provided in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents.

 

21.3

Each Party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, it is not relying upon any pre contractual statement which is not set out in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document, any Cosmos Agreement or any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

21.4

Except in the case of fraud, no Party shall have any right of action against any other Party (or their respective Connected Persons) arising out of or in connection with any pre contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement or in a Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement or in any other agreement or document entered into by each of the parties in connection with any such document.

 

21.5

Except in the case of fraud and for any liability in respect of a breach of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement, no Party (nor any of its Connected Persons) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to the other Party (or its Connected Persons) in relation to the Demerger or any Transaction Document.

 

21.6

For the purposes of this clause 21, “pre contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or in any other agreement or document entered into in connection with any such document (as the case may be) made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, except for those contained in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

48


21.7

Each Party agrees to the terms of this clause 21 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Connected Persons. The provisions of this clause 21 shall not limit, supersede or otherwise affect any limitation of damages or remedies provisions that are expressly set forth in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

22.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

22.1

The Parties agree that:

 

  (A)

certain provisions of this Agreement confer a benefit on members of the Parties’ respective Groups, their respective Connected Persons and such other third parties (each a “Relevant Third Party”) and, subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 22, are intended to be enforceable by each of the Relevant Third Parties by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, provided that the Party in the same Group as (or with the relevant connection to) the Relevant Third Party shall have the sole conduct of any action to enforce such right on behalf of such Relevant Third Party;

 

  (B)

without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, prior to Completion, Pfizer shall be an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement and this Agreement may not be rescinded, varied or modified without Pfizer’s written consent; and

 

  (C)

notwithstanding the provisions of clause 22.1(A), but subject to clauses 22.1(B) and 25.1, this Agreement may be rescinded or varied in any way and at any time by the Parties to this Agreement without the consent of any Relevant Third Party.

 

22.2

Save as set out in clauses 22.1(A), 22.1(B) and 25.1 a person who is not a Party shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or any other statutory provision to enforce any of its terms.

 

23.

ASSIGNMENT

No Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Party and, without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, Pfizer:

 

  (A)

assign or purport to assign all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement (together with any causes of action arising in connection with any of them);

 

  (B)

make a declaration of trust in respect of or enter into any arrangement whereby it agrees to hold in trust for any other person all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement;

 

  (C)

sub-contract or enter into any arrangement whereby another person is to perform any or all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (D)

transfer or charge any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; or

 

49


  (E)

grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in, in whole or in part, this Agreement,

and any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 23 shall be null and void ab initio.

 

24.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

24.1

No delay or omission by any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

affect that right, power or remedy; or

 

  (B)

operate as a waiver or variation of it.

 

24.2

The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

24.3

The rights and remedies of each Party under, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general Law.

 

24.4

Notwithstanding any express remedies provided under this Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which any Party may have, each Party acknowledges and agrees that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement, so that in the event of a breach or anticipated breach of such provisions, the remedies of injunction, an order for specific performance and/or other equitable remedies would be available. Furthermore, each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will not raise any objection to the application by or on behalf of the other Party or any member of its Group for any such remedies.

 

25.

VARIATION

 

25.1

No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all the Parties to it; provided that, and without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, any such variation shall be subject to the prior written consent of Pfizer.

 

25.2

If this Agreement is varied:

 

  (A)

the variation shall not constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the variation shall not affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement that have already accrued up to the date of variation; and

 

  (C)

the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except as, and only to the extent that, they are so varied.

 

50


26.

NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY

Nothing in this Agreement (or in any other Transaction Document or any other arrangements contemplated hereby or therein) shall constitute a partnership between the Parties or make any Party the agent of any other Party for any purpose. No Party has any authority or power to bind, to contract in the name of, or to create a liability for another Party in any way or for any purpose save as specifically set out in this Agreement.

 

27.

INVALIDITY

 

27.1

If at any time any provision (or part of any provision) of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Law of any jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

 

  (A)

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other (or the remainder of a) provision of this Agreement; or

 

  (B)

the legality, validity or enforceability under the Law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

27.2

Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable.

 

27.3

If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement:

 

  (A)

is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the Law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (B)

would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in force.

 

28.

CONTINUING EFFECT

Each provision of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after Completion, unless such provision has been fully performed on or before Completion.

 

29.

COUNTERPARTS

 

29.1

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

29.2

Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

51


30.

LANGUAGE

Each notice or communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in English.

 

31.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

31.1

This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

 

31.2

The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

 

31.3

Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

 

31.4

Each Party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.

 

 

52


IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as a deed on the date which appears on page 1 above.

 

SIGNED as a DEED by

     )     

/s/ Victoria Whyte                    

  

VICTORIA WHYTE

     )     

(Signature of attorney)

  

as attorney for GSK PLC

     )      VICTORIA WHYTE as attorney for   

in the presence of:

     )     

GSK PLC

  

 

Witness’s signature:

  

/s/ lain Whyte

     

Name (print):

  

lain Whyte

     

Occupation:

  

Househusband

     

Address:

          


SIGNED as a DEED by

     )     

/s/ Amanda Mellor

  

AMANDA MELLOR as

     )     

(Signature of attorney)

  

attorney for HALEON PLC

     )     

AMANDA MELLOR as attorney

  

in the presence of:

     )     

for HALEON PLC

  

 

Witness’s signature:

  

/s/ Rosanna Bassett

     

Name (print):

  

Rosanna Bassett

     

Occupation:

  

Student

     

Address:

          

Exhibit 4.8

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

DATED 1 June 2022

GSK PLC

and

PFIZER INC.

and

HALEON PLC

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED

 

 

DEED OF TAX COVENANT

 

 

Slaughter and May

One Bunhill Row

London EC1Y 8YY

(DER/SEZO)

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


CONTENTS

 

1.    Interpretation      3
2.    GSK Tax Covenant      18
3.    Pfizer Tax Covenant      19
4.    GSK and Pfizer Tax Covenants: Limitations      20
5.    Haleon Tax Covenant      24
6.    Haleon Tax Covenant: Limitations      25
7.    Costs and Expenses      28
8.    Mitigation      29
9.    Due Date of Payment      30
10.    Recovery      31
11.    Reliefs      33
12.    Conduct of Tax Authority Claims      34
13.    Tax Returns      39
14.    Transfer Pricing      45
15.    Tax Consolidations      46
16.    Post-Demerger Completion Conduct      49
17.    Project Cosmos      50
18.    Anti-hybrid rules and interest restriction rules      55  
19.    Miscellaneous      56
20.    Costs and Expenses      57  
21.    Governing Law and Jurisdiction      57  
SCHEDULES  
Schedule 1 - Post-Demerger Completion Conduct      58  
Schedule 2 - White List   
Schedule 3 - Indirect CGT Reporting Procedure   


THIS DEED is made on 1 June 2022   

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

GSK PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 03888792, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS (“GSK”);

 

(2)

PFIZER INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017 (“Pfizer”);

 

(3)

HALEON PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 13691224, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS (“Haleon”);

 

(4)

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England under registered number 08998608 whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS (“GSKCHHL”); and

 

(5)

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England under registered number 11961650 whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS (“JVCo”),

(each a “Party” and, together, the “Parties”);

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1.

Interpretation

 

1.1

In this Deed the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Accounts  

means:

 

(a)   in relation to any company, its most recently finalised audited accounts as at the date of the Demerger Agreement; and

 

(b)   the most recently finalised audited consolidated accounts of JVCo and its subsidiary undertakings as at the date of the Demerger Agreement;

Affiliate   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Argentina Manufacturing Business   has the meaning given to it in the Argentina NEBA;

 

3


Argentina NEBA   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
ATB Companies  

means:

 

(a)   GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) IP Limited;

 

(b)   GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) Trading Limited;

 

(c)   GSK Consumer Trading Services Limited;

 

(d)   Stiefel Consumer Healthcare (UK) Limited;

 

(e)   GlaxoSmithKline Panama S.A.;

 

(f)   GSK CH Caricam Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada;

 

(g)   GSK Consumer Healthcare Trinidad and Tobago Limited; and

 

(h)   GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Vietnam Company Limited,

 

and “ATB Company” shall mean any one of them;

ATFA   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
B Shares   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Balancing Payment   means a payment made by a person to whom a Compensating Adjustment is available to a person who has suffered the Transfer Pricing Adjustment to which the Compensating Adjustment relates;
Business Day   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
C Shares   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Chargeable Payment   has the meaning given to it in s.1088 CTA 2010;
Compensating Adjustment   means any Relief available to a person as a consequence of a Transfer Pricing Adjustment made in respect of another person;
Completion   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;

 

4


Constellation Tax Covenant   means the Deed of Tax Covenant entered into between GSK, GSKCHHL and Novartis A.G. dated 2 March 2015;
Consumer Healthcare Business   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Conveyed Subsidiary   has the meaning given to it in the ATFA;
Cosmos SAPA   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Cosmos SCA   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Cosmos Seller Disclosure Letter   has the meaning given to the term “Seller Disclosure Letter” in the Cosmos SAPA;
Costs   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
CTA 2009   means the Corporation Tax Act 2009;
CTA 2010   means the Corporation Tax Act 2010;
Deferred Closing  

means:

 

(a)   with respect to any GSK Delayed Company, completion of the transfer of such GSK Delayed Company by the GSK Group to the Haleon Group; and

 

(b)   with respect to any Pfizer Delayed Company, completion of the transfer of such Pfizer Delayed Company by the Pfizer Group to the Haleon Group;

Deferred GSK Conveyed Subsidiary   has the meaning given to it in the GSK NEB Agreement;
Demerger   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Demerger Agreement   means the Demerger Agreement entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around this date of this Deed;
Demerger Completion   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;

 

5


Directing Party  

means:

 

(a)   where GSK shall bear the greater liability under this Deed in respect of the matter in question, GSK; or

 

(b)   where Pfizer shall bear the greater liability under this Deed in respect of the matter in question, Pfizer;

Event   means any transaction, event, action or omission including, without limitation, Demerger Completion, Completion and any change in the residence of any person for the purposes of any Tax;
Exchange Agreements   means the GSK Exchange Agreement, the Pfizer Exchange Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement;
Filing Date   means, in relation to any Tax Return, the last date on which that Tax Return may be filed with the applicable Tax Authority either without incurring interest or penalties, or in order to ensure that such Tax Return is effective;
Governmental Entity   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Group   means the Haleon Group, the GSK Group and/or the Pfizer Group as the context demands;
GSK Argentina S.A.   means GlaxoSmithKline Argentina S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Argentina with registered address at Carlos Casares 3690, Victoria, San Fernando, B1644BCD, Province of Buenos Aires, Argentina;
GSK Business   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
GSKCHH 3   means GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.3) Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England with number 13401293, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;
GSKCHH 5   means GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.5) Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England with number 13401372, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;
GSKCHH 6   means GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.6) Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England with number 13401308, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

6


GSK Delayed Companies   means GSK Argentina S.A., the Conveyed Subsidiary and each Deferred GSK Conveyed Subsidiary;
GSK Exchange Agreement   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
GSK Group  

means GSK and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding:

 

(a)   Haleon and the Haleon Group Companies; and

 

(b)   the GSK Delayed Companies,

 

and the expressions “member of the GSK Group” and “GSK Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

GSK NEB Agreement   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
GSK Relief  

means:

 

(a)   any Relief of a GSK Group Company except for any Relief of a GSK Group Company which is a Haleon Relief;

 

7


 

(b)   any Relief to which a GSK Group Company is entitled (or entitled to the benefit of) under the Constellation Tax Covenant; and

 

(c)   any Relief to which a GSK Group Company is entitled (or entitled to the benefit of) under the Cosmos SAPA;

GSK Share Exchange   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
GSK Share Exchange Completion   means completion of the GSK Share Exchange pursuant to and in accordance with the executed GSK Exchange Agreement;
GSK Tax Consolidation   means any group, consolidation, fiscal unity or other arrangement for the purposes of any Tax which comprises both one or more GSK Group Companies and one of more Haleon Group Companies (whether in place by Law, agreement or otherwise and including any group for the purposes of VAT) under which a member of the GSK Group is primarily responsible for paying or discharging Tax liabilities on behalf of, or Tax liabilities attributable to the Income, Profits or Gains of, or Events affecting, that group, consolidation, fiscal unity or other arrangement (or the constituent members thereof), and/or for filing Tax Returns or claiming any Relief from Tax on behalf of or attributable to the same (but in all cases excluding arrangements concerning US State Joint Tax Returns);
GSK Tax Liability  

means:

 

(a)   a liability of any GSK Group Company to make or suffer an actual payment of Tax; and

 

(b)   the use or set-off of any GSK Relief in circumstances where, but for the use or set-off, any GSK Group Company would have had an actual liability to Tax in respect of which GSK would have been able to make a claim under clause 5.1 of this Deed (the amount of the GSK Tax Liability for these purposes being deemed to be equal to the amount of the actual liability to Tax that is saved by the use or set-off of the GSK Relief);

Haleon Group  

means JVCo, Haleon, their respective subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time and:

 

(a)   the GSK Delayed Companies; and

 

8


 

(b)   the Pfizer Delayed Companies,

 

and the expressions “member of the Haleon Group” and “Haleon Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

Haleon Relief  

means:

 

(a)   any Relief of a Haleon Group Company which arises as a consequence of or by reference to an Event occurring (or deemed to occur) after Demerger Completion or in respect of a period or part period falling after Demerger Completion; or

 

(b)   any Relief of a Haleon Group Company which is shown as an asset of a Haleon Group Company in the applicable Accounts,

 

except any Relief of a Haleon Group Company which is a GSK Relief by virtue of paragraph (b) or (c) of that defined term, or which is a Pfizer Relief by virtue of paragraph (b) of that defined term;

Haleon Tax Consolidation   means any group, consolidation, fiscal unity or other arrangement for the purposes of any Tax which comprises both one or more GSK Group Companies and one of more Haleon Group Companies (whether in place by Law, agreement or otherwise and including any group for the purposes of VAT) under which a member of the Haleon Group is primarily responsible for paying or discharging Tax liabilities on behalf of, or Tax liabilities attributable to the Income, Profits or Gains of, or Events affecting, that group, consolidation, fiscal unity or other arrangement (or the constituent members thereof), and/or for filing Tax Returns or claiming any Relief from Tax on behalf of or attributable to the same (but in all cases excluding arrangements concerning US State Joint Tax Returns);
Haleon Tax Liability  

means:

 

(a)   a liability of any Haleon Group Company to make or suffer an actual payment of Tax; and

 

(b)   the use or set-off of any Haleon Relief in circumstances where, but for the use or set-off, any

 

9


  Haleon Group Company would have had an actual liability to Tax in respect of which Haleon would have been able to make a claim under clause 2.1 and/or clause 3.1 of this Deed, as applicable (the amount of the Haleon Tax Liability for these purposes being deemed to be equal to the amount of the actual liability to Tax that is saved by the use or set-off of the Haleon Relief);
HMRC   means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;
Income, Profits or Gains   has the meaning given in clause 1.2(A);
Income Tax   means any national, federal, state or local Tax imposed on or calculated by reference to net income or profits (however denominated), franchise Tax and other similar Tax;
Income Tax Return   means any Tax Return in respect of Income Tax;
Indemnified Company   has the meaning given in clause 9.1(A)(i);
Indirect CGT   means any charge to Tax on a deemed disposal of an asset (including shares) imposed in the event of any indirect transfer or change of control of that asset (rather than a direct sale or other disposal of that asset by its immediate owner), including any related interest, penalties or fines. For the avoidance of doubt, this includes circumstances in which there is a direct or indirect transfer of, or change of control in, the immediate owner of the asset in question;
Law   means any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code or rule of common law issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including the rules of any stock exchange or listing authority;
Non-Directing Party   means whichever of GSK and Pfizer is not the Directing Party in relation to the matter in question;
PFCHHL   means PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;
Pfizer Business   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;

 

10


Pfizer Delayed Companies   means each of the “Deferred Conveyed Subsidiaries” as defined in the Pfizer NEB Agreement;
Pfizer Exchange Agreement   has the meaning given in the SCIA;
Pfizer Group”  

means Pfizer and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding:

 

(a)   Haleon and the Haleon Group Companies; and

 

(b)   the Pfizer Delayed Companies,

 

and the expressions “member of the Pfizer Group” and “Pfizer Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

Pfizer NEB Agreement   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Pfizer Relief  

means:

 

(a)   any Relief of a Pfizer Group Company except for any Relief of a Pfizer Group Company which is a Haleon Relief; and

 

(b)   any Relief to which a Pfizer Group Company is entitled (or is entitled to the benefit of) under the Cosmos SAPA;

Pfizer Share Exchange   has the meaning given in the SCIA;

 

11


Pfizer Share Exchange Completion   means completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange pursuant to and in accordance with the executed Pfizer Exchange Agreement;
Pfizer Tax Liability  

means:

 

(a)   a liability of any Pfizer Group Company to make or suffer an actual payment of Tax; and

 

(b)   the use or set-off of any Pfizer Relief in circumstances where, but for the use of set-off, any Pfizer Group Company would have had an actual liability to Tax in respect of which Pfizer would have been able to make a claim under clause 5.3 of this Deed (the amount of the Pfizer Tax Liability for these purposes being deemed to be equal to the amount of the actual liability to Tax that is saved by the use of set-off of the Pfizer Relief);

Proceedings   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Relevant Percentage  

means:

 

(a)   in respect of GSK, 68%; and

 

(b)   in respect of Pfizer, 32%,

 

and “Relevant Percentages” shall be construed accordingly;

Relevant Time  

means:

 

(a)   Demerger Completion;

 

(b)   in the case of a voluntary transaction, action or omission carried out, effected or made by PFCHHL, Pfizer Share Exchange Completion; or

 

(c)   in the case of a voluntary transaction, action or omission carried out, effected or made by any GSK Delayed Company or any Pfizer Delayed Company, Deferred Closing;

 

12


Relevant Time Limit   means a time limit under applicable Law for a Tax Authority to open an enquiry or audit in respect of Tax, issue an assessment or impose any liability in respect of Tax, collect or enforce the collection of Tax, or take any similar action;
Relief   means any loss, allowance, credit, relief, deduction or set-off in respect of, or taken into account (or capable of being taken into account) in the calculation of a liability to, Tax, or any right to a repayment of Tax;
Relief Surrender  

means:

 

(a)   a surrender of any loss, allowance or other amount eligible for surrender by way of group relief in accordance with the provisions of Part 5 or Part 5A of CTA 2010;

 

(b)   a reallocation of a gain or loss in accordance with section 171A TCGA; or

 

(c)   a reallocation of a chargeable realisation gain in accordance with section 792 CTA 2009,

 

or, outside the United Kingdom, any surrenders or reallocations corresponding to, or substantially similar to, any of the aforementioned surrenders or reallocations;

Reorganisation   means all steps set out in the Steps Plan, except for those set out in modules D, E, G, R and S;
SCIA   means the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement between GSK, Pfizer, Haleon, JVCo, GSKCHHL and PFCHHL and entered into on or around the date of this Deed;
Separation Transaction   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
SLPs” or “SLP   has the meaning given to it in the SLP Exchange Agreement;
SLP Contribution   means the steps set out in module S of the Steps Plan;
SLP Exchange Agreement   has the meaning given in the SCIA;
SLP Share Exchange   has the meaning given in the SCIA;

 

13


Steps Plan   means the steps plan titled “Project Gold” prepared by KPMG and dated 30 May 2022 (with such amendments as have been agreed in writing between GSK, Pfizer and Haleon);
Sterling   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Straddle Period   means any Tax Period beginning on or before, but ending after, Demerger Completion (or, in the case of PFCHHL only, any Tax Period beginning on or before, but ending after, Pfizer Share Exchange Completion);
Tax   means all taxes, and all levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings in the nature of tax, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, employment, payroll, land, stamp, transfer, occupation, franchise, value added, wealth and personal property, together with all penalties, charges, additions to tax, and interest relating to any of them, or to any late or incorrect return in respect of them, and regardless of whether any such amounts are chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to any other person or are recoverable from any other person;
Tax Authority   means any taxing, revenue or other authority competent to impose any liability to, or to assess or collect, any Tax, including, without limitation, HMRC and the Internal Revenue Service;
Tax Authority Claim   means the issue of any notice, letter or other document by or on behalf of any Tax Authority or the taking of any other action by or on behalf of any Tax Authority (including any enquiry, claim, dispute, proceeding or other engagement with a Tax Authority following therefrom) from which (in each case) it appears that a Haleon Tax Liability, GSK Tax Liability or Pfizer Tax Liability has arisen or may arise to (or is to be, or will be, imposed on) a member of the Haleon Group, the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group (as the case may be);
Tax Consolidation   means a GSK Tax Consolidation or a Haleon Tax Consolidation, as the case may be;
Tax Period   means an accounting period or any other period in respect of which a Tax Return is required to be submitted to any Tax Authority;
Tax Return   means any return, report, declaration, information return, statement or other document filed or required to be filed

 

14


  with any Tax Authority (including any schedule or attachment thereto and any amendment thereof), in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any Laws relating to any Tax;
TCGA   means the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;
Transaction Document   has the meaning given to it in the SCIA;
Transfer Pricing Adjustment   means the computation of profits or losses for Tax purposes in relation to any transaction or series of transactions on a basis which substitutes arm’s length terms for the actual terms agreed, as finally determined by a Tax Authority;
US State Joint Tax Returns   means any super unitary state Tax Return filed or required to be filed with any Tax Authority of any state in the United States of America where such Tax Return includes both a member of the GSK Group and a member of the Haleon Group (and, for the avoidance of doubt, this shall not include any combined federal Tax Returns in the United States of America);
VAT  

means:

 

(a)   any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto;

 

(b)   to the extent not included in paragraph (a) above, any Tax imposed in compliance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(c)   any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, whether imposed in the UK or a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above or imposed elsewhere.

 

1.2

In this Deed, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

references to:

 

  (i)

Income, Profits or Gains” shall include any income, profits or gains which are deemed to be earned, accrued or received for the purposes of any Tax; and

 

15


  (ii)

Income, Profits or Gains being earned, accrued or received on or before a particular date or in respect of a particular period shall mean Income, Profits or Gains which are regarded as having been or are deemed to have been, earned, accrued or received on or before that date or in respect of that period;

 

  (B)

references to “period” are to a period of time and not to an accounting period unless the phrase “accounting period” is used;

 

  (C)

references to “repayment of Tax” mean a repayment or refund of Tax paid or amounts paid for, or on account of, Tax and shall be deemed to include any interest or repayment supplement on or in respect thereof;

 

  (D)

references to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs, Schedules and Appendices are to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs of, and Schedules and Appendices to, this Deed;

 

  (E)

use of any gender includes other genders;

 

  (F)

references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

 

  (G)

references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (H)

references to a “holding company” or a “subsidiary” shall be construed as a holding company or subsidiary (as the case may be) as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (I)

references to a “parent undertaking” shall be construed as a parent undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (J)

a reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re-enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Deed would increase or alter the liability of any Party under this Deed;

 

  (K)

any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

 

16


  (L)

references to times are to London time (unless otherwise stated);

 

  (M)

reference to “liabilities”, “costs” and/or “expenses ” incurred by a person shall not include any amount in respect of VAT or any Tax of a similar nature included in such liabilities, costs and/or expenses for which that person or any other member of its Group is entitled to credit or repayment from any Tax Authority;

 

  (N)

references to “indemnify” any person against any circumstance shall include indemnifying and keeping such person harmless in respect of the matter in question and, unless otherwise specified, any indemnity given in this Deed shall be deemed to have been given on an after-Tax basis;

 

  (O)

any indemnity or obligation to pay (the “Payment Obligation”) being given or assumed on an “after-Tax basis” or expressed to be “calculated on an after-Tax basis” means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the “Payment”) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account:

 

  (i)

any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment;

 

  (ii)

the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes payable (or would be payable but for the use of a Relief) as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax; and

 

  (iii)

the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained, to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation,

 

      

the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred (or, in the case of a Payment Obligation arising by reference to a matter affecting a person other than the recipient of the Payment, the recipient of the Payment and that other person are, taken together, in the same position as that in which they would have been had the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation not occurred), provided that the amount of the Payment shall not exceed that which it would have been if it had been regarded for all Tax purposes as received solely by the recipient and not any other person; and

 

  (P)

the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly:

 

  (i)

general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things;

 

  (ii)

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words; and

 

17


  (Q)

references to “writing” shall include any modes of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form, including email.

 

1.3

In this Deed, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Deed; and

 

  (B)

any schedules and appendices form part of this Deed and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Deed, and any reference to this Deed shall include the schedules and appendices.

 

2.

GSK Tax Covenant

 

2.1

Subject to the other provisions of this Deed, GSK covenants with Haleon to pay to Haleon an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to:

 

  (A)

any Haleon Tax Liability:

 

  (i)

arising directly as a consequence of:

 

  (a)

the GSK Share Exchange;

 

  (b)

the SLP Share Exchange;

 

  (c)

the SLP Contribution;

 

  (d)

the making of a Chargeable Payment by a GSK Group Company;

 

  (e)

any Haleon Group Company carrying on, at any time before Demerger Completion, any GSK Business (including any Haleon Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of any Income, Profits or Gains being earned, accrued or received as a result thereof);

 

  (f)

GSK Argentina S.A. carrying on:

 

  (1)

at any time before the “Commencement Date” (as defined in the Argentina NEBA), any Argentina Manufacturing Business; or

 

  (2)

at any time before Deferred Closing, any GSK Business,

 

      

including, in each case, any Haleon Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of any Income, Profits or Gains being earned, accrued or received as a result thereof; or

 

18


  (g)

the failure by a GSK Group Company at any time to comply with any of its obligations under this Deed or any Transaction Document;

 

  (ii)

for which GSK would have been liable under clause 8 (Secondary Tax Liabilities) of the Cosmos SCA (had it remained in effect, and had references to “Company” and “Company’s Group” therein been references to “Haleon” and “Haleon Group” as defined in this Deed as the context demands);

 

  (iii)

which comprises UK stamp duty or UK stamp duty reserve tax on the Demerger; or

 

  (iv)

in respect of a Haleon Tax Liability of GSKCHHL only, which arises directly as a consequence of:

 

  (a)

any Event occurring on or before GSK Share Exchange Completion (or being deemed to occur on or before GSK Share Exchange Completion for the purposes of any Tax); or

 

  (b)

any Income, Profits or Gains to the extent that such Income, Profits or Gains were earned, accrued or received (A) on or before GSK Share Exchange Completion, or (B) in respect of a period ending on or before GSK Share Exchange Completion, and

 

  (B)

GSK’s Relevant Percentage of any Haleon Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of:

 

  (i)

the Reorganisation (or any part thereof); or

 

  (ii)

the Demerger, save for any Haleon Tax Liability which falls within clause 2.1(A)(iii).

 

2.2

Clause 2.1 shall be effective from (and including) Demerger Completion.

 

3.

Pfizer Tax Covenant

 

3.1

Subject to the other provisions of this Deed, Pfizer covenants with Haleon to pay to Haleon an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to:

 

  (A)

any Haleon Tax Liability:

 

  (i)

arising directly as a consequence of:

 

  (a)

the Pfizer Share Exchange;

 

19


  (b)

any Haleon Group Company carrying on, at any time before Demerger Completion, any Pfizer Business (including any Haleon Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of any Income, Profits or Gains being earned, accrued or received as a result thereof); or

 

  (c)

the failure by a Pfizer Group Company at any time to comply with any of its obligations under this Deed or any Transaction Document

 

  (ii)

for which Pfizer would have been liable under clause 8 (Secondary Tax Liabilities) of the Cosmos SCA (had it remained in effect, and had references to “Company” and “Company’s Group” therein been references to “Haleon” and “Haleon Group” as defined in this Deed as the context demands); or

 

  (iii)

in respect of a Haleon Tax Liability of PFCHHL only, which arises directly as a consequence of:

 

  (a)

any Event occurring on or before Pfizer Share Exchange Completion (or being deemed to occur on or before Pfizer Share Exchange Completion for the purposes of any Tax); or

 

  (b)

any Income, Profits or Gains to the extent that such Income, Profits or Gains were earned, accrued or received (A) on or before Pfizer Share Exchange Completion, or (B) in respect of a period ending on or before Pfizer Share Exchange Completion, and

 

  (B)

Pfizer’s Relevant Percentage of any Haleon Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of:

 

  (i)

the Reorganisation (or any part thereof); or

 

  (ii)

the Demerger, save for any Haleon Tax Liability which falls within clause 2.1(A)(iii).

 

3.2

Clause 3.1 shall be effective from (and including) Pfizer Share Exchange Completion.

 

4.

GSK and Pfizer Tax Covenants: Limitations

 

4.1

Any covenant contained in clause 2.1 and clause 3.1 shall not apply to any Haleon Tax Liability to the extent that:

 

  (A)

it has been provided for in the Accounts of any Haleon Group Company (other than in respect of GSKCHHL or PFCHHL);

 

20


  (B)

it would not have arisen but for a voluntary transaction, action or omission carried out, effected or made by any Haleon Group Company at any time after the Relevant Time other than, in each case, any such transaction, action or omission carried out, effected or made:

 

  (i)

in the ordinary course of the business or trade as carried on by such Haleon Group Company immediately prior to the applicable Relevant Time;

 

  (ii)

at the written request of:

 

  (a)

in the case of any covenant contained in clause 2.1, a GSK Group Company; or

 

  (b)

in the case of any covenant contained in clause 3.1, a Pfizer Group Company; or

 

  (iii)

as expressly required or expressly permitted under this Deed or any other Transaction Document,

 

      

and, for the avoidance of doubt (but without prejudice to clause 12), the act of disclosing information (including the provision of any documentation) to a Tax Authority concerning any particular transaction, action or omission, shall not of itself constitute a “voluntary transaction, action or omission”;

 

  (C)

it arises in consequence of the making of a Chargeable Payment by a Haleon Group Company other than any such Chargeable Payment made as expressly required or expressly permitted under any Transaction Document;

 

  (D)

it arises in consequence of any changes after the applicable Relevant Time of the date to which the relevant Haleon Group Company makes up its accounts or in the bases, methods or policies of accounting of such Haleon Group Company;

 

  (E)

it has been made good without cost to any Haleon Group Company, including where such Taxes are paid or discharged by a person other than a member of the Haleon Group (except where a member of the Haleon Group is required to reimburse such person for such payment or discharge);

 

  (F)

any Relief (other than a Haleon Relief and any Relief taken into account in clause 10 or clause 11) is available (at no cost to any Haleon Group Company) to relieve or mitigate such Haleon Tax Liability;

 

  (G)

it arises as a consequence of any failure by either Haleon at any time or any other Haleon Group Company after the applicable Relevant Time to comply with any of its obligations under this Deed or any Transaction Document;

 

  (H)

any Haleon Group Company has otherwise made recovery in respect of that Haleon Tax Liability from a person other than a Haleon Group Company (whether

 

21


  under this Deed, or by means of a claim under any provision of a Transaction Document, or by means of a claim under the Cosmos SAPA or Constellation Tax Covenant or otherwise);

 

  (I)

the Haleon Tax Liability constitutes interest, a penalty or a fine arising from a failure to pay Tax to a Tax Authority within a reasonable time after GSK or Pfizer (as the case may be) has made a payment of an amount in respect of the relevant Taxes under clause 2.1 or clause 3.1 (as the case may be);

 

  (J)

in the case of the covenants contained in clause 2.1(A)(i)(e) and clause 3.1(A)(i)(b) only, the relevant Income, Profits or Gains have accrued for the benefit of any Haleon Group Company (whether pursuant to any provision of the Cosmos SAPA, any Transaction Document or otherwise), there being no arrangements for the economic benefit of such Income, Profits or Gains to be transferred to or otherwise enjoyed by (in the case of clause 2.1(A)(i)(e)) any GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 3.1(A)(i)(b)) any Pfizer Group Company, save in each case to the extent such Income, Profits or Gains have been provided for in or taken into account in the preparation of the Accounts of the relevant Haleon Group Company;

 

  (K)

in the case of the covenants contained in clause 2.1(A)(i)(e) and clause 3.1(A)(i)(b) only, the liability is in relation to a Transfer Pricing Adjustment and the relevant Haleon Group Company is entitled to receive a Balancing Payment pursuant to clause 14, in which case the provisions of clause 14 shall apply in priority to clause 2.1(A)(i)(e) and clause 3.1(A)(i)(b) (as applicable);

 

  (L)

such Haleon Tax Liability constitutes “Seller Indemnified Taxes” or “Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes” (as such terms are defined in the Cosmos SAPA);

 

  (M)

such Haleon Tax Liability would not have arisen but for a change in the status as a taxpayer, residence or deemed residence of Haleon for any Tax purposes due to a change in applicable Law that is made after Demerger Completion; or

 

  (N)

such Haleon Tax Liability is expressly allocated to a Haleon Group Company pursuant to the ATFA, the Argentina NEBA or any other Transaction Document, provided that, in the case of the covenants contained in clause 2.1, such express allocation is as between a GSK Group Company and a Haleon Group Company and, in the case of the covenants contained in clause 3.1, such express allocation is as between a Pfizer Group Company and a Haleon Group Company, and that in each case the express allocation is pursuant to an agreement to which both a member of the GSK Group or a member of the Pfizer Group (as applicable) and a member of the Haleon Group are party.

 

4.2

GSK and Pfizer each agree with Haleon that to the extent GSK (or any member of its Group) or Pfizer (or any member of its Group) has a statutory or other right to recover any amount falling within the covenants at clause 2.1(A)(ii) or clause 3.1(A)(ii), as the case may be, against Haleon (or a member of the Haleon Group) then, to the extent that the same has given rise to a payment under such aforementioned clauses of this Deed, or

 

22


  under Section 6.5(d) of the Cosmos SAPA, GSK or Pfizer (as the case may be) shall not, and shall procure (respectively) that the relevant member of the GSK Group and any member of the Pfizer Group shall not, make any claim under such statutory or other right or take any other action to enforce such statutory or other right of recovery.

 

4.3

To the extent that a claim could (apart from this clause 4.3) be made by Haleon:

 

  (A)

against GSK under both clause 2.1(A) and clause 2.1(B), a claim may be brought only under clause 2.1(A); or

 

  (B)

against Pfizer under both clause 3.1(A) and clause 3.1(B), a claim may be brought only under clause 3.1(A).

 

4.4

Save in circumstances where clause 4.10, clause 4.11 and/or clause 4.12 mean that a claim in relation to a particular matter may only be made against GSK or against Pfizer under clause 2.1(B) or clause 3.1(B) respectively, Haleon may make a claim against GSK under clause 2.1(B) only if it makes a claim in respect of the same matter against Pfizer under clause 3.1(B) (and vice versa).

 

4.5

Haleon shall conduct any discussion, negotiation, settlement or dispute of any claim (or potential claim) it may have against GSK under clause 2.1(B) and Pfizer under clause 3.1(B) in respect of the same matter in good faith and shall deal with each of GSK and Pfizer in a consistent manner.

 

4.6

The parties acknowledge that GSK and Pfizer shall each be entitled to jointly co-operate, co-ordinate, discuss and respond to any claim by Haleon under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) and shall be entitled to share with each other such information as may be necessary or expedient in connection with the same.

 

4.7

No claim may be brought under clause 2.1 or clause 3.1 against GSK or Pfizer (respectively) unless Haleon shall have given to (in the case of a claim under clause 2.1) GSK or (in the case of a claim under clause 3.1) Pfizer written notice of such claim specifying (in detail that is reasonable in the circumstances) the matter which gives rise to the claim, the nature of the claim and the amount claimed in respect thereof on or before the date falling 30 days after the expiry of the period specified by statute during which an assessment of the relevant Tax liability may be issued by the relevant Tax Authority or, if there is no such period, the date falling six years and 30 days after the end of the accounting period of the relevant Haleon Group Company in which Completion occurs.

 

4.8

GSK shall not be liable in respect of any individual claim under clause 2.1(A), and Pfizer shall not be liable in respect of an individual claim under clause 3.1(A), for less than [***] but once the amount of any such claim has exceeded such sum, GSK or Pfizer (as applicable) shall be liable in respect of the full amount of such claim and not only the amount by which such sum is exceeded. For the purposes of this clause 4.8, individual claims arising out of the same or substantially the same matters, facts or circumstances shall be aggregated so as to be treated as a single claim.

 

23


4.9

Neither GSK nor Pfizer shall be liable for any individual claim in respect of the same matter under (respectively) clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) (“Parallel Claims”) unless the aggregate liability of GSK and Pfizer in respect of those Parallel Claims is equal to or exceeds [***]. If the quantum of any Parallel Claims is equal to or exceeds such threshold, GSK and Pfizer shall each be liable in respect of the full amount of such claims under clause 2.1(B) or clause 3.1(B) (as applicable) and not only any applicable excess. For the purposes of this clause 4.9, individual claims arising out of the same or substantially the same matters, facts or circumstances shall be aggregated so as to be treated as a single claim.

 

4.10

Pfizer shall have no liability in respect of any claim under clause 3.1(B)(i) in respect of a matter that does not concern Indirect CGT (a “Non-Indirect CGT Claim) unless and until the aggregate amount that Haleon could have claimed from Pfizer in respect of any such Non-Indirect CGT Claims in the absence of this clause 4.10 would have exceeded [***], in which event Pfizer shall thereafter be liable under clause 3.1(B)(i) for such amounts which exceed that [***] threshold (and not for the full amount of such claims).

 

4.11

The total aggregate liability of GSK in respect of any claim or claims under clause 2.1(B)(i) shall not exceed [***], save that this clause 4.11 shall not apply in respect of any claim or claims under clause 2.1(B)(i) to the extent the same concerns Indirect CGT.

 

4.12

The total aggregate liability of Pfizer in respect of any claim or claims under clause 3.1(B)(i) shall not exceed [***], save that this clause 4.12 shall not apply in respect of any claim or claims under clause 3.1(B)(i) to the extent the same concerns Indirect CGT.

 

5.

Haleon Tax Covenant

 

5.1

Subject to the other provisions of this Deed, Haleon covenants with GSK to pay GSK an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to any GSK Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of:

 

  (A)

any matter described in clause 8.1 or clause 8.3 of the Cosmos SCA and for which Haleon would be liable to GSK under such provisions (had clause 8 (Secondary Tax Liabilities) of the Cosmos SCA remained in effect, and had references to “GSK” and “GSK’s Group” therein been references to “Haleon” and “Haleon Group”, and had references to “Company” and “Company’s Group” therein been references to “GSK” and “GSK Group” as defined in this Deed as the context demands);

 

  (B)

any GSK Group Company carrying on, at any time before Demerger Completion, any Consumer Healthcare Business (including any GSK Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of any Income, Profits or Gains being earned, accrued or received as a result thereof);

 

24


  (C)

any failure by either Haleon at any time or any other Haleon Group Company after the applicable Relevant Time to comply with any of its obligations under this Deed or any Transaction Document; and

 

  (D)

the making of a Chargeable Payment by any Haleon Group Company other than any such Chargeable Payment made as expressly required or expressly permitted under any Transaction Document.

 

5.2

Clause 5.1 shall be effective from (and including) Demerger Completion.

 

5.3

Subject to the other provisions of this Deed, Haleon covenants with Pfizer to pay Pfizer an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to any Pfizer Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of:

 

  (A)

any matter described in clause 8.2 or clause 8.4 of the Cosmos SCA and for which Haleon would be liable to Pfizer under such provisions (had clause 8 (Secondary Tax Liabilities) of the Cosmos SCA remained in effect, and had references to “Pfizer” and “Pfizer’s Group” therein been references to “Haleon” and “Haleon Group” as defined in this Deed, and had references to “Company” and “Company’s Group” therein been references to “Pfizer” and “Pfizer’s Group” as defined in this Deed as the context demands);

 

  (B)

any Pfizer Group Company carrying on, at any time before Demerger Completion, any Consumer Healthcare Business (including any Pfizer Tax Liability arising directly as a consequence of any Income, Profits or Gains being earned, accrued or received as a result thereof); and

 

  (C)

any failure by either Haleon at any time or any other Haleon Group Company after Demerger Completion to comply with any of its obligations under this Deed or any Transaction Document.

 

5.4

Clause 5.3 shall be effective from (and including) Demerger Completion.

 

6.

Haleon Tax Covenant: Limitations

 

6.1

Any covenant contained in clause 5.1 and clause 5.3 shall not apply to any GSK Tax Liability or any Pfizer Tax Liability respectively to the extent that:

 

  (A)

it would not have arisen but for a voluntary transaction, action or omission carried out, effected or made by (in the case of clause 5.1) any GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 5.3) any Pfizer Group Company, at any time or, for the purposes of clause 5.1(B) and clause 5.3(B) only, at any time after Demerger Completion, other than any such transaction, action or omission carried out, effected or made:

 

  (i)

in the ordinary course of the business or trade as carried on by (in the case of clause 5.1) a GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 5.3) a Pfizer Group Company immediately prior to Demerger Completion;

 

  (ii)

at the written request of any Haleon Group Company; or

 

25


  (iii)

as expressly required or expressly permitted under this Deed,

 

      

and, for the avoidance of doubt (but without prejudice to clause 12), the act of disclosing information (including the provision of any documentation) to a Tax Authority concerning any particular transaction, action or omission, shall not of itself constitute a “voluntary transaction, action or omission”;

 

  (B)

it arises in consequence of any changes at any time or, for the purposes of clause 5.1(B) and clause 5.3(B) only, after Demerger Completion, of the date to which (in the case of clause 5.1) a GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 5.3) a Pfizer Group Company, makes up its accounts or in the bases, methods or policies of accounting of any (in the case of clause 5.1) GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 5.3) Pfizer Group Company;

 

  (C)

it has been made good without cost to (in the case of clause 5.1) any GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 5.3) any Pfizer Group Company, including where such Taxes are paid or discharged by a person other than a member of (in the case of clause 5.1) the GSK Group or (in the case of clause 5.3) the Pfizer Group (except where a member of the GSK Group or Pfizer Group, as applicable, is required to reimburse such person for such payment or discharge);

 

  (D)

any Relief other than:

 

  (i)

(in the case of clause 5.1) a GSK Relief or (insofar as such clauses concern GSK) any Relief taken into account in clause 10 or clause 11; or

 

  (ii)

(in the case of clause 5.3) a Pfizer Relief or (insofar as such clauses concern Pfizer) any Relief taken into account in clause 10 or clause 11,

 

      

is available to relieve or mitigate such GSK Tax Liability or Pfizer Tax Liability (as applicable);

 

  (E)

the GSK Tax Liability or Pfizer Tax Liability (as applicable) constitutes interest, a penalty or a fine arising from a failure to pay Tax to a Tax Authority within a reasonable time after Haleon has made a payment of an amount in respect of the relevant Taxes under clause 5.1 or clause 5.3 (as the case may be);

 

  (F)

it arises as a consequence of any failure by (in the case of clause 5.1) any GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 5.3) any Pfizer Group Company to comply with any of its obligations under this Deed or any Transaction Document;

 

  (G)

either (in the case of clause 5.1) any GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 5.3) any Pfizer Group Company has otherwise made recovery in respect of that GSK Tax Liability or Pfizer Tax Liability (as applicable) from a person other than a GSK Group Company or Pfizer Group Company (as applicable), whether under this Deed, or by means of a claim under any provision of any Transaction Document or otherwise;

 

26


  (H)

in the case of the covenants contained in clause 5.1(B) and clause 5.3(B) only:

 

  (i)

a member of the Haleon Group would have been entitled to make a claim (in the case of a GSK Tax Liability) against GSK under Section 6.5(d)(ii) of the Cosmos SAPA or (in the case of a Pfizer Tax Liability) against Pfizer under Section 6.5(d)(i) of the Cosmos SAPA had the relevant liability to Tax arisen to a Haleon Group Company instead of a GSK Group Company or a Pfizer Group Company (as applicable);

 

  (ii)

the relevant Income, Profits or Gains (and the liability to Tax in relation thereto) shall be economically borne by a Haleon Group Company pursuant to the GSK NEB Agreement, the Pfizer NEB Agreement or any arrangement with a similar economic effect; or

 

  (iii)

the relevant Income, Profits or Gains have accrued for the benefit of (in the case of clause 5.1(B)) any GSK Group Company or (in the case of clause 5.3(B)) any Pfizer Group Company, there being no arrangements for the economic benefit of such Income, Profits or Gains to be transferred to or otherwise enjoyed by any Haleon Group Company;

 

  (I)

in the case of the covenants contained in clause 5.1(B) and clause 5.3(B), the liability is in relation to a Transfer Pricing Adjustment and the relevant GSK Group Company or Pfizer Group Company (as applicable) is entitled to receive a Balancing Payment pursuant to clause 14, in which case the provisions of clause 14 shall apply in priority to clause 5.1(B) and clause 5.3(B) (as applicable); or

 

  (J)

in the case of a GSK Tax Liability, such GSK Tax Liability is expressly allocated to a GSK Group Company pursuant to the ATFA, the Argentina NEBA or any other Transaction Document, provided that such express allocation is as between a GSK Group Company and a Haleon Group Company and that the express allocation is pursuant to an agreement to which both a member of the GSK Group and a member of the Haleon Group are party; or

 

  (K)

such GSK Tax Liability or Pfizer Tax Liability (as applicable) would not have arisen but for a change in the status as a taxpayer, residence or deemed residence of Haleon for any Tax purposes due to a change in applicable Law that is made after Demerger Completion.

 

6.2

Haleon agrees with each of GSK and Pfizer that to the extent Haleon (or any member of its Group) has a statutory or other right to recover any amount falling within the covenants at clause 5.1(A) or clause 5.3(A) against (in the case of clause 5.1(A)) GSK or a member of the GSK Group or (in the case of clause 5.3(A)) Pfizer or a member of the Pfizer Group then, to the extent that the same has given rise to a payment under such aforementioned clauses of this Deed, Haleon shall not, and shall procure that the relevant member of the Haleon Group shall not, make any claim under such statutory or other right or take any other action to enforce such statutory or other right of recovery.

 

27


6.3

No claim may be brought under clause 5.1 or clause 5.3 against Haleon unless (in the case of clause 5.1) GSK or (in the case of clause 5.3) Pfizer shall have given to Haleon written notice of such claim specifying (in detail that is reasonable in the circumstances) the matter which gives rise to the claim, the nature of the claim and the amount claimed in respect thereof on or before the date falling 30 days after the expiry of the period specified by statute during which an assessment of the relevant Tax liability may be issued by the relevant Tax Authority or, if there is no such period, the date falling six years and 30 days after the end of the accounting period of the relevant GSK Group Company or Pfizer Group Company (as applicable) in which Demerger Completion occurs.

 

6.4

Haleon shall not be liable in respect of any individual claim under clause 5.1 or clause 5.3, for less than [***], but once the amount of any such claim has exceeded such sum, Haleon shall be liable in respect of the full amount of such claim and not only the amount by which such sum is exceeded. For the purposes of this clause 6.4, individual claims arising out of the same or substantially the same matters, facts or circumstances shall be aggregated so as to be treated as a single claim.

 

7.

Costs and Expenses

 

7.1

Subject to clause 7.3, GSK hereby covenants to pay to Haleon an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to any Costs properly incurred or payable by a Haleon Group Company in connection with or in consequence of (i) any Haleon Tax Liability referred to in clause 2.1 to the extent that it gives rise to an obligation for GSK to make a payment under clause 2.1, or (ii) in successfully taking any action under clause 2.1.

 

7.2

Subject to clause 7.3, Pfizer hereby covenants to pay to Haleon an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to any Costs properly incurred or payable by a Haleon Group Company in connection with or in consequence of (i) any Haleon Tax Liability referred to in clause 3.1 to the extent that it gives rise to an obligation for Pfizer to make a payment under clause 3.1, or (ii) in successfully taking any action under clause 3.1.

 

7.3

GSK and Pfizer each separately covenant to pay to Haleon an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to its Costs Proportion of any Costs properly incurred or payable by a Haleon Group Company in connection with or in consequence of (i) any Haleon Tax Liability referred to in clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) to the extent that it gives rise to an obligation for both of GSK and Pfizer to make a payment under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) (respectively) (ignoring for these purposes the application of clause 4.10), or (ii) in successfully taking any action against both of GSK and Pfizer under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) (respectively). For the purposes of this clause 7.3, GSK or Pfizer’s (as applicable) “Costs Proportion” shall mean the proportion of the relevant Haleon Tax Liability referred to in clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) that is payable by GSK or Pfizer respectively (and for the avoidance of doubt taking into account the application of clause 4.10 to clause 4.12 (inclusive)).

 

7.4

Haleon hereby covenants to pay:

 

  (A)

to GSK an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to any Costs properly incurred or payable by a GSK Group Company in connection with or in consequence of (i) any GSK Tax Liability referred to in clause 5.1 to the extent that it gives rise to an obligation for Haleon to make a payment under clause 5.1, or (ii) in successfully taking any action under clause 5.1.

 

28


  (B)

to Pfizer an amount equal, on an after-Tax basis, to any Costs properly incurred or payable by a Pfizer Group Company in connection with or in consequence of (i) any Pfizer Tax Liability referred to in clause 5.3 to the extent that it gives rise to an obligation for Haleon to make a payment under clause 5.3, or (ii) in successfully taking any action under clause 5.3.

 

8.

Mitigation

 

8.1

Subject to clause 8.2, the Indemnified Party shall, at the direction in writing of the Indemnifying Party (acting reasonably) and subject to the Indemnifying Party indemnifying and securing the Indemnified Party on an after-Tax basis against all Costs which may thereby be incurred:

 

  (A)

take, or procure that any other member of the Indemnified Party’s Group shall take, all such steps as the Indemnifying Party may require to:

 

  (i)

make, or procure that any member of the Indemnifying Party’s Group makes, a Relief Surrender; or

 

  (ii)

otherwise surrender or transfer, or procure that any other member of the Indemnifying Party’s Group surrenders or transfers, so far as permitted by Law, any Relief to any member of the Indemnified Party’s Group,

 

      

in each case for no consideration;

 

  (B)

use, or procure that another member of the Indemnified Party’s Group shall use, all such Reliefs including, without limitation, Reliefs made available in accordance with clause 8.1 but (in all cases) excluding any Indemnified Party’s Relief; and

 

  (C)

make, or procure that another member of the Indemnified Party’s Group shall make, all claims and elections specified by the Indemnifying Party,

 

      

in each case so as to reduce, eliminate or make good any Tax Liability for which the Indemnifying Party would otherwise be liable under clause 2, clause 3 or clause 5 (as applicable), provided that nothing in this clause 8.1 shall require any member of an Indemnified Party’s Group to use (i) any Indemnified Party’s Relief, or (ii) any Relief to the extent it has already been taken into account for the purposes of clause 10 or clause 11, and that the Indemnified Party shall, for the avoidance of doubt, not be considered to be acting reasonably in making a direction for the purposes of this clause 8.1 to the extent such direction directs an action by the Indemnified Party’s Group that is reasonably expected to increase the Tax Liabilities of such Indemnified Party’s Group for which it is not indemnified (whether under this Deed, any Transaction Document, the Cosmos SAPA, the Constellation Tax Covenant or otherwise).

 

8.2

In the event that both GSK and Pfizer are Indemnifying Parties and any directions from GSK and Pfizer under clause 8.1 shall conflict, the direction of the Indemnifying Party which is also the Directing Party shall prevail, provided that the Directing Party shall consult with the Non-Directing Party in good faith before any direction is given under

 

29


  clause 8.1. Where GSK and Pfizer remain unable to agree despite such consultation, the Directing Party shall in good faith take into account and reflect any suggestions or comments from the Non-Directing Party concerning the matter and procure that they are reflected in any action or inaction which is ultimately decided upon to the extent that they are reasonable.

 

8.3

For the purposes of clause 8 only:

 

  (A)

Indemnified Party” shall mean the Party that would be entitled to make the applicable claim under clause 2, clause 3 or clause 5;

 

  (B)

Indemnifying Party” shall mean the Party that would be liable with respect to the applicable claim under clause 2, clause 3 or clause 5;

 

  (C)

Indemnified Party’s Group” and “Indemnifying Party’s Group” shall mean the Haleon Group, the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group according to the identity of the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party respectively; and

 

  (D)

Indemnified Party’s Relief” shall mean a Haleon Relief, a GSK Relief or a Pfizer Relief according to the identity of the Indemnified Party; and

 

  (E)

Tax Liability” shall mean the Haleon Tax Liability, the GSK Tax Liability or the Pfizer Tax Liability as the context demands.

 

9.

Due Date of Payment

 

9.1

Where any party becomes liable to make any payment pursuant to clause 2, clause 3, clause 5 or clause 7 of this Deed, the due date for the making of that payment shall be:

 

  (A)

in a case which involves an actual payment of Tax, the later of:

 

  (i)

the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the last date on which the member of the relevant Group whose liability to Tax has given rise to the relevant payment pursuant to clause 2, clause 3 or clause 5 of this Deed (the “Indemnified Company”) would have had to have paid the Tax that has given rise to the liability under this Deed in order to avoid incurring a liability to interest or a charge or penalty in respect of that liability; and

 

  (ii)

the date falling 10 Business Days after the party which is liable to make the payment under this Deed has been notified of its liability by the other party;

 

  (B)

in a case which involves the setting off of a right to repayment of Tax or the utilisation of Relief, the later of:

 

  (i)

the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the last date on which the Indemnified Company would have had to have paid the Tax against which the repayment that has given rise to the liability under this Deed has been

 

30


  set off or which would have been paid but for the utilisation of the Relief (as the case may be) in order to avoid incurring a liability to interest or a charge or penalty in respect of that liability; and

 

  (ii)

the date falling 10 Business Days after the party which is liable to make the payment under this Deed has been notified of its liability by the other party; and

 

  (C)

in a case which involves a payment pursuant to clause 7, the date falling 10 Business Days after the party which is liable to make the payment under the relevant clause has been notified of its liability by the Indemnified Company.

 

10.

Recovery

 

10.1

Where a Haleon Group Company is entitled to recover from any other person (other than a GSK Group Company or a Haleon Group Company, but including a Tax Authority) any sum in respect of any matter which has given rise to an obligation of:

 

  (A)

GSK to make a payment under clause 2.1(A); or

 

  (B)

GSK to make a payment under clause 2.1(B), but not of Pfizer to make a payment under clause 3.1(B),

then Haleon shall procure that the relevant Haleon Group Company shall (if requested by and subject to GSK indemnifying and securing the relevant Haleon Group Company on an after-Tax basis against all losses, fines, penalties, interest, charges and Costs which may thereby be incurred (for the purposes of clause 10.11, a “Costs Indemnity”)) take such action as GSK shall reasonably request in writing, with reasonable notice (taking into account the requirements of clause 10.2 and clause 10.11), to enforce such recovery against the person in question and Haleon shall procure that the relevant Haleon Group Company shall account to GSK for any Recovered Amounts up to an amount not exceeding the amount paid by GSK under clause 2.1(A) or clause 2.1(B) in respect of the relevant matter.

 

10.2

If Haleon considers (acting reasonably and in good faith) that any action requested by GSK in accordance with clause 10.1 has or is likely to have a material and negative impact on the relationship between a Haleon Group Company and a Tax Authority or is or is likely to be materially prejudicial to a Haleon Group Company’s business, clause 10.11 shall apply in relation to such request.

 

10.3

Where a Haleon Group Company is entitled to recover from any other person (other than a Pfizer Group Company or a Haleon Group Company, but including a Tax Authority) any sum in respect of any matter which has given rise to an obligation of:

 

  (A)

Pfizer to make a payment under clause 3.1(A); or

 

  (B)

Pfizer to make a payment under clause 3.1(B), but not of GSK to make a payment under clause 2.1(B),

 

31


then clause 10.1 and clause 10.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

10.4

Where a Haleon Group Company is entitled to recover from any other person (other than a GSK Group Company or a Pfizer Group Company and other than a Haleon Group Company, but including a Tax Authority) any sum in respect of a matter which has given rise to an obligation of GSK and Pfizer to make a payment under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) (respectively), then:

 

  (A)

GSK and Pfizer shall consult with each other in good faith as to whether to request Haleon to enforce recovery against the person in question and, if so, what action is required to achieve this. [Where GSK and Pfizer remain unable to agree, the Directing Party shall in good faith take into account and reflect any suggestions or comments from the Non-Directing Party concerning the matter and procure that they are reflected in any action or inaction which is ultimately decided upon to the extent that they are reasonable];

 

  (B)

Haleon, if requested by the Directing Party (and subject to GSK and Pfizer indemnifying the relevant Haleon Group Company on an after-Tax basis against all losses, fines, penalties, interest, charges and Costs which may thereby be incurred (for the purposes of clause 10.11, a “Costs Indemnity”)), take such action as the Directing Party shall reasonably request in writing, with reasonable notice (taking into account the requirements of clause 10.7 and clause 10.11), to enforce such recovery against the person in question; and

 

  (C)

Haleon shall procure that the relevant Haleon Group Company shall account to each of GSK and Pfizer (respectively) for the percentage of the Recovered Amounts corresponding to the proportion of the underlying Haleon Tax Liability that was indemnified by GSK and Pfizer (respectively) under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) (and for the avoidance of doubt taking into account the application of clause 4.10 to clause 4.12 (inclusive)) up to an amount not exceeding (in the case of GSK) the amount paid by GSK under clause 2.1(B) in respect of the relevant matter or (in the case of Pfizer) the amount paid by Pfizer under clause 3.1(B) in respect of the relevant matter.

 

10.5

The Directing Party must meet its obligations with respect to the Non-Directing Party as set out in clause 10.4(A) prior to giving any request to Haleon as is mentioned in clause 10.4(B).

 

10.6

GSK and Pfizer shall bear the burden of the indemnity in clause 10.4(B) according to their respective Relevant Percentages.

 

10.7

If Haleon considers (acting reasonably and in good faith) that any action requested by the Directing Party in accordance with clause 10.4 has or is likely to have a material and negative impact on the relationship between a Haleon Group Company and a Tax Authority or is or is likely to be materially prejudicial to a Haleon Group Company’s business, clause 10.11 shall apply in relation to such request.

 

32


10.8

Where a GSK Group Company is entitled to recover from any other person (other than a Haleon Group Company and GSK Group Company, but including a Tax Authority) any sum in respect of any matter to which clause 5.1 relates, GSK shall procure that the relevant GSK Group Company shall (if requested by and subject to Haleon indemnifying and securing the relevant GSK Group Company on an after-Tax basis against all losses, fines, penalties, interest, charges and Costs which may thereby be incurred (for the purposes of clause 10.11, a “Costs Indemnity”)) take such action as Haleon shall reasonably request in writing, with reasonable notice (taking into account the requirements of clause 10.9 and clause 10.11), to enforce such recovery against the person in question and GSK shall procure that the relevant GSK Group Company shall account to Haleon for any Recovered Amounts, up to an amount not exceeding the amount paid by Haleon under clause 5.1 in respect of the relevant matter.

 

10.9

If GSK considers (acting reasonably and in good faith) that any action requested by Haleon in accordance with clause 10.8 has or is likely to have a material and negative impact on the relationship between a GSK Group Company and a Tax Authority, or is likely to be materially prejudicial to a GSK Group Company’s business, clause 10.11 shall apply in relation to such request.

 

10.10

Where a Pfizer Group Company is entitled to recover from any other person (other than a Haleon Group Company or a Pfizer Group Company, but including a Tax Authority) any sum in respect of any matter to which clause 5.3 relates, then clause 10.8 and clause 10.9 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

10.11

Clause 12.19 shall apply mutatis mutandis for the purposes of clause 10.2, clause 10.7 and clause 10.9 (including as such clauses are applied mutatis mutandis for the purposes of clause 10.3 and clause 10.10) if this clause 10.11 applies and:

 

  (A)

if the Affected Party agrees to give effect to the requested relevant action in accordance with clause 12.19(A), then for the avoidance of doubt the relevant Costs Indemnity shall apply in accordance with its terms in respect of any losses, fines, penalties, interest, charges and Costs arising as a result of such request; and

 

  (B)

if the Affected Party declines to give effect to the requested relevant action in accordance with clause 12.19(B), an amount equal to what would reasonably be expected to have been the applicable Recovered Amount (but for the Affected Party exercising its rights under clause 12.19(B), as applied mutatis mutandis under this clause 10.11) shall still be treated as a “Recovered Amount” to which the Requesting Party is entitled under clause 10.1, clause 10.4 or clause 10.8 (as applicable).

 

10.12

In this clause 10 only, “Recovered Amount” means:

 

  (A)

sums recovered (including any interest paid by a person from whom the recovery is made) less any Costs of recovery and any Tax chargeable thereon suffered by the person making the recovery; and

 

  (B)

any amounts deemed to be Recovered Amounts under clause 10.2, clause 10.7 and clause 10.9 (including, where relevant, as any such clauses apply when read together with clause 10.3 or clause 10.10).

 

11.

Reliefs

 

11.1

Where GSK has made a payment to Haleon under clause 2.1 in respect of a Haleon Tax Liability, or such a payment has become due, and such Haleon Tax Liability gives rise to (or the circumstances giving rise thereto give rise to) a Relief that either (i) comprises a repayment of Tax to or (ii) results in an actual saving of Tax for a Haleon Group Company which (in either case) otherwise would not have arisen, Haleon shall procure that the amount of the repayment or cash tax saving less any Costs of recovery and any Tax thereon (the “Relevant Amount”) shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 11.2.

 

11.2

Subject to clause 11.4, the Relevant Amount:

 

  (A)

shall first be set off against any payment then due from GSK under this Deed;

 

33


  (B)

to the extent there is an excess, a refund shall be made to GSK of any previous payment or payments made by GSK under this Deed and not previously refunded under this clause 11.2(B) up to the amount of such excess; and

 

  (C)

to the extent that the excess referred to in clause 11.2(B) is not exhausted under that clause, then the remainder of that excess shall be carried forward and set off against any future payment or payments which become due from GSK under this Deed.

 

11.3

The provisions of clause 11.1 and clause 11.2 above shall (subject to clause 11.4) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Parties in relation to:

 

  (A)

any Haleon Tax Liability which has resulted in a payment having been made or becoming due from Pfizer under clause 3.1; and

 

  (B)

any GSK Tax Liability which has resulted in a payment having been made or becoming due from Haleon under clause 5.1; and

 

  (C)

any Pfizer Tax Liability which has resulted in a payment having been made or becoming due from Haleon under clause 5.3.

 

11.4

Where both GSK and Pfizer have made a payment under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) in respect of a particular Haleon Tax Liability, or such payment has become due, and clause 11.1 applies (including as it applies by virtue of clause 11.3(A)), the percentage of the Relevant Amount corresponding to the proportion of the underlying Haleon Tax Liability for which GSK and Pfizer (respectively) was or would be liable for under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) (and for the avoidance of doubt taking into account the application of clause 4.10 to clause 4.12 (inclusive)) shall be applied for GSK’s and Pfizer’s benefit (respectively) as specified in clause 11.2 (including as it applies by virtue of clause 11.3(A)).

 

12.

Conduct of Tax Authority Claims

Notification of Tax Authority Claim

 

12.1

If a Haleon Group Company becomes aware of any Tax Authority Claim relating to its Tax affairs which is relevant for the purposes of clause 2 or clause 3 (or any circumstances likely to give rise to such a Tax Authority Claim), Haleon shall give written notice thereof to both GSK and Pfizer as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days, provided that the right to indemnification pursuant to clause 2 or clause 3 shall not be limited for failure to notify except to the extent that such failure actually prejudices or increases the relevant Tax Liability.

 

12.2

If a GSK Group Company or Pfizer Group Company becomes aware of any Tax Authority Claim relating to its Tax affairs which is relevant for the purposes of clause 5.1 or clause 5.3 respectively (or if a GSK Group Company or Pfizer Group Company becomes aware of any circumstances likely to give rise to such a Tax Authority Claim), GSK or Pfizer (as applicable) shall give written notice thereof to Haleon as soon as reasonably practicable

 

34


  and in any event within 10 Business Days, provided that the right to indemnification pursuant to clause 5.1 or clause 5.3 shall not be limited for failure to notify except to the extent that such failure actually prejudices or increases the relevant Tax Liability.

Tax Authority Claims relating to a matter for which GSK may be liable

 

12.3

In relation to any Tax Authority Claim in respect of a potential Haleon Tax Liability which, if it becomes an actual Haleon Tax Liability, is reasonably expected to give rise to an obligation of:

 

  (A)

GSK to make a payment under clause 2.1(A); or

 

  (B)

GSK to make a payment under clause 2.1(B), but not of Pfizer to make a payment under clause 3.1(B),

then, provided that GSK shall indemnify the relevant Haleon Group Company on an after-Tax basis against any losses, fines, penalties, interest, charges, and Costs arising therefrom, (for the purposes of clause 12.19, a “Costs Indemnity”), Haleon shall (subject to clause 12.5) procure that the relevant Haleon Group Company shall take such action as GSK may reasonably request, with reasonable notice (taking into account the requirements of clause 12.5 and clause 12.19), to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal, compromise or defend such Tax Authority Claim, provided that the relevant Haleon Group Company shall not be required to settle any such Tax Authority Claim if doing so would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax liabilities of the Haleon Group Companies (taking into account any indemnification for the same under this Deed, any Transaction Document, the Cosmos SAPA and the Constellation Tax Covenant) without Haleon’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. GSK shall have the right to nominate professional advisers for this purpose provided always that the appointment of solicitors or other professional advisers shall be subject to the approval of the relevant Haleon Group Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

12.4

To enable full exercise and performance of the rights and obligations in clause 12.3:

 

  (A)

Haleon shall keep GSK fully informed of all matters pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim mentioned in clause 12.3 (and vice versa);

 

  (B)

Haleon shall provide GSK with copies of all correspondence and material documents pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim mentioned in clause 12.3 (and vice versa);

 

  (C)

written communications (including any emails) and any material documents pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim which Haleon (or the relevant Haleon Group Company) intends to transmit to the relevant Tax Authority shall first be submitted in good time by Haleon to GSK for review. Haleon shall (or shall procure that) any reasonable written comments timely received from GSK shall (subject to clause 12.5 and clause 12.19) be reflected in such written communications and (where applicable) documents; and

 

  (D)

to the extent permitted by applicable Law, a representative from each of Haleon and GSK (and their respective nominated advisors) shall be given the opportunity

 

35


  to attend any meeting or call with any Tax Authority pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim and shall be fully briefed in relation to the purposes of that meeting or call in sufficient time to enable the representative or advisor to prepare for it.

 

12.5

If Haleon considers (acting reasonably and in good faith) that the exercise by GSK of its Conduct Rights in relation to any such Tax Authority Claim as is mentioned in clause 12.3 and/or clause 12.4(C) has or is likely to have a material and negative impact on the relationship between a Haleon Group Company and a Tax Authority [or is or is likely to be materially prejudicial to a Haleon Group Company’s business, clause 12.19 shall apply in relation to such exercise.

 

12.6

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in clause 12.3 or clause 12.4 shall require any Haleon Group Company to give any communication or submit any document to a Tax Authority that is not, to the best of that Haleon Group Company’s knowledge, correct and complete.

Tax Authority Claims relating to a matter for which Pfizer may be liable

 

12.7

In relation to any Tax Authority Claim in respect of a potential Haleon Tax Liability which, if it becomes an actual Haleon Tax Liability, is reasonably expected to give rise to an obligation:

 

  (A)

Pfizer to make a payment of clause 3.1(A); or

 

  (B)

Pfizer to make a payment under clause 3.1(B), but not of GSK to make a payment under clause 2.1(B),

then clause 12.3 to clause 12.6 (inclusive) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Tax Authority Claims relating to a matter for which both GSK and Pfizer may be liable

 

12.8

In relation to any Tax Authority Claim in respect of a potential Haleon Tax Liability which, if it becomes an actual Haleon Tax Liability, is reasonably expected to give rise to an obligation of GSK and Pfizer to make a payment under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) (respectively), then:

 

  (A)

GSK and Pfizer shall consult with each other in good faith as to whether Haleon should take action to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal, compromise or defend the Tax Authority Claim in question and, if so, what that action should be (including whether, and if so which, professional advisers should be engaged). Where GSK and Pfizer remain unable to agree, the Directing Party shall in good faith take into account and reflect any suggestions or comments from the Non-Directing Party concerning the matter and procure that they are reflected in any action or inaction which is ultimately decided upon to the extent that they are reasonable; and

 

  (B)

provided that GSK and Pfizer shall indemnify the relevant Haleon Group Company on an after-Tax basis against any losses, fines, penalties, interest, charges, and Costs arising therefrom (for the purposes of clause 12.19, a “Costs Indemnity”), Haleon shall (subject to clause 12.11)

 

36


  procure that the relevant Haleon Group Company shall take such action as the Directing Party may reasonably request, with reasonable notice (taking into account the requirements of clause 12.11 and clause 12.19), to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal, compromise or defend such Tax Authority Claim, provided that the relevant Haleon Group Company shall not be required to settle any such Tax Authority Claim if doing so would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax liabilities of the Haleon Group Companies (taking into account any indemnification for the same under this Deed, any Transaction Document, the Cosmos SAPA and the Constellation Tax Covenant) without Haleon’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. The Directing Party shall have the right to nominate professional advisers for this purpose provided always that the appointment of solicitors or other professional advisers shall be subject to the approval of the relevant Haleon Group Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

12.9

To enable full exercise and performance of the rights and obligations in clause 12.8:

 

  (A)

Haleon shall keep GSK and Pfizer fully informed of all matters pertaining to the potential Haleon Tax Liability mentioned in clause 12.8 (and vice versa);

 

  (B)

Haleon shall provide GSK and Pfizer with copies of all correspondence and material documents pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim mentioned in clause 12.8 (and vice versa);

 

  (C)

written communications (including any emails) and any material documents pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim which Haleon (or the relevant Haleon Group Company) intends to transmit to the relevant Tax Authority shall first be submitted in good time by Haleon to GSK and to Pfizer for review. Haleon shall (or shall procure that) any reasonable written comments timely received from the Directing Party shall (subject to clause 12.11 and clause 12.19) be reflected in such written communications and (where applicable) documents; and

 

  (D)

to the extent permitted by applicable Law, a representative from each of Haleon, GSK and Pfizer (and their respective nominated advisors) shall be given the opportunity to attend any meeting or call with any Tax Authority pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim and shall be fully briefed in relation to the purposes of that meeting or call in sufficient time to enable the representative or advisor to prepare for it.

 

12.10

The Directing Party must meet its obligations with respect to the Non-Directing Party as set out in clause 12.8(A) prior to giving any request or comments to Haleon as mentioned in clause 12.8 and clause 12.9.

 

12.11

If Haleon considers (acting reasonably and in good faith) that the exercise by GSK or Pfizer of their respective Conduct Rights in relation to any such Tax Authority Claim as is mentioned in clause 12.8 and/or clause 12.9(C) has or is likely to have a material and negative impact on the relationship between a Haleon Group Company and a Tax Authority [or is likely to be materially prejudicial to a Haleon Group Company’s business, clause 12.19 shall apply in relation to such exercise.

 

37


12.12

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in clause 12.8 or clause 12.9 shall require any Haleon Group Company to give any communication or submit any document to a Tax Authority that is not, to the best of that Haleon Group Company’s knowledge, correct and complete.

 

12.13

[GSK and Pfizer shall each bear the burden of the indemnity in clause 12.8 according to the proportion of the underlying Haleon Tax Liability that would be payable by GSK or Pfizer respectively if it were to become an actual Haleon Tax Liability in respect of the relevant matter under clause 2.1(B) and clause 3.1(B) (and for the avoidance of doubt taking into account the application of clause 4.10 to clause 4.12 (inclusive))].

Tax Authority Claims relating to a matter for which Haleon may be liable

 

12.14

In relation to any potential GSK Tax Liability which if it becomes an actual GSK Tax Liability, is reasonably expected to give rise to an obligation of Haleon for the purposes of clause 5.1, then provided that Haleon shall indemnify the relevant GSK Group Company on an after-Tax basis against any losses, fines, penalties, interest, charges, and Costs arising therefrom, (for the purposes of clause 12.19, a “Costs Indemnity”), GSK shall (subject to clause 12.5) procure that the relevant GSK Group Company shall take such action as GSK may reasonably request, with reasonable notice (taking into account the requirements of clause 12.16 and clause 12.19), avoid, dispute, resist, appeal, compromise or defend such Tax Authority Claim, provided that the relevant GSK Group Company shall not be required to settle any such Tax Authority Claim if doing so would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax liabilities of the GSK Group Companies (taking into account any indemnification for the same under this Deed, any Transaction Document or the Cosmos SAPA) without GSK’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Haleon shall have the right to nominate professional advisers for this purpose provided always that the appointment of solicitors or other professional advisers shall be subject to the approval of the relevant GSK Group Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

12.15

To enable full exercise and performance of the rights and obligations in clause 12.14:

 

  (A)

GSK shall keep Haleon fully informed of all matters pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim mentioned in clause 12.14 (and vice versa);

 

  (B)

GSK shall provide Haleon with copies of all correspondence and material documents pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim mentioned in clause 12.14 (and vice versa);

 

  (C)

written communications (including any emails) and any material documents pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim which GSK (or the relevant GSK Group Company) intends to transmit to the relevant Tax Authority shall first be submitted in good time by GSK to Haleon for review. GSK shall (or shall procure that) any reasonable written comments timely received from Haleon shall (subject to clause 12.16 and clause 12.19) be reflected in such written communications and (where applicable) documents; and

 

38


  (D)

to the extent permitted by applicable Law, a representative from each of GSK and Haleon (and their respective nominated advisors) shall be given the opportunity to attend any meeting or call with any Tax Authority pertaining to the Tax Authority Claim and shall be fully briefed in relation to the purposes of that meeting or call in sufficient time to enable the representative or advisor to prepare for it.

 

12.16

If GSK considers (acting reasonably and in good faith) that the exercise by Haleon of its Conduct Rights in relation to any Tax Authority Claim as mentioned in clause 12.14 and/or clause 12.15(C) has or is likely to have a material and negative impact on the relationship between a GSK Group Company and a Tax Authority or is or is likely to be materially prejudicial to a GSK Group Company’s business, clause 12.19 shall apply in relation to such exercise.

 

12.17

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in clause 12.14 or clause 12.15 shall require any GSK Group Company to give any communication or submit any document to a Tax Authority that is not, to the best of that GSK Group Company’s knowledge, correct and complete.

 

12.18

In relation to any Tax Authority Claim in respect of a potential Pfizer Tax Liability which if it becomes an actual Pfizer Tax Liability, is reasonably expected to give rise to an obligation of Haleon for the purposes of clause 5.3, clause 12.14 to clause 12.17 (inclusive) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

12.19

For the purposes of clause 12.5, clause 12.11 and clause 12.16, including as such clauses are applied mutatis mutandis for the purposes clause 12.7 and clause 12.18, if this clause 12.19 applies the Party whose Group member is or is likely to be impacted or prejudicially affected by the relevant exercise of Conduct Rights (for the purposes of this clause 12.19, the “Affected Party”) shall notify in writing the Party or Parties whose exercise of Conduct Rights is causing or is likely to cause the relevant impact or prejudicial effect (for the purposes of this clause 12.19, each, an “Exercising Party”) of the application of this clause 12.19, and the Affected Party and each Exercising Party shall, promptly following such notification and in any event prior to the deadline for the requested action to be taken, discuss in good faith the reasonableness in all the circumstances of each Exercising Party exercising its Conduct Rights in relation to the relevant Tax Authority Claim in such manner, with such discussion taking into account as relevant circumstances both the extent of the actual and likely Tax and non-Tax impact or prejudicial effect on the relevant Affected Party’s Group member of each Exercising Party so exercising its Conduct Rights and the extent to which any such impact or prejudicial effect on the Affected Party is indemnified by an Exercising Party (or otherwise). Following such a discussion, if an Exercising Party wishes to continue to exercise its Conduct Rights in relation to the relevant matter in a way that has or is likely to have a material and negative impact on the relationship between the Affected Party and a Tax Authority or is or is likely to be materially prejudicial to the Affected Party’s business:

 

  (A)

if the Affected Party agrees to give effect to such exercise by each Exercising Party of its Conduct Rights, for the avoidance of doubt the relevant Costs Indemnity shall apply in accordance with its terms in respect of any losses, fines, penalties, interest, charges and Costs arising as a result of such exercise; or

 

  (B)

the Affected Party shall be entitled to decline to give effect to those Conduct Rights provided always that if the Affected Party declines to give effect to those Conduct Rights pursuant to this clause 12.19(B), each Exercising Party shall not be liable under this Deed in respect of the matter to which the Tax Authority Claim in question relates.

Definition of “Conduct Rights” for purposes of this clause 12

 

12.20

For the purposes of this clause 12 only, “Conduct Rights” shall mean:

 

  (A)

in clause 12.5, those rights in relation to a Tax Authority Claim as are set out in clause 12.3 and clause 12.4 (including as such clauses apply when read together with clause 12.7);

 

  (B)

in clause 12.11, those rights in relation to a Tax Authority Claim as are set out in clause 12.8 and clause 12.9; and

 

  (C)

in relation to clause 12.16, those rights in relation to a Tax Authority Claim as are set out in clause 12.14 and clause 12.15 (including as such clauses apply when read together with clause 12.18).

 

13.

Tax Returns

 

13.1

This clause 13 shall be subject in all respects to the Cosmos SAPA. Where there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this clause 13 and the Cosmos SAPA (as amended by clause 17), the Cosmos SAPA (as so amended) shall prevail.

 

13.2

Where there is conflict between the provisions of this clause 13 and the provisions of clause 12, clause 12 shall take precedence.

 

39


Responsibility for preparation of Tax Returns

 

13.3

Haleon shall prepare (or shall procure that there is prepared) the Tax Returns for all members of the Haleon Group for all Tax Periods (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Tax Returns of GSKCHHL for any Straddle Periods), excluding any:

 

  (A)

US State Joint Tax Returns;

 

  (B)

Tax Returns for PFCHHL for any Straddle Period; and

 

  (C)

any Tax Returns the preparation of which GSK is responsible for pursuant to clause 15.2 (if any).

 

13.4

GSK shall prepare (or shall procure that there is prepared):

 

  (A)

the Tax Returns for all members of the GSK Group for all Tax Periods (excluding any Tax Returns the preparation of which Haleon is responsible for pursuant to clause 15.2 (if any)); and

 

  (B)

any US State Joint Tax Returns.

 

13.5

Pfizer shall prepare (or shall procure that there is prepared):

 

  (A)

the Tax Returns for all members of the Pfizer Group for all Tax Periods; and

 

  (B)

the Tax Returns for PFCHHL for any Straddle Period.

 

13.6

Pfizer shall continue to act as the Partnership Representative (as defined in the Cosmos SCA) for all Tax Periods of JVCo that begin prior to Completion and, in its capacity as such, shall have all rights and obligations that it would have under the Cosmos SCA (had it remained in effect and had references to “GSK” and “GSK’s Group” therein been references to “Haleon” and “Haleon Group”).

Right to review and comment (Tax Returns prepared by Haleon)

 

13.7

Haleon shall:

 

  (A)

submit to GSK:

 

  (i)

each Tax Return of GSKCHHL for any Straddle Period; and

 

  (ii)

each such Tax Return referred to in clause 13.3 as relates to a matter for which GSK would reasonably be expected to be liable to Haleon under clause 2.1; and

 

  (B)

submit to Pfizer each such Tax Return referred to in clause 13.3 as relates to a matter for which Pfizer would reasonably be expected to be liable to Haleon under clause 3.1,

 

40


in draft form at least 15 days before the applicable Filing Date (or, in the case of an Income Tax Return, at least 30 days before that Filing Date).

 

13.8

Haleon shall give GSK and/or Pfizer (as the case may be) an opportunity to make comments on the applicable Tax Returns as mentioned in clause 13.7. Haleon shall procure that all reasonable written comments of GSK which relate to any matter for which a GSK Group Company may be liable, and/or (as applicable) all reasonable written comments of Pfizer which relate to any matter for which a Pfizer Group Company may be liable, that are (in either case) received at least 5 days before the Filing Date (or, in the case of an Income Tax Return, at least 15 days before the Filing Date) are properly reflected in the relevant Tax Return and that Tax Return is submitted on a timely basis to the appropriate Tax Authority; provided that Haleon shall not be obliged to procure that a Haleon Group Company takes any such action as is mentioned in this clause 13.8 in relation to a Tax Return that is not, to the best of that Haleon Group Company’s knowledge, correct and complete.

 

13.9

In the event that the comments of Haleon, GSK and Pfizer with regard to any Tax Return as is mentioned in clause 13.7 conflict, the affected Parties shall consult with each other in good faith to attempt to reach a common view. If such agreement cannot be reached, the comments of the Party which (together with its Group) would reasonably expect to bear the greater burden of the Tax in relation to the matter in question (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of the indemnification provisions in this Deed) shall prevail; provided that Haleon shall not be obliged to procure that a Haleon Group Company takes any such action as is mentioned in this clause 13.9 in relation to a Tax Return that is not, to the best of that member’s knowledge, correct and complete.

Right to review and comment (Tax Returns prepared by GSK)

 

13.10

GSK shall submit to Haleon:

 

  (A)

each such Tax Return referred to in clause 13.4(A) as relates to a matter for which Haleon would reasonably be expected to be liable to GSK under clause 5.1 in draft form at least 15 days before the applicable Filing Date (or, in the case of an Income Tax Return, at least 30 days before that Filing Date); and

 

  (B)

each such Tax Return referred to in clause 13.4(B) at least 5 Business Days before the applicable Filing Date.

 

13.11

GSK shall give Haleon an opportunity to make comments on the Tax Returns as mentioned in clause 13.10. GSK shall procure that all reasonable written comments of Haleon which relate to any matter for which a Haleon Group Company may be liable received at least 5 days before the Filing Date (or, in the case of an Income Tax Return, at least 15 days before the Filing Date or, in the case of a US State Joint Tax Return, at least 2 Business Days before the Filing Date) are properly reflected in the relevant Tax Return and that Tax Return is submitted on a timely basis to the appropriate Tax Authority; provided that GSK shall not be obliged to procure that a GSK Group Company takes any such action as is mentioned in this clause 13.11 in relation to a Tax Return that is not, to the best of that GSK Group Company’s knowledge, correct and complete.

 

41


Right to review and comment (Tax Returns prepared by Pfizer)

 

13.12

Where a Tax Return of a member of the Pfizer Group relates to a matter for which Haleon would reasonably be expected to be liable to Pfizer under clause 5.3, Pfizer shall provide Haleon with a written summary of such matters in such detail as is reasonable in the circumstances (including, without limitation, an explanation as to how they are reflected in the applicable Tax Return), at least 15 days before the applicable Filing Date (or, in the case of an Income Tax Return, at least 30 days before that Filing Date).

 

13.13

Pfizer shall give Haleon an opportunity to make comments on the approach to be taken in the Tax Returns to the matters mentioned in clause 13.12. Pfizer shall procure that all reasonable written comments of Haleon which relate to any matter for which a Haleon Group Company may be liable received at least 5 days before the Filing Date (or, in the case of an Income Tax Return, at least 15 days before the Filing Date) are properly reflected in the relevant Tax Return and that Tax Return is submitted on a timely basis to the appropriate Tax Authority; provided that Pfizer shall not be obliged to procure that a Pfizer Group Company takes any such action as is mentioned in clause 13.13 in relation to a Tax Return that is not, to the best of that Pfizer Group Company’s knowledge, correct and complete.

General

 

13.14

Subject to clause 13.15, each of GSK and Pfizer agrees that within any applicable time limits they shall make a joint notification (or notifications) to the relevant Tax Authority or Tax Authorities regarding the Indirect CGT treatment of certain of the steps comprising the Separation Transaction and the Reorganisation (“Indirect CGT Reporting”) and shall cooperate in good faith in respect of any related matters, in each case in accordance with Schedule 3.

 

13.15

Each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon shall (and shall procure, respectively, that the GSK Group Companies, Pfizer Group Companies and Haleon Group Companies shall) on reasonable written request, afford such access to their books, accounts and records (including any copies of legal or tax advice sought from third party advisers) and such other assistance as is proportionate and reasonably required to enable each other Party to exercise its rights and fulfil its obligations under this clause 13 or clause 15.2 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, information necessary to prepare and file Forms 5471 and/or

 

42


  to compute any required inclusions under Section 951(a) or 951A(a) or the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules of Sections 1291 to 1298, and including in connection with any Tax Authority Claim) provided that no party shall be required to provide information or documents if such action could reasonably be expected to result in the waiver of privilege (and such waiver cannot be avoided via outside Counsel to outside Counsel information sharing) or to be commercially detrimental. Each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure such access is provided within 10 Business Days from receipt of a written request. Notwithstanding anything else in this provision to the contrary, (i) each of the Parties is responsible for its own Tax reporting, (ii) the Haleon Group shall not be required to maintain its accounts according to U.S. Tax accounting principles; and (iii) any information provided to a Party pursuant to clause 13.15 shall be used solely for income and franchise Tax, and financial reporting purposes and will not be disclosed to any person for any other purpose.

 

13.16

Where one Party (the “Requesting Party”) makes any requests of another Party (the “Requested Party”) under clause 13.15, the first £150,000 of Costs to meet those requests as are incurred in any one calendar year shall be borne by the Requested Party, with the Requesting Party bearing any Cost in excess of such amount, provided that any costs incurred by a Haleon Group Company as provided for in clause 9.4 of the Cosmos SHA (including as the provisions in such clause continue pursuant to Schedule 2 of the SCIA) or clause 11.11 of the Cosmos SCA in the relevant period shall be counted towards the amount borne by Haleon as Requested Party for that period for the purposes of this clause 13.16 (and vice versa).

 

13.17

Each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon shall (and shall procure, respectively, that the GSK Group Companies, Pfizer Group Companies and Haleon Group Companies shall) retain, for at least 6 years from Demerger Completion, such books, accounts and records (including any copies of legal or tax advice sought from third party advisers) as might reasonably be expected to be required by each other Party or any member of their Group (in each case) to ascertain its Tax position or that might reasonably be required for any of the purposes referred to in clause 13.13.

 

13.18

Nothing done by or at the request of Haleon pursuant to this clause 13 shall in any respect restrict or reduce any rights that:

 

  (A)

GSK may have to make a claim against Haleon under this Deed in respect of any such GSK Tax Liability as is mentioned in clause 5.1; or

 

  (B)

Pfizer may have to make a claim against Haleon under this Deed in respect of any such Pfizer Tax Liability as is mentioned in clause 5.3.

 

13.19

Nothing done by or at the request of GSK or Pfizer pursuant to this clause 13 shall in any respect restrict or reduce any rights that Haleon may have to make a claim against GSK under clause 2 or Pfizer under clause 3.

 

13.20

If a GSK Group Company or Pfizer Group Company comes into possession of any notice, letter or other document (by or on behalf of any Tax Authority or otherwise) which is addressed to, or otherwise solely relates to the Tax affairs of a Haleon Group Company, GSK or Pfizer (as applicable) shall, or shall procure, that such notice, letter or document is sent as soon as practicably possible to the relevant Haleon Group Company.

 

13.21

If a Haleon Group Company comes into possession of any notice, letter or other document (by or on behalf of any Tax Authority or otherwise) which is addressed to, or

 

43


  otherwise solely relates to the Tax affairs of a GSK Group Company or a Pfizer Group Company, Haleon shall, or shall procure, that such notice, letter or document is sent as soon as practicably possible to the relevant GSK Group Company or Pfizer Group Company.

 

13.22

The Parties agree and acknowledge that notwithstanding clause 14.1 of the Cosmos SCA, the provisions of clause 11.11 of the Cosmos SCA shall not continue after termination of the Cosmos SCA and, instead, this clause 13 shall apply.

No extension of Tax Authority time limits

 

13.23

Haleon shall not, and shall procure that each Haleon Group Company shall not, agree with any Tax Authority to waive or extend any Relevant Time Limit if such action concerns any Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes (as defined in the Cosmos SAPA) or any Tax for which GSK may be liable under this Deed without GSK’s prior written consent (such consent not with be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

13.24

Haleon shall not, and shall procure that each Haleon Group Company shall not, agree with any Tax Authority to waive or extend any Relevant Time Limit if such action concerns any Seller Indemnified Taxes (as defined in the Cosmos SAPA) or any Tax for which Pfizer may be liable under this Deed without Pfizer’s prior written consent (such consent not with be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Disclaimer of elections

 

13.25

GSK shall procure that (except where requested in writing by Haleon or required by Law) after Demerger Completion no GSK Group Company:

 

  (A)

amends, withdraws or disclaims any election or claim made before Demerger Completion; or

 

  (B)

disclaims any allowance or Relief claimed before Demerger Completion,

in each case, which is reasonably likely to affect the liability to, or the right to repayment of, Tax of a Haleon Group Company.

 

13.26

Pfizer shall procure that (except where requested in writing by Haleon or required by Law) after Demerger Completion no Pfizer Group Company:

 

  (A)

amends, withdraws or disclaims any election or claim made before Demerger Completion; or

 

  (B)

disclaims any allowance or Relief claimed before Demerger Completion,

in each case, which is reasonably likely to affect the liability to, or the right to repayment of, Tax of a Haleon Group Company.

 

44


13.27

Haleon shall procure that (except where requested in writing by GSK or required by Law) after Demerger Completion no Haleon Group Company:

 

  (A)

amends, withdraws or disclaims any election or claim made before Demerger Completion; or

 

  (B)

disclaims any allowance or Relief claimed before Demerger Completion,

in each case, which is reasonably likely to affect the liability to, or the right to repayment of, Tax of a GSK Group Company.

 

13.28

Haleon shall procure that (except where requested in writing by Pfizer or required by Law) after Demerger Completion no Haleon Group Company:

 

  (A)

amends, withdraws or disclaims any election or claim made before Demerger Completion; or

 
  (B)

disclaims any allowance or Relief claimed before Demerger Completion,

in each case, which is reasonably likely to affect the liability to, or the right to repayment of, Tax of a Pfizer Group Company.

 

14.

Transfer Pricing

 

14.1

This clause 14 shall not apply in respect of a liability to Tax as a result of a Transfer Pricing Adjustment to the extent that the same falls within any of the circumstances mentioned in clause 4.1(L) or to the extent that any rights or liabilities in respect of the same have accrued under Clause 6 (Transfer Pricing) of the Cosmos SCA.

 

14.2

If and to the extent that GSK (or any person connected with GSK) or Pfizer (or any person connected with Pfizer) has or may have an increased liability to Tax as a result of a Transfer Pricing Adjustment in respect of which Haleon or any member of Haleon’s Group is able to claim a Compensating Adjustment, then:

 

  (A)

Haleon shall, or shall procure that the relevant member of Haleon’s Group shall, if GSK or Pfizer (as the case may be) so requests, use reasonable commercial efforts to claim the Compensating Adjustment; and

 

  (B)

if Haleon (or the relevant member of Haleon’s Group) receives or obtains a payment or other Relief which comprises or would not have arisen but for such Compensating Adjustment, then (as applicable) the amount of the payment received or the amount that the person concerned will save by virtue of the Relief (less any Costs of recovering or obtaining such payment or other Relief and any Tax actually suffered thereon) shall be paid by Haleon (or the relevant member of Haleon’s Group) by way of Balancing Payment to GSK (or the relevant person connected with GSK) or Pfizer (or the relevant person connected with Pfizer), as the case may be.

 

45


14.3

If and to the extent that Haleon (or any person connected with Haleon) has or may have an increased liability to Tax as a result of a Transfer Pricing Adjustment in respect of which GSK (or any member of GSK’s Group) or Pfizer (or any member of Pfizer’s Group) is able to claim a Compensating Adjustment, then:

 

  (A)

as applicable, GSK shall (or shall procure that the relevant member of GSK’s Group shall) or Pfizer shall (or shall procure that the relevant member of GSK’s Group shall), if Haleon so requests, use reasonable commercial efforts to claim the Compensating Adjustment; and

 

  (B)

if, as applicable, GSK (or a member of the GSK Group) or Pfizer (or a member of the Pfizer Group) receives or obtains a payment or other Relief which comprises or would not have arisen but for such Compensating Adjustment, then the lesser of the amount received or the amount that the person concerned will save by virtue of the payment or other Relief (less any Costs of recovering or obtaining such payment or other Relief and any Tax actually suffered thereon) shall be paid by, as applicable, GSK (or the relevant member of GSK’s Group) or Pfizer (or the relevant member of Pfizer’s Group) by way of Balancing Payment to Haleon (or the relevant person connected with Haleon).

 

14.4

A Balancing Payment to be made under clause 14.2 or clause 14.3 shall be made within 10 Business Days from the date on which notice setting out the amount due is received by the person that would be liable to make the Balancing Payment under clause 14.1 or clause 14.3 as applicable, or (if later):

 

  (A)

in a case where the Relief referred to in clause 14.2(B) or clause 14.3(B) (as applicable) is a right to repayment of any Tax, 10 Business Days after such repayment is received; and

 

  (B)

in a case where the Relief referred to in clause 14.2(B) or clause 14.3(B) (as applicable) is not a right to repayment of any Tax, the date which is 10 Business Days prior to the last day on which the person claiming the Compensating Adjustment would have been due to make an actual payment of Tax had it not been for such Relief.

 

14.5

In this clause 14 only, a person is “connected” with another person if they are connected with that other person for the purposes of the transfer pricing legislation in force in the territory in which a Transfer Pricing Adjustment is imposed, provided that Haleon and the Haleon Group shall be deemed not to be “connected” with either GSK or Pfizer.

 

15.

Tax Consolidations

 

15.1

To the extent that the same has not been done before Demerger Completion, GSK and Haleon shall (and shall procure that the members of their respective Groups shall) procure that any Haleon Group Company be removed from any GSK Tax Consolidation and any GSK Group Company be removed from any Haleon Tax Consolidation, with effect from, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, no later than Demerger Completion. GSK and Haleon shall co-operate with each other in respect of, and shall each keep each

 

46


  other fully informed of, all matters pertaining thereto, shall share copies of all material correspondence with any Tax Authority pertaining thereto and each shall notify the other as soon as reasonably practicable when such removal has become effective.

 

15.2

For any Tax Periods (or parts of Tax Periods) up to and including the Tax Period (or part Tax Periods) in which the Tax Consolidations are split as mentioned in clause 15.1, GSK and Haleon shall (and shall procure that the members of their respective Groups shall) prepare and submit all Tax Returns and discharge Tax liabilities of each GSK Tax Consolidation and Haleon Tax Consolidation (as applicable) according to their normal and ordinary course practice.

 

15.3

In respect of any period in which a Haleon Group Company is or has been a member of a GSK Tax Consolidation, and unless the same is inconsistent with normal and ordinary course practice, Haleon shall procure that the relevant Haleon Group Company pays to the appropriate GSK Group Company, an amount in respect of any liability to Tax which the relevant GSK Group Company is primarily responsible for paying or discharging on behalf of, or in respect of Income, Profits or Gains of, or Events undertaken by, that Haleon Group Company except to the extent that:

 

  (A)

such contribution has already been made prior to Demerger Completion; or

 

  (B)

Haleon would (ignoring any limitations on liability under clause 4.8) be entitled to make a valid claim under clause 2.1 of this Deed or Section 6.5(d)(ii) of the Cosmos SAPA in respect of such payment (if it were a liability to Tax of a Haleon Group Company) and, for the avoidance of doubt, no such claim shall be made by Haleon to the extent that such Tax or payment is borne and discharged by a GSK Group Company.

 

15.4

In respect of any period in which a GSK Group Company is or has been a member of a Haleon Tax Consolidation, and unless the same is inconsistent with normal and ordinary course practice, GSK shall procure that the relevant GSK Group Company pays to the appropriate Haleon Group Company, an amount in respect of any liability to Tax which the relevant Haleon Group Company is primarily responsible for paying or discharging on behalf of, or in respect of Income, Profits or Gains of, or Events undertaken by, that GSK Group Company except to the extent that:

 

  (A)

such contribution has already been made prior to Demerger Completion; or

 

  (B)

GSK would (ignoring any limitations on liability under clause 6.4) be entitled to make a valid claim under clause 5.1 of this Deed (if it were a liability to Tax of a GSK Group Company) and, for the avoidance of doubt, no such claim shall be made by GSK to the extent that such Tax or payment is borne and discharged by a Haleon Group Company.

 

15.5

Haleon shall, or shall procure that each Haleon Group Company which is included in a US State Joint Tax Return shall, pay to GSK (or the relevant GSK Group Company which files the US State Joint Tax Return in question) an amount equal to A multiplied by B, where:

 

  (A)

A” is equal to the relevant Haleon Group Company’s separate taxable income divided by the sum of the separate taxable income of all members with positive separate taxable income; and

 

47


  (B)

B” is equal to the total amount of Tax due, as shown on the US State Joint Tax Return,

for these purposes the term “separate taxable income” having the meaning given in US Treas. Reg. Section 1.1502-12 (or, as applicable, any similar provision of state or local laws or regulations). Payment shall not be required under this clause 15.5 to the extent that:

 

  (i)

such payment has already been made prior to Demerger Completion; or

 

  (ii)

Haleon would (ignoring any limitations on liability under clause 4.8) be entitled to make a valid claim under clause 2.1 of this Deed or Section 6.5(d)(ii) of the Cosmos SAPA in respect of such payment (if it were a liability to Tax of a Haleon Group Company) and, for the avoidance of doubt, no such claim shall be made by Haleon to the extent that such Tax or payment is borne and discharged by a GSK Group Company.

 

15.6

Payments under clause 15.3 and clause 15.4 shall be made 10 Business Days before the date or dates on which the Tax is due and payable to the appropriate Tax Authority for that period or otherwise on such date is consistent with normal and ordinary course practice. Payments under clause 15.5 shall be made on or before the date which falls 20 Business Days after the date or dates on which the Tax is due and payable to the appropriate Tax Authority.

 

15.7

Without prejudice to the remainder of this clause 15 or clause 13:

 

  (A)

GSK shall be responsible for the conducting correspondence with the applicable Tax Authority in respect of:

 

  (i)

each GSK Tax Consolidation mentioned in clause 15.1; and

 

  (ii)

each US State Joint Tax Return,

following Demerger Completion; and

 

  (B)

Haleon shall be responsible for the conducting correspondence with the applicable Tax Authority for each Haleon Tax Consolidation mentioned in clause 15.1,

provided in all cases that GSK and Haleon shall (or shall procure that the members of their respective Groups shall) keep each other fully informed of any matter relating thereto that affects a member of the other Group, including promptly sharing all related correspondence received from a Tax Authority (or appropriate portions thereof). GSK and Haleon shall co-operate in good faith in order to agree how to resolve any such matter and shall (and shall procure that the members of their Groups shall) take into account any reasonable comments of the other Group in relation thereto.

 

48


16.

Post-Demerger Completion Conduct

 

16.1

Haleon shall not, and shall procure that each member of the Haleon Group shall not, undertake or effect any action described in Part A of Schedule 1 save that Haleon shall be permitted to take any action outlined in paragraph 3 in Part A of Schedule 1 provided that, prior to taking such action, Haleon shall have obtained (i) a tax opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to GSK, (ii) a private letter ruling, including any required supplemental ruling, from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to GSK, or (iii) GSK shall have waived in writing the requirement to obtain such tax opinion or private letter ruling.

 

16.2

 

  (A)

Haleon shall not, and shall procure that each member of the Haleon Group shall not, undertake or effect any action outlined in paragraph 2 to paragraph 7 (inclusive) in Part B of Schedule 1 save that Haleon shall be permitted to take any such action provided that, prior to taking such action, Haleon shall have obtained (i) a tax opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Pfizer, (ii) a private letter ruling, including any required supplemental ruling, from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Pfizer, or (iii) Pfizer shall have waived in writing the requirement to obtain such tax opinion or private letter ruling. For the avoidance of doubt, paragraph 3 in Part B of Schedule 1 is a representation as to current plan or intention only and not a restriction on any actions of Haleon or any member of the Haleon Group.

 

  (B)

Prior to taking any action outlined in paragraph 8 in Part B of Schedule 1, Haleon shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consult with Pfizer prior to such action to the extent it is not described in Schedule 2, provided further that nothing in this clause 16.2 shall interfere with the timing of any such transaction or Haleon’s ability to pursue any such transaction in the manner and according to the schedule determined by Haleon in its sole discretion.

 

16.3

The first [***] of Costs which are incurred by the Haleon Group in any one calendar year in respect of the preparation and submission of any incremental Tax Returns or the provision of information or other similar administrative requirements in each case arising directly as a consequence of any of the matters listed in Part A of Schedule 1 shall be borne by such Haleon Group Companies, with GSK bearing any Cost in excess of such amount.

 

16.4

The first [***] of Costs which are incurred by the Haleon Group in any one calendar year in respect of the preparation and submission of any incremental Tax Returns or the provision of information or other similar administrative requirements in each case arising directly as a consequence of any of the matters listed in Part B of Schedule 1 shall be borne by such Haleon Group Companies, with Pfizer bearing any Cost in excess of such amount.

 

49


16.5

Each of GSK and Haleon will co-operate and liaise with each other to agree appropriate procedures and controls to be established within their respective Groups from Demerger Completion with the purpose of identifying, before they are made:

 

  (A)

any payments or transfers of money’s worth:

 

  (i)

by any GSK Group Company to any Haleon Group Company, any shareholder in Haleon or any shareholder in GSK or any other GSK Group Company; or

 

  (ii)

by any Haleon Group Company to any GSK Group Company, any shareholder in GSK or any shareholder in Haleon or any other Haleon Group Company; or

 

  (B)

any assumptions of liability:

 

  (i)

by any GSK Group Company from any Haleon Group Company, any shareholder in Haleon or any shareholder in GSK or any other GSK Group Company; or

 

  (ii)

by any Haleon Group Company from any GSK Group Company, any shareholder in GSK or any shareholder in Haleon or any other Haleon Group Company,

which in any such case may potentially constitute a Chargeable Payment in relation to the Demerger and will co-operate and liaise with each other in relation thereto, including by obtaining appropriate professional advice in relation to such payments, transfers or assumptions and, where appropriate, by seeking advance clearance from HM Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) to ensure that such payments, transfers or assumptions do not constitute Chargeable Payments, provided in each case that if a Haleon Group Company or a GSK Group Company intends to take any action which may potentially constitute a Chargeable Payment but which Haleon or GSK (respectively) reasonably believes HMRC have cleared as not being a chargeable payment pursuant to a prior advance clearance, Haleon or GSK (respectively) shall not be required to liaise with the other in relation thereto prior to taking the relevant action.

 

17.

Project Cosmos

 

17.1

The Parties agree that, in view of GSKCHHL and JVCo ceasing to be controlled by GSK as a result of the Demerger, it is necessary to amend the Cosmos SAPA as follows.

Definitions in the Cosmos SAPA

 

17.2

The Parties agree to amend Section 1.1 (Definitions) of the Cosmos SAPA by adding the following definitions, each to be effective as at Demerger Completion:

Argentina Manufacturing Businessshall have the meaning set forth in the Argentina NEBA;

 

50


Argentina NEBA” shall have the meaning set forth in the SCIA;

Demerger Completion” shall have the meaning set forth in the SCIA;

“Gold Tax Covenant” shall have the meaning given to the term “Tax Covenant” as set forth in the SCIA;

Gold Transaction Documents” shall have the meaning given to the term “Transaction Documents” as set forth in the SCIA;

Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a)(iiA);

Purchaser Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return” shall mean any Tax Return of the Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries (excluding the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) for any Pre-Closing Tax Period other than any Straddle Period;

Purchaser Straddle Period Tax Return” shall mean any Tax Return of the Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or their Subsidiaries (excluding the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) for a Straddle Period;

SCIAshall mean the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement entered into between GSK, Pfizer, Haleon, JVCo, GSKCHHL and PFCHHL; on or around 1 June 2022;

Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns

 

17.3

The Parties agree to amend the terms of Section 6.5(a) (Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns) of the Cosmos SAPA as follows, each such amendment to be effective as at Demerger Completion.

 

  (A)

An additional Section 6.5(a)(iiA) shall be added immediately beneath Section 6.5(a)(ii) as follows.

(iiA)    Any Tax Return (or relevant portion thereof) of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries after Closing) that includes or reflects (or is required to include or reflect) Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes for which Purchaser Parent would reasonably be expected to be liable pursuant to this Agreement (any such Tax Return, or relevant portion thereof, a “Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return”) shall be delivered by Purchaser to Purchaser Parent for its review, comment and approval, at least thirty (30) days, in the case of Income Tax Returns, and fifteen (15) days, in the case of non-Income Tax Returns prior to the due date for the filing of such Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return (taking into account any

 

51


applicable extensions), a statement setting forth the amount of Tax for which Purchaser Parent is responsible pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(ii) and a copy of such Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return, together with any additional information that Purchaser Parent may reasonably request. Purchaser Parent shall have the right to review such Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return, statement and any additional information prior to the filing of such Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return, and Purchaser shall reflect on such Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return, as filed, any reasonable comments submitted by Purchaser Parent at least fifteen (15) days, in the case of Income Tax Returns, and five (5) days, in the case of non-Income Tax Returns, prior to the due date of such Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return (taking into account any applicable extensions) to the extent any such comments would not be reasonably expected to result in Purchaser or its Subsidiaries being liable for any material Taxes that are not Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes for which Purchaser Parent is liable pursuant to this Agreement. Purchaser Parent shall, at least three (3) days before any Tax Return that Purchaser is obligated to file is due, pay Purchaser (or a Subsidiary of Purchaser designated by Purchaser) the amount of Taxes shown as due thereon to the extent any such Taxes are Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes.”.

 

  (B)

An additional Section 6.5(a)(iiiA) shall be added immediately beneath Section 6.5(a)(iii) as follows.

“ (iiiA)    Neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) shall amend or revoke any Purchaser Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return or Purchaser Straddle Period Tax Return, or agree to any waiver or extension of the statute of limitations, relating to Taxes with respect to Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries (or any Subsidiary thereof) for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, without the prior written consent of Purchaser Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Upon Purchaser Parent’s reasonable request, at the sole cost and expense of Purchaser Parent, Purchaser shall file, or cause to be filed, any amended Purchaser Pre-Closing Separate Tax Return in the form and substance reasonably requested by Purchaser Parent and in a manner consistent with the past practices of the applicable Subsidiary of Purchaser (or its Subsidiary) (other than as required as a result of the Purchaser Internal Restructurings), except to the extent that there is not at least a “more likely than not” basis for a position under applicable Law, provided that Purchaser shall not be required to file any such amended Tax Return to the extent it would reasonably be expected to result in Purchaser or its Subsidiaries being liable for any material Taxes that are not Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes for which Purchaser Parent is liable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise result in commercial consequences that materially and adversely affect Purchaser.”.

Tax indemnification provisions under the Cosmos SAPA

 

17.4

The Parties agree to amend the terms of Section 6.5(d) (Tax Indemnification) of the Cosmos SAPA as follows, such amendment to be effective as at Demerger Completion.

 

52


  (A)

An additional provisos shall be added to the existing Section 6.5(d)(ii) as marked below.

...; provided that Purchaser Parent shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless any Purchaser Tax Indemnified Party from and against any liability for (AA) Taxes attributable to any action taken after Demerger Completion by Purchaser, or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), or any transferee of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), other than any such action that (1) is in the ordinary course of business, (2) is expressly permitted or contemplated by this Agreement, or (3) is required to be taken in order to comply with applicable Law or as a result of a change in applicable Law, (A) Taxes attributable to any action taken after Closing by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates...”.

“...or (D) Taxes for which Seller Parent is responsible under Section 6.5(d)(i), or (E) any Taxes of Argentina S.A. in respect of the Argentina Manufacturing Business to the extent arising on or after, or referable to any period on or after, the “Commencement Date” (as that term is defined in the Argentina NEBA).”.

Conduct of Tax Authority Claims relevant to the Cosmos SAPA

 

17.5

The Parties agree to amend the terms of Section 6.5(e) (Tax Contests) of the Cosmos SAPA as follows, such amendments to be effective as at Demerger Completion.

 

  (A)

A new Section shall be inserted immediately beneath the current Section 6.5(e)(ii) as follows.

(iiA)    With respect to any Tax Claim within Section 6.5(e)(ii), Seller Parent shall also (x) notify Purchaser Parent of any material development with respect to any such Tax Proceeding, (y) provide Purchaser Parent with copies of any material documents submitted in connection with such Tax Proceeding and (z) notify Purchaser Parent regarding any material action to be taken by Seller Parent with respect to such Tax Proceeding (and take Purchaser Parent’s comments into consideration in good faith), in each case, solely to the extent relating to matters or aspects of such Tax Proceeding that would reasonably be expected to materially increase any Purchaser Parent Indemnified Taxes or any liability of the Purchaser Parent under the Gold Tax Covenant.”.

 

  (B)

A new Section shall be inserted immediately beneath Section 6.5(e)(iiA) (as inserted by clause 17.5(A)) as follows.

(iiB)    With respect to any Tax Claim relating to Purchaser or any Subsidiary thereof (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) for any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date, to Purchaser Parent (or any Subsidiary thereof) for any taxable period, or with respect to a Purchaser Parent Combined Tax Return, Purchaser Parent shall control all Tax Proceedings and shall make all decisions taken in connection with such Tax Proceeding (including

 

53


selection of counsel), and, without limiting the foregoing, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with any Taxing Authority with respect thereto, and may either pay the applicable Tax Liability and sue for a refund or contest the Tax Claim; provided, that in the case of such Tax Proceeding with respect to a Tax Return of Purchaser or a Subsidiary thereof (other than a Conveyed Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof) other than a Purchaser Parent Combined Tax Return, Purchaser Parent shall not settle such Tax Proceeding if doing so would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax Liability of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries and any Subsidiary thereof after the Closing), taking into account any indemnification for Tax Liabilities under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. In the case of any such Tax Proceeding with respect to Purchaser or a Subsidiary thereof (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries), Purchaser Parent shall (x) notify Purchaser of any material development with respect to any such Tax Proceeding, (y) provide Purchaser with copies of any material documents submitted in connection with such Tax Proceeding and (z) notify Purchaser regarding any material action to be taken by Purchaser Parent with respect to such Tax Proceeding (and take Purchaser’s comments into consideration in good faith), in each case, solely to the extent relating to matters or aspects of such Tax Proceeding that would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax Liability of Purchaser or a Subsidiary thereof (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) in a Post-Closing Tax Period ”.

 

  (C)

A new Section shall be inserted immediately beneath the Section 6.5(e)(iiB) (as inserted by clause 17.5(B)) as follows.

(iiC)    With respect to any Tax Claim within Section 6.5(iiB), Purchaser Parent shall also (x) notify Seller Parent of any material development with respect to any such Tax Proceeding, (y) provide Seller Parent with copies of any material documents submitted in connection with such Tax Proceeding and (z) notify Seller Parent regarding any material action to be taken by Purchaser Parent with respect to such Tax Proceeding (and take Seller Parent’s comments into consideration in good faith), in each case, solely to the extent relating to matters or aspects of such Tax Proceeding that would reasonably be expected to materially increase any Seller Indemnified Taxes or any liability of the Seller Parent under the Gold Tax Covenant.”.

 

  (D)

A new Section shall be inserted immediately beneath the current Section 6.5(e)(iii) as follows.

(iiiA)    Section 6.5(e)(iii) above shall apply in the case of any Tax Proceeding relating to Taxes of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (other than the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries)) for any Straddle Period, and for such purposes any reference to “Seller Parent” shall be replaced with a reference to “Purchaser Parent.”.

 

54


  (E)

The existing Section 6.5(e)(iv) shall be amended as marked below.

Except as otherwise provided herein, Purchaser shall control all Tax Proceedings with respect to Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (including the Conveyed Subsidiaries (and their Subsidiaries)) for any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date and any Tax Proceeding with respect to Purchaser or any of its Affiliates relating to (x) any Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return or (y) any Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return; provided that (in relation to a Seller Indemnifiable Tax Return) Seller Parent or (in relation to a Purchaser Parent Indemnifiable Tax Return) Purchaser Parent, shall be deemed to be a Non-Controlling Party (with the rights described in Section 6.5(e)(iii) or Section 6.5(e)(iiiA) as the case may be) with respect to any such Tax Proceeding if the resolution of any such Tax Proceeding would reasonably be expected to materially increase the Tax Liability of a Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Conveyed Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary thereof)) in a Pre-Closing Tax Period or (as applicable) the amount of indemnification for which Seller Parent is responsible pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(i) or for which Purchaser Parent is responsible pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(ii).”.

 

  (F)

The existing Section 6.5(e)(v) shall be amended by inserting “(or Purchaser Parent and its Affiliates, as the case may be)” after the words “Seller Parent and its Affiliates” where they first appear in the provision.

Other

 

17.6

Neither GSK nor Pfizer shall be liable under Section 6.5(d) of the Cosmos SAPA in respect of an individual claim for less than [***], but once the amount of any such claim has exceeded such sum, GSK or Pfizer (as applicable) shall be liable in respect of the full amount of such claim and not only the amount by which such sum is exceeded. For the purposes of this clause 17.6, individual claims arising out of the same or substantially the same matters, facts or circumstances shall be aggregated so as to be treated as a single claim.

 

18.

Anti-hybrid rules and interest restriction rules

 

18.1

Subject to Clause 18.2, Clauses 7.1 to 7.5 of the Cosmos SCA and any relevant definitions shall be treated as continuing to apply in respect of any period or part period prior to Demerger Completion as though those provisions of the Cosmos SCA (and any related definitions) had remained in effect, and as though references to “Company” and “Company’s Group” therein were references to “Haleon” and “Haleon Group”, respectively, as defined in this Deed as the context demands.

 

18.2

Pfizer shall have no liability in respect of any claim under Clauses 7.1 to 7.5 of the Cosmos SCA unless and until the aggregate amount of Pfizer’s liability thereunder in the absence of this clause 18.2 would have exceeded [***], in which event Pfizer shall thereafter be liable for such amounts which exceed that [***] threshold (and not for the full amount of such claim or claims) up to a total liability of Pfizer of [***].

 

55


19.

Miscellaneous

 

19.1

Save where required to be made on an after-Tax basis (in which case clause 1.2(O) shall apply), payments due to be made under this Deed shall be made free and clear of all deductions, withholdings, set-offs, or counterclaims whatsoever, except as may be required by Law. If any deductions or withholdings are required by Law, the paying party shall be obliged to pay such sum as will, after such deduction, withholdings, set-off or counter-claim has been made, leave the receiving party with the same amount as it would have been entitled to receive in the absence of any such requirement to make such deduction or withholding.

 

19.2

Where any party to this Deed is required, as a result of clause 1.2(O) or clause 19.1 to increase any payment it would otherwise be required to make, the additional amount payable as a result of clause 1.2(O) or clause 19.1 (as applicable) shall not exceed what it would have been had the recipient been resident for all Tax purposes solely in its jurisdiction of incorporation (and not had a permanent establishment or other taxable presence in any other place).

 

19.3

Any payment made by a Party under this Agreement shall (so far as legally permitted) be treated as an adjustment to the consideration for the shares transferred pursuant to the Demerger Agreement or applicable Exchange Agreement to the extent of the payment.

 

19.4

Where it is agreed or determined that an amount is payable by one Party to another in respect of any covenant, balancing payment or indemnity given under this Deed, the SCIA, an Exchange Agreement or the Demerger Agreement, those Parties shall consult in good faith for a period of not less than 10 Business Days (or such longer or shorter period as the affected Parties may agree, and without prejudice to clause 9 and clause 19.5) with a view to agreeing an acceptable arrangement for satisfying the obligation to pay the amount so claimed in an efficient manner that does not prejudice the Parties’ or their Groups’ respective interests. Without limitation, and by way of example only, the Parties may consider directing that payments are not made by one Party to the other but instead are made by a subsidiary within the paying Party’s Group to a subsidiary within the recipient Party’s Group. If the affected Parties fail to agree on any particular manner of payment during the course of such consultations (but not before), the Party which is liable to make the payment shall make that payment in cash in accordance with the remaining terms of this Deed.

 

19.5

[Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Party obliged to make and the Party entitled to receive the payment in question, payments under this Deed shall be made in Sterling. Where the underlying matter giving rise to a claim under this Deed comprises an amount which is or would not be in Sterling, the Sterling equivalent shall be determined based on the Bloomberg BFIX rate in effect as of 3:00 pm (London time) two (2) Business Days preceding the date of the written notice given for such claim.]

 

19.6

Payments due to be made under this Deed shall, if not paid within thirty (30) days of the due date, and except to the extent the liability giving rise to the payment compensates the recipient for late payment by virtue of its extending to interest and penalties, carry interest at a rate of (i) two (2) per cent. above the base lending rate from time to time of

 

56


  the Bank of England, or (ii) if such base lending rate is less than zero, at two (2) per cent. (the “Agreed Rate”) for the period from the date falling thirty (30) days after the due date to the date of actual payment.

 

19.7

This Deed is conditional on the passing of the Demerger Resolution and the Related Party Transactions Resolution by GSK Shareholders at the GSK General Meeting (as all such terms are defined in the Demerger Agreement).

 

19.8

Save for those provisions expressly stated to come into effect at a different time, this Deed shall come into effect from Demerger Completion.

 

19.9

The provisions of clauses 16 (Confidentiality), 22 (Notices), 25 (Assignment), 26 (Remedies and Waivers), 27 (Variation), 30 (Invalidity), 32 (Counterparts), 33 (Language) and 35 (Agent for Service) of the SCIA shall apply for the purposes of this Deed as if set out herein in full mutatis mutandis.

 

20.

Costs and Expenses

 

20.1

Each Party agrees to the apportionment of Costs as set out in clause 19 (Costs and Expenses) of the SCIA.

 

20.2

In relation to any Costs not addressed by clause 20.1, except as otherwise set out in this Deed, the Cosmos SHA or the SCIA, each Party shall pay its own Costs incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Deed.

 

21.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

21.1

This Deed is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

 

21.2

The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

 

21.3

Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

 

57


Schedule 1

Post-Demerger Completion Conduct

Part A

 

1

At the time of Demerger Completion, neither Haleon nor any member of the Haleon Group shall have any current plan or intention to:

 

  (A)

sell, dispose, or otherwise transfer any of the assets of the ATB Companies other than (i) in the ordinary course of business, (ii) to another member of the Separate Affiliated Group of Haleon, (iii) cash paid to acquire assets from unrelated person in arm’s length transaction, or (iv) cash paid to effect a mandatory or optional repayment of indebtedness of Haleon or any member of the Haleon Group. For these purposes, Haleon’s “Separate Affiliated Group” shall mean one or more chains of entities which are classified as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes connected through share ownership with Haleon in which (i) Haleon owns directly, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, stock of at least one other member of the group (a) possessing at least 80 per cent. of the voting power of the stock of such member and (b) having a value equal to at least 80 per cent. of the total value of the stock of such member and (ii) one or more members of the group own directly, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, stock of each other member of the group (except Haleon) (a) possessing at least 80 per cent. of the voting power of the stock of such member and (b) having a value equal to at least 80 per cent. of the total value of the stock of such member. For purposes of determining share ownership, the term “stock” does not include stock that (1) is not entitled to vote, (2) is limited and preferred as to dividends and does not participate in corporate growth to any significant extent, (3) has redemption and liquidation rights that do not exceed the issue price of such stock (except for a reasonable redemption premium or liquidation premium), and (4) is not convertible into another class of stock;

 

  (B)

sell, dispose, otherwise transfer any equity interest in any of the ATB Companies , or take any action that would cause GSKCHH 3 to cease to be a member of Haleon’s Separate Affiliated Group;

 

  (C)

change the U.S. federal income tax classification of any of the ATB Companies, including through the issuance of additional equity interests in any ATB Company that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes to an entity other than its sole owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

  (D)

fail to continue the conduct of the significant management and operational activities of the ATB Companies with employees of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (UK) Trading Limited and other ATB Companies and members of Haleon’s Separate Affiliated Group in a substantially similar manner as they were conducted during the five-year period preceding the Demerger (taking into account the activities of (i) GlaxoSmithKline Caribbean Limited in the case of

 

58


  GlaxoSmithKline Panama S.A. (“GSK Panama”), GSK CH Caricam Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada, and GSK Consumer Healthcare Trinidad and Tobago Limited and (ii) GlaxoSmithKline Pte Ltd. in the case of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Vietnam Company Limited); or

 

  (E)

adopt a plan or enter into any agreement to do any of the actions set forth in the foregoing paragraphs (A) through (D) (any action described in paragraphs (A) through (E), a “Potential CH ATB Restructuring”).

 

2

At the time of the Demerger Completion, neither Haleon nor any member of the Haleon Group shall have any current plan or intention to:

 

  (A)

voluntarily merge, consolidate, liquidate, or dissolve (including for U.S. federal income tax purposes) Haleon, GSKCHHL, JVCo, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) Inc. (“GSKCHH-US”), SmithKline Beecham Research Limited (“SBRL”), or Sterling Products International, Inc. (“SPII”); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that for purposes of this paragraph 2(A), the terms “merge” and “consolidate” shall mean a transaction or series of transactions in which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all of an existing entity’s assets and liabilities are transferred to one or more other entities and such existing entity ceases to exist as a regarded entity;

 

  (B)

convert Haleon, GSKCHHL, JVCo, GSKCHH-US, SBRL, or SPII into another form of entity or to change its classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

  (C)

take any action that would result in the involuntary merger, liquidation, bankruptcy, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of Haleon, GSKCHHL, JVCo, GSKCHH-US, SBRL, or SPII; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that for purposes of this paragraph 2(C), the term “merger” shall mean a transaction or series of transactions in which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all of an existing entity’s assets and liabilities are transferred to one or more other entities and such existing entity ceases to exist as a regarded entity;

 

  (D)

change the direct ownership of GSKCHHL, JVCo, GSKCHH-US, or SPII other than through transactions that are disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

  (E)

transfer assets owned, directly or indirectly, by any member of the GSKCHH-US Consolidated Group to a related person that is also not a member of the GSKCHH-US Consolidated Group, other than in the ordinary course of business (and for these purposes the “GSKCHH-US Consolidated Group” means the affiliated group of U.S. corporations of which GSKCHH-US is the common parent that join in the filing of a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return); or

 

  (F)

transfer assets owned, directly or indirectly, by SPII to a related person, other than in the ordinary course of business; or

 

  (G)

issue or transfer shares to any member of the Pfizer Group that would result in the Pfizer Group, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly owning more than 50 percent of the stock (by vote or value) of any member of the Haleon Group (any action described in paragraphs (A) through (G) above, a “Restricted US Transfer”).

 

59


3

Prior to the two-year anniversary of the Demerger Completion, neither Haleon nor any member of the Haleon Group shall take any action (including the adoption of a plan or arrangement) to effect any:

 

  (A)

Potential CH ATB Restructuring;

 

  (B)

Restricted US Transfer; or

 

  (C)

redemption or other repurchase, directly or through any member of the Haleon Group, of any Haleon shares (or of rights to acquire any Haleon shares) after the Demerger, other than repurchases or redemptions of widely held Haleon shares that (i) are made in the open market, (ii) are motivated by a non-U.S. federal income tax purpose and (iii) in the aggregate, do not exceed 20 percent of the outstanding Haleon shares. For purposes of this provision, a redemption or other repurchase includes acquisitions of Haleon shares by any trusts that are maintained by any member of the Haleon Group for the purpose of satisfying equity compensation awards to employees of the Haleon Group (other than pursuant to a direct subscription for such shares by any such trusts from Haleon).

 

60


Part B

 

1

In this Part B the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Haleon NVPS

  has the meaning given to the term “Haleon NVPS” in the Pfizer Exchange Agreement;

Haleon NVPS Holder

  means the person who purchases the Haleon NVPS from a Pfizer Group Company and any subsequent holder of such stock;

NVPS Sale

  has the meaning given to the term “NVPS Sale” in the Pfizer Exchange Agreement; and

Code

  means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2

Neither Haleon nor any member of the Haleon Group shall (i) at the time of the Demerger Completion, have any current plan or intention to, and (ii) prior to the two-year anniversary of the Demerger Completion, cause or permit:

 

  (A)

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.1) Limited (“GSKCHH 1”) or GSKCHH 3 to (i) issue new shares of stock (whether or not in exchange for property), (ii) reacquire (or redeem or cancel, whether or not in exchange for property) or convert (or recapitalize) any of its outstanding shares of stock, or (iii) amend its organization documents to take any other action affecting the voting rights of its outstanding shares of stock;

 

  (B)

Any of the equity interests in GSKCHH-US to be recapitalized into a different class of equity;

 

  (C)

GSKCHH-US to reacquire (or redeem or cancel, whether or not in exchange for property) or convert (or recapitalize) any of its issued and outstanding preferred stock;

 

  (D)

GSK Panama or GSKCHH-US to acquire any of the outstanding shares of GSKCHH 1 common stock or GSKCHH 3 common stock or GSKCHH-US to dispose of any of its shares of nonvoting preferred shares of GSKCHH 1 (“GSKCHH 1 NVPS”) or GSKCHH 3 (“GSKCHH 3 NVPS”);

 

61


  (E)

GSK Panama or GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.7) Limited (“GSKCHH 7”) to reacquire any of the GSKCHH 1 NVPS or GSKCHH 3 NVPS;

 

  (F)

To take any action that would result in the involuntary merger, liquidation, bankruptcy, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of GSKCHH 1, GSKCHH 3, GSKCHH-US, or GSKCHH 7, or otherwise cease such entity’s legal existence;

 

  (G)

GSKCHH 1, GSKCHH 3, GSKCHH 7, Consumer Healthcare Intermediate Holdings Ltd., or Consumer Healthcare Holdings Ltd. to liquidate, combine with another entity (whether in a reorganization or otherwise), convert into another form of entity or change its classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

 

  (H)

GSKCHH 7 to sell, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, except in the ordinary course of business, any of its (i) equity interests in GSKCHH 1, (ii) equity interests in GSKCHH 6, (iii) equity interests in Ferrosan ApS, or (iv) equity interests in SBRL.

 

3

Neither Haleon nor any member of the Haleon Group shall, as of the time of the Demerger Completion, have any current plan or intention to contribute any property to GSKCHH-US Inc.

 

4

Haleon will not and will not cause any of its affiliates to discharge GSKCHH 1’s obligation on the notes issued by GSKCHH1 to JVCo on November 22, 2021 (“GSKCHH 1 Notes”) prior to maturity, whether via a contribution of the GSKCHH 1 Notes by JVCo (or any affiliated entity) to the capital of GSKCHH 1 or otherwise, or to take any other action that would result in the cancellation of the GSKCHH 1 Notes, other than payments in accordance with the terms of the GSKCHH 1 Notes.

 

5

Neither Haleon nor any member of the Haleon Group shall (i) at the time of the NVPS Sale, have any current plan or intention to, and (ii) prior to the five-year anniversary of the NVPS Sale, cause or permit:

 

  (A)

An amendment of the terms, or any other action affecting the voting rights (or lack thereof), of the Haleon NVPS;

 

  (B)

The Haleon NVPS to be reacquired (or redeemed or cancelled, whether or not in exchange for property) or converted (or recapitalized), except for a redemption pursuant to the terms, as of issuance, of the Haleon NVPS; or

 

  (C)

An issuance of any (A) additional shares of the Haleon NVPS or (B) additional nonvoting stock that may be treated as the same class of stock as the Haleon NVPS.

 

6

Prior to the two-year anniversary of the Demerger Completion, neither Haleon nor any member of the Haleon Group shall take any action (including the adoption of a plan or arrangement) to:

 

  (A)

voluntarily merge, consolidate, liquidate, or dissolve (including for U.S. federal income tax purposes) JVCo;

 

62


  (B)

convert JVCo into another form of entity or to change its classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of a contribution of the equity interests in JVCo to an entity classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

  (C)

take any action that would result in the involuntary merger, liquidation, bankruptcy, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of JVCo; or

 

  (D)

change the direct ownership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (including by contribution or redemption) of JVCo other than through transactions that are disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

7

Prior to the later of (i) the two-year anniversary of the Demerger Completion and (ii) the first day of the succeeding U.S. federal income tax year of the relevant member of the Haleon Group after the first taxable year in which Pfizer or any member of Pfizer’s Group would no longer be subject to the PFIC rules under Sections 1291 to 1298 of the Code if Haleon or any member of the Haleon Group were to constitute a PFIC (as defined in Section 1297 of the Code), Haleon will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Haleon and each member of the Haleon Group not to constitute a PFIC.

 

8

An action is outlined in this paragraph 8 if, prior to the later of (i) the two-year anniversary of the Demerger Completion and (ii) the first day of the succeeding U.S. federal income tax year of the relevant member of the Haleon Group after the first taxable year in which neither Pfizer nor any member of Pfizer’s Group constitutes a “United States shareholder” as defined in Section 951(b) of the Code of such member of the Haleon Group, a member of the Haleon Group shall:

 

  (A)

Take any action or series of related actions outside the ordinary course of business (including a change in the entity classification of any member of the Haleon Group for U.S. federal, state or local tax purposes), which would reasonably be expected to cause any member of the Haleon Group, or any member of the Pfizer Group, to recognize a material amount of income under Section 951(a) or 951A(a) of the Code.

 

  (B)

Acquire any material asset outside the ordinary course of business that constitutes “United States property” within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code (including by entering into credit support arrangements that are treated as investments in “United States property” within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code) and that would reasonably be expected to give rise to a material gross income inclusion to any member of the Pfizer Group under Section 951(a)(1)(B) of the Code.

 

63


Schedule 2

White List

 

(A)

Any transaction, arrangement or agreement with, or disposition, transfer, sale, exchange or disposal to, or acquisition from, a third party for cash;

 

(B)

Any transaction, arrangement, agreement, disposition, acquisition, transfer, sale, exchange, disposal, restructuring, reorganisation, action or other step required to be entered into in order to obtain any consent, approval or authorisation of, permit or licence issued or granted by, governmental order, waiver or exemption by, any person (including any governmental authority) or which is otherwise required by any governmental antitrust authority;

 

(C)

Any transaction, arrangement, agreement, disposition, acquisition, transfer, sale, exchange, disposal, restructuring, reorganisation, action or other step between one or more members of the Haleon Group that are treated as entities disregarded as separate from each other for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and which are direct or indirect subsidiaries of the same member of the Haleon Group that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes.

 

64


IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as a deed and delivered on the date stated at the beginning hereof.

 

SIGNED as a DEED by DAVID REDFERN as attorney for GSK PLC in the presence of:    )

)

)

)

)

  

/s/ David Redfern

(Signature of attorney)

DAVID REDFERN as attorney for GSK PLC

Witness’s signature:      

/s/ Diane Hewett

Name (print):      

Diane Hewett

Occupation:      

Homemaker

Address:      

     

 

65


EXECUTED as a DEED by PFIZER INC.
acting by DEBORAH BARON

who, in accordance with the laws of the territory in which PFIZER INC. is incorporated, is acting under
the authority of PFIZER INC.

   )

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

/s/ Deborah Baron

(Authorised signatory)

 

66


SIGNED as a DEED by AMANDA MELLOR as attorney for HALEON PLC in the presence of:    )

)

)

)

)

  

/s/ Amanda Mellor

(Signature of attorney)

AMANDA MELLOR as attorney for

HALEON PLC

Witness’s signature:      

/s/ Bridget Creegan

Name (print):      

Bridget Creegan

Occupation:      

Chartered Company Secretary

Address:      

     

 

67


EXECUTED as a DEED by GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED acting by DAVID REDFERN, a director, in the presence of:    )
)
)
)
)
  

/s/ David Redfern

Director

Witness’s signature:      

/s/ Diane Hewett

Name (print):      

Diane Hewett

Occupation:      

Homemaker

Address:      

     

 

68


SIGNED as a DEED by DAVID REDFERN as attorney for GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED in the presence of:    )
)
)
)
)
)
  

/s/ David Redfern

(Signature of attorney)

DAVID REDFERN as attorney for GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED

Witness’s signature:      

/s/ Diane Hewett

Name (print):      

Diane Hewett

Occupation:      

Homemaker

Address:      

     

 

69

Exhibit 4.9

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

DATED 1 June 2022

GSK PLC

and

PFIZER INC.

and

HALEON PLC

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED

and

ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

and

PF CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

SEPARATION CO-OPERATION AND

IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT

 

 

Slaughter and May

One Bunhill Row

London EC1Y 8YY

(SRN/TGXF)

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


CONTENTS

 

     Page  
1.    Interpretation      6  
2.    Co-operation and Implementation      33  
3.    Separation Process and Termination      39  
4.    Dividends      40  
5.    Circular, Prospectus and Compliance and Reporting Obligations      45  
6.    Amendments to Cosmos SAPA and NEBA      46  
7.    Termination at Admission of Cosmos SHA and Cosmos SCA; Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions; and Other Post-Completion Matters      47  
8.    Tax Covenant      47  
9.    Settlement of Outstanding Cross-Group Amounts      47  
10.    Post-Separation Committee      48  
11.    Exclusion of Liability      48  
12.    [Reserved]      49  
13.    Employees      49  
14.    [Reserved]      49  
15.    Restrictive Covenants      49  
16.    Confidentiality      50  
17.    Announcements      51  
18.    Warranties      52  
19.    Costs and Expenses      52  
20.    Payments      53  
21.    Recharge to Haleon      53  
22.    Notices      53  
23.    Entire Agreement      55  


24.    Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999    56
25.    Assignment    57
26.    Remedies and Waivers    57
27.    Variation    58
28.    Further Assurance    58
29.    No Partnership or Agency    58
30.    Invalidity    58
31.    Continuing Effect    59
32.    Counterparts    59
33.    Language    59
34.    Governing Law and Jurisdiction    59
35.    Agent for Service    60

SCHEDULES AND ATTACHMENTS

 

Schedule 1 Provisions on Claims under the Dividend Indemnities

     67

Schedule 2 Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters

     71

Part A (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions)

     71

Part B (Other post-Completion Matters)

     84

Schedule 3 Allocation of Costs and Expenses

     88


AGREED FORM DOCUMENTS

Pfizer Relationship Agreement

Orderly Marketing Agreement

Registration Rights Agreement

Sponsors’ Agreements

Lock-up Deed

Demerger Agreement

GSK Exchange Agreement

Pfizer Exchange Agreement

SLP Exchange Agreement

Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement

Tax Covenant

ATFA

Transitional Services Agreement

GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement

Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement

GSK Quality Agreement

Consumer Quality Agreement

Shared Brands Licences Agreement

Shared Brands Committee Agreement

Corporate Brand Licence Agreement

Co-Existence Agreement

Long Term Access Agreement

Pharmacovigilance Agreement

NEBA Amendment Agreement

Argentina NEBA

Brazil ATFA

Deed of Termination

Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement


This Agreement is made as a deed on 1 June 2022.

BETWEEN:

 

1.

GSK PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 03888792, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS (“GSK”);

 

2.

PFIZER INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017 (“Pfizer”);

 

3.

HALEON PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 13691224, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS (“Haleon”);

 

4.

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England under registered number 11961650 whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS (“JVCo”);

 

5.

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England under registered number 08998608 whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS (“GSKCHHL”);

 

    

ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017 (“Anacor”); and

 

6.

PF CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LLC, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017 (“PFCHHL”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

GSK intends to demerge approximately 80.1% of its interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business, by way of an indirect dividend demerger, for the purpose of benefiting both the Consumer Healthcare Business and the GSK Business. GSK also intends that, subsequent to such demerger, Haleon, as the holder of the Consumer Healthcare Business, shall be listed on the London Stock Exchange as a separate and independently managed group.

 

(B)

Haleon is a company that is not part of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group. GSKCHHL is (and will be, immediately prior to the Demerger) a subsidiary of GSK with 100% of its A Shares and B Shares held by GSK and 100% of its C Shares held by the SLPs (which A Shares, B Shares and C Shares comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL). GSKCHHL is (and will be immediately following the Demerger and the Share Exchanges) the registered holder of 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo, which is the current parent company of the Consumer Healthcare Group.

 

(C)

GSK and Haleon have conditionally agreed on the terms of the Demerger Agreement pursuant to which GSK will transfer to Haleon the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares (being all of the A Shares, representing in excess of 80% of the entire issued ordinary share capital of GSKCHHL which comprises A Shares, B Shares and C Shares) in consideration for

 

4


 

which Haleon will allot and issue, credited as fully paid up, the Haleon Demerger Shares to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders, in satisfaction of the Demerger Dividend to be declared on the GSK Shares pursuant to the Demerger Resolution.

 

(D)

Separately, pursuant to: (i) the GSK Exchange Agreement, GSK has agreed to transfer GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK; (ii) the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, Anacor and Pfizer have agreed that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor shall transfer the PFCHHL Interests (being all of the common interests in PFCHHL (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL) and which shall be held by Anacor until the commencement of the PFCHHL Transfer and by Pfizer following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange) to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (comprising new Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS) to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary and, following which, the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor will sell the Haleon NVPS immediately upon receipt of such Haleon NVPS pursuant to a binding commitment made prior to its transfer of the PFCHHL Interests to Haleon; and (iii) the SLP Exchange Agreement, each SLP has agreed to transfer its entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP.

 

(E)

As a result of the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges: (i) (A) the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary (with respect to the Haleon Ordinary Shares held on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor) will hold, in aggregate, 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share) and 100% of the issued preference shares in Haleon, it being understood that any Haleon Ordinary Shares issued to the Depositary pursuant to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement will be held by the Depositary on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor in connection with and under the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme, (B) the Qualifying GSK Shareholders will hold at least approximately 54.47% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon, (C) GSK will hold up to approximately 6.03% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (and with the issued ordinary shares comprised in (B) and (C) together representing 60.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share)), and (D) the SLPs will collectively hold 7.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share); (ii) Haleon will hold 100% of the issued ordinary shares and common interests, respectively, in each of GSKCHHL and PFCHHL; and (iii) (1) GSKCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo and (2) PFCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary B shares in JVCo.

 

(F)

It is also intended that, prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps, the relevant Parties will have taken all necessary actions so that each of the following actions shall have occurred: (i) JVCo will declare and pay the Final Quarterly Dividend, the Final Sweep Dividend and, separately, the Pre-Separation Dividend to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL in accordance with the Cosmos SHA and the Treasury Side Letter; (ii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares; (iii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; (iv) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; and (v) PFCHHL will declare and pay or otherwise effect the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend to Anacor or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such time, Pfizer.

 

(G)

It is further noted that Haleon redeemed the Redeemable Shares on 11 April 2022.

 

5


(H)

In connection with the proposed listing of Haleon, and prior to the Demerger, it is also intended that: (i) the Prospectus and Circular shall be published and posted; (ii) the GSK General Meeting shall take place to, among other things, approve the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Chapter 10 of the Listing Rules and approve certain transactions related to the Demerger and the Separation Transaction as related party transactions for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; (iii) the Haleon ADR Programme shall be established to come into effect on or around the time of Admission; and (iv) following payment by JVCo of the dividends referred to in recital (F)(i) above, the ATB Re-organisation shall be completed.

 

(I)

Following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, it is intended that Admission shall occur, subsequent to which GSK shall implement the GSK Share Consolidation.

 

(J)

The Parties have, to date, been co-operating in relation to the proposed listing of Haleon, the Demerger and the Share Exchanges within the framework of the Cosmos SHA and the Cosmos SCA. With publication of the Circular and the Prospectus expected shortly, the Parties now wish to enter into this Agreement as they have agreed to take certain additional steps and implement certain additional arrangements to effect completion of, or which otherwise relate to, the Separation Transaction. Accordingly, this Agreement, which is a deed, records their respective obligations relating to such matters and certain terms on which relations between the Parties shall be governed following Completion.

 

(K)

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, GSK and Haleon intend that the Demerger, together with certain related transactions, qualify as a reorganization under Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and this Agreement, together with the Demerger Agreement, constitute a “plan of reorganization” for the purposes of Section 368 of the Code.

THIS DEED PROVIDES as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Agreement and the Schedules:

 

      

 

“Admission”

  

means, unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities;

 

“Affected Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 1.2 of Part B (Other post-Completion Matters) of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters);

 

6


      

 

“Affiliate”

  

means, in relation to any person (the “relevant person”) at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made:

 

(i) any person Controlled (directly or indirectly) by the relevant person;

 

(ii)  any person Controlling (directly or indirectly) the relevant person; and

 

(iii)  any person under common Control (directly or indirectly) with the relevant person,

 

provided that (x) Pfizer and GSK (and any members of their respective Groups) shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of any members of the Consumer Healthcare Group, and any members of the Consumer Healthcare Group shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of Pfizer or GSK (or any members of their respective Groups), as of or following Completion, (y) any Delayed Business shall not constitute an “Affiliate” of JVCo unless, and until, the relevant completion date for the transfer of such Delayed Business under the Cosmos SAPA and (z) any Deferred Closing Business shall not constitute an “Affiliate” of JVCo unless, and until, the relevant completion date for the transfer of such Deferred Closing Business under the NEBA;

 

“Agreed Form”

  

means, in relation to any document, that document in a form agreed by the parties thereto and initialled for identification purposes by or on behalf of each of the parties thereto, and, to the extent their agreement is required pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA, Cosmos SHA or any other agreements between members of the GSK Group, members of the Haleon Group and/or members of the Pfizer Group, agreed by each of GSK, Haleon and Pfizer (whether or not parties thereto);

 

“Agreed Rate”

  

has the meaning given to that term in clause 20.1;

 

“Ancillary Agreements”

  

means the Listing Ancillary Agreements and the Separation Ancillary Agreements;

 

“Argentina NEBA”

  

means the letter agreement relating to the retention, operation and transfer of the manufacturing site located in Buenos Aires, Argentina entered into or to be entered into between GSK and JVCo on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

7


      

 

“A Shares”

  

means the A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK;

 

“ATB Re-organisation”

  

means all of (i) the distribution in specie of the ordinary shares of GSKCHH3 by JVCo to GSKCHHL only, (ii) the distribution of £53.125m by JVCo to GSKCHHL only, and (iii) the conversion of a portion of A shares in the share capital of JVCo held by GSKCHHL (of equivalent value to the distribution mentioned at (i)) into preference shares in the share capital of JVCo in a manner consistent with the SCA Side Letter;

 

“ATFA

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo entered into on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

“Brazil ATFA”

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement relating to the transfer of the manufacturing site located in Jacarepaguá, Brazil entered into or to be entered into between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

“B Shares”

  

means the B ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK;

 

“Business Day”

  

means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, UK;

 

“Circular”

  

means the circular to be dated with the Posting Date and to be sent to the shareholders of GSK in connection with the Demerger, including a notice of general meeting of GSK, substantially in the Agreed Form;

 

“Co-Existence Agreement”

  

means the co-existence agreement in respect of certain trade marks and domain names of the GSK Group and Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between Glaxo Group Limited, SmithKline Beecham Limited and Haleon on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

“Completion”

  

means completion of the final step in the Separation Transaction;

 

8


      

 

Connected Persons

  

means, in relation to a Party, any member of its Group and any officer, employee, agent, adviser or representative of that Party or any member of its Group, in each case, from time to time;

 

“Consumer Healthcare Business”

  

means the consumer healthcare business which, as at the date of Demerger Completion is operated within the JVCo Group and any other asset or business of the consumer healthcare business that, as at the date of Demerger Completion, is contemplated to be operated within the Haleon Group after Separation Completion pursuant to the ATFA, the Argentina NEBA and/or the Brazil ATFA;

 

“Consumer Healthcare Group”

  

means:

 

(i) prior to Demerger Completion, the JVCo Group; and

 

(ii)  from Demerger Completion, the Haleon Group;

  “Consumer Healthcare Group Companies”   

means any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group from time to time, and “Consumer Healthcare Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“Consumer Healthcare Product”

  

means, in respect of any jurisdiction, any oral care, nutritional care, skin care, medicine or other cosmetic or healthcare product or device of any kind, in each case, for the treatment of, or use by, human beings which is available without, or both with and without, a prescription, but excluding any such product or device that is subject to the same regulatory classification and/or regulatory treatment (including in relation to advertising) as a product or device that is available only with a prescription;

  “Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement”   

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

“Consumer Quality Agreement”

  

means the quality agreement to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited in respect of the Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

9


“Control”

  

means, in relation to a person, the ability of another person to ensure that the activities and business of the first mentioned person are conducted in accordance with the wishes of that other person (whether by exercise of contractual rights, ownership of shares or otherwise), and a person shall be deemed to have Control of a body corporate if that person has the contractual right to procure that the activities and business of that body corporate are conducted in accordance with that person’s wishes or if that person possesses the majority of the issued share capital or the voting rights in that body corporate or the right to receive the majority of the income of that body corporate on any distribution by it of all of its income or the majority of its assets on a winding up (and “Controlled” and “Controlling” shall be construed accordingly);

“Corporate Brand Licence Agreement”

  

means the brand licence agreement in respect of corporate marks entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Cosmos Agreements”

  

has the meaning given to that term in clause 23.1;

“Cosmos Closing”

  

has the meaning given to the term “Closing” in the Cosmos SAPA;

“Cosmos Completion Date”

  

means 31 July 2019;

“Cosmos SAPA”

  

means the stock and asset purchase agreement entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo dated 19 December 2018, as amended from time to time including on 31 July 2019 and by the Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

“Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement”

  

means the amendment agreement to the Cosmos SAPA entered into or to be entered into in the Agreed Form among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Cosmos SCA”

  

means the structuring considerations agreement entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

10


“Cosmos SHA”

  

means the shareholders’ agreement in relation to JVCo entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Costs”

  

means charges and reasonable costs (including legal costs) and expenses (other than, subject to the below, Tax), which are properly incurred and of an out-of-pocket nature, together with any amounts in respect of VAT comprised in such charges, costs and expenses but only to the extent not recoverable;

“C Shares”

  

means the C ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, which shares rank pari passu with the A Shares and the B Shares except that they carry no right to any Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and carry no voting rights, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by the SLPs;

“CTA 2010”

  

means the UK Corporation Tax Act 2010;

“Deed of Termination”

  

means the global deed of termination relating to certain services provided by GSK or members of the GSK Group to Haleon or members of the Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Deferred Closing Business”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the NEBA;

“Delayed Business”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Cosmos SAPA;

“Demerger”

  

means, unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, the proposed demerger of approximately 80.1% of GSK’s interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business pursuant to the Demerger Agreement and the Demerger Dividend;

“Demerger Agreement”

  

means the demerger agreement entered into or to be entered into in the Agreed Form between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Demerger Completion”

  

means the time and date when the Demerger Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled and the Demerger Completion Steps have taken place;

“Demerger Completion Steps”

  

has the meaning given to the term “Completion Steps” in the Demerger Agreement;

 

11


“Demerger Conditions Precedent”

  

means the conditions set out in clause 2.1 (Conditions Precedent) of the Demerger Agreement;

“Demerger Dividend”

  

means the interim dividend, in specie, proposed to be declared by the GSK Board to effect the Demerger pursuant to the authority granted to the GSK Board under the Demerger Resolution;

“Demerger Record Time”

  

means 6.00 p.m. on 15 July 2022, or such other time and/or date as the GSK Board may determine;

“Demerger Resolution”

  

means resolution 1 set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

“Depositary”

  

means JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary for the Haleon ADSs;

“Disposal” or “Disposes”

  

means, in relation to any share in the capital of Haleon, any disposition of any right or interest in such share and includes:

 

(i) any sale, assignment or transfer of any such share;

 

(ii)  creating or permitting to subsist any pledge, charge, mortgage, lien or other security interest or encumbrance in respect of any such share;

 

(iii)  creating any trust or conferring any interest in respect of any such share;

 

(iv) any agreement, arrangement or understanding in respect of votes or the right to receive dividends in respect of any such share (other than this agreement);

 

(v)   the renunciation or assignment of any right to subscribe or receive any such share or any legal or beneficial interest in any such share;

 

(vi) any agreement to do any of the above; and

 

(vii) the transmission of any such share by operation of Law,

 

or the holder of any such share (or any other member of its Group) entering into or agreeing to any arrangement whatsoever which has a similar economic effect to any such disposition;

 

12


“Dividend Indemnities”

  

means the indemnities given by Haleon to GSK and each member of the GSK Group and to Pfizer and each member of the Pfizer Group which are contained in clause 4.11 (Dividends) and Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the Dividend Indemnities);

“EMA”

  

means the European Medicines Agency, or any successor agency;

“Exchange Act”

  

means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

“Exchange Agreements”

  

means the GSK Exchange Agreement, the Pfizer Exchange Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement;

“FCA”

  

means the Financial Conduct Authority acting in its capacity as the competent authority under Part VI of FSMA;

“FDA”

  

means the US Food and Drug Administration, or any successor agency;

“Final Quarterly Dividend”

  

means the final quarterly interim dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger on or around 30 June 2022;

“Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

“Final Quarterly Onward Dividends”

  

means the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

“Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

 

13


“Final Sweep Dividend”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Treasury Side Letter;

“Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

“Final Sweep Onward Dividends”

  

means the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

“Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

“FSMA”

  

means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

“Governance Code”

  

means the then current version of the UK Corporate Governance Code published by the UK Financial Reporting Council or any successor body;

“Governmental Entity”

  

means any supra national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union;

“Group”

  

means:

 

(i) in relation to GSK, the GSK Group;

 

(ii)  in relation to Pfizer and/or Anacor, the Pfizer Group;

 

(iii)  in relation to Haleon, the Haleon Group; and

 

(iv) in relation to JVCo, the JVCo Group;

“GSK Board”

  

means the board of directors of GSK and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

 

14


“GSK Business”

  

means the business operated within the GSK Group, which is described in the Circular and which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include the Consumer Healthcare Business;

“GSKCHHL Articles of Association”

  

means the articles of association adopted by GSKCHHL (as amended or replaced from time to time);

“GSKCHHL Onward Dividends”

  

means the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend, the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend;

“GSKCHH3”

  

means GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 3) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 13401293, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

“GSK Consolidation Resolution”

  

means the relevant parts of resolution 1 relating to the proposed consolidation of the share capital of GSK as set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

“GSK Exchange Agreement”

  

means the Agreed Form exchange agreement between GSK and Haleon setting out the terms of the GSK Share Exchange;

“GSK General Meeting”

  

means the general meeting of GSK to approve, among other things:

 

(i) the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Listing Rule 10;

 

(ii)  the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction and the associated and ancillary agreements and arrangements relating thereto or to be entered into pursuant thereto for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; and

 

(iii)  the GSK Share Consolidation;

“GSK Group”

  

means GSK and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding Haleon and the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

 

15


“GSK Group Companies”

  

means any member of the GSK Group from time to time, and “GSK Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

“GSK Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the GSK Exchange Agreement, which immediately following completion of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 6.03% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares;

“GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement”

  

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of this Agreement;

“GSK NEB Agreement”

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between GSK, Pfizer and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“GSK Pre-Separation Bonds Guarantee”

  

means the guarantee given by GSK in respect of the Pre-Separation Bonds;

“GSK Quality Agreement”

  

means the quality agreement or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited in respect of the GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

“GSK Retained Shares”

  

means any Haleon Ordinary Shares (including Haleon ADSs and other securities convertible into shares) held by or on behalf of any member of GSK’s Group in Haleon and any ultimate holding company thereof from time to time;

“GSK Share Consolidation”

  

means the consolidation of the share capital of GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the GSK Consolidation Resolution;

“GSK Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the GSK Exchange Agreement;

 

16


“GSK Shareholders”

  

means holders of GSK Shares on the register of members of GSK from time to time;

“GSK Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of GSK having the rights set out in GSK’s articles of association from time to time;

“Guarantee Fee Arrangements”

  

means the guarantee fee arrangements effected pursuant to:

 

(i) the guarantee fee agreement between Haleon (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 25 May 2022; and

 

(ii)  the guarantee fee agreement between GSK (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 28 April 2022;

“Haleon Admission Shares”

  

means the Haleon Demerger Shares and the Haleon Exchange Shares (excluding the Haleon NVPS);

“Haleon ADR Programme”

  

means the American depositary receipt programme to be established for Haleon on or around Admission, as detailed in the Steps Plan;

“Haleon ADSs”

  

means the American depositary shares each representing 2 Haleon Ordinary Shares to be admitted to listing and trading on the NYSE pursuant to the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme;

“Haleon Board”

  

means the board of directors of Haleon and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

“Haleon Committee Terms of Reference”

  

means the terms of reference for the following committees of the Haleon Board: audit and risk committee, remuneration committee, nominations and governance committee and disclosure committee;

“Haleon Demerger Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders as GSK shall direct, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the Demerger Agreement, together with (where the context so requires) any Haleon Ordinary Shares in issue prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps;

 

17


“Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means:

 

(i) the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares;

 

(ii)  the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares; and

 

(iii)  the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares,

 

which, together, immediately following completion of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 45.53% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

“Haleon Group”

  

means Haleon and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

“Haleon NVPS”

  

means 25,000,000 unlisted redeemable non-voting preference shares of £[1.00] each in the share capital of Haleon carrying the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association (as reproduced in schedule 2 (Haleon NVPS Terms) to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement);

“Haleon Ordinary Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of Haleon having the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association from time to time;

“HMRC”

  

means HM Revenue & Customs;

“Indemnified Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the Dividend Indemnities);

“Indemnifying Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the Dividend Indemnities);

“India Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

“Informing Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 1.2 of Part B (Other post-Completion Matters) of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters);

“Investigation”

  

has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 1.1 of Part B (Other post-Completion Matters) of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters);

“Japan Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

“JVCo Board”

  

means the board of directors of JVCo and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

 

18


“JVCo Directors”

  

means the directors of JVCo from time to time;

“JVCo Group”

  

means JVCo and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

“JVCo Shareholder Loan”

  

means any shareholder loan granted by GSK or any member of its wholly-owned Group or Pfizer or any member of its wholly-owned Group (in each case as lender) to JVCo (or any member of the JVCo Group) (as borrower) pursuant to the provisions of clause 12.6 of the Cosmos SHA;

“Korea Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

“Law”

  

means any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code or rule of common law issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including the rules of any stock exchange or listing authority;

“Listing Ancillary Agreements”

  

means:

 

(i) the Pfizer Relationship Agreement;

 

(ii)  the Orderly Marketing Agreement;

 

(iii)  the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(iv) the Sponsors’ Agreements; and

 

(v)   the Lock-up Deed,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

“Listing Date”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Treasury Side Letter;

“Listing Rules”

  

means the rules and regulations made by the FCA (acting in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of FSMA) under FSMA, and contained in the publication of the same name, as amended from time to time (including any successor rules);

“Listing Transaction”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Cosmos SHA;

 

19


“Lock-up Deed”

  

means the lock-up deed entered into or to be entered into in the Agreed Form between GSK, Pfizer, the SLPs, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc on or around the date of this Agreement;

“London Stock Exchange”

  

means London Stock Exchange plc;

“Long Term Access Agreement”

  

means the long term access agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Major Market”

  

means the United States of America, Canada, Japan, China, the United Kingdom, the European Union and France, Germany, Italy and Spain individually;

“NEBA”

  

means the net economic benefit arrangements, comprising the GSK NEB Agreement and the Pfizer NEB Agreement as may be amended and restated from time to time, including pursuant to the NEBA Amendment Agreement;

“NEBA Amendment Agreement”

  

means the amendment and restatement agreement with respect to the GSK NEB Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, JVCo and Pfizer on or around the date of this Agreement;

“New Haleon Articles of Association”

  

means the articles of association of Haleon in the Agreed Form to be adopted by Haleon with effect from or before Admission;

“New JVCo Articles of Association”

  

means the articles of association of JVCo in the Agreed Form to be adopted by JVCo with effect from Completion;

“Official List”

  

means the Official List maintained by the FCA pursuant to Part 6 of FSMA;

“Orderly Marketing Agreement”

  

means the orderly marketing agreement entered into or to be entered into in the Agreed Form between GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Party”

  

means a party to this Agreement;

“Percentage Interest”

  

means the respective percentage interests of each of GSKCHHL and PFCHHL in the issued ordinary shares of JVCo;

 

20


“PFCHHL Interests”

  

means all of the common interests in the capital of PFCHHL in issue immediately prior to the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL and all of which are held by Anacor as at the date of this Agreement and all of which, from completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, shall be held by Pfizer;

“PFCHHL Onward Dividends”

  

means the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend, the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend;

“PFCHHL Transfer”

  

means the series of transactions pursuant to which the PFCHHL Interests will be transferred, distributed or otherwise assigned from Anacor to Pfizer;

“Pfizer Exchange Agreement”

  

means the Agreed Form exchange agreement between Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon setting out the terms of the Pfizer Share Exchange;

“Pfizer Group”

  

means Pfizer and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

“Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor”

  

means Anacor or, if the PFCHHL Transfer has completed by the time of Demerger Completion, Pfizer;

“Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, which immediately following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent respectively 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

“Pfizer NEB Agreement”

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between Pfizer, GSK and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Pfizer Relationship Agreement”

  

means the relationship agreement entered into or to be entered into in the Agreed Form between Pfizer and Haleon on or around the Posting Date;

“Pfizer Retained Shares”

  

means any Haleon Ordinary Shares (including Haleon ADSs and other securities convertible into shares) held by or on behalf of any member of the Pfizer Group in Haleon and any ultimate holding company thereof from time to time;

 

21


“Pfizer Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of the PFCHHL Interests from the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer Exchange Agreement;

“Pharmaceutical Regulatory Authority”

  

means, with respect to any regulatory jurisdiction, any national, federal, supranational, regional, state, provincial or local governmental or regulatory authority, agency, department, bureau, commission, council or other Governmental Entity, including the FDA and EMA, regulating or otherwise exercising authority with respect to pharmaceutical products in such regulatory jurisdiction;

“Pharmacovigilance Agreement”

  

means the pharmacovigilance agreement entered into or to be entered into between
GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Posting Date”

  

means the date of the Demerger Agreement (or such other date as may be determined by GSK and notified to Haleon and Pfizer as the date for the issue and dispatch of the Circular and the publication of the Prospectus);

“Prescription Product”

  

means, in respect of any jurisdiction, any oral care, nutritional care, skin care, medicine or other cosmetic or healthcare product or device of any kind, in each case, for the treatment of, or use by, human beings, which is (i) only available with a prescription or (ii) available without, or with and without, a prescription but is subject to the same regulatory classification and/or regulatory treatment (including in relation to advertising) as a product or device that is only available with a prescription;

“Pre-Separation Bonds”

  

means the:

 

-  GBP 300,000,000 2.875 per cent Fixed Rate Notes due 29 October 2028 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc;

 

-  GBP 400,000,000 3.375 per cent Fixed Rate Notes due 29 October 2038 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc;

 

-  USD 1,750,000,000 3.125 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2025 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc;

 

22


  

-  EUR 850,000,000 1.250 per cent Fixed Rate Notes due 29 March 2026 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.;

 

-  EUR 750,000,000 1.750 per cent. Fixed Rate Notes due 29 March 2030 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.;

 

-  EUR 750,000,000 2.125 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 29 March 2034 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.;

 

-  USD 700,000,000 3.024 per cent Callable Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

 

-  USD 300,000,000 Callable Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2024 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

 

-  USD 2,000,000,000 3.375 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

 

-  USD 1,000,000,000 3.375 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

 

-  USD 2,000,000,000 3.625 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2032 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC; and

 

-  USD 1,000,000,000 4.000 per cent Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2052 issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC;

“Pre-Separation Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger (as provided in clause 17.32(B) of the Cosmos SHA and as otherwise agreed between the parties to the Cosmos SHA, including pursuant to the Treasury Side Letter);

“Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by GSKCHHL pursuant to the Pre-Separation Dividend;

 

23


“Pre-Separation Onward Dividends”

  

means the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

“Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

“Proceedings”

  

means any proceeding, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the negotiation, existence, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual;

“Prospectus”

  

means the prospectus relating to the Admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to be dated the Posting Date;

“Qualifying GSK Shareholders”

  

means the GSK Shareholders on the register of members of GSK at the Demerger Record Time;

“Redeemable Shares”

  

means the fully paid redeemable preference shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of Haleon (subscribed by Trexco on or around the re-registration of Haleon as a public limited company);

“Registration Rights Agreement”

  

means the registration rights agreement between Haleon, Pfizer, GSK and each of the SLPs dated on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Regulatory Conditions”

  

means, subject to clause 2.11 of this Agreement, the India Condition, the Japan Condition and the Korea Condition;

“Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement”

  

means the regulatory information access and service (linked products) agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Unlimited on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Related Party Transactions Resolution”

  

means resolution 2 set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

“Relevant GSKCHHL Shares”

  

means all of the class A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the capital of GSKCHHL in issue immediately prior to Demerger Completion;

“SCA Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 22 November 2021;

“SEC”

  

means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

24


“Securities Act”

  

means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

“Separation Ancillary Agreements”

  

means the:

 

(i)  Demerger Agreement;

 

(ii)  Exchange Agreements;

 

(iii)   Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

 

(iv) Tax Covenant;

 

(v)   ATFA;

 

(vi) Transitional Services Agreement;

 

(vii)  GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(viii)  Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(ix) GSK Quality Agreement;

 

(x)   Consumer Quality Agreement;

 

(xi) Shared Brands Licences Agreement;

 

(xii)  Shared Brands Committee Agreement;

 

(xiii)  Corporate Brand Licence Agreement;

 

(xiv) Co-Existence Agreement;

 

(xv)   Long Term Access Agreement;

 

(xvi) Pharmacovigilance Agreement;

 

(xvii) NEBA Amendment Agreement;

 

(xviii)Argentina NEBA;

 

(xix) Brazil ATFA;

 

(xx)   Guarantee Fee Arrangements;

 

(xxi) Deed of Termination; and

 

(xxii) Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

 

25


“Separation Transaction”

  

means the steps comprised in the Demerger, the Exchange Agreements, execution of the Separation Ancillary Agreements and Admission, pursuant to which, among other things, Haleon will become a listed company holding the Consumer Healthcare Business;

“Service Document”

  

has the meaning given to that term in clause 35.5;

“Shared Brands Committee Agreement”

  

means the shared brands committee agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Shared Brands Licences Agreement”

  

means the deed of amendment and restatement to amend and restate certain shared brand licence agreements entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Share Exchanges”

  

means the GSK Share Exchange, the Pfizer Share Exchange and the SLP Share Exchange;

“SLP Exchange Agreement”

  

means the Agreed Form exchange agreement between the SLPs and Haleon setting out the terms of the SLP Share Exchange;

“SLP Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the SLP Exchange Agreement, which immediately following completion of the Demerger and the Share Exchanges, represent 7.5% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share);

 

26


“SLPs”

  

means:

 

(i) GSK (No. 1) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035527 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ;

 

(ii)  GSK (No. 2) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035526 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ; and

 

(iii)  GSK (No. 3) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035525 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ,

 

being the Scottish limited partnerships that will each receive shares in Haleon pursuant to the SLP Exchange Agreement, and “SLP” shall be construed accordingly;

“SLP Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of each SLP’s entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the SLP Exchange Agreement;

“Sponsors”

  

means:

 

(i) Citigroup Global Markets Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 01763297 whose registered office is Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB;

 

(ii)  Goldman Sachs International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02263951 whose registered office is Plumtree Court, 25 Shoe Lane, London, EC4A 4AU; and

 

(iii)  Merrill Lynch International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02312079 whose registered office is 2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ;

 

27


“Sponsors’ Agreements”

  

means:

 

(i) the sponsors’ agreement between Haleon, JVCo and each of the Sponsors dated on or around the date of this Agreement; and

 

(ii)  the sponsors’ agreement between GSK and each of the Sponsors dated on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Steps Plan”

  

means the demerger steps plan prepared by Slaughter and May summarising the proposals in relation to the Separation Transaction, and initialled for identification purposes by or on behalf of each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon;

“Sterling” and “£”

  

means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom;

“subsidiary undertaking”

  

means a subsidiary undertaking as defined in section 1162 Companies Act 2006 (and a company shall be treated, for the purposes only of the membership requirement contained in subsections 1162(2)(b) and (d) respectively, as a member of another company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (A) another person (or its nominee) whether by way of security or in connection with the taking of security or (B) its nominee);

“Sweep Amount”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Treasury Side Letter;

“Switch Exclusivity Period”

  

has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 2.5 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters);

“Switch Milestone”

  

has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 2.2 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters);

“Switch Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 2.2 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters);

 

28


“Switch Product”

  

means, in respect of any jurisdiction, any Prescription Product (including any specific doses and/or indications of a Prescription Product) that is proposed by the relevant Switch Party to switch to being a Consumer Healthcare Product, excluding:

 

(i) where the Switch Party is a member of the GSK Group: Imitrex and Ventolin and all products sold under such brand names or variations or derivations (including translations) thereof; and

 

(ii)  where the Switch Party is a member of the Pfizer Group: Viagra, Celebrex and Chantix and all products sold under such brand names or variations or derivations (including translations) thereof;

“Tax”

  

means all taxes, and all levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings in the nature of tax, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, employment, payroll, land, stamp, transfer, occupation, franchise, value added, wealth and personal property, together with all penalties, charges, additions to tax, and interest relating to any of them, and regardless of whether any such amounts are chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to any other person or are recoverable from any other person;

“Tax Authority”

  

means any taxing, revenue or other authority competent to impose any liability to, or to assess or collect, any Tax, including, without limitation, HMRC and the Internal Revenue Service;

“Tax Covenant”

  

means the deed of tax covenant relating to the Separation Transaction, entered into or to be entered into in the Agreed Form between GSK, Haleon, GSKCHHL, Pfizer and JVCo on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Third Party”

  

means a person who:

 

(i) is not a member of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group;

 

(ii)  is not connected with GSK or Pfizer; and

 

(iii)  is not a member of the Consumer Healthcare Group;

 

29


“Transaction Documents”

  

means this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements;

“Transitional Services

Agreement”

  

means the transitional services agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Treasury Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 4 November 2021 pursuant to which the parties thereto have agreed the interpretation, and confirmed the application, of certain provisions of the Cosmos SHA;

“Trexco”

  

means Trexco Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 00461588, having its registered office at 2 Lambs Passage, London, EC1Y 8BB;

“VAT”

  

means:

 

(i) any value added tax imposed by VATA and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto;

 

(ii)  to the extent not included in paragraph (i) above, any Tax imposed in compliance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(iii)  any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above, whether imposed in the UK or a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above or imposed elsewhere;

“VATA”

  

means the Value Added Tax Act 1994; and

“Working Hours”

  

means 9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. (local time) on a Business Day.

 

30


1.2

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

references to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs, and Schedules are to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs of, and Schedules to, this Agreement;

 

  (B)

use of any gender includes the other genders and (unless the context otherwise requires) the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (C)

references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

 

  (D)

references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (E)

references to a “holding company” or a “subsidiary” shall be construed as a holding company or subsidiary (as the case may be) as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (F)

references to a “body corporate” shall be construed as a body corporate as defined in section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (G)

references to a “parent undertaking” shall be construed as a parent undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (H)

references to a “party” shall be construed so as to include a reference to that party’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  (I)

a reference to any statute or statutory provision or other regulation shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re-enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase or alter the liability of any Party under this Agreement;

 

  (J)

references to “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

  (K)

any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

 

  (L)

references to times are to London time (unless otherwise stated);

 

  (M)

reference to “liabilities”, “costs” and/or “expenses” incurred by a person shall not include any amount in respect of VAT or any Tax of a similar nature included in such liabilities, costs and/or expenses for which that person or any other member of its Group is entitled to credit or repayment from any Tax Authority;

 

31


  (N)

references to “indemnify” any person against any circumstance shall include indemnifying and keeping such person harmless from all actions, claims and proceedings from time to time made against such person and all loss, damage, payments, costs or expenses suffered, made or incurred by such person as a consequence of that circumstance and, unless otherwise specified, any indemnity given in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on an after-Tax basis;

 

  (O)

any indemnity or obligation to pay (the “Payment Obligation”) being given or assumed on an “after-Tax basis” or expressed to be “calculated on an after-Tax basis” means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the “Payment”) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account:

 

  (i)

any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment;

 

  (ii)

the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes (or would, but for the use of any credit or other relief which would otherwise have been available to reduce the Tax liabilities of any member of the Pfizer Group, the Consumer Healthcare Group or the GSK Group, as the case may be, have become) payable as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax; and

 

  (iii)

the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained, to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation,

the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred (or, in the case of a Payment Obligation arising by reference to a matter affecting a person other than the recipient of the Payment, the recipient of the Payment and that other person are, taken together, in the same position as that in which they would have been had the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation not occurred), provided that the amount of the Payment shall not exceed that which it would have been if it had been regarded for all Tax purposes as received solely by the recipient and not any other person;

 

  (P)

references to a “liability to Tax” or “Tax payable” (and equivalent terms) include circumstances where Tax would be (or become) payable but for the use of a Relief (as such term is defined in the Tax Covenant);

 

  (Q)

a reference to any other document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to that other document as amended, varied, novated or supplemented (other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement or that other document) at any time;

 

  (R)

a reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall in respect of any jurisdiction other than England be treated as a reference to any analogous term in that jurisdiction; and

 

32


  (S)

the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly:

 

  (i)

general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; and

 

  (ii)

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words.

 

1.3

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

the Schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement, and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Schedules.

 

1.4

In this Agreement, references to members of Pfizer Group’s or members of GSK Group’s holdings of Haleon Ordinary Shares shall include: (i) Haleon Ordinary Shares held directly in the form of shares; (ii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held by one or more nominees on behalf of members of the Pfizer Group or GSK Group (as applicable); and (iii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held indirectly as a result of a holding of Haleon ADSs.

 

2.

CO-OPERATION AND IMPLEMENTATION

Co-operation and implementation

 

2.1

From the date of this Agreement and without prejudice to the generality of the obligations of the Parties pursuant to the Cosmos SHA in relation to achieving Admission, each Party hereby agrees and undertakes:

 

  (A)

to the extent that any Ancillary Agreement has not been executed and delivered as at the date of this Agreement, to procure that it or any member of its Group that is proposed to be party to such Ancillary Agreement shall execute and deliver such Ancillary Agreement in the Agreed Form when reasonably requested by GSK to do so and, in any event at or before Completion;

 

  (B)

to perform any and all of its obligations pursuant to any Ancillary Agreement to which it is party;

 

  (C)

to procure the due performance of any and all obligations of the members of its Group (and to exercise such rights and powers as it has to procure the performance of obligations of any other person) pursuant to any Ancillary Agreement to which such members of its Group are party;

 

  (D)

to ensure that it and members of its Group shall do all such acts and things (and co-operate with the other Parties and their Groups) as may reasonably be necessary for the purpose of consummating successfully the Separation Transaction as a Listing Transaction for the purposes of and in accordance with the Cosmos SHA and this Agreement, including (without limitation):

 

  (i)

procuring the production, approval and publication of the Prospectus, including (without limitation):

 

  (a)

procuring that any person who will be a director of Haleon following Admission and who was nominated as such by such Party provides all necessary information relating to themselves and takes responsibility as required by applicable Law for the Prospectus (and delivering all necessary or customary consents regarding the publication of the same);

 

33


  (b)

providing all information required by or in relation to such Party or any member of its Group that is required by Law for the Prospectus; and

 

  (c)

giving any undertaking, representation or comfort letter (and procuring that members of its Group give any undertakings, representations or comfort letters) required under the Sponsors’ Agreements or otherwise by any sponsors or financial advisers or accountants to Haleon appointed for the purposes of Admission, provided that such undertaking, representation or comfort letter is on customary and reasonable terms;

 

  (ii)

taking all reasonable steps to ensure that the Demerger is an exempt distribution (as defined in section 1075 CTA 2010);

 

  (iii)

the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor exchanging its shares in the capital of PFCHHL for the issuance of the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary pursuant to and in accordance with the Pfizer Exchange Agreement;

 

  (iv)

GSK exchanging its entire shareholding of B Shares for the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares pursuant to and in accordance with the GSK Exchange Agreement; and

 

  (v)

GSK and the relevant members of its Group procuring and exercising all such rights as it or they have to procure that each SLP exchanges its entire shareholding of C Shares for the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares pursuant to and in accordance with, and otherwise complies with its obligations under, the SLP Exchange Agreement;

 

34


  (E)

to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that (and procure that the members of its Group shall procure that) any necessary Third Party (including, without limitation, sponsors and accountants) execute such documents and do all such acts or things as may be reasonably required for the purpose of giving each party to a Transaction Document the full benefit of the relevant provisions of such Transaction Document, in each case, subject to the terms of the Cosmos Agreements;

 

  (F)

to use all reasonable endeavours to procure the successful establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme in accordance with the Steps Plan; and

 

  (G)

to use all reasonable endeavours to procure, after payment by JVCo of the Final Quarterly Dividend, the Final Sweep Dividend and the Pre-Separation Dividend, the completion of the ATB Re-organisation.

Delivery of listing documentation

 

2.2

Each Party agrees, undertakes and confirms that, without prejudice to the generality of the obligations of the Parties pursuant to the Cosmos SHA, and subject in all respects to the Cosmos SHA, it shall, and shall procure that relevant members of its Group shall:

 

  (A)

provide any and all information and assistance reasonably required by GSK and/or Haleon to consummate successfully the Separation Transaction as a Listing Transaction for the purposes of and in accordance with the Cosmos SHA; and

 

  (B)

execute, deliver and approve (as required) all documents required to consummate successfully the Separation Transaction as a Listing Transaction for the purposes of and in accordance with the Cosmos SHA, including (without limitation), the Prospectus, the Circular and the Listing Ancillary Agreements, in each case subject to any approval and/or consultation rights it may have in the Cosmos SHA with respect to such documents.

Ancillary Agreements

 

2.3

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that:

 

  (A)

the Ancillary Agreements are in Agreed Form;

 

  (B)

GSK, as controller of the process to effect the Separation Transaction in accordance with the Cosmos SHA, may request amendments to the Ancillary Agreements and may request any of the Parties and/or any members of any of their Groups to enter into other agreements in connection with the Separation Transaction, in each case, to the extent permitted by, and subject in all respects to, the Cosmos SAPA, Cosmos SHA or any other agreements between members of the GSK Group, members of the Haleon Group and/or members of the Pfizer Group in relation to the same; and

 

35


  (C)

(i) the Ancillary Agreements and (ii) any other agreements that GSK may request from any of the Parties and/or any members of any of their Groups to enter into in connection with the Separation Transaction, in each case to the extent their agreement is required pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA, Cosmos SHA or any other agreements between members of the GSK Group, members of the Haleon Group and/or members of the Pfizer Group, as agreed by each of Haleon and Pfizer (whether or not parties thereto), shall be executed and delivered by the parties thereto, subject in all respects to the Cosmos SHA and such other agreements; it being understood and agreed that nothing in this clause 2.3 shall expand the rights or obligations of any of the parties to the Cosmos SHA or any such other agreements, and nothing in this clause 2.3 shall require any party to enter into any agreement or any amendment to any agreement except to the extent that such party is required to enter into such agreement or amendment pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA, Cosmos SHA or any other relevant agreement to which such party is bound.

Confirmations and further assurance

 

2.4

The Parties agree and acknowledge that they shall comply in all respects with the Cosmos SHA and shall procure such compliance by the members of their respective Groups. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that this Agreement is without prejudice to GSK’s and Pfizer’s rights under the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA, the SCA Side Letter, the Treasury Side Letter and the obligations of Pfizer, GSK and the members of the Pfizer Group and the GSK Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA, the SCA Side Letter, and the Treasury Side Letter; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA or the Treasury Side Letter, (1) the issuance to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor of the Haleon NVPS pursuant to the Pfizer Share Exchange and the sale or disposition of the Haleon NVPS by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor immediately thereafter and (2) the distribution referred to in limb (ii) of the definition of ATB Re-organisation shall be expressly permitted for all purposes hereunder and thereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the Parties agree and acknowledge that, in connection with the Separation Transaction:

 

  (A)

any reference in the GSK Exchange Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the issuance to GSK of GSK Haleon Exchange Shares shall, at the sole discretion of GSK (upon written notice to Haleon no fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of Demerger Completion), be read to include an issuance of a portion of such GSK Haleon Exchange Shares (as applicable) to a nominee of GSK’s choice to hold such portion of such GSK Haleon Exchange Shares on behalf of GSK;

 

  (B)

any reference in the Pfizer Exchange Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the issuance to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor of Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (including the Haleon NVPS) shall, at the sole discretion of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor (upon written notice to GSK and Haleon no fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of Demerger Completion), be read to include an issuance of a portion of such Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (as applicable) to a nominee of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor’s choice to hold such portion of such Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor; and

 

  (C)

any reference in the SLP Exchange Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the issuance to the SLPs of SLP Haleon Exchange Shares shall, at the sole discretion of the relevant SLP or GSK (upon written notice to Haleon no fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of Demerger Completion), be read to include an issuance of a portion of such SLP Haleon Exchange Shares (as applicable) to a nominee of the relevant SLP’s or GSK’s choice to hold such portion of such SLP Haleon Exchange Shares on behalf of the relevant SLP.

 

2.5

The Parties hereby confirm in all respects and for all purposes under the Cosmos SHA and Cosmos SCA that they approve, consent and agree to the form, terms, contents, performance and implementation and/or activation of the following agreements, instruments, arrangements and actions in the Agreed Form, and that, as applicable, all obligations to consult with any other entity have been fully discharged in respect of the same:

 

  (A)

the Demerger Agreement;

 

  (B)

the Exchange Agreements;

 

  (C)

the Ancillary Agreements;

 

  (D)

the Sponsors’ Agreements;

 

  (E)

the Lock-up Deed entry into which the Parties acknowledge discharges the obligations of the relevant parties under clause 17.34(E) of the Cosmos SHA;

 

36


  (F)

the Pfizer Relationship Agreement, entry into which the Parties acknowledge discharges the obligations of the relevant parties under clause 17.34(C)(i) of the Cosmos SHA (it being acknowledged that, taking into account the extent of GSK’s prospective interest in Haleon, there will be no relationship agreement between GSK and Haleon);

 

  (G)

the Registration Rights Agreement, entry into which the Parties acknowledge discharges the obligations of the relevant parties to enter into a registration rights agreement under clause 18.2 of the Cosmos SHA;

 

  (H)

the appointment of Deloitte LLP as auditor to Haleon;

 

  (I)

the appointment of the Sponsors as Haleon’s sponsors;

 

  (J)

the appointment of Slaughter and May as UK legal counsel to Haleon in relation to Admission and the Separation Transaction;

 

  (K)

the appointment of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP and Sullivan & Cromwell LLP as independent legal counsel to Haleon in relation to Admission and the Separation Transaction;

 

  (L)

all actions undertaken to implement the Steps Plan and the matters set out therein, including (without limitation) the ATB Re-organisation;

 

  (M)

all actions required for Haleon to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance effective as of Admission in accordance with the Cosmos SHA;

 

  (N)

all actions taken to terminate or replace existing powers of attorney and bank mandates within the Consumer Healthcare Group;

 

  (O)

the following governance arrangements of Haleon:

 

  (i)

the registered name of Haleon;

 

  (ii)

the composition of its board of directors and management as detailed in the Prospectus, subject to and without limiting the rights of Pfizer set forth in clause 18.1 of the Cosmos SHA (and, following Admission, paragraph 3 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters)) and the Pfizer Relationship Agreement;

 

  (iii)

arrangements regarding its governance committees and committees and sub-committees of its board of directors as detailed in the Prospectus and the form of the Haleon Committee Terms of Reference;

 

37


  (iv)

the summary of its remuneration policy as detailed in the Prospectus; and

 

  (v)

its corporate policies and procedures as approved by the Haleon Board prior to the date of this Agreement, including (without limitation) its anti-bribery and corruption policy as adopted on 23 May 2022 and its code of promotion as adopted on 23 May 2022;

 

  (P)

adoption by Haleon of the New Haleon Articles of Association in the Agreed Form;

 

  (Q)

adoption by JVCo of the New JVCo Articles of Association in the Agreed Form;

 

  (R)

Haleon’s dividend policy as detailed in the Prospectus;

 

  (S)

the establishment or incurrence of borrowings or other financing arrangements in accordance with and pursuant to the Treasury Side Letter;

 

  (T)

Haleon effecting any reduction of capital after Admission; and

 

  (U)

25 February 2023 being, as at the date of this Agreement, the current date of expiry of the GSK Separation Execution Period (as defined in the Cosmos SHA) for the purposes of the Cosmos SHA, subject to any extensions to such GSK Separation Execution Period for the purposes of the Cosmos SHA in accordance with and pursuant to clause 17.13 of the Cosmos SHA.

 

2.6

The Parties:

 

  (A)

hereby agree and acknowledge that implementation of the proposed governance arrangements of Haleon at Admission specified in clause 2.5(O), is expected to result in:

 

  (i)

at least half of the Haleon Board, excluding the chair, being non-executive directors whom the Haleon Board considers to be independent; and

 

  (ii)

the appointment of a chair of the Haleon Board who the Haleon Board considers to be independent on appointment

(with independence tested in each case against the circumstances set out in provision 10 of the Governance Code) (it being understood no continuing director, officer or employee of either GSK or Pfizer or any member of their respective Groups shall be considered independent and it being further understood, agreed and acknowledged that Haleon shall not appoint any continuing director, officer or employee of the GSK Group to the Haleon Board); and

 

  (B)

hereby agree and undertake not to vary such governance arrangements prior to Admission in any way that will or may result in Haleon not complying in all material respects with the recommendations of the Governance Code,

provided that if supervening natural events (such as death, incapacity or disability) mean that a particular individual or individuals otherwise expected at the Posting Date to be or become a member of the Haleon Board will not be part of the Haleon Board, and as a result the foregoing outcomes will not be achieved, such matter shall, if not reasonably capable of being addressed reasonably promptly prior to Admission, be a matter for the

 

38


Haleon Board to address in the normal course and reasonably promptly; provided further that nothing in this clause 2.6 shall prejudice Pfizer’s rights pursuant to the Relationship Agreement or paragraph 3 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters).

 

2.7

Without prejudice to the appointments to the Haleon Board as set out in the current draft Prospectus and/or pursuant to the Pfizer Relationship Agreement, GSK and Pfizer agree and undertake:

 

  (A)

to procure the resignation of their respective nominee directors who are not continuing as directors of Haleon as of Admission from the boards of directors of all Consumer Healthcare Group Companies, such resignations to take effect from Admission; and

 

  (B)

to procure that their respective Groups provide all reasonable assistance and use all reasonable endeavours to procure the resignation of such nominee directors as referred to in clause 2.7(A),

and the Parties agree to procure that each relevant Consumer Healthcare Group Company shall confirm, on customary terms and in customary form, that it does not have any claim or right of action whatsoever outstanding against any resigning nominee director as referred to in clause 2.7(A) and that, to the extent such claim or right of action exists or may exist, the relevant Consumer Healthcare Group Company waives such claim and releases the relevant resigning nominee director from any liability that such resigning nominee director has or might have in respect thereof.

 

2.8

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (A)

the proposed appointments to the Haleon Board as set out in the current draft Prospectus and/or pursuant to the Pfizer Relationship Agreement, are prospective appointments; and

 

  (B)

such appointments shall only be effective from Admission.

 

2.9

GSK and Pfizer agree and undertake that they shall each (and shall procure that the relevant members of their respective Groups and their respective employees and employees of relevant members of their respective Groups shall) deliver any requisite consent, including (without limitation) approval of the special resolution of Haleon’s shareholders required pursuant to section 641(1)(b) of the Companies Act 2006 and a form of consent qua creditor, in any reasonable and customary form requested by Haleon in connection with any reduction of capital to be effected by Haleon after Admission such that the same, including (without limitation) the special resolution of Haleon’s shareholders required pursuant to section 641(1)(b) of the Companies Act 2006, can be presented to the court that will be requested to approve such reduction of capital.

 

2.10

Anacor and Pfizer agree and undertake that, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has not occurred prior to Demerger Completion, then Anacor and Pfizer shall ensure that the PFCHHL Transfer shall not occur prior to Completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange.

 

2.11

In the event that any Party identifies a need to obtain or complete a mandatory regulatory notification, consent or clearance process, in each case, as required by applicable Law, in order to permit the implementation of the Separation Transaction and any related corporate restructuring steps (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the PFCHHL Transfer or the Shares Exchanges), the Parties hereby agree that they shall discuss such matter in good faith and with expedition, and if GSK and Pfizer agree, acting reasonably and in good faith in reaching such determination, that such notification, consent and/or clearance is required to be obtained or completed in order to permit the implementation of the Separation Transaction and any related corporate restructuring steps (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the PFCHHL Transfer or the Shares Exchanges) in compliance with applicable Law, the Parties agree to co-operate in good faith and with expedition, to obtain or complete such regulatory notification, consent or clearance process and enter into, and procure that relevant members of their respective Groups enter into, one or more amendments to this Agreement (and any other agreements entered into or to be entered into by them and any member of their respective Groups in connection with the Separation Transaction) as is reasonably necessary in connection with such regulatory notification, consent and/or clearance process, and (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by expanding the Demerger Conditions Precedent and the Regulatory Conditions to include such regulatory notification, consent and/or clearance process).

 

3.

SEPARATION PROCESS AND TERMINATION

 

3.1

The Parties agree and acknowledge that, as and to the extent provided in clause 17.29 of the Cosmos SHA, GSK and GSKCHHL shall (except as specifically set forth in clause 17.29 of the Cosmos SHA):

 

  (A)

have absolute discretion from time to time as to the structure and process of the Separation Transaction; and

 

39


  (B)

without limitation and in their absolute discretion (save as to the extent that the Cosmos SCA provides otherwise) be entitled to (and, where specifically noted therein, shall be required to) take any step or action set out in clauses 17.29(A) to 17.29(K) (inclusive) of the Cosmos SHA.

 

3.2

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Transaction Document (but subject to the Cosmos SHA), the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that GSK shall have the right in its absolute discretion to abandon the Separation Transaction by providing notice of the same in writing to the other Parties at any time prior to Demerger Completion, and upon GSK providing such notice this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

 

3.3

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause 3.1:

 

  (A)

GSK, JVCo and each member of their respective Groups shall have no liability to Pfizer, PFCHHL or any member of their respective Groups, in each case in connection with such termination and in each case save to the extent the Cosmos SCA provides otherwise;

 

  (B)

without prejudice to clause 17.34(G) of the Cosmos SHA, Pfizer and PFCHHL shall not (and shall procure that no member of their respective Groups shall) seek to obtain any financial compensation or other remedy from GSK, JVCo or any member of their respective Groups,

in each case of clauses (A) and (B) in connection with such termination and in each case save to the extent the Cosmos SCA provides otherwise;

 

  (C)

this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect; and

 

  (D)

for the avoidance of doubt, the Cosmos SHA shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3.4

Save as provided in clause 3.1, no Party shall have the right to rescind or unilaterally terminate this Agreement, whether before or after Completion.

 

4.

DIVIDENDS

 

4.1

Each Party shall take all actions that it is able to take and shall procure, so far as it is able to do so (and shall procure that the members of its Group shall procure, so far as they are able to do so), that all actions able to be taken are taken so that, prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps:

 

  (A)

JVCo shall declare and pay the Final Quarterly Dividend to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL;

 

  (B)

GSKCHHL shall declare and pay the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and the B Shares) and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares);

 

40


  (C)

PFCHHL shall declare and pay or otherwise effect the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend to Pfizer or Anacor, as applicable;

and each Party shall take all actions that it is able to take and shall procure, so far as it is able to do so (and shall procure that the members of its Group shall procure, so far as they are able to do so), that all actions able to be taken are taken so that, prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps and following satisfaction of the Regulatory Conditions:

 

  (D)

JVCo shall, at a time notified by GSK reasonably in advance of proposed payment (which time shall be agreed between GSK and Pfizer in accordance with the Treasury Side Letter), declare and pay a final pre-Demerger interim dividend to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in JVCo as at the relevant record date in respect of the period to and including 15 July 2022 comprising the Final Sweep Dividend which, as provided in the Treasury Side Letter, shall be calculated by reference to a good faith estimate of what the Sweep Amount will be as at the Listing Date, such estimate being made in accordance with the Treasury Side Letter;

 

  (E)

GSKCHHL shall declare and pay a final pre-Demerger interim dividend to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and the B Shares) and (if any, only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs (as the holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association comprising amounts received by GSKCHHL pursuant to (D) above and constituting the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend;

 

  (F)

PFCHHL shall declare and pay or otherwise effect a final pre-Demerger interim dividend to Pfizer or Anacor, as applicable, comprising amounts received by it pursuant to (D) above and constituting the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend;

 

  (G)

consistent with the provisions of clause 4.4, following repayment of any outstanding Shareholder Loans under clause 17.32(A) of the Cosmos SHA, JVCo shall, at a time notified by GSK reasonably in advance of proposed payment (which time shall be agreed between GSK and Pfizer in accordance with the Treasury Side Letter and shall be reasonably in advance of the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps to allow sufficient time for the payments described in (H) and (I) below to be made prior to the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps), declare and pay the Pre-Separation Dividend to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in JVCo;

 

  (H)

consistent with the provisions of clause 4.4, GSKCHHL shall declare and pay the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend (comprising amounts received by it pursuant to (G) above) to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, subject to (G) above, it is GSK’s responsibility to ensure that the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend is declared and paid prior to the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps;

 

  (I)

consistent with the provisions of clause 4.4, PFCHHL shall declare and pay or otherwise effect the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend (comprising amounts received by it pursuant to (G) above) to Pfizer or Anacor, as applicable, and the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, subject to (G) above, it is Pfizer’s responsibility to ensure that the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend is declared and paid or otherwise effected prior to the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps;

 

41


  (J)

GSKCHHL shall declare and pay to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and the B Shares) and (if and only to the extent that the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs a dividend comprising amounts received by GSKCHHL as dividends paid by JVCo and which are directly referable to dividends received by GSKCHHL from JVCo since Cosmos Closing (if any and other than amounts received by GSKCHHL pursuant to (A), (D) and/or (G) above); and

 

  (K)

PFCHHL shall declare and pay or otherwise effect to Pfizer or Anacor, as applicable, a dividend comprising amounts received by PFCHHL as dividends paid by JVCo and which are directly referable to dividends received by PFCHHL from JVCo since Cosmos Closing (if any and other than amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant to (A), (D) and/or (G) above).

 

4.2

For the avoidance of doubt, the payment of the Final Sweep Dividend shall be paid separately from the Pre-Separation Dividend and no amount of cash taken into account in calculating the amount of the Pre-Separation Dividend shall also be taken into account in calculating the amount of the Final Sweep Dividend.

 

4.3

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that:

 

  (A)

it is Pfizer’s responsibility to ensure that the PFCHHL Onward Dividends are declared and paid or otherwise effected prior to the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps and promptly and as soon as possible after receipt by PFCHHL of the later of: (i) the relevant portion of the Pre-Separation Dividend; and (ii) the relevant portion of the Final Sweep Dividend; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Transaction Document, Pfizer may, in its sole discretion, cause the PFCHHL Onward Dividends to be paid following the completion of the PFCHHL Transfer but, in all events, prior to completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange; and

 

  (B)

it is GSK’s responsibility to ensure that the GSKCHHL Onward Dividends are declared and paid prior to the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps and promptly and as soon as possible after receipt by GSKCHHL of the later of: (i) the relevant portion of the Pre-Separation Dividend; and (ii) the relevant portion of the Final Sweep Dividend.

 

4.4

The Parties further agree to co-operate and take all necessary actions so that the Final Sweep Dividend and the Pre-Separation Dividend shall be paid by JVCo following satisfaction of the Regulatory Conditions and the passing of the Demerger Resolution and the Related Party Transactions Resolution by GSK Shareholders at the GSK General Meeting and in any event by 23:59 PM on the day immediately prior to the day specified in the Steps Plan for Demerger Completion. The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, on the basis set out in the immediately preceding sentence, there is sufficient time for payment or completion of the PFCHHL Onward Dividends and the GSKCHHL Onward Dividends ahead of Demerger Completion and completion of the Share Exchanges.

 

42


4.5

[Subject to the Pre-Separation Dividend and the Final Sweep Dividend having been paid by JVCo in accordance with the timing specified in clause 4.4, Demerger Completion shall occur pursuant to and at the time and date specified in the Demerger Agreement and completion of each Share Exchange shall occur pursuant to and at the time and date specified in the applicable Exchange Agreement. In the event that the Pre-Separation Dividend and/or the Final Sweep Dividend have not been paid by JVCo in accordance with the timing specified in clause 4.4:

 

  (A)

the Parties agree that they shall co-operate to procure the payment of the Pre-Separation Dividend and/or the Final Sweep Dividend (as applicable) by JVCo as soon as possible after such time;

 

  (B)

Pfizer agrees that it shall procure the payment or completion of the PFCHHL Onward Dividends as soon as possible following payment of the relevant portion of the Pre-Separation Dividend and/or the Final Sweep Dividend (as applicable) to PFCHHL pursuant to clause 4.5(A);

 

  (C)

GSK agrees that it shall procure the payment of the GSKCHHL Onward Dividends as soon as possible following payment of the relevant portion of the Pre-Separation Dividend and/or the Final Sweep Dividend (as applicable) to GSKCHHL pursuant to clause 4.5(A);

 

  (D)

provided that the PFCHHL Onward Dividends and the GSKCHHL Onward Dividends have been paid or effected before 23:59 PM on the date specified in the Steps Plan for Demerger Completion, then, notwithstanding any failure to pay the Pre-Separation Dividend and/or the Final Sweep Dividend in accordance with the timing specified in clause 4.4, Demerger Completion, completion of the Share Exchanges and Admission shall occur in accordance with the relevant times and dates specified in the Steps Plan; and

 

  (E)

if any of the PFCHHL Onward Dividends and/or the GSKCHHL Onward Dividends are not paid or effected by PFCHHL and/or GSKCHHL (as applicable) prior to 23:59 PM on the date specified in the Steps Plan for Demerger Completion, then the Parties agree that:

 

  (i)

the dates specified in the Steps Plan for Demerger Completion, completion of the Share Exchanges and Admission shall each be delayed by one calendar week;

 

  (ii)

the Parties shall make necessary amendments to the Demerger Agreement, each of the Exchange Agreements and any other Transaction Documents to reflect the same;

 

  (iii)

Pfizer shall take all reasonably necessary actions to prepare for and procure the payment or completion of the PFCHHL Onward Dividends in accordance with the timing detailed in clause 4.3(A);

 

  (iv)

GSK shall take all reasonably necessary actions to prepare for and procure the payment of the GSKCHHL Onward Dividends in accordance with the timing detailed in clause 4.3(B); and

 

  (v)

notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Demerger Agreement to the contrary, and without limiting the obligations of Haleon pursuant to the Dividend Indemnities, the Parties expressly agree that Haleon shall hold any portions of the PFCHHL Onward Dividends and/or the GSKCHHL Onward Dividends, as applicable, that are not paid or otherwise effected by PFCHHL or GSKCHHL prior to such time, due to a settlement failure or otherwise, on trust for the Pfizer Group or the GSK Group, as applicable, and shall cooperate with the Pfizer Group or the GSK Group, as applicable, to take all reasonably necessary actions to establish alternative arrangements for, and to procure, the payment of such amounts to designees of the Pfizer Group or the GSK Group, as applicable, as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

4.6

JVCo shall only be required to declare and/or pay dividend(s) in accordance with this clause 4 to the extent that:

 

  (A)

it has sufficient distributable reserves and, without limiting the obligations of any Party under the Cosmos SHA, the Treasury Side Letter and/or this Agreement, the JVCo Board resolves to do so;

 

  (B)

there are no amounts outstanding (in respect of interest, principal or otherwise) under any JVCo Shareholder Loan(s); and

 

43


  (C)

there are no outstanding special dividends in respect of payment obligations pursuant to clause 10.1 of the Cosmos SHA which have been declared or become payable.

 

4.7

Except where dividends are to be paid in a currency other than Sterling in accordance with the terms of the Cosmos SAPA, dividends shall be paid in Sterling. The Final Quarterly Dividend shall be paid on or around 30 June 2022. The Final Sweep Dividend and Pre-Separation Dividend shall be paid to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL on the same day (and are expected to be paid on 13 July 2022). All dividends shall be paid or settled by inter-bank transfer, by other electronic means for same day value directly to an account with a bank or other financial institution (or other organisations operating deposit accounts) as notified in writing by GSKCHHL or PFCHHL (as applicable) to JVCo, or by settling existing intercompany debt balances. For dividends being paid by inter-bank transfer or by other electronic means then, in the absence of any notification required pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, JVCo shall hold the amount of the relevant dividend on trust for GSKCHHL or PFCHHL (as applicable).

 

4.8

The Parties shall, subject to and in accordance with the Cosmos SHA and the Treasury Side Letter:

 

  (A)

cooperate and take such steps as are reasonably required in connection with distributable reserves planning for JVCo and its Group to enable the payment of the Final Quarterly Dividend, the Final Sweep Dividend and the Pre-Separation Dividend; and

 

  (B)

cooperate in good faith to determine the timing of all dividends and payments contemplated by this clause 4 so as to ensure, so far as they are each able to do so, that each such dividend and payment is paid and made prior to the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps.

 

4.9

JVCo shall, so far as it is legally able to do so, procure that (and GSKCHHL and PFCHHL shall, so far as they are legally able to do so, exercise their rights in relation to JVCo and under this Agreement and the Cosmos SHA to procure that) all resolutions for the declaration or payment of dividends or other payments consistent with this clause 4 are duly passed by the relevant members of the JVCo Group and the JVCo Board (as applicable).

 

4.10

In the event that any of:

 

  (A)

the Final Quarterly Dividend;

 

  (B)

the Final Sweep Dividend;

 

  (C)

the Pre-Separation Dividend;

 

  (D)

the other dividends paid by JVCo since Cosmos Closing;

 

  (E)

the Final Quarterly Onward Dividends;

 

  (F)

the Final Sweep Onward Dividends;

 

44


  (G)

the Pre-Separation Onward Dividends; and

 

  (H)

the dividends distributions or transfers paid by GSKCHHL and/or PFCHHL since Cosmos Closing to the extent directly referable to dividends received by GSKCHHL and/or PFCHHL (as applicable) from JVCo since Cosmos Closing,

are in any respect defective or are susceptible to legal challenge, Haleon agrees and undertakes to take or procure all possible steps, (including, without limitation, distributable reserves planning and management; rectification and ratification steps; and procuring that none of JVCo, GSKCHHL or PFCHHL or any other member of Haleon’s Group take steps to seek recovery of prior distributions, transfers or dividend payments) such that any amounts received by any member of the GSK Group or any member of the Pfizer Group pursuant to any of the dividends, distributions or transfers listed at (A) to (H) of this clause 4.10 can be retained by the relevant member(s) of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group (as applicable), provided that nothing in this clause 4.10 shall require any Party to take any action that is or would be unlawful.

 

4.11

Haleon shall indemnify GSK, each member of the GSK Group, Pfizer and each member of the Pfizer Group from and against any and all liabilities and Costs arising before, on, or after Completion in respect of:

 

  (A)

any defect in, or any actual or potential claim, proceeding, suit or action brought (notwithstanding clause 4.10 above) by any member of the Haleon Group that arises out of or in connection with any of the dividends, distributions or transfers listed at clause 4.10(A) to (H) (inclusive); and

 

  (B)

any failure by Haleon to take all possible steps required pursuant to clause 4.10 to ensure that any amounts received by any member of the GSK Group or any member of the Pfizer Group pursuant to any of the dividends, distributions or transfers listed at clause 4.10(A) to (H) (inclusive) can be retained by the relevant member(s) of the GSK Group and/or the Pfizer Group (as applicable).

 

5.

CIRCULAR, PROSPECTUS AND COMPLIANCE AND REPORTING OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1

Without prejudice to the Sponsors’ Agreements and without prejudice to the generality of the obligations of the Parties pursuant to the Cosmos SHA, each of the Parties undertakes to each of the other Parties that if, at any time after the date hereof and before the commencement of dealings in Haleon Admission Shares, it comes to its notice that:

 

  (A)

any statement contained in the Circular or the Prospectus has become or been discovered to be untrue, incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

 

  (B)

it has been discovered that either the Circular or the Prospectus does not contain a statement that it should contain in order to comply with any applicable Law or the rules of any relevant regulatory authority and that omission is or may be material;

 

  (C)

there has been a significant change affecting any matter contained in the Circular or the Prospectus which would have been required to be disclosed in any such document had it occurred before the Posting Date; or

 

45


  (D)

a significant new matter has arisen, the inclusion of information in respect of which would have been required in the Circular or in the Prospectus had it arisen before the Posting Date,

then that Party shall immediately notify each of the other Parties of the same in writing.

 

5.2

Each of the Parties undertakes:

 

  (A)

to procure that, prior to Completion, except as required by Law, the FCA or the London Stock Exchange, and without prejudice to any rights of termination pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents, no action will be taken by it which is inconsistent with:

 

  (i)

the provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents; or

 

  (ii)

completion of the Separation Transaction;

 

  (B)

that it shall comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements in relation to the Demerger, the Separation Transaction, the Circular and the Prospectus and the matters and transactions contemplated thereby and by the Transaction Documents; and

 

  (C)

to notify and consult with the other Parties before taking any action as a consequence of any matter referred to in clause 5.1, except to the extent that such undertaking to notify and consult with the other Parties inhibits any Party from complying with any of its fiduciary obligations or applicable Law. In the case of Haleon, such action may include the publication of a supplementary prospectus in accordance with section 87G of FSMA. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that in the event that any notification is made pursuant to clause 5.1, GSK (with respect to the Circular) and GSK and Haleon (with respect to the Prospectus) shall determine any additional actions to be taken in connection with such notification, in the case of the Prospectus in consultation with Pfizer, in all cases in accordance with applicable Law and subject to the terms of the Cosmos SHA.

 

5.3

The Parties agree and undertake to provide all information, updates, notices and similar as required pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Sponsors’ Agreements.

 

6.

AMENDMENTS TO COSMOS SAPA AND NEBA

 

6.1

Each of Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo hereby agrees and confirms that:

 

  (A)

the Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement is in Agreed Form; and

 

  (B)

it shall execute and deliver the Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement on or prior to the Demerger.

 

46


6.2

Each of GSK, JVCo and Pfizer hereby agrees and confirms that:

 

  (A)

the NEBA Amendment Agreement is in Agreed Form; and

 

  (B)

it shall execute and deliver the NEBA Amendment Agreement on or prior to the Demerger.

 

7.

TERMINATION AT ADMISSION OF COSMOS SHA; CONTINUING COSMOS SHA PROVISIONS; AND OTHER POST-COMPLETION MATTERS

 

7.1

The Parties agree and acknowledge that:

 

  (A)

the Cosmos SHA shall terminate with effect from Admission, without prejudice to any rights or liabilities arising under the Cosmos SHA prior to such termination;

 

  (B)

notwithstanding clause 28.1 of the Cosmos SHA, the provisions of clauses 9, 14, 17.34(C), 17.34(E), 18, 23.7, 26, 27, 28, 30, 33, 36 and 46 of the Cosmos SHA and those provisions of the Cosmos SHA that are expressly stated to continue after termination of the Cosmos SHA shall not continue after termination of the Cosmos SHA and, instead, clause 7.1(C) and Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters) of this Agreement shall apply; and

 

  (C)

Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters) shall apply with effect from Admission.

 

7.2

Each Party warrants and confirms (for itself and on behalf of its Group) that, as of the date hereof, it is not aware of any breach of the Cosmos SHA by any party thereto.

 

8.

TAX COVENANT

Each of GSK, Haleon, GSKCHHL, Pfizer and JVCo hereby agrees and confirms that:

 

  (A)

the Tax Covenant is in Agreed Form; and

 

  (B)

it shall execute and deliver the Tax Covenant on or prior to the Demerger, to be effective as at the time of the Demerger.

 

9.

SETTLEMENT OF OUTSTANDING CROSS-GROUP AMOUNTS

Any amounts outstanding at Completion between: (i) any member of the GSK Group and any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group; and/or (ii) any member of the Pfizer Group and any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group shall, to the extent not already settled (unless otherwise agreed by the Parties) be settled by payment to the relevant creditor or payee entity in the normal course following Completion in accordance with this Agreement, the Demerger Agreement or any other arrangements in effect as at the date of this Agreement, and each Party hereby agrees and undertakes to procure compliance by the members of its Group with the provisions of this clause 9.

 

47


10.

POST-SEPARATION COMMITTEE

 

10.1

Without prejudice to clause 34 (Governing Law and Jurisdiction), and, for the avoidance of doubt, without prejudice to any consent or decision-making rights which any Party (or any member of any Party’s Group) may have pursuant to the Cosmos Agreements or any of the Transaction Documents, GSK, Pfizer and Haleon shall establish a post-separation committee to review and assist in the implementation of this Agreement and the Demerger Agreement after Completion, to consider any additional issues arising from the implementation of the Demerger or from the separation of operations and businesses inherent in the Separation Transaction, and to act as a forum for any disputes which may arise between members of the GSK Group, the Pfizer Group or the Consumer Healthcare Group in relation to the same (the “Post-Separation Committee”).

 

10.2

The Post-Separation Committee shall meet from time to time as agreed by GSK, Pfizer and Haleon and shall determine its own remit and procedures.

 

10.3

The members of the Post-Separation Committee shall be such members of senior management or other representatives of each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon as they may respectively nominate. The members of the Post-Separation Committee shall be entitled to invite such other persons as they may determine to attend particular meetings of the Post-Separation Committee.

 

11.

EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY

 

11.1

Without prejudice to the Cosmos SAPA and subject to clause 11.2, the Parties agree and acknowledge that, except in the case of fraud or serious misconduct, no member of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group (and none of their officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisers or representatives) shall have any liability or responsibility to any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group by virtue or reason of its ownership interest in the JVCo Group, or participation in the management or conduct of the JVCo Group’s business in the period from Cosmos Closing to Completion, including as a result of:

 

  (A)

decisions made by the JVCo Board (or any committee of such board), including those in which JVCo Directors nominated by GSK and/or Pfizer have or may have participated; and/or

 

  (B)

actions taken by GSK, members of the GSK Group, Pfizer and/or members of the Pfizer Group in their capacity as shareholders of the JVCo Group,

and Haleon and JVCo confirm for themselves and each of their respective Groups that, except in the case of fraud or serious misconduct, they shall not bring any claim or commence any proceedings against any of GSK, any member of the GSK Group, Pfizer or any member of the Pfizer Group (or any officer, employee, agent, consultant, adviser or representative of the foregoing) in respect of such matters.

 

48


11.2

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that clause 11.1 does not exclude any liability of any Party or any member of any Party’s Group in respect of any breach of any agreement between:

 

  (A)

any member of the GSK Group and any member of the Pfizer Group or the Consumer Healthcare Group; or

 

  (B)

any member of the Pfizer Group and any member of the GSK Group or the Consumer Healthcare Group.

 

12.

[RESERVED]

 

13.

EMPLOYEES

 

13.1

Each Party, for itself and on behalf of each member of its Group, hereby waives, and undertakes that it shall not bring any action or commence proceedings in respect of any claim which arises as a consequence of or by reference to any action or omission prior to Completion that it may have against any employee (or any former employee) of any member of any other Party’s Group which relates:

 

  (A)

to that person’s involvement in, or work on or in connection with, the Separation Transaction; or

 

  (B)

actions or omissions of that person in the course of such employment or other role which relate(s) to the business, operations or affairs of any other Group,

provided that the foregoing shall not apply: (i) insofar as any such claim relates to allegations of fraud or serious misconduct on the part of such person; (ii) where such person has brought a claim against the relevant Party (or a member of the relevant Party’s Group) or the trustees or managers of a retirement or other compensation or benefits scheme of that Party (or of a member of that Party’s Group); or (iii) to any claims pursuant to any separate agreement entered into with any person.

 

13.2

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause 13 shall affect the rights that any Party or any member of any Party’s Group has against employees, consultants or agents of members of its own Group.

 

14.

[RESERVED]

 

15.

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

15.1

For a period of [***] following Completion, Haleon shall not, and shall procure that each of the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies shall not, without the prior written consent of GSK, directly or indirectly solicit, endeavour to entice away or offer to employ a [***] who is employed by any GSK Group Company at Completion other than any employee who responds to a recruitment advertisement published generally and not specifically directed at such persons.

 

15.2

For a period of [***] following Completion, GSK shall not, and shall procure that each of the GSK Group Companies shall not without the prior written consent of Haleon, directly or indirectly solicit, endeavour to entice away or offer to employ a [***] who is employed by any Consumer Healthcare Group Company at Completion, other than any employee who responds to a recruitment advertisement published generally and not specifically directed at such persons.

 

49


16.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

16.1

Subject to clause 17.3, each Party shall treat as confidential all information obtained as a precursor to or as a result of negotiating or entering into or performing this Agreement or which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement; or

 

  (C)

the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

16.2

Each Party shall:

 

  (A)

not disclose any such confidential information to any person other than:

 

  (i)

in the case of Pfizer, a director of Haleon nominated by Pfizer;

 

  (ii)

any of its directors or employees who need to know such information in order to discharge their duties; and

 

  (iii)

other members of its Group (and/or, in the case of GSK: (a) the trustee of the GSK Pension Scheme; (b) the trustee of the GSK Pension Fund; (c) the trustee of the SmithKline Beecham Pension Plan; and/or (d) the trustee of the SmithKline Beecham Senior Executive Pension Plan);

 

  (B)

not use any such confidential information other than for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

in the case of Haleon, conducting the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

  (ii)

in the case of Pfizer, GSK or any member of their respective Groups, managing or monitoring its investment in Haleon; and

 

  (iii)

in connection with the performance of its obligations and the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; and

 

  (C)

procure that any person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions contained in this clause 16 as if such person were a party to this Agreement.

 

16.3

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause 16, any Party may disclose any such confidential information:

 

  (A)

if and to the extent required by Law or for the purpose of any judicial or arbitral proceedings;

 

  (B)

if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or Tax or other Governmental Entity to which that Party or a member of its Group is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of Law;

 

50


  (C)

to a Tax Authority in connection with the disclosing Party’s (or a member of its Group’s) Tax affairs;

 

  (D)

to its advisers, auditors, actual or proposed debt financiers and bankers, provided they have a duty to keep such information confidential;

 

  (E)

to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of that Party;

 

  (F)

to the extent the Party (or Parties) to which such information relates has (or have) given prior written consent to the disclosure;

 

  (G)

to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement or to the extent it is expressly permitted to do so pursuant to any Transaction Document;

 

  (H)

if and to the extent required in connection with any regulatory consent or clearance process required by applicable Law; or

 

  (I)

if it was in the possession of a Party or any of its advisers (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy prior to it being received or held.

 

16.4

Any Party disclosing information pursuant to clauses 16.3(A) or clause 16.3(B) shall (to the extent permitted by Law) take all such steps as may be reasonable and practicable in the circumstances to agree the contents, form and timing of such disclosure with the Party (or Parties) to whom such information relates before making such disclosure.

 

16.5

The restrictions contained in this clause 16 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time.

 

16.6

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this clause 16, to the extent that the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or any other Transaction Document or any other contract pursuant to which any Party or any member of its Group is bound provides that certain information shall be maintained confidential on a basis that is more protective of such information or for a longer period of time than provided for in this clause 16, then the applicable provisions contained in the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or such other Transaction Document or contract shall control with respect thereto but only to the extent such provision is more protective or runs for a longer period of time.

 

17.

ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

17.1

Subject to clause 17.2, no announcement or other publication concerning the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any ancillary matter shall be made by any Party or member of its Group without the prior written approval of the other Parties, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

51


17.2

Notwithstanding clause 17.1, any Party or member of its Group may, whenever practicable and permissible after consultation with the other Parties and subject to the requirements of the Sponsors’ Agreements, make an announcement concerning this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Separation Transaction or the Consumer Healthcare Business, if and to the extent required by:

 

  (A)

Law or for the purposes of any judicial or arbitral proceedings; or

 

  (B)

any securities exchange or regulatory or Governmental Entity to which that Party is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement has the force of Law.

 

17.3

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit any Party or any member of its respective Group from making any disclosure or public statements regarding its intentions with respect to the Haleon Ordinary Shares, Haleon ADSs in respect thereof or Haleon NVPS that it holds in Haleon.

 

17.4

The restrictions contained in this clause 17 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

18.

WARRANTIES

Each of the Parties warrants and undertakes to each other as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

  (A)

it is validly existing and is a company duly incorporated and registered under the Law of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  (B)

it has the legal right and full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, which will constitute valid and binding obligations on it in accordance with its terms; and

 

  (C)

except as referred to in this Agreement, (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the filings, notices and approvals associated with the Regulatory Conditions), it:

 

  (i)

is not required to make any announcement, consultation, notice, report or filing; and

 

  (ii)

does not require any consent, approval, registration, authorisation or permit,

in each case with or from any Governmental Entity in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

19.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

19.1

The Parties hereby agree, notwithstanding the terms of the Cosmos SHA (including, without limitation, clause 17.34(G) thereof), to the allocation of certain costs and expenses in connection with the Separation Transaction (i) as specified in Schedule 3 (Allocation of Costs and Expenses) or (ii) which constitute matters that are the subject of any indemnity pursuant to the Tax Covenant, and that the Party identified as responsible in Schedule 3 (Allocation of Costs and Expenses) or pursuant to the Tax Covenant, as applicable, shall pay such costs and expenses and that such allocation as specified in Schedule 3 (Allocation of Costs and Expenses) or pursuant to the Tax Covenant shall apply in priority to the terms of the Cosmos SHA (including as restated in Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters) of this Agreement).

 

52


19.2

The Parties hereby agree that:

 

  (A)

in respect of costs and expenses in connection with the Separation Transaction that are not allocated pursuant to the operation of clause 19.1 and Schedule 3 (Allocation of Costs and Expenses) or the Tax Covenant, the provisions of paragraph 6 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters) shall apply to allocate such costs and expenses; and

 

  (B)

where clause 19.2(A) applies, the Party identified as responsible pursuant to the application of paragraph 6 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Continuing Cosmos SHA Provisions and Post-Completion Matters) shall pay such costs and expenses.

 

19.3

Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or any Transaction Document, each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (and any other document entered into pursuant to this Agreement or any such document).

 

20.

PAYMENTS

 

20.1

Payments due to be made under this Agreement shall, if not paid within thirty (30) days of the due date, and except to the extent the liability giving rise to the payment compensates the recipient for late payment by virtue of its extending to interest and penalties, carry interest at a rate of (i) two (2) per cent. above the base lending rate from time to time of the Bank of England, or (ii) if such base lending rate is less than zero, at two (2) per cent. (the “Agreed Rate”) for the period from the date falling thirty (30) days after the due date to the date of actual payment.

 

20.2

Payments due to be made under this Agreement shall be free and clear of all deductions, withholdings, set-offs, or counterclaims whatsoever, except as may be required by Law. If any deductions or withholdings are required by Law, the paying party shall be obliged to pay such sum as will, after such deduction, withholdings, set-off or counter-claim has been made, leave the receiving party with the same amount as it would have been entitled to receive in the absence of any such requirement to make such deduction or withholding.

 

21.

RECHARGE TO HALEON

Subject to Admission having occurred, JVCo shall, following Completion, charge to Haleon an amount equal to all costs and expenses incurred by JVCo in connection with Admission to the extent not otherwise reimbursed pursuant to the Transaction Documents, together with an amount in respect of VAT on the relevant amount where applicable.

 

22.

NOTICES

 

22.1

A notice under this Agreement shall only be effective if it is in writing. E-mail is permitted. Any notice validly served on one member of any Party’s Group in accordance with this clause 22 shall be deemed to have been served on each member of such Party’s Group.

 

53


22.2

Notices under this Agreement shall be sent to a Party at its address and for the attention of the individuals set out below:

 

GSK   
Address:   
E-mail address:   
For the attention of:   
Pfizer   
Address:   
E-mail address:   
For the attention of:   
Haleon   
Address:   
E-mail address:   
For the attention of:   
JVCo   
Address:   
E-mail address:   
For the attention of:   
GSKCHHL   
Address:   
E-mail address:   
For the attention of:   
PFCHHL   
Address:   
E-mail address:   
For the attention of:   

provided that a Party may change its notice details on giving notice to the other Parties of the change in accordance with this clause 22. That notice shall only be effective on the date falling five (5) clear Business Days after the notification has been received or such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

54


22.3

Any notice given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows:

 

  (A)

if delivered personally, on delivery;

 

  (B)

if sent by first class inland post, two (2) clear Business Days after the date of posting;

 

  (C)

if sent by airmail, six (6) clear Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

  (D)

if sent by e-mail, when despatched.

 

22.4

Any notice given under this Agreement outside Working Hours in the place to which it is addressed shall be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place.

 

22.5

A notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall not be invalid by reason of any mistake or typographical error or if the contents are incomplete, provided it should have been reasonably clear to the recipient what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

22.6

The provisions of this clause 22 shall not apply in relation to the service of Service Documents.

 

23.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

23.1

This Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, including the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SAPA and the other agreements and documents entered into in connection therewith (together, the “Cosmos Agreements”), together constitute the whole and only agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

23.2

All terms of the Cosmos Agreements shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and nothing in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents shall amend, limit or otherwise modify the parties’ respective rights and obligations under the Cosmos Agreements, in each case except as, and only to the extent, expressly provided in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents.

 

23.3

[Reserved]

 

23.4

Each Party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, it is not relying upon any pre contractual statement which is not set out in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document, any Cosmos Agreement or any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

55


23.5

Except in the case of fraud, no Party shall have any right of action against any other Party (or their respective Connected Persons) arising out of or in connection with any pre contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement or in a Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement or in any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

23.6

Except in the case of fraud and for any liability in respect of a breach of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement, no Party (nor any of its Connected Persons) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to any other Party (or its Connected Persons) in relation to Haleon, JVCo or the Consumer Healthcare Business.

 

23.7

For the purposes of this clause 23, “pre contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or in any other agreement or document entered into in connection with any such document (as the case may be) made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, except for those contained in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

23.8

Each Party agrees to the terms of this clause 23 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Connected Persons. The provisions of this clause 23 shall not limit, supersede or otherwise affect any limitation of damages or remedies provisions that are expressly set forth in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

24.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

24.1

The Parties agree that:

 

  (A)

certain provisions of this Agreement confer a benefit on members of the Parties’ respective Groups, their respective Connected Persons and such other third parties (each a “Relevant Third Party”) and, subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 24, are intended to be enforceable by each of the Relevant Third Parties by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, provided that the Party in the same Group as (or with the relevant connection to) the Relevant Third Party shall have the sole conduct of any action to enforce such right on behalf of such Relevant Third Party; and

 

  (B)

notwithstanding the provisions of clause 24.1(A), this Agreement may be rescinded or varied in any way and at any time by the Parties to this Agreement without the consent of any Relevant Third Party.

 

24.2

Save as set out in clause 24.1(A), a person who is not a Party shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or any other statutory provision to enforce any of its terms.

 

56


25.

ASSIGNMENT

No Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Parties:

 

  (A)

assign or purport to assign all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement (together with any causes of action arising in connection with any of them);

 

  (B)

make a declaration of trust in respect of or enter into any arrangement whereby it agrees to hold in trust for any other person all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement;

 

  (C)

sub-contract or enter into any arrangement whereby another person is to perform any or all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (D)

transfer or charge any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (E)

grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in, in whole or in part, this Agreement,

and any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 25 shall be null and void ab initio.

 

26.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

26.1

No delay or omission by any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

affect that right, power or remedy; or

 

  (B)

operate as a waiver or variation of it.

 

26.2

The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

26.3

The rights and remedies of each Party under, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such Party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general Law.

 

26.4

Notwithstanding any express remedies provided under this Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which any Party may have, each Party acknowledges and agrees that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement, so that in the event of a breach or anticipated breach of such provisions, the remedies of injunction, an order for specific performance and/or other equitable remedies would be available. Furthermore, each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will not raise any objection to the application by or on behalf of another Party or any member of its Group for any such remedies.

 

57


27.

VARIATION

 

27.1

No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all the Parties to it.

 

27.2

If this Agreement is varied:

 

  (A)

the variation shall not constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the variation shall not affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement that have already accrued up to the date of variation; and

 

  (C)

the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except as, and only to the extent that, they are so varied.

 

28.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

Each Party shall (and shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that any relevant Third Party shall) at its own cost, from time to time on request, do all acts and/or execute all documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to any other Party which that other Party may reasonably consider necessary for giving full effect to this Agreement and securing to that other Party the full benefit of the rights, powers and remedies conferred upon that other Party in this Agreement, in each case subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

29.

NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY

Nothing in this Agreement (or in any other Transaction Document or any other arrangements contemplated hereby or therein) shall constitute a partnership between the Parties or any of them or make the agent of any other Party for any purpose. No party has any authority or power to bind, to contract in the name of, or to create a liability for another party in any way or for any purpose save as specifically set out in this Agreement.

 

30.

INVALIDITY

 

30.1

If at any time any provision (or part of any provision) of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Law of any jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

 

  (A)

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other (or the remainder of a) provision of this Agreement; or

 

  (B)

the legality, validity or enforceability under the Law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

30.2

Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable.

 

58


30.3

If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement:

 

  (A)

is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the Law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (B)

would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in force.

 

31.

CONTINUING EFFECT

Each provision of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after Completion, unless such provision has been fully performed on or before Completion.

 

32.

COUNTERPARTS

 

32.1

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

32.2

Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

33.

LANGUAGE

Each notice or communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in English.

 

34.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

34.1

This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

 

34.2

The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

 

34.3

Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of Proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

 

34.4

Each Party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.

 

59


35.

AGENT FOR SERVICE

 

35.1

Each of Pfizer, Anacor and PFCHHL irrevocably appoints Pfizer Limited, c/o UK Legal Department, Pfizer Ltd (IPC 3-1), Walton Oaks, Dorking Road, Tadworth, Surrey KT20 7NS, to be its agent for the receipt of Service Documents. Each such Party agrees that any Service Document may be effectively served on it in connection with Proceedings in England and Wales by service on its agent effected in any manner permitted by the Civil Procedure Rules.

 

35.2

If the agent at any time ceases for any reason to act as such, Pfizer, Anacor and PFCHHL shall each appoint a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales and shall notify the other Parties of the name and address of the replacement agent. Failing such appointment and notification, JVCo shall be entitled by notice to Pfizer to appoint a replacement agent to act on behalf of Pfizer, Anacor and PFCHHL, provided that Pfizer shall be entitled, by notice to JVCo, to replace that agent with a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales. The provisions of this clause 35 applying to service on an agent apply equally to service on a replacement agent.

 

35.3

A copy of any Service Document served on an agent appointed in accordance with clauses 35.1 or 35.2 shall be sent by post to Pfizer, Anacor or PFCHHL (as applicable). Failure or delay in so doing shall not prejudice the effectiveness of service of the Service Document.

 

35.4

Without prejudice to clauses 35.1 to 35.3, any Party without an address for service in England or Wales shall appoint, and keep appointed at all times, an agent for service with an address for service in England or Wales and shall notify the other Parties of the name and address of its appointed agent for service. Failing such appointment and notification, JVCo shall be entitled by notice to such Party to appoint an agent to act on behalf of such Party, provided that such Party shall be entitled, by notice to the other Parties, to replace that agent with a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales. Such Party agrees that any Service Document may be effectively served on it in connection with Proceedings in England and Wales by service on its agent effected in any manner permitted by the Civil Procedure Rules.

 

35.5

Service Document” means a claim form, application notice, order, judgment or other document relating to any Proceedings.

 

60


IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as a deed on the date which appears on page 1 above.

 

SIGNED as a DEED by

DAVID REDFERN as

attorney for GSK PLC in

the presence of:

  

)

  

/s/ David Redfern                                

  

)

  

(Signature of attorney)

  

)

  

DAVID REDFERN as attorney for

GSK PLC

  

)

 

Witness’s signature:

  /s/ Diane Hewett

Name (print):

  Diane Hewett

Occupation:

  Homemaker

Address:

   

[Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement - signature page]

 

61


Executed as a deed by   

)

  

/s/ Deborah Baron                             

PFIZER INC.   

)

   (Authorised signatory)
acting by DEBORAH BARON   

)

  
who, in accordance with the laws of the   

)

  
territory in which PFIZER INC. is   

)

  
incorporated, is acting under the   

)

  
authority of   

)

  
PFIZER INC.   

)

  

 

[Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement - signature page]

 

62


SIGNED as a DEED by

AMANDA MELLOR as

attorney for HALEON PLC in

the presence of:

  

)

  

/s/ Amanda Mellor                                        

  

)

  

(Signature of attorney)

  

)

  

AMANDA MELLOR as attorney for

HALEON PLC

  

)

 

Witness’s signature:

  /s/ Bridget Creegan

Name (print):

  Bridget Creegan

Occupation:

  Chartered Company Secretary

Address:

   

 

 

[Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement - signature page]

 

63


Executed as a deed by

  

)

  

/s/ David Redfern                        

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE   

)

  

Director

HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED

  

)

  

acting by DAVID REDFERN a director

  

)

  

in the presence of:

  

)

  

 

Witness’s signature:

  /s/ Diane Hewett

Name (print):

  Diane Hewett

Occupation:

  Homemaker

Address:

   

 

 

[Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement - signature page]

 

64


SIGNED as a DEED by

  )    /s/ David Redfern                        
DAVID REDFERN as attorney for   )   

(Signature of attorney)

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE   )   

DAVID REDFERN as attorney for

HOLDINGS LIMITED   )   

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE

in the presence of:

  )    HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

Witness’s signature:

  /s/ Diane Hewett

Name (print):

  Diane Hewett

Occupation:

  Homemaker

Address:

   

[Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement - signature page]

 

65


EXECUTED as a DEED by

  

)

  

/s/ Andrew J. Muratore                        

ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

  

)

   (Authorised signatory)

acting by ANDREW J. MURATORE

  

)

  

who, in accordance with the laws of the

  

)

  

territory in which ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

  

)

  

is incorporated, is acting under the

  

)

  

authority of ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

  

)

  

[Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement - signature page]

 

66


Executed as a deed by

  

)

  

/s/ Andrew J. Muratore                        

PF CONSUMER HEALTHCARE

  

)

   (Authorised signatory)

HOLDINGS LLC

  

)

  

acting by ANDREW J. MURATORE

  

)

  

who, in accordance with the laws of the

  

)

  

territory in which PF CONSUMER

  

)

  

HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS LLC is

  

)

  

incorporated, is acting under the

  

)

  

authority of PF CONSUMER HEALTHCARE

  

)

  

HOLDINGS LLC

  

)

  
  

)

  
  

)

  

[Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement - signature page]

 

67

Exhibit 4.10

DATED 1 June 2022

GSK PLC

and

HALEON PLC

 

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

 

Slaughter and May

One Bunhill Row

London EC1Y 8YY

(SRN/TGXF)

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

Interpretation

     5  

2.

 

Condition Precedent

     25  

3.

 

Termination

     26  

4.

 

Transfer and Issue of Shares

     27  

5.

 

Completion Obligations

     28  

6.

 

Tax

     29  

7.

 

GSK Exchange Indemnities and SLP Exchange Indemnities

     30  

8.

 

Confidentiality

     31  

9.

 

Announcements

     33  

10.

 

Warranties

     33  

11.

 

Costs and Expenses

     34  

12.

 

Payments

     35  

13.

 

Further Assurance

     35  

14.

 

Notices

     36  

15.

 

Entire Agreement

     37  

16.

 

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

     38  

17.

 

Assignment

     38  

18.

 

Remedies and Waivers

     39  

19.

 

Variation

     39  

20.

 

No partnership or agency

     40  

21.

 

Invalidity

     40  

22.

 

Continuing effect

     40  

23.

 

Counterparts

     40  

24.

 

Language

     41  

25.

 

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

     41  

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1 Provisions on Claims under the GSK Exchange Indemnities and the SLP Exchange Indemnities

     45  


This Agreement is made as a deed on 1 June 2022.

BETWEEN:

 

1.

GSK PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 03888792, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS (“GSK”); and

 

2.

HALEON PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 13691224, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS (“Haleon”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

GSK intends to demerge approximately 80.1% of its interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business, by way of an indirect dividend demerger, for the purpose of benefiting both the Consumer Healthcare Business and the GSK Business. GSK also intends that, subsequent to such demerger, Haleon, as the holder of the Consumer Healthcare Business, shall be listed on the London Stock Exchange as a separate and independently managed group.

 

(B)

Haleon is a company that is not part of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group. GSKCHHL is a subsidiary of GSK with 100% of its A Shares and B Shares held by GSK and 100% of its C Shares held by the SLPs (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL). GSKCHHL is (and will be immediately following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges) the registered holder of 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo, which is the current parent company of the Consumer Healthcare Group. PFCHHL is, at the date of this Agreement, a subsidiary of Anacor, with 100% of its common interests (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL) held by Anacor. Pfizer and Anacor intend to effect the PFCHHL Transfer as soon as possible following satisfaction of the final Regulatory Condition. Following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer, 100% of the common interests of PFCHHL will be held by Pfizer until completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange. PFCHHL is (and will be immediately following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges) the registered holder of 100% of the issued ordinary B shares in JVCo.

 

(C)

GSK and Haleon have conditionally agreed on the terms of the Demerger Agreement pursuant to which GSK will transfer to Haleon the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares (being all of the A Shares, representing in excess of 80% of the entire issued ordinary share capital of GSKCHHL, which comprises A Shares, B Shares and C Shares) in consideration for which Haleon will allot and issue, credited as fully paid up, the Haleon Demerger Shares to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders, in satisfaction of the Demerger Dividend to be declared on the GSK Shares pursuant to the Demerger Resolution.

 

(D)

Separately, pursuant to: (i) this Agreement, GSK shall agree to transfer GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK; (ii) the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, Anacor and Pfizer have agreed that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor shall transfer the PFCHHL Interests (being all of the common interests in PFCHHL (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL) and which shall be held by Anacor until the commencement of the PFCHHL Transfer and by Pfizer following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange) to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (comprising new Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS) to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary and, following which, the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor will sell the Haleon NVPS immediately upon receipt of such Haleon NVPS pursuant to a binding commitment made prior to its transfer of the PFCHHL Interests to Haleon; and (iii) the SLP Exchange Agreement, each SLP has agreed to transfer its entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the

 

3


 

applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the transfer of GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK pursuant to this Agreement constitute a taxable exchange under Section 1001 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(E)

As a result of the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges: (i) (A) the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary (with respect to the Haleon Ordinary Shares held on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor) will hold, in aggregate, 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share) and 100% of the issued preference shares in Haleon, it being understood that any Haleon Ordinary Shares issued to the Depositary pursuant to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement will be held by the Depositary on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor in connection with and under the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme (B) the Qualifying GSK Shareholders will hold at least approximately 54.47% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon, (C) GSK will hold up to approximately 6.03% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (and with the issued ordinary shares comprised in (B) and (C) together representing 60.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share)) and (D) the SLPs will collectively hold 7.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share); (ii) Haleon will hold 100% of the issued ordinary shares and common interests, respectively, in each of GSKCHHL and PFCHHL; and (iii) (1) GSKCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo and (2) PFCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary B shares in JVCo.

 

(F)

It is also intended that, prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps, the relevant Parties will have taken all necessary actions so that each of the following actions shall have occurred: (i) JVCo will declare and pay the Final Quarterly Dividend, the Final Sweep Dividend and, separately, the Pre-Separation Dividend to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL in accordance with the Cosmos SHA and the Treasury Side Letter; (ii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares; (iii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; (iv) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; and (v) PFCHHL will declare and pay or otherwise effect the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend to Anacor or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such time, Pfizer.

 

(G)

It is further noted that Haleon redeemed the Redeemable Shares on 11 April 2022.

 

(H)

In connection with the proposed listing of Haleon and prior to the Demerger, it is also intended that: (i) the Prospectus and Circular shall be published and posted; (ii) the GSK General Meeting shall take place to, among other things, approve the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Chapter 10 of the Listing Rules and approve certain transactions related to the Demerger and the Separation Transaction as related party transactions for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; (iii) the Haleon ADR Programme shall be established to come into effect on or around the time of Admission; and (iv) following payment by JVCo of the dividends referred to in recital (F)(i) above, the ATB Re-organisation shall be completed.

 

4


(I)

Following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, it is also intended that Admission shall occur, subsequent to which GSK shall implement the GSK Share Consolidation.

 

(J)

This Agreement, which is a deed, sets out the terms on which the GSK Share Exchange shall be effected and certain terms on which relations between GSK and Haleon will be governed following Completion.

THIS DEED PROVIDES as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Agreement and the Schedules:

 

      

 

“Admission”

  

means admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities;

 

“Agreed Rate”

  

has the meaning given to it in clause 12.1;

 

“Anacor”

  

means Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

 

“Ancillary Agreements”

  

means the Listing Ancillary Agreements and the Separation Ancillary Agreements;

 

“Argentina NEBA”

  

means the letter agreement relating to the retention, operation and transfer of the manufacturing site located in Buenos Aires, Argentina entered into or to be entered into between GSK and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“A Shares”

  

means the A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK and which, together with the B Shares and the C Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

 

“ATB Re-organisation”

  

means all of (i) the distribution in specie of the ordinary shares of GSKCHH3 by JVCo to GSKCHHL only, (ii) the distribution of £53.125m by JVCo to GSKCHHL only, and (iii) the conversion of a portion of A shares in the share capital of JVCo held by GSKCHHL (of equivalent value to the distribution mentioned at (i)) into preference shares in the share capital of JVCo in a manner consistent with the SCA Side Letter;

 

5


      

 

“ATFA”

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo entered into on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Brazil ATFA”

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement relating to the transfer of the manufacturing site located in Jacarepaguá, Brazil entered into or to be entered into between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“B Shares”

  

means the B ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK and which, together with the A Shares and the C Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

 

“Business Day”

  

means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, UK;

 

“Circular”

  

means the circular to be dated with the Posting Date and to be sent to the shareholders of GSK in connection with the Demerger, including a notice of general meeting of GSK;

 

“Co-Existence Agreement”

  

means the co-existence agreement in respect of certain trade marks and domain names of the GSK Group and Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between Glaxo Group Limited, SmithKline Beecham Limited and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Completion”

  

means the time and date of completion of the GSK Share Exchange pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement;

 

“Condition Precedent”

  

means the condition set out in clause 2.1 (Condition Precedent);

 

“Connected Persons”

  

means, in relation to a Party, any member of its Group and any officer, employee, agent, adviser or representative of that Party or any member of its Group, in each case, from time to time;

 

“Consumer Healthcare Business”

  

means the consumer healthcare business which, as at the date of Demerger Completion is operated within the JVCo Group and any other asset or business of the consumer healthcare business that, as at the date of Demerger Completion, is contemplated to be operated within the Haleon Group after Separation Completion pursuant to the ATFA, the Argentina NEBA and/or the Brazil ATFA;

 

6


      

  “Consumer Healthcare Group”   

means:

 

(i) prior to Demerger Completion, the JVCo Group; and

 

(ii)  from Demerger Completion, the Haleon Group;

  “Consumer Healthcare Group Companies”   

means any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group from time to time, and “Consumer Healthcare Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

  “Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement”   

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of the SCIA;

  “Consumer Quality Agreement”   

means the quality agreement to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited in respect of the Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

  “Corporate Brand Licence Agreement”   

means the brand licence agreement in respect of corporate marks entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of the SCIA;

  “Cosmos SAPA”   

means the stock and asset purchase agreement entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo dated 19 December 2018, as amended from time to time including on 31 July 2019 and by the Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

  “Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement”   

means the amendment agreement to the Cosmos SAPA entered into or to be entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

  “Cosmos SCA”   

means the structuring considerations agreement entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

7


      

 

“Cosmos SHA”

  

means the shareholders’ agreement in relation to JVCo entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“Costs”

  

means charges and reasonable and documented costs (including legal costs) and expenses (other than, subject to the below, Tax), which are properly incurred and of an out-of-pocket nature, together with any amounts in respect of VAT comprised in such charges, costs and expenses but only to the extent not recoverable;

 

“C Shares”

  

means the C ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, which shares rank pari passu with the A Shares and the B Shares except that they carry no right to any Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and carry no voting rights, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by the SLPs and which, together with the A Shares and the B Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

 

“Deed of Termination”

  

means the global deed of termination relating to certain services provided by GSK or members of the GSK Group to Haleon or members of the Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Demerger”

  

means the proposed demerger of approximately 80.1% of GSK’s interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business pursuant to the Demerger Agreement and the Demerger Dividend;

 

“Demerger Agreement”

  

means the demerger agreement entered into or to be entered into between Haleon and GSK on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Demerger Completion”

  

means the time and date when the Demerger Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled and the Demerger Completion Steps have taken place;

 

“Demerger Completion Steps”

  

has the meaning given to the term “Completion Steps” in the Demerger Agreement;

 

8


      

  “Demerger Conditions Precedent”   

means the conditions set out in clause 2.1 (Conditions Precedent) of the Demerger Agreement;

  “Demerger Dividend”   

means the interim dividend, in specie, proposed to be declared by the GSK Board to effect the Demerger pursuant to the authority granted to the GSK Board under the Demerger Resolution;

  “Demerger Record Time”   

means 6.00 p.m. on 15 July 2022, or such other time and/or date as the GSK Board may determine;

  “Demerger Resolution”   

means resolution 1 set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

  “Depositary”   

means JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary for the Haleon ADSs;

  “Excess GSK Shares”   

means any GSK Shares in issue at the Demerger Record Time in excess of (X) ((X) being the number of GSK Shares in issue at the Latest Practicable Date);

  “Exchange Agreements”   

means this Agreement, the Pfizer Exchange Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement;

  “FCA”   

means the Financial Conduct Authority acting in its capacity as the competent authority under Part VI of FSMA;

  “Final Quarterly Dividend”   

means the final quarterly interim dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger on or around 30 June 2022;

  “Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

  “Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s)or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

  “Final Sweep Dividend”   

has the meaning given to that term in the Treasury Side Letter;

 

9


      

  “Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

  “Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s)or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

  “FSMA”   

means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

  “Governmental Entity”   

means any supra national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union;

  “Group”   

means, as applicable:

 

(i) in relation to GSK, the GSK Group;

 

(ii)  in relation to Pfizer and/or Anacor, the Pfizer Group;

 

(iii)  in relation to Haleon, the Consumer Healthcare Group; and

 

(iv) in relation to JVCo, the JVCo Group;

  “GSK Board”   

means the board of directors of GSK and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

  “GSK Business”   

means the business operated within the GSK Group, which is described in the Circular and which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include the Consumer Healthcare Business;

  “GSKCHHL”   

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 08998608, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

10


      

  “GSKCHHL Articles of Association”   

means the articles of association adopted by GSKCHHL (as amended or replaced from time to time);

 

“GSKCHHL Board”

  

means the board of directors of GSKCHHL and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

 

“GSKCHH3”

  

means GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 3) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 13401293, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

“GSK Consolidation Resolution”

  

means the relevant parts of resolution 1 relating to the proposed consolidation of the share capital of GSK as set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

 

“GSK Exchange Indemnities”

  

means the indemnities given by GSK which are set out in clause 7.1 (GSK Exchange Indemnities and SLP Exchange Indemnities);

 

“GSK General Meeting”

  

means the general meeting of GSK to approve, among other things:

 

(i) the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Listing Rule 10;

 

(ii)  the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction and the associated and ancillary agreements and arrangements relating thereto or to be entered into pursuant thereto for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; and

 

(iii)  the GSK Share Consolidation;

 

“GSK Group”

  

means GSK and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding Haleon and the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

  “GSK Group Companies”   

means any member of the GSK Group from time to time, and “GSK Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

 

11


 

“GSK Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with this Agreement;

      

  “GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement”   

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“GSK NEB Agreement”

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between GSK, Pfizer and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“GSK Quality Agreement”

  

means the quality agreement to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited in respect of the GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement ;

 

“GSK Share Consolidation”

  

means the consolidation of the share capital of GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the GSK Consolidation Resolution;

 

“GSK Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

“GSK Shareholders”

  

means holders of the GSK Shares on the register of members of GSK from time to time;

 

“GSK Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of GSK having the rights set out in GSK’s articles of association from time to time;

      

 

“Guarantee Fee Arrangements”

  

means the guarantee fee arrangements effected pursuant to:

 

(i) the guarantee fee agreement between Haleon (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 25 May 2022; and

 

(ii)  the guarantee fee agreement between GSK (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 28 April 2022;

 

12


      

 

“Haleon Admission Shares”

  

means the Haleon Demerger Shares and the Haleon Exchange Shares (excluding the Haleon NVPS);

 

“Haleon ADR Programme”

  

means the American depositary receipt programme to be established for Haleon on or around Admission, as detailed in the Steps Plan;

 

“Haleon ADSs”

  

means the American depositary shares each representing 2 Haleon Ordinary Shares to be

admitted to listing and trading on the NYSE pursuant to the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme;

 

“Haleon Articles of Association”

  

means the articles of association adopted or to be adopted by Haleon that are in the agreed form for the purposes of the SCIA;

 

“Haleon Demerger Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders as GSK shall direct, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the Demerger Agreement, together with (where the context so requires) any Haleon Ordinary Shares in issue prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps;

 

“Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means:

 

(i) the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares;

 

(ii)  the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares; and

 

(iii)  the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares,

 

which, together, immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 45.53% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

 

“Haleon Group”

  

means Haleon and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

 

“Haleon NVPS”

  

means 25,000,000 unlisted redeemable non-voting preference shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of Haleon carrying the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association (as reproduced in schedule 2 (Haleon NVPS Terms) to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement);

 

13


      

 

“Haleon Ordinary Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of Haleon having the rights set out in the Haleon Articles of Association from time to time;

 

“HMRC”

  

means HM Revenue & Customs;

 

“Indemnified Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK Exchange Indemnities and the SLP Exchange Indemnities);

 

“Indemnifying Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK Exchange Indemnities and the SLP Exchange Indemnities);

 

“India Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

 

“Investigation”

  

has the meaning given to that term in clause 13.4(B);

 

“Japan Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement

 

“JVCo”

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 11961650, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

“JVCo Group”

  

means JVCo and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

 

“Korea Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

 

“Latest Practicable Date”

  

means 30 May 2022 being the last practicable date prior to publication of the Circular;

 

“Law”

  

means any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code or rule of common law issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including the rules of any stock exchange or listing authority;

 

“Listing Ancillary Agreements”

  

means:

 

(i) the Pfizer Relationship Agreement;

 

(ii)  the Orderly Marketing Agreement;

 

(iii)  the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(iv) the Sponsors’ Agreements; and

 

(v)   the Lock-up Deed,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

 

14


      

 

“Listing Rules”

  

means the rules and regulations made by the FCA (acting in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of FSMA) under FSMA, and contained in the publication of the same name, as amended from time to time (including any successor rules);

 

“Lock-up Deed”

  

means the lock-up deed entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer, the SLPs, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“London Stock Exchange”

  

means London Stock Exchange plc;

 

“Long Term Access Agreement”

  

means the long term access agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“NEBA”

  

means the net economic benefit arrangements, comprising the GSK NEB Agreement and the Pfizer NEB Agreement as may be amended and restated from time to time, including pursuant to the NEBA Amendment Agreement;

 

“NEBA Amendment Agreement”

  

means the amendment and restatement agreement with respect to the GSK NEB Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, JVCo and Pfizer on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Official List”

  

means the Official List maintained by the FCA pursuant to Part 6 of FSMA;

 

“Orderly Marketing Agreement”

  

means the orderly marketing agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Party”

  

means a party to this Agreement;

 

“PFCHHL”

  

means PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

 

“PFCHHL Interests”

  

means all of the common interests in the capital of PFCHHL in issue immediately prior to the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL and all of which are held by Anacor as at the date of this Agreement and all of which, from completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, shall be held by Pfizer;

 

“PFCHHL Transfer”

  

means the series of transactions pursuant to which the PFCHHL Interests will be transferred, distributed or otherwise assigned from Anacor to Pfizer;

 

15


      

 

“Pfizer”

  

means Pfizer Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

 

“Pfizer Exchange Agreement”

  

means the exchange agreement between Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon setting out the terms of the Pfizer Share Exchange;

 

“Pfizer Group”

  

means Pfizer and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

  “Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor”   

means Anacor or, if the PFCHHL Transfer has completed by the time of Demerger Completion, Pfizer;

 

“Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, which immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent respectively 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

 

“Pfizer NEB Agreement”

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between Pfizer, GSK and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“Pfizer Relationship Agreement”

  

means the relationship agreement entered into or to be entered into between Pfizer and Haleon on the Posting Date;

 

“Pfizer Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of the PFCHHL Interests from the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer Exchange Agreement;

 

“Pharmacovigilance Agreement”

  

means the pharmacovigilance agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Posting Date”

  

means the date of the Demerger Agreement (or such other date as may be determined by GSK and notified to Haleon and Pfizer as the date for the issue and dispatch of the Circular and the publication of the Prospectus);

 

16


      

 

“Pre-Separation Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger (as provided in clause 17.32(B) of the Cosmos SHA and as otherwise agreed between the parties to the Cosmos SHA, including pursuant to the Treasury Side Letter);

  “Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by GSKCHHL pursuant to the Pre-Separation Dividend;

  “Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

 

“Proceedings”

  

means any proceeding, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the negotiation, existence, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual;

 

“Prospectus”

  

means the prospectus relating to the Admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to be dated the Posting Date;

 

“Qualifying GSK Shareholders”

  

means the GSK Shareholders on the register of members of GSK at the Demerger Record Time;

 

“Redeemable Shares”

  

means the fully paid redeemable preference shares of £1 each in the share capital of Haleon (subscribed by Trexco on or around the re-registration of Haleon as a public limited company);

 

“Registration Rights Agreement”

  

means the registration rights agreement between Haleon, Pfizer, GSK and each of the SLPs dated on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Regulatory Conditions”

  

means, subject to clause 2.11 of the SCIA, the India Condition, the Japan Condition and the Korea Condition;

  “Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement”   

means the regulatory information access and service (linked products) agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Unlimited on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Relevant GSKCHHL Shares”

  

means all of the class A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the capital of GSKCHHL in issue immediately prior to Demerger Completion;

 

17


 

“SCA Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 22 November 2021;

 

“SCIA”

  

means the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer, Anacor, Haleon, JVCo, GSKCHHL and PFCHHL on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

“SEC”

  

means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

      

  “Separation Ancillary Agreements”   

means the:

 

(i) SCIA;

 

(ii)  Demerger Agreement;

 

(iii)   Exchange Agreements;

 

(iv) Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

 

(v)   Tax Covenant;

 

(vi) ATFA;

 

(vii)  Transitional Services Agreement;

 

(viii)  GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(ix) Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(x)   GSK Quality Agreement;

 

(xi) Consumer Quality Agreement;

 

(xii)  Shared Brands Licences Agreement;

 

(xiii)  Shared Brands Committee Agreement;

 

(xiv) Corporate Brand Licence Agreement;

 

(xv)   Co-Existence Agreement;

 

(xvi) Long Term Access Agreement;

 

(xvii) Pharmacovigilance Agreement;

 

 

18


      

    

(xviii)NEBA Amendment Agreement;

 

(xix) Argentina NEBA;

 

(xx)   Brazil ATFA;

 

(xxi) Deed of Termination;

 

(xxii) Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement; and

 

(xxiii)Guarantee Fee Arrangements,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

 

“Separation Completion”

  

means completion of the final step in the Separation Transaction;

 

“Separation Transaction”

  

means the steps comprised in the Demerger, the Exchange Agreements, execution of the Separation Ancillary Agreements and Admission, pursuant to which, among other things, Haleon will become a listed company holding the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

“Service Document”

  

means a claim form, application notice, order, judgment or other document relating to any Proceedings;

  “Shared Brands Committee Agreement”   

means the shared brands committee agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of the SCIA;

  “Shared Brands Licences Agreement”   

means the deed of amendment and restatement to amend and restate certain shared brand licence agreements entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Share Exchanges”

  

means the GSK Share Exchange, the Pfizer Share Exchange and the SLP Share Exchange;

 

“SLP Exchange Agreement”

  

means the exchange agreement between the SLPs and Haleon setting out the terms of the SLP Share Exchange;

 

19


 

“SLP Exchange Indemnities”

  

means the indemnities given by GSK which are set out in clause 7.3 (GSK Exchange Indemnities and SLP Exchange Indemnities);

      

 

“SLP Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the SLP Exchange Agreement, which immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent 7.5% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share);

 

“SLPs”

  

means:

 

(i) GSK (No. 1) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035527 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ;

 

(ii)  GSK (No. 2) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035526 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ; and

 

(iii)  GSK (No. 3) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035525 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ,

 

being the Scottish limited partnerships that will each receive shares in Haleon pursuant to the SLP Exchange Agreement, and “SLP” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“SLP Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of each SLP’s entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the SLP Exchange Agreement;

 

20


      

 

“Sponsors”

  

means:

 

(i) Citigroup Global Markets Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 01763297 whose registered office is Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB;

 

(ii)  Goldman Sachs International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02263951 whose registered office is Plumtree Court, 25 Shoe Lane, London, EC4A 4AU; and

 

(iii)  Merrill Lynch International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02312079 whose registered office is 2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ;

 

“Sponsors’ Agreements”

  

means:

 

(i) the sponsors’ agreement between Haleon, JVCo and each of the Sponsors dated on or around the date of the SCIA; and

 

(ii)  the sponsors’ agreement between GSK and each of the Sponsors dated on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Steps Plan”

  

means the demerger steps plan prepared by Slaughter and May summarising the proposals in relation to the Separation Transaction, and initialled for identification purposes by or on behalf of each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon;

 

“Sterling” and “£”

  

means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom;

 

“subsidiary undertaking”

  

means a subsidiary undertaking as defined in section 1162 Companies Act 2006 (and a company shall be treated, for the purposes only of the membership requirement contained in subsections 1162(2)(b) and (d) respectively, as a member of another company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (A) another person (or its nominee) whether by way of security or in connection with the taking of security or (B) its nominee);

      

 

“Tax”

  

means all taxes, and all levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings in the nature of tax, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, employment, payroll, land, stamp, transfer,

 

21


    

occupation, franchise, value added, wealth and personal property, together with all penalties, charges, additions to tax, and interest relating to any of them, and regardless of whether any such amounts are chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to any other person or are recoverable from any other person;

 

“Tax Authority”

  

means any taxing, revenue or other authority competent to impose any liability to, or to assess or collect, any Tax, including, without limitation, HMRC and the Internal Revenue Service;

 

“Tax Covenant”

  

means the deed of tax covenant relating to the Separation Transaction, entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Haleon, GSKCHHL, Pfizer and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Transaction Documents”

  

means the Demerger Agreement, the SCIA, the Exchange Agreements and the Ancillary Agreements;

  “Transitional Services Agreement”   

means the transitional services agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC on or around the date of the SCIA;

      

 

“Treasury Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement entered into between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 4 November 2021 pursuant to which the parties thereto have agreed the interpretation, and confirmed the application, of certain provisions of the Cosmos SHA;

 

“Trexco”

  

means Trexco Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 00461588, having its registered office at 2 Lambs Passage, London, EC1Y 8BB;

 

“VAT”

  

means:

 

(i) any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto;

 

22


      

    

(ii)  to the extent not included in paragraph (i) above, any Tax imposed in compliance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(iii)  any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above, whether imposed in the UK or a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above or imposed elsewhere; and

 

“Working Hours”

  

means 9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. (local time) on a Business Day.

 

1.2

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

references to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs, and Schedules are to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs of, and Schedules to, this Agreement;

 

  (B)

use of any gender includes the other genders and (unless the context otherwise requires) the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (C)

references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

 

  (D)

references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation or other body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (E)

references to a “holding company” or a “subsidiary” shall be construed as a holding company or subsidiary (as the case may be) as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (F)

references to a “body corporate” shall be construed as a body corporate as defined in section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (G)

references to a “parent undertaking” shall be construed as a parent undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (H)

references to a “party” shall be construed so as to include a reference to that party’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  (I)

a reference to any statute or statutory provision or other regulation shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase or alter the liability of any Party under this Agreement;

 

23


  (J)

any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

 

  (K)

references to times are to London time (unless otherwise stated);

 

  (L)

references to “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

  (M)

reference to “liabilities”, “costs” and/or “expenses ” incurred by a person shall not include any amount in respect of VAT or any Tax of a similar nature included in such liabilities, costs and/or expenses for which that person or any other member of its Group is entitled to credit or repayment from any Tax Authority;

 

  (N)

references to “indemnify” any person against any circumstance shall include indemnifying and keeping such person harmless from all actions, claims and proceedings from time to time made against such person and all loss, damage, payments, costs or expenses suffered, made or incurred by such person as a consequence of that circumstance and, unless otherwise specified, any indemnity given in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on an after-Tax basis;

 

  (O)

any indemnity or obligation to pay (the “Payment Obligation”) being given or assumed on an “after-Tax basis” or expressed to be “calculated on an after-Tax basis” means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the “Payment”) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account:

 

  (i)

any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment;

 

  (ii)

the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes (or would, but for the use of any credit or other relief which would otherwise have been available to reduce the Tax liabilities of any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group or the GSK Group, as the case may be, have become) payable as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax; and

 

  (iii)

the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained, to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation,

the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred (or, in the case of a Payment Obligation arising by reference to a matter affecting a person other than the recipient of the Payment, the recipient of the Payment and that other person are, taken together, in the same position as that in which they would have been had the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation not occurred), provided that the amount of the Payment shall not exceed that which it would have been if it had been regarded for all Tax purposes as received solely by the recipient and not any other person;

 

24


  (P)

references to a “liability to Tax” or “Tax payable” (and equivalent terms) include circumstances where Tax would be (or become) payable but for the use of a Relief (as such term is defined in the Tax Covenant);

 

  (Q)

a reference to any other document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to that other document as amended, varied, novated or supplemented (other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement or that other document) at any time;

 

  (R)

a reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall in respect of any jurisdiction other than England be treated as a reference to any analogous term in that jurisdiction; and

 

  (S)

the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly:

 

  (i)

general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; and

 

  (ii)

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words.

 

1.3

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

the Schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement, and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Schedules.

 

1.4

In this Agreement, references to members of Pfizer Group’s or members of GSK Group’s holdings of Haleon Ordinary Shares shall include: (i) Haleon Ordinary Shares held directly in the form of shares; (ii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held by one or more nominees on behalf of members of the Pfizer Group or GSK Group (as applicable); and (iii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held indirectly as a result of a holding of Haleon ADSs.

 

2.

CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

2.1

The provisions of this Agreement, other than those arising under clause 1 (Interpretation), clause 2 (Condition Precedent), clause 3 (Termination), clause 8 (Confidentiality), clause 13 (Further Assurance) and clause 14 (Notices) to clause 25 (Governing Law and Jurisdiction) (inclusive), shall be conditional upon completion of the Demerger Completion Steps.

 

2.2

Each of GSK and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure fulfilment of the Condition Precedent, which may not be waived by either GSK or Haleon. If the Condition Precedent is not satisfied by 5.00 p.m. on 23 February 2023 (or such other time and/or date as GSK may determine, subject to clause 5), this Agreement shall automatically terminate and neither GSK nor Haleon shall have any claim of any nature whatsoever against the other Party under this Agreement, save in respect of any rights and liability of any Party set forth in the Cosmos SHA.

 

25


2.3

Each of GSK and Haleon undertakes to the other to disclose anything which will or may prevent or delay the Condition Precedent from being satisfied immediately after it comes to the notice of that Party.

 

2.4

The Parties agree and acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

prevent or inhibit compliance with the Cosmos SHA to any extent; or

 

  (B)

derogate from or qualify to any extent any party’s rights or obligations pursuant to the Cosmos SHA.

 

2.5

The Parties agree and acknowledge that they shall comply in all respects with the Cosmos SHA, and shall procure such compliance by the members of their respective Groups. The Parties further agree and acknowledge that compliance with the Cosmos SHA by GSK, the members of the GSK Group, Pfizer, the members of the Pfizer Group, Haleon and the members of the Consumer Healthcare Group is permitted and the Parties hereby consent in all respects to such compliance with the Cosmos SHA. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that this Agreement is without prejudice to GSK’s or Pfizer’s rights under the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA, the Treasury Side Letter and the obligations of Pfizer, GSK and the members of the Pfizer Group and the GSK Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA and the Treasury Side Letter.

 

2.6

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA or the Treasury Side Letter, the Parties agree and acknowledge that in connection with the Demerger, and in accordance with and subject to the SCA Side Letter, (1) the issuance to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor of the Haleon NVPS pursuant to the Pfizer Share Exchange and the sale or disposition of the Haleon NVPS by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor immediately thereafter and (2) the distribution referred to in limb (ii) of the definition of ATB Re-organisation shall be expressly permitted for all purposes hereunder and thereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the Parties agree and acknowledge that, in connection with the Separation Transaction, any reference in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the issuance to GSK of GSK Haleon Exchange Shares shall, at the sole discretion of GSK (upon written notice to Haleon no fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of Demerger Completion), be read to include an issuance of a portion of such GSK Haleon Exchange Shares (as applicable) to a nominee of GSK’s choice to hold such portion of such GSK Haleon Exchange Shares on behalf of GSK.

 

3.

TERMINATION

 

3.1

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (but subject to the Cosmos SHA), the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that GSK shall have the right in its absolute discretion to abandon the Separation Transaction by providing notice of the same in writing to Haleon and Pfizer at any time prior to Demerger Completion, and upon GSK providing such notice, this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

 

3.2

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause 3.1:

 

  (A)

no Party will have any claim against any other Party for compensation, Costs, damages or otherwise except as otherwise provided in the Cosmos SHA or the SCIA;

 

  (B)

this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect; and

 

  (C)

for the avoidance of doubt, the Cosmos SHA shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

26


3.3

Save as provided in clause 3.1, no Party shall have the right to rescind or unilaterally terminate this Agreement, whether before or after Completion.

 

4.

TRANSFER AND ISSUE OF SHARES

 

4.1

Subject to:

 

  (A)

this Agreement not having been terminated pursuant to clause 3.1; and

 

  (B)

the Demerger Completion Steps having occurred,

GSK agrees to transfer at Completion, with full title guarantee and free from all security interests, options, claims, or encumbrances whatsoever (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws), the B Shares to Haleon (the “Transfer”), and Haleon agrees to acquire the B Shares on the same basis.

 

4.2

Prior to the Demerger Completion (but subject thereto), GSK shall procure that the GSKCHHL Board shall (i) approve the Transfer and the “Transfer” (as defined in the SLP Exchange Agreement) and (ii) resolve that Haleon will be recorded in the register of members of GSKCHHL as the holder of the B Shares and the C Shares as soon as reasonably practicable following Completion, in each case, subject to the satisfaction of the Condition Precedent set forth in this Agreement and the Conditions Precedent (as defined in the SLP Exchange Agreement) set forth in the SLP Exchange Agreement, respectively.

 

4.3

As soon as reasonably practicable following Completion, Haleon shall procure that (subject to stamping of the relevant instrument of transfer or, as applicable, receipt of appropriate confirmation from HMRC that relief has been adjudicated or otherwise that the change in ownership may be duly registered) Haleon is recorded in the register of members of GSKCHHL as the holder of the B Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, GSK shall ensure (and shall procure that the members of the GSK Group ensure) that GSK shall be the sole holder of the B Shares until Completion, and the SLPs shall be the sole holders of the C Shares until completion of the SLP Share Exchange, and that GSK shall be the sole holder of the A Shares until the commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps.

 

4.4

In consideration for the transfer of the B Shares from GSK to Haleon, Haleon shall allot and issue to GSK the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares, being a number of Haleon Ordinary Shares that is equal to (subject only to rounding):

502,868,434 less the number of Excess GSK Shares.

 

4.5

Haleon shall ensure that the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to be allotted and issued to GSK pursuant to clause 4.4 shall be allotted credited as fully paid and free from all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims and encumbrances whatsoever and shall have the rights described in the Haleon Articles of Association.

 

4.6

As soon as reasonably practicable following the allotment and issuance of the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares pursuant to clause 4.4, Haleon shall procure that GSK is recorded in the register of members of Haleon as the holder of such shares.

 

27


5.

COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1

Completion of this Agreement will take place at 10.05 a.m. on the first Sunday after Demerger Completion (which, for the avoidance of doubt, is prior to the time at which Admission is expected to occur), provided that the Condition Precedent has been satisfied by such time, or at such other time as agreed by the Parties, provided that in all cases, Completion of this Agreement will take place prior to Admission.

 

5.2

At Completion, the following business shall be transacted:

 

  (A)

GSK shall deliver to Haleon a duly executed transfer of the B Shares in favour of Haleon, together with the relevant share certificate(s); and

 

  (B)

Haleon shall procure that GSK is entered into the Haleon register of members in respect of the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to be allotted and issued to GSK pursuant to clause 4.4.

 

5.3

To secure the interest of Haleon in the B Shares, GSK irrevocably appoints Haleon, with effect from Completion, as GSK’s attorney with authority on its behalf and in its name or otherwise in relation to the B Shares to exercise all rights, powers and privileges which are capable of exercise by GSK in the capacity of registered holder of the B Shares and for such purpose to do all such acts and things and to execute all such deeds and other documents as Haleon shall consider necessary or desirable pending registration of the B Shares in the name of Haleon, in connection with any matter including, without limitation, all or any of the following:

 

  (A)

receiving notice of, attending, participating in and directing the exercise of any voting rights attaching to the B Shares in any general meeting, class meeting of the shareholders of GSKCHHL or other meeting at which such voting rights are capable of being exercised, or signing any resolution or decision as the registered holder of the B Shares;

 

  (B)

approving, completing or otherwise signing or executing and returning any requisition of any meeting, consent to short notice or proxy form, written resolution, agreement of the members of GSKCHHL or other document capable of being validly signed or executed by the registered holder of the B Shares;

 

  (C)

dealing with and giving directions as to any monies, securities, benefits, documents, notices or other communications (in whatever form) arising by right of the B Shares or received in connection with the B Shares from GSKCHHL (including, but not limited to, altering the registered address relating to the B Shares and agreeing terms with GSKCHHL for receiving any such thing by means of electronic communications);

 

  (D)

selling, transferring, exchanging or otherwise disposing of the B Shares or any interest in any of them;

 

28


  (E)

agreeing to any compromise or arrangement affecting the B Shares and/or using any lawful means to safeguard any interest and/or enforce any right of the registered holder of the B Shares; and

 

  (F)

otherwise endorsing, signing, executing, delivering and doing all agreements, deeds, receipts, dividend and interest warrants, cheques, releases, discharges, instruments and all other documents, deeds and acts whatsoever in the name of GSK insofar as may be done in that capacity,

in each case, as Haleon in its absolute discretion sees fit.

 

5.4

Any document to be signed or executed under the authority granted pursuant to clause 5.3 may be signed or otherwise executed by Haleon in GSK’s name or (at Haleon’s option) in Haleon’s name on behalf of GSK.

 

5.5

GSK undertakes with effect from Completion:

 

  (A)

to hold the B Shares upon trust for Haleon as beneficial owner;

 

  (B)

to account to Haleon for all dividends, interest, bonuses, in specie or other distributions or payments of whatever nature paid or made to Haleon in respect of the B Shares in respect of the period following Completion;

 

  (C)

not to exercise any rights, powers or privileges attaching to the B Shares or exercisable in the capacity of registered holder of the B Shares or conferred on Haleon by this Agreement without Haleon’s prior written consent; and

 

  (D)

promptly on receipt to deliver to Haleon any notice, letter or other document of any nature whatsoever relating to the B Shares which GSK receives after the date of this Agreement.

 

5.6

Subject to clause 5.7 below, Haleon undertakes fully to indemnify GSK and hold it harmless against all liabilities (including liabilities to Tax), Costs, claims, actions, charges and expenses (if any) arising out of or in consequence of the proper or purported exercise of any power under the power of attorney constituted by clause 5.3.

 

5.7

The indemnity in clause 5.6 shall not apply to any liabilities, Costs, claims, actions, charges or expenses which would not have been incurred but for the negligence or wilful default of GSK.

 

5.8

The power of attorney constituted by clause 5.3 and the undertaking given in clause 5.5 shall be irrevocable but shall terminate automatically on the date on which Haleon is entered in the register of members of GSKCHHL as the holder of the B Shares.

 

6.

TAX

The Parties agree that, except where arrangements in respect of Tax are expressly made in this Agreement, any claim or potential claim in respect of any liability relating to Tax shall be determined and calculated solely in accordance with the Tax Covenant. To the extent that provisions of this Agreement conflict with any provisions of the Tax Covenant, those in the Tax Covenant shall prevail.

 

29


7.

GSK EXCHANGE INDEMNITIES AND SLP EXCHANGE INDEMNITIES

 

7.1

The issue by Haleon of the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares pursuant to clauses 4.4 to 4.5 (inclusive) to GSK on Completion in accordance with this Agreement shall extinguish any obligation whatsoever of Haleon to issue any shares to GSK, any GSK Group Company or any former, present or future GSK Shareholders or holder of other securities of GSK or any GSK Group Company in consideration of the transfer of the B Shares to Haleon or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and GSK hereby covenants and undertakes to indemnify and keep indemnified Haleon (for itself and as trustee for each Consumer Healthcare Group Company) and each Consumer Healthcare Group Company from and against any such obligation, including any liabilities, losses, demands, claims, Costs and damages whatsoever suffered or arising, directly or indirectly from or in consequence of:

 

  (A)

any claim by any person that they became a holder of or were otherwise entitled to shares or any other interest in the capital of GSKCHHL, GSK, or any member of the GSK Group (or other securities they shall claim to be relevant for such purposes) prior to or at Completion and was, by virtue of such holding, entitled to be issued with Haleon Ordinary Shares or was otherwise (other than by virtue of holding any interest or purported interest in Pfizer, PFCHHL or any member of the Pfizer Group) entitled to be issued with Haleon Ordinary Shares or other shares or securities; and

 

  (B)

any claim by any person that their rights to be entered into the register of members of Haleon in respect of Haleon Ordinary Shares have not been satisfied as a result of a dispute over the time or otherwise in respect of the sale or transfer to or by them of B Shares (or other securities they shall claim to be relevant for such purpose).

 

7.2

The provisions of Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK Exchange Indemnities and the SLP Exchange Indemnities) shall apply in relation to the making of any claim under the GSK Exchange Indemnities.

 

7.3

The issue by Haleon of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares pursuant to the SLP Exchange Agreement to the SLPs on completion of the SLP Share Exchange in accordance with the SLP Exchange Agreement shall extinguish any obligation whatsoever of Haleon to issue any shares to any of the SLPs or any former, present or future partners of any of the SLPs or holders of any securities of the SLPs in consideration of the transfer of the C Shares to Haleon or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by the SLP Exchange Agreement, and GSK hereby covenants and undertakes to indemnify and keep indemnified Haleon (for itself and as trustee for each Consumer Healthcare Group Company) and each Consumer Healthcare Group Company from and against any such obligation, including any liabilities, losses, demands, claims, Costs and damages whatsoever suffered or arising, directly or indirectly from or in consequence of:

 

  (A)

any claim by any person that they became a holder of or were otherwise entitled to shares or any other interest in the capital of GSKCHHL, GSK, any SLP or any

 

30


 

member of the GSK Group (or other securities they shall claim to be relevant for such purposes) prior to or at Completion and was, by virtue of such holding, entitled to be issued with Haleon Ordinary Shares or was otherwise (other than by virtue of holding an interest or purported interest in Pfizer, PFCHHL or any member of the Pfizer Group) entitled to be issued with Haleon Ordinary Shares or other shares or securities; and

 

  (B)

any claim by any person that their rights to be entered into the register of members of Haleon in respect of Haleon Ordinary Shares have not been satisfied as a result of a dispute over the time or otherwise in respect of the sale or transfer to or by them of C Shares (or other securities they shall claim to be relevant for such purpose).

 

7.4

The provisions of Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the GSK Exchange Indemnities and the SLP Exchange Indemnities) shall apply in relation to the making of any claim under the SLP Exchange Indemnities.

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1

Subject to clause 9.3, each Party shall treat as confidential all information obtained as a precursor to or as a result of negotiating or entering into or performing this Agreement or which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement; or

 

  (C)

the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

8.2

Each Party shall:

 

  (A)

not disclose any such confidential information to any person other than:

 

  (i)

any of its directors or employees who need to know such information in order to discharge their duties; and

 

  (ii)

other members of its Group (and/or, in the case of GSK: (a) the trustee of the GSK Pension Scheme; (b) the trustee of the GSK Pension Fund; (c) the trustee of the SmithKline Beecham Pension Plan; and/or (d) the trustee of the SmithKline Beecham Senior Executive Pension Plan);

 

  (B)

not use any such confidential information other than for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

in the case of Haleon, conducting the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

  (ii)

in the case of GSK or any member of its Group, managing or monitoring its investment in Haleon; and

 

  (iii)

in connection with the performance of its obligations and the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; and

 

31


  (C)

procure that any person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions contained in this clause 8 as if such person were a party to this Agreement.

 

8.3

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause 8, any Party may disclose any such confidential information:

 

  (A)

if and to the extent required by Law or for the purpose of any judicial or arbitral proceedings;

 

  (B)

if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or Tax or other Governmental Entity to which that Party or a member of its Group is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of Law;

 

  (C)

to a Tax Authority in connection with the disclosing Party’s (or a member of its Group’s) Tax affairs;

 

  (D)

to its advisers, auditors, actual or proposed debt financiers and bankers, provided they have a duty to keep such information confidential;

 

  (E)

to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of that Party;

 

  (F)

to the extent the Party (or Parties) to which such information relates has (or have) given prior written consent to the disclosure;

 

  (G)

to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement or to the extent it is expressly permitted to do so pursuant to any Transaction Document;

 

  (H)

if and to the extent required in connection with any regulatory consent or clearance process required by applicable Law; or

 

  (I)

if it was in the possession of a Party or any of its advisers (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy prior to it being received or held.

 

8.4

The restrictions contained in this clause 8 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time.

 

8.5

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this clause 8, to the extent that the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or any other Transaction Document or any other contract pursuant to which any Party or any member of its Group is bound provides that certain information shall be maintained confidential on a basis that is more protective of such information or for a longer period of time than provided for in this clause 8, then the applicable provisions contained in the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or such other Transaction Document or contract shall control with respect thereto but only to the extent such provision is more protective or runs for a longer period of time.

 

32


9.

ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

9.1

Subject to clause 9.2, no announcement or other publication concerning the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any ancillary matter shall be made by any Party or member of its Group without the prior written approval of the other Party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

9.2

Notwithstanding clause 9.1, any Party or member of its Group may, whenever practicable and permissible after consultation with the other Party and Pfizer, make an announcement concerning this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Separation Transaction or the Consumer Healthcare Business, if and to the extent required by:

 

  (A)

Law or for the purposes of any judicial or arbitral proceedings; or

 

  (B)

any securities exchange or regulatory or Governmental Entity to which that Party is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement has the force of Law.

 

9.3

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit any Party or any member of its respective Group from making any disclosure or public statements regarding its intentions with respect to the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares or Haleon ADSs in respect thereof that it holds in Haleon.

 

9.4

The restrictions contained in this clause 9.3 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

10.

WARRANTIES

 

10.1

Each Party warrants and undertakes to the other Party as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

  (A)

it is validly existing and is a company duly incorporated and registered under the Law of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  (B)

it has the legal right and full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, which will constitute valid and binding obligations on it in accordance with its terms;

 

  (C)

except as referred to in this Agreement, (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the filings, notices and approvals associated with the Regulatory Conditions), it:

 

  (i)

is not required to make any announcement, consultation, notice, report or filing; and

 

  (ii)

does not require any consent, approval, registration, authorisation or permit,

in each case with or from any Governmental Entity in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

33


10.2

GSK warrants and undertakes to Haleon as at the date of this Agreement and at all times until the completion of the GSK Share Exchange that:

 

  (A)

it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the B Shares to be transferred by it to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (B)

there is no option, right to acquire, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other form of security or encumbrance or equity on, over or affecting the B Shares to be transferred by it to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws) and there is no agreement or commitment to give or create any and no claim has been made by any person to be entitled to any;

 

  (C)

the B Shares to be transferred by it to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement have been validly issued and allotted and are fully paid up;

 

  (D)

other than the Transaction Documents, there is no agreement or commitment outstanding which calls for the allotment, issue or transfer of, or accords to any person the right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, any B Shares;

 

  (E)

none of the B Shares to be transferred by it to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement are subject to any rights of pre-emption or restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws) and there are no circumstances existing which may give rise to a restriction being placed on such B Shares; and

 

  (F)

the B Shares to be transferred by GSK to Haleon under this Agreement represent all issued and outstanding B Shares.

 

10.3

Haleon warrants and undertakes to GSK that the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to be issued by Haleon under this Agreement shall be validly issued and allotted and shall be issued fully paid up and free from all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims and encumbrances whatsoever.

 

11.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

11.1

Each of GSK and Haleon agree to the apportionment of Costs as set out in clause 19 (Costs and Expenses) of the SCIA.

 

11.2

In relation to any Costs not addressed by clause 11.1, except as otherwise set out in this Agreement, the Cosmos SHA, the SCIA or, in respect of Tax matters, the Tax Covenant, each Party shall pay its own Costs incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement and all other agreements forming part of the Separation Transaction.

 

34


12.

PAYMENTS

 

12.1

Payments due to be made under this Agreement shall, if not paid within thirty (30) days of the due date, and except to the extent the liability giving rise to the payment compensates the recipient for late payment by virtue of its extending to interest and penalties, carry interest at a rate of (i) two (2) per cent. above the base lending rate from time to time of the Bank of England, or (ii) if such base lending rate is less than zero, at two (2) per cent. (the “Agreed Rate”) for the period from the date falling thirty (30) days after the due date to the date of actual payment.

 

12.2

Payment due to be made under this Agreement shall be free and clear of all deductions, withholdings, set-offs, or counterclaims whatsoever, except as may be required by Law.

 

13.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

13.1

Prior to Separation Completion, GSK and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the entering into by the respective parties thereto of such further agreements or documents as shall be necessary to give effect to the transactions set out in the Steps Plan, if and to the extent such agreements or documents are envisaged by the Steps Plan as occurring prior to Separation Completion.

 

13.2

GSK and Haleon shall each procure the due performance of the obligations of the members of their respective Groups under any agreements entered into or to be entered into by them in connection with the Separation Transaction.

 

13.3

The Parties undertake to co-operate in good faith following Completion to ensure they and their respective Groups do such acts and things as may reasonably be necessary for the purpose of giving to GSK and Haleon and their respective Groups the full benefit of the provisions of this Agreement and all other agreements entered into in connection with the Separation Transaction.

 

13.4

Following Completion:

 

  (A)

the Parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, and to procure that the members of their respective Groups use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, any necessary third party execute such documents and do such acts and things as may be reasonably required for the purpose of giving to GSK and Haleon the full benefit of all relevant provisions of this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement and subject to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA, the Demerger Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, GSK and Haleon undertake to use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate and to ensure their respective Groups co-operate with each other in relation to the conduct of litigation, inquiries from government or regulatory bodies (including, subject to the terms of the Tax Covenant, any Tax Authority), investigations or other proceedings of a like nature (“Investigation”) where:

 

  (i)

they have a mutual interest in the Investigation; and

 

  (ii)

co-operating in such manner would not materially adversely affect any material interest of either of them.

 

35


13.5

Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Party to act in breach of any provision of the Data Protection Act 2018 (“DPA”) and any equivalent legislation in any other relevant jurisdiction, and each Party shall only be required to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement to the extent permissible under the DPA. Without prejudice to the foregoing, neither Party shall be required to disclose or make available to the other Party any information the disclosure or making available of which would or might, in the reasonable opinion of the disclosing Party, cause the disclosing Party to be in breach of any duty of confidentiality (whether arising at common law or by statute) owed to any person other than the Party requesting disclosure or any of its subsidiaries.

 

14.

NOTICES

 

14.1

A notice under this Agreement shall only be effective if it is in writing. E-mail is permitted. Any notice validly served on one member of any Party’s Group in accordance with this clause 14 shall be deemed to have been served on each member of such Party’s Group.

 

14.2

Notices under this Agreement shall be sent to a party at its address and for the attention of the individuals set out below:

 

GSK      

Address:

     

E-mail address:

     

For the attention of:

     
Haleon      

Address:

     

E-mail address:

     

For the attention of:

     

provided that a Party may change its notice details on giving notice to the other Party of the change in accordance with this clause 14. That notice shall only be effective on the date falling five (5) clear Business Days after the notification has been received or such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

14.3

Any notice given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows:

 

  (A)

if delivered personally, on delivery;

 

  (B)

if sent by first class inland post, two (2) clear Business Days after the date of posting;

 

  (C)

if sent by airmail, six (6) clear Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

  (D)

if sent by e-mail, when despatched.

 

36


14.4

Any notice given under this Agreement outside Working Hours in the place to which it is addressed shall be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place.

 

14.5

A notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall not be invalid by reason of any mistake or typographical error or if the contents are incomplete, provided it should have been reasonably clear to the recipient what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

14.6

The provisions of this clause 14 shall not apply in relation to the service of Service Documents.

 

15.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

15.1

This Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, including the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SAPA and the other agreements and documents entered into in connection therewith (together, the “Cosmos Agreements”), together constitute the whole and only agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, any Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.2

All terms of the Cosmos Agreements shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and nothing in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents shall amend, limit or otherwise modify the parties’ respective rights and obligations under the Cosmos Agreements, in each case except as, and only to the extent, expressly provided in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents.

 

15.3

Each Party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, any Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, it is not relying upon any pre contractual statement which is not set out in this Agreement, any Transaction Document, any Cosmos Agreement or any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.4

Except in the case of fraud, no Party shall have any right of action against any other Party (or their respective Connected Persons) arising out of or in connection with any pre contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement or in a Transaction Document, any Cosmos Agreement or in any other agreement or document entered into by each of the parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.5

Except in the case of fraud and for any liability in respect of a breach of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement, no Party (nor any of its Connected Persons) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to the other Party (or its Connected Persons) in relation to the GSK Share Exchange or any Transaction Document.

 

37


15.6

For the purposes of this clause 15, “pre contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or in any other agreement or document entered into in connection with any such document (as the case may be) made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, except for those contained in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

15.7

Each Party agrees to the terms of this clause 15 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Connected Persons. The provisions of this clause 15 shall not limit, supersede or otherwise affect any limitation of damages or remedies provisions that are expressly set forth in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

16.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

16.1

The Parties agree that:

 

  (A)

certain provisions of this Agreement confer a benefit on members of the Parties’ respective Groups, their respective Connected Persons and such other third parties (each a “Relevant Third Party”) and, subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 16, are intended to be enforceable by each of the Relevant Third Parties by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, provided that the Party in the same Group as (or with the relevant connection to) the Relevant Third Party shall have the sole conduct of any action to enforce such right on behalf of such Relevant Third Party;

 

  (B)

without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, prior to Completion, Pfizer shall be an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement and this Agreement may not be rescinded, varied or modified without Pfizer’s written consent; and

 

  (C)

notwithstanding the provisions of clause 16.1(A), but subject to clauses 16.1(B) and 19.1, this Agreement may be rescinded or varied in any way and at any time by the Parties to this Agreement without the consent of any Relevant Third Party.

 

16.2

Save as set out in clauses 16.1(A), 16.1(B) and 19.1, a person who is not a Party shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or any other statutory provision to enforce any of its terms.

 

17.

ASSIGNMENT

No Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Party and, without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, Pfizer:

 

  (A)

assign or purport to assign all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement (together with any causes of action arising in connection with any of them);

 

  (B)

make a declaration of trust in respect of or enter into any arrangement whereby it agrees to hold in trust for any other person all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement;

 

38


  (C)

sub-contract or enter into any arrangement whereby another person is to perform any or all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (D)

transfer or charge any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (E)

grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in, in whole or in part, this Agreement,

and any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 17 shall be null and void ab initio.

 

18.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

18.1

No delay or omission by any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

affect that right, power or remedy; or

 

  (B)

operate as a waiver or variation of it.

 

18.2

The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

18.3

The rights and remedies of each Party under, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general Law.

 

18.4

Notwithstanding any express remedies provided under this Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which any Party may have, each Party acknowledges and agrees that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement, so that in the event of a breach or anticipated breach of such provisions, the remedies of injunction, an order for specific performance and/or other equitable remedies would be available. Furthermore, each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will not raise any objection to the application by or on behalf of the other Party or any member of its Group for any such remedies.

 

19.

VARIATION

 

19.1

No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all the Parties to it; provided that, without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, any such variation shall be subject to the prior written consent of Pfizer.

 

19.2

If this Agreement is varied:

 

  (A)

the variation shall not constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement;

 

39


  (B)

the variation shall not affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement that have already accrued up to the date of variation; and

 

  (C)

the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except as, and only to the extent that, they are so varied.

 

20.

NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY

Nothing in this Agreement (or in any Transaction Document or any other arrangements contemplated hereby or therein) shall constitute a partnership between the Parties or make any Party the agent of any other Party for any purpose. No Party has any authority or power to bind, to contract in the name of, or to create a liability for another Party in any way or for any purpose save as specifically set out in this Agreement.

 

21.

INVALIDITY

 

21.1

If at any time any provision (or part of any provision) of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Law of any jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

 

  (A)

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other (or the remainder of a) provision of this Agreement; or

 

  (B)

the legality, validity or enforceability under the Law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

21.2

Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable.

 

21.3

If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement:

 

  (A)

is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the Law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (B)

would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in force.

 

22.

CONTINUING EFFECT

Each provision of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after Completion, unless such provision has been fully performed on or before Completion.

 

23.

COUNTERPARTS

 

23.1

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

40


23.2

Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

24.

LANGUAGE

Each notice or communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in English.

 

25.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

25.1

This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

 

25.2

The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

 

25.3

Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

 

25.4

Each Party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.

 

 

41


IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as a deed on the date which appears on page 1 above.

 

SIGNED as a DEED by

  

)

  

/s/ Victoria Whyte

VICTORIA WHYTE

  

)

  

(Signature of attorney)

as attorney for GSK PLC

  

)

  

VICTORIA WHYTE as attorney for

in the presence of:

  

)

  

GSK PLC

 

Witness’s signature:

  

/s/ Iain Whyte

  

Name (print):

  

Iain Whyte

  

Occupation:

  

Househusband

  

Address:

       

[GSK Exchange Agreement- signature page]

 

42


SIGNED as a DEED by

  

)

  

/s/ Amanda Mellor

AMANDA MELLOR   

)

  

(Signature of attorney)

as attorney for HALEON PLC

  

)

  

AMANDA MELLOR as attorney for

in the presence of:

  

)

  

HALEON PLC

 

Witness’s signature:

  

/s/ Rosanna Bassett

  

Name (print):

  

Rosanna Bassett

  

Occupation:

  

Student

  

Address:

       

[GSK Exchange Agreement- signature page]

 

43

Exhibit 4.11

DATED 1 June 2022

GSK (NO. 1) SCOTTISH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

and

GSK (NO. 2) SCOTTISH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

and

GSK (NO. 3) SCOTTISH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

and

HALEON PLC

 

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

 

Slaughter and May

One Bunhill Row

London EC1Y 8YY

(SRN/TGXF)


CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.   

Interpretation

     6  
2.   

Condition Precedent

     20  
3.   

Termination

     21  
4.   

Transfer and Issue of Shares

     21  
5.   

Completion Obligations

     22  
6.   

[Reserved]

     25  
7.   

[Reserved]

     25  
8.   

Confidentiality

     25  
9.   

Announcements

     27  
10.   

Warranties

     27  
11.   

Costs and Expenses

     28  
12.   

Payments

     28  
13.   

Further Assurance

     28  
14.   

Notices

     29  
15.   

Entire Agreement

     31  
16.   

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

     32  
17.   

Assignment

     32  
18.   

Remedies and Waivers

     33  
19.   

Variation

     33  
20.   

No partnership or agency

     34  
21.   

Invalidity

     34  
22.   

Continuing effect

     34  
23.       

Counterparts

     34  


24.   

Language

     35  
25.   

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

     35  
26.       

Agent for Service

     35  


This Agreement is made as a deed on 1 June 2022.

BETWEEN:

 

1.

GSK (NO. 1) SCOTTISH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035527 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP1”);

 

2.

GSK (NO. 2) SCOTTISH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035526 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP2”);

 

3.

GSK (NO. 3) SCOTTISH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035525 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP3” and, together with SLP1 and SLP2, the “SLPs” and each an “SLP”); and

 

4.

HALEON PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 13691224, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS (“Haleon”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

GSK intends to demerge approximately 80.1% of its interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business, by way of an indirect dividend demerger, for the purpose of benefiting both the Consumer Healthcare Business and the GSK Business. GSK also intends that, subsequent to such demerger, Haleon, as the holder of the Consumer Healthcare Business, shall be listed on the London Stock Exchange as a separate and independently managed group.

 

(B)

Haleon is a company that is not part of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group. GSKCHHL is a subsidiary of GSK with 100% of its A Shares and B Shares held by GSK and 100% of its C Shares held by the SLPs (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL). GSKCHHL is (and will be immediately following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges) the registered holder of 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo, which is the current parent company of the Consumer Healthcare Group. PFCHHL is, at the date of this Agreement, a subsidiary of Anacor with 100% of its common interests (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL) held by Anacor. Pfizer and Anacor intend to effect the PFCHHL Transfer as soon as possible following satisfaction of the Regulatory Conditions. Following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer, 100% of the common interests of PFCHHL will be held by Pfizer until completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange. PFCHHL is (and will be immediately following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges) the registered holder of 100% of the issued ordinary B shares in JVCo.

 

(C)

GSK and Haleon have conditionally agreed on the terms of the Demerger Agreement, pursuant to which GSK will transfer to Haleon the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares (being all of the A Shares, representing in excess of 80% of the entire issued ordinary share capital of GSKCHHL, which comprises A Shares, B Shares and C Shares) in consideration for which Haleon will allot and issue, credited as fully paid up, the Haleon Demerger Shares to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders, in satisfaction of the Demerger Dividend to be declared on the GSK Shares pursuant to the Demerger Resolution.

 

4


(D)

Separately, pursuant to: (i) the GSK Exchange Agreement, GSK has agreed to transfer GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK; (ii) the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, Anacor and Pfizer have agreed that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor shall transfer the PFCHHL Interests (being all of the common interests in PFCHHL (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL) and which shall be held by Anacor until the commencement of the PFCHHL Transfer and by Pfizer following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange) to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (comprising new Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS) to the Pfizer, Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary and, following which, the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor will sell the Haleon NVPS immediately upon receipt of such Haleon NVPS pursuant to a binding commitment made prior to its transfer of the PFCHHL Interests to Haleon; and (iii) this Agreement, each of the SLPs shall agree to transfer its entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the transfer by each of the SLPs of its entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP pursuant to this Agreement constitute a taxable exchange under Section 1001 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(E)

As a result of the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges: (i) (A) the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary (with respect to the Haleon Ordinary Shares held on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor) will hold, in aggregate, 32% of the issued Haleon ordinary shares (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share) and 100% of the issued preference shares in Haleon, it being understood that any Haleon Ordinary Shares issued to the Depositary pursuant to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement will be held by the Depositary on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor in connection with and under the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme (B) the Qualifying GSK Shareholders will hold at least approximately 54.47% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon, (C) GSK will hold up to approximately 6.03% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (and with the issued ordinary shares comprised in (B) and (C) together representing 60.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share)) and (D) the SLPs will collectively hold 7.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share); (ii) Haleon will hold 100% of the issued ordinary shares and common interests, respectively, in each of GSKCHHL and PFCHHL; and (iii) (1) GSKCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo and (2) PFCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary B shares in JVCo.

 

(F)

It is also intended that, prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps, the relevant Parties will have taken all necessary actions so that each of the following actions shall have occurred: (i) JVCo will declare and pay the Final Quarterly Dividend, the Final Sweep Dividend and, separately, the Pre-Separation Dividend to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL, in accordance with the Cosmos SHA and the Treasury Side Letter; (ii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares; (iii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; (iv) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; and (v) PFCHHL will declare and pay or otherwise effect the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend to Anacor or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such time, Pfizer.

 

(G)

It is further noted that Haleon redeemed the Redeemable Shares on 11 April 2022.

 

5


(H)

In connection with the proposed listing of Haleon, and prior to the Demerger, it is also intended that: (i) the Prospectus and Circular shall be published and posted; (ii) the GSK General Meeting shall take place to, among other things, approve the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Chapter 10 of the Listing Rules and approve certain transactions related to the Demerger and the Separation Transaction as related party transactions for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; and (iii) the Haleon ADR Programme shall be established to come into effect on or around the time of Admission.

 

(I)

Following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, it is also intended that Admission shall occur, subsequent to which GSK shall implement the GSK Share Consolidation.

 

(J)

This Agreement, which is a deed, sets out the terms on which the SLP Share Exchange shall be effected and certain terms on which relations between each of the SLPs and Haleon will be governed following Completion.

THIS DEED PROVIDES as follows:

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Agreement:

 

 

“Admission”

  

means admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities;

 

“Agreed Rate”

  

has the meaning given to it in clause 12.1;

 

“Anacor”

  

means Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

 

“Argentina NEBA”

  

means the letter agreement relating to the retention, operation and transfer of the manufacturing site located in Buenos Aires, Argentina entered into or to be entered into between GSK and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“A Shares”

  

means the A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK and which, together with the B Shares and the C Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

 

“ATFA

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo entered into on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

6


 

“Brazil ATFA”

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement relating to the transfer of the manufacturing site located in Jacarepaguá, Brazil entered into or to be entered into between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“B Shares”

  

means the B ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK and which, together with the A Shares and the C Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

 

“Business Day”

  

means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, UK;

 

“Circular”

  

means the circular to be dated with the Posting Date and to be sent to the shareholders of GSK in connection with the Demerger, including a notice of general meeting of GSK;

 

“Completion”

  

means the time and date of completion of the SLP Share Exchange pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement;

 

“Condition Precedent”

  

means the condition set out in clause 2.1 (Condition Precedent);

 

Connected Persons

  

means:

 

(i) in relation to Haleon, any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group and any officer, employee, agent, adviser or representative of Haleon or any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group, in each case, from time to time; and

 

(ii)  in relation to each of the SLPs, any officer, employee, agent, adviser or representative of that SLP, in each case, from time to time;

 

“Consumer Healthcare Business”

  

means the consumer healthcare business which, as at the date of Demerger Completion, is operated within the JVCo Group and any other asset or business of the consumer healthcare business that, as at the date of Demerger Completion, is contemplated to be operated within the Haleon Group after Separation Completion pursuant to the ATFA, the Argentina NEBA and/or the Brazil ATFA;

 

7


 

“Consumer Healthcare Group”

  

means:

 

(i) prior to Demerger Completion, the JVCo Group; and

 

(ii)  from Demerger Completion, the Haleon Group;

 

“Consumer Healthcare Group Companies”

  

means any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group from time to time, and “Consumer Healthcare Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“Cosmos SAPA”

  

means the stock and asset purchase agreement entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo dated 19 December 2018, as amended from time to time including on 31 July 2019 and by the Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

 

“Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement”

  

means the amendment agreement to the Cosmos SAPA entered into or to be entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Cosmos SCA”

  

means the structuring considerations agreement entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“Cosmos SHA”

  

means the shareholders’ agreement in relation to JVCo entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“Costs”

  

means charges and reasonable and documented costs (including legal costs) and expenses (other than, subject to the below, Tax), which are properly incurred and of an out-of-pocket nature, together with any amounts in respect of VAT comprised in such charges, costs and expenses but only to the extent not recoverable;

 

“C Shares”

  

means the C ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, which shares rank pari passu with the A Shares and the B Shares except that they carry no right to any Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and carry no voting rights, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by the SLPs and which, together with the A Shares and the B Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

 

8


 

“Demerger”

  

means the proposed demerger of approximately 80.1% of GSK’s interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business pursuant to the Demerger Agreement and the Demerger Dividend;

 

“Demerger Agreement”

  

means the demerger agreement entered into or to be entered into between Haleon and GSK on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

“Demerger Completion”

  

means the time and date when the Demerger Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled and the Demerger Completion Steps have taken place;

 

“Demerger Completion Steps”

  

has the meaning given to the term “Completion Steps” in the Demerger Agreement;

 

“Demerger Conditions Precedent”

  

means the conditions set out in clause 2.1 (Conditions Precedent) of the Demerger Agreement;

 

“Demerger Dividend”

  

means the interim dividend, in specie, proposed to be declared by the GSK Board to effect the Demerger pursuant to the authority granted to the GSK Board under the Demerger Resolution;

 

“Demerger Record Time”

  

means 6:00 p.m. on 15 July 2022, or such other time and/or date as the GSK Board may determine;

 

“Demerger Resolution”

  

means resolution 1 set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

 

“Depositary”

  

means JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary for the Haleon ADSs;

 

“Exchange Agreements”

  

means the GSK Exchange Agreement, the Pfizer Exchange Agreement and this Agreement;

 

“FCA”

  

means the Financial Conduct Authority acting in its capacity as the competent authority under Part VI of FSMA;

 

“Final Quarterly Dividend”

  

means the final quarterly interim dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger on or around 30 June 2022;

 

“Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

 

9


 

“Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

 

“Final Sweep Dividend”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Treasury Side Letter;

 

“Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

 

“Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend”

  

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

 

“FSMA”

  

means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

“Governmental Entity”

  

means any supra national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union;

 

“GSK”

  

means GSK plc, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 03888792, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

“GSK Board”

  

means the board of directors of GSK and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

 

“GSK Business”

  

means the business operated within the GSK Group, which is described in the Circular and which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

10


 

“GSKCHHL”

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 08998608, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

“GSKCHHL Articles of Association”

  

means the articles of association adopted by GSKCHHL (as amended or replaced from time to time);

 

“GSK Consolidation Resolution”

  

means the relevant parts of resolution 1 relating to the proposed consolidation of the share capital of GSK as set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

 

“GSK Exchange Agreement”

  

means the exchange agreement between GSK and Haleon setting out the terms of the GSK Share Exchange;

 

“GSK General Meeting”

  

means the general meeting of GSK to approve, among other things:

 

(i) the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Listing Rule 10;

 

(ii)  the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction and the associated and ancillary agreements and arrangements relating thereto or to be entered into pursuant thereto for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; and

 

(iii)  the GSK Share Consolidation;

 

“GSK Group”

  

means GSK and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding Haleon and the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

 

“GSK Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the GSK Exchange Agreement, which immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 6.03% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares;

 

11


 

“GSK Share Consolidation”

  

means the consolidation of the share capital of GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the GSK Consolidation Resolution;

 

“GSK Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the GSK Exchange Agreement;

 

“GSK Shareholders”

  

means holders of the GSK Shares on the register of members of GSK from time to time;

 

“GSK Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of GSK having the rights set out in GSK’s articles of association from time to time;

 

“Haleon Admission Shares”

  

means the Haleon Demerger Shares and the Haleon Exchange Shares (excluding the Haleon NVPS);

 

“Haleon ADR Programme”

  

means the American depositary receipt programme to be established for Haleon on or around Admission, as detailed in the Steps Plan;

 

“Haleon ADSs”

  

means the American depositary shares each representing 2 Haleon Ordinary Shares to be admitted to listing and trading on the NYSE pursuant to the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme;

 

“Haleon Articles of Association”

  

means the articles of association adopted or to be adopted by Haleon that are in the agreed form for the purposes of the SCIA;

 

“Haleon Demerger Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders as GSK shall direct, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the Demerger Agreement, together with (where the context so requires) any Haleon Ordinary Shares in issue prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps;

 

“Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means:

 

(i) the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares;

 

(ii)  the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares; and

 

(iii)  the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares,

 

which, together, immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 45.53% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

 

12


 

“Haleon Group”

  

means Haleon and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

 

“Haleon NVPS”

  

means 25,000,000 unlisted redeemable non-voting preference shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of Haleon carrying the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association (as reproduced in schedule 2 (Haleon NVPS Terms) to the Pfizer Exchange Agreement);

 

“Haleon Ordinary Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of Haleon having the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association from time to time;

 

“HMRC”

  

means HM Revenue & Customs;

 

“India Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

 

“Investigation”

  

has the meaning given to that term in clause 13.4(B);

 

“Japan Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

 

“JVCo”

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 11961650, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

“JVCo Group”

  

means JVCo and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

 

“Korea Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

 

“Law”

  

means any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code or rule of common law issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including the rules of any stock exchange or listing authority;

 

“Listing Rules”

  

means the rules and regulations made by the FCA (acting in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of FSMA) under FSMA, and contained in the publication of the same name, as amended from time to time (including any successor rules);

 

“London Stock Exchange”

  

means London Stock Exchange plc;

 

“Official List”

  

means the Official List maintained by the FCA pursuant to Part 6 of FSMA;

 

13


“Orderly Marketing Agreement”

  

means the orderly marketing agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Party”

  

means a party to this Agreement;

“PFCHHL”

  

means PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

“PFCHHL Interests”

  

means all of the common interests in the capital of PFCHHL in issue immediately prior to the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL and all of which are held by Anacor as at the date of this Agreement and all of which, from completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until the completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange, shall be held by Pfizer;

“PFCHHL Transfer”

  

means the series of transactions pursuant to which the PFCHHL Interests will be transferred, distributed or otherwise assigned from Anacor to Pfizer;

“Pfizer”

  

means Pfizer Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

“Pfizer Exchange Agreement”

  

means the exchange agreement among Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon setting out the terms of the Pfizer Share Exchange;

“Pfizer Group”

  

means Pfizer and each of its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

“Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor”

  

means Anacor or, if the PFCHHL Transfer has completed by the time of Demerger Completion, Pfizer;

“Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, which immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent respectively 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

“Pfizer Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of the PFCHHL Interests from the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Pfizer Exchange Agreement;

“Posting Date”

  

means the date of the Demerger Agreement (or such other date as may be determined by GSK and notified to Haleon and Pfizer as the date for the issue and dispatch of the Circular and the publication of the Prospectus);

 

14


“Pre-Separation Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger (as provided in clause 17.32(B) of the Cosmos SHA and as otherwise agreed between the parties to the Cosmos SHA, including pursuant to the Treasury Side Letter);

“Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by GSKCHHL pursuant to the Pre-Separation Dividend;

“Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

“Proceedings”   

means any proceeding, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the negotiation, existence, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual;

“Prospectus”   

means the prospectus relating to the Admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to be dated the Posting Date;

“Qualifying GSK Shareholders”   

means the GSK Shareholders on the register of members of GSK at the Demerger Record Time;

“Redeemable Shares”   

means the fully paid redeemable preference shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of Haleon (subscribed by Trexco on or around the re-registration of Haleon as a public limited company);

“Regulatory Conditions”   

means, subject to clause 2.11 of the SCIA, the India Condition, the Japan Condition and the Korea Condition;

“Relevant GSKCHHL Shares”   

means all of the class A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the capital of GSKCHHL in issue immediately prior to Demerger Completion;

“Relief”   

means any loss, allowance, credit, relief, deduction or set-off in respect of, or taken into account (or capable of being taken into account) in the calculation of a liability to, Tax, or any right to a repayment of Tax;

“SCIA”   

means the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer, Anacor, Haleon, JVCo, GSKCHHL and PFCHHL on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

15


“SEC”

  

means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

“Separation Completion”

  

means completion of the final step in the Separation Transaction;

“Separation Transaction”

  

means the steps comprised in the Demerger, the Exchange Agreements and Admission, pursuant to which, among other things, Haleon will become a listed company holding the Consumer Healthcare Business;

“Service Document”

  

means a claim form, application notice, order, judgment or other document relating to any Proceedings;

“Share Exchanges”

  

means the GSK Share Exchange, the Pfizer Share Exchange and the SLP Share Exchange;

“SLP Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with this Agreement, which immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent 7.5% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share);

“SLP Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of each SLP’s entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

“Steps Plan”

  

means the demerger steps plan prepared by Slaughter and May summarising the proposals in relation to the Separation Transaction, and initialled for identification purposes by or on behalf of each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon;

“Sterling” and “£”

  

means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom;

“subsidiary undertaking”

  

means a subsidiary undertaking as defined in section 1162 Companies Act 2006 (and a company shall be treated, for the purposes only of the membership requirement contained in subsections 1162(2)(b) and (d) respectively, as a member of another company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (A) another person (or its nominee) whether by way of security or in connection with the taking of security or (B) its nominee);

 

16


“Tax”

  

means all taxes, and all levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings in the nature of tax, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, employment, payroll, land, stamp, transfer, occupation, franchise, value added, wealth and personal property, together with all penalties, charges, additions to tax, and interest relating to any of them, and regardless of whether any such amounts are chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to any other person or are recoverable from any other person;

“Tax Authority”

  

means any taxing, revenue or other authority competent to impose any liability to, or to assess or collect, any Tax, including, without limitation, HMRC and the Internal Revenue Service;

“Transaction Documents”

  

means the Demerger Agreement, the SCIA, the Exchange Agreements and the Orderly Marketing Agreement;

“Treasury Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement entered into between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 4 November 2021 pursuant to which the parties thereto have agreed the interpretation, and confirmed the application, of certain provisions of the Cosmos SHA;

“Trexco”

  

means Trexco Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 00461588, having its registered office at 2 Lambs Passage, London, EC1Y 8BB;

“VAT”

  

means:

 

(i) any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto;

 

(ii)  to the extent not included in paragraph (i) above, any Tax imposed in compliance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(iii)  any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above, whether imposed in the UK or a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above or imposed elsewhere; and

“Working Hours”

  

means 9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. (local time) on a Business Day.

 

17


1.2

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

references to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs and sub paragraphs are to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs and sub paragraphs of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

use of any gender includes the other genders and (unless the context otherwise requires) the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (C)

references to a “liability to Tax” or “Tax payable” (and equivalent terms) include circumstances where Tax would be (or become) payable but for the use of a Relief;

 

  (D)

references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

 

  (E)

references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation or other body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (F)

references to a “holding company” or a “subsidiary” shall be construed as a holding company or subsidiary (as the case may be) as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (G)

references to a “body corporate” shall be construed as a body corporate as defined in section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (H)

references to a “parent undertaking” shall be construed as a parent undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (I)

references to a “party” shall be construed so as to include a reference to that party’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

18


  (J)

a reference to any statute or statutory provision or other regulation shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase or alter the liability of any of the SLPs or Haleon under this Agreement;

 

  (K)

any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

 

  (L)

references to times are to London time (unless otherwise stated);

 

  (M)

references to “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

  (N)

reference to “liabilities”, “costs” and/or “expenses” incurred by a person shall not include any amount in respect of VAT or any Tax of a similar nature included in such liabilities, costs and/or expenses for which that person or (in the case of liabilities, costs and/or expenses incurred by Haleon) any other member of the Consumer Healthcare Group is entitled to credit or repayment from any Tax Authority;

 

  (O)

references to “indemnify” any person against any circumstance shall include indemnifying and keeping such person harmless from all actions, claims and proceedings from time to time made against such person and all loss, damage, payments, costs or expenses suffered, made or incurred by such person as a consequence of that circumstance and, unless otherwise specified, any indemnity given in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on an after-Tax basis;

 

  (P)

any indemnity or obligation to pay (the “Payment Obligation”) being given or assumed on an “after-Tax basis” or expressed to be “calculated on an after-Tax basis” means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the “Payment”) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account:

 

  (i)

any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment;

 

  (ii)

the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes (or would, but for the use of any credit or other relief which would otherwise have been available to reduce the Tax liabilities of any of the SLPs or any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group, as the case may be, have become) payable as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax; and

 

  (iii)

the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained, to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation,

 

19


the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred (or, in the case of a Payment Obligation arising by reference to a matter affecting a person other than the recipient of the Payment, the recipient of the Payment and that other person are, taken together, in the same position as that in which they would have been had the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation not occurred), provided that the amount of the Payment shall not exceed that which it would have been if it had been regarded for all Tax purposes as received solely by the recipient and not any other person;

 

  (Q)

a reference to any other document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to that other document as amended, varied, novated or supplemented (other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement or that other document) at any time;

 

  (R)

a reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall in respect of any jurisdiction other than England be treated as a reference to any analogous term in that jurisdiction; and

 

  (S)

the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly:

 

  (i)

general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; and

 

  (ii)

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words.

 

1.3

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified, all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.4

In this Agreement, references to members of Pfizer Group’s or members of GSK Group’s holdings of Haleon Ordinary Shares shall include: (i) Haleon Ordinary Shares held directly in the form of shares; (ii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held by one or more nominees on behalf of members of the Pfizer Group or GSK Group (as applicable); and (iii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held indirectly as a result of a holding of Haleon ADSs.

 

2.

CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

2.1

The provisions of this Agreement, other than those arising under clause 1 (Interpretation), clause 2 (Condition Precedent), clause 3 (Termination), clause 8 (Confidentiality), clause 13 (Further Assurance) and clause 14 (Notices) to clause 26 (Agent for Service) (inclusive), shall be conditional upon completion of the Demerger Completion Steps.

 

2.2

Each of the SLPs and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure fulfilment of the Condition Precedent (in each case to the extent it is within their power and control to do so), which may not be waived by any of the SLPs or by Haleon. If the Condition Precedent is not satisfied by 5.00 p.m. on 23 February 2023 (or such other time and/or date as GSK may determine, subject to clause 5), this Agreement shall automatically terminate and none of the SLPs nor Haleon shall have any claim of any nature whatsoever against any other Party under this Agreement, save in respect of any rights and liability of any Party that accrued prior to termination.

 

20


2.3

Each of the SLPs and Haleon undertakes to the other to disclose anything which will or may prevent or delay the Condition Precedent from being satisfied immediately after it comes to the notice of that Party.

 

2.4

The Parties agree and acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

prevent or inhibit compliance with the Cosmos SHA to any extent; or

 

  (B)

derogate from or qualify to any extent any party’s rights or obligations pursuant to the Cosmos SHA.

 

2.5

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that this Agreement is without prejudice to GSK’s or Pfizer’s rights under the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA, the Treasury Side Letter and the obligations of Pfizer, GSK and the members of the Pfizer Group and the GSK Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA and the Treasury Side Letter.

 

2.6

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the Parties agree and acknowledge that, in connection with the Separation Transaction, any reference in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the issuance to the SLPs of SLP Haleon Exchange Shares shall, at the sole discretion of the relevant SLP or GSK (upon written notice to Haleon no fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of Demerger Completion), be read to include an issuance of a portion of such SLP Haleon Exchange Shares (as applicable) to a nominee of the relevant SLP’s or GSK’s choice to hold such portion of such SLP Haleon Exchange Shares on behalf of the relevant SLP.

 

3.

TERMINATION

 

3.1

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (but subject to the Cosmos SHA), the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that GSK shall have the right in its absolute discretion to abandon the Separation Transaction by providing notice of the same in writing to Haleon and Pfizer at any time prior to Demerger Completion, and upon GSK providing such notice, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and GSK shall provide notice to the SLPs of the same.

 

3.2

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause 3.1:

 

  (A)

no Party will have any claim against any other Party for compensation, Costs, damages or otherwise;

 

  (B)

this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect; and

 

  (C)

for the avoidance of doubt, the Cosmos SHA shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

3.3

Save as provided in clause 3.1, no Party shall have the right to rescind or unilaterally terminate this Agreement, whether before or after Completion.

 

4.

TRANSFER AND ISSUE OF SHARES

 

4.1

Subject to:

 

  (A)

this Agreement not having been terminated pursuant to clause 3.1; and

 

21


  (B)

the Demerger Completion Steps having occurred,

each of the SLPs agrees to transfer at Completion, with full title guarantee and free from all security interests, options, claims, or encumbrances whatsoever (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws), its entire holding of C Shares to Haleon, and Haleon agrees to acquire the C Shares on the same basis.

 

4.2

As soon as reasonably practicable following Completion, Haleon shall procure that (subject to stamping of the relevant instrument of transfer or, as applicable, receipt of appropriate confirmation from HMRC that relief has been adjudicated or otherwise that the change in ownership may be duly registered) Haleon is recorded in the register of members of GSKCHHL as the holder of the C Shares.

 

4.3

In consideration for the transfer of C Shares from each of the SLPs to Haleon, Haleon shall allot and issue to:

 

  (A)

SLP1 such number of SLP Haleon Exchange Shares as represents (subject only to rounding) 4.74 per cent. of the total number of Haleon Ordinary Shares to be in issue at Admission;

 

  (B)

SLP2 such number of SLP Haleon Exchange Shares as represents (subject only to rounding) 1.78 per cent. of the total number of Haleon Ordinary Shares to be in issue at Admission; and

 

  (C)

SLP3 such number of SLP Haleon Exchange Shares as represents (subject only to rounding) 0.98 per cent. of the total number of Haleon Ordinary Shares to be in issue at Admission,

in each case, following the completion of, and after giving effect to, each of the Demerger, the Share Exchanges and all of the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement, the Pfizer Exchange Agreement, the GSK Exchange Agreement and this Agreement (such shares together comprising the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares).

 

4.4

Haleon shall ensure that the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to be allotted and issued to each SLP pursuant to clause 4.3 shall be allotted credited as fully paid and free from all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims and encumbrances whatsoever and shall have the rights described in the Haleon Articles of Association.

 

4.5

As soon as reasonably practicable following the allotment and issuance of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares pursuant to clause 4.3, Haleon shall procure that each of the SLPs is recorded in the register of members of Haleon as the holder of the relevant SLP Haleon Exchange Shares allotted and issued to that SLP pursuant to clause 4.3.

 

5.

COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1

Completion of this Agreement will take place at 10.00 a.m. on the first Sunday after Demerger Completion (which, for the avoidance of doubt, is prior to the time at which Admission is expected to occur), provided that the Condition Precedent has been satisfied by such time, or at such other time as agreed by the Parties, provided that in all cases, Completion of this Agreement will take place prior to Admission.

 

22


5.2

At Completion, the following business shall be transacted:

 

  (A)

each of the SLPs shall deliver to Haleon a duly executed transfer of the C Shares that such SLP is transferring in favour of Haleon, together with the relevant share certificate(s); and

 

  (B)

Haleon shall procure that each of the SLPs is entered into the Haleon register of members in respect of the relevant SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to be allotted and issued to such SLP pursuant to clause 4.3.

 

5.3

To secure the interest of Haleon in the C Shares, each of the SLPs irrevocably appoints Haleon, with effect from Completion, as the attorney of such SLP with authority on its behalf and in its name or otherwise in relation to the C Shares held by such SLP to exercise all rights, powers and privileges which are capable of exercise by such SLP in the capacity of registered holder of the relevant C Shares and for such purpose to do all such acts and things and to execute all such deeds and other documents as Haleon shall consider necessary or desirable pending registration of the relevant C Shares in the name of Haleon, in connection with any matter including, without limitation, all or any of the following:

 

  (A)

receiving notice of, attending, participating in and directing the exercise of any voting rights attaching to the relevant C Shares in any general meeting, class meeting of the shareholders of GSKCHHL or other meeting at which such voting rights are capable of being exercised, or signing any resolution or decision as the registered holder of the relevant C Shares;

 

  (B)

approving, completing or otherwise signing or executing and returning any requisition of any meeting, consent to short notice or proxy form, written resolution, agreement of the members of GSKCHHL or other document capable of being validly signed or executed by the registered holder of the relevant C Shares;

 

  (C)

dealing with and giving directions as to any monies, securities, benefits, documents, notices or other communications (in whatever form) arising by right of the relevant C Shares or received in connection with the relevant C Shares from GSKCHHL (including, but not limited to, altering the registered address relating to the relevant C Shares and agreeing terms with GSKCHHL for receiving any such thing by means of electronic communications);

 

  (D)

selling, transferring, exchanging or otherwise disposing of the relevant C Shares or any interest in any of them;

 

  (E)

agreeing to any compromise or arrangement affecting the relevant C Shares and/or using any lawful means to safeguard any interest and/or enforce any right of the registered holder of the relevant C Shares; and

 

23


  (F)

otherwise endorsing, signing, executing, delivering and doing all agreements, deeds, receipts, dividend and interest warrants, cheques, releases, discharges, instruments and all other documents, deeds and acts whatsoever in the name of such SLP insofar as may be done in that capacity,

in each case, as Haleon in its absolute discretion sees fit.

 

5.4

Any document to be signed or executed under the authority granted pursuant to clause 5.3 may be signed or otherwise executed by Haleon in the name of the relevant SLP or (at Haleon’s option) in Haleon’s name on behalf of the relevant SLP.

 

5.5

Each of the SLPs undertakes with effect from Completion:

 

  (A)

to hold the C Shares held by it as registered holder upon trust for Haleon as beneficial owner;

 

  (B)

to account to Haleon for all dividends, interest, bonuses, in specie or other distributions or payments of whatever nature paid or made to Haleon in respect of the relevant C Shares in respect of the period following Completion;

 

  (C)

not to exercise any rights, powers or privileges attaching to the relevant C Shares or exercisable in the capacity of registered holder of the relevant C Shares or conferred on Haleon by this Agreement without Haleon’s prior written consent; and

 

  (D)

promptly on receipt to deliver to Haleon any notice, letter or other document of any nature whatsoever relating to the relevant C Shares which such SLP receives after the date of this Agreement.

 

5.6

Subject to clause 5.7 below, Haleon undertakes fully to indemnify each of the SLPs and hold each of them harmless against all liabilities, Costs, claims, actions, charges and expenses (if any) arising out of or in consequence of the proper or purported exercise of any power under the power of attorney constituted by clause 5.3.

 

5.7

The indemnity in clause 5.6 shall not apply to any liabilities, Costs, claims, actions, charges or expenses which would not have been incurred but for the negligence or wilful default of the SLP indemnified thereby.

 

5.8

The powers of attorney constituted by clause 5.3 and the undertakings given in clause 5.5 shall be irrevocable but shall each terminate automatically on the date on which Haleon is entered in the register of members of GSKCHHL as the holder of the relevant C Shares.

 

24


6.

[RESERVED]

 

7.

[RESERVED]

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1

Subject to clause 9.3, each Party shall treat as confidential all information obtained as a precursor to or as a result of negotiating or entering into or performing this Agreement or which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement; or

 

  (C)

the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

8.2

Without limiting clause 8.1, on and from Completion, each of the SLPs shall treat as confidential all information relating to the Consumer Healthcare Group and Haleon shall treat as confidential all information relating to the SLPs.

 

8.3

Each Party shall:

 

  (A)

not disclose any such confidential information to any person other than:

 

  (i)

any of its directors or employees who need to know such information in order to discharge their duties;

 

  (ii)

in the case of each SLP, the partners of that SLP; and

 

  (iii)

(if the disclosing Party is Haleon) other members of the Consumer Healthcare Group;

 

  (B)

not use any such confidential information other than for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

in the case of Haleon, conducting the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

  (ii)

in the case of any of the SLPs, managing or monitoring its investment in Haleon; and

 

  (iii)

in connection with the performance of its obligations and the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; and

 

  (C)

procure that any person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions contained in this clause 8 as if such person were a party to this Agreement.

 

8.4

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause 8, any Party may disclose any such confidential information:

 

25


  (A)

if and to the extent required by Law or for the purpose of any judicial or arbitral proceedings;

 

  (B)

if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or Tax or other Governmental Entity to which that Party or (if the disclosing Party is Haleon) a member of the Consumer Healthcare Group is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, The Pensions Regulator, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of Law;

 

  (C)

to a Tax Authority in connection with the disclosing Party’s (or, if the disclosing Party is Haleon, a member of the Consumer Healthcare Group’s) Tax affairs;

 

  (D)

to its advisers, auditors, actual or proposed debt financiers and bankers, provided they have a duty to keep such information confidential;

 

  (E)

to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of that Party;

 

  (F)

to the extent the Party (or Parties) to which such information relates has (or have) given prior written consent to the disclosure;

 

  (G)

to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement or to the extent it is expressly permitted to do so pursuant to any Transaction Document;

 

  (H)

if and to the extent required in connection with any regulatory consent or clearance process required by applicable Law;

 

  (I)

if it was in the possession of a Party or any of its advisers (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy prior to it being received or held; or

 

  (J)

in general terms to members of the GSK Pension Scheme, the GSK Pension Fund, or the SmithKline Beecham Pension Plan,

provided always, in the case of any disclosure under clause 8.4(J), that the other Parties and Pfizer are given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any such disclosure prior to it being made unless, in the reasonable opinion of the Party disclosing such information, the delay caused by so doing would result in such Party being in breach of any applicable Law.

 

8.5

The restrictions contained in this clause 8 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time.

 

8.6

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this clause 8, to the extent that the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or any other Transaction Document or any other contract pursuant to which any Party or any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group is bound provides that certain information shall be maintained confidential on a basis that is more protective of such information or for a longer period of time than provided for in this clause 8, then the applicable provisions contained in the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or such other Transaction Document or contract shall control that party with respect thereto but only to the extent such provision is more protective or runs for a longer period of time.

 

26


9.

ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

9.1

Subject to clause 9.2, no announcement or other publication concerning the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any ancillary matter shall be made by any Party or member of the Consumer Healthcare Group without the prior written approval of the other Parties, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

9.2

Notwithstanding clause 9.1, any Party or member of the Consumer Healthcare Group may, whenever practicable and permissible after consultation with the other Parties, GSK and Pfizer, make an announcement concerning this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Separation Transaction or the Consumer Healthcare Business, if and to the extent required by:

 

  (A)

Law or for the purposes of any judicial or arbitral proceedings; or

 

  (B)

any securities exchange or regulatory or Governmental Entity to which that Party is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, The Pensions Regulator, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement has the force of Law.

 

9.3

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit any Party from making any disclosure or public statements regarding its intentions with respect to the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares or American depositary receipts in respect thereof that it holds in Haleon.

 

9.4

The restrictions contained in this clause 9.3 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

10.

WARRANTIES

 

10.1

Each Party warrants and undertakes to each other Party as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

  (A)

it is validly existing and (i) (in the case of Haleon) is a company duly incorporated and registered under the Law of its jurisdiction of incorporation; or (ii) (in the case of each SLP) is a partnership duly established and registered under the Law of its jurisdiction of establishment;

 

  (B)

it has the legal right and full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, which will constitute valid and binding obligations on it in accordance with its terms;

 

  (C)

except as referred to in this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the filings, notices and approvals associated with the Regulatory Conditions), it:

 

27


(i) is not required to make any announcement, consultation, notice, report or filing; and

(ii) does not require any consent, approval, registration, authorisation or permit,

in each case with or from any Governmental Entity in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

10.2

Haleon warrants and undertakes to each SLP that the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to be issued by Haleon under this Agreement shall be validly issued and allotted and shall be issued fully paid up and free from all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims and encumbrances whatsoever.

 

11.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

Except as otherwise set out in this Agreement or as otherwise agreed for Tax purposes, each Party shall pay its own Costs incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement.

 

12.

PAYMENTS

 

12.1

Payments due to be made under this Agreement shall, if not paid within [thirty (30)] days of the due date, and except to the extent the liability giving rise to the payment compensates the recipient for late payment by virtue of its extending to interest and penalties, carry interest at a rate of (i) two (2) per cent. above the base lending rate from time to time of the Bank of England, or (ii) if such base lending rate is less than zero, at two (2) per cent. (the “Agreed Rate”) for the period from the date falling thirty (30) days after the due date to the date of actual payment.

 

12.2

Payment due to be made under this Agreement shall be free and clear of all deductions, withholdings, set-offs, or counterclaims whatsoever, except as may be required by Law.

 

13.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

13.1

Prior to Separation Completion, each of the SLPs and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the entering into by the respective parties thereto of such further agreements or documents as shall be necessary to give effect to the transactions set out in the Steps Plan, if and to the extent such agreements or documents are envisaged by the Steps Plan as occurring prior to Separation Completion.

 

13.2

Haleon shall procure the due performance of the obligations of the members of the Consumer Healthcare Group under any agreements entered into or to be entered into by them in connection with the Separation Transaction.

 

13.3

The Parties undertake to co-operate in good faith following Completion to ensure they and (in the case of Haleon) the Consumer Healthcare Group do such acts and things as may reasonably be necessary for the purpose of giving to each of the SLPs and Haleon and the Consumer Healthcare Group the full benefit of the provisions of this Agreement and all other agreements entered into in connection with the Separation Transaction.

 

28


13.4

Following Completion:

 

  (A)

the Parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the members of the Consumer Healthcare Group use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, any necessary third party execute such documents and do such acts and things as may be reasonably required for the purpose of giving to each of the SLPs and Haleon the full benefit of all relevant provisions of this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement and subject to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA, the Demerger Agreement, the SCIA and any other contract pursuant to which any Party or any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group is bound, in each case, in connection with the Separation Transaction, each of the SLPs undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate with Haleon and the Consumer Healthcare Group, and Haleon undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate with each of the SLPs and to ensure that the Consumer Healthcare Group co-operates with each of the SLPs, in each case in relation to the conduct of litigation, inquiries from government or regulatory bodies (including any Tax Authority), investigations or other proceedings of a like nature (“Investigation”) where:

 

  (i)

they have a mutual interest in the Investigation; and

 

  (ii)

co-operating in such manner would not materially adversely affect any material interest of either of them.

 

13.5

Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Party to act in breach of any provision of the Data Protection Act 2018 (“DPA”) and any equivalent legislation in any other relevant jurisdiction, and each Party shall only be required to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement to the extent permissible under the DPA. Without prejudice to the foregoing, no Party shall be required to disclose or make available to any other Party any information the disclosure or making available of which would or might, in the reasonable opinion of the disclosing Party, cause the disclosing Party to be in breach of any duty of confidentiality (whether arising at common law or by statute) owed to any person other than the Party requesting disclosure or any of its subsidiaries.

 

14.

NOTICES

 

14.1

A notice under this Agreement shall only be effective if it is in writing. E-mail is permitted.

 

14.2

Notices under this Agreement shall be sent to a party at its address and for the attention of the individual set out below:

 

29


SLP1

  

Address:

  

E-mail address:

  

For the attention of:

  

SLP2

  

Address:

  

E-mail address:

  

For the attention of:

  

SLP3

  

Address:

  

E-mail address:

  

For the attention of:

  

Haleon

  

Address:

  

E-mail address:

  

For the attention of:

  

provided that a Party may change its notice details on giving notice to the other Parties of the change in accordance with this clause 14. That notice shall only be effective on the date falling five (5) clear Business Days after the notification has been received or such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

14.3

Any notice given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows:

 

  (A)

if delivered personally, on delivery;

 

  (B)

if sent by first class inland post, two (2) clear Business Days after the date of posting;

 

  (C)

if sent by airmail, six (6) clear Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

  (D)

if sent by e-mail, when despatched.

 

14.4

Any notice given under this Agreement outside Working Hours in the place to which it is addressed shall be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place.

 

14.5

A notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall not be invalid by reason of any mistake or typographical error or if the contents are incomplete, provided it should have been reasonably clear to the recipient what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

30


14.6

The provisions of this clause 14 shall not apply in relation to the service of Service Documents.

 

15.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

15.1

This Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, including the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SAPA and the other agreements and documents entered into in connection therewith (together, the “Cosmos Agreements”), together constitute the whole and only agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, any Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.2

All terms of the Cosmos Agreements shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and nothing in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents shall amend, limit or otherwise modify the parties’ respective rights and obligations under the Cosmos Agreements, in each case except as, and only to the extent, expressly provided in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents.

 

15.3

Each Party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, any Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, it is not relying upon any pre contractual statement which is not set out in this Agreement, any Transaction Document, any Cosmos Agreement or any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.4

Except in the case of fraud, no Party shall have any right of action against any other Party (or their respective Connected Persons) arising out of or in connection with any pre contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement or in a Transaction Document, any Cosmos Agreement or in any other agreement or document entered into by each of the parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.5

Except in the case of fraud and for any liability in respect of a breach of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement, no Party (nor any of its Connected Persons) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to any other Party (or its Connected Persons) in relation to the SLP Share Exchange or any Transaction Document.

 

15.6

For the purposes of this clause 15, “pre contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or in any other agreement or document entered into in connection with any such document (as the case may be) made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, except for those contained in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

15.7

Each Party agrees to the terms of this clause 15 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Connected Persons. The provisions of this clause 15 shall not limit, supersede or otherwise affect any limitation of damages or remedies provisions that are expressly set forth in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

31


16.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

16.1

The Parties agree that:

 

  (A)

certain provisions of this Agreement confer a benefit on members of the Consumer Healthcare Group, the Parties’ respective Connected Persons and such other third parties (each a “Relevant Third Party”) and, subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 16, are intended to be enforceable by each of the Relevant Third Parties by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, provided that Haleon shall (if the Relevant Third Party is a member of the Consumer Healthcare Group), or the Party with the relevant connection to the Relevant Third Party shall, have the sole conduct of any action to enforce such right on behalf of such Relevant Third Party;

 

  (B)

without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, prior to Completion, Pfizer and GSK shall be express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement may not be rescinded, varied or modified without Pfizer’s and GSK’s written consent; and

 

  (C)

notwithstanding the provisions of clause 16.1(A), but subject to clauses 16.1(B) and 19.1, this Agreement may be rescinded or varied in any way and at any time by the Parties to this Agreement without the consent of any Relevant Third Party.

 

16.2

Save as set out in clauses 16.1(A), 16.1(B) and 19.1, a person who is not a Party shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or any other statutory provision to enforce any of its terms.

 

17.

ASSIGNMENT

No Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Parties, GSK and, without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, Pfizer:

 

  (A)

assign or purport to assign all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement (together with any causes of action arising in connection with any of them);

 

  (B)

make a declaration of trust in respect of or enter into any arrangement whereby it agrees to hold in trust for any other person all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement;

 

  (C)

sub-contract or enter into any arrangement whereby another person is to perform any or all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (D)

transfer or charge any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (E)

grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in, in whole or in part, this Agreement, and any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 17 shall be null and void ab initio.

 

32


18.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

18.1

No delay or omission by any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

affect that right, power or remedy; or

 

  (B)

operate as a waiver or variation of it.

 

18.2

The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

18.3

The rights and remedies of each Party under, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general Law.

 

18.4

Notwithstanding any express remedies provided under this Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which any Party may have, each Party acknowledges and agrees that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement, so that in the event of a breach or anticipated breach of such provisions, the remedies of injunction, an order for specific performance and/or other equitable remedies would be available. Furthermore, each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will not raise any objection to the application by or on behalf of any other Party or any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group for any such remedies.

 

19.

VARIATION

 

19.1

No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all the Parties to it; provided that, and without prejudice to the obligations of Pfizer and members of the Pfizer Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, any such variation shall be subject to the prior written consent of GSK and Pfizer.

 

19.2

If this Agreement is varied:

 

  (A)

the variation shall not constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the variation shall not affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement that have already accrued up to the date of variation; and

 

  (C)

the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except as, and only to the extent that, they are so varied.

 

33


20.

NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY

Nothing in this Agreement (or in any Transaction Document or any other arrangements contemplated hereby or therein) shall constitute a partnership between the Parties or make any Party the agent of any other Party for any purpose. No Party has any authority or power to bind, to contract in the name of, or to create a liability for another Party in any way or for any purpose save as specifically set out in this Agreement.

 

21.

INVALIDITY

 

21.1

If at any time any provision (or part of any provision) of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Law of any jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

 

  (A)

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other (or the remainder of a) provision of this Agreement; or

 

  (B)

the legality, validity or enforceability under the Law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

21.2

Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable.

 

21.3

If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement:

 

  (A)

is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the Law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (B)

would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in force.

 

22.

CONTINUING EFFECT

Each provision of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after Completion, unless such provision has been fully performed on or before Completion.

 

23.

COUNTERPARTS

 

23.1

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

23.2

Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

34


24.

LANGUAGE

Each notice or communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in English.

 

25.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

25.1

This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

 

25.2

The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

 

25.3

Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

 

25.4

Each Party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.

 

26.

AGENT FOR SERVICE

 

26.1

Each of the SLPs irrevocably appoints GSK to be its agent for the receipt of Service Documents. Each such Party agrees that any Service Document may be effectively served on it in connection with Proceedings in England and Wales by service on its agent effected in any manner permitted by the Civil Procedure Rules.

 

26.2

If the agent at any time ceases for any reason to act as such, the SLPs shall each appoint a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales and shall notify Haleon of the name and address of the replacement agent. Failing such appointment and notification, Haleon shall be entitled by notice to each of the SLPs to appoint a replacement agent to act on behalf of the SLPs, provided that each SLP shall be entitled, by notice to Haleon, to replace that agent with a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales. The provisions of this clause 26 applying to service on an agent apply equally to service on a replacement agent.

 

26.3

A copy of any Service Document served on an agent appointed in accordance with clauses 26.1 or 26.2 shall be sent by post to the relevant SLP. Failure or delay in so doing shall not prejudice the effectiveness of service of the Service Document.

 

26.4

Without prejudice to clauses 26.1 to 26.3, any Party without an address for service in England or Wales shall appoint, and keep appointed at all times, an agent for service with an address for service in England or Wales and shall notify the other Parties of the name and address of its appointed agent for service. Failing such appointment and notification, Haleon (in the case of such failure by any of the SLPs) or the SLPs acting jointly (in the case of such failure by Haleon) shall be entitled by notice to such Party to appoint an

 

35


 

agent to act on behalf of such Party, provided that such Party shall be entitled, by notice to the other Party (or Parties), to replace that agent with a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales. Such Party agrees that any Service Document may be effectively served on it in connection with Proceedings in England and Wales by service on its agent effected in any manner permitted by the Civil Procedure Rules.

 

36


IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as a deed on the date which appears on page 1 above.

 

EXECUTED as a DEED on behalf of

GSK (NO. 1) SCOTTISH LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP acting by its general

partner GSK GP 1 LIMITED acting by a

director in the presence of:

    

)            

   

/s/ Adam Walker

    

)

   

Director of GSK GP 1 LIMITED

    

)

   
    

)

   
    

)

   
    

)

   

Witness’s signature:

    

/s/ John X. Sadler

Name (print):

    

John X. Sadler

Occupation:

    

Chartered Secretary

Address:

      

[SLP Exchange Agreement – signature page]

 

37


EXECUTED as a DEED on behalf of

GSK (NO. 2) SCOTTISH LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP acting by its general

partner GSK GP 1 LIMITED acting by a

director in the presence of:

    

)            

   

/s/ Adam Walker

    

)

   

Director of GSK GP 1 LIMITED

    

)

   
    

)

   
    

)

   
    

)

   

Witness’s signature:

    

/s/ John X. Sadler

Name (print):

    

John X. Sadler

Occupation:

    

Chartered Secretary

Address:

      

[SLP Exchange Agreement – signature page]

 

38


EXECUTED as a DEED on behalf of

GSK (NO. 3) SCOTTISH LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP acting by its general

partner GSK GP 2 LIMITED acting by a

director in the presence of:

    

)            

   

/s/ Adam Walker

    

)

   

Director of GSK GP 2 LIMITED

    

)

   
    

)

   
    

)

   
    

)

   

Witness’s signature:

    

/s/ John X. Sadler

Name (print):

    

John X. Sadler

Occupation:

    

Chartered Secretary

Address:

      

[SLP Exchange Agreement – signature page]

 

39


SIGNED as a DEED by AMANDA

MELLOR as attorney for HALEON PLC

in the presence of:

  

)            

 
  

)

 

/s/ Amanda Mellor

  

)

 

(Signature of attorney)

  

)

 

AMANDA MELLOR as attorney for

HALEON PLC

  

)

Witness’s signature:

    

/s/ Rosanna Bassett

Name (print):

    

Rosanna Bassett

Occupation:

    

Student

Address:

      

[SLP Exchange Agreement – signature page]

 

40

Exhibit 4.12

DATED 1 June 2022

PFIZER INC.

and

ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

and

HALEON PLC

 

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

 

Slaughter and May

One Bunhill Row

London EC1Y 8YY

(SRN/TGXF)

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


CONTENTS

 

          Page  

1.

   Interpretation      6  

2.

   Condition Precedent      25  

3.

   Termination      26  

4.

   Transfer and Issue of Shares      26  

5.

   Completion Obligations      27  

6.

   Tax      28  

7.

   Pfizer Exchange Indemnities      28  

8.

   Confidentiality      29  

9.

   Announcements      31  

10.

   Warranties      32  

11.

   Costs and Expenses      33  

12.

   Payments      33  

13.

   Further Assurance      33  

14.

   Notices      34  

15.

   Entire Agreement      35  

16.

   Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999      36  

17.

   Assignment      37  

18.

   Remedies and Waivers      37  

19.

   Variation      38  

20.

   No partnership or agency      38  

21.

   Invalidity      38  

22.

   Continuing effect      39  

23.

   Counterparts      39  


24.

   Language      39  

25.

   Governing Law and Jurisdiction      39  

26.

   Agent for Service      40  

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1 Provisions on Claims under the Pfizer Exchange Indemnities

     44  

Schedule 2 Haleon NVPS Terms

     49  


This Agreement is made as a deed on 1 June 2022.

BETWEEN:

 

1.

PFIZER INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017 (“Pfizer”);

 

2.

ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York, 10017 (“Anacor”); and

 

3.

HALEON PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 13691224, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS (“Haleon”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

GSK intends to demerge approximately 80.1% of its interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business, by way of an indirect dividend demerger, for the purpose of benefiting both the Consumer Healthcare Business and the GSK Business. GSK also intends that, subsequent to such demerger, Haleon, as the holder of the Consumer Healthcare Business, shall be listed on the London Stock Exchange as a separate and independently managed group.

 

(B)

Haleon is a company that is not part of the GSK Group or the Pfizer Group. GSKCHHL is a subsidiary of GSK with 100% of its A Shares and B Shares held by GSK and 100% of its C Shares held by the SLPs (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL). GSKCHHL is (and will be immediately following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges) the registered holder of 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo, which is the current parent company of the Consumer Healthcare Group. PFCHHL is, at the date of this Agreement, a subsidiary of Anacor, with 100% of its common interests (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL) held by Anacor. Pfizer and Anacor intend to effect the PFCHHL Transfer as soon as possible following satisfaction of the Regulatory Conditions. Following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer, 100% of the common interests of PFCHHL will be held by Pfizer until Completion of this Agreement. PFCHHL is (and will be immediately following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges) the registered holder of 100% of the issued ordinary B shares in JVCo.

 

(C)

GSK and Haleon have conditionally agreed on the terms of the Demerger Agreement pursuant to which GSK will transfer to Haleon the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares (being all of the A Shares, representing in excess of 80% of the entire issued ordinary share capital of GSKCHHL, which comprises A Shares, B Shares and C Shares) in consideration of which Haleon will allot and issue, credited as fully paid up, the Haleon Demerger Shares to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders, in satisfaction of the Demerger Dividend to be declared on the GSK Shares pursuant to the Demerger Resolution.

 

(D)

Separately, pursuant to: (i) the GSK Exchange Agreement, GSK has agreed to transfer GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK; (ii) this Agreement, Pfizer and Anacor shall agree that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor shall transfer the PFCHHL Interests (being all of the common interests in PFCHHL (which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL) and which shall be held by Anacor until the commencement of the PFCHHL Transfer and by Pfizer following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until Completion) to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (comprising new Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS) to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary and, following which, the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor will sell the Haleon NVPS immediately upon receipt of such Haleon NVPS pursuant to a binding commitment made prior to its transfer of the PFCHHL Interests to Haleon (the “NVPS Sale”); and (iii) the SLP Exchange Agreement, each SLP has agreed to transfer its entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, Pfizer intends that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor’s transfer of the PFCHHL Interests to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary pursuant to this Agreement constitute a taxable exchange under Section 1001 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

4


(E)

As a result of the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges: (i) (A) the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary (with respect to the Haleon Ordinary Shares held on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor) will hold, in aggregate, 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share) and 100% of the issued preference shares in Haleon, it being understood that any Haleon Ordinary Shares issued to the Depositary pursuant to this Agreement will be held by the Depositary on behalf of the Pfizer PFCHHL Transferor in connection with and under the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme, (B) the Qualifying GSK Shareholders will hold at least approximately 54.47% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon, (C) GSK will hold up to approximately 6.03% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (and with the issued ordinary shares comprised in (B) and (C) together representing 60.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share)), and (D) the SLPs will collectively hold 7.5% of the issued ordinary shares of Haleon (rounded to the nearest whole ordinary share); (ii) Haleon will hold 100% of the issued ordinary shares and common interests, respectively, in each of GSKCHHL and PFCHHL; and (iii) (1) GSKCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary A shares and 100% of the issued preference shares in JVCo and (2) PFCHHL will hold 100% of the issued ordinary B shares in JVCo.

 

(F)

It is also intended that, prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps, the relevant Parties will have taken all necessary actions so that each of the following actions shall have occurred: (i) JVCo will declare and pay the Final Quarterly Dividend, the Final Sweep Dividend and, separately, the Pre-Separation Dividend to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL, in accordance with the Cosmos SHA and the Treasury Side Letter; (ii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares; (iii) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; (iv) GSKCHHL will declare and pay the Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend to GSK in respect of the A Shares and the B Shares and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs in respect of the C Shares; and (v) PFCHHL will declare and pay or otherwise effect the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend and the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend to Anacor or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such time, Pfizer.

 

(G)

It is further noted that Haleon redeemed the Redeemable Shares on 11 April 2022.

 

(H)

In connection with the proposed listing of Haleon and prior to the Demerger, it is also intended that: (i) the Prospectus and Circular shall be published and posted; (ii) the GSK General Meeting shall take place to, among other things, approve the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Chapter 10 of the Listing Rules and approve certain transactions related to the Demerger and the Separation Transaction as related party transactions for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; (iii) the Haleon ADR Programme shall be established to come into effect on or around the time of Admission; and (iv) following payment by JVCo of the dividends referred to in recital (F)(i) above, the ATB Re-organisation shall be completed.

 

(I)

Following the Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, it is also intended that Admission shall occur, subsequent to which GSK shall implement the GSK Share Consolidation.

 

5


(J)

This Agreement, which is a deed, sets out the terms on which the Pfizer Share Exchange shall be effected and certain terms on which relations between Pfizer and Haleon will be governed following Completion.

THIS DEED PROVIDES as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Agreement and the Schedules:

 

“Admission”

  

means admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities;

“Agreed Rate”

  

has the meaning given to it in clause 12.1;

“Ancillary Agreements”

  

means the Listing Ancillary Agreements and the Separation Ancillary Agreements;

“Argentina NEBA”

  

means the letter agreement relating to the retention, operation and transfer of the manufacturing site located in Buenos Aires, Argentina entered into or to be entered into between GSK and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

“A Shares”

  

means the A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK and which, together with the B Shares and the C Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

“ATB Re-organisation”

  

means all of (i) the distribution in specie of the ordinary shares of GSKCHH3 by JVCo to GSKCHHL only, (ii) the distribution of £53.125m by JVCo to GSKCHHL only, and (iii) the conversion of a portion of A shares in the share capital of JVCo held by GSKCHHL (of equivalent value to the distribution mentioned at (i)) into preference shares in the share capital of JVCo in a manner consistent with the SCA Side Letter;

“ATFA”

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo entered into on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

6


“Brazil ATFA”

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement relating to the transfer of the manufacturing site located in Jacarepaguá, Brazil entered into or to be entered into between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

“B Shares”

  

means the B ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by GSK and which, together with the A Shares and the C Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

“Business Day”

  

means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, UK;

“Circular”

  

means the circular to be dated with the Posting Date and to be sent to the shareholders of GSK in connection with the Demerger, including a notice of general meeting of GSK;

“Co-Existence Agreement”

  

means the co-existence agreement in respect of certain trade marks and domain names of the GSK Group and Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between Glaxo Group Limited, SmithKline Beecham Limited and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Completion”

  

means the time and date of completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement;

“Condition Precedent”

  

means the condition set out in clause 2.1 (Condition Precedent);

“Connected Persons”

  

means, in relation to a Party, any member of its Group and any officer, employee, agent, adviser or representative of that Party or any member of its Group, in each case, from time to time;

“Consumer Healthcare Business”

  

means the consumer healthcare business which, as at the date of Demerger Completion is operated within the JVCo Group and any other asset or business of the consumer healthcare business that, as at the date of Demerger Completion, is contemplated to be operated within the Haleon Group after Separation Completion pursuant to the ATFA, the Argentina NEBA and/or the Brazil ATFA;

 

7


“Consumer Healthcare Group”

  

means:

 

(i) prior to Demerger Completion, the JVCo Group; and

 

(ii)  from Demerger Completion, the Haleon Group;

“Consumer Healthcare Group Companies”

  

means any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group from time to time, and “Consumer Healthcare Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

“Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement”

  

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Consumer Quality Agreement”

  

means the quality agreement to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited in respect of the Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

“Corporate Brand Licence Agreement”

  

means the brand licence agreement in respect of corporate marks entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Cosmos SAPA”

  

means the stock and asset purchase agreement entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo dated 19 December 2018, as amended from time to time including on 31 July 2019 and by the Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

“Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement”

  

means the amendment agreement to the Cosmos SAPA entered into or to be entered into among Pfizer, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Cosmos SCA”

  

means the structuring considerations agreement entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

8


“Cosmos SHA”

  

means the shareholders’ agreement in relation to JVCo entered into among GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Costs”

  

means charges and reasonable and documented costs (including legal costs) and expenses (other than, subject to the below, Tax), which are properly incurred and of an out-of-pocket nature, together with any amounts in respect of VAT comprised in such charges, costs and expenses but only to the extent not recoverable;

“CREST”

  

means the relevant system (as defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (SI 2001/3755) (the “Regulations”)) of which Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited is the Operator (as defined in the Regulations);

“C Shares”

  

means the C ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of GSKCHHL, which shares rank pari passu with the A Shares and the B Shares except that they carry no right to any Pre-Separation GSKCHHL Onward Dividend and carry no voting rights, all of which are fully paid and held as at the date of this Agreement by the SLPs and which, together with the A Shares and the B Shares, comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in GSKCHHL;

“Deed of Termination”

  

means the global deed of termination relating to certain services provided by GSK or members of the GSK Group to Haleon or members of the Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Demerger”

  

means the proposed demerger of approximately 80.1% of GSK’s interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business pursuant to the Demerger Agreement and the Demerger Dividend;

“Demerger Agreement”

  

means the demerger agreement entered into or to be entered into between Haleon and GSK on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Demerger Completion”

  

means the time and date when the Demerger Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled and the Demerger Completion Steps have taken place;

“Demerger Completion Steps”

  

has the meaning given to the term “Completion Steps” in the Demerger Agreement;

“Demerger Conditions Precedent”

  

means the conditions set out in clause 2.1 (Conditions Precedent) of the Demerger Agreement;

 

9


“Demerger Dividend”   

means the interim dividend, in specie, proposed to be declared by the GSK Board to effect the Demerger pursuant to the authority granted to the GSK Board under the Demerger Resolution;

“Demerger Record Time”   

means 6.00 p.m. on 15 July 2022, or such other time and/or date as the GSK Board may determine;

“Demerger Resolution”   

means resolution 1 set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

“Depositary”

  

means JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary for the Haleon ADSs;

“Exchange Agreements”   

means the GSK Exchange Agreement, this Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement;

“FCA”   

means the Financial Conduct Authority acting in its capacity as the competent authority under Part VI of FSMA;

“Final Quarterly Dividend”   

means the final quarterly interim dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger on or around 30 June 2022;

“Final Quarterly GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and (if and only to the extent the SLPs are entitled to receive such dividend under the GSKCHHL Articles of Association) to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

“Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to: Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following any Final Quarterly Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

“Final Sweep Dividend”   

has the meaning given to that term in the Treasury Side Letter;

“Final Sweep GSKCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) and to the SLPs (as holders of the C Shares) in accordance with the GSKCHHL Articles of Association prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received pursuant thereto;

“Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Final Sweep Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

 

10


“FSMA”

  

means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

“Governmental Entity”

  

means any supra national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union;

“Group”

  

means, as applicable:

 

(i) in relation to GSK, the GSK Group;

 

(ii)  in relation to Pfizer and/or Anacor, the Pfizer Group;

 

(iii)  in relation to Haleon, the Consumer Healthcare Group; and

 

(iv) in relation to JVCo, the JVCo Group;

“GSK”

  

means GSK plc, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 03888792, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

“GSK Board”

  

means the board of directors of GSK and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time;

“GSK Business”

  

means the business operated within the GSK Group, which is described in the Circular and which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include the Consumer Healthcare Business;

“GSKCHHL”

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 08998608, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

“GSKCHHL Articles of Association”

  

means the articles of association adopted by GSKCHHL (as amended or replaced from time to time);

“GSKCHH3”

  

means GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 3) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 13401293, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

11


“GSK Consolidation Resolution”   

means the relevant parts of resolution 1 relating to the proposed consolidation of the share capital of GSK as set out in the notice of general meeting of GSK included in the Circular;

“GSK Exchange Agreement”   

means the exchange agreement between GSK and Haleon setting out the terms of the GSK Share Exchange;

“GSK General Meeting”   

means the general meeting of GSK to approve, among other things:

 

(i) the Demerger and the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction as a Class 1 transaction for the purposes of Listing Rule 10;

 

(ii)  the relevant parts of the Separation Transaction and the associated and ancillary agreements and arrangements relating thereto or to be entered into pursuant thereto for the purposes of Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; and

 

(iii)  the GSK Share Consolidation;

“GSK Group”   

means GSK and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding Haleon and the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

“GSK Haleon Exchange Shares”   

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the GSK Exchange Agreement, which immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 6.03% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares;

“GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement”   

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of the SCIA;

“GSK NEB Agreement”   

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between GSK, Pfizer and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

12


“GSK Quality Agreement”

  

means the quality agreement to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited in respect of the GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

“GSK Share Consolidation”

  

means the consolidation of the share capital of GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the GSK Consolidation Resolution;

“GSK Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of GSK’s entire shareholding of B Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares to GSK pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the GSK Exchange Agreement;

“GSK Shareholders”

  

means holders of the GSK Shares on the register of members of GSK from time to time;

“GSK Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of GSK having the rights set out in GSK’s articles of association from time to time;

“Guarantee Fee

Arrangements”

  

means the guarantee fee arrangements effected pursuant to:

 

(i) the guarantee fee agreement between Haleon (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 25 May 2022; and

 

(ii)  the guarantee fee agreement between GSK (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 28 April 2022;

“Haleon Admission Shares”

  

means the Haleon Demerger Shares and the Haleon Exchange Shares (excluding the Haleon NVPS);

“Haleon ADR Programme”

  

means the American depositary receipt programme to be established for Haleon on or around Admission, as detailed in the Steps Plan;

“Haleon ADSs”

  

means the American depositary shares each representing 2 Haleon Ordinary Shares to be admitted to listing and trading on the NYSE pursuant to the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme;

“Haleon Articles of

Association”

  

means the articles of association adopted or to be adopted by Haleon that are in the agreed form for the purposes of the SCIA;

 

13


“Haleon Demerger Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued to the Qualifying GSK Shareholders as GSK shall direct, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the Demerger Agreement, together with (where the context so requires) any Haleon Ordinary Shares in issue prior to commencement of the Demerger Completion Steps;

“Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means:

 

(i) the GSK Haleon Exchange Shares;

 

(ii)  the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares; and

 

(iii)  the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares;

 

which, together, immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent up to approximately 45.53% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

“Haleon Group”

  

means Haleon and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

“Haleon NVPS”

  

means 25,000,000 unlisted redeemable non-voting preference shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of Haleon carrying the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association (as reproduced in Schedule 2 (Haleon NVPS Terms) to this Agreement);

“Haleon Ordinary Shares”

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of Haleon having the rights set out in Haleon’s articles of association from time to time;

“HMRC”

  

means HM Revenue & Customs;

“Indemnified Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the Pfizer Exchange Indemnities);

“Indemnifying Party”

  

has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the Pfizer Exchange Indemnities);

“India Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

“Investigation”

  

has the meaning given to that term in clause 13.4(B);

“Japan Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

 

14


“JVCo”

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 11961650, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

“JVCo Group”

  

means JVCo and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

“Korea Condition”

  

has the meaning given to that term in the Demerger Agreement;

“Law”

  

means any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code or rule of common law issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including the rules of any stock exchange or listing authority;

“Listing Ancillary

Agreements”

  

means:

 

(i) the Pfizer Relationship Agreement;

 

(ii)  the Orderly Marketing Agreement;

 

(iii)  the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(iv) the Sponsors’ Agreements; and

 

(v)   the Lock-up Deed,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

“Listing Rules”

  

means the rules and regulations made by the FCA (acting in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of FSMA) under FSMA, and contained in the publication of the same name, as amended from time to time (including any successor rules);

“Lock-up Deed”

  

means the lock-up deed entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer, the SLPs, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc on or around the date of the SCIA;

“London Stock Exchange”

  

means London Stock Exchange plc;

“Long Term Access

Agreement”

  

means the long term access agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK and Haleon on or around the date of the SCIA;

“NEBA”

  

means the net economic benefit arrangements, comprising the GSK NEB Agreement and the Pfizer NEB Agreement as may be amended and restated from time to time, including pursuant to the NEBA Amendment Agreement;

 

15


“NEBA Amendment Agreement”

  

means the amendment and restatement agreement with respect to the GSK NEB Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, JVCo and Pfizer on or around the date of the SCIA;

“NVPS Sale”

  

has the meaning given to that term in recital (D);

“Official List”

  

means the Official List maintained by the FCA pursuant to Part 6 of FSMA;

“Orderly Marketing Agreement”

  

means the orderly marketing agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Other Group”

  

means, in relation to a Pfizer Group Company, the Consumer Healthcare Group and, in relation to a Consumer Healthcare Group Company, the Pfizer Group;

“Party”

  

means a party to this Agreement;

“PFCHHL”

  

means PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

“PFCHHL Interests”

  

means all of the common interests in the capital of PFCHHL in issue immediately prior to the Completion, which comprise all ownership interests of whatever nature in PFCHHL and all of which are held by Anacor as at the date of this Agreement and all of which, from completion of the PFCHHL Transfer until the Completion, shall be held by Pfizer;

“PFCHHL LLC Agreement”

  

means the limited liability company agreement of PFCHHL entered into by Anacor and dated 15 April 2019, as it may be amended from time to time;

“PFCHHL Member”

  

means the Member (as such term is defined in the PFCHHL LLC Agreement) of PFCHHL, from time to time;

“PFCHHL Transfer”

  

means the series of transactions pursuant to which the PFCHHL Interests will be transferred, distributed or otherwise assigned from Anacor to Pfizer;

“Pfizer”

  

means Pfizer Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

“Pfizer Exchange

Indemnities”

  

means the indemnities given by Pfizer and Anacor which are set out in clause 7 (Pfizer Exchange Indemnities);

 

16


“Pfizer Group”

  

means Pfizer and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

“Pfizer Group Companies”

  

means any member of the Pfizer Group from time to time, and “Pfizer Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

“Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor”

  

means Anacor or, if the PFCHHL Transfer has completed by the time of Demerger Completion, Pfizer;

“Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares and the Haleon NVPS to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with this Agreement, which immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent respectively 32% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share) and 100% of the issued preference shares of Haleon;

“Pfizer NEB Agreement”

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between Pfizer, GSK and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

“Pfizer Relationship Agreement”

  

means the relationship agreement entered into or to be entered into between Pfizer and Haleon on or around the Posting Date;

“Pfizer Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of the PFCHHL Interests from the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

“Pharmacovigilance Agreement”

  

means the pharmacovigilance agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Posting Date”

  

means the date of the Demerger Agreement (or such other date as may be determined by GSK and notified to Haleon and Pfizer as the date for the issue and dispatch of the Circular and the publication of the Prospectus);

“Pre-Separation Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by JVCo to GSKCHHL and PFCHHL prior to the Demerger (as provided in clause 17.32(B) of the Cosmos SHA and as otherwise agreed between the parties to the Cosmos SHA, including pursuant to the Treasury Side Letter);

“Pre-Separation GSKCHHL

Onward Dividend”

  

means the dividend to be paid by GSKCHHL to GSK (as holder of the A Shares and B Shares) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by GSKCHHL pursuant to the Pre-Separation Dividend;

 

17


“Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend”   

means one or more dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s) from PFCHHL to Anacor (or, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has occurred prior to such dividend(s), distribution(s), transfer(s) or other similar transaction(s), Pfizer) prior to the Demerger following the Pre-Separation Dividend and comprising amounts received by PFCHHL pursuant thereto;

“Proceedings”

  

means any proceeding, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the negotiation, existence, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual;

“Prospectus”

  

means the prospectus relating to the Admission of the Haleon Admission Shares to be dated the Posting Date;

“Qualifying GSK Shareholders”

  

means the GSK Shareholders on the register of members of GSK at the Demerger Record Time;

“Redeemable Shares”

  

means the fully paid redeemable preference shares of £1.00 each in the share capital of Haleon (subscribed by Trexco on or around the re-registration of Haleon as a public limited company);

“Registration Rights Agreement”

  

means the registration rights agreement between Haleon, Pfizer, GSK and each of the SLPs dated on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Regulatory Conditions”

  

means, subject to clause 2.11 of the SCIA, the India Condition, the Japan Condition and the Korea Condition;

“Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement”   

means the regulatory information access and service (linked products) agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Unlimited on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Relevant GSKCHHL Shares”

  

means all of the class A ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the capital of GSKCHHL in issue immediately prior to Demerger Completion;

“SCA Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 22 November 2021;

“SCIA

  

means the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Pfizer, Anacor, Haleon, JVCo, GSKCHHL and PFCHHL on or around the date of this Agreement;

“SEC”

  

means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

18


“Separation Ancillary Agreements”

  

means the:

 

(i)  SCIA;

 

(ii)  Demerger Agreement;

 

(iii)   Exchange Agreements;

 

(iv) Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

 

(v)   Tax Covenant;

 

(vi) ATFA;

 

(vii)  Transitional Services Agreement;

 

(viii)  GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(ix) Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(x)   GSK Quality Agreement;

 

(xi) Consumer Quality Agreement;

 

(xii)  Shared Brands Licences Agreement;

 

(xiii)  Shared Brands Committee Agreement;

 

(xiv) Corporate Brand Licence Agreement;

 

(xv)   Co-Existence Agreement;

 

(xvi) Long Term Access Agreement;

 

(xvii) Pharmacovigilance Agreement;

 

(xviii)NEBA Amendment Agreement;

 

(xix) Argentina NEBA;

 

(xx)   Brazil ATFA;

 

(xxi) Deed of Termination;

 

(xxii) Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement; and

 

(xxiii)Guarantee Fee Arrangements,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

“Separation Completion”

  

means completion of the final step in the Separation Transaction;

“Separation Transaction”

  

means the steps comprised in the Demerger, the Exchange Agreements, execution of the Separation Ancillary Agreements and Admission, pursuant to which, among other things, Haleon will become a listed company holding the Consumer Healthcare Business;

“Service Document”

  

means a claim form, application notice, order, judgment or other document relating to any Proceedings;

“Shared Brands Committee Agreement”

  

means the shared brands committee agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Shared Brands Licences Agreement”

  

means the deed of amendment and restatement to amend and restate certain shared brand licence agreements entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of this Agreement;

“Share Exchanges”

  

means the GSK Share Exchange, the Pfizer Share Exchange and the SLP Share Exchange;

“SLP Exchange Agreement”

  

means the exchange agreement between the SLPs and Haleon setting out the terms of the SLP Share Exchange;

“SLP Haleon Exchange Shares”

  

means the Haleon Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued, credited as fully paid up, in accordance with the SLP Exchange Agreement, which immediately following Demerger Completion and the completion of the Share Exchanges, represent 7.5% of the issued Haleon Ordinary Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share);

 

19


“SLPs”

  

means:

 

(i) GSK (No. 1) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035527 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ;

 

(ii)  GSK (No. 2) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035526 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ; and

 

(iii)  GSK (No. 3) Scottish Limited Partnership, a private fund limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035525 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ,

 

being the Scottish limited partnerships that will each receive shares in Haleon pursuant to the SLP Exchange Agreement, and “SLP” shall be construed accordingly;

“SLP Share Exchange”

  

means the transfer of each SLP’s entire shareholding of C Shares to Haleon in exchange for Haleon issuing the applicable portion of the SLP Haleon Exchange Shares to each such SLP, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the SLP Exchange Agreement;

 

20


“Sponsors”

  

means:

 

(i) Citigroup Global Markets Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 01763297 whose registered office is Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB;

 

(ii)  Goldman Sachs International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02263951 whose registered office is Plumtree Court, 25 Shoe Lane, London, EC4A 4AU; and

 

(iii)  Merrill Lynch International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02312079 whose registered office is 2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ;

“Sponsors’ Agreements”

  

means:

 

(i) the sponsors’ agreement between Haleon, JVCo and each of the Sponsors dated on or around the date of the SCIA; and

 

(ii)  the sponsors’ agreement between GSK and each of the Sponsors dated on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Steps Plan”

  

means the demerger steps plan prepared by Slaughter and May summarising the proposals in relation to the Separation Transaction, and initialled for identification purposes by or on behalf of each of GSK, Pfizer and Haleon;

“Sterling” and “£”

  

means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom;

“subsidiary undertaking”

  

means a subsidiary undertaking as defined in section 1162 Companies Act 2006 (and a company shall be treated, for the purposes only of the membership requirement contained in subsections 1162(2)(b) and (d) respectively, as a member of another company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (A) another person (or its nominee) whether by way of security or in connection with the taking of security or (B) its nominee);

“Tax”

  

means all taxes, and all levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings in the nature of tax, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, employment, payroll, land, stamp, transfer, occupation, franchise, value added, wealth and personal property, together with all penalties, charges, additions to tax, and interest relating to any of them, and regardless of whether any such amounts are chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to any other person or are recoverable from any other person;

“Tax Authority”

  

means any taxing, revenue or other authority competent to impose any liability to, or to assess or collect, any Tax, including, without limitation, HMRC and the Internal Revenue Service;

 

21


“Tax Covenant”

  

means the deed of tax covenant relating to the Separation Transaction, entered into or to be entered into between GSK, Haleon, GSKCHHL, Pfizer and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Transaction Documents”

  

means the Demerger Agreement, the SCIA, the Exchange Agreements and the other Ancillary Agreements;

“Transfer”

  

has the meaning given to that term in clause 4.1;

“Transitional Services

Agreement”

  

means the transitional services agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC on or around the date of the SCIA;

“Treasury Side Letter”

  

means the letter agreement entered into between GSKCHHL, Pfizer, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 4 November 2021 pursuant to which the parties thereto have agreed the interpretation, and confirmed the application, of certain provisions of the Cosmos SHA;

“Trexco”

  

Trexco Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 00461588, having its registered office at 2 Lambs Passage, London, EC1Y 8BB;

“VAT”

  

means:

 

(i) any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto;

 

(ii)  to the extent not included in paragraph (i) above, any Tax imposed in compliance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(iii)  any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above, whether imposed in the UK or a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above or imposed elsewhere; and

“Working Hours”

  

means 9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. (local time) on a Business Day.

 

22


 

1.2

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

references to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs, and Schedules are to clauses, sub clauses, paragraphs, sub paragraphs of, and Schedules to, this Agreement;

 

  (B)

use of any gender includes the other genders and (unless the context otherwise requires) the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (C)

references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

 

  (D)

references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation or other body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (E)

references to a “holding company” or a “subsidiary” shall be construed as a holding company or subsidiary (as the case may be) as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (F)

references to a “body corporate” shall be construed as a body corporate as defined in section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (G)

references to a “parent undertaking shall be construed as a parent undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (H)

references to a “party” shall be construed so as to include a reference to that party’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

  (I)

a reference to any statute or statutory provision or other regulation shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase or alter the liability of any Party under this Agreement;

 

  (J)

any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

 

  (K)

references to times are to London time (unless otherwise stated);

 

  (L)

references to “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

23


  (M)

reference to “liabilities”, “costs” and/or “expenses ” incurred by a person shall not include any amount in respect of VAT or any Tax of a similar nature included in such liabilities, costs and/or expenses for which that person or any other member of its Group is entitled to credit or repayment from any Tax Authority;

 

  (N)

references to “indemnify” any person against any circumstance shall include indemnifying and keeping such person harmless from all actions, claims and proceedings from time to time made against such person and all loss, damage, payments, costs or expenses suffered, made or incurred by such person as a consequence of that circumstance and, unless otherwise specified, any indemnity given in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on an after-Tax basis;

 

  (O)

any indemnity or obligation to pay (the “Payment Obligation”) being given or assumed on an “after-Tax basis” or expressed to be “calculated on an after-Tax basis” means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the “Payment”) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account:

 

  (i)

any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment;

 

  (ii)

the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes (or would, but for the use of any credit or other relief which would otherwise have been available to reduce the Tax liabilities of any member of the Pfizer Group or the Consumer Healthcare Group, as the case may be, have become) payable as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax; and

 

  (iii)

the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained, to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation,

the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred (or, in the case of a Payment Obligation arising by reference to a matter affecting a person other than the recipient of the Payment, the recipient of the Payment and that other person are, taken together, in the same position as that in which they would have been had the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation not occurred), provided that the amount of the Payment shall not exceed that which it would have been if it had been regarded for all Tax purposes as received solely by the recipient and not any other person;

 

  (P)

references to a “liability to Tax” or “Tax payable” (and equivalent terms) include circumstances where Tax would be (or become) payable but for the use of a Relief (as such term is defined in the Tax Covenant);

 

  (Q)

a reference to any other document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to that other document as amended, varied, novated or supplemented (other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement or that other document) at any time;

 

24


  (R)

a reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall in respect of any jurisdiction other than England be treated as a reference to any analogous term in that jurisdiction; and

 

  (S)

the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly:

 

  (i)

general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; and

 

  (ii)

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words.

 

1.3

In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

  (A)

all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

the Schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement, and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Schedules.

 

1.4

In this Agreement, references to members of Pfizer Group’s or members of GSK Group’s holdings of Haleon Ordinary Shares shall include: (i) Haleon Ordinary Shares held directly in the form of shares; (ii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held by one or more nominees on behalf of members of the Pfizer Group or GSK Group (as applicable); and (iii) Haleon Ordinary Shares held indirectly as a result of a holding of Haleon ADSs.

 

2.

CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

2.1

The provisions of this Agreement, other than those arising under clause 1 (Interpretation), clause 2 (Condition Precedent), clause 3 (Termination), clause 8 (Confidentiality), clause 13 (Further Assurance) and clause 14 (Notices) to clause 26 (Agent for Service) (inclusive), shall be conditional upon completion of the Demerger Completion Steps.

 

2.2

Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure fulfilment of the Condition Precedent, which may not be waived by any Party. If the Condition Precedent is not satisfied by 5.00 p.m. on 23 February 2023 (or such other time and/or date as GSK may determine, subject to clause 5), this Agreement shall automatically terminate and no Party shall have any claim of any nature whatsoever against any other Party under this Agreement, save in respect of any rights and liability of any Party set forth in the Cosmos SHA.

 

2.3

Each of Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon undertakes to each of the other Parties to disclose anything which will or may prevent or delay the Condition Precedent from being satisfied immediately after it comes to the notice of that Party.

 

2.4

The Parties agree and acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

prevent or inhibit compliance with the Cosmos SHA to any extent; or

 

  (B)

derogate from or qualify to any extent any party’s rights or obligations pursuant to the Cosmos SHA.

 

25


2.5

The Parties agree and acknowledge that they shall comply in all respects with the Cosmos SHA, and shall procure such compliance by the members of their respective Groups. The Parties further agree and acknowledge that compliance with the Cosmos SHA by GSK, the members of the GSK Group, Pfizer, Anacor, the members of the Pfizer Group, Haleon and the members of the Consumer Healthcare Group is permitted and the Parties hereby consent in all respects to such compliance with the Cosmos SHA. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that this Agreement is without prejudice to GSK’s and Pfizer’s rights under the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA, the Treasury Side Letter and the obligations of Pfizer, GSK and the members of the Pfizer Group and the GSK Group pursuant to the terms of the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA and the Treasury Side Letter.

 

2.6

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SCA or the Treasury Side Letter, the Parties agree and acknowledge that in connection with the Demerger, and in accordance with and subject to the SCA Side Letter, (1) the issuance to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor of the Haleon NVPS pursuant to this Agreement and the sale or disposition of the Haleon NVPS by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor immediately thereafter and (2) the distribution referred to in limb (ii) of the definition of ATB Re-organisation shall be expressly permitted for all purposes hereunder and thereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the Parties agree and acknowledge that in connection with the Separation Transaction, any reference in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the issuance to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor of Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (including the Haleon NVPS) shall, at the sole discretion of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor (upon written notice to GSK and Haleon no fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of Demerger Completion), be read to include an issuance of a portion of such Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (as applicable) to a nominee of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor’s choice to hold such portion of such Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor.

 

2.7

Anacor and Pfizer agree and undertake that, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer has not occurred prior to Demerger Completion, then Anacor and Pfizer shall ensure that the PFCHHL Transfer shall not occur prior to Completion of the Pfizer Share Exchange.

 

3.

TERMINATION

 

3.1

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (but subject to the Cosmos SHA), the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that GSK shall have the right in its absolute discretion to abandon the Separation Transaction by providing notice of the same in writing to Haleon and Pfizer at any time prior to Demerger Completion, and upon GSK providing such notice, this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

 

3.2

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause 3.1:

 

  (A)

no Party will have any claim against any other Party for compensation, Costs, damages or otherwise except as otherwise provided in the Cosmos SHA or the SCIA;

 

  (B)

this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect; and

 

  (C)

for the avoidance of doubt, the Cosmos SHA shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

3.3

Save as provided in clause 3.1, no Party shall have the right to rescind or unilaterally terminate this Agreement, whether before or after Completion.

 

4.

TRANSFER AND ISSUE OF SHARES

 

4.1

Subject to:

 

  (A)

this Agreement not having been terminated pursuant to clause 3.1; and

 

  (B)

the Demerger Completion Steps having occurred,

 

26


Pfizer and Anacor agree that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor shall transfer at Completion, with full title guarantee and free from all security interests, options, claims, or encumbrances whatsoever (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws), the PFCHHL Interests to Haleon (the “Transfer”), and Haleon agrees to acquire the PFCHHL Interests on the same basis.

 

4.2

Prior to the Demerger Completion (but subject thereto), Pfizer shall procure that the PFCHHL Member shall (i) approve the Transfer and (ii) resolve that Haleon will be substituted for the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor as the PFCHHL Member for all purposes under the PFCHHL LLC Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable following Completion, in each case, subject to the satisfaction of the Condition Precedent set forth in this Agreement.

 

4.3

As soon as reasonably practicable following Completion, Pfizer shall procure that Haleon is substituted for the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor as the PFCHHL Member for all purposes under the PFCHHL LLC Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Pfizer and Anacor shall ensure (and shall procure that the members of the Pfizer Group ensure) that, unless completion of the PFCHHL Transfer occurs before Demerger Completion, Anacor shall be the “Member” for the purposes of the PFCHHL LLC Agreement until Completion, provided that, if completion of the PFCHHL Transfer occurs before Demerger Completion, Pfizer shall be the “Member” for the purposes of the PFCHHL LLC Agreement until Completion.

 

4.4

In consideration for the transfer of the PFCHHL Interests from the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon, Haleon shall allot and issue:

 

  (A)

to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor, such number of Haleon Ordinary Shares as represents 25.6 per cent. of the total number of Haleon Ordinary Shares to be in issue at Admission following the completion of, and after giving effect to, each of the Demerger, the Share Exchanges and all of the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement, this Agreement, the GSK Exchange Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share);

 

  (B)

to the Depositary (to be held on behalf of the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor), such number of Haleon Ordinary Shares as represents 6.4 per cent. of the total number of Haleon Ordinary Shares to be in issue at Admission following the completion of, and after giving effect to, each of the Demerger, the Share Exchanges and all of the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement, this Agreement, the GSK Exchange Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement (rounded to the nearest whole Haleon Ordinary Share); and

 

  (C)

to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor, the Haleon NVPS;

provided that, Pfizer may elect, in its sole discretion, to alter the percentages in clauses 4.4(A) and 4.4(B) upon written notice to GSK no fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of Demerger Completion; provided, further, that (i) the percentage in clause 4.4(A) will be no lower than 22.4 per cent. and the percentage in clause 4.4(B) will be no higher than 9.6 per cent. and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, the percentages in clauses 4.4(A) and 4.4(B) shall in aggregate equal 32 per cent.

 

4.5

Haleon shall ensure that the Pfizer Group Haleon Exchange Shares (including the Haleon NVPS) to be allotted and issued to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary pursuant to clause 4.4 shall be allotted credited as fully paid and free from all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims and encumbrances whatsoever and shall have the rights described in the Haleon Articles of Association.

 

4.6

As soon as reasonably practicable following the allotment and issuance of the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (including the Haleon NVPS) pursuant to clause 4.4, Haleon shall procure that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary are recorded in the register of members of Haleon as the holder of such shares issued to each of them pursuant to clause 4.4 (and, in the case of the Haleon NVPS, prior to the NVPS Sale).

 

4.7

By no later than close of business on the first Business Day following Completion, Haleon shall obtain the admission and enablement of the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (including the Haleon NVPS) as participating securities within CREST and ensure that the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (including the Haleon NVPS) continue to be participating securities within CREST. Furthermore, Haleon shall take all necessary steps and give all necessary instructions to its registrars and/or Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited to allow the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares (including the Haleon NVPS) to be held in dematerialised form.

 

5.

COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1

Completion of this Agreement will take place at 10.00 a.m. on the first Sunday after Demerger completion (which, for the avoidance of doubt, is prior to the time at which Admission is expected to occur), provided that the Condition Precedent has been satisfied by such time, or at such other time as agreed by the Parties, provided that in all cases, Completion of this Agreement will take place prior to Admission.

 

27


5.2

At Completion, the following business shall be transacted:

 

  (A)

Pfizer shall procure that Haleon is substituted for the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor as the PFCHHL Member for all purposes under the PFCHHL LLC Agreement in respect of the PFCHHL Interests to be transferred to Haleon pursuant to clause 4.1; and

 

  (B)

Haleon shall procure that the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary are entered into the Haleon register of members (in the case of the Haleon NVPS, prior to the NVPS Sale) in respect of the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to be allotted and issued to each of them pursuant to clause 4.4.

 

5.3

Pfizer and Haleon shall procure that, on or before Completion:

 

  (A)

with the exception of the Representative Directors (as defined in the Pfizer Relationship Agreement) nominated by Pfizer, employees or non-executive directors of the Consumer Healthcare Group or the Pfizer Group who hold the office of director or secretary of a company in the Other Group shall have resigned from the company or companies in the Other Group and suitable persons employed by or identified as appropriate non-executive directors for the Other Group shall have been appointed in their place; and

 

  (B)

employees of the Consumer Healthcare Group or the Pfizer Group who are authorised signatories on bank mandates for accounts of companies in the Other Group shall have signed, executed and delivered all such documents as are necessary to cancel their status as authorised signatories on such mandates and to ensure that suitable persons employed by the Other Group shall have been appointed as authorised signatories in their place.

 

6.

TAX

The Parties agree that, except where arrangements in respect of Tax are expressly made in this Agreement, any claim or potential claim in respect of any liability relating to Tax shall be determined and calculated solely in accordance with the Tax Covenant. To the extent that provisions of this Agreement conflict with any provisions of the Tax Covenant, those in the Tax Covenant shall prevail.

 

7.

PFIZER EXCHANGE INDEMNITIES

 

7.1

The issue by Haleon of the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares pursuant to clauses 4.4 to 4.5 (inclusive) to the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor and the Depositary on Completion in accordance with this Agreement shall extinguish any obligation whatsoever of Haleon to issue any shares to Pfizer, Anacor, any Pfizer Group Company or the Depositary in consideration of the transfer of the PFCHHL Interests to Haleon or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Pfizer hereby covenants and undertakes to indemnify and keep indemnified Haleon (for itself and as trustee for each Consumer Healthcare Group Company) and each Consumer Healthcare Group Company from and against any such obligation, including any liabilities, losses, demands, claims, Costs and damages whatsoever suffered or arising, directly or indirectly from or in consequence of:

 

28


  (A)

any claim by any person that they became a holder of or were otherwise entitled to shares or any other interest in the capital of PFCHHL (or other securities of any member of the Pfizer Group they shall claim to be relevant for such purposes) prior to or at Completion and was, by virtue of such holding, entitled to be issued with Haleon Ordinary Shares; and

 

  (B)

any claim by any person that their rights to be entered into the register of members of Haleon in respect of Haleon Ordinary Shares have not been satisfied as a result of a dispute over the time or otherwise in respect of the sale or transfer to or by them of PFCHHL Interests.

 

7.2

Pfizer hereby covenants and undertakes to indemnify and keep indemnified Haleon (for itself and as trustee for each Consumer Healthcare Group Company) and each Consumer Healthcare Group Company from and against any and all losses, Costs and damages suffered or arising, directly or indirectly, from or in consequence of any and all obligations, claims, liabilities, actions, demands or proceedings of, made against or incurred by PFCHHL (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any obligations, claims, liabilities, actions, demands or proceedings of, made against, or incurred by any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group (other than solely PFCHHL)) to the extent that they arise or are suffered (whether before or after Completion) as a consequence of or by reference to any transaction, arrangement, action or omission of any member of the Pfizer Group or PFCHHL itself which occurred on or before Completion, but excluding:

 

  (A)

any obligation, claim, liability, expense, action, demand or proceeding which has been met, settled or paid, in each case, by or for the account of Pfizer or any member of the Pfizer Group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, PFCHHL), before Completion;

 

  (B)

any obligation, claim, liability, action, demand or proceeding of, made against, or incurred by PFCHHL which is referable to transactions, arrangements, actions or omissions of any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group (other than solely PFCHHL) and for which a member of the Consumer Healthcare Group (other than solely PFCHHL) is primarily liable and PFCHHL is or may be secondarily liable under applicable law by reason of its position as a parent company or as a direct or indirect shareholder; and

 

  (C)

any such matter relating to the Pre-Separation PFCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Quarterly PFCHHL Onward Dividend, the Final Sweep PFCHHL Onward Dividend or any dividend previously paid or to be paid after the date hereof by JVCo, which are the subject of separate arrangements under clause [4] (Dividends) of the SCIA.

 

7.3

The provisions of Schedule 1 (Provisions on Claims under the Pfizer Exchange Indemnities) shall apply in relation to the making of any claim under the Pfizer Exchange Indemnities.

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1

Subject to clause 9.3, each Party shall treat as confidential all information obtained as a precursor to or as a result of negotiating or entering into or performing this Agreement or which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement; or

 

  (C)

the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

29


8.2

Each Party shall:

 

  (A)

not disclose any such confidential information to any person other than:

 

  (i)

in the case of Pfizer, a director of Haleon nominated by Pfizer;

 

  (ii)

any of its directors or employees who need to know such information in order to discharge their duties; and

 

  (iii)

other members of its Group;

 

  (B)

not use any such confidential information other than for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

in the case of Haleon, conducting the Consumer Healthcare Business;

 

  (ii)

in the case of Pfizer or any member of its Group, managing or monitoring its investment in Haleon; and

 

  (iii)

in connection with the performance of its obligations and the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; and

 

  (C)

procure that any person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions contained in this clause 8 as if such person were a party to this Agreement.

 

8.3

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause 8, any Party may disclose any such confidential information:

 

  (A)

if and to the extent required by Law or for the purpose of any judicial or arbitral proceedings;

 

  (B)

if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or Tax or other Governmental Entity to which that Party or a member of its Group is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of Law;

 

  (C)

to a Tax Authority in connection with the disclosing Party’s (or a member of its Group’s) Tax affairs;

 

  (D)

to its advisers, auditors, actual or proposed debt financiers and bankers, provided they have a duty to keep such information confidential;

 

  (E)

to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of that Party;

 

30


  (F)

to the extent the Party (or Parties) to which such information relates has (or have) given prior written consent to the disclosure;

 

  (G)

to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement or to the extent it is expressly permitted to do so pursuant to any Transaction Document;

 

  (H)

if and to the extent required in connection with any regulatory consent or clearance process required by applicable Law; or

 

  (I)

if it was in the possession of a Party or any of its advisers (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy prior to it being received or held.

 

8.4

The restrictions contained in this clause 8 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time.

 

8.5

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this clause 8, to the extent that the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or any other Transaction Document or any other contract pursuant to which any Party or any member of its Group is bound provides that certain information shall be maintained confidential on a basis that is more protective of such information or for a longer period of time than provided for in this clause 8, then the applicable provisions contained in the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or such other Transaction Document or contract shall control with respect thereto but only to the extent such provision is more protective or runs for a longer period of time.

 

9.

ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

9.1

Subject to clause 9.2, no announcement or other publication concerning the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any ancillary matter shall be made by any Party or member of its Group without the prior written approval of the other Parties, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

9.2

Notwithstanding clause 9.1, any Party or member of its Group may, whenever practicable and permissible after consultation with the other Parties and GSK, make an announcement concerning this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Separation Transaction or the Consumer Healthcare Business, if and to the extent required by:

 

  (A)

Law or for the purposes of any judicial or arbitral proceedings; or

 

  (B)

any securities exchange or regulatory or Governmental Entity to which that Party is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement has the force of Law.

 

9.3

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit any Party or any member of its respective Group from making any disclosure or public statements regarding its intentions with respect to the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares or Haleon ADSs in respect thereof that it holds in Haleon.

 

31


9.4

The restrictions contained in this clause 9.3 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

10.

WARRANTIES

 

10.1

Each Party warrants and undertakes to the other Parties as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

  (A)

it is validly existing and is a company duly incorporated and registered under the Law of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  (B)

it has the legal right and full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, which will constitute valid and binding obligations on it in accordance with its terms;

 

  (C)

except as referred to in this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the filings, notices and approvals associated with the Regulatory Conditions), it:

 

  (i)

is not required to make any announcement, consultation, notice, report or filing; and

 

  (ii)

does not require any consent, approval, registration, authorisation or permit,

in each case with or from any Governmental Entity in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

10.2

Anacor and Pfizer each warrants and undertakes to Haleon:

 

  (A)

that, as at the date of this Agreement, Anacor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the PFCHHL Interests to be transferred by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (B)

that following completion of the PFCHHL Transfer, Pfizer will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the PFCHHL Interests to be transferred by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement;

 

  (C)

as at the date of this Agreement and at all times until Completion that:

 

  (i)

other than in connection with the PFCHHL Transfer, there is no option, right to acquire, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other form of security or encumbrance or equity on, over or affecting the PFCHHL Interests to be transferred by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws) and there is no agreement or commitment to give or create any and no claim has been made by any person to be entitled to any;

 

  (ii)

the PFCHHL Interests to be transferred by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement have been validly issued and allotted and are fully paid up;

 

  (iii)

other than the Transaction Documents and in connection with the PFCHHL Transfer, there is no agreement or commitment outstanding which calls for the allotment, issue or transfer of, or accords to any person the right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, any PFCHHL Interests;

 

  (iv)

none of the PFCHHL Interests to be transferred by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement are subject to any rights of pre-emption or restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws) and there are no circumstances existing which may give rise to a restriction being placed on such PFCHHL Interests; and

 

  (v)

the PFCHHL Interests to be transferred by the Pfizer Group PFCHHL Transferor to Haleon under this Agreement represent all issued limited liability company interests of PFCHHL.

 

32


10.3

Haleon warrants and undertakes to Anacor and Pfizer that the Pfizer Haleon Exchange Shares to be issued by Haleon under this Agreement shall be validly issued and allotted and shall be issued fully paid up and free from all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims and encumbrances whatsoever.

 

11.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

11.1

The Parties agree to the apportionment of Costs as set out in clause 19 (Costs and Expenses) of the SCIA.

 

11.2

In relation to any Costs not addressed by clause 11.1, except as otherwise set out in this Agreement, the Cosmos SHA, the SCIA or, in respect of Tax matters, the Tax Covenant, each Party shall pay its own Costs incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement and all other agreements forming part of the Separation Transaction.

 

12.

PAYMENTS

 

12.1

Payments due to be made under this Agreement shall, if not paid within thirty (30) days of the due date, and except to the extent the liability giving rise to the payment compensates the recipient for late payment by virtue of its extending to interest and penalties, carry interest at a rate of (i) two (2) per cent. above the base lending rate from time to time of the Bank of England, or (ii) if such base lending rate is less than zero, at two (2) per cent. (the “Agreed Rate”) for the period from the date falling thirty (30) days after the due date to the date of actual payment.

 

12.2

Payment due to be made under this Agreement shall be free and clear of all deductions, withholdings, set-offs, or counterclaims whatsoever, except as may be required by Law.

 

13.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

13.1

Prior to Separation Completion, Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the entering into by the respective parties thereto of such further agreements or documents as shall be necessary to give effect to the transactions set out in the Steps Plan, if and to the extent such agreements or documents are envisaged by the Steps Plan as occurring prior to Separation Completion.

 

13.2

Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon shall each procure the due performance of the obligations of the members of their respective Groups under any agreements entered into or to be entered into by them in connection with the Separation Transaction.

 

33


13.3

The Parties undertake to co-operate in good faith following Completion to ensure they and their respective Groups do such acts and things as may reasonably be necessary for the purpose of giving to Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon and their respective Groups the full benefit of the provisions of this Agreement and all other agreements entered into in connection with the Separation Transaction.

 

13.4

Following Completion:

 

  (A)

the Parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, and to procure that the members of their respective Groups use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, any necessary third party execute such documents and do such acts and things as may be reasonably required for the purpose of giving to Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon the full benefit of all relevant provisions of this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement and subject to the terms of the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA, the Demerger Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, Pfizer, Anacor and Haleon undertake to use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate and to ensure their respective Groups co-operate with each other in relation to the conduct of litigation, inquiries from government or regulatory bodies (including, subject to the terms of the Tax Covenant, any Tax Authority), investigations or other proceedings of a like nature (“Investigation”) where:

 

  (i)

they have a mutual interest in the Investigation; and

 

  (ii)

co-operating in such manner would not materially adversely affect any material interest of either of them.

 

13.5

Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Party to act in breach of any provision of the Data Protection Act 2018 (“DPA”) and any equivalent legislation in any other relevant jurisdiction, and each Party shall only be required to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement to the extent permissible under the DPA. Without prejudice to the foregoing, no Party shall be required to disclose or make available to any other Party any information the disclosure or making available of which would or might, in the reasonable opinion of the disclosing Party, cause the disclosing Party to be in breach of any duty of confidentiality (whether arising at common law or by statute) owed to any person other than the Party requesting disclosure or any of its subsidiaries.

 

14.

NOTICES

 

14.1

A notice under this Agreement shall only be effective if it is in writing. E-mail is permitted. Any notice validly served on one member of any Party’s Group in accordance with this clause 14 shall be deemed to have been served on each member of such Party’s Group.

 

14.2

Notices under this Agreement shall be sent to a party at its address and for the attention of the individuals set out below:

 

34


Pfizer

 

Address:

 

E-mail address:

 

For the attention of:

 

Haleon

 

Address:

 

E-mail address:

 

For the attention of:

 

provided that a Party may change its notice details on giving notice to the other Parties of the change in accordance with this clause 14. That notice shall only be effective on the date falling five (5) clear Business Days after the notification has been received or such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

14.3

Any notice given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows:

 

  (A)

if delivered personally, on delivery;

 

  (B)

if sent by first class inland post, two (2) clear Business Days after the date of posting;

 

  (C)

if sent by airmail, six (6) clear Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

  (D)

if sent by e-mail, when despatched.

 

14.4

Any notice given under this Agreement outside Working Hours in the place to which it is addressed shall be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place.

 

14.5

A notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall not be invalid by reason of any mistake or typographical error or if the contents are incomplete, provided it should have been reasonably clear to the recipient what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

14.6

The provisions of this clause 14 shall not apply in relation to the service of Service Documents.

 

15.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

15.1

This Agreement, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, including the Cosmos SHA, the Cosmos SAPA and the other agreements and documents entered into in connection therewith (together, the “Cosmos Agreements”), together constitute the whole and only agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, any Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

35


15.2

All terms of the Cosmos Agreements shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and nothing in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents shall amend, limit or otherwise modify the parties’ respective rights and obligations under the Cosmos Agreements, in each case except as, and only to the extent, expressly provided in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents.

 

15.3

Each Party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, any Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, it is not relying upon any pre contractual statement which is not set out in this Agreement, any Transaction Document, any Cosmos Agreement or any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.4

Except in the case of fraud, no Party shall have any right of action against any other Party (or their respective Connected Persons) arising out of or in connection with any pre contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement or in a Transaction Document, any Cosmos Agreement or in any other agreement or document entered into by each of the parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.5

Except in the case of fraud and for any liability in respect of a breach of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement, no Party (nor any of its Connected Persons) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to any other Party (or its Connected Persons) in relation to the Pfizer Share Exchange or any Transaction Document.

 

15.6

For the purposes of this clause 15, “pre contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or in any other agreement or document entered into in connection with any such document (as the case may be) made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, except for those contained in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

15.7

Each Party agrees to the terms of this clause 15 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Connected Persons. The provisions of this clause 15 shall not limit, supersede or otherwise affect any limitation of damages or remedies provisions that are expressly set forth in any Transaction Document or any Cosmos Agreement.

 

16.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

16.1

The Parties agree that:

 

  (A)

certain provisions of this Agreement confer a benefit on members of the Parties’ respective Groups, their respective Connected Persons and such other third parties (each a “Relevant Third Party”) and, subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 16, are intended to be enforceable by each of the

 

36


 

Relevant Third Parties by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, provided that the Party in the same Group as (or with the relevant connection to) the Relevant Third Party shall have the sole conduct of any action to enforce such right on behalf of such Relevant Third Party;

 

  (B)

without prejudice to the Cosmos SHA, prior to Completion, GSK shall be an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement and this Agreement may not be rescinded, varied or modified without GSK’s written consent; and

 

  (C)

notwithstanding the provisions of clause 16.1(A), but subject to clauses 16.1(B) and 19.1 this Agreement may be rescinded or varied in any way and at any time by the Parties to this Agreement without the consent of any Relevant Third Party.

 

16.2

Save as set out in clauses 16.1(A), 16.1(B) and 19.1, a person who is not a Party shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or any other statutory provision to enforce any of its terms.

 

17.

ASSIGNMENT

No Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Parties and, without prejudice to the Cosmos SHA, GSK:

 

  (A)

assign or purport to assign all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement (together with any causes of action arising in connection with any of them);

 

  (B)

make a declaration of trust in respect of or enter into any arrangement whereby it agrees to hold in trust for any other person all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement;

 

  (C)

sub-contract or enter into any arrangement whereby another person is to perform any or all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (D)

transfer or charge any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (E)

grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in, in whole or in part, this Agreement, and any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 17 shall be null and void ab initio.

 

18.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

18.1

No delay or omission by any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall:

 

  (A)

affect that right, power or remedy; or

 

  (B)

operate as a waiver or variation of it.

 

37


18.2

The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

18.3

The rights and remedies of each Party under, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such Party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general Law.

 

18.4

Notwithstanding any express remedies provided under this Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which any Party may have, each Party acknowledges and agrees that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement, so that in the event of a breach or anticipated breach of such provisions, the remedies of injunction, an order for specific performance and/or other equitable remedies would be available. Furthermore, each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will not raise any objection to the application by or on behalf of any other Party or any member of its Group for any such remedies.

 

19.

VARIATION

 

19.1

No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all the Parties to it; provided that, and without prejudice to the Cosmos SHA, any such variation shall be subject to the prior written consent of GSK.

 

19.2

If this Agreement is varied:

 

  (A)

the variation shall not constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

the variation shall not affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement that have already accrued up to the date of variation; and

 

  (C)

the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except as, and only to the extent that, they are so varied.

 

20.

NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY

Nothing in this Agreement (or in any Transaction Document or any other arrangements contemplated hereby or therein) shall constitute a partnership between the Parties or make any Party the agent of any other Party for any purpose. No Party has any authority or power to bind, to contract in the name of, or to create a liability for another Party in any way or for any purpose save as specifically set out in this Agreement.

 

21.

INVALIDITY

 

21.1

If at any time any provision (or part of any provision) of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Law of any jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

 

  (A)

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other (or the remainder of a) provision of this Agreement; or

 

38


  (B)

the legality, validity or enforceability under the Law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

21.2

Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable.

 

21.3

If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement:

 

  (A)

is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the Law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (B)

would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in force.

 

22.

CONTINUING EFFECT

Each provision of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after Completion, unless such provision has been fully performed on or before Completion.

 

23.

COUNTERPARTS

 

23.1

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

23.2

Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

24.

LANGUAGE

Each notice or communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in English.

 

25.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

25.1

This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

 

25.2

The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

 

39


25.3

Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

 

25.4

Each Party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.

 

26.

AGENT FOR SERVICE

 

26.1

Pfizer and Anacor each irrevocably appoints Pfizer Limited, c/o UK Legal Department, Pfizer Ltd (IPC 3-1), Walton Oaks, Dorking Road, Tadworth, Surrey KT20 7NS, to be its agent for the receipt of Service Documents. Pfizer and Anacor each agrees that any Service Document may be effectively served on it in connection with Proceedings in England and Wales by service on its agent effected in any manner permitted by the Civil Procedure Rules.

 

26.2

If the agent at any time ceases for any reason to act as such, Pfizer and/or Anacor (as applicable) shall appoint a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales and shall notify Haleon of the name and address of the replacement agent. Failing such appointment and notification, Haleon shall be entitled by notice to Pfizer and/or Anacor (as applicable) to appoint a replacement agent to act on behalf of Pfizer and/or Anacor (as applicable), provided that Pfizer and/or Anacor (as applicable) shall be entitled, by notice to Haleon, to replace that agent with a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales. The provisions of this clause 26 applying to service on an agent apply equally to service on a replacement agent.

 

26.3

A copy of any Service Document served on an agent appointed in accordance with clauses 26.1 or 26.2 shall be sent by post to Pfizer and/or Anacor (as applicable). Failure or delay in so doing shall not prejudice the effectiveness of service of the Service Document.

 

26.4

Without prejudice to clauses 26.1 to 26.3, any Party without an address for service in England or Wales shall appoint, and keep appointed at all times, an agent for service with an address for service in England or Wales and shall notify the other Parties of the name and address of its appointed agent for service. Failing such appointment and notification, the other Party (or Parties) shall be entitled by notice to such Party to appoint an agent to act on behalf of such Party, provided that such Party shall be entitled, by notice to the other Party (or Parties), to replace that agent with a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales. Such Party agrees that any Service Document may be effectively served on it in connection with Proceedings in England and Wales by service on its agent effected in any manner permitted by the Civil Procedure Rules.

 

40


IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as a deed on the date which appears on page 1 above.

 

Executed as a deed by

  )    

/s/ Deborah Baron

PFIZER INC.

  )     (Authorised signatory)

acting by DEBORAH BARON

who, in accordance with the laws of the

territory in which PFIZER INC.

is incorporated, is acting under the authority of

PFIZER INC.

  )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )    

[Pfizer Exchange Agreement - signature page]

 

41


EXECUTED as a DEED by

  )    

/s/ Andrew J. Muratore

ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

  )     (Authorised signatory)

acting by ANDREW J. MURATORE

who, in accordance with the laws of the territory in which

ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

is incorporated, is acting under the authority of

ANACOR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

  )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )    

 

[Pfizer Exchange Agreement – signature page]


SIGNED as a DEED by   

)

  

/s/ Amanda Mellor

AMANDA MELLOR as   

)

  

(Signature of attorney)

attorney for HALEON PLC in the presence of:   

)

  

AMANDA MELLOR as attorney

  

)

  

for HALEON PLC

 

Witness’s signature:

 

/s/ Rosanna Bassett

Name (print):

 

Rosanna Bassett

Occupation:

 

Student

Address:

 

                                                                                                  

[Pfizer Exchange Agreement - signature page]

 

42

Exhibit 4.13

DATED 1 June 2022

HALEON PLC

and

PFIZER, INC.

 

 

RELATIONSHIP DEED

relating to the admission of the entire ordinary share capital of

Haleon plc to the premium listing segment of the

Official List and to trading on the London Stock Exchange

 

 

Slaughter and May

One Bunhill Row

London EC1Y 8YY

(SRN/TWJP)


CONTENTS

 

1.   

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     2  
2.   

CONDITION

     17  
3.   

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER UNDERTAKINGS

     18  
4.   

REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTORS

     18  
5.   

TRANSACTIONS IN SHARES

     21  
6.   

COMPANY UNDERTAKINGS

     22  
7.   

CONFIDENTIALITY

     24  
8.   

DURATION AND TERMINATION

     26  
9.   

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

     27  
10.   

ASSIGNMENT

     27  
11.   

DEED OF ADHERENCE

     27  
12.   

NOTICES

     28  
13.   

ANNOUNCEMENTS

     29  
14.   

COSTS AND EXPENSES

     29  
15.   

MISCELLANEOUS

     30  
16.   

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

     31  
17.   

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

     31  
18.   

AGENT FOR SERVICE

     32  

 

1


THIS DEED is made on 1 June 2022

BETWEEN

 

1.

HALEON PLC, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales under registered number 13691224 whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS (the “Company”); and

 

2.

PFIZER INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017 (the “Principal Shareholder”).

BACKGROUND

 

(A)

Application will be made to the FCA and to the London Stock Exchange for all of the issued and to be issued Ordinary Shares (as defined below) to be admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official List and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities.

 

(B)

Following Admission (as defined below), it is expected that the Principal Shareholder will be a Controlling Shareholder of the Company for the purposes of the Listing Rules by virtue of the Ordinary Shares and/or ADSs held by it and/or its Associates.

 

(C)

The Parties have entered into this Deed to record certain matters agreed between them in anticipation and facilitation of Admission and to regulate the continuing relationship between them after Admission, including as required under the Listing Rules.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Deed:

 

acting in concert

  

has the meaning given to it in the Takeover Code and “concert party” shall be construed accordingly;

Admission

  

means admission of all of the issued and to be issued Ordinary Shares to the premium listing segment of the Official List becoming effective in accordance with the Listing Rules and admission of such shares to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities becoming effective in accordance with the Admission and Disclosure Standards;


   

Admission and Disclosure Standards

    

means the “Admission and Disclosure Standards” of the London Stock Exchange containing, among other things, the admission requirements to be observed by companies seeking admission to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities, as amended from time to time;

   

“ADSs

    

means the American depositary shares each representing 2 Ordinary Shares to be admitted to listing and trading on the New York Stock Exchange pursuant to the establishment of the Haleon ADR Programme;

   

Adviser

    

means a person’s financial or legal advisers, accountants or auditors;

 

            

 

Affiliate

    

means, in relation to any person (the “relevant person”) at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made:

 

(A)  any person Controlled (directly or indirectly) by the relevant person;

 

(B)  any person Controlling (directly or indirectly) the relevant person; and

 

(C)  any person under common Control (directly or indirectly) with the relevant person,

 

provided that the Principal Shareholder (and its Affiliates) shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of the Company (or any members of the Consumer Healthcare Group), and the Company (and any members of the Consumer Healthcare Group) shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of the Principal Shareholder (or any of its Affiliates);

   

Anacor

    

means Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

   

Ancillary Agreements

    

means the Listing Ancillary Agreements and the Separation Ancillary Agreements;

   

Annual Buy-Back Resolution

    

means a resolution to be considered by the Company’s shareholders at a general meeting of the Company, authorising the Company to purchase its Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Listing Rules;

   

Annual Whitewash Resolution

    

has the meaning given to it in clause 6.2(A);

 

3


 

Argentina NEBA

  

means the letter agreement relating to the retention, operation and transfer of the manufacturing site located in Buenos Aires, Argentina entered into or to be entered into between GSK and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Articles of Association

  

means the Company’s articles of association from time to time;

            

 

Associate

  

means, in relation to the Principal Shareholder, any person treated from time to time as an associate of such person in the context of the provisions of the Listing Rules regarding controlling shareholders, as currently specified in paragraph (D) of the definition of “associate” in Appendix 1 of the Listing Rules;

 

ATFA

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo entered into on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Board

  

means the board of directors of the Company from time to time or, where the context allows, a duly authorised committee thereof;

 

Brazil ATFA

  

means the asset transfer framework agreement relating to the transfer of the manufacturing site located in Jacarepaguá, Brazil entered into or to be entered into between GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Business Day

  

means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in London for business;

 

Chair

  

means the chair of the Board from time to time;

 

Circular

  

means the circular to be dated with the Posting Date and to be sent to the shareholders of GSK in connection with the Demerger, including a notice of general meeting of GSK;

 

4


 

Co-Existence Agreement

  

means the co-existence agreement in respect of certain trade marks and domain names of the GSK Group and Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between Glaxo Group Limited, SmithKline Beecham Limited and the Company on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Companies Act

  

means the Companies Act 2006;

 

Consumer Healthcare Business

  

means the consumer healthcare business which, as at the date of Demerger Completion, is operated within the JVCo Group, which is described in the Prospectus;

 

Consumer Healthcare Group

  

means:

 

(A)  prior to Demerger Completion, the JVCo Group; and

 

(B)  from Demerger Completion, the Haleon Group;

 

Consumer Healthcare Group

Companies

  

means any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group from time to time, and “Consumer Healthcare Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

            

 

Consumer Healthcare Products

  

means, in respect of any jurisdiction, any oral care, nutritional care, skin care, medicine or other cosmetic or healthcare product or device of any kind, in each case, for the treatment of, or use by, human beings which is available without, or both with and without, a prescription, but excluding any such product or device that is subject to the same regulatory classification and/or regulatory treatment (including in relation to advertising) as a product or device that is available only with a prescription;

 

Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement

  

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Consumer Quality Agreement

  

means the quality agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited in respect of the Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

5


 

Control

  

means, in relation to a person, the ability of another person to ensure that the activities and business of the first mentioned person are conducted in accordance with the wishes of that other person (whether by exercise of contractual rights, ownership of shares or otherwise), and a person shall be deemed to have Control of a body corporate if that person has the contractual right to procure that the activities and business of that body corporate are conducted in accordance with that person’s wishes or if that person possesses the majority of the issued share capital or voting rights in that body corporate or the right to receive the majority of the income of that body corporate on any distribution by it of all of its income or the majority of its assets on a winding up (and “Controlled” and “Controlling” shall be construed accordingly);

            

 

Controlling Shareholder

  

has the meaning given to it in the Listing Rules;

 

Corporate Brand Licence Agreement

  

means the brand licence agreement in respect of corporate marks entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Corporate Governance Code

  

means the UK Corporate Governance Code dated July 2018 issued by the UK Financial Reporting Council, as modified or supplemented from time to time and including any successor to such code;

 

Cosmos SHA

  

means the shareholders’ agreement in relation to JVCo entered into among GSKCHHL, the Principal Shareholder, PFCHHL, GSK and JVCo dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

Cosmos SAPA

  

means the stock and asset purchase agreement entered into among the Principal Shareholder, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo dated 19 December 2018, as amended from time to time including on 31 July 2019 and by the Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

 

6


 

Cosmos SAPA Amendment

Agreement

  

means the amendment agreement to the Cosmos SAPA entered into or to be entered into among the Principal Shareholder, GSK, GSKCHHL and JVCo;

 

Costs

  

means charges and reasonable and documented costs (including legal costs) and expenses (other than, subject to the below, Tax), which are properly incurred and of an out-of-pocket nature, together with any amounts in respect of VAT comprised in such charges, costs and expenses but only to the extent not recoverable;

            

 

Deed of Termination

  

means the global deed of termination relating to certain services provided by GSK or members of the GSK Group to the Company or members of the Consumer Healthcare Group entered into or to be entered into between GSK and the Company on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Delisting Date

  

means the date on which the Ordinary Shares cease to be admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official List;

 

Demerger

  

means the proposed demerger of approximately 80.1% of GSK’s interest in the Consumer Healthcare Business pursuant to the Demerger Agreement;

 

Demerger Agreement

  

means the demerger agreement entered into or to be entered into in the agreed form between GSK and the Company on or around the date of this Deed;

 

Demerger Completion

  

means the time and date when the Demerger Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled and the Demerger Completion Steps have taken place;

 

Demerger Completion Steps

  

has the meaning given to the term “Completion Steps” in the Demerger Agreement;

 

Demerger Conditions Precedent

  

means the conditions set out in clause 2.1 (Conditions Precedent) of the Demerger Agreement;

 

Director

  

means a director of the Company from time to time;

 

Exchange Agreements

  

means the GSK Exchange Agreement, the Pfizer Exchange Agreement and the SLP Exchange Agreement;

 

7


 

FCA

  

means the UK Financial Conduct Authority in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of Part VI of the FSMA;

 

FSMA

  

means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

Governmental Entity

  

means any supra national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union;

 

GSK

  

means GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated in England with number 03888792, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

GSKCHHL

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 08998608, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

            

 

GSK Exchange Agreement

  

means the exchange agreement between GSK and the Company;

 

GSK Group

  

means GSK and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time, excluding the Company and the Consumer Healthcare Group Companies;

 

GSK Manufacturing and Supply

Agreement

  

means the manufacturing and supply agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited as supplier and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited as purchaser on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

GSK NEB Agreement

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between GSK, the Principal Shareholder and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

8


 

GSK Quality Agreement

  

means the quality agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Trading Services Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Trading Services Limited in respect of the GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

“Guarantee Fee Arrangements”

  

means the guarantee fee arrangements effected pursuant to:

 

(A) the guarantee fee agreement between the Company (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 25 May 2022; and

 

(B) the guarantee fee agreement between GSK (as guarantor) and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC (as beneficiary) dated 28 April 2022;

 

“Haleon ADR Programme”

  

means the American depositary receipt programme to be established for the Company on or around Admission, as detailed in the Steps Plan;

 

Haleon Group

  

means the Company and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

            

 

JVCo

  

means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited, a company incorporated in England with number 11961650, having its registered office at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS;

 

JVCo Group

  

means JVCo and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

 

HMRC

  

means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

 

Independent Shareholders

  

means all holders of Ordinary Shares in the Company excluding the Principal Shareholder and any person or persons acting in concert with the Principal Shareholder;

 

Law

  

means any statue, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code or rule of common law issued, administered or enforced by ay Governmental Entity, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including the rules of any stock exchange or listing authority;

 

Listing Ancillary Agreements

  

means:

 

(i) the Orderly Marketing Agreement;

 

(ii)  the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(iii)  the Sponsor’s Agreement; and

 

(iv) the Lock-up Deed,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

 

9


 

Listing Rules

  

means the Listing Rules made from time to time by the FCA under Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

Lock-up Deed

  

means the lock-up deed entered into or to be entered into in the Agreed Form between GSK, the Principal Shareholder, the SLPs, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

London Stock Exchange

  

means London Stock Exchange plc;

 

Long Term Access Agreement

  

means the long term access agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK and the Company on or around the date of the SCIA;

            

 

NEBA Amendment Agreement

  

means the amendment and restatement agreement with respect to the GSK NEB Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, JVCo and the Principal Shareholder on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Official List

  

means the official list of the FCA;

 

Orderly Marketing Agreement

  

means the orderly marketing agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, the Principal Shareholder and the SLPs on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Ordinary Shares

  

means ordinary shares in the capital of the Company having the rights set out in the Articles of Association;

 

Panel

  

means the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers;

 

“Party”

  

means a party to this Deed;

 

PFCHHL

  

means PF Consumer Healthcare Holdings LLC, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017;

 

Pfizer Exchange Agreement

  

means the exchange agreement among the Principal Shareholder, Anacor and the Company;

 

10


 

Pfizer NEB Agreement

  

means the net economic benefit agreement entered into between the Principal Shareholder, GSK and JVCo and dated 31 July 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

Pharmacovigilance Agreement

  

means the pharmacovigilance agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of the SCIA;

            

 

Posting Date

  

means the date of this Deed (or such other date as may be determined by GSK and notified to the Company and the Principal Shareholder as the date for the issue and despatch of the Circular and the publication of the Prospectus);

 

Principal Shareholder Group

  

means the Principal Shareholder and its Affiliates from time to time, provided that, for the purposes of this Deed, the Consumer Healthcare Group shall not be included in the Principal Shareholder Group;

 

Proceedings

  

means any proceeding, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this Deed, or the negotiation, existence, validity or enforceability of this Deed, whether contractual or non-contractual;

 

Prospectus

  

means the prospectus relating to the Admission of the Ordinary Shares to be dated the Posting Date;

 

Prospectus Rules

  

means the prospectus rules from time to time made by the FCA under Part VI of the FSMA;

 

Registration Rights Agreement

  

means the registration rights agreement between the Company, the Principal Shareholder, GSK and each of the SLPs dated on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement

  

means the regulatory information access and service (linked products) agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Unlimited on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

Relevant Breach

  

has the meaning given to it in clause 4.4;

 

11


 

Relevant Transaction

  

means the Company redeeming or purchasing Ordinary Shares or related securities or any other transaction having a similar effect which would give rise to an obligation on the part of any member of the Principal Shareholder Group or any person presumed to be acting in concert with it to make a general offer for the Company under Rule 9 of the Takeover Code;

            

 

Representative Director

  

shall mean a non-executive Director as appointed by the Principal Shareholder pursuant to clause 4;

 

SCIA

  

means the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement entered into or to be entered into between GSK, the Principal Shareholder Anacor, the Company, JVCo, GSKCHHL and PFCHHL on or around the date of this Deed;

 

SEC

  

means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

            

 

Separation Ancillary Agreements

  

means the:

 

(A)  SCIA;

 

(B)  Demerger Agreement

 

(C)  Exchange Agreements;

 

(D)  Cosmos SAPA Amendment Agreement;

 

(E)  Tax Covenant;

 

(F)  ATFA;

 

(G)  Transition Services Agreement;

 

(H)  GSK Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(I)   Consumer Manufacturing and Supply Agreement;

 

(J)   GSK Quality Agreement;

 

(K)  Consumer Quality Agreement;

 

(L)  Shared Brands Licences Agreement;

 

12


  

(M)  Shared Brands Committee Agreement;

 

(N)  Corporate Brand Licence Agreement;

 

(O)  Co-Existence Agreement;

 

(P)  Long Term Access Agreement;

 

(Q)  Pharmacovigilance Agreement;

 

(R)  NEBA Amendment Agreement;

 

(S)  Argentina NEBA;

 

(T)  Brazil ATFA;

 

(U)  Deed of Termination;

 

(V)  Regulatory Information Access and Service Agreement; and

 

(W)  Guarantee Fee Arrangements,

 

and any document, agreement or arrangement pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;

Separation Transaction

  

means the steps comprised in the Demerger, the Exchange Agreements, execution of the Separation Ancillary Agreements and Admission, pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will become a listed company holding the Consumer Healthcare Business;

Service Document

  

means a claim form, application notice, order, judgment or other document relating to any Proceedings;

Shared Brands Committee Agreement

  

means the shared brands committee agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited on or around the date of the SCIA;

Shared Brands Licences Agreement

  

means the deed of amendment and restatement to amend and restate certain shared brand licence agreements entered into or to be entered into between certain licensors, certain licensees and certain registered proprietors on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

13


SLPs

  

means GSK (No.1) Scottish Limited Partnership, GSK (No.2) Scottish Limited Partnership and GSK (No.3) Scottish Limited Partnership, being the Scottish limited partnerships that will each receive Ordinary Shares pursuant to the SLP Exchange Agreement, and “SLP” shall be construed accordingly;

“Sponsors”

  

means:

 

(A) Citigroup Global Markets Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 01763297 whose registered office is Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB;

 

(B) Goldman Sachs International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02263951 whose registered office is Plumtree Court, 25 Shoe Lane, London, EC4A 4AU; and

 

(C) Merrill Lynch International, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02312079 whose registered office is 2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ;

“Sponsor’s Agreement”

  

means the sponsor’s agreement between the Company, JVCo and each of the Sponsors dated 1 June 2022;

“Steps Plan”

  

means the demerger steps plan prepared by Slaughter and May summarising the proposals in relation to the Separation Transaction, and initialled for identification purposes by or on behalf of each of GSK, Pfizer and the Company;

Takeover Code

  

means the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers of the United Kingdom;

Tax

  

means all taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings of any nature whatsoever, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, employment, payroll, land, stamp, transfer, occupation, franchise, value added, wealth and personal property, together with all penalties, charges, additions to tax, and interest relating to any of them, and regardless of whether any such amounts are chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to any other person or are recoverable from any other person;

Tax Authority

  

means any taxing, revenue or other authority competent to impose any liability to, or to assess or collect, any Tax, including, without limitation, HMRC and the Internal Revenue Service;

Tax Covenant

  

means the deed of tax covenant relating to the Separation Transaction, entered into or to be entered into between GSK, the Company, GSKCHHL, the Principal Shareholder and JVCo on or around the date of the SCIA;

Transaction Documents

  

means the Demerger Agreement, the SCIA, the Exchange Agreements and the Ancillary Agreements;

Transition Services Agreement

  

means the transitional services agreement entered into or to be entered into between GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited and GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC on or around the date of the SCIA;

 

14


“VAT”

  

means:

(A)  any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto;

 

(B)  to the extent not included in paragraph (i) above, any Tax imposed in compliance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(C)  any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above, whether imposed in the UK or a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above or imposed elsewhere;

“Voting Rights”

  

means, in relation to any company, voting rights attaching to securities of the relevant company which are generally exercisable at meetings of shareholders of the relevant company;

“Voting Rights Condition”

  

means that, at the relevant time, either:

(A)  the Principal Shareholder (together with its concert parties) holds an interest in 30 per cent. (30%) or more of the Voting Rights in the Company; or

 

(B)  both of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) the Principal Shareholder (together with its concert parties) holds an interest in less than 30 per cent. (30%) of the Voting Rights in the Company; and

 

15


Working Hours

  

(ii) the authority to be granted to the Company pursuant to a proposed Annual Buy-Back Resolution is such that, if that Annual Buy-Back Resolution were to be passed at a general meeting of the Company and the Company were to purchase (in one or more transactions) from persons other than the Principal Shareholder the maximum number of Ordinary Shares that it is permitted to purchase pursuant to that proposed Annual Buy-Back Resolution, such purchases would, in aggregate, have the effect of increasing the percentage interest of the Principal Shareholder (together with its concert parties) to an interest in at least 30 per cent. (30%) of the Voting Rights in the Company; and

 

means 9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. (local time) on a Business Day.

 

1.2

In this Deed, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires:

 

  (A)

references to clauses, sub-clauses and paragraphs are to clauses, sub-clauses and paragraphs of this Deed;

 

  (B)

any reference to any statute or statutory provision or other regulation (including, without limitation, the Listing Rules) shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or re-enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Deed would increase or alter the liability of any Party under this Deed;

 

  (C)

references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

 

  (D)

references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation or other body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (E)

references to a “holding company” or a “subsidiary” shall be construed as a holding company or subsidiary (as the case may be) as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (F)

references to a “body corporate” shall be construed as a body corporate as defined in section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (G)

references to a “Party” shall be construed so as to include a reference to that Party’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

16


  (H)

any reference to a “day” (including the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

 

  (I)

references to times are to London time (unless otherwise stated);

 

  (J)

the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and use of any gender includes the other genders;

 

  (K)

references to “writing” shall include any modes of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form;

 

  (L)

references to “including” or “includes” shall mean including or includes without limitation;

 

  (M)

a reference to any other document referred to in this Deed is a reference to that other document as amended, varied, novated or supplemented (other than in breach of the provisions of this Deed or that other document) at any time;

 

  (N)

a reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall in respect of any jurisdiction other than England be treated as a reference to any analogous term in that jurisdiction;

 

  (O)

the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly:

 

  (i)

general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; and

 

  (ii)

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words;

 

  (P)

all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Deed; and

 

  (Q)

references to members of the Principal Shareholder Group’s holdings of Ordinary Shares shall include: (i) Ordinary Shares held directly by members of the Principal Shareholder Group; (ii) Ordinary Shares held by one or more nominees on behalf of members of the Principal Shareholder Group; and (iii) Ordinary Shares held indirectly as a result of ADSs held by members of the Principal Shareholder Group.

 

2.

CONDITION

Other than the provisions of clauses 1, 2 and 9 to 18 (inclusive) which shall take immediate effect upon the signing of this Deed by the Parties to it, the obligations of the Parties under this Deed shall take effect on and from Admission.

 

17


3.

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER UNDERTAKINGS

 

3.1

The Principal Shareholder shall procure that any member of the Principal Shareholder Group holding an interest in Ordinary Shares and/or ADSs on Admission (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Anacor) shall, for such time as that member of the Principal Shareholder Group holds an interest in Ordinary Shares and/or ADSs, comply with the provisions of this Deed as if that member of the Principal Shareholder Group were party to this Deed and named in this Deed as Principal Shareholder.

 

3.2

For so long as the Principal Shareholder is a Controlling Shareholder of the Company, the Principal Shareholder shall (and shall procure that its Associates shall):

 

  (A)

conduct all transactions and arrangements with the Company and the Consumer Healthcare Group at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms (and the Parties hereby acknowledge that this Deed has been concluded on such a basis);

 

  (B)

not take any action that would have the effect of preventing the Company from complying with its obligations under the Listing Rules; and

 

  (C)

not propose or procure the proposal of a shareholder resolution of the Company which is intended or appears to be intended to circumvent the proper application of the Listing Rules.

 

3.3

For so long as the Principal Shareholder is a Controlling Shareholder of the Company, the Principal Shareholder shall (and shall, so far as it is legally able to do so, procure that their respective Associates shall) not take any action which precludes the Company or any other member of the Consumer Healthcare Group from carrying on an independent business as its main activity.

 

3.4

The obligations of the Principal Shareholder to satisfy its undertakings in clauses 3.1 and 3.3 shall include, but shall not be limited to exercising, causing the exercise or, as applicable, preventing the exercise of all shareholder rights in the Company exercisable by it or, insofar as it is legally able to do so, any of its Associates in the manner required to give effect to its obligations under this Deed.

 

3.5

For so long as the Principal Shareholder is a Controlling Shareholder of the Company, it shall notify the Company as soon as reasonably practicable in the event of a breach by any member of the Principal Shareholder Group of any of the undertakings set out in Listing Rule 6.5.4R.

 

4.

REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTORS

 

4.1

Subject to clause 4.4, for so long as members of the Principal Shareholder Group hold, in aggregate, at least twenty per cent. (20%) of the Ordinary Shares in issue from time to time, the Principal Shareholder shall be entitled to nominate two Representative Directors.

 

4.2

Subject to clause 4.4, for so long as members of the Principal Shareholder Group hold, in aggregate, less than twenty per cent. (20%) but at least ten per cent. (10%) of the Ordinary Shares in issue from time to time, the Principal Shareholder shall be entitled to nominate one Representative Director.

 

4.3

Subject to clause 4.4 and to the condition in clause 4.1 being satisfied as at Admission, John Young and Bryan Supran shall be appointed as Representative Directors from Admission.

 

18


4.4

The appointments envisaged by clauses 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 shall not be made to the extent that they would prevent Admission taking place or amount to a breach of Law or the Listing Rules (a “Relevant Breach”). In any situation where this clause 4.4 applies to prevent the appointments envisaged by clauses 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3, the Principal Shareholder and the Company shall cooperate in good faith to find an alternative arrangement that approximates as nearly as possible the rights of the Principal Shareholder and/or the envisaged appointments (as applicable).

 

4.5

Subject to clause 4.4, the Company shall: (i) procure that each Representative Director (including any Representative Director who is nominated as a replacement of another Representative Director or nominee pursuant to clause 4.6 or following any Representative Director’s removal or cessation of service as a Director due to death, disability or for any other reason) is appointed as a non-executive Director promptly following nomination by the Principal Shareholder as a Director; and (ii) provide reasonable assistance in connection with any and all relevant regulatory approvals, consents or requirements relating to the appointment of each Representative Director as such. It shall be a term of the appointment of each Representative Director that his/her appointment is on and subject to the terms of this Deed.

 

4.6

Subject always to clauses 4.1 and 4.2, the Principal Shareholder shall be entitled to remove from office any person appointed as a Representative Director and to nominate another person in his/her place, provided that if a person is so removed he/she shall be removed, and another person shall be nominated in his/her place, as a Director. The Principal Shareholder shall procure that any Representative Director who is removed as a Director in accordance with the terms of this Deed shall resign forthwith without seeking compensation for loss of office and waiving all claims that such Representative Director may have against the Company in connection thereto.

 

4.7

Other than in the case of the appointments contemplated by clause 4.3, the Principal Shareholder shall consult with the chair of the Company’s Nomination Committee from time to time as to the identity of its Representative Directors prior to nominating any person as a Representative Director in accordance with clauses 4.1, 4.2 or 4.6.

 

4.8

A notice served by the Principal Shareholder on the Company to remove a Representative Director shall constitute an offer by such Representative Director to resign immediately or, if a date for his/her removal is specified in such notice, on that date, in each case without seeking compensation for loss of office (other than any compensation earned or accrued prior to the date of such Representative Director’s removal).

 

4.9

The Company may, by notice in writing, immediately terminate the appointment of a Representative Director to the Board if:

 

  (A)

the Principal Shareholder has ceased to be entitled to nominate the number of Representative Directors currently in post pursuant to clauses 4.1 and 4.2;

 

  (B)

such Representative Director is disqualified from acting as a Director pursuant to any applicable Law;

 

19


  (C)

such Representative Director is removed as an office holder in accordance with the Companies Act or in accordance with the Articles of Association;

 

  (D)

such Representative Director commits a material breach of his/her obligations under the terms of his/her appointment;

 

  (E)

such Representative Director is not re-elected at the annual general meeting, if applicable;

 

  (F)

the Company receives a notice from the Principal Shareholder in accordance with clause 4.8; or

 

  (G)

such Representative Director’s continuation as a Director amounts to a Relevant Breach.

 

4.10

The Principal Shareholder agrees that, if the appointment of a Representative Director is terminated by the Company for any reason set out in clause 4.9, then the Principal Shareholder shall procure the resignation of such individual as a Director as soon as reasonably practicable and the Principal Shareholder shall be entitled to nominate another individual for appointment as a Representative Director in accordance with clause 4.5 (unless the appointment of such Representative Director is terminated pursuant to clause 4.9(A)); provided that the Principal Shareholder shall not be entitled to nominate the same such individual for re-appointment as a Representative Director, other than where the appointment of the Representative Director is terminated by the Company for the reason set out in clauses 4.9(A) or 4.9(F).

 

4.11

If the Representative Director refuses to resign when required to do so pursuant to this clause 4, the Company and the Principal Shareholder shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that such individual is removed either pursuant to a special notice and ordinary resolution of the shareholders of the Company under section 168 of the Companies Act or pursuant to applicable procedures under the Articles of Association, in either case, as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

4.12

The Board shall not propose an amendment to the Articles of Association which would be inconsistent with the provisions of this Deed without the prior written consent of the Principal Shareholder.

 

4.13

The Principal Shareholder acknowledges that the Representative Director will, together with the other Directors, be subject to annual retirement and re-election as set out in the Articles of Association and/or any corporate governance practice adopted by the Board (including as set out in the Corporate Governance Code), and that there shall be no cause of action under this Deed if the Company’s shareholders vote against the appointment or re-election of a person nominated as a Representative Director, without limiting any of the Principal Shareholder’s rights under clause 4.5. Unless the Principal Shareholder gives written notice to the Company that it does not wish a serving Representative Director to be nominated for re-election at the time that the Representative Director is required to seek re-election pursuant to the Articles of Association or otherwise, the Company shall (subject to the other provisions of this Deed) ensure that each Representative Director is nominated and recommended for re-election.

 

20


4.14

Subject to applicable Law, each Representative Director shall be permitted to communicate information obtained in the course of his/her office as a Director to any member of the Principal Shareholder Group, provided that the restrictions contained in clause 7 (Confidentiality) shall apply to such information.

 

4.15

Subject to the Representative Director’s compliance with his/her fiduciary duties and his/her duty to act in the best interests of the Company, the Parties acknowledge that where the Representative Director has or receives information in their capacity within the Principal Shareholder Group and in respect of which a duty of confidentiality applies, the conflict approval arrangements applying to the Company and the Board shall be operated so that he/she shall not be obliged to disclose that information to the Company or to the Board. The Representative Director will be under an obligation to act in a manner consistent with this clause 4.15 under the terms of his/her appointment as a Director of the Company.

 

5.

TRANSACTIONS IN SHARES

 

5.1

The Principal Shareholder agrees and undertakes to the Company that, without the prior written consent of the Company, for a period of three (3) years from Admission, it shall not (and shall procure that each member of the Principal Shareholder Group and/or any persons acting on its or their behalf shall not), subject to clause 5.2, directly or indirectly and whether acting alone or in concert with other parties:

 

  (A)

acquire or publicly offer to acquire, or cause (other than pursuant to a transfer of shares in the Company or any ultimate holding company of the Company by a member of the Principal Shareholder Group from time to time) another person (other than the Company) to acquire or publicly offer to acquire, any interest in shares in the Company or enter into an agreement or arrangement with any person relating to or connected with any of the foregoing (other than in connection with a transfer of shares in the Company or any ultimate holding company of the Company by a member of the Principal Shareholder Group from time to time);

 

  (B)

publicly announce or make, or cause another person (other than the Company) to publicly announce or make, any offer for or proposal to acquire any shares in the Company; or

 

  (C)

enter into any agreement or arrangement or do any act as a result of which it or any person may become obliged (under the Takeover Code or otherwise) to publicly announce or make any public offer for or proposal to acquire all or any shares in the Company.

 

5.2

The restrictions contained in clause 5.1 shall not apply:

 

  (A)

for the avoidance of doubt, to any acceptance of an offer for the Company’s shares at any stage;

 

21


  (B)

for the avoidance of doubt, to any agreement (including pursuant to any irrevocable undertaking) to accept any offer for the Company’s shares either before or after its announcement;

 

  (C)

if at any time and for so long as, any third party makes, or announces a firm intention to make, a general offer to acquire shares carrying over fifty (50) per cent. of the voting rights (as defined in the Takeover Code) in the Company (or a scheme of arrangement that is implementing a transaction which is subject to the Takeover Code) which, in either case, (i) is recommended by the board of the Company and (ii) has not yet lapsed or been withdrawn;

 

  (D)

to the taking of any relevant action with the prior written consent of the Company or (if it still holds shares in the Company) GSK (and/or any member of the GSK Group) (as applicable);

 

  (E)

to any acquisition made pursuant to its entitlement under any pre-emptive offer of shares in the Company (whether or not compliant with statutory requirements) made by the Company to all holders of shares therein; or

 

  (F)

to any acquisition made in order to preserve or reinstate the aggregate percentage holding of the Principal Shareholder Group of the Company’s shares in issue in the event that the Company issues shares on a non-pre-emptive basis.

 

6.

COMPANY UNDERTAKINGS

 

6.1

The Parties acknowledge that:

 

  (A)

on 23 May 2022, the Company’s shareholders granted to the Company authority for the Company to repurchase up to 923,453,741 Ordinary Shares (representing ten per cent. (10%) of the Company’s estimated issued ordinary share capital immediately following Admission), such authority to expire at the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2023 (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 30 June 2023); and

 

  (B)

as at the date of this Deed, the Company has obtained from the Panel a waiver of the application of Rule 9 of the Takeover Code to members of the Principal Shareholder Group as regards any obligation of any member of the Principal Shareholder Group to make a general offer for Ordinary Shares in accordance with Rule 9 of the Takeover Code that may otherwise arise as a result of the Company entering into any Relevant Transaction pursuant to the authority described in (A) above.

 

6.2

For so long as the Voting Rights Condition is satisfied and, subject (where necessary) to the prior consent of the Panel, the Company undertakes to procure that:

 

  (A)

at each annual general meeting of the Company at which an Annual Buy-Back Resolution is to be put to the Company’s shareholders, the Company shall propose:

 

22


  (i)

to the Independent Shareholders a resolution on which their votes are counted on a poll to waive, in accordance with Rule 37.1 and Appendix 1 of the Takeover Code, any obligation of the Principal Shareholder to make a general offer for Ordinary Shares in accordance with Rule 9 of the Takeover Code that may otherwise arise as a result of the Company entering into a Relevant Transaction (an “Annual Whitewash Resolution”); and

 

  (ii)

that the Annual Buy-Back Resolution shall be conditional on the passing of the Annual Whitewash Resolution (where required to be proposed pursuant to clause 6.2); and

 

  (B)

each Annual Buy-Back Resolution shall be in force for a period extending until the earlier of: (i) the date that falls 15 months from the date of the annual general meeting at which it was proposed; and (ii) the conclusion of the next following annual general meeting.

 

6.3

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Deed, the Company undertakes that it shall not, and it shall procure that each member of the Consumer Healthcare Group shall not, for so long as the Voting Rights Condition is satisfied, enter into or commit to enter into any Relevant Transaction unless:

 

  (A)

prior to the Company entering into such Relevant Transaction: (i) the Company’s Independent Shareholders have passed an Annual Whitewash Resolution, and (ii) the Panel has consented to waive the obligation of any member of the Principal Shareholder Group to make a mandatory offer pursuant to Rule 9 of the Takeover Code that would otherwise have been imposed under the Takeover Code as a result of such Relevant Transaction, and each of such resolution and waiver remains in effect;

 

  (B)

the number of Ordinary Shares to be transferred pursuant to the proposed Relevant Transaction is such that it would not result in any obligation being imposed on a member of the Principal Shareholder Group to make a general offer for Ordinary Shares in accordance with Rule 9 of the Takeover Code; or

 

  (C)

the Panel has consented to waive the obligation of any member of the Principal Shareholder Group to make a mandatory offer pursuant to Rule 9 of the Takeover Code that would otherwise have been imposed under the Takeover Code as a result of the Relevant Transaction, and such waiver remains in effect.

 

6.4

Where any waiver referred to in this clause 6 requires the consent of the Panel, the Company shall be responsible for requesting it from the Panel and the Principal Shareholder shall provide to the Company any relevant information about itself or the Principal Shareholder Group that is reasonably required in connection with requesting the waiver from the Panel. The Parties acknowledge that the Panel exercises ultimate discretion as to whether and on what terms to grant any waiver in respect of the application of the Takeover Code that may be requested of it.

 

23


7.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.1

Subject to clause 13.3, the Principal Shareholder shall treat as confidential all information obtained as a precursor to or as a result of negotiating or entering into or performing this Deed or which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Deed;

 

  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Deed; and

 

  (C)

the subject matter of this Deed.

 

7.2

The Principal Shareholder shall:

 

  (A)

not disclose any such confidential information to any person other than:

 

  (i)

a Representative Director;

 

  (ii)

any of its directors or employees who need to know such information in order to discharge their duties; and

 

  (iii)

other members of the Principal Shareholder Group; and

 

  (B)

not use any such confidential information other than for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

managing or monitoring the Principal Shareholder Group’s investment in the Company; and

 

  (ii)

in connection with the performance of its obligations and the exercise of its rights under this Deed; and

 

  (C)

procure that any person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions contained in this clause 7 as if such person were a Party to this Deed.

 

7.3

The Principal Shareholder acknowledges (for itself any Representative Director and all members of the Principal Shareholder Group) that:

 

  (A)

the Company is a listed company with its shares listed on the London Stock Exchange and related securities listed on the New York Stock Exchange;

 

  (B)

any such confidential information may constitute inside information and disclosure or misuse of such information may amount to market abuse or insider dealing for the purposes of, or be otherwise prohibited under, the UK Market Abuse Regulation;

 

24


  (C)

any such confidential information may constitute inside information for the purposes of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 (“CJA”) and, accordingly, by receiving such confidential information a recipient may become an ‘insider’. The confidential information shall be communicated on the basis that, subject to and in accordance with Law, the recipient may not deal in securities that are price-affected securities (as defined in the CJA) in relation to any such inside information, encourage another person to deal in price-affected securities or disclose the information except as permitted by the CJA before the information in question has been made public; and

 

  (D)

the Principal Shareholder shall comply with the requirements of any applicable Laws in relation to such confidential information, including in relation to any dealing by it in the securities of the Company or the sharing of such information.

 

7.4

Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause 7, the Principal Shareholder may disclose any such confidential information:

 

  (A)

if and to the extent required by Law or for the purpose of any judicial or arbitral proceedings;

 

  (B)

if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or Taxation or other Governmental Entity to which a member of the Principal Shareholder Group is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, the London Stock Exchange, the Panel, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of law;

 

  (C)

to a Tax Authority in connection with a member of the Principal Shareholder Group’s Tax affairs;

 

  (D)

to its and the Company’s Advisers, actual or proposed debt financiers and bankers, provided they have a duty to keep such information confidential;

 

  (E)

to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of the Principal Shareholder;

 

  (F)

to the extent the Company has given prior written consent to the disclosure;

 

  (G)

to the extent expressly permitted by this Deed or to the extent it is expressly permitted to do so by any Transaction Document;

 

  (H)

if and to the extent required in connection with any regulatory consent or clearance process required by applicable Law; or

 

  (I)

if it was in the possession of the Principal Shareholder and/or any of its Advisers (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy prior to it being received or held.

 

25


7.5

Where the Principal Shareholder discloses confidential information pursuant to clause 7.4(A) or clause 7.4(B) it shall (to the extent permitted by Law) consult, to the extent reasonable and practicable in the circumstances, as to the contents, form and timing of such disclosure with the Company before making such disclosure.

 

7.6

The restrictions contained in this clause 7 shall continue to apply after the termination of this Deed without limit in time.

 

7.7

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this clause 7, to the extent that the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or any other Transaction Document or any other contract pursuant to which any Party or any member of its Group is bound provides that certain information shall be maintained confidential on a basis that is more protective of such information or for a longer period of time than provided for in this clause 7, then the applicable provisions contained in the Cosmos SAPA, the Cosmos SHA or such other Transaction Document or contract shall control with respect thereto but only to the extent such provision is more protective or runs for a longer period of time.

 

8.

DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

8.1

Subject to clauses 8.4 to 8.5 (inclusive), this Deed shall continue in force until the date on which the members of the Principal Shareholder Group together cease to hold at least ten per cent. (10%) of the Ordinary Shares in issue, upon which the provisions of this Deed shall automatically terminate.

 

8.2

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed (but subject to the Cosmos SHA), the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that GSK shall have the right in its absolute discretion to abandon the Separation Transaction by providing notice of the same in writing to the Company and the Principal Shareholder at any time prior to Demerger Completion, and upon GSK providing such notice, with the effect that Admission will not take place as previously envisaged, this Deed shall automatically terminate.

 

8.3

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, in the event that this Deed is terminated pursuant to clause 8.2:

 

  (A)

no Party will have any claim against any other Party for compensation, Costs, damages or otherwise except as otherwise provided in the Cosmos SHA or the SCIA;

 

  (B)

this Deed shall be of no further force or effect; and

 

  (C)

for the avoidance of doubt, the Cosmos SHA shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

8.4

Any termination of this Deed shall be without prejudice to any rights or obligations of the Parties which may have accrued prior to the date on which this Deed terminated.

 

8.5

Clauses 1, 5, 6, and 7 to 18 (inclusive) shall survive the termination of this Deed without limit in time (subject to any specific limits set forth in such clauses).

 

26


9.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

9.1

No delay or omission by any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Deed shall:

 

  (A)

affect that right, power or remedy; or

 

  (B)

operate as a waiver or variation of it.

 

9.2

The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Deed shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

9.3

The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Deed are cumulative, may be exercised as often as the applicable Party considers appropriate and are not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by Law.

 

9.4

Notwithstanding any express remedies provided under this Deed and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which any Party may have, each Party acknowledges and agrees that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach by it of the provisions of this Deed, so that in the event of a breach or anticipated breach of such provisions, the remedies of injunction, an order for specific performance and/or other equitable remedies would be available. Furthermore, each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will not raise any objection to the application by or on behalf of any other Party or any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group or Principal Shareholder Group, as applicable, for any such remedies.

 

10.

ASSIGNMENT

The Parties shall not assign, or purport to assign, all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or obligations under, this Deed, provided that the Principal Shareholder may transfer its rights and obligations under this Deed to an Affiliate in accordance with clause 11.

 

11.

DEED OF ADHERENCE

 

11.1

The Principal Shareholder shall not transfer or purport to transfer any interest in any of its Ordinary Shares to any of its Affiliates, and the Company shall not register any such transfer, unless and until the proposed transferee has entered into a deed (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company) pursuant to which the proposed transferee agrees to adhere to and be bound by the provisions of this Deed, and to perform the obligations imposed on the proposed transferor by this Deed, in each case as if named in this Deed as the Principal Shareholder.

 

11.2

Subject to the proposed transferee executing a deed of adherence in accordance with clause 11.1, the Company shall be deemed to agree that such proposed transferee shall have become a Party to this Deed and shall have all of the rights of the Principal Shareholder under this Deed that have been transferred to such proposed transferee by the Principal Shareholder, provided that any rights under clause 4 (Representative Directors) that are transferred by the Principal Shareholder to a transferee pursuant to this clause 11 shall terminate upon such transferee ceasing to be an Affiliate of Pfizer, Inc..

 

27


12.

NOTICES

 

12.1

A notice under this Deed shall only be effective if it is in writing and in English. Notice by email shall be permitted.

 

12.2

Notices under this Deed shall be sent to a Party at its addresses for the attention of the individuals set out below:

The Company

Address:

E-mail address:

For the attention of:

The Principal Shareholder

Address:

E-mail address:

For the attention of:

With a copy (not

constituting notice)

to:

For the attention of:

provided that a Party may change its notice details on giving notice to the other Party of the change in accordance with this clause 12.2.

 

12.3

Any notice given under this Deed shall, in the absence of earlier receipt, be deemed to have been duly given as follows:

 

  (A)

if delivered personally, on delivery;

 

28


  (B)

if sent by first class inland post, two clear Business Days after the date of posting;

 

  (C)

if sent by airmail, six (6) clear Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

  (D)

if sent by e-mail, when sent.

 

12.4

Any notice given under this Deed outside Working Hours in the place to which it is addressed shall be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place.

 

12.5

A notice under or in connection with this Deed shall not be invalid by reason of any mistake or typographical error or if the contents are incomplete, provided it should have been reasonably clear to the recipient what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

13.

ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

13.1

Subject to clause 13.2, no announcement or other publication concerning this Deed shall be made by the Company, the Principal Shareholder or any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group or the Principal Shareholder Group without the prior written approval of the other Party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

13.2

Notwithstanding clause 13.1, the Company, the Principal Shareholder, any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group or any member of the Principal Shareholder Group may, whenever practicable and permissible after consultation with the other Party and subject, in the case of the Company only, to the requirements of the Sponsor’s Agreement, make an announcement concerning this Deed, if and to the extent required by:

 

  (A)

Law or for the purposes of any judicial or arbitral proceedings; or

 

  (B)

any securities exchange or regulatory or Governmental Entity to which that Party is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the FCA, London Stock Exchange, the Panel, HMRC, the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement has the force of Law.

 

13.3

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Deed shall prohibit any member of the Principal Shareholder Group from making any disclosure or public statements regarding its intentions with respect to the Ordinary Shares or ADSs that it holds in the Company.

 

13.4

The restrictions contained in this clause 13 shall continue to apply to each Party without limit in time unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.

 

14.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

Except as otherwise set out in this Deed or the SCIA, each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Deed and all other documents referred to in, or ancillary to, this Deed. Each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses which arise and are incurred in the period following the date of this Deed in relation to this Deed.

 

29


15.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1

This Deed, together with any other Transaction Document entered into by each of the Parties and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document, together constitute the whole and only agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Deed, any Transaction Document entered into by each of the Parties and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

 

15.2

All terms of the Transaction Documents entered into by each of the Parties shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and nothing herein shall amend, limit or otherwise modify the Parties’ respective rights and obligations under such Transaction Documents, in each case except as, and only to the extent, expressly modified by this Deed.

 

15.3

This Deed may only be varied in writing signed by both Parties. If this Deed is varied:

 

  (A)

the variation shall not constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Deed;

 

  (B)

the variation shall not affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under this Deed that have already accrued up to the date of variation; and

 

  (C)

the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Deed shall remain in full force and effect, except as, and only to the extent that, they are so varied.

 

15.4

Nothing in this Deed and no action taken by the Parties under this Deed shall constitute a partnership, association, joint venture or other co-operative entity between the Parties. No Party has any authority or power to bind, to contract in the name of, or to create a liability for the other Party in any way or for any purpose save as specifically set out in this Deed.

 

15.5

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties to it on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until both Parties have executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Deed, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

15.6

Delivery of a counterpart of this Deed by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

15.7

If at any time any provision (or any part of a provision) of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, this shall not affect or impair:

 

30


  (A)

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other (or the remainder of a) provision of this Deed; or

 

  (B)

the legality, validity or enforceability under the law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

15.8

Each of the provisions in this Deed is severable.

 

15.9

If and to the extent that any provision of this Deed:

 

  (A)

is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the Law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (B)

would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable. All other provisions of this Deed shall remain in force.

 

16.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

The Parties do not intend that any term of this Deed should be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, by any person who is not a Party to this Deed.

 

17.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

17.1

This Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

 

17.2

The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute, whether contractual or non-contractual, arising out of or in connection with this Deed. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

 

17.3

Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of Proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

 

17.4

Each Party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.

 

31


18.

AGENT FOR SERVICE

 

18.1

The Principal Shareholder appoints Pfizer Limited, c/o UK Legal Department, Pfizer Ltd (IPC 3-1), Walton Oaks, Dorking Road, Tadworth, Surrey KT20 7NS, to act as its agent for the receipt of Service Documents. The Principal Shareholder agrees that any Service Document may be effectively served on either of them in connection with Proceedings in England and Wales by service on its agent effected in any manner permitted by the Civil Procedure Rules.

 

18.2

If the agent at any time ceases for any reason to act as such, the Principal Shareholder shall appoint a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales and shall notify the Company of the name and address of the replacement agent. Failing such appointment and notification, the Company shall be entitled by notice to the Principal Shareholder to appoint a replacement agent to act on behalf of the Principal Shareholder, provided that the Principal Shareholder shall be entitled, by notice to the Company, to replace its agent with a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales. The provisions of this clause 18 applying to service on an agent apply equally to service on a replacement agent.

 

18.3

A copy of any Service Document served on an agent appointed in accordance with clauses 18.1 or 18.2 shall be sent by post to the Principal Shareholder. Failure or delay in so doing shall not prejudice the effectiveness of service of the Service Document.

 

32


This document has been executed as a deed and delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

SIGNED as a DEED by

  

)

  

AMANDA MELLOR

  

)

  

as attorney for HALEON PLC in the presence of:

  

)

  

/s/ Amanda Mellor

  

)

  

(Signature of attorney)

AMANDA MELLOR as attorney for

HALEON PLC

Witness’s signature:

     

/s/ Bridget Creegan

Name (print):

     

Bridget Creegan

Occupation:

     

Chartered Company Secretary

Address:

     

 

 

[Signature page to Relationship Deed]


Executed as a DEED by

     )     

PFIZER INC.

     )     
acting by DEBORAH BARON     

)

    

/s/ Deborah Baron

who, in accordance with the laws of the
territory in which PFIZER INC. is incorporated, is acting under the authority of PFIZER INC.
    

)

    

(Authorised signatory)

    

)

    
    

)

    

 

[Signature page to Relationship Deed]

Exhibit 4.14

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

 

 

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

dated

1 June 2022

by

GLAXOSMITHKLINE SERVICES UNLIMITED

Provider

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE (OVERSEAS) LIMITED

Recipient

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE LLC

U.S. Provider

and

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (US) LLC

U.S. Recipient

 

LOGO

Baker & McKenzie LLP

100 New Bridge Street

London EC4V 6JA

United Kingdom

www.bakermckenzie.com

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to the Instructions as to Exhibits in Form 20-F and will be furnished on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
Article I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     1  

Section 1.2

 

Interpretation

     12  
Article II

 

SERVICES; STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE

 

Section 2.1

 

Services

     14  

Section 2.2

 

Standard of Performance

     16  

Section 2.3

 

Service Changes

     17  

Section 2.4

 

Omitted Services

     20  

Section 2.5

 

Service Extensions

     20  

Section 2.6

 

Third Party Terms and Conditions; Consents

     22  

Section 2.7

 

Transition Representatives

     23  

Section 2.8

 

Transitional Nature of Services and Assistance

     23  

Section 2.9

 

Independent Contractor

     24  

Section 2.10

 

Access and Cooperation; Reliance

     24  

Section 2.11

 

Compliance

     26  

Section 2.12

 

Condition to Performance

     27  
Article III

 

COMPENSATION

 

Section 3.1

 

Compensation

     27  

Section 3.2

 

Taxes

     32  

Section 3.3

 

Payment Terms

     34  

Section 3.4

 

Interest

     35  

Section 3.5

 

Records; Inspection

     35  
Article IV

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY Rights

 

Section 4.1

 

Ownership of Intellectual Property Rights

     36  

Section 4.2

 

License Grants

     38  

 

-i-


Article V

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 5.1

 

Indemnification

     38  

Section 5.2

 

Indemnification Procedures

     39  

Section 5.3

 

Losses Net of Insurance, Etc

     40  

Section 5.4

 

No Right of Set-Off

     41  

Section 5.5

 

Sole Remedy/Waiver

     41  

Section 5.6

 

Other Indemnities

     41  

Section 5.7

 

Mitigation; Limitation on Liability

     41  
Article VI

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Section 6.1

 

Confidentiality

     43  
Article VII

 

TERM; TERMINATION

 

Section 7.1

 

Term

     45  

Section 7.2

 

Termination

     45  

Section 7.3

 

Transfer Regulations

     46  

Section 7.4

 

Effect of Termination

     46  
Article VIII

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

Section 8.1

 

Dispute Resolution

     47  
Article IX

 

REVERSE SERVICES

 

Section 9.1

 

Provision of Reverse Services

     47  

Section 9.2

 

Terms Applicable to Reverse Services

     48  

Section 9.3

 

Exceptions and Clarifications

     48  
Article X

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.1

 

Notices

     50  

Section 10.2

 

Remedies and waivers

     51  

Section 10.3

 

Variation

     52  

Section 10.4

 

Assignment

     52  

 

-ii-


Section 10.5

 

Entire Agreement

     53  

Section 10.6

 

Conflict

     54  

Section 10.7

 

Fulfilment of Obligations

     54  

Section 10.8

 

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

     54  

Section 10.9

 

Expenses

     55  

Section 10.10

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

     55  

Section 10.11

 

Counterparts

     55  

Section 10.12

 

Headings

     55  

Section 10.13

 

Invalidity

     55  

Section 10.14

 

Rules of Construction

     56  

Section 10.15

 

Affiliate Status

     56  

Section 10.16

 

Force Majeure

     56  

Section 10.17

 

Local Country Agreements

     57  

Section 10.18

 

Language

     58  

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A — Services

Exhibit B — Excluded Services

Exhibit C-1 — Terms of Recipient Access to Provider Information Systems and Software

Exhibit C-2 — Terms of Provider Access to Recipient Information Systems and Software

Exhibit D — Form of Local Country Agreement

Exhibit E — Permitted Increases in Scope and Volume of Services

Exhibit F — Reverse Services

Exhibit G — Excluded Reverse Services

Exhibit H — Local Country Agreement Jurisdictions

Exhibit I — Partial Termination Cost Reduction Principles

Exhibit J — Audit Procedures Adequate Support Principles

Exhibit K

Pre-Approved Locations, Customers and Suppliers

Exhibit L

Data Protection Terms – Restricted Personal Information

Exhibit M

List of Exit Packages

Exhibit N

Cybersecurity Requirements

 

-iii-


TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of June, 2022 among (i) GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, a company incorporated under the laws of England (“Provider”) and, for purposes of Section 3.3(b), Section 9.3(a)(v), and Article X only, GlaxoSmithKline LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“U.S. Provider”), on the one hand, and (ii) GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Recipient”) and, for purposes of Section 3.3(b), Section 9.3(a)(v), and Article X only, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“U.S. Recipient”), on the other hand (each of Provider and Recipient, a “Party” and together, the “Parties,” except with respect to Section 3.3(b), Section 9.3(a)(v), and Article X, wherein Provider and U.S. Provider, on the one hand, and Recipient and U.S. Recipient, on the other hand, each, individually and collectively, a “Party” and together, the “Parties”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, GSK plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Provider Parent”), intends to demerge the predominant part of its interest in the Recipient’s Business, by way of an indirect dividend demerger, for the purpose of benefiting both the Recipient’s Business and the GSK Business; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, Provider shall render, or cause its Provider Affiliates or, to the extent permitted hereunder, third parties to render, to Recipient and/or its Recipient Affiliates certain services on an interim basis after the Closing with respect to Recipient’s operation of the Business, subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1    Definitions

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in this Agreement, including as specified in this Section 1.1. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Demerger Agreement.

Acquired Business Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

 

-1-


Action” means any action, cause of action, claim, charge, suit, countersuit, hearing, complaint, arbitration, subpoena, audit, investigation, litigation or proceeding by or before any court, Governmental Entity or arbitration tribunal.

Affiliate” means in respect of the Provider, any member of the GSK Group and in respect of the Recipient, any member of the Consumer Healthcare Group; provided, a “Recipient Affiliate” and each reference to any affiliate of Recipient shall mean any Subsidiary of Recipient Parent, and a “Provider Affiliate” and each reference to any affiliate of Provider shall mean any Subsidiary of Provider Parent, excluding Recipient Parent and each of its Subsidiaries.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Ancillary Agreements” has the meaning set forth in the Demerger Agreement.

Annual Fees” means the aggregate Service Fees (and Cost-Plus Charges thereon) paid in respect of the twelve (12) calendar month period prior to the date on which the event giving rise to the claim occurred (or, if such event occurred prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, the total Service Fees (and Cost-Plus Charges thereon) invoiced divided by the total number of months this Agreement has been in effect, and then multiplied by twelve (12)).

Argentina NEBA” has the meaning given in the Demerger Agreement.

Assignee Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

Assigning Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

Baseline Period” means the six (6) month period prior to the Effective Date (or, where stated otherwise in Exhibit A in respect of a particular Service, such other period as is set out in Exhibit A for such Service only).

Brazil ATFA” has the meaning given in the Demerger Agreement.

Breaching Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

Business” means the worldwide business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing, commercializing, distributing and selling such over-the-counter consumer healthcare or medicine products, wellness products and other personal care, oral care, nutrition, skin health, cosmetic and related products as conducted by Recipient (directly and indirectly through its Subsidiaries) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing.

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, UK.

Business Employee” means each individual who, immediately prior to the Closing (i) is employed by Provider or a Provider Affiliate (other than Recipient and any Recipient Affiliate) and devotes seventy percent (70%) or more of his or her services to the Business, or (ii) is employed by any Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate, including, to the extent required by Law, any individual described in (i) or (ii) who is not actively at work as a result of an approved leave of absence (including disability leave, military leave, or family medical leave).

 

-2-


Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement pursuant and subject to the terms of such Demerger Agreement.

Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

Collateral Source” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

Consumer Healthcare Group” has the meaning set forth in the Demerger Agreement.

Compliance Concern” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a).

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

Connected Person” has the meaning set forth in the Demerger Agreement.

Consent” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

Cosmos SAPA” means the stock and asset purchase agreement entered into between Pfizer Inc., Provider Parent, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited and Recipient Limited dated 19 December 2018, as amended from time to time including on 31 July 2019.

Cost-Plus Charge” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e).

Delayed Asset” means those assets, which are used by the Recipient and its Subsidiaries to conduct the Business as at the Closing, but which have not been sold, conveyed, assigned, transferred or delivered to, or assumed by, Recipient or any applicable Recipient Affiliate on the Closing Date (i) pursuant to mutual agreement of the Parties; or (ii) in accordance with the NEBA, Brazil AFTA or Argentina NEBA.

Delayed Transfer” means with respect to a Delayed Asset, the sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or delivery of such Delayed Asset to, or purchase or assumption of such Delayed Asset by, Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate following the Closing (A) pursuant to the NEBA, Brazil AFTA or Argentina NEBA (as applicable) (provided that, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties, in no event shall the date of any Delayed Transfer pursuant to this clause (A) be later than the last day of the period during which Provider is required to continue to seek the applicable consent or approval with respect to such Delayed Asset pursuant to the NEBA, Brazil AFTA or Argentina NEBA (as applicable) (and for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement only, in the event of the expiration of such period then the date of such Delayed Transfer with respect to such Delayed Asset shall be deemed to be the day of such expiration)); or (B) pursuant to the mutual agreement of the Parties.

Demerger Agreement” means the demerger agreement entered into between the parties dated on or about the date of this Agreement pursuant to which GSK Parent intends to demerge the predominant part of its interest in its consumer healthcare business by way of an indirect dividend demerger;

 

-3-


Demerger Completion Steps” means:

(a)    GSK Parent delivering to Haleon Parent a duly executed transfer of the Relevant GSKCHHL Shares (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) in favour of Haleon Parent, together with the relevant share certificate(s);

(b)    the entry into the register of members of the Haleon Parent of the names of the Qualifying GSK Shareholders (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) to whom Haleon Demerger Shares (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) are to be allotted and issued pursuant to that agreement; and

(c)    each of GSK Parent and Haleon Parent delivering, or procuring the delivery of, a duly executed counterpart of each of the Ancillary Agreements (as defined in the Demerger Agreement) (other than those Ancillary Agreements that have already been entered into prior to completion of the Demerger Agreement) to which they or any members of their respective Groups are party in the agreed form;

Demerger Time” means the time at which the last of the Demerger Completion Steps is completed;

“Dispute” means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, termination or validity.

Early Termination Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

Effective Date” means the Demerger Time.

Effective Date Exit Services” means those Services identified in Exhibit A as such services that pursuant to a Work Package the Parties have mutually agreed to terminate prior to or on the Effective Date, and which will incur Service Exit Costs after the Effective Date.

EBS Expiration Event” means, with respect to an Event Based Service, the event or trigger listed in Exhibit A under the heading “Service Period” applicable to such Event Based Service.

EBS Initial Service Period” means, with respect to an Event Based Service, (i) the period of time from the Effective Date (or such later date as is specified in Exhibit A in respect of a particular Service) until the occurrence of the EBS Expiration Event applicable to such Event Based Service, plus (ii) the EBS Tail Period applicable to such Event Based Service.

EBS Service Extension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).

EBS Service Period” means, with respect to an Event Based Service, the EBS Initial Service Period, together with (i) any EBS Service Extension Period and (ii) any other extensions applicable to such Event Based Service that are permitted under this Agreement.

EBS Tail Period” means, with respect to an Event Based Service, the earlier of (i) six (6) months after the occurrence of the EBS Expiration Event applicable to such Event Based Service, and (ii) any period of time described in Exhibit A under the heading “Service Period” as following the EBS Expiration Event applicable to such Event Based Service.

 

-4-


Event Based Service” means any Service for which an event or trigger (rather than a fixed duration of time (e.g., two (2) months)) is listed in Exhibit A under the heading “Service Period”.

Excluded Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Fixed Period Service” means any Service for which a fixed duration of time (e.g., two (2) months) is listed in Exhibit A under the heading “Service Period”. For clarity, each Service that is not an Event Based Service shall be a Fixed Period Service.

FPS Initial Service Period” means, with respect to a Fixed Period Service, an initial term of twelve (12) months or any shorter period of time otherwise specified in Exhibit A under the heading “Service Period” applicable to such Fixed Period Service.

FPS Service Extension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

FPS Service Period” means, with respect to a Fixed Period Service, the FPS Initial Service Period, together with (i) each applicable FPS Service Extension Period, and (ii) any other extensions applicable to such Fixed Period Service that are permitted under this Agreement.

Governmental Entity” means any supra national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Union.

Group” has the meaning set forth in the Demerger Agreement.

GSK Business” has the meaning set forth in the Demerger Agreement.

GSK Group” has the meaning set forth in the Demerger Agreement.

GSK Parent” means GSK plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 03888792.

Haleon Parent” means Haleon plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 13691224.

Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

Information Systems” means (a) computer systems, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, data communications networks (other than the Internet) and other information

 

-5-


technology equipment used to create, store, transmit, exchange or receive information, voice or data, and (b) documentation, user manuals, and training manuals documenting the functionality or use of any of the foregoing.

Initial Service Period” means, with respect to an Event Based Service, the applicable EBS Initial Service Period, and with respect to a Fixed Period Service, the applicable FPS Initial Service Period.

Insolvency Event” means each and any of the following events occurring in relation to a Party as the case may be:

(a)    a winding up petition is presented (except any winding up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and which is discharged, stayed or dismissed within twenty (20) days of presentation) or a resolution is passed for its winding up (save for the purpose of a bona fide reorganisation or re-construction of that Party whilst solvent);

(b)    it enters into any composition with its creditors generally, or suffers any similar action in consequence of default by it in its obligations in respect of any indebtedness (save for the purpose of a bona fide reorganization or re-construction of that Party whilst solvent);

(c)    an administration application is made in respect of it or it suffers a notice of appointment of an administrator or a notice of intention to appoint an administrator to be filed at court in respect of it;

(d)    it stops payment of its debts or it ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part of it;

(e)    it has a receiver, manager, administrative receiver or other similar official appointed over all or any part (which, in relation to a Party, is material in the context of the performance of the affected Party’s obligations under this Agreement) of its property, undertakings or assets;

(f)    it suffers a creditor taking possession of all or any part of its business or assets or suffers any execution or other legal process being enforced against its business or any of its substantial assets, which execution or legal process is not discharged within twenty (20) days;

(g)    it is deemed for the purpose of Section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986 to be unable to pay its debts; or

(h)    an event or circumstance analogous to any of those referred to in (a) to (g) inclusive above under the laws of any competent jurisdiction.

Intellectual Property Rights” means all patents, trade and service marks, trade and service names, logos, copyrights (including, without limitation, rights in computer Software), rights in designs and rights in databases (whether or not any of these is registered and including any applications for registration of any such thing) and all other intellectual property rights or forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of the foregoing, which subsist anywhere in the world.

 

-6-


Internet Identifier” means any Internet domain name or electronic address, Internet domain name registration, uniform resource locator, social media accounts, or social media account addresses or other identifiers, alpha-numeric designations associated with any of the foregoing, and account names or identifiers, passwords or other credentials to access or modify the access rights to any of the foregoing.

Laws” means any statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code or rule of common law issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including the rules of any stock exchange or listing authority.

LCA” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17.

Loss” means any and all damages, losses, Taxes, penalties, judgments, settlements, payments, fines, interest, costs and expenses (including the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of attorneys and other professional advisors incurred in the investigation, defense and/or settlement thereof).

Manufacturing Registrations” means all governmental authorizations granted to Provider or any Provider Affiliate by, or pending with, any Governmental Entity for manufacturing facilities.

NEBA” has the meaning given in the Demerger Agreement.

Non-U.S. Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any Affiliate of such Person that is not a U.S. Affiliate of such Person.

Non-Breaching Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

Omitted Service” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Operating Manual” means a separate writing agreed by Provider and Recipient prior to the Effective Date that sets forth the operating principles and procedures to be followed by both Provider and Recipient, and each of their respective Affiliates, in the support of the Business during the Term and in furtherance of the requirements set forth in this Agreement, as may be amended from time to time thereafter by mutual agreement of the Parties in accordance with the process defined in the Operating Manual.

Party” or “Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Person” means an individual, a limited liability company, joint venture, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust, a division or operating group of any of the foregoing or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Entity.

Pre-Approved Customer” means those customers set out in Part 2 of Exhibit K, which the Provider has consented to provide or permit the use of any of the Services if requested by Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate.

Pre-Approved Location” means any location owned or leased by Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate for which Provider has consented to provide any of the Services if requested by Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate, such locations being those which are set out at Part 1 of Exhibit K.

 

-7-


Pre-Approved Supplier” means those suppliers set out in Part 3 of Exhibit K, which the Provider has consented to provide or permit the use of any of the Services if requested by Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate.

Proceedings” means any proceeding, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the negotiation, existence, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual.

Product Registrations” means all governmental authorizations granted to Provider (or one of its Subsidiaries) by, or pending with, any Governmental Entity and related to the Business, to market any product, including FDA drug listings, FDA product marketing authorizations, other national or regional marketing authorizations or permits and CE marks anywhere in the world; provided, it shall not include any Manufacturing Registrations.

Provider” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Provider Assignor Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(c).

Provider Business Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a)(iv).

Provider Combined Tax Return” means any tax return that includes Provider or any Provider Affiliate.

Provider Costs” means costs or expenses incurred by Provider or any Provider Affiliates that would have been incurred by any of them in the ordinary course of decommissioning or ceasing to continue conducting the Business (or any part thereof) or any of their other businesses absent the sale of the Business to Recipient pursuant to the Demerger Agreement, including redundancy costs, write-off costs, costs of internal archiving or decommissioning, or losses of volume benefits under third party contracts, in each case to the extent incurred as a result of such decommissioning or cessation.

Provider Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).

Provider Parent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement, being the GSK Parent.

Provider Personnel” means the employees and contractors of Provider or any Provider Affiliates or Subcontractors who are involved in performing the Services.

Provider Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(b).

Provider Security Requirements” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(d).

Provider Party” or “Provider Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(c).

 

-8-


Recipient” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Recipient Assignor Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(b).

Recipient Combined Tax Return” means any tax return that includes Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate.

Recipient Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Recipient Parent” means the Haleon Parent.

Recipient Party” or “Recipient Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(b).

Recipient Security Requirements” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(e).

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and any of such Person’s or any of its Affiliates’ directors, officers, managers, partners, employees, counsel, financial advisors, accountants, consultants and other advisors, representatives and agents.

Response Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Retained Business” means the GSK Business.

Reverse Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Senior Managers” means Henryk Feszczur, in the case of Provider, and Sereena Shanker, in the case of Recipient.

Service Exit Costs” means those costs and expenses which are reimbursable by Recipient, as set out in a Work Package agreed in advance by Provider and Recipient, and are incurred by or on behalf of Provider and any Provider Affiliate after the Effective Date in connection with (i) planning and executing the migration of the Services to Recipient, any Recipient Affiliate or a Subcontractor, and (ii) joint migration planning, data extraction, final data migration and decommissioning, or, subject to mutual agreement of the Parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), removal of any changes made, in each case, to facilitate the provision of Services. Reasonable documentation and good faith estimates of Service Exit Costs will be provided to Recipient by Provider upon request. For clarity, Service Exit Costs shall not include any Provider Costs or any Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2.

Service Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Service Document”    means a claim form, application notice, order, judgment or other document relating to any Proceedings.

Service Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Service Functional Lead” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

 

-9-


Service Period” means, with respect to an Event Based Service, the applicable EBS Service Period, with respect to a Fixed Period Service, the applicable FPS Service Period, and with respect to an Effective Date Exit Service, the Effective Date.

Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Set-Up Costs” means those costs and expenses which are reimbursable by Recipient, as set out in a Work Package agreed in advance by Provider and Recipient, and are incurred by or on behalf of Provider and any Provider Affiliate after the Effective Date in connection with preparation activities to make one or more Services available to Recipient and any Recipient Affiliate and excluding any Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2.

Software” means (a) computer programs, including software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons, and (c) documentation, user manuals, and training manuals documenting the functionality or use of any of the foregoing.

Subcontractor” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Subsidiary” means a subsidiary undertaking as defined in section 1162 Companies Act 2006 (and a company shall be treated, for the purposes only of the membership requirement contained in subsections 1162(2)(b) and (d) respectively, as a member of another company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (A) another person (or its nominee) whether by way of security or in connection with the taking of security or (B) its nominee).

Tax Authority Claim” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Tax Covenant.

Tax Covenant” means the deed of tax covenant as entered into between GSK plc, Pfizer Inc., Haleon plc, Glaxosmithkline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited and Glaxosmithkline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited on or about the date of this Agreement.

Tax” or “Taxes” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Tax Covenant.

Tax Authority” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Tax Covenant.

Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Third Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

Third-Party Location” means (i) any location requested by a third party recipient or user of the Services (e.g., service providers, subcontractors, customers, and consultants) where such type of request was typically accommodated by the Business in the ordinary course of business during the Baseline Period; and (ii) any location of a third party for which Provider has agreed to provide any of the Services if requested by Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate, provided (in the case of (ii)) such consent is obtained from Provider in writing prior to the Effective Date.

 

-10-


Transaction Documents” has the meaning set forth in the Demerger Agreement.

Transfer Regulations” means the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006, any law implementing Council Directive 77/187/EEC as amended by Council Directive 90/50/EC and any similar legislation in any jurisdiction which provides for the automatic transfer of employment in the event of a transfer of a business or services.

Transition Representative” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

Transfer Taxes” means any federal, state, county, local, foreign and other transfer, real property transfer, conveyance, documentary transfer, stamp, land or other similar Tax (including in each case any notarial fee), together with interest, penalties and additions thereto, but excluding any Taxes imposed on net income and franchise Taxes and any VAT, imposed in connection with, or otherwise relating to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the recording of any sale, transfer, conveyance or assignment of property (or any interest therein) effected pursuant to or contemplated by this Agreement.

U.S. Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, an Affiliate of such Person which Affiliate is a U.S. person (or an entity disregarded as separate from such U.S. person) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Provider” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

U.S. Recipient” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

VAT” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Tax Covenant.

Withdrawal Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Working Hours” means 9.00 a.m. to 5.00 p.m. (London time) on a Business Day.

Work Package” shall mean a separate writing, that forms part of this Agreement, mutually agreed by Provider and Recipient that provides a reasonably detailed description of all work to be performed by Provider, and any of its Affiliates or Subcontractors, in planning and executing (a) the set-up of one or more Services after the Effective Date, including a reasonable good faith estimate of all related Set-up Costs, (b) the migration of one or more Services at the end of the relevant Service Period to Recipient, or any of its Recipient Affiliates or Subcontractors, including a reasonable good faith estimate of all related Service Exit Costs, or (c) the migration of one or more Effective Date Exit Services from the Effective Date to Recipient, or any of its Recipient Affiliates or Subcontractors, including a reasonable good faith estimate of all related Service Exit Costs.

 

-11-


Section 1.2    Interpretation

In this Agreement unless otherwise specified:

(a)    references to Sections, sub Sections, paragraphs, sub paragraphs, and Exhibits are to Sections, sub Sections, paragraphs, sub paragraphs of, and Exhibits to, this Agreement;

(b)    use of any gender includes other genders;

(c)    references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

(d)    references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(e)    references to a “holding company” shall be construed as a holding company as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

(f)    references to a “parent undertaking” shall be construed as a parent undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

(g)    a reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re-enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase or alter the liability of Provider or Recipient under this Agreement;

(h)    any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

(i)    references to times are to London time (unless otherwise stated);

(j)    reference to “liabilities”, “costs” and/or “expenses” incurred by a person shall not include any amount in respect of VAT or any Tax of a similar nature included in such liabilities, costs and/or expenses for which that person or any other member of its Group is entitled to credit or repayment from any Tax Authority;

(k)    references to “indemnify” any person against any circumstance shall include indemnifying and keeping such person harmless in respect of the matter in question and, unless otherwise specified, any indemnity given in this agreement shall be deemed to have been given on an after-Tax basis;

 

-12-


(l)    any indemnity or obligation to pay (the “Payment Obligation”) being given or assumed on an “after-Tax basis” or expressed to be “calculated on an after-Tax basis” means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the “Payment”) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account:

(i)    any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment;

(ii)    the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes payable as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax; and

(iii)    the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained, to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation and is realized in respect of any such Payment in the taxable year of the Payment or the subsequent two (2) taxable years, the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred (or, in the case of a Payment Obligation arising by reference to a matter affecting a person other than the recipient of the Payment, the recipient of the Payment and that other person are, taken together, in the same position as that in which they would have been had the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation not occurred), provided that the amount of the Payment shall not exceed that which it would have been if it had been regarded for all Tax purposes as received solely by the recipient and not any other person; and

(m)    the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly:

(i)    general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; and

(ii)    general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words.

(n)    In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

(i)    all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement; and

(ii)    the Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement, and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Schedules.

(o)    The terms “pounds”, “GBP” and “£” mean UK pounds sterling; and the terms “dollars”, “USD” and “$” mean U.S. dollars.

(p)    Wherever the words “material” or “materially” are used in this Agreement they shall be applied using their commonly understood meaning in each relevant context, except to the extent specifically defined in the Operating Manual.

 

-13-


(q)    Any consent or agreement of Provider shall be deemed to be the consent or agreement of its applicable Affiliates, including U.S. Provider, and any consent or agreement of Recipient shall be deemed to be the consent or agreement of its applicable Affiliates, including U.S. Recipient.

(r)    Any reference to “writing” or comparable expressions includes a reference to facsimile transmission, e-mail or comparable means of communication.

(s)    When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken (or not taken) pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, except that if the last day of such period is a non-Business Day, the period in question shall end on the next succeeding Business Day.

ARTICLE II

SERVICES; STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE

Section 2.1    Services

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, beginning on the Effective Date (or such other date as may be specified in Exhibit A in respect of a particular Service or, with respect to a Service to the extent provided in connection with a Delayed Asset, the date of the applicable Delayed Transfer or such other date agreed in writing by the Parties), and continuing for the duration of the applicable Service Period, Provider shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Recipient and its Affiliates the services identified in Exhibit A, as such Exhibit A may be supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (the “Services”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Services shall exclude the services identified in Exhibit B to the extent not conflicting with any service identified in Exhibit A, as so supplemented or modified (the “Excluded Services”). The provision to the Business of any Excluded Services shall be discontinued as of the Effective Date.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 2.1(e), the Services shall only be used by Recipient and its Affiliates, and only to the extent in connection with the operation of the Business, and shall not be used by Recipient or its Affiliates for any other purpose or (except as expressly permitted in accordance with Section 2.3(d), otherwise expressly provided in Exhibit A, Exhibit E or otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties) in any other manner (including as to scope, volume and location) than the purpose or manner in which such Services were used by Provider and its Affiliates in connection with the operation of the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period. Except as set forth in Section 2.1(e), Recipient and its Affiliates shall not resell, license or otherwise permit the use by any other Person of any of the Services.

(c)    Subject to Section 2.3(d), Provider shall have no obligation to provide, or cause to be provided, Services other than for the benefit of the Business, and shall not be required to provide such Services (i) within a greater scope than or in a greater volume than the greater of the scope or volume (A) with which such Services were provided by Provider and its Affiliates to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period and (B) set forth in Exhibit E, or

 

-14-


(ii) at locations other than (A) the locations at which such Services were provided by Provider and its Affiliates to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period, (B) the locations set forth in Exhibit A (C) Pre-Approved Locations, and (D) Third-Party Locations. All reasonable net costs and expenses (excluding Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2) incurred in providing Services at any location set forth in sub Section (ii)(B), (ii)(C) or (ii)(D) of this Section 2.1(c) shall be borne by Recipient (and, to the extent such amounts have not already been factored into the Service Fee, the Service Fee for such Service will increase by the incremental amount of any such recurring costs and expenses (that are not Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs) or, in the case of any one-time costs and expenses relating to the provision of Services at such location, such costs and expenses shall be deemed to be Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs, as applicable).

(d)    Subject to Section 2.3(d), Provider shall have no obligation to provide, or cause to be provided, Services to the extent that any changes are made to the Business (except as necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement or with respect to an internal restructuring of the Business by Recipient or any of its Affiliates that is reasonably necessary as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement immediately following the Effective Date) that increase in any material respect Provider’s or its Affiliates’ burden or cost (excluding Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2) with respect to the provision of such Services or that make commercially impracticable the provision of such Services, including as a result of (i) mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, consolidations, reorganizations or similar transactions (other than as part of a transaction set out in Exhibit E or a divestiture of any portion of the Business that is required by applicable Laws in order to complete the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement and any of the Ancillary Agreements), or (ii) employee additions, reductions or other changes, in the case of sub Section (ii), not in the ordinary course of business of the Business consistent with past practice. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not restrict the ability of Recipient or its Affiliates to engage in any of the actions listed in the preceding sentence while receiving the Services.

(e)    Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(e), Provider shall have no obligation to provide, or cause to be provided, Services to any Person other than Recipient and its Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained herein, Recipient and its Affiliates may permit any Person (including service providers, subcontractors, customers, and consultants) to receive or use the Services (and Provider shall so provide to any such Person the Services) (i) to the extent any such Person (or a similar Person) received or used the Services (or services similar thereto) in connection with the Business during the Baseline Period or such Person is a Pre-Approved Customer or a Pre-Approved Supplier, provided that any such Person or similar Person complies with the generally applicable policies, procedures and practices with respect to the Services followed by Provider and its Affiliates, including the Security Requirements and any applicable vendor policies (and such continued use is not inconsistent with any third party licences, permissions or consents applicable to such Services), in all cases to the extent Recipient is required to comply therewith, or (ii) in connection with any sale, transfer, or other disposal of all or any part of the Business (including any product, asset, or service with respect thereto), provided that, with respect to sub Section (ii), Provider has consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed to the extent such sale, transfer or disposal is required by applicable Laws in order to complete the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement and any of the Ancillary Agreements or is part of a transaction set out in Exhibit E) to the receipt or use of the Services by any such Person in connection therewith.

 

-15-


(f)    With respect to any Services marked as “Buy/Sell Distribution” in Exhibit A, the Parties will comply with their obligations as set out in Exhibit M.

Section 2.2    Standard of Performance

(a)    Provider shall provide the Services with: (i) reasonable skill and care; and (ii) consistent in all material respects with the level of skill and care provided to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period (where there is a Baseline Period).

(b)    Provider shall have the right to perform its obligations under this Agreement through one or more Provider Affiliates, and each of the foregoing may hire third party service providers, subcontractors and consultants (each, a “Subcontractor”) to perform any of Provider’s obligations hereunder, including to provide all or part of any Service, provided that (i) the use of such Subcontractor to so perform will not adversely affect the applicable Services in any material respect or materially increase Recipient’s costs or expenses hereunder for the applicable Services, (ii) Provider shall in all cases retain responsibility for the provision of the Services to Recipient in accordance with this Agreement and be liable for any breach by any such Affiliate or Subcontractor of the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if such breach was Provider’s breach, and (iii) Provider shall use reasonable endeavours to provide reasonable notice to Recipient prior to the engagement of any Subcontractor to perform any of Provider’s obligations hereunder if such Subcontractor (x) was not engaged by Provider or any Provider Affiliates during the Baseline Period for the performance of such obligations and (y) is engaged solely to perform any of Provider’s obligations hereunder (and not for the benefit of Provider’s or its Affiliates’ own businesses). Any set-up activities required as a result of the appointment or replacement of any Subcontractor shall be agreed in a Work Package in accordance with Section 3.1(c)(ii). Except as set forth in this Section 2.2(b), neither Provider nor its Affiliates, nor any other Person on their behalf, makes any conditions, representations or warranties, express or implied, with respect to any Services provided by a Subcontractor.

(c)    As between the Parties, except as otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, Provider shall have sole discretion and authority with respect to designating, employing, assigning, compensating and discharging personnel and Subcontractors in connection with the performance of the Services, and, except as necessary to perform the Services, in no event shall Provider be obligated under this Agreement to retain or employ any specific personnel or Subcontractors, acquire any equipment or technology, expand or modify any facilities or incur any capital expenditures, in each case unless Provider agrees in writing, in its sole discretion, to do so and Recipient agrees to bear all related costs and expenses.

(d)    Provider and its Affiliates shall not de-prioritize the provision of the Services to Recipient and its Affiliates hereunder relative to the priority in which it provided comparable services to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period in a manner that would result in a failure by Provider to provide the Services in accordance with Section 2.2(a).

 

-16-


Section 2.3    Service Changes

(a)    Any Service may be terminated, in whole or in part, upon the mutual written consent of the Parties, and in such case, the applicable Service shall terminate on the date mutually agreed upon in writing by Provider and Recipient, Exhibit A shall be deemed amended to delete such Service as of such date and (subject to Section 2.3(c)) this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect with respect to such Service, except as to liabilities or obligations accrued prior to the date of termination of such Service.

(b)    Any Service may be terminated, in whole or in part, by Recipient upon written notice (a “Termination Notice”) to Provider at least ninety (90) days (or such fewer days as specified in Exhibit A) prior to such termination, and in such case, unless a Withdrawal Notice is timely delivered to Provider as set forth below, the applicable Service (or part thereof) shall terminate on the termination date specified in the Termination Notice (or such other date mutually agreed upon in writing by Provider and Recipient), Exhibit A shall be deemed amended to delete such Service (or part thereof) as of such date and (subject to Section 2.3(c)) this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect with respect to such Service (or part thereof), except as to liabilities or obligations accrued prior to the date of termination of such Service. Within thirty (30) days following receipt of a Termination Notice, Provider shall provide Recipient with written notice (a “Response Notice”) regarding (i) whether the termination of the applicable Service will require the termination or partial termination of, or otherwise affect the performance of, any other interdependent Services; (ii) any Early Termination Costs that will arise from the termination of such applicable Service and any such interdependent Services (including, for clarity, any such costs arising out of legally binding commitments made to, or in respect of, personnel or Subcontractors, for whom more than ninety (90) days’ (or such fewer days as specified in Exhibit A) notice of termination is required), including an estimate of the amount thereof; and (iii) in respect of any termination of a Service in part, the extent to which the Service Fee for such Service shall reduce (if at all) pursuant to Section 3.1(g). With respect to any Response Notice, Recipient may withdraw its Termination Notice by delivering a written notice (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to Provider within five (5) days following the receipt of such Response Notice from Provider. The Parties may agree shorter time periods for the issuing of a Response Notice and a Withdrawal Notice where less than ninety (90) days’ notice for a Termination Notice is specified in Exhibit A in respect of a particular Service. If Recipient timely delivers a Withdrawal Notice, the Termination Notice shall be deemed withdrawn and the applicable Service shall not be affected. If Recipient does not timely deliver a Withdrawal Notice, the Termination Notice will be final, binding and irrevocable and Provider may so terminate or so affect the performance of such other Services set forth in the Response Notice, and Exhibit A shall be deemed amended accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limitation, this Section 2.3(b) applies only to termination (and not expiration) of Services, and no notice shall be required to effectuate the expiration of any Service upon the expiration of its applicable Service Period.

(c)    Upon termination of a Service in whole pursuant to this Agreement, Provider’s obligation to provide, and Recipient’s obligation to pay for, such terminated Service beyond the specified termination date will terminate. Upon termination of a Service in part: (i) Provider’s obligation to provide the portion of the Service that is terminated beyond the specified termination date will terminate; and (ii) the Service Fee for such Service shall be reduced as agreed by the Parties in writing where the termination is pursuant to Section 2.3(a) (applying the principles set out in Section 3.1(g)) or as set out in the Response Notice where the termination is pursuant to Section 2.3(b). Further, in the event of any termination in whole or in part, Recipient shall pay

 

-17-


Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) for all accrued and unpaid Set-Up Costs, Service Fees (and applicable Cost-Plus Charge) and Service Costs for such terminated Service or part thereof. Solely with respect to a termination of a Service in whole or in part pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or Section 2.3(b), or to termination by Provider or Recipient in accordance with Section 7.2 (unless Provider is the Breaching Party or a Party is subject to an Insolvency Event thereunder), Recipient shall reimburse Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) for all Early Termination Costs incurred by or on behalf of Provider or its Affiliates in connection with such termination, in each case in accordance with Article III.

(d)    Scope, Volume, and Location Changes

(i)    If Recipient desires to increase the scope or volume of any Service beyond the scope or volume of such Service as (A) provided by Provider or its Affiliates to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period or (B) otherwise contemplated by Exhibit E, Recipient shall provide a written request to Provider for such increase in scope or volume of Service and Recipient and Provider shall discuss in good faith such request. If such increase is non-material, Provider shall provide such requested increase in scope or volume of Service. If such increase is material, where material shall be determined in accordance with the Operating Manual, Provider shall only be required to provide such requested material increase in scope or volume of Service to the extent the applicable material increase (1) arises from organic growth of the Business not otherwise set out in Exhibit E (it being understood that (x) the commercialization of a product that was, as of the Effective Date, being researched or developed, but not yet commercialized, and (y) the resolution or alleviation of any supply chain constraint that impacted the Business during the Baseline Period shall each constitute changes to the Services and organic growth of the Business), (2) is not requested as a result of, or otherwise in connection with, any mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, consolidations, reorganizations, or similar transactions (except for a divestiture of any portion of the Business that is required by applicable Laws in order to complete the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement and any of the Ancillary Agreements or any internal restructuring of the Business by Recipient or any of its Affiliates that is reasonably necessary as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements immediately following the Effective Date), and (3) would not require Provider or its Affiliates to allocate resources and capabilities to effect such increase in scope or volume of Service materially in excess of its then-current ordinary course resources and capabilities. In the case of such a requested material increase that does not satisfy sub Sections (1), (2), and (3), such increase shall not be required without Provider’s consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3(d)(i), in no event shall Provider be required to provide such a requested material increase to the extent that such material increase would reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect any of Provider’s other material obligations or material commitments (including to its and its Affiliates’ business operations). All reasonable net costs and expenses incurred in providing any increase in scope or volume of Service desired by Recipient and referenced in this Section 2.3(d)(i) (including, for clarity, any non-material increase) (but excluding Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2) shall be borne by Recipient (and the Service Fee for such Service will increase by the incremental amount of any such recurring costs and expenses (that are not Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs) or, in the case of any one-

 

-18-


time costs and expenses relating to such increase, such costs and expenses shall be deemed to be Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs, as applicable).

(ii)    If Recipient desires to change the location at which any Service is provided from (A) the location at which such Service was provided by Provider to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period, (B) any location set forth in Exhibit A (C) any Pre-Approved Location, or (D) any Third-Party Location, Recipient shall provide a written request to Provider for such change in location and Recipient and Provider shall discuss in good faith such request. Provider shall only be required to provide the applicable Service to such new location to the extent such change (1) is not requested as a result of, or otherwise in connection with, any mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, consolidations, reorganizations or similar transactions (except for a transaction set out in Exhibit E, a divestiture of any portion of the Business that is required by applicable Laws in order to complete the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement and any of the Ancillary Agreements, or any internal restructuring of the Business by Recipient or any of its Affiliates that is reasonably necessary as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements immediately following the Effective Date), (2) would not require Provider to allocate resources and capabilities to effect such change in location materially in excess of its then-current ordinary course resources and capabilities, and (3) is necessary and required in order for Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate to comply with changes in applicable Laws during the Term. In the case of such a requested change that does not satisfy Sub Sections (1), (2), and (3), such change shall not be required without Provider’s consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3(d)(ii), in no event shall Provider be required to change any such location to the extent that such change would reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect any of Provider’s other material obligations or material commitments (including to its and its Affiliates’ business operations). All reasonable net costs and expenses (excluding Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2) incurred in effecting any location change desired by Recipient to the location of the applicable Service and referenced in this Section 2.3(d)(ii) shall be borne by Recipient (and the Service Fee for such Service will increase by the incremental amount of any such recurring costs and expenses (that are not Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs) or, in the case of any one-time costs and expenses relating to such location change, such costs and expenses shall be deemed to be Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs, as applicable).

(e)    It is understood and agreed that Provider may from time to time change the manner or nature of any Service provided to Recipient or make changes to its information technology services if (i) Provider is making similar changes in the performance of services similar to such Service for itself and all or substantially all of its Affiliates that use or receive such services, (ii) such changes are required by applicable Laws, (iii) are (in accordance with good industry practice) necessary for the upkeep, stability and maintenance of the Service (including security and general software patches and upgrades), or (iv) such changes would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the provision of such Service; provided that, with respect to the foregoing sub Sections (i) through (iv), Provider shall provide Recipient with prior written notice as promptly as practicable of any such changes that are material. Any

 

-19-


incremental costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Provider or its Affiliates in making any such change to the Services performed hereunder or in providing such Services as contemplated by this Section 2.3(e) shall be borne by Provider, except that, in the case of changes required by sub Section (ii), the incremental costs and expenses of such changes shall be borne proportionally by Recipient and Provider to the extent such changes apply to both the Services and to any of Provider’s and its Affiliates’ other businesses, and in the case of changes required by Sub Sections (ii) and (iii), the Recipient shall be responsible for any and all of its internal costs and expenses associated with testing and implementing the change.

(f)    Unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, in no event shall any reduction in the scope or volume of, or change in location of, or adverse change in the quality or standard of care of, any Service occurring following the date of the Demerger Agreement and prior to the Effective Date limit or modify any of Provider’s obligations under this Agreement.

Section 2.4    Omitted Services

If, within one hundred and fifty (150) days following the Effective Date (or, with respect to a Service to the extent provided in connection with a Delayed Asset, one hundred and fifty (150) days following the date of the applicable Delayed Transfer), Recipient identifies a service (an “Omitted Service”) that (a) was provided or is substantially similar to a service that was provided by Provider or any Provider Affiliate to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period, (b) is reasonably necessary for the Business to operate in substantially the same manner as the Business operated during the Baseline Period, (c) is not included in Exhibit A or Exhibit B, and (d) would not require Provider or its Affiliates to allocate resources or capabilities materially in excess of its then-current ordinary course resources and capabilities (provided, for clarity, that resources or capabilities necessary to prepare to make such service available or plan and execute the migration of such service shall not be deemed to be resources or capabilities materially in excess of Provider’s or its Affiliates’ then-current ordinary resources or capabilities, as long as providing the Omitted Service itself does not require Provider or its Affiliates to allocate resources or capabilities materially in excess of its then-current ordinary resources or capabilities), then the Parties shall amend Exhibit A to add such Omitted Service, and in such case, such Omitted Service will be deemed a Service hereunder; provided that Provider shall have no obligation to provide such Omitted Service unless and until the Parties mutually agree (which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) on all terms and conditions for the provision of such Omitted Service, including the Initial Service Period and the Service Fee of such Omitted Service, which terms and conditions shall be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement, including the methodology to calculate the Service Fees reflected herein and in Exhibit A. Each Party shall give due consideration to business continuity concerns in connection with any request for an Omitted Service pursuant to this Section 2.4.

Section 2.5    Service Extensions

(a)    If Recipient reasonably determines that it will require a Fixed Period Service to continue beyond the FPS Initial Service Period for such Fixed Period Service, Recipient may extend such Fixed Period Service for up to two (2) six (6) month periods (each, an “FPS Service Extension Period”), each upon written notice to Provider no less than sixty (60) days (or such fewer days as specified in Exhibit A) prior to the end of the then-current FPS Initial Service

 

-20-


Period or FPS Service Extension Period (provided, however, that the Recipient will notify the Provider immediately upon becoming aware of any event which would give rise to the Recipient exercising its rights under this Section 2.5(a)), as applicable; provided that (i) the Service Fee for each such FPS Service Extension Period shall increase in accordance with Section 3.1(a), and (ii) except to the extent there is an extension in accordance with Section 2.5(b) or Section 10.16, in no event shall any FPS Initial Service Period together with the applicable FPS Service Extension Periods end later than (A) twenty-four (24) months following the Effective Date, and (B) to the extent with respect to any Delayed Asset, the period of time following the date of the applicable Delayed Transfer that is equal to twenty-four (24) months less such number of months (up to a maximum of twelve (12) months) in the period after the Effective Date up to the date of the applicable Delayed Transfer during which Recipient is actually able to conduct material preparatory work regarding transitioning off the Services related to such Delayed Asset.

(b)    If, having fully exercised its extension rights in Section 2.5(a) or Section 2.5(c) (as applicable), Recipient reasonably determines that it will require a Fixed Period Service or an Event Based Service to continue beyond what would otherwise be the end of the Service Period, because of a delay in (or inability to complete) the transition or migration of such Service as a result of: (i) Provider’s or any of its Affiliates’ or Subcontractors’ material breach of or material failure to perform any of its covenants or agreements under this Agreement or the Work Packages, (ii) any requirement of applicable Laws, or (iii) any act or omission of a Governmental Entity (including any delay or inability to obtain, transfer, change, or approve any Product Registration or Manufacturing Registration), then, without limitation of Section 10.16, Recipient may extend the period of performance of such Fixed Period Service or Event Based Service for the period of such delay or inability (e.g., an extension of up to thirty (30) days where the period of such delay or inability is thirty (30) days) with Provider’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed); provided, that (x) Provider’s consent shall not be required for up to the first twelve (12) months of any such extension pursuant to sub Section (i) (for clarity, the foregoing is without limitation of Recipient’s ability to further extend such services beyond such first twelve (12) months upon Provider’s consent in accordance with this Section 2.5(b)) and (y) in respect of any such extension pursuant to sub Section (iii), only that part of the Fixed Base Service or Event Based Service impacted by the act or omission of a Governmental Entity may be extended. Recipient shall notify the Provider immediately upon becoming aware of any event which would give rise to the Recipient exercising its rights under this Section 2.5(b). During any extension period granted in accordance with this Section 2.5(b), the Parties shall reasonably cooperate to mitigate and cure the circumstances that gave rise to such extension in order to prevent any need for further extensions.

(c)    If Recipient reasonably determines that it will require an Event Based Service to continue beyond the EBS Initial Service Period for such Event Based Service, upon written notice to Provider no less than ten (10) days prior to the end of the applicable EBS Initial Service Period (provided, however, that the Recipient will notify the Provider immediately upon becoming aware of any event which would give rise to the Recipient exercising its rights under this Section 2.5(c)), the period of performance for such Event Based Service shall be extended for a period equaling six (6) months less the duration of any EBS Tail Period with respect to such Event Based Service (such extension period, an “EBS Service Extension Period”); provided that the Service Fee for each such EBS Service Extension Period shall increase in accordance with Section 3.1(a). For clarity, except to the extent there is an extension in accordance with Section 2.5(b), no Event Based Service with an EBS Tail Period equaling six (6) months shall be eligible for extension.

 

-21-


Section 2.6    Third Party Terms and Conditions; Consents

Recipient hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Services provided by Provider through Subcontractors, or using third party assets, including Intellectual Property Rights, are subject to the terms and conditions of any applicable agreements with such third parties and subject to the receipt of any consent, authorization, order or approval of, or any exemption by, any third party (each, a “Consent”) required to be obtained by Provider (or its Affiliates or its or their Subcontractors) for the performance of Provider’s obligations under this Agreement, which Provider shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain, and Recipient shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate with and assist Provider (or its Affiliates or its or their Subcontractors) in so obtaining; provided that neither Party shall be obligated to incur any costs or expenses to obtain any such Consent; provided, further, that if any costs or expenses (excluding Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2) must be incurred to pay for a Consent, or for the assignment of a license or other rights to Recipient or its Affiliates, or for the purchase or licensing of any Intellectual Property Rights or other assets to provide the Services to Recipient or its Affiliates, and Recipient wishes that such Consent be obtained or such assignment, purchase or license be effected (having given its prior written consent to the applicable costs and expenses), such costs and expenses shall be borne by Recipient (and the Service Fee for such Service will increase by the amount of any such recurring costs and expenses (that are not Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs) or, in the case of any one-time costs and expenses relating to such modifications, such costs and expenses shall be deemed to be Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs, as applicable, hereunder). If Provider is unable to obtain any required Consent, or to effect any required assignments, purchases or licenses, or Recipient does not give its consent to the costs and expenses payable for the same in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to (a) negotiate in good faith reasonable modifications to the Services such that such Consents, assignments, purchases or licenses are not required, and (b) implement such modifications. Any costs and expenses (excluding Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2) reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Provider or its Affiliates with respect to such mutually agreed modifications shall be borne by Recipient (and the Service Fee for such Service will increase by the amount of any such recurring costs and expenses (that are not Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs) or, in the case of any one-time costs and expenses relating to such modifications, such costs and expenses shall be deemed to be Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, or Early Termination Costs, as applicable, hereunder). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, subject to Provider complying with its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent Provider does not obtain any required Consent, or effect any required assignments, purchases or licenses, for a Service; (i) Provider shall decide, in its absolute discretion, whether or not to perform such Service (provided that if Provider decides to perform the Service, it shall first obtain the prior written consent of Recipient and Recipient shall indemnify and hold harmless Provider from and against any Losses suffered or incurred as a result of any third party claim arising under or in connection to the provision of the Service without the required Consent); and (ii) Provider will not be in breach of this Agreement or have any liability to Recipient or its Affiliates as a result of any non-performance of, or other effect upon, such Service caused by this. If any Consent, assignment, purchase or license is required to be obtained with respect to any third

 

-22-


party relationship of Recipient or its Affiliates for the receipt of Services, Recipient shall be solely responsible for obtaining any such Consent, assignment, purchase or license at its sole cost and expense; provided that Provider shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate with and assist Recipient (or its Affiliates) in so obtaining.

Section 2.7    Transition Representatives

Each Party shall designate an individual to be the primary liaison between the Parties for the transition of the Business and the provision and receipt of, and the transfer of responsibility for, the Services (each, a “Transition Representative”). Each Party shall also designate individuals to be the primary representatives of such Party with respect to each of the functional areas of the Services (e.g., information technology, finance) (each, a “Service Functional Lead”). The Parties agree that any issues arising under this Agreement in relation to a particular Service will be raised first by and between the Service Functional Leads responsible for the functional area of the relevant Service before being referred to the Transition Representatives. The Transition Representatives and Service Functional Leads, or their respective designees, shall meet regularly in person, telephonically or as they otherwise agree during the Term to discuss any issues arising under this Agreement that have not been resolved by the Service Functional Leads and the need for any modifications or additions hereto. Either Party may replace its Transition Representative or any Service Functional Lead with an individual who has a comparable level of responsibility within its respective organization. Each Party shall provide written notice of its Transition Representative and Service Functional Leads to the other Party promptly following the execution of this Agreement and promptly following any changes to such Party’s Transition Representative or any Service Functional Lead, in each case in accordance with Section 10.1. The Transition Representatives and Service Functional Leads shall perform their duties in accordance with the Operating Manual and this Agreement. Subject to Section 10.1, the Provider and Recipient shall agree and set forth in the Operating Manual such other and additional processes and procedures for managing the day-to-day communications between the employees and representatives of Provider (and its Affiliates) and Recipient (and its Affiliates), including any decision-making required of the Parties to effectively coordinate their respective governance roles and responsibilities under the Agreement.

Section 2.8    Transitional Nature of Services and Assistance

The Parties hereby acknowledge the transitional nature of the Services. Accordingly, as promptly as practicable following the execution of this Agreement, Recipient agrees to use and to cause its Affiliates to use reasonable endeavours to transition each Service to its own internal organization or obtain alternate third parties to provide the Services. Recipient shall inform Provider of any developments or changes (including as a result of the termination of any Services hereunder) that would reasonably be expected to impair Recipient’s ability to adhere to any Work Package, and shall update the Work Package in accordance with the Operating Manual upon Provider’s reasonable request. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1(c)(iii), any amendments to a Work Package must be agreed in writing by both Parties in accordance with the process set out in the Operating Manual. Provider shall provide Recipient with assistance reasonably necessary to transition the Services to Recipient as set out in the Work Packages subject to payment by Recipient of the Service Exit Costs; provided that Recipient shall be ultimately responsible for transitioning the Services.

 

-23-


Section 2.9    Independent Contractor

In providing the Services hereunder, Provider, its Affiliates and its and their Subcontractors, shall act solely as independent contractors. Nothing herein shall constitute or be construed to be or create in any way or for any purpose a partnership, joint venture, joint-employer or principal-agent relationship between the Parties with respect to the Services. Neither Party nor any of its Affiliates, employees or agents shall have any power or authority to control the activities or operations of the other Party or its Affiliates, or to bind or commit the other Party or its Affiliates, with respect to the Services. In providing the Services hereunder, Provider’s and its Affiliates’ employees and agents shall not be considered employees or agents of Recipient or its Affiliates, or jointly employed by Provider and Recipient, nor shall Provider’s or its Affiliates’ employees or agents be eligible for or entitled to any compensation, benefits or perquisites (including severance) given or extended to any of Recipient’s or its Affiliates’ employees (without limiting any such amounts that constitute fees or costs and expenses payable pursuant to Article III hereunder). Recipient shall, subject to the Demerger Agreement, be solely responsible for the operation of its business and the decisions and actions taken in connection therewith, and nothing contained herein shall impose any liability or obligation on Provider or its Affiliates with respect thereto.

Section 2.10    Access and Cooperation; Reliance

(a)    Each Party agrees that it shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, (i) timely provide to the other Party and its Affiliates (and, if applicable, its and their Subcontractors), at no cost to such other Party, reasonable access to personnel, facilities, systems, assets, information and books and records, in the case of Recipient, with respect to the Business, and in the case of Provider, with respect to the Services, and (ii) timely provide decisions, approvals and acceptances, in the case of each of sub Sections (i) and (ii), as reasonably requested by such other Party in order to enable it to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement in a timely and efficient manner.

(b)    Without limiting the foregoing in this Section 2.10, each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cooperate with the other Party in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of the Services and to use reasonable endeavours to minimize all costs and expenses contemplated to be paid hereunder (including Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, and Early Termination Costs) and all distraction and disturbance to each Party, and shall perform all obligations hereunder in good faith and in accordance with principles of fair dealing. Such cooperation shall include (i) the execution and delivery of such further instruments or documents as may be reasonably requested by the other Party to enable the full performance of each Party’s obligations hereunder, (ii) notifying the other Party in advance of any changes to a Party’s operating environment or personnel that would reasonably be expected to affect the provision or use of the Services in any material respect, and working with the other Party to minimize the effect of such changes, and (iii) reasonably cooperating with Recipient and its Affiliates to accommodate non-material increases in the scope or volume of any Service, and to enable Recipient and its Affiliates to receive a Service (or find a reasonable workaround or alternative) in the event of any Compliance Concern.

 

-24-


(c)    In connection with the performance of this Agreement, each Party and its Affiliates (and, if applicable, its and their Subcontractors) shall be entitled to rely upon the genuineness, validity and truthfulness of any document, instrument or other writing presented by or on behalf of the other Party or its Affiliates. None of Provider, its Affiliates or any of its or their Subcontractors shall be liable for any impairment of any Service caused by their not receiving information, materials or access pursuant to this Section 2.10, either timely or at all, or by their receiving inaccurate or incomplete information from or on behalf of Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate, and Provider shall provide Recipient with prompt notice of any such circumstance of which it becomes aware.

(d)    Except as otherwise expressly set forth with respect to one or more specific Services in Exhibit A, Recipient and its Affiliates shall have no right under this Agreement and shall not be permitted under this Agreement to access any Information Systems or Software owned or controlled by Provider, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives. To the extent any such access is granted to Recipient or its Affiliates in connection with the receipt of one or more specific Services, Recipient shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, comply with (i) the Information System and Software terms of access set forth in Exhibit C-1 and (ii) the policies and procedures of Provider made available to Recipient in writing prior to the Effective Date (collectively, the “Provider Security Requirements”).

(e)    Except as otherwise expressly set forth with respect to one or more specific Services in Exhibit A, Provider and its Affiliates shall have no right under this Agreement and shall not be permitted under this Agreement to access any Information Systems or Software owned or controlled by Recipient, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives. To the extent any such access is granted to Provider or its Affiliates in connection with the provision of one or more specific Services, Provider shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, comply with (i) the Information System and Software terms of access set forth in Exhibit C-2 and (ii) the policies and procedures of Recipient that are generally applicable to Recipient, its Subsidiaries, and its and their businesses and made available to Provider in writing within a reasonable period prior to the date that such access is granted (collectively, the “Recipient Security Requirements”).

(f)    Each Party shall notify the other Party promptly after becoming aware of any actual or suspected breach of security of such first Party’s Information Systems to the extent related to the Business or any accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration or unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, information contained therein or any other sensitive or confidential information (including information relating to an identified or identifiable individual) supplied by or on behalf of such other Party to such first Party or its Affiliates (including where such first Party or its Affiliates has access to such information held by such other Party or on its behalf) in connection with this Agreement and, in the event of any such actual or suspected breach or destruction, loss, alternative, disclosure or access, each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate with the other Party in investigating and mitigating the effect thereof. In addition, (i) Provider shall notify Recipient promptly after becoming aware of any actual or suspected breach of security of Recipient’s Information Systems to the extent related to the Recipient Businesses or any accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration or unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, information contained therein and, in the event of any such actual or suspected breach or destruction, loss, alteration, disclosure or access, Provider shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate with Recipient in investigating and mitigating the

 

-25-


effect thereof, and (ii) Recipient shall notify Provider promptly after becoming aware of any actual or suspected breach of security of Provider’s Information Systems to the extent related to the Retained Business or any accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration or unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, information contained therein and, in the event of any such actual or suspected breach or destruction, loss, alteration, disclosure or access, Recipient shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate with Provider in investigating and mitigating the effect thereof.

Section 2.11    Compliance

(a)    Recipient acknowledges and agrees that Provider shall not provide any Service to the extent that the provision of such Service by Provider, any of its Affiliates or any of its or their Subcontractors, including any of the foregoing persons’ officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives, would conflict with or violate (i) any applicable Laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or (ii) any Provider Policies. In the event that Provider determines in good faith that the provision of a specific Service in a specific market is likely to violate sub Section (i) or (ii) above (a “Compliance Concern”), Provider shall provide prompt notice to Recipient describing in reasonable detail the nature of the Compliance Concern.

(i)    Provider and Recipient shall confer in good faith, including through the governance process set forth in Section 2.7, to determine whether the Compliance Concern can be resolved and whether the suspension of such Service (or part thereof) is necessary; provided that in the event of a disagreement regarding whether such suspension is necessary, Provider shall have the right to make the final determination. Provider and Recipient shall pursue the mutual objective of limiting the scope and duration of any such suspension. Each Party shall take reasonable interim measures necessary to address the Compliance Concern that are requested by the other Party (e.g., by replacing a suspect intermediary or reassigning a suspect employee), and, upon request, shall provide written confirmation to the other Party that such measures have been implemented. All interim measures shall remain in place until and unless the Parties mutually agree, on the basis of their reasonable investigation, that the Compliance Concern is resolved.

(ii)    In the event that any Service (or part thereof) has been suspended under this Section 2.11, upon the resolution of such Compliance Concern, Provider shall resume the provision of such Service, and shall continue to provide such Service without interruption. To the extent that, and for so long as, any Service is suspended under this Section 2.11, Recipient shall not pay for such Services (unless the applicable Compliance Concern arises as a result of a breach by Recipient of this Agreement in which case Recipient shall continue to pay for such Services during the period of suspension).

(iii)    Each Party shall at all times comply with all applicable Laws in connection with the exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)    Each of Provider and its Affiliates, and Recipient and its Affiliates, shall follow the generally applicable policies, procedures and practices with respect to the Services followed by Provider and its Affiliates, or by any of Provider or any Provider Affiliate to the extent

 

-26-


related to the Services, and any changes to such policies, procedures and practices, in each case that are made available to Recipient and its Affiliates in writing (such policies, procedures and practices, and changes thereto, the “Provider Policies”), and in each case, from and after the effective date thereof following the date on which Recipient and its Affiliates are notified of the relevant policy, procedure or practice, including those relating to continuity of business, computer and network security measures and data encryption; provided that (i) Provider shall use reasonable endeavours to so notify Recipient and its Affiliates of any such changes concurrently with Provider notifying any of its Affiliates or its or their other business units of such changes, and (ii) if Provider fails to so notify Recipient and its Affiliates concurrently with Provider so notifying its Affiliates or its or their other business units, then, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 2.11, Recipient and its Affiliates shall use reasonable endeavours to follow such changes from and after the effective date thereof following the date on which Recipient and its Affiliates are so notified, but Recipient and its Affiliates shall not be required to follow such changes until the completion of a reasonable period following its receipt of such notice for Recipient and its Affiliates to take steps necessary to comply with such changes; provided, further, that Recipient and its Affiliates shall in no event be obligated to violate any Laws.

(c)    Each Party shall comply with their obligations set out in Exhibit L.

Section 2.12    Condition to Performance

Recipient acknowledges and agrees that Provider shall not be responsible for any failure to provide Services to the extent that such failure results from Recipient’s breach of this Agreement, including its obligations under Section 2.10, or to the extent that such failure is pursuant to a suspension of a Service that is in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(i) or Section 10.16. Provider shall promptly notify Recipient in writing of any such breach or suspension of which it becomes aware.

ARTICLE III

COMPENSATION

Section 3.1    Compensation

(a)    Each month during the Term, Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) shall pay to Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) (i) a monthly fee for each Service provided to Recipient (or such Affiliate) hereunder (prorated for any partial month in which such Service is performed subject to Section 3.1(g)) in accordance with the charges for each such Service as set forth in Exhibit A (it being understood and agreed that such monthly fee will be paid beginning on the Effective Date for all Services, including with respect to Services to be provided in connection with a Delayed Asset, notwithstanding that legal title to such Delayed Asset has not yet transferred to Recipient or its Affiliates); provided that (A) the monthly fee for each Service (other than a Fixed Period Service to the extent provided in connection with a Delayed Asset) provided to Recipient (or such Affiliate) hereunder during an FPS Service Extension Period or EBS Service Extension Period, as applicable, shall equal (x) [***] of the monthly fee for such Service as set forth in Exhibit A for the first FPS Service Extension Period or an EBS Service Extension Period, as applicable, and (y) [***] of the monthly fee for such Service as set forth in Exhibit A for the

 

-27-


second FPS Service Extension Period (B) the monthly fee for each Fixed Period Service to the extent provided solely in connection with a Delayed Asset hereunder shall equal (x) [***] of the monthly fee for such Service as set forth in Exhibit A during the first six (6) month period following the one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date and (y) [***] of the monthly fee for such Service as set forth in Exhibit A during the second six (6) month period following the one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date and (C) the monthly fee for each Service provided to Recipient (or such Affiliate) hereunder (x) during the first twelve (12) month period after expiration of the periods described in (A) or (B) shall equal [***] of the monthly fee for such Service as set forth in Exhibit A plus an adjustment for inflation by the greater of [***] and (y) during the second twelve (12) month period after expiration of the periods described in (A) or (B) (and any subsequent period) shall equal [***] of the monthly fee for such Service as set forth in Exhibit A plus a mutually negotiated rate (not to be less than the greater of [***]), but, in each case of (A), (B) and (C), excluding any Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2 (sub Section (i), collectively, the “Service Fees”), (ii) the Cost-Plus Charge (as set forth in Section 3.1(e)), (iii) in respect of each Work Package, unless otherwise agreed, [***] of the Set-Up Costs incurred in that month and (iv) in respect of each Work Package, unless otherwise agreed, [***] of the Service Exit Costs incurred in that month. Provider or its applicable Affiliates shall bear all Provider Costs. Notwithstanding the above, if (and solely for so long as) any Fixed Period Service or Event Based Service is extended pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(i), there shall be no increase in the monthly fee payable by Recipient pursuant to this Section 3.1(a)(i) and Recipient shall continue to pay the monthly fee for such Fixed Period Service or Event Based Service (as applicable) that was payable immediately prior to the commencement date of such extension.

(b)    Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) shall reimburse Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) for all reasonable costs and expenses, including license fees, royalties, payments to Subcontractors (to the extent not covered by the Service Fees), reasonable travel expenses and third-party freight, distribution and other logistics costs, incurred by or on behalf of Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) to the extent attributable to the provision of the Services (but only proportionally to the extent such costs or expenses are applicable to both the Services and to any of Provider’s and its Affiliates’ other businesses), but excluding any Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2, and excluding Set-Up Costs and Service Exit Costs (which are the subject of Section 3.1(a)) and Early Termination Costs (which are the subject of Section 3.1(d)) (collectively, “Service Costs”), provided Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) shall not be required to reimburse Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) for any Service Costs incurred in any month for and on behalf of any employees of Provider or any Provider Affiliate (e.g., travel and entertainment costs) that exceed [***] in the aggregate across all invoices unless and until Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) has presented Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) with an invoice or other appropriate documentary evidence, providing reasonable supporting detail with respect to such costs, as permitted by the Operating Manual. All Service Costs shall be in addition to the Service Fees. Reasonable documentation of Service Costs will be provided upon request.

(c)    Limitation of Reimbursable Costs and Expenses

(i)    Provider shall provide Recipient with quarterly forecasts of Service Costs. Provider may update such quarterly forecasts from time to time upon notice to Recipient (which shall include a copy of such update). If at any time the actual amount of Service Costs incurred during the applicable quarterly period is expected to exceed [***] of the

 

-28-


projected amount of such costs as reflected in the corresponding quarterly forecast (as so updated from time to time), Provider will provide Recipient notice within a reasonable time period prior to exceeding such projected amount. Provider and Recipient shall review and discuss in good faith such forecast (as so updated from time to time) and any expected cost overages as part of the governance process set forth in Section 2.7. If Recipient does not approve any such cost overages (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), Provider shall be excused from providing the support or performing the activities to the extent related to such cost overages, provided, that Provider shall consider, and use reasonable endeavours to implement, alternate means of providing such support or performing such activities in a manner that does not result in such cost overages. If Provider fails to provide Recipient with notice prior to incurring any such cost overage, Recipient shall nevertheless reimburse Provider for such costs to the extent such costs are reasonable.

(ii)    In accordance with the processes and procedures set forth in the Operating Manual, Provider and Recipient shall agree in writing all Work Packages necessary for completing the set-up of any Service (including any set-up activities required as a result of the appointment or replacement of any Subcontractor). Such Work Packages shall form part of this Agreement. Provider shall provide Recipient with periodic updates (but in any event, no less frequent than every six (6) months) to the good faith estimate of Set-Up Costs described in each Work Package; provided, Provider shall promptly provide Recipient with an updated Work Package prior to incurring any material Set-Up Costs overage or in the event Provider desires to add, delete or adjust any line item of the Set-Up Costs in a Work Package that was previously agreed by the Parties. Provider and Recipient shall discuss in good faith any proposed updates to a Work Package, including adjustments to the Set-Up Costs estimate, and any updates shall be implemented in accordance with the Operating Manual. If Provider fails to provide Recipient with an updated Work Package as required by this Section 3.1(c)(ii), and the cumulative adjustment to Set-Up Costs for such Work Package would (x) materially increase Recipient’s costs or expenses thereunder, Recipient shall not be responsible for reimbursing Provider until such time as Provider submits an updated Work Package and the governance process set forth in the Operating Manual has been completed with the Parties having mutually agreed terms for the updated Work Package, or (y) would not materially increase Recipient’s costs or expenses thereunder, Recipient shall nevertheless reimburse Provider for such costs to the extent such costs are reasonable. Recipient’s rejection of any proposed material increase in Set-Up Costs in an updated Work Package timely proposed by Provider in accordance with this Section 3.1(c)(ii) shall promptly cause (A) the suspension of the Work Package last approved by the Parties, relieving Provider from having to perform any of its responsibilities under such Work Package and permitting Provider to recover all relevant Set-Up Costs incurred or committed to prior to such suspension, and (B) the Parties shall negotiate in good faith reasonable modifications to the Work Package, which may include alternative strategies and solutions, for completing the set-up of the relevant Services after the Effective Date. In the event the Parties are unable to mutually agree on modifications to the Work Package in writing, after having conferred on the matter in good faith as part of the governance process set forth in the Operating Manual, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, the Work Package last approved by the Parties, and the affected part of the Service to which the Work Package relates, will terminate and Provider will be

 

-29-


relieved of any obligation for performing any of its remaining responsibilities under that Work Package and in respect of the affected part of the Service, provided, that Provider shall be permitted to continue to recover any Set-Up Costs incurred or committed to prior to the suspension of such Work Package, plus any other additional costs it may incur as a direct result of terminating such Work Package and the Early Termination Costs in respect of such Service.

(iii)    By the Effective Date, and in accordance with the processes and procedures set forth in the Operating Manual, Provider and Recipient shall have agreed all Work Packages necessary for the successful migration of each Service at the end of the relevant Service Period. Such Work Packages shall form part of this Agreement. Provider shall provide Recipient with periodic updates (but in any event, no less frequent than every six (6) months) to the good faith estimate of Service Exit Costs described in each Work Package; provided, Provider shall promptly provide Recipient with an updated Work Package prior to incurring any material Service Exit Cost overage or in the event Provider desires to add, delete or adjust any line item of the Service Exit Costs in a Work Package that was previously agreed by the Parties. Provider and Recipient shall discuss in good faith any proposed updates to a Work Package, including adjustments to the Service Exit Costs estimate, and any updates shall be implemented in accordance with the Operating Manual. If Provider fails to provide Recipient with an updated Work Package as required by this Section 3.1(c)(iii), and the cumulative adjustment to Service Exit Costs for such Work Package would: (x) materially increase Recipient’s costs or expenses thereunder, Recipient shall not be responsible for reimbursing Provider until such time as Provider submits an updated Work Package and the governance process set forth in the Operating Manual has been completed with the Parties having mutually agreed terms for the updated Work Package, or (y) would not materially increase Recipient’s costs or expenses thereunder, Recipient shall nevertheless reimburse Provider for such costs to the extent such costs are reasonable. Recipient’s rejection of any proposed material increase in Service Exit Costs in an updated Work Package timely proposed by Provider in accordance with this Section 3.1(c)(iii) shall promptly cause (A) the suspension of the Work Package last approved by the Parties, relieving Provider from having to perform any of its responsibilities under such Work Package and permitting Provider to recover all relevant Service Exit Costs incurred or committed to prior to such suspension, and (B) the Parties shall negotiate in good faith reasonable modifications to the Work Package, which may include alternative strategies and solutions, for the successful migration of the relevant Services at the end of the Service Period. In the event the Parties are unable to mutually agree on modifications to the Work Package in writing, after having conferred on the matter in good faith as part of the governance process set forth in the Operating Manual, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, the Work Package last approved by the Parties will terminate and Provider will be relieved of any obligation for performing any of its remaining responsibilities under that Work Package, provided, that Provider shall be permitted to continue to recover any Service Exit Costs incurred or committed to prior to the suspension of such Work Package, plus any other and additional costs it may incur as a direct result of terminating such Work Package.

 

-30-


(d)    Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) shall reimburse Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Provider (or such Affiliate) to the extent resulting from the early termination of any Service pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or Section 2.3(b) or termination by Provider or Recipient in accordance with Section 7.2 (unless Provider is the Breaching Party or the Party subject to an Insolvency Event thereunder) (and, for clarity, not including costs and expenses that would have been incurred absent such early termination), including legally binding commitments made to, or in respect of, personnel or Subcontractors, prepaid expenses related to the terminated Service and other costs and expenses related to such termination but excluding Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.2 (collectively, “Early Termination Costs”). All Early Termination Costs shall be in addition to the Service Fees, but exclude Service Exit Costs. Reasonable documentation of actual, and good faith estimates of potential, Early Termination Costs will be provided upon request.

(e)    The Parties agree that the Service Fees shall be subject to [***], which shall not include any Taxes (which are the subject of Section 3.2) (the “Cost-Plus Charge”) to reflect arms’ length pricing terms for the Services. For clarity, the Cost-Plus Charge shall be charged to and payable by Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) in addition to the Service Fees set forth in Exhibit A.

(f)    Subject to Section 3.1(a)(i)(A)-(C) and Section 3.1(e), it is the intent of the Parties that the Service Fees set forth in Exhibit A reasonably approximate the cost of providing the Services, without any intent to cause Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) to make profit or incur loss. Subject to the foregoing, if at any time Provider believes that the Service Fee for a specific Service in Exhibit A is materially insufficient to compensate it (or its applicable Affiliate) for the cost of providing such Service, or Recipient believes that the Service Fee for a specific Service in Exhibit A materially overcompensates Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) for such Service, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party, and the Parties will commence good faith negotiations toward an agreement in writing as to the appropriate course of action with respect to the Service Fee for such Service for future periods. This Article III shall not limit any other obligation of Recipient and its Affiliates to reimburse costs or expenses of Provider and its Affiliates pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement.

(g)    In the event that a Service is terminated in part pursuant to this Agreement, then the Service Fee for the portion of the Service that remains in effect after such termination in part shall be adjusted in accordance with Exhibit I and Section 3.1(e), in each case to the extent applicable; provided that Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) is sufficiently compensated in accordance with this Agreement for the portion of such Service that remains in effect after such termination in part and, in furtherance of ensuring such sufficient compensation, upon either Party’s request at any time during the Term, the Parties shall discuss in good faith any reasonable and appropriate adjustments to Exhibit I, it being understood that the partial termination cost reduction principles reflected in Exhibit I include certain cost step-down targets that represent the Parties’ best estimate of reasonable and appropriate cost step-down amounts as of the date of this Agreement, and the Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to achieve such cost step-down targets.

(h)    Provider agrees that any costs and expenses recoverable from Recipient under this Agreement shall be charged only once to Recipient and there shall be no double recovery of such costs and expenses (whether under different categories of fees, an LCA or otherwise).

 

-31-


Section 3.2    Taxes

(a)    All payments made under this Agreement that represent consideration for a supply for VAT purposes shall be exclusive of any VAT properly chargeable thereon, which shall be payable in addition to the consideration upon receipt of a valid VAT invoice.

(b)    Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) shall be responsible for all Transfer Taxes imposed by applicable Taxing Authorities on the direct provision of Services to Recipient (or such Affiliate) or any payment hereunder, provided that such Transfer Taxes shall be shown on an invoice. If Provider or any Provider Affiliate is required to pay any part of such Transfer Taxes, Provider shall provide Recipient with evidence that such Transfer Taxes have been paid, and Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) shall reimburse Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) for such Transfer Taxes. Upon the reasonable request of Recipient, Provider shall revise any invoice to reflect the relevant Transfer Taxes imposed or to correct any errors to the extent any such correction is required by applicable Laws.

(c)    If at any time Provider (or any of its Affiliates) receives a refund (or credit or offset in lieu of a refund) of any Transfer Taxes (or Provider (or any of its Affiliates) otherwise is not required under applicable Laws to bear any such Taxes) for which Recipient (or any of its Affiliates) has borne or paid to Provider (or its Affiliate), then Provider (or its Affiliate receiving such refund or utilizing such credit or offset) shall promptly pay over the amount of such refund, credit or offset (net of all related costs, expenses and Taxes incurred in respect thereof) to Recipient or its applicable Affiliate, it being understood that Recipient and its applicable Affiliate shall be liable for any subsequent disallowance of such refund, credit or offset and any related interest, penalties, additions thereto or related costs and expenses.

(d)    If at any time Provider (or any of its Affiliates) determines that VAT charged to Recipient pursuant to this Agreement was not properly due, whether upon receipt of notification from a Tax Authority or otherwise, and receives a refund (or credit or offset in lieu of a refund) of such VAT, then Provider (or its Affiliate receiving such refund or utilizing such credit or offset) shall promptly issue a credit note to Recipient with respect to such VAT and pay over the amount of such refund, credit or offset to Recipient or its applicable Affiliate. Provider shall as soon as reasonably practicable send Recipient copies of the documentation or correspondence on the basis of which it was determined that VAT was not properly due.

(e)    Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use reasonable endeavours to (i) minimize the amount of any VAT and Transfer Taxes imposed on the provision of Services hereunder, including by availing itself of any available exemptions from or reductions to any such VAT and Transfer Taxes, and (ii) cooperate with the other Party in providing any information or documentation that may be reasonably necessary to minimize such VAT and Transfer Taxes or obtain such exemptions. Provider (and its Affiliates) shall issue (or shall cause to be issued) any invoice, and reasonably cooperate with Recipient and its Affiliates to provide information and documentation, necessary for Recipient and its Affiliates to comply with VAT obligations under applicable Laws.

(f)    If applicable Laws require that an amount in respect of any Taxes be withheld from any payment to Provider or any Provider Affiliate under this Agreement, Recipient shall promptly notify Provider of such required withholding and, solely if such withholding constitutes a Transfer Tax, the amount payable to Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) shall be

 

-32-


increased as necessary so that, after withholding of any such amounts as required by applicable Laws, Provider (or such Affiliate) receives an amount equal to the amount it would have received had no such withholding been required, and Recipient shall withhold (or cause to be withheld) such Taxes and pay (or cause to be paid) such withheld amounts over to the applicable Tax Authority in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Laws and shall provide Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) with an official receipt (or copy thereof) or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Provider confirming such payment where it is common practice for the applicable Tax Authority to provide such a receipt or evidence. Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) shall reasonably cooperate with Recipient to determine whether any such withholding applies to the Services, and if so, shall further cooperate to minimize or maintain an exemption from applicable withholding Taxes. Recipient shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, provide Provider and its Affiliates with any reasonable cooperation or reasonable assistance as may be necessary to enable Provider or its Affiliates to claim exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of, any withholding Taxes (including, without limitation, pursuant to any applicable double taxation or similar treaty), to receive a refund of such withholding Taxes or to claim a Tax credit therefor. If at any time Provider (or any of its Affiliates) receives a refund (or credit or offset in lieu of a refund) of any withholding Taxes borne by Recipient (or any of its Affiliates), then Provider or its Affiliate receiving such refund or utilizing such credit or offset shall promptly pay over the amount of such refund, credit or offset (net of all related costs, expenses and Taxes incurred in respect thereof) to Recipient or its applicable Affiliate, it being understood that Recipient and its applicable Affiliate shall be liable for any subsequent disallowance of such refund, credit or offset and any related interest, penalties, additions thereto or related costs and expenses.

(g)    Where Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate is required by this Agreement to reimburse or indemnify Provider or any Provider Affiliate for any cost or expense (including Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs, Provider Costs and Early Termination Costs), Recipient (or its applicable Affiliates) shall reimburse or indemnify Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) for the full amount of the cost or expense, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, together with any VAT incurred on that cost or expense by the Provider or Provider Affiliate (to the extent that such VAT is properly reflected on a valid invoice issued by the supplier for such cost or expense), except to the extent that Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) reasonably determines in accordance with the applicable Laws of the jurisdiction in which such VAT is chargeable that it (or such Affiliate), or a member of the same group as Provider (or such Affiliate) for VAT purposes, is entitled to credit for or repayment of that VAT from any relevant Tax Authority.

(h)     If any Tax Authority Claim is made that could reasonably be expected to result in, or increase, any reimbursement or indemnity obligation of the Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate or the Provider or any Provider Affiliate pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any Transfer Taxes or VAT or result in the Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate or the Provider or any Provider Affiliate otherwise bearing any Transfer Taxes or VAT hereunder, the provisions of clause 12 (Conduct of Tax Authority Claim) of the Tax Covenant shall apply as if they were set out in this Section 3.2(h) but replacing references to “Haleon” or “Haleon Group Company” and “GSK” or “GSK Group Company” with references to “the Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate” or “the Provider or any Provider Affiliate” (and vice versa) and as if the references to “Haleon Tax Liability” or “GSK Tax Liability” under the Tax Covenant were replaced with references to the applicable Transfer Taxes or VAT hereunder, in each case as necessary and making any other necessary modifications, including that the provisions of clause 12 that apply to or in respect of Pfizer, a Pfizer Group Company or a Pfizer Tax Liability shall be ignored.

 

-33-


Section 3.3    Payment Terms

(a)    Unless otherwise specified in Exhibit A, Provider (or its applicable Affiliate in accordance with this Section 3.3) shall invoice Recipient for the Service Fee for each of the Services provided, plus the Cost-Plus Charge, and, if applicable, any Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs or Early Termination Costs incurred and required to be paid hereunder on a monthly basis in arrears by the 20th day of the month (or where the 20th day of the month is not a Business Day, by the last Business Day preceding the 20th of the month) following the month in which the applicable Services were provided or the applicable Service Costs, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs or Early Termination Costs were incurred (provided that to the extent any such costs are incurred in a month and not reflected in such initial invoice applicable to such month, such costs may be reflected in a subsequent invoice issued with respect to the next three (3) calendar months following the date of such initial invoice or, with Recipient’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), in a subsequent invoice; provided, further, that in no event shall Recipient be required to pay any such costs invoiced more than eighteen (18) months after such costs were incurred or twelve (12) months following the expiration of the Term). Recipient shall pay Provider (or such applicable Affiliate) all amounts due (other than amounts permitted to be withheld in accordance with this Section 3.3(a)) on or prior to the last day of the calendar month following the month in which Recipient receives the applicable invoice. All such invoices shall be in substantially the form set forth in the Operating Manual or such form as otherwise agreed between the Parties, and shall be delivered to Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) at the address designated by Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) by written notice to Provider. Any correspondence or payments concerning such invoices shall be made to Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) at the address designated by Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) by written notice to Recipient. Any Dispute regarding invoiced amounts shall be resolved in accordance with Article VIII; provided that Recipient (x) may withhold payment on any invoice to the extent it is disputing in good faith, pending resolution of such Dispute, an amount in such invoice that (i) represents more than [***] of the amount set forth on the applicable invoice, or (ii) represents [***] or less of the amount set forth on the applicable invoice if the cumulative aggregate outstanding amount of such disputed amounts referred to in this sub Section (ii) exceeds [***]), and (y) shall pay the full invoiced amount pending resolution of its Dispute of an invoiced amount that is less than the amount required in sub Section (x). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Provider may at any time withdraw an invoice for which Recipient is or has been withholding payment in accordance with sub Section (x) and submit a replacement invoice to ensure Recipient’s payment of all undisputed amounts without undue delay. There shall be no right of set-off or counterclaim with respect to any claim, debt or obligation against payments to Provider or any Provider Affiliate under this Agreement.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in addition to anything required by applicable Laws:

(i)    with respect to all Services provided by U.S. Provider or a U.S. Affiliate of U.S. Provider to U.S. Recipient or any other U.S. Affiliate of Recipient, U.S. Provider shall issue all invoices to U.S. Recipient in USD and U.S. Recipient shall make all such invoiced payments to U.S. Provider in USD;

 

-34-


(ii)    with respect to all Services provided by U.S. Provider or a U.S. Affiliate of Provider to Recipient (or Recipient on behalf of a Non-U.S. Affiliate of Recipient), U.S. Provider shall issue all invoices to Recipient in USD (unlesss otherwise agreed by the parties) and Recipient shall make all such invoiced payments to U.S. Provider in USD (unlesss otherwise agreed by the parties);

(iii)    with respect to all Services provided by Provider or any other Non-U.S. Affiliate of Provider to U.S. Recipient or any other U.S. Affiliate of Recipient, Provider shall issue all invoices to U.S. Recipient and U.S. Recipient shall make all such invoiced payments to Provider; and

(iv)    with respect to all Services provided by Provider or any other Non-U.S. Affiliate of Provider to Recipient (or Recipient on behalf of Recipient or a Non-U.S. Affiliate of Recipient), Provider shall issue all invoices to Recipient and Recipient shall make all such invoiced payments to Provider;

provided, that, notwithstanding sub Sections (i) through (iv) above, any Affiliate of Provider that is providing any (or part of any) Services in accordance with an LCA under Section 10.17 shall issue all invoices for, and shall receive all payments with respect to, such Services, and such issued invoices shall be provided to, and all such invoiced payments shall be made by, the applicable Affiliate of Recipient that is party to such LCA; provided, further, that all invoicing and payment obligations set forth in sub Sections (i) through (iv) above shall be made in accordance with Section 3.3(a) as if the applicable Affiliates of Provider and Recipient, respectively, that are referenced in this Section 3.3(b) were referenced in Section 3.3(a) in place of Provider and Recipient, as the context requires.

(c)    Unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement or an LCA, all invoices and payments under this Agreement shall be in pounds sterling. For the purposes of converting any amounts into pounds sterling, such amounts shall be converted from the functional currency used in the LCA to pounds sterling using the GSK Group consolidation system (BISON) cumulative average exchange rate for any payments invoiced by Provider, and the Haleon Group consolidation system cumulative average exchange rate (or such other external exchange rate as used by the Haleon Group) for any payments invoiced by Recipient. The Parties shall apply such exchange rate in the month where such cost was incurred.

Section 3.4    Interest

Provider and its Affiliates reserve the right to charge interest on any amount that has been overdue from Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate for more than thirty (30) days at an annual interest rate of [***], accruing from the date payment was due through to the date of actual payment.

Section 3.5    Records; Inspection

(a)    With respect to each Service, Provider or its applicable Affiliate shall keep reasonable and customary books, accounts, and records of all activities carried out, and all Service Fees and other costs and expenses (including Set-Up Costs, Service Costs, Service Exit Costs and Early Termination Costs) incurred, in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Service, and any other information or records in respect of any period, including

 

-35-


periods prior to the Service Period for each Service, that could reasonably be expected to be relevant to any Tax Authority Claim in respect of any Service, in each case in a manner consistent with the internal record keeping and retention policies of such entity but in no event for a period that is less than as required by Law or any applicable Governmental Order. Provider shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, permit Recipient and its Representatives reasonable access to inspect and copy (at Recipient’s cost) during business hours such books, accounts, and records: (i) during the twelve (12) month period following the invoice date for a particular Service (but no more than two (2) times during any consecutive twelve (12) month period) to audit any amounts invoiced to Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate for such Service and (ii) during any such longer period that Provider retains such books, accounts, and records in accordance with its internal record keeping and retention policies or in accordance with Laws or any applicable Governmental Order, for legal, compliance, or regulatory (for clarity, not including auditing amounts invoiced) purposes or for the purpose of prosecuting any Tax Authority Claim. Such access and audit rights shall be subject to the principles set forth in Exhibit J. In the event of any overcharge by Provider (or its applicable Affiliate), Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) shall promptly (and in no more than five (5) Business Days) refund such overcharge to Recipient or its designee; provided that, subject to Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) permitting reasonable access in accordance with sub Section (i) above, Recipient shall not be permitted to initiate a challenge of any invoice or amounts reflected therein after the expiration of the twelve (12) month period referred to in sub Section (i) above and neither Provider nor its applicable Affiliate shall be obligated to refund any such overage for which such a challenge was initiated after such period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall Provider (or any of its Affiliates) be required to provide access to, or otherwise disclose the contents of, any Provider Combined Tax Return and in no event shall Recipient Parent (or any of its Affiliates) be required to provide access to, or otherwise disclose the contents of, any Recipient Combined Tax Return.

(b)    If in connection with any legal, compliance or regulatory requirement, internal or external audit or internal or external investigation, Recipient or any of its Affiliates requires (x) supporting evidence in respect of activities performed pursuant to the Services and/or (y) written assurance in respect of Provider’s (or its Group’s) internal processes and controls applied in the performance of the Services, Provider will provide such evidence or assurance subject to the following: (i) Recipient shall notify Provider of the evidence or assurance required, giving reasonable detail of the reason for the requirement; (ii) the evidence or assurance required is not already in the possession of the Recipient or any member of its Group, whether through its receipt of the Services or otherwise; (iii) the Parties (each acting reasonably and in good faith) agree on the expected scope of the evidence or assurance required and the target timeline for delivering such evidence or assurance (it being acknowledged by Recipient that Provider will be permitted to take account of its and its Group’s own business requirements in deploying resources to meet Recipient’s request). Provider will provide the evidence or assurance agreed pursuant to sub-Section (iii) above free of charge unless Provider reasonably anticipates that the time required, or cost incurred, in doing so exceeds (or is likely to exceed) the applicable materiality threshold (as defined by the Parties in the Operating Manual), in which case the Parties (each acting reasonably and in good faith) shall discuss and agree an appropriate fee that Provider will charge Recipient for providing the required evidence or assurance (and Provider shall not be required to provide such evidence of assurance until such fee has been agreed in writing).

ARTICLE IV

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

Section 4.1    Ownership of Intellectual Property Rights

(a)    Except as expressly provided in Section 4.1(b), no license, title, ownership or other Intellectual Property Rights or proprietary rights are transferred to Recipient, its Affiliates or Representatives pursuant to this Agreement, and each of Provider and its applicable Affiliates retains all such rights, title, ownership and other interest in its Information Systems, platforms, applications and all other of its Software, hardware, systems and resources it uses to provide the Services. Except as expressly provided in Section 4.1(b), as between the Parties, Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) shall be the sole and exclusive owner of, and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant Recipient, its Affiliates or Representatives any right, title, license, leasehold or other interest in or to, any Intellectual Property Rights, ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, systems, works of authorship, facilities, floor space, resources, special programs, functionalities, interfaces, computer hardware or Software, documentation or other work product developed, created, modified, improved, used or relied upon by Provider, its Affiliates, Representatives or Subcontractors in connection with the Services or the performance of

 

-36-


Provider’s or its Affiliates’ obligations hereunder. Except as expressly provided in Section 4.1(b), no license, title, ownership or other Intellectual Property Rights or proprietary rights are transferred to Provider, its Affiliates or Subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement, and Recipient retains all such rights, title, ownership and other interest in its Information Systems, platforms, applications and all other Software, hardware, systems and resources it uses to receive the Services.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.1(a), all information, records, data, reports and deliverables to the extent relating to the Business that are generated, collected, stored, processed or created by or on behalf of Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate (including by Provider, its Affiliates and Subcontractors) in connection with a Service shall be owned by Recipient (“Acquired Business Data”), except that Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) shall own all information, records, data, reports and deliverables generated, collected, stored, processed or created in providing the Services to the extent related to the operation of the Retained Business. Provider shall deliver to Recipient, in a useable format, any such Acquired Business Data in its possession and stored electronically on its Information Systems (and not previously transferred to Recipient) that Recipient requests within a reasonable period of time following the termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided that Provider may retain one copy of such Acquired Business Data for legal and compliance purposes.

(c)    To the extent that any right, title or interest in, to or under any Intellectual Property Rights (including data) vests in either Party or its Affiliates, by operation of law or otherwise, in contravention of Section 4.1(a) or Section 4.1(b), such Party (the “Assigning Party”) hereby assigns, and shall cause its Affiliates to assign, perpetually and irrevocably, to the other Party or its designee (the “Assignee Party”) all such right, title and interest throughout the world in, to and under such Intellectual Property Rights, free and clear of all liens and other encumbrances, without the need for any further action by any Party or its Affiliates and hereby waives, and shall cause its Affiliates to waive, any ownership in the foregoing in favor of the Assignee Party if such assignment does not take effect immediately for any reason. The Assigning Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, execute any and all assignments and other documents necessary to perfect, register or record the Assignee Party’s right, title, and interest in, to and under such Intellectual Property Rights. The Assigning Party further agrees to, and shall cause its applicable Affiliates to, execute all further documents and assignments and take all further actions as may be necessary to perfect the Assignee Party’s title to such Intellectual Property Rights or to register such Assignee Party as the exclusive owner of any applicable registrable rights.

(d)    Except as set forth in Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b), Provider and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Recipient and its Affiliates, on the other hand, retain all right, title and interest in, to and under their respective Intellectual Property Rights, and except as set forth in Section 4.2(a) and Section 4.2(b), no license or other right, express or implied, is granted to either Party or its Affiliates with respect to the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ Intellectual Property Rights under this Agreement.

(e)    The Parties agree that neither Party nor its Affiliates will remove any trade mark or copyright notices, proprietary markings, trade marks or other indicia of ownership of the other Party or its Affiliates from any materials of the other Party or its Affiliates, except as required by the Demerger Agreement or any applicable Ancillary Agreements.

 

-37-


Section 4.2    License Grants

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Provider, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants to Recipient, its Affiliates and any other permitted recipient of the Services, a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 10.4), royalty-free and fully paid-up (subject to the terms hereof), limited license to use Intellectual Property Rights to the extent owned or controlled or licensable by Provider or any Provider Affiliate and used by Provider or any Provider Affiliate in connection with providing the Services, solely for the purpose of, and solely to the extent and for the duration required for, Recipient or its Affiliates, or such other recipient, to receive the Services during the Term.

(b)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Recipient, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants to Provider and its Affiliates, a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable (except to Affiliates and Subcontractors of Provider for the purposes of providing the Services), non-transferable (except as provided in Section 10.4), royalty-free and fully paid-up, limited license to use Intellectual Property Rights to the extent owned or controlled or licensable by Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate solely for the purpose of, and solely to the extent and for the duration required for, Provider, its Affiliates and Subcontractors to provide the Services during the Term.

(c)    The licenses granted in this Section 4.2 shall expire upon the earlier of the expiration of the Term or the end of the Service Period for the applicable Service subject to such license (or, if earlier, the date on which the Service subject to such license is terminated in accordance with this Agreement).

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.1    Indemnification

(a)    Subject to the provisions of this Article V, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in, and without limiting the indemnification provisions set forth in the Demerger Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, Provider agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Recipient and its Affiliates (collectively, the “Recipient Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses that any such Recipient Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from (i) the fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of Provider or any Provider Affiliate or Subcontractors in connection with this Agreement (including the provision of the Services); (ii) the employment, engagement or dismissal by Provider or any Provider Affiliate of any Provider Personnel; or (iii) any Provider Personnel (other than any Business Employee) who transfers or claims to transfer to the employment of any Recipient Indemnified Party at any stage, whether during this Agreement, or on or after expiration or termination of all or part of this Agreement or all or part of the Services, pursuant to the Transfer Regulations or otherwise.

(b)    Subject to the provisions of this Article V, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in, and without limiting the indemnification provisions set forth in the Demerger

 

-38-


Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, Recipient agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Provider and its Affiliates and its and their respective Subcontractors (collectively, the “Provider Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses that any such Provider Indemnified Party suffers or incurs to the extent resulting from the provision (or use by Recipient and its Affiliates) of the Services, except to the extent that such Losses result from (i) the fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of Provider or any Provider Affiliate or Subcontractors in connection with this Agreement (including the provision of the Services); (ii) a breach of this Agreement or an LCA by Provider or any Provider Affiliate or Subcontractor; (iii) the employment, engagement or dismissal by Provider or any Provider Affiliate of any Provider Personnel; (iv) any Provider Personnel (other than any Business Employee) who transfers or claims to transfer to the employment of any Recipient Indemnified Party at any stage, whether during this Agreement, or on or after expiration or termination of all or part of this Agreement or all or part of the Services, pursuant to the Transfer Regulations or otherwise; or (v) any infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights in connection with the Services to the extent resulting from Provider not seeking a required Consent pursuant to Section 2.6.

(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Article V shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent Losses arising from any non-Tax Authority Claim.

Section 5.2    Indemnification Procedures

(a)    Any Person entitled to be indemnified under this Article V (the “Indemnified Party”) shall as soon as reasonably practicable give written notice and available details thereof to the Party from whom indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) of any pending or threatened Action against the Indemnified Party that has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to such right of indemnification with respect to such Action (a “Third Party Claim”), indicating, with reasonable detail, and based on the facts then known to the Indemnified Party, the nature of such Third Party Claim, the basis therefor, a copy of any documentation received from the third party, insofar as it is reasonably practicable to determine the same (but without prejudice to the final determination of the amount to be indemnified in respect thereof), an estimate of the amount and calculation of the Losses for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Article V (and a good faith estimate of any such future Losses relating thereto), and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of which such Losses shall have occurred, and the Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver to the Indemnifying Party any information or documentation related to the foregoing reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party. A failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice in a timely manner pursuant to this Section 5.2(a) shall not limit the obligations of the Indemnifying Party under this Article V, except (i) to the extent such Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced thereby, and (ii) to the extent expenses are incurred during the period in which notice was not provided.

(b)    With respect to any Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party under this Article V shall have the right, but not the obligation, to assume the defence, at its own expense and by counsel of its own choosing, of such Third Party Claim and any Third Party Claims related to the same or a substantially similar set of facts; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume the defence of such Third Party Claim, and shall pay the reasonable fees and

 

-39-


expenses of counsel retained by the Indemnified Party, if such Third Party Claim is a criminal Action. If the Indemnifying Party so undertakes to defend any such Third Party Claim, it shall notify the Indemnified Party of its intention to do so, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the defence against, and settlement of, any such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not settle any such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnified Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) unless such settlement does not involve any injunctive relief against or any finding or admission of any violation of Laws or wrongdoing by the Indemnified Party, and any money damages are borne solely by the Indemnifying Party. Subject to the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate legal counsel and to participate in but not control the defence of such Action at its own cost and expense; provided that, subject to the provisions of this Article V, the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable fees of one firm of legal counsel (and one additional firm of legal counsel in each jurisdiction implicated in such Action) representing all Indemnified Parties in such Action and all related Actions, if, but only if, the defendants in such Action include both an Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded, based on the advice of legal counsel, that there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party with respect to such Action. In any event, the Indemnified Party shall cause its legal counsel to cooperate with the Indemnifying Party and its legal counsel. No Indemnified Party may settle any Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed). If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defence of a Third Party Claim, it shall nevertheless be entitled to participate in the defence of such Action at its own cost and expense, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the defence against, and settlement of, any such Third Party Claim.

(c)    In the event that any Indemnified Party has or may have an indemnification claim against any Indemnifying Party under this Agreement that does not involve a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party indicating, with reasonable specificity, and based on the facts then known to the Indemnified Party, the nature of such claim, the basis therefor, the amount and calculation of the Losses for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Article V (and a good faith estimate of any such future Losses relating thereto), and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of which such Losses shall have occurred, and the Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver to the Indemnifying Party any information or documentation related to the foregoing reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party. A failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice in a timely manner pursuant to this Section 5.2(c) shall not limit the obligations of the Indemnifying Party under this Article V, except (i) to the extent such Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced thereby and (ii) to the extent expenses are incurred during the period in which notice was not provided. If the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability with respect to such claim, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such Dispute in accordance with Section 8.1 and Section 10.10.

Section 5.3    Losses Net of Insurance, Etc.

The amount of any Loss for which indemnification is provided under Section 5.1 shall be calculated on an after-Tax basis and shall be net of (i) any amounts recovered by the

 

-40-


Indemnified Party pursuant to any indemnification by or indemnification agreement with any third party, and (ii) any insurance proceeds (provided by an insurance company that is not an Affiliate of the Indemnified Party) or other cash receipts or sources of reimbursement received with respect to such Loss (the source of any such amounts referred to in sub Section (i) or (ii), a “Collateral Source”), in each case net of any Taxes imposed or reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the collection of such insurance proceeds, cash receipts or sources of reimbursement. The Indemnified Party shall use its reasonable endeavours to seek recovery for such Losses from all Collateral Sources. The Indemnifying Party may require an Indemnified Party to assign to the Indemnifying Party the rights to seek recovery from any Collateral Sources (to the extent such rights are capable of assignment); provided that the Indemnifying Party will then be responsible for pursuing such claim at its own expense; provided, further, that the Indemnified Party shall cooperate (at the Indemnifying Party’s expense) with the Indemnifying Party to seek such recovery. If the amount to be netted hereunder from any payment required under Section 5.1 is determined after payment by the Indemnifying Party of any amount otherwise required to be paid to an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article V, the Indemnified Party shall repay to the Indemnifying Party, promptly after such determination, any amount that the Indemnifying Party would not have had to pay pursuant to this Article V had such determination been made at the time of such payment.

Section 5.4    No Right of Set-Off

Neither Provider (or its applicable Affiliate), on the one hand, nor Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate), on the other hand, shall have any right to set off any Losses under this Article V against any payments to be made by such Party, Parties, or its or their Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement, the Demerger Agreement or any other agreement among the Parties, including any Ancillary Agreement.

Section 5.5    Sole Remedy/Waiver

Except with respect to claims related to the Provider’s material breach of this Agreement (which shall be subject to Section 5.7) or to claims seeking specific performance or other equitable relief, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the remedies provided for in this Article V shall be the Parties’ sole and exclusive monetary remedy with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 5.6    Other Indemnities

This Article V is in addition to, and not in limitation of, any indemnification provisions set forth in the Demerger Agreement and any other Ancillary Agreement.

Section 5.7    Mitigation; Limitation on Liability

(a)    Each of Provider, Recipient, and each Indemnified Party shall, and cause its Affiliates to, use reasonable endeavours to mitigate any Loss upon becoming aware of any event which would reasonably be expected to, or does, give rise thereto, including incurring costs only to the minimum extent necessary to remedy the breach which gives rise to such Loss.

 

-41-


(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Demerger Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement but subject to Section 5.7(c) and Section 5.7(e), Provider’s (and its Affiliates’) maximum aggregate liability to, and (except with respect to claims seeking specific performance or other equitable relief) the sole remedy of, the Recipient Indemnified Parties for any and all claims (whether based on a claim in contract, tort (including negligence), under an indemnity, breach of statutory duty or otherwise) under or in connection with this Agreement (including all LCAs entered into in connection with this Agreement) shall not exceed: (x) in the case of claims under this Agreement, the [***], or (y) in the case of claims arising under an LCA only, the [***], less (x) in the case of claims under this Agreement, the [***], or (y) in the case of claims arising under an LCA only, the [***].

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Demerger Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement but subject to Section 5.7(e), in no event shall either Party be liable to the other Party or any Indemnified Party hereunder (whether based on a claim in contract, tort (including negligence), under an indemnity, breach of statutory duty or otherwise) under or in connection with this Agreement for:

(i)    any consequential damages, special damages, or indirect damages;

(ii)    any loss of revenue or profits, diminution in value, damages based on a multiple of revenue or earnings or other performance metric, loss of production, loss of contract, loss of goodwill or business reputation, loss or corruption of data, or business interruption (in each case, whether direct or indirect); or

(iii)    any punitive and exemplary damages, or any similar damages,

in all cases, other than, with respect to a Third Party Claim that is the subject of an indemnification obligation under this Agreement, to the extent that any damages are awarded by Governmental Order against, and paid by, an Indemnified Party.

(d)    Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Party acknowledges and agrees that all Services are provided on an “as-is” basis and that Provider and its Affiliates make no express or implied conditions, representations or warranties with respect to this Agreement, the Services to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise, including as to satisfactory quality, suitability or fitness for a particular purpose, title and non-infringement of any firmware, software or hardware provided or used hereunder, performance with reasonable skill and care, and any conditions, representations or warranties arising from the course of dealing, course of performance or trade usage, and all such conditions, representations and warranties are hereby expressly disclaimed.

(e)    Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or exclude either Party’s liability: (i) for any Loss to the extent it is caused by fraud; (ii) for death or personal injury caused by its (or its agents’) negligence; or (iii) that may not otherwise be limited or excluded by Laws.

 

-42-


ARTICLE VI

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 6.1    Confidentiality

(a)    Each Party recognizes that in the performance of this Agreement, non-public, confidential or proprietary information (“Confidential Information”) belonging to the other Party or its Affiliates or Subcontractors may be disclosed or become known to such Party or its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Representatives in connection with this Agreement (including the provision or use of the Services). Acquired Business Data shall constitute Recipient’s Confidential Information. The provisions of this Agreement shall be considered Confidential Information of both Parties. Unless otherwise expressed in writing to the other Party, information, whether in written, oral (including by recording), electronic or visual form, that is exchanged between the Parties, their Affiliates, Subcontractors and Representatives in connection with the performance of this Agreement shall be considered to be Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the above, information shall not be considered Confidential Information to the extent that such information can be shown to have been:

(i)    in the public domain (other than as a result of a disclosure by such Party or its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Representatives);

(ii)    available after the date hereof to such Party or its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the other Party or its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Representatives without, to such Party’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, being subject to any contractual or other obligation of confidentiality to the other Party or its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Representatives; or

(iii)    independently developed by or on behalf of such Party or its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Representatives without use of, reference to or reliance upon any Confidential Information of the other Party (as can be demonstrated by such Party by appropriate documentary evidence) and not, to such Party’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, subject to any contractual or other obligation of confidentiality to the other Party or its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Representatives.

(b)    Provider and Recipient shall hold, and shall cause their respective Affiliates, Subcontractors and Representatives to hold, in confidence and not to disclose or release or use other than to provide or receive the Services or exercise its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party any and all of the other Party’s Confidential Information; provided that the Parties may disclose, or may permit disclosure of Confidential Information (i) to their respective Affiliates, Subcontractors or Representatives who have a need to know such information and are informed of their obligations to treat such information in the same manner as is applicable to the Parties and in respect of whose failure to comply with such obligations, Provider or Recipient, as the case may be, will be responsible, (ii) if the Parties or their respective Affiliates or Representatives are compelled to disclose, on the advice of legal counsel, any such Confidential Information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of any Laws or required by any securities exchange or regulatory or Tax or other Governmental Entity

 

-43-


to which that Party or its Affiliate is subject or submits, wherever situated, including (amongst other bodies) the Financial Conduct Authority, the London Stock Exchange plc, the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, HMRC, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of Law, or (iii) in connection with any Action (or proposed Action) to enforce such Party’s rights under this Agreement or otherwise in the performance by such Party of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any demand or request for disclosure of Confidential Information is made pursuant to sub Section (ii) above, Provider or Recipient, as the case may be, shall (x) to the extent legally permissible, promptly notify the other Party of the existence of such request or demand and the disclosure that is expected to be made in respect thereto, in each case with sufficient specificity so that the other Party may, at its expense, seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.1(b) and (y) if requested by the other Party, assist the other Party, at the other Party’s expense, in seeking a protective order or other appropriate remedy in respect of such request or demand; provided that a Party and its Affiliates and Representatives shall be permitted to disclose such Confidential Information without notice in response to a demand or request for disclosure of Confidential Information in connection with a routine examination or audit by a Governmental Entity that is not specifically directed at the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or such Confidential Information, provided that such disclosing Party, and if applicable such Affiliate or Representative, exercise all reasonable endeavours to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information, including by obtaining reasonable assurances that confidential treatment shall be accorded to any Confidential Information so disclosed. If such a protective order or other remedy or the receipt of a waiver by the other Party is not obtained and such disclosing Party or any of its Affiliates or Representatives is, nonetheless, following consultation with its legal counsel, required by such judicial or administrative process, any Laws or securities exchange, market or automated quotation system to disclose any Confidential Information, such disclosing Party (or such Affiliate or Representative) may, after compliance with the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 6.1(b), disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which it has been advised by its legal counsel is required to be disclosed, provided that such disclosing Party and, if applicable, such Affiliate or Representative exercise all reasonable endeavours to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information, including by obtaining reasonable assurances that confidential treatment shall be accorded to any Confidential Information so disclosed.

(c)    Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, except as expressly provided for in the Demerger Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, each Party shall not disclose and shall make no further use of the other Party’s Confidential Information, and upon written request of the other Party, shall promptly return to the other Party or, at the other Party’s option, destroy all such Confidential Information; provided that (i) each Party shall be entitled to retain one record copy in its legal department solely to determine the extent of its continuing obligations and for legal and compliance purposes, and (ii) neither Party nor its Affiliates or Representatives shall be required to expunge Confidential Information from computer archiving conducted as part of established record retention policies (provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed to permit the accessing, retrieval or use thereof).

 

-44-


ARTICLE VII

TERM; TERMINATION

Section 7.1    Term

The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) will commence on the Effective Date and end on the earlier of (a) the last date on which Provider is obligated to provide any Service to Recipient pursuant to this Agreement, (b) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2, and (c) the mutual written agreement of the Parties to terminate this Agreement (and all Services hereunder) in its entirety; provided that, unless this Agreement is terminated by virtue of sub-Section (b) or (c) of this Section 7.1, the terms of this Agreement will remain in effect only to the extent necessary to govern any Work Package that is due to expire later than the last date on which the Provider is obligated to provide any Service to Recipient pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 7.2    Termination

(a)    Either Party (the “Non-Breaching Party”) may terminate this Agreement at any time upon prior written notice to the other Party (the “Breaching Party”) if the Breaching Party has materially breached or materially failed (other than pursuant to Section 10.16) to perform any of its covenants or agreements under this Agreement, and such breach or failure shall have continued without cure for a period of at least forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Breaching Party of a written notice of such failure from the Non-Breaching Party seeking to terminate this Agreement. For the purposes of this Section 7.2(a), any breach of an LCA (material or otherwise) shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

(b)    Either Party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon reasonable (and wherever possible at least ninety (90) days’) prior written notice to the other Party, if the other Party is the subject of an Insolvency Event.

(c)    Provider may terminate all or any part of a Service at any time upon written notice to Recipient, to the extent that such Service is performed by a Subcontractor and Provider’s (or its Affiliate’s) contract with such Subcontractor is terminated. Prior to exercising any such right to terminate, Provider shall use reasonable endeavours to procure an alternative means of supply for such Service, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(b). This termination right shall not apply where the contract with the Subcontractor is terminated:

(i)    for Provider (or its Affiliate’s) breach not caused by Recipient (or its Affiliate); or

(ii)    by Provider (or its Affiliate) for convenience without Recipient’s consent.

(d)    Recipient may, with respect to any Service to the extent to be provided in connection with a Delayed Asset, upon written notice to Provider prior to the date of the applicable Delayed Transfer, terminate (in whole or in part), or reduce the Service Period of, any such Service, effective as of sixty (60) days following the provision of such notice (or such other shorter time period as the Parties may agree in writing), and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such termination or reduction shall apply solely to such Service to the extent provided in connection with such

 

-45-


Delayed Asset. Recipient shall not be liable for any fees, costs, or expenses (including Service Fees, Set-Up Costs, Service Exit Costs and Service Costs) in connection with any such terminated Service or part thereof, or any such reduced portion of the Service Period for any such Service, in each case to the extent incurred following the effective date of such termination or reduction (i) if such termination or reduction as applicable, becomes effective prior to the date of the applicable Delayed Transfer; provided always that Recipient shall be liable for any fees, costs, or expenses, which the Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) has already incurred or is otherwise committed to (and cannot be avoided) in connection with the Delayed Transfer, or (ii) if Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) is reasonably capable of terminating or reducing, as applicable, such Service or part thereof following the provision of such notice and prior to such Delayed Transfer. All other such terminations and reductions for which sub Sections (i) or (ii) are not satisfied shall be considered to be terminations or reductions pursuant to Section 2.3(b) (and for which such Section shall apply), provided that the effective date of termination or reduction shall be determined pursuant to this Section 7.2.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but without limiting Section 2.10(d) and Section 2.11, Provider shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement or any Service as a result of (i) any non-compliance by the Business with the Provider Security Requirements, the Provider Policies, any other policies, procedures and practices of Provider or its Affiliates or applicable Laws, in each case that occurred prior to the Effective Date, or (ii) any defects, imperfections, conditions, circumstances or characteristics that existed prior to the Effective Date with respect to the Business; provided that Recipient and its Affiliates shall use all reasonable endeavours to remediate such non-compliance with the Provider Security Requirements, the Provider Policies or applicable Laws, as the case may be, or any such defects, imperfections, conditions, circumstances or characteristics, as promptly as reasonably practicable upon being notified or becoming aware of the foregoing.

Section 7.3    Transfer Regulations

The Parties agree that upon termination of any Service or this Agreement, in each case in whole or in part, neither Party intends that any of the Transfer Regulations shall apply so as to transfer the employment or engagement of any of the Provider Personnel to Recipient or any Recipient Affiliate or otherwise.

Section 7.4    Effect of Termination

Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article VII, this Agreement shall cease to have further force and effect, and neither Party shall have any liability or obligation to the other Party with respect to this Agreement; provided that:

(a)    termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason shall not release a Party from any liability or obligation that already has accrued as of the effective date of such termination or expiration, as applicable, or which may arise out of or in connection with such termination or expiration (including any Early Termination Costs, Service Costs, Service Exit Costs or otherwise); and

 

-46-


(b)    Article I (Definitions), Section 2.7 (Transition Representatives), Section 2.9 (Independent Contractor), Section 3.2 (Taxes), Section 3.5 (Records; Inspection), Section 4.1 (Ownership of Intellectual Property Rights), Article V (Indemnification), Article VI (Confidentiality), this Section 7.4 (Effect of Termination), Article VIII (Dispute Resolution) and Article X (Miscellaneous) shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE VIII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 8.1    Dispute Resolution

Prior to the initiation of legal proceedings (other than legal proceedings to avoid the expiration of any applicable limitation period, to preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, or to seek equitable relief), the Parties shall attempt to resolve any Dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby informally as follows:

(a)    The Parties shall first attempt in good faith to resolve all Disputes on a local level, through their respective Service Functional Leads and Transition Representatives, and shall attempt to initiate such efforts within two (2) Business Days after receipt of notice of any such Dispute. If the Service Functional Leads and Transition Representatives are unable to resolve the Dispute within thirty (30) Business Days, either Party may refer the Dispute for resolution to the Senior Managers upon notice to the other Party.

(b)    Within five (5) Business Days of a notice under Section 8.1(a) referring a Dispute for resolution by the Senior Managers, each Party’s Transition Representative (or other employees) shall prepare and provide to its Senior Manager summaries of the relevant information and background of the Dispute, along with any appropriate supporting documentation. The Senior Managers will confer as often as they deem reasonably necessary in order to gather and exchange information, discuss the Dispute and negotiate in good faith in an effort to resolve the Dispute without the need for any formal proceedings. Either Party may replace its Senior Manager with an individual who has a comparable level of responsibility within its respective organization upon written notice to the other Party in accordance with Section 10.1.

(c)    Legal proceedings may not be initiated until at least the earlier of (i) twenty (20) Business Days after the receipt by a Party of a notice under Section 8.1(a) referring a Dispute to the Senior Managers, and (ii) ten (10) Business Days after a meeting between the Senior Managers of each Party in an attempt to resolve the Dispute.

ARTICLE IX

REVERSE SERVICES

Section 9.1    Provision of Reverse Services

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, beginning on the Effective Date (unless expressly stated otherwise in Exhibit F in respect of a particular Reverse Service), and continuing for the duration of the applicable Service Period (as such term shall be applied to

 

-47-


the Reverse Services in accordance with Section 9.2), Recipient shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Provider and its Affiliates the services identified in Exhibit F, as such Exhibit may be supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (the “Reverse Services”).

Section 9.2    Terms Applicable to Reverse Services

Solely with respect to Recipient’s provision and Provider’s receipt of the Reverse Services, except as set forth in Section 9.3 or as otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties, the other provisions and Exhibits of this Agreement which are applicable to Provider’s provision and Recipient’s receipt of the Services (excluding this Article IX, Section 10.4 and Exhibit F) shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to the provision and receipt of the Reverse Services, and references in those provisions and those Exhibits (or in defined terms used in those provisions or Exhibits) to:

(a)    “Provider” shall be understood to mean “Recipient” and vice versa;

(b)    the “Services” shall be understood to mean the “Reverse Services”;

(c)    Exhibit A and Exhibit E shall be understood to be references to Exhibit F;

(d)    Exhibit B shall be understood to be references to Exhibit G; and

(e)    the “Business” shall be understood to mean the “Retained Business”, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 9.3    Exceptions and Clarifications

(a)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely with respect to Recipient’s provision and Provider’s receipt of the Reverse Services:

(i)    any terms of this Agreement that apply to the Services “in connection with a Delayed Asset,” to “the date of the applicable Delayed Transfer”, or terms with similar meaning as the foregoing shall not apply to the Reverse Services;

(ii)    any terms of this Agreement that refer to the purpose or manner in which the Services were used by Provider and its Affiliates during the Baseline Period, or the scope or volume of, or location at which, the Services were provided by Provider and its Affiliates to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period, or the types, level or standard of Services that were provided by Provider or any Provider Affiliate to the Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period, shall refer to the purpose or manner in which the Reverse Services were used by Provider and its Affiliates during the Baseline Period, the scope or volume of, or location at which, the Reverse Services were provided by Provider and its Affiliates to the Retained Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period, and the types, level or standard of services that were provided by Provider or any Provider Affiliate to the Retained Business in the ordinary course during the Baseline Period, respectively;

 

-48-


(iii)    the limitation of liability provisions contained in Section 5.7(b) shall apply to Recipient solely in its capacity as a provider of the Reverse Services pursuant to this Article IX and not in its capacity as a recipient of the Services pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement;

(iv)    Section 4.1(b) shall not apply to the Reverse Services, and the following shall instead apply to the Reverse Services as a replacement Section 4.1(b): Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.1(a), all information, records, data, reports and deliverables to the extent relating to the Retained Business that are generated, collected, stored, processed, or created by or on behalf of Provider or any Provider Affiliate (including by Recipient, its Affiliates and Subcontractors) in connection with a Reverse Service shall be owned by Provider or its applicable Affiliate (“Provider Business Data”), except that Recipient (or its applicable Affiliate) shall own all information, records, data, reports and deliverables generated, collected, stored, processed, or created in providing the Reverse Services to the extent related to the operation of the Business. Recipient shall deliver to Provider, in a useable format, any such Provider Business Data in its possession and stored electronically on its Information Systems (and not previously held by or transferred to Provider or its Affiliates) that Provider requests within a reasonable period of time following the termination or expiration of the Reverse Services; provided that Recipient may retain one copy of such Provider Business Data for legal and compliance purposes;

(v)    Section 3.3(b) shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.3(a) or anything else in this Agreement, in addition to anything required by applicable Laws:

(1)    with respect to all Reverse Services provided by U.S. Recipient or any other U.S. Affiliate of Recipient to U.S. Provider or any of its U.S. Affiliates, U.S. Recipient shall issue all invoices in USD to U.S. Provider and U.S. Provider shall make all such invoiced payments to U.S. Recipient in USD;

(2)    with respect to all Reverse Services provided by U.S. Recipient or a U.S. Affiliate of U.S. Recipient to Provider (or Provider on behalf of a Non-U.S. Affiliate of Provider), U.S. Recipient shall issue all invoices to Provider in USD (unless otherwise agreed between the parties) and Provider shall make all such invoiced payments to U.S. Recipient in USD (unless otherwise agreed between the parties);

(3)    with respect to all Reverse Services provided by Recipient or any Non-U.S. Affiliate of Recipient (including on behalf of any Non-U.S. Affiliate of Recipient) to U.S. Provider or any other U.S. Affiliate of U.S. Provider, Recipient shall issue all invoices to U.S. Provider and U.S. Provider shall make all such invoiced payments to Recipient; and

(4)    with respect to all Reverse Services provided by Recipient or any Non-U.S. Affiliate of Recipient (including Recipient on behalf of any Non-U.S. Affiliate of Recipient) to any Non-U.S. Affiliate of Provider, Recipient shall issue all invoices to Provider and Provider shall make all such invoiced payments to Recipient;

 

-49-


provided, that, notwithstanding sub Sections (1) through (4) above, any Affiliate of Recipient that is providing any (or part of any) Reverse Services in accordance with an LCA under Section 10.17 shall issue all invoices for, and shall receive all payments with respect to, such Reverse Services, and such issued invoices shall be provided to, and all such invoiced payments shall be made by, the applicable Affiliate of Provider that is party to such LCA; provided, further, that all invoicing and payment obligations set forth in sub Sections (1) through (4) above shall be made in accordance with Section 3.3(a) as if the applicable Affiliates of Provider and Recipient, respectively, that are referenced in this Section 9.3(a)(v) were referenced in Section 3.3(a) in place of Provider and Recipient, as the context requires.

(b)    For the avoidance of doubt, (i) any termination or expiration, in whole or in part, of this Agreement by Recipient in its capacity as a recipient of the Services or Provider (or its applicable Affiliate) in its capacity as a provider of the Services, or of any Service, in accordance with the other terms of this Agreement shall constitute a termination or expiration solely of such other terms of this Agreement or such Service, respectively, and shall not constitute a termination or expiration of this Article IX or of any Reverse Services and shall have no effect on either Party’s rights, liability, or obligations with respect to the Reverse Services or on this Agreement continuing in effect in accordance with its terms with respect to the Reverse Services; and (ii) any termination or expiration, in whole or in part, of this Agreement by Provider in its capacity as a recipient of the Reverse Services or Recipient in its capacity as a provider of the Reverse Services, or of any Reverse Service, in accordance with the terms of this Article IX shall constitute a termination or expiration solely of this Article IX or such Reverse Service, respectively, and shall not constitute a termination or expiration of this Agreement or of any Services and shall have no effect on either Party’s rights, liability, or obligations with respect to the Services or on this Agreement continuing in effect in accordance with its terms with respect to the Services. This Section shall not apply where this Agreement is terminated as a result of an Insolvency Event (in which case the Agreement shall terminate in its entirety).

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1    Notices

(a)    A notice under this Agreement shall only be effective if it is in writing. E-mail is permitted. Any notice validly served on one member of any Party’s Group in accordance with this Section 10.1 shall be deemed to have been served on each member of such Party’s Group.

 

-50-


(b)    Notices under this agreement shall be sent to a Party at its address and for the attention of the individual set out below:

provided that a Party may change its notice details on giving notice to the other Party of the change in accordance with this Section 10.1. That notice shall only be effective on the date falling five (5) clear Business Days after the notification has been received or such later date as may be specified in the notice.

(c)    Any notice given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows:

(i)    if delivered personally, on delivery;

(ii)    if sent by first class inland post, two (2) clear Business Days after the date of posting;

(iii)    if sent by airmail, six (6) clear Business Days after the date of posting; and

(iv)    if sent by e-mail, when despatched.

(d)    Any notice given under this Agreement outside Working Hours in the place to which it is addressed shall be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place.

(e)    A notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall not be invalid by reason of any mistake or typographical error or if the contents are incomplete, provided it should have been reasonably clear to the recipient what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

(f)    The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall not apply in relation to the service of Service Documents.

Section 10.2    Remedies and waivers

(a)    No delay or omission by any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall:

(i)    affect that right, power or remedy; or

(ii)    operate as a waiver or variation of it.

(b)    The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by Law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

(c)    The rights and remedies of each Party under, or pursuant to, this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general Law.

 

-51-


(d)    Notwithstanding any express remedies provided under this Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which any Party may have, each Party acknowledges and agrees that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement, so that in the event of a breach or anticipated breach of such provisions, the remedies of injunction, an order for specific performance and/or other equitable remedies would be available. Furthermore, each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will not raise any objection to the application by or on behalf of the other Party or a member of its Group for any such remedies.

Section 10.3    Variation

(a)    No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all the Parties to it.

(b)    If this Agreement is varied:

(i)    the variation shall not constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement;

(ii)    the variation shall not affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement that have already accrued up to the date of variation; and

(iii)    the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except as, and only to the extent that, they are so varied.

Section 10.4    Assignment

(a)    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.4, neither Party shall novate or assign this Agreement or any rights, benefits or obligations under or relating to this Agreement, in each case whether by operation of Laws or otherwise, without the other Party’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed).

(b)    Each of Recipient and U.S. Recipient (each, a “Recipient Party”, and together, the “Recipient Parties”) shall have the right to novate this Agreement (in whole or in part), whether by operation of Laws or otherwise, subject to Provider’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed in the event of a divestiture of any portion of the Business that is required by applicable Laws in order to complete the transactions contemplated by the Demerger Agreement and any of the Ancillary Agreements, or a transaction set out in Exhibit E), in connection with a bona fide sale, transfer or other disposal by any Recipient Party or any of its Affiliates of all or any part of the Business (including any product, assets, or service with respect thereto), provided that in the event that any Recipient Party (a “Recipient Assignor Party”) novates this Agreement in accordance with this Section 10.4(b), then each of the other Recipient Parties shall so novate this Agreement to the applicable assignee with respect to the particular Services (or Reverse Services, as applicable) with respect to which the Recipient Assignor Party is novating this Agreement.

 

-52-


(c)    Each of Provider and U.S. Provider (each, a “Provider Party”, and together, the “Provider Parties”) shall, upon prior written notice to Recipient, have the right (without Recipient’s consent) (i) to assign its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Subsidiary remains at all times during the Term a Subsidiary of Provider; provided, further, that no such assignment shall release such assignor from its obligations under this Agreement and the relevant assignor shall continue to be responsible for the performance of such Subsidiary under this Agreement, and (ii) to novate this Agreement (in whole, but only as it applies to a particular Service or Reverse Service), whether by operation of Laws or otherwise, to any third party in connection with a bona fide sale, transfer or other disposal to such third party by any Provider Party or any of its Affiliates of the business that provides such Service (or receives such Reverse Service) under this Agreement, provided that in the event that any Provider Party (a “Provider Assignor Party”) novates this Agreement in accordance with this sub Section (ii), then the other Provider Party shall so novate this Agreement to the applicable assignee with respect to the particular Services (or Reverse Services, as applicable) with respect to which the Provider Assignor Party is assigning this Agreement.

(d)    In the event of a permitted assignment, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any attempted assignment that contravenes the terms of this Agreement shall be void ab initio and of no force or effect.

Section 10.5    Entire Agreement

(a)    This Agreement and the LCAs, any other Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document together constitute the whole and only agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, any Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

(b)    Each Party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, any Transaction Document and any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document it is not relying upon any pre contractual statement which is not set out in this Agreement, any Transaction Document or any other agreement or document entered into by each of the Parties in connection with any such document.

(c)    Except in the case of fraud, no Party shall have any right of action against any other Party (or their respective Connected Persons) arising out of or in connection with any pre contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement or in a Transaction Document or in any other agreement or document entered into by each of the parties in connection with any such document.

(d)    Except in the case of fraud and for any liability in respect of a breach of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, no Party (nor any of its Connected Persons) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to the other Party (or its Connected Persons) in relation to this Agreement or any Transaction Document.

 

-53-


(e)    For the purposes of this Section 10.5, “pre contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or in any other agreement or document entered into in connection with any such document (as the case may be) made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, except for those contained in any Transaction Document.

(f)    Each Party agrees to the terms of this Section 10.5 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Connected Persons. The provisions of this Section 10.5 shall not limit, supersede or otherwise affect any limitation of damages or remedies provisions that are expressly set forth in any Transaction Document.

Section 10.6    Conflict

In the event of a conflict between the front end terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Exhibit (including Exhibit A with respect to any applicable Service), the front end terms of this Agreement shall control unless explicitly provided for otherwise in such Exhibit. Unless otherwise expressly stated in the relevant provision of this Agreement, in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Demerger Agreement, the terms of the Demerger Agreement shall control.

Section 10.7    Fulfilment of Obligations

Any obligation of any Party to any other Party under this Agreement, which obligation is performed, satisfied or fulfilled by an Affiliate of such Party or a Subcontractor of such Party or an Affiliate of such Party, shall be deemed to have been performed, satisfied or fulfilled by such Party.

Section 10.8    Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

(a)    The Parties agree that:

(i)    certain provisions of this Agreement confer a benefit on members of the Parties’ respective Groups, their respective Connected Persons and such other third parties (each a “Relevant Third Party”) and, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 10.8, are intended to be enforceable by each of the Relevant Third Parties by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, provided that the Party in the same Group as (or with the relevant connection to) the Relevant Third Party shall have the sole conduct of any action to enforce such right on behalf of a such Relevant Third Party; and

(ii)    notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.8(a)(i), this Agreement may be rescinded or varied in any way and at any time by the Parties to this agreement without the consent of any Relevant Third Party.

(b)    Save as set out in Section 10.8(a)(i), a person who is not a Party shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or any other statutory provision to enforce any of its terms.

 

-54-


Section 10.9    Expenses

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be borne by the Party incurring such costs and expenses.

Section 10.10    Governing Law; Jurisdiction

(a)    This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law.

(b)    Without limiting Section 8.1 (Dispute Resolution), the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any Proceedings shall be brought only in the courts of England.

(c)    Each Party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of proceedings in the courts of England. Each Party also agrees that a judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction.

(d)    Each Party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.

Section 10.11    Counterparts

(a)    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one (1) counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

(b)    Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

Section 10.12     Headings

The heading references herein and the table of contents hereto are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

Section 10.13    Invalidity

(a)    If at any time any provision (or part of any provision) of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Law of any jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

 

-55-


(i)    the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other (or the remainder of a) provision of this Agreement; or

(ii)    the legality, validity or enforceability under the Law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

(b)    Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable.

(c)    If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement:

(i)    is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the Law of any jurisdiction; but

(ii)    would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in force.

Section 10.14    Rules of Construction

The Parties agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, therefore, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favouring or disfavouring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

Section 10.15    Affiliate Status

To the extent that a Party is required hereunder to take certain action with respect to entities designated in this Agreement as such Party’s Affiliates, such obligation shall apply to such entities only during such period of time that such entities are Affiliates of such Party. To the extent that this Agreement requires an Affiliate of any Party to take or omit to take any action, such obligation includes the obligation of such Party to cause such Affiliate to take or omit to take such action.

Section 10.16    Force Majeure

Except for payment of amounts due, neither Party shall be liable for any failure to perform or any delay in performing, and neither Party shall be deemed to be in breach or default of any of its covenants, agreements or obligations set forth in this Agreement if, to the extent and for so long as such failure, delay, breach or default is due to any event, cause or occurrence beyond

 

-56-


its or its Affiliates’ reasonable control, including but not limited to (in each case to the extent beyond its or its Affiliates’ reasonable control) natural disasters, acts of God, pandemics or other weather-related or natural conditions, the commencement, occurrence, continuation or intensification of any war (whether or not declared), sabotage, armed hostilities, civil unrest, military attacks or acts of terrorism (including cyberattack or otherwise), or declaration of national emergency, civil disturbance, strike, lockout, slowdown, riot, energy shortage, embargo, acts of any Governmental Entity, systems failure, malfunction or disruption, or Internet, electrical, power or other utilities failure, malfunction, or disruption (but excluding failures, delays, breaches, or defaults of or caused by a Subcontractor, except to the extent due to an event, cause or occurrence beyond such Subcontractor’s reasonable control) (“force majeure event”). In the event of any such force majeure event, the affected Party shall use reasonable endeavours to minimize the effect of such force majeure event, and such Party’s covenants, agreements and obligations under this Agreement that are excused under this Section 10.16 shall be postponed for such time as its performance is suspended or delayed on account thereof and Recipient shall not at any time be obligated to pay any amounts for affected Services that would have otherwise been incurred during the period of such suspension or delay. Such Party will promptly notify the other Party in writing upon learning of the occurrence of any such event. Upon the cessation of such event, the affected Party will use reasonable endeavours to resume its performance with the least practicable delay. For clarity, in the event of any such suspension or delay, the period for performance shall be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of such suspension or delay. If Recipient chooses to obtain an affected Service from a substitute source during the period in which the performance of such Service by Provider is delayed under this Section 10.16, Recipient may, at its option and upon reasonable advance written notice to Provider, (a) subject to Section 2.5 and the immediately preceding sentence, postpone Provider’s provision of such Service for the term of provision of such Service from such substitute source and Recipient shall not be obligated to pay any amounts for such affected Service until the expiration of such postponement, or (b) terminate the affected Service without liability, other than the Service Exit Costs payable under the applicable exit Work Package.

Section 10.17    Local Country Agreements

Where (a) required by a Party to comply with applicable Laws, or (b) otherwise mutually agreed between the Parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), including for the jurisdictions set forth in Exhibit H (which are hereby deemed to be agreed upon), each Party shall cause one of its applicable Affiliates organized or located in the same jurisdiction to enter into a local country agreement (“LCA”) substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D with respect to such jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Parties shall cause their respective Affiliates receiving or providing Services in such jurisdictions to comply with this Agreement. Each Party shall be fully responsible and liable for all obligations of its Affiliate under an LCA (unless otherwise expressly set forth therein) and shall have the right to enforce this Agreement (including the terms of all LCAs) on behalf of each Affiliate that enters into an LCA, and to assert all rights and exercise and receive the benefits of all remedies of each such Affiliate hereunder, to the same extent as if such Party were such Affiliate. For the avoidance of doubt, the amounts paid pursuant to this Agreement and any LCA shall apply in aggregate across this Agreement and the LCAs. Provider shall have no right to receive payment more than once for the same Service Fee or other cost, or expense.

 

-57-


Section 10.18    Language

Each notice of communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in English.

[Signature page follows]

 

-58-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE SERVICES UNLIMITED
By:  

/s/ David Redfern

  Name: David Redfern
  Title:   Authorised Attorney

 

[Signature Page to Transition Services Agreement]


GLAXOSMITHKLINE LLC (solely with respect to Section 3.3(b), Section 9.3(a)(v), and Section 10.4(c))
By:  

/s/ Hatixhe Hoxha

  Name: Hatixhe Hoxha
  Title:   Assistant Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Transition Services Agreement]


GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE (OVERSEAS) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Amanda Mellor

  Name: Amanda Mellor
  Title:   Authorised Attorney

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (US) LLC (solely with respect to Section 3.3(b), Section 9.3(a)(v), and Section 10.4(b))
By:  

/s/ Hatixhe Hoxha

  Name: Hatixhe Hoxha
  Title:   Assistant Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Transition Services Agreement]

Exhibit 4.15

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

Haleon plc,

Pfizer Inc.,

GSK plc,

GSK (No.1) Scottish Limited Partnership,

GSK (No.2) Scottish Limited Partnership, and

GSK (No.3) Scottish Limited Partnership

Dated as of 1 June, 2022


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

Section 1.

  Certain Definitions      2  

Section 2.

  Registration Rights      6  

2.1.

  Demand Registrations      6  

2.2.

  Piggyback Registrations      11  

2.3.

  Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement      12  

2.4.

  Registration Procedures      13  

2.5.

  Registration Expenses      20  

2.6.

  Certain Limitations on Registration Rights      20  

2.7.

  No Required Sale      20  

2.8.

  Indemnification      21  

2.9.

  No Inconsistent Agreements; Orderly Marketing Agreement      24  

Section 3.

  Underwritten Offerings      25  

3.1.

  Requested Underwritten Offerings      25  

3.2.

  Piggyback Underwritten Offerings      25  

Section 4.

  General      25  

4.1.

  Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities      25  

4.2.

  Rule 144      26  

4.3.

  Assistance with Transfers      26  

4.4.

  Nominees for Beneficial Owners      27  

4.5.

  Amendments and Waivers      27  

4.6.

  Notices      27  

4.7.

  Insolvency      28  

4.8.

  Assignment      28  

4.9.

  Termination      29  

4.10.

  Entire Agreement      29  

4.11.

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial      29  

4.12.

  Interpretation; Construction      30  

4.13.

  Counterparts      30  

4.14.

  Severability      30  

4.15.

  Specific Enforcement      30  

4.16.

  Further Assurances      31  

4.17.

  Confidentiality      31  


This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of 1 June, 2022 (the “Agreement”), is made and entered into by and among (i) Haleon plc, a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with number 13691224 and whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS (the “Company”), (ii) Pfizer Inc., a Delaware corporation whose registered office is at 235 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017 (“Pfizer” and, together with its Affiliates or successors, and permitted assigns from time to time that will hold Registrable Securities of the Company, the “Pfizer Shareholder Group”), (iii) GSK plc, a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with number 03888792 and whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS (“GSK”), (iv) GSK (No.1) Scottish Limited Partnership, a limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035527 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP 1”), (v) GSK (No.2) Scottish Limited Partnership, a limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035526 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP 2”), and (vi) GSK (No.3) Scottish Limited Partnership, a limited partnership registered in Scotland with registration number SL035525 and whose principal place of business is at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ (“SLP 3” and, collectively with SLP 1 and SLP 2, the “SLPs” and, collectively with GSK and the Affiliates or successors and permitted assigns of GSK from time to time that will hold Registrable Securities of the Company and the Affiliates or successors and permitted assigns of each SLP from time to time that will hold Registrable Securities of the Company, the “GSK Shareholder Group”) (each of the foregoing Persons in clauses (i)-(vi), to the extent such Person is a holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, on or around the date of this Agreement, GSK, Pfizer, the Company, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited (“CH JVCo”) and certain other entities entered into the Separation Co-Operation and Implementation Agreement (the “Separation Co-Operation and Implementation Agreement”) and certain other agreements pursuant to which the Company shall become a listed company and the holder of the consumer healthcare business that is currently operated by CH JVCo (the “Separation”);

WHEREAS, immediately after the Separation, the Pfizer Shareholder Group and the GSK Shareholder Group will directly or indirectly hold or control the disposition of approximately 32 per cent and up to approximately 13.5 per cent of the Ordinary Shares (as defined below) of the Company, respectively (collectively with any ADSs (as defined below) in respect of such Ordinary Shares, the “Separation Shares”);

WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend for the ADSs (as defined below), each representing two Ordinary Shares of the Company, to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”);

WHEREAS, on or around the date of this Agreement, GSK, Pfizer and the SLPs entered into an Orderly Marketing Agreement (the “Orderly Marketing Agreement”) pursuant to which such parties have agreed on their respective rights and obligations as regards future sales of Separation Shares following the admission of the Ordinary Shares of the Company to the premium listing segment of the official list of the UK Financial Conduct Authority and to trading on the London


Stock Exchange plc (the “LSE”) (the “Admission”), and a lock-up deed entered into on or around the date of this Agreement among, GSK, Pfizer, the SLPs, the Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, setting forth certain lock-up restrictions applicable to the Pfizer Shareholder Group and the GSK Shareholder Group (the “Lock-Up Restrictions”);

WHEREAS, on or around the date of this Agreement, the Company and Pfizer entered into a Relationship Agreement (the “Relationship Agreement”), the principal purpose of which is to regulate the continuing relationship between the Company, on the one hand, and certain members of the Pfizer Shareholder Group, on the other hand, following the Admission; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth certain rights and obligations of the Company and the Holders with respect to the Separation Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Admission” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

ADSs” means American depositary shares each representing 2 Ordinary Shares to be admitted to listing and trading on the New York Stock Exchange.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such specified Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, except that (i) no SLP nor any person controlled directly or indirectly by one or more SLPs shall be deemed an Affiliate of GSK or any other person controlled directly or indirectly by GSK for the purposes of this Agreement, (ii) no Employee Share Trust nor any person controlled directly or indirectly by one or more Employee Share Trusts shall be deemed an Affiliate of GSK or any other person controlled directly or indirectly by GSK for the purposes of this Agreement and (iii) no member of the Pfizer Shareholder Group or the GSK Shareholder Group (or any of their Affiliates) shall be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of the Company, and the Company shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of any member of the Pfizer Shareholder Group or the GSK Shareholder Group (or any of their Affiliates).

Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

automatic shelf registration statement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.4.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2


Business Day” means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or another day on which commercial banks in New York, New York, the United States, or London, the United Kingdom, are authorized or required by law to close.

CH JVCo” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

Claims” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.8(a).

Company” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

Completion” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Co-Operation and Implementation Agreement.

Confidential Information” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.17.

Demand Registration” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b)(i).

Demand Registration Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b)(i).

Demand Registration Request” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b)(i).

Demand Registration Statement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b)(i).

Depositary” means JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as depositary for the ADSs.

Employee Share Trust” has the meaning set forth in the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as they may from time to time be in effect.

Expenses” means any and all fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or relating to compliance with this Agreement, including: (i) SEC, stock exchange, FINRA and all other registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the NYSE or on any other U.S. or non-U.S. securities market on which the Registrable Securities are listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws of any state or jurisdiction of the United States or compliance with the securities laws of jurisdictions outside the United States and in connection with the preparation of a “blue sky” survey, (iii) word processing, printing and copying expenses, (iv) expenses incurred in connection with any roadshow for an underwritten offering, (v) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vi) with respect to each registration or underwritten offering, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for each Shareholder Group that includes at least one Participating Holder, together with reasonable fees and disbursement of one local counsel for each Shareholder Group that includes at least one Participating Holder in each relevant jurisdiction, (vii) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants of the Company (including the expenses with respect to any opinion and/or audit/review and/or “comfort” letter and updates thereof) and fees and expenses of other Persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (viii) fees and

 

3


expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter (but expressly excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes (including stamp duties)), (ix) fees and expenses of any transfer agent, custodian or the Depositary, (x) any other fees and disbursements of underwriters, if any, customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any filing with or review by FINRA (but expressly excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions) and (xi) rating agency fees and expenses. For the avoidance of doubt, Expenses shall not include the amount specified in Section 2.5(b).

Filing Date” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

Financial Intermediaries” has the meaning given in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

GSK” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

GSK Shareholder Group” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

Holder” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

Initiating Holders” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b)(i).

Insolvency Event” has the meaning set forth in the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

Lock-Up Restrictions” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

LSE” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

Minimum Threshold” means $500 million.

NYSE” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

Orderly Marketing Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

Ordinary Shares” means the fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

Participating Holders” means all Holders of Registrable Securities that are proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

PEA Postponement Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(c)(i).

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, trust, joint stock company, business trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or other legal entity of any nature whatsoever.

Pfizer” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

Pfizer Shareholder Group” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

4


Piggyback Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

Postponement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(c)(i).

Postponement Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(c)(i).

Primary Holder” means:

(a) in respect of GSK Shareholder Group, GSK; and

(b) in respect of Pfizer Shareholder Group, Pfizer,

in each case subject to the provisions of Sections 4.7 and 4.8.

Qualified Independent Underwriter” means a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121.

Registrable Securities” means (a) all Separation Shares, (b) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly in exchange for or with respect to the Separation Shares by way of share dividend or distribution or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation, exchange or other reorganization, or (c) any securities issued in replacement of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of any securities described in clause (a) or (b) above; provided that, in each case, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (B) such securities shall have been disposed of in compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 (or any successor provision), (C) such securities have been sold in a public offering of securities; or (D) such securities have ceased to be outstanding. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (including upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any equity interests but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall not be required to convert, exercise or exchange such equity interests (or otherwise acquire such Registrable Securities) to participate in any registered offering hereunder until the closing of such offering.

Relationship Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

Rule 144” have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2.

Sale Notice” has the meaning set forth in the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

Sale Tranche” has the meaning set forth in the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or such other federal agency that at such time administers the Securities Act.

 

5


Section 2.3(b) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under such Act, as they may from time to time be in effect.

Separation” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

Separation Co-Operation and Implementation Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

Shareholders’ Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

Separation Shares” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

Shelf Underwriting” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

Shelf Underwriting Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

Shelf Underwriting Request” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

SLP 1” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

SLP 2” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

SLP 3” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

SLPs” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

Underwritten Block Trade” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

Valid Business Reason” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(c)(i).

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act).

Section 2. Registration Rights.

2.1. Demand Registrations.

 

6


(a) (i) Following the date of the Completion (the “Filing Date”), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable thereafter, but in no event more than sixty (60) calendar days after the Filing Date, prepare and file with the SEC a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (such registration statement, a “Shelf Registration Statement”) covering the resale of all the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis and shall use its reasonable best efforts to have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof and no later than the earlier of (x) the ninetieth (90th) calendar day following the Filing Date if the SEC notifies the Company that it will “review” the Shelf Registration Statement and (y) the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date the Company is notified in writing by the SEC that such Shelf Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. The Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for all legally permitted methods or combinations of methods of disposition thereunder of Registrable Securities, including firm commitment underwritten public offerings, bought deals, block trades, sales in connection with hedging transactions, direct sales, transactions on an agency basis, open market sales, and purchases or sales by brokers. The Company shall maintain the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the terms hereof and shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective and available for use in accordance with the terms hereof to permit all Holders named therein to sell their Registrable Securities included therein and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms. In the event the Company files a Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-1 (or Form S-1), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to convert such Shelf Registration Statement to a Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3 (or Form S-3) as promptly as practicable after the Company is eligible to use Form F-3 (or Form S-3).

(ii) Subject to this Section 2.1(a)(ii), Section 2.1(c), Section 2.3 and the provisions below with respect to the Minimum Threshold, following the expiration of the Lock-Up Restrictions applicable to each Holder, such Holder shall have the right at any time and from time to time to elect to sell all or any part of its Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Underwriting”) by delivering a written request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and the intended method of distribution thereof (a “Shelf Underwriting Request”). With respect to any Shelf Underwriting Request, the Holder or Holders making such request shall be referred to as the “Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders”. Notwithstanding the above, subject to Section 4.7, Shelf Underwriting Requests must be delivered by the applicable Primary Holder on behalf of any member of the Pfizer Shareholder Group or the GSK Shareholder Group, as applicable. As promptly as practicable, but no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “Shelf Underwriting Notice”) of such Shelf Underwriting Request to the Holders of record of other Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”). The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in such Shelf Underwriting (x) the Registrable Securities of the Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders and (y) the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Participating Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request through the applicable Primary Holder to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Underwriting (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Participating Holder) within five (5) days after the receipt of the Shelf Underwriting Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days after the receipt by the Company of a Shelf Underwriting Request), but subject to Section 2.1(c), use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Shelf Underwriting. The Company shall, at the request of any Shelf Underwriting

 

7


Initiating Holder or any other Participating Holder of Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an automatic shelf registration statement, any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders or any other Participating Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities to effect such Shelf Underwriting. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1(a)(ii), each Shelf Underwriting must include, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities having an aggregate market value of at least the Minimum Threshold (based on the Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Underwriting by all Participating Holders). In connection with any Shelf Underwriting (including an Underwritten Block Trade), the Primary Holder who delivered the Shelf Underwriting Request on behalf of the Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders and the other Primary Holder on behalf of the other Participating Holders, if applicable, shall cooperate with each other in selecting the underwriter(s), bookrunner(s) and/or other adviser(s) to manage and execute any such Shelf Underwriting (including an Underwritten Block Trade) on the best overall terms and conditions (the “Financial Intermediaries”); provided that if the Primary Holder who delivered the Shelf Underwriting Request on behalf of the Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders and the other Primary Holder on behalf of the other Participating Holders do not agree upon the selection of the Financial Intermediaries, each Primary Holder shall be entitled to select one Financial Intermediary; provided further that, if the other Participating Holders (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders) are selling Registrable Securities pursuant to the relevant Shelf Underwriting that represent in aggregate less than fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to that Shelf Underwriting, the Primary Holder who delivered the Shelf Underwriting Request on behalf of the Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders shall be entitled to select, at its sole discretion, all of the Financial Intermediaries. Where a provision in this Agreement refers to a requirement, request and/or advice of the Financial Intermediaries, such requirement, request and/or advice shall reference a single request from the Financial Intermediaries acting as a group, delivered by the designated lead underwriter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holder wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade or similar transaction or other transaction with a 2-day or less marketing period (collectively, an “Underwritten Block Trade”) off of a Shelf Registration Statement, then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, such Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holder only needs to notify the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade five (5) Business Days prior to the day such offering is to commence, and the Company shall not be required to give notice thereof to other Holders or permit their participation therein unless the Company determines it is reasonably practicable to do so. The Primary Holders, on behalf of themselves or other Holders, shall be entitled to request (and the Company shall be required to effect) an unlimited number of Shelf Underwritings.

(b) (i) If at any time after the expiration of the Lock-Up Restrictions and the Completion, a Shelf Registration Statement as required by Section 2.1(a) is not available for use by the Holders (a “Demand Registration Period”), subject to this Section 2.1(b), and Sections 2.1(c) and 2.3 and the provisions below with respect to the Minimum Threshold, at any time and from time to time during such Demand Registration Period, each Holder (or Holders) shall have the right to require the Company to prepare and file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act (such registration statement, a “Demand Registration Statement”) covering all or any part of its Registrable Securities by delivering through the applicable Primary Holder, a written

 

8


request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and the intended method of distribution thereof. Any such request by any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.1(b)(i) is referred to herein as a “Demand Registration Request,” and the registration so requested is referred to herein as a “Demand Registration” (with respect to any Demand Registration, the Holder(s) making such demand for registration being referred to as the “Initiating Holders”). The Primary Holders, on behalf of themselves or other Holders, shall be entitled to request (and the Company shall be required to effect) an unlimited number of Demand Registrations. The Company shall give written notice of such Demand Registration Request to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.2, and, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration (x) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and (y) the Registrable Securities of any other Participating Holder of Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration pursuant to Section 2.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1(b)(i), each Demand Registration must include, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities having an aggregate market value of at least the Minimum Threshold (based on the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration by all Participating Holders). In connection with any Demand Registration, the Primary Holder that delivered the Demand Registration Request shall have the right to designate the Financial Intermediaries in connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to such registration, subject to the provisions for agreeing upon the Financial Intermediaries as set out in Section 2.1(a)(ii) above where there are other Participating Holders, which shall be deemed to apply to such a Demand Registration mutatis mutandis.

(ii) The Company shall, as promptly as practicable, but subject to Section 2.1(c), use its reasonable best efforts to (x) file or confidentially submit with the SEC (no later than (A) sixty (60) days from the Company’s receipt of the applicable Demand Registration Request if the Demand Registration is on Form F-1 (or Form S-1) or similar long-form registration or (B) thirty (30) days from the Company’s receipt of the applicable Demand Registration Request if the Demand Registration is on Form F-3 (or Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration), (y) cause to be declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable such Demand Registration Statement under the Securities Act that includes the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register for distribution in accordance with the intended method of distribution, and (z) if requested by the Initiating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the Demand Registration Statement relating to such registration.

(c) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b), the Shelf Underwriting and Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2.1(a) and Section 2.1(b) are subject to the following limitations: (x) the Company shall not be required to cause a Demand Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1(b) to be declared effective within a period of ninety (90) days after the effective date of any other Demand Registration Statement of the Company filed pursuant to Section 2.1(b) (unless such Demand Registration Statement is withdrawn or suspended prior to the sale of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder); (y) subject to clause (z) in this Section 2.1(c), if the Board, in its good faith judgment after consultation with independent outside counsel to the Company, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities or Shelf Underwriting should not be made or continued because it would require the Company to disclose material non-public information which (A) would be required to be made in the registration statement filed with the SEC so that such

 

9


registration statement would not be materially misleading, (B) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such registration statement, and (C) the Company disclosing publicly would materially and adversely interfere with any material financing, acquisition, merger, share exchange or other material transaction involving the Company (a “Valid Business Reason”), then (1) the Company may postpone filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request or a prospectus supplement relating to a Shelf Underwriting Request until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than sixty (60) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists or (2) if a Shelf Registration Statement, or a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request has been filed or confidentially submitted or a prospectus supplement has been filed relating to a Shelf Underwriting Request, the Company may, to the extent determined in the good faith judgment of the Board to be reasonably necessary to avoid interference with any of the transactions or events described above, cause such registration statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated or may postpone amending or supplementing such registration statement (and consequentially suspend its use) until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than sixty (60) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists (such period of postponement, withdrawal, suspension or termination pursuant to this Section 2.3(c)(i), a “Postponement Period”, and any postponement, withdrawal, suspension or termination made in reliance on this clause (y) or clause (z) of this Section 2.1(c), a “Postponement”); and (z) if the Board, in its good faith judgment and in consultation with independent outside counsel to the Company, determines that it is required to file a post-effective amendment to any registration statement filed in accordance with this Agreement for the purpose of meeting the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or Item 512(a)(4) of Regulation S-K, it shall be entitled to effect a Postponement for a duration not exceeding fifteen (15) days after the date the Board determines it is required to file a post-effective amendment in accordance with this clause (the “PEA Postponement Period”) without prejudice to the Company’s obligations under Section 2.1(a)(i), Section 2.4(b), Section 2.4(e) and Section 2.4(aa), provided that if the PEA Postponement Period lapses before the SEC declares such registration statement, as amended, effective, the duration between the lapse of the PEA Postponement Period and the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement will be counted toward the duration of the Postponement Period. The Company shall give written notice to the Participating Holders of its determination to exercise a Postponement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such Postponement no longer exists, together with a certificate of such determination signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that (1) subject to clause (z) in this Section 2.1(c), the Company shall not be entitled to more than two (2) Postponement Periods during any twelve (12) month period or for more than an aggregate of sixty (60) days in any twelve (12) month period; and (2) the Company shall not be entitled to (a) more than two (2) PEA Postponement Periods during any twelve (12) month period or (b) any PEA Postponement Period for so long as the Company is eligible to use Form F-3.

(ii) Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company that the Company has determined to exercise a Postponement, such Holder will discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable registration statement. If the Company shall give any notice of a Postponement, immediately after the expiration of the Postponement Period, the Company shall permit use of the respective registration statement or use its reasonable best efforts to effect the respective registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities, as relevant (unless the Initiating Holders or Shelf Underwriting Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn the respective request).

 

10


(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be permitted to file a registration statement to register for sale, or to conduct any registered securities offerings (including any “take-downs” off of an effective shelf registration statement) of, any of its securities either for its own account or for the account of any security holder or holders during any Postponement Period.

(d) Any Primary Holder may withdraw or revoke a Demand Registration Request that such Primary Holder delivered on behalf of itself or an Initiating Holder at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Demand Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such withdrawal or revocation and such Demand Registration shall have no further force or effect.

(e) This Section 2.1 shall be subject in all respects to the terms of the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

2.2. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) If the Company proposes or is required to register any of its equity securities (which for the avoidance of doubt includes ADSs for all purposes of this Agreement) for its own account or for the account of any other shareholder under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to registrations on Form F-4 (or Form S-4) or Form S-8 or any similar successor forms thereto) (including pursuant to a Demand Registration Request by any Holder), the Company shall give written notice (the “Piggyback Notice”) of its intention to do so to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act. Upon the written request through the applicable Primary Holder, made within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Piggyback Notice (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by the applicable Participating Holder), the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.2(c), 2.3 and 2.6 hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities, the Holders of which have so requested the registration thereof, to be registered under the Securities Act with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by the Holders of the Registrable Securities to be so registered, including, if necessary, by filing with the SEC a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the registration statement filed by the Company or the prospectus related thereto. There is no limitation on the number of such piggyback registrations which the Company is obligated to effect pursuant to the preceding sentence. No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.2(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect Demand Registrations under Section 2.1 hereof.

(b) Other than in connection with a Demand Registration or a Shelf Underwriting, at any time after giving a Piggyback Notice and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, if the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to all Holders of record of Registrable

 

11


Securities and (x) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1, and (y) in the case of a determination to delay such registration of its equity securities, shall be permitted to delay the registration of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other equity securities.

(c) Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided, however, that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution by such Holder of the underwriting agreement or the execution by such Holder of the custody agreement with respect to such registration.

(d) This Section 2.2 shall be subject in all respects to the terms of the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

2.3. Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement

(a) If any requested registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.1 (including a Shelf Underwriting) involves an underwritten offering and the Financial Intermediaries of such offering shall advise the Company and the Participating Holders in good faith that, in their view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders of Registrable Securities exceeds the largest number of securities that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Participating Holders, the allocation of Registrable Securities in such underwritten offering will be subject to the applicable provisions governing allocation of Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a Sale Tranche in the Orderly Marketing Agreement, and such allocation as set forth in the Orderly Marketing Agreement shall continue to apply notwithstanding any termination of the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

(b) If any registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company and the Financial Intermediaries shall advise the Company that, in their view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders of Registrable Securities and the Company exceeds the largest number of securities (the “Section 2.3(b) Sale Number”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such underwritten offering:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities that the Company proposes to register for its own account; and

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining Registrable Securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2(a), based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.

 

12


(c) If, as a result of the proration provisions set forth in clauses (a) or (b) of this Section 2.3, any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request to include Registrable Securities in the registration to which such underwritten offering relates or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of such Holder’s execution of the underwriting agreement or such Holder’s execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal or reduction shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal or reduction, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal or reduction was made to the extent of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn or reduced.

(d) This Section 2.3 shall be subject in all respects to the terms of the Orderly Marketing Agreement.

2.4. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to effect or cause the registration of and/or participate in any offering or sale of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement (or use reasonable best efforts to accomplish the same), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable:

(a) prepare and file all filings required for the consummation of the offering, including preparing and filing with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, which registration form (i) shall be selected by the Company (except as provided for in a Demand Registration Request) and (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and such registration statement shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable registration form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and remain continuously effective for such period as required by this Agreement, or prepare and file with the SEC a prospectus supplement pursuant to an effective registration statement (provided, however, that as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing the respective filings of a registration statement (or amendment thereto), or before sending a response to an SEC comment letter prior to any such filing, the Company will furnish to the Participating Holders and to the Financial Intermediaries, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (including all exhibits thereto and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then required by the rules and regulations of the SEC), which documents will be subject to their reasonable review and reasonable comment (including any reasonable objections to any information pertaining to the Holders and their plan of distribution and otherwise to the extent necessary, if at all, to complete the filing or maintain the effectiveness thereof) and the Company shall consider in good faith the changes reasonably and timely requested by the Participating Holders, the Financial Intermediaries and their legal counsel and shall not file any such documents to which the Participating Holders or the Financial Intermediaries, if any, shall reasonably object);

 

13


(b) (i) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection therewith and such free writing prospectuses and Exchange Act reports as may be necessary to keep such registration statement continuously effective for such period as required by this Agreement and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, and any prospectus so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement and (ii) provide notice to the Participating Holders and the Financial Intermediaries, if any, of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to a registration statement would be appropriate;

(c) furnish, without charge, to each Participating Holder and each Financial Intermediary, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, each free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, in each case, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and other documents, as such Participating Holder and the Financial Intermediaries, if any, may reasonably request;

(d) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or state “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder and the Financial Intermediaries, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Participating Holder and the Financial Intermediaries, if any, to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions (including keeping such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect), except that in no event shall the Company be required to (i) qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (d), be required to be so qualified, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) promptly notify each Participating Holder and the Financial Intermediaries, if any: (i) when the registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto, any post-effective amendment to the registration statement or any free writing prospectus has been filed with the SEC and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information, including copies of any and all transmittal letters and other correspondence with the SEC and all correspondence (including comment letters and a copy of the Company’s draft responses thereto) from the SEC to the Company relating to such registration statement or any prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness

 

14


of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or state “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the registration statement or any amendment thereto, the prospectus related thereto or any supplement thereto, any document incorporated therein by reference, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed at the time of sale to any purchaser containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading; and if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct in all material respects (unless otherwise qualified by materiality in which case such representations and warranties shall cease to be true and correct in all respects); and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v) above, unless the Company has declared that a Postponement Period exists, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such Participating Holder and the Financial Intermediaries, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;

(f) comply (and continue to comply) with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) in accordance with the Exchange Act), and make generally available to its security holders (including by way of filings with the SEC), as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within (i) four (4) months if the Company qualifies as a foreign private issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act) or (ii) within forty-five (45) days after the end of such twelve month period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first (x) full fiscal year if the Company qualifies as a foreign private issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act) or (y) calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(g) (i) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed, if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, and (ii) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including all corporate governance requirements;

(h) cause its senior management, officers, appropriate employees and independent public accountants (in the case of the independent public accountants, subject to any applicable accounting guidance regarding their participation in the offering or the due diligence process) to participate in, and to otherwise facilitate and cooperate with the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto (including participating in meetings, drafting sessions and due diligence sessions), taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs;

 

15


(i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement and, in the case of any secondary equity offering, provide and enter into any reasonable agreements with a custodian for the Registrable Securities;

(j) enter into, and cause its directors and officers to enter into, such customary agreements (including, if applicable, customary underwriting agreements and lock-up agreements not to exceed ninety (90) days if requested by the Financial Intermediaries) and take such other customary actions as the Participating Holders or the Financial Intermediaries shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(k) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain opinions from the Company’s counsel, including local and/or regulatory counsel, and a “comfort” letter and updates thereof from the independent public accountants who have certified the financial statements of the Company (and/or any other financial statements) included or incorporated by reference in such registration statement, in each case, in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and “comfort” letters delivered to Financial Intermediaries in underwritten public offerings; and furnish to each Participating Holder and to each Financial Intermediary a copy of such opinions and letters addressed to such Financial Intermediary;

(l) deliver promptly to counsel for the Participating Holders and to the Financial Intermediaries, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC or its staff with respect to the registration statement, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by counsel for the Participating Holders, by counsel for the Financial Intermediaries, if any, participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Participating Holders or the Financial Intermediaries, if any, during regular business hours, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such counsel for the Participating Holders, counsel for a Financial Intermediary, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(m) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement, or the prompt lifting of any suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable;

(n) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of the registration statement;

 

16


(o) use its reasonable best efforts to make available its senior management for participation in “roadshows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the Financial Intermediaries (taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;

(p) prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into the registration statement or the prospectus (after the initial filing or confidential submission of such registration statement) and which includes information regarding the Participating Holders or Financial Intermediaries, and prior to the filing or use of any free writing prospectus which includes information regarding the Participating Holders or Financial Intermediaries, provide copies of such document to counsel for the Participating Holders and to each Financial Intermediary, if any, and make the Company’s representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning the information regarding the Participating Holders contained therein prior to the filing thereof as counsel for the Participating Holders or Financial Intermediaries, if any, may reasonably request;

(q) furnish to counsel for the Participating Holders and to each Financial Intermediary, without charge, upon request, at least one conformed copy of the registration statement and any post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference, the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), any other prospectus and prospectus supplement filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) and any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith;

(r) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act;

(s) include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement if requested by the Financial Intermediaries updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent quarterly period if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the Financial Intermediaries;

(t) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Participating Holders or the Financial Intermediaries, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(u) use its reasonable best efforts to take all such actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including procuring the cooperation of any transfer agent, custodian and/or Depositary, as necessary;

 

17


(v) use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 2.1 or 2.2 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, will not conflict with a related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(w) in connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances, be misleading;

(x) if requested by the Financial Intermediaries or any Participating Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Financial Intermediary or Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including, without limitation, with respect to the Registrable Securities being sold by such Participating Holder, the purchase price being paid therefor by the Financial Intermediaries and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering, and promptly make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(y) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the Financial Intermediaries;

(z) use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the Financial Intermediaries, Participating Holders, any indemnitee of the Company and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of any applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the LSE, the NYSE, or any other national securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are listed; and

(aa) cooperate with the Holders and the Financial Intermediaries, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of book-entry shares or certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the Financial Intermediaries or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the Holders at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof (and, in the case of Registrable Securities registered on a Shelf Registration Statement, at the request of the Holders, prepare and deliver book-entry shares or certificates representing such Registrable Securities not bearing any restrictive legends and deliver or cause to be delivered an opinion or instructions to the transfer agent in order to allow such Registrable Securities to be sold from time to time).

 

18


To the extent the Company is a WKSI at the time any Demand Registration Request is submitted to the Company, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “automatic shelf registration statement”) on Form F-3 (or Form S-3) which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall not take any action that would result in it not remaining a WKSI or would result in it becoming an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold in compliance with the SEC rules. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at or prior to the end of the third year, the Company shall refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status, the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form F-3 (or Form S-3) and, if such form is not available, Form F-1 (or Form S-1), as promptly as practicable and keep such registration statement effective during the period which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

Without limiting any of the Company’s obligations set forth in this Agreement, including Section 2.9, if the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Holders do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment; provided that the foregoing obligation shall only apply to the extent that the Company is eligible to rely on Rule 430B under the Securities Act with respect to selling security holder disclosures.

The Company may require as a condition precedent to the Company’s obligations under this Section 2.4 that each Participating Holder as to which any registration is being effected furnish the Company and the Financial Intermediaries such information regarding such Participating Holder and the distribution of such securities as is required to be included in such registration statement or as required under state securities laws; provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration and shall be used only in connection with such registration.

Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4, such Holder will discontinue such Holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4 and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of this

 

19


Section 2.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each Participating Holder covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, any such Postponement shall be subject to Section 2.1(c) in all respects.

The Company agrees not to file or make any amendment to any registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, which amendment refers to any Holder covered thereby by name, or otherwise identifies such Holder, without the consent of such Holder, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless such disclosure is required by law, in which case the Company shall provide written notice to such Holders no less than five (5) Business Days prior to the filing.

2.5. Registration Expenses.

(a) The Company shall pay all Expenses with respect to any registration or offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, whether or not a registration statement becomes effective or the offering is consummated.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any underwritten offering hereunder, each Participating Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, pro rata in accordance with the number of Registrable Securities sold in the offering by such Participating Holder, and each Participating Holder shall be responsible for any transfer taxes (including stamp duties), if any, arising out of the sale of its own Registrable Securities.

2.6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights. In the case of any registration under Section 2.1 involving an underwritten offering, or, in the case of a registration under Section 2.2, if the Company has determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be subject to such underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such underwritten offering unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided therein and completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, and other customary documents (including custody agreements, powers of attorney and lock-up agreements not to exceed ninety (90) days if requested by the Financial Intermediaries) which must be executed in connection therewith; provided, however, that all such documents shall be consistent with the provisions hereof and the Orderly Marketing Agreement and (ii) provides such other information to the Company or the Financial Intermediaries as may be necessary to register such Person’s securities.

2.7. No Required Sale. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement. A Holder is not required to include any of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement, is not required to sell any of its Registrable Securities which are included in any effective registration statement, and may sell any of its Registrable Securities in any manner in compliance with applicable law (subject to any of the Lock-Up Restrictions) even if such shares are already included on an effective registration statement.

 

20


2.8. Indemnification.

(a) In the event of any registration or offer and sale of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 2, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will (without limitation as to time), and hereby agrees to, indemnify and hold harmless, each Holder, any Person who is or might be deemed to be a “controlling person” of such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each such Person, a “Controlling Person”), their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, Affiliates, representatives, successors and assigns, and each Financial Intermediary in the offering or sale of such securities and their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, Affiliates, representatives, successors and assigns, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and, subject to Section 2.8(d), any amounts paid in any settlement) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act, common law or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, “Claims”), insofar as such Claims arise out of, are based upon, relate to or are in connection with (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or in any amendment or supplement thereto under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the information conveyed by the Company to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or (iv) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to any action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such offering of Registrable Securities, and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such registration statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. The Company and each Participating Holder hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such Participating Holders to the contrary, for all purposes of this Agreement (including Section 2.8(b)), the only information furnished or to be furnished by any such Participating Holder to the Company for use

 

21


in any such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus, are statements specifically relating to (i) the beneficial ownership of the Registrable Securities by such Participating Holder and its Affiliates as disclosed in the section of such document entitled “Selling Stockholders” or “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and (ii) the name and address of such Participating Holder. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

(b) Each Participating Holder shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.8) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers and its directors, each Person who is or might be deemed to be a Controlling Person of the Company and all other Participating Holders of Registrable Securities and their directors, officers, stockholders, fiduciaries, managing directors, agents, affiliates, representatives, successors, assigns or general and limited partners and respective Controlling Persons with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Participating Holder specifically for use therein, and each such Participating Holder shall reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the aggregate amount which any such Participating Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.8 (including pursuant to indemnity, contribution or otherwise) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim; provided further that such Participating Holder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that prior to the filing or confidential submission of any such registration statement or prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, such Participating Holder has furnished in writing to the Company information expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or free writing prospectus which corrected or made not misleading information previously furnished to the Company. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

(c) Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.8 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Participating Holder with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any applicable securities and state “blue sky” laws.

(d) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with

 

22


respect to which a Claim may be made pursuant to this Section 2.8, but the failure of any indemnified party to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.8, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially and actually prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof (as required above), the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties exists in respect of such Claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within twenty (20) days after receiving notice from such indemnified party that the indemnified party believes it has failed to do so; (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party or which may conflict with or be different from those available to another indemnified party with respect to such Claim; or (iii) if such indemnified party has reasonably concluded that representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, such indemnifying party agrees to indemnify each indemnified party from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault or culpability, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable, unenforceable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 2.8(a), (b) or (c), then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a several and not joint obligation to contribute to the amount paid or payable to such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such Claim. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information

 

23


supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if any contribution pursuant to this Section 2.8(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.8(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.8(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.8(e) to contribute any amount greater than the amount of the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.8(b) and (c). In addition, no Holder of Registrable Securities or any Affiliate thereof shall be required to pay any amount under this Section 2.8(e) unless such Person or entity would have been required to pay an amount pursuant to Section 2.8(b) if it had been applicable in accordance with its terms.

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party.

(g) The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 2.8 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

2.9. No Inconsistent Agreements; Orderly Marketing Agreement. The Company is not currently a party to, and shall not hereafter enter into without the prior written consent of the Primary Holders, any agreement with respect to its securities that would have the effect of impairing the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or that is otherwise inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement or that grants any other Person any registration rights similar to those provided by this Agreement, except as permitted by Section 4.8. However, it is understood that the Orderly Marketing Agreement, the Separation Co-Operation and Implementation Agreement and the Relationship Agreement are being entered into by various parties to this Agreement on or around the date of this Agreement, and the Orderly Marketing Agreement shall supersede the terms of this Agreement in the event of any inconsistencies between the Orderly Marketing Agreement and this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the terms of this Agreement shall not be interpreted as permitting any sale of Registrable Securities contrary to the terms of the Orderly Marketing Agreement, and any purported sale of Registrable Securities or exercise of rights hereunder that is contrary to the terms of the Orderly Marketing Agreement shall be considered invalid and void.

 

24


Section 3. Underwritten Offerings.

3.1. Requested Underwritten Offerings. If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration requested under Section 2.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall (i) be satisfactory in form and substance to the Participating Holders, (ii) contain terms not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and (iii) contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities and contribution agreements on substantially the same terms as those contained herein or as otherwise customary for the underwriters. Every Participating Holder shall be a party to such underwriting agreement, provided that under such underwriting agreement: (i) each Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than customary representations of a selling shareholder, including representations, warranties or agreements regarding its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in the registration statement and its intended method of distribution, and (ii) any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement for indemnity, contribution or otherwise shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions) and in no event shall relate to anything other than information about such Holder specifically provided by such Holder for use in the registration statement and prospectus and shall otherwise contain terms no less advantageous to such Holders than those provided in Section 2.8 (the above clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, the “Acceptable Terms”).

3.2. Piggyback Underwritten Offerings. In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, if the Company shall have determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all of the Participating Holders’ Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement (provided such underwriting agreement reflects the Acceptable Terms (as defined above)).

Section 4. General.

4.1. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the fullest extent set forth herein with respect to the Registrable Securities, to any and all equity securities of the Company, any entity separated from the Company by way of spin-off, split-off, demerger or otherwise, or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, share exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) or any direct or indirect subsidiary or parent company of the Company which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of, Registrable Securities

 

25


and shall be appropriately adjusted for any share dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date hereof so as to reflect the intent and meaning of the provisions hereof and so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the capital stock of the Company as so changed as well as the capital stock of any other entity received in connection with such transaction.

4.2. Rule 144. The Company covenants that (i) so long as it remains subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1)(i) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“Rule 144”)) or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales by such Holder under Rule 144, or any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC, and (ii) it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the safe harbor provided by Rule 144, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will promptly deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

4.3. Assistance with Transfers. In connection with any sale or transfer of Registrable Securities by any Holder, including any sale or transfer pursuant to Rule 144 and other rules and regulations of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder of Registrable Securities to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company shall, to the extent allowed by law, take any and all action necessary or reasonably requested by such Holder in order to permit or facilitate such sale or transfer, including, without limitation, at the sole expense of the Company, by (i) issuing such directions to any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, as applicable, (ii) delivering such opinions to the transfer agent, registrar or depositary as are customary for transactions of this type and are reasonably requested, and (iii) taking or causing to be taken such other actions as are reasonably necessary (in each case on a timely basis) in order to cause any legends, notations or similar designations restricting transferability of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to be removed and to rescind any transfer restrictions with respect to such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that if reasonably requested by the Company such Holder shall deliver to the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, representation letters regarding such Holder’s compliance with such rules and regulations, as may be applicable. In addition, the Company, at its sole expense, shall use reasonable best efforts to remove any restrictive legend on any Registrable Securities, as applicable, upon request by the Holder if (A) such Registrable Securities are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or (B) a registration statement covering the resale of such Registrable Securities is effective under the Securities Act and the applicable Holder delivers to the Company a representation letter agreeing that such Registrable Securities will be sold under such effective registration statement. Furthermore, at the request of any Holder, the Company shall use its reasonable

 

26


best efforts to assist such Holder with respect to any potential private transfer of any Registrable Securities held by such Holder and its Affiliates in accordance with the Orderly Marketing Agreement, including (i) entering into customary confidentiality agreements with any prospective transferees, (ii) affording to such Holder, its Affiliates and any prospective transferees and their respective counsel, accountants, lenders and other representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours to the properties, books, contracts and records of the Company and (iii) providing reasonable availability of appropriate members of senior management, officers and other employees of the Company to provide customary due diligence assistance in connection with any such transfer, taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs.

4.4. Nominees for Beneficial Owners. If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (or any determination of any number or percentage of shares constituting Registrable Securities held by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement); provided, however, that the Company shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of such beneficial ownership.

4.5. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, waiver or other modification of, or consent under, any provision of this Agreement will be effective against the Company unless it is approved in writing by the Company, and no amendment, waiver or other modification of, or consent under, any provision of this Agreement will be effective against a member of Pfizer Shareholder Group or a member of the GSK Shareholder Group unless it is approved in writing by the applicable Primary Holder. Each Holder shall be bound by any amendment authorized by this Section 4.5 whether or not the Registrable Securities held by such Holder have been marked to indicate such amendment. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained will be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof or of any other agreement or provision herein contained. The failure or delay of any of the parties hereto to assert any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such rights nor will it preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right or remedy.

4.6. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) if personally delivered, on the date of delivery, (ii) if delivered by express courier service of national standing (with charges prepaid), on the Business Day following the date of delivery to such courier service, (iii) if deposited in the United States mail, first-class postage prepaid, on the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date of such deposit, (iv) if delivered by facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of successful transmission, (x) on the date of such transmission, if such transmission is completed at or prior to 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party on a Business Day, and (y) on the next Business Day following the date of transmission, if such transmission is completed after 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party, or is transmitted on a day that is not a Business Day, or (v) if via email communication, on the

 

27


date of delivery. All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below and to any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated by the Company’s records, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

if to the Company, to:

Address     The registered office from time to time of Haleon plc

Email address:

For the attention of

if to Pfizer Shareholder Group

Address     The registered office from time to time of Pfizer Inc.

Email address:

For the attention of

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

if to GSK Shareholder Group

Address     The registered office from time to time of GSK plc

Email address:

For the attention of

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

4.7. Insolvency. Following the occurrence of an Insolvency Event affecting GSK, the SLPs shall, acting together, be entitled to nominate one of their members to act as a Primary Holder of GSK Shareholder Group for the purposes of exercising the rights conferred on a Primary Holder under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 4.8, where no Insolvency Event has occurred in respect of GSK, only GSK shall be entitled to act as the Primary Holder in respect of GSK Shareholder Group.

 

28


4.8. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations herein may be assigned by (a) the Company without the prior written consent of each Primary Holder, or (b) a Holder without the prior written consent of the Company; provided that each Holder may assign such Holder’s rights, interests and obligations herein to an Affiliate of such Holder without such consent in connection with a transfer of any of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to such Affiliate (with such rights, interests and obligations continuing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement only for so long as such assignee remains an Affiliate of the applicable Primary Holder).

4.9. Termination.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (but subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement), the Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that GSK shall have the right in its absolute discretion to abandon the Separation Transaction (as defined in the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement) by providing notice of the same in writing to the Company and Pfizer at any time prior to Demerger Completion (as defined in the Separation Co-operation and Implementation Agreement), and upon GSK providing such notice, this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 4.9(a), this Agreement shall terminate and, subject to Section 4.9(d), be of no further effect.

(c) This Agreement shall terminate in respect of the GSK Shareholder Group when it no longer beneficially owns any Registrable Securities constituting more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, and in respect of the Pfizer Shareholder Group, when it no longer beneficially owns any Registrable Securities constituting more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares.

(d) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, Section 2.5, Section 2.8, Section 4.11 and Section 4.15 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

4.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other documents referred to herein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Orderly Marketing Agreement and the Relationship Agreement) or delivered pursuant hereto which form part hereof constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. To the extent there are any inconsistencies or conflicts between this Agreement, on the one hand, and the Orderly Marketing Agreement, on the other hand, the Orderly Marketing Agreement shall control.

4.11. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

29


(b) Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York state court located in New York, New York, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

4.12. Interpretation; Construction.

(a) The table of contents and headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(b) The parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

(c) References in this Agreement to members of the Pfizer Shareholder Group’s or members of the GSK Shareholder Group’s aggregate holding of Ordinary Shares shall include both Ordinary Shares held directly in the form of shares and Ordinary Shares held indirectly as a result of a holding of ADSs.

4.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic mail), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4.14. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

30


4.15. Specific Enforcement. It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Agreement by any party hereto and, accordingly, that this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, in addition to any other remedy to which such injured party is entitled at law or in equity, and that any breach of this Agreement shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach or an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity and agrees that a party’s rights would be materially and adversely affected if the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement were not carried out in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Each party further agrees that no party shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtain any remedy referred to in this Section 4.15, and each party irrevocably waives any right it may have to require the obtaining, furnishing or posting of any such bond or similar instrument.

4.16. Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.17. Confidentiality. The parties shall keep strictly confidential and shall not disclose to any third party any proposed sales or other transactions involving Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement (“Confidential Information”), except as and to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations, in which case the parties will, to the extent practicable, consult and cooperate with each other with respect to any disclosure, and provided that nothing contained herein shall: (i) prevent any party from disclosing such Confidential Information to any of its financial, legal or other advisors or to any potential investor in any co-investment vehicle or any other institutional investor or underwriter in connection with proposed sales, as long as each person receiving such Confidential Information agrees to treat such Confidential Information as confidential; or (ii) prohibit either Primary Holder or any member of the GSK Shareholder Group or the Pfizer Shareholder Group from making any disclosure or public statements regarding its intentions with respect to the Registrable Securities that it holds in the Company, save that any such disclosure or statement shall not reference any Sale Tranche that is underway or in respect of which a Sale Notice has been given under the Orderly Marketing Agreement, except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement or the Orderly Marketing Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt, disclosures required by applicable laws and regulations.

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Haleon plc
By:  

/s/ Amanda Mellor

  Name: Amanda Mellor
  Title: As Attorney for Haleon plc

[Registration Rights Agreement - Signature Page]


Pfizer Inc.
By:  

/s/ Deborah Baron

  Name: Deborah Baron
  Title: SVP World Wide Business Development

[Registration Rights Agreement - Signature Page]


GSK plc
By:  

/s/ David Redfern

  Name: David Redfern
  Title: As Attorney for GSK plc

[Registration Rights Agreement - Signature Page]


GSK (No.1) Scottish Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Adam Walker

  Name: Adam Walker
  Title: Director
GSK (No.2) Scottish Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Adam Walker

  Name: Adam Walker
  Title: Director
GSK (No.3) Scottish Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Adam Walker

  Name: Adam Walker
  Title: Director

[Registration Rights Agreement - Signature Page]

 

Exhibit 4.16

Execution Version

LOGO

Trust Deed

GlaxoSmithKline plc

and

Haleon plc

and

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc

and

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.

and

Deutsche Trustee Company Limited

£10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme

16 March 2022


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  
1.   

DEFINITIONS

     2  
2.   

AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF THE NOTES

     11  
3.   

FORMS OF THE NOTES

     14  
4.   

FEES, DUTIES AND TAXES

     16  
5.   

COVENANT OF COMPLIANCE

     16  
6.   

CHANGE OF TAXING JURISDICTION

     16  
7.   

CANCELLATION OF NOTES AND RECORDS

     16  
8.   

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

     17  
9.   

NON-PAYMENT

     20  
10.   

PROCEEDINGS, ACTION AND INDEMNIFICATION

     20  
11.   

APPLICATION OF MONEYS

     20  
12.   

NOTICE OF PAYMENTS

     21  
13.   

INVESTMENT BY TRUSTEE

     21  
14.   

PARTIAL PAYMENTS

     21  
15.   

COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND EACH GUARANTOR

     22  
16.   

REMUNERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE

     24  
17.   

SUPPLEMENT TO TRUSTEE ACTS

     26  
18.   

TRUSTEE’S LIABILITY

     30  
19.   

TRUSTEE CONTRACTING WITH THE ISSUER, GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC OR HALEON PLC

     30  
20.   

WAIVER, AUTHORISATION AND DETERMINATION

     31  
21.   

HOLDER OF DEFINITIVE NOTE ASSUMED TO BE COUPONHOLDER

     33  
22.   

NO NOTICE TO COUPONHOLDERS

     33  
23.   

CURRENCY INDEMNITY

     34  
24.   

NEW TRUSTEE

     34  
25.   

TRUSTEE’S RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL

     35  
26.   

TRUSTEE’S POWERS TO BE ADDITIONAL

     35  
27.   

NOTICES

     35  
28.   

GOVERNING LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

     37  
29.   

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

     38  
30.   

GENERAL

     38  

SCHEDULE 1

     39  

Terms and Conditions of the Notes

     39  

SCHEDULE 2

     78  

Forms of Global and Definitive Notes, Coupons and Talons

     78  

Part 1 – Forms of Temporary Global Note

     78  

Part 2 – Forms of Permanent Global Note

     15  

Part 3 – Form of Definitive Note

     33  

Part 4 – Form of Coupon

     37  

Part 5 – Form of Talon

     39  

SCHEDULE 3

     42  

Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders

     42  

SIGNATORIES

     50  


THIS TRUST DEED is made on 16 March 2022

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS (“CH Capital UK”);

 

(2)

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V., a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS (“CH Capital BV”);

 

(3)

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS;

 

(4)

HALEON PLC, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom, TW8 9GS; and

 

(5)

DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at Winchester House, 1 Great Winchester Street, London, EC2N 2DB (the “Trustee”, which expression shall, wherever the context so admits, include such company and all other persons or companies for the time being the trustee or trustees of these presents) as trustee for the Noteholders and the Couponholders (each as defined below).

RECITALS:

 

(A)

By a resolution of the Board of Directors of each of CH Capital UK and CH Capital BV dated 11 March 2022 and 11 March 2022 respectively, CH Capital UK and CH Capital BV established a Euro Medium Term Note Programme pursuant to which each of CH Capital UK and CH Capital BV may from time to time issue Notes up to a maximum nominal amount (calculated in accordance with clause 3.5 of the Programme Agreement (as defined below)) from time to time outstanding of £10,000,000,000 (subject to increase as provided in the Programme Agreement) (the “Programme Limit”).

 

(B)

By a resolution of the Board of Directors of GlaxoSmithKline plc passed on 11 March 2022, GlaxoSmithKline plc resolved to guarantee all Notes issued by CH Capital UK or CH Capital BV, as the case may be, under the Programme (as defined below) from the date of this Deed up to but excluding the Guarantee Assumption Date (as defined below).

 

(C)

By a resolution of the Board of Directors Haleon plc passed on 11 March 2022, Haleon plc resolved to guarantee with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date all Notes issued by CH Capital UK or CH Capital BV, as the case may be, under the Programme (including those issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date).

 

(D)

In respect of any Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date, with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date: (i) GlaxoSmithKline plc will cease to provide a guarantee in respect of such Notes and will be irrevocably and unconditionally discharged and released from all liabilities under the Guarantee without the need for any further action on the part of any person; (ii) any liability incurred by GlaxoSmithKline plc under its guarantee of such Notes will be unconditionally and irrevocably assumed by Haleon plc; and (iii) such Notes will be guaranteed unconditionally and irrevocably by Haleon plc.

 

(E)

The Trustee has agreed to act as trustee of these presents for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Couponholders upon and subject to the terms and conditions of these presents.

 

1


NOW THIS TRUST DEED WITNESSES AND IT IS AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1

In these presents unless there is anything in the subject or context inconsistent therewith the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

“Agency Agreement” means the agreement dated 16 March 2022, as amended and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, pursuant to which CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV, GlaxoSmithKline plc and Haleon plc have appointed the Agent and the other Paying Agents in relation to all or any Series of the Notes and any other agreement for the time being in force appointing further or other Paying Agents or another Agent in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, or in connection with their duties, the terms of which have previously been approved in writing by the Trustee, together with any agreement for the time being in force amending or modifying with the prior written approval of the Trustee any of the aforesaid agreements;

“Agent” means, in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch at its office at Winchester House, 1 Great Winchester Street, London, EC2N 2DB or, if applicable, any Successor agent in relation to all or any Series of the Notes;

“Appointee” means any attorney, manager, agent, delegate, nominee, custodian or other person appointed by the Trustee under these presents;

“Associate” means the holding company if any, and Subsidiary of the relevant Issuer or of its holding company;

“Auditors” means the auditors for the time being and, in the case of joint auditors, the joint auditors for the time being of the relevant Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc (as the case may be), or in the event of their being unable or unwilling promptly to carry out any action requested of them pursuant to the provisions of these presents, such other accountant or firm of accountants as may be selected for the purpose by the relevant Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc (as the case may be) and approved by the Trustee and, failing such selection by the relevant Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc (as the case may be) as may be selected by the Trustee, for the purposes of these presents;

“Authorised Representative” means, in relation to any document to be approved and/or signed on behalf of the relevant Issuer, any Director and/or any person authorised to approve and/or sign the same by resolutions of the Board of Directors of CH Capital UK passed on 11 March 2022 or by resolutions of the Board of Directors of CH Capital BV passed on 11 March 2022 as the case may be, or by any Resolution of the Board of Directors of the relevant Issuer or a duly authorised Committee thereof passed subsequent to those dates;

“CGN” means a Temporary Global Note or a Permanent Global Note and in either case where the applicable Pricing Supplement specify the Note is not a New Global Note;

“Clearstream, Luxembourg” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Conditions” means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the terms and conditions endorsed on or incorporated by reference into the Note or Notes constituting such Series, such terms and conditions being in or substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) as completed by the Pricing Supplement applicable to the Notes of the relevant Series, in each case as from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions of these presents;

 

2


“Coupon” means an interest coupon appertaining to a Definitive Note (other than a Zero Coupon Note), such coupon being:

 

  (a)

if appertaining to a Fixed Rate Note, in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part A of Part 4 of Schedule 2 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of issue of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s); or

 

  (b)

if appertaining to a Floating Rate Note, in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part B of Part 4 of Schedule 2 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of issue of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s); or

 

  (c)

if appertaining to a definitive Note which is neither a Fixed Rate Note nor a Floating Rate Note, in such form as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s),

and includes, where applicable, the Talon(s) appertaining thereto and any replacements for Coupons and Talons issued pursuant to Condition 10;

“Couponholders” means the several persons who are for the time being holders of the Coupons and includes, where applicable, the Talonholders;

“Dealers” means Banco Santander, S.A., Barclays Bank PLC, BofA Securities Europe SA, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Continental Europe, J.P. Morgan SE, J.P. Morgan Securities plc, Merrill Lynch International, Mizuho International plc, Mizuho Securities Europe GmbH, Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, Morgan Stanley Europe SE, Standard Chartered Bank and any other entity which the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor may appoint as a Dealer and notice of whose appointment has been given to the Agent and the Trustee by the relevant Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement but excluding any entity whose appointment has been terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement and notice of such termination has been given to the Agent and the Trustee by the relevant Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement and references to a “relevant Dealer” or the “relevant Dealer(s)” mean, in relation to any Tranche or Series of Notes, the Dealer or Dealers with whom the relevant Issuer has agreed the issue of the Notes of such Tranche or Series and “Dealer” means any one of them;

“Definitive Note” means a Note in definitive form issued or, as the case may require, to be issued by the relevant Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), the Agency Agreement and these presents in exchange for either a Temporary Global Note or part thereof or a Permanent Global Note (all as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement), such Note in definitive form being in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 3 of Schedule 2 with such modifications (if any) as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) and having the Conditions endorsed thereon or, if permitted by the relevant Stock Exchange, incorporating the Conditions by reference as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement and having the relevant information supplementing the Conditions appearing in the applicable Pricing Supplement endorsed thereon or attached thereto and (except in the case of a Zero Coupon Note) having Coupons and, where appropriate, Talons attached thereto on issue;

“Directors” means the Board of Directors for the time being of the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc;

 

3


“Early Redemption Amount” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 6.10;

“euro” means the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty establishing the European Union, as amended;

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV;

“Euronext Dublin” means the Irish Stock Exchange plc trading as Euronext Dublin;

“Eurosystem-eligible NGN” means a NGN which is intended to be held in a manner which would allow Eurosystem eligibility;

“Event of Default” means any of the events described in Condition 9 which, except in the case of the first specified event in such Condition, has been certified by the Trustee to be, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders;

“Extraordinary Resolution” has the meaning set out in paragraph 20 of Schedule 3;

“FATCA Withholding” means any withholding or deduction pursuant to an agreement described in Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any regulations thereunder or official interpretations thereof) or an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and another jurisdiction facilitating the implementation thereof (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement);

“Fixed Rate Note” means a Note on which interest is calculated at a fixed rate payable in arrear on a fixed date or fixed dates in each year and on redemption or on such other dates as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement);

“Floating Rate Note” means a Note on which interest is calculated at a floating rate payable in arrear in respect of such period or on such date(s) as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement);

“FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of the United Kingdom;

“Global Note” means a Temporary Global Note and/or a Permanent Global Note as the context may require;

“Guarantee” means the guarantee and indemnity of the Guarantor set out in clause 8;

“Guarantee Assumption Date” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions;

Guarantor” means:

 

  (a)

prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date, GlaxoSmithKline plc; and

 

  (b)

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc,

provided that:

 

  (i)

Notes issued by any Issuer prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed solely by GlaxoSmithKline plc up to, and excluding, the Guarantee Assumption Date; and

 

4


  (ii)

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, (A) Notes issued by the Issuers (including those issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date) will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed solely by Haleon plc and (B) GlaxoSmithKline plc will be irrevocably and unconditionally discharged and released from all obligations and liabilities under this Trust Deed, the Notes, the Guarantee and any other document entered into by GlaxoSmithKline plc in connection with the Programme and any issue of Notes thereunder without the need for any further action on the part of any person,

and references to “Guarantor” and “Guarantee” throughout these presents shall be construed accordingly;

“Holding Company” means a holding company within the meaning of Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 of Great Britain;

“Interest Commencement Date” means, in the case of interest-bearing Notes, the date specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement from (and including) which such Notes bear interest, which may or may not be the Issue Date;

“Interest Payment Date” means, in relation to any Floating Rate Note, either:

 

  (a)

the date which falls the number of months or other period specified as the Specified Period in the applicable Pricing Supplement after the preceding Interest Payment Date or the Interest Commencement Date (in the case of the first Interest Payment Date); or

 

  (b)

such date or dates as are indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

“Issue Date” means, in respect of any Note, the date of issue and purchase of such Note pursuant to and in accordance with the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) being, in the case of any Definitive Note represented initially by a Temporary Global Note, the same date as the date of issue of the Temporary Global Note which initially represented such Note;

“Issuer” means either CH Capital UK or CH Capital BV, as the case may be;

“Issue Price” means the price, generally expressed as a percentage of the nominal amount of the Notes, at which the Notes will be issued;

“Liability” means any loss, damage, cost (including the cost of the Trustee using its management’s time and/or other internal resources calculated using its normal hourly rates in force from time to time), charge, claim, demand, expense, judgment, action, proceeding or other liability whatsoever (including, without limitation in respect of taxes, duties, levies, imposts and other charges) and including any value added tax or similar tax charged or chargeable in respect thereof and legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis;

“London Business Day” has the meaning set out in Condition 4.2(b)(vi);

“Market” means the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin;

“Maturity Date” means the date on which a Note is expressed to be redeemable;

“month” means calendar month;

“NGN” means a Temporary Global Note or a Permanent Global Note and in either case where the applicable Pricing Supplement specify the Note is a New Global Note;

 

5


“Note” means a note issued pursuant to the Programme and denominated in such currency or currencies as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) which has such maturity and denomination as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) and issued or to be issued by the relevant Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) relating to the Programme, the Agency Agreement and these presents and which shall initially be represented by, and comprised in, a Temporary Global Note which may (in accordance with the terms of such Temporary Global Note) be exchanged for Definitive Notes or a Permanent Global Note which Permanent Global Note may (in accordance with the terms of such Permanent Global Note) in turn be exchanged for Definitive Notes (all as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement) and includes any replacements for a Note issued pursuant to Condition 10;

“Noteholders” means the several persons who are for the time being holders of outstanding Notes save that, in respect of the Notes of any Series, for so long as such Notes or any part thereof are represented by a Global Note deposited with a common depositary (in the case of a CGN) or common safekeeper (in the case of a NGN) for Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg (other than Clearstream, Luxembourg, if Clearstream, Luxembourg shall be an accountholder of Euroclear and Euroclear, if Euroclear shall be an accountholder of Clearstream, Luxembourg) as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes of such Series shall be deemed to be the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes (and the holder of the relevant Global Note shall be deemed not to be the holder) for all purposes of these presents other than with respect to the payment of principal or interest on such nominal amount of such Notes, the rights to which shall be vested, as against the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee, solely in such common depositary or common safekeeper (as the case may be) and for which purpose such common depositary or common safekeeper (as the case may be) shall be deemed to be the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to its terms and the provisions of these presents and the expressions “Noteholder”, “holder” and “holder of Notes” and related expressions shall be construed accordingly;

“notice” means, in respect of a notice to be given to Noteholders, a notice validly given pursuant to Condition 15;

“Official List” means the Official List of Euronext Dublin;

“outstanding” means, in relation to the Notes of all or any Series, all the Notes of such Series issued other than:

 

  (a)

those Notes which have been redeemed pursuant to these presents;

 

  (b)

those Notes in respect of which the date (including, where applicable, any deferred date) for redemption in accordance with the Conditions has occurred and the redemption moneys (including all interest payable thereon) have been duly paid to the Trustee or to the Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement (and where appropriate notice to that effect has been given to the relative Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15) and remain available for payment against presentation of the relevant Notes and/or Coupons;

 

  (c)

those Notes which have been purchased and cancelled in accordance with Conditions 6.6 and 6.7;

 

  (d)

those Notes which have become void or in respect of which claims have become prescribed, in each case under Condition 8;

 

  (e)

those mutilated or defaced Notes which have been surrendered and cancelled and in respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 10;

 

  (f)

(for the purpose only of ascertaining the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding and without prejudice to the status for any other purpose of the relevant Notes) those Notes which are alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and in respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 10; and

 

6


  (g)

any Global Note to the extent that it shall have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or another Global Note pursuant to its provisions, the provisions of these presents and the Agency Agreement,

PROVIDED THAT for each of the following purposes, namely:

 

  (i)

the right to attend and vote at any meeting of the holders of the Notes of any Series, an Extraordinary Resolution in writing or an Extraordinary Resolution by way of electronic consents through the relevant Clearing Systems as envisaged by paragraph 1 of Schedule 3 and any direction or request by the holders of the Notes of any Series;

 

  (ii)

the determination of how many and which Notes of any Series are for the time being outstanding for the purposes of clause 10.1, Conditions 9, 11 and 14 and paragraphs 2, 5, 6 and 9 of Schedule 3;

 

  (iii)

any discretion, power or authority (whether contained in these presents or vested by operation of law) which the Trustee is required, expressly or impliedly, to exercise in or by reference to the interests of the holders of the Notes of any Series; and

 

  (iv)

the certification or determination by the Trustee whether any event, circumstance, matter or thing is, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the holders of the Notes of any Series,

those Notes of the relevant Series (if any) which are for the time being held by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries, in each case as beneficial owner, shall (unless and until ceasing to be so held) be deemed not to remain outstanding;

“Paying Agents” means, in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, the several institutions (including, where the context permits, the Agent) at their respective specified offices initially appointed as paying agents in relation to such Notes by the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor pursuant to the Agency Agreement and/or, if applicable, any Successor paying agents at their respective specified offices in relation to all or any Series of the Notes;

“Permanent Global Note” means a global note in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 2A of Schedule 2 (in the case of CH Capital UK) and Part 2B of Schedule 2 (in the case of CH Capital BV) with such modifications (if any) as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s), together, in each case, with the copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement annexed thereto, comprising some or all of the Notes of the same Series, issued by the relevant Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) relating to the Programme, the Agency Agreement and these presents in exchange for the whole or part of any Temporary Global Note issued in respect of such Notes;

“Potential Event of Default” means any condition, event or act which, with the lapse of time and/or the issue, making or giving of any notice, certification, declaration, demand, determination and/or request and/or the taking of any similar action and/or the fulfilment of any similar condition as provided under Condition 9, would constitute an Event of Default;

“Principal Subsidiary” means at any time a Subsidiary of the Guarantor:

 

  (a)

whose total assets are at least ten per cent of the consolidated total assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined by reference to the then most recent published audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (provided that total assets will, for this purpose, exclude assets eliminated in such consolidation); or

 

7


  (b)

whose total profits before interest payable and tax (“Gross Profits”) are at least ten per cent of the consolidated Gross Profits of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined by reference to the then most recent published audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (provided that Gross Profits will, for this purpose, exclude profits eliminated in such consolidation); or

 

  (c)

which has had transferred to it (since the date of the most recent published audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries) the whole or substantially the whole of the assets and undertaking of a Subsidiary which immediately prior to such transfer was a Principal Subsidiary;

and further provided always that a certificate signed by any two Directors of the Guarantor or by any other Director and the Secretary of the Guarantor to the effect that a Subsidiary of the Guarantor is or is not or was or was not at any particular time or throughout any specified period a Principal Subsidiary may be relied upon by the Trustee without further enquiry or evidence and, if relied upon by the Trustee, shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all concerned for the purposes of these presents.

For the purposes of this definition if there shall at any time not be any relevant audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, references thereto herein shall be deemed to be references to a consolidation by the Auditors of the relevant audited financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries;

“Programme” means the Euro Medium Term Note Programme established by, or otherwise contemplated in, the Programme Agreement;

“Programme Agreement” means the agreement of even date herewith between CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV, GlaxoSmithKline plc, Haleon plc and the Dealers named therein (or deemed named therein) concerning the purchase of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Programme together with any agreement for the time being in force amending, replacing, novating or modifying such agreement and any accession letters and/or agreements supplemental thereto;

“Redemption Month” means, in respect of any Floating Rate Note, the month and year of the Interest Payment Date on which any such Note is expressed to be redeemable;

“Relevant Date” has the meaning set out in Condition 20;

“repay”, “redeem” and “pay” shall each include both of the others and cognate expressions shall be construed accordingly;

“Series” means a Tranche of Notes together with any further Tranche or Tranches of Notes which are:

 

  (a)

expressed to be consolidated and form a single series; and

 

  (b)

identical in all respects (including as to listing) except for their respective Issue Dates, Interest Commencement Dates and/or Issue Prices,

and the expressions “Notes of the relevant Series, holders of Notes of the relevant Series” and related expressions shall be construed accordingly;

“Stock Exchange” means the Euronext Dublin or any other or further stock exchange(s) on which any Notes may from time to time be listed, and references in these presents to the relevant Stock Exchange shall, in relation to any Notes, be references to the Stock Exchange on which such Notes are, from time to time, or are intended to be, listed;

 

8


“Subsidiary” means any company which is for the time being a subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 of Great Britain);

“Successor” means, in relation to the Agent and the other Paying Agents, any successor to any one or more of them in relation to the Notes which shall become such pursuant to the provisions of these presents and/or the Agency Agreement (as the case may be) and/or such other or further agent and paying agents (as the case may be) in relation to the Notes as may (with the prior approval of, and on terms previously approved by, the Trustee in writing) from time to time be appointed as such, and/or, if applicable, such other or further specified offices (in the case of the Agent and the other Paying Agents being within the same city as those for which it is they are substituted) as may from time to time be nominated, in each case by the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor, and (except in the case of the initial appointments and specified offices made under and specified in the Conditions and/or the Agency Agreement, as the case may be) notice of whose appointment or, as the case may be, nomination has been given to the Noteholders;

“Successor in Business” means a company which has acquired as a going concern all or substantially all of the undertaking, assets and liabilities of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be;

“Talonholders” means the several persons who are for the time being holders of the Talons;

“Talons” means the talons (if any) appertaining to, and exchangeable in accordance with the provisions therein contained for further Coupons appertaining to, the Definitive Notes (other than Zero Coupon Notes), such talons being in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 5 of Schedule 2 or in such other form as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) and includes any replacements for Talons issued pursuant to Condition 10;

“Temporary Global Note” means a temporary global note in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 1A of Schedule 2 (in the case of CH Capital UK), and Part 1B of Schedule 2 (in the case of CH Capital BV), together, in each case, with the copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement annexed thereto with such modifications (if any) as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s), comprising some or all of the Notes of the same Series, issued by the relevant Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) relating to the Programme, the Agency Agreement and these presents;

“these presents” means this Trust Deed and the Schedules and any trust deed supplemental hereto and the Schedules (if any) thereto and the Notes, the Coupons, the Talons, the Conditions and, unless the context otherwise requires, the Pricing Supplement, all as from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions herein or therein contained;

“Tranche” means all Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing and admission to trading);

“Trustee Acts” mean both the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 of England and Wales;

“Trust Corporation” means a corporation entitled by rules made under the Public Trustee Act 1906 of Great Britain or entitled pursuant to any other comparable legislation applicable to a trustee in any other jurisdiction to carry out the functions of a custodian trustee; and

“Zero Coupon Note” means a Note on which no interest is payable.

 

9


1.2

Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.3

Words denoting one gender only shall include the other genders.

 

1.4

Words denoting persons only shall include firms and corporations and vice versa.

 

1.5

All references in these presents to principal and/or principal amount and/or interest in respect of the Notes or to any moneys payable by the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor under these presents shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed in accordance with Condition 5.6.

 

1.6

All references in these presents to any statute or any provision of any statute shall be deemed also to refer to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof or any statutory instrument, order or regulation made thereunder or under any such modification or re enactment.

 

1.7

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to EU legislation, regulatory requirement, or guidance should be read as a reference to that EU legislation, regulatory requirement or guidance as it forms part of UK domestic law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended) or as otherwise adopted under, or given effect to in, UK legislation or the UK regulatory regime and any reference to EU competent authorities should be read as references to the relevant UK competent authority.

 

1.8

All references in these presents to guarantees or to an obligation being guaranteed shall be deemed to include respectively references to indemnities or to an indemnity being given in respect thereof.

 

1.9

All references in these presents to any action, remedy or method of proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of creditors shall be deemed to include, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, references to such action, remedy or method of proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of creditors available or appropriate in such jurisdiction as shall most nearly approximate to such action, remedy or method of proceeding described or referred to in these presents.

 

1.10

All references in these presents involving compliance by the Trustee with a test of reasonableness shall be deemed to include a reference to a requirement that such reasonableness shall be determined by reference solely to the interests of the holders of the Notes.

 

1.11

Any reference in these presents to a written notice, consent or approval being given by the Trustee shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be deemed to include such notice, consent or approval being given by e-mail, provided such notice, consent or approval is confirmed in writing as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

 

1.12

All references in these presents to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall, whenever the context so permits (but not in the case of any NGN), be deemed to include references to any additional or alternative clearing system as is approved by the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent and the Trustee or as may otherwise be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

1.13

All references in these presents to the “records” of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg shall be to the records that each of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customers’ interest in the Notes.

 

1.14

Unless the context otherwise requires words or expressions used in these presents shall bear the same meanings as in the Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain, as amended or repealed.

 

10


1.15

In this Trust Deed references to Schedules, clauses, subclauses, paragraphs and subparagraphs shall be construed as references to the Schedules to this Trust Deed and to the clauses, subclauses, paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Trust Deed respectively.

 

1.16

In these presents tables of contents and clause headings are included for ease of reference and shall not affect the construction of these presents.

 

1.17

Terms and expressions defined in these presents, the Agency Agreement, the Conditions or used in the applicable Pricing Supplement shall have the same meanings where used herein unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated provided that, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement, the Conditions and these presents, these presents shall prevail and, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement, the Conditions or these presents and the applicable Pricing Supplement, the applicable Pricing Supplement shall prevail.

 

1.18

All references in these presents to the “relevant currency” shall be construed as references to the currency in which payments in respect of the Notes and/or Coupons of the relevant Series are to be made as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

1.19

As used herein, in relation to any Notes which are to have a “listing” or be “listed” on Euronext Dublin, or any other Stock Exchange in a jurisdiction where admission to listing is approved and announced by a regulatory authority other than that Stock Exchange itself, listing and listed shall be construed to mean that such Notes have been admitted to the Official List and admitted to trading on the Market or the relevant list of such other regulatory authority and admitted to trading on such Stock Exchange’s market for listed securities, respectively. The Market is not a regulated market for the purposes of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (Directive 2014/65/EU).

 

2.

AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF THE NOTES

 

2.1

Amount of the Notes, Pricing Supplement and Legal Opinions

 

  (a)

The Notes will be issued in Series in an aggregate nominal amount from time to time outstanding not exceeding the Programme Limit from time to time and for the purpose of determining such aggregate nominal amount clause 3 of the Programme Agreement shall apply.

 

  (b)

By not later than 3.00 p.m. (London time) on the second London Business Day preceding each proposed Issue Date, the relevant Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement and drafts of all legal opinions to be given in relation to the relevant issue and shall notify the Trustee in writing without delay of the relevant Issue Date of each Temporary Global Note and the nominal amount of the Notes to be issued. Upon the issue of the relevant Temporary Global Note(s), such Notes shall become constituted by these presents without further formality.

 

  (c)

Before the first issue of Notes occurring after each anniversary of this Trust Deed and on such other occasions as the Trustee so requests (on the basis that the Trustee considers it necessary in view of a change (or proposed change) in English law affecting the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, these presents, the Programme Agreement, the Agency Agreement or the Trustee has other reasonable grounds), the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor will procure that further legal opinions (relating, if applicable, to any such change or proposed change) in such form and with such content as the Trustee may require from the legal advisers specified in the Programme Agreement or such other legal advisers as the Trustee may require is/are delivered to the Trustee. Whenever such a request is made with respect to any Notes to be issued, the receipt of such opinion in a form satisfactory to the Trustee shall be a further condition precedent to the issue of those Notes.

 

11


2.2

Covenant to repay principal and to pay interest

 

  (a)

The relevant Issuer covenants with the Trustee that it will, as and when the Notes of any Series or any of them becomes due to be redeemed, or on such earlier date as the same or any part thereof may become due and repayable thereunder, in accordance with the Conditions, unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee in the relevant currency in immediately available funds the principal amount in respect of the Notes of such Series becoming due for redemption on that date and (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) shall in the meantime and until redemption in full of the Notes of such Series (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee as aforesaid interest (which shall accrue from day to day) on the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding of such Series at rates and/or in amounts calculated from time to time in accordance with, or specified in, and on the dates provided for in, the Conditions (subject to clause 2.4) PROVIDED THAT:

 

  (i)

every payment of principal or interest or other sum due in respect of the Notes made to or to the order of the Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement shall be in satisfaction pro tanto of the relative covenant by the relevant Issuer in this clause contained in relation to the Notes of such Series except to the extent that there is a default in the subsequent payment thereof in accordance with the Conditions to the relevant Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be);

 

  (ii)

in the case of any payment of principal which is not made to the Trustee or the Agent on or before the due date or on or after accelerated maturity following an Event of Default, interest shall continue to accrue on the nominal amount of the relevant Notes (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes to which the provisions of Condition 6.13 shall apply) (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) at the rates aforesaid up to and including the date which the Trustee determines to be the date on and after which payment is to be made in respect thereof as stated in a notice given to the holders of such Notes in accordance with Condition 15 (such date to be not later than 30 days after the day on which the whole of such principal amount, together with an amount equal to the interest which has accrued and is to accrue pursuant to this proviso up to and including that date, has been received by the Trustee or the Agent); and

 

  (iii)

in any case where payment of the whole or any part of the principal amount of any Note is improperly withheld or refused upon due presentation thereof (other than in circumstances contemplated by (b) above) interest shall accrue on the nominal amount of such Note (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes to which the provisions of Condition 6.13) shall apply) payment of which has been so withheld or refused (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) at the rates aforesaid from the date of such withholding or refusal until the date on which, upon further presentation of the relevant Note, payment of the full amount (including interest as aforesaid) in the relevant currency payable in respect of such Note is made or (if earlier) the seventh day after notice is given to the relevant Noteholder(s) (whether individually or in accordance with Condition 15) that the full amount (including interest as aforesaid) in the relevant currency in respect of such Note is available for payment, PROVIDED THAT, upon further presentation thereof being duly made, such payment is made.

 

  (b)

The Trustee will hold the benefit of this covenant on trust for the Noteholders and the Couponholders and itself in accordance with these presents.

 

12


2.3

Trustee’s requirements regarding Paying Agents etc

At any time after an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default shall have occurred the Trustee may:

 

  (a)

by notice in writing to the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent and the other Paying Agents require the Agent and the other Paying Agents pursuant to the Agency Agreement until notified by the Trustee to the contrary and so far as permitted by any applicable law:

 

  (i)

to act thereafter as Agent and other Paying Agents respectively of the Trustee in relation to payments to be made by or on behalf of the Trustee under the terms of these presents mutatis mutandis on the terms provided in the Agency Agreement (save that the Trustee’s liability under any provisions thereof for the indemnification, remuneration and payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent and the other Paying Agents shall be limited to the amounts for the time being held by the Trustee on the trusts of these presents relating to the Notes of the relevant Series and available for such purpose) and thereafter to hold all Notes and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes and Coupons on behalf of the Trustee; or

 

  (ii)

to deliver up all Notes and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes and Coupons to the Trustee or as the Trustee shall direct in such notice PROVIDED THAT such notice shall be deemed not to apply to any documents or records which the Agent or other Paying Agent is obliged not to release by any law or regulation; and

 

  (b)

by notice in writing to the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor, require each of the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor to make all subsequent payments in respect of the Notes and Coupons issued by such Issuer to or to the order of the Trustee and not to the Agent and with effect from the issue of any such notice to such Issuer and the Guarantor and until such notice is withdrawn proviso (i) to subclause (b) of this clause relating to the Notes shall cease to have effect.

 

2.4

If the Floating Rate Notes of any Series become immediately due and repayable under Condition 9 the rate and/or amount of interest payable in respect of them will be calculated by the Agent at the same intervals as if such Notes had not become due and repayable, the first of which will commence on the expiry of the Interest Period during which the Notes of the relevant Series become so due and repayable mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of Condition 4 except that the rates of interest need not be published.

 

2.5

Currency of payments

All payments in respect of, under and in connection with these presents and the Notes of any Series to the relevant Noteholders and Couponholders shall be made in the relevant currency.

 

2.6

Further Notes

The relevant Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time (but subject always to the provisions of these presents) without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders to create and issue further Notes having terms and conditions the same as the Notes of any Series (or the same in all respects save for the amount and date of the first payment of interest thereon) and so that the same shall be consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding Notes of a particular Series.

 

13


2.7

Separate Series

The Notes of each Series shall form a separate Series of Notes and accordingly, unless for any purpose the Trustee in its absolute discretion shall otherwise determine, the provisions of this clause and of clauses 3 to 23 (both inclusive) and 23.2 and Schedule 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis separately and independently to the Notes of each Series and in such clauses and Schedule the expressions “Notes”, “Noteholders”, “Coupons”, “Couponholders”, “Talons” and “Talonholders” shall be construed accordingly and references to the relevant Issuer shall be construed as references to that one of CH Capital UK or CH Capital BV which is the issuer of the Notes of the relevant Series.

 

3.

FORMS OF THE NOTES

 

3.1

Global Notes

 

  (a)

The Notes of each Tranche will initially be represented by a single Temporary Global Note. Each Temporary Global Note shall be exchangeable, upon a request as described therein, for either Definitive Notes together with, where applicable, (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) Coupons and, where applicable, Talons attached, or a Permanent Global Note in each case in accordance with the provisions of such Temporary Global Note. Each Permanent Global Note shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes together with, where applicable, (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) Coupons and, where applicable, Talons attached, in accordance with the provisions of such Permanent Global Note. All Global Notes shall be prepared, completed and delivered to a common depositary (in the case of a CGN) or common safekeeper (in the case of a NGN) for Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement or to another appropriate depositary in accordance with any other agreement between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) and, in each case, the Agency Agreement.

 

  (b)

Each Temporary Global Note shall be printed or typed in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 1A of Schedule 2 (in the case of CH Capital UK) and Part 1B of Schedule 2 (in the case of CH Capital BV), and may be a facsimile or photocopy. Each Temporary Global Note shall have annexed thereto a copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement and shall be signed manually or in facsimile by an Authorised Representative of the relevant Issuer on behalf of the relevant Issuer, shall be authenticated by an authorised signatory on behalf of the Agent and shall, in the case of a Eurosystem-eligible NGN, be effectuated by the common safekeeper acting on the instructions of the Agent. Each Temporary Global Note so executed and authenticated shall be a binding and valid obligation of the relevant Issuer and title thereto shall pass by delivery.

 

  (c)

Each Permanent Global Note shall be printed or typed in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 2A of Schedule 2 (in the case of CH Capital UK) and Part 2B of Schedule 2 (in the case of CH Capital BV), and may be a facsimile or photocopy. Each Permanent Global Note shall have annexed thereto a copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement and shall be signed manually or in facsimile by an Authorised Representative of the relevant Issuer on behalf of the relevant Issuer, shall be authenticated by an authorised signatory on behalf of the Agent and shall, in the case of a Eurosystem-eligible NGN, be effectuated by the common safekeeper acting on the instructions of the Agent. Each Permanent Global Note so executed and authenticated shall be a binding and valid obligation of the relevant Issuer and title thereto shall pass by delivery.

 

14


3.2

Definitive Notes

 

  (a)

The Definitive Notes, the Coupons and the Talons shall be to bearer in the respective forms or substantially in the respective forms set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5, respectively, of Schedule 2. The Definitive Notes, the Coupons and the Talons shall be serially numbered and, if listed or quoted, shall be security printed in accordance with the requirements (if any) from time to time of the relevant Stock Exchange and the relevant Conditions may be incorporated by reference into such Definitive Notes unless not so permitted by the relevant Stock Exchange (if any), or the Definitive Notes shall be endorsed with or have attached thereto the relevant Conditions, and, in either such case, the Definitive Notes shall have endorsed thereon or attached thereto a copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions thereof). Title to the Definitive Notes, the Coupons and the Talons shall pass by delivery.

 

  (b)

The Definitive Notes shall be signed manually or in facsimile by an Authorised Representative of the relevant Issuer on behalf of the relevant Issuer and shall be authenticated by an authorised signatory of the Agent on behalf of the Agent. The Definitive Notes so executed and authenticated, and the Coupons and Talons, upon execution and authentication of the relevant Definitive Notes, shall be binding and valid obligations of the relevant Issuer. The Coupons and the Talons shall not be signed. No Definitive Note and none of the Coupons or Talons appertaining to such Definitive Note shall be binding or valid until such Definitive Note shall have been executed and authenticated as aforesaid.

 

3.3

Facsimile signatures

The relevant Issuer may use the facsimile signature of any person who at the date such signature is affixed to a Note is an Authorised Representative of the relevant Issuer notwithstanding that at the time of issue of any of the Notes he may have ceased to be such and the Notes so executed and authenticated shall be binding and valid obligations of the relevant Issuer.

 

3.4

Persons to be treated as Noteholders

Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and the other Paying Agents (notwithstanding any notice to the contrary and whether or not it is overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) may (a) for the purpose of making payment thereon or on account thereof deem and treat the bearer of any Global Note, Definitive Note, Coupon or Talon as the absolute owner thereof and of all rights thereunder free from all encumbrances, and shall not be required to obtain proof of such ownership or as to the identity of the bearer and (b) for all other purposes deem and treat:

 

  (a)

the bearer of any Definitive Note, Coupon or Talon; and

 

  (b)

each person for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or such other additional or alternative clearing system approved by the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Agent, as having a particular nominal amount of Notes credited to his securities account,

as the absolute owner thereof free from all encumbrances and shall not be required to obtain proof of such ownership (other than, in the case of any person for the time being so shown in such records, a certificate or letter of confirmation signed on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other form of record made by any of them) or as to the identity of the bearer of any Global Note, Definitive Note, Coupon or Talon.

 

3.5

Certificates of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg

Without prejudice to the provisions of clause 17.2(w), the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may call for and, except in the case of manifest error, shall be at liberty to accept and place full reliance on as sufficient evidence thereof a certificate or letter of

 

15


confirmation issued on behalf of Euroclear, or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any form of record made by any of them or such other form of evidence and/or information and/or certification as it shall, in its absolute discretion, think fit to the effect that at any particular time or throughout any particular period any particular person is, was, or will be, shown in its records as the holder of a particular nominal amount of Notes represented by a Global Note and, if it does so rely, such letter of confirmation, form of record, evidence, information or certification shall be conclusive and binding on all concerned.

 

4.

FEES, DUTIES AND TAXES

The relevant Issuer will pay any stamp, issue, registration, documentary and other fees, duties and taxes, including interest and penalties, payable (a) in the United Kingdom, Belgium and Luxembourg on or in connection with (i) the execution and delivery of these presents and (ii) the constitution and original issue of the Notes, the Coupons and the Talons and (b) in any jurisdiction on or in connection with any action properly taken by or on behalf of the Trustee or (where permitted under these presents so to do) any Noteholder or Couponholder to enforce, or to resolve any doubt concerning, or for any other purpose in relation to, these presents.

 

5.

COVENANT OF COMPLIANCE

Each Issuer and the Guarantor severally covenants with the Trustee that it will comply with and perform and observe all the provisions of these presents which are expressed to be binding on them. The Conditions shall be binding on the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Couponholders and the Talonholders. The Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor under the Notes, the Coupons and the Talons as if the same were set out and contained in this Trust Deed, which shall be read and construed as one document with the Notes, the Coupons and the Talons. The provisions contained in the Schedules shall have effect in the same manner as if herein set out. The Trustee shall hold the benefit of this covenant upon trust for itself and the Noteholders and the Couponholders according to its and their respective interests.

 

6.

CHANGE OF TAXING JURISDICTION

If the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor becomes subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of any territory or any authority of or in that territory having power to tax other than or in addition to the United Kingdom and The Netherlands or any such authority of or in such territory then the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor will (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) give to the Trustee an undertaking in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of the relevant paragraph of Condition 7 with the substitution for, or (as the case may require) the addition to, the references in that paragraph to the United Kingdom or The Netherlands or references to that other or additional territory or authority to whose taxing jurisdiction the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor has become so subject and in such event these presents will be read accordingly provided that, where such undertaking is to be given by the relevant Issuer in respect of the United Kingdom or The Netherlands, such undertaking shall be in the form of the relevant paragraph of Condition 7 replacing references to the relevant Issuer with references to the other Issuer.

 

7.

CANCELLATION OF NOTES AND RECORDS

 

7.1

The relevant Issuer shall procure that all Notes issued by it (a) redeemed or (b) purchased by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer or Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the relevant Issuer or Guarantor or (c) which, being mutilated or defaced, have been surrendered and replaced pursuant to Condition 10 (together in each case, in the case of Definitive Notes, with all unmatured Coupons attached thereto or delivered therewith), and all Coupons paid in accordance with the relevant Conditions or which, being mutilated or defaced, have been surrendered and replaced pursuant to Condition 10, shall forthwith be cancelled by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer and a certificate stating:

 

  (a)

the aggregate principal amount of Notes which have been redeemed and the aggregate amounts in respect of Coupons which have been paid;

 

16


  (b)

the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form;

 

  (c)

the total numbers (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of such Coupons;

 

  (d)

the aggregate amount of interest paid (and the due dates of such payments) on Global Notes;

 

  (e)

the aggregate nominal amount of Notes (if any) which have been purchased by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the relevant Issuer or Guarantor and cancelled and the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form and, in the case of Definitive Notes, the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of the Coupons and Talons attached thereto or surrendered therewith;

 

  (f)

the aggregate nominal amounts of Notes and the aggregate amounts in respect of Coupons which have been so surrendered and replaced and the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form and the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of such Coupons and Talons;

 

  (g)

the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of the unmatured Coupons missing from Definitive Notes bearing interest at a fixed rate which have been redeemed or surrendered and replaced and the serial numbers of the Definitive Notes to which such missing unmatured Coupons appertained; and

 

  (h)

the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of Talons which have been exchanged for further Coupons

shall be given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer as soon as possible and in any event within four months after the date of such redemption, purchase, payment, exchange or replacement (as the case may be). The Trustee may accept such certificate as conclusive evidence of redemption, purchase or replacement pro tanto of the Notes or payment of interest thereon or exchange of the relative Talons respectively and of cancellation of the relative Notes and Coupons.

 

7.2

The relevant Issuer shall procure (a) that the Agent shall keep a full and complete record of all Notes, Coupons and Talons issued by it (other than serial numbers of Coupons) and of their redemption or purchase by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor or any subsidiary of the relevant Issuer or Guarantor, any cancellation or any payment (as the case may be) and of all replacement Notes, Coupons or Talons issued in substitution for lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed Notes, Coupons or Talons, (b) that the agent shall in respect of the Coupons of each maturity retain (in the case of Coupons other than Talons) until the expiry of 10 years from the relevant date in respect of such Coupons and (in the case of Talons indefinitely) either all paid or exchanged Coupons of that maturity or a list of the serial numbers of Coupons of that maturity still remaining unpaid or unexchanged and (c) that such records and Coupons (if any) shall be made available to the Trustee at all reasonable times.

 

8.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

8.1

Guarantee and indemnity

The provisions of this clause 8.1 are subject to the provisions of clause 8.2 below.

 

17


  (a)

Guarantee

The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees that, if for any reason the relevant Issuer does not pay any sum payable by it under these presents by the time and on the date specified for such payment (whether on the normal due date, on acceleration or otherwise), the Guarantor will pay that sum to or to the order of the Trustee in London in the relevant currency in immediately available funds before close of business in that city (or in the case of sums due under clause 16, in London in pounds sterling in immediately available funds before close of business in that city) on that date provided (in the case of payments due on or in respect of the Notes or Coupons) that the proviso to clause 2.2 will apply (with consequential amendments as necessary) to any such payments. All payments in respect of principal and interest by the Guarantor will be made subject to Condition 5.

 

  (b)

Guarantor as Principal Debtor

As between the Guarantor and the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders, but without affecting the relevant Issuer’s obligations, the Guarantor will be liable under this clause as if it were the sole principal debtor and not merely a surety. Accordingly, it will not be discharged, nor will its liability be affected, by anything which would not discharge it or affect its liability if it were the sole principal debtor (including (i) any time, indulgence, waiver or consent at any time given to the relevant Issuer or any other person, (ii) any modification to any other provisions of these presents or to the Conditions or to any security or other guarantee or indemnity, (iii) the making or absence of any demand on the relevant Issuer or any other person for payment, (iv) the enforcement or absence of enforcement of these presents or of any security or other guarantee or indemnity, (v) the release of any such security, guarantee or indemnity, (vi) the dissolution, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation of the relevant Issuer or any other person or (vii) the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of or any defect in any provision of these presents or any of the relevant Issuer’s obligations under any such provision).

 

  (c)

Guarantor’s Obligations Continuing

The Guarantor’s obligations under these presents are and will remain in full force and effect by way of continuing security until no sum remains payable under these presents. Furthermore, those obligations of the Guarantor are additional to, and not instead of, any security or other guarantee or indemnity at any time existing in favour of any person, whether from the Guarantor or otherwise. The Guarantor irrevocably waives all notices and demands whatsoever.

 

  (d)

Exercise of Guarantor’s Rights

So long as any sum remains payable under these presents, any right of the Guarantor, by reason of performance of any of its obligations under this clause, to be indemnified by the relevant Issuer or to take the benefit of or to enforce any security or other guarantee or indemnity will be exercised and enforced by the Guarantor only in such manner and on such terms as the Trustee may require or approve.

 

  (e)

Suspense Accounts

Any amount received or recovered by the Trustee (otherwise than as a result of a payment by the relevant Issuer to the Trustee in accordance with clause 2) in respect of any sum payable by the relevant Issuer under these presents may be placed in a suspense account and kept there for so long as the Trustee thinks fit.

 

18


  (f)

Repayment to the Issuer

If any payment received by the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder pursuant to the provisions of these presents is, on the subsequent bankruptcy or insolvency of the relevant Issuer, avoided under any laws relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, such payment will not be considered as having discharged or diminished the liability of the Guarantor and this Guarantee will continue to apply as if such payment had at all times remained owing by the relevant Issuer.

 

  (g)

Debts of Issuer

If any moneys become payable by the Guarantor under this Guarantee, the relevant Issuer will not (except in the event of the liquidation of the relevant Issuer) so long as any such moneys remain unpaid, pay any moneys for the time being due from such Issuer to the Guarantor.

 

  (h)

Indemnity

As a separate and alternative stipulation, the Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that any sum expressed to be payable by the relevant Issuer under these presents but which is for any reason (whether or not now known or becoming known to the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder) not recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a guarantee will nevertheless be recoverable from it as if it were the sole principal debtor and will be paid by it to the Trustee on demand. This indemnity constitutes a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations in these presents, gives rise to a separate and independent cause of action and will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder.

 

8.2

Release of GlaxoSmithKline plc and Assumption of Liability by Haleon plc

 

  (a)

From (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, GlaxoSmithKline plc shall, without the need for any further action on the part of any person: (A) relinquish all of its rights, and unconditionally and irrevocably be discharged and released from all of its duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) under the Guarantee, the Notes, the Agency Agreement, these presents and (for the avoidance of doubt, subject as provided for in the Programme Agreement) any other document entered into by GlaxoSmithKline plc in connection with the Programme which have accrued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date or which accrue thereafter in relation to any act or omission or alleged act or omission which occurred prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date)), and (B) cease to be a Guarantor for the purpose of these presents.

 

  (b)

On the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc shall (A) assume and agrees to pay, discharge and perform all rights, duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of GlaxoSmithKline plc (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) under the Guarantee, the Notes, the Agency Agreement, these presents and (for the avoidance of doubt, subject as provided for in the Programme Agreement) any other document entered into by GlaxoSmithKline plc in connection with the Programme and (B) will be a Guarantor for the purpose of these presents in respect of any Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date and any further issues of Notes by the relevant Issuer.

 

  (c)

The Trustee shall, for itself and for and on behalf of the Noteholders and without the need for any further consent or sanction of any of the Noteholders or Couponholders of any Series of Notes at the written request and cost of GlaxoSmithKline plc, execute all such documents, deeds and instruments, undertake all such acts and take all such steps as may be necessary or desirable to carry out and give effect to the release of GlaxoSmithKline plc as Guarantor and the assumption of liability by Haleon plc as

 

19


 

Guarantor as provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above. In doing so the Trustee shall not incur any liability to any person and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder or Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any other person, any indemnification or payment in relation thereto.

 

9.

NON-PAYMENT

Proof that as regards any specified Note or Coupon the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor has made default in paying any amount due in respect of such Note or Coupon shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the same default has been made as regards all other Notes or Coupons (as the case may be) in respect of which the relevant amount is due and payable.

 

10.

PROCEEDINGS, ACTION AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1

Subject to clause 8.2(c), the Trustee shall not be bound to take any action or proceedings mentioned in Condition 11 or any other action in relation to these presents unless respectively directed or requested to do so (a) by an Extraordinary Resolution or (b) in writing by the holders of at least one-quarter in aggregate nominal amount of the Notes then outstanding and in either case then only if it shall be indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction against all Liabilities to which it may thereby render itself liable or which it may incur by so doing.

 

10.2

Only the Trustee may enforce the provisions of these presents. No Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to proceed directly against the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor to enforce the performance of any of the provisions of these presents unless the Trustee having become bound as aforesaid to take proceedings fails or is unable to do so within 60 days and such failure or inability is continuing.

 

11.

APPLICATION OF MONEYS

 

11.1

All moneys received by the Trustee under these presents from the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor (including any moneys which represent principal or interest in respect of Notes or Coupons which have become void or in respect of which claims have become prescribed under Condition 8) shall, unless and to the extent attributable, in the opinion of the Trustee, to a particular Series of the Notes issued by such Issuer, be apportioned pari passu and rateably between each Series of the Notes issued by such Issuer, and all moneys received by the Trustee under these presents from the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor to the extent attributable in the opinion of the Trustee to a particular Series of the Notes issued by such Issuer or which are apportioned to such Series as aforesaid, be held by the Trustee upon trust to apply them (subject to clause 13):

 

  (a)

FIRST in payment or satisfaction of all amounts then due and unpaid under clause 16 to the Trustee and/or any Appointee;

 

  (b)

SECONDLY in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all principal and interest then due and unpaid in respect of the Notes of that Series;

 

  (c)

THIRDLY in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all principal and interest then due and unpaid in respect of the Notes of each other Series issued by such Issuer;

 

  (d)

FOURTHLY in payment of the balance (if any) to the Guarantor if any moneys were received from such Guarantor and to the extent of such moneys; and

 

  (e)

FIFTHLY in payment of the balance (if any) to the relevant Issuer (without prejudice to, or liability in respect of, any question as to how such payment to the relevant Issuer shall be dealt with as between the relevant Issuer and any other person).

 

20


11.2

Without prejudice to this clause 11, if the Trustee holds any moneys which represent principal or interest in respect of Notes which have become void or in respect of which claims have been prescribed under Condition 8, the Trustee will hold such moneys on the above trusts.

 

12.

NOTICE OF PAYMENTS

The Trustee shall give notice to the relevant Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 of the day fixed for any payment to them under clause 11. Such payment may be made in accordance with Condition 5 and any payment so made shall be a good discharge to the Trustee.

 

13.

INVESTMENT BY TRUSTEE

 

13.1

No provision of these presents shall (a) confer on the Trustee any right to exercise any investment discretion in relation to the assets subject to the trust constituted by these presents and, to the extent permitted by law, Section 3 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Trustee in relation to the trusts constituted by these presents and (b) require the Trustee to do anything which may cause the Trustee to be considered a sponsor of a covered fund under Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

13.2

The Trustee may deposit moneys in respect of the Notes in its name in an account at such bank or other financial institution as the Trustee may, in its absolute discretion, think fit. If that bank or financial institution is the Trustee or a subsidiary, holding or associated company of the Trustee, the Trustee need only account for an amount of interest equal to the amount of interest which would, at then current rates, be payable by it on such a deposit to an independent customer.

 

13.3

The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event that any deposits in respect of the Notes are held by a bank or a financial institution in the name of the Trustee and the interest rate in respect of certain currencies is a negative value such that the application thereof would result in amounts being debited from funds held by such bank or financial institution, the Trustee shall not be liable to make up any shortfall or be liable for any loss.

 

13.4

The Trustee may at its discretion accumulate such deposits and the resulting interest and other income derived thereon. The accumulated deposits shall be applied under clause 11. All interest and other income deriving from such deposits shall be applied first in payment or satisfaction of all amounts then due and unpaid under clause 16 to the Trustee and/or any Appointee and otherwise held for the benefit of and paid to the Noteholders of such Series or the holders of the related Coupons, as the case may be.

 

14.

PARTIAL PAYMENTS

Upon any payment under clause 11 (other than payment in full against surrender of a Note or Coupon) the Note or Coupon in respect of which such payment is made shall be produced to the Trustee, the Paying Agent by or through whom such payment is made and the Trustee shall or shall cause such Paying Agent to enface thereon a memorandum of the amount and the date of payment but the Trustee may in any particular case dispense with such production and enfacement upon such indemnity being given as it shall think sufficient.

 

21


15.

COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND EACH GUARANTOR

 

15.1

So long as any Note is outstanding, the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor will:

 

  (a)

Books of Account

keep proper books of account and, at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default or if the Trustee has reasonable grounds to believe that any such event has occurred, so far as permitted by applicable law, allow, and procure that each of their respective Subsidiaries will allow, the Trustee and anyone appointed by it to whom the relevant Issuer and/or the Guarantor and/or the relevant Subsidiary has no reasonable objection, access to the books of account of the relevant Issuer and/or the Guarantor and/or the relevant Subsidiary respectively at all reasonable times during normal business hours;

 

  (b)

Notice of Events of Default

notify the Trustee in writing immediately upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default;

 

  (c)

Information

so far as permitted by applicable law, give to the Trustee such information as it reasonably requires for the performance of its functions;

 

  (d)

Certificate of Directors

send to the Trustee (i) within seven days after any request by the Trustee and (ii) (without the necessity for any such demand) promptly after the publication of its audited consolidated financial statements in respect of each financial period commencing with the financial period ending following the date of this Trust Deed and in any event not later than 180 days after the end of each such financial period, a certificate of the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor signed by any two of its Directors or by any one Director and the Secretary to the effect that, having made all reasonable enquiries, to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor as at a date (the “Certification Date”) being not more than five days before the date of the certificate no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default had occurred since the date of this Trust Deed or the Certification Date of the last such certificate (if any) or, if such an event had occurred, giving details of it.

 

  (e)

Financial Statements etc

send to the Trustee at the time of their issue four copies (in the English language) of every balance sheet, profit and loss account, report or other notice, statement or circular issued, or which, under any legal or contractual obligation, should be issued to the members or creditors (or any class of them) of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor or any Holding Company thereof, as the case may be, generally in its or their capacity as such, provided that electronic delivery of such documentation to the Trustee shall satisfy this covenant on each occasion where the relevant Issuer and/or the Guarantor are required to deliver any such documentation to the Trustee. The Trustee shall be entitled prior to any particular such occasion to require the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor (as applicable) to deliver the relevant documentation on such occasion in hard copy form;

 

  (f)

Documents available for inspection

procure that each of the Paying Agents makes available (i) for inspection by Noteholders at its specified office or (ii) by email to a Noteholder, following their prior written request to the Paying Agents therefor and provision of proof of holding identity in form satisfactory to the Paying Agents, copies of this Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement;

 

22


  (g)

Principal Subsidiaries

give to the Trustee at the same time as sending the certificate referred to in subclause (d) or within 28 days of a request by the Trustee, a certificate signed by any two of its Directors or by any one Director and the Secretary listing those Subsidiaries of the Guarantor which as at the last day of the last financial year of the Guarantor or as at the date specified in such request were Principal Subsidiaries (showing the calculations used in reaching such conclusions) together with (if requested by the Trustee) a report by the Auditors’ (whether or not addressed to the Trustee) stating that, in the Auditors’ opinion, the amounts used in the calculations set out in such certificate have been accurately extracted from the relevant accounting records of the Guarantor and are mathematically accurate;

 

  (h)

Notices to Noteholders

send to the Trustee, not less than 14 days prior to which any such notice is to be given, the form of every notice to be given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 and obtain the prior written approval of the Trustee to, and promptly give to the Trustee two copies of, the final form of every notice to be given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (such approval, unless so expressed, not to constitute approval for the purposes of Section 21 of FSMA of a communication within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA);

 

  (i)

Further Acts

so far as permitted by applicable law, do all such further things as may be necessary in the opinion of the Trustee to give effect to these presents;

 

  (j)

Notice of late payment

forthwith upon request by the Trustee give notice to the Noteholders of any unconditional payment to the Agent or the Trustee of any sum due in respect of the Notes or Coupons made after the due date for such payment;

 

  (k)

Listing

if the applicable Pricing Supplement indicates that the Notes are listed, use all reasonable endeavours to maintain the listing of the Notes on Euronext Dublin or such other stock exchange on which the Notes are listed as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement. If, however, it is unable to do so, having used such endeavours, or if the maintenance of such listing is agreed by the Trustee to be unduly onerous and the Trustee is satisfied that the interests of the Noteholders would not be thereby materially prejudiced, the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor will instead use all reasonable endeavours to obtain and maintain a listing of the Notes on such other stock exchange as it may (with the written approval of the Trustee) decide;

 

  (l)

Change in Agents

unless otherwise agreed by the Trustee, give not less than 14 days’ prior notice to the Noteholders of any future appointment or any resignation or removal of any Paying Agent or of any change by any Paying Agent of its specified office and not make any such appointment or removal or change without the written approval of the Trustee;

 

  (m)

Notes held by Issuer etc.

send to the Trustee as soon as practicable after being so requested by the Trustee a certificate of the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor signed by any two of its Directors setting out the total number of Notes which, at the date of such certificate, were held by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries;

 

23


  (n)

Early Redemption

give prior notice or provide any relevant certifications to the Trustee of any proposed redemption pursuant to Condition 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.8 or 6.9 and, if it gives notice to Noteholders of its intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to such Conditions make drawings (if appropriate) and redeem Notes accordingly;

 

  (o)

Euroclear and/or Clearstream records

use all reasonable endeavours to procure that Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (as the case may be) issue(s) any record, certificate or other document requested by the Trustee under clause 17.2(w) or otherwise as soon as practicable after such request;

 

  (p)

FATCA withholding

it will provide the Trustee with information that it is reasonably able to provide about the source and character for US federal tax purposes of any payment to be made by it pursuant to these presents so as to enable the Trustee to determine whether and in what amount the Trustee is obliged to make any withholding or deduction pursuant to the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to FATCA Withholding tax.

 

15.2

GlaxoSmithKline plc shall, in accordance with Condition 15, deliver to the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Noteholders a Guarantee Assumption Notice or Demerger Completion Notice, as applicable, promptly following the occurrence of the Guarantee Assumption Date or the Demerger, respectively. Any Guarantee Assumption Notice and Demerger Completion Notice so delivered shall be conclusive and binding on the Trustee and the Noteholders as to the occurrence of a Guarantee Assumption Date or Demerger respectively.

 

16.

REMUNERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE

 

16.1

The relevant Issuer or, failing which, the Guarantor, shall pay to the Trustee remuneration for its services as trustee of these presents, in such amount as shall be agreed from time to time by exchange of letters between the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee. Such remuneration shall accrue from day to day and be payable (in priority to payments to Noteholders and Couponholders) up to and including the date when, all the Notes having become due for redemption, the redemption moneys and interest thereon to the date of redemption have been paid to the Agent or the Trustee PROVIDED THAT if upon due presentation of any Note or Coupon or any cheque payment of the moneys due in respect thereof is improperly withheld or refused, remuneration will be deemed not to have ceased to accrue and will continue to accrue until payment to such Noteholder or Couponholder is duly made.

 

16.2

In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, the relevant Issuer agrees that the Trustee shall be entitled to be paid additional remuneration, which may be calculated at its normal hourly rates in force from time to time. In any other case, if the Trustee considers it expedient or necessary or is requested by the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor to undertake duties which the Trustee and the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor agree to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee under these presents the relevant Issuer or as the case may be, the Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee such additional remuneration as shall be agreed between them (and which may be calculated by reference to the Trustee’s normal hourly rates in force from time to time).

 

16.3

The relevant Issuer or as the case may be, the Guarantor shall in addition pay to the Trustee an amount equal to the amount of any value added tax or similar tax chargeable in respect of its remuneration under these presents.

 

24


16.4

In the event of the Trustee and the relevant Issuer or as the case may be, the Guarantor failing to agree:

 

  (a)

(in a case to which subclause 16.1 above applies) upon the amount of the remuneration; or

 

  (b)

(in a case to which subclause 16.2 above applies) upon whether such duties shall be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee under these presents, or upon such additional remuneration,

such matters shall be determined by a person (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Trustee and approved by the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor, failing such approval, nominated (on the application of the Trustee) by the President for the time being of The Law Society of England and Wales (the expenses involved in such nomination and the fees of such person being shared equally between the Trustee and the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor , as the case may be) and the determination of any such person shall be final and binding upon the Trustee, the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor.

 

16.5

The relevant Issuer or, failing which the Guarantor, shall also pay or discharge all Liabilities properly incurred by the Trustee in relation to the preparation and execution of the exercise of its powers and the performance of its duties under, and in any other manner in relation to, these presents, including but not limited to legal and travelling expenses and any stamp, issue, registration, documentary and other taxes or duties paid or payable by the Trustee in connection with any action taken by or on behalf of the Trustee for enforcing, or resolving any doubt concerning, or for any other purpose in relation to, these presents.

 

16.6

The relevant Issuer or, failing which the Guarantor, shall jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee (a) in respect of all Liabilities incurred by it or by any Appointee in the execution or purported execution of the trusts, powers, authorities or discretions vested in it by these presents and (b) against all Liabilities in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way relating to these presents provided that it is expressly stated that clause 18 shall apply in relation to these provisions. All amounts payable pursuant to subclause 16.5 above and/or this subclause 16.6 shall be payable by the relevant Issuer or, failing which the Guarantor, on the date specified in a demand by the Trustee. The rate of interest applicable to such payments shall be a rate equivalent to the Trustee’s costs of borrowing and interest shall accrue:

 

  (a)

in the case of payments made by the Trustee prior to the date of the demand, from the date on which payment was made or such later date as specified in such demand; or

 

  (b)

in the case of payments made by the Trustee on or after the date of the demand, from the date specified in such demand, which date shall not be a date earlier than the date such payments are actually made by the Trustee.

 

16.7

All remuneration payable to the Trustee shall carry interest at a rate equivalent to the Trustee’s cost of borrowing from the due date thereof. A certificate from the Trustee as to the Trustee’s cost of borrowing on any particular date shall be conclusive and binding on the relevant Issuer, save in the case of manifest error.

 

16.8

Unless otherwise specifically stated in any discharge of these presents the provisions of this clause 16 shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding such discharge.

 

16.9

All payments to be made by the relevant Issuer or, failing which the Guarantor, to the Trustee pursuant to these presents shall be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for, any taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within any relevant jurisdiction or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax, unless such withholding or

 

25


 

deduction is required by law. In that event, the relevant Issuer or, failing which the Guarantor, shall pay such additional amount as will, after such deduction or withholding has been made, leave the Trustee with the full amount which would have been received by it had no such withholding or deduction been required.

 

16.10

The Trustee shall be entitled in its absolute discretion to determine in respect of which Series of Notes any Liabilities incurred under these presents have been incurred or to allocate any such Liabilities between the Notes of any Series.

 

17.

SUPPLEMENT TO TRUSTEE ACTS

 

17.1

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Trustee in relation to the trusts constituted by this Trust Deed. Where there are any inconsistencies between the Trustee Acts and the provisions of these presents, the provisions of these presents shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the case of any such inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of these presents shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of that Act.

 

17.2

The Trustee shall have all the powers conferred upon trustees by the Trustee Acts and by way of supplement thereto it is expressly declared as follows:

 

  (a)

The Trustee may in relation to these presents act on the advice or opinion of or any information obtained from any lawyer, valuer, accountant, surveyor, banker, broker, auctioneer or other expert whether addressed to the Trustee or not and whether obtained by the relevant Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or otherwise and shall not be responsible for any Liability occasioned by so acting.

 

  (b)

Any such advice, opinion or information may be sent or obtained by letter, facsimile transmission or electronic mail and the Trustee shall not be liable for acting in good faith on any advice, opinion or information purporting to be conveyed by any such letter, facsimile transmission or electronic mail although the same shall contain some error or shall not be authentic.

 

  (c)

The Trustee may call for and shall be at liberty to accept as sufficient evidence of any fact or matter or the expediency of any transaction or thing a certificate signed by two of the Directors or by any one Director and the Secretary of the relevant Issuer or of the Guarantor and the Trustee shall not be bound in any such case to call for further evidence or be responsible for any Liability that may be occasioned by it or any other person acting on such certificate.

 

  (d)

The Trustee shall be at liberty to hold these presents and any other documents relating thereto or to deposit them in any part of the world with any banker or banking company or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents or lawyer or firm of lawyers considered by the Trustee to be of good repute and the Trustee shall not be responsible for or required to insure against any Liability incurred in connection with any such holding or deposit and may pay all sums required to be paid on account of or in respect of any such deposit.

 

  (e)

The Trustee shall not be responsible for the receipt or application of the proceeds of the issue of any of the Notes by the relevant Issuer, the exchange of any Global Note for another Global Note or Definitive Notes or the delivery of any Global Note, Definitive Notes, Coupons or Talons to the person(s) entitled to it or them.

 

  (f)

The Trustee shall not be bound to give notice to any person of the execution of any documents comprised or referred to in these presents or to take any steps to ascertain whether any Event of Default or any Potential Event of Default has occurred and, until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice pursuant to these presents to the contrary, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and that each Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc and Haleon plc are observing and performing all their respective obligations under these presents.

 

26


  (g)

Save as expressly otherwise provided in these presents, the Trustee shall have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise or non-exercise of its trusts, powers, authorities and discretions under these presents (the exercise or non-exercise of which as between the Trustee and the Noteholders and Couponholders shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders and Couponholders) and shall not be responsible for any Liability which may result from their exercise or non-exercise.

 

  (h)

The Trustee shall not be liable to any person by reason of having acted in good faith upon any Extraordinary Resolution in writing or any Extraordinary Resolution or other resolution purporting to have been passed at any meeting of the holders of Notes of all or any Series in respect whereof minutes have been made and signed or any Extraordinary Resolution passed by way of electronic consents received through the relevant Clearing Systems in accordance with these presents or any direction or request of the holders of the Notes of all or any Series even though subsequent to its acting it may be found that there was some defect in the constitution of the meeting or the passing of the resolution, (in the case of an Extraordinary Resolution in writing) that not all such holders had signed the Extraordinary Resolution or (in the case of a direction or request) it was not signed by the requisite number of holders) or (in the case of an Extraordinary Resolution passed by electronic consents received through the relevant Clearing Systems) it was not approved by the requisite number of Noteholders or that for any reason the resolution, direction or request was not valid or binding upon such holders and the relative Couponholders and the Talonholders.

 

  (i)

The Trustee shall not be liable to any person by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any Note or Coupon purporting to be such and subsequently found to be forged or not authentic.

 

  (j)

Any consent or approval given by the Trustee for the purposes of these presents may be given on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee thinks fit and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these presents may be given retrospectively. The Trustee may give any consent or approval, exercise any power, authority or discretion or take any similar action (whether or not such consent, approval, power, authority, discretion or action is specifically referred to in these presents) if it is satisfied that the interests of the Noteholders will not be materially prejudiced thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall not have any duty to the Noteholders in relation to such matters other than that which is contained in the preceding sentence.

 

  (k)

The Trustee shall not (unless and to the extent ordered so to do by a court of competent jurisdiction) be required to disclose to any Noteholder or Couponholder any information (including, without limitation, information of a confidential, financial or price sensitive nature) made available to the Trustee by the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor or any other person in connection with these presents and for this purpose any unpublished accounts or other unpublished financial information of or concerning the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor shall be considered to be confidential; and no Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to take any action to obtain from the Trustee any such information.

 

  (l)

Where it is necessary or desirable for any purpose in connection with these presents to convert any sum from one currency to another it shall (unless otherwise provided by these presents or required by law) be converted at such rate or rates, in accordance with such method and as at such date for the determination of such rate of exchange, as may be agreed by the Trustee in consultation with the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor and any rate, method and date so agreed shall be binding on the relevant Issuer, each Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Couponholders and the Talonholders.

 

27


  (m)

The Trustee may certify whether or not any of the conditions, events and acts set out in Condition 9.1 (other than Condition 9.1(a), Condition 9.1(c) and Condition 9.1(e)(i) (each of which conditions, events and acts shall, unless in any case the Trustee in its absolute discretion shall otherwise determine, for all the purposes of these presents be deemed to include the circumstances resulting therein and the consequences resulting therefrom) is in its opinion materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders and any such certificate shall be conclusive and binding upon the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Couponholders, and the Talonholders.

 

  (n)

The Trustee as between itself and the Noteholders, the Couponholders and the Talonholders may determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to any of the provisions of these presents. Every such determination, whether or not relating in whole or in part to the acts or proceedings of the Trustee, shall be conclusive and shall bind the Trustee and the Noteholders, the Couponholders and the Talonholders.

 

  (o)

In connection with the exercise by it of any of its trusts, powers, authorities or discretions under these presents (including, without limitation, any modification, waiver, authorisation or determination), the Trustee shall have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not have regard to any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual Noteholders, Couponholders or Talonholders (whatever their number) and, in particular but without limitation, shall not have regard to the consequences of such exercise for individual Noteholders, Couponholders or Talonholders (whatever their number) resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory or any political subdivision thereof and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder, Couponholder or Talonholder be entitled to claim, from the relevant Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or any other person any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders, Couponholders or Talonholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 7 and/or any undertaking given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor under these presents.

 

  (p)

Any trustee of these presents being a lawyer, accountant, broker or other person engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to charge and be paid all usual and proper professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or his firm in connection with the trusts of these presents and also his reasonable charges in addition to disbursements for all other work and business done and all time spent by him or his firm in connection with matters arising in connection with these presents.

 

  (q)

The Trustee may whenever it thinks fit delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person or persons or fluctuating body of persons (whether being a joint trustee of these presents or not) all or any of its trusts, powers, authorities and discretions under these presents. Such delegation may be made upon such terms (including power to subdelegate) and subject to such conditions and regulations as the Trustee may in the interests of the Noteholders think fit. If the Trustee exercises reasonable care in the selection of such delegate, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such delegate or subdelegate or be in any way responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on the part of any such delegate or subdelegate. The Trustee shall within a reasonable time after any such delegation or any renewal, extension or termination thereof give notice thereof to the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor.

 

28


  (r)

The Trustee may in the conduct of the trusts of these presents instead of acting personally employ and pay an agent (whether being a lawyer or other professional person) to transact or conduct, or concur in transacting or conducting, any business and to do, or concur in doing, all acts required to be done in connection with these presents (including the receipt and payment of money). Provided the Trustee has exercised reasonable care in the selection of any such agent, the Trustee shall not be in any way responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on the part of any such agent or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such agent.

 

  (s)

The Trustee may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to such assets of the trust as the Trustee may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Trust Deed or any document relating to the trust created hereunder and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it hereunder or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of such person; the Trustee is not obliged to appoint a custodian if the Trustee invests in securities payable to bearer.

 

  (t)

The Trustee shall not be responsible for the execution, delivery, legality, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of these presents or any other document relating or expressed to be supplemental thereto and shall not be liable for any failure to obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, performance, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of these presents or any other document relating or expressed to be supplemental thereto.

 

  (u)

Any certificate or report of the Auditors or any other expert or other person called for by or provided to the Trustee in accordance with or for the purposes of these presents may be relied upon by the Trustee as sufficient evidence of the facts stated therein whether or not such certificate or report is addressed to the Trustee and whether or not such certificate or report and/or any engagement letter or other document entered by the Trustee in connection therewith contains a monetary or other limit on the liability of the Auditors (or such other expert or other person) in respect thereof.

 

  (v)

In the absence of knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee may assume without enquiry (other than requesting a certificate of the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor under clause 15.1(m)) that no Notes are for the time being held by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

  (w)

The Trustee may call for and shall rely on any records, certificate or other document of or to be issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg in relation to any determination of the principal amount of Notes represented by a NGN. Any such records, certificate or other document shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. The Trustee shall not be liable to any person by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any such records, certificate or other document to such effect purporting to be issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg and subsequently found to be forged or not authentic.

 

  (x)

No provision of these presents shall require the Trustee to do anything which may in its opinion be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

 

  (y)

Nothing contained in these presents shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion hereunder if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not assured to it.

 

29


  (z)

The Trustee shall not be bound to take any steps to enforce the performance of any provisions of these presents or to appoint an independent financial adviser pursuant to these presents unless it shall be indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded by the relevant Noteholders to its satisfaction against all Liabilities which may be incurred by it in connection with such enforcement or appointment, including the costs of its managements’ time and/or other internal resources, calculated using its normal hourly rates in force from time to time.

 

  (aa)

When determining whether an indemnity or security is satisfactory to it, the Trustee shall be entitled to evaluate its risk in given circumstances by considering the worst-case scenario and, for this purpose, it may take into account, without limitation, the potential costs of defending or commencing proceedings in England or elsewhere and the risk however remote, or any award of damages against it in England or elsewhere.

 

  (bb)

The Trustee shall be entitled to require that any indemnity or security given to it by the Noteholders or any of them be given on a joint and several basis and be supported by evidence satisfactory to it as to the financial standing and creditworthiness of each counterparty and/or as to the value of the security and an opinion as to the capacity, power and authority of each counterparty and/or the validity and effectiveness of the security.

 

  (cc)

The Trustee shall be entitled to deduct FATCA Withholding tax and shall have no obligation to gross-up any payment hereunder or to pay any additional amount as a result of such FATCA Withholding tax.

 

18.

TRUSTEE’S LIABILITY

 

18.1

Nothing in these presents shall in any case in which the Trustee has failed to show the degree of care and diligence required of it as trustee having regard to the provisions of these presents conferring on it any trusts, powers, authorities or discretions exempt the Trustee from or indemnify it against any liability for wilful default, gross negligence or fraud of which it may be guilty in relation to its duties under these presents.

 

18.2

Notwithstanding any provision of these presents to the contrary, the Trustee shall not in any event be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits, business, goodwill or opportunity), whether or not foreseeable, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage, unless the claim for loss or damage is made in respect of fraud on the part of the Trustee.

 

19.

TRUSTEE CONTRACTING WITH THE ISSUER, GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC OR HALEON PLC

 

19.1

Neither the Trustee nor any director or officer or Holding Company, Subsidiary or associated company of a corporation acting as a trustee under these presents shall by reason of its or his fiduciary position be in any way precluded from:

 

  (a)

entering into or being interested in any contract or financial or other transaction or arrangement with the relevant Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc or any person or body corporate associated with the relevant Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc (including without limitation any contract, transaction or arrangement of a banking or insurance nature or any contract, transaction or arrangement in relation to the making of loans or the provision of financial facilities or financial advice to, or the purchase, placing or underwriting of or the subscribing or procuring subscriptions for or otherwise acquiring, holding or dealing with, or acting as paying agent in respect of, the Notes or any other notes, bonds, stocks, shares, debenture stock, debentures or other securities of, the relevant Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc or any person or body corporate associated as aforesaid); or

 

30


  (b)

accepting or holding the trusteeship of any other trust deed constituting or securing any other securities issued by or relating to the relevant Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc or any such person or body corporate so associated or any other office of profit under the relevant Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc or Haleon plc or any such person or body corporate so associated,

and shall be entitled to exercise and enforce its rights, comply with its obligations and perform its duties under or in relation to any such contract, transaction or arrangement as is referred to in (a) above or, as the case may be, any such trusteeship or office of profit as is referred to in (b) above without regard to the interests of the Noteholders and notwithstanding that the same may be contrary or prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders and shall not be responsible for any Liability occasioned to the Noteholders thereby and shall be entitled to retain and shall not be in any way liable to account for any profit made or share of brokerage or commission or remuneration or other amount or benefit received thereby or in connection therewith.

 

19.2

Where any Holding Company, Subsidiary or associated company of the Trustee or any director or officer of the Trustee acting other than in his capacity as such a director or officer has any information, the Trustee shall not thereby be deemed also to have knowledge of such information and, unless it shall have actual knowledge of such information, shall not be responsible for any loss suffered by Noteholders resulting from the Trustee’s failing to take such information into account in acting or refraining from acting under or in relation to these presents.

 

20.

WAIVER, AUTHORISATION AND DETERMINATION

 

20.1

The Trustee may without the consent or sanction of the Noteholders or the Couponholders and without prejudice to its rights in respect of any subsequent breach, Event of Default or Potential Event of Default from time to time and at any time but only if and in so far as in its opinion the interests of the Noteholders shall not be materially prejudiced thereby waive or authorise any breach or proposed breach by the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor of any of the covenants or provisions contained in these presents or determine that any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall not be treated as such for the purposes of these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT the Trustee shall not exercise any powers conferred on it by this clause in contravention of any express direction given by Extraordinary Resolution or by a request under Condition 9 but so that no such direction or request shall affect any waiver, authorisation or determination previously given or made. Any such waiver, authorisation or determination may be given or made on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee may determine, shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, if, but only if, the Trustee shall so require, shall be notified by the relevant Issuer to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

20.2

Modification

 

  (a)

The Trustee may without the consent or sanction of the Noteholders or the Couponholders at any time and from time to time concur with the relevant Issuer in making any modification (a) to these presents which in the opinion of the Trustee it may be proper to make PROVIDED THAT the Trustee is of the opinion that such modification will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders or (b) to these presents if in the opinion of the Trustee such modification is of a formal, minor or technical nature or to correct a manifest error or an error which is, in the opinion of the Trustee, proven. Any such modification may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee may determine, shall be binding upon the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee agrees otherwise, shall be notified by the relevant Issuer to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

31


  (b)

The Trustee shall be obliged to concur with the Issuer in using its reasonable endeavours to effect any Benchmark Amendments in the circumstances and as otherwise set out in Condition 4.2(b)(v) without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders.

 

  (c)

The Trustee shall not be obliged to agree to any modification which, in the sole opinion of the Trustee would have the effect of (i) exposing the Trustee to any liability against which it has not been indemnified and/or secured and/or pre-funded to its satisfaction or (ii) increasing the obligations, responsibilities or duties, or decreasing the rights, powers, authorisations, discretions, indemnification or protections, of the Trustee under these presents (including for the avoidance of doubt, any supplemental trust deed) in any way.

 

20.3

Breach

Any breach of or failure to comply by the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor with any such terms and conditions as are referred to in subclauses 20.1 and 20.2 of this clause shall constitute a default by the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor in the performance or observance of a covenant or provision binding on it under or pursuant to these presents.

 

20.4

Substitution

 

  (a)

The Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders, Couponholders or Talonholders, agree to the substitution in place of the relevant Issuer (or of any previous substitute under this subclause) as the relevant principal debtor under these presents, of any Associate of the relevant Issuer or any successor company of the relevant Issuer or any such Associate (the “Substituted Obligor”) provided that:

 

  (i)

a trust deed is executed or some other form of undertaking is given by the Substituted Obligor to the Trustee, in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee, agreeing to be bound by the terms of these presents (with any consequential amendments which the Trustee may deem appropriate) as if the Substituted Obligor had been named in this Trust Deed and on the Notes, the Coupons and the Talons as the principal debtor in place of the relevant Issuer;

 

  (ii)

where the Substituted Obligor is subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of any territory or any authority of or in that territory having power to tax (the “Substituted Territory”) other than the territory to the taxing jurisdiction of which (or to any such authority of or in which) the relevant Issuer is subject generally (the “Issuer’s Territory”), the Substituted Obligor will (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) give to the Trustee an undertaking in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 7 or clause 6 (as appropriate) with the substitution for the references in that Condition to the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, The Netherlands of references to the Substituted Territory and in such event this Trust Deed will be read accordingly;

 

  (iii)

if any two of the Directors of the Substituted Obligor certify that it will be solvent immediately after such substitution, the Trustee need not have regard to the financial condition, profits or prospects of the Substituted Obligor or compare them with those of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor;

 

32


  (iv)

without prejudice to the rights of reliance of the Trustee under paragraph (iii), the Trustee is satisfied that the relevant transaction is not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders;

 

  (v)

the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the Substituted Obligor comply with such other requirements as the Trustee may direct in the interests of the Noteholders; and

 

  (vi)

(unless the Guarantor or its Successor in Business is the Substituted Obligor) the obligations of the Substituted Obligor under these presents are guaranteed by the Guarantor or its Successor in Business in the same terms (with consequential amendments as necessary) as the Guarantee in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

  (b)

The Trustee may in the event of any substitution pursuant to this clause 20.4 agree, without the consent of the Noteholders, Couponholders or Talonholders, to a change in the law governing the Notes and/or this Trust Deed, provided that such change will not in the opinion of the Trustee be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders.

 

  (c)

Release of Substituted Issuer

Any such agreement by the Trustee pursuant to subclause 20.4 will, if so expressed, operate to release the relevant Issuer (or any such previous substitute) from any or all of its obligations under these presents. Not later than 14 days after the execution of any such documents and after compliance with such requirements, notice of the substitution will be given to the Noteholders.

 

  (d)

Completion of Substitution

Upon the execution of such documents and compliance with such requirements, the Substituted Obligor will be deemed to be named in these presents and on the Notes, the Coupons and the Talons as the principal debtor in place of the relevant Issuer (or of any previous substitute under subclause 20.4(a)) and these presents, will be deemed to be modified in such manner as shall be necessary to give effect to the substitution.

 

  (e)

Substitute Guarantors

The Trustee may similarly, without the consent of the Noteholders, Couponholders or Talonholders, agree to the substitution of the Successor in Business or Holding Company of the Guarantor in place of such Guarantor, mutatis mutandis so far as applicable upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinbefore provided, with such modifications or additions as the Trustee may agree or require.

 

21.

HOLDER OF DEFINITIVE NOTE ASSUMED TO BE COUPONHOLDER

Wherever in these presents the Trustee is required or entitled to exercise a power, trust, authority or discretion under these presents, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by applicable law, the Trustee shall, notwithstanding that it may have express notice to the contrary, assume that each Noteholder is the holder of all Coupons and Talons appertaining to each Definitive Note of which he is the holder.

 

22.

NO NOTICE TO COUPONHOLDERS

Neither the Trustee nor the relevant Issuer shall be required to give any notice to the Couponholders for any purpose under these presents and the Couponholders shall be deemed for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the holders of Notes in accordance with Condition 15.

 

33


23.

CURRENCY INDEMNITY

 

23.1

Extent of discharge

Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than the currency in which the Notes and Coupons are payable (the “Contractual Currency”) (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding up or dissolution of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor or otherwise), by the Trustee, any Noteholder or Couponholder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor will only constitute a discharge to the relevant Issuer and the Guarantor to the extent of the Contractual Currency amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so).

 

23.2

Indemnities

If that Contractual Currency amount is less than the Contractual Currency amount expressed to be due to the recipient under these presents, the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor will indemnify the recipient against any loss sustained by it as a result. In any event, the relevant Issuer will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchases.

 

23.3

Indemnities separate

These indemnities constitute obligations separate and independent from the other obligations under these presents, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee and/or any Noteholder and/or any Couponholder and will continue in full force and effect despite any judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under these presents or any judgment or order. No proof of evidence of any actual loss will be required.

 

24.

NEW TRUSTEE

 

24.1

The power to appoint a new trustee of these presents shall be vested solely in CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and the Guarantor jointly but no person shall be appointed who shall not previously have been approved by an Extraordinary Resolution. One or more persons may hold office as trustee or trustees of these presents but such trustee or trustees shall be or include a Trust Corporation. Whenever there shall be more than two trustees of these presents the majority of such trustees shall be competent to execute and exercise all the duties, powers, trusts, authorities and discretions vested in the Trustee by these presents PROVIDED THAT a Trust Corporation shall be included in such majority. Any appointment of a new trustee of these presents shall as soon as practicable thereafter be notified by the relevant Issuer to the Agent and the Noteholders.

 

24.2

Separate and Co-trustees

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding the provisions of subclause 24.1 above, the Trustee may, upon giving prior written notice to CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and the Guarantor (but without the consent of the CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV, the Guarantor, the Noteholders or Couponholders), appoint any person established or resident in any jurisdiction (whether a Trust Corporation or not) to act either as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with the Trustee:

 

  (i)

if the Trustee considers such appointment to be in the interests of the Noteholders;

 

34


  (ii)

for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirements, restrictions or conditions in any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts is or are to be performed; or

 

  (iii)

for the purposes of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction of either a judgment already obtained or any of the provisions of these presents against the CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV or the Guarantor.

 

  (b)

Each of CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and the Guarantor irrevocably appoints the Trustee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf to execute any such instrument of appointment. Such a person shall (subject always to the provisions of these presents) have such trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Trustee by these presents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Trustee may by notice in writing to CH Capital UK and CH Capital BV, the Guarantor and such person remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Trustee, CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and the Guarantor will forthwith do all things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal. Such reasonable remuneration as the Trustee may pay to any such person, together with any attributable Liabilities incurred by it in performing its function as such separate trustee or co-trustee, shall for the purposes of these presents be treated as Liabilities incurred by the Trustee.

 

25.

TRUSTEE’S RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL

A trustee of these presents may retire at any time on giving not less than three months’ prior written notice to CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and the Guarantor without giving any reason and without being responsible for any Liabilities incurred by reason of such retirement. The Noteholders may by Extraordinary Resolution remove any trustee or trustees for the time being of these presents. Each of CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and the Guarantor jointly and severally undertakes that in the event of any sole trustee or sole Trust Corporation giving notice under this clause or being removed by Extraordinary Resolution it will use all reasonable endeavours to procure that a new trustee of these presents being a Trust Corporation is appointed as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. The retirement or removal of any such trustee shall not become effective until a successor trustee being a Trust Corporation is appointed. If, in such circumstances, no appointment of such a new trustee has become effective within three months of the date of such notice or Extraordinary Resolution, the Trustee shall be entitled to appoint a Trust Corporation as trustee of these presents, but no such appointment shall take effect unless previously approved by an Extraordinary Resolution.

 

26.

TRUSTEE’S POWERS TO BE ADDITIONAL

The powers conferred upon the Trustee by these presents shall be in addition to any powers which may from time to time be vested in the Trustee by the general law or as a holder of any of the Notes or Coupons.

 

27.

NOTICES

 

27.1

Any notice or demand to CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV, either Guarantor or the Trustee to be given, made or served for any purposes under these presents shall be given, made or served by sending the same by pre-paid post (first class if inland, first class airmail if overseas) or facsimile transmission, by e-mail or by delivering it by hand as follows:

 

  (a)

to CH Capital UK or CH Capital BV:

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc

980 Great West Road

Brentwood

Middlesex

United Kingdom

TW8 9GS

 

35


(Attention: Mike Rowe, Consumer Treasurer)

Tel. No.: +44 (0) 208 047 5000

Email: cf.treasury@gsk.com

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.

980 Great West Road

Brentwood

Middlesex

United Kingdom

TW8 9GS

(Attention: Mike Rowe, Consumer Treasurer)

Tel. No.: +44 (0) 208 047 5000

Email: cf.treasury@gsk.com

 

  (b)

to the Guarantor:

GlaxoSmithKline plc

980 Great West Road

Brentwood

Middlesex

United Kingdom

TW8 9GS

(Attention: Tim Woodthorpe, Group Treasurer)

Tel. No.: +44 20 8047 5000

Email: cf.treasury@gsk.com

Or

Haleon plc

980 Great West Road

Brentwood

Middlesex

United Kingdom

TW8 9GS

(Attention: Mike Rowe, Consumer Treasurer)

Tel. No.: +44 (0) 208 047 5000

Email: cf.treasury@gsk.com

 

  (c)

to the Trustee:

Deutsche Trustee Company Limited

Winchester House

1 Great Winchester Street

London

EC2N 2DB

United Kingdom

(Attention: Managing Director)

Fax: +44 207 547 6149

 

36


or to such other address, e-mail or facsimile number as shall have been notified (in accordance with this clause) to the other party hereto and any notice or demand sent (a) by post as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been given, made or served three days in the case of inland post or seven days in the case of overseas post after despatch, (b) by facsimile transmission as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been given, made or served 24 hours after the time of despatch and (c) by email shall be deemed to have been given, made or served at the time of despatch save where a delivery failure has been received PROVIDED THAT (i) in the case of a notice or demand given by facsimile transmission such notice or demand shall forthwith be confirmed by post and (ii) any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee by e-mail shall only take effect upon written confirmation of receipt from the Trustee (and, for the avoidance of doubt, an automatically generated “received” or “read receipt” will not constitute such written confirmation). The failure of the addressee to receive such confirmation shall not invalidate the relevant notice or demand given by facsimile transmission.

 

28.

GOVERNING LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

28.1

These presents and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with them are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English Law.

 

28.2

Each of CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and each Guarantor irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders that the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with these presents and that accordingly any suit, action or proceedings (together referred to as “Proceedings”) arising out of or in connection with these presents may be brought in such courts.

 

28.3

Each of CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may have now or hereafter to the laying of the venue of any such Proceedings in any such court and any claim that any such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum, hereby irrevocably agrees that a judgment in any such Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon it and hereby waives any objection to the enforcement of that judgment in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

28.4

To the extent allowed by law, nothing contained in this clause shall limit any right to take Proceedings against CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV or each Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

28.5

CH Capital BV irrevocably and unconditionally appoints CH Capital UK at its registered office for the time being (and in the event of its ceasing so to act will appoint such other person as the Trustee may approve and as CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV and/or each Guarantor (as the case may be) may nominate in writing to the Trustee for the purpose) to accept service of process on its behalf in England in respect of any Proceedings in England. CH Capital BV:

 

  (a)

agrees to procure that, so long as any of the Notes remains liable to prescription, there shall be in force an appointment of such a person approved by the Trustee with an office in London with authority to accept service as aforesaid;

 

  (b)

agrees that failure by any such person to give notice of such service of process to it shall not impair the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon;

 

  (c)

consents to the service of process in respect of any Proceedings by the airmailing of copies, postage prepaid, to it in accordance with clause 27; and

 

  (d)

agrees that nothing in these presents shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

37


29.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

A person who is not a party to these presents has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce these presents, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

30.

GENERAL

 

30.1

This Trust Deed and any trust deed supplemental hereto may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same deed and any party to this Trust Deed or any trust deed supplemental hereto may enter into the same by executing and delivering a counterpart.

 

30.2

If any provision in or obligation under these presents is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under the laws of any jurisdiction, that will not affect or impair (i) the validity, legality or enforceability under the laws of that jurisdiction of any other provision in or obligation under these presents, and (ii) the validity, legality or enforceability under the laws of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision in or obligation under these presents.

IN WITNESS whereof this Trust Deed has been executed as a deed by CH Capital UK, CH Capital BV, each Guarantor and the Trustee and delivered on the date first stated on page 1.

 

38


SCHEDULE 1

Terms and Conditions of the Notes

The following are the Terms and Conditions of the Notes which will be incorporated by reference into each Global Note (as defined below) and each definitive Note, in the latter case only if permitted by the relevant stock exchange or other relevant authority (if any) and agreed by the Issuer and the relevant Dealer at the time of issue but, if not so permitted and agreed, such definitive Note will have endorsed thereon or attached thereto such Terms and Conditions. The applicable Pricing Supplement in relation to any Tranche of Notes may specify other terms and conditions which shall, to the extent so specified or to the extent inconsistent with the following Terms and Conditions, replace or modify the following Terms and Conditions for the purpose of such Notes. The applicable Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions thereof) will be endorsed upon, or attached to, each Global Note and definitive Note. Reference should be made to “Form of the Notes” for a description of the content of Pricing Supplement which will specify which of such terms are to apply in relation to the relevant Notes.

This Note is one of a Series (as defined below) of Notes issued by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc (“CH Capital UK”) or GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. (“CH Capital BV”) (each, an “Issuer” and, together with CH Capital UK, the “Issuers”) constituted by a trust deed dated 16 March 2022 (as amended and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “Trust Deed”) and made between the Issuers, GlaxoSmithKline plc, and Haleon plc as guarantors (each, a “Guarantor” and, together, the “Guarantors”) and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited (the “Trustee”, which expression shall include any successor trustee) as trustee for the Noteholders (as defined below).

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date (as defined below), Notes issued by each Issuer will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by GlaxoSmithKline plc. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Notes issued by each Issuer will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Haleon plc in each case under the terms of the Trust Deed (each such guarantee, a “Guarantee” and together, the “Guarantees”) and as more particularly described in the Trust Deed. GlaxoSmithKline plc will cease to be a Guarantor with effect on and from the Guarantee Assumption Date and Haleon plc will only be liable under the Guarantee from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date any liability incurred by GlaxoSmithKline plc as Guarantor prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date will be irrevocably and unconditionally assumed by Haleon plc. Pursuant to the terms of the Trust Deed, GlaxoSmithKline plc shall deliver a Guarantee Assumption Notice or a Demerger Completion Notice, as applicable to the Trustee and the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) promptly following the occurrence of the Guarantee Assumption Date or the Demerger, respectively. Any Guarantee Assumption Notice and Demerger Completion Notice so delivered shall be conclusive and binding on the Trustee and the Noteholders as to the occurrence of the Guarantee Assumption Date or the Demerger, respectively.

References in these Terms and Conditions to the “Issuer” shall be to the Issuer of the Notes, and references to “Guarantor” shall, prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date, be to GlaxoSmithKline plc, and with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, be to Haleon plc and references to “Guarantees” shall be construed accordingly.

References herein to the “Notes” shall be references to the Notes of this Series and shall mean:

 

(a)

in relation to any Notes represented by a global Note (a “Global Note”), units of the lowest Specified Denomination in the Specified Currency;

 

(b)

any Global Note; and

 

(c)

any definitive Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note.

The Notes and the Coupons (as defined below) also have the benefit of an issuing and paying agency agreement dated 16 March 2022 (as amended and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “Agency Agreement”) made between the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as issuing and principal paying agent (the “Agent”, which expression shall include any successor agent) and the other paying agents named therein (together with the Agent, the “Paying Agents”, which expression shall include any additional or successor paying agents).

 

 

39


Interest bearing definitive Notes have interest coupons (“Coupons”) and, in the case of Notes, which, when issued in definitive form, have more than 27 interest payments remaining to be paid, talons for further Coupons (“Talons”) attached on issue. Any reference herein to Coupons or coupons shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed to include a reference to Talons or talons. Global Notes do not have Coupons or Talons attached on issue. The pricing supplement for this Note (or the relevant provisions thereof) are set out in Part A of the pricing supplement document (the “Pricing Supplement”), which is attached to or endorsed on this Note and supplements these Terms and Conditions and may specify other terms and conditions which shall, to the extent so specified or to the extent inconsistent with these Terms and Conditions, replace or modify these Terms and Conditions for the purposes of this Note. References to the “applicable Pricing Supplement” are, unless otherwise stated, to the Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions thereof) attached to or endorsed on this Note.

The Trustee acts for the benefit of the holders of the Notes (the “Noteholders”, which expression shall, in relation to any Notes represented by a Global Note, be construed as provided below) and the holders of the Coupons (the “Couponholders”, which expression shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include the holders of the Talons) in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Deed.

As used herein, “Tranche” means Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing and admission to trading) and “Series” means a Tranche of Notes together with any further Tranche or Tranches of Notes which are (i) expressed to be consolidated and form a single series and (ii) identical in all respects (including as to listing and admission to trading) except for their respective Issue Dates, Interest Commencement Dates and/or Issue Prices.

Copies of the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement are available (i) for inspection or collection during normal business hours at the specified office of each of the Paying Agents or (ii) may be provided by email to a Noteholder following their prior written request to the Paying Agents therefor and provision of proof of holding identity in form satisfactory to the Paying Agents.

Copies of the applicable Pricing Supplement are available for inspection during normal business hours at the registered offices of the Issuers at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, TW8 9GS, United Kingdom and at the specified office of each of the Paying Agents. The Noteholders and the Couponholders are deemed to have notice of, and are entitled to the benefit of, all the provisions of the Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the applicable Pricing Supplement which are applicable to them. The statements in these Terms and Conditions include summaries of, and are subject to, the detailed provisions of the Trust Deed.

Words and expressions defined in the Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement or used in the applicable Pricing Supplement shall have the same meanings where used in these Terms and Conditions unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated and provided that, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement and the Trust Deed, the Trust Deed will prevail and, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement or the Trust Deed and the applicable Pricing Supplement, the applicable Pricing Supplement will prevail.

 

1.

FORM, DENOMINATION AND TITLE

 

1.1

The Notes are in bearer form and, in the case of definitive Notes, serially numbered, in the currency (the “Specified Currency”) and the denominations (“Specified Denomination(s)”) specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement provided always that the minimum Specified Denomination in respect of any Tranche of Notes shall be €100,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency). Notes of one Specified Denomination may not be exchanged for Notes of another Specified Denomination.

 

1.2

This Note may be a Fixed Rate Note, a Floating Rate Note, a Zero Coupon Note or a combination of any of the foregoing, depending upon the Interest Basis shown in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

40


1.3

Definitive Notes are issued with Coupons attached, unless they are Zero Coupon Notes in which case references to Coupons and Couponholders in these Terms and Conditions are not applicable.

 

1.4

Subject as set out below, title to the Notes and Coupons will pass by delivery. The Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will (except as otherwise required by law) deem and treat the bearer of any Note or Coupon as the absolute owner thereof (whether or not overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) for all purposes but, in the case of any Global Note, without prejudice to the provisions set out in the next succeeding paragraph.

 

1.5

For so long as any of the Notes is represented by a Global Note held on behalf of Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) and/or Clearstream Banking S.A. (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”), each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or of Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of such Notes (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Paying Agents as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes other than with respect to the payment of principal or interest (if any) on such nominal amount of such Notes, for which purpose the bearer of the relevant Global Note shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Paying Agents as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of the relevant Global Note and the Trust Deed and the expressions “Noteholder” and “holder of Notes” and related expressions shall be construed accordingly. In determining whether a particular person is entitled to a particular nominal amount of Notes as aforesaid, the Trustee may rely on such evidence and/or information and/or certification as it shall, in its absolute discretion, think fit and, if it does so rely, such evidence and/or information and/or certification shall in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all concerned. Notes which are represented by a Global Note will be transferable only in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be.

 

1.6

References to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall, if the context so permits, be deemed to include a reference to any additional or alternative clearing system specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement or as may otherwise be approved by the Issuer, the Agent and the Trustee.

 

2.

STATUS OF THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEE

 

2.1

Status of the Notes

The Notes and any relative Coupons are direct, unconditional, unsubordinated and (subject to the provisions of Condition 3 (Negative Pledge)) unsecured obligations of the Issuer and rank pari passu among themselves and (save for certain obligations required to be preferred by law) equally with all other unsecured obligations (other than subordinated obligations, if any) of the Issuer, from time to time outstanding.

 

2.2

Status of the Guarantees

The payment of principal and interest (if any) together with all other sums payable by the Issuer under the Trust Deed in respect of the Notes has been unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Guarantor in the Trust Deed, subject only as provided therein. The obligations of each Guarantor are the direct, unconditional, unsubordinated and (subject to the provisions of Condition 3 (Negative Pledge) unsecured obligations of such Guarantor and (save for certain obligations required to be preferred by law) rank equally with all other unsecured obligations (other than subordinated obligations, if any) of such Guarantor, from time to time outstanding.

 

41


Prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Notes issued by either Issuer will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by GlaxoSmithKline plc. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Notes issued by either Issuer will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Haleon plc. GlaxoSmithKline plc will cease to be a Guarantor with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date and Haleon plc will only be liable as a Guarantor from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date any liability incurred by GlaxoSmithKline plc as Guarantor prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date will be irrevocably and unconditionally assumed by Haleon plc.

 

3.

NEGATIVE PLEDGE

 

3.1

So long as any of the Notes remains outstanding (as defined in the Trust Deed):

 

  (a)

the Issuer will not and will procure that none of its Subsidiaries will create or permit to subsist any mortgage, charge, pledge or lien (other than a lien arising by operation of law) upon the whole or any part of its property, assets or revenues, present or future, to secure (i) payment of any Relevant Indebtedness or (ii) any payment under any guarantee or indemnity granted by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Relevant Indebtedness (as defined below); and

 

  (b)

the Guarantor will not and will procure that no Subsidiary of the Relevant Group Holding Company will create or permit to subsist any mortgage, charge, pledge or lien (other than a lien arising by operation of law) upon the whole or any part of its property, assets or revenues, present or future, to secure (i) payment of any Relevant Indebtedness or (ii) any payment under any guarantee or indemnity granted by the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary in respect of any Relevant Indebtedness,

without in any such case at the same time according to the Notes (unless it has already been so accorded) to the satisfaction of the Trustee either the same security as is created or subsisting to secure any such Relevant Indebtedness, guarantee or indemnity or such other arrangement (whether or not comprising security) as the Trustee shall in its absolute discretion deem not materially less beneficial to the Noteholders or as shall be approved by an Extraordinary Resolution (as such term is defined in the Trust Deed) of the Noteholders.

 

3.2

For the purposes of this Condition, “Relevant Indebtedness” means any indebtedness which (a) is in the form of or represented by bonds, notes, loan stock, depositary receipts or other securities issued otherwise than to constitute or represent advances made by banks and/or other lending institutions; and (b) at its date of issue is, or is intended by the issuer to become, quoted, listed, traded or dealt in on any stock exchange, over-the-counter market or other securities market.

 

4.

INTEREST

 

4.1

Interest on Fixed Rate Notes

This Condition 4.1 applies to Fixed Rate Notes only. The applicable Pricing Supplement contains provisions applicable to the determination of fixed rate interest and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 4.1 for full information on the manner in which interest is calculated on Fixed Rate Notes. In particular, the applicable Pricing Supplement will specify the Interest Commencement Date, the Rate(s) of Interest, the Interest Payment Date(s), the Maturity Date, the Fixed Coupon Amount, any applicable Broken Amount, the Calculation Amount, the Day Count Fraction and any applicable Determination Date.

 

  (a)

Each Fixed Rate Note bears interest on its outstanding nominal amount from (and including) the Interest Commencement Date at the rate(s) per annum equal to the Rate(s) of Interest. Interest will be payable in arrear on the Interest Payment Date(s) in each year up to (and including) the Maturity Date. For so long as any of the Fixed Rate Notes is represented by a global Note held on behalf of Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or Euroclear, interest will be calculated on the full nominal amount outstanding of the Fixed Rate Notes and will be paid to Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear for distribution by them to entitled accountholders in accordance with their usual rules and operating procedures. In respect of each definitive Fixed Rate Note, interest will be calculated on its outstanding nominal amount.

 

42


  (b)

If the Notes are in definitive form, except as provided in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the amount of interest payable on each Interest Payment Date in respect of the Fixed Interest Period ending on (but excluding) such date will amount to the Fixed Coupon Amount. Payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date will, if so specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, amount to the Broken Amount so specified.

 

  (c)

As used in these Terms and Conditions, “Fixed Interest Period” means the period from (and including) an Interest Payment Date (or the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the next (or first) Interest Payment Date.

 

  (d)

If interest is required to be calculated for a period other than a Fixed Interest Period or if, in the case of Notes in definitive form, no Fixed Coupon Amount is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, such interest shall be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to:

 

  (i)

in the case of Fixed Rate Notes which are represented by a Global Note held on behalf of Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or Euroclear, the full nominal amount outstanding of the Fixed Rate Notes represented by such Global Note; or

 

  (ii)

in the case of Fixed Rate Notes in definitive form, the Calculation Amount;

and, in each case multiplying such sum by the applicable Day Count Fraction, and rounding the resultant figure to the nearest sub-unit of the relevant Specified Currency, half of any such sub-unit being rounded upwards or otherwise in accordance with applicable market convention. Where the Specified Denomination of a Fixed Rate Note in definitive form is a multiple of the Calculation Amount, the amount of interest payable in respect of such Fixed Rate Note shall be the product of the amount (determined in the manner provided above) for the Calculation Amount and the amounts by which the Calculation Amount is multiplied to reach the Specified Denomination without any further rounding.

 

4.2

Interest on Floating Rate Notes

This Condition 4.2 applies to Floating Rate Notes only. The applicable Pricing Supplement contains provisions applicable to the determination of floating rate interest and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 4.2 for full information on the manner in which interest is calculated on Floating Rate Notes. In particular, the applicable Pricing Supplement will identify any Specified Interest Payment Dates, any Specified Period, the Interest Commencement Date, the Business Day Convention, any Additional Business Centres, whether ISDA Determination or Screen Rate Determination applies to the calculation of interest, the party who will calculate the amount of interest due if it is not the Agent, the Margin, any maximum or minimum interest rates and the Day Count Fraction. Where ISDA Determination applies to the calculation of interest, the applicable Pricing Supplement will also specify the applicable Floating Rate Option, Designated Maturity and Reset Date. Where Screen Rate Determination applies to the calculation of interest, the applicable Pricing Supplement will also specify the applicable Reference Rate, Relevant Financial Centre, Interest Determination Date(s) and Relevant Screen Page.

 

  (a)

Interest Payment Dates

Each Floating Rate Note bears interest from (and including) the Interest Commencement Date and such interest will be payable in arrear on either:

 

  (i)

the Specified Interest Payment Date(s) in each year specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; or

 

43


  (ii)

if no Specified Interest Payment Date(s) is/are specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, each date (each such date, together with each Specified Interest Payment Date, an “Interest Payment Date”) which falls on the number of months or other period specified as the Specified Period in the applicable Pricing Supplement after the preceding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, after the Interest Commencement Date.

Such interest will be payable in respect of each Interest Period. In these Terms and Conditions, “Interest Period” means the period from (and including) an Interest Payment Date (or the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the next (or first) Interest Payment Date. For so long as any of the Floating Rate Notes is represented by a global Note held on behalf of Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or Euroclear, interest will be calculated on the full nominal amount outstanding of the relevant Notes and will be paid to Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear for distribution by them to entitled accountholders in accordance with their usual rules and operating procedures. In respect of each definitive Floating Rate Note, interest will be calculated on its outstanding nominal amount.

If a Business Day Convention is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement and (x) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which an Interest Payment Date should occur or (y) if any Interest Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day which is not a Business Day, then, if the Business Day Convention specified is:

 

  (A)

in any case where Specified Periods are specified in accordance with Condition 4.2(a)(ii) above, the Floating Rate Convention, such Interest Payment Date (i) in the case of (x) above, shall be the last day that is a Business Day in the relevant month and the provisions of (B) below shall apply mutatis mutandis or (ii) in the case of (y) above, shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day unless it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event (A) such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day and (B) each subsequent Interest Payment Date shall be the last Business Day in the month which falls the Specified Period after the preceding applicable Interest Payment Date occurred; or

 

  (B)

the Following Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day; or

 

  (C)

the Modified Following Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day unless it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day; or

 

  (D)

the Preceding Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

  (b)

Rate of Interest

The Rate of Interest payable from time to time in respect of Floating Rate Notes will be determined in the manner specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

  (i)

ISDA Determination for Floating Rate Notes

Where ISDA Determination is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as the manner in which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, the Rate of Interest for each Interest Period will be the relevant ISDA Rate plus or minus (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement) the Margin (if any). For the purposes of this sub-paragraph (i), “ISDA Rate” for an Interest Period

 

44


means a rate equal to the Floating Rate that would be determined by the Agent under an interest rate swap transaction if the Agent were acting as Calculation Agent for that swap transaction under the terms of an agreement incorporating either the 2006 ISDA Definitions, as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) and as amended and updated as at the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes or the latest version of the 2021 ISDA Interest Rate Derivatives definitions, as published by ISDA and as amended and updated as at the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes (the “ISDA Definitions”) as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement and under which:

 

  (A)

the Floating Rate Option is as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

  (B)

the Designated Maturity is the period specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

  (C)

the relevant Reset Date is either (i) if the applicable Floating Rate Option is based on the Euro-zone inter-bank offered rate (“EURIBOR”) or on the Sterling Overnight Index Average (“SONIA”), the first day of that Interest Period or (ii) in any other case, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; and

 

  (D)

if the Floating Rate Option is an Overnight Floating Rate Option:

 

  (I)

Compounding with Lookback is the Overnight Rate Compounding Method if specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

  (II)

Compounding with Observation Period Shift is the Overnight Rate Compounding Method if specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

  (III)

Compounding with Lockout is the Overnight Rate Compounding Method if specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; or

 

  (IV)

OIS Compounding is the Overnight Rate Compounding Method if specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; and

 

  (V)

in connection with the Overnight Rate Compounding Method, references in the ISDA Definitions to numbers, financial centres or other items specified in the relevant confirmation shall be deemed to be references to the numbers, financial centres or other items specified for such purpose in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

The ISDA Definitions contain provisions for determining the applicable Floating Rate (as defined herein) in the event that the specified Floating Rate is not available.

For the purposes of this sub-paragraph (i):

 

  (1)

Floating Rate”, “Calculation Agent”, “Floating Rate Option”, “Designated Maturity”, “Reset Date”, “Overnight Floating Rate Option”, “Overnight Rate Compounding Method”, “Set-In- Advance”, “Compounding with Lookback”, “Compounding with Observation Period Shift”, “Compounding with Lockout” and “OIS Compounding” have the meanings given to those terms in the ISDA Definitions;

 

45


  (2)

the definition of “Fallback Observation Day” in the ISDA Definitions shall be deemed deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “Fallback Observation Day” means, in respect of a Reset Date and the Calculation Period (or any Compounding Period included in that Calculation Period) to which that Reset Date relates, unless otherwise agreed, the day that is five Business Days preceding the related Interest Payment Date; and

 

  (3)

if any of the fallback provisions for determination of a Floating Rate in the event that the specified Floating Rate is not available require the Calculation Agent to make a commercial determination then the Calculation Agent shall seek and act on written instructions from the Issuer as to the determination.

Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Pricing Supplement the Minimum Rate of Interest shall be deemed to be zero.

 

  (ii)

Screen Rate Determination for Floating Rate Notes

Where Screen Rate Determination is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as the manner in which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, the Rate of Interest for each Interest Period will, subject as provided below, be either (save where the Reference Rate is SONIA, in which case Condition 4.2(b)(ii)(C) shall apply):

 

  (A)

the offered quotation; or

 

  (B)

the arithmetic mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal place, with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) of the offered quotations,

(expressed as a percentage rate per annum) for the Reference Rate (subject as provided in Condition 4.2(b)(v)) which appears or appear, as the case may be, on the Relevant Screen Page as at 11.00 a.m. Brussels time on the Interest Determination Date in question plus or minus (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement) the Margin (if any), all as determined by the Agent. If five or more of such offered quotations are available on the Relevant Screen Page, the highest (or, if there is more than one such highest quotation, one only of such quotations) and the lowest (or, if there is more than one such lowest quotation, one only of such quotations) shall be disregarded by the Agent for the purpose of determining the arithmetic mean (rounded as provided above) of such offered quotations.

The Agency Agreement contains provisions for determining the Rate of Interest in the event that the Relevant Screen Page is not available or if, in the case of (1) above, no such offered quotation appears or, in the case of (2) above, fewer than three such offered quotations appear, in each case as at the time specified in the preceding paragraph.

 

46


  (C)

Where the Reference Rate is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as being SONIA, the interest rate applicable to the Notes for each Interest Period will be the sum of the Compounded Daily SONIA and the Margin.

If, in respect of any London Banking Day in the relevant Interest Period or Observation Period (as applicable), the SONIA reference rate is not available on the Relevant Screen Page or has not otherwise been published by the relevant authorised distributors, such SONIA reference rate shall be: (1) the sum of (i) the Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on the relevant London Banking Day; plus (ii) the mean of the spread of the SONIA reference rate to the Bank Rate over the previous five London Banking Days on which a SONIA reference rate has been published, excluding the highest spread (or, if there is more than one highest spread, one only of those highest spreads) and lowest spread (or, if there is more than one lowest spread, one only of those lowest spreads) to the Bank Rate or (2) if the Bank Rate specified under (1)(i) above is not available at the relevant time, either (i) the SONIA reference rate published on the Relevant Screen Page (or otherwise published by the administrator or relevant authorised distributors) for the first preceding London Banking Day in respect of which the SONIA reference rate was published on the Relevant Screen Page (or otherwise published by the relevant authorised distributors) or (ii) if this is more recent, the latest rate determined under (1) above.

Notwithstanding the paragraph above, in the event that the Bank of England publishes guidance as to (i) how the SONIA reference rate is to be determined or (ii) any rate that is to replace the SONIA reference rate, the SONIA Calculation Agent (or such other party responsible for the calculation of the interest rate, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement) shall, to the extent that it is reasonably practicable, follow such guidance in order to determine the SONIA reference rate, for purposes of the Floating Rate Notes for so long as the SONIA reference rate is not available or has not been published by the authorised distributors.

In the event that the Rate of Interest cannot be determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the interest rate shall be (i) that determined as at the last preceding Interest Determination Date (though substituting, where a different Margin is to be applied to the relevant Interest Period from that which applied to the last preceding Interest Period, the Margin relating to the relevant Interest Period, in place of the Margin relating to that last preceding Interest Period) or (ii) if there is no such preceding Interest Determination Date, the initial Rate of Interest which would have been applicable to such Floating Rate Notes for the first Interest Period had the Floating Rate Notes been in issue for a period equal in duration to the scheduled first Interest Period but ending on (and excluding) the Interest Commencement Date (but applying the Margin applicable to the first Interest Period).

If the Floating Rate Notes become due and payable in accordance with Condition 5 (Payments), the final Interest Determination Date shall, notwithstanding any Interest Determination Date specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, be deemed to be the date on which such Floating Rate Notes became due and payable and the interest rate on such Floating Rate Notes shall, for so long as any such Note remains outstanding, be that determined on such date.

 

47


For the purposes of the foregoing provision, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Bank Rate” means the Bank of England’s Bank Rate;

Compounded Daily SONIA” means the rate of return of a daily compound interest investment (with the daily Sterling overnight reference rate as the reference rate for the calculation of interest) and will be calculated by the SONIA Calculation Agent (or such other party responsible for the calculation of the interest rate, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement) on each Interest Determination Date, as follows, and the resulting percentage will be rounded if necessary to the fourth decimal place, with 0.00005 being rounded upwards:

 

LOGO

where:

d” is the number of calendar days in:

 

  (a)

where “Lag” is specified as the Observation Method in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b)

where “Observation Shift” is specified as the Observation Method in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the relevant Observation Period;

Daily SONIA” means in respect of any London Business Day:

 

  (a)

where “Lag” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as the Observation Method, SONIAi-pLBD ; or

 

  (b)

where “Observation Shift” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as the Observation Method, SONIAi;

dO” means the number of London Banking Days in:

 

  (a)

where “Lag” is specified as the Observation Method in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b)

where “Observation Shift” is specified as the Observation Method in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the relevant Observation Period;

i” is a series of whole numbers from one to do, each representing the relevant London Banking Day in chronological order from, and including:

 

  (a)

where “Lag” is specified as the Observation Method in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the first London Banking Day in the relevant Interest Period to, and including, the last London Banking Day in the relevant Interest Period; or

 

48


  (b)

where “Observation Shift” is specified as the Observation Method in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the first London Banking Day in the relevant Observation Period to, and including, the last London Banking Day in the relevant Observation Period;

London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London;

ni”, for any day i, means the number of calendar days from and including such day “i” up to but excluding the following London Banking Day;

Observation Period” means, in respect of an Interest Period, the period from and including the date falling “p” London Banking Days prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period (and the first Interest Period shall begin on and include the Interest Commencement Date) and ending on, but excluding, the date falling “p” London Banking Days prior to the Interest Payment Date for such Interest Period (or the date falling “p” London Banking Days prior to such earlier date, if any, on which the Notes become due and payable);

p” means:

 

  (a)

where “Lag” is specified as the Observation Method in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the number of London Banking Days in the Observation Look-Back Period specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement (or, if no such number is specified, five London Banking Days, provided that a number lower than five may only be so specified by the Issuer with the prior agreement of the SONIA Calculation Agent); or

 

  (b)

where “Observation Shift” is specified as the Observation Method in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the number of London Banking Days included in the Observation Shift Period specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement (or, if no such number is specified, five London Banking Days, provided that a number lower than five may only be so specified by the Issuer with the prior agreement of the SONIA Calculation Agent);

SONIA Calculation Agent” means a leading investment, merchant or commercial bank appointed by the Issuer for the purposes of calculating the relevant SONIA;

the “SONIA reference rate”, in respect of any London Banking Day, is a reference rate equal to the daily SONIA rate for such London Banking Day as provided by the administrator of SONIA to authorised distributors and as then published on the Relevant Screen Page or, if the Relevant Screen Page is unavailable, as otherwise published by such authorised distributors, in each case on the London Banking Day immediately following such London Banking Day; and

 

49


SONIAi” means in respect of any London Banking Day “i” falling in the Observation Period, the SONIA reference rate for that day; and

SONIAi-pLBD” means, in respect of any London Banking Day “i” falling in the relevant Interest Period, the SONIA reference rate for the London Banking Day falling “p” London Banking Days prior to such London Banking Day “i”.

 

  (iii)

Minimum Rate of Interest and/or Maximum Rate of Interest

If the applicable Pricing Supplement specifies a Minimum Rate of Interest for any Interest Period, then, in the event that the Rate of Interest in respect of such Interest Period determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (ii) above is less than such Minimum Rate of Interest, the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be such Minimum Rate of Interest.

If the applicable Pricing Supplement specifies a Maximum Rate of Interest for any Interest Period, then, in the event that the Rate of Interest in respect of such Interest Period determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (ii) above is greater than such Maximum Rate of Interest, the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be such Maximum Rate of Interest.

 

  (iv)

Determination of Rate of Interest and Calculation of Interest Amounts

The Agent or the SONIA Calculation Agent (as applicable) will at or as soon as practicable after each time at which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, determine the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period.

The Agent or the SONIA Calculation Agent (as applicable) will calculate the amount of interest (the “Interest Amount”) payable on the Floating Rate Notes for the relevant Interest Period by applying the Rate of Interest to:

 

  (A)

in the case of Floating Rate Notes which are represented by a global Note held on behalf of Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or Euroclear, the full nominal amount outstanding of the relevant Notes; or

 

  (B)

in the case of Floating Rate Notes in definitive form, the Calculation Amount;

and, in each case multiplying such sum by the applicable Day Count Fraction, and rounding the resultant figure to the nearest sub-unit of the relevant Specified Currency, half of any such sub-unit being rounded upwards or otherwise in accordance with applicable market convention. Where the Specified Denomination of a Floating Rate Note in definitive form is a multiple of the Calculation Amount, the Interest Amount payable in respect of such Note shall be the product of the amount (determined in the manner provided above) for the Calculation Amount and the amount by which the Calculation Amount is multiplied to reach the Specified Denomination without any further rounding.

 

  (v)

Reference Rate Replacement

If:

 

  (A)

Screen Rate Determination is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement as the manner in which the Rate of Interest is to be determined; and

 

  (B)

notwithstanding the provisions of Condition 4.2(b)(ii), if the Issuer determines that a Benchmark Event has occurred when any Rate of Interest (or relevant component part thereof) remains to be determined by reference to a Reference Rate,

 

50


then the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (I)

the Issuer shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint an Independent Adviser to determine in consultation with the Issuer (acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner):

 

  1)

a Successor Reference Rate; or

 

  2)

if such Independent Adviser (in consultation with the Issuer) determines that there is no Successor Reference Rate, an Alternative Reference Rate,

and, in each case, an Adjustment Spread (if any) (in any such case, acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner) no later than five Business Days prior to the Interest Determination Date relating to the next Interest Period (the “IA Determination Cut-off Date”) for the purposes of determining the Rate of Interest applicable to the Notes for such next Interest Period and for all other future Interest Periods (subject to the subsequent operation of this Condition 4.2(b)(v) during any other future Interest Period(s));

 

  (II)

if a Successor Reference Rate or, failing which, an Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable) is determined by the relevant Independent Adviser in accordance with this Condition 4.2(b)(v):

 

  1)

such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable) shall be the Reference Rate for all relevant Interest Periods (subject to the subsequent operation of, and adjustment as provided in, this Condition 4.2(b)(v) in the event of a further Benchmark Event affecting the Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable));

 

  2)

if the relevant Independent Adviser in consultation with the Issuer:

 

  a)

determines that an Adjustment Spread is required to be applied to such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable) and determines the quantum of, or a formula or methodology for determining, such Adjustment Spread, then such Adjustment Spread shall be applied to such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable) for all relevant Interest Periods (subject to the subsequent operation of, and adjustment as provided in, this Condition 4.2(b)(v) in the event of a further Benchmark Event affecting the Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable)); or

 

51


  b)

is unable to determine the quantum of, or a formula or methodology for determining, an Adjustment Spread, then such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable) will apply without an Adjustment Spread for all relevant Interest Periods (subject to the subsequent operation of, and adjustment as provided in, this Condition 4.2(b)(v) in the event of a further Benchmark Event affecting the Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable)); and

 

  3)

the relevant Independent Adviser (acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner) may in its discretion specify:

 

  a)

changes to these Terms and Conditions, the Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement in order to follow market practice and/or enable the implementation of the above provisions in relation to such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable), including, but not limited to, (aa) the Additional Business Centre(s), Business Day, Business Day Convention, Day Count Fraction, Interest Determination Date and/or Relevant Screen Page applicable to the Notes and (bb) the method for determining the fallback to the Rate of Interest in relation to the Notes if such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable) is not available; and

 

  b)

any other changes which the relevant Independent Adviser determines are reasonably necessary to ensure the proper operation of such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable),

which changes shall apply to the Notes for all relevant Interest Periods (subject to the subsequent operation of this Condition 4.2(b)(v) in the event of a further Benchmark Event affecting the Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable)); and

 

  4)

promptly following the determination of (i) any Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable) and (ii) if applicable, any Adjustment Spread, the Issuer shall give notice thereof and of any changes (and the effective date thereof) pursuant to this Condition 4.2(b)(v) to the Trustee, each of the Paying Agents, the Noteholders and, if the Notes are listed on a stock exchange and the rules of such exchange or other relevant authority so require, such exchange or other relevant authority as soon as possible after their determination and in any event not less than 10 Business Days prior to the first date on which a calculation is required to be made by the Agent pursuant to such changes.

 

52


No later than notifying the Trustee of the same, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agents a certificate signed by two Directors of the Issuer:

 

  a)

confirming (x) the Successor Reference Rate or, as the case may be, the Alternative Reference Rate and (y) where applicable, any Adjustment Spread, in each case as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Condition 4.2(b)(v);

 

  b)

certifying that the consequential amendments are necessary to ensure the proper operation of such Successor Reference Rate, Alternative Reference Rate and/or Adjustment Spread; and

 

  c)

certifying that the Issuer has duly consulted with an Independent Adviser with respect to each of the matters above.

The Trustee and the Paying Agents shall be entitled to rely on such certificate (without enquiry or liability to any person) as sufficient evidence thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall not be liable to the Noteholders or any other such person for so acting or relying on such certificate, irrespective of whether any such modification is or may be materially prejudicial to the interests of any such person. The Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate and the Adjustment Spread (if any) and any such other relevant changes pursuant to this Condition 4.2(b)(v) specified in such certificate will (in the absence of manifest error in the determination of the Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate and the Adjustment Spread (if any) and without prejudice to the Trustee’s and the Paying Agents’ ability to rely on such certificate as aforesaid) be binding on the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agents, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

Subject to receipt by the Trustee and the Paying Agents of this certificate, the Trustee shall, at the direction and expense of the Issuer, effect such consequential amendments to the Trust Deed (including, inter alia, by the execution of a deed supplemental to or amending the Trust Deed), the Agency Agreement and these Terms and Conditions (the “Benchmark Amendments”) as the Issuer certifies are required to give effect to this Condition 4.2(b)(v) and the Trustee and the Paying Agents shall not be liable to any party for any consequences thereof.

The Trustee and the Paying Agents shall not be required to effect any such Benchmark Amendments if the same would impose, in the Trustee’s and the Paying Agents’ reasonable opinion, more onerous obligations upon it or expose it to any additional duties, responsibilities or liabilities or reduce or amend its rights and/or the protective provisions afforded to it. For the avoidance of doubt, no Noteholder consent shall be required in connection with effecting these Benchmark Amendments or other such changes, including for the execution of any documents, amendments or other steps by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Paying Agents (if required).

In connection with such variation in accordance with this Condition 4.2(b)(v), the Issuer shall comply with the rules of any stock exchange on which the Notes are for the time being listed or admitted to trading.

If the Issuer is unable to appoint an Independent Adviser in a timely manner, or if the Independent Adviser and the Issuer cannot agree upon, or cannot select a Successor Reference Rate or an Alternative Reference Rate prior to the IA Determination Cut-off Date in accordance with this Condition

 

53


4.2(b)(v), the Issuer (acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner) may determine which (if any) rate has replaced the relevant Reference Rate in customary market usage for purposes of determining floating rates of interest in respect of Eurobonds denominated in the Specified Currency, or, if it determines that there is no such rate, which (if any) rate is most comparable to the relevant Original Reference Rate, and the Alternative Reference Rate shall be the rate so determined by the Issuer; provided, however, that if this sub-paragraph applies and the Issuer is unable or unwilling to determine an Alternative Reference Rate prior to the Interest Determination Date relating to the next succeeding Interest Period in accordance with this sub-paragraph, then the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period (and for all other future Interest Periods) shall be determined as at the last preceding Interest Determination Date (though substituting, where a different Margin is to be applied to the relevant Interest Period from that which applied to the last preceding Interest Period, the Margin relating to the relevant Interest Period in place of the Margin relating to that last preceding Interest Period).

In the absence of bad faith or wilful default, the Independent Adviser shall have no liability whatsoever to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agents or the Noteholders for any determination made by it pursuant to this Condition 4.2(b)(v).

If, in the case of any Benchmark Event, any Successor Reference Rate, Alternative Reference Rate and/or Adjustment Spread is notified to the Agent pursuant to this Condition 4.2(b)(v) and the Agent is in any way uncertain as to the application of such Successor Reference Rate, Alternative Reference Rate and/or Adjustment Spread in the calculation or determination of any Rate of Interest (or any component part thereof), it shall promptly notify the Issuer thereof and the Issuer shall direct the Agent in writing (which direction may be by way of a written determination of an Independent Advisor pursuant to this Condition 4.2(b)(v)) as to which course of action to adopt in the application of such Successor Reference Rate, Alternative Reference Rate and/or Adjustment Spread in the determination of such Rate of Interest. If the Agent is not promptly provided with such direction, or is otherwise unable to make such calculation or determination for any reason, it shall notify the Issuer thereof and the Agent shall be under no obligation to make such calculation or determination and shall not incur any liability for not doing so. For the avoidance of doubt, for the period that the Agent remains uncertain of the application of the Successor Reference Rate, Alternative Reference Rate and/or Adjustment Spread in the calculation or determination of any Rate of Interest (or any component part thereof), the Original Reference Rate and the fallback provisions provided for in Condition 3(b)(ii) will continue to apply.

Neither the Trustee nor any of the Paying Agents are responsible for making a determination that a Benchmark Event (or its equivalent) has occurred or monitoring whether such an event will, or is likely to, occur.

 

  (vi)

Notification of Rate of Interest and Interest Amounts

The Agent will cause the Rate of Interest and each Interest Amount (as notified by the SONIA Calculation Agent as applicable) for each Interest Period and the relevant Interest Payment Date to be notified to the Issuer, Trustee and any stock exchange or other relevant authority on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to listing and notice thereof to be given in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) as soon as possible after their determination but in no event later than the fourth London Business Day thereafter. Each Interest Amount and Interest Payment Date so notified may subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative arrangements made by way of adjustment) without prior notice in the event of an extension or shortening of the Interest Period. Any such amendment will be promptly notified to each

 

54


stock exchange or other relevant authority on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to listing and to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices). For the purposes of this paragraph, the expression “London Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for general business in London.

If the SONIA Calculation Agent is calculating the Interest Amount it will notify the Agent in writing of such amount as soon as practicable after its calculation and no later than three London business days prior to the associated Interest Payment Date.

 

  (vii)

Certificates to be Final

All certificates, communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions of this Condition 4.2, whether by the Agent or the Independent Adviser, shall (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee, the other Paying Agents and all Noteholders and Couponholders and (in the absence of wilful default or bad faith) no liability to the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders or the Couponholders shall attach to the Agent, the Trustee or the Independent Adviser in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by it of its powers, duties and discretions pursuant to such provisions.

 

4.3

Accrual of Interest

Each Note (or in the case of the redemption of part only of a Note, that part only of such Note) will cease to bear interest (if any) from the date for its redemption unless, upon due presentation thereof, payment of principal is improperly withheld or refused. In such event, interest will continue to accrue as provided in the Trust Deed.

 

5.

PAYMENTS

 

5.1

Method of Payment

 

  (a)

Subject as provided below:

 

  (i)

payments in a Specified Currency other than euro will be made by credit or transfer to an account in the relevant Specified Currency maintained by the payee with, or, at the option of the payee, by a cheque in such Specified Currency drawn on, a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of such Specified Currency (which, if the Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Melbourne and Auckland, respectively, provided however that no payment may be made by transfer of funds to an account maintained in the United States or by cheque mailed to an address in the United States); and

 

  (ii)

payments in euro will be made by credit or transfer to a euro account (or any other account to which euro may be credited or transferred) specified by the payee or, at the option of the payee, by a euro cheque (provided however that no payment may be made by transfer of funds to an account maintained in the United States or by cheque mailed to an address in the United States).

 

  (b)

Payments will be subject in all cases to any fiscal or other laws and regulations applicable thereto in the place of payment, but without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 7 (Taxation).

 

55


5.2

Presentation of Definitive Notes and Coupons

 

  (a)

Payments of principal in respect of definitive Notes will (subject as provided below) be made in the manner provided in paragraph (a) above only against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of definitive Notes, and payments of interest (if any) in respect of definitive Notes will (subject as provided below) be made as aforesaid only against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of Coupons, in each case at the specified office of any Paying Agent outside the United States (which expression, as used in this Condition 5, means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia, its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction)).

 

  (b)

Fixed Rate Notes in definitive form (other than Floating Rate Notes or Long Maturity Notes (as defined below)) should be presented for payment together with all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto (which expression shall for this purpose include Coupons falling to be issued on exchange of matured Talons), failing which the amount of any missing unmatured Coupon (or, in the case of payment not being made in full, the same proportion of the amount of such missing unmatured Coupon as the sum so paid bears to the sum due) will be deducted from the sum due for payment. Each amount of principal so deducted will be paid in the manner mentioned in paragraph (a) above against surrender of the relative missing Coupon at any time before the expiry of 10 years after the Relevant Date in respect of such principal (whether or not such Coupon would otherwise have become void under Condition 8 (Prescription) or, if later, five years from the date on which such Coupon would otherwise have become due, but in no event thereafter.

 

  (c)

Upon any Fixed Rate Note in definitive form becoming due and repayable prior to its Maturity Date, all unmatured Talons (if any) appertaining thereto will become void and no further Coupons will be issued in respect thereof.

 

  (d)

Upon the date on which any Floating Rate Note or Long Maturity Note in definitive form becomes due and repayable, unmatured Coupons and Talons (if any) relating thereto (whether or not attached) shall become void and no payment or, as the case may be, exchange for further Coupons shall be made in respect thereof. A “Long Maturity Note” is a Fixed Rate Note (other than a Fixed Rate Note which on issue had a Talon attached) whose nominal amount on issue is less than the aggregate interest payable thereon provided that such Note shall cease to be a Long Maturity Note on the Interest Payment Date on which the aggregate amount of interest remaining to be paid after that date is less than the nominal amount of such Note.

 

  (e)

If the due date for redemption of any definitive Note is not an Interest Payment Date, interest (if any) accrued in respect of such Note from (and including) the preceding Interest Payment Date or, as the case may be, the Interest Commencement Date shall be payable only against surrender of the relevant definitive Note.

 

5.3

Payments in Respect of Global Notes

 

  (a)

Payments of principal and interest (if any) in respect of Notes represented by any Global Note will (subject as provided below) be made in the manner specified above in relation to definitive Notes and otherwise in the manner specified in the relevant Global Note against presentation or surrender, as the case may be, of such Global Note at the specified office of any Paying Agent outside the United States.

 

  (b)

A record of each payment made against presentation or surrender of any Global Note, distinguishing between any payment of principal and any payment of interest, will be made on such Global Note by the Paying Agent to which it was presented and such record shall be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

 

56


5.4

General Provisions Applicable to Payments

 

  (a)

The holder of a Global Note (or, as provided in the Trust Deed, the Trustee) shall be the only person entitled to receive payments in respect of Notes represented by such Global Note and the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor will be discharged by payment to, or to the order of, the holder of such Global Note (or the Trustee, as the case may be) in respect of each amount so paid. Each of the persons shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the beneficial holder of a particular nominal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note must look solely to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, for his share of each payment so made by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor to, or to the order of, the holder of such Global Note (or the Trustee, as the case may be). No person other than the holder of the Global Note (or, as provided in the Trust Deed, the Trustee) shall have any claim against the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor in respect of any payments due on such Global Note.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Condition, if any amount of principal and/or interest (if any) in respect of Notes is payable in U.S. dollars, such U.S. dollar payments of principal and/or interest (if any) in respect of such Notes will be made at the specified office of a Paying Agent in the United States if:

 

  (i)

the Issuer has appointed Paying Agents with specified offices outside the United States with the reasonable expectation that such Paying Agents would be able to make payment in U.S. dollars at such specified offices outside the United States of the full amount of principal and interest (if any) on the Notes in the manner provided above when due;

 

  (ii)

payment of the full amount of such principal and interest (if any) at all such specified offices outside the United States is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions on the full payment or receipt of principal and interest (if any) in U.S. dollars; and

 

  (iii)

such payment is then permitted under United States law without involving, in the opinion of the Issuer, adverse tax consequences to the Issuer.

 

5.5

Payment Day

If the date for payment of any amount in respect of any Note or Coupon is not a Payment Day, the holder thereof shall not be entitled to payment until the next following Payment Day in the relevant place and shall not be entitled to further interest or other payment in respect of such delay.

 

5.6

Interpretation of principal and interest

 

  (a)

Any reference in these Terms and Conditions to principal in respect of the Notes shall be deemed to include, as applicable:

 

  (i)

any additional amounts which may be payable with respect to principal under Condition 7 (Taxation) or under any undertaking given in addition thereto, or in substitution therefor, pursuant to the Trust Deed;

 

  (ii)

the Final Redemption Amount of the Notes;

 

  (iii)

the Early Redemption Amount of the Notes;

 

  (iv)

the Optional Redemption Amount(s) (if any) of the Notes;

 

  (v)

the Residual Call Early Redemption Amount (if any) of the Notes;

 

  (vi)

the Make-Whole Redemption Amount(s) (if any) of the Notes;

 

  (vii)

the Special Mandatory Redemption Amount(s) (if any) of the Notes;

 

57


  (viii)

the Change of Control Redemption Amount(s) (if any) of the Notes;

 

  (ix)

in relation to Zero Coupon Notes, the Amortised Face Amount (as defined in Condition 6.10 (Redemption and Purchase)); and

 

  (x)

any premium and any other amounts (other than interest) which may be payable by the Issuer under or in respect of the Notes.

 

  (b)

Any reference in these Terms and Conditions to interest in respect of the Notes shall be deemed to include, as applicable, any additional amounts which may be payable with respect to interest under Condition 7 (Taxation) or under any undertaking given in addition thereto, or in substitution therefor, pursuant to the Trust Deed.

 

6.

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE

 

6.1

Redemption at Maturity

Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled as specified below, each Note will be redeemed by the Issuer at its Final Redemption Amount specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the applicable Pricing Supplement in the relevant Specified Currency on the Maturity Date specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

6.2

Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Notes may be redeemed in whole but not in part only, at the option of the Issuer, at any time or, if the Notes are Floating Rate Notes, on any Interest Payment Date, in each case upon not more than 60 nor less than 15 days’ prior notice given in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) (which notice will be irrevocable), at their Early Redemption Amount, together, if applicable, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption, if, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of the United Kingdom (in the case of CH Capital UK, GlaxoSmithKline plc, and Haleon plc) or the laws or regulations of The Netherlands or of the United Kingdom (in the case of CH Capital BV) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (as applicable) affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, which amendment or change is effective on or after the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes, the Issuer, or the Guarantor, will become obligated to pay any additional amounts pursuant to Condition 7 (Taxation) on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date in respect of the Notes and such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it; provided, however, that (1) no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer, or as the case may be, the Guarantor, would be obliged to pay such additional amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes, or the Guarantee, as the case may be, then due and (2) at the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such additional amounts remains in effect. Immediately prior to the giving of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by two Directors of the Issuer, or as the case may be, the Guarantor, stating that the Issuer, or as the case may be, the Guarantor, is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred.

 

6.3

Redemption at the Option of the Issuer

This Condition 6.3 applies to Notes which are subject to redemption prior to the Maturity Date at the option of the Issuer (other than for taxation reasons pursuant to Condition 6.2 or pursuant to the Issuer Residual Call described in Condition 6.4 or pursuant to a Make-Whole Redemption by the Issuer as described in Condition 6.5 or pursuant to the Issuer Maturity Call described in Condition 6.6), such option being referred to as an “Issuer Call”. The applicable Pricing Supplement contains provisions applicable to any Issuer Call and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 6.3 for full information on any Issuer Call. In particular, the applicable Pricing Supplement will identify the Optional Redemption Date(s), the Optional Redemption Amount, any minimum or maximum amount of Notes which can be redeemed.

 

58


  (a)

If Issuer Call is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Issuer may, having given:

 

  (i)

not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices); and

 

  (ii)

not less than 15 days (or such other shorter period as the Agent and the Trustee may agree) before the giving of the notice referred to in (i), notice to the Agent and the Trustee;

(which notices shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption), redeem all or some only of the Notes then outstanding on any Optional Redemption Date and at the Optional Redemption Amount(s) specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the applicable Pricing Supplement together, if appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the relevant Optional Redemption Date. Any partial redemption must be of a nominal amount not less than the Minimum Redemption Amount or not more than the Maximum Redemption Amount, in each case as may be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a partial redemption of Notes, the Notes to be redeemed (“Redeemed Notes”) will be selected individually by lot, in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by definitive Notes, and in accordance with the rules of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (to be reflected in the records of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg as either a pool factor or a reduction in nominal amount, at their discretion), in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by a Global Note, not more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for redemption (such date of selection being hereinafter called the “Selection Date”). In the case of Redeemed Notes represented by definitive Notes, a list of the serial numbers of such Redeemed Notes will be notified to Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) not less than 15 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. No exchange of the relevant Global Note will be permitted during the period from (and including) the Selection Date to (and including) the date fixed for redemption pursuant to this Condition 6.3 and notice to that effect shall be given by the Issuer to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15(Notices) at least five days prior to the Selection Date.

 

6.4

Issuer Residual Call Option

This Condition 6.4 applies to Notes which are subject to redemption prior to the Maturity Date at the option of the Issuer (other than for taxation reasons pursuant to Condition 6.2 or pursuant to the Issuer Call described in Condition 6.3 or pursuant to a Make-Whole Redemption by the Issuer as described in Condition 6.5 or pursuant to the Issuer Maturity Call described in Condition 6.6), such option being referred to as the “Issuer Residual Call”. The applicable Pricing Supplement contains provisions applicable to the Issuer Residual Call and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 6.4 for full information on the Issuer Residual Call. In particular, the applicable Pricing Supplement will identify the Residual Call Early Redemption Amount.

 

  (a)

If Issuer Residual Call is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement and, at any time, the outstanding aggregate nominal amount of the Notes is 25 per cent. or less of the aggregate nominal amount of the Series issued, the Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole but not in part only, at any time (if this Note is not a Floating Rate Note) or on any Interest Payment Date (if this Note is a Floating Rate Note), on giving not less than 15 and not more than 30 days’ notice to the Trustee and, in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices), the Noteholders (which notice shall be irrevocable) at the Residual Call Early Redemption Amount together, if appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption.

 

  (b)

Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this Condition 6.4, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by two Directors of the Issuer stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the outstanding aggregate nominal amount of the Notes is 25 per cent. or less of the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes of the relevant Series originally issued. The Trustee shall be entitled to accept such certificate (without enquiry or liability to any person) as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the condition precedent set out above, in which event it shall be conclusive and binding on the Issuer, the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders and the Trustee will not be responsible for any loss that may be occasioned by the Trustee’s acting or relying on such certificate.

 

59


6.5

Make-Whole Redemption by the Issuer

This Condition 6.5 applies to Notes which are subject to redemption prior to the Maturity Date at the option of the Issuer (other than for taxation reasons pursuant to Condition 6.2 or pursuant to the Issuer Call described in Condition 6.3 or pursuant to the Issuer Residual Call described in Condition 6.4 or pursuant to the Issuer Maturity Call described in Condition 6.6), such option being referred to as “Make-Whole Redemption by the Issuer”. The applicable Pricing Supplement contains provisions applicable to Make-Whole Redemption by the Issuer and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 6.5 for full information on Make-Whole Redemption by the Issuer. In particular, the applicable Pricing Supplement will identify the Make-Whole Redemption Margin, the Reference Bond, the Quotation Time, the Reference Bond Reference Rate Determination Date and, if redeemable in part, any minimum or maximum amount of Notes which can be redeemed.

 

  (a)

If Make-Whole Redemption by the Issuer is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Issuer may, having given not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Trustee and the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption (the “Make-Whole Redemption Date”)), redeem all or some only of the Notes then outstanding on any Make-Whole Redemption Date and at the Make-Whole Redemption Amount(s) together, if appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the relevant Make-Whole Redemption Date. Any such redemption must be of a nominal amount not less than the Minimum Redemption Amount and not more than the Maximum Redemption Amount, in each case as may be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

  (b)

In the case of a partial redemption of Notes, the Redeemed Notes will (i) in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by definitive Notes, be selected individually by lot, not more than 30 days prior to the relevant Make-Whole Redemption Date and (ii) in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by a Global Note, be selected in accordance with the rules of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, (to be reflected in the records of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg as either a pool factor or a reduction in nominal amount, at their discretion). In the case of Redeemed Notes represented by definitive Notes, a list of the serial numbers of such Redeemed Notes will be published in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) not less than 15 days prior to the relevant Make-Whole Redemption Date.

 

6.6

Issuer Maturity Call Option

This Condition 6.6 applies to Notes which are subject to redemption prior to the Maturity Date at the option of the Issuer (other than for taxation reasons pursuant to Condition 6.2 or pursuant to the Issuer Call described in Condition 6.3 or pursuant to the Issuer Residual Call described in Condition 6.4 or pursuant to a Make-Whole Redemption by the Issuer as described in Condition 6.5), such option being referred to as the “Issuer Maturity Call”.

 

  (a)

If Issuer Maturity Call is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Issuer may at its option, having given:

 

  (i)

not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices); and

 

  (ii)

not less than 15 days before giving the notice referred to in (i) above, notice to the Trustee and Agent,

(which notices shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption), redeem all the Notes then outstanding, but not some only, on any Business Day during the period commencing on (and including) the day that is 90 days prior to the Maturity Date (the “Issuer Maturity Call Period Commencement Date”) to (and excluding) the Maturity Date, at the Final Redemption Amount specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, together (if appropriate) with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption.

 

6.7

Redemption at the Option of the Noteholders (Investor Put)

 

  (a)

If Investor Put is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, upon the holder of any Note giving to the Issuer in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ notice (which notice shall be irrevocable) the Issuer will, upon the expiry of such notice, redeem, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, such Note on the Optional Redemption Date and at the Optional Redemption Amount together, if appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the Optional Redemption Date.

 

  (b)

To exercise the right to require redemption of this Note the holder of this Note must deliver, at the specified office of any Paying Agent at any time during normal business hours of such Paying Agent falling within the notice period, a duly completed and signed notice of exercise in the form (for the time being current) obtainable from any specified office of any Paying Agent (a “Put Notice”) and in which the holder must specify a bank account (or, if payment is required to be made by cheque, an address) to which payment is to be made under this Condition accompanied by, if this Note is in definitive form, this Note or evidence satisfactory to the Paying Agent concerned that this Note will, following delivery of the Put Notice, be held to its order or under its control.

 

60


6.8

Special Mandatory Early Redemption

If Special Mandatory Early Redemption is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) within 15 days of the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption). Within 45 days from (and including) the date of such notice, the Issuer shall redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at the Special Mandatory Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption.

The Trustee is under no obligation to ascertain whether a Special Mandatory Redemption Event or any event which could lead to the occurrence of or could constitute a Special Mandatory Redemption Event has occurred and, until it shall have actual knowledge or notice pursuant to the Trust Deed to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no Special Mandatory Redemption Event or other such event has occurred.

 

6.9

Redemption for a Change of Control Put Event

 

  (a)

If a Change of Control Put Option is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement and a Change of Control Put Event occurs, the holder of any such Note will have the option (a “Change of Control Put Option”) (unless prior to the giving of the relevant Change of Control Put Event Notice the Issuer has given notice of redemption under Condition 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 or 6.8 hereof (if all Notes to be redeemed, where applicable))) to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) all, but not some only, of such holder’s Notes on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount (as specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement), together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

 

  (b)

Promptly, and in any event not later than seven calendar days, after becoming aware of the occurrence of a Change of Control Put Event, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing and give notice (a “Change of Control Put Event Notice”) to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) specifying: (A) the nature of the Change of Control Put Event, (B) the procedure for exercising the Change of Control Put Option, (C) that a Change of Control Put Notice once given may not be revoked, (D) the last day of the Change of Control Put Period and (E) the Change of Control Put Date.

 

61


  (c)

To exercise the Change of Control Put Option the holder of this Note must deliver, at the specified office of any Paying Agent at any time during normal business hours of such Paying Agent falling within the period (the “Change of Control Put Period”) of 45 calendar days after a Change of Control Put Event Notice is given, accompanied by a duly signed and completed notice of exercise in the form (for the time being current) obtainable from the specified office of any Paying Agent (a “Change of Control Put Notice”) and in which the holder must specify a bank account (or, if payment is required to be made by cheque, an address) to which payment is to be made under this Condition accompanied by, if this Note is in definitive form, this Note or evidence satisfactory to the Paying Agent concerned that this Note will, following delivery of the Put Notice, be held to its order or under its control. The “Change of Control Put Date” shall be the date falling seven London business days after the expiration of the Change of Control Put Period.

 

  (d)

A Change of Control Put Notice, once given, shall be irrevocable, except where prior to the Change of Control Put Date, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which event the relevant Noteholder, at its option, may elect by notice to the Issuer to withdraw the Change of Control Put Notice and instead to instruct the Trustee to give notice that the Notes the subject of the Change of Control Put Notice are immediately due and payable under Condition 9 (Events of Default). The Notes shall then become immediately due and payable if the Trustee declares all of the Notes immediately due and payable in accordance with Condition 9 (Events of Default).

 

  (e)

The Issuer shall redeem or purchase (or procure the purchase of) the Notes on the Change of Control Put Date unless previously redeemed (or purchased) and cancelled.

 

  (f)

The Trustee is under no obligation to ascertain whether a Change of Control Put Event or any event which could lead to the occurrence of or could constitute a Change of Control Put Event has occurred and, until it shall have actual knowledge or notice pursuant to the Trust Deed to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no Change of Control Put Event or other such event has occurred.

 

6.10

Early Redemption Amounts

For the purpose of paragraph 6.2 above and Condition 9 (Events of Default), each Note will be redeemed at the Early Redemption Amount calculated as follows:

 

  (a)

in the case of a Note with a Final Redemption Amount equal to the Issue Price, at the Final Redemption Amount thereof; or

 

  (b)

in the case of a Note (other than a Zero Coupon Note) with a Final Redemption Amount which is or may be less or greater than the Issue Price or which is payable in a Specified Currency other than that in which the Note is denominated, at the amount specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the applicable Pricing Supplement or, if no such amount or manner is so specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, at its nominal amount; or

 

  (c)

in the case of a Zero Coupon Note, at an amount (the “Amortised Face Amount”) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

Early Redemption Amount = RP x (1 + AY)y

where:

RP” means the Reference Price;

AY” means the Accrual Yield expressed as a decimal; and

 

62


y” is the Day Count Fraction specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement which will be either (i) 30/360 (in which case the numerator will be equal to the number of days (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each) from (and including) the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which such Note becomes due and repayable and the denominator will be 360) or (ii) Actual/360 (in which case the numerator will be equal to the actual number of days from (and including) the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which such Note becomes due and repayable and the denominator will be 360) or (iii) Actual/365 (Fixed), Actual/365 or Actual/Actual (in which case the numerator will be equal to the actual number of days from (and including) the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which such Note becomes due and repayable and the denominator will be 365).

 

6.11

Purchases

The Issuer, the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Guarantor may at any time purchase Notes (provided that, in the case of definitive Notes, all unmatured Coupons and Talons appertaining thereto are purchased therewith) at any price in the open market or otherwise. Such Notes may be held, reissued, resold or, at the option of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the relevant Subsidiary of the Guarantor, surrendered to any Paying Agent for cancellation.

 

6.12

Cancellation

All Notes which are redeemed will forthwith be cancelled (together with all unmatured Coupons and Talons attached thereto or surrendered therewith at the time of redemption). All Notes so cancelled (together with all unmatured Coupons and Talons cancelled therewith) shall be forwarded to the Agent and cannot be reissued or resold.

 

6.13

Late Payment on Zero Coupon Notes

If the amount payable in respect of any Zero Coupon Note upon redemption of such Zero Coupon Note pursuant to paragraph 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 or 6.9 above or upon its becoming due and repayable as provided in Condition 9 (Events of Default) is improperly withheld or refused, the amount due and repayable in respect of such Zero Coupon Note shall be the amount calculated as provided in paragraph 6.10(c) above as though the references therein to the date fixed for the redemption or the date upon which such Zero Coupon Note becomes due and payable were replaced by references to the date which is the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the date on which all amounts due in respect of such Zero Coupon Note have been paid; and

 

  (b)

five days after the date on which the full amount of the moneys payable in respect of such Zero Coupon Notes has been received by the Agent or the Trustee and notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices).

 

7.

TAXATION

 

7.1

All payments of principal and interest (if any) by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantor will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges (together, the “Taxes”) of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or on behalf of any Relevant Tax Jurisdiction, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the Issuer or the Guarantor (as the case may be) shall, subject to the final paragraph of this Condition 7 below, pay such additional amounts as will result in the receipt by the Noteholders and the Couponholders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such Taxes been required to be withheld or deducted; provided that no such additional amounts will be payable in respect of Notes or Coupons:

 

  (a)

presented for payment by or on behalf of a Noteholder or Couponholder who is liable for such withheld or deducted Taxes by reason of his having some connection with a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction other than the mere holding of a Note or Coupon; or

 

63


  (b)

to, or to a third party on behalf of, a Noteholder or Couponholder if such withholding or deduction may be avoided by the Noteholder or Couponholder complying with any statutory requirement or by making a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim for exemption, unless such Noteholder or Couponholder proves that he is not entitled so to comply or to make such declaration or claim; or

 

  (c)

presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that a Noteholder or Couponholder would have been entitled to payment of such additional amounts if he had presented his Note or Coupon for payment on the thirtieth day after the Relevant Date (assuming that day to have been a Payment Day; or

 

  (d)

presented for payment by or on behalf of a Noteholder or Couponholder who would be able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting this Note or Coupon to another Paying Agent; or

 

  (e)

where the Issuer is CH Capital BV, presented for payment by or on behalf of a Noteholder or Couponholder who is subject to such Taxes pursuant to the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021); or

 

  (f)

any combination of the above.

 

7.2

All payments of principal and interest (if any) by the Issuer or the Guarantor will be made in all cases subject to any withholding or deduction required pursuant to an agreement described in Section 1471(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, any regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof, or law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto. Any such amounts withheld or deducted will be treated as paid for all purposes under the Notes, and no additional amounts will be paid in respect of the Notes or Coupons with respect to any such withholding or deduction.

 

8.

PRESCRIPTION

 

8.1

The Notes and Coupons will become void unless presented for payment within a period of 10 years (in the case of principal) and five years (in the case of interest) after the Relevant Date therefor.

 

8.2

There shall not be included in any Coupon sheet issued on exchange of a Talon any Coupon the claim for payment in respect of which would be void pursuant to this Condition or Condition 5.2 (Presentation of Definitive Notes and Coupons) or any Talon which would be void pursuant to Condition 5.2 (Presentation of Definitive Notes and Coupons).

 

9.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

9.1

The Trustee at its discretion may, and if so requested in writing by Noteholders holding at least one quarter in nominal amount of the Notes then outstanding or if so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution shall (subject in each case to being indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction), (provided that, except in the case of the happening of the event mentioned in paragraph (a), (c) and (e)(i) below, the Trustee shall have certified that in its opinion such event is materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders) give notice to the Issuer and the Guarantor, that the Notes are, and they shall thereby immediately become, due and repayable at their Early Redemption Amount (as described in Condition 6.10 (Purchases) together with accrued interest as provided in the Trust Deed (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes to which the provisions of Condition 6.13 (Late

 

64


 

Payment on Zero Coupon Notes) apply), if any of the following events shall occur (each, following certification as aforesaid, an “Event of Default”) and be continuing:

 

  (a)

the Issuer, failing whom the Guarantor, fails to pay the principal of any Notes within seven business days of the due date or fails to pay any interest (if any) in respect of the Notes within 14 business days of the due date and for the purposes of this paragraph “business day” shall mean a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which commercial banks are open for business in London; or

 

  (b)

the Issuer defaults in performance or observance of or compliance with any of its other undertakings set out in the Notes or the Trust Deed or the Guarantor defaults in performance or observance of or compliance with any of its obligations under the Notes or the Trust Deed, which default is incapable of remedy or which, if capable of remedy, is not remedied to the Trustee’s satisfaction within 30 days (or such longer period as the Trustee may permit) after written notice requiring remedy of such default shall have been given to the Issuer and the Guarantor by the Trustee; or

 

  (c)

any indebtedness for borrowed moneys of, or in relation to an indemnity or guarantee given by, either the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary, having in any particular case an outstanding principal amount of at least £100,000,000 (or its equivalent, from time to time, in any other currency), becomes due and payable prior to its stated maturity by reason of an event of default in relation thereto or is not paid on its due date or after any applicable period of grace; or

 

  (d)

a distress or execution or other legal process is levied or enforced against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, or an administrative or other receiver or an administrator is appointed of, the whole or any part (which is substantial in relation to the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole) of the assets or undertakings of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary and is not stayed, removed, discharged or paid out within 30 days;

 

  (e)

the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary (i) is unable to pay its debts generally as they fall due or makes or enters into a general assignment or an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors generally or an effective resolution is passed or an order is made for the winding up of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary or the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary stops payment of its obligations generally or (ii) ceases to carry on its business or a part thereof which is substantial in relation to the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (except in any case for the purpose of a reconstruction, union, transfer, merger or amalgamation effected with the consent of the Trustee and except, in the case of a Principal Subsidiary, for the purpose of a reconstruction, union, transfer, merger or amalgamation pursuant to which all of its property, assets and undertaking are transferred to either the Issuer, the Guarantor, another Principal Subsidiary, or an entity that will, as a consequence of such transaction, become a Principal Subsidiary);or

 

  (f)

the Guarantee ceases to be, or is claimed by the Issuer or the Guarantor not to be, in full force and effect.

 

9.2

A certificate signed by any two Directors of the Guarantor or by any one Director and a Secretary of the Guarantor to the effect that in their opinion a Subsidiary of the Issuer is or is not or was or was not at any particular time or throughout any specified period a Principal Subsidiary shall, in the absence of a manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

10.

REPLACEMENT OF NOTES, COUPONS AND TALONS

Should any Note, Coupon or Talon be lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced at the specified office of the Agent upon payment by the claimant of such costs and expenses as may be incurred in connection therewith and on such terms as to evidence and indemnity as the Issuer may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Notes, Coupons or Talons must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

 

65


11.

ENFORCEMENT

 

11.1

The Trustee may, at its discretion and without further notice, institute such proceedings against the Issuer or the Guarantor as it may think fit to enforce any obligation, condition or provision binding on the Issuer or the Guarantor under the Notes or Coupons or under the Trust Deed, but shall not be bound to do so unless:

 

  (a)

it has been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution or in writing by the holders of at least one-quarter of the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding; and

 

  (b)

it has been indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction.

 

11.2

No Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to institute proceedings directly against the Issuer or the Guarantor unless the Trustee, having become bound to proceed as aforesaid, (i) fails to do so within 60 days or (ii) is unable for any reason to do so, and such failure or inability is continuing.

 

12.

INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE

The Trust Deed contains provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee and for its relief from responsibility, including provisions relieving it from any obligation to take proceedings to enforce repayment unless indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction. The Trust Deed also contains provisions pursuant to which the Trustee is entitled inter alia, (i) to enter into business transactions with each Issuer, the Guarantor and/or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor and to act as trustee for the holders of any other securities issued or guaranteed by or relating to either Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor, (ii) to exercise and enforce its rights, comply with its obligations and perform its duties under or in relation to any such transactions or, as the case may be, any such trusteeship without regard to the interests of, or consequences for, the Noteholders or Couponholders, and (iii) to retain and not be liable to account for any profit made or any other amount or benefit received thereby or in connection therewith.

 

13.

PAYING AGENTS

 

13.1

The names of the initial Paying Agents and their initial specified offices are set out below. If any additional Paying Agents are appointed in connection with any Series of Notes, the names of such Paying Agents will be specified in Part B of the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

13.2

The Issuer is entitled, with the prior written approval of the Trustee, to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying Agent and/or appoint additional or other Paying Agents and/or approve any change in the specified office through which any Paying Agent acts, provided that:

 

  (a)

it will at all times maintain an Agent;

 

  (b)

there will at all times be a Paying Agent in a jurisdiction within Europe, other than the jurisdictions in which the Issuer and the Guarantor are incorporated; and

 

  (c)

so long as the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or admitted to listing by another relevant authority, there will at all times be a Paying Agent with a specified office in such place as may be required by the rules and regulations of the relevant stock exchange or such other relevant authority.

 

13.3

In addition, the Issuer shall forthwith appoint a Paying Agent having a specified office in New York City in the circumstances described in Condition 5.4 (General Provisions Applicable to Payments). Any variation, termination, appointment or change shall only take effect (other than in the case of insolvency, when it shall be of immediate effect) after not less than 30 nor more than 45 days’ prior notice thereof shall have been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices).

 

66


13.4

In acting under the Agency Agreement, the Paying Agents act solely as agents of the Issuer and the Guarantor and, in certain limited circumstances, of the Trustee and do not assume any obligation to, or relationship of agency or trust with, any Noteholders or Couponholders. The Agency Agreement contains provisions permitting any entity into which any Paying Agent is merged or converted or with which it is consolidated or to which it transfers all or substantially all of its assets to become the successor paying agent.

 

14.

EXCHANGE OF TALONS

On and after the Interest Payment Date on which the final Coupon comprised in any Coupon sheet matures, the Talon (if any) forming part of such Coupon sheet may be surrendered at the specified office of the Agent or any other Paying Agent in exchange for a further Coupon sheet including (if such further Coupon sheet does not include Coupons to (and including) the final date for the payment of interest due in respect of the Note to which it appertains) a further Talon, subject to the provisions of Condition 8 (Prescription).

 

15.

NOTICES

 

15.1

All notices regarding the Notes will be deemed to be validly given if published in a leading English language daily newspaper of general circulation in London. It is expected that any such publication will be made in the Financial Times in London. The Issuer shall also ensure that notices are duly published in a manner which complies with the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or other relevant authority on which the Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to trading. Any such notice will be deemed to have been given on the date of the first publication or, where required to be published in more than one newspaper, on the date of the first publication in all required newspapers.

 

15.2

Until such time as any definitive Notes are issued, there may, so long as any Global Notes representing the Notes are held in their entirety on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, be substituted for such publication in such newspaper(s) the delivery of the relevant notice to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg for communication by them to the holders of the Notes and, in addition, for so long as any Notes are listed on a stock exchange or admitted to trading by another relevant authority and the rules of that stock exchange or other relevant authority so require, such notice will be published in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the place or places required by that stock exchange or any relevant authority. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given to the holders of the Notes on the day on which the said notice was given to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg.

 

15.3

Notices to be given by any Noteholder shall be in writing and given by lodging the same, together (in the case of any Note in definitive form) with the relative definitive Note or definitive Notes, with the Agent. Whilst any of the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such notice may be given by any holder of a Note to the Agent through Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, in such manner as the Agent, the Trustee and Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, may approve for this purpose.

 

16.

MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS, MODIFICATION, WAIVER AND SUBSTITUTION

 

16.1

The Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of the Noteholders to consider any matter affecting their interests, including proposals to modify by Extraordinary Resolution these Terms and Conditions or the provisions of the Trust Deed. The quorum at any such meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution will be one or more persons holding or representing a clear majority in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding, or at any adjourned meeting one or more persons being or representing Noteholders whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held or represented, except that, at any meeting the business of which includes the modification of certain material terms and conditions of the Notes and provisions of the Trust Deed (as set out therein), the necessary quorum for passing an Extraordinary Resolution will be one or more persons holding or representing not less than three-quarters, or at any adjourned such meeting not less than one-quarter, of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding. A Resolution passed at any meeting of Noteholders will be binding on all Noteholders, whether or not they are present at the meeting, and on all Couponholders. An Extraordinary Resolution may also

 

67


 

be effected in writing executed by or on behalf of the persons holding or representing not less than 75 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding or by way of electronic consents through Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) by or on behalf of holders of not less than 75 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding. The Trust Deed contains provisions for convening a single meeting of the Noteholders and the holders of notes of other Series in certain circumstances where the Trustee so decides.

 

16.2

The Trustee may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, to any modification (subject as provided above) of, or to any waiver or authorisation of any breach or proposed breach of any provision of the Notes or the Trust Deed or determine without any such consent as aforesaid, that any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (as defined in the Trust Deed) shall not be treated as such, where, in any such case, it is not, in the opinion of the Trustee, materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders or to any modification to correct a manifest or a formal, minor or technical error or an error which in the opinion of the Trustee is proven. In addition, the Trustee shall be obliged to concur with the Issuer in using its reasonable endeavours to effect any Benchmark Amendments to the circumstances and as otherwise set out in Condition 4.2(b)(v) without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders.

 

16.3

By their holding of the Notes each Noteholder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon plc which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger (the “Demerger Capital Reduction”), (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer, or such person as the Issuer shall nominate, as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon plc to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

 

16.4

When implementing any modification pursuant to this Condition 16, the Trustee shall not be obliged to agree to any modification which, in the sole opinion of the Trustee would have the effect of (i) exposing the Trustee to any liability against which it has not been indemnified and/or secured and/or pre-funded to its satisfaction or (ii) increasing the obligations, responsibilities or duties, or decreasing the rights, powers, authorisations, discretions, indemnification or protections, of the Trustee under these presents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any supplemental trust deed) in any way.

 

16.5

Any such modification, waiver, authorisation or determination shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee agrees otherwise, any such modification shall be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

16.6

The Trustee may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, to the substitution at any time or times of (i) any Associate (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the Issuer or any successor company of the Issuer or any such Associate, as the principal debtor under the Trust Deed and the Notes or (ii) any Successor in Business or Holding Company of the Guarantor, as guarantor under the Trust Deed and the Notes. Such agreement shall also be subject to the relevant provisions of the Trust Deed, such amendments thereof and such other conditions as the Trustee may approve or require. In the case of any proposed substitution, the Trustee may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, to a change of the law governing the Notes, the Coupons and/or the Trust Deed, provided that such change would not, in the opinion of the Trustee, be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders.

 

16.7

In connection with the exercise of its powers, trusts, authorities and discretions (including but not limited to those in relation to any proposed modification, waiver, authorisation, determination, substitution or change of law as aforesaid), the Trustee shall have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not have regard to any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) and, in particular but without limitation shall not have regard to the consequences of such exercise for individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory, and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder or Couponholder be entitled to

 

68


 

claim, from the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any other person any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders or Couponholders except to the extent already provided in Condition 7 (Taxation) or any undertaking given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor pursuant to the Trust Deed.

 

17.

FURTHER ISSUES

The Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders to create and issue further notes having terms and conditions the same as the Notes or the same in all respects save for the amount and date of the first payment of interest thereon and so that the same shall be consolidated and form a single Series with the outstanding Notes.

 

18.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

No rights are conferred on any person under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of the Notes, but this does not affect any right or remedy of any person which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

19.

GOVERNING LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

19.1

Governing Law

The Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement, the Notes and the Coupons are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with the Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement, the Notes and the Coupons, whether contractual or non-contractual, is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

19.2

Submission to Jurisdiction

 

  (a)

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor has irrevocably agreed in the Trust Deed for the benefit of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders, that the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with the Trust Deed, the Notes and/or the Coupons and that accordingly any suit, action or proceedings (together referred to as “Proceedings”) arising out of or in connection with the Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons may be brought in such courts.

 

  (b)

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor has in the Trust Deed irrevocably and unconditionally waived any objection which it may have now or hereafter to the laying of the venue of any such Proceedings in any such court and any claim that any such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum, hereby irrevocably agrees that a judgment in any such Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon it and hereby irrevocably waives any objection to the enforcement of that judgement in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (c)

To the extent allowed by law, nothing contained in this Condition shall limit any right to take Proceedings against the Issuer in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

20.

DEFINITIONS

In these Terms and Conditions, unless the context otherwise requires, the following defined terms shall have the meanings set out below:

Adjustment Spread” means a spread (which may be positive or negative) or formula or methodology for calculating a spread, which the relevant Independent Adviser determines is required to be applied to a Successor Reference Rate or an Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable) and is the spread, formula or methodology which:

 

  (a)

in the case of a Successor Reference Rate, is formally recommended or formally provided as an option for parties to adopt in relation to the replacement of the Original Reference Rate with such Successor Reference Rate by any Relevant Nominating Body; or

 

69


  (b)

in the case of a Successor Reference Rate for which no such recommendation has been made or in the case of an Alternative Reference Rate, the relevant Independent Adviser determines is recognised or acknowledged as being in customary market usage in international debt capital markets transactions which reference the Original Reference Rate, where such rate has been replaced by such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable); or

 

  (c)

if no such customary market usage is recognised or acknowledged, the relevant Independent Adviser in its discretion determines (acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner) to be appropriate in order to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable in the circumstances, any economic prejudice or benefit (as applicable) to Noteholders as a result of the replacement of the Original Reference Rate with such Successor Reference Rate or Alternative Reference Rate (as applicable).

Alternative Reference Rate” means such rate as the Independent Adviser and the Issuer acting in good faith agree has replaced the relevant Original Reference Rate in customary market usage for the purposes of determining floating rates of interest (or the relevant component thereof), or, if the Independent Adviser and the Issuer agree that there is no such rate, such other rate as the Independent Adviser and the Issuer acting in good faith agree is most comparable to the relevant Original Reference Rate;

Benchmark Event” means:

 

  (a)

the relevant Original Reference Rate has ceased to be published on the Relevant Screen Page as a result of such benchmark ceasing to be calculated or administered; or

 

  (b)

a public statement by the administrator of the relevant Original Reference Rate that it has or will, by a specified future date (the “Specified Future Date”), cease publishing such Original Reference Rate permanently or indefinitely (in circumstances where no successor administrator has been appointed that will continue publication of such Original Reference Rate); or

 

  (c)

a public statement by the supervisor of the administrator of the relevant Original Reference Rate that such Original Reference Rate has been or will be, by a Specified Future Date, permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

  (d)

a public statement by the supervisor of the administrator of the relevant Original Reference Rate that means that such Original Reference Rate will be prohibited from being used or that its use will be subject to restrictions or adverse consequences, in each case by a Specified Future Date; or

 

  (e)

there has taken place a change in customary market practice in the international debt capital markets applicable generally to floating rate notes denominated in the Specified Currency (determined according to factors including, but not limited, to public statements, opinions and publications of industries bodies and organisations) that, in the view of the Issuer (acting in good faith and commercially), such Original Reference Rate is no longer representative of an underlying market or the methodology to calculate such Original Reference Rate has materially changed; or

 

  (f)

it has or will on or prior to a specified date within the following 6 months become unlawful for the Agent or the Issuer to calculate any payments due to be made to any Noteholder using the relevant Original Reference Rate (including, without limitation, under the Benchmarks Regulation, if applicable).

 

70


Notwithstanding the sub-paragraphs above, where the relevant Benchmark Event is a public statement within (b), (c) or (d) above and the Specified Future Date in the public statement is more than six months after the date of the public statement, the Benchmark Event shall not be deemed to occur until the date falling six months prior to such Specified Future Date.

Benchmarks Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2016/1011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2016 on indices used as benchmarks in financial instruments and financial contracts or to measure the performance of investment funds and amending Directives 2008/48/EC and 2014/17/EU and Regulation (EU) No 596/2014, or such Regulation as it forms part of domestic law in the United Kingdom by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

Business Day” means a day which is both:

 

  (a)

a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in each Additional Business Centre specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

  (b)

if TARGET2 System is specified as an Additional Business Centre in the applicable Pricing Supplement, a day on which TARGET2 is open; and

 

  (c)

either (1) in relation to any sum payable in a Specified Currency other than euro, a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant Specified Currency (which, if the Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Melbourne and Auckland, respectively) or (2) in relation to any sum payable in euro, a day on which TARGET2 (or any successor thereto) is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

CA Selected Bond” means a government security or securities (which, if the Specified Currency is euro, will be a German Bundesobligationen) selected by the Calculation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed and that would be utilised, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes;

Calculation Agent” means a leading investment, merchant or commercial bank appointed by the Issuer for the purposes of calculating the relevant Make-Whole Redemption Amount, and notified to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices);

CH Group” means GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited and its Subsidiaries and Subsidiary Undertakings;

A “Change of Control” with respect to any Notes will be deemed to occur if, after the Guarantee Assumption Date:

 

  (a)

a person or persons acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers), other than a holding company (as defined in Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006, as amended) whose shareholders are or are to be substantially similar to the pre-existing shareholders of Haleon plc or any holding company of Haleon plc, shall become interested (within the meaning of Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006, as amended) in (A) more than 50 per cent. of the issued or allotted ordinary share capital of Haleon plc (or any holding company of Haleon plc or (B) shares in the capital of Haleon plc (or any holding company of Haleon plc) carrying more than 50 per cent. of the voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of Haleon plc or any holding company of the Haleon plc; or

 

71


  (b)

Haleon plc ceases to own directly or indirectly, more than 50 per cent. of the outstanding share capital of the Issuer carrying voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of the Issuer.

Change of Control Period” means the period commencing on and including the Relevant Announcement Date and ending on and including the date falling 90 days after the Change of Control (or such longer period for which the Notes are under consideration (such consideration having been announced publicly within the period described above) for rating review or, as the case may be, rating by a Rating Agency, such period not to exceed 60 days from and including the public announcement of such consideration);

Change of Control Put Event” will be deemed to occur if a Change of Control has occurred and during the Change of Control Period either (i) a withdrawal or downgrade occurs to any one or more credit ratings assigned to the Notes so that none of the Rating Agencies then rating the Notes assign an Investment Grade rating to such Notes and, within the Change of Control Period, any one or more of such ratings is not subsequently (in the case of a downgrade) upgraded or (in the case of a withdrawal) reinstated to an Investment Grade; provided that (A) where a rating has been changed, the relevant Rating Agency announces publicly or confirms in writing to the Issuer or Haleon plc that such change resulted, in whole or in part, in anticipation of, or as a result of the occurrence of, the Change of Control; (B) in the case of a Potential Change of Control Announcement, a Change of Control Put Event will be deemed to have occurred only if and when the Change of Control referred to in such Potential Change of Control Announcement subsequently occurs; and (C) if there is only one credit rating assigned to the Notes, a Change of Control Put Event can only occur if that credit rating changes so that the relevant Rating Agency does not assign an Investment Grade rating to the Notes or (ii) a Negative Rating Event occurs. For the avoidance of doubt, a Change of Control Put Event will not have occurred, where the Notes were rated by the Rating Agencies below Investment Grade on or before a Change of Control has occurred and such rating has not been withdrawn or downgraded as a result of the Change of Control;

Day Count Fraction” means,

 

  (a)

in respect of the calculation of an amount of interest in accordance with Condition 4.1:

 

  (i)

if “Actual/Actual (ICMA)” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement:

 

  (a)

in the case of Notes where the number of days in the relevant period from (and including) the most recent Interest Payment Date (or, if none, the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the relevant payment date (the “Accrual Period”) is equal to or shorter than the Determination Period during which the Accrual Period ends, the number of days in such Accrual Period divided by the product of (1) the number of days in such Determination Period and (2) the number of Determination Dates (as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement) that would occur in one calendar year; or

 

  (b)

in the case of Notes where the Accrual Period is longer than the Determination Period during which the Accrual Period ends, the sum of:

 

  (1)

the number of days in such Accrual Period falling in the Determination Period in which the Accrual Period begins divided by the product of (x) the number of days in such Determination Period and (y) the number of Determination Dates (as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement) that would occur in one calendar year; and

 

  (2)

the number of days in such Accrual Period falling in the next Determination Period divided by the product of (x) the number of days in such Determination Period and (y) the number of Determination Dates that would occur in one calendar year; and

 

72


  (ii)

if “30/360”, “360/360” or “Bond Basis” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the number of days in the Interest Period in respect of which payment is being made divided by 360, calculated on a formula basis as follows:

Day Count Fraction =

 

LOGO

Where:

Y1” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

Y2” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

M1” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

M2” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

D1” is the first calendar day, expressed as a number, of the Interest Period, unless such number would be 31, in which case D will be 30; and

D2” is the calendar day, expressed as a number, immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period, unless such number would be 31 and D1 is greater than 29, in which case D2 will be 30.

In these Terms and Conditions:

Determination Period” means each period from (and including) a Determination Date to (but excluding) the next Determination Date (including, where either the Interest Commencement Date or the final Interest Payment Date is not a Determination Date, the period commencing on the first Determination Date prior to, and ending on the first Determination Date falling after, such date); and

sub-unit” means, with respect to any currency other than euro, the lowest amount of such currency that is available as legal tender in the country of such currency and, with respect to euro, means one cent.

 

  (b)

in respect of the calculation of an amount of interest in accordance with Condition 4.2:

 

  (A)

if “Actual/Actual” or “Actual/Actual (ISDA)” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365 (or, if any portion of that Interest Period falls in a leap year, the sum of (A) the actual number of days in that portion of the Interest Period falling in a leap year divided by 366 and (B) the actual number of days in that portion of the Interest Period falling in a non-leap year divided by 365);

 

  (B)

if “Actual/365 (Fixed)” is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365;

 

73


  (C)

if “Actual/360” is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360;

 

  (D)

if “30/360”, “360/360” or “Bond Basis” is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360, calculated on a formula basis as follows:

Day Count Fraction =

 

LOGO

Where:

Y1” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

Y2” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

M1” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

M2” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

D1” is the first calendar day, expressed as a number, of the Interest Period, unless such number would be 31, in which case D will be 30; and

D2” is the calendar day, expressed as a number, immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period, unless such number would be 31 and D1 is greater than 29, in which case D2 will be 30;

 

  (E)

if “30E/360” or “Eurobond Basis” is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360 (the number of days to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first day or last day of the Interest Period unless, in the case of the final Interest Period, the Maturity Date is the last day of the month of February, in which case the month of February shall not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month);

Demerger” means the separation and/or demerger (howsoever implemented) of the CH Group from GlaxoSmithKline plc with the result that (a) GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd becomes a Subsidiary Undertaking of Haleon plc, and (b) Haleon plc is listed;

Demerger Completion Notice” means a notice in writing signed by two Directors of GlaxoSmithKline plc, addressed to the Trustee and copied to the Noteholders pursuant to Condition 15 (Notices), certifying that the Demerger has occurred;

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd and its successors;

Guarantee Assumption Date” means the date on which GlaxoSmithKline plc ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon plc, in order to implement the Demerger;

 

74


Guarantee Assumption Notice” means a notice in writing signed by two Directors of GlaxoSmithKline plc, addressed to the Trustee and copied to the Noteholders pursuant to Condition 15 (Notices), certifying that the Guarantee Assumption Date has occurred;

Independent Adviser” means an independent financial institution of international repute or other independent financial adviser experienced in the international debt capital markets, in each case selected and appointed by the Issuer at its own expense;

Investment Grade” means in relation to the Notes: (a) a credit rating of BBB- or higher by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P); (b) a credit rating of Baa3 or higher by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Moody’s); (c) a credit rating of BBB- or higher by Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Fitch); or (d) an equivalent rating to either BBB- or Baa3, or higher, by any other Rating Agency;

Make-Whole Redemption Amount” means:

 

  (a)

the outstanding nominal amount of the relevant Note; or

 

  (b)

if higher, the sum, as determined by the Calculation Agent, of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to the Maturity Date (or, if Issuer Maturity Call (in addition to Make-Whole Redemption) is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, to the Issuer Maturity Call Period Commencement Date) (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the relevant Make-Whole Redemption Date on an annual basis at the Reference Bond Reference Rate plus the Make-Whole Redemption Margin (if any) specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Services Limited and its successors;

A “Negative Rating Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time there is no rating assigned to the Notes by a Rating Agency and the Issuer does not, by the end of the Change of Control Period, obtain an Investment Grade rating in respect of such Notes;

Original Reference Rate” means the Reference Rate originally specified for the purpose of determining the relevant Rate of Interest (or any relevant component part(s) thereof) applicable to the Notes (or, if applicable, any other Successor or Alternative Reference Rate (or component part thereof)) determined and applicable to the Notes pursuant to the earlier operation of Condition 4.2;

Payment Day” means any day which (subject to Condition 8 (Prescription)) is:

 

  (a)

a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in:

 

  (i)

in the case of Notes in definitive form only the relevant place of presentation; and

 

  (ii)

each Additional Financial Centre (other than TARGET2) specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

  (b)

if TARGET2 is specified as an Additional Financial Centre in the applicable Pricing Supplement, a day on which TARGET2 is open; and

 

  (c)

either (i) in relation to any sum payable in a Specified Currency other than euro, a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant Specified Currency (which, if the Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Melbourne and Auckland, respectively) or (ii) in relation to any sum payable in euro, a day on which TARGET2 is open;

 

75


“Potential Change of Control Announcement” means the earliest of any public announcement or statement by or on behalf of the Issuer or Haleon plc, any actual or potential bidder or any adviser acting on behalf of any actual or potential bidder relating to any potential Change of Control where within 180 days following the date of such announcement or statement, a Change of Control occurs;

Principal Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Relevant Group Holding Company whose total assets or total profits before interest payable and tax (“Gross Profits”) (attributable to the Relevant Group Holding Company) represent 10 per cent. or more of the consolidated total assets or consolidated Gross Profits (as the case may be) of the Relevant Group Holding Company and its Subsidiaries as reflected in the latest published audited consolidated financial statements of the Relevant Group Holding Company and its Subsidiaries (all as more particularly described in the Trust Deed); where total assets and total Gross Profits will, for such purposes, exclude assets and profits eliminated in the consolidation previously referred to in this definition;

Rating Agencies” means (a) S&P; (b) Moody’s; (c) Fitch or (d) if at least two of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch do not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, any other internationally recognised rating agency appointed by the Issuer to assign a credit rating to the Notes which shall be substituted for S&P, Moody’s or Fitch or all of them, as the case may be, and each, a “Rating Agency”;

Reference Bond” means (a) if CA Selected Bond is specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the relevant CA Selected Bond or (b) if CA Selected Bond is not specified as being applicable in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the security specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, provided that if the Calculation Agent advises the Issuer that, at the time at which the relevant Make-Whole Redemption Amount is to be determined, for reasons of illiquidity or otherwise, the relevant security specified is not appropriate for such purpose, such other central bank or government security as the Calculation Agent may, after consultation with the Issuer and with the advice of Reference Market Makers, determine to be appropriate;

Reference Bond Price” means (a) the average of five Reference Market Maker Quotations for the relevant Make-Whole Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such five Reference Market Maker Quotations (or, if there are two highest and/or two lowest quotations, excluding just one of such highest quotations and/or one of such lowest quotations, as the case may be), (b) if the Calculation Agent obtains fewer than five, but more than one, such Reference Market Maker Quotations, the average of all such quotations, or (c) if only one such Reference Market Maker Quotation is obtained, the amount of the Reference Market Maker Quotation so obtained;

Reference Market Maker Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Market Maker and any Make-Whole Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Calculation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Reference Bond (expressed in each case as a percentage of its nominal amount) quoted in writing to the Calculation Agent at the Quotation Time specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement on the Reference Bond Reference Rate Determination Date specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

Reference Market Makers” means five brokers or market makers of securities such as the Reference Bond selected by the Calculation Agent or such other five persons operating in the market for securities such as the Reference Bond as are selected by the Calculation Agent in consultation with the Issuer;

Reference Bond Reference Rate” means, with respect to any Make-Whole Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the equivalent yield to maturity of the Reference Bond, calculated using a price for the Reference Bond (expressed as a percentage of its nominal amount) equal to the Reference Bond Price for such Make-Whole Redemption Date. The Reference Bond Reference Rate will be calculated on the Reference Bond Reference Rate Determination Date specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

Relevant Announcement Date” means the date that is the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement, by or on behalf of the Issuer, Haleon plc, any bidder or any designated adviser, of the relevant Change of Control and (b) the date of the Potential Change of Control Announcement (if any);

 

76


Relevant Date” means, in respect of any payment, the date on which such payment first becomes due and payable, if the full amount of such money has not been received by the Agent or the Trustee prior to such date, or the date on which the full amount of such money having been so received by the Agent or Trustee, notice to that effect shall have been given in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices);

Relevant Group Holding Company” means, before the Guarantee Assumption Date, GlaxoSmithKline plc and, with effect on and from the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc;

Relevant Nominating Body” means, in respect of a Reference Rate:

 

  (a)

the central bank for the currency to which such reference rate relates, or any central bank or other supervisory authority which is responsible for supervising the administrator of such reference rate; or

 

  (b)

any working group or committee sponsored by, chaired or co-chaired by or constituted at the request of (i) the central bank for the currency to which such reference rate relates, (ii) any central bank or other supervisory authority which is responsible for supervising the administrator of such reference rate, (iii) a group of the aforementioned central banks or other supervisory authorities, or (iv) the Financial Stability Board or any part thereof;

Relevant Tax Jurisdiction” means, the United Kingdom in respect of the Guarantor and where the Issuer is CH Capital UK, the United Kingdom, and where the Issuer is CH Capital BV, the United Kingdom or The Netherlands, or in each case any political subdivision thereof or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax;

S&P” means S&P Global Ratings UK Limited and its successors;

Special Mandatory Redemption Amount” means the redemption price of the Notes specified as such in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

Special Mandatory Redemption Event” means (i) the Demerger not having completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date; or (ii) if earlier, GlaxoSmithKline plc releasing an announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger;

Subsidiary” means a subsidiary within the meaning of Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

Subsidiary Undertaking” has the meaning given to such term in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006;

Successor Reference Rate” means the rate that the relevant Independent Adviser determines is a successor to or replacement of the Original Reference Rate which is formally recommended by any Relevant Nominating Body; and

TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007 or any successor thereto.

 

77


SCHEDULE 2

Forms of Global and Definitive Notes, Coupons and Talons

Part 1 – Forms of Temporary Global Note

Part 1A

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

guaranteed by

in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

GLAXOSMITHKLINE plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

and

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

This Note is a Temporary Global Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes (the “Notes”) of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s) as are specified in the Pricing Supplement applicable to the Notes (the “Pricing Supplement”), a copy of which is attached hereto, of GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc (the “Issuer”). References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes as set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed (as defined below) as completed by the Pricing Supplement but, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Conditions and the information in the Pricing Supplement, the Pricing Supplement will prevail. Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Global Note. This Global Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed dated 16 March 2022 (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “Trust Deed”) and made between (inter alios) the Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc and Haleon plc and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee for the holders of the Notes.

For the purposes of this Temporary Global Note, “Guarantor” means (a) in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date (as defined in the Conditions), prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date, GlaxoSmithKline plc and, with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc and GlaxoSmithKline plc will be irrevocably and

 

1 

Include if the maturity of the Notes is more than one year.

 

78


unconditionally discharged and released from all obligations and liabilities under the Trust Deed, the Notes, the Guarantee and (for the avoidance of doubt, subject as provided for in the Programme Agrement) other any other document entered into by GlaxoSmithKline plc in connection with the Programme and/or any issue of Notes thereunder, without the need for any further action on the part of any person and (b) in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc.

The Issuer, subject as hereinafter provided and subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on the Maturity Date and/or on such earlier date(s) as all or any of the Notes represented by this Global Note may become due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable under the Conditions in respect of such Notes on each such date and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by this Global Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed, upon presentation and, at maturity, surrender of this Global Note to or to the order of the Agent or any of the other paying agents located outside the United States, its territories and possessions (except as provided in the Conditions) from time to time appointed by the Issuer in respect of the Notes, but in each case subject to the requirements as to certification provided herein.

If the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the aggregate amount from time to time entered in the records of both Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”, and together with Euroclear, the “relevant Clearing Systems”). The records of the relevant Clearing Systems (which expression in this Global Note means the records that each relevant Clearing System holds for its customers which reflect the amount of each such customer’s interest in the Notes) shall be conclusive evidence of the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note and, for these purposes, a statement issued by a relevant Clearing System (which statement shall be made available to the bearer upon request) stating the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the relevant Clearing System at that time.

If the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the amount stated in the applicable Pricing Supplement or, if lower, the nominal amount most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Part 2 or 3 of Schedule 1 hereto or in Schedule 2 hereto.

On any redemption of, or payment of interest being made in respect of, or purchase and cancellation of, any of the Notes represented by this Global Note the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(i)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems, and, upon any such entry being made, the nominal amount of the Notes recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems and represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled; or

 

(ii)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 1 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 1 hereto recording any such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. Upon any such redemption or purchase and cancellation, the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of such Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled.

Payments due in respect of Notes for the time being represented by this Global Note shall be made to the bearer of this Global Note and each payment so made will discharge the Issuer’s obligations in respect thereof. Any failure to make entries referred to above shall not affect such discharge.

 

79


Payments of principal and interest (if any) due prior to the Exchange Date (as defined below) will only be made to the bearer hereof to the extent that there is presented to the Agent by Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of a person entitled to a beneficial interest in a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (as shown by its records) a certificate of non-US beneficial ownership in the form required by it. The bearer of this Global Note will not (unless upon due presentation of this Global Note for exchange, delivery of the appropriate number of Definitive Notes (together, if applicable, with the Coupons and Talons appertaining thereto in or substantially in the forms set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed) or, as the case may be, issue and delivery (or, as the case may be, endorsement) of the Permanent Global Note is improperly withheld or refused and such withholding or refusal is continuing at the relevant payment date) be entitled to receive any payment hereon due on or after the Exchange Date.

On or after the date (the “Exchange Date”) which is 40 days after the Issue Date this Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge) in whole or in part for, as specified in the Pricing Supplement, either (a) Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and Talons in or substantially in the forms set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (on the basis that all the appropriate details have been included on the face of such Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and Talons and the Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions of the Pricing Supplement) has either been endorsed on or attached to such Definitive Notes) or (b) either (if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note) interests recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems in a Permanent Global Note or (if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note) a Permanent Global Note, which, in either case, is a Permanent Global Note in or substantially in the form set out in Part 2A of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (together with the Pricing Supplement attached thereto) upon notice being given by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note and subject, in the case of Definitive Notes, to such notice period as is specified in the Pricing Supplement.

If Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and/or Talons have already been issued in exchange for all the Notes represented for the time being by the Permanent Global Note, then this Global Note may only thereafter be exchanged for Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and/or Talons pursuant to the terms hereof. This Global Note may be exchanged by the bearer hereof on any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London.

The Issuer shall procure that Definitive Notes or (as the case may be) the Permanent Global Note shall be issued and delivered and (in the case of the Permanent Global Note where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note) interests in the Permanent Global Note shall be recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems in exchange for only that portion of this Global Note in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Agent by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of a person entitled to a beneficial interest in a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (as shown by its records) a certificate of non-US beneficial ownership in the form required by it.

On an exchange of the whole of this Global Note, this Global Note shall be surrendered to or to the order of the Agent. The Issuer shall procure that:

 

(i)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, on an exchange of the whole or part only of this Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems such that the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of this Global Note so exchanged; or

 

(ii)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, on an exchange of part only of this Global Note details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 2 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 2 hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer,

 

80


 

whereupon the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of this Global Note so exchanged. On any exchange of this Global Note for a Permanent Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 2 to the Permanent Global Note and the relevant space in Schedule 2 thereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer.

Until the exchange of the whole of this Global Note as aforesaid, the bearer hereof shall in all respects (except as otherwise provided herein) be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the bearer of Definitive Notes and the relative Coupons and Talons (if any) in the form(s) set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 (as applicable) of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed.

Each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on such nominal amount of such Notes, for which purpose the bearer of this Global Note shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed.

For so long as all of the Notes are represented by this Global Note and this Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, the option of the Noteholders provided for in Condition 6.7 and Condition 6.9 may be exercised by an accountholder giving notice to any Paying Agent in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg (which may include notice being given on his instructions by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any common depositary for them to such Paying Agent by electronic means) of the principal amount of the Notes in respect of which such option is exercised and at the same time presenting or procuring the presentation of this Global Note to such Paying Agent for notation accordingly within the time limits set forth in the relevant Condition.

This Global Note and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law. The Issuer hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the English Courts for all purposes in relation to this Global Note.

A person who is not party to this Global Note has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Global Note, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

This Global Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent and, if this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note (i) which is intended to be held in a manner which would allow Eurosystem eligibility or (ii) in respect of which the Issuer has notified the Agent that effectuation is to be applicable, effectuated by the entity appointed as common safekeeper by the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

81


IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed on its behalf.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC
By:    
Dated:   [●]
Authenticated without recourse,
warranty or liability by
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent
By:    
Effectuated without recourse, warranty or liability by
 
as common safekeeper
By:    

 

 

2

This should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note.

 

1


SCHEDULE 1*

Part 1 – Interest Payments

 

Date Made   Interest
Payment Date
  Total amount
of Interest
Payable
   Amount of
Interest Paid
   Confirmation of payment on
behalf of the
Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

* 

Schedule 1 should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

 

2


Part 2 – Redemptions

 

Date Made   Total amount
of principal
Payable
  Amount of
principal paid
   Remaining
Nominal
amount of this
Global Note
following such
redemption*
   Confirmation of
redemption on
behalf of the
Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

3


Part 3 – Purchases and Cancellations

 

Date Made   Part of nominal
amount of this
Global Note
Purchased and
Cancelled
 

Remaining Nominal
Amount of this
Global Note
Following suc
h Purchase and

Cancellation*

   Confirmation of
purchase and
cancellation on
behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

4


SCHEDULE 2*

Exchanges for Definitive Notes or Permanent Global Note

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Definitive Notes or a Permanent Global Note have been made:

 

Date Made   Nominal amount of
this Global Note
exchanged for
Definitive Notes or
a Permanent Global
Note
  Remaining nominal
Amount of this
Global Note
Following such
Exchange*
   Notation made on
behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

* 

Schedule 2 should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

5


Part 1B

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.

[(a private limited liability company incorporated in the Netherlands)]

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

guaranteed by

in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

prior (but excluding) to the Guarantee Assumption Date

GLAXOSMITHKLINE plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

and

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

This Note is a Temporary Global Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes (the “Notes”) of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s) as are specified in the Pricing Supplement applicable to the Notes (the “Pricing Supplement”), a copy of which is attached hereto, of GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. (the “Issuer”). References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes as set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed (as defined below) as completed by the Pricing Supplement but, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Conditions and the information in the Pricing Supplement, the Pricing Supplement will prevail. Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Global Note. This Global Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed dated 16 March 2022 (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “Trust Deed”) and made between (inter alios) GlaxoSmithKline plc and Haleon plc and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee for the holders of the Notes.

For the purposes of this Temporary Global Note, “Guarantor” means (a) in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date (as defined in the Conditions), prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date, GlaxoSmithKline plc and, with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc and GlaxoSmithKline plc will be irrevocably and unconditionally discharged and released from all obligations and liabilities under the Trust Deed, the Notes, the Guarantee and (for the avoidance of doubt, subject as provided for in the Programme Agreement) any other document entered into by GlaxoSmithKline plc in connection with the Programme, and/or any issue of Notes thereunder, without the need for any further action on the part of any person and (b) in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc.

 

1 

Include if the maturity of the Notes is more than one year.

 

6


The Issuer, subject as hereinafter provided and subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on the Maturity Date and/or on such earlier date(s) as all or any of the Notes represented by this Global Note may become due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable under the Conditions in respect of such Notes on each such date and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by this Global Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed, upon presentation and, at maturity, surrender of this Global Note to or to the order of the Agent at or any of the other paying agents located outside the United States, its territories and possessions (except as provided in the Conditions) from time to time appointed by the Issuer in respect of the Notes, but in each case subject to the requirements as to certification provided herein.

If the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the aggregate amount from time to time entered in the records of both Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream, Luxembourg” and together with Euroclear, the “relevant Clearing Systems”). The records of the relevant Clearing Systems (which expression in this Global Note means the records that each relevant Clearing System holds for its customers which reflect the amount of each such customer’s interest in the Notes) shall be conclusive evidence of the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note and, for these purposes, a statement issued by a relevant Clearing System (which statement shall be made available to the bearer upon request) stating the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the relevant Clearing System at that time.

If the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the amount stated in the applicable Pricing Supplement or, if lower, the nominal amount most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Part 2 or 3 of Schedule 1 hereto or in Schedule 2 hereto.

On any redemption of, or payment of interest being made in respect of, or purchase and cancellation of, any of the Notes represented by this Global Note the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(i)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems, and, upon any such entry being made, the nominal amount of the Notes recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems and represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled; or

 

(ii)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 1 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 1 hereto recording any such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. Upon any such redemption or purchase and cancellation, the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of such Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled.

Payments due in respect of Notes for the time being represented by this Global Note shall be made to the bearer of this Global Note and each payment so made will discharge the Issuer’s obligations in respect thereof. Any failure to make entries referred to above shall not affect such discharge.

Payments of principal and interest (if any) due prior to the Exchange Date (as defined below) will only be made to the bearer hereof to the extent that there is presented to the Agent by Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of a person entitled to a beneficial interest in a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (as shown by its records) a certificate of non-US beneficial ownership in the form required by it. The bearer of this Global Note will not (unless upon due presentation of this Global

 

7


Note for exchange, delivery of the appropriate number of Definitive Notes (together, if applicable, with the Coupons and Talons appertaining thereto in or substantially in the forms set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed) or, as the case may be, issue and delivery (or, as the case may be, endorsement) of the Permanent Global Note is improperly withheld or refused and such withholding or refusal is continuing at the relevant payment date) be entitled to receive any payment hereon due on or after the Exchange Date.

On or after the date (the “Exchange Date”) which is 40 days after the Issue Date this Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge) in whole or in part for, as specified in the Pricing Supplement, either (a) Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and Talons in or substantially in the forms set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (on the basis that all the appropriate details have been included on the face of such Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and Talons and the Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions of the Pricing Supplement) has either been endorsed on or attached to such Definitive Notes) or (b) either (if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note) interests recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems in a Permanent Global Note or (if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note) a Permanent Global Note, which, in either case, is a Permanent Global Note in or substantially in the form set out in Part 2B of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (together with the Pricing Supplement attached thereto) upon notice being given by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note and subject, in the case of Definitive Notes, to such notice period as is specified in the Pricing Supplement.

If Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and/or Talons have already been issued in exchange for all the Notes represented for the time being by the Permanent Global Note, then this Global Note may only thereafter be exchanged for Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and/or Talons pursuant to the terms hereof. This Global Note may be exchanged by the bearer hereof on any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London.

The Issuer shall procure that Definitive Notes or (as the case may be) the Permanent Global Note shall be issued and delivered and (in the case of the Permanent Global Note where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note) interests in the Permanent Global Note shall be recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems in exchange for only that portion of this Global Note in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Agent by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg a certificate to the effect that it has received from or in respect of a person entitled to a beneficial interest in a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (as shown by its records) a certificate of non-US beneficial ownership in the form required by it.

On an exchange of the whole of this Global Note, this Global Note shall be surrendered to or to the order of the Agent. The Issuer shall procure that:

 

(i)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, on an exchange of the whole or part only of this Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems such that the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of this Global Note so exchanged; or

 

(ii)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, on an exchange of part only of this Global Note details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 2 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 2 hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer, whereupon the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of this Global Note so exchanged. On any exchange of this Global Note for a Permanent Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 2 to the Permanent Global Note and the relevant space in Schedule 2 thereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer.

 

8


Until the exchange of the whole of this Global Note as aforesaid, the bearer hereof shall in all respects (except as otherwise provided herein) be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the bearer of Definitive Notes and the relative Coupons and Talons (if any) in the form(s) set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 (as applicable) of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed.

Each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on such nominal amount of such Notes, for which purpose the bearer of this Global Note shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed.

For so long as all of the Notes are represented by this Global Note and this Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, the option of the Noteholders provided for in Condition 6.7 and Condition 6.9 may be exercised by an accountholder giving notice to any Paying Agent in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg (which may include notice being given on his instructions by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any common depositary for them to such Paying Agent by electronic means) of the principal amount of the Notes in respect of which such option is exercised and at the same time presenting or procuring the presentation of this Global Note to such Paying Agent for notation accordingly within the time limits set forth in the relevant Condition.

This Global Note and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law. The Issuer hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the English Courts for all purposes in relation to this Global Note.

A person who is not party to this Global Note has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Global Note, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

This Global Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent and, if this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note (i) which is intended to be held in a manner which would allow Eurosystem eligibility or (ii) in respect of which the Issuer has notified the Agent that effectuation is to be applicable, effectuated by the entity appointed as common safekeeper by the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

9


IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed on its behalf.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.
By:    
Dated: [•]

Authenticated without recourse,

warranty or liability by

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent
By:    

 

1Effectuated without recourse, warranty or liability by
 
as common safekeeper

By:

   

 

1

This should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note.

 

10


SCHEDULE 1*

Part 1 – Interest Payments

 

Date Made  

Interest

Payment Date

 

Total amount

of Interest

Payable

  

Amount of

Interest Paid

  

Confirmation of

payment on

behalf of the

Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

* 

Schedule 1 should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

 

11


Part 2 – Redemptions

 

Date Made  

Total amount

of principal

Payable

 

Amount of

principal paid

  

Remaining

Nominal

amount of this

Global Note

following such
redemption*

  

Confirmation of
redemption on

behalf of the

Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

12


Part 3 – Purchases and Cancellations

 

Date Made  

Part of nominal

amount of this

Global Note

Purchased and

Cancelled

 

Remaining Nominal

Amount of this

Global Note

Following such

Purchase and

Cancellation*

  

Confirmation of

purchase and

cancellation on

behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

13


SCHEDULE 2*

Exchanges for Definitive Notes or Permanent Global Note

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Definitive Notes or a Permanent Global Note have been made:

 

Date Made

 

Nominal amount of

this Global Note

exchanged for

Definitive Notes or

a Permanent Global

Note

 

Remaining nominal

Amount of this

Global Note

Following such

Exchange*

  

Notation made on

behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

* 

Schedule 2 should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

14


Part 2 – Forms of Permanent Global Note

Part 2A

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

guaranteed by

in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

prior (but excluding) to the Guarantee Assumption Date

GLAXOSMITHKLINE plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

and

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

This Note is a Permanent Global Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes (the “Notes”) of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s) as are specified in the Pricing Supplement applicable to the Notes (the “Pricing Supplement”), a copy of which is attached hereto, of GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc (the “Issuer”). References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes as set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed (as defined below) as completed by the Pricing Supplement but, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Conditions and the information in the Pricing Supplement, the Pricing Supplement will prevail. Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Global Note. This Global Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed dated 16 March 2022 (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated, the “Trust Deed”) and made between (inter alios) the Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc and Haleon plc and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee for the holders of the Notes.

For the purposes of this Permanent Global Note, “Guarantor” means (a) in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date (as defined in the Conditions), prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date, GlaxoSmithKline plc and, with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc and GlaxoSmithKline plc will be irrevocably and unconditionally discharged and released from all obligations and liabilities under the Trust Deed, the Notes, the Guarantee and (for the avoidance of doubt, subject as provided for in the Programme Agreement) any other document entered into by GlaxoSmithKline plc in connection with the Programme and/or any issue of Notes thereunder, without the need for any further action on the part of any person and (b) in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc.

 

1 

Include if the maturity of the Notes is more than one year.

 

15


The Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on the Maturity Date and/or on such earlier date(s) as all or any of the Notes represented by this Global Note may become due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable under the Conditions in respect of such Notes on each such date and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by this Global Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed, upon presentation and, at maturity, surrender of this Global Note to or to the order of the Agent or any of the other paying agents located outside the United States, its territories and possessions (except as provided in the Conditions) from time to time appointed by the Issuer in respect of the Notes.

If the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the aggregate amount from time to time entered in the records of both Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream, Luxembourg” and, together with Euroclear, the “relevant Clearing Systems”). The records of the relevant Clearing Systems (which expression in this Global Note means the records that each relevant Clearing System holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customer’s interest in the Notes) shall be conclusive evidence of the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note and, for these purposes, a statement issued by a relevant Clearing System stating the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the relevant Clearing System at that time.

If the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the amount stated in the applicable Pricing Supplement or, if lower, the nominal amount most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Part 2 or Part 3 of Schedule 1 hereto or in Schedule 2 hereto.

On any redemption of, or payment of interest being made in respect of, or purchase and cancellation of, any of the Notes represented by this Global Note the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(i)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems and, upon any such entry being made, the nominal amount of the Notes recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems and represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled; or

 

(ii)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 1 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 1 hereto recording any such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. Upon any such redemption or purchase and cancellation, the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of such Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled.

Payments due in respect of Notes for the time being represented by this Global Note shall be made to the bearer of this Global Note and each payment so made will discharge the Issuer’s obligations in respect thereof and any failure to make entries referred to above shall not affect such discharge.

 

16


If the Notes represented by this Global Note were, on issue, represented by a Temporary Global Note then on any exchange of such Temporary Global Note for this Global Note or any part hereof, the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(i)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems such that the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be increased by the nominal amount of the Temporary Global Note so exchanged; or

 

(ii)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note,

details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 2 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 2 hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer, whereupon the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be increased by the nominal amount of the Temporary Global Note so exchanged.

This Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge) in whole but not in part for Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and Talons in or substantially in the forms set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (on the basis that all the appropriate details have been included on the face of such Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and Talons and the Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions of the Pricing Supplement) has been either endorsed on or attached to such Definitive Notes) either, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement:

 

(a)

upon not less than 60 days’ written notice being given to the Agent by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note); or

 

(b)

upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event.

An “Exchange Event” means:

 

  (i)

an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (ii)

the Issuer has been notified that both Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have been closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holiday, statutory or otherwise) or have announced an intention permanently to cease business or have in fact done so and no successor clearing system satisfactory to the Trustee is available; or

 

  (iii)

the Issuer has or will become subject to adverse tax consequences which would not be suffered were the Notes in definitive form and a certificate to such effect from two Directors of the Issuer has been given to the Trustee.

If this Global Note is exchangeable following the occurrence of an Exchange Event:

 

(A)

the Issuer will promptly give notice to Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 upon the occurrence of such Exchange Event; and

 

(B)

Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note) or the Trustee may give notice to the Agent requesting exchange and, in the event of the occurrence of an Exchange Event as described in (iii) above, the Issuer may also give notice to the Agent requesting exchange.

Any such exchange shall occur on a date specified in the notice not more than 45 days after the date of receipt of the first relevant notice by the Agent.

The first notice requesting exchange in accordance with the above provisions shall give rise to the issue of Definitive Notes for the total nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note.

Any such exchange as aforesaid will be made on any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London by the bearer of this Global Note.

 

17


The aggregate nominal amount of Definitive Notes issued upon an exchange of this Global Note will be equal to the aggregate nominal amount of this Global Note submitted by the bearer hereof for exchange (to the extent that such nominal amount does not exceed the nominal amount of this Global Note most recently entered in the relevant column in Part 2 or 3 of Schedule 1 hereto or in Schedule 2 hereto). On an exchange of the whole of this Global Note, this Global Note shall be surrendered to the Agent. On an exchange of part only of this Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 2 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 2 hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer, whereupon the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of this Global Note so exchanged.

Until the exchange of the whole of this Global Note as aforesaid, the bearer hereof shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the bearer of Definitive Notes and the relative Coupons and Talons (if any) in the form(s) set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 (as applicable) of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed.

Each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on such Notes, for which purpose the bearer of this Global Note shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed.

For so long as all of the Notes are represented by this Global Note and this Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, the option of the Noteholders provided for in Condition 6.7 and Condition 6.9 may be exercised by an accountholder giving notice to any Paying Agent in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg (which may include notice being given on his instructions by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any common depositary for them to such Paying Agent by electronic means) of the principal amount of the Notes in respect of which such option is exercised and at the same time presenting or procuring the presentation of this Global Note to such Paying Agent for notation accordingly within the time limits set forth in the relevant Condition.

This Global Note and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law. The Issuer hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the English Courts for all purposes in relation to this Global Note.

A person who is not party to this Global Note has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to ensure any term of this Global Note, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available from that Act.

This Global Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent and, if this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note (i) which is intended to be held in a manner which would allow Eurosystem eligibility or (ii) in respect of which the Issuer has notified the Agent that effectuation is to be applicable, effectuated by the entity appointed as common safekeeper by the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

18


IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed on its behalf.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC
By:    

Dated: [●]

 

Authenticated without recourse,

warranty or liability by

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent

By:

   

 

1 Effectuated without recourse,

warranty or liability by

 

as common safekeeper

By:    

 

 

1

This should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note.

 

19


SCHEDULE 1*

Part 1 – Interest Payments

 

Date Made   

Interest

Payment Date

  

Total amount

of Interest

Payable

  

Amount of

Interest Paid

  

Confirmation of

payment on

behalf of the

Issuer

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

* 

Schedule 1 should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

 

20


Part 2 – Redemptions

 

Date Made  

Total amount

of principal

Payable

 

Amount of

principal paid

 

Remaining

Nominal

amount of this

Global Note

following such redemption*

  

Confirmation of
redemption on

behalf of the

Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

21


Part 3 – Purchases and Cancellations

 

Date Made  

Part of nominal

amount of this

Global Note

Purchased and

Cancelled

 

Remaining Nominal

Amount of this

Global Note

Following such

Purchase and

Cancellation*

  

Confirmation of

purchase and

cancellation on

behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

22


SCHEDULE 2*

Schedule of Exchanges

The following exchanges affecting the nominal amount of this Global Note have been made:

 

Date Made  

Nominal amount of

Temporary Global

Note exchanged for

this Global Note

 

Remaining nominal

Amount of this

Global Note

Following such

Exchange*

  

Notation made on

behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

* 

Schedule 2 should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

23


Part 2B

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.

[(incorporated with limited liability in the Netherlands)]

PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

guaranteed by

in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

GLAXOSMITHKLINE plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

and

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

This Note is a Permanent Global Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes (the “Notes”) of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s) as are specified in the Pricing Supplement applicable to the Notes (the “Pricing Supplement”), a copy of which is attached hereto, of GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V. (the “Issuer”). References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes as set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed (as defined below) as completed by the Pricing Supplement but, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Conditions and the information in the Pricing Supplement, the Pricing Supplement will prevail. Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Global Note. This Global Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed dated 16 March 2022 (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated, the “Trust Deed”) and made between (inter alios) GlaxoSmithKline plc and Haleon plc and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee for the holders of the Notes.

For the purposes of this Permanent Global Note, “Guarantor” means (a) in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date (as defined in the Conditions), prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date, GlaxoSmithKline plc and, with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc and GlaxoSmithKline plc will be irrevocably and unconditionally discharged and released from all obligations and liabilities under the Trust Deed, the Notes, the Guarantee and (for the avoidance of doubt, subject as provided for in the Programme Agreement) any other document entered into by GlaxoSmithKline plc in connection with the Programme and/or any issue of Notes thereunder, without the need for any further action on the part of any person and (b) in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, Haleon plc.

 

 

1 

Include if the maturity of the Notes is more than one year.

 

24


The Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on the Maturity Date and/or on such earlier date(s) as all or any of the Notes represented by this Global Note may become due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable under the Conditions in respect of such Notes on each such date and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by this Global Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed, upon presentation and, at maturity, surrender of this Global Note to or to the order of the Agent or any of the other paying agents located outside the United States, its territories and possessions (except as provided in the Conditions) from time to time appointed by the Issuer in respect of the Notes.

If the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the aggregate amount from time to time entered in the records of both Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream, Luxembourg” and, together with Euroclear, the “relevant Clearing Systems”). The records of the relevant Clearing Systems (which expression in this Global Note means the records that each relevant Clearing System holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customer’s interest in the Notes) shall be conclusive evidence of the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note and, for these purposes, a statement issued by a relevant Clearing System stating the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the relevant Clearing System at that time.

If the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the amount stated in the applicable Pricing Supplement or, if lower, the nominal amount most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Part 2 or Part 3 of Schedule 1 hereto or in Schedule 2 hereto.

On any redemption of, or payment of interest being made in respect of, or purchase and cancellation of, any of the Notes represented by this Global Note the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(i)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems and, upon any such entry being made, the nominal amount of the Notes recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems and represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled; or

 

(ii)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 1 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 1 hereto recording any such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. Upon any such redemption or purchase and cancellation, the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of such Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled.

Payments due in respect of Notes for the time being represented by this Global Note shall be made to the bearer of this Global Note and each payment so made will discharge the Issuer’s obligations in respect thereof and any failure to make entries referred to above shall not affect such discharge.

 

25


If the Notes represented by this Global Note were, on issue, represented by a Temporary Global Note then on any exchange of such Temporary Global Note for this Global Note or any part hereof, the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(i)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems such that the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be increased by the nominal amount of the Temporary Global Note so exchanged; or

 

(ii)

if the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 2 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 2 hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer, whereupon the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be increased by the nominal amount of the Temporary Global Note so exchanged.

This Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge) in whole but not in part for Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and Talons in or substantially in the forms set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (on the basis that all the appropriate details have been included on the face of such Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and Talons and the Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions of the Pricing Supplement) has been either endorsed on or attached to such Definitive Notes) either, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement:

 

(a)

upon not less than 60 days’ written notice being given to the Agent by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note); or

 

(b)

upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event.

An “Exchange Event” means:

 

  (i)

an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (ii)

the Issuer has been notified that both Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have been closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holiday, statutory or otherwise) or have announced an intention permanently to cease business or have in fact done so and no successor clearing system satisfactory to the Trustee is available; or

 

  (iii)

the Issuer has or will become subject to adverse tax consequences which would not be suffered were the Notes in definitive form and a certificate to such effect from two Directors of the Issuer has been given to the Trustee.

If this Global Note is exchangeable following the occurrence of an Exchange Event:

 

(A)

the Issuer will promptly give notice to Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 upon the occurrence of such Exchange Event; and

 

(B)

Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note) or the Trustee may give notice to the Agent requesting exchange and, in the event of the occurrence of an Exchange Event as described in (iii) above, the Issuer may also give notice to the Agent requesting exchange.

Any such exchange shall occur on a date specified in the notice not more than 45 days after the date of receipt of the first relevant notice by the Agent.

The first notice requesting exchange in accordance with the above provisions shall give rise to the issue of Definitive Notes for the total nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note.

Any such exchange as aforesaid will be made on any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London by the bearer of this Global Note.

 

26


The aggregate nominal amount of Definitive Notes issued upon an exchange of this Global Note will be equal to the aggregate nominal amount of this Global Note submitted by the bearer hereof for exchange (to the extent that such nominal amount does not exceed the nominal amount of this Global Note most recently entered in the relevant column in Part 2 or 3 of Schedule 1 hereto or in Schedule 2 hereto). On an exchange of the whole of this Global Note, this Global Note shall be surrendered to the Agent. On an exchange of part only of this Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule 2 hereto and the relevant space in Schedule 2 hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer, whereupon the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of this Global Note so exchanged.

Until the exchange of the whole of this Global Note as aforesaid, the bearer hereof shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the bearer of Definitive Notes and the relative Coupons and Talons (if any) in the form(s) set out in Part 3, Part 4 and Part 5 (as applicable) of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed.

Each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on such Notes, for which purpose the bearer of this Global Note shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed.

For so long as all of the Notes are represented by this Global Note and this Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, the option of the Noteholders provided for in Condition 6.7 and Condition 6.9 may be exercised by an accountholder giving notice to any Paying Agent in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg (which may include notice being given on his instructions by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any common depositary for them to such Paying Agent by electronic means) of the principal amount of the Notes in respect of which such option is exercised and at the same time presenting or procuring the presentation of this Global Note to such Paying Agent for notation accordingly within the time limits set forth in the relevant Condition.

This Global Note and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law. The Issuer hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the English Courts for all purposes in relation to this Global Note.

A person who is not party to this Global Note has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to ensure any term of this Global Note, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available from that Act.

This Global Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent and, if this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note (i) which is intended to be held in a manner which would allow Eurosystem eligibility or (ii) in respect of which the Issuer has notified the Agent that effectuation is to be applicable, effectuated by the entity appointed as common safekeeper by the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

27


IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed on its behalf.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.
By:    
Dated:   [ • ]

 

Authenticated without recourse,

warranty or liability by

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent

By:    

 

1Effectuated without recourse,

warranty or liability by

 
as common safekeeper
By:    

 

 

1 

This should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note.

 

28


SCHEDULE 1*

Part 1 – Interest Payments

 

Date Made  

Interest

Payment Date

 

Total amount

of Interest

Payable

  

Amount of

Interest Paid

  

Confirmation of payment
on

behalf of the

Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

* 

Schedule 1 should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

 

29


Part 2 – Redemptions

 

Date Made  

Total amount

of principal Payable

 

Amount of

principal paid

 

Remaining

Nominal

amount of this

Global Note

following such redemption*

 

Confirmation of redemption
on

behalf of the

Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

30


Part 3 – Purchases and Cancellations

 

Date Made  

Part of nominal

amount of this

Global Note

Purchased and

Cancelled

 

Remaining Nominal

Amount of this

Global Note

Following such

Purchase and

Cancellation*

  

Confirmation of

purchase and

cancellation on

behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

31


SCHEDULE 2*

Schedule of Exchanges

The following exchanges affecting the nominal amount of this Global Note have been made:

 

Date Made  

Nominal amount of Temporary
Global

Note exchanged for

this Global Note

 

Remaining nominal

Amount of this

Global Note

Following such

Exchange*

  

Notation made on

behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

* 

Schedule 2 should only be completed where the Pricing Supplement indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

* 

See most recent entry in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 in order to determine this amount.

 

32


Part 3 – Form of Definitive Note

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc/GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.]2

(incorporated with limited liability in [England and Wales/The Netherlands]4)

[Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]

NOTES DUE

[Year of Maturity]

guaranteed by

[in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

GLAXOSMITHKLINE plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

and

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)] 3

[in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)]4

This Note is one of a Series of Notes of [Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s)] each (“Notes”) of [GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc/GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital NL B.V.] (the “Issuer”). References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions [endorsed hereon]/[set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed (as defined below)] which shall be incorporated by reference herein and have effect as if set out hereon] as completed by the Pricing Supplement (the “Pricing Supplement”) (or the relevant provisions thereof) endorsed hereon but, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the said Terms and Conditions and the information in the Pricing Supplement, the Pricing Supplement will prevail. “Words” and “expressions” defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Note. This Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed dated 16 March 2022 such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “Trust Deed”) and made between (inter alios) the Issuer, GlaxoSmithKline plc and Haleon plc and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as trustee for the holders of the Notes.

The Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on [the Maturity Date] [the Interest Payment Date falling in the Redemption Month] or on such earlier date as this Note may become due and repayable in accordance with the

 

 

1 

Include if the maturity of the Notes is more than one year.

2 

Delete as applicable.

3 

Include in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date.

4 

Include in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date.

 

33


Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable on redemption of this Note and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of this Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed.

Title to this Note and to any Coupon or Talon appertaining hereto shall pass by delivery. The Issuer may treat the bearer hereof as the absolute owner of this Note for all purposes (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon or notice of any previous loss or theft or trust or other interest herein).

This Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Agent.

IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed in facsimile on its behalf.

[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC/GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.]5

By:    
Dated:  

[            ]

Authenticated without recourse, warranty or liability by
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
By:    

 

 

5 

Delete as applicable.

 

34


Terms and Conditions of the Notes

[Terms and Conditions to be as set out in Schedule 1 to this Trust Deed or such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee, and the relevant Dealer(s), but shall not be endorsed if not required by the relevant Stock Exchange.]

 

35


Pricing Supplement

Here to be set out text of Pricing Supplement relating to the Notes (or the relevant provisions thereof)

 

36


Part 4 - Form of Coupon

On the front:

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC /GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.]2

[Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]

NOTES DUE

[Year of Maturity]

guaranteed by

[in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

GLAXOSMITHKLINE plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

and

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)]3

[in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)]4

Series No. [                ]

[Coupon appertaining to a Note in the denomination of [Specified Currency and Specified Denomination]]5.

Part A

[For Fixed Rate Notes:

 

This Coupon is payable to bearer, separately negotiable and subject to the Terms and Conditions of the said Notes.

  

Coupon for [            ] due on[            ], [             ]]

 

 

1 

Include if the maturity of the Notes is more than one year.

2 

Delete as applicable.

3 

Include in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date.

4 

Include in respect of Notes issued from (and including) Guarantee Assumption Date.

5 

Delete where the Notes are all of the same denomination.

 

37


Part B

[For Floating Rate Notes:

 

Coupon for the amount due in accordance with the Terms and Conditions endorsed on, attached to or incorporated by reference into the said Notes on the Interest Payment Date falling in [            ] [            ].

  

Coupon due in [            ] [            ]

This Coupon is payable to bearer, separately negotiable and subject to such Terms and Conditions, under which it may become void before its due date.]

  

[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC /GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.]6

 

By:    

  

 

6 

Delete as applicable.

 

38


Part 5 – Form of Talon

On the front:

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC /GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.]2

[Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]

NOTES DUE

[Year of Maturity]

guaranteed by

[in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date

GLAXOSMITHKLINE plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)

and

with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)]3

[in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date

HALEON plc

(incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales)]4

Series No. [            ]

[Talon appertaining to a Note in the denomination of [Specified Currency and Specified Denomination]].5

On and after [            ] further Coupons [and a further Talon]6 appertaining to the Note to which this Talon appertains will be issued at the specified office of any of the Paying Agents set out on the reverse hereof (and/or any other or further Paying Agents and/or specified offices as may from time to time be duly appointed and notified to the Noteholders) upon production and surrender of this Talon.

This Talon may, in certain circumstances, become void under the Terms and Conditions endorsed on the Note to which this Talon appertains.

 

 

1 

Include if the maturity of the Notes is more than one year.

2 

Delete as applicable.

3 

Include in respect of Notes issued prior to (but excluding) the Guarantee Assumption Date.

4 

Include in respect of Notes issued from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date.

5 

Delete where the Notes are all of the same denomination.

6 

Not required on last coupon sheet.

 

39


[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC /GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.]7

 

By:    

 

 

7 

Delete as applicable.

 

40


On the back of Coupons and Talons:

AGENT

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

Winchester House

1 Great Winchester Street

London

EC2N 2DB

PAYING AGENT

[•]

[•]

and/or such other or further Agent or other Paying Agents and/or specified offices as may from time to time be duly appointed by the Issuer and notice of which has been given to the Noteholders.

 

41


SCHEDULE 3

Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders

 

1.

 

  (a)

As used in this Schedule the following expressions shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (i)

“voting certificate” shall mean an English language certificate issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which it is stated:

 

  (A)

that on the date thereof Notes (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note and not being Notes in respect of which a block voting instruction has been issued and is outstanding in respect of the meeting specified in such voting certificate or any adjourned such meeting) were deposited with such Paying Agent or (to the satisfaction of such Paying Agent) were held to its order or under its control or blocked in an account with a clearing system and that no such Notes will cease to be so deposited or held or blocked until the first to occur of:

 

  I.

the conclusion of the meeting specified in such certificate or, if later, of any adjourned such meeting; and

 

  II.

the surrender of the certificate to the Paying Agent who issued the same; and

 

  (B)

that the bearer thereof is entitled to attend and vote at such meeting and any adjourned such meeting in respect of the Notes represented by such certificate;

 

  (ii)

“block voting instruction” shall mean an English language document issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which:

 

  (A)

it is certified that Notes (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note and not being Notes in respect of which a voting certificate has been issued and is outstanding in respect of the meeting specified in such block voting instruction and any adjourned such meeting) have been deposited with such Paying Agent or (to the satisfaction of such Paying Agent) were held to its order or under its control or blocked in an account with a clearing system and that no such Notes will cease to be so deposited or held or blocked until the first to occur of:

 

  I.

the conclusion of the meeting specified in such document or, if later, of any adjourned such meeting; and

 

  II.

the surrender to the Paying Agent not less than 48 hours before the time for which such meeting or any adjourned such meeting is convened of the receipt issued by such Paying Agent in respect of each such deposited Note which is to be released or (as the case may require) the Note or Notes ceasing with the agreement of the Paying Agent to be held to its order or under its control or so blocked and the giving of notice by the Paying Agent to the relevant Issuer in accordance with paragraph 17 hereof of the necessary amendment to the block voting instruction;

 

42


  (B)

it is certified that each holder of such Notes has instructed such Paying Agent that the vote(s) attributable to the Note or Notes so deposited or held or blocked should be cast in a particular way in relation to the resolution or resolutions to be put to such meeting or any adjourned such meeting and that all such instructions are during the period commencing 48 hours prior to the time for which such meeting or any adjourned such meeting is convened and ending at the conclusion or adjournment thereof neither revocable nor capable of amendment;

 

  (C)

the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so deposited or held or blocked are listed distinguishing with regard to each such resolution between those in respect of which instructions have been given as aforesaid that the votes attributable thereto should be cast in favour of the resolution and those in respect of which instructions have been so given that the votes attributable thereto should be cast against the resolution; and

 

  (D)

one or more persons named in such document (each hereinafter called a “proxy”) is or are authorised and instructed by such Paying Agent to cast the votes attributable to the Notes so listed in accordance with the instructions referred to in (C) above as set out in such document;

 

  (iii)

“24 hours” shall mean a period of 24 hours including all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business in both the place where the relevant meeting is to be held and in each of the places where the Paying Agents have their specified offices (disregarding for this purpose the day upon which such meeting is to be held) and such period shall be extended by one period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of 24 hours until there is included as aforesaid all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business in all of the places as aforesaid; and

 

  (iv)

“48 hours” shall mean a period of 48 hours including all or part of two days upon which banks are open for business both in the place where the relevant meeting is to be held and in each of the places where the Paying Agents have their specified offices (disregarding for this purpose the day upon which such meeting is to be held) and such period shall be extended by one period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of 24 hours until there is included as aforesaid all or part of two days upon which banks are open for business in all of the places as aforesaid.

 

  (b)

A holder of a Note (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note) may obtain a voting certificate in respect of such Note from a Paying Agent or require a Paying Agent to issue a block voting instruction in respect of such Note by depositing such Note with such Paying Agent or (to the satisfaction of such Paying Agent) by such Note being held to its order or under its control or being blocked in an account with a clearing system, in each case not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for the relevant meeting and on the terms set out in subparagraph 1(a)(i)(A) or 1(a)(ii)(A) above (as the case may be), and (in the case of a block voting instruction) instructing such Paying Agent to the effect set out in subparagraph 1(a)(ii)(B) above. The holder of any voting certificate or the proxies named in any block voting instruction shall for all purposes in connection with the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting of Noteholders be deemed to be the holder of the Notes to which such voting certificate or block voting instruction relates and the Paying Agent with which such Notes have been deposited or the person holding the same to the order or under the control of such Paying Agent or the clearing system in which such Notes have been blocked shall be deemed for such purposes not to be the holder of those Notes.

 

43


2.

The relevant Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee may at any time and the relevant Issuer shall upon a requisition in writing in the English language signed by the holders of not less than one twentieth in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding convene a meeting of the Noteholders and if the relevant Issuer makes default for a period of seven days in convening such a meeting the same may be convened by the Trustee or the requisitionists. Every such meeting shall be held at such time and place (which need not be a physical place and instead may be held by way of audio or video conference call) as the Trustee may appoint or approve.

 

3.

At least 21 days’ notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and the day on which the meeting is to be held) specifying the place, day and hour of meeting shall be given to the holders of the relevant Notes prior to any meeting of such holders in the manner provided by Condition 15. Such notice, which shall be in the English language, shall state generally the nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting thereby convened but (except for an Extraordinary Resolution) it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the terms of any resolution to be proposed. Such notice shall include statements, if applicable, to the effect that Notes may, not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, be deposited with Paying Agents or (to their satisfaction) held to their order or under their control or blocked in an account with a clearing system for the purpose of obtaining voting certificates or appointing proxies. A copy of the notice shall be sent by post to the Trustee (unless the meeting is convened by the Trustee), to the relevant Issuer (unless the meeting is convened by the relevant Issuer) and to the Guarantor (unless the meeting is convened by such Guarantor).

 

4.

A person (who may but need not be a Noteholder) nominated in writing by the Trustee shall be entitled to take the chair at the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting but if no such nomination is made or if at any meeting or adjourned meeting the person nominated shall not be present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting the Noteholders present shall choose one of their number to be Chairman, failing which the relevant Issuer may appoint a Chairman. The Chairman of an adjourned meeting need not be the same person as was Chairman of the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

5.

At any such meeting one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding shall (except for the purpose of passing an Extraordinary Resolution) form a quorum for the transaction of business and no business (other than the choosing of a Chairman) shall be transacted at any meeting unless the requisite quorum be present at the commencement of the relevant business. The quorum at any such meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution shall (subject as provided below) be one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate a clear majority in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding PROVIDED THAT at any meeting the business of which includes any of the following matters (each of which shall, subject only to clause 20.2, only be capable of being effected after having been approved by Extraordinary Resolution) namely:

 

  (a)

reduction or cancellation of the amount payable or, where applicable, modification, except where such modification is in the opinion of the Trustee bound to result in an increase, of the method of calculating the amount payable or modification of the date of payment or, where applicable, of the method of calculating the date of payment in respect of any principal or interest in respect of the Notes;

 

  (b)

alteration of the currency in which payments under the Notes and Coupons are to be made;

 

  (c)

alteration of the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution;

 

44


  (d)

the sanctioning of any such scheme or proposal as is described in paragraph 18(i) below; and

 

  (e)

alteration of this proviso or the proviso to paragraph 6 below;

the quorum shall be one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than three-quarters of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.

 

6.

If within 15 minutes (or such longer period not exceeding 30 minutes as the Chairman may decide) after the time appointed for any such meeting a quorum is not present for the transaction of any particular business, then, subject and without prejudice to the transaction of the business (if any) for which a quorum is present, the meeting shall if convened upon the requisition of Noteholders be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week (or if such day is a public holiday the next succeeding business day) at the same time and place (except in the case of a meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is to be proposed in which case it shall stand adjourned for such period, being not less than 13 clear days nor more than 42 clear days, and to such place as may be appointed by the Chairman either at or subsequent to such meeting and approved by the Trustee). If within 15 minutes (or such longer period not exceeding 30 minutes as the Chairman may decide) after the time appointed for any adjourned meeting a quorum is not present for the transaction of any particular business, then, subject and without prejudice to the transaction of the business (if any) for which a quorum is present, the Chairman may either (with the approval of the Trustee) dissolve such meeting or adjourn the same for such period, being not less than 13 clear days (but without any maximum number of clear days), and to such place as may be appointed by the Chairman either at or subsequent to such adjourned meeting and approved by the Trustee, and the provisions of this sentence shall apply to all further adjourned such meetings. At any adjourned meeting one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies or representatives (whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held or represented by them) shall (subject as provided below) form a quorum and shall have power to pass any Extraordinary Resolution or other resolution and to decide upon all matters which could properly have been dealt with at the meeting from which the adjournment took place had the requisite quorum been present PROVIDED THAT at any adjourned meeting the quorum for the transaction of business comprising any of the matters specified in the proviso to paragraph 5 above shall be one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than one quarter of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.

 

7.

Notice of any adjourned meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is to be submitted shall be given in the same manner as notice of an original meeting but as if 10 were substituted for 21 in paragraph 3 above and such notice shall state the relevant quorum. Subject as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

8.

Every question submitted to a meeting shall be decided in the first instance by a show of hands and in case of equality of votes the Chairman shall both on a show of hands and on a poll have a casting vote in addition to the vote or votes (if any) to which he may be entitled as a Noteholder or as a holder of a voting certificate or as a proxy.

 

9.

At any meeting unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by the Chairman, the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any person present holding a Definitive Note or a voting certificate or being a proxy (whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held or represented by him) a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried by a particular majority or lost or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

45


10.

Subject to paragraph 12 below, if at any such meeting a poll is so demanded it shall be taken in such manner and subject as hereinafter provided either at once or after an adjournment as the Chairman directs and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded as at the date of the taking of the poll. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the motion on which the poll has been demanded.

 

11.

The Chairman may with the consent of (and shall if directed by) any such meeting adjourn the same from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully (but for lack of required quorum) have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

12.

Any poll demanded at any such meeting on the election of a Chairman or on any question of adjournment shall be taken at the meeting without adjournment.

 

13.

The Trustee and its lawyers and any director, officer or employee of a corporation being a trustee of these presents and any director or officer of the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor and its or their lawyers and any other person authorised so to do by the Trustee may attend and speak at any meeting. Save as aforesaid, but without prejudice to the proviso to the definition of “outstanding” in clause 1, no person shall be entitled to attend and speak nor shall any person be entitled to vote at any meeting of Noteholders or join with others in requesting the convening of such a meeting or to exercise the rights conferred on Noteholders by Condition 9 or 11 unless he either produces the Definitive Note or Definitive Notes of which he is the holder or a voting certificate or is a proxy. No person shall be entitled to vote at any meeting in respect of Notes held by, for the benefit of, or on behalf of, the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor any Subsidiary of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor, any Holding Company of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of such Holding Company. Nothing herein shall prevent any of the proxies named in any block voting instruction from being a director, officer or representative of or otherwise connected with the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor.

 

14.

Subject as provided in paragraph 13 hereof at any meeting:

 

  (a)

on a show of hands every person who is present in person and produces a Definitive Note or voting certificate or is a proxy shall have one vote; and

 

  (b)

on a poll every person who is so present shall have one vote in respect of each £1 or such other amount as the Trustee may in its absolute discretion stipulate (or, in the case of meetings of holders of Notes denominated in another currency, such amount in such other currency as the Trustee in its absolute discretion may stipulate) in nominal amount of the Definitive Notes so produced or represented by the voting certificate so produced or in respect of which he is a proxy.

Without prejudice to the obligations of the proxies named in any block voting instruction any person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes to which he is entitled in the same way.

 

15.

The proxies named in any block voting instruction need not be Noteholders.

 

16.

Each block voting instruction together (if so requested by the Trustee) with proof satisfactory to the Trustee of its due execution on behalf of the relevant Paying Agent shall be deposited by the relevant Paying Agent at such place as the Trustee shall approve not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the proxies named in the block voting instruction propose to vote and in default the block voting instruction shall not be treated as valid unless the Chairman of the meeting decides otherwise before such meeting or adjourned meeting proceeds to business. A notarially certified copy of each block voting instruction shall (if the Trustee so requires) be deposited with the Trustee before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting but the Trustee shall not thereby be obliged to investigate or be concerned with the validity of or the authority of the proxies named in any such block voting instruction.

 

46


17.

Any vote given in accordance with the terms of a block voting instruction shall be valid notwithstanding the previous revocation or amendment of the block voting instruction or of any of the relevant Noteholders’ instructions pursuant to which it was executed provided that no intimation in writing of such revocation or amendment shall have been received from the relevant Paying Agent by the relevant Issuer at its registered office (or such other place as may have been required or approved by the Trustee for the purpose) by the time being 24 hours and 48 hours respectively before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the block voting instruction is to be used.

 

18.

A meeting of the Noteholders shall in addition to the powers hereinbefore given have the following powers exercisable only by Extraordinary Resolution (subject to the provisions relating to quorum contained in paragraphs 5 and 6 above) namely:

 

  (a)

Power to sanction any compromise or arrangement proposed to be made between the relevant Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, any Appointee and the Noteholders and Couponholders or any of them.

 

  (b)

Power to sanction any abrogation, modification, compromise or arrangement in respect of the rights of the Trustee, any Appointee, the Noteholders, Couponholders, the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor or against any other or others of them or against any of their property whether such rights shall arise under these presents or otherwise.

 

  (c)

Power to assent to any modification of the provisions of these presents which shall be proposed by the relevant Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or any Noteholder.

 

  (d)

Power to give any authority or sanction which under the provisions of these presents is required to be given by Extraordinary Resolution.

 

  (e)

Power to appoint any persons (whether Noteholders or not) as a committee or committees to represent the interests of the Noteholders and to confer upon such committee or committees any powers or discretions which the Noteholders could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution.

 

  (f)

Power to approve of a person to be appointed a trustee and power to remove any trustee or trustees for the time being of these presents.

 

  (g)

Power to discharge or exonerate the Trustee and/or any Appointee from all liability in respect of any act or omission for which the Trustee and/or such Appointee may have become responsible under these presents.

 

  (h)

Power to authorise the Trustee and/or any Appointee to concur in and execute and do all such deeds, instruments, acts and things as may be necessary to carry out and give effect to any Extraordinary Resolution.

 

  (i)

Power to sanction any scheme or proposal for the exchange or sale of the Notes for or the conversion of the Notes into or the cancellation of the Notes in consideration of shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other obligations and/or securities of the relevant Issuer or any other company formed or to be formed, or for or into or in consideration of cash, or partly for or into or in consideration of such shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other obligations and/or securities as aforesaid and partly for or into or in consideration of cash.

 

  (j)

Power to approve the substitution of any entity for the relevant Issuer (or any previous substitute) as principal debtor under these presents.

 

47


19.

Any resolution passed (i) at a meeting of the Noteholders duly convened and held in accordance with these presents, (ii) passed as an Extraordinary Resolution in writing in accordance with these presents or (iii) passed by way of electronic consents given by holders through the relevant Clearing Systems in accordance with these presents shall be binding upon all the Noteholders whether present or not present at such meeting and whether or not voting and upon all Couponholders and each of them shall be bound to give effect thereto accordingly and the passing of any such resolution shall be conclusive evidence that the circumstances justify the passing thereof. Notice of the result of the voting on any resolution duly considered by the Noteholders shall be published in accordance with Condition 15 by the relevant Issuer within 14 days of such result being known PROVIDED THAT the non-publication of such notice shall not invalidate such result.

 

20.

The expression “Extraordinary Resolution” when used in these presents means (a) a resolution passed at a meeting of the Noteholders duly convened and held in accordance with these presents by a majority consisting of not less than three-fourths of the persons voting thereat upon a show of hands or if a poll is duly demanded by a majority consisting of not less than three-fourths of the votes cast on such poll; or (b) a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of holders of not less than 75 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding who would have been entitled to vote upon it if it had been proposed at a meeting at which they were present, which resolution in writing may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by or on behalf of one or more of the Noteholders; or (c) consent given by way of electronic consents through the relevant Clearing Systems (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) by or on behalf of holders of not less than 75 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.

 

21.

Minutes of all resolutions and proceedings at every meeting of the Noteholders shall be made and entered in books to be from time to time provided for that purpose by the relevant Issuer and any such minutes as aforesaid if purporting to be signed by the Chairman of the meeting at which such resolutions were passed or proceedings transacted shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein contained and until the contrary is proved every such meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes have been made shall be deemed to have been duly held and convened and all resolutions passed or proceedings transacted thereat to have been duly passed or transacted.

 

22.

 

  (a)

If and whenever the relevant Issuer shall have issued and have outstanding Notes of more than one Series the foregoing provisions of this Schedule shall have effect subject to the following modifications:

 

  (i)

a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of only one Series shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Notes of that Series;

 

  (ii)

a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of more than one Series but does not give rise to a conflict of interest between the holders of Notes of any of the Series so affected shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at a single meeting of the holders of the Notes of all the Series so affected;

 

  (iii)

a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of more than one Series and gives or may give rise to a conflict of interest between the holders of the Notes of one Series or group of Series so affected and the holders of the Notes of another Series or group of Series so affected shall be deemed to have been duly passed only if passed at separate meetings of the holders of the Notes of each Series or group of Series so affected; and

 

48


  (iv)

to all such meetings all the preceding provisions of this Schedule shall mutatis mutandis apply as though references therein to Notes and Noteholders were references to the Notes of the Series or group of Series in question or to the holders of such Notes, as the case may be.

 

  (b)

If the relevant Issuer shall have issued and have outstanding Notes which are not denominated in pounds sterling in the case of any meeting of holders of Notes of more than one currency the nominal amount of such Notes shall (i) for the purposes of paragraph 2 above be the equivalent in pounds sterling at the spot rate of a bank nominated by the Trustee for the conversion of the relevant currency or currencies into pounds sterling on the seventh dealing day prior to the day on which the requisition in writing is received by the relevant Issuer and (ii) for the purposes of paragraphs 5, 6 and 14 above (whether in respect of the meeting or any adjourned such meeting or any poll resulting therefrom) be the equivalent at such spot rate on the seventh dealing day prior to the day of such meeting. In such circumstances, on any poll each person present shall have one vote for each £1 (or such other amount as the Trustee may in its absolute discretion stipulate) in nominal amount of the Notes (converted as above) which he holds or represents.

 

23.

Subject to all other provisions of these presents the Trustee may without the consent of the relevant Issuer, any Guarantor, the Noteholders or the Couponholders prescribe such further or alternative regulations regarding the requisitioning and/or the holding of meetings of Noteholders and attendance and voting thereat as the Trustee may in its sole discretion think fit (including, without limitation, the substitution for periods of 24 hours and 48 hours referred to in this Schedule of shorter periods). In addition, the relevant Issuer may request the Trustee to consent to further or alternative regulations regarding the requisitioning and/or the holding of meetings and attendance and voting thereat (including in relation to holding virtual meetings by way of audio or video conference call) and the Trustee may grant such consent provided that it is of the opinion that granting such consent is not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. Such regulations may, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, reflect the practices and facilities of any relevant clearing system. Notice of any such further or alternative regulations may, at the sole discretion of the Trustee, be given to holders in accordance with Condition 15 at the time of service of any notice convening a meeting or at such other time as the Trustee may decide.

 

49


SIGNATORIES

 

Executed as a deed by

  )  

Michael John Rowe

   

as attorney for

  )      

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC

  )    

    

 

in the presence of

  )  

Timothy Woodthorpe

   
    Signature of attorney    

/s/ Michael John Rowe

    Signature of witness    

/s/ Timothy Woodthorpe

    Name of witness    

Timothy Woodthorpe

    Name of witness    

GSK House

    Address of witness    

980 Great West Road

       

Brentford TW8 9GS

    Occupation of witness    

GSK Group Treasurer

 

Executed as a deed by

as attorney for
GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL NL B.V.
by:

  

)

)

)

)

  

Michael John Rowe

/s/ Michael John Rowe

     

Name: Michael Rowe

     

 

 

[Signature page to the Trust

Deed]


Executed as a deed by

 

)

 

Timothy Woodthorpe

     

as attorney for

 

)

       

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

 

)

       

in the presence of

 

)

 

Michael John Rowe

  

    

  
    Signature of attorney      

/s/ Timothy Woodthorpe

    Signature of witness      

/s/ Michael John Rowe

    Name of witness      

Michael John Rowe

    Address of witness      

GSK House

         

980 Great West Road

         

Brentford TW8 9GS

    Occupation of witness      

CH Group Treasurer

 

Executed as a deed by

 

)

 

Michael John Rowe

     

as attorney for

 

)

       
HALEON PLC  

)

       

in the presence of

 

)

 

Timothy Woodthorpe

  

    

  
    Signature of attorney      

/s/ Michael John Rowe

    Signature of witness      

/s/ Timothy Woodthorpe

    Name of witness      

Timothy Woodthorpe

    Address of witness      

GSK House

         

980 Great West Road

         

Brentford TW8 9GS

    Occupation of witness      

GSK Group Treasurer

 

[Signature page to the Trust

Deed]


Executed and delivered as a deed by DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED as Trustee acting by:

     

/s/ Ranjit Mather

     

/s/ Adam Wilson

Attorney

  

In the presence of:

  

Witness signature

     

Adam Wilson

     

Witness name (in capitals)

/s/ Sue Ferguson

     

/s/ Adam Wilson

Attorney

  

In the presence of:

  

Witness signature

     

Adam Wilson

     

Witness name (in capitals)

 

[Signature page to the Trust

Deed]

Exhibit 4.17

 

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC

AND

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC

as ISSUERS

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

AND

HALEON PLC

as GUARANTORS

AND

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

as TRUSTEE, PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT and REGISTRAR

$700,000,000 3.024% CALLABLE FIXED RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2024

$300,000,000 CALLABLE FLOATING RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2024

$1,750,000,000 3.125% FIXED RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

$2,000,000,000 3.375% FIXED RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2027

$1,000,000,000 3.375% FIXED RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029

$2,000,000,000 3.625% FIXED RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2032

$1,000,000,000 4.000% FIXED RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2052

 

 

Indenture

Dated as of March 24, 2022

 

 

 


ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.1.

 

Definitions

     1  

Section 1.2.

 

Rules of Construction

     16  

ARTICLE II. THE NOTES

     17  

Section 2.1.

 

Form and Dating

     17  

Section 2.2.

 

Execution and Authentication

     17  

Section 2.3.

 

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar

     19  

Section 2.4.

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     20  

Section 2.5.

 

Holder Lists

     21  

Section 2.6.

 

Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

     21  

Section 2.7.

 

Restrictive Legend

     23  

Section 2.8.

 

Transfer and Exchange

     24  

Section 2.9.

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

     27  

Section 2.10.

 

Temporary Notes

     28  

Section 2.11.

 

Cancellation

     28  

Section 2.12.

 

CUSIP Numbers

     28  

Section 2.13.

 

Further Issues

     29  

Section 2.14.

 

Purchases of the Notes by the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates

     29  

ARTICLE III. INTEREST CALCULATION IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES

     29  

Section 3.1.

 

Interest rate terms specific to the Fixed Rate Notes

     29  

Section 3.2.

 

Interest Rate Terms Specific to the Callable Floating Rate Notes

     30  

Section 3.3.

 

Calculation of the Benchmark

     31  

Section 3.4.

 

Benchmark Transitional Provisions

     32  

Section 3.5.

 

Agreement with Respect to the Benchmark Replacement

     34  

ARTICLE IV. COVENANTS

     35  

Section 4.1.

 

Payment of Notes; Additional Amounts

     35  

Section 4.2.

 

Limitation on Liens

     38  

Section 4.3.

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     38  

Section 4.4.

 

Maintenance of Corporate Existence and Corporate Separateness

     38  

Section 4.5.

 

Compliance Certificate

     39  

Section 4.6.

 

Reports to Holders

     39  

ARTICLE V. DEMERGER CAPITAL REDUCTION

     39  

Section 5.1.

 

Demerger Capital Reduction

     39  

 


ARTICLE VI. SUCCESSOR ENTITY

     39  

Section 6.1.

 

When an Issuer May Merge, Etc.

     39  

Section 6.2.

 

Successor Substituted

     40  

Section 6.3.

 

When the Guarantor May Merge, Etc.

     40  

Section 6.4.

 

Successor Guarantor Substituted

     41  

Section 6.5.

 

Substitution of either Issuer

     41  

ARTICLE VII. REDEMPTION

     42  

Section 7.1.

 

Redemption; General

     42  

Section 7.2.

 

Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

     42  

Section 7.3.

 

Deposit of Redemption Price

     44  

Section 7.4.

 

Unredeemed Portions of Partially Redeemed Note

     44  

Section 7.5.

 

Fixed Rate Notes Make-Whole and Par Redemption

     44  

Section 7.6.

 

Floating Rate Notes Par Redemption

     45  

Section 7.7.

 

Special Mandatory Early Redemption

     45  

Section 7.8.

 

Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

     46  

Section 7.9.

 

Redemption at Maturity

     47  

ARTICLE VIII. DEFEASANCE

     47  

Section 8.1.

 

Defeasance

     47  

ARTICLE IX. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     48  

Section 9.1.

 

Events of Default

     48  

Section 9.2.

 

Notice of Event of Default

     49  

Section 9.3.

 

Acceleration

     49  

Section 9.4.

 

Other Remedies

     50  

Section 9.5.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     50  

Section 9.6.

 

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

     50  

Section 9.7.

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

     50  

Section 9.8.

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim, Etc.

     51  

Section 9.9.

 

Application of Proceeds

     51  

Section 9.10.

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     51  

Section 9.11.

 

Undertaking for Costs

     52  

Section 9.12.

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     52  

Section 9.13.

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     52  

 

ii


ARTICLE X. TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     52  

Section 10.1.

 

Duties of Trustee

     52  

Section 10.2.

 

Certain Rights of Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

     54  

Section 10.3.

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

     56  

Section 10.4.

 

Disclaimer

     56  

Section 10.5.

 

Notice of Defaults

     56  

Section 10.6.

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     57  

Section 10.7.

 

Replacement of Trustee

     57  

Section 10.8.

 

Successor Trustee by Merger

     59  

Section 10.9.

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

     59  

Section 10.10.

 

Communications

     59  

Section 10.11.

 

Resignation of Agents

     59  

ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENTS

     60  

Section 11.1.

 

Without Consent of Holders

     60  

Section 11.2.

 

With Consent of Holders

     61  

Section 11.3.

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

     62  

Section 11.4.

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     62  

Section 11.5.

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments

     63  

ARTICLE XII. RANKING

     63  

Section 12.1.

 

Ranking of U.S. Issuer Notes

     63  

Section 12.2.

 

Ranking of UK Issuer Notes

     63  

ARTICLE XIII. THE GUARANTEES

     63  

Section 13.1.

 

The Guarantees

     63  

Section 13.2.

 

The GSK Guarantee

     64  

Section 13.3.

 

The Haleon Guarantee

     67  

ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS

     69  

Section 14.1.

 

Notices

     69  

Section 14.2.

 

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     71  

Section 14.3.

 

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     71  

Section 14.4.

 

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

     71  

Section 14.5.

 

Payment Date Other Than a Business Day

     72  

Section 14.6.

 

Governing Law, Etc.

     72  

Section 14.7.

 

No Recourse Against Others

     73  

 

iii


Section 14.8.

 

Successors

     73  

Section 14.9.

 

Duplicate and Counterpart Originals

     73  

Section 14.10.

 

Severability

     73  

Section 14.11.

 

Judgment Currency

     74  

Section 14.12.

 

USA Patriot Act

     74  

Section 14.13.

 

No Personal Liability of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers, Directors or Employees

     74  

Section 14.14.

 

Table of Contents; Headings

     75  

Section 14.15.

 

Force Majeure

     75  

EXHIBIT A FORM OF 2025 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

EXHIBIT B FORM OF 2027 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

EXHIBIT C FORM OF 2029 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

EXHIBIT D FORM OF 2032 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

EXHIBIT E FORM OF 2052 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

EXHIBIT F FORM OF CALLABLE FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

EXHIBIT G FORM OF CALLABLE FLOATING RATE GLOBAL NOTE

EXHIBIT H FORM OF CERTIFICATED NOTE

EXHIBIT I FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER TO QIB

EXHIBIT J FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

EXHIBIT K FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO RULE 144

 

 

iv


THIS INDENTURE, dated as of March 24, 2022, is among GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer”), GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “UK Issuer”, and together with the U.S. Issuer, the “Issuers”), GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“GSK”), Haleon plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Haleon”), as guarantors (each, a “Guarantor” and, together, the “Guarantors”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), principal paying agent (in such capacity, the “Principal Paying Agent”), transfer agent (in such capacity, the “Transfer Agent”) and registrar (in such capacity, the “Registrar”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes (as defined below) issued hereunder.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions

2025 Fixed Rate Global Notes” means registered Global Notes for the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

2025 Fixed Rate Notes means the 3.125% Senior Notes due 2025 issued by the UK Issuer and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture.

2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date” means March 24, 2025.

2027 Fixed Rate Global Notes” means registered Global Notes for the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

2027 Fixed Rate Notes means the 3.375% Senior Notes due 2027 issued by the U.S. Issuer and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture.

2027 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date” means March 24, 2027.

2027 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date” means February 24, 2027.

2029 Fixed Rate Global Notes” means registered Global Notes for the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

2029 Fixed Rate Notes means the 3.375% Senior Notes due 2029 issued by the U.S. Issuer and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture.

2029 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date” means March 24, 2029.

2029 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date” means January 24, 2029.

 

1


2032 Fixed Rate Global Notes” means registered Global Notes for the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

2032 Fixed Rate Notes means the 3.625% Senior Notes due 2032 issued by the U.S. Issuer and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture.

2032 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date” means March 24, 2032.

2032 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date” means December 24, 2031.

2052 Fixed Rate Global Notes” means registered Global Notes for the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

2052 Fixed Rate Notes means the 4.000% Senior Notes due 2052 issued by the U.S. Issuer and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture.

2052 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date” means March 24, 2052.

2052 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date” means September 24, 2051.

Additional Amounts” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(d).

Additional Notes” means Notes of any series issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.13, including any replacement Notes issued therefor.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, another Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, (i) to vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

Agents” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.2(a).

Agent Members” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.6(e).

Authenticating Agent” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(c).

Authorized Agent” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 14.6(c).

Authorized Person” means any person who is designated in writing by an Issuer from time to time to give Instructions to the Trustee and/or an Agent under the terms of this Indenture.

authorized denomination” means denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Benchmark” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.3(a).

 

2


Benchmark Replacement” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.4(b).

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) as of the Benchmark Replacement Date:

(a) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been (i) selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) determined by the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) in accordance with the method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body, in each case for the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement;

(b) if the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement is equivalent to the ISDA Fallback Rate, then the ISDA Fallback Adjustment;

(c) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) giving due consideration to industry-accepted spread adjustments (if any), or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the then-current Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated floating rate notes at such time.

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.4(c).

Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of the Benchmark permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the Benchmark; or

(b) in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination.

Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the Benchmark announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the Benchmark, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Benchmark;

 

3


(b) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Benchmark, the central bank for the currency of the Benchmark, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Benchmark, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Benchmark or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the Benchmark, which states that the administrator of the Benchmark has ceased or will cease to provide the Benchmark permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Benchmark; or

(c) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Benchmark announcing that the Benchmark is no longer representative.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or London, England are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

Callable Fixed Rate Global Notes” means registered Global Notes for the Callable Fixed Rate Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

Callable Fixed Rate Notes means the 3.024% Callable Senior Notes due 2024 issued by the U.S. Issuer and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture.

Callable Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date” means March 24, 2024.

Callable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date” means March 24, 2023.

Callable Floating Rate Global Notes” means registered Global Notes for the Callable Floating Rate Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

Callable Floating Rate Notes” means the Callable Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2024 issued by the US Issuer and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture.

Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.2(c).

Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period” means the period beginning on (and including) a Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date; provided that the first Floating Rate Notes Interest Period will begin on (and include) the Issue Date and will end on (but exclude) the first Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

Callable Floating Rate Notes Margin” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.2(a).

Callable Floating Rate Notes Maturity Date” means March 24, 2024.

 

4


Callable Floating Rate Notes Par Call Date” means March 24, 2023.

Certificated Note” means a Rule 144A Certificated Note or a Regulation S Certificated Note.

A “Change of Control” will be deemed to occur if, after the Guarantee Assumption Date:

(a) with respect to any Notes, a Person or Persons acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers), other than a holding company (as defined in Section 1159 of the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended) whose shareholders are or are to be substantially similar to the pre-existing shareholders of Haleon or any holding company of Haleon, shall become interested (within the meaning of Part 22 of the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended) in (A) more than 50% of the issued or allotted ordinary share capital of Haleon (or any holding company of Haleon or (B) shares in the capital of Haleon (or any holding company of Haleon) carrying more than 50% of the voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of Haleon or any holding company of Haleon; or

(b) with respect to the U.S. Issuer Notes, Haleon ceases to own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the outstanding share capital of the U.S. Issuer carrying voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of the U.S. Issuer; or

(c) with respect to the UK Issuer Notes, Haleon ceases to own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the outstanding share capital of the UK Issuer carrying voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of the UK Issuer.

Change of Control Period” means the period commencing on and including the Relevant Announcement Date and ending on and including the date falling 90 days after the Change of Control (or such longer period for which the relevant series of Notes are under consideration (such consideration having been announced publicly within the period described above) for rating review or, as the case may be, rating by a Rating Agency, such period not to exceed 60 days from and including the public announcement of such consideration).

Change of Control Put Event” will be deemed to occur if a Change of Control has occurred and during the Change of Control Period either (i) a withdrawal or downgrade occurs to any one or more credit ratings assigned to the relevant series of Notes so that none of the Rating Agencies then rating such series of Notes assign an Investment Grade rating to such series of Notes and, within the Change of Control Period, any one or more of such ratings is not subsequently (in the case of a downgrade) upgraded or (in the case of a withdrawal) reinstated to an Investment Grade; provided that (A) where a rating has been changed, the relevant Rating Agency announces publicly or confirms in writing to the relevant Issuer or Haleon that such change resulted, in whole or in part, in anticipation of, or as a result of the occurrence of, the Change of Control; (B) in the case of a Potential Change of Control Announcement, a Change of Control Put Event will be deemed to have occurred only if and when the Change of Control referred to in such Potential Change of Control Announcement subsequently occurs; and (C) if there is only one credit rating assigned to the relevant series of Notes, a Change of Control Put Event can only occur if that credit rating changes so that the relevant Rating Agency does not

 

5


assign an Investment Grade rating to the Notes or (ii) a Negative Rating Event occurs. For the avoidance of doubt, a Change of Control Put Event will not have occurred, where the Notes were rated by the Rating Agencies below Investment Grade on or before a Change of Control has occurred and such rating has not been withdrawn or downgraded as a result of the Change of Control.

Change of Control Put Event Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.8(b).

Change of Control Put Date” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.8(c).

Change of Control Put Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.8(c).

Change of Control Put Period” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.8(b).

Change of Control Redemption Amount” means a redemption price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

Compounded Daily SOFR” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.3(b).

Corporate Trust Office” means the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, which office at the date hereof is located at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 1 Columbus Circle, 17th Floor, Mail Stop NYC01-1710, New York, NY, 10019, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any Successor Trustee or such other address as such Successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

Corresponding Tenor” with respect to a Benchmark Replacement means a tenor (including overnight) having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustments) as the applicable tenor for the then-current Benchmark.

Default” means any Event of Default or any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

Demerger” means the proposed demerger of at least 80% of GSK’s interest in GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries, to be effected by way of an interim dividend, in specie, proposed to be declared by the board of directors of GSK to be satisfied by the transfer of GSK of A Ordinary Shares in GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited to Haleon in consideration for the issuance by Haleon of shares to the GSK shareholders as of the relevant record time in accordance with a demerger agreement between Haleon and GSK.

Demerger Capital Reduction” means a court-confirmed reduction in the capital of Haleon within six months of the completion of the Demerger.

 

6


Demerger Completion Notice” means a notice in writing signed by two directors of GSK, addressed to the Trustee and copied to the Holders certifying that the Demerger has occurred.

Depositary” means, with respect to each Global Note, the Person specified in Section 2.6(a) as the Depositary with respect to such Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

designee” means an Affiliate or any other agent of the U.S. Issuer.

Distribution Compliance Period” means, in respect of any Regulation S Global Note, the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which any Notes represented thereby are offered to persons other than “distributors” (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) pursuant to Regulation S and (b) the issue date for such Notes.

Event of Default” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.1.

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Notes” means, with respect to the Notes, notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Notes, notes issued in exchange for such Additional Notes pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement among the Issuer and the initial purchasers of such Additional Notes.

Exchange Offer” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Executed Documentation” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(b).

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd and its successors.

Fixed Rate Notes” means the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes and the Callable Fixed Rate Notes.

Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1(b).

Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date” means each of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date and the Callable Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date.

 

7


Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date” means any of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date or the Callable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date.

Global Notes” means individually and collectively, each of the Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary with respect to each series of the Notes, that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the relevant series of the Notes initially resold in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S, substantially in the form of Exhibits A to Exhibit G hereto with respect to the relevant series of Notes, issued in accordance with Section 2.6 and Section 2.7.

GSK Guarantee” means the guarantee of the Notes by GSK prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, as endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture and shall include the guarantee of GSK set forth in Section 13.2 and shall include all other obligations and covenants of GSK contained in this Indenture and the Notes.

Guarantee Assumption Date” means the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger.

Guarantee Assumption Notice” means a notice in writing signed by two directors of GSK, addressed to the Trustee and copied to the Holders, certifying that the Guarantee Assumption Date has occurred.

Guarantees” means the GSK Guarantee and the Haleon Guarantee and “Guarantee” means either of the GSK Guarantee or the Haleon Guarantee, as applicable.

Guarantor” means, at any time, each Person guaranteeing the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes at such time pursuant to ARTICLE XIII.

H.15” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “Treasury Rate” in this Section 1.1.

Haleon Group” means Haleon and its subsidiaries.

Haleon Guarantee” means the guarantee of the Notes by Haleon with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, as endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture and shall include the guarantee of Haleon set forth in Section 13.3 and shall include all other obligations and covenants of Haleon contained in this Indenture and the Notes.

Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Indenture” means this Indenture, including all exhibits hereto, in each case as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

8


Initial Purchasers” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(a).

Instructions” means any written notices, written directions or written instructions received by the Trustee and/or an Agent under the terms of this Indenture from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by the Trustee and/or an Agent to be an Authorized Person.

Interest Determination Date” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.2(b).

Investment Grade” means in relation to the Notes: (a) a credit rating of BBB- or higher by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P); (b) a credit rating of Baa3 or higher by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Moody’s); or (c) a credit rating of BBB- or higher by Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Fitch); or (d) an equivalent rating to either BBB or Baa3, or higher, by any other Rating Agency.

ISDA” means the the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

ISDA Definitions” means the 2021 ISDA Interest Rate Derivatives Definitions published by ISDA or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time.

ISDA Fallback Adjustment” means the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that would apply for derivatives transactions referencing the ISDA Definitions to be determined upon the occurrence of an index cessation event with respect to the Benchmark for the applicable tenor.

ISDA Fallback Rate” means the rate that would apply for derivatives transactions referencing the ISDA Definitions to be effective upon the occurrence of an index cessation date with respect to the Benchmark for the applicable tenor excluding the applicable ISDA Fallback Adjustment.

Issue Date” means March 24, 2022.

Issue Date Notes” means the Notes originally issued on the Issue Date, and any replacement Notes issued therefor in accordance with this Indenture.

Issuers” means the parties named as such in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture and their successors and assigns, including any Successor Entity that becomes such in accordance with ARTICLE VI and “Issuer” means any one of them, as applicable.

Issuer Order” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(e).

Liens” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2.

Losses” means any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses and judgments (including legal fees and expenses) sustained by any party to this Indenture.

 

9


Maturity Date” means any of a Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date or a Callable Floating Rate Notes Maturity Date, as applicable.

Merger” means a merger, reorganization, spin-off, split-off, compromise, liquidation, dissolution, or similar matter (whether or not involving liquidation or dissolution).

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services Limited and its successors.

A “Negative Rating Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time there is no rating assigned to the Notes by a Rating Agency and the relevant Issuer does not, by the end of the Change of Control Period, obtain an Investment Grade rating in respect of such Notes.

Note Register” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.3(a).

Non-U.S. Person” means a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

Notes” means the Fixed Rate Notes and the Callable Floating Rate Notes.

NY Federal Reserve” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “Relevant Governmental Body” in this Section 1.1.

NY Federal Reserve’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org (or any successor website).

Observation Period” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.3(b).

Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum, dated March 24, 2022, relating to the Notes.

Officer” means, with respect to an Issuer or a Guarantor, either any director or officer thereof, including the Secretary, assistant secretary, or any authorized signatory appointed by a resolution of the board of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, or granted a power of attorney.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate executed by any Officer of the relevant Issuer or of the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, and in each case delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor or the Trustee.

Outstanding” means, in respect of each series of Notes as of the date of determination, those Notes in the relevant series of Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

  (i)

Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

10


(ii) Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money sufficient to pay all principal and other amounts, if any, payable on that date with respect to the Notes has been theretofore deposited with any Paying Agent (other than the relevant Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the relevant Issuer (if the relevant Issuer shall act as Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; provided that, if the Notes are to be redeemed, a notice of redemption with respect thereto shall have been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii) Notes which have been surrendered pursuant to Section 2.8 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the relevant Issuer;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor or such other obligor.

participants” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.6(b).

Participating Broker-Dealer” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Paying Agent” means the Principal Paying Agent and/or any additional Paying Agent appointed by the Issuer, as applicable.

Person” means any individual, company, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, undertaking, association, organization, trust, state or agency (in each case whether or not being a separate legal entity).

Potential Change of Control Announcement” means the earliest of any public announcement or statement by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer or Haleon, any actual or potential bidder or any adviser acting on behalf of any actual or potential bidder relating to any potential Change of Control where within 180 days following the date of such announcement or statement, a Change of Control occurs.

 

11


Price Determination Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “Treasury Rate” in this Section 1.1.

Principal Paying Agent” means, initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 1 Columbus Circle, 17th Floor, Mail Stop NYC01-1710, New York, NY, 10019, and any successor thereto appointed by the Issuers.

Private Placement Legend” means the private placement legend specified on the face of each Restricted Note pursuant to Section 2.7.

Purchase Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a).

QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A).

Rating Agencies” means (a) S&P; (b) Moody’s; (c) Fitch or (d) if at least two of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch do not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, any other internationally recognized rating agency appointed by the relevant Issuer to assign a credit rating to the Notes which shall be substituted for S&P, Moody’s or Fitch or all of them, as the case may be, and each, a “Rating Agency”.

Reference Time” means (1) if the Benchmark is Compounded Daily SOFR, for each USGS Business Day, 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the next succeeding USGS Business Day, and (2) if the Benchmark is not Compounded Daily SOFR, the time determined by the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) in accordance with the Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes.

Registrar” means, initially, means, initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 1 Columbus Circle, 17th Floor, Mail Stop NYC01-1710, New York, NY, 10019, and any successor thereto appointed by the Issuers.

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, GSK, Haleon and BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and Goldman Sachs International, as representatives of the Initial Purchasers and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuers and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Issuers to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for registered notes, under the Securities Act.

Regular Record Date” means the 15th calendar day preceding each Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date or Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, whether or not a Business Day.

Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act or any successor regulation.

Regulation S Certificated Note” means any Note issued pursuant to Regulation S in fully registered certificated form (other than a Global Note), substantially in the form of Exhibit H-B.

 

12


Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(h).

Relevant Announcement Date” means the date that is the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement, by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer, Haleon, any bidder or any designated adviser, of the relevant Change of Control and (b) the date of the Potential Change of Control Announcement (if any).

Relevant Indebtedness” means any indebtedness of a Guarantor that:

(i) is in the form of or represented by bonds, notes, loan stock, depositary receipts or other securities issued (otherwise than to constitute or represent advances made by banks or other lending institutions); and

(ii) at its date of issue is, or is intended by the applicable Guarantor to become, quoted, listed, traded or dealt in on any stock exchange, over-the-counter market or other securities market.

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“NY Federal Reserve”), or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve and/or the NY Federal Reserve or any successor thereto.

Remaining Life” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “Treasury Rate” in this Section 1.1.

Resale Restriction Termination Date” means, for any Restricted Note (or beneficial interest therein), the date on which the holding period in relation to such Restricted Note as required pursuant to Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act has expired.

Restricted Note” means any Issue Date Note (or beneficial interest therein) or any Additional Note (or beneficial interest therein) not originally issued and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, until such time as:

(i) such Note is a Rule 144A Global Note and the Resale Restriction Termination Date therefor has passed;

(ii) such Note is a Regulation S Global Note and the Distribution Compliance Period therefor has terminated; or

(iii) the Private Placement Legend therefor has otherwise been removed pursuant to Section 2.8(d) or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such beneficial interest has been exchanged for an interest in a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

Rule 144A Certificated Note” means any Note issued pursuant to Rule 144A in fully registered certificated form (other than a Global Note), substantially in the form of Exhibit H-A.

 

13


Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(g).

S&P” means S&P Global Ratings UK Limited and its successors.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

SOFR” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.3(b).

Special Mandatory Redemption Amount” means a price representing 101% of the principal amount of the relevant series of Notes.

Special Mandatory Redemption Event” means (i) the Demerger not having completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date; or (ii) if earlier, GSK releasing an announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger.

Subsidiary” means, in relation to any Person and at any particular time, any entity of which more than 50% of the issued share capital is then beneficially owned by such Person and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Substituted Obligor” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.5.

Successor Entity” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.2.

Transfer Agent” means, initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 1 Columbus Circle, 17th Floor, Mail Stop NYC01-1710, New York, NY, 10019, and any successor thereto appointed by the Issuers.

Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the yield determined by the relevant Issuer in accordance with the following:

(a) The Treasury Rate shall be determined by the relevant Issuer after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date (the “Price Determination Date”) based upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such time on such day in the most recent statistical release published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily) - H.15” (or any successor designation or publication) (“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities–Treasury constant maturities–Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading). In determining the Treasury Rate, the relevant Issuer shall select, as applicable: (1) the yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period from the redemption date to (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date (in each case, the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the Remaining Life, the two yields – one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than the Remaining Life – and

 

14


shall interpolate (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, to the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, to the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, in each case on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days) using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 shorter than or longer than the Remaining Life, the yield for the single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to the Remaining Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a maturity date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the redemption date.

(b) If on the Price Determination Date, H.15 or any successor designation or publication is no longer published, the relevant Issuer shall calculate the Treasury Rate based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding such redemption date of the United States Treasury security maturing on, or with a maturity that is closest to (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, as applicable. If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date equally distant from (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, one with a maturity date preceding (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date and one with a maturity date following (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, the relevant Issuer shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date. If there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on (a) in the case of any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date and (b) in the case of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, or two or more United States Treasury securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the relevant Issuer shall select from among these two or more United States Treasury securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based upon the average of the bid and asked prices for such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time. In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, of such United States Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places.

Trustee” means the party named as such in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

 

15


Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, associate or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

UK Issuer Notes” means the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes.

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

USGS Business Day” means any day except for a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Market Association or any successor thereto recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in U.S. government securities.

U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes” means, collectively, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes and the Callable Fixed Rate Notes.

U.S. Issuer Notes” means, collectively, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes, the Callable Fixed Rate Notes and the Callable Floating Rate Notes.

USA Patriot Act” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 14.12.

Section 1.2. Rules of Construction

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) “or” is not exclusive;

(3) “including” means including without limitation;

(4) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(5) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(7) an accounting term not otherwise defined as the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom or such other generally accepted accounting principles under which the applicable Guarantor may in the future prepare its financial statements.

 

16


ARTICLE II.

THE NOTES

Section 2.1. Form and Dating

(a) The UK Issuer Notes are being originally offered and sold by the UK Issuer pursuant to a Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated March 21, 2022, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein (the “Initial Purchasers”).

(b) The U.S. Issuer Notes are being originally offered and sold by the U.S. Issuer pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(c) The Notes will be issued in book-entry form only, and only in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(d) The terms and provisions of the U.S. Issuer Notes, the forms of which are in Exhibits B to G, shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and, to the extent applicable, the U.S. Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

(e) The terms and provisions of the UK Issuer Notes, the form of which is in Exhibit A, shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and, to the extent applicable, the UK Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

(f) The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements as specified in Section 2.7 or as otherwise required by law, stock exchange rule or rule or usage of the Depositary. The UK Issuer (with respect to the UK Issuer Notes), or the U.S. Issuer (with respect to the U.S. Issuer Notes), as applicable, and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

(g) Notes originally issued to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A will be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes (each, a “Rule 144A Global Note”).

(h) Notes originally issued in offshore transactions to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S will be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes (each, a “Regulation S Global Note”).

Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication

(a) The U.S. Issuer Notes shall be executed by an Officer of the U.S. Issuer, and the UK Issuer Notes shall be executed by an Officer of the UK Issuer, by electronic, facsimile or manual signature; and the GSK Guarantee with respect to the Notes shall be executed by an Officer of GSK, and the Haleon Guarantee with respect to the Notes shall be executed by an Officer of Haleon by electronic, facsimile or manual signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note or the Guarantees no longer holds that office at the time the Note or the Guarantees are authenticated, the Note or the Guarantees, as the case may be, shall nevertheless be valid.

 

17


(b) Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of the Indenture and all other related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this Indenture or any other related document or any instrument, agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture or the other related documents (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed Documentation”) may be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted, executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee or the Agents act on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission, the Trustee and the Agents will not be responsible or liable for any Losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or communication; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee and the Agents shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee or the Agents acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

(c) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers (the “Authenticating Agent”) to authenticate Notes. The Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such Authenticating Agent.

(d) A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent signs the certificate of authentication on the Note by electronic, facsimile or manual signature. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.

 

18


(e) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes upon a written order of the relevant Issuer signed by an Officer of the relevant Issuer (the “Issuer Order”). An Issuer Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the number of Certificated Notes to be authenticated, the registered Holder of each Note, delivery instructions and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated.

(f) In the event that an Issuer should consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or assign, convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with ARTICLE VI, subject to the restrictions set forth in ARTICLE VI, and the Successor Entity resulting from or surviving such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement, or having received such assignment, conveyance, transfer or lease, as the case may be, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to ARTICLE VI, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such transaction may, from time to time, at the request of the Successor Entity, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the Successor Entity with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise identical to the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Issuer Order of the Successor Entity, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a Successor Entity pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such Successor Entity, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

Section 2.3. Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar

(a) Each Issuer shall appoint (i) a Principal Paying Agent with an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be presented for payment or registration for transfer; (ii) a Transfer Agent with an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be presented for transfer; (iii) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York where notices and demands to or upon the relevant Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall also appoint a Registrar and shall cause it to keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer (the “Note Register”). Such registration in the Note Register shall be conclusive evidence of the ownership of Notes. The Registrar shall include in the books and records for the Notes notations as to whether such Notes have been paid or transferred, canceled, lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed and whether such Notes have been replaced. In the case of the replacement of any of the Notes, the Registrar shall keep a record of the Note so replaced and the Note issued in replacement thereof. In the case of the cancellation of any of the Notes, the Registrar shall keep a record of the Note so canceled and the date on which such Note was canceled. The Issuers may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. Each Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the relevant Holders and such Issuer may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b) Each Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. An Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent and any change in the name or address of an Agent. If an Issuer fails to

 

19


maintain a Registrar or if an Issuer or the applicable Guarantor fails to maintain a Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as Registrar and Paying Agent. An Issuer or the applicable Guarantor may remove any Agent appointed by it upon written notice to such Agent and the Trustee; provided that no such removal shall become effective until (i) the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Agent to such Agent as evidenced by an appropriate agency agreement entered into by an Issuer or the applicable Guarantor and such successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as such Agent until the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with clause (i) of this proviso. The Issuer, the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantor may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(c) The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, in each case, until such time as another Person is appointed as such. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas hereby accepts such appointments.

Section 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee (including where acting as the Principal Paying Agent) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of the principal, interest and other amounts, if any, on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes), and such Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any default by any Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. An Issuer at any time may require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee. If an Issuer or any Affiliate of an Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall, on or before each due date of any payment of principal or other amounts, if any, on the Notes, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such principal or other amounts, if any, so becoming due until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this Indenture, and shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

20


Section 2.5. Holder Lists

The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar:

(a) the U.S. Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at such times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders of the U.S. Issuer Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of U.S. Issuer Notes held by each relevant Holder; and

(b) the UK Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at such times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders of the UK Issuer Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of UK Issuer Notes held by each relevant Holder.

Section 2.6. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

(a) Notes will be initially issued in the form of one or more registered Notes in global form bearing the legend set forth in Section 2.7(a). Each Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to each Global Note. Initially, each Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Trustee as custodian for Cede & Co. The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Global Note and recorded in the Register, as hereinafter provided.

(b) Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note shall be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee (with respect to interests of persons who have accounts with the Depositary (“participants”)) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). So long as the Depositary or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of a Global Note, the Depositary or its nominee shall be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Notes represented by such Global Notes for all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes. No beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note shall be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary, in addition to those provided under this Indenture. Transfers of beneficial ownership in the Global Notes shall occur only through the Depositary.

(c) Payments of the principal of and other amounts on, a Global Note (including, without limitation, any principal or other amounts due upon redemption) shall be made to the Depositary or its nominee as the registered owner thereof. None of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, Transfer Agent or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

21


(d) Transfers between participants in the Depositary shall be effected in the ordinary way in accordance its rules and operating procedures.

None of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee shall have any responsibility for the performance by the Depositary or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

(e) Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or any custodian of the Depositary, or under such Global Note, and the Depositary or its nominee may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar, and any of their respective agents, as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar, or any of their respective agents, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary, or impair, as between the Depositary and its respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(f) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes. Certificated Notes shall be issued to all owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note in exchange for such interests if:

(i) the Depositary at any time notifies the relevant Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depository or clearing system, as applicable, for the Global Notes, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the relevant Issuer within 90 days of the time such notice is given;

(ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days; or

(iii) an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing and such beneficial owner requests that its Notes be issued in physical, certificated form.

In connection with the exchange of an entire Global Note for Certificated Notes pursuant to this paragraph (f), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.

 

22


Any Certificated Notes issued pursuant to provisions of this paragraph (f) shall bear the legend and otherwise comply as to form as required by Section 2.7 of this Indenture. Holders of an interest in a Global Note may receive such Certificated Notes, which shall be printed and distributed to the Holders by mail to the last available address of such Holders as appears on the Note Register in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary in addition to those provided for under this Indenture. In such an event, the U.S. Issuer shall notify the Holders of U.S. Issuer Notes and the UK Issuer shall notify the Holders of UK Issuer Notes, in the manner set forth in Section 14.1, of the applicable procedures for the payment of principal and other amounts, the procedures for transfer of Notes and the identity and contact information with respect to the then-applicable Paying Agent or Transfer Agent.

Section 2.7. Restrictive Legend

(a) Each Rule 144A Global Note and Rule 144A Certificated Note shall bear a legend to the following effect unless otherwise agreed to by the relevant Issuer:

“THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.”

 

23


(b) Each Regulation S Global Note and Regulation S Certificated Note shall bear a legend to the following effect unless otherwise agreed to by the relevant Issuer:

“THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

Section 2.8. Transfer and Exchange

(a) If (1) the owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note that is a Restricted Note wishes to transfer such interest (or portion thereof) to a Non-U.S. Person pursuant to Regulation S and (2) such Non-U.S. Person wishes to hold its interest in the Notes through a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, (x) upon receipt by the Registrar and Transfer Agent of:

 

  (1)

instructions from the Holder of the Rule 144A Global Note directing the Registrar and Transfer Agent to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be transferred; and

 

  (2)

a certificate in the form of Exhibit J from the transferor, and, (y) subject to the rules and procedures of DTC, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall increase the Regulation S Global Note and decrease the Rule 144A Global Note by such amount in accordance with the foregoing.

 

24


(b) If (1) the owner of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note that is a Restricted Note wishes to transfer such interest (or any portion thereof) to a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A and (2) such QIB wishes to hold its interest in the Notes through a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, (x) upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of:

 

  (1)

instructions from the Holder of the Regulation S Global Note directing the Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be transferred; and

 

  (2)

a certificate in the form of Exhibit I duly executed by the transferor,

and, (y) in accordance with the rules and procedures of DTC, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall increase the Rule 144A Global Note and decrease the Regulation S Global Note by such amount in accordance with the foregoing.

(c) Other Transfers. Any transfer of Restricted Notes not described above (other than a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that does not involve an exchange of such interest for a Certificated Note or a beneficial interest in another Global Note, which must be effected in accordance with applicable law and the rules and procedures of DTC, but is not subject to any procedure required by this Indenture) shall be made only upon receipt by the Registrar and Transfer Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) of such Opinions of Counsel, certificates and/or other information reasonably required by and satisfactory to the relevant Issuer in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act or in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section 2.8.

(d) Use and Removal of Private Placement Legends. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) not bearing (or not required to bear upon such transfer, exchange or replacement) a Private Placement Legend, the Registrar and Transfer Agent shall exchange such Notes (or beneficial interests) for beneficial interests in a Global Note (or Certificated Notes if they have been issued pursuant to Section 2.6(f)) that does not bear a Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) bearing a Private Placement Legend, the Registrar and Transfer Agent shall deliver only Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) that bear a Private Placement Legend unless:

 

  (1)

such Notes (or beneficial interests) are transferred pursuant to Rule 144 upon delivery to the Transfer Agent of a certificate of the transferor in the form of Exhibit K and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuer;

 

  (2)

such Notes (or beneficial interests) are transferred, replaced or exchanged after the Resale Restriction Termination Date therefor if such Note is a Rule 144A Global Note or the Distribution Compliance Period if such Note is a Regulation S Global Note; or

 

25


  (3)

in connection with such transfer, exchange or replacement the Transfer Agent and the relevant Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel and other evidence satisfactory to the relevant Issuer to the effect that neither such Private Placement Legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

The Private Placement Legend on any Note shall be removed at the written request of the Holder on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date therefor if such Note is a Rule 144A Global Note or the Distribution Compliance Period if such Note is a Regulation S Global Note. The Holder of a Global Note may exchange an interest therein for an equivalent interest in a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend upon transfer of such interest pursuant to any of clauses (1) through (3) of this paragraph (d).

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the relevant Issuer evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer.

Neither the Issuers nor the Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or Registrar shall be required (i) to issue or register the transfer of any Note during a period beginning at the opening of 15 Business Days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under ARTICLE VII and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(e) Other Exchanges. In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Notes in definitive registered form without interest coupons pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof, such Notes may be exchanged for one another only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions above, and as may be from time to time adopted by the relevant Issuer and the Trustee.

(f) Certain Transfers in Connection with and After the Exchange Offer under the Registration Rights Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture:

(i) no Exchange Notes issued may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for a Note;

(ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall be due and payable, in respect of the Fixed Rate Notes on the next Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, and in respect of the Callable Floating Rate Notes, on the next Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, as applicable, following the Exchange Offer and shall be paid to the Holder on the relevant record date of the Exchange Notes issued in respect of the Notes being exchanged; and

(iii) interest on the Notes being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall cease to accrue on (and including) the date of completion of the Exchange Offer.

 

26


(g) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes of a series, the relevant Issuer will issue, and upon a written order of the relevant Issuer the Trustee will authenticate:

(i) one or more Global Notes of such series not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes of such series bearing the Private Placement Legend that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that (A) are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (B) are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) are not Affiliates of the relevant Issuer, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the relevant Issuer to such effect; or

(ii) one or more authenticated Notes of such series not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the authenticated Notes of such series bearing the Private Placement Legend that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that (A) are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (B) are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) are not Affiliates of the relevant Issuer, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the relevant Issuer to such effect.

Section 2.9. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

(a) Should any Certificated Note be lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced at the specified office of the Registrar. Mutilated or defaced Notes must be surrendered before replacements will be issued. If required by the Trustee or the relevant Issuer, a claimant shall furnish an affidavit of loss and indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the relevant Issuer and the Trustee to protect the relevant Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agents, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Certificated Note is replaced. In the absence of notice to the relevant Issuer or the Trustee that such Certificated Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the relevant Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding.

(b) Upon the issuance of any new Certificated Note under this Section 2.9, the relevant Issuer or the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar) in connection therewith.

(c) If at the time a mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Certificated Note is presented such Certificated Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the relevant Issuer may pay such Certificated Note instead of issuing a new Certificated Note in replacement thereof.

(d) Every new Certificated Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.9 in exchange for any mutilated Certificated Note, or in lieu of any defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificated

 

27


Note, shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Certificated Notes, whether or not the mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificated Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and every new Certificated Note shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Certificated Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the U.S. Issuer may execute temporary U.S. Issuer Notes and the UK Issuer may execute temporary UK Issuer Notes and each Issuer may issue an Issuer Order to the Trustee to authenticate such temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the relevant Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the U.S. Issuer will prepare and execute definitive U.S. Issuer Notes and the UK Issuer will prepare and execute definitive UK Issuer Notes, and each Issuer will issue an Issuer Order to the Trustee to authenticate such definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes will be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the relevant Issuer for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the relevant Issuer will execute one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes and issue an Issuer Order to the Trustee to authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor such definitive Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes.

Section 2.11. Cancellation

The U.S. Issuer at any time may deliver U.S. Issuer Notes, and the UK Issuer at any time may deliver UK Issuer Notes, to the Trustee for cancellation. All Notes that are redeemed or exchanged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture will be cancelled. Each of the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes surrendered to it for registration of transfer, payment or redemption, as the case may be. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures or return to the relevant Issuer all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, redemption or cancellation. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange upon Issuer Order.

Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers

Each Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any such notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed on the Notes. Each Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” number.

 

28


Section 2.13. Further Issues

The U.S. Issuer, in respect of U.S. Issuer Notes, and the UK Issuer, in respect of UK Issuer Notes, may from time to time without the consent of the Holders create and issue further securities either having the same terms and conditions as any series of the U.S. Issuer Notes or the UK Issuer Notes, as applicable, in all respects (or in all respects except for the issue date) and so that such further issue shall be consolidated and form a single series with the Outstanding Notes of the relevant series of U.S. Issuer Notes or UK Issuer Notes, as applicable, or upon such terms as the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable may determine at the time of their issue. Any further securities shall be issued under a separate CUSIP or ISIN number unless such securities are otherwise treated as part of the same “issue” of debt instruments as the Outstanding Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 2.14. Purchases of the Notes by the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates

The Guarantor may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes at any price in the open market or otherwise. Any Note so purchased, while held by or on behalf of the Guarantor, shall not entitle the holder thereof to vote at any meeting of the Holders and shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage of Outstanding Notes in respect of which Holders have consented to any action.

ARTICLE III.

INTEREST CALCULATION IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES

Section 3.1. Interest rate terms specific to the Fixed Rate Notes

(a) The following terms relating to the Fixed Rate Notes are hereby established:

(i) Interest on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.125% per annum.

(ii) Interest on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.375% per annum.

(iii) Interest on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.375% per annum.

(iv) Interest on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.625% per annum.

(v) Interest on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 4.000% per annum.

(vi) Interest on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.024% per annum.

 

29


(b) Interest on the Fixed Rate Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrear on 24 March and 24 September of each year, commencing on September 24, 2022 (each a “Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”), to the person in whose name the applicable Fixed Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

(c) The Fixed Rate Notes will each bear interest at the applicable interest rate described in Section 3.1(a) above and will accrue interest from (and including) the Issue Date, or from the most recent Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, to (but excluding) the next succeeding Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

(d) Interest on the Fixed Rate Notes will be paid on the basis of twelve 30-day months assuming a 360-day year.

(e) If a Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, a redemption date for the Fixed Rate Notes, or a Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, as the case may be, would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the required payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, but no additional interest shall be paid unless the U.S. Issuer, with respect to U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, or the UK Issuer, with respect to the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, as applicable, fails to make payment on such next succeeding Business Day.

Section 3.2. Interest Rate Terms Specific to the Callable Floating Rate Notes

(a) The initial interest rate on the Callable Floating Rate Notes for the first Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period will be equal to the Benchmark plus 0.89% per annum (the “Callable Floating Rate Notes Margin”). Thereafter, the interest rate on the Callable Floating Rate Notes for any Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period will be a per annum rate equal to the Benchmark, as determined on the applicable Interest Determination Date plus the Callable Floating Rate Notes Margin.

(b) The interest rate on the Callable Floating Rate Notes will be calculated quarterly on the date that is two USGS Business Days before each Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date (each such date, an “Interest Determination Date”).

(c) Interest on the Callable Floating Rate Notes will be payable quarterly in arrear on 24 March, 24 June, 24 September and 24 December of each year, commencing on June 24, 2022 (each a “Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”), to the person in whose name a Callable Floating Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

(d) Interest on the Callable Floating Rate Notes will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in each Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period, assuming a 360-day year.

(e) If any scheduled Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date (other than a Callable Floating Rate Notes Maturity Date), is not a Business Day, such Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day; provided that if the Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, such Callable Floating Rate

 

30


Notes Interest Payment Date will the immediately preceding Business Day. If any such Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date (other than a Callable Floating Rate Notes Maturity Date), is postponed or brought forward pursuant to this Section 3.2(e), the payment of interest due on such postponed or brought forward Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date will include interest accrued to but excluding such postponed or brought forward Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date. If a Callable Floating Rate Notes Maturity Date or date of redemption or repayment of the Callable Floating Rate Notes is not a Business Day, the U.S. Issuer may pay interest and principal on the next succeeding Business Day, but interest on that payment will not accrue during the period from and after the Callable Floating Rate Notes Maturity Date or date of redemption or repayment of the Callable Floating Rate Notes. If a date of redemption or repayment of any of the Callable Floating Rate Notes does not occur on a Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, (i) the related Interest Determination Date shall be deemed to be the date that is two USGS Business Days prior to such date of redemption or repayment, (ii) the related Observation Period shall be deemed to end on (but exclude) the date that is two USGS Business Days falling prior to such date of redemption or repayment, (iii) the Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period will be deemed to be shortened accordingly and (iv) corresponding adjustments will be deemed to be made to the Compounded Daily SOFR formula.

Section 3.3. Calculation of the Benchmark

(a) The “Benchmark” means, initially, Compounded Daily SOFR; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event and related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to SOFR or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement.

(b) “Compounded Daily SOFR” means, in relation to a Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period, the rate of return of a daily compound interest investment (with SOFR as reference rate for the calculation of interest) during the related Observation Period and will be calculated by the calculation agent on the related Interest Determination Date as follows:

 

LOGO

Where:

“d” means, in relation to any Observation Period, the number of calendar days in such Observation Period;

“d0” means, in relation to any Observation Period, the number of USGS Business Days in such Observation Period;

“i” means, in relation to any Observation Period, a series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant USGS Business Day in chronological order from (and including) the first USGS Business Day in such Observation Period;

 

31


“ni” means, in relation to any USGS Business Day “i” in the relevant Observation Period, the number of calendar days from (and including) such USGS Business Day “i” up to (but excluding) the following USGS Business Day;

Observation Period” means, in respect of each Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period, the period from (and including) the date that is two USGS Business Days falling prior to the first date in such Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period to (but excluding) the date that is two USGS Business Days preceding the Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date for such Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period; provided that the first Observation Period shall commence on (and include) the date that is two USGS Business Days falling prior to the Issue Date;

SOFR” means, in relation to any day, the rate determined by the calculation agent in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) the daily Secured Overnight Financing Rate for trades made on such day, available at or around the Reference Time on the NY Federal Reserve’s Website; and

(ii) if the rate specified in (i) above is not available at or around the Reference Time for such day (and a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have not occurred), the daily Secured Overnight Financing Rate in respect of the last USGS Business Day for which such rate was published on the NY Federal Reserve’s Website; and

“SOFRi” means, in relation to any USGS Business Day “i” in the relevant Observation Period, SOFR in respect of such USGS Business Days.

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of “SOFR” in Section 3.3(b) above, if the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) determines on or prior to the relevant Interest Determination Date that a Benchmark Transition Event and related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to SOFR, then Section 3.4 will thereafter apply to all determinations of the rate of interest payable on the Callable Floating Rate Notes.

In accordance with and subject to Section 3.4, after a Benchmark Transition Event and related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred, the amount of interest that will be payable for each Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period will be determined by reference to a rate per annum equal to the Benchmark Replacement plus the Callable Floating Rate Notes Margin.

Section 3.4. Benchmark Transitional Provisions

(a) If the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) determines that a Benchmark Transition Event and related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the applicable Reference Time in respect of any determination of the Benchmark on any date, the applicable Benchmark Replacement will replace the then-current Benchmark for all purposes relating to the Callable Floating Rate Notes in respect of such determination on such date and all determinations on all subsequent dates; provided that, if the U.S. Issuer or its

 

32


designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) is unable to or do not determine Benchmark Replacement in accordance with the provisions below prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the relevant Interest Determination Date, the interest rate for the related Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period will be equal to the interest rate in effect for the immediately preceding Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period or, in the case of the Interest Determination Date prior to the first Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, the initial rate of interest which would have been applicable to the Callable Floating Rate Notes for the first Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period had the Callable Floating Rate Notes been outstanding for a period equal in duration to the scheduled first Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period but ending on (and excluding) the Issue Date (and applying the Callable Floating Rate Notes Margin).

(b) “Benchmark Replacement” means the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) as of the Benchmark Replacement Date:

(i) the sum of: (a) the alternate rate of interest that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor (if any) and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

(ii) the sum of: (a) the ISDA Fallback Rate and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; and

(iii) the sum of: (a) the alternate rate of interest that has been selected by the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to any industry-accepted rate of interest as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for U.S. dollar-denominated floating rate notes at such time and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

(c) In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) will have the right to make changes to (1) any Interest Determination Date, Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, Reference Time, business day convention or Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period, (2) the manner, timing and frequency of determining the rate and amounts of interest that are payable on the Callable Floating Rate Notes and the conventions relating to such determination and calculations with respect to interest, (3) rounding conventions, (4) tenors and (5) any other terms or provisions of the Callable Floating Rate Notes, in each case that the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) determines, from time to time, to be appropriate to reflect the determination and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) decides that implementation of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or determine that no market practice for use of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner as the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer) determines is appropriate (acting in good faith)) (the “Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes”). Any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will apply to the Callable Floating Rate Notes for all future Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Periods.

 

33


(d) The U.S. Issuer will promptly give notice of the determination of the Benchmark Replacement, the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment and any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes to the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the calculation agent and the Holders of the Callable Floating Rate Notes; provided that failure to provide such notice will have no impact on the effectiveness of, or otherwise invalidate, any such determination.

(e) All determinations, decisions, elections and any calculations made by the U.S. Issuer or its designee (in consultation with the U.S. Issuer), and the calculation agent or its designee for the purposes of calculating the applicable interest on the Callable Floating Rate Notes will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Callable Floating Rate Notes, the U.S. Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, absent manifest error. If made by the U.S. Issuer, such determinations, decisions, elections and calculations will be made in consultation with the calculation agent, to the extent practicable. If made by its respective designee, such determinations, decisions, elections and calculations will be made after consulting with the U.S. Issuer, and its designees will not make any such determination, decision, election or calculation to which the U.S. Issuer objects. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Indenture or in the Callable Floating Rate Notes, any determinations, decisions, calculations or elections made in accordance with this Section 3.4 will become effective without consent from the Holders of the Callable Floating Rate Notes or any other party.

(f) Any determination, decision or election relating to the Benchmark not made by the calculation agent will be made on the basis described in Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 as applicable. The calculation agent shall have no liability for not making any such determination, decision or election. In addition, the U.S. Issuer may designate an entity (which may be its affiliate) to make any determination, decision or election that the U.S. Issuer has the right to make in connection with the determination of the Benchmark.

Section 3.5. Agreement with Respect to the Benchmark Replacement

By its acquisition of Callable Floating Rate Notes of any series, each Holder of a Callable Floating Rate Note (which, for these purposes, includes each beneficial owner) (i) will acknowledge, accept, consent and agree to be bound by the U.S. Issuer’s or its designee’s determination of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Benchmark Replacement Date, the Benchmark Replacement, the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment and any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, including as may occur without any prior notice from the U.S. Issuer and without the need for the U.S. Issuer to obtain any further consent from such Holder, (ii) will waive any and all claims, in law and/or in equity, against the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the calculation agent or the U.S. Issuer’s designee for, agree not to initiate a suit against the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the calculation agent or the U.S. Issuer’s designee in respect of, and agree that none of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the calculation agent or the U.S. Issuer’s designee will be liable for, the determination of or the failure to determine any Benchmark Transition Event, any Benchmark Replacement Date, any Benchmark Replacement, any Benchmark Replacement Adjustment and any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, and any Losses suffered in connection therewith and (iii) will agree that none of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the calculation agent or the U.S. Issuer’s designee will have any obligation to determine any Benchmark Transition Event, any Benchmark Replacement Date, any Benchmark Replacement, any Benchmark Replacement Adjustment and any Benchmark

 

34


Replacement Conforming Changes (including any adjustments thereto), including in the event of any failure by the U.S. Issuer to determine any Benchmark Transition Event, any Benchmark Replacement Date, any Benchmark Replacement, any Benchmark Replacement Adjustment and any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes.

ARTICLE IV.

COVENANTS

Section 4.1. Payment of Notes; Additional Amounts

(a) The U.S. Issuer (failing whom, the applicable Guarantor pursuant to the applicable Guarantee) covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of U.S. Issuer Notes that it shall duly and punctually pay the principal of and any other amounts due on the U.S. Issuer Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the U.S. Issuer Notes and in this Indenture. Not later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of any series of U.S. Issuer Notes and on the relevant Maturity Date, the U.S. Issuer shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be.

(b) The UK Issuer (failing whom, the applicable Guarantor pursuant to the applicable Guarantee) covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of UK Issuer Notes that it shall duly and punctually pay the principal of and any other amounts due on the UK Issuer Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the UK Issuer Notes and in this Indenture. Not later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of any series of UK Issuer Notes and on the relevant Maturity Date, the UK Issuer shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, the Principal Paying Agent shall only be obliged to remit money to Holders if it has actually received such money from the relevant Issuer. If the Issuers, the Guarantors or an Affiliate of the Issuers or the applicable Guarantor is acting as Paying Agent, the Issuers, the applicable Guarantor or such Affiliate shall, not later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on each due date of payments of any other amounts and the Maturity Date, segregate and hold in trust an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Principal and any other amounts on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers, the applicable Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuers or the applicable Guarantor) holds in accordance with this Indenture an amount in cash designated for and sufficient to pay all principal and any other amounts then due, the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is satisfied that full payment has been received from the Issuers or, upon failure of the Issuers, the Guarantor.

 

35


(d) All payments and deliveries made by the U.S. Issuer and the UK Issuer under or with respect to the U.S. Issuer Notes or the UK Issuer Notes, respectively, shall be free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge of any nature whatsoever imposed or levied by or on behalf of (i) the government of the United Kingdom or of any territory of the United Kingdom or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having the power to tax or (ii) the government of the United States or any state or territory of the United States or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having the power to tax (collectively, “Taxes”), except to the extent such Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof.

(e) If an Issuer is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made or amount delivered with respect to the Notes, such Issuer shall pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary such that the net amount received by each Holder (including such Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction shall not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if the Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to Taxes:

(i) that would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between such Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Holder or beneficial owner, if such Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) and the United Kingdom or United States or any political subdivision or territory or possession thereof or therein or area subject to its jurisdiction, including, without limitation, such Holder or beneficial owner (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or treated as a resident thereof or domiciled thereof or a national thereof or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having or having had a permanent establishment therein;

(ii) that are estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property, wealth or similar taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges;

(iii) that are payable other than by withholding from payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(iv) that would not have been imposed but for the failure of the applicable recipient of such payment to comply with any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement to the extent such compliance is required by applicable law or administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in, the rate of deduction or withholding of such Taxes;

(v) that would not have been imposed but for the presentation of the Notes (where presentation is required) for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof was duly provided for, whichever occurred later;

 

36


(vi) that would not have been imposed if presentation for payment of the Notes had been made to a Paying Agent other than the Paying Agent to which the presentation was made;

(vii) that are imposed solely by reason of the Holder or beneficial owner owning or having owned, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of such Issuer’s stock entitled to vote;

(viii) that would not have been imposed but for a failure by the Holder or beneficial owner (or any financial institution through which the Holder or beneficial owner holds any Note through which payment on the Note is made) to comply with any certification, information, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements (including entering into and complying with an agreement with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service) imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code as in effect on the date of issuance of the Notes or any successor or amended version of such provisions; or

(ix) any combination of the foregoing clauses (i) through (viii);

nor shall Additional Amounts be paid with respect to any payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Note to any such Holder who is a fiduciary or a partnership or a beneficial owner who is other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had it been the Holder of the Note.

The U.S. Issuer shall maintain in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, at least one Paying Agent located outside the United Kingdom.

The UK Issuer shall maintain, in respect of the UK Issuer Notes, at least one Paying Agent located outside the United Kingdom.

The obligation of the U.S. Issuer to pay Additional Amounts if and when due will survive the termination of this Indenture and the payment of all amounts in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes.

The obligation of the UK Issuer to pay Additional Amounts if and when due will survive the termination of this Indenture and the payment of all amounts in respect of the UK Issuer Notes.

Wherever in this Indenture or in the Notes there is in any provision any reference to the payment or delivery of amounts due on the Notes, whether at maturity or pursuant to any earlier redemption or repayment or otherwise, references to such amounts shall be deemed to include such Additional Amounts if, as and to the extent such Additional Amounts are payable with respect to such payment or delivery in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes, whether or not express mention to such Additional Amounts shall be made in any such provision.

 

37


Section 4.2. Limitation on Liens

Each Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiary to, incur or assume any mortgage, charge, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien or other security agreement (collectively, “Liens”) on or with respect to any of its or its Subsidiaries’ property, assets or revenues, present or future, to secure any Relevant Indebtedness without making, or causing any such Subsidiary to make, effective provision for securing the Notes equally and ratably with or prior to such Relevant Indebtedness as to such property, assets or revenues for as long as such Relevant Indebtedness is so secured.

Such restrictions on Liens shall not apply to:

(i) Liens arising by operation of law;

(ii) Liens on property, assets or revenues of any Person, which Liens are existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; or

(iii) Liens on property, assets or revenues of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition to the Guarantor of the properties of a Person as an entirety or substantially as an entirety.

Section 4.3. Maintenance of Office or Agency

(a) The Issuers shall maintain each office or agency required under Section 2.3. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish to the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made or services at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuers hereby appoint the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

(b) The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of New York) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers or the applicable Guarantor of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Issuers and the applicable Guarantor, as appropriate, will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any changes in the location of any such other office or agency.

Section 4.4. Maintenance of Corporate Existence and Corporate Separateness

Subject to ARTICLE VI, the Issuers and the applicable Guarantor will each do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

 

38


Section 4.5. Compliance Certificate

Each Issuer and the applicable Guarantor (for as long as its respective Guarantee is in force) will furnish to the Trustee annually, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a brief certificate from its principal executive, financial or accounting officer as to his or her knowledge of the compliance of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture (such compliance to be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture) and, in the event of any Default, specifying such Default and the nature and status thereof of which such person may have knowledge.

Section 4.6. Reports to Holders

At any time when the applicable Guarantor is not subject to or is not current in any applicable SEC reporting obligations, the U.S. Issuer (with respect to U.S. Issuer Notes), the UK Issuer (with respect to UK Issuer Notes) and the applicable Guarantor shall upon request make available to any Holder or any prospective purchaser of Notes the information required by it by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE V.

DEMERGER CAPITAL REDUCTION

Section 5.1. Demerger Capital Reduction

By their holding of the Notes, each Holder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger, (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer of such Holder’s Notes, or such person (other than the Trustee) as such Issuer shall nominate as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

ARTICLE VI.

SUCCESSOR ENTITY

Section 6.1. When an Issuer May Merge, Etc.

Each Issuer shall not consolidate with, merge with or into any other Person, or convey or transfer all or substantially all of their respective properties and assets to any Person (except that each Issuer’s finance Subsidiaries may merge into such Issuer), unless:

 

39


(a) the relevant Issuer is the continuing Person, or the successor expressly assumes by supplemental indenture their respective obligations under this Indenture;

(b) the continuing Person is a U.S. or U.K. company or is organized and validly existing under the laws of a jurisdiction that is a member country of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (or any successor) and, if it is not a U.S. or U.K. company, the continuing Person agrees by supplemental indenture to be bound by a covenant comparable to that described in Section 4.1 with respect to taxes imposed in the continuing Person’s jurisdiction or organization (in which case the continuing Person will benefit from a redemption option comparable to that described below under Section 7.2 in the event of changes in taxes in that jurisdiction after the date of the consolidation, merger or sale);

(c) immediately after the transaction, no Default or Event of Default under the U.S. Issuer Notes (with respect to the U.S. Issuer) or the UK Issuer Notes (with respect to the UK Issuer), as the case may be, has occurred and is continuing; and

(d) the relevant Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and, if the relevant Issuer is not the continuing Person, an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating, among other things, that the transaction and the supplemental indenture, if required, comply with this Section 6.1 and this Indenture.

Section 6.2. Successor Substituted

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of an Issuer in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Indenture, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the relevant Issuer is merged or to which such sale or other disposition (the “Successor Entity”) is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the relevant Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the relevant Issuer herein.

Section 6.3. When the Guarantor May Merge, Etc.

Each Guarantor, for so long as its respective Guarantee is in place, shall not consolidate with, merge with or into any other Person, or convey or transfer all or substantially of their respective properties and assets to any Person (except that each Guarantor’s finance subsidiaries may merge into the applicable Guarantor), unless:

(a) the applicable Guarantor is the continuing Person, or the successor expressly assumes by supplemental indenture their respective obligations under this Indenture;

(b) the continuing Person is a U.S. or U.K. company or is organized and validly existing under the laws of a jurisdiction that is a member country of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (or any successor) and, if it is not a U.S. or U.K. company, the continuing Person agrees by supplemental indenture to be bound by a covenant comparable to that described in Section 4.1 with respect to taxes imposed in the continuing Person’s jurisdiction or organization (in which case the continuing Person will benefit from a redemption option comparable to that described below under Section 7.2 in the event of changes in taxes in that jurisdiction after the date of the consolidation, merger or sale);

 

40


(c) immediately after the transaction, no Default or Event of Default under the Notes has occurred and is continuing; and

(d) the applicable Guarantor delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and, if the applicable Guarantor is not the continuing Person, an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating, among other things, that the transaction and the supplemental indenture, if required, comply with this Section 6.1 and this Indenture.

Section 6.4. Successor Guarantor Substituted

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of a Guarantor in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Indenture, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is merged or to which such sale or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the applicable Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the applicable Guarantor herein.

Section 6.5. Substitution of either Issuer

Each of the Issuers may at its option at any time, without the consent of any Holders, arrange for and cause Haleon or any of their respective subsidiaries (the “Substituted Obligor”) to assume the obligations of the U.S. Issuer under the U.S. Issuer Notes, and of the UK Issuer under the UK Issuer Notes, respectively; provided that:

(a) the new obligor executes a supplemental indenture, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, in which it agrees to be bound by the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, with any consequential amendments that may be required, as fully as if the Substituted Obligor had been named in this Indenture and on the Notes of such series in place of the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable;

(b) the Substituted Obligor is organized and validly existing under the laws of the U.S. or the U.K., or is organized and validly existing under the laws of a jurisdiction that is a member country of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (or any successor) and, if such Substituted Obligor is not organized and validly existing under the laws of the U.S. or the U.K., such Substituted Obligor must also agree in the supplemental indenture to be bound by a covenant comparable to that described in Section 4.1 with respect to taxes imposed in its jurisdiction of organization (in which case the new obligor will benefit from a redemption option comparable to that described under Section 7.2 in the event of changes in taxes in that jurisdiction after the date of the consolidation, merger or sale), in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee; and

(c) unless the Substituted Obligor is the applicable Guarantor, the obligations of the Substituted Obligor under the Indenture and the Notes of such series are guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor on the same terms as the applicable Guarantee of the U.S. Issuer’s obligations in respect of such U.S. Issuer Notes or the UK Issuer’s obligations in respect of such UK Issuer Notes, as applicable, immediately prior to such substitution.

In the case of such a substitution, the relevant Issuer will be relieved of any further obligation under the relevant Notes.

 

41


ARTICLE VII.

REDEMPTION

Section 7.1. Redemption; General

The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund.

Unless otherwise specified in this ARTICLE VII, with respect to any series of Notes, notice of any redemption by the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable, will be mailed by the relevant Issuer, or by the Trustee on the relevant Issuer’s behalf at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each registered Holder of the Notes of such series to be redeemed by the relevant Issuer. The relevant Issuer will give notice of any such redemption to any exchange on which such series of Notes are listed. On and after any redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on such series of Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

Section 7.2. Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

(a) The U.S. Issuer may redeem any series of U.S. Issuer Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(i) the U.S. Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom (or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) or the United States (or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof), or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date:

(A) the U.S. Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the U.S. Issuer Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the U.S. Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or

(B) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the U.S. Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the U.S. Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

 

42


(ii) the U.S. Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognized standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) or the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) (whether or not such action was taken or brought with respect to the U.S. Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be), which action is taken or brought on or after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the U.S. Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

(b) The UK Issuer may redeem the UK Issuer Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(i) the UK Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom (or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) or the United States (or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof), or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date:

(A) the UK Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the UK Issuer Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the UK Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or

(B) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the UK Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the UK Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

(ii) the UK Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognized standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) or the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) (whether or not such action was taken or brought with respect to the UK Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be), which action is taken or brought on or after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the UK Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

(c) The relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor will also pay to each Holder of any series of Notes to be redeemed, or make available for payment to each such Holder, on the redemption date any Additional Amounts resulting from the payment of such redemption price. Prior to the delivery of any notice of redemption, the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee:

 

43


(i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the relevant Issuer is entitled to effect a redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent of the right so to redeem have occurred; or

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the conditions specified above have been satisfied.

Any notice of redemption will be irrevocable once the relevant Issuer delivers the Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee.

Section 7.3. Deposit of Redemption Price

On or before 11:00am New York City time on the redemption date, the U.S. Issuer or the UK Issuer will deposit with the Paying Agent or the Trustee (or, if the Issuer is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on the relevant series of Notes to be redeemed on that date. If less than all of the Notes of such series are to be redeemed, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company, in the case of Notes represented by a Global Note, or by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee deems to be fair and appropriate, in the case of Notes that are not represented by a Global Note.

Section 7.4. Unredeemed Portions of Partially Redeemed Note

Upon surrender of a Note that is to be redeemed in part, the U.S. Issuer (in respect of U.S. Issuer Notes) or the UK Issuer (in respect of UK Issuer Notes), as applicable, shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of the Note at the expense of the relevant Issuer, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note surrendered, provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $250,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Section 7.5. Fixed Rate Notes Make-Whole and Par Redemption

(a) Prior to the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the U.S. Issuer may redeem any series of the U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes and, at any time before the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, the UK Issuer may redeem the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at their option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) as determined by such Issuer, (a) with respect to any series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes: the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) that would be due if the relevant series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes matured on the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par

 

44


Call Date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points in the case of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, 20 basis points in the case of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, 25 basis points in the case of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, 25 basis points in the case of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes or 15 basis points in the case of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes, and (b) with respect to the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes: the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 15 basis points; in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b) On or after the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the U.S. Issuer may redeem any series of the U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the applicable series of U.S. Issuer Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, instalments of interest on the Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed that are due and payable on a Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to a redemption date will be payable on the Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date to the registered Holders as of the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date according to the Fixed Rate Notes and the Indenture, as applicable.

(d) Each Issuer’s actions and determinations in determining the redemption price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 7.6. Floating Rate Notes Par Redemption

(a) On or after the Callable Floating Rate Notes Par Call Date, the U.S. Issuer may redeem the Callable Floating Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Callable Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, instalments of interest on the Callable Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed that are due and payable on a Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to a redemption date will be payable on the Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date to the Holders as of the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date according to the Callable Floating Rate Notes and the Indenture, as applicable.

Section 7.7. Special Mandatory Early Redemption

(a) The U.S. Issuer shall promptly notify, in writing, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Holders of the U.S. Issuer Notes within 15 days of the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption). Within 45 days from (and including) the date of such notice, the U.S. Issuer shall redeem the U.S. Issuer Notes in whole, but not in part, at the Special Mandatory Redemption Amount, together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption.

 

45


(b) The UK Issuer shall promptly notify, in writing, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Holders of the UK Issuer Notes within 15 days of the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption). Within 45 days from (and including) the date of such notice, the UK Issuer shall redeem the UK Issuer Notes in whole, but not in part, at the Special Mandatory Redemption Amount, together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption.

(c) The Trustee is under no obligation whatsoever to ascertain whether a Special Mandatory Redemption Event or any event which could lead to the occurrence of or could constitute a Special Mandatory Redemption Event has occurred and, until a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received actual written notice pursuant to Section 7.7(a) and/or Section 7.7(b) to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no Special Mandatory Redemption Event or other such event has occurred.

Section 7.8. Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

(a) If a Change of Control Put Event occurs with respect to a series of Notes, the Holders of such Series will have the option (a “Change of Control Put Option”) (unless prior to the giving of the relevant Change of Control Put Event Notice the Issuer of such series of Notes has given notice of redemption pursuant to any of Section 7.2, Section 7.5, Section 7.6 or Section 7.7 as applicable) to require the relevant Issuer to redeem or, at such Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) the whole, but not part, of such Holders’ Notes on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

(b) Promptly, and in any event not later than seven calendar days, after becoming aware of the occurrence of a Change of Control Put Event, the relevant Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing and give notice (a “Change of Control Put Event Notice”) to the Holders specifying: (A) the nature of the Change of Control Put Event, (B) the procedure for exercising the Change of Control Put Option, (C) that a Change of Control Put Notice once given may not be revoked, (D) the last day of the Paying Agent’s normal business hours falling within the period (the “Change of Control Put Period”) and (E) the Change of Control Put Date.

(c) To exercise the Change of Control Put Option, the relevant Holder must deliver, at the specified office of the Paying Agent at any time during the Change of Control Put Period of 45 calendar days after a Change of Control Put Event Notice is given, accompanied by a duly signed and completed notice of exercise in the form (for the time being current) obtainable from the specified office of the Paying Agent (a “Change of Control Put Notice”) and in which the Holder must specify a bank account (or, if payment is required to be made by check, an address) to which payment is to be made pursuant to this Section 7.8, accompanied by, if the relevant Note is in definitive form, the relevant Note or evidence satisfactory to the Paying Agent concerned that the relevant Note will, following delivery of the Change of Control Put Notice, be held to its order or under its control. The “Change of Control Put Date” shall be the date falling seven London business days after the expiration of the Change of Control Put Period.

 

46


(d) A Change of Control Put Notice, once given, shall be irrevocable, except where prior to the Change of Control Put Date, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; in which event, the relevant Holder, at its option, may elect by notice to the relevant Issuer to withdraw the Change of Control Put Notice and instead to instruct the Trustee, in writing, to give notice that the relevant Notes the subject of the Change of Control Put Notice are immediately due and payable pursuant to ARTICLE IX. The relevant Notes shall then become immediately due and payable, as long as the Trustee declares all of the relevant Notes immediately due and payable.

(e) The relevant Issuer shall redeem or purchase (or procure the purchase of) the relevant Notes on the Change of Control Put Date unless previously redeemed (or purchased) and cancelled.

(f) The Trustee is under no obligation whatsoever to ascertain whether a Change of Control Put Event or any event which could lead to the occurrence of or could constitute a Change of Control Put Event has occurred and, until a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received actual written notice pursuant to this Section 7.8 to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no Change of Control Put Event or other such event has occurred.

Section 7.9. Redemption at Maturity

Unless previously redeemed and cancelled as herein provided, each series of U.S. Issuer Notes will be repaid by the U.S. Issuer at their respective principal amounts on the applicable Maturity Date.

Unless previously redeemed and cancelled as herein provided, the UK Issuer Notes will be repaid by the UK Issuer at their principal amounts on the applicable Maturity Date.

ARTICLE VIII.

DEFEASANCE

Section 8.1. Defeasance

(a) If an Issuer deposits with the Trustee sufficient cash or government securities (if government securities, as deemed sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of public accountants) to pay the principal, interest, any premium and any other sums due to the stated Maturity Date or a redemption date of the relevant Notes, then at its option:

(i) such Issuer will be discharged from its respective obligations with respect to the relevant Notes; or

 

47


(ii) such Issuer will no longer be under any obligation to comply with the restrictive covenants, if any, contained in the Indenture and any supplemental indenture or board resolution with respect to the relevant Notes, and the Events of Default relating to failures to comply with covenants will no longer apply to the relevant Issuer.

(b) If Section 8.1(a) applies, the Holders will not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture except for registration of transfer of Notes and replacement of lost, stolen or mutilated Notes. Instead, the Holders will only be able to rely on the deposited funds or obligations for payment.

(c) The relevant Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the deposit and related defeasance would not cause the Holders to recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The relevant Issuer may, in lieu of an Opinion of Counsel, deliver a ruling to such effect received from or published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

ARTICLE IX.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 9.1. Events of Default

An “Event of Default” with respect to a series of Notes will occur upon any of the following:

(a) default in payment of the principal of any Note of such series when due (including upon any redemption of such series of Notes), and, in the case of technical or administrative difficulties, the continuance of that default for more than two Business Days;

(b) default in payment of interest on, or any additional amounts payable in respect of, any Note of such series when due and payable, and the continuance of that default for 30 days;

(c) (i) with respect to the U.S. Issuer Notes, default in performing any other covenant of the U.S. Issuer and (ii) with respect to the UK Issuer Notes, default in performing any other covenant of the UK Issuer, or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture for 90 days after the receipt of written notice specifying such default from the Trustee or from the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the Notes of that series;

(d) default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed of the U.S. Issuer, with respect to the U.S. Issuer Notes, or the UK Issuer, with respect to the UK Issuer Notes, or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be (not including any indebtedness for which recourse is limited to property purchased), having in any particular case an outstanding principal amount in excess of £100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) where any such failure results in such indebtedness being accelerated and becoming due and payable prior to its stated maturity and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled or such indebtedness shall not have been discharged; provided that there shall not be deemed to be an event of default if such acceleration is rescinded or annulled or such payment is made within 10 days after there has been given to the applicable Issuer and the applicable

 

48


Guarantor by the Trustee, or to the applicable Issuer, the applicable Guarantor and the Trustee by the Holders representing 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of such series of the Notes a written notice specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

(e) with respect to the U.S. Issuer Notes, the Haleon Guarantee ceases to be, or is claimed by the U.S. Issuer or Haleon not to be, in full force and effect;

(f) with respect to the UK Issuer Notes, the Haleon Guarantee ceases to be, or is claimed by the UK Issuer or Haleon not to be, in full force and effect; or

(g) commencement by the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor of a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the relevant Issuer’s or the applicable Guarantor’s consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, or any general assignment by the applicable Issuer or the applicable Guarantor for the benefit of creditors.

An Event of Default with respect to a particular series of Notes will not necessarily constitute an Event of Default with respect to any other series of Notes.

Section 9.2. Notice of Event of Default

If an Event of Default with respect to a series of Notes occurs and is continuing of which a responsible officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes of such series a notice of the Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. However, except in the case of a Default in any payment in respect of a series of Notes, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding notice of an Event of Default if it determines in good faith that this is in the interests of the Holders of the relevant series of Notes.

Section 9.3. Acceleration

(a) If an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(a) or Section 9.1(b) occurs with respect to any series of Notes, then the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of such series of Notes can accelerate the entire principal of such series of Notes with written notice to the Trustee.

(b) If an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(c), Section 9.1(d), Section 9.1(e) or Section 9.1(f) occurs because of a failure to perform any other covenant in this Indenture or any covenant for the benefit of one or more, but not all, of the series of the Notes, then the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes of all series affected, voting as one class, can accelerate all of the affected series of Notes.

(c) If an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(g) occurs, then the entire principal of the Notes under the Indenture will be accelerated automatically without further action.

 

49


(d) The Holders representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the affected series of Notes can rescind this accelerated payment requirement.

Section 9.4. Other Remedies

No Holder will be entitled to pursue any remedy under this Indenture unless the Trustee fails to act for 60 days after it is given:

(i) notice of Default by that Holder;

(ii) a written request to enforce this Indenture by the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes of any affected series; and

(iii) an indemnity and/or security to the Trustee, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

and during this 60-day period the Holders representing at least a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes of such affected series do not give a direction to the Trustee that is inconsistent with the enforcement request. These provisions will not prevent any Holder from enforcing payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes at the relevant due dates.

Section 9.5. Waiver of Past Defaults

Subject to Section 9.6 and Section 11.2, the Holders representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the affected series of Notes may waive any past Default or Event of Default or allow noncompliance with any provision of this Indenture. However, the Holders cannot waive a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any series of the Notes when due otherwise than as a result of acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default with respect to the Notes arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 9.6. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of any series of Notes to receive payment of the principal, interest or Additional Amounts payable in respect of such Holder’s Note on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 9.7. Collection Suit by Trustee

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes in payment of the principal or interest as specified in Section 9.1(a) or Section 9.1(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the relevant Issuer and the applicable Guarantor for the whole amount of such principal of the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all amounts owing the Trustee under Section 10.6.

 

50


Section 9.8. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim, Etc.

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.6) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor, the creditors of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, or the property of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any moneys, securities or other property payable or deliverable upon any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it under Section 10.6. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes, the Guarantees or the rights of any Holder under the Notes or the Guarantees, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 9.9. Application of Proceeds

Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this ARTICLE IX in respect of any series of Notes shall be applied in the following order at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, upon presentation of the several Notes in respect of which moneys have been collected and noting thereon the payment, or issuing Notes in reduced principal amounts in exchange for the presented Notes if only partially paid, or upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: to the Trustee and the Agents for amounts due under Section 10.6;

SECOND: In case the principal or interest of a series of Notes shall have become and shall be then due and payable, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon the relevant series of Notes for principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any; and in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon the relevant series of Notes, then to the payment of such principal or interest without preference or priority of any Note over any other Note in the relevant series, ratably to the aggregate of such principal; and

THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the relevant Issuer, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount pursuant to a Guarantee, the applicable Guarantor, or any other person lawfully entitled thereto.

Section 9.10. Restoration of Rights and Remedies

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then, and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the relevant Issuer, the applicable Guarantor, Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

51


Section 9.11. Undertaking for Costs

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, in either case in respect of any series of Notes, a court may require any party litigant in such suit (other than the Trustee) to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant (other than the Trustee) in the suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 9.11 does not apply to a suit by Holders representing more than 10% in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes of the affected series.

Section 9.12. Rights and Remedies Cumulative

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes in Section 2.9, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 9.13. Delay or Omission Not Waiver

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this ARTICLE IX or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

ARTICLE X.

TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Section 10.1. Duties of Trustee

(a) If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a responsible officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

52


(b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of gross negligence on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.

However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 10.1;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 9.5, Section 9.7 or Section 9.8; and

(d) Neither the Trustee nor the Principal Paying Agent shall be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with each Issuer.

(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity and/or security against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this ARTICLE X.

(h) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the relevant Issuer.

 

53


(i) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might properly be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture and for the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all sums held by the Trustee or the Agents shall be held as banker rather than as trustee, and therefore will not be held in accordance with the client money rules of the United Kingdom’s Financial Services Authority or any successor regulatory body.

Section 10.2. Certain Rights of Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

Subject to Section 10.1:

(a) The Trustee and each of the Paying Agents, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar (together, excluding the Trustee, the “Agents”) may conclusively rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, security or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person whether or not such document is addressed to it. The Trustee and each of the Agents shall not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document, but the Trustee and each of the Agents may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee or any Agent shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, following reasonable notice, to make reasonable examination of the books, records and premises of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee or any of the Agents acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 14.2. Neither the Trustee nor any of the Agents shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. Subject to Section 10.1, whenever in the administration of the trusts of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting to take any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it under the provisions of this Indenture in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

54


(c) The Trustee and each of the Agents may act through its attorneys, agents, custodians and nominees not regularly in its employ and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent, attorney, custodian and nominee appointed with due care; provided that the Trustee shall be required to terminate any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee if it has actual knowledge of any failure by such Person to perform its delegated duties.

(d) Any request, direction, order or demand of an Issuer or a Guarantor mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed), and any board resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers or for any action it takes or omits to take in accordance with the direction of the Holders in accordance with Section 9.4 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

(g) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(h) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, board resolution, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security, or other paper or document unless requested in writing so to do by the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes affected then Outstanding.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) The Trustee or any of the Agents may request that each Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

55


(k) In no event shall the Trustee or any of the Agents be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) as a result of claims brought by any Holder irrespective of whether the Trustee or any of the Agents has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(m) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

Section 10.3. Individual Rights of Trustee

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

Section 10.4. Disclaimer

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as statements of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor and not of the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents makes any representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall be accountable for any Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes or for moneys paid over to the Issuers or the Guarantors pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 10.5. Notice of Defaults

If any Default or Event of Default with respect to a series of Notes occurs and is continuing and if such Default is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of such series of Notes, at the expense of the relevant Issuer, notice of such Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the occurrence thereof, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived before the mailing; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal, interest or other amount with respect to a series of Notes, the Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders; and provided further that in the case of any default or breach of the character specified in Section 9.1(c) with respect to a series of Notes, no such

 

56


notice to Holders of such series of Notes shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a responsible officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

Section 10.6. Compensation and Indemnity

(a) Each Issuer, or failing which, the applicable Guarantor, shall pay to the Trustee such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing from time to time for its services. The compensation of the Trustee shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. Each Issuer, or failing which, the applicable Guarantor, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee (including the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith.

(b) Each Issuer, or failing which, the applicable Guarantor, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, including taxes (other than income taxes), incurred by it without negligence or bad faith on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture and the Notes or the trusts hereunder and the performance of its duties under this Indenture and the Notes, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim asserted by any person or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture and the Notes or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section 10.6.

(c) The obligations of each Issuer and the applicable Guarantor under this Section 10.6 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the rejection or termination of this Indenture under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. Such additional indebtedness shall be a senior claim to that of the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes, and the Notes are hereby subordinated to such senior claim. If the Trustee renders services and incurs expenses following an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) hereof, the parties hereto and the Holders by their acceptance of the Notes hereby agree that such expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law

Section 10.7. Replacement of Trustee

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee as Trustee with respect to the Notes and appointment of a successor Trustee as Trustee with respect to the Notes shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 10.7.

 

57


(b) The Trustee may resign as Trustee at any time by so notifying the Issuers and the applicable Guarantor in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee as Trustee by so notifying the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with respect thereto with the consent of the Issuers. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 10.9 of this Indenture; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed as Trustee with respect to the Notes, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee with respect to the Notes for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee with respect thereto. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of a series of Notes may appoint a successor Trustee in respect of such series of Notes to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers. If the successor Trustee with respect to the Notes does not deliver its written acceptance required by the next succeeding paragraph of this Section 10.7(d) within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect thereto.

(d) A successor Trustee with respect to the Notes shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee, to the Issuers and to the applicable Guarantor. Immediately after the delivery of such written acceptance, subject to the lien provided for in Section 10.6 and subject to the payment of any and all amounts then due and owing to the retiring Trustee, (i) the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee in respect of the Notes to the successor Trustee (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee in respect of the Notes shall become effective and (iii) the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee in respect of the Notes under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder of Notes.

(e) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuers and the applicable Guarantor shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the preceding paragraph.

(f) The Issuers shall give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee with respect to the Notes and each appointment of a successor Trustee in respect of the Notes to all Holders of Notes. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee with respect to the Notes pursuant to this Section 10.7, the Issuers’ and the applicable Guarantor’s obligations under Section 10.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

58


Section 10.8. Successor Trustee by Merger

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation, banking association or any other entity, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation, banking association or other entity without any further act shall be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee herein; provided that such successor Trustee shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this ARTICLE X.

Section 10.9. Eligibility; Disqualification

The Trustee shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

Section 10.10. Communications

In no event shall the Agents or the Trustee be liable for any Losses arising in regards to receiving or transmitting any data from any Issuer, any Authorized Person or any party to the transaction via any non-secure method of transmission or communication, such as, but without limitation, by facsimile or email. The Issuer accepts that some methods of communication are not secure and the Agents shall incur no liability for receiving instructions via any such non-secure method. The Agents are authorized to comply with and rely upon any such notice, instructions or other communications reasonably believed by it to have been sent or given by an Authorized Person or an appropriate party to the transaction (or authorized representative thereof). Each Issuer or Authorized Person should use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that instructions transmitted to the Agents or the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture are complete and correct. Any instructions shall be conclusively deemed to be valid instructions from any Issuer or Authorized Person to the Agents or the Trustee for the purposes of this Indenture.

Section 10.11. Resignation of Agents

(a) Any Agent may resign its appointment hereunder at any time without the need to give any reason and without being responsible for any costs associated therewith by giving to the appointing Issuer, the applicable Guarantor and the Trustee and (except in the case of resignation of the Principal Paying Agent) the Principal Paying Agent 30 days’ written notice to that effect (waivable by the Issuer and the Trustee); provided that in the case of resignation of the Principal Paying Agent no such resignation shall take effect until a new Principal Paying Agent (approved in advance in writing by the Trustee) shall have been appointed by the Issuers to exercise the powers and undertake the duties hereby conferred and imposed upon the Principal Paying Agent. Following receipt of a notice of resignation from any Agent, the Issuers shall promptly give notice thereof to the Holders in accordance with Section 14.1. Such notice shall expire at least 30 days before or after any due date for payment in respect of the Notes.

(b) If any Agent gives notice of its resignation in accordance with this Section 10.11 and a replacement Agent is required and by the 10th day before the expiration of such notice such replacement has not been duly appointed, such Agent may itself appoint as its replacement

 

59


any reputable and experienced financial institution. Immediately following such appointment, the Issuers shall give notice of such appointment to the Trustee, the remaining Agents and the Holders, whereupon the Issuers, the Trustee, the remaining Agents and the replacement Agent shall acquire and become subject to the same rights and obligations among themselves as if they had entered into an agreement in the form mutatis mutandis of this Indenture.

(c) Upon its resignation becoming effective, the Principal Paying Agent shall forthwith transfer all moneys held by it hereunder to the successor Principal Paying Agent or, if none, the Trustee or to the Trustee’s order, but shall have no other duties or responsibilities hereunder, and shall be entitled to the payment by the Issuers of its remuneration for the services previously rendered hereunder and to the reimbursement of all expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred in connection therewith.

ARTICLE XI.

AMENDMENTS

Section 11.1. Without Consent of Holders

(a) If each of the Issuers and the Trustee agree, this Indenture may be amended without notifying any Holders or seeking their consent if the amendment does not materially and adversely affect any Holder.

(b) Each of the Issuers may amend this Indenture without notice to or consent of any Holder, to:

(i) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture;

(ii) comply with sections of this Indenture governing when the each of the Issuers may merge and substitute obligors;

(iii) evidence and provide for the acceptance by a successor trustee of appointment under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of any or all series;

(iv) establish the form or forms or terms of the Notes of any series or of the coupons appertaining to such Notes as permitted under this Indenture;

(v) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes and to make all appropriate changes for such purpose;

(vi) provide for a further guarantee from a third party on Outstanding Notes of any series and the debt securities of any series that may be issued under the Indenture;

(vii) change or eliminate any provision of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination will become effective only when there are no Outstanding Notes of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision;

 

60


(viii) supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as will be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided that any such action will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or

(ix) make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

(c) After an amendment under this Section 11.1 becomes effective, the relevant Issuer shall mail to all Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all such Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 11.1.

(d) Any amendment or supplement made solely to conform the provisions of this Indenture and Notes to the description of this Indenture and the Notes contained the Offering Memorandum will be deemed not to materially or adversely affect the rights of any Holder of Notes.

(e) The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient that such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

(f) In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee shall be entitled to require and rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate.

Section 11.2. With Consent of Holders

(a) The rights and obligations of each of the Issuers and the Holders under this Indenture may be modified if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of each series affected by the modification consent to such modification. However, unless each affected Holder agrees, an amendment cannot:

(i) make any adverse change to any payment term of a Note such as extending the maturity date, extending the date on which an Issuer has to pay interest, reducing the interest rate, reducing the amount of principal an Issuer has to repay, changing the currency in which the relevant Issuer has to make any payment of principal, premium or interest, modifying any redemption or repurchase right, or right to convert or exchange any Note, to the detriment of the relevant Holder and impairing any right of a Holder to bring suit for payment;

(ii) change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of any Guarantor in respect of the due and punctual payment of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and any interest thereon;

(iii) waive any payment default;

 

61


(iv) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes needed to make any amendment to the Indenture or to waive any covenant or default; or

(v) make any other change to the amendment provisions of the Indenture.

(b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 11.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(c) After an amendment under this Section 11.2 becomes effective, the relevant Issuer shall mail to Holders of the series of Notes impacted by the amendment a notice in the manner specified in Section 14.1 briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all such Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 11.2.

Section 11.3. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 11.2.

(b) Each Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 90 days after such record date.

Section 11.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the relevant Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the relevant Issuer in exchange for the Note will execute and upon Issuer Order the Trustee will authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of amendment made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

62


Section 11.5. Trustee to Sign Amendments

The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this ARTICLE XI if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity and/or security reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 10.1 and Section 10.2) shall be fully protected in relying upon, such evidence as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, on an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions. Such Opinion shall be an expense of the Issuers.

ARTICLE XII.

RANKING

Section 12.1. Ranking of U.S. Issuer Notes

The U.S. Issuer Notes will be the unsubordinated and (other than pursuant to the Guarantees) unsecured obligations of the U.S. Issuer and will rank at least pari passu, without any preference or priority among themselves, with all existing and future unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of the U.S. Issuer (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law), and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the U.S. Issuer.

Section 12.2. Ranking of UK Issuer Notes

The UK Issuer Notes will be the unsubordinated and (other than pursuant to the Guarantees) unsecured obligations of the UK Issuer and will rank at least pari passu, without any preference or priority among themselves, with all existing and future unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of the UK Issuer (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law), and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the UK Issuer.

ARTICLE XIII.

THE GUARANTEES

Section 13.1. The Guarantees

(a) Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by GSK substantially on the terms set out in Section 13.2 (the “GSK Guarantee”). With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, (i) the GSK Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally terminated and released without requiring any Holder consent and (ii) the Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Haleon substantially on the terms set out in Section 13.3 (the “Haleon Guarantee”).

 

63


(b) GSK will cease to be a Guarantor with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date and Haleon will only be liable under the Guarantee from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date any liability incurred by GSK as Guarantor prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date will be irrevocably and unconditionally assumed by Haleon.

(c) GSK will deliver a Guarantee Assumption Notice or Demerger Completion Notice, as applicable, to the Trustee and the Holders promptly following the occurrence of the Guarantee Assumption Date or the Demerger, respectively.

(d) If, for any reason, while the GSK Guarantee is in place, (A) the U.S. Issuer does not make any required payment in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes when due, or (B) the UK Issuer does not make any required payment in respect of the UK Issuer Notes when due, whether on the normal due date, on acceleration, redemption or otherwise, GSK will cause the payment to be made to or to the order of the Trustee. Holders of the relevant series of Notes that have not received the required payment from the relevant Issuer will be entitled to payment under the GSK Guarantee without taking any action whatsoever against the relevant Issuer. If, for any reason, while the Haleon Guarantee is in place, (A) the U.S. Issuer does not make any required payment in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes when due, or (B) the UK Issuer does not make any required payment in respect of the UK Issuer Notes when due, whether on the normal due date, on acceleration, redemption or otherwise, Haleon will cause the payment to be made to or to the order of the Trustee. Holders of the relevant series of Notes that have not received the required payment from the relevant Issuer will be entitled to payment under the Haleon Guarantee without taking any action whatsoever against the relevant Issuer.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Notes will not be guaranteed by any other Subsidiary of GSK or Haleon and the obligations under the Guarantees will effectively be junior to obligations of any other Subsidiary of GSK or Haleon, as applicable.

Section 13.2. The GSK Guarantee

GSK by its execution of this Indenture hereby agrees with each Holder of the Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and with the Trustee, on behalf of each such Holder, to be unconditionally bound by the terms and provisions of the GSK Guarantee with respect to the Notes prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date and authorizes the Trustee to confirm such GSK Guarantee to the Holder of each such Note by its execution and delivery of each such Note, with such GSK Guarantee endorsed thereon, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

 

64


The GSK Guarantee to be endorsed on the Notes shall be in substantially the form set forth below:

“GUARANTEE

OF

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

For value received, GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “GSK Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder prior to the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by the Issuer under this Indenture. In case of the failure of GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under such Indenture), to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, or the failure of GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “UK Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under such Indenture), to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the UK Issuer Notes, in each case prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the relevant Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this GSK Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the GSK Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the GSK Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the GSK Guarantor.

The GSK Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the GSK Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The GSK Guarantor hereby

 

65


waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this GSK Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This GSK Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

The GSK Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable, in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the GSK Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this GSK Guarantee; provided, however, that the GSK Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the GSK Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed.

This GSK Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this GSK Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This GSK Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GSK Guarantor has caused this GSK Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC,

as the GSK Guarantor

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

66


Section 13.3. The Haleon Guarantee

Haleon by its execution of this Indenture hereby agrees with each Holder of the Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and with the Trustee, on behalf of each such Holder, to be unconditionally bound by the terms and provisions of the Haleon Guarantee with respect to the Notes on and from the Guarantee Assumption Date and authorizes the Trustee to confirm such Haleon Guarantee to the Holder of each such Note by its execution and delivery of each such Note, with such Haleon Guarantee endorsed thereon, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

The Haleon Guarantee to be endorsed on the Notes shall be in substantially the form set forth below:

“GUARANTEE

OF

HALEON

For value received, Haleon, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “Haleon Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder from (and including) the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by the Issuer under this Indenture. In case of the failure of GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under such Indenture), to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, or the failure of GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “UK Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under such Indenture), to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the UK Issuer Notes, in each case from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the relevant Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Haleon Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the Haleon Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the Haleon Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Haleon Guarantor.

 

67


The Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Haleon Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The Haleon Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Haleon Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This Haleon Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

The Haleon Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer or UK Issuer, as applicable, in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Haleon Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Haleon Guarantee; provided, however, that the Haleon Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the Haleon Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed.

This Haleon Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Haleon Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This Haleon Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

68


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Haleon Guarantor has caused this Haleon Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

HALEON PLC,

as the Haleon Guarantor

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
 

ARTICLE XIV.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1. Notices

(a) Any notice or communication shall be in writing, in English, and delivered in person or sent by first-class mail, telex, facsimile transmission or email directed as follows:

if to the UK Issuer:

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc

980 Great West Road,

Brentford, Middlesex,

TW8 9GS, England

Attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer)

E-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com

if to the U.S. Issuer:

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

184 Liberty Corner Road, Suite 200

Warren NJ 07059

United States

Attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer)

E-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com

Copy: Justin T. Huang (VP and Secretary), Charles David Simpson (VP

and Treasurer) and Hatixhe Hoxha (Assistant Secretary)

Email: US.CorpSec@gsk.com

if to the GSK Guarantor:

GlaxoSmithKline plc

980 Great West Road,

Brentford, Middlesex,

TW8 9GS, England

Attention: Victoria Whyte

E-mail: company.secretary@gsk.com

 

69


if to the Haleon Guarantor:

Haleon

980 Great West Road,

Brentford, Middlesex,

TW8 9GS, England

Attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer)

E-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com

Copy: Victoria Whyte

Email: victoria.a.whyte@gsk.com

if to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Principal Calculating Agent or the Registrar:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

1 Columbus Circle

Trust and Agency Services

Mail Stop NYC01-1710

17th Floor, New York, NY, 10019

Facsimile: +1 732-578-4635

Attention: Corporates Team, GSK Consumer Healthcare, SF6791

The Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) Notices to Holders will be mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of Notes. So long as and to the extent that the Notes are represented by Global Notes and such Global Notes are held by the Depositary or its nominee or a custodian therefor, notices to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to the Depositary for communication by it to entitled account holders.

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

(d) Any notice or communication delivered to an Issuer under the provisions herein shall constitute notice to the Guarantor.

 

70


Section 14.2. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

(a) Upon any request or application by an Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the relevant Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

(i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

(b) If an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Indenture has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the relevant Issuer to the Trustee with respect to endorsement, delivery or redelivery of a Note issued in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 14.1(a) and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

Section 14.3. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(i) a statement that each person signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided, however, that, with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Section 14.4. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders, provided that such rules do not conflict with or contradict the provisions of ARTICLE XIV hereof. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

71


Section 14.5. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day

If the Maturity Date, the stated maturity for any other payments due or the due date for any delivery of any amounts due upon exchange under the Notes or this Indenture is not a Business Day, then payment of principal of, or other amounts on, and delivery of such amounts due on such Note, as the case may be, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on at the Maturity Date or the stated maturity for any other payments or the due date for any delivery due under the Notes or this Indenture; provided that no interest shall accrue for the period beginning and including such Maturity Date, maturity for any other payments due or the due date for any delivery under the Notes or this Indenture, as the case may be.

Section 14.6. Governing Law, Etc.

(a) THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE OR THE NOTES OR ANY TRANSACTION RELATED HERETO OR THERETO.

(b) Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby:

(i) agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, may be instituted in any Federal or state court sitting in The City of New York,

(ii) waives to the extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding, and any claim that any suit, action or proceeding in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum,

(iii) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding,

(iv) agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding may be enforced in the courts of the jurisdiction of which it is subject by a suit upon judgment, and

(v) agrees that service of process by mail to the addressed specified herein shall constitute personal service of such process on it in any such suit, action or proceeding.

(c) The UK Issuer and each Guarantor have appointed the U.S. Issuer as the authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) thereof for service of process in any action arising out of or based on the Notes, this Indenture, or the Guarantees, as the case may be (including any action based on or arising out of U.S. federal securities laws) that may be instituted in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of New York. The UK Issuer and the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the UK Issuer and the Guarantors agree to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue each such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid so long as the Notes remain

 

72


Outstanding. The UK Issuer and the Guarantors agree that the appointment of the Authorized Agent shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Notes remain Outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the UK Issuer and the Guarantors of a successor agent in The City of New York, New York as each of their authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the UK Issuer and the Guarantors.

(d) To the extent that any of the Issuers or the Guarantors have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under this Indenture or the Notes.

(e) Nothing in this Section 14.6 shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 14.7. No Recourse Against Others

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of each Issuer or each Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of each Issuer (other than GSK under the GSK Guarantee and Haleon under the Haleon Guarantee) or the Guarantors or of any successor Persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws.

Section 14.8. Successors

All agreements of each Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 14.9. Duplicate and Counterpart Originals

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 14.10. Severability

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

73


Section 14.11. Judgment Currency

Each Issuer and each Guarantor severally agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in U.S. dollars in respect of the principal of the Notes (the “Required Currency”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “Judgment Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered, unless such day is not a Business Day in The City of New York, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day in The City of New York preceding the day on which a final unappealable judgment is entered and (b) their obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture.

Section 14.12. USA Patriot Act

The parties hereto acknowledge that, in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “USA Patriot Act”), the Trustee, like all financial institutions, is required to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person or legal entity that opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as the Trustee may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

Section 14.13. No Personal Liability of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers, Directors or Employees

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the relevant Issuer or the applicable Guarantor or of any successor persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under United States federal securities laws.

 

74


Section 14.14. Table of Contents; Headings

The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.15. Force Majeure

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

75


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC,

as U.S. Issuer,

By:   /s/ Hatixhe Hoxha
  Name: Hatixhe Hoxha
  Title: Assistant Secretary

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC,

as UK Issuer,

By:   /s/ Michael John Rowe
  Name: Michael John Rowe
  Title: Head of Treasury Consumer Healthcare
GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, as Guarantor
By:   /s/ Jemma Reynolds
  Name: Jemma Reynolds
  Title: VP, Corporate Finance
By:   /s/ Tim Woodthorpe
  Name: Tim Woodthorpe
  Title: Group Treasurer

 

76


HALEON PLC, as Guarantor
By:   /s/ Michael John Rowe
  Name: Michael John Rowe
  Title: Head of Treasury Consumer Healthcare
By:   /s/ Jemma Reynolds
  Name: Jemma Reynolds
  Title: Authorised Signatory

 

77


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

By:   /s/ Rodney Gaughan
  Name: Rodney Gaughan
  Title: Vice President
By:   /s/ Irina Golovashchuk
  Name: Irina Golovashchuk
  Title: Vice President

 

78


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF 2025 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

[Include the following legend for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE

 

A-1


OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-2


[FORM OF FACE OF 2025 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc

3.125% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2025

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

[Include the following for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (144A): 36264NAA2

ISIN (144A): US36264NAA28

Common Code (144A): 246354308

No.:

[Include the following for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (Regulation S): G4164DAA6

ISIN (Regulation S): USG4164DAA66

Common Code (Regulation S): 246354189

No.:

 

        

Principal Amount $

 

as revised by Schedule A

attached

hereto of Increases and

Decreases in this 2025 Fixed

Rate Global Note

This is to certify that CEDE & CO. is, as of the date hereof, the registered holder (the “Holder”) of $                         of 3.125% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2025 represented by this Global Note. GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, promises to pay to the Holder, or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                         as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in 2025 Fixed Rate Global Note attached hereto, on March 24, 2025.

In the event of a redemption or cancellation of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes in part only, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes evidenced by this 2025 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so redeemed or cancelled. Thereafter, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes represented by this 2025 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be the principal amount of 2025 Fixed Rate Notes most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

A-3


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this 2025 Fixed Rate Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

  
  

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes referred

to in the Indenture

  

 

By:                                                              

  
                Authorized Signatory   

Date:                                                          

 

A-4


GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

For value received, GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “GSK Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder prior to the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “UK Issuer”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the UK Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the UK Issuer Notes prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the UK Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this GSK Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the GSK Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the GSK Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the GSK Guarantor.

The GSK Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the UK Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the GSK Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The GSK Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the UK Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the UK Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this GSK Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This GSK Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

A-5


The GSK Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the UK Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the GSK Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this GSK Guarantee; provided, however, that the GSK Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the GSK Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed.

This GSK Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this GSK Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This GSK Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GSK Guarantor has caused this GSK Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.     

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, as the GSK Guarantor

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

A-7


GUARANTEE OF HALEON

For value received, Haleon, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “Haleon Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder from (and including) the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “UK Issuer”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the UK Issuer, to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the UK Issuer Notes from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the UK Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Haleon Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the Haleon Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the Haleon Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Haleon Guarantor.

The Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the UK Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Haleon Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The Haleon Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the UK Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the UK Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Haleon Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This Haleon Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

A-8


The Haleon Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the UK Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Haleon Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Haleon Guarantee; provided, however, that the Haleon Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the Haleon Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed.

This Haleon Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Haleon Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This Haleon Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Haleon Guarantor has caused this Haleon Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

HALEON PLC, as the Haleon Guarantor

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

A-10


[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc

3.125% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2025

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

 

1.

Interest

Interest on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.125% per annum.

Interest on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrear on 24 March and 24 September of each year, commencing on September 24, 2022 (each a “Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”) to the person in whose name this 2025 Fixed Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

The 2025 Fixed Rate Notes will accrue interest from (and including) the Issue Date, or from the most recent Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, to (but excluding) the next succeeding Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date. Interest on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes will be paid on the basis of twelve 30-day months assuming a 360-day year.

 

2.

Method of Payment

Not later than 11:00am New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes and on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc (the “Issuer”) shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Holders must surrender 2025 Fixed Rate Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal and other amounts in cash in U.S. dollars.

Payments in respect of 2025 Fixed Rate Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and other amounts) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and other amounts) by wire transfer to the specified account maintained by the payee by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

A-11


3.

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Trustee”) shall act as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and as Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar.

 

4.

Indenture

The Issuer issued the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar. The terms of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The 2025 Fixed Rate Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. Each Holder by accepting a 2025 Fixed Rate Note agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended from time to time.

The 2025 Fixed Rate Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited to $                             aggregate principal amount.

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the GSK Guarantor under the GSK Guarantee. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Haleon Guarantor under the Haleon Guarantee, in each case for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture.

 

5.

Redemption

Unless earlier redeemed, purchased or cancelled as provided in the Indenture, the Notes will be redeemed by the Issuer at their principal amount on March 24, 2025.

5.1 Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Issuer may redeem the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(a) the Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom or the United States, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date: (i) the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or (ii) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

 

A-12


(b) the Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognised standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom or the United States, which action is taken or brought on after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

5.2 Make-Whole Redemption

At any time prior to the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at their option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) as determined by the Issuer, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 15 basis points, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

5.3 Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

If a Change of Control Put Event occurs with respect to the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, the Holders will have the option to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) the whole, but not part, of such Holders’ 2025 Fixed Rate Notes not previously called for redemption on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

5.4 Special Mandatory Early Redemption

If the Demerger has not completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date or, if earlier, GSK releases an announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger, a Special Mandatory Redemption Event shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, pursuant to which the Issuer shall redeem the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101 per cent. of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

6. Denominations; Transfer

The 2025 Fixed Rate Notes are in book-entry form only, and only in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer 2025 Fixed Rate Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

A-13


7.

Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this 2025 Fixed Rate Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

8.

Unclaimed Money

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, as banker for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on, any 2025 Fixed Rate Note and remaining unclaimed for (a) 10 years after such principal has become due and payable or (b) five years after other amounts have become due and payable, shall promptly upon request be paid to the Issuer or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust. The Holder of such 2025 Fixed Rate Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, without interest and until such amount must be remitted to the state under escheat or similar laws, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

9.

Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes or the Guarantees may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes then Outstanding and (ii) any past default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes at the time Outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Issuer, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to provide for uncertificated 2025 Fixed Rate Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2025 Fixed Rate Notes.

 

10.

Defaults and Remedies

If certain Events of Default with respect to the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes shall occur, the principal amount of all the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes may be declared to become immediately due and payable.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity and/or security.

 

A-14


11.

Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of 2025 Fixed Rate Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.

No Recourse Against Others

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Issuer (other than the applicable Guarantor under the Guarantees) or the applicable Guarantor or of any successor Persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

13.

Authentication

This 2025 Fixed Rate Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually or electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this 2025 Fixed Rate Note.

 

14.

CUSIP Numbers

The Issuer in issuing the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes or as contained in any such notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed on the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” number.

 

15.

Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

16.

Demerger Capital Reduction

By their holding of the 2025 Fixed Rate Note, each Holder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger, (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer, or such person (other than the Trustee) as the Issuer shall nominate as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

 

A-15


17.

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

The Issuer and each Guarantor have agreed that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. The Issuer and each Guarantor have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury and any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and any claim they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Issuer and the Guarantors each have appointed GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC as its Authorized Agent upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes which may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. To the extent that either of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to themselves or any of their property, the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have irrevocably waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under the Indenture or the 2025 Fixed Rate Notes.

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this 2025 Fixed Rate Note. Requests may be made to: GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer), e-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com.

 

A-16


Schedule A

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN 2025 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this 2025 Fixed Rate Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of decrease

in Principal Amount

of this 2025 Fixed

Rate Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal Amount

of this 2025 Fixed

Rate Global Note

  

Principal Amount of

this 2025 Fixed Rate
Global Note

following such

decrease or increase

  

Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee or

Registrar

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

A-17


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF 2027 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

[Include the following legend for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE

 

B-1


OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

B-2


[FORM OF FACE OF 2027 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2027

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

[Include the following for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (144A): 36264FAB7

ISIN (144A): US36264FAB76

Common Code (144A): 246354260

No.:

[Include the following for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (Regulation S): U04020AB6

ISIN (Regulation S): USU04020AB65

Common Code (Regulation S): 246344272

No.:

 

     

Principal Amount $

as revised by Schedule A

attached

hereto of Increases and

Decreases in this 2027 Fixed

Rate Global Note

This is to certify that CEDE & CO. is, as of the date hereof, the registered holder (the “Holder”) of $                         of 3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027 represented by this Global Note. GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware, promises to pay to the Holder, or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                         as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in 2027 Fixed Rate Global Note attached hereto, on March 24, 2027.

In the event of a redemption or cancellation of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes in part only, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes evidenced by this 2027 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so redeemed or cancelled. Thereafter, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes represented by this 2027 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be the principal amount of 2027 Fixed Rate Notes most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

B-3


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this 2027 Fixed Rate Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

  

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes referred

to in the Indenture

  

 

By:                                                              

  
                Authorized Signatory   

Date:                                                          

 

B-4


GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

For value received, GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “GSK Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder prior to the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this GSK Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the GSK Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the GSK Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the GSK Guarantor.

The GSK Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the GSK Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The GSK Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S. Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this GSK Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This GSK Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

B-5


The GSK Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the GSK Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this GSK Guarantee; provided, however, that the GSK Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the GSK Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed.

This GSK Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this GSK Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This GSK Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

B-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GSK Guarantor has caused this GSK Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC,

as the GSK Guarantor

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

B-7


GUARANTEE OF HALEON

For value received, Haleon, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “Haleon Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder from (and including) the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Haleon Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the Haleon Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the Haleon Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Haleon Guarantor.

The Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Haleon Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The Haleon Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S., protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Haleon Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This Haleon Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

B-8


The Haleon Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Haleon Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Haleon Guarantee; provided, however, that the Haleon Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the Haleon Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed.

This Haleon Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Haleon Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This Haleon Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

B-9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Haleon Guarantor has caused this Haleon Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

HALEON PLC,

as the Haleon Guarantor

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

B-10


[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2027

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

 

1.

Interest

Interest on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.375% per annum.

Interest on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrear on 24 March and 24 September of each year, commencing on September 24, 2022 (each a “Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”) to the person in whose name this 2027 Fixed Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

The 2027 Fixed Rate Notes will accrue interest from (and including) the Issue Date, or from the most recent Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, to (but excluding) the next succeeding Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date. Interest on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes will be paid on the basis of twelve 30-day months assuming a 360-day year.

 

2.

Method of Payment

Not later than 11:00am New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes and on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC (the “Issuer”) shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Holders must surrender 2027 Fixed Rate Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal and other amounts in cash in U.S. dollars.

Payments in respect of 2027 Fixed Rate Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and other amounts) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and other amounts) by wire transfer to the specified account maintained by the payee by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

B-11


3.

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Trustee”) shall act as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and as Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar.

 

4.

Indenture

The Issuer issued the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar. The terms of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The 2027 Fixed Rate Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. Each Holder by accepting a 2027 Fixed Rate Note agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended from time to time.

The 2027 Fixed Rate Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited to $                 aggregate principal amount.

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the GSK Guarantor under the GSK Guarantee. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Haleon Guarantor under the Haleon Guarantee, in each case for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture.

 

5.

Redemption

Unless earlier redeemed, purchased or cancelled as provided in the Indenture, the Notes will be redeemed by the Issuer at their principal amount on March 24, 2027.

5.1 Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Issuer may redeem the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(a) the Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom or the United States, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date: (i) the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or (ii) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

 

B-12


(b) the Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognised standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom or the United States, which action is taken or brought on after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

5.2 Make-Whole and Par Redemption

Prior to the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) as determined by the Issuer, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) that would be due if the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes matured on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

On or after the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

5.3 Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

If a Change of Control Put Event occurs with respect to the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the Holders will have the option to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) the whole, but not part, of such Holders’ 2027 Fixed Rate Notes not previously called for redemption on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

5.4 Special Mandatory Early Redemption

If the Demerger has not completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date or, if earlier, GSK releases an announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger, a Special Mandatory Redemption Event shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, pursuant to which the Issuer shall redeem the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101 per cent, of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

B-13


6.

Denominations; Transfer

The 2027 Fixed Rate Notes are in book-entry form only, and only in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer 2027 Fixed Rate Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

7.

Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this 2027 Fixed Rate Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

8.

Unclaimed Money

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, as banker for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on, any 2027 Fixed Rate Note and remaining unclaimed for (a) 10 years after such principal has become due and payable or (b) five years after other amounts have become due and payable, shall promptly upon request be paid to the Issuer or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust. The Holder of such 2027 Fixed Rate Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, without interest and until such amount must be remitted to the state under escheat or similar laws, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

9.

Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes or the Guarantees may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes then Outstanding and (ii) any past default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes at the time Outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Issuer, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to provide for uncertificated 2027 Fixed Rate Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2027 Fixed Rate Notes.

 

B-14


10.

Defaults and Remedies

If certain Events of Default with respect to the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes shall occur, the principal amount of all the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes may be declared to become immediately due and payable.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity and/or security.

 

11.

Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of 2027 Fixed Rate Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.

No Recourse Against Others

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Issuer (other than the applicable Guarantor under the Guarantees) or the applicable Guarantor or of any successor Persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

13.

Authentication

This 2027 Fixed Rate Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually or electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this 2027 Fixed Rate Note.

 

14.

CUSIP Numbers

The Issuer in issuing the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes or as contained in any such notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed on the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” number.

 

B-15


15.

Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

16.

Demerger Capital Reduction

By their holding of the 2027 Fixed Rate Note, each Holder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger, (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer, or such person (other than the Trustee) as the Issuer shall nominate as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

 

17.

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

The Issuer and each Guarantor have agreed that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. The Issuer and each Guarantor have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury and any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and any claim they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Guarantors each have appointed the Issuer as its Authorized Agent upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes which may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. To the extent that either of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to themselves or any of their property, the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have irrevocably waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under the Indenture or the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes.

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this 2027 Fixed Rate Note. Requests may be made to: GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer), e-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com, with copy to: Justin T. Huang (VP and Secretary), Charles David Simpson (VP and Treasurer) and Hatixhe Hoxha (Assistant Secretary), email address: US.CorpSec@gsk.com.

 

B-16


Schedule A

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN 2027 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this 2027 Fixed Rate Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of decrease

in Principal Amount

of this 2027 Fixed

Rate Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal Amount

of this 2027 Fixed

Rate Global Note

  

Principal Amount of

this 2027 Fixed Rate

Global Note

following such

decrease or increase

  

Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee or

Registrar

 

B-17


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF 2029 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

[Include the following legend for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE

 

C-1


OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

C-2


[FORM OF FACE OF 2029 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2029

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

[Include the following for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (144A): 36264FAC5

ISIN (144A): US36264FAC59

Common Code (144A): 246354278

No.:

[Include the following for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (Regulation S): U04020AC4

ISIN (Regulation S): USU04020AC49

Common Code (Regulation S): 246354235

No.:

 

     Principal Amount $
     as revised by Schedule A
    

attached

hereto of Increases and Decreases in this 2029 Fixed Rate Global Note

This is to certify that CEDE & CO. is, as of the date hereof, the registered holder (the “Holder”) of $                 of 3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029 represented by this Global Note. GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware, promises to pay to the Holder, or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                 as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in 2029 Fixed Rate Global Note attached hereto, on March 24, 2029.

In the event of a redemption or cancellation of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes in part only, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes evidenced by this 2029 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so redeemed or cancelled. Thereafter, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes represented by this 2029 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be the principal amount of 2029 Fixed Rate Notes most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

C-3


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this 2029 Fixed Rate Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF   
AUTHENTICATION   

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes referred

to in the Indenture

  

 

By:                                                          

  

                Authorized Signatory

  

Date:                                                      

 

C-4


GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

For value received, GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “GSK Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder prior to the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this GSK Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the GSK Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the GSK Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the GSK Guarantor.

The GSK Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the GSK Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The GSK Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S. Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this GSK Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This GSK Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

C-5


The GSK Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the GSK Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this GSK Guarantee; provided, however, that the GSK Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the GSK Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed.

This GSK Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this GSK Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This GSK Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

C-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GSK Guarantor has caused this GSK Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC,

as the GSK Guarantor

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

C-7


GUARANTEE OF HALEON

For value received, Haleon, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “Haleon Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder from (and including) the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Haleon Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the Haleon Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the Haleon Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Haleon Guarantor.

The Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Haleon Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The Haleon Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S., protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Haleon Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This Haleon Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

C-8


The Haleon Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Haleon Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Haleon Guarantee; provided, however, that the Haleon Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the Haleon Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed.

This Haleon Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Haleon Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This Haleon Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

C-9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Haleon Guarantor has caused this Haleon Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

HALEON PLC,

as the Haleon Guarantor

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

C-10


[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2029

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

 

1.

Interest

Interest on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.375% per annum.

Interest on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrear on 24 March and 24 September of each year, commencing on September 24, 2022 (each a “Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”) to the person in whose name this 2029 Fixed Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

The 2029 Fixed Rate Notes will accrue interest from (and including) the Issue Date, or from the most recent Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, to (but excluding) the next succeeding Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date. Interest on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes will be paid on the basis of twelve 30-day months assuming a 360-day year.

 

2.

Method of Payment

Not later than 11:00am New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes and on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC (the “Issuer”) shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Holders must surrender 2029 Fixed Rate Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal and other amounts in cash in U.S. dollars.

Payments in respect of 2029 Fixed Rate Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and other amounts) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and other amounts) by wire transfer to the specified account maintained by the payee by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

C-11


3.

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Trustee”) shall act as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and as Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar.

 

4.

Indenture

The Issuer issued the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar. The terms of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The 2029 Fixed Rate Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. Each Holder by accepting a 2029 Fixed Rate Note agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended from time to time.

The 2029 Fixed Rate Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited to $                 aggregate principal amount.

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the GSK Guarantor under the GSK Guarantee. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Haleon Guarantor under the Haleon Guarantee, in each case for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture.

 

5.

Redemption

Unless earlier redeemed, purchased or cancelled as provided in the Indenture, the Notes will be redeemed by the Issuer at their principal amount on March 24, 2029.

 

  5.1

Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Issuer may redeem the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(a) the Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom or the United States, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date: (i) the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or (ii) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

 

C-12


(b) the Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognised standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom or the United States, which action is taken or brought on after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

 

  5.2

Make-Whole and Par Redemption

Prior to the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) as determined by the Issuer, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) that would be due if the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes matured on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

On or after the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

  5.3

Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

If a Change of Control Put Event occurs with respect to the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, the Holders will have the option to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) the whole, but not part, of such Holders’ 2029 Fixed Rate Notes not previously called for redemption on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

 

  5.4

Special Mandatory Early Redemption

If the Demerger has not completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date or, if earlier, GSK releases and announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger, a Special Mandatory Redemption Event shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, pursuant to which the Issuer shall redeem the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101 per cent, of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

C-13


6.

Denominations; Transfer

The 2029 Fixed Rate Notes are in book-entry form only, and only in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer 2029 Fixed Rate Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

7.

Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this 2029 Fixed Rate Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

8.

Unclaimed Money

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, as banker for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on, any 2029 Fixed Rate Note and remaining unclaimed for (a) 10 years after such principal has become due and payable or (b) five years after other amounts have become due and payable, shall promptly upon request be paid to the Issuer or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust. The Holder of such 2029 Fixed Rate Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, without interest and until such amount must be remitted to the state under escheat or similar laws, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

9.

Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes or the Guarantees may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes then Outstanding and (ii) any past default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes at the time Outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Issuer, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to provide for uncertificated 2029 Fixed Rate Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2029 Fixed Rate Notes.

 

C-14


10.

Defaults and Remedies

If certain Events of Default with respect to the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes shall occur, the principal amount of all the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes may be declared to become immediately due and payable.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity and/or security.

 

11.

Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of 2029 Fixed Rate Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.

No Recourse Against Others

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Issuer (other than the applicable Guarantor under the Guarantees) or the applicable Guarantor or of any successor Persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

13.

Authentication

This 2029 Fixed Rate Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually or electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this 2029 Fixed Rate Note.

 

14.

CUSIP Numbers

The Issuer in issuing the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes or as contained in any such notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed on the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” number.

 

C-15


15.

Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

16.

Demerger Capital Reduction

By their holding of the 2029 Fixed Rate Note, each Holder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger, (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer, or such person (other than the Trustee) as the Issuer shall nominate as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

 

17.

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

The Issuer and each Guarantor have agreed that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. The Issuer and each Guarantor have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury and any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and any claim they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Guarantors each have appointed the Issuer as its Authorized Agent upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes which may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. To the extent that either of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to themselves or any of their property, the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have irrevocably waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under the Indenture or the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes.

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this 2029 Fixed Rate Note. Requests may be made to: GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer), e-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com, with copy to: Justin T. Huang (VP and Secretary), Charles David Simpson (VP and Treasurer) and Hatixhe Hoxha (Assistant Secretary), email address: US.CorpSec@gsk.com.

 

C-16


Schedule A

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN 2029 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this 2029 Fixed Rate Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of decrease

in Principal Amount

of this 2029 Fixed

Rate Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal Amount

of this 2029 Fixed

Rate Global Note

  

Principal Amount of

this 2029 Fixed Rate
Global Note

following such

decrease or increase

  

Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee or

Registrar

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

C-17


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF 2032 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

[Include the following legend for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE

 

D-1


OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

D-2


[FORM OF FACE OF 2032 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

3.625% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2032

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

[Include the following for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (144A): 36264FAD3

ISIN (144A): US36264FAD33

Common Code (144A): 246345058

No.:

[Include the following for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (Regulation S): U04020AD2

ISIN (Regulation S): USU04020AD22

Common Code (Regulation S): 246354243

No.:

 

  

Principal Amount $

 

as revised by Schedule A

attached

hereto of Increases and

Decreases in this 2032 Fixed

Rate Global Note

This is to certify that CEDE & CO. is, as of the date hereof, the registered holder (the “Holder”) of $                     of 3.625% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2032 represented by this Global Note. GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware, promises to pay to the Holder, or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                     as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in 2032 Fixed Rate Global Note attached hereto, on March 24, 2032.

In the event of a redemption or cancellation of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes in part only, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes evidenced by this 2032 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so redeemed or cancelled. Thereafter, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes represented by this 2032 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be the principal amount of 2032 Fixed Rate Notes most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

D-3


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this 2032 Fixed Rate Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

  

AUTHENTICATION

  

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes referred

to in the Indenture

  

 

By:                                                          

  

                Authorized Signatory

  

Date:                                                      

 

D-4


GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

For value received, GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “GSK Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder prior to the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this GSK Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the GSK Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the GSK Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the GSK Guarantor.

The GSK Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the GSK Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The GSK Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S. Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this GSK Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This GSK Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

D-5


The GSK Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the GSK Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this GSK Guarantee; provided, however, that the GSK Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the GSK Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed.

This GSK Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this GSK Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This GSK Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

D-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GSK Guarantor has caused this GSK Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.     

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC,

as the GSK Guarantor

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

D-7


GUARANTEE OF HALEON

For value received, Haleon, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “Haleon Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder from (and including) the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Haleon Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the Haleon Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the Haleon Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Haleon Guarantor.

The Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Haleon Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The Haleon Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S., protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Haleon Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This Haleon Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

D-8


The Haleon Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Haleon Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Haleon Guarantee; provided, however, that the Haleon Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the Haleon Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed.

This Haleon Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Haleon Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This Haleon Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

D-9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Haleon Guarantor has caused this Haleon Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

HALEON PLC,

as the Haleon Guarantor

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

D-10


[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

3.625% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2032

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

 

1.

Interest

Interest on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.625% per annum.

Interest on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrear on 24 March and 24 September of each year, commencing on September 24, 2022 (each a “Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”) to the person in whose name this 2032 Fixed Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

The 2032 Fixed Rate Notes will accrue interest from (and including) the Issue Date, or from the most recent Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, to (but excluding) the next succeeding Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date. Interest on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes will be paid on the basis of twelve 30-day months assuming a 360-day year.

 

2.

Method of Payment

Not later than 11:00am New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes and on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC (the “Issuer”) shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Holders must surrender 2032 Fixed Rate Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal and other amounts in cash in U.S. dollars.

Payments in respect of 2032 Fixed Rate Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and other amounts) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and other amounts) by wire transfer to the specified account maintained by the payee by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

3.

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Trustee”) shall act as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and as Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar.

 

D-11


4.

Indenture

The Issuer issued the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar. The terms of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The 2032 Fixed Rate Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. Each Holder by accepting a 2032 Fixed Rate Note agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended from time to time.

The 2032 Fixed Rate Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited to $                         aggregate principal amount.

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the GSK Guarantor under the GSK Guarantee. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Haleon Guarantor under the Haleon Guarantee, in each case for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture.

 

5.

Redemption

Unless earlier redeemed, purchased or cancelled as provided in the Indenture, the Notes will be redeemed by the Issuer at their principal amount on March 24, 2032.

5.1 Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Issuer may redeem the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(a) the Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom or the United States, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date: (i) the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or (ii) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

 

D-12


(b) the Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognised standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom or the United States, which action is taken or brought on after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

5.2 Make-Whole and Par Redemption

Prior to the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) as determined by the Issuer, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) that would be due if the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes matured on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

On or after the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

5.3 Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

If a Change of Control Put Event occurs with respect to the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, the Holders will have the option to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) the whole, but not part, of such Holders’ 2032 Fixed Rate Notes not previously called for redemption on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

5.4 Special Mandatory Early Redemption

If the Demerger has not completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date or, if earlier, GSK releases an announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger, a Special Mandatory Redemption Event shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, pursuant to which the Issuer shall redeem the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101 per cent of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

D-13


6.

Denominations; Transfer

The 2032 Fixed Rate Notes are in book-entry form only, and only in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer 2032 Fixed Rate Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

7.

Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this 2032 Fixed Rate Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

8.

Unclaimed Money

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, as banker for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on, any 2032 Fixed Rate Note and remaining unclaimed for (a) 10 years after such principal has become due and payable or (b) five years after other amounts have become due and payable, shall promptly upon request be paid to the Issuer or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust. The Holder of such 2032 Fixed Rate Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, without interest and until such amount must be remitted to the state under escheat or similar laws, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

9.

Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes or the Guarantees may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes then Outstanding and (ii) any past default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes at the time Outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Issuer, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to provide for uncertificated 2032 Fixed Rate Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2032 Fixed Rate Notes.

 

D-14


10.

Defaults and Remedies

If certain Events of Default with respect to the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes shall occur, the principal amount of all the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes may be declared to become immediately due and payable.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity and/or security.

 

11.

Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of 2032 Fixed Rate Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.

No Recourse Against Others

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Issuer (other than the applicable Guarantor under the Guarantees) or the applicable Guarantor or of any successor Persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

13.

Authentication

This 2032 Fixed Rate Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually or electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this 2032 Fixed Rate Note.

 

14.

CUSIP Numbers

The Issuer in issuing the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes or as contained in any such notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed on the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” number.

 

D-15


15.

Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

16.

Demerger Capital Reduction

By their holding of the 2032 Fixed Rate Note, each Holder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger, (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer, or such person (other than the Trustee) as the Issuer shall nominate as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

 

17.

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

The Issuer and each Guarantor have agreed that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. The Issuer and each Guarantor have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury and any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and any claim they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Guarantors each have appointed the Issuer as its Authorized Agent upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes which may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. To the extent that either of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to themselves or any of their property, the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have irrevocably waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under the Indenture or the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes.

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this 2032 Fixed Rate Note. Requests may be made to: GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer), e-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com, with copy to: Justin T. Huang (VP and Secretary), Charles David Simpson (VP and Treasurer) and Hatixhe Hoxha (Assistant Secretary), email address: US.CorpSec@gsk.com.

 

D-16


Schedule A

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN 2032 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this 2032 Fixed Rate Global Note have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

  

Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this 2032 Fixed
Rate Global Note

  

Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this 2032 Fixed
Rate Global Note

  

Principal Amount of
this 2032 Fixed Rate
Global Note
following such
decrease or increase

  

Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Registrar

 

 

D-17


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF 2052 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

[Include the following legend for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE

 

E-1


OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

E-2


[FORM OF FACE OF 2052 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

4.000% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2052

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

[Include the following for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (144A): 36264FAE1

ISIN (144A): US36264FAE16

Common Code (144A): 246354286

No.:

[Include the following for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (Regulation S): U04020AE0

ISIN (Regulation S): USU04020AE05

Common Code (Regulation S): 246354251

No.:

Principal Amount $               

as revised by Schedule A      

attached                                  

hereto of Increases and         

Decreases in this 2052 Fixed

Rate Global Note                  

This is to certify that CEDE & CO. is, as of the date hereof, the registered holder (the “Holder”) of $                     of 4.000% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2052 represented by this Global Note. GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware, promises to pay to the Holder, or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                     as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in 2052 Fixed Rate Global Note attached hereto, on March 24, 2052.

In the event of a redemption or cancellation of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes in part only, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes evidenced by this 2052 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so redeemed or cancelled. Thereafter, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes represented by this 2052 Fixed Rate Global Note shall be the principal amount of 2052 Fixed Rate Notes most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

E-3


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this 2052 Fixed Rate Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes referred to in the Indenture

 

By:                                                          

  

                Authorized Signatory

  

Date:                                                      

 

E-4


GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

For value received, GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “GSK Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder prior to the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this GSK Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the GSK Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the GSK Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the GSK Guarantor.

The GSK Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the GSK Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The GSK Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S. Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this GSK Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This GSK Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

E-5


The GSK Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the GSK Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this GSK Guarantee; provided, however, that the GSK Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the GSK Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed.

This GSK Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this GSK Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This GSK Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

E-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GSK Guarantor has caused this GSK Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.     

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC,
as the GSK Guarantor
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-7


GUARANTEE OF HALEON

For value received, Haleon, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “Haleon Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder from (and including) the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Haleon Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the Haleon Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the Haleon Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Haleon Guarantor.

The Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Haleon Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The Haleon Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S., protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Haleon Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This Haleon Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

E-8


The Haleon Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Haleon Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Haleon Guarantee; provided, however, that the Haleon Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the Haleon Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed.

This Haleon Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Haleon Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This Haleon Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

E-9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Haleon Guarantor has caused this Haleon Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

HALEON PLC,
as the Haleon Guarantor
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-10


[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

4.000% Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2052

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

 

1.

Interest

Interest on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 4.000% per annum.

Interest on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrear on 24 March and 24 September of each year, commencing on September 24, 2022 (each a “Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”) to the person in whose name this 2052 Fixed Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

The 2052 Fixed Rate Notes will accrue interest from (and including) the Issue Date, or from the most recent Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, to (but excluding) the next succeeding Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date. Interest on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes will be paid on the basis of twelve 30-day months assuming a 360-day year.

 

2.

Method of Payment

Not later than 11:00am New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes and on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, GSK Consumer Healthcare US LLC (the “Issuer”) shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Holders must surrender 2052 Fixed Rate Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal and other amounts in cash in U.S. dollars.

Payments in respect of 2052 Fixed Rate Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and other amounts) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and other amounts) by wire transfer to the specified account maintained by the payee by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

3.

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Trustee”) shall act as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and as Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar.

 

E-11


4.

Indenture

The Issuer issued the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar. The terms of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The 2052 Fixed Rate Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. Each Holder by accepting a 2052 Fixed Rate Note agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended from time to time.

The 2052 Fixed Rate Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited to $                     aggregate principal amount.

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the GSK Guarantor under the GSK Guarantee. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Haleon Guarantor under the Haleon Guarantee, in each case for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture.

 

5.

Redemption

Unless earlier redeemed, purchased or cancelled as provided in the Indenture, the Notes will be redeemed by the Issuer at their principal amount on March 24, 2052.

5.1 Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Issuer may redeem the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(a) the Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom or the United States, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date: (i) the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or (ii) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

 

E-12


(b) the Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognised standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom or the United States, which action is taken or brought on after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

5.2 Make-Whole and Par Redemption

Prior to the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) as determined by the Issuer, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) that would be due if the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes matured on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

On or after the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

5.3 Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

If a Change of Control Put Event occurs with respect to the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes, the Holders will have the option to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) the whole, but not part, of such Holders’ 2052 Fixed Rate Notes not previously called for redemption on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

5.4 Special Mandatory Early Redemption

If the Demerger has not completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date or, if earlier, GSK releases an announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger, a Special Mandatory Redemption Event shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, pursuant to which the Issuer shall redeem the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101 per cent, of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

E-13


6.

Denominations; Transfer

The 2052 Fixed Rate Notes are in book-entry form only, and only in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer 2052 Fixed Rate Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

7.

Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this 2052 Fixed Rate Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

8.

Unclaimed Money

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, as banker for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on, any 2052 Fixed Rate Note and remaining unclaimed for (a) 10 years after such principal has become due and payable or (b) five years after other amounts have become due and payable, shall promptly upon request be paid to the Issuer or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust. The Holder of such 2052 Fixed Rate Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, without interest and until such amount must be remitted to the state under escheat or similar laws, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

9.

Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes or the Guarantees may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes then Outstanding and (ii) any past default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes at the time Outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Issuer, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to provide for uncertificated 2052 Fixed Rate Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2052 Fixed Rate Notes.

 

E-14


10.

Defaults and Remedies

If certain Events of Default with respect to the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes shall occur, the principal amount of all the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes may be declared to become immediately due and payable.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity and/or security.

 

11.

Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of 2052 Fixed Rate Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.

No Recourse Against Others

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Issuer (other than the applicable Guarantor under the Guarantees) or the applicable Guarantor or of any successor Persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

13.

Authentication

This 2052 Fixed Rate Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually or electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this 2052 Fixed Rate Note.

 

14.

CUSIP Numbers

The Issuer in issuing the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes or as contained in any such notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed on the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” number.

 

E-15


15.

Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

16.

Demerger Capital Reduction

By their holding of the 2052 Fixed Rate Note, each Holder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger, (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer, or such person (other than the Trustee) as the Issuer shall nominate as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

 

17.

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

The Issuer and each Guarantor have agreed that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. The Issuer and each Guarantor have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury and any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and any claim they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Guarantors each have appointed the Issuer as its Authorized Agent upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes which may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. To the extent that either of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to themselves or any of their property, the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have irrevocably waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under the Indenture or the 2052 Fixed Rate Notes.

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this 2052 Fixed Rate Note. Requests may be made to: GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer), e-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com, with copy to: Justin T. Huang (VP and Secretary), Charles David Simpson (VP and Treasurer) and Hatixhe Hoxha (Assistant Secretary), email address: US.CorpSec@gsk.com.

 

E-16


Schedule A

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN 2052 FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this 2052 Fixed Rate Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this 2052 Fixed
Rate Global Note

  

Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this 2052 Fixed
Rate Global Note

  

Principal Amount of
this 2052 Fixed Rate
Global Note
following such
decrease or increase

  

Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Registrar

 

 

E-17


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF CALLABLE FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

[Include the following legend for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE

 

F-1


OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

F-2


[FORM OF FACE OF CALLABLE FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

3.024% Callable Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2024

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

[Include the following for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (144A): 36264FAA9

ISIN (144A): US36264FAA93

Common Code (144A): 246354294

No.:

[Include the following for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (Regulation S): U04020AA8

ISIN (Regulation S): USU04020AA82

Common Code (Regulation S): 246354227

No.:

 

 

Principal Amount $        

 

as revised by Schedule A

attached

hereto of Increases and

Decreases in this Callable

Fixed Rate Global Note

 

This is to certify that CEDE & CO. is, as of the date hereof, the registered holder (the “Holder”) of $                 of 3.024% Callable Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024 represented by this Global Note. GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware, promises to pay to the Holder, or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                 as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Callable Fixed Rate Global Note attached hereto, on March 24, 2024.

In the event of a redemption or cancellation of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes in part only, the Callable Fixed Rate Notes evidenced by this Callable Fixed Rate Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so redeemed or cancelled. Thereafter, the Callable Fixed Rate Notes represented by this Callable Fixed Rate Global Note shall be the principal amount of Callable Fixed Rate Notes most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

F-3


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Callable Fixed Rate Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION    
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes referred to in the Indenture    

 

By:                                                          

  

                Authorized Signatory

  

Date:                                                      

 

F-4


GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

For value received, GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “GSK Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder prior to the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this GSK Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the GSK Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the GSK Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the GSK Guarantor.

The GSK Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the GSK Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The GSK Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S. Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this GSK Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This GSK Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

F-5


The GSK Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the GSK Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this GSK Guarantee; provided, however, that the GSK Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the GSK Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed.

This GSK Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this GSK Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This GSK Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

F-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GSK Guarantor has caused this GSK Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.     

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, as the GSK Guarantor
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

F-7


GUARANTEE OF HALEON

For value received, Haleon, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “Haleon Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder from (and including) the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Haleon Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the Haleon Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the Haleon Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Haleon Guarantor.

The Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Haleon Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The Haleon Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S., protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Haleon Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This Haleon Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

F-8


The Haleon Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Haleon Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Haleon Guarantee; provided, however, that the Haleon Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the Haleon Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed.

This Haleon Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Haleon Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This Haleon Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

F-9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Haleon Guarantor has caused this Haleon Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.

 

HALEON PLC, as the Haleon Guarantor
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

F-10


[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

3.024% Callable Fixed Rate Senior Note due 2024

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

 

1.

Interest

Interest on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes will be payable at a rate of 3.024% per annum.

Interest on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrear on 24 March and 24 September of each year, commencing on September 24, 2022 (each a “Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”) to the person in whose name this Callable Fixed Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date.

The Callable Fixed Rate Notes will accrue interest from (and including) the Issue Date, or from the most recent Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date, to (but excluding) the next succeeding Fixed Rate Notes Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes will be paid on the basis of twelve 30-day months assuming a 360-day year.

 

2.

Method of Payment

Not later than 11:00am New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes and on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes Maturity Date, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC (the “Issuer”) shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Holders must surrender Callable Fixed Rate Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal and other amounts in cash in U.S. dollars.

Payments in respect of Callable Fixed Rate Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and other amounts) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and other amounts) by wire transfer to the specified account maintained by the payee by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

3.

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Trustee”) shall act as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and as Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar.

 

F-11


4.

Indenture

The Issuer issued the Callable Fixed Rate Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar. The terms of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Callable Fixed Rate Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. Each Holder by accepting a Callable Fixed Rate Note agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended from time to time.

The Callable Fixed Rate Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited to $                 aggregate principal amount.

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption date, the Callable Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the GSK Guarantor under the GSK Guarantee. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Callable Fixed Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Haleon Guarantor under the Haleon Guarantee, in each case for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture.

 

5.

Redemption

Unless earlier redeemed, purchased or cancelled as provided in the Indenture, the Notes will be redeemed by the Issuer at their principal amount on March 24, 2024.

5.1 Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Issuer may redeem the Callable Fixed Rate Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(a) the Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom or the United States, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date: (i) the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or (ii) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

 

F-12


(b) the Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognised standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom or the United States, which action is taken or brought on after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

5.2 Make-Whole and Par Redemption

Prior to the Callable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Callable Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date and (ii) as determined by the Issuer, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed on that redemption date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) that would be due if the Callable Fixed Rate Notes matured on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 15 basis points, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

On or after the Callable Fixed Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Callable Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

5.3 Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

If a Change of Control Put Event occurs with respect to the Callable Fixed Rate Notes, the Holders will have the option to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) the whole, but not part, of such Holders’ Callable Fixed Rate Notes not previously called for redemption on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

5.4 Special Mandatory Early Redemption

If the Demerger has not completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date or, if earlier, GSK releases an announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger, a Special Mandatory Redemption Event shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, pursuant to which the Issuer shall redeem the Callable Fixed Rate Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101 per cent, of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

F-13


6.

Denominations; Transfer

The Callable Fixed Rate Notes are in book-entry form only, and only in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer Callable Fixed Rate Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

7.

Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Callable Fixed Rate Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

8.

Unclaimed Money

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, as banker for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on, any Callable Fixed Rate Note and remaining unclaimed for (a) 10 years after such principal has become due and payable or (b) five years after other amounts have become due and payable, shall promptly upon request be paid to the Issuer or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust. The Holder of such Callable Fixed Rate Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, without interest and until such amount must be remitted to the state under escheat or similar laws, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

9.

Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the Callable Fixed Rate Notes or the Guarantees may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes then Outstanding and (ii) any past default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes at the time Outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Issuer, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to provide for uncertificated Callable Fixed Rate Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Callable Fixed Rate Notes.

 

F-14


10.

Defaults and Remedies

If certain Events of Default with respect to the Callable Fixed Rate Notes shall occur, the principal amount of all the Callable Fixed Rate Notes may be declared to become immediately due and payable.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Callable Fixed Rate Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Callable Fixed Rate Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity and/or security.

 

11.

Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Callable Fixed Rate Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.

No Recourse Against Others

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Issuer (other than the applicable Guarantor under the Guarantees) or the applicable Guarantor or of any successor Persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Callable Fixed Rate Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Callable Fixed Rate Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

13.

Authentication

This Callable Fixed Rate Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually or electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Callable Fixed Rate Note.

 

14.

CUSIP Numbers

The Issuer in issuing the Callable Fixed Rate Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes or as contained in any such notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed on the Callable Fixed Rate Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” number.

 

F-15


15.

Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

16.

Demerger Capital Reduction

By their holding of the Callable Fixed Rate Note, each Holder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger, (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer, or such person (other than the Trustee) as the Issuer shall nominate as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

 

17.

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

The Issuer and each Guarantor have agreed that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the Callable Fixed Rate Notes may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. The Issuer and each Guarantor have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury and any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and any claim they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Guarantors each have appointed the Issuer as its Authorized Agent upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the Callable Fixed Rate Notes which may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. To the extent that either of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to themselves or any of their property, the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have irrevocably waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under the Indenture or the Callable Fixed Rate Notes.

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Callable Fixed Rate Note. Requests may be made to: GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer), e-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com, with copy to: Justin T. Huang (VP and Secretary), Charles David Simpson (VP and Treasurer) and Hatixhe Hoxha (Assistant Secretary), email address: US.CorpSec@gsk.com.

 

F-16


Schedule A

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN CALLABLE FIXED RATE GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Callable Fixed Rate Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of decrease

in Principal Amount

of this Callable Fixed

Rate Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal Amount

of this Callable Fixed

Rate Global Note

  

Principal Amount of

this Callable Fixed

Rate Global Note
following such

decrease or increase

  

Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee or
Registrar

 

 

F-17


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF CALLABLE FLOATING RATE GLOBAL NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

[Include the following legend for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF

 

G-1


ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

G-2


[FORM OF FACE OF CALLABLE FLOATING RATE GLOBAL NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

Callable Senior Floating Rate Note due 2024

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

[Include the following for all Rule 144A Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (144A): 36264GAB5

ISIN (144A): US36264GAB59

Common Code (144A): 246354324

No.:

[Include the following for all Regulation S Global Notes:]

CUSIP No. (Regulation S): U0396GAB9

ISIN (Regulation S): USU0396GAB96

Common Code (Regulation S): 246354219

No.:

 

     

Principal Amount $    

 

as revised by Schedule A

attached

hereto of Increases and

Decreases in this Callable

Floating Rate Global Note

This is to certify that CEDE & CO. is, as of the date hereof, the registered holder (the “Holder”) of $                     of Callable Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2024 represented by this Global Note. GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, promises to pay to the Holder, or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                     as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Callable Floating Rate Global Note attached hereto, on March 24, 2024.

In the event of a redemption or cancellation of the Callable Floating Rate Notes in part only, the Callable Floating Rate Notes evidenced by this Callable Floating Rate Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so redeemed or cancelled. Thereafter, the Callable Floating Rate Notes represented by this Callable Floating Rate Global Note shall be the principal amount of Callable Floating Rate Notes most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

G-3


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Callable Floating Rate Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

  

AUTHENTICATION

  

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the Callable Floating Rate Notes referred

to in the Indenture

  

By:

               
 

Authorized Signatory

      Date:        

 

G-4


GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC

For value received, GlaxoSmithKline plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “GSK Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder prior to the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this GSK Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the GSK Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the GSK Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the GSK Guarantor.

The GSK Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the GSK Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The GSK Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S. Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this GSK Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This GSK Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

G-5


The GSK Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the GSK Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this GSK Guarantee; provided, however, that the GSK Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the GSK Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this GSK Guarantee is endorsed.

This GSK Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this GSK Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This GSK Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

G-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GSK Guarantor has caused this GSK Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.     

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC,

as the GSK Guarantor

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

G-7


GUARANTEE OF HALEON

For value received, Haleon, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its principal executive offices at 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex TW8 9GS, England (the “Haleon Guarantor,” which term includes any Person as a successor Guarantor under the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed), hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed and to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder from (and including) the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger (the “Guarantee Assumption Date”) the due payment of all principal of and other amounts on, each Note payable by GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “U.S. Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) under the Indenture. In case of the failure of the U.S. Issuer to punctually make any such payment or satisfy any such obligation in respect of the U.S. Issuer Notes, from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment or obligation to be made or satisfied punctually when and as the same shall become due, payable or otherwise deliverable, whether on the stated maturity date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the U.S. Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Haleon Guarantee constitutes an unsubordinated and unsecured obligation of the Haleon Guarantor and ranks equally and pari passu with all existing and future senior and unsecured obligations of the Haleon Guarantor (except for obligations which may rank senior by operation of applicable law) and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Haleon Guarantor.

The Haleon Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of such Note or such Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of such Note or such Indenture, or any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the U.S. Issuer with respect thereto, by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee or any other circumstance that may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or indulgence shall, without the consent of the Haleon Guarantor, increase the principal of such Note, or increase the amounts due in respect of the Notes, or alter the stated maturity date thereof. The Haleon Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the U.S. Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the U.S., protest or notice with respect to such Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby or with respect to any sinking fund or analogous payment required under such Note and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Haleon Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment or satisfaction in full of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of such Note. This Haleon Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

G-8


The Haleon Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such Note and the Trustee against the U.S. Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holder by the Haleon Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Haleon Guarantee; provided, however, that the Haleon Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon such right of subrogation until the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable or deliverable in respect of all Notes issued under such Indenture shall have been paid in full.

No reference herein to such Indenture and no provision of such Indenture shall alter or impair the guarantees of the Haleon Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment or delivery of the principal of and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, the Note upon which this Haleon Guarantee is endorsed.

This Haleon Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication of such Note shall have been manually or electronically executed by or on behalf of the Trustee under such Indenture.

All terms used in this Haleon Guarantee that are defined in such Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

This Haleon Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

G-9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Haleon Guarantor has caused this Haleon Guarantee to be duly executed this 24th day of March 2022.     

 

HALEON PLC, as the Haleon Guarantor

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

G-10


[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

Callable Senior Floating Rate Note due 2024

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

 

1.

Interest

The initial interest rate on the Callable Floating Rate Notes for the first Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period will be equal to the Benchmark plus 0.89% per annum (the “Callable Floating Rate Notes Margin”). Thereafter, the interest rate on the Callable Floating Rate Notes for any Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period will be a per annum rate equal to the Benchmark, as determined on the applicable Interest Determination Date plus the Callable Floating Rate Notes Margin.

The interest rate on the Callable Floating Rate Notes will be calculated quarterly on the date that is two USGS Business Days before each Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date (each such date, an “Interest Determination Date”).

Interest on the Callable Floating Rate Notes will be payable quarterly in arrear on 24 March, 24 June, 24 September and 24 December of each year, commencing on June 24, 2022 (each a “Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date”), to the person in whose name a Callable Floating Rate Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date that precedes the applicable Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Callable Floating Rate Notes will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in each Callable Floating Rate Notes Interest Period, assuming a 360-day year.

Should a Benchmark Transition Event occur, certain transitional provisions relating to the calculation of the Benchmark will apply, as set out in the Indenture.

 

2.

Method of Payment

Not later than 11:00am New York City time on the due date for any payment due in respect of the Callable Floating Rate Notes and on the Callable Floating Rate Notes Maturity Date, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC (the “Issuer”) shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent in same day immediately available funds an amount sufficient to make cash payments due on such due date of payments of any other amounts or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Holders must surrender Callable Floating Rate Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal and other amounts in cash in U.S. dollars.

Payments in respect of Callable Floating Rate Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and other amounts) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and other amounts) by wire transfer to the specified account maintained by the payee by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

G-11


3.

Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Trustee”) shall act as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and as Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, calculation agent and Registrar or co-registrar.

 

4.

Indenture

The Issuer issued the Callable Floating Rate Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar. The terms of the Callable Floating Rate Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Callable Floating Rate Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. Each Holder by accepting a Callable Floating Rate Note agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended from time to time.

The Callable Floating Rate Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer limited to $                 aggregate principal amount.

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Callable Floating Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the GSK Guarantor under the GSK Guarantee. With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Callable Floating Rate Notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Haleon Guarantor under the Haleon Guarantee, in each case for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture.

 

5.

Redemption

Unless earlier redeemed, purchased or cancelled as provided in the Indenture, the Notes will be redeemed by the Issuer at their principal amount on March 24, 2024.

5.1 Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Issuer may redeem the Callable Floating Rate Notes in whole but not in part at any time prior to maturity, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, if:

(a) the Issuer determines that, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of the United Kingdom or the United States, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the application or official interpretation of, or any execution of or

 

G-12


amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which any such jurisdiction is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date: (i) the Issuer would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the Callable Floating Rate Notes on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date and the payment of such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor; or (ii) withholding tax has been or would be required to be withheld with respect to interest income received or receivable by the Issuer directly from the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate) and such withholding tax obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor (or any Affiliate); or

(b) the Issuer determines, based upon an opinion of independent counsel of recognised standing that, as a result of any action taken by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United Kingdom or the United States, which action is taken or brought on after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that the circumstances described above would exist; provided, however, that no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts.

5.2 Par Redemption

On or after the Callable Floating Rate Notes Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Callable Floating Rate Notes, in whole or in part, at its option at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Callable Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

5.3 Redemption upon a Change of Control Put Event

If a Change of Control Put Event occurs with respect to the Callable Floating Rate Notes, the Holders will have the option to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) the whole, but not part, of such Holders’ Callable Floating Rate Notes not previously called for redemption on the Change of Control Put Date at the Change of Control Redemption Amount together with interest accrued (but unpaid) to (but excluding) the Change of Control Put Date.

5.4 Special Mandatory Early Redemption

If the Demerger has not completed by the first anniversary of the Issue Date or, if earlier, GSK releases an announcement which makes public that it no longer intends to pursue the Demerger, a Special Mandatory Redemption Event shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, pursuant to which the Issuer shall redeem the Callable Floating Rate Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101 per cent, of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

G-13


6.

Denominations; Transfer

The Callable Floating Rate Notes are in book-entry form only, and only in denominations of $250,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer Callable Floating Rate Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

7.

Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Callable Floating Rate Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

8.

Unclaimed Money

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, as banker for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on, any Callable Floating Rate Note and remaining unclaimed for (a) 10 years after such principal has become due and payable or (b) five years after other amounts have become due and payable, shall promptly upon request be paid to the Issuer or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust. The Holder of such Callable Floating Rate Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, without interest and until such amount must be remitted to the state under escheat or similar laws, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

9.

Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the Callable Floating Rate Notes or the Guarantees may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Callable Floating Rate Notes then Outstanding and (ii) any past default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Callable Floating Rate Notes at the time Outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Issuer, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to provide for uncertificated Callable Floating Rate Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Callable Floating Rate Notes.

 

10.

Defaults and Remedies

If certain Events of Default with respect to the Callable Floating Rate Notes shall occur, the principal amount of all the Callable Floating Rate Notes may be declared to become immediately due and payable.

 

G-14


Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Callable Floating Rate Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Callable Floating Rate Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity and/or security.

 

11.

Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Callable Floating Rate Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.

No Recourse Against Others

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or other amounts on any of the Callable Floating Rate Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor in this Indenture, or in any of the Callable Floating Rate Notes, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, limited partner, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Issuer (other than the applicable Guarantor under the Guarantees) or the applicable Guarantor or of any successor Persons thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Callable Floating Rate Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Callable Floating Rate Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

13.

Authentication

This Callable Floating Rate Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually or electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Callable Floating Rate Note.

 

14.

CUSIP Numbers

The Issuer in issuing the Callable Floating Rate Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Callable Floating Rate Notes or as contained in any such notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed on the Callable Floating Rate Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the “CUSIP” number.

 

15.

Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

G-15


16.

Demerger Capital Reduction

By their holding of the Callable Floating Rate Note, each Holder shall be deemed without the need for any further action to have unconditionally and irrevocably (i) consented to any reduction in the capital of Haleon which is implemented within 6 months of the Demerger, (ii) agreed not to object to the Demerger Capital Reduction, and (iii) appointed the Issuer, or such person (other than the Trustee) as the Issuer shall nominate as its agent to undertake all such acts and take all such steps on its behalf (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents to any court) as may be necessary or desirable for Haleon to implement the Demerger Capital Reduction.

 

17.

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

The Issuer and each Guarantor have agreed that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the Callable Floating Rate Notes may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. The Issuer and each Guarantor have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury and any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and any claim they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum. The Guarantors each have appointed the Issuer as its Authorized Agent upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the Callable Floating Rate Notes which may be instituted in any state or federal court in The City of New York, New York. To the extent that either of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to themselves or any of their property, the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor have irrevocably waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under the Indenture or the Callable Floating Rate Notes.

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Callable Floating Rate Note. Requests may be made to: GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, attention: Timothy Woodthorpe (Group Treasurer), e-mail: cf.treasury@gsk.com, with copy to: Justin T. Huang (VP and Secretary), Charles David Simpson (VP and Treasurer) and Hatixhe Hoxha (Assistant Secretary), email address: US.CorpSec@gsk.com.

 

G-16


Schedule A

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN CALLABLE FLOATING RATE GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Callable Floating Rate Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of decrease

in Principal Amount

of this Callable

Floating Rate Global

Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal Amount

of this Callable

Floating Rate Global

Note

  

Principal Amount of

this Callable Floating

Rate Global Note
following such

decrease or increase

  

Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee or

Registrar

 

G-17


EXHIBIT H-A

FORM OF A RULE 144A CERTIFICATED NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Rule 144A Certificated Notes:]

THE NOTES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATED NOTE MAY BE PURCHASED AND TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS OF $250,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF.

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THIS NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (A) REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS; (B) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES OTHER THAN (1) TO THE ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (C) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

H-A-1


[FORM OF FACE OF CERTIFICATED NOTE]

[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC]

[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK PLC]

[3.125% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2025]

[3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027]

[3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029]

[3.625% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2032]

[4.000% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2052]

[Callable Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2024]

[3.024% Callable Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024]

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

CUSIP No. (144A): [•]

ISIN (144A): [•]

Common Code (144A): [•]

 

No.

   Principal Amount $                

This is to certify that:

                       

of

                       
          
          
          

is the person registered in the register maintained by the Registrar in relation to the Notes (the “Note Register”) as the duly registered holder of the Notes represented by this Certificated Note or, if more than one person is so registered, the first named of such persons (the “Holder”). [GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC]/[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc] (the “Issuer”), a public limited company incorporated under the laws of [Delaware]/[England and Wales], promises to pay to the Holder the principal sum of $                on [•].

 

H-A-2


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC]
[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

  

AUTHENTICATION

  

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the Notes referred

to in the Indenture.

  

By:

               
 

Authorized Signatory

      Date:        

[Attach REVERSE SIDE OF RELEVANT SERIES OF NOTE AND GUARANTEE set forth in Exhibits A to G, excluding Schedule A thereto]

 

H-A-3


EXHIBIT H-B

FORM OF A REGULATION S CERTIFICATED NOTE

[Include the following legend for all Regulation S Certificated Notes:]

THE NOTES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATED NOTE MAY BE PURCHASED AND TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS OF $250,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF.

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTE BY GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC, EFFECTIVE BEFORE THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE, AND HALEON PLC, EFFECTIVE FROM (AND INCLUDING) THE GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION DATE (UPON WHICH THE GUARANTEE OF GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY TERMINATED AND RELEASED) (TOGETHER “THE GUARANTORS”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. UNTIL THE EXPIRY OF THE PERIOD OF 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE DATE ON WHICH THE OFFERING OF THIS NOTE TO PERSONS OTHER THAN THE DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S COMMENCED AND (ii) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH NOTE, SALES MAY NOT BE MADE IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS UNLESS MADE TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS AS DEFINED IN, AND IN TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO, RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

H-B-1


[FORM OF FACE OF CERTIFICATED NOTE]

[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC]

[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK PLC]

[3.125% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2025]

[3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027]

[3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029]

[3.625% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2032]

[4.000% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2052]

[Callable Floating Rate Notes due 2024]

[3.024% Callable Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024]

Guaranteed on a Senior Basis by

GlaxoSmithKline plc (prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date)

and

Haleon plc (from and including the Guarantee Assumption Date)

CUSIP No. (Regulation S): [•]

ISIN (Regulation S): [•]

Common Code (Regulation S): [•]

 

No.

   Principal Amount $                

This is to certify that:

                       

of

                       
          
          
          

is the person registered in the register maintained by the Registrar in relation to the Notes (the “Note Register”) as the duly registered holder of the Notes represented by this Certificated Note or, if more than one person is so registered, the first named of such persons (the “Holder”). [GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC]/[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc] (the “Issuer”), a public limited company incorporated under the laws of [Delaware]/[England and Wales], promises to pay to the Holder the principal sum of $                on [•].

 

H-B-2


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note as set forth on the reverse hereof, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC]
[GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

  

AUTHENTICATION

  

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the Notes referred

to in the Indenture.

  

By:

               
 

Authorized Signatory

      Date:        

[Attach REVERSE SIDE OF RELEVANT SERIES OF NOTE AND GUARANTEE set forth in Exhibits A to G, excluding Schedule A thereto]

 

H-B-3


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER TO QIB

[Date]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attention: Reorg. Department

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attn: Transfer Department

E-mail: transfer.operations@db.com

 

  Re:

[Include description of relevant Notes] (the “Notes”) of [GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC]/[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc] (the “Issuer”)

Ladies and Gentleman:

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), between GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

This letter relates to US$[                         ] aggregate principal amount of Notes, which represents an interest in a Regulation S Global Note beneficially owned by the undersigned (the “Transferor”), to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note.

In connection with such request, and with respect to such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144A”), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the transferee, as well as any such account, is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

I-1


Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Authorized Signature

 

I-2


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

[Date]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attention: Reorg. Department

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attn: Transfer Department

E-mail: transfer.operations@db.com

 

  Re:

[Include description of relevant Notes] (the “Notes”) of [GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC]/[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc] (the “Issuer”)

Ladies and Gentleman:

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), between GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed sale of US$[                     ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, which represents an interest in a 144A Global Note beneficially owned by the undersigned (the “Transferor”), to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note.

We confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

J-1


(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

(e) we are the beneficial owner of the principal amount of Notes being transferred.

In addition, if the sale is made during a Distribution Compliance Period and the provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2), as the case may be.

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Authorized Signature

 

J-2


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO RULE 144

[Date]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attention: Reorg. Department

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attn: Transfer Department

E-mail: transfer.operations@db.com

 

  Re:

[Include description of relevant Notes] (the “Notes”) of [GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC]/[GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc] (the “Issuer”)

Ladies and Gentleman:

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2022 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), between GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC, GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc, the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed sale of US$[                     ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, which represent an interest in a 144A Global Note beneficially owned by the undersigned (the “Transferor”), we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Authorized Signature

 

K-1

Exhibit 4.18

Registration Rights Agreement

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC

$700,000,000 3.024% Callable Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024

$300,000,000 Callable Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2024

$2,000,000,000 3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027

$1,000,000,000 3.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029

$2,000,000,000 3.625% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2032

$1,000,000,000 4.000% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2052

GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc

$1,750,000,000 3.125% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2025

This Registration Rights Agreement dated March 24, 2022 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital US LLC (the “US Issuer”), GSK Consumer Healthcare Capital UK plc (the “UK Issuer”) as issuers (each, an “Issuer” and, together, the “Issuers”), GlaxoSmithKline plc (“GSK”) and Haleon plc (“Haleon”) as guarantors (each, a “Guarantor” and, together, the “Guarantors”), BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Mizuho Securities USA LLC, as representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several initial purchasers (the “Represented Initial Purchasers”) named in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), and Goldman Sachs International (“GSI” and, together with the Represented Initial Purchasers, the “Initial Purchasers”).

The Issuers, the Guarantors, the Representatives and GSI are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated March 21, 2022 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for (i) the sale by the US Issuer to the Initial Purchasers of its 3.024% callable fixed rate senior notes due 2024 in an aggregate principal amount of $700,000,000 (the “Callable Fixed Rate Notes”), callable floating rate senior notes due 2024 in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000 (the “Callable Floating Rate Notes”), 3.375% senior notes due 2027 in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000,000 (the “2027 Fixed Rate Notes”), 3.375% senior notes due 2029 in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000 (the “2029 Fixed Rate Notes”), 3.625 % senior notes due 2032 in an aggregate principal amount of $ 2,000,000,000 (the “2032 Fixed Rate Notes”) and 4.000 % senior notes due 2052 in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000 (the “2052 Fixed Rate Notes” and, together with the Callable Fixed Rate Notes, the Callable Floating Rate Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2029 Fixed Rate Notes and the 2032 Fixed Rate Notes, the “US Issuer Notes”); and (ii) the sale by the UK Issuer to the Initial Purchasers of its 3.125 % Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2025 in an aggregate principal amount of $1,750,000,000 (the “2025 Fixed Rate Notes” or the “UK Issuer Notes” and, collectively with the US Issuer Notes, the “Notes”). Each of the Notes are sometimes referred to herein as a “Series” of Notes. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, each the US Issuer and the UK Issuer has agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement in relation to the US Issuer Notes and the UK Issuer Notes, respectively. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

Prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest by GSK (the “GSK Guarantee”). With effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest by Haleon (the “Haleon Guarantee”).


In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(l) hereof.

Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or London, England are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed. For purposes of this Agreement, if the day on which any deadline specified in this Agreement expires is not a Business Day, such deadline shall be deemed to expire on the next succeeding Business Day.

Demerger” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Act Report” shall mean any report to be filed by Haleon under the Exchange Act.

Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii) hereof.

Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the relevant Issuer and Haleon of Exchange Notes for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Exchange Notes” shall mean (i) with respect to the US Issuer Registrable Securities of each Series, senior notes issued by the US Issuer; and (ii) with respect to the UK Issuer Registrable Securities of each Series, senior notes issued by the UK Issuer, and in each case guaranteed by Haleon under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Notes of such Series (except that the Exchange Notes will not be (i) subject to restrictions on transfer, (ii) guaranteed by GSK, (iii) subject to special mandatory redemption provisions, or (iv) subject to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Notes of such Series in exchange for Notes of such Series pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of an Issuer or used or referred to by an Issuer or Haleon in connection with the sale of the Notes or the Exchange Notes.

Guarantee Assumption Date” means the date on which GSK ceases to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Ltd, other than as a result of any interest it may have in the share capital of Haleon, in order to implement the Demerger, as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

Guarantee” shall mean (i) prior to the Guarantee Assumption Date, the GSK Guarantee; and (ii) with effect from (and including) the Guarantee Assumption Date, the Haleon Guarantee.

Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Section 4 and Section 5 hereof, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

2


Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Notes dated as of March 24, 2022, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Issuers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Majority Holders” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Notes, the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities of such Series; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities of such Series is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities of such Series owned directly or indirectly by the relevant Issuer or the Guarantors or any of their respective controlled affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the relevant Issuer or the Guarantors shall issue any additional Notes under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Notes of such Series and the Registrable Securities of such Series to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the relevant Issuer upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Participating Holder” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the relevant Issuer in accordance with Section 2(h) hereof.

Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Registrable Securities” shall mean the US Issuer Registrable Securities or the UK Issuer Registrable Securities.

Registration Default” shall mean, as to any Series of Notes, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer, with respect to such Series of Notes, is not completed on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, with respect to such Series of Notes, if required pursuant to Section 2(h)(i) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (iii) if the relevant Issuer receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(h)(ii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 180 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period.

 

3


Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the relevant Issuer and Haleon with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws to the extent required hereunder, (iii) all expenses in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the relevant Issuer and Haleon and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accountants of the relevant Issuer and Haleon, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding in all cases fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder and any other costs or expenses of the Underwriters or the Holders.

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Issuers and Haleon that covers any of the Exchange Notes or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shelf Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(h) hereof.

Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(h) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the US Issuer, the UK Issuer and Haleon that covers all or a portion of the US Issuer Registrable Securities (with respect to the US Issuer) and the UK Issuer Registrable Securities (with respect to the UK Issuer) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(h) hereof.

Staff” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

Target Registration Date” shall mean 365 days after the Guarantee Assumption Date.

Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

UK Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

UK Issuer Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

4


UK Issuer Registrable Securities” shall mean the UK Issuer Notes and the Guarantee; provided that any UK Issuer Notes shall cease to be Registrable Securities at the earliest date (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such UK Issuer Notes has become effective under the Securities Act and such UK Issuer Notes have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such UK Issuer Notes cease to be outstanding, (iii) except in the case of UK Issuer Notes that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated or (iv) when such UK Issuer Notes are freely tradeable, without restriction, under federal or state securities laws.

Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

US Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

US Issuer Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

US Issuer Registrable Securities” shall mean the US Issuer Notes and the Guarantee; provided that any US Issuer Notes shall cease to be Registrable Securities at the earliest date (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such US Issuer Notes has become effective under the Securities Act and such US Issuer Notes have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such US Issuer Notes cease to be outstanding, (iii) except in the case of US Issuer Notes that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated or (iv) when such US Issuer Notes are freely tradeable, without restriction, under federal or state securities laws.

2. Registration under the Securities Act

(a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, following the Guarantee Assumption Date, the US Issuer and Haleon shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (x) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the US Issuer Registrable Securities for Exchange Notes and (y) have such Registration Statement become and remain effective until 90 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers.

(b) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, following the Guarantee Assumption Date, the UK Issuer and Haleon shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (x) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the UK Issuer Registrable Securities for Exchange Notes and (y) have such Registration Statement become and remain effective until 90 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers.

(c) The relevant Issuer and Haleon shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing or making available the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all US Issuer Registrable Securities (with respect to the US Issuer) or UK Issuer Registrable Securities (with respect to the UK Issuer) validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

(ii) the period of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed or made available) (the “Exchange Dates”);

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

 

5


(iv) that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case on or prior to the last Exchange Date; and

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Notes exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

(d) As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the relevant Issuer and Haleon that (1) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the relevant Issuer or Haleon and (4) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

(e) As soon as reasonably practicable after the last Exchange Date, the relevant Issuer and Haleon shall:

(i) accept for exchange US Issuer Registrable Securities (with respect to the US Issuer) or UK Issuer Registrable Securities (with respect to the UK Issuer) or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all US Issuer Registrable Securities or UK Issuer Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the US Issuer or the UK Issuer, respectively, and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Notes equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.

(f) Each of the Issuers and Haleon shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer.

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any provision herein purporting to require physical mailing, delivery or acceptance of any document or instrument, each Issuer and Haleon may conduct the Exchange Offer exclusively through the automated tender offer program of the Depository Trust Company or any successor or similar system permitting electronic transmittal, tender and acceptance of documents and instruments, provided that this provision shall apply only to Registrable Securities held in the form of beneficial interests in a global note deposited with (or held by a custodian for) the Depository Trust Company.

(h) In the event that (i) an Issuer and Haleon determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff or (ii) upon receipt of a written request (a “Shelf Request”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, such Issuer and Haleon shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as reasonably practicable after such determination or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the US Issuer Registrable Securities (in case of the US Issuer) or all the UK Issuer Registrable Securities (in case of the UK Issuer) by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the relevant Issuer as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof.

 

6


(i) In the event that an Issuer and Haleon are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2(h), such Issuer and Haleon shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all US Issuer Registrable Securities (with respect to the US Issuer) or all UK Issuer Registrable Securities (with respect to the UK Issuer) and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of such Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

(j) The relevant Issuer and Haleon shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement, if required, continuously effective until the earliest of (x) the date the US Issuer Notes (with respect to the US Issuer) or the UK Issuer Notes (with respect to the UK Issuer) cease to be US Issuer Registrable Securities or UK Issuer Registrable Securities, respectively, (y) one year after the Guarantee Assumption Date, and (z) the date when Holders, other than Holders that are “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) of the relevant Issuer, are able to sell such Notes without restriction, and without reliance as to the availability of current public information, pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). Further, the relevant Issuer and Haleon shall supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by such Issuer for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter reasonably practicable subject to Section 3(d) below. The relevant Issuer and Haleon shall furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(k) The relevant Issuer and Haleon shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(h) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(l) If a Registration Default occurs with respect to the Registrable Securities of a Series, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities of such Series will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 0.50% per annum (such interest referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, “Additional Interest”); provided that in no event shall Additional Interest accrue after the Shelf Effectiveness Period. A Registration Default, with respect to the Registrable Securities of a Series, ends when the Notes of such Series cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iv) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default. The Representatives acknowledge and agree that the relevant Issuer and Haleon will not be required to pay Additional Interest hereunder once the Notes become freely tradeable under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

(m) It is acknowledged that the Additional Interest set forth above is the sole remedy for any default hereunder.

 

7


3. Registration Procedures.

(a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(h) hereof, the relevant Issuer and Haleon shall:

(i) use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the relevant Issuer and Haleon, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(ii) subject to Section 3(d) below, (A) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and (B) keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(a)(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Notes;

(iii) to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by such Issuer or Haleon with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed;

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the relevant Issuer and Haleon consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(v) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; provided that neither the relevant Issuer nor Haleon shall be required to (1) qualify or be authorized, as applicable, as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities, investment firm or other entity under financial supervision in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify or be authorized, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction, (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject or (4) make any changes to incorporating or organizational documents (including its deed of incorporation, articles of association, board rules or any charter);

(vi) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and counsel for such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration

 

8


Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by such Issuer of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, such Issuer or Haleon receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by such Issuer or Haleon that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate;

(vii) subject to Section 3(d) below, use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration Statement on the proper form, as soon as reasonably practicable and provide prompt notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder upon request, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the US Issuer Registrable Securities (in case of the US Issuer) or the UK Issuer Registrable Securities (in case of the UK Issuer) to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of such Registrable Securities;

(x) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, subject to Section 3(d) below, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the relevant Issuer shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to such Issuer (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, upon receipt of such notice from the relevant Issuer until such Issuer and Haleon have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission;

(xi) not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement (other than an Exchange Act Report), a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the

 

9


Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel or the Participating Holders or their counsel shall reasonably object;

(xii) obtain a CUSIP number for all relevant Exchange Notes or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

(xiii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the relevant Exchange Notes or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xiv) if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing; and

(b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the relevant Issuer may require, as a condition to including a Holder’s Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to such Issuer a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as such Issuer may from time to time reasonably request in writing. No Holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to include any of its Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration pursuant to this Agreement unless such Holder furnishes to the relevant Issuer in writing, within 20 days after receipt of a written request therefor, such information as such Issuer may reasonably request for inclusion in any Shelf Registration or Prospectus included therein, and no such Holder shall be entitled to Additional Interest pursuant hereto.

(c) Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the relevant Issuer of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof or any notice pursuant to Section 3(d), such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof or notice that the period referred to in Section 3(d) has ended and, if so directed by such Issuer, such Participating Holder will deliver to such Issuer all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, an Issuer may postpone effecting an Exchange Offer Registration or a Shelf Registration (or the maintenance of its effectiveness and usability) (i) during the regular quarterly period during which directors and executive officers of such Issuer and/or Haleon are not permitted to trade under the insider trading policy of such Issuer and/or Haleon then in effect until the expiration of such quarterly period (but in no event later than two Business Days after the date of such Issuer’ Haleon’s quarterly results announcement or annual report is published, as applicable ) and (ii) for a period of up to 90 days if such Issuer and/or Haleon determine in good faith that such Exchange Offer Registration or a Shelf Registration, as the case may be, would (A) reasonably be expected to materially impede, delay, interfere with or otherwise have a material adverse effect on any material acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business), merger, consolidation, tender offer, financing or any other material business transaction by Haleon or any of its subsidiaries or (B) require disclosure of information that has not been disclosed to the public, the disclosure of which would not be in the best interests of Haleon. Any such suspensions shall not exceed 180 days in the aggregate during any 365-day period.

 

10


(e) The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the relevant Issuer and Haleon. The relevant Issuer and Haleon shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply in all material respects with any reasonable and customary request, including the provision of opinions of counsel, accountants’ comfort letters and officers’ certificates, of the Participating Holders or Underwriters made in connection with such Underwritten Offering to the extent such request does not create an undue burden or expense for the Issuer, Haleon or their subsidiaries. All expenses of the Underwritten Offering (other than Registration Expenses and expenses of the Issuer, Haleon and their subsidiaries) shall be borne by the Participating Holders and the Underwriters, as agreed amongst them.

(f) Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall not take any action that would result in the relevant Issuer or Haleon being required to file with the SEC a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405, as amended, under the Securities Act, prepared by or on behalf of such Holder that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the relevant Issuer or Haleon thereunder, but for the action of such Holder.

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.

(a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

The Issuers and Haleon understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Notes for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) In light of the above, and subject to Section 3(d), the relevant Issuer and Haleon shall amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 90 days after the last Exchange Date, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The relevant Issuer and Haleon further acknowledge that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized, subject to Section 3(d), to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Issuers, Haleon or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

5. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) Each of the relevant Issuer and Haleon, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder and their respective affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a

 

11


material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the relevant Issuer or Haleon in writing by or on behalf of such parties expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the relevant Issuer and Haleon, jointly and severally, shall also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the relevant Issuer, Haleon, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, and each of the directors and officers of such Issuer and Haleon and each Person, if any, who controls such Issuer, Haleon, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to such Issuer or Haleon in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus.

(c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to one local counsel per jurisdiction) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reasonable and documented and shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by Issuer or Haleon. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any

 

12


pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the relevant Issuer and Haleon from the offering of the Notes and the Exchange Notes, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Notes or Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the relevant Issuer and Haleon on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the relevant Issuer and Haleon on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the relevant Issuer and Haleon or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The Issuers, Haleon and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Notes or Exchange Notes sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

(f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer or Haleon or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the relevant Issuer or Haleon, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6. General.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Issuers represents, warrants and agrees that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict in any material respect with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by such Issuer or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither such Issuer nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts in any material respect with the provisions hereof.

 

13


(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless such Issuers have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that, with respect to any amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to Section 5 above that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first- class mail, electronic mail, facsimile, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the relevant Issuer by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Issuers and the Guarantors, initially at the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if e-mailed or facsimiled; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Issuers or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder (excluding those agreements made in Section 5 hereto) between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

(i) Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service. (a) The Issuers and the Guarantors irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York (the “Specified Courts”) over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement (each, a “Related Proceeding”). The Issuers and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent

 

14


permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such Related Proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. (b) The Guarantors and the UK Issuer hereby irrevocably designate, appoint, and empower the US Issuer, as the designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on their behalf, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action, suit or proceeding brought against the Guarantors or the UK Issuer in any such United States or State court with respect to any matter arising out of or based upon this Agreement and that may be made on such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts. Each of the Guarantors and the UK Issuer further hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any such action, suit or proceeding against it by serving a copy thereof upon the relevant agent for service of process referred to in this Section 6(i) (whether or not the appointment of such agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such agent shall accept or acknowledge such service). Each of the Guarantors and the UK Issuer agrees that the failure of any such designee, appointee and agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any such action or proceeding based thereon. The Issuers and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or based upon this Agreement brought in the United States federal courts located in The City of New York or the courts of the State of New York located in The City of New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(j) Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

[Signatures on following pages]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL US LLC,
By:   /s/ Hatixhe Hoxha
  Name: Hatixhe Hoxha
  Title: Assistant Secretary

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GSK CONSUMER HEALTHCARE CAPITAL UK PLC,
By:  

/s/ Michael John Rowe

  Name: Michael John Rowe
  Title: Head of Treasury Consumer Healthcare

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GLAXOSMITHKLINE PLC,
By:   /s/ Jemma Reynolds
  Name: Jemma Reynolds
  Title: VP, Corporate Finance

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HALEON PLC,
By:   /s/ Michael John Rowe
  Name: Michael John Rowe
  Title: Head of Treasury Consumer Healthcare

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written for themselves and on behalf of the several Initial Purchasers:

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.,

For itself and the Represented Initial Purchasers

By:   /s/ Laurie Campbell
Name:   Laurie Campbell
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

For itself and the Represented Initial Purchasers

By:   /s/ Brian D. Bednarski
Name:   Brian D. Bednarski
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.,

For itself and the Represented Initial Purchasers

By:   /s/ Patrice Altongy
Name:   Patrice Altongy
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


Mizuho Securities USA LLC,
For itself and the Represented Initial Purchasers
By:   /s/ Joseph Santaniello
Name:   Joseph Santaniello
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ Elis Wyn Jones
Name:   Elis Wyn Jones
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 4.19

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

DATED 18 February 2022

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED

as the Borrower

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A., LONDON BRANCH

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

BNP PARIBAS

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

HSBC BANK PLC

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC

MIZUHO BANK, LTD.

MORGAN STANLEY BANK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK (HONG KONG) LIMITED

as the Arrangers

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

as the Coordinator

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1 as the Original Lenders

HSBC BANK PLC

as the Agent

 

 

£1,500,000,000

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

 

Slaughter and May

One Bunhill Row

London

EC1Y 8YY

(GO/CVAC/TGXN/PXUD)


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  

1.

  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      2  

2.

  THE FACILITY      19  

3.

  PURPOSE      21  

4.

  CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION      21  

5.

  UTILISATION      23  

6.

  REPAYMENT      24  

7.

  ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION      24  

8.

  MANDATORY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION      26  

9.

  RESTRICTIONS      27  

10.

  INTEREST      28  

11.

  INTEREST PERIODS      29  

12.

  CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST      30  

13.

  FEES; COSTS AND EXPENSES      31  

14.

  TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES      33  

15.

  INCREASED COSTS      40  

16.

  OTHER INDEMNITIES      41  

17.

  MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES      43  

18.

  GUARANTEE      44  

19.

  REPRESENTATIONS      47  

20.

  FINANCIAL INFORMATION      49  

21.

  INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS      50  

22.

  UNDERTAKINGS      51  

23.

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT      53  

24.

  CHANGES TO THE LENDERS      55  

25.

  CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS      59  

26.

  ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND THE COORDINATOR      62  

27.

  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES      70  


28.

  SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES      70  

29.

  PAYMENT MECHANICS      72  

30.

  SET-OFF      76  

31.

  NOTICES      76  

32.

  CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES      78  

33.

  PARTIAL INVALIDITY      79  

34.

  REMEDIES AND WAIVERS      79  

35.

  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS      79  

36.

  CONFIDENTIALITY      84  

37.

  CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES      87  

38.

  BAIL-IN      88  

39.

  COUNTERPARTS      90  

40.

  CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999      90  

41.

  GOVERNING LAW      91  

42.

  ENFORCEMENT AND JURISDICTION      91  

SCHEDULE 1 ORIGINAL LENDERS

     93  

SCHEDULE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     95  

SCHEDULE 3 REQUESTS

     99  

SCHEDULE 4 TIMETABLES

     101  

SCHEDULE 5 FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

     102  

SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

     105  

SCHEDULE 7 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

     108  

SCHEDULE 8 FORM OF ACCESSION AGREEMENT

     111  

SCHEDULE 9 REFERENCE RATE TERMS

     112  

SCHEDULE 10 DAILY NON-CUMULATIVE COMPOUNDED RFR RATE

     115  

 

2


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 18 February 2022 and made between:

 

(1)

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED as the borrower (the “Original Borrower”);

 

(2)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY, BANCO SANTANDER, S.A., LONDON BRANCH, BARCLAYS BANK PLC, BNP PARIBAS, CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH, GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, HSBC BANK PLC, J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC, MIZUHO BANK, LTD., MORGAN STANLEY BANK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and STANDARD CHARTERED BANK (HONG KONG) LIMITED as the mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners (the “Arrangers”);

 

(3)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY as the coordinator (the “Coordinator”);

 

(4)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the “Original Lenders”); and

 

(5)

HSBC BANK PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:


SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Acceptable Bank” means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt obligations of BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, provided that in the event such bank or financial institution has a rating from both such credit rating agencies, the lower of such ratings shall be used.

Accession Agreement” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Accession Agreement).

Additional Borrower” means a Group Company which becomes a Borrower in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Business Day” means any day specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

Additional Guarantor” means a Group Company which becomes a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Obligor” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Announcement” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 8.2(b) (Automatic Cancellation).

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations from time-to-time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including but not limited to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and all other applicable anti-bribery and corruption laws.

Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement).

Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Availability Period” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the Demerger Dividend Date; and

 

  (b)

the Longstop Date.

Available Commitment” means a Lender’s Commitment minus:

 

  (a)

the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under the Facility; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

2


Available Facility” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

Basel II Framework” means “Basel II” as set out in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 or any other law or regulation which implements “Basel II” (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, a Lender or any of its affiliates).

Basel III Framework” means “Basel III” as set out in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on banking Supervision on 16 December 2012 each as amended, supplemented or restated.

Blocking Law” means:

 

  (a)

any provision of Council Regulation (EC) No 2271/1996 of 22 November 1996 (or any law or regulation implementing such Regulation in any member state of the European Union or the United Kingdom (including any similar and applicable UK law, instrument or regulation created following the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union)); or

 

  (b)

Section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung).

Borrower” means the Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower.

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and:

 

  (a)

(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than sterling) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; and

 

  (b)

in relation to:

 

  (i)

any date for payment or purchase of an amount relating to a Loan or Unpaid Sum; or

 

  (ii)

the determination of the first day or the last day of an Interest Period for a Loan, or otherwise in relation to the determination of the length of such an Interest Period or Unpaid Sum,

which is an Additional Business Day relating to that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

Central Bank Rate” has the meaning given to that term in the Reference Rate Terms.

Central Bank Rate Adjustment” has the meaning given to that term in the Reference Rate Terms.

Central Bank Rate Spread” has the meaning given to that term in the Reference Rate Terms.

Change of Control” means, other than as a result of or in connection with the Demerger or the Demerger Dividend:

 

  (a)

at any time prior to the Demerger Date, a Borrower ceases to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of GSK;

 

  (b)

on or following the Demerger Date, a Borrower ceases to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the CH Topco; or

 

3


  (c)

on or following the Demerger Date, any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the CH Topco, where:

 

  (i)

acting in concert” means a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of voting shares in the CH Topco, to obtain or consolidate control of the CH Topco; and

 

  (ii)

control” means:

 

  (A)

the power to:

 

  (1)

cast more than 50% of the maximum number of votes which may be cast at a general meeting of the CH Topco;

 

  (2)

appoint or remove all or the majority of the directors or equivalent officers of the CH Topco; or

 

  (3)

give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the CH Topco with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the CH Topco are obliged to comply; or

 

  (B)

the holding of more than 50% of the issued share capital of the CH Topco (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

CH Topco” means, on and following the Demerger Date, the holding company of what is, as at the date of this Agreement, the Original Group’s consumer healthcare business which is incorporated in England and Wales and will be listed on a recognised investment exchange in the United Kingdom, as set out in the Pro Forma Group Structure Chart.

CH Topco Accession Date” means the date on which the CH Topco becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 22.9 (Condition Subsequent).

CoC Waiver Notice” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 8.1 (Change of control).

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commitment” means:

 

  (a)

for each Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Schedule 1 (Original Lenders), and the amount of any other commitment transferred to it, or which it assumes or acquires, including by way of increase under Clause 2.2 (Increase); and

 

  (b)

for any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it, or which it assumes or acquires, including by way of increase under Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders),

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Commitment Fee” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 13.1 (Commitment fee).

Compounded Reference Rate” means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during the Interest Period of a Loan, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and

 

4


  (b)

the applicable Credit Adjustment Spread.

Compounding Methodology Supplement” means, in relation to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate a document which:

 

  (a)

is agreed in writing by the Designated Borrower, the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

 

  (b)

specifies a calculation methodology for that rate; and

 

  (c)

has been made available to the Designated Borrower and each Finance Party.

Confidential Information” means all information relating to any Obligor, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group, the Borrowers, the CH Topco and, in each case, any of their Affiliates, the Demerger, the Demerger Documents, this Agreement or any other Finance Document or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility, from:

 

  (a)

any member of, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group or, in each case, any of its Affiliates or advisers; or

 

  (b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group or, in each case, any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

 

  (i)

information that:

 

  (1)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 36 (Confidentiality); or

 

  (2)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group or, in each case, any of its advisers; or

 

  (3)

is known (and has been lawfully obtained) by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

  (ii)

any Funding Rate.

Consolidated Financial Statements” means the most recently published audited consolidated financial statements of, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group for the relevant financial year ended 31 December.

Credit Adjustment Spread” means any rate which is either:

 

  (a)

specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms; or

 

5


  (b)

determined by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Agent) in accordance with the methodology specified in the Reference Rate Terms.

CTA” means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate” means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Loan, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Agent) in accordance with the methodology set out in Schedule 10 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant Compounding Methodology Supplement.

Daily Rate” means the rate specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 23 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender:

 

  (a)

which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent or the Designated Borrower (which has notified the Agent) or has indicated publicly that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation);

 

  (b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and,

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Demerger” means GSK ceasing to hold a direct or indirect interest in the share capital of the Original Borrower, other than as a result of any interest it may hold in the share capital of the CH Topco, in connection with the listing or admission to trading of all or part of the share capital of any person or entity which holds or forms part of the GlaxoSmithKline group’s consumer healthcare business on any recognised investment exchange or any substantially equivalent transaction.

Demerger Agreement” means the agreement and plan of demerger to be entered into by GSK and the CH Topco in connection with the Demerger.

Demerger Date” means the date on which the Demerger completes, as notified by the Original Borrower to the Agent.

Demerger Dividend” means the cash distribution to be declared and paid by the Original Borrower to its immediate shareholders prior to the Demerger in the manner envisaged in the Demerger Agreement.

 

6


Demerger Dividend Date” means the date of the payment of the Demerger Dividend, as notified by the Original Borrower to the Agent.

Demerger Documents” means the Demerger Agreement and any other document designated as a Demerger Document by the Designated Borrower and notified to the Agent.

Designated Borrower” means the Original Borrower or such other Borrower as the Original Borrower notifies to the Agent from time-to-time.

Disruption Event” means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Eligible Institution” means any Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Designated Borrower and which, in each case, is not a Group Company.

Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 23 (Events of Default).

Facility” means the sterling term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 (The Facility).

Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

FATCA” means:

 

  (a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

  (b)

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

7


FATCA Application Date” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in Section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

 

  (b)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in Section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter” means any letter or letters dated on or prior to the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Original Borrower (or the Coordinator and the Original Borrower) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 13 (Fees; Costs and Expenses).

Finance Document” means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Agreement, any Reference Rate Supplement, any Compounding Methodology Supplement and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Designated Borrower.

Finance Party” means the Agent, an Arranger, the Coordinator or a Lender.

Funding Rate” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 12.2 (Cost of funds).

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom, including IFRS.

Group” means:

 

  (a)

prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Borrower and its Subsidiaries from time-to-time; and

 

  (b)

on and following the Demerger Date, the CH Topco and its Subsidiaries from time-to-time,

(and, in each case, each such entity being a “Group Company”).

GSK” means GlaxoSmithKline PLC.

Guarantor” means:

 

  (a)

from the CH Topco Accession Date, the CH Topco; or

 

  (b)

any other Additional Guarantor.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to any financial statements prepared for a period beginning before 1 January 2021, international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements; and

 

8


  (b)

in relation to any financial statements prepared for a period beginning on or after 1 January 2021, UK adopted international accounting standards within the meaning of Section 474(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Impaired Agent” means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”;

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent; or

 

  (e)

the Agent is not a FATCA Exempt Party,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Increase Confirmation” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Increase Confirmation).

Increase Date” has the meaning given to such term in the relevant Increase Confirmation.

Increase Lender” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 2.2 (Increase).

Indebtedness for borrowed money” shall mean any indebtedness of any person for or in respect of:

 

  (a)

monies borrowed and debit balances at banks;

 

  (b)

amounts raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit;

 

  (c)

amounts raised under any notes, debentures, bonds, loan notes or other security;

 

  (d)

the amount of any liability in respect of leases or hire purchase contracts which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as finance leases;

 

  (e)

any currency swap or interest swap arrangement (for the purpose of any calculation of the amount of that indebtedness, insofar as it constitutes the aggregate net debt position in relation thereto); and

 

  (f)

amounts raised under any other transaction having the commercial and economic effect of a borrowing and which would be classified as a borrowing in accordance with GAAP.

 

9


Indemnified Person” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 16.4 (Demerger indemnity).

Information Package means:

 

  (a)

a corporate structure chart in respect of the Original Group;

 

  (b)

the Original Consolidated Financial Statements; and

 

  (c)

such other information as is agreed by the Original Lenders and the Designated Borrower in writing from time to time.

Insolvency Event” in relation to an entity means that the entity:

 

  (a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (g)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in paragraph (d) above);

 

  (h)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

10


  (i)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

  (j)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Interest Payment” means the aggregate amount of interest that:

 

  (a)

is, or is scheduled to become, payable under any Finance Document; and

 

  (b)

relates to a Loan.

Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 11 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10.4 (Default interest).

ITA” means the Income Tax Act 2007.

Legal Reservations” means the legal reservations in the legal opinions provided pursuant to Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

Lender” means:

 

  (a)

any Original Lender; and

 

  (b)

any person which has become a Party as a “Lender” in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders),

which, in each case, has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan

Longstop Date” means the date that is the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

Lookback Period” means the number of days specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

Major Default” means any event or circumstance constituting an Event of Default under any of:

 

  (a)

Clause 23.1 (Non-payment);

 

  (b)

Clause 23.2 (Misrepresentation) insofar as it relates to a breach of any Major Representation;

 

  (c)

Clause 23.3 (Other obligations) insofar as it relates to a breach of any Major Undertaking;

 

  (d)

Clause 23.5 (Insolvency);

 

  (e)

Clause 23.6 (Insolvency proceedings);

 

  (f)

Clause 23.7 (Creditors’ process);

 

  (g)

Clause 23.8 (Repudiation); and

 

  (h)

Clause 23.9 (Unlawfulness).

 

11


Major Representations” means a representation under any of:

 

  (a)

Clause 19.2 (Status);

 

  (b)

Clause 19.5 (Power and authority);

 

  (c)

Clause 19.7 (Binding obligations); and

 

  (d)

Clause 19.10 (No conflict).

Major Undertaking” means any of:

 

  (a)

Clause 22.2 (Authorisations);

 

  (b)

Clause 22.3 (Compliance with laws);

 

  (c)

Clause 22.4 (Negative pledge); and

 

  (d)

Clause 22.8 (Disposals).

Majority Lenders” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

Margin” means, in respect of each Loan or for the purpose of Clause 13.1 (Commitment fee), the percentage figure calculated in accordance with Clause 10.2 (Calculation of the Margin).

Material Subsidiary” means a Group Company whose total assets or total profits before interest payable and tax (“Gross Profits”) (attributable to, prior to the Demerger Date, GSK and, on and following the Demerger Date, the CH Topco) represent 10 per cent. or more of the consolidated total assets or consolidated Gross Profits (as the case may be) of, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group as reflected in the latest published audited consolidated financial statements of, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group. Total assets and total Gross Profits will, for this purpose, exclude assets and profits eliminated in the consolidated financial statements referred to in the previous sentence of this definition.

Maturity Date” means the date which is 36 Months after the date of this Agreement, provided that if such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.

Month” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to an Interest Period (or any other period for the accrual of commission or fees), a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, subject to adjustment in accordance with the rules specified as Business Day Conventions in the Reference Rate Terms; and

 

  (b)

otherwise means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services Limited or any successor to its rating business.

Obligor” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

OFAC” means Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury.

 

12


Original Consolidated Financial Statements” means the most recently published audited consolidated financial statements of the Original Group for the relevant financial year ended 31 December 2020.

Original Group” means GSK and its Subsidiaries from time to time (and each such entity being an “Original Group Company”).

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

Pro Forma Group Structure Chart” means the structure chart of the Group showing the Original Borrower assuming the Demerger Date has occurred.

Protected Party” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Qualifying Lender” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Rating” means the corporate rating of the CH Topco (including any preliminary rating which has been made publicly available) assigned by S&P and/or Moody’s.

Reference Rate Supplement” means a document which:

 

  (a)

is agreed in writing by the Designated Borrower, the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

 

  (b)

specifies the relevant terms which are expressed in this Agreement to be determined by reference to Reference Rate Terms; and

 

  (c)

has been made available to the Designated Borrower and each Finance Party.

Reference Rate Terms” means the terms set out in Schedule 9 (Reference Rate Terms) or in any Reference Rate Supplement.

Relevant Group Company” means:

 

  (a)

prior to the CH Topco Accession Date, the Original Borrower; and

 

  (b)

on and following the CH Topco Accession Date, the CH Topco.

Relevant Indebtedness” means any: (i) indebtedness for moneys borrowed or any debit balances at banks with a maturity of 365 days or less; or (ii) any indebtedness which:

 

  (a)

is in the form of or represented by bonds, notes, loan stock, depositary receipts or other securities issued otherwise than to constitute or represent advances made by banks and/or other lending institutions;

 

  (b)

is denominated, or confers any right to payment of principal, premium and/or interest, in or by reference to any currency other than the currency of the country in which the issuer of the indebtedness has its principal place of business, or is denominated in or by reference to the currency of such country but is placed or offered for subscription or sale by or on behalf of, or by agreement with, the issuer as to over 20 per cent. outside such country; and

 

  (c)

at its date of issue is, or is intended by the issuer to become, quoted, listed, traded or dealt in on any stock exchange, over-the-counter market or other securities market;

Relevant Interbank Market” means the market specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

 

13


Relevant Period” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 13.1 (Commitment fee).

Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clause 19 (Representations) other than those in Clause 19.3 (Deduction of tax), Clause 19.6 (No filing or stamp taxes), Clause 19.11 (Anti-Bribery and corruption), Clause 19.12 (Sanctions) and Clause 19.14 (No misleading information).

Reporting Day” means the day (if any) specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

Reporting Time” means the relevant time (if any) specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Restricted Party” means a person that is:

 

  (a)

listed on or directly owned or controlled by a person listed on a Sanctions List, or a person acting on behalf or at the direction of such a person;

 

  (b)

located in or organised under the laws of a Sanctions Country, or is owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf or at the direction of a person located in or organised under the laws of a Sanctions Country, to the extent that this would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions; or

 

  (c)

otherwise a subject of Sanctions.

RFR” means the rate specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

RFR Banking Day” means any day specified as such in the Reference Rate Terms.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.

Sanctions” means any trade, economic or financial sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures, administered, enacted or enforced by a Sanctions Authority.

Sanctions Authority” means:

 

  (a)

the United Nations;

 

  (b)

the US;

 

  (c)

the European Union;

 

  (d)

the United Kingdom; and

 

  (e)

the governments and official institutions or agencies of any of paragraphs (a) to (d) above, including OFAC, the US Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury.

Sanctions Country” means a country or territory that is subject to country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions, which countries or territories as at the date of this Agreement include, but are not limited to, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria.

Sanctions List” means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List and the List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by Her Majesty’s Treasury, or any similar list maintained by a Sanctions Authority, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

 

14


Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part II of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 11 (Interest Periods) in relation to a Loan.

Specified Time” means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 4 (Timetables).

Subsidiary” means a subsidiary within the meaning of Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Tax Credit” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Tax Payment” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments, being £1,500,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Designated Borrower.

Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b)

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

Treaty Lender” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Treaty State” and “Treaty” each have the meanings given to such terms in Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

UK Borrower” means a Borrower which is incorporated in the United Kingdom or operating in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom with which any payment under the Finance Documents is connected.

UK Borrower DTTP Filing” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

US” and “United States” means the United States of America, any state thereof, and the District of Columbia.

 

15


US Tax Obligor” means:

 

  (a)

a Borrower which is resident for Tax purposes in the United States; or

 

  (b)

an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for United States Federal income tax purposes.

Utilisation” means a utilisation of the Facility.

Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

Utilisation Request” means a request by a Borrower to utilise the Facility, substantially in the form set out in Part I of Schedule 3 (Requests).

VAT” means:

 

  (a)

any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112);

 

  (b)

any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto; and

 

  (c)

any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, whether imposed in the U.K. or in a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above or imposed elsewhere.

 

1.2

Construction

 

  (a)

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

 

  (i)

the “Agent”, any “Arranger”, any “Borrower”, the “Coordinator”, any “Finance Party”, any “Guarantor”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor” or any “Party” shall be construed so as to include their respective successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (iii)

a Lender’s “cost of funds” in relation to its participation in a Loan is a reference to the average cost (determined either on an actual or notional basis) which that Lender would incur if it were to fund, from whatever source(s) it may reasonably select, an amount equal to the amount of that participation in that Loan for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and to the Agent’s “cost of funds” is a reference to the average cost (determined either on an actual or notional basis) which the Agent would incur if it were to fund, from whatever source(s) it may reasonably select, an amount equal to the amount referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 29.4 (Clawback and pre-funding);

 

  (iv)

a “group of Lenders” includes all the Lenders;

 

  (v)

the “Demerger Agreement”, the “Demerger Documents”, any “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Demerger Agreement, Demerger Document, Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

  (vi)

know your customer” checks or requirements are the checks that a Finance Party requests in order to meet its obligations under applicable money laundering requirements to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer;

 

16


  (vii)

a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (viii)

a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  (ix)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted from time-to-time; and

 

  (x)

a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

  (b)

The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a period equal in length” to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (c)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

  (d)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

  (e)

A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

  (f)

A reference in this Agreement to a page or screen of an information service displaying a rate shall include:

 

  (i)

any replacement page of that information service which displays that rate; and

 

  (ii)

the appropriate page of such other information service which displays that rate from time to time in place of that information service,

and, if such page or service ceases to be available, shall include any other page or service displaying that rate specified by the Agent after consulting with the Designated Borrower.

 

  (g)

A reference in this Agreement to a Central Bank Rate shall include any successor rate to, or replacement rate for, that rate.

 

  (h)

Any Reference Rate Supplement relating to a currency overrides anything relating to that currency in:

 

  (i)

Schedule 9 (Reference Rate Terms); or

 

  (ii)

any earlier Reference Rate Supplement.

 

  (i)

A Compounding Methodology Supplement relating to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate overrides anything relating to that rate in:

 

  (i)

Schedule 10 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate); or

 

  (ii)

any earlier Compounding Methodology Supplement.

 

17


1.3

Currency symbols and definitions

£” and “sterling” denote the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

18


SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

 

2.

THE FACILITY

 

2.1

The Facility

 

  (a)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a committed sterling term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

  (b)

The Facility may be utilised by the way of a Loan or Loans in accordance with Clause 5 (Utilisation).

 

2.2

Increase

 

  (a)

The Designated Borrower may by giving prior notice to the Agent after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (i)

the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 7.5 (Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

 

  (ii)

the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with:

 

  (A)

Clause 7.1 (Illegality); or

 

  (B)

paragraph (a) of Clause 7.4 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender),

request that the Commitments relating to the Facility be increased (and they shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount up to the amount of the Commitments so cancelled as follows:

 

  (i)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Eligible Institutions (each “Increase Lender”) and each of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender in respect of those Commitments;

 

  (ii)

each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as each Obligor and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender in respect of that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume;

 

  (iii)

each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender in respect of that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume;

 

  (iv)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

19


  (v)

any increase in the Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (A)

the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

  (B)

in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the Agent being satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Designated Borrower and the Increase Lender upon being so satisfied.

 

  (b)

Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the Increase Date and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as it would have been had it been an Original Lender.

 

  (c)

The Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 24.4 (Assignment or transfer fee) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 24.6 (Procedure for transfer) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

  (d)

The Designated Borrower may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Designated Borrower and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Designated Borrower and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this Clause 2.2(d).

 

  (e)

Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find an Increase Lender and in no event shall any Lender whose Commitment is replaced by an Increase Lender be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

  (f)

Clause 24.5 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i)

an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (ii)

the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and

 

  (iii)

a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer” and “assignment”.

 

2.3

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  (a)

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to

 

20


 

that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

 

  (c)

A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

2.4

Borrowers’ Agent

 

  (a)

Each Obligor by its execution of this Agreement hereby irrevocably authorises the Designated Borrower to give all notices (including without limitation Utilisation Requests, notices of prepayment and cancellation and Selection Notices) and instructions and make such agreements (including, without limitation, in relation to Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers)) expressed to be capable of being given or made by the Obligors, notwithstanding that they may affect that Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor and that Obligor shall, as regards the Finance Parties, be bound thereby as though that Obligor had agreed that change, given that notice or made that agreement.

 

  (b)

Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Designated Borrower or given to the Designated Borrower under any Finance Document on behalf of an Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to an Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Designated Borrower and any other Obligor, those of the Designated Borrower shall prevail.

 

3.

PURPOSE

 

3.1

Purpose

The Borrowers shall apply (or procure the application of) all amounts borrowed under the Facility directly or indirectly in or towards the payment of the Demerger Dividend.

 

3.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1

Initial conditions precedent

 

  (a)

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to any Loan if on or before the Utilisation Date for that Loan, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Designated Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

  (b)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

21


4.2

Certain funds Utilisations

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), the obligations of each Lender to participate in a Loan during the Availability Period are subject to the further conditions precedent that on the date of the Utilisation Request and the Utilisation Date:

 

  (i)

no Major Default is continuing or would result from the making of the proposed Loan;

 

  (ii)

the Major Representations are true in all material respects and will be true in all material respects immediately after the Loan is made; and

 

  (iii)

no Change of Control has occurred.

 

  (b)

During the Availability Period (save in circumstances where, pursuant to paragraph (a) above, a Lender is not obliged to participate in a Loan under this Agreement) and subject to Clause 7.1 (Illegality) and each Borrower’s compliance with Clause 8 (Mandatory prepayment and cancellation) in circumstances where that Clause is applicable, none of the Finance Parties shall be entitled to:

 

  (i)

cancel any of its Commitments;

 

  (ii)

rescind, terminate or cancel this Agreement or exercise any similar right or remedy or make or enforce any claim under the Finance Documents it may have to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Loan;

 

  (iii)

refuse to participate in the making of a Loan;

 

  (iv)

exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of a Loan under this Agreement to the extent that to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Loan; or

 

  (v)

cancel, accelerate or cause repayment or prepayment of any amounts owing under this Agreement or under any other Finance Document to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Loan,

provided that immediately upon the expiry of the Availability Period all such rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available to the Finance Parties notwithstanding that they may not have been used or been available for use during the Availability Period.

 

4.3

Maximum number of Utilisations

A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than one Loan would be outstanding.

 

22


SECTION 3

UTILISATION

 

5.

UTILISATION

 

5.1

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

  (a)

Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (i)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

  (ii)

the currency and amount of the Loan comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

  (iii)

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 11 (Interest Periods).

 

  (b)

Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3

Currency and amount

 

  (a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be sterling.

 

  (b)

The amount of the proposed Loan must be:

 

  (i)

a minimum of £100,000,000 or if less, the Available Facility with an integral multiple of £1,000,000; and

 

  (ii)

less than or equal to the Available Facility.

 

5.4

Lenders’ participation

 

  (a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

  (b)

The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan by the Specified Time.

 

5.5

Cancellation of Commitment

Any amount of the Total Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

23


SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6.

REPAYMENT

Each Borrower shall repay the aggregate amount of each Loan made to it in full on the Maturity Date.

 

7.

ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1

Illegality

If at any time it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in a Loan, that Lender shall, promptly after becoming aware of the same, deliver to the Designated Borrower and the Agent a certificate to that effect (giving reasonable details of the basis of the unlawfulness) upon becoming aware of that event and:

 

  (a)

upon the Agent notifying the Lender, such Lender shall not thereafter be obliged to make any Loans hereunder and the amount of each Available Commitment of that Lender shall be immediately reduced to zero; and

 

  (b)

to the extent that the Lender’s participation has not been transferred pursuant to paragraph (d) of Clause 7.4 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender),

each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Designated Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

7.2

Voluntary cancellations

The Designated Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of £100,000,000 and an integral multiple of £1,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

 

7.3

Voluntary prepayment of a Loan

 

  (a)

A Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than three RFR Banking Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders and that Borrower may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of any Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces a minimum amount of £100,000,000 and an integral multiple of £1,000,000). Any such prepayment shall be made together with interest accrued to the date of such prepayment.

 

  (b)

No prepayment shall be permitted to be made pursuant to paragraph (a) above if, as a result of such prepayment, there would in any calendar year have been more than six voluntary prepayments of Loans during that calendar year.

 

24


7.4

Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

  (a)

If:

 

  (i)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under Clause 14.2(c) (Tax gross-up); or

 

  (ii)

any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 15 (Increased Costs),

the Designated Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment(s) of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans or give the Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

 

  (b)

On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment(s) of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (c)

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Designated Borrower has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Designated Borrower in that notice), the Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment shall be immediately cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

  (d)

If:

 

  (i)

any of the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above apply to a Lender; or

 

  (ii)

an Obligor will, subject to the operation of this Clause 7.4, become obliged to pay any amount in accordance with

  Clause

7.1 (Illegality) to any Lender,

each applicable Borrower may, on not less than two Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Institution which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of the transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 24.10 (Pro rata interest settlement)) and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i)

the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii)

neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

  (iii)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (d) above once it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  (f)

A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (e)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (d) above and shall notify the Agent and the Designated Borrower when it has complied with those checks.

 

25


  (g)

The obligations in this Clause 7.4 do not in any way limit the obligations of any Finance Party under Clause 17 (Mitigation by the Finance Parties).

 

7.5

Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a)

If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Designated Borrower may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent notice of (i) cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender and the date thereof and, if it so wishes, (ii) its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans and the date thereof.

 

  (b)

On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

  (d)

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Designated Borrower has given notice of repayment under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Designated Borrower in that notice), the Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan.

 

8.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

8.1

Change of control

 

  (a)

In the event that a Change of Control occurs:

 

  (i)

the Designated Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (ii)

a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a new Utilisation unless it has given a CoC Waiver Notice; and

 

  (iii)

if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 30 days of the Designated Borrower notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall, by not less than 30 days’ notice to the Designated Borrower, cancel the Available Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents, immediately due and payable, whereupon each such Available Commitment will be immediately cancelled, any Commitment of that Lender shall immediately cease to be available for further utilisation and all such Loans, accrued interest and other amounts shall become immediately due and payable.

 

  (b)

Any Lender which (i) notifies the Agent that it does not require the prepayment or cancellation it is entitled to require under paragraph (a)(iii) above or (ii) does not provide any response to the Agent within 30 days of the Designated Borrower notifying the Agent of the event in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) above shall be deemed to have notified the other Finance Parties that it has declined such cancellation and prepayment (a “CoC Waiver Notice”).

 

26


8.2

Automatic Cancellation

If:

  (a)

each of the Demerger Dividend Date and the Demerger Date has not occurred before 11.59 p.m. on the Longstop Date; or

 

  (b)

GSK has publicly announced that it has conclusively elected not to pursue the Demerger (the “Announcement”),

the Total Commitments shall be automatically cancelled in full, and any outstanding Loans shall become immediately due and payable, on the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the Longstop Date; and

 

  (ii)

the date of the Announcement.

 

9.

RESTRICTIONS

 

9.1

Restrictions

 

  (a)

Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Agreement shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  (b)

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and without premium or penalty.

 

  (c)

The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid or repaid.

 

  (d)

The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of any Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

  (f)

If the Agent receives a notice of cancellation or prepayment it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Designated Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

  (g)

If all or part of any Lender’s participation in a Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender’s Commitment equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

9.2

Application of prepayments

Any prepayment of a Loan (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 7.4 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender), Clause 7.5 (Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a Defaulting Lender) or Clause 8.1 (Change of Control)) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender’s participation in that Loan.

 

27


SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

10.

INTEREST

 

10.1

Calculation of interest

 

  (a)

The rate of interest on each Loan for any day during an Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (i)

Margin; and

 

  (ii)

Compounded Reference Rate for that day.

 

  (b)

If any day during an Interest Period for a Loan is not an RFR Banking Day, the rate of interest on that Loan for that day will be the rate applicable to the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day.

 

10.2

Calculation of the Margin

 

  (a)

Subject to the following provisions of this Clause 10.2, the Margin for an Interest Period of a Loan will be determined on the first day of that Interest Period by reference to the table below:

 

Rating (S&P/Moody’s)

  

Margin (per annum)

[***]

  

[***] per cent.

[***]

  

[***] per cent.

[***]

  

[***] per cent.

[***]

  

[***] per cent.

[***]

  

[***] per cent.

 

  (b)

If there is a change to the Rating (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in circumstances where a Rating is first assigned after the first Utilisation under this Agreement or paragraph (f) below applies):

 

  (i)

during an Interest Period, there will be no adjustment to the Margin for the purpose of the calculation of the interest payable until the first day of the next Interest Period; and

 

  (ii)

at any time after the date of this Agreement, the Margin will be adjusted for the purpose of the calculation of the Commitment Fee on the next date on which the Commitment Fee is payable in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 13.1 (Commitment fee).

 

  (c)

If Ratings are assigned by Rating Agencies that are not equivalent, then the Margin will be the average of the Margin applicable to each such Rating.

 

  (d)

If only one Rating Agency has assigned a Rating, then the Margin will be the Margin applicable to that Rating.

 

  (e)

Subject to paragraph (b) above, in the period from (and including) the date of this Agreement until (but excluding) the earlier of (i) the Longstop Date and (ii) the date on which a Rating is first assigned, the applicable Margin (including, without limitation, for the purpose of calculating the Commitment Fee) will be the Margin applicable to a Rating of [***].

 

  (f)

Subject to paragraph (b) above, if no Rating is assigned on or before the Longstop Date or if, at any time after a Rating is first assigned, the withdrawal of a Rating leads to no Rating being assigned, the Margin (including, without limitation, for the purpose of calculating the Commitment Fee) will be the Margin applicable to a Rating of [***] from (and including) the Longstop Date or the date of withdrawal of such Rating (as applicable).

 

28


  (g)

For so long an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin (including, without limitation, for the purpose of calculating the Commitment Fee) for a Loan will be the Margin applicable to a Rating of [***].

 

10.3

Payment of interest

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

10.4

Default interest

 

  (a)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 1 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 10.4 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

  (b)

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

10.5

Notifications

 

  (a)

The Agent shall promptly upon an Interest Payment being determinable notify:

 

  (i)

the relevant Borrower of that Interest Payment;

 

  (ii)

each relevant Lender of the proportion of that Interest Payment which relates to that Lender’s participation in the relevant Loan; and

 

  (iii)

the relevant Lenders and the relevant Borrower of each applicable rate of interest relating to the determination of that Interest Payment.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

 

  (c)

This Clause 10.5 shall not require the Agent to make any notification to any Party on a day which is not a Business Day.

 

11.

INTEREST PERIODS

 

11.1

Selection of Interest Periods

 

  (a)

A Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

  (b)

Each Selection Notice for a Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower to which that Loan was made not later than the Specified Time.

 

  (c)

If a Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will be one Month.

 

29


  (d)

Subject to this Clause 11.1, a Borrower may select an Interest Period of any period specified in the Reference Rate Terms or of any other period not exceeding six Months agreed between that Borrower, the Agent and all the Lenders.

 

  (e)

An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

  (f)

Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

  (g)

No Interest Period shall be longer than six Months.

 

11.2

Non-Business Days

Any rules specified as “Business Day Conventions” in the Reference Rate Terms for a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall apply to each Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

12.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

12.1

Interest calculation if no RFR or Central Bank Rate

If:

 

  (a)

there is no applicable RFR or Central Bank Rate for the purposes of calculating the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for an RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Loan; and

 

  (b)

Cost of funds will apply as a fallback” is specified in the Reference Rate Terms,

Clause 12.2 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

 

12.2

Cost of funds

 

  (a)

If this Clause 12.2 applies to a Loan for an Interest Period, Clause 10.1 (Calculation of interest) shall not apply to that Loan for that Interest Period and then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (i)

the applicable Margin; and

 

  (ii)

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by the Reporting Time, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum its cost of funds relating to its participation in that Loan.

 

  (b)

If this Clause 12.2 applies and the Agent or the Borrower to which a Loan was made so requires, the Agent and that Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  (c)

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the relevant Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

  (d)

If this Clause 12.2 applies the Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the applicable Borrower.

 

30


13.

FEES; COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

13.1

Commitment fee

 

  (a)

The Designated Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee (the “Commitment Fee”) computed at a rate of:

 

  (i)

[***] of the applicable Margin on each Lender’s Available Commitment for the applicable Availability Period in respect of the period from (and including) the date of this Agreement to (but excluding) the date falling 90 days after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

[***] of the applicable Margin on each Lender’s Available Commitment for the applicable Availability Period in respect of the period from (and including) the date falling 90 days after the date of this Agreement to (but excluding) the date falling five Months after the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (iii)

[***] of the applicable Margin on each Lender’s Available Commitment for the applicable Availability Period in respect of each successive period of three Months from and including the date falling five Months after the date of this Agreement that starts on (and includes), in the case of the first such period, the date falling five Months after the date of this Agreement and, in any other case, the date after the last day of the preceding period of three Months and ends on (but excludes) the date falling three Months after the first day of such period.

 

  (b)

The Commitment Fee shall be computed as at:

 

  (i)

the last day of each period specified in Clauses 13.1(a)(i) to 13.1(a)(iii) (each a “Relevant Period”);

 

  (ii)

the last day of each Availability Period; and

 

  (iii)

if any Commitment is cancelled, on the cancelled amount at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

  (c)

The Designated Borrower shall pay the Commitment Fee for each Relevant Period to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) on the dates set out in Clause 13.1(b) above and any accrued and unpaid Commitment Fee outstanding on the last day of each Availability Period shall be paid by the Designated Borrower on such date without the requirement that the Agent provides notice of such amount.

 

  (d)

No Commitment Fee is payable by the Designated Borrower on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

  (e)

The Commitment Fee is payable in sterling.

 

13.2

Upfront fee

The Designated Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in the relevant Fee Letter.

 

13.3

Agency fee

The Designated Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

13.4

Costs and expenses

 

  (a)

All fees payable pursuant to this Clause 13 shall be deemed exclusive of VAT and calculated as provided for pursuant to Clause 14.5 (VAT).

 

31


  (b)

The Designated Borrower shall pay all stamp, registration and other similar Taxes to which the Finance Documents are subject and shall, from time to time within ten Business Days of demand of the Agent, indemnify the Finance Parties against any liabilities, costs, claims and expenses resulting from any failure to pay or any delay in paying any such stamp, registration and other similar Taxes. This Clause shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, apply in respect of any such Taxes, liabilities, costs, claims and expenses resulting from any transfer or assignment of any rights of a Lender under any Finance Document.

 

  (c)

The Designated Borrower shall within 21 days of demand promptly pay the Agent, each Arranger and the Coordinator the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees, subject to any cap on those fees which were agreed between the Designated Borrower and the Agent or each Arranger (as applicable)) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

  (i)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

  (d)

If:

 

  (i)

an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

  (ii)

an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers),

the Designated Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees, subject to any cap on those fees which were agreed between the relevant Borrower and the Agent) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

  (e)

The Designated Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

32


SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

14.

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

14.1

Definitions

 

  (a)

In this Agreement:

Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Qualifying Lender” means with respect to an amount due from an Obligor incorporated in the United Kingdom or operating in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom with which the relevant amount is connected, a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

  (i)

a Lender:

 

  (A)

which is a bank (as defined for the purposes of Section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within the charge as respects such payments apart from Section 18A of the CTA; or

 

  (B)

in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purposes of Section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made, and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance;

 

  (ii)

a Treaty Lender with respect to the United Kingdom.

Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than in respect of a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by a Borrower to a Finance Party under Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity).

Treaty Lender” means a Lender which is a bank or financial institution and which:

 

  (i)

is treated as resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of a Treaty;

 

  (ii)

does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom or in the United States, as the case may be, through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom or the United States, as the case may be, with which that Lender’s participation in a Loan is effectively connected; and

 

33


  (iii)

satisfies all other conditions in the Treaty required to be satisfied under the Treaty for residents of that Treaty State to obtain full exemption from United Kingdom taxation or United States taxation, as the case may be, on interest which relate to the Lender (including its tax or other status, the manner in which or the period for which it holds any rights under a Finance Document, the reasons or purposes for its acquisition of such rights and the nature of any arrangements by which it disposes of or otherwise turns to account such rights).

Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “Treaty”) with the United Kingdom or the United States which makes provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by the United Kingdom or the Unites States, as the case may be, on interest.

UK Borrower DTTP Filing” means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the relevant UK Borrower, which:

 

  (i)

where it relates to a Treaty Lender with respect to the UK that is an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender’s name in Schedule 1 (Original Lenders), and

 

  (A)

where the UK Borrower is an Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (B)

where the UK Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that UK Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower; or

 

  (ii)

where it relates to a Treaty Lender with respect to the UK that is a New Lender or an Increase Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the relevant Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation, and

 

  (A)

where the UK Borrower is a Borrower as at the date on which that Treaty Lender with respect to the UK becomes a Party as a Lender, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that date; or

 

  (B)

where the UK Borrower is not a Borrower as at the date on which that Treaty Lender with respect to the UK becomes a Party as a Lender, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that UK Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower.

 

  (b)

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 14 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made by the relevant person acting reasonably.

 

14.2

Tax gross-up

 

  (a)

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be made without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  (b)

If, at any time, an Obligor becomes aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at which or the manner in which such Tax Deduction is calculated), that Obligor shall notify the Agent. Similarly, a Lender shall promptly notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall promptly notify the Designated Borrower.

 

  (c)

If an Obligor is required by law to make a Tax Deduction then the sum payable by such Obligor in respect of which the Tax Deduction is required to be made shall be increased to the extent necessary to an amount which, after making any Tax Deduction, leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

34


  (d)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

  (i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

  (ii)

the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender by virtue only of being a Treaty Lender with respect to the United Kingdom and the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (f) or (g) (as applicable) below.

 

  (e)

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law and shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to that payment, within 30 days after it has made such Tax Deduction or payment to the applicable authority, an original receipt (or a certified copy thereof) issued by such authority evidencing the payment to such authority of all amounts so required to be deducted or withheld in respect of such payment or in the event that the relevant taxation or other authority has not issued such a receipt, a statement confirming that such payment has been made.

 

  (f)

 

  (i)

Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a Treaty Lender and an Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall complete as soon as reasonably practicable any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

  (ii)

 

  (A)

A Treaty Lender with respect to the UK which is an Original Lender and that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Schedule 1 (Original Lenders); and

 

  (B)

a New Lender or an Increase Lender that is a Treaty Lender with respect to the UK and that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes,

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

 

  (g)

If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (f)(ii) above and:

 

  (i)

a UK Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a UK Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or

 

35


  (ii)

a UK Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a UK Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

 

  (A)

that UK Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs;

 

  (B)

HM Revenue & Customs has not given the UK Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within sixty days of the date of the UK Borrower DTTP Filing; or

 

  (C)

HM Revenue & Customs has given the UK Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction but such authority has subsequently been revoked or expired,

and in each case, the UK Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the UK Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that UK Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

  (h)

If a Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (f)(ii) above, no Obligor shall make a UK Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment(s) or its participation in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

 

  (i)

A UK Borrower shall, promptly on making a UK Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that UK Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

 

  (j)

Each Original Lender confirms that it is a Qualifying Lender by entering into this Agreement and acknowledges that the Obligors are entering into this Agreement in reliance upon such confirmation.

 

  (k)

A Lender shall promptly notify the Designated Borrower and the Agent if it ceases to be a Qualifying Lender.

 

  (l)

If an Obligor makes any payment to a Finance Party in respect of or relating to a Tax Deduction, but such Obligor was not obliged to make such payment, the relevant Finance Party shall within five Business Days of demand refund such payment to such Obligor (together with interest on such amount calculated from the date on which such payment was made until the date of repayment at the rate which would have applied if the amount repayable had been a Loan with an Interest Period of that duration).

 

14.3

Tax indemnity

 

  (a)

The Designated Borrower shall (within ten Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax as a consequence of any change in law or regulation by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

  (i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (A)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for Tax purposes or as having a permanent establishment for Tax purposes; or

 

36


  (B)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction; or

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income (however denominated) received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

  (ii)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

  (A)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up), Clause 13.4 (Costs and expenses) or Clause 14.5 (VAT);

 

  (B)

would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) applied or the Lender failed to take steps to mitigate as set out in Clause 17 (Mitigation by the Finance Parties);

 

  (C)

would have been compensated for by a payment under Clause 13.4 (Costs and expenses) or Clause 14.5 (VAT) but was not so compensated for solely because one of the exclusions in those Clauses applied; or

 

  (D)

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

  (c)

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the relevant Borrower.

 

  (d)

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required, the Finance Party shall pay an amount to that Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by that Obligor.

 

  (e)

If a Lender intends to make a claim pursuant to paragraph (a) above, it shall deliver to the Designated Borrower and the Agent a notice specifying the event by reason of which it is entitled to do so and setting out in reasonable detail the basis of the computation of such claim provided that if the relevant Lender fails to give such a notice within 30 days of any of its Facility Offices becoming aware of such event then such Lender shall not be entitled to make any claim under paragraph (a) in respect of the period more than 30 days before the date upon which it gives such a notice and provided further that nothing herein shall require such Lender to disclose any confidential information relating to the organisation of its affairs.

 

14.4

Lender status confirmation

 

  (a)

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and the Obligors, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

  (i)

not a Qualifying Lender;

 

  (ii)

a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or

 

  (iii)

a Treaty Lender.

 

37


  (b)

If such a Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with paragraph (a) above then that Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall promptly inform the Designated Borrower). For the avoidance of doubt, the documentation which a Lender executes on becoming a Party as a Lender shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with paragraph (a) above.

 

14.5

VAT

 

  (a)

All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

  (b)

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (i)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (ii)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  (c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  (d)

Any reference in this Clause 14.5 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 or) or, in the case of the grouping rules provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) or any other similar provision in any jurisdiction which is not a member state of the European Union, the

 

38


 

person who is treated as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or head) of that group or unity (or fiscal unity) at the relevant time (as the case may be).

 

  (e)

In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

14.6

FATCA information

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (i)

confirm to that Party whether it is:

 

  (A)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (B)

not a FATCA Exempt Party;

 

  (ii)

supply to that Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

  (iii)

supply to that Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

  (b)

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify the other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  (c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality.

 

  (d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

  (e)

If a Party is a US Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

  (i)

where a Party is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

where a Party is a US Tax Obligor on a date on which any other Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, that date;

 

  (iii)

the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Party; or

 

39


  (iv)

where a Party is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

supply to the Agent:

 

  (i)

a withholding certificate on an applicable IRS Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

 

  (ii)

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

 

  (f)

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Party.

 

  (g)

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Party.

 

14.7

FATCA Deduction

 

  (a)

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  (b)

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Designated Borrower and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

15.

INCREASED COSTS

 

15.1

Increased costs

 

  (a)

If, by reason of: (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement:

 

  (i)

a Lender (or its Holding Company) incurs a cost as a result of such Finance Party having entered into and/or performing its obligations under this Agreement and/or assuming or maintaining a commitment under this Agreement and/or making one or more Loans hereunder;

 

  (ii)

a Lender (or its Holding Company) is unable to obtain the rate of return on its overall capital which it would have been able to obtain but for such Lender having entered into and/or performing its obligations and/or assuming or maintaining a commitment under this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

there is any increase in the cost to a Lender (or its Holding Company) of funding or maintaining any of the Loans made or to be made by such Lender hereunder,

 

40


then the Designated Borrower shall, within five Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Lender amounts sufficient to indemnify the relevant Lender (or its Holding Company) against, as the case may be, (a) such cost, (b) such reduction in such rate of return (or such proportion of such reduction as is, in the reasonable opinion of the relevant Finance Party, attributable to its obligations hereunder) or (c) such increased cost (or such proportion of such increased cost as is, in the reasonable opinion of the relevant Lender, attributable to its funding or maintaining Loans hereunder).

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not entitle the Lender (or its Holding Company) to receive any amounts:

 

  (i)

attributable to a Tax Deduction (as defined in Clause 14.1 (Definitions)) required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (ii)

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party or any change in the rate of Tax on the overall net income of the Finance Party (or its Holding Company);

 

  (iii)

compensated for by the operation of Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) or which would have been compensated for under those Clauses but was not so compensated for because any of the exclusions, exceptions or carve-outs to such Clauses applied or the Finance Party failed to take steps to mitigate as set out in Clause 17 (Mitigation by the Finance Parties);

 

  (iv)

attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the Basel II Framework or the Basel III Framework; or

 

  (v)

attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender (or its Holding Company) of any law or regulation.

 

15.2

Increased cost of claims

If a Lender intends to make a claim pursuant to Clause 15.1(a) the Lender shall deliver to the Designated Borrower a certificate to that effect specifying the event by reason of which the relevant Lender is entitled to make such claim and setting out in reasonable detail the basis of such claim provided that if the Lender fails to give such a certificate within 30 days of any Facility Office becoming aware of such event, then the Lender shall not be entitled to make any claim under Clause 15.1(a) in respect of the period falling more than 30 days before the date upon which it gives such a certificate and provided further that nothing herein shall require the Lenders to disclose any confidential information relating to the organisation of its affairs.

 

15.3

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act 2010

For the purposes of this Clause 15, the United States’ Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act 2010, and all rules, regulations, orders, requests, guidelines or directives in connection therewith, shall be deemed to have been adopted and brought into effect after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

16.1

Currency indemnity

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

 

  (a)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

41


  (b)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings;

such Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between: (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency; and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum; provided that if the relevant Finance Party shall make a profit as a result of such discrepancy, and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at such time, then such Finance Party shall pay the Obligor the amount which it determines in good faith to be the amount of such profit.

 

16.2

Other indemnities

The Obligors shall, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Finance Parties against: (a) any reasonable cost, loss or liability incurred by the Finance Parties as a direct result of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default by the Obligors in the performance of any of its obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Finance Documents; and (b) any loss it may suffer as a result of funding its portion of a Loan requested by the Borrowers hereunder but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions hereof.

 

16.3

Indemnity to the Agent

The Designated Borrower shall within three Business Days of demand indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

  (b)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised by an Obligor; or

 

  (c)

instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement.

 

16.4

Demerger indemnity

The Designated Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Lender and each of its Affiliates and their respective officers or employees (each an “Indemnified Person”) against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Lender (or Affiliate or their officers or employees) acting in that capacity in connection with committing to fund or the funding of the Demerger Dividend (irrespective of whether the Facility is drawn) or the use of proceeds of the Facility (including but not limited to those incurred in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry concerning the Demerger) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and where such cost, loss or liability has not already been paid pursuant to any other indemnity in the Finance Documents or any other indemnity provided by the Borrowers to that Indemnified Person in any capacity:

 

  (a)

unless such loss or liability is finally judicially determined to result directly from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of any Indemnified Person; and

 

  (b)

nothing in this Clause 16.4 shall affect the express contractual obligations of the Lenders to the Obligors contained in the Finance Documents.

 

42


17.

MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

17.1

Mitigation

If circumstances arise which would, or would upon the giving of notice (or the like) result in:

 

  (a)

an increase in the amount of any payment to be made to the Lenders pursuant to Clause 14.2(c) (Tax gross-up); or

 

  (b)

a claim for indemnification pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity), Clause 16.1 (Currency indemnity) or Clause 16.4 (Demerger indemnity); or

 

  (c)

the Commitment being reduced to zero or a Borrower having to make a payment to a Lender under Clause 7.1 (Illegality),

then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise qualifying the obligations of the Obligors under any of the Clauses referred to in paragraphs (a) to (c) above, the Lender shall, promptly after becoming aware of such circumstances, notify the Agent and the Obligors thereof and, in consultation with the Obligors over a reasonable period of time, take such steps as may be reasonably open to it to mitigate the effects of such circumstances including, without limitation (i) taking reasonable steps to minimise the cost associated with taking legal or other professional advice in connection with the relevant circumstances; and (ii) co-operating in completing any procedural formalities necessary for the Obligors to obtain authorisation to make a payment without a Tax Deduction and (iii) the transfer of any Facility Office to another jurisdiction, provided in each case that the Lender shall be under no obligation to take any such steps if, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, such steps would or might reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect upon its business, operations or financial condition (other than minor costs and expenses of an administrative nature).

 

17.2

Limitation of liability

 

  (a)

The Designated Borrower shall within five Business Days of demand indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 17.1 (Mitigation).

 

  (b)

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 17.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

43


SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

 

18.

GUARANTEE

 

18.1

Guarantee and indemnity

Each Guarantor irrevocably, unconditionally, jointly and severally:

 

  (a)

as principal obligor, guarantees to each Finance Party within five Business Days of demand by the Agent the prompt performance by each Borrower of all its payment obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall within five Business Days of demand by the Agent pay that amount as if that Guarantor instead of the relevant Borrower were expressed to be the principal obligor; and

 

  (c)

agrees to indemnify each Finance Party within five Business Days of demand by the Agent against any loss or liability suffered by that Finance Party as a result of any obligation guaranteed by that Guarantor being or becoming unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount payable by that Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 18 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

18.2

Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by any Obligors under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

18.3

Reinstatement

 

  (a)

Where any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made in whole or in part or any arrangement is made on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored on insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise without limitation, the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 18 shall continue as if the discharge or arrangement had not occurred.

 

  (b)

Each Finance Party may concede or compromise any claim that any payment security or other disposition is liable to avoidance or restoration.

 

18.4

Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 18 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 18 or prejudice or diminish those obligations in whole or in part, including (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party):

 

  (a)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or any other person;

 

  (b)

the release of any Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Group Company;

 

  (c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or Security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any Security;

 

44


  (d)

any incapacity or lack of powers, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e)

any variation, however fundamental, (including the extension of the availability of the Facility or the increase or reinstatement of the whole or any part of the Total Commitments) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or Security, so that references to that Finance Document in this Clause 18 shall include each variation or replacement;

 

  (f)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or Security, such that each Guarantor’s obligations under this Clause 18 shall remain in full force and its guarantee be construed accordingly, as if there were no unenforceability, illegality or invalidity; and

 

  (g)

any postponement, discharge, reduction, non-provability or other similar circumstance affecting any obligation of any Obligor under a Finance Document resulting from any insolvency, liquidation or dissolution proceedings or from any law, regulation or order so that each such obligation shall for the purposes of each Guarantor’s obligations under this Clause 18 shall be construed as if there were no such circumstance.

 

18.5

Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or Security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 18. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

18.6

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, Security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 18.

 

18.7

Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

  (a)

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 18:

 

  (i)

to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

  (ii)

to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

45


  (iii)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or Security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

  (iv)

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Obligor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 18.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

  (v)

to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

  (vi)

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

  (b)

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment Mechanics).

 

46


SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

19.

REPRESENTATIONS

 

19.1

General

Each Obligor makes the representations set out in Clause 19.2 (Status) to Clause 19.14 (No misleading information) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

19.2

Status

It is a corporation duly organised under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation with power to enter into the Finance Documents and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations thereunder and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution of the Finance Documents to which it is a party and its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

 

19.3

Deduction of tax

It is not required under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make under any Finance Document:

 

  (a)

for or on account of United Kingdom Tax, so long as a Lender is a Qualifying Lender within the meaning of paragraph (i) of the definition of “Qualifying Lender” in paragraph (a) of Clause 14.1 (Definitions); or

 

  (b)

for or on account of United Kingdom Tax, so long as a Lender is a Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488).

 

19.4

Ranking

Under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Finance Documents will rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application.

 

19.5

Power and authority

All acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order:

 

  (a)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the material obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

to ensure that the material obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding; and

 

  (c)

to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in England,

have been done, fulfilled and performed.

 

19.6

No filing or stamp taxes

Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation, it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in such jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar Tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, in relation to any transfer or assignment of any rights of a Lender under any Finance Document).

 

47


19.7

Binding obligations

Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Finance Documents are (subject to any Legal Reservations) legal and valid obligations binding on it in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

19.8

Insolvency

It has not taken any corporate action nor has any order been made for its or any Material Subsidiary’s winding up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation (other than, in the case of a Material Subsidiary, on a solvent basis) or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it, or any Material Subsidiary or of all or any material part of its or any Material Subsidiary’s assets or revenues.

 

19.9

Financial statements

The Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP and consistently applied and gave (in conjunction with the notes thereto) a true and fair view of the financial condition of, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group at the date as of which they were prepared and the results of the Original Group’s or Group’s (as applicable) operations during the financial year then ended and that there has been no material non-disclosure of information to its auditors in relation to the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements prior to the date of such Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

19.10

No conflict

The execution of the Finance Documents and its exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations thereunder do not and will not:

 

  (a)

conflict with its constitutional documents; or

 

  (b)

conflict with any applicable law, regulation or official or judicial order.

 

19.11

Anti-Bribery and corruption

Save as disclosed in the Original Consolidated Financial Statements or any subsequent announcements of, prior to the Demerger Date, any Original Group Company or, on and following the Demerger Date, any Group Company, each Group Company has conducted its businesses in all material respects in compliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

19.12

Sanctions

 

  (a)

Except as disclosed to the Agent in writing prior to the date of this Agreement, no Group Company, nor to the knowledge of the Obligors, any director or officer or any employee of any Group Company:

 

  (i)

is a Restricted Party;

 

  (ii)

has knowingly engaged in any transaction that evades or avoids any Sanctions; or

 

  (iii)

has knowingly engaged or is knowingly engaging in any trade, business or other activities which is in breach of any Sanctions.

 

48


  (b)

This Clause 19.12 shall not apply to or in favour of any person if and to the extent that it would result in a breach by, or in respect of that person, of any applicable Blocking Law.

 

19.13

No Event of Default

No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

19.14

No misleading information

 

  (a)

Any factual information provided by any Group Company for the purposes of the Information Package was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided, the date it was agreed between the Original Lenders (or Agent) and the Designated Borrower to form part of the Information Package pursuant to limb (c) of the definition thereof, or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated (as applicable).

 

  (b)

Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Information Package and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information contained in the Information Package being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

  (c)

The financial projections contained in the Information Package have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

19.15

Repetition

 

  (a)

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the latest available audited consolidated financial statements and to the facts and circumstances then existing on:

 

  (i)

the date of a Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of an Additional Obligor, together with the representations in Clause 19.3 (Deduction of tax), Clause 19.6 (No filing or stamp taxes), Clause 19.11 (Anti Bribery and corruption) and Clause 19.12 (Sanctions) (in each case, in relation to itself only), the day on which it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Obligor.

 

  (b)

The representations in Clauses 19.11 (Anti-Bribery and corruption) and 19.12 (Sanctions) are deemed to be made by the CH Topco by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the day on which it becomes an Additional Guarantor.

 

20.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

20.1

Financial information

Subject to Clause 20.2 (Use of websites) below, the Relevant Group Company shall:

 

  (a)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 150 days after the end of each of its financial years (commencing with the first financial year of the Group to occur after the Demerger Date for which such statements are prepared), deliver to the Agent the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for such financial year, provided that, if the Demerger Date has not occurred on or before 31 December 2022, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Original Group for the financial year ending 31 December 2022 shall be delivered within 150 days of the end of such financial year;

 

  (b)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days of the first half of each of its financial years (commencing with the first financial half year of the Group to occur after the Demerger Date for which such interim report is prepared), deliver to the Agent the interim report of the Group for such period;

 

49


  (c)

as soon as despatched to its shareholders or creditors (as applicable), deliver to the Agent all such documents despatched to its shareholders (or any class of them) or to its creditors generally;

 

  (d)

on the request of any Finance Party (through the Agent), furnish the Agent with such information about the business and financial condition of the Group as that Finance Party may reasonably require, provided that the Relevant Group Company shall not be obliged to disclose any information relating to the Relevant Group Company or the Group which would constitute a breach of any legally binding duty of confidentiality;

 

  (e)

upon reasonable request from the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders which may not be given more than once in any 12 month period), a list confirming the Material Subsidiaries on the basis of the latest published consolidated financial statements of, prior to the Demerger Date, the Original Group and, on and following the Demerger Date, the Group;

 

  (f)

ensure that a duly authorised officer of it (acting in that capacity) certifies (i) each set of audited consolidated financial statements of the Group delivered by the Relevant Group Company pursuant to paragraph (a) above as giving a true and fair view of the financial condition of the Group as at the end of the period to which those financial statements relate and of the results of its operations during such period and (ii) each set of interim reports delivered by the Relevant Group Company pursuant to paragraph (b) above as having been prepared and reviewed by the auditors in accordance with the Group’s usual accounting practices for interim reports; and

 

  (g)

ensure that each set of financial statements of the Group delivered by it pursuant to paragraph (a) above has been audited by an internationally recognised firm of independent auditors licensed to practice in England,

provided that if any of the information deliverables in paragraphs (a), (b) or (f) above have been provided prior to the Demerger Date, they shall not be required to be provided for the same relevant period by the Relevant Group Company.

 

20.2

Use of websites

The Relevant Group Company shall only be required to deliver the documents referred to in Clause 20.1(a) to Clause 20.1(e) (inclusive) and the certificates referred to in Clause 20.1(f):

 

  (a)

if and to the extent that the documents referred to in Clause 20.1(a) to Clause 20.1(e) (inclusive) are not published on the Relevant Group Company’s or, prior to the Demerger Date, any Original Group Company’s or, on and following the Demerger Date, any Group Company’s website, via a recognised stock exchange or other market or otherwise made publicly available by the Relevant Group Company or, prior to the Demerger Date, any Original Group Company or, on and following the Demerger Date, any Group Company; or

 

  (b)

otherwise at the request of the Agent if the Agent is unable to access the relevant website, data site or portal on which the relevant information was originally published or made available.

 

21.

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

  (a)

The undertakings in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

50


  (b)

 

  (i)

Each Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

  (ii)

Promptly upon a written request by the Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Agent a written confirmation that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

  (c)

Each Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Agent, provide all documentation and other information that the Agent or any Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

 

  (d)

The Original Borrower shall notify the Agent of:

 

  (i)

the initial assignment of a Rating at any time after the date of this Agreement and any subsequent change to the Rating;

 

  (ii)

the Announcement;

 

  (iii)

the occurrence of the Demerger Dividend Date; and

 

  (iv)

the occurrence of the Demerger Date,

in each case promptly upon becoming aware of the same.

 

22.

UNDERTAKINGS

 

22.1

General

The undertakings in Clause 22.2 (Authorisations) to Clause 22.9 (Condition Subsequent) remain in force from (and including) the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

22.2

Authorisations

Each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Authorisation required in or by law and regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to lawfully enter into and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in England and Wales of the Finance Documents.

 

22.3

Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

22.4

Negative pledge

No Obligor shall (and each Obligor shall procure that no Material Subsidiary shall) without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) create or permit to subsist any mortgage, charge, pledge, assignment by way of security or lien (other than a lien arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business and discharged as soon as reasonably practicable) or other encumbrance or security interest upon the whole or part of its property, assets or revenues, present or future, to secure: (a) payment of any Relevant Indebtedness; or (b) any payment under any guarantee or indemnity

 

51


granted by such Obligor or any Material Subsidiary in respect of any Relevant Indebtedness, other than encumbrances securing principal indebtedness for moneys borrowed or any debit balances at banks with a maturity of 365 days or less, of not more than £200,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies), in aggregate.

 

22.5

Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application.

 

22.6

Anti-bribery and corruption

 

  (a)

The Relevant Group Company shall not (and shall procure that no other member of the Group shall) knowingly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

  (b)

The Relevant Group Company shall (and shall procure that each other member of the Group shall):

 

  (i)

conduct its businesses in all material respects in compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws; and

 

  (ii)

maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

22.7

Sanctions

 

  (a)

The Relevant Group Company shall not (and shall procure that no other member of the Group shall):

 

  (i)

knowingly use, lend, contribute or otherwise make available all or any part of the proceeds of any Utilisation:

 

  (A)

for the purpose of financing or facilitating any trade, business or other activities, to the extent such financing or facilitation or other activities would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions; or

 

  (B)

in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any Finance Party or member of the Group being in breach of any Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Party;

 

  (ii)

knowingly engage in any transaction that evades or avoids any Sanctions; or

 

  (iii)

knowingly fund any payment under a Finance Document out of proceeds derived from any action which is in breach of any Sanctions.

 

  (b)

Each member of the Group must ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are in place designed to prevent any action being taken that would be contrary to paragraph (a) above.

 

  (c)

This Clause 22.7 shall not apply to or in favour of any person if and to the extent that it would result in a breach by, or in respect of that person, of any applicable Blocking Law.

 

52


22.8

Disposals

After the Demerger Date, no Obligor shall (and each Obligor shall procure that none of its Subsidiaries shall), either in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, grant or lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group to a person that is not (or will not, on completion of the relevant transaction, be) a Group Company (save for the purposes of any amalgamation, reconstruction or corporate re-organisation, the terms of which could not reasonably expected to be adverse to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents).

 

22.9

Condition Subsequent

 

  (a)

The Borrowers shall ensure that, by no later than five Business Days after the Demerger Date, the CH Topco has become an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 25.5 (Additional Guarantors).

 

  (b)

The Borrowers shall ensure that, by no later than 30 days after the Demerger Date (or, if later, no later than five Business Days after the Agent notifies the Borrowers of the final information request received from a Finance Party), each Finance Party is provided with the information requested by that Finance Party to enable it to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in connection with the accession of the CH Topco as an Additional Guarantor.

 

23.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 23.1 (Non-payment) to Clause 23.9 (Unlawfulness) is an Event of Default.

 

23.1

Non-payment

An Obligor fails to pay any sum due from it under the Finance Documents at the time, in the currency and in the manner specified herein and such failure is not remedied within three Business Days after the Agent has given notice thereof to such Obligor.

 

23.2

Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents or in any notice or other document, certificate or statement delivered by it pursuant thereto is incorrect or misleading in a material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

23.3

Other obligations

An Obligor fails duly to perform or comply with any of its obligations, other than as provided in Clause 23.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 23.2 (Misrepresentation) above, expressed to be assumed by it under the Finance Documents and such failure (if capable of remedy) is not remedied within 30 Business Days after the Agent has given notice thereof to such Obligor.

 

23.4

Cross default

Any Indebtedness for borrowed money of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary is:

 

  (a)

not paid when due or within any applicable grace period provided for in the original agreement relating thereto or otherwise granted by the person to whom such indebtedness is owed or is validly declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity by reason of the happening of a default or an event of default (howsoever described); and

 

  (b)

the aggregate principal amount of all indebtedness referred to in paragraph (a) above of an Obligor and all Material Subsidiaries exceeds £100,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

 

53


23.5

Insolvency

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, any meeting is convened (in relation to an Obligor) by an Obligor or (in relation to any Material Subsidiary) by such Material Subsidiary or by the requisite number of its shareholders to pass a resolution, or an effective resolution is passed or any order is made for winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary or of all or a material part of an Obligor’s or such Material Subsidiary’s revenues and assets.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any meeting, step, action, order or resolution for or in respect of a solvent winding-up, dissolution or reorganisation of a Material Subsidiary which could not reasonably be expected to be adverse to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

 

23.6

Insolvency proceedings

Either an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of a material part of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors or an attachment or other legal process is enforced on all or a material part of the assets of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary unless it is discharged within 30 days.

 

23.7

Creditors process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects all or a material part of the assets of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary and is not discharged within 30 days.

 

23.8

Repudiation

An Obligor repudiates any Finance Document or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any Finance Document.

 

23.9

Unlawfulness

At any time any act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order: (i) to enable an Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Finance Documents; (ii) to ensure that the material obligations expressed to be assumed by an Obligor under the Finance Documents are legal, valid and, binding; or (iii) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in England is not done fulfilled or performed and such failure (if capable of remedy) is not remedied within 30 Business Days after the Agent has given notice thereof to such Obligor.

 

23.10

Acceleration

 

  (a)

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and in any such case and at any time thereafter, the Agent may (or shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders) by written notice to the Obligors: (A) declare the Loans to be immediately due and payable (whereupon the same shall become so payable together with accrued interest thereon and any other sums then owed by the Borrowers under the Finance Documents) or declare the Loans to be due and payable on demand of the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or (B) declare that the Commitments shall be cancelled, whereupon the same shall be cancelled and shall be reduced to zero.

 

  (b)

If, pursuant to paragraph (a) above the Agent declares the Loans to be due and payable on demand of the Agent (on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), then, and at any time thereafter whilst any Event of Default is continuing, the Agent may by written notice to the Obligors call for repayment of the Loans on such date together with accrued interest thereon (and any other sums then owed by the Borrowers under the Finance Documents) or withdraw its declaration with effect from such date as it may specify in such notice.

 

54


SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

24.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

24.1

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 24, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

 

  (a)

assign any of its rights; or

 

  (b)

transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”).

 

24.2

Designated Borrowers consent

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the prior written consent of the Designated Borrower is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

  (i)

to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender which in each case is a Qualifying Lender;

 

  (ii)

made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing; or

 

  (iii)

in connection with the assignment or transfer of a Borrower’s rights, benefits and/or obligations pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Borrowers).

 

  (b)

The consent of the Designated Borrower to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (it being acknowledged and agreed that, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing requirement of the Designated Borrower to provide its consent, it is reasonable for the Designated Borrower to withhold or delay its consent if the assignment or transfer is to a person which is not an Acceptable Bank or a Qualifying Lender).

 

24.3

Other conditions of assignment or transfer

 

  (a)

An assignment will only be effective on:

 

  (i)

receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and

 

  (ii)

performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  (b)

A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 24.6 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

55


  (c)

If:

 

  (i)

a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

  (ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) or Clause 15 (Increased Costs),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This Clause 24.3(c) shall not apply in relation to Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up), to a Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a UK Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Treaty Lender.

 

  (d)

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

  (e)

Any assignment or transfer of part of the Existing Lender’s rights and/or obligations must be a minimum of £25,000,000 and must not result in the Existing Lender retaining less than £25,000,000 in aggregate, unless it retains zero.

 

24.4

Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of £2,500.

 

24.5

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

  (a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (i)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (ii)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

  (iii)

the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

  (iv)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  (b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (i)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

56


  (ii)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  (c)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i)

accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 24; or

 

  (ii)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

24.6

Procedure for transfer

 

  (a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Designated Borrower’s consent) and Clause 24.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

  (c)

Subject to Clause 24.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

 

  (ii)

each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

  (iii)

the Agent, each Arranger, the Coordinator, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, each Arranger, the Coordinator and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

24.7

Procedure for assignment

 

  (a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Designated Borrower’s consent) and Clause 24.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the

 

57


 

New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

  (c)

Subject to Clause 24.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

  (ii)

the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the “Relevant Obligations”) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and

 

  (iii)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

  (d)

Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 24.7 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 24.6 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Designated Borrower’s consent) and Clause 24.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer).

 

24.8

Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Borrowers

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation, send to the Designated Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

  (b)

Where any New Lender or Increase Lender has included, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation (as applicable), a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 14.2(f)(ii)(B), the Agent shall, within ten days of the Transfer Date or Increase Date (as applicable), send to the Designated Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

24.9

Security over Lenders’ rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 24, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  (a)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  (b)

any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

58


except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

  (i)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

24.10

Pro rata interest settlement

 

  (a)

If the Agent is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 24.6 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 24.7 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

  (i)

any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period; and

 

  (ii)

the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (A)

when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

  (B)

the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 24.10, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

  (b)

In this Clause 24.10 references to “Interest Period” shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

  (c)

An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 24.10 but which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

25.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

25.1

Assignments and transfers by the Borrowers

A Borrower shall not be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations hereunder except to a Holding Company of that Borrower, or a Subsidiary of that Borrower or of such Holding Company (but excluding, in each case, its obligations as a Guarantor), provided that before any such assignment or transfer takes effect:

 

  (a)

that Borrower has provided an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee which is in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent of the performance by the assignee or the transferee of its obligations hereunder;

 

  (b)

the jurisdiction of incorporation of the new Borrower is the same jurisdiction of incorporation as an existing Borrower or is otherwise acceptable to all the Lenders;

 

59


  (c)

the Agent and each Lender has completed all required “know-your-customer” checks in respect of the new Borrower to its satisfaction; and

 

  (d)

the Agent has notified the Designated Borrower and the Lenders that it has received all the documents listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to the new Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to it.

 

25.2

Notice of assignment or transfer

A Borrower shall provide not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent of any proposed assignment or transfer by it of its rights, benefits and/or obligations to a new Borrower, and acknowledges that the Lenders may need to assign or transfer its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement to an affiliate of such Lender (that is a Qualifying Lender) in order to provide the Facility to such new Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, any such assignment or transfer by a Lender to an affiliate of such Lender being a Qualifying Lender shall not require the prior consent of the Designated Borrower.

 

25.3

Assignments and transfers by the Guarantors

No Guarantor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement.

 

25.4

Additional Borrowers

 

  (a)

If the Designated Borrower wishes a Group Company to become an Additional Borrower, then it shall (after prior consultation with the Agent) deliver to the Agent the documents listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) provided that no Group Company shall be permitted to become an Additional Borrower until after the accession of the CH Topco as an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 22.9 (Condition Subsequent).

 

  (b)

In the case of an Additional Borrower, if the Group Company is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, the prior consent of all the Lenders to that Group Company becoming an Additional Borrower is required.

 

  (c)

On the later of:

 

  (i)

delivery of an Accession Agreement, executed by the relevant Group Company and the Designated Borrower; and

 

  (ii)

notification by the Agent to the Designated Borrower and the Lenders that it has received all the documents referred to in paragraph (a) above in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent,

the Group Company concerned will become an Additional Borrower. The Agent shall promptly send the notification referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) above on being satisfied it has received all the relevant documents.

 

  (d)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (c) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs, or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

  (e)

Delivery of an Accession Agreement, executed by the Group Company and the Designated Borrower, constitutes confirmation by that Group Company that the representations and warranties set out in Clause 19 (Representations) and to be made by it as the Additional Borrower on the date of the Accession Agreement are true, as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

60


  (f)

If a Lender withholds its consent under paragraph (b) above, then the Borrowers may exercise the right of prepayment and cancellation set out in Clause 7.4 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender).

 

25.5

Additional Guarantors

 

  (a)

If the Designated Borrower wishes a Group Company to become an Additional Guarantor, then it shall (after prior consultation with the Agent) deliver to the Agent the documents listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

 

  (b)

On the later of:

 

  (i)

delivery of an Accession Agreement, executed by the relevant Group Company and the Designated Borrower; and

 

  (ii)

notification by the Agent to the Designated Borrower and the Lenders that it has received all the documents referred to in paragraph (a) above in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent,

the Group Company concerned will become an Additional Guarantor. The Agent shall promptly send the notification referred to in sub-paragraph (b)(ii) above on being satisfied it has received all the relevant documents.

 

  (c)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b)(ii) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs, or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

  (d)

Delivery of an Accession Agreement, executed by the Group Company and the Designated Borrower, constitutes confirmation by that Group Company that the representations and warranties set out in Clause 19 (Representations) and to be made by it as the Additional Guarantor on the date of the Accession Agreement are true, as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

61


SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

26.

ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGERS AND THE COORDINATOR

 

26.1

Appointment of the Agent

 

  (a)

Each of the Arrangers and the Lenders appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

Each of the Arrangers and the Lenders authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

26.2

Instructions

 

  (a)

The Agent shall:

 

  (i)

unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

  (A)

all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

  (B)

in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

  (ii)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

  (c)

Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

  (d)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

  (e)

In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (f)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

62


26.3

Duties of the Agent

 

  (a)

The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

  (c)

Without prejudice to Clause 24.8 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Borrowers), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement or any Increase Confirmation.

 

  (d)

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  (e)

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (f)

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, each Arranger or the Coordinator) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (g)

The Agent, as an agent of each Obligor for the purpose of this paragraph (g) only and no other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each transfer effected pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) and a register for the recordation of the names and Facility Offices of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Obligors, the Agent and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Agent shall provide to the Designated Borrower within two Business Days of a request by the Designated Borrower (at any reasonable time, but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a copy of the Register (which may be in electronic form).

 

  (h)

The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

26.4

Role of the Arrangers and the Coordinator

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, neither the Arrangers nor the Coordinator has any obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

26.5

No fiduciary duties

 

  (a)

Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent, any Arranger nor the Coordinator as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person except, for the avoidance of doubt, as otherwise provided in paragraph (g) of Clause 26.3 above.

 

  (b)

Neither the Agent, any Arranger nor the Coordinator shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

63


26.6

Business with the Group

The Agent, each Arranger and the Coordinator may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Group Company.

 

26.7

Rights and discretions

 

  (a)

The Agent may:

 

  (i)

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

  (ii)

assume that:

 

  (A)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

  (B)

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

  (iii)

rely on a certificate from any person:

 

  (A)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

  (B)

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

  (b)

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

  (i)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 23.1 (Non-payment));

 

  (ii)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (iii)

any notice or request made by a Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

  (c)

The Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be necessary.

 

  (d)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be necessary.

 

  (e)

The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

64


  (f)

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents.

 

  (g)

Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

  (h)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (g) above, the Agent:

 

  (i)

may disclose; and

 

  (ii)

on the written request of the Designated Borrower or the Majority Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, disclose,

the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the Designated Borrower and to the other Finance Parties.

 

  (i)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, any Arranger nor the Coordinator is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

  (j)

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

26.8

Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent, any Arranger nor the Coordinator is responsible or liable for:

 

  (a)

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any Arranger, the Coordinator, an Obligor or any other person in or in connection with any Demerger Documents, the Information Package, any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, or under, or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

26.9

No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

  (a)

whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

  (b)

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

 

65


26.10

Exclusion of liability

 

  (a)

Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be liable for:

 

  (i)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (ii)

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document, other than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

 

  (iii)

without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of:

 

  (A)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

  (B)

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

  (b)

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause.

 

  (c)

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

  (d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent, any Arranger or the Coordinator to carry out:

 

  (i)

any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

  (ii)

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent, each Arranger and the Coordinator that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent, any Arranger or the Coordinator.

 

66


  (e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

26.11

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 29.11 (Disruption to payment systems etc.), notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

26.12

Resignation of the Agent

 

  (a)

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Designated Borrower.

 

  (b)

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Designated Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Designated Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

  (c)

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Designated Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

  (d)

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

  (f)

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 26 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

67


  (g)

After consultation with the Designated Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

  (h)

The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (i)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 14.6 (FATCA information) and the Designated Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (ii)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 14.6 (FATCA information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (iii)

the Agent notifies the Designated Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) the Designated Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Designated Borrower or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

26.13

Replacement of the Agent

 

  (a)

After consultation with the Designated Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

  (b)

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 26 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  (d)

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

26.14

Confidentiality

 

  (a)

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

68


  (b)

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

26.15

Relationship with the Lenders

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 24.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

  (i)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

  (ii)

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 31.6 (Electronic communication) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 31.6 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

26.16

Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent, each Arranger and the Coordinator that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each Group Company;

 

  (b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c)

whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (d)

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Finance Documents and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

69


26.17

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

27.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

28.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

28.1

Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment Mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

  (b)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial Payments).

 

28.2

Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial Payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

28.3

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 28.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

70


28.4

Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a)

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

  (b)

as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

28.5

Exceptions

 

  (a)

This Clause 28.5 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

  (b)

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

  (i)

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (ii)

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

71


SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

 

29.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

29.1

Payments to the Agent

 

  (a)

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

  (b)

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency and with such bank as the Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

  (c)

If, at any time, it shall become impracticable (by reason of any action of any governmental authority or any change in law, exchange control regulations or any similar event) for an Obligor to make any payments under the Finance Documents in the manner specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above, then the Obligor may agree with the Agent alternative arrangements for the payment direct to the Agent of amounts due to the Agent or Lenders under the Finance Documents provided that, in the absence of any such agreement with the Agent, the Obligors shall be obliged to make all payments due to the Agent in the manner specified herein.

 

29.2

Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 29.3 (Distributions to any Obligors) and Clause 29.4 (Clawback and pre-funding) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

29.3

Distributions to any Obligors

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligors or in accordance with Clause 30 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for an Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

29.4

Clawback and pre-funding

 

  (a)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

  (b)

Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

  (c)

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of a Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to a Borrower:

 

  (i)

the Agent shall notify that Borrower of that Lender’s identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made available shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and

 

72


  (ii)

the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

29.5

Impaired Agent

 

  (a)

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 29.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either:

 

  (i)

pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

  (ii)

if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of an Obligor or the Lender making the payment (the “Paying Party”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “Recipient Party” or “Recipient Parties”). In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  (c)

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 29.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  (d)

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 26.13 (Replacement of the Agent), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (e) below) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 29.2 (Distributions by the Agent).

 

  (e)

A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:

 

  (i)

that it has not given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (d) above; and

 

  (ii)

that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,

give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

73


29.6

Partial Payments

 

  (a)

If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i)

first, in or towards payment of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii)

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv)

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (a)(iv) above.

 

  (c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

29.7

No set-off by the Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

29.8

Business Days

 

  (a)

Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

  (b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

29.9

Currency of account

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, sterling is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

  (b)

A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

  (c)

Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

  (d)

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

  (e)

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than sterling shall be paid in that other currency.

 

29.10

Change of currency

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

74


  (i)

any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Designated Borrower); and

 

  (ii)

any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

  (b)

If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Designated Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

29.11

Disruption to payment systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by a Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a)

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by a Borrower, consult with the Designated Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Designated Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b)

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Designated Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its reasonable opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  (c)

the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Designated Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

  (e)

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 29.11; and

 

  (f)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

29.12

Amounts paid in error

 

  (a)

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and promptly upon becoming aware of such error the Agent notifies that Party that such payment was an Erroneous Payment then the Party to whom that amount was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent.

 

  (b)

Neither:

 

75


  (i)

the obligations of any Party to the Agent; nor

 

  (ii)

the remedies of the Agent,

(whether arising under this Clause 29.12 or otherwise) which relate to an Erroneous Payment will be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this paragraph (b), would reduce, release or prejudice any such obligation or remedy (whether or not known by the Agent or any other Party).

 

  (c)

All payments to be made by a Party to the Agent (whether made pursuant to this Clause 29.12 or otherwise) which relate to an Erroneous Payment shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

  (d)

In this Clause, “Erroneous Payment” means a payment of an amount by the Agent to another Party which the Agent determines was made in error.

 

30.

SET-OFF

A Finance Party may, whilst an Event of Default is continuing, set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

31.

NOTICES

 

31.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by letter or, in accordance with Clause 31.6 (Electronic communication), by way of an electronic communication.

 

31.2

Addresses

The address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a)

in the case of each Obligor, that identified with its name below; and

 

  (b)

in the case of each Lender or other person who becomes an Obligor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

  (c)

in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

or any substitute address or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than 15 days’ notice.

 

31.3

Delivery

 

  (a)

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (i)

if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, shall be deemed effective on the date delivered; or

 

76


  (ii)

sent by certified or registered mail, (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), shall be deemed effective, on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery attempted;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 31.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

  (b)

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

  (c)

All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

  (d)

Any communication or documents made or delivered to the Designated Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

  (e)

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

if not received on a Business Day will be deemed to become effective on the following Business Day; and

 

  (ii)

if received on a Business Day after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt, shall be deemed to become effective on the following Business Day.

 

31.4

Notification of address

Promptly upon changing its address, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

31.5

Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

31.6

Electronic communication

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:

 

  (i)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

 

  (ii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

  (b)

Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

 

77


  (c)

Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

  (d)

Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5:00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

  (e)

Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 31.6.

 

31.7

English language

 

  (a)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

  (b)

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

  (i)

in English; or

 

  (ii)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

32.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

32.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

32.2

Certificates and Determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under a Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

32.3

Day count convention and interest calculation

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and the amount of any such interest, commission or fee is calculated:

 

  (i)

on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice; and

 

  (ii)

subject to paragraph (b) below, without rounding.

 

  (b)

The aggregate amount of any accrued interest, commission or fee which is, or becomes, payable by an Obligor under a Finance Document shall be rounded to 2 decimal places.

 

78


33.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

34.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

35.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

35.1

Required consents

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 35.2 (All Lender matters) and Clause 35.3 (Other exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Designated Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  (b)

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 35.

 

  (c)

Paragraph (c) of Clause 24.10 (Pro rata interest settlement) shall apply to this Clause 35.

 

35.2

All Lender matters

An amendment or waiver of any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a)

the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

  (b)

an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (d)

a change in the currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e)

an increase in any Commitment, an extension of the Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility;

 

  (f)

a change to the Obligors other than in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors);

 

  (g)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (h)

Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 4.2 (Certain funds Utilisations), Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request), Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 9.2 (Application of prepayments), Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) to the extent restricting the rights of the Lenders to assign or transfer their rights or obligations under the Finance Documents, Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors), Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), this Clause 35, Clause 41 (Governing Law) or Clause 42 (Enforcement and Jurisdiction);

 

79


  (i)

the guarantee and indemnity granted pursuant to Clause 18 (Guarantee); and

 

  (j)

the nature and scope of any guarantee and indemnity granted pursuant to Clause 25.1(a) (Assignments and transfers by the Borrowers),

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

35.3

Other exceptions

 

  (a)

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Arrangers (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Arrangers, as the case may be.

 

  (b)

If a Change of Control pursuant to Clause 8.1 (Change of control) has occurred, the right of a Lender to require prepayment following such a Change of Control pursuant to Clause 8.1 (Change of control) may be only waived with the consent of that Lender.

 

35.4

Changes to Reference Rate

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 35.3 (Other exceptions), if an RFR Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any RFR for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

  (i)

providing for the use of a Replacement Reference Rate in relation to that currency in place of that RFR; and

 

  (ii)

 

  (A)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Reference Rate;

 

  (B)

enabling that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

  (C)

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Reference Rate;

 

  (D)

providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Reference Rate; or

 

  (E)

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Reference Rate (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Designated Borrower.

 

80


  (b)

An amendment or waiver that relates to, or has the effect of, aligning the means of calculation of interest on a Loan in the currency under this Agreement to any recommendation of a Relevant Nominating Body which:

 

  (i)

relates to the use of the RFR for that currency on a compounded basis in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets; and

 

  (ii)

is issued on or after the date of this Agreement,

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instruction of the Majority Lenders) and the Designated Borrower.

 

  (c)

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above within 15 Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Designated Borrower and the Agent may agree) of that request being made:

 

  (i)

its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (ii)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

  (d)

In this Clause 35.4:

Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

Replacement Reference Rate” means a reference rate which is:

 

  (i)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a RFR by:

 

  (A)

the administrator of that RFR (provided that the market or economic reality that such reference rate measures is the same as that measured by that RFR; or

 

  (B)

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Reference Rate” will be the replacement under paragraph (B) above;

 

  (ii)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Designated Borrower, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a RFR; or

 

  (iii)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Designated Borrower, an appropriate successor to a RFR.

RFR Replacement Event” means, in relation to a RFR:

 

  (i)

the methodology, formula or other means of determining that RFR has materially changed;

 

81


  (ii)

 

  (A)

 

  (1)

the administrator of that RFR or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

 

  (2)

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that RFR is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that RFR;

 

  (B)

the administrator of that RFR publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease to provide that RFR permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that RFR;

 

  (C)

the supervisor of the administrator of that RFR publicly announces that such RFR has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

  (D)

the administrator of that RFR or its supervisor announces that that RFR may no longer be used;

 

  (iii)

the administrator of that RFR (or the administrator of an interest rate which is a constituent element of that RFR) determines that that RFR should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

 

  (A)

the circumstance(s) or (event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Designated Borrower) temporary; or

 

  (B)

that RFR is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the period specified as the “Published Rate Contingency Period” in the Reference Rate Terms relating to that RFR; or

 

  (C)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Designated Borrower, that RFR is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

 

35.5

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  (a)

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining

 

  (i)

the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (ii)

whether:

 

  (A)

any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the Facility; or

 

  (B)

the agreement of any specified group of Lenders.

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents,

 

82


that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments under the Facility will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments under the Facility and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of this Clause 35.5, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (i)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (ii)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

35.6

Excluded Commitments

If any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within five Business Days (unless the Designated Borrower and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made:

 

  (a)

its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (b)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

35.7

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a)

The Designated Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving not less than two Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

  (i)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

require such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitments of the Lender; or

 

  (iii)

require such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facility,

 

83


to an Eligible Institution (a “Replacement Lender”) which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

  (A)

in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 24.10 (Pro rata interest settlement)) and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (B)

in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Designated Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described in paragraph (A) above.

 

  (b)

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 35.7 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i)

the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (iii)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by it pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv)

the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  (c)

The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Designated Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

36.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

36.1

 

  (a)

The Finance Parties agree to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraph (b) below, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

  (b)

Each Finance Party may disclose:

 

  (i)

to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

84


  (ii)

to any person:

 

  (A)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (B)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (C)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (A) or paragraph (B) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under Clause 26.15 (Relationship with the Lenders));

 

  (D)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (A) or paragraph (B) above;

 

  (E)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (F)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (G)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 24.9 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

 

  (H)

who is a Party; or

 

  (I)

with the consent of the Designated Borrower;

in each case, such Confidential Information as the Lender shall consider appropriate if in relation to paragraphs (ii)(A), (ii)(C) and (ii)(F) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

 

  (iii)

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 36.1(b)(ii)(A) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 36.1(b)(iii) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the “LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers” or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Designated Borrower and the relevant Finance Party.

 

85


  (c)

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

  (i)

names of the Obligors;

 

  (ii)

country of domicile of the Obligors;

 

  (iii)

place of incorporation of the Obligors;

 

  (iv)

date of this Agreement;

 

  (v)

Clause 41 (Governing Law);

 

  (vi)

the names of the Agent, the Arrangers and the Coordinator;

 

  (vii)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (viii)

amount of, and name of, the Facility (and any tranches);

 

  (ix)

amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (x)

currency of the Facility;

 

  (xi)

type of the Facility;

 

  (xii)

ranking of the Facility;

 

  (xiii)

the Maturity Date of the Facility;

 

  (xiv)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and

 

  (xv)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Designated Borrower,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  (d)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more of the Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  (e)

Each Borrower represents that none of the information set out in paragraph (c) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

  (f)

This Clause 36 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties hereunder regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

86


  (g)

Each Finance Party acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each Finance Party undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

  (h)

The Finance Parties agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Designated Borrower:

 

  (i)

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii)(A) above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (ii)

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 36.

 

36.2

The obligations in this Clause 36 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on the Finance Parties for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise ceased to be available; and

 

  (b)

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

37.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES

 

37.1

Confidentiality and disclosure

 

  (a)

The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b) and (c) below.

 

  (b)

The Agent may disclose:

 

  (i)

any Funding Rate to the relevant Borrower pursuant to Clause 10.5 (Notifications); and

 

  (ii)

any Funding Rate to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender.

 

  (c)

The Agent and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate to:

 

  (i)

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

87


  (ii)

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (iii)

any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

  (iv)

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender.

 

37.2

Related obligations

 

  (a)

The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate for any unlawful purpose.

 

  (b)

The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender:

 

  (i)

of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to Clause 37.1(c)(ii) (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (ii)

upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37.

 

37.3

No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 23.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply with this Clause 37.

 

38.

BAIL-IN

 

38.1

Contractual recognition of bail-in

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

  (a)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

  (i)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

  (ii)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

88


  (iii)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

  (b)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

38.2

Bail-in definitions

In this Clause 38:

Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time;

 

  (b)

in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation; and

 

  (c)

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

UK Bail-In Legislation” means Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

 

  (b)

in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation, any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (c)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

89


  (i)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

 

39.

COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of each Finance Document.

 

40.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

  (a)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

90


SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW

 

41.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed in accordance with English law.

 

42.

ENFORCEMENT AND JURISDICTION

 

42.1

Jurisdiction

 

  (a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with the Finance Documents (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of the Finance Documents or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with the Finance Documents) (a “Dispute”).

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding paragraph (b) above, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, a Finance Party may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

  (d)

The Obligors hereby consent generally in respect of any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such action or proceeding including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property whatsoever (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such action or proceeding.

 

42.2

Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England):

 

  (a)

irrevocably appoints the Designated Borrower as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document (and the Designated Borrower by its execution of this Agreement, accepts that appointment); and

 

  (b)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

43.

US PATRIOT ACT

Each Finance Party that is subject to the requirements of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the USA Patriot Act) (the “USA Patriot Act”) hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirement of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that will allow such Finance Party to identify the Obligors in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. Each Obligor agrees that it will provide and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to provide each Finance Party with such information and take such actions as such Finance Party may reasonably request in order for such Finance Party to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

 

91


This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

92


SCHEDULE 1

ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Original Lender   

Jurisdiction of

Tax Residence

   Facility Office    Treaty Passport
Number (if
applicable)
   Commitment

Bank of America, N.A., London Branch

  

United States

  

2 King Edward Street,

London EC1A 1HQ

  

N/A

  

[***]

Banco Santander, S.A., London Branch

  

Spain

  

2 Triton Square, Regent’s Place, London

NW1 3AN

  

N/A

  

[***]

Barclays Bank PLC

  

United
Kingdom

   1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP   

N/A

  

[***]

BNP Paribas Fortis

SA/NV

  

Belgium

   Montagne du Parc 3 - 1000 Brussels   

18/B/359080/DTTP

  

[***]

BNP Paribas

  

France

   16 Boulevard des Italiens 75009 Paris   

5/B/255139/DTTP

  

[***]

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

  

United States

   Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB   

N/A

  

[***]

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

  

Germany

  

Winchester House, 1 Great Winchester Street,

London EC2N 2DB

  

7/D/70006/DTTP

  

[***]

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

  

United States

   200 West Street, New York, NY 10282-2198   

13/G/351779/DTTP

  

[***]

HSBC Bank plc

  

United
Kingdom

   8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ   

N/A

  

[***]

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch

  

United States

   25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, London E14 5JP   

N/A

  

[***]

Mizuho Bank, Ltd.

  

N/A

   Mizuho Bank, Ltd., 30 Old Bailey, London EC4M 7AU   

N/A

  

[***]

 

93


Morgan Stanley Bank N.A.

  

United States

  

One Utah Centre, 201 South Main Street, Salt Lake

City, Utah, 84111

  

13/M/227953/DTTP

  

[***]

Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited

  

Hong Kong

  

32/F, 4-4A Des Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong

  

99/S/361738/DTTP

  

[***]

     

Total Commitments:

  

£1,500,000,000

 

94


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

PART I

Conditions precedent to be satisfied by the Original Borrower before the first Utilisation

 

1.

Original Borrower

 

  (a)

A copy of the constitutional documents of the Original Borrower.

 

  (b)

A certified copy of an extract of the minutes of a meeting of the board of directors of the Original Borrower or, if applicable, a committee of the board:

 

  (i)

approving and resolving that the relevant Original Borrower execute this Agreement and any other relevant Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (ii)

authorising a specified officer, officers, person or persons to execute this Agreement, any other relevant Finance Documents and any other documents to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement, on its behalf; and

 

  (iii)

approving the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other relevant Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

  (d)

A certificate of an authorised officer of the Original Borrower certifying that borrowing the Total Commitments will not cause any borrowing limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

  (e)

A certificate of an authorised officer of the Original Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2.

Finance Documents

 

  (a)

This Agreement executed by the Original Borrower.

 

  (b)

The Fee Letters executed by the Original Borrower.

 

3.

Legal opinions

 

  (a)

A copy of the legal opinion of Slaughter and May, legal advisers to the Original Borrower in England and Wales as to the incorporation, capacity, power and authority (including no breach of constitutional documents), choice of law, recognition of English court judgments, no filing and due execution of this Agreement by the Original Borrower addressed to the Finance Parties and in a form acceptable to the Agent.

 

  (b)

A copy of the legal opinion of Herbert Smith Freehills LLP as to enforceability in a form acceptable to the Agent.

 

4.

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

The Original Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  (b)

A copy of the structure chart of the Original Group showing the Original Borrower.

 

95


  (c)

Evidence that the Agent is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in connection with this Agreement.

 

  (d)

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Original Borrower pursuant to Clause 13 (Fees; Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid in accordance with that clause.

 

  (e)

The Pro Forma Group Structure Chart.

 

96


PART II

Conditions precedent to be satisfied by an Additional Obligor

 

1.

Accession Agreement

The Accession Agreement, duly executed by the Additional Obligor and the Borrowers.

 

2.

Constitutional documents

A copy of the articles of association and certificate of incorporation or other constitutional documents of each Additional Obligor.

 

3.

Corporate authorisations

 

  (a)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Agreement and resolving that it execute the Accession Agreement;

 

  (ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Agreement on its behalf;

 

  (iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Agreement; and

 

  (iv)

(if applicable) authorising the Designated Borrower to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (c)

If required by law or its constitutional documents, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of an Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

 

  (d)

If required by law or its constitutional documents, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (c) above.

 

  (e)

A certificate of an authorised officer of the Additional Obligor certifying that borrowing or guaranteeing (as appropriate) the Total Commitments will not cause any borrowing or guaranteeing (as applicable) limit binding on the Additional Obligor to be exceeded.

 

  (f)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document specified in paragraphs 2 and 3 of Part II of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Agreement.

 

4.

Agent for service

(If the Additional Obligor is not incorporated in England) a letter from a Borrower incorporated in England to that Additional Obligor, accepting its appointment as agent for service of process to the satisfaction of the Agent.

 

97


5.

Legal opinion

A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in:

 

  (a)

in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Additional Obligor; and

 

  (b)

England,

in each case, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

6.

Miscellaneous

 

  (a)

If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor, unless already delivered in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Other than in connection with the accession of CH Topco as an Additional Guarantor as required by Clause 22.9 (Condition subsequent), evidence that the Finance Parties are satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in connection with the accession of the Additional Obligor to this Agreement.

 

  (c)

Except with respect to an Additional Obligor incorporated in England and Wales, a copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent reasonably considers to be necessary in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Agreement, and which is customarily provided in transactions involving investment grade borrowers in such jurisdiction).

 

98


SCHEDULE 3

REQUESTS

Part I

Utilisation Request

From: [Borrower] as Borrower

To: [Agent] as Agent

Dated:

Dear Sir or Madam

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited – £[1,500,000,000] Facility Agreement

dated [•] 2022 (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2.

We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

Borrower

  

[    ]

Proposed Utilisation Date:

  

[    ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

Currency of Loan:

  

sterling

Amount:

  

[    ] or, if less, the Available Facility

Interest Period:

  

[    ]

 

3.

We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Certain funds Utilisations) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request and will be satisfied on the Utilisation Date.

 

4.

The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account].

 

5.

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully
 

 

authorised signatory for

[Borrower]

 

99


Part II

Selection Notice

From: [Borrower] as Borrower

To: [Agent] as Agent

Dated:

Dear Sir or Madam

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited –£[1,500,000,000] Facility Agreement

dated [•] 2022 (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2.

We refer to the Loan which has an Interest Period ending on [ ].

 

3.

We request that the next Interest Period for the Loan is [ ].

 

4.

This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully
 

 

authorised signatory for

[Borrower]

 

100


SCHEDULE 4

TIMETABLES

     Loans in
sterling
 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)) or a Selection

    
U - 1
 

Notice (Clause 11.1) (Selection of Interest Periods)

    
9:00am
 

Agent notifies the Lenders under Clause 5.4(c) (Lenders’ participation)

    
U - 1
 
    
11:00am
 

U = Utilisation Date

 

U-x = x Business Days prior to Utilisation

 

101


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

To: [Agent] as Agent and [Borrower] and [Borrower] as Borrowers

From: [Increase Lender] (the “Increase Lender”)

Dated:

Dear Sir or Madam

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited –£[1,500,000,000] Facility Agreement

dated [•] 2022 (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2.

We refer to Clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Agreement.

 

3.

The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “Relevant Commitment”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement in respect of the Relevant Commitments.

 

4.

The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Increase Date”) is [ ].

 

5.

On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6.

The Facility Office and address and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

7.

The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (f) of Clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Agreement.

 

8.

The Increase Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and the Borrowers, that it is:

 

  (a)

[a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);]

 

  (b)

[a Treaty Lender;]

 

  (c)

[not a Qualifying Lender].

 

9.

[The Increase Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ], so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and that it wishes the scheme to apply to the Agreement.]

 

[9/10].

[The Increase Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

  (a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

102


  (b)

a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (i)

company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

  (c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]1

 

[9/.10./11.]

 

The Increase Lender confirms that it is not a Defaulting Lender.

[10./11./12.].

 

This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

[11./12./13.]

 

This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

[12./13./14.]

 

This Increase Confirmation has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Increase Confirmation.

  

 

1 

Include only if the Increase Lender has confirmed that it is not a Qualifying Lender and if the confirmation in this paragraph is correct in respect of it.

 

103


THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[insert relevant details]

[Facility office address and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Increase Lender]

By:

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [     ].

[Agent]

By:

 

104


SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

To: [Agent] as Agent and [Borrower] and [Borrower] as Borrowers

From: [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

Dated:

Dear Sir or Madam

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited –£[1,500,000,000] Facility Agreement

dated [•] 2022 (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2.

We refer to Clause 24.7 (Procedure for assignment) of the Agreement:

 

  (a)

The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

  (b)

The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

  (c)

The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

3.

The proposed Transfer Date is [ ].

 

4.

On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5.

[The Facility Office and address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.]

 

6.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 24.5 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Agreement.

 

7.

The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and the Borrowers that it is:

 

  (a)

[a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);]

 

  (b)

[a Treaty Lender;]

 

  (c)

[not a Qualifying Lender].

 

[8.]

[The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

105


  (a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

  (b)

a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (i)

company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

  (c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]2

 

[8./9.]  

[The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ], so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.]

[8/9/10]  

This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 24.8 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Borrowers) of the Agreement, to the Obligors of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

[9/10/11]  

This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

[10/11/12].  

This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

[11/12/13].  

This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

2 

Include only if the New Lender has confirmed that it is not a Qualifying Lender and if the confirmation in this paragraph is correct in respect of it.

 

106


THE SCHEDULE

Rights to be assigned and obligations to be released and undertaken

[insert relevant details]

[Facility office address and attention details for notices

and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender]

 

[New Lender]

By:

 

By:

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [   ].

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

[Agent]

By:

 

107


SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To: [Agent] as Agent

From: [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

Dated:

Dear Sir or Madam

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited –£[1,500,000,000] Facility Agreement

dated [•] 2022 (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2.

We refer to Clause 24.6 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement:

 

  (a)

The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation, and in accordance with Clause 24.6 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement, all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

  (b)

The proposed Transfer Date is [ ].

 

  (c)

[The Facility Office and address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.]

 

3.

The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and the Borrowers, that it is:

 

  (a)

[a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);]

 

  (b)

[a Treaty Lender;]

 

  (c)

[not a Qualifying Lender].

[4.] [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

  (a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

  (b)

a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (i)

company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

108


  (c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]3

 

[4/5]

  

[The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ], so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.]

[4/5/6].

  

This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

[5/6/7].

  

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

[6/7/8].

  

This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

3 

Include only if the New Lender has confirmed that it is not a Qualifying Lender and if the confirmation in this paragraph is correct in respect of it.

 

109


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address and attention details for notices and account details for payments,]

 

[Existing Lender]

  

[New Lender]

By:

  

By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ ].

[Agent]

By:

 

110


SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF ACCESSION AGREEMENT

 

To:    [Agent]

as Agent

 

From:

[Proposed Borrower] (the “Proposed Borrower”)/ [Proposed Guarantor] (the “Proposed Guarantor”) and [Borrower] as Designated Borrower

Dated:

Dear Sir or Madam

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited –£[1,500,000,000] Facility Agreement

dated [•] 2022 (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

We refer to [Clause 25.4 (Additional Borrowers) / Clause 25.5 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Agreement. This is an Accession Agreement.

 

2.

[Legal name of [Proposed Borrower] / [Proposed Guarantor] of [Registered Office] (Registered no. [ ]) [(the “Proposed Borrower”) / (the “Proposed Guarantor”) agrees to become an [Additional Borrower / Additional Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an [Additional Borrower / Additional Guarantor] in accordance with [Clause 25.4 (Additional Borrowers) / Clause 25.5 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Agreement.

 

3.

The address for notices of the [Proposed Borrower / Proposed Guarantor] for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement is:

[     ]

This Accession Agreement is governed by English law.

[Proposed Borrower] / [Proposed Guarantor]

By:

[Designated Borrower]

By:

 

111


SCHEDULE 9

REFERENCE RATE TERMS

 

CURRENCY:

  

Sterling.

Cost of funds as a fallback

  

Cost of funds will not apply as a fallback.

  

Definitions

  

Additional Business Days:

  

An RFR Banking Day.

Business Day Conventions (definition of “Month” and Clause 11.2 (Non-Business Days)):

  

(a)   If any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any number of Months then, in respect of the last Month of that period:

  

(i) subject to paragraph (iii) below, if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

  

(ii)  if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

  

(iii)  if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

  

(b)   If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

Central Bank Rate:   

The Bank of England’s Bank Rate as published by the Bank of England from time to time.

Central Bank Rate Adjustment:   

In relation to the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on any RFR Banking Day, the 20 per cent trimmed arithmetic mean (calculated by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to do so in place of the Agent)) of the Central Bank Rate Spreads for the five most immediately preceding RFR Banking Days for which the RFR is available.

 

112


Central Bank Rate Spread:   

In relation to any RFR Banking Day, the difference (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) calculated by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to do so in place of the Agent) between:

 

(a)   the RFR for the RFR Banking Day; and

 

(b)   the Central Bank Rate prevailing at the close of business on that RFR Banking Day.

Credit Adjustment Spread   

1 week

  

[***] per cent. per annum

  

Greater than 1 week but less than or equal to 1 month

  

[***] per cent. per annum

  

Greater than 1 month but less than or equal to 2 months

  

[***] per cent. per annum

  

Greater than 2 months but less than or equal to 3 months

  

[***] per cent. per annum

  

Greater than 3 months but less than or equal to 6 months

  

[***] per cent. per annum

Daily Rate:   

The “Daily Rate” for any RFR Banking Day is:

  

(a)   the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; or

  

(b)   if the RFR is not available for that RFR Banking Day, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

  

(i) the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and

  

(ii)  the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment; or

  

(c)   if paragraph (b) above applies but the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day is not available, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

  

(i) the most recent Central Bank Rate for a day which is no more than five RFR Banking Days before that RFR Banking Day; and

 

113


  

(ii)  the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment,

  

rounded, in either case, to four decimal places and if, in either case, the aggregate of that rate and the applicable Credit Adjustment Spread is less than zero, the Daily Rate shall be deemed to be such a rate that the aggregate of the Daily Rate and the applicable Credit Adjustment Spread is zero.

Lookback Period:   

Five RFR Banking Days.

Relevant Interbank Market:   

The sterling wholesale market.

Reporting Day:   

The day which is the Lookback Period prior to the last day of the Interest Period or, if that day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day.

RFR:   

The SONIA (sterling overnight index average) reference rate displayed on the relevant screen of any authorised distributor of that reference rate.

RFR Banking Day:   

A day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London.

Interest Periods:   
Periods capable of selection as Interest Periods (paragraph (d) of Clause 11.1 (Selection of Interest Periods)):    One week, one month, two months, three months or six months.
Reporting Times:   
Deadline for Lenders to report their cost of funds in accordance with Clause 12.2 (Cost of funds):    N/A

 

114


SCHEDULE 10

DAILY NON-CUMULATIVE COMPOUNDED RFR RATE

The “Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate” for any RFR Banking Day “i” during an Interest Period for a Loan is the percentage rate per annum (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance Party performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose) calculated as set out below:

 

LOGO

where:

UCCDRi” means the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that RFR Banking Day “i”;

UCCDRi-1” means, in relation to that RFR Banking Day “i”, the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day (if any) during that Interest Period;

dcc” means 365 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of days in a year, that number;

ni” means the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day; and

the “Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate” for any RFR Banking Day (the “Cumulated RFR Banking Day”) during that Interest Period is the result of the below calculation (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance Party performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose):

 

LOGO

where:

ACCDR” means the Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;

tni” means the number of calendar days from, and including, the first day of the Cumulation Period to, but excluding, the RFR Banking Day which immediately follows the last day of the Cumulation Period;

Cumulation Period” means the period from, and including, the first RFR Banking Day of that Interest Period to, and including, that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;

dcc” has the meaning given to that term above; and

the “Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate” for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day is the percentage rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the applicable Daily Rate) calculated as set out below:

 

LOGO

where:

d0” means the number of RFR Banking Days in the Cumulation Period;

 

115


Cumulation Period” has the meaning given to that term above;

i” means a series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order in the Cumulation Period;

DailyRatei-LP” means, for any RFR Banking Day “i” in the Cumulation Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the applicable Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day “i”;

ni” means, for any RFR Banking Day “i” in the Cumulation Period, the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;

dcc” has the meaning given to that term above; and

tni” has the meaning given to that term above.

 

116


SIGNATURES
THE ORIGINAL BORROWER

For and on behalf of

GLAXOSMITHKLINE CONSUMER HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS (NO.2) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Mike Rowe
Name:   Mike Rowe
Title:   Head of Treasury Consumer Healthcare
Address:   Treasury Department
  980 Great West Road
  Brentford
  Middlesex TW8 9GS
  United Kingdom
Attention:   Senior Vice President, Group Treasurer
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


THE ARRANGERS

For and on behalf of

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Scot P. Mitchell

Name:

 

Scot P. Mitchell

Title:

 

Managing Director

Address:

 

2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ

Attention:

 

Scot P. Mitchell

Telephone:

 

[***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of

   

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A., LONDON BRANCH

   
By:   /s/ Craig Macfarlane       /s/ David Navalon
Name:   Craig Macfarlane       David Navalon
Title:   Executive Director       Executive Director
Address:   2 Triton Square, London, NW1 3AN      
Attention:   Greg Dixon and Oliver Thomas      
Telephone:   [***] / [***]      

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:   /s/ Roger Cosby
Name:   Roger Cosby
Title:   Director
Address:   1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP
Attention:   Daniel Scoines
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of

   

BNP PARIBAS

   
By:  

/s/ Leroy Knowles

     

/s/ Elizabeth Corkett

Name:  

Leroy Knowles

     

Elizabeth Corkett

Title:  

Managing Director

     

Legal Counsel

Address:  

10 Harewood Avenue, London, NW1 6AA

     
Attention:  

Damien Christou

     
Telephone:   [***]      

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:   /s/ D.M. Walker
Name:   D.M. Walker
Title:   Managing Director
Address:  
Attention:  
Telephone:  

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of

   

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH

   
By:  

/s/ Mark Lewellen

    By:  

/s/ Violaine Averous

Name:  

Mark Lewellen

    Name:  

Violaine Averous

Title:  

Managing Director

    Title:  

Director

Address:        
Attention:        
Telephone:        

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA
By:   /s/ Daisy Fox
Name:   Daisy Fox
Title:   Authorised Signatory
Address:   Plumtree Court, 25 Shoe Lane, London EC4A 4AU
Attention:   Nikita Wadhwa
Telephone:   [***] / [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
HSBC BANK PLC
By:   /s/ Saul Thomas
Name:   Saul Thomas
Title:   Director, UK Banking
Address:   Level 2, 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ
Attention:   Saul Thomas
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC
By:   /s/ Jameson Markham
Name:   Jameson Markham
Title:   Managing Director
Address:   jamie.j.markham@jpmorgan.com
Attention:   Jameson Markham
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of

MIZUHO BANK, LTD.

By:

 

/s/ Mark Ralston

Name:

 

Mark Ralston

Title:

 

Senior Director

Address:

 

Attention:

 

Telephone:

 

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
MORGAN STANLEY BANK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:   /s/ Andrea Hutchinson
Name:   Andrea Hutchinson
Title:   Authorised Signatory
Address:   122 Waterloo Street, Glasgow G2 7DP, United Kingdom
Attention:  

Operations (inquiries only): Gary Sutherland/Anne Blanco

Legal documentation, amendments and waivers: David Kyle

Telephone:   Servicing: ldnservicing@morganstanley.com
  Settlement: secondarytrades@morganstanley.com
  Escalation: euloancontrol@morganstanley.com
  Legal documentation, amendments & waivers: Gla.Loandocs@morganstanley.com

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK (HONG KONG) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Helen Hui
Name:   Helen Hui
Title:   Managing Director, Head, Client Coverage, Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking, Hong Kong
Address:  
Attention:  
Telephone:  

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


THE COORDINATOR
For and on behalf of
BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY
By:   /s/ Scot P. Mitchell
Name:   Scot P. Mitchell
Title:   Managing Director
Address:   2 King Edward Street
  London EC1A 1HQ
Attention:   Scot P. Mitchell
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


THE ORIGINAL LENDERS
For and on behalf of
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:   /s/ Khairul Islam
Name:   Khairul Islam
Title:   Director
Address:   2 King Eward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ
Attention:   Agnieszka Brousson
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
BANCO SANTANDER, S.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:   /s/ Craig Macfarlane     /s/ David Navalon
Name:   Craig Macfarlane    

David Navalon

Title:   Executive Director     Executive Director
Address:  

2 Triton Square, London, NW1 3AN

Attention:  

Greg Dixon and Oliver Thomas

Telephone:  

[***] / [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:   /s/ Roger Cosby
Name:   Roger Cosby
Title:   Director
Address:   1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP
Attention:   Daniel Scoines
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of

PARIBAS FORTIS SA/NV

 

By:   /s/ Alain Vanden Haute     /s/ Helena Dziewaltowska
Name:   Alain Vanden Haute    

Helena Dziewaltowska

Title:   Business Management     Director
  Capital Markets EMEA    
Address:  

10 Harewood Avenue, London, NW1 6AA

Attention:  

Damien Christou

Telephone:  

[***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
BNP PARIBAS
By:   /s/ Leroy Knowles     /s/ Elizabeth Corkett
Name:   Leroy Knowles    

Elizabeth Corkett

Title:   Managing Director     Legal Counsel
Address:  

10 Harewood Avenue, London, NW1 6AA

Attention:  

Damien Christou

Telephone:  

[***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
CITIBANK N.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:   /s/ D.M. Walker
Name:   D.M. Walker
Title:   Managing Director
Address:  
Attention:  
Telephone:  

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH
By:   /s/ Mark Lewellen     /s/ Violaine Averous
Name:   Mark Lewellen    

Violaine Averous

Title:   Managing Director     Director
Address:  
Attention:
Telephone:

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA
By:   /s/ Daisy Fox
Name:   Daisy Fox
Title:   Authorised Signatory
Address:   Plumtree Court, 25 Shoe Lane, London EC1A 4AU
Attention:   Nikita Wadhwa
Telephone:   [***] / [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
HSBC BANK PLC
By:   /s/ Saul Thomas
Name:   Saul Thomas
Title:   Director, UK Banking
Address:   Level 2, 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ
Attention:   Saul Thomas
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:   /s/ Ursula Murphy
Name:   Ursula Murphy
Title:   Vice President
Address:   ursula.murphy@jpmorgan.com
Attention:   Ursula Murphy
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
MIZUHO BANK, LTD.
By:   /s/ Mark Ralston
Name:   Mark Ralston
Title:   Senior Director
Address:  
Attention:  
Telephone:  

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
MORGAN STANLEY BANK N.A.
By:   /s/ Jennifer DeFazio
Name:   Jennifer DeFazio
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:   One Utah Centre, 201 South Main Street,
Salt Lake City, Utah, 84111 USA
Attention:   Loanservicing@morganstanley.com
Telephone:   [***]

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


For and on behalf of
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK (HONG KONG) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Helen Hui
Name:   Helen Hui
Title:   Managing Director, Head, Client Coverage, Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking, Hong Kong
Address:  
Attention:  
Telephone:  

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement


THE AGENT
For and on behalf of
HSBC BANK PLC
By:   /s/ Peter Irvine
Name:   Peter Irvine
Title:   Authorised Signatory
Address:   HSBC Bank plc, Issuer Services, Level 22,
8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ
Attention:   Agent –Issuer Services
Telephone:   N/A
E-mail:   Borrower operational requests only –lag.fax@hsbcib.com
  All other queries – lad.agency.pef.loans@hsbc.com

 

Signature page to the Project Gold

Term Facility Agreement

 

Exhibit 8.1

List of subsidiaries of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited

The following represents the significant subsidiaries of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 2) Limited as at 31 December 2021.

 

Name of Subsidiary

   Country of
Incorporation
   Direct
shares held
(%)
     Indirect
shares held
(%)
 

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare (Overseas) Limited

   United Kingdom      —          100  

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) LLC

   United States      —          100  

GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare L.L.C.

   United States      —          100  

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 1) Limited

   United Kingdom      —          100  

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No. 7) Limited

   United Kingdom      —          100  

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings (US) Inc.

   United States      100        —    

GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings No. 2 LLC

   United States      —          100  

GSK Consumer Healthcare SARL

   Switzerland      —          100  

 

1

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form 20-F of our report dated 11 March 2022, relating to the financial statements of GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Holdings (No.2) Limited. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Statements by Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

1 June 2022